Chapter 1: Off to Market
Notes:
Hi guys, this is my very first fic but a concept I have been playing around with for a while.
I hope you enjoy!
I should be updating once a week, but I may finish chapter early and get excited. Fingers crossed!
Chapter Text
“Hey, Kara?” Shauna’s voice pierces my thoughts as I go through the syllabus list again, sorting books and journals for the new year. We are supposed to be doing this work together, but it’s mostly just me checking over both of our supplies while Shauna practices wand tricks on my bed. “Will you come with me to the Cages today? I need a replacement for my Zenzi cub.”
Now that is startling.
“How were you able to kill off your Zenzi cub before class even started? They are one of the most durable breeds of familiar out there!” I can’t help but let some frustration drain into that comment. She knows that we need a familiar for class this year. It is one of the basic essentials, something I have been putting off, unable to find time to cross it off my list. This isn't like the semi optional list with all of the ridiculously obscure herb and berry components for extra credit in potions that I got months back. This matters, this is important.
A whole class rests on this, and a couple others are tangentially dependent.
“It’s hard!” Shauna whined back at me, oblivious to any tension. “I got one with a bad temperament, it wouldn’t work with me.” She bats her lashes innocently. We’ve been friends for almost two whole years, and we are more than used to each other’s attitudes. She means nothing by it, and she knows that I am unaffected by her usually fatal puppy eyes.
“Really.” I give her an incredulous stare.
“Even the shop lady at the Cages told me how much work and experience you need to take care of any kind of familiar. It’s expected that your first few won’t make it while you’re getting the experience.” She rushed to defend herself. She isn’t in the wrong, but I’ve been cleaning up her messes enough times to be skeptical that she wants to seem independent and capable of this.
“Still, after three… Shauna, I’m starting to get worried. Classes start in a month and we need a familiar to pass the year.” Shana’s blasé attitude never really bothered me before. In fact, it really helps when we need to shuck some unneeded stress from our lives. But as we are about to start our first year at Majik’s Academia we’ll need to go through classes on familiars and their roles in spell casting.
I already know the statistics on their “lifespans”. Magic is draining and degenerative to a conduit, and as such to a familiar’s health. As a result, many that make it to the ages where they are useful to mages only live about three or four years after their regularized use with one Master while being take care of properly. Sometimes they’re passed around, put into holding pens, or put to use for another purpose and they’ll live longer, but this is just the way that things are done. No-one can argue with the stellar results of using familiars in casting.
I really hadn’t let this issue bother me, but with the year so close, I’m not able to put it out of my mind. It’s a daily piece of life for the wizarding community.
“You know Kara, you talk an awful lot for someone who’s never even had a pet.” She lets herself move closer to me, eyes twinkling as they always do when she has a plan.
“Shauna, you know I don’t like that look-“
“I mean,” she continues, cutting me off, “you haven’t ever had to care for one of these little pets. Big strong guy like you, doesn’t know how hard it is. In fact, I bet you can’t care for a weak mannered one for the week or so it will take for classes to start.”
Oh- so that’s where this is going. We always take out friendly little bets with each other. There isn’t really a reward or punishment in the end, mostly just bragging rights, but that’s always enough for us.
“Alright… we’ll go to the Cages district together. But you are picking, I still have no clue how most of this stuff works out in practical terms.”
A smirk passes over her lips. “But of course.”
Chapter 2: Introduction to the Cages
Summary:
Kara and Shauna get to the market. Kara learn some things...
Notes:
warning for those squeamish about sex toys and bondage: there is mention of these topics in this chapter
Extra long chapter today guys, have fun!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
After weeks of dallying, Shauna finally loses her patience with me and drags me to The Cages so that we can start off our bet. I suppose it was rather petty of me to keep putting it off until the week before school started.
The Cages shopping district is almost exclusively for mage familiars and pets, a distinction that still eludes me. Many of the surrounding vendors sell equipment for familiars as well, clothes and collars along with other items that I really can’t distinguish at the pace that Shauna pulles me along.
It still baffles me to watch people leading around their familiars and pets, which look more human than not. The only real difference is in their animalistic features (the ears, tails, wings, and horns) that show what their true nature is. After all, everyone knows that familiars are entirely animalistic, only ever looking humanoid.
Shauna leads with practiced ease through stalls and vendors, all the way out to the central market. Once we get out to the courtyard, rows and rows of cages come into view.
Idly, a part of my brain is satisfied to learn how the name of the marketplace had come about.
These iron monstrosities are stacked up in layers on top of each other, arranging themselves into high walled paths in an extensive labyrinth. At first, nothing truly notable catches my attention. The cages themselves have quite a few familiars in them. There are probably too many to be truly comfortable given the cage space, but I suppose they are removed often enough that it probably doesn’t matter. The people who run this place know better than me.
Some of the exceptionally rare breeds have their own cages, and the pretty ones get colorful accessories in an attempt to pull in a buyer. Some of the best stock is not available for private sale, only available at the auction during the night.
A guard wanders over and tells us that he can help us if we want a familiar in a stacked cage. My eyes appraise the options on the lower rungs while Shauna takes her time chatting with the guard, probably explaining her situation and what exactly she wants. She’s always been good at that, in a way that I could never hope to accomplish.
There’s a shift in the familiars, so subtle and melded into the innocuous background that I almost don’t notice. They shift away when the guard gets closer, scuttling to opposite sides of their cramped little cages as he passes them, the chittering quiets while he is near, and they all watch. I know what it is like to be watched, the feeling of eyes upon you. Apparently, the guard does not. But as he moves around with Shauna, the familiars look away when he looks up. None of them meet his eyes, they simply become mildly more interested in their feet and pick at the straps of their simple sandals. Suddenly, I am very distinctly not comfortable.
“S-Shauna…” I have never been here before, and I don’t really know what I was expecting, but whatever it was, it sure as hell wasn’t this.
Shauna has already gone off on her own, stepping up to the cages and appraising her options.
“Yeah?” she calls back to me distractedly. She doesn’t bother looking up.
“You, umm… you pick something out for you- um, ok? I’ll be r-right back so we can pick something out together for me… alright?”
“Sure,” she called back as she raps her knuckles against the iron bars, making a clanging sound that immediately repels the cage’s four occupants. “Just don’t wander off too far, you are not getting out of this that easily!”
I don’t even hear my own response as I walk away. I try not to draw any attention to myself as I attempt to calm my sudden jitters by wandering through the streets on my own.
Eventually I start ducking into shops as I begin to feel more adventurous.
Apparently my lack of experience is readily visible to anyone who might even just be casually watching, because vendors start offering assistance and explanations for what I’m fairly certain are everyday items necessary for dealing with familiars.
As I wander around, casually looking over different items, I find myself accruing various objects. A few vendors offer training manuals and collars while others offer more… daunting implements. Canes, whips, and muzzles are on display in the front of one of the stalls leaving me very unwilling to venture inside, but the vendor waves me forward, seemingly unfazed by my trepidation.
He introduces himself as Casok, a slim, middle aged, heavily accented man who carries himself like a refined businessman. At the very least, he has none of the sloppy markings of a street vendor. The shop is a cool balm to the chaos of the outside vendors. Rich colors and fabrics set the interior of his store apart, the air clean and light, not like the other speciality shops saturated in incense.
“My friend,” his r’s roll playfully and vowels stretch “you seem to find yourself a bit lost, I think.”
I hate the way the color goes to my face as I admit that he’s correct. I came to the market to find a familiar but don’t even know the first thing about the equipment that I’m going to need.
“I see, I see. I specialize more in equipment for pets, but there is very little difference in their actual needs if you would like me to explain some of these pieces to you,” he offers gently, and honestly, I am just happy to find someone who won’t talk down to me.
He shows me a variety of bondage gear and fetish equipment, that much I recognize on my own. Despite what Shauna says about me I am not a prude and I am familiar with this style of pleasure, the tenuous line of pleasure and pain. However, I am not quite sure how it applies to the familiar that I will need to train.
Turning the corner in his show we see some of his equipment currently being modeled by smaller familiars. They seem startlingly ok with being locked into place without someone monitoring them. But then again, maybe this shop just uses this equipment because it is safe and tested. Using other materials for binding and restraining a pet might prove dangerous, and I appreciate the safeguards this place takes. This way you know.
A rather busty rabbit familiar takes center stage in the shop. Bound to a wooden looking bench, gagged and scantily, provocatively clad, she cranes her neck up at the store owner as he passes before wiggling her hips the inch and a half that she can, trying to be enticing.
Casok shows me some of his gags and inserts before sheepishly admitting that he does not have the extensive collection of his competitors, but he has a vastly superior quality of items. The implements that he had already shown me made me more than a bit concerned. I might know a little bit about this stuff but what “more” could there even really be?
On second thought, I’ve already learned a lot today, maybe it is best not to know.
“Hey, what’s that?” I ask, just loud enough to get the man’s attention over to the corner of the shop that I’m gesturing to.
“Oh! Well, I see that you are a man of fine tastes,” he says walking over to the indicated wall and pulling down a row of artfully designed soft leather collars. “I got these from Davenport on the North Isle, they’re made from an exceptionally soft leather with a fancy little design piece to suit your tastes. Quite a good reward for a pet.”
“It is?”
“Why yes, of course.” He chuckles warmly before continuing. “I could tell that you were new around these parts, but you’ve never had a pet of your own before, have you?”
I can feel the blush rising on my face. Why does everything have to be so complicated?
“I’ve actually never had a familiar, neither has my family. I, um, well… I need one for classes, so one of my friend brought me down here to get one at the same time as her. She, she said that she’d help me as soon as she was done so I wanted to check out what kinds of things I would need for my new familiar, but right now I am just completely and utterly lost.”
Cassok nods along with my story, thankfully unbothered by the fact that I’m, ranting to him about my problems.
“Well, let me give you some advice. I am sure you know that most first familiars don’t last. You have no care experience, this goes doubly for you. It is difficult to find the right balance between care and discipline to have a truly good familiar.” He pets the bunny lightly on the head and she keens, bringing her head closer to his hands and the desired petting.
“Secondly, you should probably go find your friend. I know myself, my friend, and I talk far too much. You have been kind and indulged my ramblings, but your friend? I can nearly guarantee that she is done by now. Market handlers try to make sure anybody who needs something is attended to.”
He nods emphatically as if to agree with himself. “Yes, yes, your friend is almost certainly done by now. Anyway, if you keep going the direction you were headed you are going to find your way into the clothing district.” He shakes his head, sounding concerned. “I’m warning you now, you do not want to get clothes for a familiar before you know how big or small your familiar is, or which, ehe, assets you’d like to put on display.” The wink is implied as we both take a second long glance back at the bunny.
He takes a moment to turn slightly, gesturing back at his shop. “You aren't really going to need most of the things that I have in my shop while you are starting out. Once you get your pet- oh, well for you, familiar- settled in at your home you’ll be in a better place to tell what you need, whether that’s some attitude-shifting bondage or something to plug them up while you’re away. Although you may want to take home a light flogger with you, just in case your little creature wants to start its time off with you by misbehaving. From there it is really as simple as figuring out what you want to do and what you like to do. Does that give you a better picture of what’s going on?”
I breathe a sigh of relief as he finishes. This is the most comprehensive explanation that I have received so far, and it does wonders to put me at ease. There are things that I need to learn, simple as that. It is only through learning and gathering experience that this will get easier. Just like magic.
I buy a small riding crop from the man as well as a soft brown leather collar with a shiny blue bell. He gives me his card and sends me on my way as another person steps into his shop.
The two items fit easily enough into my satchel and I start backtracking, stopping here and there at merchants that I had only glanced at before. By the time I find Shauna again I have a slightly too thick general care book and a few different types of treat bites that I was assured every pet would love- even though to me they smell awful. Shauna doesn’t come to me empty-handed either, as she is trailed by a wide shouldered bear familiar, if his stubbly tail and soft brown, rounded ears have anything to say about it. I’m not the best at identifying breeds, but I can identify the basics.
He seems sturdy and I can’t help but hope that he’ll make it.
“Kara. There you are!” She bounds over to me, the bear familiar trying to match her speed with longer strides. “Come on now,” she says, taking my arm in hers. “Let’s find you something.”
“Right…” I try to match her enthusiasm as she leads me in. It doesn’t take long for Shauna to find and corner an older woman in a pantsuit with a name tag. The woman doesn’t have a single hair out of place as she turns to address my bouncing, excited companion.
“How may I help you, miss?”
“My friend here is getting his first familiar, would you mind too terribly helping us?” The soft pout and sickeningly sweet tone that Shauna uses is familiar to me. It’s the voice she uses to get her what she wants without a fuss.
“Oh, yes of course.” The attendant steps closer as focuses her gaze on me. “I’ll take you to that section now!”
“Section?” I can’t help but ask for a bit of clarity. Why do we need to go to a different section? There are plenty of familiars around us.
“Oh, silly me.” She blushes as she begins leading us through a maze of turns and aisles. “New owners aren’t given peak condition products. Caring for a familiar is quite difficult work. You see, it is a careful rule of thumb that a new owner will end up killing the first few items they take in. By giving you old or damaged goods you will have a chance to learn and get some experience before trying on worthwhile items, and we at the market have less of those yucky corpses that we have to deal with ourselves.”
“Oh,” I say softly. It’s all that I can think of to say. I’m not quite sure what to think of her explanation, or the way she smiled cheerfully through it.
As we continue walking I notice a distinct downward trend in sanitation standards as the familiars in the cages grow increasingly more filthy the closer we get to the back. In the front the area had been bit crowded, but it was clean and representative of the good breeding and health of the stock they offered.
By the time our attendant stops us, there is no denying the miasmic scent of urine and filth. Just turning my head I can see a variety of different familiars, each bruised and roughed up, covered in grime, ducking their heads respectfully as they try to pull their tattered and ill fitting canvas clothing to make themselves look somewhat presentable. None of them have the floppy sandals that some in the front had. They are thinner and more frail-looking too. Some don’t even bother to hide the fact that they are crying, tears cutting clean tracks into their faces.
I remember a lecture that I had to sit through about the strategic importance of fear. How it was used to hold attention, decipher the intentions of the room, win wars, give control. Never before in my life have I known a professor to be as completely wrong as I now know this lecturer to have been. The fear, palpable in the room, makes me nauseous and weak. It’s almost physically painful to look at them. So instead, I bring my gaze up to Shauna.
“Help?” I manage without letting my voice crack, as if I were just innocently asking a friend to help me pick out a shade of wallpaper.
“Well, we did decide that it had to be one of low constitution … weakest by far are the common cats and the flugel canaries. Do you have any of those?” Shauna asks, turning to the guide.
The attendant gives a small, almost unnoticeable frown.
“I do believe we have a common cat variety here, but I seriously can not give it any form of recommendation. It will most likely not last the week, maybe one more channeling spell before he is no longer serviceable. We might be getting a flugel canary in the next quarter’s shipment, but I can’t say that I’d recommend that one either.”
Shauna smiles wickedly back at me. “We promised! Looks like you’re getting a kitty cat!”
Notes:
A common cat you say???
with weak constitution???
well who could have seen that coming...:P
Chapter 3: Meet the Familiar
Summary:
Kara finally meets his familiar
Chapter Text
“We promised! Looks like you’re getting a kitty cat!” Shauna teases, already starting her victory dance.
I turn back to face the attendant, trying to ignore her jibes and just be polite.
“Could I see the cat? I believe that I will be taking him home today.”
The attendant looks a little flustered but leads us a bit further back.
Looking at these sorry sights, it’s hard to see the promise of a familiar who will be able to get through this semester. I need one that will be able to handle the strain of the conjuring classes that I’ve signed up for, one that will be a good assistant, one that will work well with me.
Right now, I hardly see any that can handle the strain of standing upright.
These are nothing like the pets at Casok’s shop. I can see no circumstances that would lead them to take on a relationship with that amount of trust. Though it does make the thought cross my mind, how did Casok manage to get his pets the way they are? Did he seek out those interested in the bondage and toys that he sold, or did he just luck out that the ones he bought happened to like bondage and were ok with long periods of it in public? Either way, it is exceedingly clear that these familiars are not of the same caliber.
These familiars are terrified, fractured creatures, though with what the handler said, I can see why. These are the creatures with many, many previous owners, passed along until they end up here, where one last ounce of usefulness is to be squeezed out of them. By the looks of it, they know it as well. They know where they are in the market. They know this is their last chance.
The handler deftly directs us through the winding path of the cages, passing some hopeful faces and some who hide when they see us coming.
Eventually we stop in front of a small cage at the end of a walkway, right before the back walls. The handler smiles at me coyly and nods me closer.
“Alright, here it is. You can go ahead and take a look and make sure this is what you want.”
Her voice makes it abundantly clear that this is in fact not what I want, and her voice is so infuriatingly sure of herself that even without my bet with Shauna I think I would be obligated to get this familiar just out of spite.
My new familiar is crouched on his hands and knees. He seems startled to be receiving direct attention.
His hair is jet black, the only deviation being the small speckling of white at the tips of his pointed ears. His thin, dark tail twists and wraps around his leg as if for protection once it becomes apparent that we are not going to keep moving directly past his cage. His twitching gives way to a low keening sound interrupted by small whimpers as he pushes himself further into the corner, his soft ears flattening on his head as he begins to shake.
Our attendant gives an annoyed huff just before she raises her fist and pounds on the cage, rattling the entire structure and forcing a high-pitched yelp from the boy.
“I know you’re stupid, but even that’s no excuse for your behavior! Now come and greet your master like a proper pet!” The familiar hesitates, seemingly unable to move a muscle, but only for a moment before the attendant’s booming voice commands him
“NOW!”
He whimpers, but quickly scampers on his hands and knees to the wall closest to us, bowing his head so deeply that his dark matted hair obscures his face.
“I’m sorry,” a soft, sweet voice trembles, “s-so sorry, Master. I w-wasn’t try… trying to be dis-disrespectful! I sw—swear, I’m a good—“ The attendant clears her throat, making the boy jolt to a stop, before straightening up his stance a bit and looking up just enough for me to make out his shaking pink lips, cracked and chapped, and tears trailing down his pale face.
“I am n-nineteen years old. My breed is common cat. I am very happy t-to be of service to you Master, in any way that y-you see fit.”
He bows his head at the end of his seemingly pre-programmed introduction. Though the phrases seem well practiced, it doesn’t stop his shoulders from shaking slightly before he returns to his kneeling position.
“He’s a little slower than your average familiar, but if you keep your reins tight there won’t be any problems. Don’t try to be subtle about your punishments either, he needs clear direction if you want results,” the handler drawls on as though she’s reading through a manual, not talking about a living being right next to her.
The boy hunches his shoulders, and his ears plaster themselves against his head as if trying to curl up on himself while maintaining his position. The attendant keeps talking without taking any notice, and I almost convince myself that I haven’t seen anything.
“I’ll go draw up your papers. You both can just wait right here, I’ll be right back.”
“Thank you!” Shauna calls after her, before turning back to me.
“You regretting this yet?”
I can’t help turning away from her, so I focus on my new familiar. He’s still shaking, ears plastered to his head, tail coiled tightly around his midsection. Now that I’m actually looking, there’s quite a bit of bruising along his jaw and the left side of his face. His oversized clothes hang from his small frame, obscuring any other details. I’m not going to enjoy checking him over for injuries once we get home.
He isn’t the physical mass that Shauna’s familiar is. This poor kitty probably couldn’t even stand without having his knees quake.
I didn’t particularly love any part of this day, with all the crazy equipment and rules I’d been learning; and my new familiar is in a pretty sorry state with his matted hair, bruises, and tremors, but who knows? Maybe once this little guy is cleaned up and bandaged he’ll relax a little. Maybe he even knows stuff from another master that he had served and can help me learn the ropes.
Maybe we’ll end up actually working well together. It’s the best I can hope for. But, until then…
“Well, I mean,“ I stutter, “this just isn’t exactly what I had expected…”
I’m trying to answer honestly. I hadn’t known anything before. Nothing about how these guys lived, were sold, were kept- I had known nothing. For some reason I had been expecting an actual building, bigger places for the familiars, a much less angry and degrading handler.
I shudder as I think of the woman drawing up the paperwork. She’s told me nothing about my new acquisition except that he is stupid and probably not worth my time, nothing personal that I’ll need to know if I’m going to be taking another living being into my house. I know nothing about him. This entire situation has spiraled out of control, but I guess I never had a realistic grasp of the situation anyway.
I let out an exasperated sigh before pulling out the little bag of treats from my satchel.
“I did get some stuff for him though, you know, when I realized that I didn’t have anything prepared for my new addition.” I quickly fish out a couple of the treats, wincing at the terrible smell.
“Do you know if they even like these?” I ask, feeling a little dejected. I know so little about a creature I’ll have to live with for the rest of his life.
“Huh, I don’t think I’ve ever tried using those.”
Oh, of course, she wouldn’t know. Of freaking course the one person here with experience wouldn’t have any knowledge about this subject. Still… I suppose it’s worth a try.
I kneel in front of the caged figure comfortably and ask
“What’s your name?”
Chapter 4: Blue
Summary:
Kara actually talks to his familiar and brings him home
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
An unsteady silence follows as I wait for a response that the boy seems unable to give.
“I- I,” he starts shakily, just as I start to believe that I won’t get a response. “Um- my, my name i-is whatever my master wishes it to be.”
He speaks softly. That sinking feeling returns to my gut.
His twitching and subtle head sway give away that his eyes are flicking nervously from side to side, trying to gain some clue as to what we are doing, or what I want him to do. His hair and the angle of his bow still obscures his features, but I’m fairly certain he is trying to take in the unfamiliar situation.
Briefly I wonder if this is how he will take in his new home, just nervous little flicks, no questions, no raised head. How could this sweet little thing ever need a harsh hand? No, he needs to ask those questions I can see burning in his mind. I want to answer them for him. I don’t think he is as stupid as the attendant made him out to be. He just seems scared.
Although I assume that’s natural when a man who could break you in half like a twig is taking you home before you’ve even learned each other’s names.
“Well, what did you get called before me?” I question, trying to keep my voice even. The boy is scared enough and he doesn’t seem to mind that I’ve taken on the tone of a person trying not to spook a wild animal. Baby talk is not dignified, but I’m trying to be non-threatening, damn it.
“Masters called me l-lots of things, though I-I don’t think that b-bitch or slut are real names.” I sit there in silence, my brain grinding to a halt. Absolutely nothing is processing at the moment.
There's a second, really only a second, where my thoughts go to how this familiar would be sprawled out underneath me, wanton and hot, taking everything I could give and begging for more, his pale skin free of bruises except for what I leave. I wonder if he would stutter when he cried out my name, what it would sound like in the throes of passion, how flushed I could make his pearlescent skin.
I'm ashamed of myself.
Of course I had heard stories of familiars used for their master’s sexual pleasure, but the accounts had always seemed exaggerated, and it was an easy way for familiars to get hurt. I had just assumed that in the interest of preserving the tiny lifespans of their familiars, mages would restrain themselves from taking their pets in any unnecessarily cruel ways.
It appears as though I was wrong.
Suddenly all the bondage and fetish equipment in Casok’s shop makes sense, and his mewling little bunny rabbit seems like a lot less of a fantasy and more of a nightmare.
I can feel anger coiling in my stomach as my hands ball themselves into fists of their own accord. I’m so stupid. How could I just think Casok’s pets are there because of their own preferences? They have no choice in their master’s business. No one cares if they’re strapped down for hours on end, so long as they make a pretty sight. I don’t know much about familiars, but I understand the law and their placement in society. They can’t say no to their masters, for anything. That would be a sign of unruly and rebellious behavior that could not be tolerated. ”No” is beaten out of their vocabulary from birth.
I’ve paused for too long, as my familiar launches into a fearful litany of pleas.
“I-, that isn’t t-to say that y-you shouldn't c-call me such things. I… I’m yours t-to do with as you w-wish. I’m sorry. I didn’t m-mean to overstep m-my bounds. I-I’ll be good. I c-can be very go-“
“Stop!”
It comes out more harshly than I mean it to, but I can’t exactly contain myself in the face of all this new information while my familiar is trying frantically to tell me that it’s ok to use and abuse him in any way I see fit, as other masters have done before me. Nevertheless, that doesn’t stop the rapidly blooming guilt in my chest at how instantly silent my new familiar becomes, and how he fights against the tremors wracking his body as he tries to stay as still as possible.
“Hey,” I whisper, attempting to calm him slowly. “Can you lift up your head for me?”
His whole body seizes as a choked whimper catches in his throat, but he does comply. His head raises as he lets his eyes fall to one side of my face, unwilling, it seems, to look me in the eye, though that isn’t what strikes me.
I am instantly enraptured by the deepest shade of blue that I have ever seen. It‘s so sharp and crystalline that it almost makes me forget about the bruises around the rest of his face. I think I would have stayed transfixed forever, trying to get those near-glowing orbs to focus directly on me, if Shauna hadn’t snapped me out of it
“Nice eyes… I guess it isn’t hard to figure out what its last master used it for, even if it hadn’t just told you,” she says with an amused snort. “Most mages won’t even bother buying a weaker constitution familiar under the pretense of casting magic nowadays. Shame about those bruises, though. Ugh, men are such brutes.” Shana playfully pushes at my shoulder in reprimand as the familiar flinches hard.
“Really?” I ask, genuinely surprised. While it isn’t uncommon to hear of mages having sex with their familiars, I have never heard of a mage that would acquire a familiar with the sole intention of sexual gratification.
Blue’s ears slant uncomfortably as his eyes continue to avoid me… Well, maybe this will help…
I hold up one of my little treats, just passing the threshold of the cage, barely edging into his territory.
“Here you go, you’ve been such a good boy, answering all my questions. You get a nice little treat,” I say softly, falling back into that candy sweet baby talk. His eyes lock onto the treat the second I reveal it, but he doesn’t jump for it like I had expected. Instead, he hesitates. He’s almost afraid of the treat, it seems. His eyes actually flicker up to my face for a split second- as if trying to judge the situation- before quickly returning to the treat in my hands. He inches closer, taking the treat gently between his teeth without touching my hand, and quickly scoots further away. It’s almost as if he expects to be struck for taking the treat, but when there is no reaction on my part he chews frantically, even licking his lips for any of the residual flavor that might remain. He desperately needs to be fed. I promise myself that he’ll be getting a nice meal once we get home. I’ll have my work cut out for me trying to put meat back on those bones.
A soft ‘thank you’ breaks me out of my line of thought. I turn to look at the boy again. He bows himself a little too respectfully, head inches from the ground, still on his knees.
“Thank you very much, Master.”
“If you come back over here you can have another,” I say before I’ve even thought about it. I’m probably not setting the best example for what kind of behavior I’m expecting, but for the moment it works as his shaky limbs stretch to slowly slink back to his former place at the wall closest to me. His tail flicks nervously as he struggles to hold himself still.
“As for a name…” I break the disturbing silence, “how about… Blue.”
The familiar goes rigid and I feel my heart stop for a second.
“That’s nice, cute and simple, like him. I like it.” Shauna responds as though I’ve been talking to her the entire time. Well, in hindsight she probably does think that I was talking to her.
“Right?” I turn back to her with a tight mask of feigned excitement. “That’s what I was thinking.”
“Just don’t get too attached,” she warns. "Like the lady said, he’ll probably be dead in a week or so, and you have no experience.”
And just like that, I can’t even fake levity anymore as I give Shauna a non-committal sigh. Here I am, planning for the future like we have all the time in the world. This familiar is not in good condition and it’s very unlikely that something as weak as this can pull through. Still, only giving him a week to live and not even doing anything to help? He’s obviously in pain. I get that the market is gigantic and there aren’t a lot of good resources to go around, but at least Shauna should be thinking about this creature a little more humanely. Either way, I can’t let him die in such a short, pathetic amount of time. I don’t know exactly what I’m doing, but I’ve taken care of sisters, brothers, and friends when they got sick or hurt. I at least have to try to help.
Looking back at Blue, I am reminded of how small and terrified he is, trying desperately to stop himself from curling up in the back of his cage.
“Blue,” I call softly, watching his head rise while his eyes look everywhere other than my face. “Such a good boy,” I praise softly, baby talk back in full effect. “You’re already responding to your new name!”
His ears seem to twitch in confusion, but his eyes lock as I hold up the second treat from my bag. He chews much more calmly this time and doesn’t retreat afterwards, which brings some peace of mind to me before the attendant comes back with the papers.
All in all, Blue’s life costs me less than the book and collar that I got for him.
I hide my disgust as I continue to smile at the lady and sign at the bottom of the page. When she leaves again to get the keys I find myself feeling slightly nauseous and I let Shauna distract me with mindless chatter about the upcoming year. It works so well that I almost miss the attendant coming back in and slotting the key into my familiar’s cage.
“Stay still, mutt! Behave, you’re his problem now and he doesn’t have to abide by the rules of the market.” She says the last part threateningly as she pulls Blue out of the cage by his ill-fitting canvas shirt. He whimpers and squirms but otherwise tries to comply. A thin dark colored collar is snapped around his neck with a leash. He crawls submissively on the ground as the attendant leads him over to us. She gives a sharp tug on the leash as they stop before handing the leash off to me.
“Remember.” She speaks sharply. “Tight leash and strict punishments are the only way to get through this one’s thick head.”
The attendant warns me as though I’ve just purchased a rowdy familiar with a serious behavioral problem.
I’m fairly certain that if I told Blue not to breathe he would be too terrified to disobey. Regardless, I smile and thank the woman, just ready to be done and out of this place.
“I’m going to go ahead and go home, Shauna. It’s getting dark and I’ve… had a long day.” She agrees and goes, leading her familiar off, but I'm far too drained to go through a carriage ride with them. Pulling the paper warp totem out of my bag is the best feeling I’ve had all day.
Rest from this madness is in sight.
The activation causes a lurch in my stomach, and suddenly Blue and I are in my home.
Blue trembles at my side for a few moments before pitching forward and retching on the tile. Well, I mean, no one said that this would be easy.
Notes:
Would you all like to hear a little from Blue's perspective?
Let me know if there's anything that you guys want to see in this fic!
Chapter 5: At the House
Summary:
We hear from Blue's perspective as he gets to the house.
Notes:
Thank you guys so much for all the lovely comments! As requested, here is Blue's perspective.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
-Blue POV-
I feel a heavy lurch, as though someone has grabbed my insides and pulled.
It’s unexpected, to say the least. In fact, anything other than being beaten to death right then and there in the holding pens is unexpected.
I’ve been so stupid, so incompetent, that it surprises me that my Master doesn’t immediately give me the punishment I so assuredly deserve. But instead, he has taken me into his home.
The shift from dirty, sticky floors to clean tile is immediate. But that doesn’t stop the way my insides protest our transport. I have a chance here, I remind myself. Dim prospects and a bleak life, but it’s a chance that I didn’t have every day at that market, coming closer and closer to death.
I can be perfect, be a submissive and willing pet, just as I was with the others… but hopefully this time he will keep me. I don’t want to die, but I heard what my handler said. I’d never heard her so vehemently against a familiar’s purchase before. I must be in worse shape than I thought.
Even still, that’s no excuse for improper behavior. I just need to be good.
My stomach churns in painful knots. I can’t tell if it’s hunger or sickness, the two coming so frequently together that there is no clear distinction in my mind.
I just need to take deep breaths, Master won’t notice.
It will all be fine.
Master won’t notice.
Or, he wouldn’t have noticed if the moment I opened my stupid mouth my stomach hadn’t rebelled and made me throw up all over master’s pristine tile floors.
It’s only the slushed remains of the treats Master had given me, along with a revolting mouthful of stomach acid. But it’s more than enough for me to deserve a beating, long and harsh. Even if I do survive the brutal onset there will still remain the memory.
Master graciously brings his new familiar into his house for the first time and his new idiot sullies his floors, unable to contain his internal sick like an untrained child.
Pathetic.
I can’t make myself breathe, I’m just frozen, staring stupidly at my mess. I can feel the corners of my eyes sting and I don’t have the energy to fight the tears that I know are coming. Master is going to—
“Blue?”
My entire body flinches at that, my name. It is something that no other master has ever granted me before. Something my masters believed would make me think too highly of myself. Something that wasn’t worth their time creating.
“Blue, are you alright? Guess I should have warned you about the warp… my bad.” Master sounds surprisingly morose as he gets down on his knees in front of my mess, waving his hand slowly.
To my surprise, the small puddle starts picking itself up off the ground, forming itself into a sphere that simply hovers at my Master’s fingertips. For a single terrible moment I think that he’s going force it back down my throat in retribution, but he does nothing more than walk to his waste disposal system and take care of the mess I made, himself.
My cheeks heat as he makes his way back to me.
He doesn’t even think that I am capable of cleaning my own messes. How useless do I have to show myself to be before he simply abandons me at a street corner?
No. I can’t think like that. The sticky residue of my tears clings to my face, but I know that the grime from the market mars my appeal more than most anything else. He seems to like my eyes- ‘ just like they all do ’ replies a wiry part of my brain that gets me in trouble more often than not. Nevertheless, there’s no way to stay alive if you’re not interesting to your master. I thank the stars for my assets and leave it at that.
Master is once again standing above me as I remain in position on my hands and knees. He’s so much larger than me, so much stronger that it takes me a few moments to focus on his kneecaps and speak.
“M-master.” It comes out squeaky and weak and not at all how I wish it would.
“T-thank you very m-much. I … I know t-that I am not m…much, Master, but I w-will be good f-for you. I promise. I am in error. I d-did not mean to be si…sick in your home. Please punish me as you see fit. I truly look forward to being of use to you sir, Master.” I’m running out of things to say, grasping at straws really. All of my other masters would have stopped me in my little speech by now, either with a fist or with something being shoved down my throat. I don’t know what to do, and maybe it’s the fact that fists aren’t raining down on me, or the distant cloudy lightheadedness I’m feeling, but I get cocky.
“I don’t know what you were expecting in a familiar, but only say the word and I’ll make myself perfect for you.” After that, I clamp my mouth shut. The offending organ has brought me enough trouble for one day.
I don’t look up as I feel a hand come down on the top of my head. My ears cramp to press themselves closer to my head. Yet he doesn’t pull or hit or use his vantage point to slam my face into the tile, nor does he pull me onto his lap to take my punishment over his knee. I’m not transported to an icy dungeon never to be thought of again. Despite my trembling I actually feel quite relieved.
There’s a gentle press of his hand as he softly ruffles my knotted hair. The gesture is meant to calm me, I’m fairly sure, so I throw any self-preservation instinct that I may have left out of my head and nuzzle into the touch.
It is rare that a master will indulge me in the gentle physical contact that my typing requires, so I don’t waste a moment of it. The hand leaves me a moment later and I have to suppress my whine at the loss of contact.
“Blue, do you feel ok enough to go wash up?”
I don’t understand why it would matter how I feel. Is this a test? I’m not sure, but even as I contemplate the possible consequences I know that I am in dire need of a washing, even if it’s for nothing more than to better appeal to my Master.
I nod my head slowly, trying to suppress the memory of hoses and buckets and freezing water. I know what awaits me at the cleaning station. There is no need to supplement with old memories.
“That’s great.” I feel myself almost burst with happiness at my Master’s positive response.
I’m learning the answers he wants.
I can be good.
Notes:
I'm probably going to do a few more chapters from Blue's perspective, tell me how you like it, or if you want something special to happen to this pair. I'm always up for suggestions.
Chapter 6: Stairs
Chapter Text
“So long as you’re feeling up to it, that’s great. Everything is in the bathroom upstairs. I’ve got just about everything we need, ok? Whenever you’re ready.”
I sneak a glance to my Master’s left. There’s a staircase heading up to a second floor and my heartbeat is pounding in my temples.
Had he not noticed?
Or, does he want to test me?
I can feel myself start to shake again. Damn, why can’t I control myself better? A good familiar wouldn’t hesitate to move at his master’s orders, even if it hurt, but-
“Blue, what’s wrong?”
I can’t help the way my eyes glance at the problem over my shoulder. I’ve given myself away. Master gasps, but all I can hear is the flurry of curses from my own mind. Nobody wants a damaged pet. He’ll take me back, or leave me in an alleyway.
“I won’t last the night,” I want to tell him. “I’ll get picked off by someone stronger, or taken in pieces for an experiment at the hospitals.”
My mind reels as all the distant realities that I never wanted to think about all come crashing down on me. Stuck in an alleyway, cornered by the rougher crowd of my kind, constantly locked in a game of predatory survival. The streetwalkers are nearly always feral, and if they weren't, then by the time a few weeks were up they would be feral or dead.
My mind unhelpfully conjures up more and more horrifying and volatile scenes. Useless begging for them to leave me unharmed. Wondering if they would be the kind to take me to a facility for some kind of reward, keep me for as long as my body holds out, or use what little meat I have on my bones to feed themselves.
Or will my fate lie with someone other than my own kind?
If another person were to pick me up for themselves or to take me to a research lab... I can’t tell which would be worse. Being kept by someone who would take in a familiar off the streets is not traditionally a good sign. They are the ones who want to have you without the paper trail that leads your body back to them. Then again, a hospital or research lab would just stick me in a cage in the back of a room somewhere, entirely isolated, testing things until someone finally gives me a bad drug and my insides melt.
None of these options are close to what I have here. Even if this man beats me, uses me, and casts from me until I have nothing left, he still named me. He gave me treats when I was scared and stupid in front of him, instead of beating and berating me. He took me into his home. I want to scream and beg and plead, but I stay as still as I can as I hear my Master cry out.
“What the hell happened to you? Those look like burns!”
“I’m s-sorry Master!” And I am. I’m sorry that he saw, that he chose me, that he sees how worthless I am. I’m sorry that he got such an ill behaving pet.
“Blue.” He grasps my shoulders and I can’t hold back my whimpering. “Blue, what happened?”
“I w-was bad. I d-deserved i-it.” I can’t help the way that I choke on my words.
“What do you mean? What did you do?”
This Master deserves to know what he has. What a terribly disappointing familiar he has. It’s the only thing that keeps me talking. Knowing what a terrible deal my Master got at the market. Knowing that I mean nothing and he asked me a question that deserves an answer.
“I dis- disobeyed. I shouldn’t have. I know, I know better now. I won’t for- forget. I stood, I knew I wasn’t allowed to a-act like I was b-better than an animal. I know better now. T-they burned the b-bottoms of- of my feet so I wouldn’t d-do it again. I learned, Master. I-I belong on the ground. I can be good, I swear-“
I’m silenced by a hand over my mouth.
Me and my big mouth.
A tremor rushes through me as I wonder if he’s going to sew it shut.
It happened to another pet who served at the same house as me. They bled and cried for weeks. I never understood why Master didn’t choose to gag them, and I can only hope that my current Master thinks the same.
A gag, while uncomfortable, is much better than stitches.
His other hand moves behind my head and I have to bite down the urge to turn my head to see what he is doing. But I can’t stop myself from jerking forward at the unnatural cold of his hands as they come down on my feet. The hand comes off the second I jerk forward and send myself flying into my Master’s chest.
So it is up to me to drown the terrified scream I want to make.
I’m touching my Master when I haven’t been allowed. Why, why can I not be good for two minutes?
Both arms close around me and I find myself loosely held to his chest, with his scent, his presence, engulfing me. For a few moments I can't help but inhale deeply, scenting my Master. The smell of old leather and essential oils calm me. He doesn’t know I’m scenting him, and what he doesn’t know won’t hurt him, but the scent coming off of him is being etched in fine detail in my mind. I can’t remember the last time I was held in such a way.
“I didn’t mean to spook you. I was just trying an old healing spell I used whenever I got into a bit too much trouble as a kid.”
He doesn’t throw me to the floor, just pats gently at my side, allowing me to stay plastered to him.
“Would you let me try again? I promise it’s just a healing spell.”
I am pressed flush against his chest, so close to him I can feel the words through the vibrations of his body. He is solid against me, but not immovable steel. He is malleable enough that there is comfort in the closeness. He is so warm, and I am so drunk on human contact that I nod softly at his bizarre request for my consent, allowing my cheek to nuzzle fondly into his shirt with the motion.
His hands reach behind me once again, but I am prepared this time for the cold of his hands.
“There. That's all. You still shouldn’t walk for a day or two, though. Magic heals the physical injury, but it takes time for everything to catch up with itself. You won’t be stable on your feet until then.”
Master slides a hand under my knees and the other behind my back as he turns me over and stands, taking me with him. Up in the air I am suddenly much more vulnerable than I’d like to be.
Still, struggling will only bring trouble... Master might drop me.
He doesn’t seem to mind my hands clutching at his shirt as he carries me up the stairs. I can only wonder how long this leniency will last.
In the end, Master doesn’t drop me, he sets me down with care in a bright, off-white room with nice looking brown wood cabinets.
The sound of water running distracts me from anything further. Master is filling up a tub.
I suppose that makes sense.
It’s unlikely that Master will be able to stay completely clean after hosing me down. It makes sense that he would want his bath ready for him when he gets back. Though I wonder why he isn’t calling a servant to do it for him.
There’s a slight temptation in me to go up and splash with a little of the tub water and make a cute face before jumping in. I could play it off as a joke, just to feel the warm and clean water against my skin for a few moments. I’d get smacked around a bit, but if I played myself just cute and enticing enough it might not end too badly.
Still, the leniency my Master has already showed me makes me put the disobedient thoughts out of my mind.
He’s been so kind. He deserves a pet who knows his place, who doesn’t even think about disobeying or playing with his Master.
So I stay exactly where my Master put me, trying not to further dirty his floor.
Chapter 7: Scars and Hot Water
Summary:
It's bath time and even that isn't safe from pitfalls.
Notes:
Mentions of sexual abuse and injury, scars, and other such nasty jazz. Just a warning
- If that makes anyone squeamish then read with caution
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
“Alright Blue, do you think you could come over here by yourself?”
A flush rises to my cheeks as I realize my Master thinks me so incompetent and dim witted that he doesn’t believe I can traverse few feet without assistance.
I stay on my knees when I crawl to him, remembering that he’d said I wouldn’t be stable on my feet, and not being stupid enough to rise without permission regardless. I may be stupid but I try not to make the same mistakes twice
“Ok. You can just give me your dirty clothes, I’ll get you something else.”
I am surprised that my Master is willing to clothe me, though I am grateful for it.
Many preferred my form bare at all times, easier to get at without all the work of undressing I had assumed. Still, I wonder what will be required of me for such generosity. This master is so kind and I can't help but keep taking on more and more leniencies and indulgences that I will eventually have to pay for. I owe so much, I don't know how I am expected to find my way out of this debt and be valuable to him.
The rough canvas bunches in my hand and as I touch it, and I am confronted with the state of my coverings much more directly than I had hoped to be. The scratchy thin material scraping more than stretching over my skin. As I pull off my shirt sharp pains lance up my frame exposing patches of bruised and cut skin. My skin prickles as I can feel Master's eyes taking in every detail. His eyes following every damaged inch like a hawk. He did not look happy.
I am not exactly sure what I look like, mirrors in short supply at the market, but I know there are bruises that colored my skin in every color of the rainbow, and cuts, along with the occasional bruise perfectly outlining a hand, the smaller oval fingerprint bruises were a little lower on my damaged hips and thighs. Master’s hand went to my lower belly and I flinch, unable to stop myself as he traced an old scar. I believe it was supposed to say ‘slut’ but master had been drunk and he’d written it to face him as he fucked me anyway.
A tremble took over me as master traced the scar lightly with his fingertips.
I pray that he doesn’t like it.
Master continued wordlessly, fingers ghosting over bruises and scars alike, as if he were cataloging them. The tracing is supremely uncomfortable. I am used to being ignored, shoved to the periphery of people's perceptions and fading even farther than that. This attention is something I have come to associate with danger. When people pay attention to you they see everything.
All your faults and incompetencies laid bare.
This is dangerous and it takes everything within me not to squirm at Master's light tracing. His hands ghost over me, he does not dig into the cuts or prod at the bruises, but the potential in my mind is so much worse.
He can do whatever he wants. I am entirely at his mercy. I wonder if it would make a difference if I begged him to stop. If I got to my knees and begged in that sweet voice that Masters like. Kept my eyes at his chest, respectful but high enough that he would still see their alluring shade. If I could distract him from my ruined body and make him look even for just a few moments at anything else.
I could suck him off.
The thought comes unbidden into my mind and I spend several seconds taking in his height, his build, the angle, and with a suppressed sob of relief the soft mat by the bath tub's wall. He is not the largest master I have served, but it's not always proportional. Stars know I know that, but it shouldn't be a problem. I am good at what I do to stay valuable, I have to be, even if I wasn't the sheer amount of practice should count for something. I wonder what it would take to coax him over just a few steps. If he would let me kneel there on the soft floor mat or if because I am being such a demanding little thing he would require I take him right where we stand now, my knees bruising on the hard, cold tile.
It's too much. The calculations in my mind are dismissed as quickly as they came. With all he has done, with all he has allowed thus far, I have asked too much of his leniency and favor at this point already. I don't think I would survive having this be denied. It would not be good to learn so early what happens when his familiar is being demanding and does not know his place.
The viewing is still unsettling, but I think I can pin-point why now.
Technically this should have happened already.
At the Market, he was supposed to view me, strip me bare and take in all my faults and weigh it against my value. Maybe that's why this is so wrong in my mind. He did not act like a Master earlier and now as he is taking his due I must adjust.
This cannot last forever, I have to endure this.
Eventually he backed off enough for me to take off my pants.
Now comes the hard part. There is no shimmy from the roughly made trousers, no attempt at seduction, in drawing attention to my better features, at hiding the grime and stain covered cloth. There was no point in it. His body language was plain, he wasn't aroused by my form, at least not now, and I wasn’t terribly excited to see what thought of my body when it was in such terrible shape.
If he was displeased with my top half, I could only hope for mercy as he took a look at my bottom half.
I could see anger rising in his eyes, so unfocused he didn’t even call me out on the breach of respect.
Nobody liked somebody else used toys, and used I thoroughly was.
The night guards at the market had been quite taken with me, there was rarely a night that they didn’t come into my cage to add new bruises and blood. They knew the part of the market that I was in. They knew nobody would care if I was less than pristine, I already was. I feel the heat rising to my cheeks at the thought. I’d long stopped cleaning and taking care of myself after their nightly activities. I couldn’t bring myself to check, as Master stared down at me, if there was still blood or some of their dried seed still coating the insides of my thighs.
“Oh my sta-“ master cut himself off holding his own hand over his mouth, eyes wide for a moment before he quickly looked away.
Huh, it’s that bad…
There were more of the same words scrawled along either side of my thighs. ‘bitch’ on the right and ‘whore’ on the left if I remember correctly, but I’d never really checked, they’re on the insides of my thighs, but I do believe it was the same master that did it. Him or one of his friends when he was sharing me than night.
It seemed the little tracing ritual was not necessary for the bottom half of my body as my Master spoke.
“Alright, I’m going to lift you, so don’t panic.” Master kept his voice calm as his arms scoop me up again placing me down gently in the warm tub water.
I startle in his arms as I realize the destination.
Is this really ok, or is Master just teasing me to hurt me later.
Very quickly I realize that the decision is made for me and I have no chance at resistance, Master places me into the tub.
I moan at the feeling of warm, clean water on my skin. My tail loving the sensation of being immersed and I swish it around as much as I could without making a ripple on the surface.
Master placed me in here himself, surely that means that I could remain here a little longer.
Master picks up a rag and works the soap into a heavenly smelling lather before he waves me closer to him. I jerk at the first contact, but master only settles his other hand on my shoulder and rubs comforting circles into my skin as he works the rag back and forth against my skin. The first few slides of the cloth seem experimental, as though he’s trying to see how much pressure he can apply without it feeling uncomfortable, before going on to lather and rinse the half of my body not fully submerged.
The slid of the cloth becomes hypnotic and calming as the scents and heat go strait to my head. It feels like the steam coming off the bath is filling my head with cotton fluff, slowing and obscuring all the rusty and malfunctioning pieces until I am only left with warmth. I like it too much to say. Master's hand keeps me steady in the bath, and though I know it is just so that I don't move and disturb his work, I am still grateful for the warmth of his hands, their strength.
By the time he’s finished, the water is a dingy and murky grey. I bow my head to my chest, ashamed, but not quite surprised, that all this filth has come from me. Master pulls out the stopper and I watch as the grey water cycles out of the tub.
The gentleness of his hands had been comforting, the pressure and strength he used had made my sore and agitated muscles relax. Did he realize how horrible and unworthy his pet was now. Was he finally aware that he shouldn’t have wasted his time, or his kind gestures. I’d grown so used to the contact in the past few minutes I don’t know what I’d do if it was all taken away. My head aches as I try to think of a way to convince him that I’m still worthy of being his, of being taken care of, of being touched in this kind, gentle way.
It disturbs me how much I want it, it hurts knowing that I truly don’t deserve this treatment.
I watch him move to the front of the bath and replace the stopper after it has all drained out and, to my astonishment, filling the tub again with more clean and warm water. My heart is pounding loudly in my ears. I don’t know what I could have done to deserve this, but I want to know what I can do for my master that he thinks this is a proper reward.
I want to earn this again, somehow, I don’t know if it’s possible, but I want this so badly it is a near physical ache.
I’m in such bliss that I don’t even think as he asks for my foot, continuing his meticulous strokes down to where my leg joins the clef of my ass before asking for the next and continuing just the same as the other leg, paying close attention to the inside of my thighs.
I guess there was something there after all.
He hands off the cloth to me with the instructions to finish up as he looks through some bottles. I quickly run the cloth over my hips and dick before rather quickly pushing past my not-perfectly-tight ring of muscles in an attempt to finger out anything left from the night guards.
There was blood and residue, but all in all, I do feel cleaner.
Master returned at the side of the tub not long after that, but gave no indication of seeing my actions. I have to hold in a sigh of relief. Even though I had instructions to clean I really should have asked permission to touch my cock or my ass. Some masters seem to think pleasure stems from every touch, and pleasuring one’s self without master’s permission is asking for death.
The water moves on its own and I startle for a second before Master's hand comes to my shoulder in gentle chiding. I watch his other hand continue the familiar motions and the water rises from the bath. Master makes the ball of water levitate much like my vomit earlier, only this time he sets the water gently on my head, letting it wet my hair without getting in my ears. I’m pathetically grateful for the consideration.
Various sweet smelling vials go in next, coating, lathering, and smoothing my hair all at once. Master sits patiently behind me as he instructs me to turn away from him so that he could brush the matted clumps out of my hair.
The lack if pain is surreal. I try to think back to my last beating, had the handler hit me so hard that I was just imagining this? It doesn’t seem real.
He applies the same mixture to my tail, allowing me to try my hand at brushing. I can’t remember a time my fur was so soft. Everything feels like a dream as the tub is drained and I’m lifted in a towel that feels like a cloud on my abused skin.
There is something hard under me, something that might have been cold if not for the towel under and around me. Swaddling me like a newborn babe.
I am next to a sink.
Everything around me is warm and dampened. My mind wasn't working correctly. Everything is hazy, fuzzy around the edges, Stars I was tired. Master held something up to my face, two matching tiny little brushes, and pushed one of them into my hands. He demonstrates how to brush it alongside his teeth as I stare dumbly ahead.
After suitably failing a few times he seemed to become aware of my non-coherency and took the bush back, holding the bottom of my jaw still as I open my mouth to allow him to do it for me.
I couldn’t get my eyes to focus on his face for more than a few seconds at a time. As soon as one feature came into focus another dropped out, becoming fuzzy and unclear.
He helped me gurgle and spit before holding my head steady to keep my eyes level with his.
I offer him a lazy grin. My heartbeat is so loud and hypnotically slow in my own head, I wonder if he can hear it.
“Blue? It’s ok if you are too tired, but do you want a little food before we go to bed?”
I’m fairly certain my heart stops for a few seconds.
The question is like a bucket of ice water as suddenly reality crushes back down on me.
Suddenly I am wide awake. Being able to earn food on the first night is nearly unheard of. I’ve never met anyone who’s even come close.
Still, my empty stomach pulls at me, annoyed that I haven’t said yes while I am still in my Master’s good graces.
I don’t know what he’ll want from me though, and as tempting as food is, I’m not in the physical condition to just give a blank check to my Master. Eventually though, my stomach wins favor, reminding me that I’d been in the middle of a punishment before this Master had taken me home. The market had decided that I needed a few days away from food to make me more accepting of what the guards did to me.
I hadn’t meant to scratch at him, but my testimony was never going to mean something to them. I hadn’t eaten in two days. My body needs food before it gives out.
My head nods rigidly and bizarrely, my Master smiles.
“Good.” He says softly pressing at my sides through the towel. “You’re too skinny as it is.” He picks me up, towel and all, taking me through the door and into the next room. It must be his room, a large mattress covered in fluffy blankets and sheets, a working desk right next to it, a large dresser on the far wall, and a bookshelf in the corner double stuffed with extra books in neat little stacks around it.
I try not to let my stomach sink as he sets me on the bed. I knew what I was getting myself into, I know what masters buy me for. I busy myself with softly pressing my hand into the softness of the sheets around me.
The towel has fallen open and I can’t bring myself to correct it when I know Master will take it off completely later.
Master’s look hardens at my uncovered swatch of skin, it’s only then I realize that the open towel leaves my stomach scar visible. Master doesn’t say a word as he stalks off to the books, quickly tossing a few aside before settling on one.
“I’m going to try a spell on you real quick for your scars. Later we’ll talk about it and see if you want the rest done, but I am not ok with leaving those three…words.”
Notes:
Let me know what you guys think/ What you guys want to see.
I love hearing from you folk.
Chapter 8: Familiar and Unfamiliar
Summary:
There are some very unfortunate familiar feelings for Blue, but there are some new experience that might just be different.
Chapter Text
There’s a flash of panic in my chest and I try to breath evenly.
Spells were never pleasant, and my Master has every right to do anything with my body that he wants.
Still never before had a master talked about undoing another’s work.
Sure, they expressed a distinct displeasure at seeing their pet marked by someone else, but they each left new marks of their own anyway.
“Ok” master says to himself as he placed the book open next to my body before pulling off the towel. I bite the side of my cheek to stop the urge to beg. Stop trying to fruitlessly plead for the meager covering that wouldn’t stop anything anyway.
It doesn't mean safety, it wasn't true armor. It was comforting to hide behind but that was only when Master allowed it. He has right to his property, no flimsy bit of fabric changes that.
Still...it was really soft.
I try not to look at the direction it’s been put aside on the bed. Instead focusing on the ceiling, trying to breath. I cannot throw up again, I will not.
Again Master traces gently over the lettering in preparation and I am suddenly even more interested in the soft white ceiling. I fear this gentleness more than any pain that will follow, I don't like the wait will feel when the comfort will be taken away. There’s tingling and warmth as master speaks strangely, it was something else entirely, magic was happening.
“Oh stars” I hear a gasp, “it worked! Awesome.”
That’s all the warning I get before my legs are lifted and spread apart. Suddenly it didn’t matter that his hands were only gently tracing the insides of my thighs.
Suddenly he was the night-guard who loved to drink.
My mind was a blind panic, but physically I do nothing. I don't like how familiar this sensation is. It terrifies me, chilling me to the core of my being. I don’t thrash or scream like my mind tells me I should. I am quiet and pliant and willing like a good pet. Like a pet who has finally learned his fucking lesson from the guards, like a pet who would make his master happy.
Tears prickled at the corners of my eyes but I can not let them fall, no, not now.
“They healed right up, perfectly. You did great.”
It’s all I can do to stare at the ceiling and nod along to his statements.
I was a good boy.
I did a good job.
I made my master happy.
“I’ll go get some food now.” he said quieter, rubbing lightly at my hip. Maybe he picked up on my depleted energy. “and some ointment and bandages, ok? There is a reason we don’t always use magic, I promise. It’s just like your feet.” He spoke softly and quietly, like he would to a child.
“If all the physical damage is instantly repaired then your body could go into shock trying to compensate. When there is time to go slow and do this all naturally, it’s always for the best. Just because magic can to some great things doesn’t mean it’s always the best solution. Though obviously sometimes you don’t always get the opportunity to wait for healing. Adrenaline and the unyielding will to keep going is supposed to kick in...”
He folds the towel back over me and I shutter.
It is an entirely involuntary reaction, but I wonder if master will be displeased that his touch isn’t being received well.
My tail turns tighter against my leg. Have I made another mistake, will master still feed me. I’m utterly worthless to him. Too boney to be a proper bedmate. Too stupid to be a good study companion. Too fucking jumpy to receive his kind hands.
“Just… wait right here, ok?” he waits for a few moments before he leaves and it registers too late that he was waiting for a response on my part.
I curl onto my side, legs tangling with the softest towel I’ve ever been allowed to touch, my body has decided for me that now is the time to cry, my chest aches with the force of my sobbing.
Stars, why did I always have to be so stupid, so useless. So utterly incompetent. My face is hot and sticky as I rub furiously at it with the towel underneath me. My eyes will be red and puffy when my master returned, no matter what I do. I was always an ugly crier. Many others had said so.
There would be no way for me to hide my shame from this master.
It seems appropriate that my breakdown would continue from there. My tail coiled and uncoiled unconsciously. A nervous tick left from when I had been a child.
“Blue?” My whole body jerked. How long had I been sitting here feeling sorry for myself?
“Master, I—“ my voice cracked, my throat still tight from my episode.
“What happened Blue?” I shake my head, not willing to trust my voice again.
Nothing happened. It was just his stupid, useless pet being even worse than usual.
He set a tray on the bed and I had to swallow to hide the way I was drooling at the scent of heart chicken stock soup. My excitement greatly diminished as I realized there was no bowl of grey nutrient paste or kibble bites for me. There wasn’t even a second bowl where it could be hidden.
Suddenly I want to cry again. I know it is my master’s choice entirely how I am trained and cared for, but he had promised me food. And he had seemed so sincere in his offer; food for compliance with whatever he was going to do with my body anyway. I should have known it was too good. There's a sting in my chest reminding me that promises made to objects and animals don’t really hold much weight.
“Here” my master takes the steaming bowl and wraps it up in a towel before passing it to me. I stare back, uncomprehending. My master had never had a pet of his own before, but still… He must know the basics of ownership… right?
“Master,” the voice inside me is telling me to take the offered spoon and eat, consequences be damed, but I have a nagging fear. This isn’t proper, and once master realizes that, who knows what he’d do in retaliation.
I summon up my courage.
I’ve never told a master they were wrong before.
“M-master, this isn’t r-right.”
“what’s not right? Do you not like chicken noodle? I have some others I think, but you really should take it slow and start with some soups and broths. Sorry, I figured, well… that you were a cat, that you’d like chicken.”
My stomach growls at me demandingly wondering why there is food in front of me but I wasn't eating. Never in my life had I ever been offered table scraps of this quality. I wanted so badly to eat, but I also want to be a good pet.
“I- I am not ever allowed to have this kind of food.” It comes out as more of a whisper than I mean it to, as though I am sharing some dark and terrible secret. It’s different to push the words out of my mouth.
“Th-This is of a very fresh and g-good quality. I-it shouldn’t b-be wasted on the likes of m-me.” Master quirks an eyebrow at that.
“Well then, what are you supposed to eat?”
“they make a nutrient paste and k-kibble for m-my kind, Master.”
“Well, I didn’t even know that I was going to be taking a familiar home today. I don’t have any of the proper stuff. Would you mind eating stuff like this until I get better situated?”
Oh stars, I could only dream of a master coming to that conclusion.
“y-yes, Master. If you’ll a-allow it…”.
He waves his had non-officially
“yeah, yeah, you have my permission and whatever, just eat.”
It doesn’t take much more than that to get me to bite into a spoonful of that hot, savory, rich soup. The noodles are soft and I let myself get lost in the taste of this food that I may have seen from afar or served, but never tasted until now.
The warmth of the meal curls inside me.
I can’t honestly remember the last time I had hot food.
Notes:
Thank you guys so much for sticking with me in this story. I love hearing from you, so if there is anything you guys want to tell me I am all ears.
Chapter 9: Ready for Bed (Part 1)
Notes:
Hey guys, This chapter ended up way too long so I split it up and decided to post them together.
Two chapters for Valentines Day because I love you all so much!
Chapter Text
Master moves quietly in the background throughout the experience bandaging and slathering me with a cool and soothing salve.
I try not to weigh all the indulgence that is being stacked upon me.
The nearly overwhelming herbal smell that must be a hearty salve. The weight and cost of every spoon full of my warm meal. His hands are not taking, they are warm and slow as they mend me.
There is no hope of getting out of tonight’s debt.
Between the healing of my feet, the warm bath with Master’s gentle hands working at my soreness, the food, and the medical care, there is nothing I can do for my Master that will equate his actions. Not to mention his endless patience and his assumption of my innocence in all my failings.
I am years into this man’s debt, and I have only one true worthwhile skill.
I truly can’t remember the last time someone touched me without the intent to hurt or use me. To have so much contact, warm and gentle contact where my master is taking the time to heal me is making my mind is grey at the seams.
I feel my consciousness yielding to something deep inside me, desperately wanting more but not able to vocalize my pathetic need.
I am absurdly grateful for the sharp zings of pain as wounds are disinfected and covered. They keep me grounded. They remind me that this is my life, I am not simply lost in a dream…
Then again, no. I could have never mistaken this for a fantasy.
I have never had this wild of an imagination.
By the end of the meal I am nodding off again as I had in the bathroom.
This time master recognizes it immediately as he takes my bowl and readies for bed. I almost whine in protest, I still had soup in the bowl. Chunks of meat, precious and rare for my kind as well as noodles that are soft and filling. My hand goes to my stomach, hard to press against and flat, not the concave curve that it used to be.
I have only ever felt my body like this a few times, mostly after parties where if you were very good masters would feed you very well. Though it was never with much of their own scrapes, just many of the treats that this Master had given me before.
Some weren’t for my kind, that was always bad.
If the Master didn’t remember we would be sick on ourselves and we would be taken away. Displeasing master in front of guests never ended well, but when it happened at these events it always came with the added burn of losing a night where your good behavior and willingness was able to make up for your bad behavior and consequential withheld meals.
Tonight though, allowed to sit on the edge of a bed with my master tending wounds on my back and being allowed to eat warm food fit for my Master’s table, my stomach is overstuffed in a way I have almost never felt.
I wouldn’t have been able to eat much more anyway.
I will my mind to let it go.
Master turns away from me and goes through some drawers before eventually coming out with a pair of oversized cloth pants and a loose fitting nightshirt.
At first I am confused, he is wearing nightclothes already and that makes me panic.
I search my mind for when he had changed from the outfit he was wearing at the market. It must have been while I was eating. My cheeks flush at the thought of being so thoroughly distracted that I didn’t register my Master striping.
“I know this will be a little big, but this is all I have for the moment.” He comes forward laying out the clothing and belatedly I realize that he means for the clothes to be mine.
It is not technically allowed, but we are in my Master’s home. Any rules he makes for the house can be fundamentally different from what is allowed outside. He obviously means this clothes for me, I am not so stupid that I don't understand that, and I have already called him wrong once today.
I have no desire to seem ungrateful or troublesome. He did promise me clothes. I never would have thought he would give me his own clothing.
He tucks the shirt over me and gently helps me into the pants, rolling up the legs and tightening the string to an almost ridiculous degree so that it will not fall down my legs. The task is made even more difficult because of my tail, but he doesn’t get angry.
He continues with patience and finally finds a spot where the pants will stay without hurting my tail, or letting the pants fall off my hips.
I love the softness of the cloth against my skin. It’s nothing like the scratchy abrasive clothing of the market, and it’s much warmer than being left bare to the elements.
The clothing is almost ridiculously oversized on me but I love the loose fabric, I love the way that it almost feels like a hug as it drowns me in the scent of my Master. As though he is the one keeping me warm and safe.
I recognize the dismissal in the final knot he ties in the cloth pants. I slide off the bed to my knees taking my weight, Master’s shoulders have slumped with weariness.
He is done with me.
I should find my place to sleep tonight.
I have not been shown the outside stable or the basement… I wonder if there is a servant quarter that I will be welcome in. I saw the inside of Master’s closet, it would be cramped but not an impossible fit, and a traditional choice, but I wouldn’t go there without permission. The floor is covered in a thick carpet, not soft or very fluffy, but I know to appreciate the simple comfort it will mean, that it will be less harsh on my body that cement. Besides, if I am on the floor I will be allowed to sleep in Master’s room, a clear sign of favor even after all I’ve done, with the guarantee of warmth.
“And where do you think you’re going?”
Master’s arms come around my torso and lift me like I am nothing more than the folded clothes he had just brought over to me. He sets me down on the bed again and it is at this point that I know that I have made a mistake.
Chapter 10: Ready for Bed (part 2)
Chapter Text
I made a mistake.
Did he need me tonight?
If he did want me, why had he tied off the string. the pants won’t come off without me disrupting the knot.
Perhaps he wants my mouth, that would make sense.
It is customary for a thorough testing of skill, of a new purchase’s body to happen the first night home. It helps establish what roles you may be assigned, how valuable you are.
Kitchen staff cook elaborate meals to show off their skill, entertainers sing or dance and show off their training. Strong familiars are cast with their first night and can gain rank among their Master’s existing familiars depending on their ability to shake off the process afterwards.
I get tested out, used in every conceivable way to test my skill. Showing my Master everything that he might want, need, or find interesting.
I need to be interesting.
My fourth master did not find me interesting, no matter how I tried to please him. My arm had been broken by the one before him and I was not yet recovered enough to take the weight on my hands the way that he wanted me to.
I cried and I couldn’t stop myself from screaming during the night, he hadn’t liked that, I do not cry prettily. He had locked me in the basement, kept me isolated and without food for what seemed like weeks. It could only have been a few days, he waited until some traders came around and sold me off.
I’m lucky that the caravan that took me had a vet who could set the bone.
I’m luckier that he was willing to make a trade, that he put up with my crying.
Master puts a tablet under his tongue climbs into bed along side me and I scramble to make room for him as he pulls away the blanket. I can’t afford to be distracted right now.
I need to please my Master.
What kind of pill did he just take?
Usually when drugs are involved they are forced down my throat. Sometimes they make me fuzzy in the head, other times they make me forget, sometimes they make me more willing, more excitable. When masters take them it usually means I am in for a long night.
I understand that he may be tired, it is very late. But that is no excuse to try and skip out of my duties. He will do what he wants with me. It won’t be easy with the medicine he took, but I have to try and make this as good as possible for him, so that he will at least give me a proper chance in the morning.
I think of the bath, his warm and gentle hands, the kindness, the food, I want this Master to keep me.
I need this master to keep me.
Master pulls me into his arms, loosely guiding me into position as he dims the lights. I feel a nervous flutter in my gut, but I don’t understand why. I am no blushing virgin who has no knowledge of what’s about to happen, but even so I don’t truly know what to expect. This Master has been so different and I just want to please him.
The tingling of butterflies becomes a fully realized creation and stab at my stomach.
I will not be good enough.
No matter what I do, I know my bruising is unappealing. He may have fixed the words but I have other scars, I am still sore from the activities of the guards last night. I will bleed and tear and my Master will be so thoroughly disgusted with me that he will take me right back to the market.
He will beat me.
I will cry.
I will never find a master as good as this.
As willing to overlook my initial errors, accepting of the growing pains as I figure out exactly what he wants from me, as I figure out Master’s rules. The only others who would take me now are those who would take me in pieces, for dissection. I wonder idly if I would go to the school my Master needs me for. I wonder if he would be the one to cut into my corpse for credit.
I bite into my tongue as he puts his arms around me, this is it. I hope he will at least tell me what he wants. I want to try to be good. Sometimes the willingness is enough to put them in a good mood.
He lays me down next to him, sets my head on one of the marvelous pillows, and pulls the blanket on top of us.
The blanket is better than the towel.
The blanket is thick and fully covers my body. It is warm and with my back pressed against his chest he doesn’t have to see the way that I clutch at the fabric. The way I run it reverently through my hands
I can feel the shaking in my limbs start, I don’t know what to do.
I am confused. This is not a position that I can service him from, not with my mouth anyways.
“M-master?” I hear my voice tentative in the calm and quiet atmosphere. I don’t want to disturb the peace of the moment, but I need to know. I need to know how my Master intends to use me, I can’t be taken by surprise. I can’t cry again.
“yeah…” I hear a tired reply. I want to apologize instantly, Master is tired and I am disturbing him.
My body twists as I squirm in his arms in order to face him. His eyes are half lidded and he doesn’t seem to care about my breach of conduct.
“m-may I service you Master?”
He still enclose me in his arms, holding me close and I can feel the radiant warmth that spreads throughout my body, his legs tangle with mine so that even my toes are warm. Though I can’t move.
His smile is crooked as he simply shakes his head
“I am too tired to handle any kind of service right now Blue.” His hand cards through my hair in a calming gesture, “let’s just get some sleep, ok?”
He doesn’t release his hold on me, and he certainly doesn’t push me away. It’s not proper for me to be in his bed without servicing him, it isn’t proper for me to be on any kind of furniture unless I am being used or displayed.
I’m too tired to argue anymore about my placement and what things are proper, though my ears do give a confused twitch.
I think, distantly, that I had a dream like this once. It’s soft and the firmness of the bed cradles my abused body, my master resting so near to me that his body heat makes the entire place warm.
Master seems tired too, seemingly asleep before I have another chance to speak.
My fingers play with the soft sheets, experimenting with the give of the mattress. You have to be good to earn a fuck in Master’s bed, you’d need to be a favorite for them to let you rest at the foot of it without punishment, but I’ve never heard of someone indulging even their favorite in this cuddling.
Master is asleep, he doesn’t want me tonight, perhaps because he wants to try me in the morning. He’s letting me have a favorable place in the bed so he can have full access when he wakes. Which is entirely ridiculous, plenty of other masters have had the same intentions when they made me sleep on the floor next to their beds, or in the lock closets in their rooms
. Whatever his reason, this master is beyond anything I could have every hoped for. I’ll gladly do anything he wishes.
Here in the bed, It’s soft and warm.
I’m asleep before I know it.
Chapter 11: The Garden
Summary:
We get a little bit of a break from Blue's perspective and go with Kara to his garden.
Notes:
Honestly a lot had been happening really fast and I thought that taking a break with Kara and learn a little about this world.
Also, I thought it would be nice to give Blue a break from the heart attack inducing panic I had been putting him through.Hope you guys enjoy.
Chapter Text
POV: Kara
I wake up with a warm body snuggled against mine, and for one terrifyingly incoherent moment I couldn’t remember who was beside me or how they got there.
I rarely drink or pick someone up and I couldn’t remember going anywhere last night. I got up yesterday, met with Shauna, and we…
Went to the Cages Market, oh…
I looked down to where two ears poke out from under the blanket. Blue had pressed himself against me in his sleep, his smaller body only just able to reach my chest with his legs tangled in mine.
I could barely remember anything last night. I recognize the groggy felling in my head and the lack of immediate recall of the last night's events. It's one of the side effects of my sleeping pills. It's supposed to be exceptionally rare as a side effect, but I have always been... exceptionally lucky that way.
I hate taking the sleeping pills but I know when I need them, and I trust myself to know that last night the pills were necessary.
I pull back the blanket, too tempted to sleep in and cuddle with my new familiar.
It is morning and I have things to do.
But that doesn’t mean that I have to wake up my new companion. With his face slack and the rest of his body relaxed, he looks at peace for the first time since I have met him. I can’t bring myself to ruin the perfection.
Even if the bruising does spoil the picture.
I extract myself carefully, untangling our intertwined limbs and pulling away to the edge of the mattress.
Blue looks tiny in that bed all alone. His skeletal frame whimpering softly at the loss of my body heat. I can’t help but smile as his hands reach out blindly capturing a pillow. There’s a contented sigh as he nuzzles into the pillow’s fluffiness. I want to stay in bed more than ever.
I resist.
The fluffy comforter buries Blue as I tuck the covers around him again, this time leaving his face fully uncovered. There’s a pink tinge to his cheeks that wasn’t there yesterday.
I hope that actual progress has been made, and it’s not just my vivid imagination. I leave a hastily scribbled note on the mattress where I once was. I don't want Blue to panic if he wakes up and doesn't know where I have gone. I keep it short and simple.
*Blue,
I am downstairs if you need me. Stay in bed if you want, or if you feel like coming down you can join me.*
The full light of the morning gives my eyes some difficulty adjusting as I step outside to my garden. All manner of fruits, Vegetables, and herbs splay themselves out covering every corner of my ever shrinking backyard space. Though it is the fall, nature's one last rallying cry before the winter. Loose ends tied up and lots of maitnence to finish up in preparation for winter.
I don’t particularly mind, this area keeps me grounded.
Seeing nature’s magic helps me with my own craft. Not to mention the fact that every single one of my plants overproduces. The wild magic is strong, ties into the land and currents of the wild. If I lived a good century or so ago I would have been known as a hedge mage, I would be done with my studies, and would have lived without all the stigma attached to the title. As for now, the world just sees a hobby garden that got out of hand. Just another eccentric hobby that makes me a little... odd.
Just a bit outside the norms... Just like always.
At any rate , all of the area’s mages love to have those warm, full, homegrown ingredients to add a little extra life to their spells. For some reason the grown in bulk supplies never have the richness of my produce. I like to believe that it’s because my plants get to know me. Attitudes and magic frequencies can have impacts on spaces, why shouldn’t they have effects on plants.
My mind fades as I go through the motions, weeding and watering. Paying special attention to each plant before going to what makes my garden truly special.
I have a large pond in the center of all the greenery. It’s a place to cool off on hot days, but it also holds one of my greatest treasures.
Today there are three Almac swans.
Each one of them shine like diamonds as they effortlessly swim to the edge near me.
They are not mine. They don’t belong to anyone. No one has ever been able to successfully raise Almacs in captivity.
Their will is iron and their needs, finite.
That are creatures of magic.
Every part of them holds a special value and power. Feathers gathered and eggs are two of the most treasured. Feathers gathered unwillingly, however will loose all of their properties and eggs stolen from the nest turn into nebulous pits of dark energy.
Nasty business if you ask me.
Almacs generally stay away from inhabited areas and they are usually too rare to be found anywhere other than a major source of natural magic. Yet some always find their way into my pool. I do my best in turn to make sure that they enjoy their stay. It brings me absolutely no trouble to set out seeds and grow tamer varieties of pond plants to make them feel at home. Just getting a glimpse of one in the wild is rarer than any gem, so it is my proudest accompaniment that they actually seem to like it here, and they don’t mind when I take a dip in the pool.
I nearly had a heart attack the first time they gave me a gift.
I have gotten better at being gracious about it but the action always makes me extremely giddy.
Today, the smallest of the three is bracketed by the other two, glaring from side to side to check the status of their companions as they made their approach. It reminds me of Blue and I feel a pang in my chest.
They stop just in front of me and I try to be casual as I crouch before one of the rarest magical creatures. The two companions presented feathers to melon entirely platinum white, the other had the sides tinged a light blue.
Stars they are gorgeous.
Their tails flick happily as they make short honking noises. I thank them profusely before they turn to their friend to give them an encouraging bump. I have seen this before, this Almac is new. The veteran travelers who have been here many times before have learned I’m trustworthy and help the new ones learn to trust me. All the nervousness probably comes from being somewhere new and unfamiliar.
The Almac stretches out it’s neck waiting a few seconds before I realize that it wants me to put my hand out. It isn’t until then that I realize that it had an egg in its mouth. I let the oddly familiar weight settle on my palm. It is small, pearlescent, and beautiful.
The Almac seems to agree as it let out a mournful croon, nudging the egg with its beak.
“You don’t have to.” I can’t stop the words coming out.
I’ve had to watch Blue work through his fear and do things he obviously doesn’t want to do or feel comfortable doing. I’ve had more than enough to last me my whole life, possibly more.
“I- You don’t have to give me this. Really, it’s ok if you want to keep it. I don’t mind at all. This is a big garden, you can build a nest here no problem.”
It seems shocked at the suggestion it would stay here.
“I-I only suggest because, well, I assume it’s hard to fly with an egg in your mouth.” I try to joke around. humor has always been my escape, at least, when given the choice.
The companions give an odd look to the middle one. Maybe broodiness is not normal in an Almac, but I’ve seen it in just about every other type of bird.
“you want this egg” I can’t help the way I say it as a fact, I know I’ll feel like monster if I even consider taking it.
“There’s no-one better to have it.”
The Almac flaps its wings excitedly and the two Almacs seem happy for it. They seem to have strange social workings that I’m still trying to make out, but they are uncannily smart, and I know from talking to myself in the garden too much that they understand human speech.
I am allowed to hold and cradle the egg as all of the other gather soft mosses and reeds, building a nest.
I’ve never seen this before and I know that over the next couple of days I’ll need to get my sketchbook out here.
I set the egg down in the nest and the Almac sits down proudly, eyes shining. I busy myself with with bringing out a notebook and detailing the encounter.
Eventually I speculate that the Almac either had no where safe to keep the egg or they didn’t have a high enough social standing to qualify for space in the typical nesting grounds. Either way my heart soars thinking that they think of my little pond as a safe space to nest.
Which makes me wonder why they had tried to give me the egg to begin with. Did they think that I wouldn’t let them stay, wouldn’t let them nest here? I watch as they chirp happily at the nest.
Perhaps they were worried, maybe they just wanted to make sure that it was ok?
The last two questions of the entry remain. I had looked for books on their behavior and needs years ago, though apparently I am the leading official on how they behave naturally. Most researchers speculate without ever having seen one.
I have half a dozen journals detailing each encounter and speculation. Everything from diet to social protocols.
I haven’t published a single one.
If I did, they’d ask to see my proof, where I got evidence, that I didn’t just make up these stories. For some almost selfish reason, I can’t give up this paradise just to publish a journal. I close the book and leave the Almacs to their ways, I have another creature that makes no sense to me.
The entirety of Blue’s being confuses me, everything from how he acts to what he expects, to what to feed him, to how to heal him, it worries me. But thankfully, there are more reliable sources for information on this.
My house is a tad big, a gift from my aunt. But I , thankfully, don’t have much clutter. It doesn’t take much time to find my satchel with the general care book inside. I settle down on the couch like I would with any good book.
The feeding section catches my attention and I skip the first few chapters in order to take a look at that little necessity first. After all, I’m pretty hungry and I’m sure that Blue will be once he wakes up.
The first few lines make me frown.
I’m fairly certain that one meal a day in the case of good behavior will not suffice to keep my familiar well fed and happy. It warns that table scraps, while nice treats, can not be overused lest the familiar become proud and think it deserves food off their master’s plate. Insisting that letting them eat from a plate like their masters will only make them disobedient as they begin to think better of themselves. The rest is ways to deny food or use it as a punishment, listing all sorts of training exercises and tips. One bright highlighted “try at home” tip suggests to let a familiar eat food from a plate having dusted a special powder on top to force them to vomit, and then to continue beating them to help them understand their place.
I want to be sick.
There’s a recipe at the end for a simple DIY nutritious meal for your familiar. Just reading over the ingredients list I know it will be horrible. I can’t help but wonder if this is the “proper” meal that Blue was talking about last night.
Well, unfortunately for him, his "master" enjoys cooking and and won’t let him eat garbage.
He deserves better, I’ve known him for less than a day and I know that.
I read a few more introductions and chapter titles but the queasiness does not go away. If anything, it worsens. The book lists horrific punishments and games to make familiars more humble, more submissive, more subservient to their masters. All this wanton cruelty in the name of training. Abuse, valued and respected, for the sake of “proper training”.
I have no idea how I am supposed to be able to do these things. They are treated like they don’t have needs; Physical, psychological, or emotional. Nothing is too much, nothing is inhumane. There’s nothing in place to take care of them. If one isn’t working out the book suggest putting them down or returning them, or if they come form exceptional breeding stock, a professional training center.
This is the world I’ve joined.
I don’t want this to become normal.
I don’t want to see my classmates beating their familiars for any of the minor incidents or infractions that the booklists. I don’t want to get used to watching as others join in. I can’t watch a familiar get raped out in the open as if it were nothing, solely to reaffirm another’s control over them as a suitable punishment for speaking out of turn.
Just imagining it I knew I was going to be having nightmares. Stars, how long had I been ignorant to this as a way of life. Granted my family knew nothing of the inner workings of mages, but people had pets, sometimes they would take familiars just for the prestige.
Was there any difference in how they were treated?
Not according to the book.
Suddenly it made sense that all of Shauna’s familiars died. It would be hard, going by the book, trying to find the right amount of food and rewards to balance out the negligence and abuse that the book states is required.
I realize with a start, that everyone will have read similar training manuals, was this kind of cruelty unavoidable, just something I would have to live with knowing?
My thoughts drifted to Blue, how small and fragile he had looked in that bed. He didn’t deserve to go through this, no one did. He deserves to sleep on a bed with the warm comforter, not in some closet or basement like the books says, no matter how “proper” it is.
My definition of caring for a familiar actually includes caring for a familiar funny enough. But everyone else…
Well, I am not everyone. I’m quirky already. I got through my years being different, being odd, and while I had hoped it would come to an end this year, I won’t do it for this high a price. What’s one more differing opinion anyway. Each section of the book restates how it is my familiar and their behavior and treatment is entirely dependent on me. How I could customize any of these tracks the way I want. I am the owner, I am in charge.
I can do whatever I want with Blue, and as terrifyingly final and open ended as that final statement is, I smile.
I am good at taking care of things.
I feel lighter that I have been in a while as I leave the book to check on Blue.
It has been a few hours and I want to make sure he feels stable enough to try and eat with me. We probably won’t be able to go out to get him clothes yet, I try not to feel disappointed.
He’ll have to wear some of mine until then, but I honestly can’t wait to see him curled up in some clothes that fit him.
Without another thought I walk into my bedroom, ready to face the day with my new familiar.
Chapter 12: Waking Up
Summary:
Blue wakes up with a little bit of panic and then his Master comes in for a little chat.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue POV:
It takes me an embarrassing amount of time for me to realize I am awake.
I’m unused to the natural process of waking slowly or peacefully. If the duties I am given do not require a shrill alarm well before dawn that throws me form my blessedly unconscious state, my relatively peaceful sleeping hours are broken up when my current master decides that his lazy pet has gotten more than he deserves.
I shutter remembering what was done when I had “kept him up with my coughing”, I had never wished for thicker closet doors more in my life.
He wouldn’t have heard me if the doors had been just a little thicker.
I’m too used to being awakened in the midst of a dick shoved down my throat or up my ass to even recognize the soft surroundings as anything more than a dream.
I have had this dream before, though nothing this clear. Where I had served my master to the best of my abilities for the night and instead of being roughly thrown off the bed directly after, they’d be so pleased with me that they’d let me stay in their bed.
Not the whole night, I know the rules. But, just an hour or so. Cradled in the softness of their bed that I was so unworthy of. I dreamed that maybe I’d done so well, that in a moment blind bliss my master would allow me something to rest my aching hips on. That they would… hold me, after the act, and if not hold me then at least tolerate my body next to theirs for warmth.
But this is not a dream. I feel my aches. There is no-one next to me, and I am scared. This is not a memory of sheets tinted by violation, this is real. I am in a bed, tucked snuggly under a blanket.
I am panicking.
There are pillows around and above me, under my head and in my arms. A thick, warm, good blanket, covering my body, keeping out the cold. Too good and high quality to be cast offs, smelling too strongly of my new master for that to even be a possibility. And my new master, nowhere to be seen.
Surely he must have put me here. He must have wanted me on the bed. Moving would disobey his orders. But I don’t remember being ordered to be here, I don’t remember a command to stay.
What if I was supposed to get up?
What if master is up already and furiously mad with me for sleeping in.
I can’t think of a reason for him to tuck me under the covers, and he certainly wouldn’t appreciate me on his pillows, clinging to one like a child.
Had I moved in my sleep?
Did master leave me in a specific position? Did he give me any orders for when he returned?
My head aches, along with every other part of my body. Bandages pull tight across my skin as he as I try to sit upright and I am reminded that this master was so exceptionally kind with me the night before, despite all of my failings. I don’t want to disappoint this master.
I want to stay in his good graces, enjoying every strange privilege that he’ll allow me, for as long as I can.
So I need to keep deluding this man into thinking that I am good. It will not last long. I am bad, and that won’t be fixed overnight, not matter how much I wish that it could be.
I only hope that I haven’t already fucked up
.
He seems bizarrely willing to put up with my failings and I can’t help but have my suspicions. Is this all a test? It makes the most logical sense, he must want to test wether or not his new pet is up to his standards.
He is a mage, so he might need other things than some of my other masters. Very few of my master have been actual mages, though many have been magic capable. I start wracking my brain, trying to remember rules and specifications that my other magic capable master had required, but I fall short.
Like you do in most things, my brain unhelpfully reminds me.
They hadn’t really needed anything different from me. Then again I wasn’t one of their main casters. I was a toy bought for the novelty, for their amusement. There were other, stronger familiars that got to leave the house. They were the ones who probably had to memorize different rules.
They were good.
I, on the other hand, was not good or strong.
I barely remember anything other than being used as a toy, occasionally being used to try out a new channeling spell.
I feel goosebumps all over my skin rise as I try not to think of the blinding, ripping, agony as I realized exactly why familiars only last as long as they do. Magic is consuming and painful and I am already too weak.
I don’t want to think about how that won’t matter to Master. How he will use me regardless of my physical state, just like the others.
It makes it all the more important that I stay on his good side.
My hand hits something that makes a loud crinkling sound under it. It is not soft like the bed, but does not hurt like I have broken something. My addled brain recognises it a half second later as parchment. I bring the piece of paper to my face, black ink scribbles and symbols I recognize as writing litter the page, but the message seems short.
I wonder if it is instructions.
I furrow my brow at the paper smoothing it in my hands and staring over the curves and edges of the lettering again, willing it to make sense. I cannot read, none of my fellow pets were ever taught. I do remember one familiar that had known how to read but she made us promise never to tell anyone.
Now I wish I had begged her to teach me her forbidden talent. There is no way that I can interoperate whatever message Master has left for me. I am left to my own devices.
What would Master require of me in the morning?
There is no way that master could have meant for me to stay in his bed, it is not an acceptable place for me. I should have removed myself long ago.
Not a second to soon, I land dully on my knees, pain zinging up my legs from the impact as the door opens.
I nearly jump as my master comes in, smiling and seemingly energized. He’s been up for a while, I just hope he doesn’t think I’m being lazy.
He’s in a good mood, and I want to keep him that way.
“hey there Blue, I’m glad you’re awake.”
His voice is the same as I remember, kind and soft but strong, not a hint of malice
“G-good morning Master”.
He continues to smile warmly as he glances towards the covered windows of the room.
“Not quite morning anymore, but I appreciate the sentiment.”
My stomach churns uncomfortably. Just how late did I sleep in? Is master hiding his anger, willing to give me a chance to grovel before proceeding?
“I-I’m sorry Master, I did n-not mean to sleep in. Please, punish me as you see fit.”
My fingers dig into carpet and my ears tilt fully downwards, fear and submission, please let it be enough. I don’t remember a time when my duties ever let me sleep in past my master. Even then, I don’t remember feeling safe enough to do so anyway. It must have been the bone deep exhaustion paired with my wounds that let me sleep so soundly.
Ignoring the multitude of rules I was breaking.
“Oh, come now Blue. I didn’t mean anything by it. I’m not going to punish you for that.”
His voice is softer now projecting honesty when I know in the core of my being that he is lying through his teeth. Or rather maybe not. He won’t punish me for this infraction, that I believe. He has plenty to catch up on first before he can get down to punishing this.
He’s good at prioritizing.
I nod slowly, the silence seemingly requiring some acknowledgement. My ears press so firmly against my hair I swear I can fell them digging into my scull, fighting with my instinct to protest.
“I just came up here to see if you would be ok to join me for breakfast.”
“O-of course Master, I can see to my duties.”
Notes:
Hey guys, I was doing a little bit of art for this story and I was wondering if you guys would like to see it. I can set up an attached story that is exclusively images and you guys can get a look at my sketches. I will warn you none of them are particularly good, but I did try very hard...
Is this something you would like?
the first stuff would be going up when the next chapter will be posted.
Chapter 13: The Kitchen
Summary:
Kara wants to have a nice morning meal with his familiar and just be nice to the poor thing. Blue is reminded of his time at the house of one of his past masters.
It's a bumpy ride folks.
Notes:
Also mentions of child neglect, child abuse, and underage
If that is triggering for anyone, please read at your own risk.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
I am not so horrifically broken that I can no longer serve a purpose. I can only hope that my master thinks the same. Though, considering the state I arrived in I cannot fault him for thinking this. As bruised, beaten, and horribly weak, as I came to him, he had taken a chance on me. Given me food, medicine, rest; far more than I deserve.
I just need to find a way to show him that I am worth keeping.
I need a way in.
Inserting myself into his schedule and improving his life will ensure that he sees me as something valuable. Something worth keeping.
Breakfast is the perfect start.
I can serve him his meal and wait on him as I had for a few other masters. Maybe I could kneel beside him and goad him into allowing me to give him a blowjob. My oral talents always earned praise. Maybe he’d let me have some of his table scraps as a reward…
I just want him to be pleased with me. Willing to keep me despite my sorry state.
“it’s not so much duties as breakfast” master chides gently.
I nod, trying to understand the distinction he’s just made.
“Of course. Sorry Master, it would be… my honor?”
Master doesn’t question the tremor in my voice and I almost sigh with relief as he smiles again. My eyes pull down to myself, to the floor where they belong as I realize I am covered in more bandages than I remember being put on. My throat is scratchy and I want to cough again. I repress the urge.
My knees are raw and burning from the weight but I am pleased with myself that haven’t made any noise.
His steps shuffle too loud in my mind despite the soft carpet of the room as he stops in front of me.
“Blue, I—you don’t need to be on your knees. Besides, you’ll need to test your weight on your feet.”
Master’s arms thread under mine as he pulls me up gently, stabilizing me with his body. The bottoms of my feet still ache, especially pressing all of my body weight on them, but I am still in awe that I am able to stand at all. I hadn’t expected to live long enough for the wounds to scar and heal naturally, but in my wilder imaginations I thought that I might spend the rest of my time learning to clean and tend to my master’s home and property on my knees, hoping that the next master to buy me might have use for me despite the handicap. After all, to many masters I spent so much time on my knees that I might as well not be able to walk.
“Blue? Come on, you have to talk to me. Does it still hurt?”
Orders sound so strange coming from him.
“N-no, No. It… it doesn’t hurt anymore.”
The bottoms of my feet are still a little sore, but it is negligible compared to what it had been in the past.
“Good”
Master smiles again and I hold in another sigh of relief.
I am learning.
Learning what a new master wants to hear is never easy
“I want you to walk normally today and make sure that your feet are really ok. If it starts to hurt, sit down and tell me. Alright?”
I nod along with this, unsure really what to make of the order. Unsure really what to make of the order, unsure if it will get me into trouble to speak or if I will be more trouble to keep it to myself.
Master steps away from me and gestures for me to follow behind him.
It takes everything I have not to fall to my knees. I stay on my feet, instincts screaming that this is a trap, but I can’t bring myself to disobey the order I’ve been given.
He leads me to a pristine kitchen that seems well used despite being entirely clean and free of clutter. Master takes up a few bowls and pans before grabbing a board and motioning with his knife, pointing me over to a table with a soft order to sit.
I take the loosely veiled threat for what it is and head over to the table.
For a moment I panic, where is master’s seat? Which chair do I kneel beside?
In a split second I register that it is fairly obvious that my master would sit at the head of the table, especially in his own home. With one side significantly further than the other, the choice is clear. It was a fairly simple puzzle, but a puzzle none-the-less.
Master wants to see if his pet is smart. That I can pick up on his wants and needs without explicit orders being given.
I kneel by his chair and let out a small breath as I relish the way the weight is off my bruised knees when I sit on my heels. My tail curls around me softly. Just trying to take up less room, taking in the comfort of the warm kitchen and the light pouring in from the window.
“Blue, what are you d…” Master does not complete the sentence but I am tense none-the-less. Did he not want me here? Was my relaxed kneel too presumptuous?
I hear things clink down on the countertop before master makes his way to me. My breathing is shallow and quiet as possible and my ears are pulled against my head as he makes his way to me.
I try very hard not to think about his knife.
About the cold slash of steel making me bleed.
I heard clinking. He probably put the knife down.
I’m ready for his fists, for my master’s strike. But he only comes closer and ruffles my hair softly. His fingers sliding through my long detangled locks much more easily this time. I wiggle, nudging further into this contact, trying to chase the soft pressure of his hand.
I made the right choice. Master is rewarding me.
Completely sitting up on my knees as I was chasing his affectionate touches, I found that my face was directly level with his hips. I could not have planned this better!
In a very calculatedly forward maneuver I nose at the hollow of his hip. Working up the courage before turning my face and rubbing my cheek against the rough material of his pants.
Something was wrong.
I peak up at him from under my lashes trying to discern why this was not progressing the usual way. The daring and completely improper move showing my confusion. Masters face was not one of lust or even one of encouragement and excitement as I had expected.
He portrayed confusion that a man of his position really should not have.
I take a deep breath to steady myself. Maybe he wants to see my skills without the direction of his orders. Some have ordered this before. I am not the best at coming up with these scenes, not the most creative or daring, but I know what makes people feel good, and I have been told what looks good.
My eyes go half lidded and I force all the tension out of my body. I can play the soft, lustful pleasure slave. I have before, I can do it again.
Perhaps I can play it better than before since I have been given warning this time...
I only hope the performance is enough for my master, that I can meet his standards. My mouth ghosts over his crotch and I let out a heated breath moaning low in my throat. I nose at the hollow of his hips again, many like the teasing motion, I pray he does. My face raises as high as I dare to show off the eyes I know he loves.
“How may I please you, Master?”
I am not braced for his forceful push and I stumble back before loosing my balance completely and falling, rather ungracefully on my ass. I look up confusedly to my master, not even taking a moment to consider that this might further enrage my master.
What did I do wrong?
But master doesn’t look angry. In fact, he looks scared. He’s breathing fast but I recognize the look in his eyes. It’s the same as mine when the guards stop at my cell.
There’s a shift and my master takes a deep breath, shifting back a pace or two.
“Right, no… that’s. You were— you were trained for that, it’s— it’s ok.” He sounds more like he’s assuring himself than anything else, but it also puts my mind at ease.
It isn’t that he doesn’t want me, I have just, caught him off guard. He wasn’t expecting my actions in the kitchen, or perhaps at this time of day. I’ve had masters with those peculiarities before.
Though, I’ve also had the kind that take me with no rhyme or reason.
Master scratches me again behind the ears, only for a few seconds this time, and turns to the counter before reminding me of my previous order to sit and wait.
Master moves in the uncluttered space with practiced ease and confidence that must make his cook jealous. He seems happy focused on his task and I hear the knife going strong against a cutting board. Something sizzling against a pan and the aroma in this room makes my mouth water.
I try to shut off that part of my brain.
He’s been nice enough already, indulgent to a fault, and obviously I am pushing my luck. I will not be getting any of whatever is making that delicious smell.
Stars, with my botched blow job I will be lucky to be fed at all today. I’ll be lucky if it doesn’t merit more correction than no food for the day.
More is added to different pans and I hear the sizzling change tone, while he starts going with the knife again.
I have been a kitchen slave before, back when I was small and the one I was bred from pawned me off on another who washed dishes for the cook. Maybe she died, or was traded. I never really saw either of my supposed parents growing up. At least no one who wanted to claim responsibility for a child that needed to be fed and kept out of trouble.
No, if I was ever in trouble that rested squarely on my shoulders, even when I was too young for my shoulders to bear it. For all the things that took place in my first house I have often wondered if my coloration and life had been desired or if it was just an accident.
Either way the cook let me peel vegetables and clean under the cabinets that were too small for him to get underneath.
The kitchen, like many things, was a mixed blessing. Work was key with my first master, he did not tolerate ineptitude and failings for anything more than the duration of a laugh. Working saw that I had value in the house, not much and easily replaceable, but value and a place to stay. For being a child, with no one to ask for help, no guardian to help me, I earned my rations and bed alone.
Assisting the chef meant that I got to be around food, but it was all for master and his guests and family. I had watched many hungry desperate people steal and be found out, it never ended pretty.
So many that I learned the rules better than anyone else in the house. I took what I was given and was grateful for it, no matter what.
Chef made sure I was useful in a way most kits aren’t. He made sure people knew that I did my part. That they didn’t have any reason to tie me in a bag and toss me out into the lake like the litter-mates that prove useless.
Not one member of our household would help a small child barley out of toddling, and assume the risk of claiming responsibility for them.
As much as I hated being alone I understood.
We couldn’t risk a beating for someone else’s crime, none of us could. It’s not like claiming saved us from the decisions master could make to sell one and separate families.
The cabinet door comes shut with a quick slap and it jolts me out of my head for a little bit. I stay still, perfect posture, not slouching even when my mind is so far away.
I chide myself quietly, I should be focused and attentive to my new master, but the smells are bringing back memory and there is not much I have to distract myself.
The kitchen at my first house was not like this one.
With all the stairs up to get things to master and his family I am certain that it was underground. It was big and crowded, all the equipment pressed up against one another, stacked where they could. There were none of the windows that let light stream in, and I barely recognize the hanging dried herbs.
Master is unhurried and by his humming seems to take a genuine pleasure in the act of cooking. It was never like that with Chef, and I wonder if his chef is similarly jovial. Or if my Master is only taking pleasure in the act because he knows the only one he has to please is himself.
Chef was always stressed, constantly screaming and running about, trying to get through every meal like it was another war on the home front. It was for him I suppose, we all had our place in the house and if we ceased to be useful, Master would not tolerate it.
I shift myself just slightly finding my way into the warmth coming in from the window. Thinking of my first Master always makes me cold inside.
My time in the kitchen was nice, the work was difficult but it was often warm in there and that kept me from illness many times as a child. I could convince guards that I was cleaning late and early and I could often sleep in that warm place.
If I could only have stayed there.
But eventually I grew, slower than I should have with my naturally smaller frame and pitiful diet, but that did not save me from changing duties. The first time Chef sent me up into the main house with his platters it was not his fault. His knees could not make the climb anymore and he needed more servers for master’s party.
I was small and shouldn’t have been noticed, if not for my clumsy nature and my eyes. Master’s guests had seen me among the other servers for the party and thought my small frame funny. They cooed and spoke softly calling me close so they could see over and over again what was on my serving platter. They thought my eyes were beautiful and my hair made me very cute looking.
None of their soft spoken playful banter saved me when I tripped over the long train of a dress and spilled wine on myself and the floor.
I was so small.
I don’t know why I am thinking of this master here and now. Why my mind is choosing to relive his parties. Why I can’t stop myself thinking of the way he and his friends loved playing with me in their after dinner meetings when the ladies of the house were all sent to bed. I was small and I didn’t know anything back then.
I feel hands on me and I still myself.
Master is back, he’s reconsidered, changed his mind, it doesn’t matter all I need to do is stay still and please him.
I know I shouldn’t but I close my eyes, I don’t want to see this. The hands are rough and ice claws at my lungs. I can’t breathe, but that too I can accept.
Master decides if I breathe or not. It’s a gift from him, my continued existence.
My breath hitches as his hands slide down my chest and I pray to anything that will listen that he didn’t hear it. I can feel the tears pricking in my eyes, but he’s behind me.
He won’t see it.
I’m safe for now.
It’s when another set of hands comes down on my wrists that my eyes fly open again.
There was no-one else in the house. I hadn’t seen hide nor hair of a servant let alone a guest. I scream at myself for this oversight, for not noticing a whole other person when I see that there is no-one touching me.
My hands shake as I hold them up in front of my face. There is no one else in the house, no one is touching me.
No one was touching me.
No one was holding my wrists.
I pull into myself as much as I dare and let myself rock in place. Trying to soothe myself out of whatever has just happened.
I look over my shoulder as discretely as possible to my Master.
He’s messing with something on the stove. He never moved.
I fight with my body to stop trembling.
The sizzling stops and I know the last of the cooking is done.
It has been so long I can’t believe that I still remember Chef, remember my first master’s house. I hadn’t thought about them in years, since I was first sold off.
Yet here I am with another master, in a kitchen trying desperately to please.
The feeling is familiar. All the motions done in rote these past few owners, some things never change. But I can’t help the uneasy feeling in my gut.
I may be more broken than I thought.
Notes:
A lot of people were asking for Blue's past and his old masters, so here's a taste of that.
let me know what you think.
Also, I couldn't figure out how to post pictures on this, so I made a whole new tumblr for you where you guys can see the bad sketches I made for these characters. Plus, now if you want to ask me something, or request a prompt or anything like that, you now have a place to do it!
https://www.tumblr.com/blog/adhoard
get it? it's AD's hoard... awkward dragon's hoard... I thought it was funny at the time.:P
Chapter 14: A Plate
Summary:
Kara reflects on all the stuff he needs to do for the day as breakfast gets set.
Blue is just trying to be good.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
Concern floods back into my system the second the fire is turned down and I scoop breakfast into a series of serving bowls.
Blue’s actions surprised me, caught me off guard rather, but it is the silent stillness that concerns me at the moment. I hadn’t meant to push him. I should have read the signs of his movements, he wasn’t being subtle, I just didn’t want to see it.
I know it will not be the same as it was with Alex. It wouldn't happen again, not like that. I wouldn't let it get there, not when I can stop it.
There’s a heat on my face that has nothing to do with the fire I’ve been cooking from. It has been a while, but I am not entirely naive. I didn’t want to think about blue’s training. About the fact that he has probably memorized sexual preferences for too many people to count.
About how he is apparently trying to figure out what my preferences are.
He’s still very fragile, even if I am only speaking physically.
I don’t know how he can even stand to think of anything sexual, it’s probably more of a habit than anything else.
My movements are quiet but in the room it feels like every movement I make is a cacophonous noise.
I wonder what he is thinking about now. He is so still and quiet that he nearly fades out of existence as the tasks take my attention. But as I slow down, he is still there, waiting. Back strait and in perfect position, siting on his heels, tail curled up, ready for orders.
At least the weight is off his knees. I need to have him checked out by someone who knows what they are doing. The list of things for Blue grows longer as the first day of classes grows ever closer.
At once I am angry with myself. What did I think was going to happen, that I would buy a familiar and the adjustment would happen overnight. Even if he wasn't damaged, Blue still has a lot of things he needs. Clothes, toiletries, towels, things of his own. I think it would do him good to have something to call his own.
I want him involved in the process of choosing, so it can't happen today. Blue is unsteady on his feet, though I can't blame him, he's not ready to go running around the market. Maybe tomorrow, after he's had some time to get used to it. Making him part of the process, in choosing, I hope will make it easier for him to accept.
Bowls are stacked and I grab a set of plates and some utensils for the table. Blue twitches at that, quiet but active in a way that most wouldn’t notice. I don’t know what’s rattling around in his head, but it must be noisy up there.
I know it is for me.
Now I have to address the elephant in the room, or rather the cat kneeling by my chair.
“Alright Blue,” his eyes come up, showing that he’s listening but stopping mid chest at the best. He never makes eye contact, avoids it like the plague. I’m not quite ready to touch him again, not when a vaguely pleasant scratch between the ears leads to sexual service in his mind. But at least I have his attention.
“breakfast time!” I try to make it sound more quiet, but still excited. Let him know it was an event he was meant to take part in, but I don’t want to make him spook.
He shifts and squirms a little in his seated position, not enough to be obtrusive, but I am watching.
His hands twist in his lap and I can feel the radiating nervousness. That won’t do, his skittishness I am realizing is mostly from not being sure what to do.
Explicit instruction should help.
I put the plate into his hand and watch him jump up fast, fingers white knuckled around the curved ceramic as he holds it. He eyes flit around, watching as I remain calm despite him movements and did nothing more than sit downing my chair.
At least he’s off the floor
“M-master?”He croaks, just holding the plate in his grip. I wonder if he understands exactly what I mean for him to do.
I motion to the bowls of fruit, eggs, cheese and bread. It is more that I would normally make for the morning, but I was nervous and I have an excuse now. This is more than enough food for two people, but I don’t know what he likes in the mornings. If he has preferences or -stars- if he has allergies.
I need to ask him about those necessities, though maybe I need to check his file, his medical record.
“Go on, make a plate.” I smile and say the words slowly, trying to make sure that it doesn’t come off a reprimand.
Blue flinches hard and before I have a chance to do anything Blue moves in a deep bow.
“Yes Master, I can do this. Thank you, Master.” He moves himself, a little jerky at first as he takes a second to look over the table.
Quickly but gracefully he moves around to the spoons and takes portions of each bowl, arranging the selections to cross and interact artfully. He hesitates only slightly, considering the portions in front of him before deciding on portions. The eggs take their place at the edge of the plate, bits of cheese falling where the portion of egg stops. Fruit arranged in colorful rings at the other side of the plate. It is more effort than is necessary for the task but he seems pleased with himself as he finished tastefully arranging bread slices on the edge of the plate.
All finished he has a hearty amount of food on the plate, I am pleased.
I thought this would be an issue, that I would have to force things onto his plate, but it seems that it will not be a problem.
Seeing that he is doing fine, my mind moves on to other things. Mostly the looming of school that is only a week away at this point. How I am going to get ready in time, how I am going to get Blue ready in time.
Pushing away a headache I realize why it might not have been the best idea to wait this long on getting a familiar. It might have been easier if Blue and I had a month, two even, before we would’ve to be at school. Learning how to act around each other is going to be difficult, especially when I consider that “discipline via the public” is very much a thing that the training book covers.
Not only do I have to help Blue feel safe in my presence, we can’t publicly be breaking too many protocols or some “good samaritan” might step in to punish Blue for me.
It doesn’t help that every time I try and interact with Blue he is trying to puzzle out which of his previous owners I am most like. I can nearly hear the creak of gears turning when he sits and tries to observe in silence.
There aren’t many things left to do for this coming year, but I do need to go pick up some of the books I’ve lent Shauna.
At once I am glad and regretful that I can’t bring Blue. Glad, because now I can ask question of Shauna without knowing that Blue all be there worried, but also regretful, Blue deserves a trip outside to stretch his legs, breath in clean air. I will have to get him clothes soon anyway. That will be a whole other trip that his feet will be fully recovered for. I promise myself that we will go then.
For now, I have to resign myself to going alone to pick up my books, though I do suppose that it will give Blue some time to get used to the house when I am not around. This way he will be able to properly explore. I will have to keep a few doors locked, but it should be a good experience.
I need to be out of the house, so that Blue can be in it. At least for the day as he settles in. There’s a nice little shop with books and tea that people often stop and work at on the way back from Shauna’s house. I can bring Blue’s file, get some work done and go through the reading list and ensure that Shauna didn’t fuck up my pages like she did last time I lent her a copy.
At least I have a plan for the day.
Blue makes his way back around the table and again kneels at my side lifting his plate to me, presenting.
“That looks very good Blue”. We can work on getting him up in a chair later in the day, but at the moment he needs the encouragement that he has done well.
I see the praise go strait through him, his lips turn upwards in a mostly irrepressibly smile and he sits up straiter. I wonder how anyone could resist giving him praise, just to see him perk up at the suggestion he’s done well turns me into goo.
How could anyone in good conscience hurt him. He looks better even now when he is drowned unclothes that is not his own, with bruises up and down his body, the light fade of pink from this morning gone, but I have no doubt that it will be back after the meal.
The plate however does not return to his lap. He stay stock still holding the plate up to me. His pleasant grin has not faded and I am unsure what is wrong.
“Blue?”
The smile fades as an awkward moment passes between us, neither doing or saying anything.
“yes Mas-Master?” He is quiet again, hesitant. I wonder what could possibly be wrong.
“What are you doing”. I can’t help the agitated tone that bleeds into my voice.
“I… I am—“ his eyes flit quickly, assessing. “I am waiting…waiting for— for you to take your meal, Master.
Notes:
I'm probably going to post one more chapter tonight or tomorrow to follow this chapter. You guys will get a fun double update!!!
Chapter 15: Breakfast
Summary:
Blue panics and Kara does his best, but at least breakfast happens.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
The tests come one after the other but they are easier to spot now, my mind is awake and I am ready. I cannot be caught up in memories, I have to serve Master.
He is testing my ability to serve him, to anticipate his needs and desires. I noticed that there was more than enough of every dish to make a couple servings, he wants to see how much of what I put on his plate.
Judge his tastes even from the little I know about him.
I take a more than generous scooping of the hot and fluffy eggs, scrambled to a perfection that would have put Chef into an ecstasy.
Next comes the potatoes, chopped finely into cubed bits and seasoned generously for the morning meal.
Master is tall, he has a fair deal of muscle which is unusual for a wizard but not unheard of, he probably uses the energy quite easily and enjoys his indulgences. I place a heart amount of the little cubed masses at the other side of the plate. Even if he thinks it is too much I think he’d appreciate the excuse to enjoy the excess starch.
There is fruit next chopped and fresh, a medley of melon and small dark berries.
I startle for a moment at that.
How could I forget the name of those berries? I stare begging the memory to come back to me, all my time in the kitchen as a child learning exactly what needed to be brought to and fro.
I guess I had to put the memory to learning other things…
I place the colorful melon and berries in tasteful arrangement to give a nicely color assorted plate as well as a tasty plate. No sense in being sloppy.
Bread slices place well to keep the sweet from touching the savory and a few strips of fried meat go at the other end to break up the monochrome of the egg and potato.
I’m satisfied with my analysis of his desires, and I have made the plate look as presentable as possible so I go back and kneel for him, presenting my work.
My heart soars when he praises me. I know I have done something right. He liked my work and I preen, but he does not take the plate.
He asks what I am doing and that I have no answer for. I can only stutter stupidly as I describe the actions in front of him, bracing for a smack at the insinuation that Master doesn’t understand what’s happening.
Perhaps this is another type of test.
He is making sure I have a sense for propriety, some exceptionally stupid pets would think that because they put work into something they are deserving of some type of compensation.
I have been taught better than this.
I am frankly insulted that he would take me for one so truly uneducated. Though I do suppose I came across as rather untrained in our first few encounters, this type of idiocy is not on the same level.
Master’s table, Master’s food, and Master’s cooking, though that last one is fairly rare I do know exactly who all of this belongs to, including myself.
I hold up the plate, allow my head to tilt and eyes blink innocently up batting my lashes as I do so. I should be making a pretty cute picture. Any moment now Master will give up this silly game and see that I am worthy. He will take his meal and I can focus on being quiet by his feet.
If I stretch just across his feet I know that I can make it to where the sunlight streams into the room.
My arms ache from the suspended position and I realize with a start what other kind of test this could be.
He has let me hold his plate for so long that he must have thought I did not intend to give it to him.
Immediately my face burns at the realization.
I came to him and presented my work like a toddler needing praise. I should have set it down in front of him.
Though that isn’t quite proper either, technically I should not be allowed to handle Master’s food. Though it appears the house is running with no other staff today.
I curse myself for my stupidity. It is probably the rest day, I’ve spent too much time in the dark of the holding pens. There, time becomes wonky. The hours of day and night get confused and nothing really makes sense after a while. But if it is already the rest day then it makes sense that all of his servants would be out.
All duties fall to me.
“Blue…” I hear Master’s rumbly voice, he sounds hesitant, I wonder why. “I had intended for you to make a plate for yourself at breakfast.”
As he says it his lips quirk up in a half smile, his tone is that of a mother chiding her babe for smashing together two pieces of a puzzle that simply cannot fit together.
This is a joke.
It has to be.
I cannot take food from Master’s table. Especially when Master has not taken food from the table yet.
Feel a dark and shameful urge curl up and whimper, protect my vital organs from…
I have to do this right, even if it is a little late.
I jump up and place the plate down in front of Master’s chair, take the napkin from his setting and crouch under the table to place it on his lap. It doesn’t hurt that from under the table he can’t get a good hit with his fist and his leg doesn’t have much room to swing either.
“Blue-”
“Please Master,” I can hear the blood roaring in my head as I have just interrupted Master, but I have to try to diffuse this situation.
“Please, I - I know… I know I am s-slow, b-but I only wish to s-serve you well Master. Please.” My voice is pathetic, my actions more so.
I do not deserve the pity I am pleading for.
I know that.
I can only hope that this kind and generous master does not.
His chair scoots out a ways and I brace myself, but his hands come under my arms and pull me up, not raining down on me like they should. I don’t like that he can feel my trembling against him.
He pulls me into his lap, my face presses into his chest. I lie to myself and try to rationalize the action to myself.
This position makes me seem endearing, it makes sure that I do not make eye contact with him. But at the press of my body agains his, his solid warmth, and his calming scent I know I am fooling no-one. I am only comforting myself, hoping this could be misconstrued as anything else is purely wishful thinking.
Master allows his chin to rest on my head and just sits with me for a few minutes rubbing small circles into the un-bandaged patches of my back as I try my best to summon the words for an apology.
After many aborted starts I resign myself to silence and wait for Master to grow bored of me in his lap, toss me to the side, push me across the room as he did before. But nothing of the sort happens and when the moment is broken it is broken by words, not action.
“Blue…” I nod against his chest and make a soft humming sound that sees to be all my body is capable of at the moment.
“Blue, you are doing very well. The plate you made looks absolutely lovely, thank you. But I need to make sure you are taken care of too, ok? So I need you to make a plate for yourself, ok?”
He speaks so softly, with such calm that it seems he truly means what he is saying. I had hoped this master was not interested in such games. I don’t raise my head from his chest, I have every intention to leach every moment of this that will be allowed.
“Master… I—” I strain to think of a good response, one that he will accept.
“Y-you have not eaten Master. It- it would be… very improper to eat before you.”
His hand strokes the back of my neck, carding through the lowest bits of my hair. I have to suppress a shiver at his touch. I feels good, but know how easily he could turn his hands to violence. I think it is a bad angle for strangulation at least.
There are a few beats of silence then, I don’t know how my words have been taken. If they are what he wanted to hear or just further proof of my insolence. Eventually though, he speaks.
“Blue, I don’t… have very strict rules on that. Really, I would much prefer if you eat with me. I don’t really enjoy eating alone..”
I can’t help but look up at him. Such a blatant breach of the rules is inconceivable in my mind. But Master seems so sincere, and if it would truly make him happy-
“Here, since you were so kind as to make my plate, I will make yours.”
He stands then, supporting me with his hands and setting me down in his chair as he goes about the table spooning more than generous servings of food onto my plate.
He sets the plate down in front of the chair beside his and motions for me to take my place.
Following the inherent order in a daze I move to the chair. I keep my feet underneath me in a modified relaxed kneel, because I cannot bring myself to sit. Being on furniture is only allowed when we are being displayed, and I just can’t relax knowing how many rules I am breaking at once.
Master doesn’t seem to mind. When I take my seat he smiles and starts on his meal.
I am left to pick up the fork next to my plate and begin eating beside my Master.
Notes:
At Last!!! HE EATS!!!
let me know what you guys thought. I will probably be doing up some more art, though it isn't posted yet you should definitely check out the Tumblr associated with this Ao3 account.
Chapter 16: Left to Wander
Summary:
Blue gets a chance to explore the house, when Kara steps out.
Notes:
Hey guys, so I was updating the Tumblr page for photos and I realized that I accidentally saved the posts as drafts, not added them to the queue as I had previously thought. I am so sorry!
So you guys will be getting a big chunk of pictures as well as this chapter today.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
I immediately regret sitting and eating with my Master.
More specifically, I regret the way my stomach holds no more than a few spoonfuls of each bit Master has set on my plate. I keep expecting Master to look up and realize what he is allowing to happen. Slap the utensil out of my hands and beat me, maybe not allow me to eat for a week for my transgressions. But he stays still, eating beside me, making much more progress into the meal than I can. It frustrates me that I can’t eat more, but I also don’t want to be sick on Master’s floor again.
I’m just glad that this time I can still process solid foods. I remember the torment of only being able to process liquids for a week after a particularly bad punishment.
Master seems distracted as he fiddles with a crystal on the table and sets it down.
I wonder what’s on his mind, I wonder if there is anything that I can help with. I want to be useful, but he doesn’t seem to want to use me.
The crystal glows again, this time without Master touching it and a quirky smile falls into place.
I like the way it fits him.
“I’ve got to go Blue. I am going to pick up some things from Shauna and then I will be back, ok?” He pauses for me and it takes a second to remember that this master enjoys response.
I don’t know what to say.
I don’t want to be left alone... but Master’s smile is a good thing.
I nod, pressing a small smile to my face and hoping he accepts it.
“Blue” there is an edge of warning in his voice now. I don’t know what I’ve done to upset him.
“When I ask if you are ok I really do want to know. If you don’t feel comfortable, I can take you with me, or if you need more sleep you can go back to bed. I just thought you might enjoy some time in the house. I’ve locked the doors you aren’t allowed to go in, so you can go exploring if you want.”
I didn’t think he’d let me just wander around the house, what he’s said is just as good as permission. I don’t really want to be taken somewhere. In my condition, without a collar I just know someone will mistake me for a alleycat. Likewise, I don’t want to go to bed. I don’t know how long it will take Master to come back. What if he leaves me tied up and doesn’t come back till late. The best of these is to just take Master’s suggestion and be allowed to wander.
“I, I think it would be… best if I stay here. Is that acceptable?” I can’t help the quick way I tie off the end of that statement. I worry now that there was a correct answer and he only meant to test me. But the warm smile comes back and I reel in relief.
Master likes my answer, though I am fairly certain this was a freebie.
Any answer was good, he just wanted vocal responses.
“Alright then, I have to be off fairly soon, but are there any questions you have for me. I don’t really have the presence of mind to do this last night, but now we have time. Don’t worry if you can’t think of anything right now, I will ask again, or you can just ask your question and-“ He cuts himself off and puts a hand over his face. “and, I am rambling. Do you have any questions.”
I have many, but those are presumptuous and can only truly be answered with more experience with this Master. I want to ask so many things, but for some reason my mouth is moving before my brain has processed a question.
“Are we alone here?” He quirks his head to the side processing the question.
“Umm, no? I mean we have houses close to us, but they aren’t right up against the building, I have some space allocated to be in both front and backyard.”
“I-I, um … I meant to say, d-do you have servants that come through. I was…wondering if today is the rest day and they had all been sent away.”
“oh,” his face colors “No, I don’t have any servants, nobody really comes in here except for me, and now I guess, you.”
It is odd that a student in the practice of magic would not have servants, I have never met a graduated mage without them. Many of them come from prestigious families already and just retain a potion of their staff, if not add to it during their time of study. It hits me rather hard that Master is the only one in this house. He has been doing all the cleaning and cooking and yet he never thought to go and hire a part time servant at least.
“oh,” I say intelligently “Master, may I ask a different question then?”
“you just did” he snorts, I worry for a half second before he promptly sets me strait. “But I will allow it to count for two.”
I want to ask why has bought me. It seems very strange that this man would just buy a pet on a whim, so why did he do it? He must truly value his solitude if he has made a conscious effort to not retain a basic staff all these years.
I don’t want to be told that he got tasked with bringing the entertainment to a party. I want to be more than a one time use, but I think it might be nice to know. Especially when Master is in such a good mood.
“Why did you take a familiar?” I hope it is only me who can hear the wavering my voice.
It's not quite the question I want to ask. I want to ask why he had chosen me. I want to know why he picked the most wrecked pet out of the lowest section of The Cages. The conditions were all bad, but there were certainly better choices than me...
“Oh, I guess I should have told you about that one. I am a mage as I am sure you have been able to guess by now. I’m starting school in about four, five days now and I need a familiar.”
He’s bought me out of necessity, a class requires familiar and he’s never had one before so he got sent to the place where all the new mages go. It doesn’t explain why he’s chosen me, the weakest of the familiars he could have chosen in that place, but I have bothered him enough with my impertinence.
At least, knowing I am a requirement sets some amount of value on my head. I can breathe easy knowing that I have a little bit of starting value.
I just have to be able to improve upon it.
Master takes up a small bag unlike the one he wore yesterday and shoves a few things inside. I stay focused on my plate, picking, and moving food around, giving the illusion of eating more than I have.
That is until I see my file go into Master’s bag.
My heart stutters and it takes a long second for me to realize that the clattering is the sound of my fork being dropped the ceramic.
I flinch down, immediately trying to take the fork again with shaking hands. Why would he need my file if he was just going out. That file has everything he needs to claim me, all my information, all of my previous masters, everything he needs to sell me. I try to quell my fear. Master wouldn’t sell me, he needs me for class. No-one would buy me anyway, they would not take in a familiar as thoroughly damaged as I.
There is nothing to worry about.
He said he was going over to his friend’s house. Perhaps he has some questions for her about what certain terms mean. Some of the specifics on the agreements. I calm my breath and focus on trying to skewer a piece of diced potato.
“Blue?”
I flinch as the voice happens right above me. I have to crane my neck up to see my Master’s face.
I feel his blunt fingernails scratching at the back of my ears, a soothing gesture, this time I am sure.
“I know you aren’t finished yet, but I have to go.”
Something unpleasant and heavy settles in my stomach. I’ve lost the chance to eat any more this morning. I should just tally up my winnings, one of the best meals I’ve ever had, served hot, and on a plate, but it feels hollow.
“So long as you put your dish in the sink when you are done keep working on the food, ok? You need as much as you can stand.”
I nod into his hand, the surreal feeling of being pet and allowed to finish this wonderful meal at my own pace overwhelming.
His hand is warm and I am giddy with the possibilities Master has set before me. I feel lighter than I have in years. I have possibilities set out before me.
I feel the rumble in my chest before I can even process it, and before I know it I find myself purring obnoxiously loud under my Master’s hand. Master chuckles low in his voice and my face flushes to a shade of very unattractive red.
It has been so long since I’ve had reason to purr I nearly forgot I could do it.
I’ve had masters who find it very cute, I’ve had others who find it incredibly annoying too. The chuckle suggested that he, at least in the moment finds it amusing at least. So I lean further into his touch and continue just a bit louder.
“I was wondering if you could do that.” Master speaks, but I think it is more to himself than it is directed at me.
He continues for a few more seconds and then pulls away promising to continue later if I feel up to it. He allows me to follow him to the door and, with his instruction, lock it behind him.
Just like that I am alone in this house. I take a few moments to walk around the hallways and survey each of the open ground floor rooms.
The kitchen is most prominent. I take it that this morning was no aberration. Master must enjoy cooking, it is the most well lived part of this floor. Second up in the living room that I can bet has not seen guests in several weeks at the very least. It is a simple but beautiful room, wine colored curtains, white carpet, cream colored furniture. There is a beautiful grey brick fireplace, a selection of books housed in a stand of their own, a wood dyed deep navy coffee table, and an intricate stitched rug. It is an excellent sitting room for guests, if only it saw some use. There’s a smattering of dust everywhere except an armchair in the corner with Master’s bag resting on it, a book out resting on the seat.
That’s obviously Master’s chair, the one he favors.
It is the only continuously used part of this room.
I find that I like the image in my mind of Master sitting there after a hard day, curling up by the fire and reading a book, quietly pulling his mind from the day. It isn’t hard to put myself in that picture.
I can see myself laying at his feet, tail flicking lazily as he reads, drunk on his presence and the warmth of the fire place.
Or perhaps, the day was simply too much so I’d rub his feet or lay across his lap as he stroked my hair and worked out the tension of the day. I could purr for him again. I smile at my self indulgent fantasy.
Before going back to the rest of the room.
He did a good job cleaning, for being the only one in the house, but he missed some spaces between objects, and often under them. Something that would be unacceptable for the servants to miss. The mages I knew required so many servants and familiars that I am surprised this one has been living at all without help.
I suppose it doesn’t matter now.
He has me.
The food in the kitchen is tempting, but I will not be able to fit any more in my stomach until after what I have already eaten settles. So I am quite fine with a simple task to pass the time. The cleaning materials are in a cabinet in the kitchen, one of the blessedly universal things in houses, and set to work.
It is not hard, and I finish rather quickly.
The dust goes away and I return all the objects to their places. I even find a bottle of oil for the table and work it to a polished shine before I head back into the kitchen.
The food has grown cold, but it is still delicious. I revel in the availability of the food more than anything. The weight of this gift presses heavily on me until I feel the weight of every forkful is more than I can handle.
Master is giving me so much and what have I done for him.
Wasted his medical supplies and done some dusting and polishing.
The plate is almost three quarters empty by the time my stomach and mind protest in unison. I can do more. I will do more.
I need this Master to keep me.
I want to be valuable to him.
I go back into the living room and breath in the scent of the cleaner, surveying my work. My eyes fall across Master’s chair and the things he has left behind. Just a small peak wouldn’t hurt…
I sit in front of the chair and take the book first. The cover is not ornate and the swooping curl of the letters mean nothing me, but my stomach drops at the sight of it. The food I’ve gorged myself on turning to led in my belly as I recognize the book. I’ve seen it many times before, I recognize the color pattering and the image on the front. This is a training book. So Master was reading the training book…
He will probably get stricter as the days go on, as he learns what is expected. He will become harder to please, but that is my own fault for not being pleasing. At least I will know what to expect from him. I turn the book over in my hands, it seems so terribly mundane for something that will change my Master from someone who comforts his useless pet into someone who beats him for his mistakes. He must not have gotten very far if he let me sit with him for breakfast.
The change will most likely be gradual, in time with the chapters he completes.
My eyes fall on his bag. I know it is terribly improper, but I want to know so badly it is nearly a physical ache.
I will likely never get this chance again. A chance for this level of insight into Master’s character cannot be missed….
I resolve to put back everything exactly as I found it.
The bag has quite a few things stuffed in it. The first thing I recognize being a bag of treats. A crooked smile finds its way to my lips as it hold the bag up and sniff. They are the same kind that Master had offered me in the cages to calm me. Two books, a quill, charcoal, a few bags of components… The whole of my being freezes up as I look at the next item in the bag.
A small leather crop.
Obviously new, obviously meant for me.
I pull it out so I can see it in the light of the room. It is slim, and well-made, the kind of whip that leaves bruises for days but doesn’t cut the skin.
I almost feel glad that Master is starting small before working his way up. When inexperienced people handle the whip it often hurts worse. They don’t know where to hit, how much power, how many blows to deal. My hands are shaking but I am doing my damnedest not to drop the crop. I know that if I drop it, I will not be able to pick it back up.
Slowly I slide the crop back inside the bag and slid the last few things around.
It isn’t until then that I hear a soft ringing. The tickle of a bell.
When I find it, I pluck up the pretty blue bell to get a better look at it. The bell comes forward attached to a soft brown strap of leather. My heat seizes as I realize the function of the buckle on the back.
This is a collar.
This is a collar that Master must intend for me.
Reverently, I run my fingers across the soft, conditioned inside. This will not chafe like my other collars. I can see the expense etched in the careful stitching and softening effect.
This is a present for an exceptionally good familiar. At once I am struck by the polarity of the objects in Master’s bag.
One object for punishing, one an obvious reward for a good familiar. Even without him here I can feel the teasing question.
Which are you going to be? Which of these objects will you have me use?
I want this collar. It surprises me how much I want this collar. I want to be claimed. I want to be worthy. Dear stars, I want to be worth enough to this man that he sees fit to give me this collar. I don’t realize until I hear the rattling of the bell that I am clutching this collar to my chest, shaking with how badly I want to belong.
And I do want this. I want to belong with this Master, I want to stay with him. I want to be deserving of such finery. I put it back in Master’s bag along with everything that I have found.
I know what I want, but for now, I need to get back to work.
Notes:
Thank you guys so much for your continued support. You really don't know how much it means to me.
And you know the drill, if you'd like to bring something up, ask questions, or make requests the comments and the Tumblr are at your disposal.
-love you guys
Chapter 17: The City Excursion
Summary:
Kara spends some time outside of the house to give Blue some space. He goes to pick up some books from Shauna, and meets another student.
Notes:
Hey guys! I would love to let you know that the reason that we no longer have the tag 'No beta we die like men' is because our very own Sekiraku is now helping me as my beta reader!!!
Give them love!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
The moment I get outside it is a breath of fresh air.
I hope I have made the right choice.
There is something inside me that itches to go back inside and just watch Blue for the day, but that will only make him more nervous.
He’s too skittish. He needs a chance to settle down and get used to the house. He needs time without his “Master” there so that he can relax and acclimate.
I don’t live very close to town, a good thirty minute ride or so into the heart of the city. Shauna lives nearly at the other end of the city near the edge of what is traditionally the Mages district.
She’s always been involved with the landed aristocracy, ever since she was a child and her parents hadn’t known about her gifts. They had pushed her to make the ties that would help support her later in life, starting the who’s who tirade before she was out of diapers. Even now, after she technically belongs to a higher social strata she still loves her friends dearly. To her parents’ dismay she does like to keep her old contacts, even after they have strictly lost their usefulness.
We only know each other because we are enrolling in the same year at the Academia. The administration started a program to randomly assign you to a student as an orientation buddy a year in advance. It’s supposed to make sure that you have at least one person that you know when you come into the university.
Technically, I am a nobody, a new face and a new name in the crowd. It sets me back more than I would like, but it’s not impossible to recover from it. The worst that holds me back is no apparent family to hold a banner for. Shauna had told me herself, to the outside eye, I look like quite the wild card. No family to speak on my behalf, no true estate, and no ties with the people in my year.
I still think it’s better than my actual family being involved.
I’d much rather come from nowhere.
Whatever it is that blesses people with magic- blood, the Stars, or some force beyond comprehension- decided that it ought to be rare.
A very limited number of the population are magic capable. Fewer still have the ability and position necessary to seek formal training, and with it the opportunities and respect that comes from being a mage.
I don’t take my position for granted.
I applied along with many other people with families behind them to ease the admission process and they still chose me to attend their school.
It is a point that fills me with pride.
I am glad that Shauna also thought my acceptance an accomplishment worth celebrating. Many others would have seen me as a threat, would have been much less supportive than she has been this past year. I wonder if I would have been able to take it from someone else.
I wonder what would have happened if they had matched me with someone so high in their rigidly stratified system that they would have been threatened by an outsiders presence.
Many of the mages enrolled in the Academia have long standing ties with the university. Magic has run in their blood for generations, though there are the years when fate drops a stitch.
Magic in parents doesn’t always mean magic in a child, and it works the other way too.
The two spheres of social influence intermingle, but are rarely the same. Having magic in your line is supposed to be a blessing. Many families look at it that way, as a chance to propel yourselves to higher status with service to king and country.
Magic hasn’t existed in my family for… for as long as it has been recorded.
The walk into the quiet marketplace that link the districts isn’t too long. It’s especially nice when the weather is like this, chill on the breeze but suns shining down on us. If it were summer I know I would be sweating through my shirt.
I can catch a carriage here to get into the real city.
I’m just glad that the university is actually further outside the heart of the city than most would like, it puts it closer to me. Must need all that open space around it just in case someone really screws up.
The ride isn’t all that bad, but the nervousness doesn’t fade. I think it’s only getting stronger the further away I get from the house.
I’m worried about Blue.
I didn’t really leave him with anything to do, I should have left him with a book or something. I’m worried he might hurt himself or starts panicking and I’m not there to help.
The thoughts churn in me until my notebook is out and I am making lists of things that Blue needs, things that I need to handle before something bad happens.
He needs to be looked over by a medical professional. He needs clothes, Stars, he needs shoes. He needs some feeding up, but that’s a more long term goal.
My mind goes over the way he panicked today, wouldn’t take his own food, needed to be held and pet. A faint smile ghosts over my lips as I remember his purring, so utterly genuine and sweet.
I’ll have to coax more out of him. The blush that came over him was really too much.
The carriage drops me off in the bustling city. There’s too many people to ever truly relax here. I can feel their eyes sizing me up. People barreling over others just for the heck of it. I don’t know how Shauna can stand it. The Corallé Estate is a large sprawling property in the north but Shauna confided that she always liked her little apartment more than her parents’ house.
Though to call it a “little apartment” is a bit of a misnomer. She owns the building, and lives in the top three floors, running a more or less exclusive B&B for her friends that visit from out of town.
She’s always loved playing host.
The building is a dark green brick masterpiece with gold facades curling dramatically up the sides. There is an imposing wood stained door easily twice my size with a polished brass turner that I know to ignore.
Three strikes from the door knocker and Nalla opens the door for me. She’s a kind woman, an old servant of the household who came with Shauna when she started living in the city. She’s taken care of Shauna for years from what I’ve been told, and is ‘quite attached to the young mistress’.
She waves me upstairs and lets me know that Shauna’s been expecting me.
She’s waiting for me on the lowest of her three floors, the reception area. Reclining on the chaise lounge in a fine emerald tunic with sheer material wrapping around her arms, she looks every bit as regal and highborn as a noble of her class.
A living painting, perfect even when there is no-one around to see.
“Kara! You came!” Her bright eyes fix on me
“Yeah Shauna, you have my books. If you thought I wouldn’t come all the way across town for a book, you don’t know me very well.”
She huffs dramatically, but I know she’s playing. Either way the joke ends with a roll of her eyes before she turns and calls out further into her home.
“Andé! Come out and say hello.”
There’s a split second where I am very confused. We don’t collectively know an Andé, and Shauna will usually give me warning before she tries to introduce her friends to me. But as the man comes around the corner holding tray of tea and sweets much too small for his frame, it clicks that this must be her familiar’s name.
There’s a twinge in my gut as I remember the sheer number of familiars that have already piled up under Shauna’s care. I don’t know how the realization hadn’t occurred before now. I don’t know if Shauna’s actions stem from ignorance or a general disregard for the life she has at her disposal.
“So… how is it going with him?” I try to sound casual as I take a seat next to the lounge chair.
“Oh, Andé is quite smart, he knows many of his commands already. We were just working on a few of them before you messaged you would be coming over.”
Andé finishes depositing the tray on the low table before us and goes to kneel at Shauna’s feet. HIs eyes and face are carefully blank as he settles down, crossing his hands over his knees before he stops moving entirely, holding position.
“He only has a few more to work on before he is ready for school. I’ve got a good feeling about this one. He takes the lash well, it makes him take instruction even better,” Shauna continues, I get the distinct idea that she’s trying to impress me in some way. Like She’s proud of only having to “correct” his behavior slightly with the beatings. She turns to the familiar now and that distinct uncomfortable feeling settles down in my chest.
“Come on now Andé, show Kara what happens when you don’t listen.”
When he only looks up at Shauna and doesn’t move to complete her orders, I can see the air change. Shauna’s eyes narrow and her lips purse in disapproval.
“Oh, now that won’t do. Come on, you were so obedient earlier, show him what he will have to do if his familiar misbehaves the way you do.”
The hesitation stays in his eyes, but his body moves to complete her orders. He rises swiftly and strips off his shirt before going down to his knees again, showing his back to us.
He doesn’t have scars like Blue, he has more muscle mass, but it’s the fresh reddened stripes cut into his skin that make me pause.
“Shauna what the hell!”
I can tell that she’s caught off guard by my outburst, but I can’t bring myself to care. It’s not the wounds themselves that catch me off guard. After spending the evening at The Cages and the night trying to bathe and patch up Blue, I think it will be some time before I start to expect people’s skin to be wound free.
On Andé, however, it’s where the wounds fall.
The lines cross in dangerous areas and it occurs to me that nowhere in the book would it have said where it is safe to hit. Shauna has never had to think about where her blows land, what they can do to the body underneath.
The injuries land dangerously close to the neck, overlap across the spine, dance dangerously close to the kidneys.
“Shauna, these are dangerous places to hit. You have to control yourself and the weapon you use.”
“It, I mean it’s just a little training tool…” I can hear the backpedaling in her voice.
“It doesn’t matter where you got it, when you are doing this, you are wielding a weapon. You have to consider the damage you are doing. You aren’t just hitting skin, there are muscles and organs that you have to account for. You can’t just slap down your whip!”
“Well I didn’t know that! Honestly, how is anyone supposed to know exactly how to hit and where the first few times around, that is such a trial and error thing—”
“No. No, Shauna, it’s— it’s really not. You shouldn’t hit someone. You really should never hit someone. The very least you can do is make sure you are doing it safely if you have to.”
I can feel the anger leaving me, the heat of the argument deflating what little energy I have left for this situation.
“you’re right” she says after a long moment and we have to sit still in the silence we have created for much too long before she dares breach it again.
“How’s your little kitty? You didn’t bring him over, don’t tell me he’s died already.” She frowns and puts on a pouty face like she’s trying to make like we are still joking.
“No, he’s alive. Just let him stay behind for some more rest.”
The response comes very ground out and the shift in tone is not lost on Shauna. It is not lost on the familiar either. He flinches away from the hard tone, but shifts a little forward so he is in a mobile position. If I had to guess, I’d say he’s trying to make sure he will be able to protect his mistress, even after what she’s done.
I try to hide my reaction to that in my teacup.
“Touchy, Touchy…” Her voice comes out lilting but cautious
“I didn’t mean it that way… I just, well I was reading the care book and I— Well, I realize how you managed to kill all those other familiars.”
Shauna perks up at that. There’s a glint in her eye that I don’t know how to feel about. Andé flicks an ear, but otherwise doesn’t react to my news.
“Ah, so you finally admit I’m right! It is hard. There is no way someone could get through their first familiar without a disaster.”
“No Shauna, that’s not what I mean. The book is wrong.” I can feel the headache coming behind my eyes.
“What do you mean the book is wrong? People have been keeping familiars for centuries, this is how it’s done.”
“All the instructions are drawn out way of torturing someone to death. I don’t think there’s a way to keep someone alive going entirely by the book. By the Stars, Shauna, do you really think that starving and beating someone every day wouldn’t kill them? When you are trying to find the “balance” that is going to keep them alive, it’s just bending the rules enough to allow for survival.”
Shauna’s hand goes in Andé’s hair to scratch at the tousled brown mop that sits there. It’s silent for a good long while. I wonder if what I’m saying is setting in or if Shauna is just taking her time coming up with the proper insult before kicking me out the door.
“Maybe you are right. Either way, he really did get lucky.”
She continues at my raised eyebrow,
“Your kitty. It’s just that if anyone will make sure he lives it will be you.
That’s more than I ever thought I would get with her. I wonder if we continue to work together whether she’ll listen. Hell, I wonder if my words will mean anything directly after I leave this house. If the second I leave is the second her whip comes back down. I don’t know what more I can do without making the situation worse. I know when to quit.
I leave Shauna’s house with my books feeling more shaky than ever. I’ve never yelled at Shauna before, but I hope that she takes my advice to heart. If not for the sake of her familiar, then for the sake of her academic record at least.
It’s been less than the few hours I promised Blue alone so I wander in the city for a bit and stop into a small shop for a Pepper, a clever little drink popularized after its arrival on this continent a little over three decades ago. Places serving the stuff had popped up like weeds after that. The merchant who originally worked out the trade agreement must be wealthy beyond belief.
These cafes were nice places to sit and read regardless
Despite the animate gargoyle whipping up a batter for pastries in front of a group of mystified children and a dwarf chimera that seemed to be trying to solicit a petting from each person sitting down, it was a remarkably serene shop. The perfect place to set down and gather my thoughts.
A shot of calming draught is added to my cup on request and the drink is served hot and fresh, foam done up in a little swirl made to look like a leaf. I’ll have to make note of the name, it’s a good cafe.
I let myself get consumed in my books, the ones I’ve stolen back from Shauna, making sure she hasn’t dog-eared pages or spilled or marked something. I try desperately not to think of the marks on Andé’s back or any of her other attempts. I am through three of the books before
I can feel eyes on me.
In retrospect I should have recognized it a little earlier. Distracted as I am, however, it takes a few minutes for me to register the person standing at a not very respectable distance from my table.
I wait another three pages before it begins to grate on my nerves. I look up to the person, ready to tell them off when my voice dies on my lips.
It’s a familiar. A white rabbit familiar with black splotched fur as though someone had let their pen drip onto a clean sheet of paper, though not as random. The black segments are neatly sequestered to specific body parts. It looks like she’s wearing eyeliner. She’s dressed nicely, prim and proper. I hope it means she’s got someone nice looking after her.
“…Hello.” I don’t know how to initiate conversation with her. She startles at just that and I deeply regret putting the fear in her eyes.
“I-I’m sorry.” Her voice is quiet, but no less sweet.
“Don’t be sorry, it’s fine. Is there something I can help you with? Did you need to tell me something?” I try to sound inviting, non-hostile and safe to speak with, and she seems to respond well.
She doesn’t turn tail and run away.
“I… Um, well…”
“What have you found here, Blanc?”
A woman comes up behind the familiar, only a half head taller but much more imposing. Her long, nearly hip length black hair almost absorbs the light and her eyes are a piercing deep set jade with a glint that sets me off balance.
“Mistress, I… The books, they look like y-yours…”
“Oh clever, clever. Those are the same books that I have.” She turns to me and I find myself under her direct scrutiny. I feel like a butterfly about to be pinned.
“Ah, someone else going to the Academia. My name’s Genevive Fontaine, but I am sure you are already familiar with my family’s name. In any case, you’ll be learning more once the year starts. Stars, it’s so exciting to be at the very start. I’ve been waiting for this since I was born.”
She doesn’t offer a hand at her introduction, but she doesn’t need to. I have heard of the Fontaine family, everyone has. They are prominent landowners that hold high judicial offices. Magic’s been in their blood for hundreds of years. They are one of the few noble families that choose to stay well integrated in the legal system of this country even with their magic.
“It’s wonderful to meet you Miss Fontaine, and Blanc, but I—”
“Oh Blanc’s not her name. I haven’t named the little thing yet. Have you ever heard of a Blanc de Hotot?”
“I can’t say that I have.”
“Well, you couldn’t have, it is a new breed, brought to me from Uraf. One of my uncles thought it would be an excellent familiar for this year. I think she is, do you?” She begins running a hand through Blanc’s hair and I have to smile politely and nod. I just want to leave. I've lost tract of time in this shop. Blue’s had enough time alone at the house. I should get back.
“An absolute treasure to be sure. I hate to be leaving you when we’ve only just met, but I really do have to run. I’m sure we will have plenty of time to get to know each other during classes.” I hope that my smile is enough to extract me from this painful situation without suspicion.
She smiles and waves me off. I pray I have not disturbed some sacred social code in my haste. Genevive seems like the exact wrong person to piss off before the year starts.
By the time I find myself in a carriage headed back home, I am exhausted.
I just hope Blue has had a better time than I have.
Notes:
I'm going to be working this week on some of the scene drawings from the Cafe scene I outlined in this chapter so keep an eye out for those at the Tumblr:https://www.tumblr.com/blog/adhoard
Chapter 18: Clean Misunderstandings
Summary:
Blue tries to be good and do something productive, and Kara comes home.
Chapter Text
Blue
I catch myself scratching at my neck, scratching at the band of skin where my collar used to sit. The thin plastic band that would rub red and bruise. I catch myself looking at Master’s bag once more. The desire to see that shiny bell, the soft leather… it’s overwhelming.
There’s a zing of pain and I realize that I may have scratched too deep.
My hands go to my cleaning rag, twisting it, trying to keep them occupied.
It’s stupid anyway. I can’t just go and put it on, Master wouldn’t appreciate me going through his stuff.
I have to earn it, I know that.
Master said he would be gone for a while. The best way for him to come home is to a clean house. The cleaning rag in my hand still reeks of the wood shine. I’ve already started this task, I might as well see it through.
The next room is a dining room, with a wide open sliding door that attaches right into the hall. During a party the door would be rolled back to the point where it wouldn’t be seen and the people could walk right in.
The table is wooden and I use the same oil to work it to a shine before setting to work on the china cupboard. Plates, bowls, and utensils that haven’t been used in a year or more all get washed and polished to a shine before going back in the cabinet. Trinkets get rubbed down, ensuring that the gleam of newness gets evenly distributed.
A few of them startle me. The crystals and some of the figurines and beads weigh unnatural amounts. It is a certainty in my mind that they are magical and I pass the cloth over them only once before returning them to their resting spot.
I will have to ask Master how to properly care for those specific items.
Once everything in that room handled, I feel good for a moment before I realize it’s probably been a few days since the floor has been mopped and my hands are starting to reek of the polishing fluid.
I reluctantly pull off the shirt that Master has given me.
It is soft and warm, but I do not want to damage it.
I fold it and set it aside before rolling the pants-legs up to my mid-thigh. That should suffice to keep them out of the way. The shirt I will reclaim when all the cleaning is done.
My reward for good work.
The purplish cleaning fluid has a strong scent that doesn’t quite match the flowers on the label, but I assume Master must like it.
He bought it after all.
The mopping goes uneventfully, but by the time I have gotten all the open rooms on the bottom floor I realize that I am panting with my effort. My feet and calves burn with exertion they haven’t felt in days, locked up and unable to stand. I sit down hard on the stairs trying to blink out the spots in my vision.
I bite my lip, trying to keep the frustrated noise at the back of my throat down. My hand goes to the inside of my wrist, scratching nervously to relieve the nervous tension. It’s thanks to Master that I can stand at all. I haven’t done enough to make up for what I’ve taken. My debt is too far in his favor, if I don’t do something about it he will get rid of me.
I clean the steps next, and that’s hard on my knees but at the very least it takes the pressure off my feet.
Upstairs three doors are locked leaving only the door to Master’s bedroom and an extra door leading to the bathroom from last night.
Master’s room is not as much a functional space as the rest of his house.
The kitchen had been a fairly indulgent space, well lived in, but even then there wasn’t much around. The living and dining rooms had been spartan, really untouched from their original furnishings. His bedroom however, didn’t subscribe to the typical pattern. The bookshelves are not the same orderly installation of the shelf above the fireplace.
Here books are strewn all across the room, some lie open on the floor and desk, the shelves are stuffed near comically with Master’s collection. Small knick-knacks have made homes for themselves on the shelves, and ink pots, incense, and papers lie scattered on the desk. The bed remains as I left it this morning, unmade.
Heat rises in my face as I take in the state of the room. I can’t believe I left the room without at least making the bed. It is easily the most lived in place in the entire house, everything Master seems to need is in here. I was allowed to stay in here, an important space for him.
I am at once proud and distressed.
Proud that Master sees some value in me that I cannot. That I was allowed to sleep next to him for the night and he still let me sit with him at breakfast. That pride is near instantly undercut by the intensity of my stupidity.
I should have started in here.
Now I hold so much of the cleaner’s scent it’s making me woozy and I know my fingers are stained with the tinted oils designed for wood.
I hurry over to the bathroom and begin running the water over my hands trying to rub out the stain as I go. Standing still feels weird and I find myself shifting on the pads of my feet to keep the discomfort at bay.
The stain doesn’t go away fully, but eventually the water is running clean and I assume that is the best I am going to get. When I run my fingers across clean skin, no stain spreads so I assume it is safe to touch Master’s items now.
The bed goes first, I tuck in the corners and fluff up the pillows before straightening the blanket. It looks much more presentable after that. The books on the floor go next, I make sure to mark the open pages just in case they are important before filing them into crooked bits of space in the bookshelf. It isn’t until I start trying for the higher spaces on the shelf that I lose my balance.
The pain in my feet has grown to the point where it is becoming difficult to really stand, so when my knees give out it is all I can do to flail my arms, trying to control my descent.
Unfortunately I am descended from no avian species, because I fall hard into the bucket of cleaning fluid I had brought up for the bathroom on this floor and immediately get doused.
The scent is what gets me first, instantly overwhelming and caustic, but it is followed closely by the full body screaming of my wounds being soaked with the solution.
I scramble away on instinct, barely registering the mess I have made on the carpeting and the fact that I have ruined the pants Master gave me.
My head spins, dizzy from the scent and I know that I am going to throw up. I crawl as quickly as I can to the chamber pot, reaching it seconds before I couldn’t hold back anymore.
I don’t hear the door open.
But I can hear my Master’s voice ring through the empty bottom floor.
“Blue, I’m home.”
My mind races furiously as I try to quell the sickness within me.
I need to go greet him at the door, I need to be presentable, I need to stop throwing up and show him how grateful I am for the—
Oh Stars, I didn’t put my dish away. It was his only order and I didn’t even attempt to honor it.
I wanted to get a chance to finish it off before he got home, I wanted to have time to savor the last bits of his meal.
I’m such an idiot.
If I had just been a little less selfish then I could have obeyed, oh Stars and when he finds the mess I’ve made he’ll be so mad.
I can feel the hot tracks of tears burn down my face. My hands clutch at the edges of the bowl, desperate to ground myself. Forget ever earning the collar, I’ve earned the whip nine times over.
“Blue!”
He’s much clearer now, and I realize as a hand comes down on my shoulder it’s because he’s in the room with me.
“Blue, what— ugh, what are you covered in? Blue, what happened?”
I don’t want to answer him. I really don’t, but he deserves an answer. I am a little stubbornly happy that another wave of nausea rolls over my and I am prevented from answering.
“Oh, stars. Blue—“
“I’m sorry” I croak out just out of time for politeness. Any other words die in my wrecked throat. I don’t want to be bad, so why is it that I can never be good. I wanted to impress him, I wanted to make him happy. I wanted to be held again, pet until I purred, I’m almost sure he likes it when I purr.
“Shh, it’s ok. Oh boy, let’s get this off. We can wash off the worst of this in a tick, ok?”
He keeps talking as he winds the bandages off my body.
I’m trembling against him, unable to make a single coherent sound as I feel the cleaning fluid seeping into his clothing.
He’s not getting angry, but I can’t believe that. He’s waiting, waiting until I understand what’s happening to mete out my punishment. When his hands get down to my hips there’s a choked-off moan that takes me a moment to realize I’ve made.
I feebly wiggle, trying to get out of his hold or entice him, I don’t know. Though I know I must be a very sorry sight right now, not very pretty at the least.
I try to blink the tears out of my eyes as I look up to see him properly.
When it comes into focus his face isn’t angry, but there’s a line in between his brows like he’s focusing particularly hard.
“Master…” I try to squeak out though my throat is scraping like sandpaper.
“Blue, do your feet hurt?”
The question seems odd until I look down at my feet.
Angry red lines spill out across the bottoms of my feet, some working their way as high as my ankle. I can still feel their burn even though I’m not on them at the moment.
Now that he mentions it, that was a rule as well, wasn’t it.
One of the only other rules he had given.
“if it starts to hurt, sit down and tell me”
I should have heeded his order. He was not here to tell but I could have sat and waited for him to come home. He may have been upset about my lack of productivity, but it would have been better than undoing all his hard work.
Suddenly his arms around me feel a lot more like a vise and I am having trouble breathing.
I couldn’t fulfill one of his orders today, not a single one.
He still has some more time before school starts, he could find a much better familiar in even that short amount of time. I haven’t set the bar very high, almost anyone could do better.
“Shh, Blue. I’m gonna put you in the tub so we can wash all the chemicals out of your wounds and off your skin, then we are going to see an actual doctor about this…”
He continues on but his voice fades out over the rush in my own ears.
The tub doesn’t fill this time. I know I haven’t earned that, but the steady pressure from the shower head is grounding at least. It stings, but I know that is my fault. I was bad, this is what I deserve. I find that my fingers are too feeble to actually clutch at the washcloth that Master has started scrubbing with so I just sit still as he moves the cloth over my body. The soap doesn’t bubble, and I can’t quite pick up a scent.
When the scrubbing goes into my wounds and it burns more than the slide of the cloth over my bruises. It hurts a lot, and with my stomach feeling like lead some cynical piece of my mind wonders why he’s even bothering to clean me.
The water switches off and I’m toweled down before Master pulls me into a set of ill-fitting clothes and uses a crystal to call for a carriage.
Even with the warmth of the shower I can feel the chill setting into my bones. I feel like there’s cotton stuffed in my ears keeping me from perceiving the world around me quite right. I don’t have the heart to look higher than his pacing feet as we wait.
There’s nothing I can say or do in the time that it will take for a carriage to get here that will change his mind.
I try not to cry regardless.
I was bad, I need to accept my fate.
The carriage gets here and Master thinks I don’t know the rules. He tries to trick me into sitting on the chairs with him, but I stay on the ground until I’m hoisted into the seat beside him.
His arms stay around me like he thinks a moment without his direct contact and I will disobey him. I suppose I haven’t given him much evidence to the contrary.
I wrap the last vestiges of my heart around the contact and pray I can be better.
I pray that Master will change his mind, but he gives the coach directions and we are off.
I understand.
I was bad.
We are going to the doctor.
Master is done with me.
He’s going to put me down.
Notes:
Obviously there have been some miscommunications.
Chapter 19: The Clinic
Summary:
Blue goes in to see the doctor.
Notes:
Warnings for this chapter!
Heed the tags medical examinations and dubious consent!
if any of you are squeamish, please be careful.
That aside,
Happy reading!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
“What do you mean you won’t?”
I can feel the outrage under my skin as I try to keep a pleasant smile on my face. This is the third emergency clinic we’ve tried and all of them are telling me the same thing.
“Look, sir, we don’t treat familiars. I’m sorry for the inconvenience, but this is not a facility that caters to beasts.”
I grit my teeth to the point that my jaw is aching and force that smile to stay up.
“It’s not an issue with my familiar, it’s an issue with a healing spell that I tried out. I’ve never seen a reaction that intense before, so I wanted to get it checked out—”
“Honestly sir, if you’ve already wasted healing spells on your familiar then it’s probably an issue with your training more than anything else.”
“What…”
The technician quirks a brow and their eyes glaze over with a look of utter disinterest. I have never seen a medic so flippant about an emergency.
“Your familiar has probably gotten too comfortable with you and is taking advantage of how loose you are in your corrections. If it’s still complaining then you should beat it until it learns its place. You can’t let it just complain and walk all over you.”
My mouth hangs open, trying to come up with a rebuttal for her atrocious statement, but after a few seconds of silence she rolls her eyes and calls the next person in line forward.
I move numbly out of the way and start heading back to the carriage. I didn’t think it would be this hard to find someone willing to even look at Blue. It’s too late for any place that would treat Blue normally. As it turns out, vets apparently keep very finite hours, apparently anyone with an emergency after hours is meant to just wait.
The carriage is empty when I get back and I nearly have a heart attack until I realize that Blue has crammed himself under the seat.
“Blue?”
I can’t help the sigh that leaves me when I get down to my knees, but I instantly regret it.
Blue flinches and curls up tighter in his corner. I wait for a few seconds, hoping it will get him more comfortable with me in his space, but he just starts whimpering. Short, pitiful, gasping little sounds that break my heart.
“Come on, Blue. Come on out, you’re ok… you’re ok.”
I work my hands under his arms and start trying to gently pull him out.
He doesn’t fight me, just goes with the pull of my arms, but the noises don’t stop. I think I’ll be hearing those noises in my nightmares.
“Where to next, sir?” The carriage driver pipes up after a long moment of me just holding Blue on the floor.
“I…”
I don’t know what to tell him.
I don’t know where to go next.
We’ve visited the medical centers open late at night. I guess waiting until the vet opens isn’t such a bad idea. I can give Blue more pain medication and we’ll know what to do once he gets checked out.
The clinician’s words still haunt me though.
I’m worried that vet’s response will be the same. With all that I’ve read there’s nothing that suggests how to treat familiars with injuries or illness rather than set them aside and “give them time to heal”, as though they will all magically fix themselves.
Magic doesn’t even work that way.
“You can… you can take us back home.”
I feel more than hear Blue’s gasp.
It’s the only warning I get before he presses into my body, snuggling up to me in a way that surprises me. He’d been so distant and scared since we got into the carriage, the shift is worrying but I decide not to look a gift horse in the mouth.
Blue’s cold against me, so I focus on letting him sap the warmth from my body.
We settle down on the seats before our driver starts our journey home. My hand finds its way into Blue’s hair and I settle down for the drive.
Lights from the city pass as we travel back and my thoughts get swept away in their glow. It’s mainly the lantern lights now. Almost all the storefronts have closed and most residences have blown out the last candles of the night. It doesn’t take long to get back to our little district center, the dark streets glowing with the street lamps. I nod along dully as we pass the rows of the local shops. Sariah’s general store, Chiron’s cafe, Nafe’s grocery, the MIdnight —
The Midnight Clinic.
Dear Stars, I am stupid.
“Driver, I’m sorry, can you pull over at the clinic?”
It’s a long shot if the medical centers don’t take familiars, but I’ve been to this clinic many times. It’s open late at night, and I know a few of the people who work there. They are a local clinic, so they should be able to see Blue. He’s a member of the community, after all. I can guilt them into a cursory examination at the very least.
It’s the best plan I’m able to come up with at the moment.
Blue’s grown lax under my fingers as he leans against me, but at the mention of our stop he goes a little tense.
“Master?”
“Come on, just one little stop before we get home. Alright?”
The distance isn’t that far, so I scoop him up and resign myself to carrying him into the building.
The clinic is still lit, and the place is almost entirely empty. Rows of medical ointments, salves, potions, and bandages line the interior of the shop, but my main hope is that there is a physician in tonight. There’s a kid up front at the counter slumped over like he’s not used to working the graveyard shift.
That is, he’s slumped over until he sees Blue and me come in. After that, he’s fairly animate.
“Oh! Hello sir, is there anything I can help you with tonight?”
“Yes, is there a doctor in? There’s been a bit of an incident and I really need to speak with them.”
“Um, Denizi just got in a few minutes ago, you should be able to see him. Not like anyone else is waiting.”
The boy motions us into one of the back rooms that functions as a little examination room. He lets us wait in there while he goes to grab the doctor.
I set Blue down on the padded examination table in the center of the room. The paper underneath him crackles at any movement and Blue goes positively rigid trying to make as little noise as possible.
“Blue, it’s ok, the paper makes that noise, it’s not a bad thing. I need you to stay on the table. Can you do that for me?”
He nods.
His ears relax infinitesimally, but I can see his fears aren’t assuaged. It feels like I’m talking to a child afraid of their first medical examination.
It takes a second to register that I probably am dealing with exactly that scenario.
“Blue, have you ever been to the doctor before?”
Wide eyes look up at me and I can see that he’s just about ready to cry, body vibrating with his effort to stay still and not disturb the environment around him.
“Yes Master.”
He bites his lip. He’s obviously concerned about adding the next part of his statement, but I want to know.
“Go on Blue, you can ask.”
“Master…have I displeased you? Do you want something about me changed?”
“Blue, what are you talking abo—”
The door flies open and a stocky man in the white and green robes of the medical profession steps in. He has carefully trimmed facial hair and smells faintly of a spice I don’t quite recognize. Thin, gold wire spectacles sit at the brink of his nose, in perpetual danger of falling off of his face. This is Denizi, I presume. He’s not a physician I have ever seen before.
“Sir, how may I help you this fine evening?
Denizi’s charming smile slides off his face and his brow furrows once he sees Blue on the exam table.
“Oi, get down from there, you mangy little thing! Where are your manners? Off that table at once!”
My heart instantly sinks, but there is still hope. I hadn’t exactly told him that Blue would be his patient.
Blue shrinks immediately away from the angry tone, his ears go back and his shoulders hunch even closer to his ears than before. He’s making himself as small as possible, but isn’t leaving the table. Something adjacent to pride bubbles in my chest.
Blue’s staying on the table just like I’ve asked him.
“Actually sir, that’s what I need your help with.”
“I assure you, I am neither equipped nor trained to deal with disciplinary measures.”
I have to swallow back the angry retort that threatens to explode out of me. This is quite literally the last option.
“Actually sir, I need some medical attention for my familiar.”
He hesitates at that, stroking his chin in a way that suggests the he has better things to do even though we both know that the clinic is dead at this hour.
“Alright. I am no vet, but I suppose can help you with some basic tests.”
He continues into the room and closes the door behind him. I have to repress the urge to jump in the air and whoop for joy.
Finally, some medical help!
“There are a variety of things that all medical students have to learn regardless of what practice you go into. I know many of my colleagues would not be caught dead performing tests on familiars, even though they have the technical wherewithal to do the procedures. You’re quite lucky that I think it’s such a waste to never put the skills to practice” he rambles as he sets up, pulling on some gloves and pulling out a blank medical file.
“Alright now, what is this pretty kitty’s name?”
Blue’s hands are fisted in the paper and he almost snaps his neck turning to look at me.
“His name is Blue.”
“And today you’re coming in for…?”
That gives me pause. I should say that we came in for his wounds specifically, but that’s obvious enough, and this would be a great opportunity to get Blue’s check-up out of the way.
“We’re in for a checkup, though there are a few concerns that I’d like to bring up at the end.”
He nods and scribbles on the page.
“Alright, alright… now, Blue, take off those clothes and we can get started.”
Blue’s hands go to the hem of his shirt before the words process and I let out a startled, “What? What does he need to get undressed for?”
“Well, you do want a complete checkup for your little pet here, right?”
That quiets me. I don’t really know what the checkup will entail. I don’t know why I’m questioning a medical professional. My face heats and I just sit down in the chair near the door.
I tell Blue it’s ok to continue.
Blue strips neatly and efficiently, almost prim in the way he folds the clothes and sets it beside himself. He looks much more relaxed than he was a few moments ago. I suppose anticipation always makes appointments worse.
“Well he does have manners, good boy,” the doctor praises him, and Blue’s face lifts in a tilted smile angels at me. It’s almost funny to watch him flaunt he status as a good boy.
The doctor goes about taking Blue’s temperature, weight, height, and various other measurements palpating the glands under his arms and at his neck. He examines his eyes, ears, nose, throat, even goes so far as to check his teeth, and all goes well except for an unduly hard tug on Blue’s ear when he wasn’t staying still enough for the doctor’s instrument to get a clear measure. He asked questions, most of which I had to refer to Blue’s paperwork for, or Blue himself.
I’ve never felt so ashamed to not know so much about a person.
The exam goes on fairly normally until we finally reach the subject of Blue’s feet. Several different testers come out and the doctor eventually states that Blue was probably over stressing the newly healed surface. Some caria root cream and plenty of time off of his feet should set him good as new, though it would perhaps be best fixed with some prescribed pain medication, which is apparently terribly unorthodox.
At my insistence the doctor writes the note and sends me out to fill it with his assistant while he finished the last of Blue’s testing.
“You’re sure you don’t need me for anything else?”
“Oh, just leave the paperwork and we’ll be fine. The last part will probably be terribly boring for you.”
“You good, Blue?”
He simply nods, offering me a small if shaky smile. He’s not as nervous as he was coming into the clinic and I can’t help but be relieved.
“Alright, I’ll be right back.”
—————
Blue
Master leaves the room and I feel a little piece of me leave with him. I don't want him to leave. I enjoyed having him in the room with me, the way he protested even the slightest of rough treatment. I enjoyed having him in the room when I was being praised. Showing him how good I could be when I am given instructions to follow.
I feel awful about how difficult I was being in the carriage.
This master has given me nothing but safety and privileges. I should not have let myself jump to conclusions and assume the worst.
Doctors in my mind are for when master wants to put you down the proper way or augmentation. If a master wants to put down a pet without any fuss then he takes them to the doctor for a shot that will stop their heart or make them gasp for air that won’t enter their lungs. The only other reason for a true doctor is for augmentation that masters can’t achieve without the surgical precision of a professional. I’ve never heard of even the most favored pet being taken to an actual doctor for a checkup.
The door closes and the doctor’s hand slides through my hair.
“Yes, quite boring for him. He gets to see you however he likes whenever he wants, doesn’t he? And I’m sure you’re every bit the good boy you’re being for me now. Let’s get on with the rest of your exam,” the doctor breaths in my ear.
I was hoping that I wouldn't have to go through with this part of the exam. When Master told the doctor that it would just be a check-up I was relieved to say the least. Exams aren't too uncommon, especially when you're being graded for sale. Master is new to this and I haven't had an exam in three or four years. He wants to know if my body is functional. If I'm valuable on the grading system.
The doctor continues to pet me for a few more seconds before going back to his file at the desk.
I’m quite familiar with these exams, and I want to get back to Master. I want the doctor to tell Master what a good boy I am.
The doctor flips through my sale file for a moment and I just wait patiently.
“Carrier type, obviously… but I don’t see your last heat listed here…. When was that?”
“The masters didn’t want to breed from me so they put a stop to it.”
“Magically or physically?”
“With magic, a spell that needs to be done twice a year, I think”
“Well, aren’t you well informed.”
I bite my lip and don’t respond. I’m not technically supposed to know any of this information, but I eavesdropped on my third and fourth masters quite a bit.
Before I was taught better.
The doctor fiddles in his desk for a few moments before pulling out a long, slim
"Alright, we'll do your pharyngeal reflex test first. I don't have any of the traditional testers here. This isn't a vet, so we'll have to make do."
He makes markings at roughly one inch intervals on the glass component tube before turning back to me.
“Alright, open your mouth.” He takes a marked rod and I open up obediently.
He slides the rod in smoothly. At least he’s not jamming it in at an unpredictable rate. There was one market vet who drove down my price an absurd amount by administering the test that way.
I look up at the ceiling to avoid watching the rod and focus on suppressing my gag reflex. I know I’ve done good by the time I taste the plastic of the doctor’s gloves as he slowly pumps the measure in and out for a few seconds.
“Very good.”
He says it more to himself that to me, but I still preen at the compliment.
“Now, hands and knees.”
I get into position, but his hand slides down and around my neck, pressing me down until my shoulders are resting on the crinkly paper of the table and my ass is raised high in the air.
“Good”
I suppress the urge to roll my eyes, even though I am nearly sure he can’t see them. He could have just told me to present. I’m fairly well trained, I know the basic waiting, kneeling, and fucking positions.
His fingers are cold and slippery as they reach between my cheeks and push in slowly. Distantly I’m thankful for both the pace and the lube. I wonder if the pacing I’ve been awarded is because of my Master’s apparent favor towards me. It’s something else I’ll have to thank him for when this is done.
“Ah, you are quite snug little one. I’m sure your master appreciates it.”
It has been a few days since anyone’s had me. Master took me away from the Market before the night guards came on shift, and no-one’s so much as played with me down there since then. I’m as surprised as him at my tightness. I quietly suppress the twinge of pain that comes with the intrusion.
The doctor’s finger search for only a few minutes before settling on the little nub of nerve endings inside me.
I know it’s the point of this exam, but I still startle as he focuses on my prostate.
Few masters pay any attention to it. They’ll usually only bother with it on accident, or they spend all their time fixating on it, playing with me until I really am only an animal desperate to end the stimulation.
Almost immediately I’m hard, and I can feel myself growing slick. The doctor’s fingers play more within me and I focus on the examination I’m getting. Responsiveness is a very important indicator for being sold. If you can come untouched within reasonable amount of time it will increase your grade.
I focus on the stimulation and the task at hand.
Master took me when I was a dirty little thing clinging to the bars of my cage. I want to prove to him that I am good. That I am worthy of him. I don’t know many things, but what I have been trained to do, I can do well. I want to be able to serve him, make him happy, even if this is the only thing that I can do.
“You’re drawing me in, little one, pulling me forward, into you. I bet you are quite the pleaser when it comes to your master. This is why you’re so favored, is it not? This is why he’d come all the way out here in the middle of the night to make sure you’re ok.”
Master has done a lot for me, even in the short time that he’s known me. Even with the pitiful little that I’ve done for him. I think of all the beautiful privileges that Master has allowed me in the day and a half I’ve known him. All the wonders that he’s shown me, the warmth and the kindness. But it’s the memory of his face, the night he let me sleep next to him that tips me over the edge.
I come right there on the table under the doctor’s fingers.
“That’s a good boy, oh you must be a favorite.”
I feel dirty inside.
I’m breathing deeply, trying to force air into my lungs after this intense exam, but that doesn’t disguise the sound of ruffling clothes that comes behind me.
Ice lodges itself in my chest as the doctor speaks.
“Your master wouldn’t mind if I take a little taste, would he?”
Notes:
Hey guys, this one was a doozy of a chapter to write. I know I promised fluff, but it was kind of impossible to write with the way things are going.
However, I did make a promise, and I like to keep my promises. So I'm going to do another update very soon before next Friday so I can deliver on the fluff this week.
Thank you guys so much,
You are awesome.
Chapter 20: The Talk
Summary:
Blue and Kara finally get back home. Blue's shell shocked, Kara decides they need to have a talk.
Notes:
Sorry this is coming later than I intended. I promised you guys fluff so I will give you fluff. I actually got sick over the weekend and couldn't finish the chapter let alone post. Please accept this offering in place of my soul...
*Throws chapter as a distraction and flees*
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
I can feel the doctor’s hands starting to roam. My stomach turns to lead inside me and I try desperately to cast my mind away from this place.
This is fine.
This is my purpose.
It’s what I was trained to do.
The doctor pulls my body back so that I’m flush with the edge of the table.
It will all be ok. Master will be back after this, and we will go home, and —what?
Master did not give this man permission to have me.
Will he be angry? Will he yell, and scream, and will those kind hands be finally pushed to hurt? I don’t want that. I don’t want to be left outside, like the trash that I know I am. I came to him sullied, but he didn’t know the extent of it, not truly. I don’t want him to see what he’s supposed to be doing with me. How he’s supposed to be treating me.
I want to live in the happy little bubble that Master has placed me inside. I don’t want to get in trouble for this. I don’t want this to happen.
Master did not give this man permission to have me.
I have to say something. No matter how many rules it breaks.
“S-sir, please. I—I don’t think my Master would like this.”
“Oh really.” His hand rubs across my chest, fingers too rough when they pull at my nipples. I can’t help the way I try to jerk away from his grasp. It’s all I can do to bite my lip and not dig my grave deeper by making sounds of protest too.
“And who exactly is your Master that he would object?”
He is safety. He’s one of the precious few people in this world who seems to care what happens to me. Master is my only protector. My eyes sting and I quickly shut them as tight as I can. This man will not get my tears. There are so many things that I want to scream, but the only thing that makes it out is,
“He’s a mage.”
The roaming fingers pause in place.
“What.”
My face is hot, burning with shame. I force my voice out again.
“He is a mage.”
“I thought he was joking when he called you his familiar. Your kind are only really suitable as pets.”
“H-he picked me.” And the fact still fills me with pride. “He picked me at the market, he chose me to be his familiar for this coming school year. I don’t think he’d like it if you had me without his permission.”
I hope he believes me.
I hope whatever bark I’m projecting is convincing enough so that I don’t have to try to take an actual bite.
The doctor hums in consideration.
There’s a rustling of fabric and I know I have failed. He doesn’t care, he’ll just ask Master’s permission later. Nothing will happen to him. I flinch as a pile of fabric slams down in front of me. My clothes! Some of it seems to have gotten unfolded in the doctor’s haste.
“Get dressed,” the doctor snaps.
I take the gift for what it is and start pulling on the layers. My hands are trembling, but I still force them to move into the sleeves and hold my pants as I hurriedly step into them.
A hand clutches at my shoulder as I’m finishing and the doctor speaks in a hushed tone.
“Now, I would hate to have to tell your Master how provocative you were in this examination. Truly, with such a disloyal familiar, he may just dump this pet project of his and get a fresh start with something new. I think it’s best that we just say that nothing happened here, ok?”
I simply nod, desperate for him to let go.
I can feel his touch even still, through the fabric. It makes me want to scrub my skin away. I don’t want Master to know. I gain nothing from it. I just want Master to take me into his arms again.
I want to feel safe.
The doctor pulls me off the table and sets me on the ground on shaky legs before gathering up his supplies and leading me out the door. I don’t care about the pain it’s causing, I’m not going to my knees in front of this man.
I don't want to give him the chance to reconsider.
Master is only a few steps away and something in my chest unclenches when I can see him again. He finished getting the medications and was about to return anyway.
My face flushes scarlet, I’m glad that he didn’t see.
The doctor fawns over Master for a bit before I’m given a clean bill of health and my records are updated.
I pay more attention to the bottles and packages on the shelves than is warranted for someone who can’t read what’s written there, but it serves as a good enough distraction until Master has finished getting his package and paying at the counter. The whole ride home passes in a blur. I barely register leaning against my Master for the ride until we get back home.
Distantly, I hear coins clinking, but I can’t for the life of me pay attention.
It’s only when I’m hoisted into my Masters arms as I’m brought inside that I come back into my body.
“Blue…” The voice is quiet, searching.
I realize Master must’ve been trying to talk to me. It’s all I can do to nuzzle into his chest and try to let him know that I’m listening without saying a word. There’s something caught in my throat and I know that if I try to speak I will cry.
“Ah, there you are… Blue, we need to talk.”
Ice jabs me in the chest and I want nothing more than to return to the blissfully unaware state I had previously been in. He doesn’t say anything, just carries me a little bit. We don’t go upstairs, we head into the kitchen.
The house does not look as it did when I walked through it during the daytime. The night seems to have cast a dreary glint on the place. The shadows have come out to play. This is very much a place that could house a monster.
I have to be careful.
Master sets me down on the same chair I used at breakfast, seemingly years ago. He doesn’t stay. He busies himself with something on the other side of the kitchen. Privately, I’m glad for the separation. Everything feels raw inside me and I don’t think I could have kept a straight face if he was intent on looming over me.
Master lights the candles on the table in silence, and sets down a jar and plates. The jar looks like a hive for honey bees, the happy yellow grates on my nerves. It’s out of place here. I don’t like the way the flickering light plays out on the painted bees. It turns them into something horrible, something wrong.
I jerk as a high pitched whistle goes off at the other end of the kitchen, but Master simply moves the kettle off the burner and pours the heated water into a little ceramic teapot.
Master slides one of the cups to me as well as a second jar filled with honey, dipper already inside.
There’s a long moment where all I can do is stare. I don’t want to break the silence that has fallen on us. I’m scared something irreversible will shatter.
I’m frozen just like I was with the doctor. I can’t make myself move.
An audible sigh comes from Master and it is no better that he is the one to break the spell.
He’s annoyed with me. The broken pet he got saddled with. I wonder if he’ll try to beat me until I’m less dense. A few have tried… though I guess it’s never truly worked. He probably wouldn’t have objected to the doctor using me. It was all just my wishful thinking.
His hands wander into my line of sight and I thank whatever will listen that I’m too frozen to flinch. He takes back the jar, opens it, and… pours a liberal amount into my cup.
He repeats the process with his own, though perhaps uses less in his own before pouring out hot tea into both our cups. The fragrance is overwhelming, summer flowers and mint. I can feel myself salivate.
“Blue, we really need to talk, ok?”
My mind goes into overdrive pulling up everything that I can that will get me out of this situation in one piece.
This master likes responses.
He likes verbal responses.
“Y—yes, Master.”
“Ok, pick up your tea. It’s ok if you don’t drink, but it’s warm. You should at least hold it.”
My hands close around the glass like he orders and the heat of the cup isn’t scalding like I thought it would be. The cup is thick enough that it doesn’t hurt me. Master opens the beehive jar and lays out a few small jam cookies on my plate, taking a few for himself.
“Alright, why were you so worried about going to the doctor today?”
The question takes me by surprise, but with some consideration it makes sense. I was very problematic today. I didn’t consider all the blessings that Master had laid at my feet and just assumed the worst. I don’t want to tell Master that I thought he would do these things, but it is worse to lie.
“I, ehm, I thought… I thought you were going to…put me down.”
“What?”
I flinch at Master’s volume, I didn’t think it would be that bad. Loud can mean a lot of things… worried... anxious… angry.
Master must be so mad, how could I think he would do that with all that he’s done for me? He wouldn't waste so much of his time and effort on someone he was going to kill anyway.
“I— I was very… bad today. I thought you were done trying to make this work.”
“Blue, are you out of your mind? I would never do that.” He says it with such assurance, but I know that when the actual year starts it will change. He will change, along with everything he learns. He’ll see his friends doing well with their familiars and he’ll be stuck with me. At least until there is some unfortunate accident, after which I am no longer in the picture.
I wonder if he’ll sell me back to the Market. I wonder if he could. I won’t be sold again, it’s a miracle I got sold this time. He wouldn’t risk a proper doctor again, there would be a record and he could get in trouble for purposefully killing his familiar in his first year. He doesn’t seem the kind that could beat someone to death, no. He’ll probably drown me. It’s not too messy and it doesn’t take that long. It’s a rather popular choice. It keeps the body intact if you want to sell it to one of the medical colleges.
They pay a little for cadavers.
I bring the cup up to my nose and take a long, deep inhale. I want to stay in this comforting scent for as long as possible.
“Blue, doctors heal people, they don’t kill them. Were you confused?”
“Doctors heal people, but there’s r-really no situation where they would see a pet. The vets, they aren’t allo— supposed to put us down. Only doctors have the pills and shots.”
I don’t know why I keep speaking. The words just tumble out of me and I realize I can’t stop. I need to say these words. I need to tell my Master why. I need him to understand. I wasn’t trying to be bad, I was just…
“They can make us different too, only doctors. You get sent in one way and your Master will pick you up changed to their specification. Master Ilam had a favorite who tried to run and she was taken to the doctor and stayed a whole three days. She came back no arms past the elbows, no legs past the knees, and she was blind so master tied her by hi---”
There’s a hand over my mouth and I can’t stop the low keening at the back of my throat.
“Shh, Blue. Blue, please… You’re ok, it’s ok, please stop…”
Master says meaningless things in a soothing tone and as I come back down from that manic state I feel the burn of tears down my face. When did I start crying?
Eventually our breathing levels out and there is only the weak press of Master’s hand against my lips. At some point his other hand found its way into my hair and I can’t deny that the slow rhythm of his short strokes is soothing.
“A-alright… Doctors are bad for you. I get that now. I’m sorry I wasn’t more clear when we set out. We needed to get you checked out, ok? I’ve never seen that kind of reaction to healing magic before.” He pauses and we let a few second pass in silence.
Master comes around and goes to one knee in front of my chair. The position is so viscerally wrong that I can’t stop myself from recoiling. He places a hand on my knee to keep me in place and forces my head up with his other hand.
“How about Doctor Denizi? Did you like him?”
My heart stutters and I can still feel the doctor’s hands on my body. I shake my head. I don’t want him to have another chance at me. I don’t want Master to say yes. If he does, then I can’t protest.
“Why not? I know your perception of doctors is quite skewed, but the Clinic’s pretty good.”
I don’t have an answer for that.
I don’t know what to say to try and dissuade him from the clinic. I don’t think there’s anything I can say, unless I bring up the doctor’s advances. Would Master care about that, or would he think it’s no big deal and insist on returning?
“Did something happen while I went to get the medicine? Was he mean to you when I wasn’t there? What were the last tests that he did on you?”
“He did a standard pharyngeal reflex and sensitivity test on me. He wasn’t mean… I think he likes me too much…”
“Wait, he checked your gag reflex? And what’s a sensitivity test?”
My face heats and I remember that this Master really hasn’t been around pets or familiars very long.
“Those tests affect my sale value.” I try to lower my head, but Master keeps his hand under my chin, forcing me to look at him. “The tests are of how well I could serve my Master, just on a measurable scale. How hard it is to trigger my gag reflex and if I can come when a master is only fucking me.”
His hand tightens around my knee and I feel his grasp on my chin stiffen, though neither are painful, yet.
“He did what?” I’ve never heard this Master sound so angry before and I instantly regret bringing this up.
“I… he administered s-standard tests—” I try to backpedal as much as possible. Quell the anger I see brewing in my Master’s eyes.
“He touched you without your consent in a very intimate way.” At this Master backs away from me, removing his hands as though I’ve burned him.
“N-no, it was only his fingers for the test, I—I swear. He would never do that without your permission. He, he wanted to— but, you hadn’t given him permission, so he stopped. But he… he did want to know if, if you…”
“What the hell does my permission have to do with anything?”
There’s a moment of silence between us before I answer him.
“Because you own me.”
Master opens and closes his mouth like a fish for several seconds.
“No, no, no. Blue, that’s not how this works. Your consent matters.”
“Master, this body belongs to you, you can use it, trade it, take from it whatever you see fit. I know my place, you don’t have to test me. I know the rules.”
I know the rules.
I’ve fallen into this trap too many times to not see it stretching before me. My body does not belong to me. Everything belongs to Master. I am his, and I have to trust that he will take care of his toys.
“Blue,” he takes a step forward and I throw myself onto my knees on the floor before he can take up the improper stance again. I won’t fail this test. This is important, one of the most important rules.
“Master, please, I am yours. I would never go against you. I know my place. I am yours to do with as you see fit.”
A hand strokes through my hair and the normally soothing gesture is like sandpaper across my exposed nerves.
“Blue… ok, we are going to have a very special rule, just for you.”
He waits and it’s all I can do to nod my head and show I’m listening.
“No sex. Not with the doctor, or anyone who might ask you. Ok? If someone propositions you, or puts you in an uncomfortable situation, or tries to touch you again, what do you say?”
I have to think for a minute, think hard about how I could refuse someone’s orders like that and keep the skin on my back.
“I’m sorry, I’m not allowed.” The concept feels so foreign that I’m just running on instinct to try and respond to Master’s orders.
“Good boy. That’s exactly right. I don’t care what they say or who they are, if they push or try to make you I want you to come find me, ok? I’ll deal with them.”
I nod furiously, trying to commit this all to memory.
I am not for public service. I am not obligated to help anyone who asks for use of my body. I am to say no, and return to Master. It feels like something heavy is off my chest. Master is the only one allowed to have me. If anyone else ever will then they will require special permission from Master. It makes sense. This Master wants me to himself.
I’m quite relieved.
“Good, good… now come on, off the floor. We’ve got some tea and cookies and it’s well past bedtime.”
The whole evening passes in a blur after that. The cookies have sweet jam in them and the tea tastes even better than it smelled. Master carries me up the stairs and I take advantage of the position to nuzzle further into Master’s chest.
His heartbeat is the most reassuring melody I’ve ever heard.
I’m asleep before we even reach the bedroom.
Notes:
Did you know that cats will freeze up when they get scared? There is more fluff on the way Friday, if this wasn't enough to settle your fix.
Chapter 21: Something Fluffy
Summary:
It's the day before school starts, and there's still a lot to do...
Notes:
Hey, I don't know if you guys have seen the story "The Lady and The Lion" by Petrichor11037, but you guys should check it out. It's linked as a related work and it's quite a bit of fun.
It's really amazing to see that you guys are enjoying the story and the setting so much!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
The next few days pass in a haze.
I’m not allowed out of bed, but it’s not like it’s been in the past. I’m not in constant use or tied to the bed frame. Instead, I’m allowed to lounge, sprawled on the bed, wrapped in the fluffy comforter. Master stays with me most of the time, arranging books and components for school. He jokes about the tyrannical teachers and extensive syllabi, but I try to take in all the things he explains. I busy myself with memorizing which books go to which class. They all have vaguely different colorings and images, so it shouldn’t be too hard to fetch the right one.
He pets me sometimes and I try to purr and persuade him to rest with me, but that is the one thing that’s changed. Over the next nights, I am alone in bed.
The medicine soothes the pain and Master exercises great caution in healing my feet this time, obsessed with getting it exactly correct. The walking goes better every day, but I know that no matter how much Master praises me for my steps, he’s worried about the coming school year. By the time I am fully healed it’s the day before the semester begins.
I wander down the stairs by myself, far too proud of the minimal task, but set on finding Master. It doesn’t take long. He’s in the kitchen, but instead of cooking he’s wrapping bundles in sets of crinkly paper.
“Oh, hello! Did you get down ok? Are your feet hurting?”
His concern is almost comical.
“No, Master, I’m fine. But what are you doing?”
The kitchen smells of fresh herbs, and there are many more bundles hanging to dry, but they alone cannot account for the smell. I take the opportunity to sink to my knees in front of him and pick up the fallen petals and leaves. The floor looks like an herbal war zone.
“Oh, I was just going to make a run into town and fill these orders before we get really busy with school. A lot of people really enjoy my components, although some of them are just in it for the herbs.” He finishes tying a piece of string around the last of the bundles and wipes his brow.
“You really haven’t gotten a chance to see our area. Blue, I don’t want to push you, but do you think you’d be up to come with me?”
I’m unused to down time, unassigned and without work from my master. These past few days have been very peaceful, but also quite restless.
I do not enjoy sitting still. It makes me anxious and I know that every day I fall more and more in debt to this wonderful man. I don’t like the scratching, but I get so far into the whirling spiral of thoughts that it becomes a reprieve. I’ve had to hide the reddened areas from Master, and I’ve only been careless enough to break skin twice.
I need to do something for Master.
“I would love to see more of the area, Master.”
“Alright…” He looks me up and down, and I realize with a flush that I am still in his clothes.
“We’ll need to pick you up some clothes on this run, too. Don’t worry, I’m sure the general store will have something in your size, and then we can go into the Markets and get you some proper clothes, you know, that will accommodate your extra appendages.”
I flick my tail at the dig, but nod with him at the sentiment. I have to wear Master’s clothes very low on my hips because of my tail.
The walk into town isn’t too terrible. We stop at a lot of houses and the consistent breaks give me a chance to rest. When we stop, the people in the houses exchange coin for Master’s packages. They seem to know him well. Many of them fawn over me, chiding Master for not telling them he’d gotten a pet. Only one is rather aggressive, insisting that I should be collared and leashed. My thoughts go back to the nice leather one with the shiny blue bell.
I shouldn’t be sad, I really haven’t done anything the past few day to earn it.
Eventually, we make it into the district market. I follow Master closely, quietly, just trying not to be noticed. I don’t want anyone calling Master out for not following the leash law. Sometimes it is overlooked if pets are very well behaved off leash.
The bundles run out and we have a chance to breathe after all this running around. The market is slow today, but I enjoy the easy stroll down the streets. People are always interesting to watch.
There are a few children out playing, someone’s bustling about doing errands, there’s another person just sitting out under the suns on a bench, just taking it in. It takes me a minute to realize I’ve slowed, just watching the people in one of the green spaces. Master hasn’t noticed and continues to walk on. I jog the few feet of difference and get back into the safety of Master’s radius trying desperately to look like a good boy who’s following his owner.
I don’t have a collar, but no-one would mistake me for a stray when I’m so obviously following behind someone, right?
I close the distance just a little more.
Master holds the door open and I stand aside until I realize that there was no-one behind us. It’s just me. He was holding the door open for me. I can feel my cheeks turn a messy red as I duck my head and walk through the door held open for me.
The interior of the store is a bit cooler than outside, even with the nip of fall coming. The walls are painted grey and the floors match in color, but not quite in hue. There’s a scent of artificial flowers and cleaning chemicals, but nothing too strong. I doubt Master could even pick it up. Rows of aisles align themselves before us with small open areas promoting specific products and I am overwhelmed.
Master pulls up beside me with a small rolling cart.
“Alright, we need some basics for the house and then we’re going to pick up clothes for you, ok?”
I nod, still trying to take in the whole of the store. I must look very amusing, because I can just hear my Master’s chucking under his breath.
I put a hand on the cart and force myself to only look at the tiles. I won’t get in trouble if I move with Master’s cart. I’ll be good and it’ll be just like following a lead.
“Blue…” Master brushes his hand through my hair. “You can look around, ok? Tell me if there’s something you like or want to know about, ok?”
I nod to him, offering a weak smile that he seems to accept. I try to keep my vision at chest level and continue to hold onto the cart like a stubborn child. I don’t know if I’m allowed to be untethered inside this building but I’m trying to play it safe. It’s not until I feel a small zing of pain that I realize I’ve started scratching at my arm again.
I quickly place both hands on the cart and follow Master’s lead.
We pick up milk, eggs, butter,… simple kitchen needs, then a bottle of detergent and fabric softener. It doesn’t seem like much when Master says he’s done, but then again, Master lives very simply. Not that there is anything too complicated at this general store.
We move on to the aisles at the corner of the store: basic towels, sheets, clothes.
There’s a warmth in my chest as Master starts holding up different sizes of shirts and pants trying to find what size suits me best. It’s embarrassing in the middle of this store, but no-one is around to see it so I don’t know why my heart is going so fast.
Once he decides on a size Master starts piling up different sets of clothes. He sends me into the next aisle for socks and underwear.
The aisle I step into has a lot of children’s clothes and as I walk through I watch the ages progress and the sizes get bigger. The packets of clothes are still too small though.
Eventually there are sections of toys, varying wildly in age range and function. Dolls and many sets of clothes for them, building blocks that will lock together by themselves, magnetic rune stones that will pull themselves together to form random words. This isn’t something that I’ve really ever gotten the chance to see, though I guess I have seen pieces of these things out of the package.
I never imagined that the boxes they came in would be so colorful.
There are more dolls, little plush horses and dogs, but what gives me pause is this light yellow circular pillow with a face and triangular ears pointed straight up. The stitching in its face is minimal, but it’s fairly plain that the two lines are meant to be closed eyes and the curved stitching just below it is meant to be a mouth.
It’s meant look like a sleeping cat.
The material stretched around the pillow looks soft and plush. It’s not too big, just a little bigger than my chest.
It would fit snugly in my arms.
I know I should move on, find what Master sent me for and return to him, but I’m fixated on this round little plush toy. I want to know what it feels like. The soft fluff is short, and I’ve never seen material like that. The little stitched face looks so serene, I want to trace the careful stitch work.
I reach my hand out and stop just a few inches shy of the display. I want to know what it feels like, but I really should ask permission. I don’t think Master would deny a simple request like this… Then again—
I’m broken out of my thoughts as a hand clamps down on my wrist and wrenches me away from the display. The hand is connected to a very angry looking man in his mid forties wearing a vest with a tag that presumably states his name.
“And just what do you think you’re doing? Where is your owner? Why are you not on a leash?”
“I—I, um, sorry, sir— my Mast—” I’m too surprised to get out a single coherent sentence before the man continues barreling on.
“You a stray? You wandering into my store trying to steal?”
I’m going to protest when a stinging blow lands on the side of my face. It’s a hard hit. Tears bloom at the corners of my vision and I taste blood inside my mouth. I think I bit my tongue.
“I won’t have any of that in my shop!” He starts pulling me and it takes a second before I realize I’m being dragged. “Come on now, out with you.”
I pull on his arm, trying to dislodge myself. I need to get back to Master.
“Please, sir—I”
“Mr. Hardale!”
I hear Master’s voice and I redouble my efforts to get out of the man’s grasp. He’s distracted by my Master as well, apparently, and I pull free from his grasp. I barely feel the impact my shoulders take when they hit the tile floor, I’m so singularly focused on scrambling behind my Master’s legs.
“Blue? What’s going on?”
“Is that thing yours, Kara?”
My face presses into the back of Master’s legs and I feel the childish urge to squeeze my eyes shut and pretend that what I cannot see, can’t see me. I want to melt into this floor.
How stupid am I, that I can’t even go an aisle over and bring back what my Master requested?
“Yeah, sorry Mr. Hardale. This is Blue, I just got him a few days ago. Is there a problem?”
“Well, yes, I would say there is a problem. Your little pet is running around with no leash, no collar, and trying to get into my merchandise.”
“Oh… I’m terribly sorry, Mr. Hardale.”
There’s a pause as the man just scowls down at me. I duck back behind Master’s legs.
“Blue, apologize to the man.”
I hold back the whimper working its way through my throat. What else will Master have me do to make it up to Mr. Hardale?
It’s best to just comply now…I’m already on my knees.
I bow low enough that my nose touches the floor as I try to squeak out my apology.
“I— I’m sorry Mr. Hardale, I-I didn’t mean anything by it. It will n—never happen again.”
And I mean it, I never want to be so monumentally stupid ever again.
“Well, that’s all well and good, but-”
“What was Blue disturbing?”
The man points to the shelf with the plush toys. I feel my face heat and my heart wither.
It seems so stupid now…
“Blue, which one of these were you touching?”
I wasn’t even touching any of them, I was just curious. I want to tell Master, but I know that distinction doesn’t mean anything. The yellow furred pillow sits innocently on the shelf alongside all the others, but I can’t bring myself to lie. I point out the one in front that I had been just about to touch.
Master takes it off the shelf for me and puts it into the cart.
“Don’t worry Mr. Hardale, I’m still learning a lot about how this stuff works. Blue will be properly collared by tonight.”
“And there will be repercussions for his breach of conduct and respect?”
“Yes, sir. Blue will get exactly what he deserves.”
My stomach sinks at that. If only I hadn’t gotten curious, if only I had just asked Master’s permission. That rejection would have been harmless, most likely.
He doesn’t punish for questions.
We’re done after that. Master goes to get the last of the items himself and I just walk numbly beside him.
There’a a girl at the counter up front who marks down our purchases and although I’m doing my best to remain unnoticed, her attention fixes on me when Master turns to bag the items.
“Oh, look at you, such a sweet little thing!” I try to shrink back a little. I don’t want to get into any more trouble with master, but I also don’t want to make her angry.
“Come on, over here.” She’s waving her hand well within my sight like she’s trying to catch my attention. “Come on, do you want a treat?”
A few weeks ago, if someone had told me that the prospect of earning a treat would have anything less than my full attention, I don’t think I ever would have believed them.
I sneak a rushed glance at Master.
The girl is being quite noisy and shameless about getting my attention and giving me a treat. Will Master be mad? I don’t know what to do. Does he find this situation annoying?
He’s just loading our items into his bags. He doesn’t even seem to have noticed, or at least his body is not showing any signs of violent outburst. Though he does seem a little stiff.
I decide to quiet the girl before Master takes any more notice.
I step forward and raise my head so that she can see that I’m tracking her hand with my eyes, showing her she has my attention. It only takes her a second to see and she opens her hand to reveal my prize. It’s a wafer treat cut to look like a bone.
It’s not a treat for my kind, but it won’t make me sick… I don’t think.
“Now, sit!” I can tell by her voice that she’s smiling. I wish I shared her excitement.
I go down on the floor and sit on my heels crossing my hands in my lap. Though the pose has its own name, this is what most people mean when they tell me to sit.
“So good! Now, down…”
My body moves without me thinking about it. I lay my palms and forearms flat on the ground and set my stomach and chest as low to the ground as I can get them. There’s a stain on the floor in front of the counter and I focus on that. My face feels warm and for some absurd reason I feel like I’m going to cry. I hope she doesn’t have too much more for me.
“Last one, speak!”
I open my mouth, but there’s no sound that comes out. I feel something burning in my throat and if I make a sound now it’s going to be a sob.
I focus on the stain on the floor and try to swallow down the pressure, the heat that’s staining my face red. It feels like my throat’s sandpaper rubbing against itself. I know what she wants from me. I’ve done it before, I’ve done it to make owners and guests laugh, so why can’t I do it now?
I shut my eyes, I’m not in a position where she could see it anyways, and try to focus.
“M-m…m—meo—”
“Would you stop tormenting my familiar.” Master’s voice is cold in a way I haven’t heard it before.
In a way that I never want to hear it again.
I made the wrong choice in engaging this girl.
He’s angry at my performance. I’m wasting his time.
It’s all I can do to stay still, trembling, on the floor.
“Oh… I’m sorry, sir…”
I feel a hand twist in my shirt and that’s all the warning I get before Master pulls me back to my feet by the scruff of my shirt.
I can feel my heartbeat in my ears. The lady holds out my treat and I take it from her with my mouth. It tastes old and dry, flavored with something that I might have once mistaken for peanut butter if Master hadn’t shown me what the real thing tasted like.
My stomach turns at the taste and I remind myself of how thoroughly Master has been spoiling me.
How Master promised I’d be punished when we get home.
We walk in silence, but I’m thankful for that. At least I can’t dig my grave any deeper.
I wonder what he’s going to do with me when we get home.
I don’t think he’ll beat me. School starts tomorrow and I’ve just barely gotten to my feet again. He wouldn’t go back on all his hard work, not in front of his peers. The same goes for locking me in the basement, there’s not enough time for it to be a really suitable punishment. Though the sensory deprivation always did make time move slower, it’s too much of a comfort knowing that it will only be a matter of hours before I’m removed. It would also be time consuming for Master. Only really big houses would do punishments like setting you alone in a darkroom. But that’s because there’s someone to take your place. Most of the time no one really knows you’re gone, you’re just an interchangeable cog to them. Sometimes they forget…
I keep my eyes trained on Master’s back, three steps behind, like I should be.
He doesn’t seem volatile. It probably won’t even be that bad. He may smack me a round a little, nothing that won’t fade before tomorrow, but it’ll all be fine.
There’s a little yellow ear sticking out of Master’s bag and I realize that he actually bought the plush toy from the store. It’s not for me, and Master has so few thing that aren’t necessary… so why did he…
Suddenly, I’m struck with a terrible thought.
My first master had a family, wife, daughter, son. They were an upstanding family that represented all the values that their high society friends seemed to hold dear. I was younger than the son, maybe five at the time when I learned about CandleLights.
The time of year in winter when everyone gets to experience a little magic, mage, commoner, or noble. The son had told me about it when I was taking away the dirty linens, covering for one of the maids who’d come down with a fever.
She was one of Chef’s friends, and he’d promised me he could sneak me some extra food if I did it without getting caught.
The son wasn’t supposed to be in the room at the time, but when I asked him he swore he wouldn’t tell anyone. As I went about his room, he talked out loud at me about the upcoming holiday and how excited he was for the presents. It was then that I confessed not knowing anything about the holiday, but instead of discouraging him it just made him want to tell me more. Every other day while the maid recovered he talked at me, filled my head with ideas of the holiday, until the time was finally upon us.
I saw the change in some of the older servants. They gathered together in groups of family and friends and once the chores were done they sat and laughed, gave each other small handmade things, and embraced. The work wasn’t any less, but there was magic in the air.
There was no reason, but everyone was happy, everyone had someone to be with.
Chef had come down with the fever his friend had, and though I tried to rouse him for a story I didn’t have much luck. I wanted to share the night with someone, but the other servants already had their groups, and with Chef unavailable there was really only one person I could think of.
I found the Master’s son in his bedroom, new toys and clothes strewn about the room. I had just wanted someone to talk to, just wanted to not be alone for the night, but he insisted I take one of his old toys. A stuffed bear, obviously well loved if a little worse for wear, but to me, it had been perfect. Its fur stood up scratchy in patches and it was missing a button eye, but it was my most precious treasure.
I didn’t let it go for the whole night.
That is, I didn’t let it go until one of the wandering guard for Master’s home found me wandering back to quarters after hours.
I watched the bear burn. There wasn’t anything I could do. I hadn’t even had it for two, three hours, but it felt like I had been burning in that fire. Apparently I cried too loud for that to be the only punishment for the night.
I was sent to bed with ten lashes for wandering about past curfew, truly a gift.
I realize I’ve been walking on instinct when I hear the jingle of Master’s keys as they fit into his door.
We’ve gotten home and I feel tears running down my face.
Quickly I wipe my eyes and cheeks with my shirt before Master can turn and see, but I don’t know why I bother. It’s the only punishment that’ll mean something in this short amount of time.
Destroy the little plushy that I sullied with my touch…
I didn’t even get to touch it, though. I’ll never know what its soft furry material felt like. I bite the inside of my cheek and resolve not to cry. I’m not the simpering toddler I was all those years ago, even though it really does feel like I am.
“Blue, come over here.” Master’s voice sounds tired, but quiet. Annoyed if anything. I thank the stars he doesn’t sound mad.
Maybe it won’t be that bad.
I wander into the living room with him but freeze up as he picks up the bag he’s left there these past few days.
I sink quietly to my knees and try to control my breathing. He is going to beat me. I shouldn’t be surprised, I did cause quite a bit of trouble at the store where he obviously knows people, but I thought my place as his familiar would keep me at least a tiny bit safer. Make him just a little more reluctant to hit me.
That bag has the riding crop he bought for me, and I know I’ve earned its use.
“Blue, what are you… You know, this position works just fine”
He sounds disinterested. It won’t take long for him to grow bored of this. I should be grateful, but I’m so tightly strung that the only thread of sanity I have left will be snapped when Master tells me to take my shirt off so that he can commence with my punishment.
I feel his fingers brush my neck and I startle so badly that I’m genuinely surprised I don’t bump my head on the ceiling. I didn’t think he’d strangle me. I didn’t think he’d have the heart to try and choke the life out of me.
I lock eyes with him, entirely expecting to see the eyes of a hardened predator ready to wrap his hands around my throat and squeeze.
I don’t see an incredible transformation though. It’s still my Master before me, matching my posture on his knees in front of me. His eyes looked shocked, not crazed. In his hands he holds not the riding crop, but the collar I’d discovered so many days ago, pretty blue bell tinkling. And suddenly his outline is blurry.
I suck in air like I’m dying as I try to reconcile what my eyes and mind are telling me.
“Blue! Are you alright?”
I shake my head and whatever words I was trying to speak only come out as a mournful sob.
“Blue… Blue, I’m going to hug you, ok? Don’t freak out.”
I’m grateful for his warning as his body slides against mine. He’s warm and I immediately focus myself, trying to hear his heartbeat. I need his scent. I need to ground myself.
“Blue, take it easy. Just breathe, ok? Here, come on, try to match my breathing.”
He presses me against his chest and breathes in deep and slow, exhaling in the same way. I force my overactive lungs to follow his direction, following his breath.
It takes a minute before my breathing evens out, but Master continues to hold me after my heart calms down as well. There is comfort in the soft movement of his hand in my hair, the other tracing small patterns down the side of my body, as if I were a nervous horse needing soothing.
“Blue, how...” His speech is garbled my my mind and no matter how much I try to pay attention the words are just inarticulate sounds to me.
“Yes, Master” I answer without thinking. It’s always a good answer.
“Blue, that’s not an answer. How do you feel?”
I feel my face heat. Stars, he’s going to think I’m not listening to him. Not that letting him know I’m so distracted in my own mind is that much better.
I hesitate a moment, taking the time to actually think about my body and mind, run myself through a simple mental checklist of what I need to feel stable.
“I… I feel much better, Master”
I find my words eventually, but Master does not push me off of him. He simply continues sliding his hand through my hair, repeating the simple patterns down my side. I’m grateful. I don’t want to be let go of just yet.
“So, there are some leash and collar laws that I didn’t know about.” He says it as though he’s trying to make conversation.
“And here I thought Anthony was just being a dick to you… Anyway, I picked up this collar when I first got you, but I’m an idiot and I just entirely forgot to give it to you.”
He holds up the collar so that I can see it this time. The bell is just as shiny as I remember it, and the desire to put it on is intense.
I want to belong here. I want to belong to Master.
“I’m going to put this on you, ok? I just don’t want you to panic again.”
My face is beet red as I bare my neck for the collar. I almost don’t believe how easily it goes on. How freely Master gives it to me.
He buckles the strap and just like that, I am securely his.
Owned.
Safe.
Now, no-one will mistake me for a stray.
With Master’s assistance I get to my feet, though my knees feel like jelly. I say as much and Master gives me a crooked smile.
“Yeah, we did walk quite a ways today. At least we know for sure that your feet are completely healed, though it will take some time for you to build up your endurance.”
Master picks up the bags from where he’d placed them when he came in before turning back to me.
“You can go upstairs and grab some rest while I put these away, we’ve got a big day tomorrow. I’ll wake you for dinner, how does that sound?”
It sounds like heaven, it sounds like something so much more than I deserve, but I don’t question it and head for the stairs.
“Blue, wait, don’t forget this!”
I turn around and Master has the little yellow feline pillow in his hand. He’s just holding it out to me, and even I’m not dense enough to think he means anything else. But is it really ok to take it? I’d gotten him into so much trouble over it.
What kind of person would reward a misbehaving pet?
“Blue, take it.”
I hesitate only a moment longer before chancing words.
“I’m sorry Master, but I was such trouble today, are you really going to let me hold this?”
Master’s eyes narrow and my hand goes to clutch at the bell on my collar. I just got it, will Master take it away so soon?
“Blue, you’re not just going to hold it. This is yours.”
He waves the little pillow in the air at me to emphasize his point. He pauses and leans in, voice quieter as if he’s telling me a secret, and I have to lean in just to hear him.
“I’m trusting you with something very important, ok? This will be yours and no-one else’s. No one will be able to take this from you, not even me. This belongs to you, and you are responsible for it. Do you think you can handle it?”
My first instinct is to argue. I don’t even own myself, how does Master expect me to own something? But this Master likes to have different at-home rules, that much he’s made clear from day one.
It scares me, but I believe him entirely. Out of everything in the world, this little plush toy is the one thing that I own. I’ll be allowed to hold it and squeeze it and pet its soft fur whenever I want. It doesn’t mean I won’t get into trouble for having it in an inappropriate situation, it just means that Master has given me a gift.
Not just a toy, but a promise.
Master won’t take it from me.
It belongs to me.
With reverent hands I reach out to take it from Master, wary even as I reach out that he will snap his hand back and laugh at my foolishness. But I take it from his hand, the soft, plush fur of the pillow immediately giving way to my fingers.
I don’t think I’ve ever felt a softer material.
I thank Master profusely and nearly bound up the stairs, launching into bed with my new companion pressed against my chest.
Despite all the setbacks, today was one of the best days of my life.
Notes:
Fluff? I know I put that somewhere...
:)
Hope you guys enjoyed!
Chapter 22: Welcome To Majik's Academia
Summary:
It's Kara and Blue's first day at school!!!
Notes:
We're in the thick of it now!
The school year's started and there is still so much to learn...
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
The morning’s cool and crisp, dew making glittery patterns in the morning light. Early rising sparrows sing while the sky gives a very faint impression of movement with lazy clouds drifting in the upper reaches of the atmosphere. It’s impossibly serene.
Or it would be if it wasn’t the first day of school.
I’ve cooked breakfast, though it was more for something to do with my hands than anything else. I’m too nauseous to partake.
I’m up hours before I should be, though given the state I was in last night, maybe I just never settled into sleep. I’ve cleaned the floors and the kitchen twice and checked my bag a few thousand times. I don’t know why I’m so nervous. I’ve prepared for this. I studied and I trained and I got anything I needed weeks ago.
There’s nothing to worry about. It’s not like someone’s going to notice me. Who would recognize me? I’m just a nobody to them, with no family or title. I’m not worth a second glance, I’m not interesting enough.
Stars, when did it get this hard to breathe?
I sit down hard in my chair and watch the sunlight paint the sky.
This is exactly how I wanted it. This is how it has to be. Everything’s going to be fine. If nothing else, I will know Shauna.
I wonder how Andé’s been, and whether Shauna’s actually treating him well, or better in any case. Did she treat his wounds? Is she feeding him? I think of Blue, of how wrecked his body was when he first came to me.
The Market didn’t even think he was worth treating.
Things with Blue are… strange, to put it mildly. I’m realizing he reacts better to orders, or at least things that are phrased as orders. Giving him things makes him panic, but phrasing it like it’s some big reward or some special privilege seems to work.
I need to work on it, I know, but last night when I had to explain that he could keep the little plush toy I bought for him, it was heartbreaking. I’ve only been living with him for a few days, hardly enough to scratch the surface of his trauma. I don’t know what to do for him. I don’t know what I can do for him, if I’m being honest.
Sure, I feed and clothe him, but what am I really doing? He smiles sometimes when he thinks I’m not looking. I’ve caught glimpses, but I’m not stupid enough to think that means he’s ok.
Last night’s freakout proved that.
I should have talked to Blue the second we left the store, but I wanted to wait until we were home to deal with that whole nightmare. Everything seems so fragile between us. I don’t know how to fix it. It’s like I’m walking a tightrope, but if I misstep it’s Blue who falls.
I only have a second to compose myself as I hear the tinkling of a bell. If one good thing has come of yesterday’s missteps, it’s that Blue’s movements throughout the house aren’t as silent as before.
“Master?”
Blue emerges from the hallway into the light of the kitchen. There’s worry in his eyes, a distant, ever-present ghost. He kneels and crawls the remaining way to me, though he stops a respectable distance away, within arm’s reach.
“Did you sleep well?” I don’t know what possesses me to say it. Maybe it’s my own lack of sleep or perhaps just poor judgement. It just sounds so stupid saying it out loud.
“Yes, Master… If you needed me awake earlier I—”
“No, no.” It wasn’t meant as a rebuke, I just wanted to make sure he had a good night. I don’t like the way he’s talking to my kneecaps, but I suppose it’s better than the floor.
“You’re up at a good time, I’m just nervous about our first day. I got up early and made breakfast. You hungry?”
It’s not a fair question, I know that. I can see Blue’s ribs when he bathes, the way his too-prominent collarbones stick out from under his shirt. The signs of hunger being used against him to make him compliant, malleable.
His head tilts sheepishly to the side and I can see the infinitesimal rise of his shoulders, the way his arms cross around his midsection of their own accord. It doesn’t even look like Blue’s doing it on purpose, it’s just an involuntary response to protect his vital organs in case his answer is unsatisfactory.
“I-um, you…you haven’t eaten,” he points out instead of answering.
He’s right, of course. I was too full of nervous energy to sit and eat this morning. The food I made in this morning’s flurry of activity sits on the table, untouched.
“You’re right, Blue,” I chuckle. I need to be careful of my phrasing. “I really don’t like eating alone, so I was hoping when you came down we could eat together.”
He nods in short, clipped movements, staring at his own knees for a change, before gathering the courage to speak.
“Yes, Master. Do… do you want me—“
“I’d like you to sit in the chair right next to me, Blue.”
He picks himself up and crawls onto the chair next to me, sitting on his heels in a way that doesn’t look exactly comfortable. Come to think of it, that’s the way he sat when we had breakfast together the first time, which was really the only other time we’ve been at the table together. I can’t remember if he did it during our little chat over tea and cookies, but I suppose I wasn’t looking. He’d spent the rest of his time getting food from me in bed.
Is that just the way he sits?
Is it comfortable for him?
I can’t help myself as I start piling up food on his plate.
“Blue, why do you sit like that?”
“I, um,” he stammers, seeming startled, whether by the question or by being addressed at all, I’m not sure, “this is a relaxed kneel. Waiting position 5, but it’s what most people mean when they say sit. Do you want me arranged differently?”
He’s more nervous than when he came in. I can’t help but feel a little responsible, like my nervous energy is fueling Blue’s state.
“No, there’s nothing wrong, I was just wondering if you wanted to sit…”
I can’t say ‘like a person’. I know he’ll freak out, and I can’t deal with that today, not when we have to make a good impression.
I just want him to be comfortable.
“…on your butt, with your legs down.” I settle for the factual description.
Blue colors immediately and looks away.
“That would be highly irregular and breach conduct.”
“Oh, would it?” I find myself responding stupidly.
“Yes. I don’t delude myself when you allow me on the furniture, Master. I know my place. When Master allows me on the furniture it’s for display.”
I can feel the headache behind my eyes starting so I just shut up and pass Blue his plate, trying not to throw up on my own.
Not allowed on the furniture unless you’re on display, what kind of shit is that? Blue’s head is fully down and he’s scrutinizing his plate with the care of a researcher. Now’s not the time to try and go over this. Not when we have to be presentable for school.
I let the issue go and settle for watching the shaking fork move food up to his mouth. I’ve freaked him out enough. Blue doesn’t manage to finish the plate, but he hasn’t finished a plate in all the time I’ve had him. I suppose I should give him smaller portions so he can at least feel like he’s finished a plate, but I can’t. It just feels like I’m withholding food and I don’t want to make Blue any more nervous. Besides, what’s the worst that could happen? Blue learns I won’t punish him for not finishing his food. Stars, if that’s a rule...
I’m just happy he’s eating.
The dishes get a quick wash and Blue sheepishly asks what I’d like him to wear for school. Together we pick out a soft grey tunic that’s modest enough that it doesn’t matter how low Blue has to wear the navy colored pants underneath. Paired with the black slippers I got to protect his feet, he looks just about as well dressed as any general store could make him.
I pull out my own clothes for the day before I realize that Blue hasn’t left. It seems stupid, but I really don’t like the idea of people in the room while I dress. I give it a handful of seconds, but Blue doesn’t leave, just takes up a silent post petting what must be the incredibly soft fur of his plush toy.
“Um, Blue…”
He snaps to attention, hand leaving the absent motion instantly.
“Yes, Master?”
“I’m, um,” Stars, it sounds so petty, “I need to get dressed. Can you wai--”
Blue immediately comes forward. “I-I can help! Sorry to make you wait. I’ll get-”
“No!” I know it’s come out harsher than I meant it to when Blue takes a step back and presses his lips together to quiet himself.
“Blue, just… All I meant was that I’d rather you wait outside. Can you do that for me?”
He nods his head quickly and all but rushes out of the room with his toy in hand. The door closes softly, but it might as well have been slammed. I didn’t mean it that way, but I let my frustration seep into my voice. I’m not some invalid who can’t do it himself. Or a nobleman who never learned how to tie a sash and just has his servants do everything for him.
I dress myself as quickly as possible. I don’t want Blue to stew in his own thoughts too long. Stars only know what sorts of rules he’ll think he’s broken.
Blue’s waiting for me at the door, head down and kneeling, plushy nowhere in sight. He’s brought my schoolbag to the front door, though. I take a moment to stroke his hair and mumble niceties before I take the bag and open the door for us both.
There’s a period of awkward silence when Blue is simply content to walk three steps behind me, looking down at my feet to gauge exactly where I am, and I cannot think of anything to say. I keep trying to think up a conversation starter, but all the words die on my lips.
At least it’s a nice day. The first real freeze of winter has yet to descend, so we have some more time before the garden needs to be prepared. I wonder if Blue would enjoy that? If nothing else, I’m sure he needs the excuse to be outside. I’ve kept him cooped up for almost a week, only taking him out for the run to grab him clothes and shoes.
If I’m going to be owning another living being, I need to be better.
“KARA!” I flinch to the side, just conscious enough not to throw myself into the street.
“Stars above, Shauna! Don’t do that!”
My heart’s pounding, ready to leap out of my chest. Shauna’s head sticks out of the stalled carriage in front of us.
“Aw, come on, you’re no fun! Hop in, I’ll give you a ride, dummy.” I roll my eyes, but accept her offer. It would be nice not to walk with just my thoughts today.
Shauna’s always been good at filling the silence.
She’s dressed in an opulent yellow robe with the flowery patterns embroidered into the trim. Though her sash isn’t tied quite right in the back, and the tie in her hair is lopsided,she pulls it off. It looks like it was done on purpose, not because she couldn’t go through her year long morning routine today.
I swear, she’d manage to make a potato sack look regal. From her posture to her presence, she has a highborn air. I’m almost jealous.
Blue waits patiently for my offered hand before even trying to get into the carriage. Shauna’s personal carriage was a gift from her mother when she first moved into the inner city. The whole thing is carved with all sorts of useless intricacies, to the point where it actually takes some work to find the running board.
Blue has to follow my lead to find the actual stable piece of wood meant to help you step up into the cabin. Even still, the driver pulls forward a bit prematurely and Blue falls into my lap with a yelp.
“So this is him, yeah?”
I nod, taking a second to pet Blue’s head where it’s fallen into my chest.
“Yeah, this is Blue.”
I don’t know if I should be offended or proud that she had to ask. He obviously looks better than the last time she saw him, but there’s a part of me that takes it as a jab. As though I’d killed him already and went out to get another familiar that looked similar enough to fool Shauna.
Blue peels himself off me, looking sheepish and more than a little pink as he goes to his knees on the carriage floor. I’m about to protest when I notice that Shauna’s familiar is in the same position beside her.
He looks well, at least. He’s dressed to match Shauna’s color scheme and clothed so I can’t see any of his wounds, but he doesn’t hold himself like he’s hurting. He just keeps his gaze submissive, pointed at the floor, though his ear does give a little twitch when Blue kneels across from him. I wonder whether he wants to interact with Blue. Blue’s not quite trembling, but he is giving the tell-tale twitches of panic. I settle for running my fingers through his hair, gently pulling until I’ve gotten him to lean against my legs.
I hope there’s some comfort in the position, some warmth or solidity.
Shauna’s face is twisted up in distaste and before I can say anything, she’s already gone off.
“Kara, you can’t just let him walk around with those bruises. Stars, he hasn’t given you any problems, has he?”
“No! Shauna, what are you--”
“His face is all bruised up still. I know it was just the market, but no-one else does. Kara, they’re going to think he’s a troublemaker. And where’s your leash!”
I’m silent. There’s nothing I can respond with. I feel my mouth open to try to give a response, but I might as well put my own foot in it.
There are rules, expectations, and I was so worried about my own anxiety that I hadn’t even thought about what I needed to do for Blue. We need to present as a good match, a ready student and an obedient familiar.
“Look, as much as I like actually knowing something that you don’t, this is not the best situation.” Shauna tries to pull us back into a moderate tone, but my heart is going too fast to accept the change of pace.
“Shauna!” I feel the panic building up inside me and it’s all I can do to keep my voice level. “What can we do? There’s no way to heal Blue’s bruises in time, and where am I supposed to get a leash?”
Shauna bites her lip and starts going through her bag.
“Well, I think… Yeah, the old leash I had for my Zenzi cub should still be in the luggage box. As for his bruises…” She pulls out a small glass bottle with a pigmented paste inside. “At least you have clothes that cover most of it… Come here, Blue.”
Blue’s pressed against me hard now, and it’d be hard to deny the trembling that’s taking him over. I doubt he’s a fan of the shouting. But when he hears no objection, he crawls his way over to Shauna.
She forces his head up and holds the glass next to his face, which is hovering an inch above her lap. He’s not gotten permission to touch her, my mind helpfully supplies, in the most unhelpful way.
“Well, it’s close enough…”
She carefully uncaps the bottle and runs her finger through the pigment. Makeup, why hadn’t I thought of that?
“Oh, eww, eww. You owe me big time Kara.” She brushes a clump of the pigment onto Blue’s face and quickly removes her hand, wiping away the excess on a handkerchief. Aside from the atrocious bedside manner, she’s actually done pretty amazingly. I doubt anyone else would have makeup on hand.
Blue hurries to brush the makeup along the bruises on his face in practiced sweeping motions. The pigment isn’t a perfect match for his skin, but he disguises it excellently, thinning it at the edges so that it blends convincingly enough.
Blue’s well practiced with makeup.
I file the fact away with all the little things I’ve come to notice about my familiar. I wonder if he’ll want some, and whether that’s something we can pick up for him along with more suitable clothes this weekend.
Blue’s eyes stay glued to the floor as he tilts his head up for me, showing off his handiwork. I realize belatedly that he’s looking for words of approval, or a comment about how he’s missed a spot.
“Looks good, Blue. You have a very good hand for this.”
He buries his head against my leg, carefully avoiding the fresh layer of makeup and settles for tousling his hair with my thigh. I have no choice but to take back my position stroking his hair. I don’t need to see his face to know he’s blushing.
“Oh, now that is just too cute. Ahg, get a room!”
I try to fix Shauna with my deadest stare, but it flops after only a few seconds. She’s right, it is unbearably cute when Blue gets this way.
“Aaahhh...”
I look up to see Shauna stroking the soft, fluffy ears of her familiar with fervor. It’s obviously getting to him. He hasn’t broken position, but he’s flushed all the way down his neck, mouth open and panting.
“Andé, how come you never react like that, hmmm? Do I need to do this more? Do I need to tell you how pretty you are more?”
She smiles and gives his ears a rest, pulling him against her lap, and just runs her fingers through his hair.
There’s a gentle hum about the cabin. Blue, fresh faced and petted while Shauna takes her time scratching Andé into a state of limp bodied bliss.
I just wish it could last.
We’re on school grounds before we know it. The carriage lets us off at the front gates, past a whole field of dueling squares.
I’m struck again by the majesty of this place. The enormous square building. The courtyard, with a breezeway that makes it seem open and airy. The large common studies pavilion that launches four stories up into the air, and an arcanists’ tower on the other side, covered in ivy, going up even higher. That would be enough, but the graduate halls, oh stars.
The spaces of higher study are quite literally higher. On the ground we can only see the pulsating crystals and their platforms, but at the right angle you can see a few of the buildings floating above the school.
I can feel the familiar excitement coursing through my veins. This is what I wanted. This is why I’m here. Magic everywhere, all around us. And this is only our first day.
“Kara! By the stars, can you stop bouncing in place for one minute!”
I am bouncing, and I try to settle, but there’s a tap to my foot that doesn’t quite go away. I must look like a fool with my grin plastered from ear to ear, but I can’t bring myself to care. I really did it. I’m here. I’m going to study magic.
Potions with Brendan Rotan
Herbology with Lonel Her
Evocation with Epis Schul
Wand craft with Xaras Neitch
Dueling magics with Rus Balt
And…
Familiar training and advanced casting with the same teacher: Ryuki Burg.
Blue’s just kneeling by the carriage, in his little relaxed kneel. Blessedly ignorant to the fact that I just forgot he was there.
I need to watch myself. I can’t get distracted. Blue needs me here. He needs me to be his protector, he needs me to watch out for him. As amazing as this is for me, it’s dangerous for Blue.
I can’t forget that.
Shauna eventually pulls out a slightly mussed up leather leash. Apparently her Zenzi cub was very reluctant to follow a lead. The clip fits on the little metal ring under Blue’s bell and Blue doesn’t give an ounce of resistance to following the lead.
People are starting to trickle in at a steadier rate, and we find ourselves led by faculty and staff into the large courtyard inside the gates. There’s a lot of people and a lot of different familiars. Blue doesn’t seem inclined to give them much attention, but I can’t help the way my pace slows so that I can take in the scene. New students coming in with their familiars, most of them following docily, only a few giving their Masters trouble.
There’s one tall, lanky familiar pulling on their leash, digging their heels into the soft dirt, ruby antena poised in angry defiance, hissing at their owner. I’ve only ever seen that kind in books, a hissing cockroach. They’re supposed to be stubborn and angry familiars, but the whole of the cockroach species of familiar are not really trainable, though they are practically indestructible. Their kind will live at least twelve years under constant use, so they are really only popular with scholarly mages. The ones that need results and don’t have to take their familiars out where they might be expected to behave. Their breed does have a nasty stigma about carrying disease to other familiars, if they’re housed with them. It’s probably just a rumor, but I still move so that I’m blocking Blue from view.
There are people without familiars. When she sees my confusion Shauna whispers that they’re not part of the five year magister program, they’re just magic capable students honing skill, not pursuing a full degree. I follow silently behind her for a ways, keeping Blue where I can see him.
I didn’t know that was an option, but I suppose it makes sense.
There’s a podium with five heavy oak chairs behind it, and the courtyard is full of little foldable ones.
Shauna pushes us to the front to get “good seats” for the orientation ceremony.
We find our seats and Blue kneels beside me. It’s a different kneel, more alert, and when I look to Shauna I see the same pose mimicked in André.
It must be a pose they know…
In any case no-one takes offense. Someone slides into the chair behind me, and a strange avian familiar falls into place beneath her. The avian goes into kneeling position, but quickly seems to get bored and starts looking around, fixating on the only other thing at her eye level, Blue. She gives a quiet coo, and bobs her head a little to try and get his attention, but Blue shows no sign of having heard her. Nothing except pressing just a bit closer to my leg.
Her owner notices before I have to say anything. It’s a short tailed shearwater, she tells me before pulling on her leash to get her avian to stop bothering my familiar. Apparently, the breed is very friendly.
The gates close and the vibrant buzzing atmosphere of new students talking with each other comes to an almost immediate halt. We are under an open sky in the early morning, but that doesn’t seem to matter as the courtyard darkens like we’re being sealed off from the rest of the world. It continues until it’s hard to see my hands in front of my face.
Then suddenly, there’s light.
Brilliant little splashes of color trailing around the blocks of chairs, zigzagging through the aisles. Red then green, sparks of yellow casting ethereal glows down the interior walls of this place. They whip around spastically for a few more seconds, new colors joining the fray, bouncing off each other in inflammatory rays, until one of them hits the stage.
The flicker of light dies the second it touches the wooden platform, but a deep red plume of smoke takes its place. Like moths to a flame, the sparks have direction now and single-mindedly rush towards the stage.
Similar clouds of billowing smoke rise in the same manner, and before anyone has a chance to murmur an older man steps out of the smoke. Clothed in a regal red embroidered with gold, the school’s crest emblazoned on his robe, the man exudes authority. He has good reason.
I’ve only met him once before for my entrance examinations. This is the Dean of the Academia.
Four others step out of the smoke, clothed in different robes, no less fine, though in a variety of different styles, all with the school’s crest. I don’t know them, but I have a feeling that I will learn their importance very soon.
For now, all my focus is on the dean.
He raises his hands above him and in a snap of light a banner unfolds behind him. The school’s crest waves proudly in the gentle breeze of the courtyard. Glittering lights blare into existence on stage, illuminating the spectacle before us. The dean and the four other people stand in a perfect line, appraising the new year of students.
The dean’s voice bellows, unnaturally loud in the open space.
“Welcome, students, to Majik’s Academia!”
Notes:
As always, I love hearing from you guys, let me know what you think. There will be some sketches for this chapter, probably going up later this week.
Chapter 23: First Day of Class
Summary:
School is in session and it's time to meet the teachers. The boys are trying their hardest to do good.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
Orientation passes without the flair of the initial precession. The dean speaks to us briefly about what an amazing opportunity we have here at this school and how much we need to seize the bright path before us.
The other figures introduce themselves with shorter speeches relating to their departments instead of just telling us to make smart choices. It’s a bit over an hour before whatever spell holds the auditorium in dim light is lifted and we’re allowed to actually start our day.
And it’s going to be a long one.
Most of these classes will only happen a few days of the week, but today all of them are meeting with shorter time blocks. Perfect for meet and greets, but not for much else. In any case, I’m glad I’ll get to meet all my professors at once.
Evocations is a second floor general studies class, and Epis is a rather… eccentric character, seemingly as eccentric as his classroom.
He’s dressed in so many bright colors it’s honestly hard to look at him. He has paper sutras and a thick stacked spiral of spell beads coiled around his waist like a sash. There are wide stretches of tapestries from all over the world on the wall of the classroom, depicting all manner of demons, gods, and wars. Floating crystals shed light all over the room. Glass incense holders in the shape of animals run around and spread the smoke as far as they can go.
One dark cerulean spun glass horse is very interested in Blue, seemingly stuck in a rote walking program right around Blue’s knees. He doesn’t reach out grab it, but he is following it quite intently with his eyes.
The incense makes my eyes hurt, but I’m glad he is at least occupied. I’d been worried about how long class days would be. Not every class needs a familiar in the workplace, but Blue still needs to stay with me. I should grab him some books. Maybe he’d like a journal, something to occupy him when I need to keep my focus elsewhere. Something better than an enchanted piece of glass that’s making him sneeze.
Not everyone has a familiar in this class, but given all the practical exams scheduled, this is a fairly writing intensive class, so that makes sense. This is not a class exclusively for the five year magister program.
Even though this class is in as much of a lecture hall as this campus has, I can feel people watching. For some reason people are starting to stare at me. It feels like I’m the only one continuing to jot down notes while our teacher rambles. My skin feels itchy and tight, but I just focus on keeping my posture good and my writing steady.
I knew I wouldn’t quite fit in here, but I didn’t think it would be a problem so soon. I’m fresh meat, someone that these people haven’t gossiped to death and back since childhood.
I’m shiny.
A bell blares it’s simple chime all throughout the school grounds. I don’t remember seeing a clocktower, but this place s so riddled with stars forsaken magic, it might just be a spell. For a moment I’m confused, classes have specific timed schedules… except for today.
Today all classes are happening at once, multiple sections have to meet at different times. They’re probably using the bells to keep us all on track. We haven’t made it through half of Epis’ syllabus and given the opportunity, he’d talk for another year.
The others are gathering up their stuff, taking the time to group up and talk. A cold sweat breaks out on the back of my neck, I am not ready for that. I’m out the door, nearly dragging Blue in my haste.
“Master? Is something wrong?”
I barely hear my excuse, something about being late to our next class, over the buzzing in my head.
All my faculties are dedicated to coming up with answers. Figuring out exactly what I’m going to say when the vultures finally get ahold of me. I need everything to hold up to even the strictest scrutiny. Because they are going to go through everything I say with a fine tooth comb.
I know the type. Even the word choice has meaning. If they find something they think doesn’t match up, they’ll pick and dig until they actually find something to talk about. Or they’ll make something up. Stars know my position at this school is tenuous enough as it is.
It turns out the head start I’ve got on the class rush was good for another reason. We barely make it all the way to the greenhouse and arboretum for Herbology before the late bell rings.
Our classroom is a beautiful glass building with steel bindings just outside the actual greenhouse. Desks and chairs are lined in two simple rows with a large desk and board at the front for the teacher. I’ve been looking forward to this class. This is the first chance I’ve ever had to actually train with the experts. Natural magic was the first thing to present in me. I wouldn’t be here without it, never would have thought to pursue magic. I feel significantly less anxious about the bundled pack of my own herbs I’ve brought for our teacher.
This is a smaller class, so I don’t mind being seen as too eager in here.
Standing at the front of the room is our teacher. She doesn’t have the stiff robes of an academic mage, nor does she dress in the vibrant colors Epis seems to favor. She’d settled on a soft, sage green tunic with worn boots, gloves in hand. This is someone who's just gotten out of the garden. I hope we’ll get along.
Her attention turns to me and she speaks when I hold out my package for her.
“Sir, what on this good land have you brought into this class?”
I feel my ears burn hot and I try to force a smile on my face. The teacher’s eyes are fixed on me, as are every other student’s.
Maybe this wasn’t such a good idea.
“I’m sorry Ms. Jer, I… Um.” I’m too nervous to retract my offering, but I look it over quickly for anything that would offend her.
It’s a more nicely packaged version of what most mages request. I figured she’d like it, they never complain. I look down at my clothes. Nothing’s gotten on them, as far as I can tell. I can’t for the life of me figure out what she means.
She picks up her clipboard testily and halfheartedly scans it.
“Kara, I presume?”
“Yes, Ms. Jer. What exactly would--”
“That is a distraction that I will not allow in my class.” She’s pointing demonstratively towards my right shoulder. I turn and realize that she’s talking about Blue.
I take a quick look at this small class. No one else here has a familiar next to them, and I can feel my face heat.
So, no familiars are allowed in this classroom. I really don’t want to drop this class, but he is required for other classes…
“I’m sorry ma’am, I didn’t see that listed on the course sheet. I have other classes later today that require him.”
“You and half this school. But my classroom will be a distraction free zone. We’re already cutting into class time today with this nonsense. Tomorrow you’ll drop him off at the care center with all the others. Now, what is that you’ve got there?”
“Oh,” I fluster, remembering I had her gift in my hands, “just something for you. For the start of the new year…”
I hand it over, and though she does seem more than a little annoyed at Blue’s continued existence, she accepts the gift.
“That was very thoughtful…but don’t think this means you’re off the hook. Now, get to your seat, and so help me if I see as much as your hand straying you can spend the rest of class time in the hallway.”
Suitably chastised, I keep my head down and walk to the last remaining desk. Blue settles close to my leg and though a few people stare, we’re left pretty much alone.
I wish I could reassure Blue, but I keep both hands on the desk at all times.
Apparently Dueling Magics has a similar policy, and I’m advised to check Blue into the care center so that he will be out of the way during class.
Walking into Potions has me sighing in relief. People are finding their way around all the workstations and almost all of them have familiars. Even the teacher seems to have his own, though it’s being a little less than helpful.
They’re done up in tasteful dark robes with a pale yellow sash tied at the waist. It’s hard to see anything else. They have an incredibly curly mop of black hair that covers most of their face, but that doesn’t seem stop them from navigating around the professor. Beetle-like wings are trying and failing to open, stuck in the outer layer of clothing. Practical, if this is a regular occurrence, and the annoyed yet resigned look on the professor’s face seems to indicate that it is.
“Tulla! Get back here! You can’t run around in here, the next class is about to start.” He grabs them around the waist and lifts their slim figure off the ground. They're too short and thin to weigh much, but their legs keep moving for a few minutes, before they seem to realize they aren’t making any progress. They are walked back behind the desk and sat down on a rolling chair next to the demonstration cauldron with a firm order to sit.
Remarkably, they stay, if only out of boredom. They continue to swivel their head as if they haven’t heard a word. It’s not till then that I see the antenna, they had been moving too quickly for me to be able to pick out the delicate grey appendages from the matching hair.
“Good morning class, welcome to Beginning Potions. I will be your teacher, Professor Rotan. Please pick a workstation, each of you gets one and it will be yours for the entire year.”
That sets people into motion. Suddenly everyone is very fascinated with any minute difference in the perfectly identical cauldrons and packs of utensils.
“Blue?” He jerks a bit before looking up at me. I feel bad, I should have been paying more attention, but in the rush of it all, I really haven’t had much time for him. Not that the past two teachers would have allowed it. He seemed to have drifted off into his own world.
“Yes, Master?” His voice is quiet, but a bit rough. I should get him some water soon. Stars, I can’t be this neglectful.
“Blue, how about you pick out a place for us?”
He looks up at me, very subtly with the corners of his eyes. His terror is not so subtle.
“What? Master, what do you mean?” He’s whispering, but everyone’s so consumed in their “careful examinations” they’re not even sparing us a glance.
“Blue, each one of these stations comes with exactly the same stuff. The only difference is where it is in the room. I want you to pick. We are going to be in here a lot for class, and I want you to feel comfortable.”
He takes sneaking glances around the room, twisting his hands together over and over. Maybe this wasn’t such a brilliant idea. I was hoping he’d like the ability to choose at least something in this messed up day, but could it be too much? I didn’t mean to push him like this. He’s obviously nervous.
I’m watching Blue more than I’m watching the people in the room, and I see his panic go on for a little bit longer. I don’t want to take it back. I gave him a choice to make, and I want to follow through. But I can see him start to tremble, ears pressing hard against his head as his eyes flick faster all around the room.
I’m about to intervene when he moves to the last available station by the windows and falls hard into a kneel. I hear the crack of his knees on the tile and I have to hold in the urge to just drop down with him and make sure he’s alright. He’s not shaking, but he’s holding himself too still. His eyes are unfocused and just staring straight ahead. I’d think he was bored if his ears weren’t pulling as far down as they could go.
I set my stuff down on his chosen station to claim it. The others are still milling about, picking which they like best. I’ve got a little time.
“Blue?” He doesn’t seem to react to me, but when I kneel down I can see that he is trembling again. He’s starting to cry.
Stars, I don’t know what to do.
I would take him in my arms if I thought that he wouldn’t scream on contact.
I grab one of the new beakers off the work stand and fill it at the water basin, wetting my handkerchief along with it. It takes me more time than I’m comfortable with to come up with all the words I need for this situation
“Blue, you’re such a good boy, so obedient. You did such a good job.”
He’s trembling just a bit more and I bite the inside of my cheek and look around. No one’s bothering to look in this direction yet, we haven’t made a disturbance.
“Blue.” I put down the beaker a little to his right, just within his view.
“Blue, I want you to pick this beaker up.” His hands move slowly, in jerky movements, like he’s trying to force himself. The shaking is more pronounced in his hands, but even so they wrap around the beaker with more care than is strictly necessary. I can hear his breathing now, ragged and strained. He’s holding himself so still it’s like a spring pulled taut. He’s trying not to spill the water.
“Blue, you’re doing very good. This is going to be simple. I need you to obey. That’s all.” I let the thoughts sink in for a few moments. I need him in this headspace, small orders, simple commands, safe.
“Sit back on your heels.”
He falls into position like a puppet whose strings have been cut.
“Raise your head.” It’s slower than I’d like, but it’s what I’ve got and nothing critical is coming out of my mouth right now.
I take a moment to check him over. He’s pale and panting, but he seems to be calming. He’s going to be tired, it’s hard to hold that strong of an emotional response for too long. Though blind panic and fear seem to be the state that Blue lives in. His eyes are red and blotchy, and there are tear stains down his face, but he’s not currently crying.
I take it as a good sign.
“Stay.” I try to say it less like a warning, more like a structural command. He’s not in trouble, it would just do him good to stay in position. I sweep the wet corner of my handkerchief over his face, clearing up the tears first, but then just trying to find a soothing rhythm. I know I’ve found it when I hear him croon.
The sound shuts off in an aborted grunt and he chances a look up at my face. I try to keep it impassive. The trembling has stopped, and he’s just listening.
“I didn’t say you had to stay silent. If I need you quiet, I will tell you.” I fold the handkerchief and put it away. “You did very good just then. The last thing I need you to do is drink. You have all class, you don’t need to finish the beaker, but I want you to have some. Ok?”
Blue nods. He’s not shaking anymore. His ears still show wariness, but they are tilted, enough so that I can scratch underneath them and get a choked little laugh out of him.
Everyone’s settled, but before class can begin the doors open again. It’s well past the late bell, but everyone can see that there will be no repercussions. Genevive has walked into the class.
My heart seizes in my chest. I didn’t think we’d be meeting again so soon. The first time was a fluke, but I should have been prepared for this. Stars above, we are going to the same school... Of course we are going to see each other.
She’s done up in what I assume are the most fashionable robes, her familiar trailing behind her carrying books and a satchel. She takes a brief look around the room, almost like she’s challenging people to meet her eyes. There’s pause as her heeled slippers click on the wood.
“How nice of you to join us, Genevive. Find a workstation and we’ll start.”
There’s an empty one in the back of class right near the bookshelf. Every other one is occupied, but she looks around as though she’s considering her options.
She comes closer to me, and I see the singularly predatory glint of her eyes. She’s recognized me. I’m screwed.
“Kara, was it?” I don’t like the way she’s advancing on me and it’s a struggle to find a respectful stance.
“Yes…”
“Excellent, since we are such good friends, we can definitely switch right? I really wanted to sit by the window.”
I don’t want to say yes. It would get it over with, show her I’m not a threat and go peacefully into the night. But Blue picked this spot, and nearly had a heart attack in doing so. I don’t want to give it up for some cheap power trip, or whatever this is.
I barely have time to open my mouth before the teacher is on her, a bored tone cutting through the tension as though it wasn’t there.
“Well, then you should have gotten here on time. There’s a desk open for you.”
There is silence in the room as these two size each other up. If anyone could talk back to someone like Genevive, it would be a teacher. He seems adamant about this seating selection, and eventually Genevive moves over to the empty desk with Blanc.
I’m not an idiot, I don’t think for one moment I’ve been saved.
The teacher was the one who challenged the seating assignment, but I was the one who didn’t immediately go along with it. I am the nobody who showed resistance to one of the most elite families in the capital city. There will be consequences. The casual interest that people might have had in me is the least of my problems now.
I think I’ve been screwed…
There’s a crash at the front of class and I look up to see Talla, feet in the air, knocking over different containers of fluids. We are told later during class that she’s something called a question mark cockroach, as the professor shows off the beautiful and vibrant design on her wings, but she’s no less stubborn than others of her breed. Though apparently she really likes potion components and will sit still watching them mix.
It’s a good distraction until the bell rings.
We only have to survive lunch in the common area and deal with a few more classes. After that there will be rest from this madness. We can go home.
Blue passes his half empty beaker to me as people are filing out. He offers a weak smile in thanks, and for a moment, everything has been worth it.
I hope this can last...
Notes:
More photos will be up in the following days on the Tumblr page. I would love to hear your thoughts, questions, concerns, or vague unidentified feelings.
- Love you guyshttps://www.tumblr.com/blog/adhoard
Chapter 24: Class Assignments
Summary:
Kara and Blue have a look around the school and learn just a bit more about their classes.
Notes:
Hey everyone, I just want to let you know that Sekiraku has written a really cute story for the chapter interlude between 20 and 21. It is cute and fluffy and all around a good read, please go check it out! It's linked as a related work.
Hope you enjoy this update!
Chapter Text
Kara
I stay behind after the bell. Partially to ask our professor about something strange in the syllabus, but mostly to avoid the crowd of people that is our class.
Genevive wastes no time pushing open the doors and heading out, and within a few minutes the others start filing out as well.
Blue sits peacefully enough, suffering a curious sniffing from Tulla without complaint. Before long, the coast is clear and I wave goodbye to Professor Rotan before Tulla can get any more curious.
The halls are empty and I heave a sigh of relief.
Great, now I just need to keep this up for the next five years…
We can’t go to the common space, but some part of my brain knows it will be worse if we don’t. Either way, I’m sure one day won’t hurt. There are still plenty of things I need to do before I plunge into that whole war zone.
The halls are almost entirely deserted by the time we step out, but that’s fine. Just means that there’s no-one pushing me to the common space. I’m rather shocked that anyone’s in the halls. Orientation is supposed to be a full week before the rest of the student body comes in, a week to get comfortable with this confusing campus, but after a second I recognize the difference in their robes. These are graduate students fulfilling very focused study programs. They’ve been here a good few weeks before any of us got on campus. I bet they aren’t overly fond of the new meat that’s making their study areas noisy.
They’re my only hope at navigating through this school. I have to risk it. I run after the one in stormclass robes. Her name is Ilaces, and though she does look like she wants to kill me, I think it’s really just the way she’s used to looking at underclassman. Either way, she takes pity on me and helps me find my way to the care center.
Apparently it’s on the first floor of the tower, and the door is actually pretty close to the stairs. It’s a big open space with thick, colorful carpets laid down on top of a shiny wooden floor. There are colorful toys laid out around the room. It’s reminiscent of a child’s playroom, not at all the dreary place I thought it would be.
Some people have already left their familiars here. There are only a few, but almost all of them are cuddled up on one of the carpets taking a nap together, except one sleeping against the wall.
It doesn’t seem so bad. Blue might actually make some friends here, be at ease in the presence of others of his kind. At least he won’t have to deal with the political incident I’ve created. I briefly entertain the thought of emigrating to another country, but I wouldn’t be able to move all my plants with me. Best case scenario, I find an abroad program this semester and hope to the Stars that no-one recognises me next semester. But that’s probably going too far… and the applications are already closed.
There’s a bored attendant who’s flipping through a textbook sitting at the front desk of the care center.
“Yes, Sir?”
I try to pull off a charming smile as I wander up to the desk. I don’t want any trouble. If she’s the person I’m leaving Blue with every other day, I want her to at least think we’re nice.
“Hey! It’s my first day here and I just wanted to come and see the care center. I have a few classes that won’t allow my familiar, so they sent me here.”
She smiles back at me politely and starts pulling some paper out from under the desk.
“Yes, well, we’ve got a ton of new folks coming in today getting their papers signed. What kind of accommodations are you looking for?”
I bite the inside of my cheek and hope to the Stars that this doesn’t sound as dumb as it does in my head.
“Sorry, I actually didn’t know that the care center was a thing, so if you could be just a bit more specific.”
“Oh, of course. We offer a lot of different accommodations here. We’ll do boarding if you ever want them staying overnight, we have kennels in the back, and tether-free or free roam in this room. If you request it we can even provide grooming services. Is your familiar crate trained?”
“That’s, umm…” I have a momentary heart attack when I turn around and Blue is not next to me. It’s only a second of panic as I realize I can feel him right behind me, pressed almost close enough to touch. He’s probably just stressed.
A little part of me warms at the thought of him coming to me when he wants a safe place to hide.
“Yes, Master. I’m crate trained,” he mumbles into my back. Despite what he’s said I have to suppress the wide smile that threatens to plaster itself on my face. Stars, Blue’s just being too adorable.
But, back to the matter at hand.
“Yeah, he’s crate trained, but I’d really like him to be out here with these guys. Just, free roam, ok?”
The attendant has taken notice of the form shielded behind me, but I think she’s trying to be tactful and not say anything. She does twist a bit trying to see behind me though.
“Alright. Will you require feeding services? There are a bunch of different plans that you can just look over here…” She pulls up a specific form and circles a set of boxes with descriptions under them.
Just reading over the selections my gut instinct is to allow the care center to feed Blue and give them blanket permissions, but my pen halts above the box. They won’t be feeding Blue actual food. When they say food they mean that weird kibble or nasty paste.
“Is there any way… Sorry, I just have a particular feeding plan for my familiar. Is there any way that I can just send him with a box of food from home? Would that be alright?”
“Well… I think it should be alright. Just put down that he’s on meal restriction with instruction. It means that he’s not allowed to eat here without special permission, but it doesn’t actually apply to anything you give him to bring in.”
I feel like an ass checking that box, but I know I’ll feed Blue better than this facility ever will. It doesn’t help the feeling that I’m being a dick.
“Anything else?”
“Just the health forms.”
I hand over the new file from our last clinic run along with the whole of Blue’s file. I don’t really know what she needs, but I’d rather be excessively thorough than be missing something.
Unfortunately, even my careful planning seems to not be enough.
“You’re just missing an in date GYT form. Don’t worry, you can get that done just about anywhere. We even have a few places that are associated with the school and can probably get it done before tomorrow if you need it.”
She hands me a flier from her desk for a nearby veterinary clinic. I thank her for her time and promise to return tomorrow with the proper forms. It would help if I knew what a GYT form actually was, but I suppose I can just ask the veterinarian.
I say farewell to the attendant and fold up the flier she’s given me for the vet before stuffing it in my bag. We’ll just have to pop in after class.
The hallway is clear. I guess here is as good a place as any.
“What did you think, Blue? Did you like that place?”
Every time I ask that I get a little nervous. Blue sees things a lot different than I do. There are different threats in his world. I’m doing my best to see this world from his perspective, but even my imagination has its limits.
“It, um- the care center seemed very nice. Master.”
He’s hesitant, but I’m not quite sure why.
“You only have to be in there for the classes that won’t let you sit with me. I’m sure you’ll love the break from me, especially with all the studying I’m going to be doing. I get a bit cranky when I’m cooped up inside all the time.”
I try for a smile, but all Blue does is twirl his fingers together and keep his head down. Not that I blame him, my humor’s been pretty lacking recently.
“Blue.” I hook my fingers under his chin and force him to look up at me. “Tell me what’s wrong.”
“I don’t know what a GYT form is, Master. I want to be good, but I don’t really know how--”
“Blue, I don’t know exactly what a GYT form is either. Trust me, whatever it is, we are going to be fine. Ok? I’ll take care of it, I just need you to trust me.”
He mumbles something I can’t quite hear, but before I can ask he seems to have already moved on.
“I’m sorry for what happened in Potions class, and all the talk earlier in the day.” He looks ashamed, but I can’t for the life of me figure out what he means.
“Blue, nothing that happened in Potions was your fault. You picked a good seat, so good that other people wanted it too. There’s nothing wrong with that, ok? You haven’t done a single thing that’s bad today, and you certainly haven’t been talking, though I wouldn’t mind if you did.”
He does his best to pull away and I get the idea. I let go of his chin and he doesn’t move any further away.
“Not… not me talking, Master. I meant… well, didn’t you hear the students?”
I can’t help shaking my head before I even find my voice. I hadn’t stopped to hear anything my classmates were saying.
“They… They were— I’m not a good familiar. I… I know you don’t know that, but I do. And so do the other students. I was… they were talking behind you, but I could hear them.” The words tumble out of Blue like a waterfall.
“I… What?”
Blue’s eyes are different when he looks up at me of his own volition. They aren’t mad, anger would be too direct an emotion, but I can see the fire of rage, even if it is dampened and softened by the tears welling in the corners of his eyes. He’s a few inches from eye contact, but it’s the closest I’ve seen him get on his own.
“I, I’m a pet. I’m not a familiar, I was never from that kind of stock. They… they’re all laughing at you for choosing a whore to be your familiar. Master, I—”
“Blue!”
He shuts up at that, though I’m not sure it’s a good thing. I can see the hard line of his jaw where he’s clenching it. His ears are twitchy and I can tell has more he wants to say.
Perhaps it’s selfish of me, but I don’t want to hear it. I don’t think I can.
I grab Blue by the tunic and start walking. We need to have a conversation, and it’s not going to be out in the open like this.
The pointing and the giggling from class takes on a darker connotation. They weren’t pointing and staring at me, the new kid. They were picking out Blue. In this crowd of familiars it is pretty unique for him to be a part of the weak constitution class. I just didn’t realize that people would care.
The Wand Craft room doesn’t have anyone in it, and it has the added benefit of being our next class. Blue goes to his knees and starts to ramble the second I’ve shut the door.
“Master, I’m sorry. I’m sorry I upset you, I won’t do that again. Really, I- I didn’t mean to offend you. Master? I didn’t mean to cause any harm. I just wanted to let you know—”
“Blue, I’m not angry at you.”
There’s a moment of silence as Blue draws an incomprehensible pattern into the floorboards with the pad of his finger.
“Y-you’re not mad?”
“Oh Blue, I’m plenty mad. It’s just at the Stars damned classmates of mine.”
“But… They haven’t done anything wrong…”
I’m ready to go throttle some of these peers of mine. As it is, I find myself standing over Blue wondering if it would be better to try and shake some sense into him or scream until he gets it. I bite down on the inside of my cheek instead. He wouldn’t benefit from that, I’d just end up scaring him.
“Oh, and I suppose you have?”
“I, I… shouldn’t be here. You should have picked a better familiar, one that could get you the respect of your peers instead of derision. I…”
I don’t like the wobble in his voice. He’s crying again, but he’s not looking at me. I don’t know how this got so out of hand.
I need to set this straight.
“You are the one I chose. Are you saying I made the wrong choice?”
There’s a choked noise from Blue that might be the beginnings of a protest. There’s a bit of mumbling again, though this time I’m rather certain he’s concerned that he offended me. I don’t stop to address it. The whole thing was a bit below the belt but we’re too far down this road for me to care about that. I let myself settle on the floor beside him and continue speaking.
“Blue, nothing they are saying is your fault. It doesn’t reflect badly on you. It reflects badly on the people who had you before. Ok? It doesn’t matter what my classmates are saying anyway. I’m proud to have you as my familiar. I don’t think I could have a better one.”
Blue’s hands are shaking as he leans his whole body closer, not quite touching yet, just held there in a silent question.
“Oh, come here.” I try to make it as warm as possible, pulling him those last few inches onto me. Blue squirms a little bit, seemingly dissatisfied that there is any space between us, before he settles down on my chest, hands tangle in the fabric of my tunic, and legs tangling up with mine. He heaves a few shuddering breaths with his eyes firmly shut and it’s ok that that’s all we do for a while.
The bell rings and people start filtering into the classroom. My hand’s tangled in Blue’s hair scratching away while he’s leaning against my leg, purring just low enough so that only I can hear. It’s good to feel the vibration in his chest. The sated warm feeling that tells me he’s feeling good.
I don’t care if the rest of the class is looking strangely at us.
Apparently, the Wand Craft’s professor doesn’t like familiars in the classroom, but will put up with them if they are well behaved.
I hold my breath and wait for the bell to ring. After this comes my last two classes, Familiar Training and Advanced Casting. I doubt I’m going to like this. My only consolation is that this is orientation day. At least we won’t be doing anything too intense right off the bat.
I wish that thought was more comforting than it is.
They are both in the same classroom at least, we only have to climb the stairs once today. I suppose it’s because the same teacher is holding both classes.
The top floor of the tower is a lot more intimidating that it was from the outside. Lights filter in from the tinted glass ceiling onto the massive casting circle printed into the middle of the room. Chairs are arranged in a half circle on risers to one side of the room, sort of like auditorium seats.
Ryuki Burg is a whole other level of intimidating.
He cuts an unsettling figure. As skinny as he is, he’s incredibly tall. He wears perfectly tailored robes done up in red and black in the traditional robes of a blood mage, and rather obsessively groomed facial hair. He has a zenzi cub at his side. I only recognize the species because of Shauna.
I’m unprepared when he tells us that we’ll be doing short command drills with our familiars today. Or rather, I’m unprepared when he starts with me.
Everyone’s quiet and just watching. And I have no idea what to do. What the hell does he mean? Command drills? What in the hell is that supposed to mean?
Blue follows me up to where Professor Burg’s told us to stand and I have to press my hands to my sides to keep them from shaking. Stars, this is a nightmare.
“Um…”
“Anytime you’re ready.” I can feel the smirk in his voice. I didn’t think he chose me on accident, but now there’s certainty in my mind.
Command drills… The only thing my mind comes up with is the time the clerk at the general store had Blue do a bunch of tricks for a treat.
“Sit.”
Blue complies immediately. He’s showing attentiveness and making sure his posture is perfect, but he makes it look incredibly natural.
“Down.”
He slides onto the floor with a grace that I didn’t know anyone could have in that position.
“Um, speak?”
“Stars above, are you going to have him roll over and present? These are not the commands of a familiar, step down before you let him make any more of a fool of you. I can’t believe you let him act like this in class.” Professor Burg crosses the room in an unnatural number of strides and towers over me.
My heart is caught in my throat.
“Y-yes, sir.”
I can feel my ears burning, but I motion for Blue to follow me and we head back to our seat. I should have known what to say. I really shouldn’t have neglected the readings on familiars.
“That is, unless you’d like to earn back something on this assignment.” The professor’s voice is like cold steel. I can feel the knife sliding into my back.
“What?”
There weren’t supposed to be any assignments today, this wasn’t even in the syllabus.
“Punish your familiar in front of the class and I’ll give you back your participation grade for the day.”
Chapter 25: Participation
Summary:
We pick up right where we left off, a bad situation in the classroom.
Kara learns something he'd probably rather not know.
Notes:
Hey guys, I just wanted to let you all know that there might be some complications in the future.
I've been called in for some emergency surgery and I only wanted to let you guys know because there's a two week recovery period. This may interfere with updates, but I will try my very best not to let it.
Just want to let you guys know that if I don't post next week it's not because I have abandoned this, I'm probably just recovering from being stabbed to life.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
“Punish Blue in front of the class and I’ll give you back your participation grade for the day.”
My mouth goes dry and I’m sure my heart stops for a second.
He can’t be serious, right? He’s insane. I’m not going to hurt Blue so this sadistic prick can feel like he’s done something for his class.
“I’m not going to punish Blue in front of the class!”
“And why not? This is a class about training familiars. One of the most important aspects of this is learning how to punish a familiar properly.”
The professor sighs as he takes his time walking over to me from his place at his desk. I can’t help but feel his predatory glare digging into my back. The look I’m getting from the class doesn’t exactly inspire confidence either. Everyone is silent, waiting for the killing blow. Idly I note that Shauna actually is part of our class.
I thought we were in different sections.
There’s a part of my brain that’s giddy already with the rush of adrenaline.
When he speaks again I swear he’s right behind me, looming over me like a vulture, though I’m sure that would be seen as overkill.
“It’s alright if you don’t want to participate in the activities of the class. I can just mark the assignment incomplete… though, that’s the same as failing. There’s really no other assignments between now and the exam in a month, so that would drag down your grade quite significantly. And forgive me, but I really do think that your scholarship would not tolerate more than two weeks with a class ranking under a C-grade. Am I correct?”
I hear the snickering from our audience, my classmates.
Stars, I was hoping no one would find out. At least not before I’d gotten the chance to make a good impression first.
The clack of his polished shoes fills the air and it doesn’t help my nerves any when he actually comes into view. It’s no better to see this enemy, he’s not any less dangerous when I can see him. He moves past me, looking down to where Blue’s crouched on all fours.
“It would be a shame if our scholarship student got kicked out for something so stupid.”
I bite the inside of my cheek so hard I taste blood.
He’s right, though, what would that prove? All the way back in Capital City for the schooling I’ve had my sights set on for years, scholarship and all, and I’m out on my ass before the semester even really begins? I’ve been here less than a day, and I’m already in danger.
I came here for a reason.
I bought Blue for a reason.
He’s fulfilling a requirement. He’s supposed to be the same as the books and components I need for my other courses. He’s supposed to be something I use…
Stars, the thought makes me sick.
I’ll be kicked out if I don’t keep my grades where they need to be, but that doesn’t change how much I want to smack the man in front of me.
“Master.” Blue’s voice is quiet, but the students are being so reverentially silent you could hear a pin drop. “I’m sorry, Master. I know that my conduct was unacceptable. Please, punish me as you see fit.”
Something cold settles in my chest. Blue’s kneeling down. He’s said those words so many times before, but they hadn’t really meant anything. Nothing beyond anything someone terribly scared and confused could mean. I don’t like what’s happening here. Everything’s gotten out of control. He hasn’t done anything wrong. It was my fault, I didn’t know how to instruct him.
None of what’s happened today is his fault.
“Hmm, at least he knows how to ask for it properly. Well, Kara?”
“Please, Master.”
It’s Blue that does it. He raises his eyes, careful not to let the professor see, but he meets my eyes. He’s not trembling, he’s not on the edge of tears. I’ve never seen him more sure of anything.
He’ll be okay. We just need to put on a little scene so we won’t be targets anymore. We just need to play our parts.
“Alright Professor, I just wasn’t quite sure if this was something that was allowed in class.”
“Excellent, go on now.” He takes a seat with the students as though I’m about to do a presentation. A smirk settles over his lips, and it feels like we’ve just been thrown to the wolves.
“Show me that you know what you’re doing, Kara.”
I am genuinely surprised that he can’t hear the sound of my teeth grinding from the effort of continuing to smile at this madman.
“Of course, sir. May I borrow your desk?”
“Oh, yes. There are some fun things on the top drawer if you need anything. Jewel, help him.”
His Zenzi cub rises disturbingly robotically and opens the top three drawers of the desk, revealing a truly impressive collection of disciplinary items.
The cub doesn’t meet my eyes. The poor thing’s hands are shaking, but they fold their hands together in front of their body in a demure little gesture before returning to kneel by the professor.
I take my time examining what’s available before picking up a slim cane. For all that this collection is trying to prove, it will do a better job intimidating new students than intimidating their familiars. I know for a fact that this is a new set. No signs of wear on the gloss, and all the leather is freshly stained, showing no signs of washing and re-treatment.
If these were his personal tools, they would be much more heavily used, just going by the reaction of his familiar.
“Oh, Kara, that is an impressive choice. Yes, you’ll exceed in this field. You’re already earning extra credit.”
I choose to ignore his words in favor of a few test swings of the cane. Perhaps to the rest of the class it just seems like I’m in deep thought, taking the compliment from my professor to heart. The cane is less disappointing. It’s light, it’ll sting, but there will be no lasting damage. It’s the best I can do in this scenario.
“I want you bent over the desk.” My voice comes out flat, but I’m just glad at this point that it didn’t crack. I hope our audience thinks it’s just because I’m mad.
Blue moves without any additional coercion, though I am stunned when he pulls up his tunic to his waist and pulls his pants down to his knees. I don’t want to do this against his skin.
I don’t want to do this at all.
I’m halfway to his trousers, fully intent on pulling them back up when I realize that the action goes against the image of the angry owner I’ve been playing. In any other situation, I’d risk it, but here we are being watched. We’re being combed over for any flaws and weaknesses, so I settle for changing the direction of my hand. I brush Blue’s skin casually, just above the bundled up cloth at his knees and settle my hand on his leg and start a slow slide upwards with the goal of pulling Blue’s shirt up just a little higher.
He lets out a squeaky little mew and a full body shudder that makes our audience giggle. Stars above, I want to do more than smack my classmates now.
It’s distracting, not just for me, but for Blue as well. He lifts his head off the desk and squirms a bit, before I let my hand thread into his hair and give him gentle press down into the table. I need him to focus. It won’t do him any good to think about our audience more than he has to.
Blue lets out a little squeak of pain and for a moment I wonder if I was too rough before I realize that he’s trying to make it sound like I’ve shoved him into the desk.
It’s all I can do to smirk and disguise an affectionate hair tousle for a hard press into the desk.
“Ten strikes for what you’ve done, Blue.” I suppress the automatic reflex to ask him if that’s ok. If he needs a break, or if the scene isn’t working for him anymore. This isn’t his choice. He can’t say no.
“I want you to count. You’re allowed to make noise.”
“Only ten? That’s quite generous of you.” I’m really starting to hate this professor’s voice. Every time he opens his mouth I want to punch him.
I smile.
“I don’t want to waste any more of the class time with a more thorough discipline session. Trust me, Blue will be getting the rest of what he needs once we get home.”
Yes, he’ll get some soothing gel and a thorough cuddling. And a nice long talk about how we’re never doing this again, or we’re at least going to make a plan together for if we ever have to.
I don’t like the way my professor’s watching us. I wouldn’t put it past him to force this kind of stuff on us again.
I know what I’m doing, and apparently so does Blue. My strikes come down even and precise, nowhere near anything dangerous and sticking to the safer places to hit, low on his ass- avoiding tail and hips, and the fleshier bits of his thighs. Blue, for his part, calls out the number obediently. He doesn’t let out much sound beyond that, despite my permission. It’s over before anything has a chance to go wrong.
“Ten, thank you for my punishment, Master,” Blue says in the same sweet voice he always has, and I want to throw up. But it’s over now and we are done.
There are raised red welts striping up and down Blue’s thighs and I know it has to sting, but Blue just pulls his pants up as though it doesn’t.
“That was very good Kara, I will be honest. I wasn’t expecting such a practiced hand. I’m sorry for the insinuation.”
I don’t want to see his face, but I look him in the eyes and thank him. His smile is sickening.
“If I could.” He gestures over to Blue who’s already settling on his hands and knees beside me. I can’t blame him, sitting won’t be comfortable for a bit. As it turns out theprofessor wasn’t asking, because he just goes right on ahead and helps himself, pulling Blue up onto his feet. I didn’t give him permission to touch my familiar, but apparently he doesn’t think he needs it.
He pulls up Blue’s tunic again and his slim fingers dance at the waistband. He seems to be looking at Blue’s stomach, though I can’t imagine why. He takes Blue’s chin in his hand and Blue deftly avoids eye contact, but docilely goes along with his motions.
“Huh, that is fascinating. Terribly sorry, I must have been mistaken.”
His hands come off Blue and he’s allowed to go back to his knees.
“Mistaken about what?” I can’t help but ask.
“Well, my cousin had one like that, pretty eyes too. Except he wrote out exactly what its use was on that one.”
Ice settles in my veins and I don’t hear another word spoken for the rest of class. Blue’s scars, those horrible words cut into his body. That was this man’s cousin. The man who did that, who scarred Blue physically and mentally is related to the man I’m supposed to take instruction from. Instruction on how to treat Blue!
Blue must have been responsible for getting me back to my chair. I’m deaf and blind to the world. People move around me, but everything's muffled like we’re underwater. My classmates go up in front of the class and do their presentations, but I can’t for the life of my focus enough to even hear what they’re saying.
Shauna slides into the seat next to me after her turn. She doesn’t say anything, just sits close and I thank the stars for her presence. She’s content to sit in silence for once. It’s grounding in a way I didn’t think I’d be needing today.
Andé seems fine, unbothered by the turn of events. Content to just kneel in silence at his mistress’ side.
It’s the bell that pulls me out of my stupor.
Shauna’s in a different section of Casting and I move to the back of the class once she leaves. The next class comes in, though several people stay in their seats. It seems I’ll have the joy of having Genevive in my casting class. I try to contain a groan and just pray she doesn’t see me.
We’re in the same room, with the same teacher for the next class. Our professor doesn’t seem to feel the need to do any random syllabus changes here, though I do see him glance over to my corner more than he should during class.
There is no greater blessing than the bell.
The second class is over I’m tugging Blue along. He hasn’t said a word to me since last period. Then again, he hasn’t had much opportunity to use his voice. He seems calm enough, he’s keeping his eyes down and keeps in step with me. I just can’t help but feel that something irreparable has changed between us.
We have to talk. We need to work this out. We need to… Stars, we need to go to the vet. I had almost forgotten in all the excitement.
People are flooding the halls, upperclassmen and graduate students trying to attract attention with fliers and tables espousing their manifesto. Stars above, I don’t have the will to wade through a club fair.
Blue and I weave through the people, staying just courteous enough not to be scorned before we make it out of the main gates.
There are plenty of carriages ready and waiting to leave; must have been ready for the first day of school. I give the driver the address and pull Blue inside.
It’s the first moment that we’ve been truly alone since break, but it feels like it’s been years.
The carriage lurches into movement before Blue has a chance to settle on the ground and he crashes into my knees.
“I’m sorry…” I start, but Blue’s already got his speech prepared.
“I apologize, Master. I...” Blue and I stumble over each other for a few moments.
It isn’t until then that I actually look at Blue, see the reason why he wasn’t holding the little bar that’s supposed to help you not trip. His hands are full. He’s got at least two dozen colorful fliers from all those booths we passed. It seems those scavengers passed their stuff to the people who can’t just shake them off. His blush goes all the way down his neck as he holds out the papers for me. I tuck them in my bag for later.
“Blue,” I pat my lap invitingly, “I want you to lay down on the seat. Ok? Can you do that for me?” My smile is tense and I know I’m not the perfect picture of meticulously maintained sanity, but I can’t let Blue sit on the floor right now. I just can’t.
Blue hesitates a moment, rocking with the movement of the carriage before kneeling up on the seat next to me, trying to find a way to lie on me that seems entirely respectful, I assume. I put my hand on his back and let him topple over onto my lap.
“Master?”
“I…” I don’t know what to say. My tongue is tied in knots along with my mind. “I just want to pet you, ok? We’ll be at the vet soon and we can get the last of our paperwork squared away. Then we can go home.”
He’s silent for a moment, hopefully absorbing what I’m saying. My hand just barely gets into his hair before he speaks again.
“I really am sorry… I didn’t mean to embarrass you.”
“Blue, nothing that happened in that classroom was your fault. If anything it was mine, for not reading up on the proper positions. Stars, it’s that professor’s fault anyway. This was nowhere on the syllabus, otherwise I swear I would have prepared you for it.”
Blue nods against my leg and I run my hands through his hair.
“You—you really weren’t going to do it, were you?”
“I — Blue, I’m still not convinced that I should have.”
“D-don’t say that! Master, if you hadn’t, the professor would have… It would have been bad, and the students would talk… Really, it’s better that you did.”
I don’t know what to say to that. I keep my hand running in Blue’s hair, but I can feel that it’s not as relaxing as I was hoping for. Blue’s going tense like a bowstring.
“Blue, I’m sorry. I’m sorry for what I did to you, and if it’s in the Stars, I hope we never have to do that again.”
“Master… you were very kind in my punishment, not many others in your situation would have been so considerate.”
“I hurt you, for no other reason than to save my grade.”
He’s quiet for a stretch and just lets me pet him behind the ears.
“Many have done a lot worse for… less noble goals”
And Stars if that doesn’t just hurt. I’m the lesser of the evils. I only hurt him when I have a reason.
“Blue…”
Words fail me, but Blue takes the opportunity to nuzzle into my leg.
“You didn’t even hurt me too bad. Master, many have used the cane without knowing how.”
Stars, and here he is trying to make me feel better.
“Blue, I don’t know anything about familiars, and I know you say you don’t either, but you still know a hell of a lot more than me.”
I have his attention. His ear is flicking and I can feel him about to claim I’m wrong, so I just keep going.
“You know how you’re supposed to act and I don’t. I don’t even know the basic rules for pets. I… I can deal with the people, but we need to work together if we are ever going to make it through this. Ok? I have a lot to learn from you.”
“I’m doubtful you could learn anything useful from me, Master.”
“Well, we will just have to disagree then.”
I can feel the heat from Blue’s face on my pant leg. My smile is an involuntary reaction. I provide a good scritching in retribution. The purring brings some peace to the carriage, as though it really is just the two of us. As though that’s all I’ll ever have to worry about.
It’s a nice thought.
Notes:
If you guys couldn't see, there are more links in the related works box!!!
I am repeatedly blown away by how much you guys like this. There is a really cute fic by Blue_Stars_Above. It's quite fun and their story has just started.
Also, an adorable fic from madrastic linked below as well. It's very fun and for anyone who liked the Pepper cafe in the City excursion chapter and the grad students in the last chapter, you'll love it.
Please do check them out if you have the time.
<3
Chapter 26: Uncertain Ground
Summary:
Blue's take on the end of the day
Notes:
Hey guys, quick update, you may have noticed that this chapter was on time. My surgery has been moved to June the 10th. Just letting you guys know so that in case updates get spotty for a week or two then you will know the reason. As it stands now, I am doing my very best to get ahead of the curve and write as much of this as I can right now to keep the updates regular.
That is all.
Back to your regularly scheduled programming.
<3
Chapter Text
Blue
Master moves on some instinct away from the teacher and into one of the seats. I follow, docile as I can, trying not to show the immense worry that’s flooded my mind. It’s not just the teacher, who had set me on edge since class started. I’m worried about my Master. He’s not all there, he’s not seeing what’s in front of him, he’s not reacting to much of anything. If it weren’t such a breach of conduct I might just climb up into his lap and test the theory.
I banish the thought as soon as it comes. That’s the attention grabbing move of a pet, not a familiar.
My face burns in renewed shame. I should have known the positions weren’t the same. I should have been able to cobble together the pieces, even in my pathetic mind. I’d been following Andé’s lead all morning during the orientation speeches. His kneel was different from the one I was used to, his was correct here.
I watch all the other pairs go up as closely as I can without being overt. There are a few different calls, but for the most part the words are the same. Master had done it right.
Sit, down, roll, fetch
They are all acceptable commands in the drill, but they mean different things than I am used to.
Sit is much more formal, it’s not a stance that invites play, it’s more like the ‘wait’ stance I’ve been taught, but with arms at the sides. Down is rigid, more like the position ‘table’ than my belly down stance.
The beginning is the same two or three simple stances, but some of the mages use different commands, showing off different sets of poses they’ve trained their familiars in, or more elaborate motions or calls to show off their training.
A couple of them trip up, not as badly as me, but the same offer is extended to them.
Punishment in order to make up for their botched participation. Not many of the masters wield their weapons as well as mine. Some of the masters overestimate their ability to control their tools, or perhaps they don’t care, and there’s blood. But even those are better than the ones who do seem to know what they’re doing. The ones who pick their weapons and go until the teacher stops them.
I shift just a bit on my knees, feeling the unpleasant sting of my new marks against the cloth.
For some reason there is a part of me that’s genuinely happy. I finally did it. Master punished me. It wasn't more than I could handle. It was pretty lenient given the circumstances. Now I know what to expect. I know that my Master knows how to use his training tools, and that even when he wields them he’s merciful.
The marks aren’t that bad considering the damage a cane can do, and he didn’t overlap the strikes. He made sure there would be no chance my skin would tear and bleed. At most they’ll be raised and red for a day.
Master would not be cruel or careless. It’s not in his nature.
The pain is familiar, even if the restraint isn’t. It puts my mind at ease. The world Master put me in, so full of unimaginable kindnesses, hadn’t been making sense for a long time. Master punished me for doing badly. The world is making sense again.
He doesn’t punish with fire in his eyes. He seems calculating.
The only thing I don’t know how to interpret is the brevity. Ten strokes can’t be all, considering I’ve embarrassed him in front of his peers. He said there would be more to come once class is done. I don’t know if he means after this class or once we go back to his house.
As far as I know, there’s just the one discipline tool in his home, and it’ll be a long session if that’s the only tool he uses. Then again, he might try something else, something that he can’t show his classmates. I wonder if my analysis is completely wrong. If the calm and calculated punishment I’ve received is just the act that Master uses in public. He could be hiding his anger, providing only the barest corrective measures calmly in public. It is possible, but I dismiss it as unlikely. Master wouldn’t be so careful with his strokes if that wasn’t something he strived for. Besides, what do I gain from the worry that he’s feigning a different style punishment in public? After all, the last time Master said he would carry out a punishment later he gave me my collar and plushy.
The inside of my wrist is streaked pink from my scratching before I realize what I’m doing.
A quick glance at Master shows that he’s still not really there. At least he’s not seeing my shameful display of nerves. I fold my hands in my lap and squeeze them together in an effort not to scratch anymore.
Shauna comes over after Andé’s turned his tricks. He didn’t have any issues, even as he settles beside Shauna his back is straight and his stance is perfect. I can barely see him breathing. Shauna’s as quiet as her familiar, and neither seems interested in starting a conversation. I want to ask why they came over here, I want to thank Shauna for the use of her cosmetics, Stars, I’d settle for a grunt from Andé. The silence feels caustic and the longer it goes on the more I’m sure it’s going to swallow me whole.
The bell rings and Shauna moves away, taking Andé with her, and Master moves us to the back of the classroom. I can’t help but feel that it’s my fault. He’s moving to the outskirts of the teacher’s view because of me. I wish I could be better.
Master’s paying better attention now, but I can see he’s still distracted. I wish I was a trained study companion, that knew how to write and read so that I could take notes for my Master. As it is I settle for paying close attention and remembering what I can. Today’s class is fairly basic, covering the proper drawing of casting circles and the different fields of magic that require different runes and symbols be included. Most of the jargon goes entirely over my head and I’m left feeling even more stupid than when I started.
The bell rings and Master pulls me out of the classroom with all the other students. The flood of people is less than ideal.
I hear a deep sigh from Master. I want to ask what’s wrong, but I see the problem before I have the chance to figure out an acceptable way of phrasing my question. Rows and rows of tables are set out to line the hall on the way to the front gate. Students are calling out excitedly for the attention of the passing first years, waving colorful parchment with printed words scrawled across them.
Master sets a brisk pace, but smiles kindly at all the people, sparing them a few words and a wave of his hand as he pushes forward.
I graciously accept the fliers in his stead and try to keep pace. Master hasn’t taken up my leash and I feel a little sick to my stomach that he’s walking without it. As though he’s not worried about losing me. Maybe he is the type to hold a grudge and punish with isolation.
By the time we reach the outer gates I’m red in the face and have far too many papers for these school organizations. But carrying my Master’s things is the one thing I’ve actually been able to do for him today so I straighten the pages as much as I can and follow him to the line of carriages. He’s already given the driver directions and gotten in before I can catch up. I didn’t even get to hold the door for him.
Master’s inside rubbing a hand over his face and trying to breathe deeply. He’s stressed by the day’s events and up to this point I’ve been of no help. I need to be better.
Entering the carriage, I have a plan. I’ll kneel and be sweet and present the papers I’ve collected on Master’s behalf as though they are something of importance. I want to take his mind off the day he’s just had.
Unfortunately, my plans are thwarted by the stuttering movements of the carriage and my own lack of balance. Even my apology fails as Master and I start talking over one another. My face is on fire and it is all I can do to stiffly hold out the colorful collection of papers for him to take.
The offer to lie down is unexpected, and thoroughly unearned, but Master’s voice is so tired and earnest that it’s hard to question.
Being allowed up on the seat should feel like a treat, but it just makes me uneasy. What does Master want with me up here? This is a bad angle if he wants to use me, I would have been better off staying on the floor. But Master has other uses for me and hasn’t shown any desire to use me as I’m accustomed to. If this is all just a ploy to punish me it’s wildly unnecessary. Master has plenty of reason to punish me. He doesn’t need more excuses.
Apparently, I take too long trying to figure out the method to my Master’s madness and he just tips me over into his lap.
“Master?” There’s no way that happened accidentally. I’m where my Master wants me, but that doesn’t mean I know why.
“I…I just want to pet you, ok? We’ll at the vet soon and we can get the last of our paperwork squared away. Then we can go home.”
I had forgotten about the vet. It’s not my idea of a good time, but it does mean that we will be able to go home once it’s over. Master’s voice is so tired and quiet that I feel bad about questioning him. He’s had a long day.
Once we get this paperwork squared away, when Master needs me out of the classroom I’ll get to stay in the Care Center. It’s nicer than I thought it would be. Apparently, familiars are awarded quite bit of comfort. It’s probably more about respecting their owners by showing respect to their property, but I don’t mind. Not when I get to reap such nice benefits.
“I really am sorry…” And I mean it with all my heart. I wanted this day to go without any problems and I’ve done nothing all day but cause trouble. Now Master is tired and probably more than a little bit stressed.
“I didn’t mean to embarrass you.” It’s a pitiful apology, but it’s all I have to offer.
“Blue, nothing that happened in that classroom was your fault. If anything it was mine, for not reading up on the proper positions. Stars, it’s that professor’s fault anyway. This was nowhere on the syllabus, otherwise I swear I would have prepared you for it.”
I believe him. He wouldn’t have sent me in there without telling me what I was going to face. That’s the game of a much crueler person. Still, there’s something a lot more worrying in what he’s said.
“You—you really weren’t going to do it, were you?” I don’t know what half-mad instinct makes me speak, but I stop almost as soon as I’ve begun. It’s ridiculous. Absolutely insane, of course Master was going to punish me. Not only did I fail him class, but I embarrassed him in front of his peers and his teacher. And the professor all but ordered him to do it. Of course he was going to punish me. My pleading had nothing to do with it, aside from being the exact words I was supposed to say in that situation.
“I— Blue, I’m still not convinced that I should have.” Master sounds exasperated, as though he’s beating a long dead point. If it were anyone else I might be afraid that the anger might fall on me for having brought the point up.
My heart stutters for a second and I feel cold.
“D-don’t say that!” Stars above, it is so wrong I don’t even know where to start. He can’t be thinking this way. It’s wrong. It’s so very wrong that my chest hurts with the force of it. Even putting aside the fact that he thinks that I’ve done nothing wrong, he still endangered his reputation by even considering withholding punishment.
“Master, if you hadn’t, the professor would have…” My stomach rolls at the thought of that man, the smell of blood and metal giving away his dangerous core before he ever spoke a word to the class.
“It would have been bad, and the students would talk… Really, it’s better that you did.” He could have ruined himself, his reputation and all chances at social standing because of me. The whole stable world I’d been balanced on since my punishment is crumbling underneath me and I have no clue what to expect.
“I hurt you, for no other reason than to save my grade.” It’s the closest to a whine I’ve heard from this Master and I’m stunned into silence.
I hadn’t thought this would affect him so strongly. He’s used me as a familiar is meant to be used. There’s nothing wrong with what he’s done. He didn’t hurt me half as bad as the others in his class hurt their familiars in the same situation. None of my other Masters would have felt such remorse after a punishment.
“Many have done a lot worse for… less noble goals.”
I don’t like thinking of many of my previous Masters, but it is true. Punishments are commonplace, necessary if I’m going to learn or atone for mistakes. There were a few that punished me for their own amusement, to satisfy some desire. They didn’t show half as much restraint as this Master.
“Blue…”
I don’t like the guilt I hear in his voice. He’s been so kind to me, I don’t want him to feel bad. I nuzzle into his lap and interrupt whatever he’s about to say.
“You didn’t even hurt me too bad. Master, many have used the cane without knowing how.”
The caning was almost easy to bear. He didn’t do anywhere near the amount of damage a cane is capable of, and he even stayed away from bad places to hit.
He’s not convinced, even I can tell that, but his hand in my hair hasn’t gone painful from my breach of conduct, so I count it as a win.
“Blue, I don’t know anything about familiars, and I know you say you don’t either, but you still know a hell of a lot more than me. You know how you’re supposed to act and I don’t. I don’t even know the basic rules for pets. I… I can deal with the people, but we need to work together if we are ever going to make it through this. Ok? I have a lot to learn from you.” He sounds like he has a plan.
I don’t quite know where he’s going with this, but I don’t want him to get his hopes up. I’m not a great familiar, that won’t change just because he’s determined.
“I’m doubtful you could learn anything useful from me, Master.” I hedge carefully. I don’t want him to think I’m being rude or contending his point. I’ll help him as much as I can. It’s all that I can do, but I know that my help probably won’t be worth too much.
“Well, we will just have to disagree.” Master sounds so utterly sure that’s really difficult to argue. It’s just like before. He sees worth and importance in me that I don’t. I want to be worthy of the confidence he has in me. I want to be good.
I duck my head against his thigh to hide the growing redness in my face. Since when has it been so easy to make me blush?
Master scratches in a good spot and I purr loudly in retribution.
I hope whatever plan Master is cooking up works. I want to keep these tender moments, these good memories.
I want to stay with him.
Chapter 27: The Vet
Summary:
Kara and Blue go to the vet to clear up themishing paper work. Shenanigans ensue
Notes:
I was wondering if you guys wanted some of the earlier chapters to condense together, since the latest chapters are so long that it's putting my early chapter so shame...
Your thoughts are appreciated, just let me know if it would be too weird.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
The veterinary clinic the carriage stops at is a nice building. Plenty of windows, and painted up a solid shade of white. There are some box hedges that probably used to be animals, but have since been left to grow back into unimaginative shapes. It’s not the worst place I’ve been. At least it seems pretty clean. Master seems to share my hesitation as he simply observes the building with me for a few seconds.
“What do you think, Blue?”
I don’t really know what to say to that. The place seems nice, but looks are deceiving. I’m uneasy, but that’s not something that could be helped. I don’t know what I’m here for, so I don’t know how to prepare myself. There won’t be a general examination, I already have one on file and it’s rare that it would be repeated within a year.
“Come on, Blue. Let’s go and get this over with,” Master says, waving me over as he heads to the door. I don’t know what possesses me, but I can’t hold in the nervous energy.
“Master, I’m scared.”
The admission comes without prompting and suddenly I’m cold all over. The comfortable petting from the carriage seems like such a faraway dream now. My Master has no reason to pet me, I’m acting like an entitled little brat who doesn’t know his place.
I feel the sting of tears in my eyes, but I close them before anything can come of it. Saying it out loud makes it so much worse, so much more real. Makes it all the more clear how powerless I am against it.
I am afraid of this place, scared of what awaits me, and there’s nothing I can do about it.
All I see of Master is his shoes turning back around.
“I know you’re nervous, but we have to do this. I promise I’ll stay with you the whole time. You’ll have nothing to worry about, Blue. Tell me if it gets to be too much and I’ll get them to stop, alright?”
I’m nodding along with his words. It’s a kinder promise than I ever thought I’d receive. This Master just might mean it, too. He’s always kept his word, even when it really doesn’t matter. Even when it’s just to me. This is something that we need to do. We have to just get through this and then we can go home.
The insides of the building match the well maintained exterior. The majority of the floor tiles are white with individual colored tiles sprinkled into the mix. It seems to be an attempt to make the interior a bit more cheerful and bright, but it falls quite a bit short. At least the place seems clean enough. There are even a few other people in the waiting room flipping through insubstantial periodicals. Their pets sit on the floor next to them. Some masters talk soothingly to them, allowing them close enough to rest their head on their lap, while others maintain a silent distance. There’s a pet in the corner struggling to get under their master’s seat, curling in on themselves. A smaller child is trying to coax them out while their parent seems thoroughly bored by the spectacle, choosing to sit and read while their kid tries to play.
I pull closer to Master. I don’t think I’ve ever enjoyed a visit to the vet. The atmosphere always leaves me feeling a bit sick inside. Master doesn’t see any of it, or if he does he doesn’t say anything, and just walks right up to the counter with the smiling attendant.
“Hello sir, how may I help you today?” The tone is overly bright but doesn’t appear forced.
“Hey there, I needed a GYT form.” Master’s voice is friendly, but straight and to the point. He doesn’t want to linger here any more than I do.
“A GYT form? Oh, yes, forgot they changed the name for the academic files. You’re a student?” she says, pulling together a number of papers from across her desk.
“Yeah… new student at the academia. Um, if you don’t mind my asking, what’s a GYT form? I’m sorry if it sounds like a stupid question, I’ve just never heard of that before.”
“Oh, it’s just a standard test panel for STIs. You know, just trying to keep these frisky little critters clean and safe. They call it something else for academic files, trying to make it sound more official, I guess, but that’s what it is.” She hands a completed pile of papers to my Master on a clipboard with instructions to fill them out and wait for them to call the number at the top of the page, but I’ve tuned out.
An STI panel. That’s not too bad. I haven’t had one in five or so years, but I’m fairly certain that it’s nothing more than a few uncomfortable swabs and a wait. I used to have to get new ones every sale to make sure I was clean, high enough quality to do my duties, though the last few years it hasn’t been as much of a priority. Something about the tests costing more than I’d sell for with updated papers. If there was ever any tell of disease they would have sent me in for a test. Thank the Stars it never came to that. I’ve stayed clean, and out of danger.
Master leads me away from the desk and finds a chair against the back wall by a stretch of carpet and a pile of periodicals. Their covers, once vibrant displays of colored inks and shiny finish, are dull and a little scuffed. There may be a handful of recent ones in the pile, but it doesn’t seem like this establishment throws away their old copies. There’s no-one in this corner. Plenty of room to kneel by my Master’s feet, and I take advantage of that as best I can. I set about practicing the new ‘sit’ pose I learned in class, trying to focus on anything other than the papers Master’s filling out and the never-ending cost I keep adding to him.
He hasn’t even used me for anything worthwhile, though the current testing does make me realize that’s probably for the best. He probably wanted to make sure I was clean and suitable before he went any further with me. It makes sense in a way. He didn’t know anything about pets before he got me, so he probably didn’t know there was a way to screen me for diseases.
I’m scratching over my wrist and I know I should stop before Master sees me, or worse, someone else sees and chastises Master for my behavior. I can’t help the nerves though, and settle for making the motions as unobtrusive as possible.
My masters have always been pretty selective. If they were willing to share me it was with guests they invited or friends they loaned me out to. There’s really nowhere that I could have picked up an STI from, unless one of their friends had neglected to share. But even then, I would have developed outward symptoms by now, I spent at least two months with the…
Oh Stars in the brightest, highest lengths of the worlds above, the guards from the market. They hadn’t had any problem sampling product from the lower dregs. The market guards weren’t the most refined batch. They didn’t care for safety in the moment, nor did they seem to be particularly concerned with who they rolled around with at night. Even still, it’s unlikely that I could have contracted something from them. I would have seen or felt something by now, right?
I feel ice settle in my veins. I’d be worse than useless with a disease. Stars, if I managed to endanger my Master I would hope for the mercy of being put down quickly.
“Blue? Are you ok?” His voice sounds far away.
“Yes, Master,” I answer with an even tone. There’s a prickling feeling at my eyes and I know that if I blink, tears are going to roll. I keep my gaze fixed on the tile, trying to wordlessly fight off the hysteria. If I’ve contracted something, then I’m dangerous. Dangerous pets are not kept around. I have no value or skill to hold my Master’s interest while he retrains me to be what he wants. I’ll never get the chance to be a good familiar.
“Blue, you’re lying to me.” His voice is a whisper but the words are no less threatening.
“N-no, Master. I’d never—”
“Blue! You’re bleeding!”
I feel the slickness on my fingers, the echoing wetness on my wrist, but it takes a moment for my mind to put the two thoughts together. Sure enough, when I look down to check my eyes confirm the statement. Red is dripping from the agitated lines at my wrist. There’s a twinge of pain when I pull my hands apart, almost as though it’s a punishment for acknowledging the wound.
“I— I, um…” No words are springing to mind so I just sputter uselessly, trying to come up with an answer for my Master.
“Give me your hands, let me see.” The order is quiet, gentler than I deserve. It’s the same tone Master used when he asked for my feet to apply salve. This should be safe. I’m ashamed at how easily the thought comes. Even if it is for punishment, I can’t bring myself to deny this man.
I give him my hands.
He fiddles with his satchel a few moments and produces a white cotton handkerchief, pressing it firmly to the wound before I can protest.
A part of me is in awe. He didn’t even hesitate. My blood will surely ruin the cloth, but Master deems me more worthy than the piece of fabric.
My face is hot and I make sure that when Master next looks up my eyes are on his shoes, the angle hopefully enough to disguise the color in my face.
“Blue, I want you to keep pressure on your wrist. I know it hurts to press on it, but we just want to stop the bleeding, ok? Once you stop bleeding I can fix the wound.”
I nod along slowly and press the fabric into my wrist with perhaps a bit too much force. The twinge of pain is easily buried underneath the balm of following instruction. The orders Master gives are few and far between. It will not do to be seen slacking.
“Alright Blue, I filled out what was on your sheet but I need some help with some of these questions, ok?” His eyes are on the pages again and I pull myself back into a presentable kneel before answering.
“Yes, Master.”
“Have you ever had one of these tests before?” His intonation makes it clear that he’s reading off the words on the page, though his body language does betray interest in my answer.
“Yes, Master. Though it was several years ago.” Honesty is not only important for accuracy, I want to give Master all the answers that he seems interested in.
“Have you been sexually active in the last six months?” The pen scratches across the page, filling in my answer, presumably. He doesn’t look up when he reads the question off. I assume it’s simple formality, perhaps an exercise in making me use my voice.
“Yes, Master.”
“The last year?” He seems a little strained.
“Yes, Master…” I wonder why he’s repeating obvious questions.
“The last five?” Master’s body is tense like his voice.
“…Yes, Master.” It’s becoming increasingly clear that the answers I am giving are not the ones that my Master wants to hear. But lying is equally bad. There is no winning here.
“Um, did you… before that?”
I nod, seemingly having lost the ability to speak. I don’t want Master to be mad. I can only hope he sees this as experience, not just a long list detailing how used I am.
“Did—um,” he’s looking back down at the list of questions, “did you use or have access to any protection during intercourse?”
My face goes a whole mess of red at that. Stars above, just thinking about the penalty for bringing such a thing up with a Master who might see value in you burns, I can’t imagine trying to bring it up with the market guards.
“No, um… well, I…” Stars, this Master likes verbal responses, I’m not doing any good stuttering and stumbling over my words. When did using words become so hard? “I can’t… I’m not allowed to ask, but if they want they can do whatever they’d like.”
I try to make my answer as neutral as possible but I still recognize the slight hitch in my Master’s breathing, the way he grips the papers he’s reading. He’s mad, and I’m screwed.
“They… what?” I can tell he’s trying to hold himself back. It’s probably because we’re in
public.
It’s difficult not to roll over, offer myself, anything in order to quell his anger. I settle for the least overt tactic and shuffle forward just a bit on my knees. I don’t have the confidence to touch his leg so I let my head touch the floor resting the tips of my fingers on his shoes.
“Please, Master, don’t be angry. I’m very grateful. I know it could be a lot worse.”
How did it get to this point? I swear earlier today we were happy. Master was praising me, petting me, telling me that he was proud to have me as a familiar, quelling any doubt and fear in my mind. He was good and kind and perfect, and what had I done? I’d gotten him in trouble with his teacher and reminded the whole of the class that he’d picked a whore instead of something proper.
“Blue, no… It’s not… I’m not angry.” The exasperated lilt to his voice tells a different story and I keep my head down. I’m proud of the relatively small jerk I make when his hands stroke through my hair.
He’s trying to calm me down. He’s not mad, or at least he doesn’t want to be mad here in the waiting room with a good ten or so others sitting around. I believe that, I don’t really have the option not to.
“You’re doing very well, Blue. You’ve been doing well all day, you even bore a punishment that you didn’t deserve. We’ll have to talk once we get back home about all the rewards I owe you.” He speaks like he’s just making conversation, just talking about the heat of the suns or the clouds, but the whole of my world shifts.
What is he talking about? Rewards?
He thinks my behavior is good? Worthy of praise and perhaps more?
“Master, nothing I’ve done today warrants such—”
“I don’t think so. You’ve done quite a lot today.You were a very good familiar. You handled everything with grace and dignity. You even helped me make a more convincing scene in class, not to mention helping me collect all the fliers from the fair today when I definitely would have forgotten or lost them on my own. And that’s not even mentioning one of the most amazing things you’ve done for me today.”
My head tilts to the side and Master’s hand slides under my chin, tilting my head up. I’m too consumed in my own thoughts to even process the rules I’m breaking looking at his face. But it’s just that gentle, sincere smile, no ugly sneer telling me I was stupid enough to fall for his words. He means what he’s saying, and his eyes are looking me over and I wonder if he can see the way his words are affecting me, the way his praise squeezes my chest and makes it so hard and yet so easy to breathe.
“Wh-what would that be, Master?”
“You told me you were scared.” He lets it sink in and I’m thankful for the moment to process.
“You told me when it all got to be too much. You trusted me, and that deserves quite a bit more than just a simple reward.”
I press my lips together to stifle my elated sob. I managed to do something right. Master is very pleased with me.
The moment is over much too soon as someone on the opposite side of the room calls out a number and Master lets me know that they’re calling for us.
The table is metal and cold, but I get up when prompted without any resistance. There’s no crinkly paper like there had been at the clinic and I can’t help but feel relieved. The substance had set my already fried nerves on edge, but even in my relatively calm state I don’t like the thought of causing a disturbance for those around me.
Many more questions are traded back and forth as the vet looks over my file. Master handles most of them with quick answers, though some of them are directed at me. I feel oddly proud when Master tells the man that I don’t need restraints. The preliminaries don’t take very long and soon we get down to the uncomfortable swabbing before I figure out that either the tests have changed or I am not remembering them correctly.
The vet comes at me with a big syringe, needle protruding ominously.
I jump gracelessly at the appearance of the needle, and no matter how much I tell myself that I should just settle down and take it, I just can’t bring myself to sit and offer my arm.
I look over to the seat in the corner of the examination room where Master has been a mostly quiet observer. I don’t expect help, but the need to confirm his presence is overwhelming.
“You really should get your familiar under control. I know you protested the restraints in the beginning, but will you reconsider for this last bit?” The vet has been cool and quiet this whole exam, but the words bite into me.
I can do this. It’s just one stupid needle.
Master’s takes only a moment before coming to stand at my side.
“You don’t need to restrain him. He’s just never been a fan of needles. I’ve got this.” He smiles at the vet before turning his attention to me.
“Blue.” He drapes one arm around my shoulders and I shudder and lean close, shamelessly stealing his warmth. “I want you to look at me and bite down really hard if you hurt, ok?”
He puts his hand in front of my mouth, making it painfully obvious what he intends for me to do. I can only stare ahead at his offered hand. I open my mouth to protest, but he just slots his finger in between my teeth and nods for the doctor to proceed.
I feel distantly that my arm is taken and manipulated next to me, but the only thing that I can focus on is the warmth of my Master’s arm around me, his comforting scent, his offering in my mouth. I bite down just a little when the needle slides in, more out of habit that anything, but Master makes no noise, no affronted cry. He intended for me to take his words seriously and bite down. He’s smiling, even, as though he’s happy I’ve actually taken him up on his offer.
“We will have your results in a few minutes. I’ll make sure the receptionist gets you a signed copy that you can use for your school records.” The vet rambles on, but I could care less. I’m still marveling at the care Master has shown for me.
We are led back outside into the waiting room and I rest my head on Master’s lap.
My test comes back clean.
Notes:
It has come to my attention that the Tumblr page is lost in a mess of chapter notes so I'll be putting the link in the end chapter notes from her on out. Please check back whenever you have time, there's new stuff going up at the weirdest intervals because I can't seem to sleep.
:P
https://www.tumblr.com/blog/adhoard
Chapter 28: Favorites
Summary:
The boys get something sweet heading back from the vet and while reminiscing about favorites, they find a surprise.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
I follow Master, three steps behind, and there is plenty of slack in the leash. I don’t know where he’s taking me, but he’s very excited. He’s told me that he’s taking me for a surprise before we go home. Surprises aren’t traditionally good, but with the giddiness in Master’s step I can’t imagine it’s something bad. I don’t really have a choice anyway so I just follow.
He’s in such a good mood, I don’t think that I’m in any danger.
We are both in a good mood. The vet was nowhere near as disastrous as the doctor and I can’t help but feel relieved. Since we got back from the doctor, Master has yet to so much as sleep in the same bed with me. Now that he knows I’m clean, I hope that will change. I don’t like being alone, no matter how safe it is. It sets me on edge, but I know that this Master, kind and generous as he is, would never take to training me that way. It takes a lot of time and resources to isolation train a pet, and you would need quite a lot of personnel. In any case, he wouldn’t have left me with all his things, his books and trinkets, a window, his luxurious bed, if that were his goal.
When I next look up, we are in a more crowded area of the city and I duck my head away from the sight and carefully observe all the shoes as they go past. I need to focus. Master has set me to a task. I need to find something to request. The rewards Master spoke of were not a joke, and he wants me to use one of the rewards tonight. Supposedly I have five, five rewards that I can use whenever I want. I can invoke one of these and request anything from my Master, within reason, and Master will do his best to give it to me.
Within reason…
I don’t even know how to begin decoding that. Nothing about this is reasonable. Master expecting me to ask for things is outside of reason in and of itself. I try to wrap my head around the concept. Many masters have had methods of earning things, extra things if you were good, but those treats were usually decided beforehand. Extra food, blankets, new clothes, in some cases a bigger personal cage. It’s not unusual, but no one’s ever offered a chance to ask for something.
I don’t want to mess this up.
I don’t want Master to think I’m taking advantage of this kindness, but at the same time I know that this is a chance I really can’t take for granted. Which brings me back to the original problem. I have no idea what to ask for.
Master provides so much food that I don’t have to ask for more… I’m actually worried about what he would do if I came to him asking for more. I still haven’t managed to finish one of his plates. I sleep in his bed, so I don’t need extra blankets or pillows. He’s gotten me clothes, and he’s promised to take me to the market this weekend for clothes that will fit better. And despite everything the other pets say, I haven’t felt safe or at ease in a personal cage since my fifth master. The closed space doesn’t allow me to calm down and stop overthinking things, it just makes me panic.
Master hasn’t given me any hints as to what he wants me to ask for. I’m on my own for this.
We stop at pretty building with wide plane windows and a stenciled set of letters in reflective gold paint. It seems nice. Inside there’s a few tables and a little counter with someone behind it. Not quite a restaurant, too casual, maybe a cafe? Master opens the door and I follow him in.
Inside it smells like sugar and some other earthy smell.
There aren’t many people in here, and those that are don’t raise an eyebrow at seeing me walking in with my Master. I breathe a sigh of relief.
We go straight up to the counter and I can’t help the way I stare at the animate gargoyle who seems to be playing chef. It’s mixing a bowl of batter with a set of little baking cups at the ready. The movements are too varied for it to be an automata, but I’ve never seen someone animate such a complex structure with such fine movements.
“How can I help you, ser— Oh Stars that’s cute!” The attendant speaks and it takes me a second to realize I’ve gotten a little too close to the dividing plane of glass, nearly pressing my nose to the surface. My ears droop and my face heats, but apparently the lady just finds it more adorable. Master does too, if his giggle is anything to go by, and I’d really like to crawl under one of those tables until we are done here.
He recovers enough to make his request.
“Can I grab a box of your raspberry jam cookies?
“Of course.” The lady smiles brightly and picks up a pretty little paper box, covering the bottom in parchment. “You actually going to eat them this time?”
“Um... what?” Master seems confused, as am I.
“Calming drought in your pepper and three books, a week or so ago, right? You had time to go through three books, but not enough to take one little sip of your drink.”
“Look,” he sneaks a glance down at her name tag, “Symphony, I …I had a lot on my mind. I’m sorry if I offended you, I just… came in for some cookies…”
“No need, I’m just messing with you. Your business is your own, I just happen to be nosy.” She hands over the box without any further fuss. “And nobody actually calls me Symphony. Symph’s just fine.”
Master tries and fails to make a casual grin at her remark. There’s too many teeth. He’s nervous. He pays and we leave almost before she can get another word in, which I believe was my Master’s intention as he slumps against a wall once we are safely out of view of the shop.
“Master, are you alri—“
“I’m fine.” It comes out harsh and I flinch back a bit, but he immediately pulls back his tone.
“I’m… I’m fine. Sorry, Blue, I’m not… I’m sorry if I scared you. Are you ready to go home?”
I nod emphatically. As amazing as it was to walk around outside all day, it’s been rather draining. Master seems to agree, pulling out a familiar piece of paper from inside his satchel.
There’s only a light, rolling nauseous feeling this time, and I easily push it down. I’m stronger than I was when we first warped together. A bolt of pride shoots through me at that. It seems Master has the same thoughts as he settles a steadying hand on my back and gives me a quick once over to see if I’m about to become violently ill. I give him the best smile I can manage, hoping to distract him from my previous failures.
“You’re sure you’re alright?” Master’s voice is concerned, but not annoyed. He’s treating me like spun glass, walking me over to a chair in the kitchen and sitting me down before moving to put water in the kettle.
“Yes, Master. I’m fine, I —I don’t feel sick.” It warms my heart that he’s concerned, but I’m not sure how long this kind of reaction will last. I need to get better as soon as possible.
“Well, that’s good. You’re probably feeling a little more steady too, yeah? Stars, I remember the first time I tried to use a warp totem.” His eyes are shining, and I haven’t seen him smile like that all day. I want to share that memory, whatever’s got him so bright faced.
“Wh-what, what happened?” It’s an impudent question. It’s not something I need to know, nor do I really have the right to ask, but I want to know.
“Oh, well…” Master lets out a laugh and I have to fight an ever-growing grin on my face. His smile is infectious. “The totem I was trying to use was one of my own. I hadn’t made one before, and thought I knew what I was doing. So I expected a rush of wind, not a complete molecular rearrangement. So I materialize and I’m ready to throw up already, but I hadn’t quite mastered all of the… runes, so I drop from the second floor, outside onto my eldest brother’s sparring match. Which would have been fine, but then I barf all over his friend’s shoes. Stars, he wouldn’t talk to me for a month after that.”
Master’s dissolved into another fit of giggles and I can’t quite hold back a chuckle of my own. I’m having a hard time reconciling my image of Master with the younger, reckless version of herself. I wonder what happened to make him so careful.
“Your brother, Master?” The giggling stops and he regards me with wary eyes. Immediately I backpedal. “I’m sorry, It’s just… I didn’t know you had family.”
It sounds so stupid out loud that I want to hit myself for my idiocy. Of course the man has family, he didn’t just appear out of the ether fully formed and compassionate enough to take in a pet he shouldn’t have. I wonder if his parents are still alive.
“No, no need to be sorry, I— I haven’t talked about them in… Stars, years.”
“I’m sorry to bring up bad memories, or—“ I’m scrambling to find the proper apology, but he cuts me off again.
“No, the memories are good, it’s just been awhile…”
I have nothing but silence as a response to that. I don’t know what I could say, even if I found the words.
Master slides the box from the cafe in my direction.
“This is good, we should have a little talk. I got the cookies for you. You can eat some now, just save room for dinner, ok?”
I nod along and open the box. Raspberry jam cookies, the sweet berry we both favor. It’s his own preference as well, so I shouldn’t be this affected that he’s remembered how much I like them, but he hasn’t made a move to grab one. These are for me, these are a special treat. The cookie is buttery and sweet, falling apart at the slightest insistence of my teeth, and the jam tastes like every day of sunshine required for growing the fruit itself. I offer one to Master. Mouth still full of my own, I have to settle for gesturing wildly for his attention.
“So, I take it you like them.”
I blush a wild shade of red and settle for swallowing before I try to speak.
“Master! They are so good, you have to try one!”
“Aw, that’s sweet, Blue, but those are all yours. You handled so much today I wanted to make sure you got something nice.” Master smiles at me and as much as I want to insist he try one of these amazing cookies, I know he can go out and get some any time he likes. This is a reward. I shouldn’t squander it.
“Blue, what’s your favorite food?” The question takes me off guard. I don’t know what he wants me to say to that. Hesitantly, I raise the hand that still has the cookie in it.
“I meant actual food, though if you like those cookies so much, I suppose I can make some of those as well.”
“Um, I really like everything that you’ve made so far.” It’s true, but it’s also a stall. I have no idea what he wants me to say.
“That does wonders for my ego, Blue, but is there something that you liked in particular? I’ll make anything you want tonight, my apology for making you miss out on the lunch period.”
I bite my lip and try to hold in the whine that threatens to slip out. I don’t know what he wants from me, I don’t know what answer will please him. He showed no preference in the dishes he made for me, so I really don’t—
“Blue, stop that!” His voice startles me out of my train of thought, my brain flashing full of warnings that my Master is angry at me now. I don’t know what I’ve done in such a small amount of time to make his mood sour. We were having such fun earlier. he even laughed.
He pulls both of my wrists away from my body and I realize belatedly that my fingers had twisted underneath my collar. Even the soft leather rubs uncomfortably on the raw patches of skin left in the wake of my nails. Master lifts the collar up and check the reddened area, tsk -ing before he reaches for the buckle.
I let out a pitiful whine when he finishes unlatching the collar and pulls it away. I want to tell him I’m sorry, I want to make it up to him, I want to prove that I deserve it. He’s taking my collar away and as much as I know I shouldn’t think of it as mine, I can’t help it. I can’t help the shame of him knowing I don’t deserve it. I wonder if he’ll consider letting me have it back as one of the rewards he’s promised me. I like this collar, even though I’ve only had it for a little bit.
“Hey, hey, we’re just going to leave this off tonight so I can put some cream on you. You’ll get it back, ok? I just don’t want it rubbing on your neck,” Master soothes in a gentle voice, pulling me into his arms.
Stars, my mind feels like it’s nothing but frayed pieces. The reassurance is simple, but I want to trust it. Some part of me is certain that I can trust him. He’ll give it back, he’s not abandoning me or telling me that I’m not good enough to be his.
“Why do you do this? You did this back at the vet too. Is it something new? Is it the soap I use for the laundry that’s making you itchy?” His voice is soft, but worried as he runs a careful finger over the red on my neck. I wish it was something so innocent. Then I could blame it on the soap and the behavior would fix itself.
“N-no, it’s… um, I get…nervous, and I don’t really… notice that I’m doing it a lot of the time.” I’ve never really talked about this with a master before. I don’t know how he’ll react to my failings. I’m not malfunctioning. I’ve met pets that are pushed that far, but I’m not there yet. I’m not that bad.
Master lets go of my wrists and I fold my hands in my lap to stop them from shaking. I can’t be that bad, pets that get that bad aren’t useful anymore.
“You were hurting yourself. That’s serious, Blue, you have to tell me about stuff like that.” I understand what he means. I should have told him in the beginning about all the things that were broken inside me. But there was so much, and he took care of so many of the things that were hurting, I didn’t want to bother him with more. I wanted him to believe I was good. But I shouldn’t have kept it to myself, I don’t have the right to hide this from my Master.
“I won’t damage your property anymore, I swear.” I say it so quietly that I’m worried he won’t hear.
“No, Blue, I don’t…” He lets out a big huff and I wonder if he’d hit me for asking for my collar right now. I’ve made him mad, but I feel unstable without it.
“Blue, I just don’t want you to be hurt, ok?” His fingers are slick and cold and I realize the gentle touching earlier may have been a spell.
“If you’re feeling really nervous and you want to hurt yourself, you have to tell me so I can help. Hell, if you just feel nervous, thirsty, scared, or hungry I want you to tell me, or find a way to bring it to my attention. Can you do that for me?” His voice stays low as he spreads the cream over my neck. His careful motions are soothing, but my mind is elsewhere.
He wants me to bother him about my trivial emotional state. I can’t imagine anything less deserving of his time. Then again, he told me I deserve a reward for telling him when I was scared.
Maybe he just really wants to know.
My head hurts and I just nod. I can do that. I’ll tell him what he wants until he gets tired of hearing it. I don’t want to be annoying, but it is an order.
“Good, that’s perfect.” I feel the praise roll over me like a balm. The words probably don’t mean anything to him, but to me they are priceless.
“Do me a favor, how about you take my bag upstairs and splash a little water on your face while I start up dinner. I’ll make you a special surprise, and we can figure out what your favorite thing is together. How does that sound?”
“That sounds amazing, Master.” Thank you for your generosity. I want to say more, but I know that my words will never be enough to convey the magnitude of what I feel.
The stairs are getting easier every day. My Master’s healing is incredible.
The bedroom is as I’ve left it, except for the box at the foot of the bed. I’ve never seen it before, and Master hasn’t been up here yet, so it couldn’t have been him. It’s none too small, but it’s easy enough to lift. There’s fresh packaging tape wound around the box and I wonder if Master had forgotten it on the way out this morning. There’s a richly colored seal at the top before the swirling characters of the writing. It’s probably important.
I take it back downstairs with me.
When I get down to the kitchen, Master has a couple of pans warming on the stovetop and there’s a heavenly smell in the air.
“Master! You, um.. you have a package.” I hold the box up a little higher, trying to catch his attention.
“What?” He sounds incredibly confused, and I understand why. I don’t know of any courier service that will deliver inside your house.
“I found this in the bedroom,” I clarify. I don’t want him thinking that I’ve taken to sneaking out the door or checking that it’s locked. He abandons his pans and comes closer to the box.
“Huh, who could it be fr…” Master’s eyes widen as he looks over the seal and name on the box. He goes pale, and I wish I knew what to say to help him the way he helps me. I recognize the panic in his eyes. Fear, and then suddenly, anger.
“How the hell did he—” He rips the box out of my hands and I just back away. If just this name can make Master so cross, I have no way of knowing that it won’t transfer over to me. I settle behind the kitchen island and kneel. Out of sight, out of mind… I hope.
I didn’t know this would be such a big deal. I didn’t know Master would become so angry, hell, I didn’t know he was capable of such anger. He’s always been so gentle with me, I figured he simply was incapable of being any other way. There’s a loud ripping sound and I can’t help the way I overlay my screaming onto it. He’s ripping into the box for now, but what if he’s still angry later? It’s better to hit something that’ll react. That’s what master Ilam told me.
“Oh, thank the stars...” Master’s talking to himself, but he doesn’t sound as angry anymore. In fact, he sounds like all of the anger has drained out of him in a few seconds.
That’s not how it works. I don’t know what’s happening, but I’m not brave enough to peek my head out and look. Maybe Master will calm down and we can just have our little dinner together and everything will be fine… Yeah, right.
“Blue?” His voice startles me. He’s standing over me, probably wondering what I’m doing on my knees all the way on the other side of the kitchen. “Why don’t you go upstairs and I’ll bring you up something to eat. I… have to take care of this, ok?”
I nod as I’m scrambling away. I’ll gladly give him all the time and space to cool down that he wants.
The bedroom isn’t any different than how I left it, though my mind is. I wonder what it was that triggered Master’s anger, who it was that got such a reaction when all my failings hadn’t gotten so much as a slap. I don’t know much about my Master, only that he doesn’t have servants, likes to cook, and works with his hands more than any other master of mine.
Though now I suppose I know my Master has at least one older brother. It doesn’t sound like much, but it is more than I’ve known about some.
I spend what feels like hours cooking up more and more elaborate situations. Who could have sent my Master that package? What’s inside? Master probably won’t want to talk about it, so I’ll probably never know for sure. It’s all I can do to keep my mind from going to a dark place.
He’s probably working out all of his anger now. There won’t be enough left for me. Still, he’s been gone a rather long time… I wonder if he’s forgotten me for the night.
He doesn’t have a real reason to come check up on me. He hasn’t been sleeping in this room with me for a while.
I don’t want to be alone again.
I practice the new positions I’ve learned today, trying to ingrain the new stances in my mind. I wipe off the big desk, fluff the pillows, even change into night clothes, but none of the rote, mindless work helps me calm down.
I need to be useful, and none of the small things that I’m doing come close to earning my keep. I really only have one skill I’ve been trained in. I use what time I have left to prepare myself. I need to change our relationship if I want to guarantee a place in my Master’s home. I have a clean bill of health, and he doesn’t have any other excuse not to use me. I need to stop being a drain on his resources. I need to pull my own weight. I can start by giving him an outlet for his frustration tonight. I can make it good.
When Master comes in, I’m ready. He’s got a bowl of nice hearty soup for me, and apologies for being late. He promises he’ll make better things over the next few days, that we will find my favorites together. I smile and nod along with his words. They are nice, but I have a goal. I know what I need to do. He’s quiet while I eat, and I try not to feel awkward.
When he takes the bowl from me, he gives my ear a scratch and breaks his self-imposed silence.
“We’ve had a long day, yeah, Blue? Have you given any thought to what reward you want?”
I smile up at him. I couldn’t have planned this better.
The bed is soft and inviting, and my night clothes don’t quite fit me right. It’s no trouble to let the wide neck slide off one shoulder. I let my eyes rise to his chest, and my lips part just a little bit.
“May… May I have a kiss?”
Notes:
Also, I'm trying the link again, and we will see how this goes...
Below is the link to the Tumblr associated with this account.
https://adhoard.tumblr.com/
Chapter 29: Pleas and kisses
Notes:
Hey, I'm back guys! I just wanted to thank you guys so much, and if you haven't already please check out Sekiraku's stories. New ones were added while I was down and they are awesome!!!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
“You… want a kiss?”
All I can do is repeat what Blue’s just said. It must sound incredibly dumb, but for the moment I just don’t care.
There’s no mistaking what he’s asked me for. Blue’s pose doesn’t change. He’s still looking up at me with those too wide eyes, his whole body loose-limbed and submissive. The wide neck of the sleep shirt he’s been borrowing from my closet is stretched to reveal far too much of his pale skin.
He’s not asking for a kiss. He’s practically an illustration from a raunchy novel, something to signal to the readers “if you’re not ready for this skip 10 pages and rejoin us at plot”. His eyes dip low for a half second and I’m tempted to move and cover myself.
There’s a bit of tension in Blue’s body, but I’m at least relieved that his eyes come back up to my chest. I want to ask what the hell is going on. I want to ask where he got it in his mind that we were doing anything like this. I want to know what made him think that our relationship was going to change. Was it something I said? Something I did that made him think I wanted this? All I talked about since coming up here was promising to find Blue’s favorite food and apologizing for taking so long.
Before I can even find the words, Blue’s beat me to it. There’s still an undeniable tension in his shoulders, but the rest of his body moves with the grace of a dancer. He levers himself up onto his knees and from where he is on the bed, he’s almost level with me.
His eyes come up to my chin and I’d almost call it a new record if it weren’t for the circumstances.
“Master…” Blue’s biting his lip, playing coy before setting tentative hands on my shoulders.
“Blue, I—” I try to interrupt, but Blue doesn’t yield. He pulls me closer and I almost trip. I steady myself at the edge of the bed, refusing to topple over onto him.
“Please, Master, I understand if I am being too bold with your generous rewards, but…” He leans close and I’m struggling to find my breath, let alone my words. “I’ll earn it from you. I’ll make it worth your while…”
Blue’s voice is quiet but there’s an undeniable teasing in his tone. I can feel the heat of his words down my neck and before I can prepare myself that heat is something else entirely.
Blue’s lips are soft but his tongue is scratchy, and I file that away with all the other useless things in my brain that have absolutely no reason to be there. It’s filed right next to the belated realization that Blue was never looking as high as my chin. He kept his eyes on the prize.
Blue’s hands work skillfully down the front of my shirt and pull me close. I have to lever a hand in between our bodies, a task made difficult by Blue’s apparent crusade against the idea that even air should come between us. I keep pushing at his chest until he has to give up his place at my neck and sit back on the bed.
“Blue…” I try to say this as sweetly as possible. I don’t want a repeat of my shoving him away in the kitchen. “What are you doing?”
“I, um… Whatever it is that you want.” Blue’s stutter at the very beginning betrays his confusion, though he does his very best to cover it up with more of the same honey tinted words. He’s an excellent actor, and I’m a little disappointed that this is an act. It’s the most independent thought and movement that I’ve seen Blue display. Though I suppose I am glad he’s not possessed.
Blue grabs at my arm, but my hand is still planted firmly on his chest, keeping him a solid arms length away.
“I only want to be of some use, and you’ve been terribly stressed lately, r-really I should be doing a better job.” Blue speaks just loud enough to betray that breathy tone from earlier. He holds my hand in both of his and runs his fingertips lightly over a couple of my more noticeable scars. I can’t tell if it’s soothing or disturbing. It’s such a glaring intimacy that I’m stunned. That is, until he decides that the touch is not enough and he brings my hand to his lips and starts planting reverent little kisses along my knuckles.
“Master,” the words are delivered in between his kisses, “won’t you let me do my duty and relieve some stress? You’ve been so kind and generous with me, please allow me to serve you where I have some skill.”
So kind? Stars, is this all over the cookies?
I can think of nothing else he might have seen as out of the ordinary today. Stars, I don’t know if I can even consider myself kind after the nightmare of a day I’ve given Blue. I beat him in front of my class and I even didn’t step in when the vet was being a cold insensitive prick with no people skills or appropriate bedside manner. At least, not until the end when Blue panicked at the sight of the needle. Then again, Blue hadn’t seemed bothered by the vet’s attitude. In fact, he responded like he’d been expecting the treatment.
I’ve done nothing nice for him except for the cookies. I even left him up here alone for hours while I went through the package and did just about everything around the house that I could to distract myself from its contents.
That is a problem… something that we’re going to have to deal with. I don’t know what Blue saw. He found the package first, but did he read the name of the sender? It’s doubtful, he must not have even gotten a good look at the seal on it or I’m sure I’d be getting asked a dozen questions instead of propositioned. For a moment I’m thankful for his blind obedience. Then again, if he weren’t so blindly following his training then I wouldn’t be in my current predicament.
With some difficulty I take back my hand from Blue’s tender ministrations. The uncomfortable silence that descends is a palpable and unwelcome presence between us.
“Master, please make use of me.” Blue’s voice is a small and shaky thing. It doesn’t hold the seductive tone that his body is still trying to convey.
“Blue, I’m not going to…” Have sex with you, hurt you, fuck you, rape you. My brain unhelpfully supplies dozens of progressively more crass but no less incorrect words for the end of this promise. But no matter how true the words are, I just can’t say it. “…do that.” I say instead, settling lamely for the one option that doesn’t make me want to throw up.
There’s a choked bit of laughter that’s too high pitched to be anything good. The sound is so strangled and wrong that I don’t want it to be Blue. His body’s gone tense and he’s hiding his face behind the dark veil of his hair. Not that that changes anything, I can’t decipher what he’s thinking about even when he’s actually looking at me.
“Do you find me that disgusting?”
The strain I hear in his voice is the only thing that holds me back from laughing. The idea is ridiculous and I have no idea when or how he’s come up with this theory. I’ve never said anything that could even remotely be mistranslated to that. Not that I ever would. In my professional opinion, Blue is gorgeous. Even considering the scars and his mountain of health problems, which aren’t much of a factor to me, he’s still beautiful. He just has such a pure and honest soul. He’s been practically stewed in pain and abuse, covered in the ugliness and bad decisions of others, but he’s still fighting. Every time we chip away at the shroud I can only see more and more light.
I hate the market even more, for having the audacity to think that he was unsellable.
“What? Blue, I don’t…” I try to tell him as much, but he cuts me off. His voice is so twisted I’m sure if I could see his face there would be tears.
“You don’t even sleep with me anymore. I’m grateful, I swear to you Master, I know how lucky I am and I am grateful, but…” His voice catches and he stops, pulling his hands into his lap as he starts to shake.
It takes a moment for me to figure out that he’s probably just realized that he cut me off. He’s waiting for me to start again, he’s waiting for me to hurt him for speaking.
I’m halfway between laughing, crying, and punching something, but I know that any of the above will hurt Blue. He was ready to talk to me, something I’ve spent a lot of time encouraging. Any loss of progress now will be hard to make up. None of this is going to work if he doesn’t talk to me.
“Blue, talk to me. Tell me what’s wrong.” I set my voice in the soothing, non-threatening register that’s gotten results before, but Blue just shakes his head and intensifies the already white-knuckled grip he has on himself.
“I’m j-just a… a spoilt, disobedient little—” I can’t let him finish what he’s saying. I never want to hear anything like that again.
“No, no, no, tell me what’s wrong.” I try again, trying to be more specific. I don’t have it in my heart to make it an order.
Blue sets his hands on the blanket and scrunches up the fabric under his fingers.
“You… you only touch me when I’m like this, you soothe m-my fraying conscious, but you never let me d-do anything for you.” Blue can’t control the way his voice hitches as he speaks. He’s crying and I feel like an ass because I want to reach out and take him into my arms, but I’m not entirely confident he won’t take that as acceptance of his advances. I’m not sure which move would be more disastrous.
Blue decides for me, concluding that my silence is evidence enough of my anger and disappointment. “N-not that there is a-anything I can do to earn your generosity, but I, I had hoped that you didn’t find me so distasteful…"
“Why would you think that?” I know it’s the least of my worries right now, but the question is out of my mouth before I’ve even thought it through.
“You thought I was worthy to share your bed when you took me home. You wasted so much time and effort on me. You made me how you wanted, and you held me like I was worth something. But when we went to the vet, you… I thought, when the doctor examined me, you were disgusted. You didn’t kick me out, but you never came back to bed. You came in and talked to me and trust me, Master, I know it’s more than I deserved, but I was so scared. Every night I wanted you to come, I didn’t want to be alone but more than that I wanted to be useful to you. I’m sorry I tainted your space with my filth, but… I… When we got this test… I thought… well, I thought that you had reconsidered. Now that you knew I was safe and clean, you would use me properly.”
“Blue…” There’s a lot to unpack there, and I really don’t know where to start, but somewhere’s better than nowhere, right? “I don’t find you disgusting and I certainly don’t think you dirty my space. I’m sorry if I made you think that about yourself. I was just trying to give you space after the whole incident with the doctor. I thought you would want the space.” I thought you wouldn’t want to be vulnerable near another man with such a clear degree of power over you, I thought you would want your space, I thought you hated me for letting that happen to you, you thought was going to kill you that night. There are a million things that I want to add, but I can see the confusion already blooming across Blue’s face and I know that everything else I want to say will just confuse him more. I just need to get on with it before this gets any worse.
“ You don’t have to do this. Really, you don’t. I don’t expect… service from you, that’s…” Stars, I need better words. “You don’t need to try and earn your keep this way. You don’t need to earn your keep at all.”
I can see that his confusion hasn’t been assuaged. If anything there’s something more pained in his eyes that I can’t quite decode before he tucks his chin to his chest.
“I want to make it worth your while. I want to be useful, Master,” he mumbles to himself, loud enough for me to hear, quiet enough to betray his embarrassment. He’s using his words carefully. I need him to know that he’s not as transactional as he seems to believe. His life and services aren’t necessary to earn or be worth being kept.
I’m angry at all these other “masters” who don’t seem to take their title seriously.
“Let me explain to you what that word means, Blue.” I know I’m letting my anger bleed too heavily into my voice when Blue flinches, his back going ramrod straight.
I close my eyes and count to five. I can’t be like this, I have to control myself. When I look back up, Blue’s looking at me, bottom lip pulled in between his teeth. He’s scared. His eyes dip down respectfully as soon as I’m looking, but my fingers slip under his chin and pull his face back up. I want him looking at me, and once those eyes are on me I feel a little bit better about this. We are more equal this way. At the very least, Blue won’t have to worry that catching my eyes will make me fly into a wild rage.
My thumb comes up and gently pries the reddened lip from between his teeth. It feels taboo to touch that part of his body at this point, but I shove the nervousness down and get back to what I had been planning to say.
“You call me “master,” but what does that mean?” My voice is even this time, and Blue’s eyes are locked with mine, though he hasn’t stopped shaking.
“Y-you own me.” The tremble in his voice is back. He’s scared of me. He doesn’t know the answers to the questions I’m asking and he’s afraid of getting the answer wrong.
“Yes, I own you, but there’s more to it than that. When you call me Master, you are mine. Do you understand? You are under my care. You are my responsibility. Mine to feed, and protect, and take care of. You never have to pay me back for that or earn your right to be treated with dignity. It’s my responsibility, no matter what.” I try to make my explanation as thorough as possible, no wiggle room where Blue can invent his own dark outliers. I don’t want him inventing horrible punishments where there was no failure.
I just need him to understand. I’m not going to throw him away. I’m not going to make him grovel and beg and earn his daily needs.
“B-but, I…” Blue stutters for a moment and his hands go for his shirt. It’s not the smooth practiced moves from earlier, this is just disjointed movements as he tries to strip.
“You don’t really want this.” There’s definitely some desperation in my voice that I’m none too proud of, but I’m fairly certain it’s warranted in this situation. I grab at Blue’s wrists and pull the material back down as far as I can.
At that Blue breaks. He sets his eyes on the comforter and I’m pretty sure I’ll be lucky if I ever get him to look at me again.
“It doesn’t matter what I want.” He says it with such conviction, like it’s the one truth he knows in this world. It breaks my heart.
“That’s not true. Blue, if nothing else, it matters to me.” It’s cheesy and stupid, and doesn’t even begin to address the mountain of issues that we will need to work through, but I’m just hoping it’s enough of a stall that I can figure out how to fix the real issue with the time it’ll buy me.
“I…I just want to make you happy, I want to be good for you.” Blue’s voice is so utterly genuine, so sweet and guileless that seeing him hunched in on himself on the comforter is doing bad things to my heart.
His request was pretty innocent, even if the idea behind it wasn’t. Maybe it wouldn’t be such a bad idea. It would get it out of his system, and he’d see that nothing bad would happen after. The more I try to rationalize it in my head, the more I realize I just can’t look at Blue’s pitiful stance on the bed anymore.
I rustle the fringes of Blue’s bangs, brushing them back. It gets his attention and he lifts his head, probably confused by the gesture, but I don’t waste the opportunity. I press my lips gently against his, with just enough pressure for him to know I’m there. It’s soft and chaste and just imperfect enough to make me believe that it really happened.
I pull away before anything more can happen.
Blue presses his hand to his lips. I can see him almost mimicking the pressure. At the very least, he’s not trembling, and he’s not looking like he’s ready to cry. I can see pink high on his cheeks, and I’m genuinely glad that the kiss he requested wasn’t solely to try and seduce me. He seems to have enjoyed it himself. Maybe a little too much… He’s moving his lips, but apparently can’t decide on the words, just opening and closing his mouth like a fish.
“Please, Master… I can do a great deal more, I’m not as fragile as you might think and you’ve given me so much time to heal.” Blue’s voice cracks and his words all come out as a rush, too high pitched.
“Blue, even if we were ready for this, which I am not saying we are, you’re going to need to actually heal. None of this “good enough” status that you think you’re at. And we are going to have to work out some ground rules. Absolutely nothing is happening until you really understand what your consent means, and how important it is.”
He seems to recognize the word at least, but it seems to be with all the connotations of what we were talking about the last time it came up.
“I know my place, I would never deny you.” Blue’s as snippy as I’ve ever seen him, all puffed up in his own personal brand of pride.
“Yeah, that’s kinda the problem.” I don’t know how to explain to him that consent matters. I’m not testing him, I just need us to be on equal ground if anything’s going to happen. I’d rather him feel safe than warm my bed, as foreign a concept as that seems to be.
“Y-you…um,” Blue’s cheeks are a mess of red, “you want me to be …badly behaved?” Blue’s studying the pattern on the comforter, but I can still make out the whisper. “One of my Masters, um, he liked his pets… the term was, um, bratty? Is that what you want?”
I can’t help the way I laugh. I really can’t, there is nothing in the world that could’ve stopped the wheeze buried in a mountain of chuckles. Stars, right now is not the best time to discuss exactly where our kinks lay.
“Blue, no. Just, no. I don’t need a brat in my life, you’re perfect just the way you are, you don’t have to play a part… Look, it just isn’t important.” I plan on leaving it at that, but the crushed look on Blue’s face is just too much.
Damn, I know I’m going to regret this.
“It’s not a forever no,” no matter how much it should be, “it’s just a no for right now. It isn’t important because you have to focus on getting healthy if you even want to consider this, ok?”
He nods out a dejected affirmative and I’m sure it’s the best I’m going to get tonight. I’m looking forward to sleep, and desperately regretting the nervous stupor that didn’t even let get a good night’s sleep last night.
“Is there anything you need for the night?” I can’t tell if my voice is actually shaking from the strain or if it’s just in my head. His water glass is full, but it never hurts to ask, especially after such an intense discussion.
Blue pulls his hands into his lap and twiddles his thumbs, watching intently, like he’s not sure which will come out on top. Embarrassed, yes. In danger, no. I make the executive decision not to try and tuck Blue in tonight. He can find his own way under the covers, and my presence will probably just make him more nervous.
I let out a relieved sigh. I don’t think I could have handled much more tonight.
“Alright, Blue, you have your water. I’ll leave the door open, you know the drill.” The tiredness is bleeding into my voice, but I want to remind Blue that he can call me at any time.
Something about his nervous fumbling makes me worry. In any case, that’ll be a problem for tomorrow’s me. I turn to leave, but Blue seems to have other plans.
“P-please don’t leave me.” His voice is fast and stressed, but most of all I don’t know how to process what he’s saying. “I-I know I have no right to ask, but— if it pleases you, would you stay with me for the night?”
I just got through explaining why we shouldn’t, but the desperation in his tone makes me hesitate. I don’t want to get into bed if he’s just going to try and change my mind, but I don’t want to dismiss Blue if he’s bringing up an actual concern.
“Why?” It sounds so harsh to ask this way, but it is the most direct.
Blue’s hands go down to play with the fabric of the comforter, scrunching up the fabric like it’s a stress ball.
“I-I like it when you hold me. I know I don’t deserve it, but when you stayed with me that first night… I—it made me.. I, um. You’re very warm, Master.” Blue rushes to finish the statement off, his ears giving a little twitch under the scrutiny of my gaze.
He’s hiding something from me. Not well, but he’s trying.
“I’m warm? Blue, a hot water bottle is warm, would you like one of those?”
“N-no, you…um, I… I like the w-way I feel in your arms…” Blue’s voice is soft, almost like he’s spilling some dark and terrible secret.
I fight the urge to smile. I liked the feeling of Blue in my arms as well. He fit snugly against me, and it’s been a long time since I’ve been close enough to anyone to have a good cuddle.
“Oh, really?” I’m teasing now, I know, but the more the blush spreads over Blue’s face the more he squirms in place. I like the idea that the thought of him in my arms is making him do that, and it is really just too cute for me to resist.
“It… makes me feel safe.” Blue’s final admission comes a good deal louder than the rest. And what can I say against that? He just wants to feel safe, everyone deserves that.
The blush tinting Blue’s face hasn’t faded and it’s as if he forced out all his air in the proclamation. Blue shrinks in on himself, that nervous and subdued creature yet again.
“Hey, it’s alright.” I move close and indulge myself in scratching behind Blue’s soft ears, draining the tension out of him.
“I’ll stay with you as long as you’d like.”
Blue plasters himself against me the moment I get into bed, burying his face in my shirt. He's trembling a bit, but the longer I pet him the more he relaxes into the touch. It's not long before he's nodding off.
I wish I could be so lucky.
Notes:
Check out the Tumblr page if you liked this fic
https://adhoard.tumblr.com/
Chapter 30: A New Job
Summary:
Kara has some thoughts about his mysterious little package and the nature of friends.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
I hold Blue until I’m sure he’s asleep, murmuring little nothings under my breath until he’s gone fully lax in my arms. With him asleep at least one problem is solved. There is still the issue of the technically illegal package in my basement.
When I first saw the seal on the packaging I almost had a heart attack, but the sender information cleared up most of my concern. It all looks more official than it really is, and I’m sure it was by that idiot’s design. I want to smack myself for not considering the possibility first. Of course he would be using the royal seal, he’s a member of the army corps and the package was going through official lines. Idly, I’m rather excited that the new method of tracking and delivery had as much success as it did. It’s supposedly based off of a line of blood magic, though the resident mages changed so many of the fundamental principles that I don’t think that it should really qualify as the parent field. It’s not precise enough to track the package to the person, especially without the required blood samples, but they must have made some truly revolutionary strides if they were able to send the package to my room based on the “signature of my magic— or whatever” as the inner letter so helpfully supplied.
The box really only held a smaller box insulated for travel and a letter with a copy of the royal seal done up in intimidating size, repeating who this package is meant for and giving orders to destroy the package if it has come into another’s hands, under pain of death. The formal and honestly, scary tone made me glad that it was my name, over and over again, and my brother’s rushed, but obnoxiously elegant handwriting on the inner box.
Blue lets out a contented noise and burrows closer to my chest. I can’t help but smile at the display and run a careful hand through his hair, going over the exact words of the letter in my head again.
Dearest little brother,
You mustn’t be mad at me. You know I wouldn’t break your claim to sanctuary if it wasn’t something of dire importance. That being said, if you’re reading this that means that the new messenger system we are trying to work with was successful. Even more incredible because we don’t have any more samples of your blood. The field-mages down here had to make do with the signature of your magic- or whatever. You were always better at understanding them than I was. The enclosed set of seals and runes inside are tied to my blood signature, so it should be a reliable way of getting your responses to me. If you got this…
I wouldn’t be contacting you if we weren’t desperate. The war in Puaj is going- good would be a stretch, but it’s going. Magic is so specialized here that we’re having some difficulties fighting the more trained battalions, but we are holding our own against them. I would never train my forces so sloppily they can’t survive a couple of mages. It’s not the forces that are causing the trouble, that’s the distinction that the officials keep misunderstanding in my reports. They keep sending me more soldiers, but the issue is the desert. It’s killing them, faster than any enemy forces. They just don’t want to accept that.
And as if that’s not bad enough, when we take new territories they blight the ground when they run. All the fringe territories get blighted out of fear, by the time we get there the people are already dying. It’s senseless, and none of our lovely generals that haven’t stepped foot onto a battlefield in over 50 years seem to see the issue with that. My soldiers are dying, and it’s really starting to mess with their minds. They don’t want to help civilians anymore and we are a short fuse away from getting ugly.
I need your help. As amazing as the new messaging system works as it is, I know you would have figured it out a million times faster. They are refusing to help me, and the crown isn’t allowing me to make it a publicly funded project, but they can’t stop my from making it a privately funded grant for student work. You will put all those established magisters to shame with your work anyway.
We can hold out for a while and the next supplies shipment is right around the corner, but this needs to be done as soon as possible. You have time, but not much of it. Enclosed in the box you’ll find several soil samples of the blighted land. It’s different in composition from local soils and it’s also a different kind of blighting compared to the Lintora crest near home. It must be a different type of spell, so I doubt any of the public research will be of much help.
I need you to find a cure for the blight, little brother. If anyone can do it, it’s you.
I’ve included my own notes on the baseline land conditions and weather patterns, and the sample with the black lid is a baseline sample of unblighted soil. There’s a tube with local variety crops that some of the civilians provided too, if that will help. I know I’m asking a lot. In the bag underneath the samples you’ll find the grant money for this project. It should at least get you started, I have no idea how much or how long this will take, but that’s only because this is absolutely unprecedented. I wish you all the luck in this world, should you accept this task.
Either way, you should know that sometime in the next four months they are going to publicly announce the loosening of border restrictions on Duran. The war has been over for years now, I don’t know why the political officials have kept up the pretenses for this long. As you know, this will be followed by several good faith gestures and some new trade deals. The word is that they’ve already sent one of the princes across the border. The information is a couple of months old, so there’s no real way to know which family is responsible for him at the moment without asking the royal advisors, but you know how common magic is up there. More than likely they’ve sent him to your dream school.
Stars, little brother, I don’t even know if you got in. I don’t know if you’re reading this or if it’s lost to the astral sea. Please, if you are reading this, respond. You don’t have to take this task, I just want to hear from you. It’s been too long.
Ps: I’ve included a little treat for you, something I found in the dunes, and it’s brought me immeasurable joy. Take care of it, will you? You need some kind of companionship.
Always yours,
Jet Ritan~
The “treat” was a little sand elemental, confusedly thumping on the edge of the glass vial that was housing him for transport. The elemental settled into the workshop nicely, but it doesn’t like to be touched. It slides through my fingers whenever I try to pick it up. It does seem to like my pencil cup though, it found its way into the thing and wouldn’t leave.
Idly, I’m proud that my brother had to use secret army magic to track me down, though I’m pretty sure the spells could only send, not reveal a location. There’s enough ant- scrying charms in the yard to occlude the whole neighborhood at any rate. They didn’t find me, the package did.
I still can’t believe what I read. Over and over, I turn the pieces over slowly in my head.
The package is all only technically illegal because messages over the border are still forbidden under the current arrangement. At least, non-military messages and shipments. I’m certainly not an official military receiver, but I am technically receiving an order.
I turn the job assignment over in my head. Find a cure for blight… It’s impossible, just as impossible as it sounds. The power and devastation of the blight is written into our very scriptures. It’s the most ancient of curses, the most devastating of magics.
Though, I suppose mages have thrown their lives away chasing stupider pursuits. And I suppose I have a hard time limit. I can’t work on this my whole life, I have to find something workable before the idiots who make decisions get my brother’s whole division killed. Finite time limit, high stakes… at least the pay is good.
The coin he’s included is certainly better than any first year grant. It’ll keep me afloat, well above that actually, even with all my new expenses piling up.
I fall asleep trying to make any case I can against taking the job, even though I know I’ve already made up my mind to try. I just don’t want to get my hopes up. But even still, I’ve never been able to say no to him.
At least I’ll have an excuse to dive hard into the library resources.
—————
When I wake up, I’m confronted by the undeniable fact that Blue’s quite a snuggle bug. In the night, he seems to have octopused his limbs around me to the point that I’m pretty sure it’ll be impossible to get free without waking him up. He does look content at least.
I don’t know how he can stand to be touched by me, let alone get held and cuddled, but I suppose I should have recognized how much he does like to be held.
The second sun is just making its break over the horizon and I know I’ve indulged myself in this for too long. I’m just glad I don’t have to bother with any of the garden duties today. The Almacs have had enough of my fussing, practically chased me out of my own backyard.
They’re shedding like mad, though. I’m picking up stray feathers from every corner of the yard. I’m pretty sure the only way people have managed to collect as much from them as they have is by finding the remnants of nests. In any case, my morning routine is thrown off.
I settle for scratching behind Blue’s ears until his little half awake croon becomes a more conscious purring.
Blue gives me a wide-eyed, slow blink before burrowing back into my chest with a rumbly purr that I can feel all the way in my chest. It’s adorable, but we do need to get out of bed.
“Aww, come on sleepy head. Unfortunately, we have to get up.” My lilting tone must be enough for Blue, he opens his eyes again and lets out a supremely adorable little squeak.
“Yes, Master.” Blue’s voice is scratchy and low from sleep but he carefully unwinds his body from mine, giving me space to sit up. His eyes are half closed, and as adorable as it is to see him sniffing at my warm spot, we’ve lost enough time already.
I pick out some clothes for him and send him out of the room. It’s a lab day for potions, so I don’t bother with anything too complicated. A nice tunic should be fine, and at least it’ll be comfortable. There’s some stuff I need to get out of my workshop. We are all supposed to be making a simple healing draught, but that potion takes substitutions and exchanges well, so we’re supposed to bring in our own components and see what we can do.
I’m planning to keep it simple, stick to the recipe for the most part. But Endraden marrow is easy to switch out for Kerry feather. Almost any feather that has a positive aligner and an amplifying effect would work better. The Kerry feather is creative, and makes a more potent drought, but it’s sometimes a little fickle. Nevertheless, I think it will be something fun to work with. Hopefully it will at least impress the professor.
I’m not sure what I'll need in the course of my research, but it never hurts to have the favor of a supervisor.
There’s a timid knock at the door and I sweep my eyes across the room. Blue hasn’t left anything in here.
“Did you need something, Blue?” I speak loud enough for my voice to carry through the door, but hopefully without the tone that he seems to interpret as angry. I’m just about finished folding my sash down, so I don’t mind if he walks in. Instead, he keeps the door closed, settling for speaking through the door.
“Um, Master, there’s something… odd in the kitchen.” His voice is quiet like he’s leaning his forehead against the door and whispering through it. That doesn't make what he’s saying any less concerning. A whole variety of things came into the house last night. Anything from the samples of foreign soil to the untempered magic to the magical creature in my basement, could pose a risk and shuffle all of the safeguards I've had in place.
I open the door with a little more force than necessary. Blue looks a little concerned, but I don't give myself the time to examine it further. I run down the stairs ready for fire, a wind wraith, a sentient ficus, but the kitchen is exactly the way I left it last night. Messy for sure, but nothing's dangerously out of place. There’s no terminal reactions happening here, just the soup and the racks of cookies I was making last night.
Blue’s bell tinkles quietly behind me. He’s approaching the kitchen slowly, wary of the space and its unfamiliar contents. I pinch the bridge of my nose and try to will away the giggling in the back of my throat.
“Blue, I… this was me. You don’t have to worry about this. I was just really tired last night so i didn't put any of this stuff away. I was a mess last night, most of the time cooking helps me clear my head, but in extreme scenarios, baking is required.”
Blue looks up at me like I’m crazy, before schooling his features and seeming to file away that information like it has critical importance.
The orange crystal on the counter glows a solid three bursts and I have to hide my head in my hands to try and suppress a groan. That’s Shauna’s crystal, we picked up the echo stones a few weeks after meeting each other. The stones are linked, they’ll glow when either one is touched. And the patter struck will continue until it is answered in some way with the other piece. We came up with our own code, something that would help us communicate over some distance without having to run a courier. Three bursts is *permission to come over?* But Shauna always treated it more like a warning, less like she was actually asking.
She’s coming to the house, probably to pick us up. I don’t mind the ride to school, in fact I really apprecciate it, but I am not ready for someone to come by.
“Stars… ok, Blue. remember the door I showed you, that leads down to my workshop? I need you to grab one of the extra, empty bags in there, along with my schoolbag. Can you get that?” I rattle off instructions, looking for tupperware I can use to store this mountain of cookies. “Oh, and can you grab me about three Kerry feathers, they’re a component for class today.”
“Of course, Master… Um, what do Kerry feathers look like?” Blue wavers at the entryway of the kitchen, ready to fetch the supplies, but hesitant for some reason.
“The jars are lablled, Blue. You can’t miss it. We have to hurry, I have no idea how long ago Shauna told me she’d be coming over.” I don’t mean for my voice to come out as derisive as it does, but we really don’t have time for this.
Blue hesitates for another moment, but leaves without protest. I breathe a sigh of relief and set upon the task of making something that Blue can have for lunch while he’s at the care center. The place seemed nice, but looks can be deceiving. I just want to make sure he’s taken care of. I don’t want this to be one of those terrible experiences Blue keeps being exposed to.
At the very least, he’ll be surrounded by others of his kind. That’s got to be comforting in some way. Back at the market, Blue was kept in a solitary cage. It’ll probably do him good to be on the same level as someone else. Maybe it will help him open up if he’s able to talk to someone else freely, devoid of the implicit threat of punishment.
The lunches I pack are identical, and as I’m packing up the last of the cookies it occurs to me that there’s really no better icebreaker than food, and the attendant did mention that all food restrictions don’t apply to food that’s brought in.
I set aside a box for Blue and a couple for myself, rationalizing that it is entirely moral to start a friendship with bribery.
Notes:
Hey guys,
This chapter was a little shorter. I am having some computer troubles and almost lost the whole chapter all together. Hope you enjoyed, I will endeavor to have his all cleared up by next week and get you guys a longer chapter to make up for it.
-Love you guys
Have a great week!
Chapter 31: The Care Center
Summary:
Blue has a realization that last night left a few more lasting effects than he intended, and gets to hang out with all the other familiars while Kara's in class.
Notes:
I promised longer, and I keep my promises! Special extra thanks to Sekiraku, our wonderful editor, who put up with all of my constant additions.
<3
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
I hand the folded little paper bag to my Master with a lump in my throat. I have no idea if the component I’ve gotten him is correct. He didn’t check it. He just threw the little wax paper containment bag in his satchel without even glancing at it. A part of me is happy that he trusts me enough to not check over the simple tasks he assigned me, but it would be a relief to know if I’ve gotten him the right thing.
Feathers seemed simple enough to narrow down, but there were at least five different varieties on the component wall in his study. That is assuming a Kerry Feather is an actual feather. It might be a fancy name for pollen, for all I know. Still, the open jar on his desk seemed like a good guess. The blue and white feathers seemed magical in nature and the scrawling curvy letters on the side might said ‘Kerry Feathers’. I might just be worrying myself into a mess for nothing.
Still, I can’t shake the feeling that this is going to end badly.
It’s not a sentiment that’s shared by my Master. He just smiles and pats my head, thanking me as though I’ve done something genuinely helpful, and my stomach sinks. What if I’ve given him the wrong thing? What if it’s dangerous? What if he gets hurt…
“Ok, here’s your bag for the day.” Master smiles brightly and holds up a simple messenger bag, perhaps a little worn, but still sturdy. He must see the confusion on my face as he continues, opening up the bag and showing me the contents.
“Yes, well… this is your lunch box, that’s just for you, and I got you a little thermos for tea. This box has a bunch of cookies in it, you’re going to meet a lot of people today and food is a great icebreaker so I’m sure this will go over well. There’s still some room in here if you want to go get your stuffie, you can take a nap… if you want.”
My head is spinning but I find myself nodding along. I keep forgetting all of the allowances that familiars are entitled to. They get the carpeted ground and soft light of the care center while their masters are otherwise occupied. They are in a position to be respected, since actions against them can be taken as actions disrespectful to their mages.
Master wants me taken care of while he’s away. I’m allowed off tether in the center. He’s even feeding me while he’ll be gone, and he’s made sure it would be allowed so that I wouldn’t get in trouble.
His hand ruffles through my hair and brings my attention back to him. His smile warms me from the inside and cuts away at all the tension that built in my mind.
That is, until I see his neck.
“Umm, I –” I try to stutter out a coherent statement, but there’s a knock at the door and Master grabs his own bag and shoves a muffin in my open mouth.
“Eat quick, we need to run.” He shoves one in his own mouth, grabs two more muffins and starts walking towards the door.
I hurry to follow after him, mind racing as I pull my bag onto my shoulder and grab my stuffie from where I’d hidden it downstairs. I grab the scarf off the coat rack for good measure. Hopefully it should be enough.
“Master…” I speak just loud enough to get his attention before offering up the scarf as innocently as I can.
“What are you doing?” Master’s voice is confused, but not angry. I don’t want to be bothersome, but I can’t let him go out like that.
“I… um.” I can feel my face getting warm, but I just try to keep posture. “It’s a bit cold outside, Master.” I pray that he takes the bait.
“Oh, are you cold? Here you go.” He takes the scarf, but wraps it around me with a smile.
“It was… I, that was for you…” I stutter stupidly as I paw at the cloth wrapped around my neck.
“I’m not really bothered by the cold until later in the year. Though at that point I do get pretty useless…” He mumbles the last bit, and I’m not sure I was supposed to hear it.
“Master, really, you should wear this…” I insist, losing my subtlety, but hoping I get my intent across.
“I’m fine, Blue, I promise.” Master waves away my concern and starts back toward the door. It’s not Shauna standing there like I had assumed. Instead Andé is in her place, patiently waiting for us. Master does not seem as surprised as I am. He continues on as though he expected a familiar to be the one to call on him.
“Ah, hello, Andé. Nice to see you. Shauna’s in the carriage I assume?”
Andé nods, stepping aside to make a sweeping gesture to the carriage waiting in the street. Master tosses one of the muffins to Andé before making his way forward. I’m pretty sure Andé catches the muffin on reflex alone. He only registers what he’s caught after Master has left, leaving me as the only one who catches his confused expression.
Idly, I’m glad that I’m not the only one who’s constantly confused by this man.
Shauna’s munching happily on her muffin by the time we’re loaded in together, and although Andé offers his to her, she lets him know that she will be cut off from Master’s sweets if she doesn’t let him have it.
He shoots a worried look over to me when no one’s paying attention and I do my best to smile and look supportive, taking another bite out of my half finished muffin. It’s odd, I realize, how much I trust my Master. I’m barely thinking about the things I’m accepting from him. I didn’t even give the pastry a cursory sniff. I push the thoughts of what that could mean to the back of my mind and just let myself take comfort in pressing closer to the hard line of my Master’s leg.
“Blue, why’d you take off your scarf?” Master’s voice shoots a bolt of panic through me. I can feel myself correcting my posture, shoulders back, back straight, even as I know that the posture I’m assuming is the wrong one. I’m still too used to the old pet positions. The new ones have yet to become fully ingrained in my mind. The sentiment is the same, though. The less that is wrong with you, the less they have to complain about. For the moment, I just have to find a way to explain myself that won’t be embarrassing to Master’s friend.
I mess with the dark colored material in my hands for a moment and try to clear my thoughts. I’d unwound the thing the second he was out the door, hoping to convince him somewhere along the ride that he needed to wear it.
“I… I, please wear it…” I don’t like the pathetic pleading tone of my voice, but it’s all I’ve got left.
“What? What should he wear…” Shauna dissolves into giggles before she can finish her statement and my heart drops into my stomach.
“Oh my Stars! Blue, you absolute tomcat!” She exclaims in between breaths.
I am certain that every inch of my body has turned as red as a tomato. I want to crawl under the seat and never come out again.
“Shauna what are you talking about?” Master’s voice just sounds confused.
“Blue, pff…” she covers her mouth daintily to suppress another giggle before pointing out the mirrored spot on her own body. “Blue left you a hicky.”
Master’s cheeks color as his hands go to his neck, trying to feel out the offending spot on his own. The school’s already ablaze with talk of how unqualified I am. I don’t want to think about how this will be interpreted. Master’s put a lot of work into making me his familiar, and I don’t want it all to go to waste.
“Gotta say Kara, I know you’re all for this new style of training, but you have to find it funny that he’s the one leaving claiming marks on you.” Shauna taunts playfully, but my mind hangs on her words.
Oh Stars, I didn’t mean it that way. I didn’t mean for it to be taken as a claim. Master owns me, it’s not the other way around. I know that, and more than anything I need him to understand.
“N-no, I swear.” The words tumble out of me like I have no control of my tongue. “I didn’t mean that. I would never. I’m, I’m lucky you waste time on me, I know that. I would not seek to overstep my bounds. I have no claim over you. I will gladly bear your claiming mark, anything you want. I swear.”
It all comes out in a rush, and I mean it, too. I’ll take whatever Master deems fit, be that a bruise at the neck or the mark of his teeth, hell, I’ll sit still if he wants to take a knife to my skin. I need him to understand that I didn’t mean what I did, I need him to claim me.
More than that… I think I want him to.
I feel so unstable here. I don’t understand Master’s friend, and I sure as hell don’t understand what they will be expecting of me at the school. I want to feel stable, I want to be safe. I crave the easy, soothing contact from the other night. I want his voice, his scent, his warmth, to tell me it’s ok.
He tugs the scarf out of my hand, winding it around himself while he lets his other hand play in my hair.
“Aw, Shauna, Blue was just a little too eager when we were playing around. I thought it was cute.” He pats my head a little for emphasis and it’s all I can do to hold onto his leg like a lifeline.
His fingers slot under my collar, pulling the slack taut against my throat. It’s not hard to breathe, but the pressure is there. It’s just like when he fixed the slots on the collar the first time, making sure there was enough slack for me to breathe. His fingers rest on my pulse point, but I’m sure he could hear it unassisted, my heart’s beating so loud.
His thumb runs over the high point of my neck in a soothing little pattern that makes my hair stand on end as I shiver and press closer to his knees. That’s right. He’s claimed me already.
Now and a hundred times when I proved myself unworthy. The pressure makes sure that I can feel my collar, the soft leather one consistent band of pressure against my neck.
I am his choice.
Master chuckles as I pull closer to him. “After all, it’s not like anyone’s going to forget who Blue belongs to.” Master’s voice is a pleasant rumble and he pets me for the rest of the carriage ride.
----------
Despite the ride, we’ve managed to arrive well behind schedule, cutting slightly into one of Master’s classes, and significantly into one of Shauna’s. Andé is trusted to escort us both to the care center as both our Masters go running into the building.
I don’t know much about Andé. He’s taller than me, seems just a bit older, and is obviously stronger. He’s probably only seen one or two Masters. He’s no doubt expensive, with his training, yet he’s been very kind to me.
“I wanted to thank you.” My words come out without much thought, but the sentiment is genuine. Without our Masters here, it should be ok to talk.
Andé doesn’t seem to share my sentiment. He nods a polite acknowledgment and we continue walking.
I wonder if he can talk. I’ve met a few who can’t, for one reason or another. Still, my weak thanks doesn’t quite covey the gratitude I want to show him, so I continue on my own.
“You didn’t have to help me yesterday, but you went first and let me copy your stances. I didn’t know what I was doing and you helped me not make a fool out of myself and my Master at the opening ceremony,” I clarify, hoping it will wring a few words out of him.
He turns to me, continuing to move forward, and I feel the need to hide myself from his silent appraisal.
“You’re a carrier.” He says the words matter-of-factly, quick and simple. His voice is deep, but it doesn’t sound scratchy or pained. He’s probably just not used to being asked to vocalize. Silence is often an appreciated asset. Though it’s what he said that’s a little more alarming.
“You’re not.” I try for the same even tone and press my hands to my sides so I don’t feel them shaking.
It’s no secret that I'm a carrier, but there are very few reasons to bring it up. He’s bigger than me, stronger too, and there’s no one else in these halls.
“I’m sorry, that’s not what I… I didn’t mean it to sound that way!” His voice is as panicked as I feel.
“What was it supposed to mean?” Doubt colors my tone, and I don’t try to hide it.
“I… that’s just… It’s just something that’s in my training to… notice.” He says it to me, but his eyes are looking anywhere but. There’s a blush high on his cheeks.
I look at him with new eyes.
“You don’t seem like specialized breeding stock.” There’s still hesitance in my voice, but the nervous tension currently flooding through Andé right now is putting my own nerves at ease. It seems he really didn’t mean anything by it.
“I didn’t realize there was a way to tell,” he snickers to himself, and I realize that he really doesn’t know what it is.
You don’t have the hurts of breeding stock. They don’t get taken out of the facilities until they’ve been practically fucked to death… if they get taken out.
If you have good enough breeding potential, if you’re pretty enough, with desirable enough traits for the market to want a new batch of you, they’ll take you to a breeding facility. They’ll use you as a stud or carrier and make as many of you as they want.
According to my chart, my traits were random, not enough of a chance that my kits would share my eyes, hair, or skin color. I’m not effective as breeding stock, thank the stars.
“Not at the market!” he clamors, seemingly realizing where my mind had taken his statements. The sudden loudness nearly has my head scraping the ceiling. He takes a deep breath and continues, quieter.
“I was actually part of a private breeding ring. My last master was a bored baroness married to some wealthy landowner in the north. She had made a hobby cross-breeding different species together, selling the best specimens to her dear friends. Something about trying to make different breeds stronger or share traits… I don’t really know. It wasn’t anything like the farm, she had us kept in peak physical condition so we could always aid in her experiments.” His tone is level, but I see the tremble in his hands.
“So how did you end up here?” I ask, both genuinely curious and anxious for him.
“She had people who cared for us physically, but we were alone to deal with… everything else. Some of us couldn’t handle it. Some of them started malfunctioning, some of them just stopped being useful to her, some got violent…” Andé trails off, his mind somewhere else altogether.
“Which were you?” I speak the question hovering between us.
“I… I disobeyed. I was supposed to breed with this carrier, a swan, but she already had a mate. She loved one of the other studs, another swan that she’d already bonded with, and--”
“And they mate for life,” I cut him off, already knowing where this was going. There are a few species that find it very hard to break themselves from their bonded pair. I’ve seen it a few times, usually when one of them has to get sold off. The separation drives them mad. Sometimes they are able to keep living, other times…
“I couldn’t do it,” he whispers, like it’s some big secret.
“That was irresponsible, if she wanted to have swans as a set of breeders she shouldn’t have left them alone, shouldn’t have allowed them to court each other.” I try to be diplomatic, but it’s hard to say it with a straight face. Andé’s obviously still hurt by the whole endeavor and I don’t even want to think about what happened to the swans.
“She sold me afterwards, sent me with a caravan into Capital city. And, well, that’s where my Mistress picked me up. The baroness had been training up familiars mostly, so all my training documents were in order. You know the rest, I suppose.” He finishes with a weak smile that I try to return before we face the door in front of us.
We’ve reached the care center.
Andé holds open the door and we present our papers together. A black plastic band goes around Andé’s wrist, a red one around mine, and we’re allowed in.
The care center looks just the same as it did the day before, though it seems most of the familiars have just arrived. It’s early in the day so they aren’t curled together or ready to sleep just yet. They seem to be greeting each other.
They seem to know each other quite well, though I suppose theirs is a pretty close community. I suppose I can understand. They know that they’ll be able to see each other at a fairly consistent basis. Their schedule is the same as their masters, they come into school at the same times and dates as all the others. They have the opportunity to make friends with familiars owned by different masters.
“Blue, right?” I vaguely recognise the avian from the opening ceremony, but I know for a fact that Master never told her my name, and I sure as hell didn’t.
“Y-yeah…” It’s all I can do to nod along. She is correct after all, but I don’t know what she wants with me. She takes my hand, pulling me towards her collection of friends before I can so much as ask why.
There’s another cat, better pedigree, a Maine Coon if I’m correct. She doesn’t seem too interested, but the others seem a little more excited by my arrival. The owl is practically bouncing in place, but the hedgehog and red panda seem a bit more nervous.
“This one? I only saw him at the opening ceremony.” The avian speaks to her friends more than to me, but she hasn’t let go of my arm. Why were these familiars looking for me?
“Yeah! You’re Blue, right?” The owl speaks excitedly grabbing my free hand in his.
“Yes, um… I’m sorry, do I know you?” I hope it doesn’t come across as weird or insulting, but as far as I know, I’ve never seen these familiars.
“Well, not really… I saw you in my Master’s class yesterday. Besides, even if I hadn’t, the whole school’s talking about you. I’m Nyc, by the way,” the owl continues, seemingly bashful in the explanation for his earlier excitement.
“Yeah, even my Master wouldn’t shut up about it. He must have written out eighty letters last night trying to figure out where the hell your master came from, or who he is at least,” the Main Coon adds, quirking her eyebrow. I don’t like the way her eyes roam over me, it feels like she’s cataloging all my flaws.
“Avery, don’t dump all this on him!” The red panda practically wails at her companion.
“She belongs to a third year, she’s just a little… much…” Nyc carefully hedges.
“Oh.” It sounds stupid, but it’s all i can think to say. I don’t know these people, but they seem to know each other quite well. I look back to find Andé still behind me, observing the same bizarre spectacle. The two of them are still holding my hands, keeping me in place, but Andé offers no help. He just shrugs his shoulders and sits on one of the cushions by Avery.
I suppose I should be glad he hasn’t abandoned me, but I’m a little miffed he’s of no help.
“So? Who is this mystery man who has the whole school scrambling?” Avery reiterates her point and fixes her gaze back on me.
It’s dangerous to be so free with Master’s private information, but I don’t know much to begin with. At least nothing that would interest their masters.
“I… I don’t know much about him. He lives alone, doesn’t even keep servants. He’s never had a pet before, let alone a familiar, but he’s exceptionally kind.” I can’t help the tentative pride in my voice, but Avery doesn’t seem convinced.
“Really, you’re pretty bruised up, hon… Plus, he’s not even letting the center feed you.” She shows off the little black band around her own wrist. It’s the same as Andé’s but different from mine. I take a quick look around and see that there’s only two other familiars that have the same red plastic band as I do.
“No… No, my Master… He doesn’t like the kibble so he…” I tighten my hand around the bag I’m carrying. “He packed food for me, and some treats for the other familiars I might meet today. You want some?” I bite my lip, hoping it doesn’t come out too eager, but it seems I don’t have much to worry about. The others pull me down into the section of bean cushions that they’ve claimed for themselves while I pull out the box of Master’s cookies. Andé too seems interested in my package. Master’s muffin was probably good enough that he’s curious for more of Master’s pastries.
“Careful Xia, you never know when you’re going to catch a disease from lying in the trash.” The harsh voice comes from behind us, a smirking wolverine who seems to have had too much fun with her own joke. The red panda’s face goes pink, she must be Xia.
I know I’m not the same caliber as the rest of these guys, but they had seemed pretty nice. They didn’t seem to mind as much as most of the owners did yesterday, at least.
“Oh, shove off Mel! Go be a dick somewhere it’ll be appreciated.” Avery all but snarls, showing her teeth and arching her back.
Mel seems to take offence at that, but doesn’t do anything more than stick out her tongue before walking away. It doesn’t mean anything to her. I suppose it shouldn’t mean anything to me either, I’ve been called worse. Master likes me, it doesn’t matter what everyone else thinks. It doesn’t matter how right they are.
“Hey don’t listen to her. Little upstart got here a week ago and thinks she’s hot shit. Give her a few weeks. Trust me, let her learn her place here. With that attitude I know for a fact she’s never been owned by a mage.” Nyc manages through gritted teeth. All his feathers puffed up in a show of angry defence.
“Her Mistress’ working on some huge project, some big grant directly through the school from some magister doing work in another country. She acts like she can’t say anything, but it’s all public record if it was through the school, nothing too secret.” Xia adds at the confused look on my face.
Even still, it doesn’t explain why they defended me. I don’t know these people, they’ve never met me before, and I didn’t even have any information that they seemed to want.
“You don’t… um, agree with her. I mean, I know I’m not… exactly ‘familiar stock’. I’m not really supposed to be one of you...” I can’t help the way I stutter. I don’t know why I’m questioning their niceties. I want to belong, I want them to like me.
“Hon, I guarantee we are more alike than you think. Some of us like to be all high and mighty, but when it comes down to it the only difference between us is our shelf life. It’s not right if we don’t at least have each other’s backs when no one else is around.” Avery brushes her hand over mine in a comforting gesture, smiling when my eyes meet hers.
We take turns pulling cookies out of the box, testing them, occasionally offering them to familiars who come in later or are curious about what we have. We laugh and talk freely amongst ourselves, and though there are a few familiars who very distinctly look down on my presence, the group shields me from the brunt of it.
I don’t know where we stand, but I think I’ve made some friends.
Notes:
https://adhoard.tumblr.com/
this is the link to the Tumblr, over the next few days I'll be putting up some stuff from the past few chapters.
Also, just wanted to let you know how awesome you guys are and how much i appreciate all your comments and support.
You guys are the best!
Chapter 32: A Strange Supplement
Summary:
That mystery ingredient goes into the potion... What's it going to do?
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
Xia sweeps another fugitive lock of Avery’s hair into place before settling back down against Nyc. We’ve found our way into an oddly clustered cuddle pile that has to shift every time Xia decides to change targets. She’s offered to braid everyone's hair in a different style and although Ande’s is too short to be anything more than played with and mine doesn’t stay without a tie it is a rather nice experience. Each of us is getting pampered at least a little today.
“If you don’t belong to a first year, then who is it?” the shearwater questions as she slides a little further into Ande’s lap.
Nyc looks a bit sheepish but says, “Well, I belong to a third year storm mage. Though, technically I belonged to her sister.” His wings dip, but he’s trying to keep levity in his voice.
If the others see it they don’t acknowledge it and we all start talking about something else while Nyc gets pulled into the middle of our cuddle pile.
“Blue!” I hear Master’s voice and I jump to my feet. Master is over by the attendant’s desk, but there’s no way he missed the cuddle pile I was a part of.
I don’t know why I’m so nervous. He gave me permission to nap while I was here, and there are very few breeds so averse to touching that they wouldn’t seek out others in times of rest. It’s entirely natural, completely innocent…
I wave a quick goodbye before I run off and meet Master at the desk. Apparently, he’s come to collect me for Potions. He signs me out on the sheet and the attendant takes my wristband.
“Was the center ok? Did you have fun?” There’s a nervous tick in his voice but he doesn’t acknowledge it, so I try my best not to either. I nod along, but Master waits to speak again until we are well past the doors in a hallway with no other students. Master looks like he’s a bit nervous, or perhaps irritated. I’m not quite sure what to do with that, but it’s easy to dismiss.
“The cookies were a big hit, then?” he continues, and I realize he’s looking for a verbal response.
“Yes, Master. They were very good. Thank you for the treat, all of the familiars liked them!” I can’t help but brag a small bit. I want him to know how much they enjoyed his pastries. Maybe later I’ll tell him that they’d thought I accidentally took his box of cookies and all their masters were eating pet pastries instead.
“Well, they always are.” He smiles down at me. This master likes verbal response...
“How did your cookies go?” I fiddle with the strap of the bag, glad to have something to do with my hands. I want more of those smiles. It’s more than his happiness meaning my safety, this Master deserves to be happy. As it is, I’m struggling not to talk until I run out of breath. I want to tell him about all the familiars I’ve met…
But that would be improper.
I shouldn’t speak over my Master. I haven’t seen him all day. He probably has just as much that he wants to say to me. I should listen to him first, and then wait to be addressed... if he wants to listen to me, he’ll ask.
“Well, half the school has pledged to wage war in defence of them so, rather well I think.” There’s a smirk on his face that he’s trying to hide, but eventually, the grin wins. He’s practically giggling by the time we turn the corner. “I swear, people are all the same.”
Something in his voice is exactly the same as when Avery had said it. In different words, and about two very different sets of people, but the sentiment is the same. It seems like a trap to say that we are similar, that at the base level we at least act in the same way. I can’t think of a good response and soon the appropriate time to speak up has come and gone.
Master doesn’t seem to mind my lack of response. When he turns to me I nod, assuring him that I’m paying attention. He seems to take that as enough of a response and continues.
“Come on, Potions is our last class today and then we can go home. Tell me about all those familiars I found you with.”
I tell him about the menagerie that I’ve become acquainted with in the time away from him. Nyc I try to portray with as much of the manic energy as I can while maintaining the illusion that he may still grow into the classically attributed traits of owlish wisdom and refinery. I’m able to give him the name- Marina- for the short tailed shearwater that we both met during the opening ceremony. Master tells me that her owner is in his herbology class, that they had also met again today. The Maine Coon, Avery, is a little harder to introduce. She’s the only other cat that I’ve met here, so I lead with that information.
“Two cats under one roof, Stars, I can just imagine the trouble you’ll get into.” Master smiles and whispers under his breath. It seems like it’s not something I was supposed to hear, but having heard it ties my stomach into knots. We wouldn’t get into trouble, no one in their right mind would go around actively seeking mischief.
“ I wouldn’t dream of it, Master. I swear, you’ll get no trouble from me!” I start apologizing, but Master interrupts me.
“Come on now, none of that. Tell me about the rest of your friends.” He just smiles and brushes my apology off, wanting to know more.
My face heats at that. I don’t know if an afternoon of pleasant conversation is enough to warrant friendship, but I continue talking about Xia the red panda and Sui the hedgehog. Sui can’t speak, it’s been an issue since her birth, but Avery told me that it wasn’t really a problem for her because her mistress is deaf and doesn’t care if her familiar can speak. Xia, Sui, and Marina are the only others who belong to first year students.
Master smiles patiently through my excited chatter, even laughing at the stories. There’s a light in his eyes that makes me feel giddy for having put it there.
We’re not as early to class as I believe Master would like. I can tell when the nervous hunch sets in to his shoulders. Only about half of the class is there, but they’re already turning over their cauldrons and washing out their equipment. The teacher isn’t even there, though his familiar is, antennae twitching about in apparent annoyance at all the people in the room. The familiars are at their masters’ sides, assisting their mages.
“I was hoping we’d have the room to ourselves for a bit, but I guess this is to be expected on the day we’re making our first potion,” Master sighs, and we find our way to our table.
It’s later in the day than I thought. The glow of the suns coming through the window has faded to orange as only two remain in the sky. There’s a warmth in my chest that has nothing to do with the light. This is the spot I chose for Master, the task he entrusted me with. I wonder if I’ll be able to sit here at any point this semester without color bleeding into my cheeks.
“Is there anything I can do to help?” it comes out in a rush as I turn away from the window and try to ignore the squeezing in my heart.
“Of course, though I warn you, a lot of this is just tedious,” Master says, already lining the desk area with beakers and equipment.
“I don’t mind!” I say eagerly. Tedious work is the least of my troubles, I just want to be helpful in some way.
“Alright, I need to wash out all these things, so just go through my bag and lay out all the components.” Master piles a precarious pile of items in his arms and sets off to the washing station in the back of the class, while I try very hard not to let my heart stop beating in my chest.
Laying out components, right… Should be easy. Should be something anyone could do. There isn’t even anything to mess up... so long as the components are right.
I try not to handle Master’s bag like it’s dangerous as the other students start filtering in and taking their places at their desks. There’s nowhere I could stash the component should it be faulty, not with so many people watching. But there’s another issue.
All of Master’s components come in the same little baggies. Some are a little heavier than others, and some shift around in large clumps, but without going through them I wouldn’t even be able to tell which is which.
My hands tremble as I lay out the bags in no particular order, trying to arrange them in a line. If nothing else, they will be presentable.
The teacher comes in and the class begins. He runs through lab safety protocols and begins instructing the students on the initial steps of the potion making, the steps that should be the same for everyone. Master pays more attention to ruffling my hair and praising me than the components I’ve laid out and for once, I’m not happy with that. Master’s distracted and I just want him to check his components. I don’t care if I get in trouble or if he gets mad at me, I just don’t want to put him in danger.
Master seems to know what he’s doing to an almost frightening degree. He’s not using the book like the other students, not even the ones with the personal notes drawn in for alterations. He takes sachet after sachet and adds the components at the right time and speed for the brew to undergo six color changes by the time half the class has produced cauldrons of black ooze more likely to kill someone than heal them. I feel my heart pick up every time he picks up a new bag, but he hasn’t gotten to whatever tainted ingredient I’ve given him yet. But the line of possibilities is growing shorter, keeps growing shorter. By the time there are only two left I can’t stand it anymore.
“Master, I’m not s--” I try to warn, but in my approach I seem to startle him and his hand crashes into the beaker of water he’d set aside.
“Stars. Blue, just keep stirring this, ok? The green ring around the center’s going to get bigger. By the time it’s completely green the corian needs to be fully mixed, then dump in the kerry feathers as fast as you can. I’m going to run and grab some more water.” He moves my hands to the glass stirring rod as he speaks before he picks up the remarkably unshattered beaker and starts off to the water station.
“But, I-” I try to speak as soon as my mind catches up with me. I need to warn him about the components. I can’t be the one doing this, I don’t know the first thing about potions.
“Just don’t stop stirring, it’ll gelatinize if you don’t keep it in motion,” he orders before he turns away and I find myself caught in the repetitive motion of stirring the pot, watching the green ring grow wider. It’s going quick, so I don’t have much time.
I spill out the contents of the two bags. One has small brown root-looking chunks, and the other is my feathers.
The chunks go into the cauldron and the green isn’t slowing down. I try to breathe slow. It’s going to be fine. Someone will see this. They’ll know something’s wrong. A quick glance reveals that no one is watching. The students are all nose deep in their books, the familiars are at their sides, even the teacher is distracted with another student’s failure.
The potion’s simmering green and I have no choice. The simple white and blue feathers lie very innocently on the table. Inert, they don’t seem like anything special. All I can do is pray they won’t explode in this mixture.
“Stars, please be right.” I let the feathers drop into the bubbling liquid, satisfied that it won’t be Master who gets hurt at least. The rest of the world goes slow as they drift down, my heart doing double time.
“Those aren’t Kerry feathers,” I hear a soft but toneless voice say. I look up to see Tulla, antennae twitching and hair pulled up so far over her eyes I’m surprised she can see at all, but I have no doubt she’s right. She works with components all day. I just wish she’d come over a little sooner. When I look down, the feathers are already mixing into the potion.
The potion glows such a bright yellow tone that I have to shield my eyes.
The good news: The potion didn’t explode.
The bad news: Everyone in class is staring at us
Maybe I shouldn’t have promised that I’d be no trouble….
Notes:
A Question for you all: Next chapter from Kara's perspective or Blue's? Which would you like more?
Also the Tumblr:https://adhoard.tumblr.com/ more pictures and things soon to be added!
Chapter 33: A New Curriculum
Summary:
Kara has a startling realization. Blue lets a little more slip about his past, and they both try to cope the best they can.
Notes:
To all the people who desperately need Kara to let go of that Idiot Stick
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
Everyone’s attention is on me. The glowing cauldron radiates light as if to encourage the last people in the corner to turn around and stare at this potion gone wrong. This cannot be the correct reaction. It looks nothing like the other brews. Whatever I put in this pot, it wasn’t supposed to go in there.
“Blue? Blue what the--” I hear Master over the small crowd that has gathered around his station. He sounds mad, annoyed at the very least. He has to push his way through his dumbfounded classmates. It’s all I can do to kneel down and hide myself from the gaze of the other students behind the work station.
I can feel everything good that Master and I have built together crumble like sand under this new revelation. Last night Master claimed me, not in a way that I’m familiar with, but it was a claim all the same. Usually the claiming comes the day of my purchase. I wear the bruises and aches of my use, and there’s a sense of stability that comes with them. I was used, therefore I am claimed and have a place in my master’s house.
Last night, all the stability of a claiming followed, but Master didn’t have to do a thing but talk to me. He spoke of the things a master might do as a responsibility, not an indulgence. I’m his, simple as that. He didn’t need to leave bites or bruises on my skin, because his hold is all encompassing.
He more than owns me. He cares for me.
At least, he did…
I wish I had the more concrete declarations. The burn might bring me some bit of solace as Master scrambles to fix the mess I’ve left him.
“Kara! What is this?” It’s the teacher, staring over our cauldron with wide eyes. At least he doesn’t seem too mad. Maybe he can’t tell how terribly I've messed this up. I don’t want Master’s grade to suffer for my incompetence.
“Oh, ummm, well sir,” Master speaks slowly, dipping his finger into the mixture, working it quickly between his fingers before returning his attention to the teacher “you see, we were trying to make a concentrate. That’s why it’s not the color it should be. It’s a little more potent too… We were just messing around with rearrangeable materials--” He continues on, but I stop listening in favor of catching my own breath.
Master is lying, lying well and with a smile on his face, while I try to regain enough presence of mind to slow my heart. He hasn’t even looked at me. I pray that he’s calmed down some by the time he does.
“Hey, you ok?” Tulla’s monotone voice reminds me of her presence. She moves so silently, I doubt anyone realizes that she’s there before she starts speaking. At least, that’s how it seems to me when I realize that Tulla is crouched not an inch from me.
“Stars above!” I’m fairly certain my heart is succeeding in its efforts to pound its way out of my chest. Tulla sits beside me, utterly unfazed by the commotion above and around us, studiously ignoring all the questions flying above our heads.
“That’s a pretty unique component,” she says after a few beats of silence, probably accepting that I wasn’t going to answer her first question. I’m reminded that she’s my only witness. She knew what I put in the cauldron, if not what it was then at least what it wasn’t. She’d seen it for a split second and she’d been able to tell that it wasn’t a Kerry feather. If the lying that Master’s trying to pull off is any indication, it’s best that no one new find out what’s in the brew.
“Please, please don’t say anything! I don’t even know what that was, I grabbed the wrong thing in my Master’s workshop, I don't think this was supposed to happen--” I try to plead with her, but she cuts me off, completely unfazed, still in that gloomy single toned drone.
“I doubt it was supposed to happen too, your Master doesn’t seem like the flaunty type.” Her antenna gives a little twitch. It’s as close to an emotional reaction as I’ve been able to get out of her, and I suppose I count it as a win. She doesn’t seem invested one way or the other. She doesn’t seem eager to rat me out, at least.
“So, you won’t say anything?” I don’t like the tremor in my voice, but I am not above begging. I need this clear between us. If nothing else, I'll settle for trying to make her understand how important it would be to me.
“Oh, well, if my Master asked, I would be bound to answer…” she hedges carefully, and I feel my heart sink.
“I understand…” I press my hands together in an effort to keep the trembling to a minimum. Her Master is the teacher. Of course she would be obligated to answer his questions and observe his students. He couldn’t possibly keep an eye on all of them. It’s only a matter of--
“Just messing with you, kitty cat. He can’t make me tell him shit.” A devilish smile spreads across her face.
I manage a half smile in return before a hand grasps my shoulder and pulls me up onto my feet.
My Master’s smiling, but not at me. He’s turned to the rest of the class, smiling out at them. It’s only me who notices the tension in his steps as he pulls me out the door.
“Stars, I thought we’d never get out.” He takes a deep breath as soon as the door closes and sets a brisk pace walking away from the classroom. I follow slowly behind him, nervous to abandon the safety of public space, but unwilling to lag behind.
“Master, your class-” I try to draw attention back to the most pressing commitment. Any extra time for him to cool off would be appreciated.
“I told the teacher we’d be leaving early.” He doesn't turn to address me, and at this point it’s hard for me to match his wide steps.
“Master, I--” I try to hasten my way to him and… apologize? Beg? I’m not even sure what the most pressing concern is at the moment.
“We’re going home, Blue.” Master’s voice cuts through my half-formed protest, curt and dangerous. I take the hint and follow him quietly.
We turn the corner to an uninhabited hallway and Master pulls out a totem. I have a half second to prepare myself for transport before Master activates the seal.
The last thing I see is someone turning down the hallway. That someone is very surprised to see us vanish.
In that flash of transportation, it looks like the house appears around us rather than us materializing inside the house. Regardless, I have to take a moment, leaning against the cabinet in the hallway before I can breathe normally.
“What happened! Stars above, I’ve tested that recipe before, I swear. Nothing like that has ever happened before.” Master is pacing like mad, down and back the hallway before he turns to face me. I can see the anxious tremble in the line of his body, but it’s nothing compared to the fear in his eyes. “Blue, what did you put in the cauldron?”
“I’m sorry.” It’s out of my mouth in place of a real answer, and as meager as it is, it’s all I have to offer. The look on Master’s face crushes me, like he hadn’t known the issue was me. Had he thought it was a freak accident? He probably just didn’t want to face the idea of his pet knowingly screwing up his assignment.
“What did you put in the cauldron?” The question comes again, calm and even, though the tone does nothing to assuage my fear. Master takes a half step closer and I summon every bit of resolve to hold my ground.
“I-I was... trying to do what you asked, but-” The excuse sounds weak to my own ears, and that’s without the useless stuttering peppered in. It wasn’t on purpose. I didn’t mean to cause him so much trouble, I need him to understand that.
“But you changed out my components? Blue, I-” His voice is hard, unyielding to my pitiful entreaties. He’s not asking for justifications, he’s asking for an answer. Something I am proving unwilling to give.
“I’m sorry, I didn’t know what it was. And I- I was so s-scared it was going to hurt you.” I try to appeal to the gentle, kinder side of my Master. This ridgid, unyielding side of him is new to me, confusing and possibly dangerous. I need him to understand that I meant him no harm, that I didn’t understand what I was doing.
Sure enough, his posture slumps as the dangerous light leaves his eyes and he speaks in a tone meant to soothe once more.
“Blue… It was a healing draught,” he explains. “You would have to include fireworks in the mix in order to get a hope of a spark. Why do you think it’s what they start potions students on? Failure is just a waste of material and maybe a bad smell. There’s nothing in the mix that’s volatile.” His eyes are weary, but he breathes a sigh of relief as I do. This is the Master I am familiar with.
This is my kind and gentle Master.
“Well, that’s a... breath of relief now…” I try to choke out a lilting, teasing tone, but my voice cracks under the weight of the stress at precisely the wrong moments.
“Blue, what did you put in the cauldron?” HIs voice is quiet, but no less firm. He’s worried about spooking me, but he needs to know the answer. He will probably have to explain himself to his teacher sometime in the coming days. I fiddle with my thumbs, trying desperately to come up with a believable excuse as to why I don’t know the name of the component I gave him this morning.
After a few minutes, Master gives a little huff at my unresponsiveness.
“Will you show me?” he asks quietly, directing the question more to the space between us than to me, as though it would be more likely to answer him.
I nod. I’m more than willing to show him what I put in his potion, I just wish I had the courage to find my voice.
Master goes first, turning immediately and opening the door down into his study He heads down the stairs without even sparing a look back to make sure that I’m following him. He has trust that I’ll follow him. Though considering my options, where else would I go?
Even still, it’s strange to move untethered, unordered, of my own volition, downward into my Master’s private den. My mind flicks through too many memories that have me questioning whether or not this is a good idea.
The room lights up as Master walks in. It’s mostly crystals, shining in different hues, but before I can distract myself with anything else Master asks his question again.
“What did you put in the cauldron?” His voice is even and I have to commend his efforts not to show his anger. I’m nowhere near as successful at hiding my own emotions as I point out the jar of feathers on his desk.
“Stars above, Blue, those are Almac feathers! That ‘basic draught’ could probably heal a broken bone with these in it! Why did you bring me this?” The question is no less damning with the knowledge of what I’ve brought him.
“I thought it was what you wanted.” I try to answer truthfully, swallowing around the lump in my throat. I can feel the tears beginning to form, but I refuse to let them fall.
“What? Why?” Master’s question is so simple and yet so complicated. Simple for the average person, made complicated because of my stupid actions.
“...it was on the desk, and--” I try my best to lay out my thought process, but Master cuts me off.
“Blue, I asked for Kerry feather. It doesn’t say that anywhere on this jar, nothing close.” He waves the jar for emphasis and I have nothing left to say. There’s an angry ember in my chest, just an uncomfortable twinge at being the guilty party even though I couldn’t have succeeded.
“I wouldn’t know.” It comes out snappy and angry and everything I’m not entitled to be, and I regret it the second it leaves my mouth. Especially because my wonderful, amazing, attentive Master doesn’t miss it.
“What?” he queries, and I know I’m in a rough place. Even still, he wouldn’t be as angry with me for misbehaving if he knew it was because I was just incapable, right?
“I… I can’t, I don’t know... how to read.” It’s harder to get out than I imagined, my stutter getting worse than it has since he first got me. But once it’s out, my Master says nothing.
I don’t know what to do with that kind of reaction. Does Master blame me? Has he realized just how stupid his pet is? That I don’t even have the basic skills of most children?
“Oh, Stars above I’m an idiot.” Master smacks himself on the forehead, seemingly coming to some sort of realization. I suppose it’s fair that he hadn’t realized my inadequacies, I did do my very best to keep them out of his eyes. I tried to keep them hidden. He can’t blame himself for missing the simple fact. And yet, by the look on his face it seems he does.
“I’m sorry Blue, I didn’t mean to cause such a… Stars burn it all, why didn’t you tell me?”
“I didn’t… know it would concern you. It’s not considered normal to teach pets, or most house servants for that matter…”
“Do you want to learn?” He says it so simply, as though he’s asking me if I want a pastry, that it takes me a moment to process exactly what he’s saying. Do I want to learn how to read , is he serious?
Stars above, that is so much more precious than anything else he’s ever offered me. He would, I know he would, he doesn’t make empty promises, he doesn’t say things he doesn’t mean. It’s not a game to him. He wouldn’t dangle this in front of me just to snatch it back. He means it. He would teach me, he’s willing to teach me.
“I…” Literacy is a freedom I never thought I’d be able to claim. The ability to look at a page and interpret the symbols there. The ability to fall into a book that describes things that I could never have hoped to see, to experience. The ability to dive headlong into a whole new world.
It’s something that would survive to a new owner. Not like the scars that I thought would stay with me, disappointing each new master. Not like the name this Master gave me, which could just as easily disappear should the new master dislike it. This would be mine. Something no new master could take away.
“I’m not smart,” I blurt out, and Master blinks back a look of surprise so I try to explain in a fit of nervous energy that makes me feel like I could run from this side of town to the next, “but, but I swear to you I will work as hard as I can.”
“Blue,” Master starts, but I’m not finished. I can’t have him thinking I’m taking this on lightly. I can’t bear the thought of him taking the task on lightly, either.
“I know, I know I probably won’t get it, but please don’t give up on me. I really would like to learn. I want to learn, please.” I stutter and babble through my words, desperate to get everything out in one go before Master can reconsider his offer, before he can say no.
“Blue, I’ll teach you. I’m not messing around, I --”
“Say you won’t give up.” I know I have no right to demand this, but I need to hear him say it. I need him to acknowledge that it probably won’t go smoothly. I need him to understand that I’m not the best. But, Stars, I want to learn. “Please, I know I won’t get it, I’m stupid, I know that, but please… Please don’t give up on me.”
“Blue, even if it takes--” Master smiles down at me and I can’t bear the grin in his voice.
“Swear to me.” He can take it back. He could be lying. His promise to a pet doesn’t mean anything, he could break it without any consequences, but I need to hear the words.
“I swear I won’t give up on you.” He pulls me into his arms. My head’s flush against his chest, so I can feel as much as hear his heartbeat. “You do know that it is something pretty hard to do, right?” he mumbles, pressing little kisses onto the top of my head, draining the fight from me. “No one is expecting you to make sense of it overnight. I certainly don’t. We’ll start you with some basic stuff and build from there. You’re not stupid, it’s just something you’re learning.”
As the moment passes so does my blind intensity, and I’m struck by the utter disrespect I’ve shown in the past few minutes. I’ve yelled, talked over my Master, and demanded things I had no right to.
“I’m sorry,” It rings so painfully inadequate that I almost flinch at my own words. “I shouldn’t have… That was wrong of me. I didn’t mean to-- demand anything of you, I...I-” The words don’t want to come out of my throat, but Master hushes me, and not with angry words or the promise of retribution. He brushes his fingers through my hair, the other hand drawing calming little circles into my back until he decides to break the silence.
“You have nothing to apologize for. This was my mistake, I should have noticed sooner. I’m proud of you. You told me what was wong, and you showed me just how much you needed me to take this seriously, and I am. I swear, Blue. We’ll be doing school together, learning side by side, just different subjects. Sounds pretty good, right?”
It’s all I can do to nod where I’m secured against his chest.
“Do you… know anything? I just want to know where to start. Are we going from scratch or do you know your letters?” His voice is light, but I can feel the tension in his chest, the strain it is causing him to talk in the light tone that he uses with me.
“I...I know numbers,” I blurt out. I know it’s pathetic, but I feel the need to offer up something. “I’m good at numbers and simple, um…” I try to continue, scrambling to remember what the simple one is called, the mathematics with just the adding and dividing, “arithmetic.”
“You don’t know your letters but you know numbers?” I hear the snicker in Master’s voice before he can smother it down on his own. It must sound pretty unbelievable.
“I don’t know what the numbers look like if they were written down.” I couldn’t read them off a page or differentiate them from the swirly symbols that are letters, but I try to explain what I mean. I’m not lying about knowing my numbers,but- “The numbers were more useful…”
“More useful than the written word?” he prods further, and I feel my face heat.
“The numbers keep count. I’m… on my paperwork, I’m entertainment. It’s not legal to sell a body slave under twelve, so a lot of people get around it by putting them into a different set of training.”
The silence between us is a palpable thing. Master doesn’t speak, but he pulls me ever closer to him, tightening his arms around me.
“I dance.” I answer the silent question I can feel on the tip of his tongue “They trained me to dance and entertain. The numbers are useful keeping count and tracking steps and from there, the basic maths followed. It’s also useful when a master decides to itemize my infractions during a punishment. Thirty strokes for this, ten for this, fifteen for something else, a reprieve of five because I was well-behaved for the rest of the evening… It helps to know what’s coming, when it would end at least...” I try to explain. My voice doesn’t quite hold its resolve all the way through, eventually dwindling to a whisper that I willingly smother into my Master’s chest.
“Was dancing good for you?” Master asks, his lips pressing gently behind one ear, making me squirm unexpectedly. Master doesn’t pursue the reaction, simply runs his hand through my hair in a soothing gesture.
“I’m told I’m very flexible and keep time well. A natural study for the skill.” I parrot back what I’ve been told by instructors and entertained guests alike.
“That doesn’t really answer my question, Blue. Do you like it?” Master pushes, and I’m silent for a minute.
“I… I enjoy it,” I answer, realizing as I voice the statement how true it is. I had no choice in learning the skill. It was chosen for me, as was how far I would pursue the training, but I enjoyed it for as long as I had been trained. The training was unfamiliar, as was the strain it put on my body, but I liked learning my limitations. I liked discovering just what my body could do, how far I could push myself. I liked the satisfied burn in my body from that exertion.
“Well then, we’ll have to look into continuing that,” Master says, continuing to stroke the uneasiness out of my body.
I’m glad Master’s holding me. I’m dizzy with the possibility that Master would let me pursue dance, not because it accentuated my better qualities, but because it interested me.
“Oh, look at that. We’ve disturbed the little elemental.” Master releases me slowly, turning me to see the amorphous glob of sand that’s slinking as close to us as it can get while remaining on the main desk.
“W-what’s that?” My voice cracks over the question, but Master chooses to ignore it in favor of introducing me to the blob.
“Sand elemental, my brother sent it to me,” he says in lieu of an actual explanation.
“Does… um, does he have a name?” I ask, moving a bit closer to the blob, trying not to spook it into running to wherever it was hiding.
“Not...not sure, sometimes they spend a lot of time around people and find names that they like, but given how skittish this one is, I doubt it liked being around folks. And unless you’re told otherwise by an elemental, they usually don’t have genders.”
“How do you know?” I can't help but wonder aloud.
“Well, elementals can sometimes pick a gender the way they pick a name. They recognize it as a ‘person concept’ and abide by it for their own amusement.”
“I mean, how can an elemental tell you?” I clarify.
“They have their own language, just like you and me. Though they don’t all have functional ways to make and interpret noise so it’s more movement based, something they can all recognize.”
Master makes little motions with his hands, making sure that he has the elemental’s attention before continuing on with more advanced motions. The elemental responds in kind, moving its whole body. The more Master gestures to it, the more familiar the gestures seem.
“Zadik,” Master says eventually, coming out of his intense discussion. “It likes Zadik and doesn’t enjoy the concept of gender.”
“Those motions, they… Well, they look like what Avery was doing to communicate with Sui. I thought they made it up together, but you know it…” I must sound crazy, but Master assuages my nervousness.
“Sui can’t speak, right? And her owner has an auditory issue… Yeah, elemental is pretty standard to use in those cases. It’s pretty universal, though I think there are some regions trying to come up with dialectal variants. Don’t know why though, it’s easier to just have the one universal.” Master rambles on for a bit before he quits, looking sheepish.
“Would you… teach me some of that too?” I feel the blush rising in my face. I know I’m asking for a lot, but it’s important to me. “I don’t want to be a bother, I just… Sui and the rest…”
“Blue, I’d be glad to.”
Notes:
The Tumblr:
https://adhoard.tumblr.com/
Chapter 34: Undisclosed Ursus Arival
Summary:
So I heard that someone wanted a chapter from Ande's perspective
Notes:
Guys I am so sorry this is coming out late. I try really hard never to miss a deadline and if I do I try to tell you ahead of time, this is the first time I have failed to do either. I fell into a travel coma and I just did not have time to publish a good chapter for you guys. Hopefully, you guys enjoy this one, a lot of work was put into it. Sekiraku is an absolute champ, working outside of our usual schedule and making sense out of my rantings.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Ande
Mistress is… angry.
It’s not the typical anger of an owner. It’s not something wrong or out of place. It’s not like a flash in a pan, fiery and dangerous for a moment, but gone just as fast. No, this is something low burning, eating away at the kindling at a slow, sustainable pace.
It’s the righteous anger of betrayal.
I knock at the door, out of custom and general fear that the door will be splintered inwards from a burst of wild magic should she be allowed to touch the door herself. We don’t have to wait long, and much like this morning, it’s Ser Kara who opens the door, not an attending servant.
“Shauna?” He smiles brightly at her, as though he can’t see the shadow over her eyes and her half made hair, done in haste as we rushed over. “What are you doing here? You only have a half day today, I would have thought you’d be out on the town.”
He smiles and I can see now that he’s not blind or stupid. He knows my mistress’ rage. He knows how fucked he is. His levity is all angled at trying to distract her. He hopes to smother the embers with sand rather than risk making a mistake that sends the flames higher.
“Well.” My Mistress moves on her own, letting herself in. I want to follow, but I’m caught at the entryway. I should be following behind my Mistress at all times, but it’s rather rude to cut in front of the master of the house, let alone to wander in without permission. Technically, Ser Kara should be leading us into the house, but neither of us seem to be stupid enough to try and bring that up at this moment. He’s at least very understanding, gesturing me in, not looking the slightest bit angered by the turn of events.
Inside, I can hear my Mistress continuing on.
“I know that my good friend did not just ask me that. Did not just question my wanderings. Especially my good friend who’s not at all keeping secrets from me.” Mistress is irritated, and making quite a show of it. She waves her arms around, punctuating each exasperated statement with a flourish.
“Shauna.” The warning tone in Ser Kara’s voice has me bristling. He hasn’t made a move yet, and his tone is more mildly inconvenienced than angry, but I can’t really be sure. I won’t be much help in a fight between mages, but I will defend my Mistress if that’s what it comes to.
“My good friend who would tell me if he was getting warp totems sold to him off the black market,” she accuses, and I try to keep my eyes on both mages at the same time.
A challenge has been made. One of them is in the wrong, but it’s not clear who yet. Above all, I have to be ready if either one of them decides that this situation needs to escalate further. Mistress is breathing hard, still frustrated but no longer the barely concealed ball of rage she had been at the start. Ser Kara doesn’t seem offended, doesn’t bristle at the accusation, doesn’t fidget or try to lie. He huffs out an exasperated sigh and most of the tension drains from his body.
“I’m not doing anything illegal. Stars, Shauna, I’m barely doing anything shady!” He denies, tone free of most of the tell-tale signs of dishonesty. If anything, he seems relieved.
Blue moves carefully from around the corner in the hallway, poking his head out at all the commotion. He smiles faintly in my direction, beneath the view of our Masters. Just as quickly as the recognition comes, it passes, and Blue moves slowly around the fight to stand behind his own Master.
I’m relieved at the acknowledgement. However rocky the grounds were in our first interactions, Blue would make a good friend. I’m not very good at making them, at being in situations where I’m supposed to interact with others at a casual level. He’s more forgiving than most, and given that we’re probably going to be seeing a lot of each other, I’m glad. He’s been through more than me, and despite his unwillingness to share, he listens to everything. Even when I ramble about things I know too much about.
“My good friend who would tell me if he was dabbling in advanced magic.” Mistress immediately changes course, not at all perturbed by the fact she’s been caught in an inaccuracy. “I certainly wouldn’t have to hear it as a rumor from that big mouth Talor!”
“Shauna,” Ser Kara tries to start, but Mistress cuts him off.
“No, I don’t want to have to hear things about you from the mill, Kara. You mean more to me than that.” She moves over and sits on the couch, seemingly drained of all the energy that had been driving her up until now.
Ser Kara’s silent for a moment, taking in my Mistress’ suddenly distant demeanor with unease, bouncing back and forth on the balls of his feet before taking action.
“I’m sorry, Shauna.” He takes a few steps closer, remorseful, but my Mistress does not respond.
Blue and I are left behind as Ser Kara goes to the couch and with a little hesitation, continues. “I don’t know how I will live with myself.” The words are apologetic, but the tone is lacking as he walks closer and clutches his chest, wiping a tear from his eye that I’m certain was never there. “Oh, oh Stars, how can I live with the shame? Shauna, I see the light!” Ser Kara falls onto the same couch, right on top of my Mistress.
“Oh, you big oaf. You’re crushing me!” The response is immediate and my Mistress is back to her lively, animated self. It doesn’t deter Ser Kara.
“The SHAAAAAAME!” he wails, continuing to push into my Mistress as though he were still falling.
I look over at Blue in confusion, but he simply shrugs at our Masters’ antics, confused, but not concerned.
“You’re forgiven, you dweeb, just get off of me!” Mistress all but screeches, trying to get out from under Ser Kara’s body.
“Ah, thank goodness.” He smiles brightly and allows my Mistress to extract herself from the couch. “However will I repay your kindness?”
“I require cookies! And perhaps a few of those totems.” She says the last bit quieter, almost to herself.
“What?” Ser Kara’s confusion is obvious in both his tone and face.
I have to say, I’m a little surprised myself. I didn’t know we were coming over for magic. The closest contact I had had with magic was my previous mistress’ husband, but he’d been a military mage, none of the flair or more temperamental magics of academic magic. I’ve only ever had magic channeled through me, and I’ve certainly never been teleported. I wonder what it feels like? I wonder if I can ask Blue…
“Well, I take it you didn’t know, but those are some advanced magics. We aren’t supposed to touch on them for another two years, but you can’t match the convenience…” Mistress trails off a little, leaving the discussion open.
“Shauna…” Ser Kara’s tone insinuates that this is a bad idea, and though I really don’t know the specifics of what they are talking about, I’m inclined to agree.
“No seller would provide for students as young as us, at least not a quality product. Please! Come on, for me!” Mistress bats her eyelashes in an exceptionally exaggerated plea that I’m fairly certain would break most people. Ser Kara seems unimpressed by it, though.
“So you came over the second you heard someone saw something weird.” There’s a huff to Ser Kara’s voice, but it’s more resigned than angry. Now that things have settled down a bit it’s easy to move forward and place myself at my Mistress’ feet. If nothing else, I can serve as a distraction.
Mistress, unlike the one who had me previously, actually enjoys my presence. She doles out affection in a much less rigid system at least, certainly after that talk Ser Kara and she shared. She hardly ever reads from the rulebook any more.
Either way, it’s certainly no trouble to kneel at her feet. In fact, I often find myself seeking out my Mistress even when it hasn’t been requested of me. There’s a certain safety there. Even knowing that everything I am is in Mistress’ hands, it doesn’t distress me like it had at times with my old mistress.
Her hand cards through my hair and I find myself gently pressed to lean against Mistress’ leg. Looking up, I can see that Blue has taken a similar position at his Master’s side, though Ser Kara does seem a little more focused on his guest than his familiar. The petting is a pleasant sensation, but I do hope Mistress can stay away from my ears while there’s other company. She likes how riled up she can make me in public, but I often just find the whole thing unbearably embarrassing.
Luckily, it seems Mistress has other plans and continues talking with her friend.
“Well, that and we hadn’t talked about what extracurriculars we were going to do!” Mistress pulls out a bundle of fliers and papers of all different eye-catching colors with big swirly fonts, dumping the stack rather unceremoniously in between the two of them.
“Shauna, I don’t know how I feel about this…” Ser Kara begins, but Mistress will have none of his excuses.
“I will not allow you to waste away in some library, ignoring the life around you!”
“I like the library,” Ser Kara says in a rather petulant tone, but takes a flier off the top, grimacing at what must be printed there.
“You dropped one, Master,” Blue pipes up, and he’s being rather generous. They’ve dropped a few due to Mistress’ theatrics. Mistress simply smiles and takes the stack Blue’s made from the fallen papers and starts with the very first one.
“Ooooo, military opportunities! What do you say, Kara, too been there done that ?” Mistress wiggles the single sheet of paper enticingly.
“Been there?” Blue inquires, ears quirking to a funny angle in his confusion.
“Your Master’s already served his time with our lovely military forces. That’s why he’s so much older than all of us this year,” Mistress answers, finishing with a sly little grin that says she was happy to be the one who told Blue. Ser Kara looks a little tense.
“You’re older?” The question slips out before Blue probably thought it all the way through. He definitely regrets asking the question once it registers that he’s said it out loud. His shoulders go up to his ears and plants his eyes firmly on the ground, as if not being able to see his master means that his master won’t be able to see him. I cringe with him, remembering the bruises I’d seen at the care center. Mistress said that it was from the market, but surely not all of it could have come from the market’s handling. Even I have a few new bruises from my Mistress. It’s impossible for there to be no growing pains while we adjust to new masters, but I’m not sure what kind of master Ser Kara is.
“I’m twenty-four, Blue,” Mistress explains, “that’s about the average age for the first years. Your Master is twenty-seven.” And then with a quirked grin, “He’s an old man.”
“Oh, shut up!” Ser Kara jabs as he swipes the paper, crinkling the whole sheet into a nice little ball. He doesn't seem angry, doesn’t even address Blue for his inappropriate comment. I wonder if he’ll be in trouble after we leave, or if his master simply doesn’t care.
“Either way,” Mistress shrugs, “military opportunities out, assuming you’re done with service Kara?” She leaves it as a question, but it doesn’t seem like she thinks he wants to return to military service.
“Absolutely!” he cries, throwing the paper wad over his shoulder.
It’s hard to reconcile the image I have of Ser Kara with what I know of military mages. There’s not much in the way of similarities, but then again ,mages would react to military life in a wide spectrum. Still, he doesn’t seem as strict or rule-oriented as I’m used to.
“There’s a care-and-keeping-of-magical-creatures, magic-sensitive flora and fauna… Oh, flying lessons! Kara, please?”
“I don’t have to join you in your death wish,” Ser Kara says in monotone. He turns to pet Blue in protest of Mistress’ suggestion.
“Just the first few lessons? Come on!” Mistress plead.
“Blue, you want to grab some tea for us? I have a feeling we’re going to be in it for a while…” Ser Kara addresses Blue, seemingly entirely content to ignore Mistress until she stops talking about flying
Blue nods, looking over to me but twiddling his thumbs, like he wants to ask something. As it turns out, Blue doesn’t even need to ask.
“Shauna, would it be ok if Ande went and helped him? I’m sure between the two of them they could find some of the extra cookies I have laying around.” Ser Kara speaks casually, but at Mistress’ dismissive gesture he smiles at the two of us before shooing us off as Mistress tries to remake her case.
I feel pretty useless following Blue into the kitchen. I don’t know where anything is, or what I’m allowed to touch, so I just resign myself to standing to one side and watching as Blue pulls out dishes, a teapot, and a kettle and heating the water.
Eventually, there’s nothing left to do but wait for the water to boil, and Blue just looks up at me with a smile. I don’t know what to say, I’m not terribly good at conversation, but I do know that I should be filling the silence. Thankfully, Blue eventually takes mercy on me and starts.
“So, your mistress wants to learn to fly, does she?” he asks in a subdued tone. He’s very tentative, as though he’s not sure if what he’s saying will go over well. I think it’s a fair question. Flying’s an interesting skill, but not really popular. I suppose it will be difficult getting me on the back of a broom, though perhaps we could use a carpet. Either way, it’s going to
“What’s it like teleporting?” I try not to wince as Blue looks away, shrinking in on himself. I know I’m blunt and it can sometimes offend people, but it’s not something I’ve ever really had a chance to work on.
“It’s a lot more intense than you think… there’s this popping sound and it gives me a stomach ache and hurts my head a little. I’m pretty sure that’s normal. Apparently you get ripped apart and put back together… so, there’s that,” Blue elaborates.
“That’s… umm…” I don’t have words.
“Yeah,” Blue continues, seeing my distress, or perhaps he’s just realized that I’m not going to say anything of substance anytime soon. “I threw up, the first time we did it,” he admits quietly, and that does get a reaction out of me.
I can’t imagine what a disaster that must have been, and I don’t even try to quiet my gasp. And yet he and his master get along so nicely now. I can’t believe that the incident would be forgotten so quickly, but Ser Kara sits and pets Blue, holding him close without a single shred of resentment to be seen.
“Are.... are you alright?” I ask, a little incredulous at the circumstances.
“Master says it’s safe. He’s been doing it since he was a kid,” Blue explains, and I’m struck a little dumb at the fact that Ser Kara’s been doing advanced magic for so many years. I wonder what kind of family he had that would have pushed him into such complex and dangerous studies.
“Mistress was very impressed when she heard what her friend could do... But, that’s not what I meant.”
“Well, you have to ask more directly,” Blue snips, making me think he’s more aware of the question I want answered than he’s letting me believe.
“I know, just bear with me…” I almost smack myself for the awful phrasing and start again before Blue’s stifled giggle can grow into full laughter. “Is Ser Kara nice? I know I shouldn’t ask, but what did he--”
“Yes.” Blue answers without hesitation. I don’t know what to say to that. He’s been plenty kind to me, so there’s no real way I can disagree, but I am still concerned. I was there when Blue got punished in front of the rest of the class. I saw, just as well as anyone, that Ser Kara was practiced in discipline.
Blue must see the disagreement brewing in my head because he continues before I can say anything.
“He’s the kindest and most forgiving Master I’ve ever had, Ande. I swear sometimes I think I’m going mad, the things he does for me.” He’s saying it to himself as much as to me, eyes gleaming and voice tight. For a long moment I don’t say anything. Blue’s body is tight with tension and I’m worried anything will set him off. “He’s teaching me how to read,” he says eventually, quietly, as though to himself more than to me.
I was taught the basics in training, enough so I wouldn’t burden my Maser with unnecessary questions, but not much beyond that. I had forgotten that Blue had been a pet before all this, that it was still how others saw him. Training new skills is something usually left to market discretion, or individual owners will enroll their pets into the programs they want. I’ve never heard of a master taking the time to teach their pet themselves. Most would have neither the time or the desire.
“I understand.” We fall back into silence as the kettle sings.
By the time we get back, they’ve moved on from talking through extracurricular opportunities and gone on to something else entirely. Something about classes and books, I’m sure.
The tea goes over well, though it does break the rhythm of the conversation and soon the clink of the teacups rings obscenely loud in my ears. Mistress would continue speaking if she had any interest at all of continuing the topic…
“So, Kara... There is one more teensy little thing that I needed to tell you about…” Mistress hedges, with more hesitance than I’ve ever heard her use.
“Alright, who wants to kill me?” His tone is jovial, but he still sets down his teacup, giving Mistress his full attention.
“Genevive,” Mistress rushes out as she shoves her face back into the cup.
“Stars, Shauna, I wasn’t being serious!” Ser Kara puts his head into his hands and Blue just pats his knee, trying to provide as much comfort as possible in this scenario. I takes a few seconds, but eventually Ser Kara heaves a sigh and looks back to my Mistress. “What the hell did I do to get on her shit list?”
“Apparently you did well. Not your fault, she just doesn’t like the attention being on someone… else.” Mistress tries to say it in a soothing tone, but there is no denying the implicit dangers.
“Yeah, alright that makes sense,” Ser Kara chuckles to himself, lost for a moment in the absurdity of the whole thing. I suppose I can understand. He hasn’t done anything to slight this ‘Genevive’, and yet she’s made him an enemy.
“So, that means you’re coming to the ball she’s hosting and invited you to at the end of the month.” Mistress grimaces at the full body flinch that wracks Ser Kara.
I had heard about the ball, but I’m still not quite sure what to make of it. I’ve certainly never been taken out to an event as fancy as this is supposed to be. Mistress and I went out to get clothes and stuff for the event, so at the very least I know I’ll be accompanying my MIstress.
“Stars burn it all, Shauna, that is in two weeks!” Ser Kara exclaims.
“Yup… and very formal so you probably need to spiff up.” Mistress tries to summon a winning smile. Sadly, her magics are not that advanced.
“She’s planning to humiliate me,” Ser Kara grumbles into his hands, curling in on himself on the couch.
Blue just looks on, patting his Master’s leg in what I’m sure is supposed to be a reassuring gesture.
“I gotta say, I am impressed. You really pissed her off, she’s throwing a party for the whole grade just to make sure you show up.” Mistress says popping a cookie into her mouth.
“Because if I don’t-” He groans, slowly putting the pieces together with great pain.
“It would be social death,” Mistress finishes for him.
“Great! Any good news?” he asks, sounding near hysterics.
“She was planning this since yesterday’s show in potions. Apparently you got her yelled at by a teacher, so kudos. As long as you didn’t do anything to show her up today she might have some time to cool down,” Mistress informs him brightly.
“Oh Stars.” Ser Kara just deflates again, slumping against the couch.
“Well, in other news, I found a great spa. It’s modeled after those foreign bathhouses, it’s super cool, and they’re giving discounts to students!” Mistress tries to generate some interest from her sullen colleague.
“Really, a spa…” He peeks out from under his hands, seemingly confused as to why the news of the new bathhouse might dig him out of his grave.
“Well, they have a grooming service for familiars too, that’s kinda why I noticed them. They dolled Ande up real nice, at least.” She leans in and ruffles my freshly washed hair. I’m just glad that she didn’t like the ribbons.
“Really?” Ser Kara addresses the question more to me than my Mistress, but I shuffle forward at her direction and show off their work.
They cleaned just about every inch of me and dusted me with a soft powder that made me smell good. Aside from the bows in my hair, they also conditioned the dry and damaged hair, chiding me for not taking care of it properly and cutting off the split ends. Ser Kara seems impressed at least, taking in the change in my appearance with a quirked smile. It makes me glad I saved my favorite bit for last.
I show off my nails, cut, cleaned, and coated in a shiny lacquer. They did the same to my feet, but I doubt Mistress would approve of me shoving my feet in her friend’s face. Regardless, Ser Kara seems impressed, and more than pleased.
“Right… I’ll think about it, Shauna.”
Mistress smiles when she sees him turn to Blue and run an affectionate hand through his hair. Somehow, I don’t doubt we will see them there.
Notes:
I am now contractually obligated to draw Ande
The Tumblr:
https://adhoard.tumblr.com/
Chapter 35: Graduate Level Research
Summary:
Kara has some research to do if he wants to get his brother's project off the ground...
Notes:
I want to apologies, I got a late start on this one, but the schedule should resume as usual next week. Special thanks to our wonderful editor Sekiraku, who puts up with me.
Also, shoutout to Madrastic, who's character is featured in this chapter update.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
By the end of the week I am certain not only that hell is real, but that I’ve accidentally plane shifted to it. I’m sick of feeling people’s eyes on me, sick of watching every step I make so that I don’t offend the almighty Genevive even more than I already have. Although, I may be a little less successful at that than I could have been. Old habits die hard, and there is nothing more frustrating to a noblewoman than hating someone that she can’t talk shit about. So on the surface, absolutely nothing has happened. I haven’t provoked her or done anything to irritate her, but that doesn’t mean I’ve done nothing to upset her.
It’s damaging for her to have to sit there and pretend to be civil in front of all her peers. She hasn’t found anything on me, and I’m not stupid enough to be rude to her in public. We’ve seemed to mutually agreed to battle this out the noble way, pretending to be sickeningly nice to one another until one of us finds something they can use.
I know I should have just let it go, but the snide smiles and compliments while her friends laugh behind her make my blood boil. I couldn’t resist the temptation to play. I just hope she still thinks I’m the stupid village boy that I’ve been portraying myself as. It’s an advantage I sorely need in her world.
At least the day is over and I can look forward to not seeing her face for a couple of days, her or any of her friends that seem to find our fake amity funny.
There’s a different attendant at the care center when I go to check Blue out, but he’s so ready to get off his shift, I doubt he really notices me walking past his desk to take Blue.
“Blue?” I try to coax him out of the notebook I’ve been using as his primer, but he hunches his shoulders a bit and the stuttery motions of the charcoal stylus I’ve loaned him end abruptly.
None of his friends are here. I assume they’ve all been picked up, if their owners even had classes today. I feel bad that we’re going to have to stay late tonight, but we have a special mission.
“I, um… I was trying to finish the… um.” Blue sets his stylus down to mark the page and closes the book, disappointed, but ready to go. The walk out is more subdued than usual. There’s no excited chatter about his friends.
The only thing that’s actually been going well is Blue’s progress. He’s making strides in his studies, tackling each obstacle with a ferocity that I hadn’t expected. He’s responding better to casual touches, even going so far as initiating. Though it’s still tentative, it’s some pretty miraculous progress in my eyes.
We did end up trying out several different types of food in search of a favorite, and while pastries are good, he seems to have a preference for savory over sweet. I’m a little surprised to find that he likes fish when the product we have this far inland is so bland and rubbery. I want to see what he’d think of the fish from a port city.
“Blue, you aren’t going to get it all at once. You’ve been making excellent progress as it is, you should be proud.” I try to sound supportive, but the dark look that comes over his face tells me I've failed miserably.
“I, I just needed a little more time, I --” He tries to defend himself, but I cut him off.
“I’m not entirely convinced you slept last night.”
He has no response for that.
As well as things are going, there are still things we’re having trouble with. I don’t know how to talk to him about his nightmares.
“I’m not expecting miracles, Blue. For your own health, you shouldn’t either.” I try to make my voice that calm and soothing tone that makes him relax, but all he does is hang his head and slump his shoulders. I understand he wants immediate results, I just don’t want him to kill himself trying to provide them.
The nightmares have only happened twice, but it makes me wonder how bad the days I’d left him alone had truly gotten. He’ll twist and whimper, crying out until he hits something solid, usually me. It never takes too long, and he’ll settle once he twists around what he hits. He hasn’t woken up during one yet, but he gets shaky the morning after. He gets so withdrawn that for hours there is nothing but silence and wary eyes. He ends up sleeping at the care center, his new friends adjusting to the state too well. He tries so hard not to bother me with his problems that I really don’t know how to bring them up without causing more distress. As much as I’m glad he has people who can help, it frustrates me knowing that I can’t do anything.
Instead, I’ve thrown myself rather fully into all the things that I can do something about.
I do my classwork with an efficiency even my worst teachers appreciate, I join a club or two that, as Shauna puts it, will get me out into the suns a few days a week, and I start my research for Jet’s little... assignment.
It’s always a mixed bag when researching blight. Many scholars just blame it on the gods of old and cover up any reasonable assumptions with flowery scripture. It’s worse in texts from other continents, countries that actually still practice their beliefs in a creator, an architect, or just a smattering of celestial bodies with a heart full of mischief. A straight answer is impossible, so eventually, I stop looking for a straight answer.
I’m not going to find a perfect row of data, I’m going to find stories and witness testimonies, reports of celestial mages ruining themselves trying to pull down power greater than themselves. So that’s where I have to start.
The facts remain that in every region, blight strikes differently. Countries sharing lands within the same regional groups will, accounting for different words, describe the same phenomenon. But each region is affected differently.
Anything truly great within historical reference is usually a fixed blending of schools. What can’t be identified has usually been so heavily modified and influenced by other schools of magic that the baser components are tricky to identify. I just hope that is the case here. The descriptions of the rituals required to call upon the blight are pretty shrouded in mystery, and even artistic representations have fundamental differences that make the spells incompatible with one another.
Every time I try to make connections, something deviates. I need more data.
The library is all but abandoned on the last day of the school week, with just a few of the graduate students milling about, but I don’t let it discourage me. What does discourage me is the librarian who, after an hour of searching, tells me the reason I can’t find the book I’m looking for is that it is unavailable.
“What do you mean the volume is unavailable?” I can hardly keep my confusion out of the words. I went through the volumes in the catalogue specifically to find the most interdisciplinary form of this research. It’s outdated, nonspecific, and done up primarily in artistic representations of spellcasting. Who in their right mind would actually check out this book rather than something more up to date?
“It appears that the text you’re looking for has been checked out but another student,” the librarian responds in a bland voice, telling me what I already know. It has to be checked out to become unavailable, if it had just been thrown out then it would be an absent volume I’d have to track down at some other library.
“Do you know when they’d be checking it back in?” I try to salvage what’s left of the day. If I know when the book will be back in, I can just work around this little setback and keep going with my analysis of the soil samples.
“It says right here on the checkout slip...Indefinitely…” The librarian hums at that, and it’s all I can do to not jump over the desk and read that for myself. As it is, I can see where the checkout information is listed, the purple ink scribbling out the twelve letters that are currently plaguing me.
“Right, do you know where I could find the person who checked it out? Really I only need to take a peek. I’m sure they wouldn’t mind.” I try for my most innocent smile, hoping that the librarian will see me as a harmless little nerd. I wouldn’t do anything drastic, but I would probably bother them until they give in.
“According to this, Lies. Oh, lucky you, they’re probably still on campus at this point. They’re a grad student and have their own lab,” the librarian replies with a smile. Apparently there are no rules against giving out personal information- either that, or my disarming smile has actually worked for once in my life.
A graduate student. That makes sense. I’m pretty glad I don’t have to go make a house call. There’s a huge building on campus for university funded research that’s mostly used by grad students, so I take it that’s where I’m meant to go. I wonder what this ‘Lies’ could be doing with the book I need. It’s too interdisciplinary to be useful for most things, though perhaps they’re trying to find a better balance for a spell in their own craft.
Hybrid schools do tend to be stronger, especially when their baser elements are combined. Despite how different the things you are trying to blend may be from one another, you are still using the same language to describe and define the same universe. They’ll blend without much work, it’s just a matter of figuring out a school of magic that’s foreign.
“Do you know what they study?” I ask. The university has grants out in every field, so it’s not exactly restricted to a single department.
“Necromancy,” the librarian answers back matter-of-factly, closing the checkout book and packing up.
Of course they do…
I’ve stayed away from necromancy for seven years. It would be too much to expect that record to continue.
The graduate studies building is only a short walk from the main campus. It is an imposing structure, a high tower that rivals any other building on campus. It’s unnerving from the outside, and it doesn’t get any better on the inside. There’s so many wards that my head starts to spin just trying to count them all. No one in this building has any trust, including the university as many of the runes are simply to minimize damages.
A place of research is also most commonly a place of danger. I don’t want to go see a necromancer.
“Master, are you alright?” Blue’s voice wavers and I can see the concern in his eyes. His body’s drawn as tense as a bowstring, but he’s still walking beside me.
“Y-yeah, Blue, I’m fine…” I try my hardest not to make it a lie. I should be fine. This is nothing to worry about. Academic magics are different from the results of an unpracticed hand.
There’s no one at the desk up front, but that’s fine, there’s a printed directory at the end of the hall. Blue points out every “L” in the directory until he comes across the room that’s been taped over and scribbled on.
“Lies” no last name, though it may be printed behind the tape. Either way, we know where to find this person: fifth floor, Room 533.
As it turns out, it might as well have said ‘sixth door to the left’ for all their numbering system is good for. There’s no order, like each student was allowed to pick what their room number would be without considering who they’d be next to.
I knock on the door. No sense invading a research space when the person’s not even there…
“Yeah, come in!” a voice calls from inside, and I hesitate at the door. I have permission, I should just go in and ask to see the book. I take a deep breath and open the door.
The room is nothing like what I’d expected. There’s an intense scent of incense that practically rams into me once the door opens, but other than that, the room is very different. There are windows for one thing, and though they seem to have curtains that usually obscure them, they are open for now. It’s probably to clear out the incense, but without it I don’t think I could have mustered the courage to step any further in. The candles are arranged by color and wick type on the desk and five different organizers sit on top of themselves on the other side of the room, presumably for the incense, if the smell is anything to go by. But the most substantial personalization in this room is the casting circle. It’s been more than chalked into the ground to measure up angles, it’s been inked into the stone, absolutely permanent so that the angles are forever correct without the agony of remeasuring every few spells.
Papers and document files lay in disarray all over the room along with inks uncapped and scattered. A pile of papers in the back of the room shifts to reveal a figure hiding beneath, though by the bags under their eyes, they might have just been sleeping. This Lies seems to have more respect for their craft than for their own body.
“And you are…” they ask, tired tone culminating in the form of a yawn.
“Kara, you’d be… Lies, right?” I can't help the doubt in my voice. The room number was correct, but this is certainly not the image of a graduate level necromancer I’d been imagining.
“You came looking for me, why are you so confused?” Their tone betrays their annoyance, though I can’t say I blame them. That was pretty rude of me.
“Well, I saw the tape on the directory. It just seemed an unusual name, is all…” I try to explain myself, but Lies just narrows their eyes.
“Well, I suppose I can’t say the same for you. Your parents get caught up in those naming fads? Feel pretty bad you’ve got to go around with a derivative of one of those brat princes,” they huff, levering themself upright and brushing off the pieces of parchment that cling to their robes. Their robes at least match their title as a necromancer, as do the pieces of bone that scatter with the excess pieces of parchment.
“Hey, I was named before that one, my parents were just terribly unimaginative. Still better than all the twelve-year-olds that have to live with the name Psiep for the rest of their lives.”
“You make a fair point.” They consider for a half second before nodding back to me. “So, Kara not-named-after-a-fad, what do you need with me?”
“I actually need a book that you have…” I confess. Honesty is probably best, I doubt they’d see dishonesty as anything remotely endearing.
“You are going to have to be more specific.” They motion to the piles of books on their chairs and floor. I wonder if being able to check out books indefinitely is a thing that grad students get to do.
“I figured. Lorenia Corpus, to be exact. It’s a book on-”
“Yeah, it covers a bunch of different models of ritual practice and casting. Why do you need it? Need a color by numbers to make sense of your homework?” they chide.
“No, I just need to borrow it for a little bit, compare the diagrams to a special pet project I’ve been working on- ” I try to explain, but I’m cut off by my own scream. A skeleton has mounted the table and pressed into Lies for an affectionate nuzzling.
“Stars above, Ankh, you scared me!” Lies chasties weakly before giving in and petting the thing where its cartilage ears meet bone.
I can’t help the way I stare, at first at the boney cat, but then at Lies as I process their words.
“What?” they ask, the cat twitching its tail to punctuate the curt tone.
“You… curse like a Visali. I was just, sorry, I thought you were from Durian,” I say, stumbling over my words.
“I am, but I get enough weird looks for my pale ass skin, more when I’m throwing up curses to the Architect,” they explain, dismissing their...experiment from the desk with a wave. I suppose that makes sense. There’s enough to adjust to in a new place without people being able to tell you’re not like them at a glance.
“You make a fair point. Do you… have a dem-” I try to ask, but they cut me off
“Yes I have a demon, no he’s not around,” they deadpan, staring straight into my eyes as if wanting me to challenge the statement.
“Sorry, I didn’t mean to offend you, I just... When I was over there I thought the whole thing was really cool, but I never really got a chance to see them,” I try to apologize.
I suppose it was a pretty rude question. I don’t remember a lot from Durian, but I do remember the demons. There were so many different kinds, and at the time I couldn’t really ask many questions. They were just so fascinating.
They aren’t very different in practicality to familiars. They serve their masters and get used for spells, but it was the whole process of getting them here that interested me. They weren’t just beings that existed on this plane, they had to be pulled through the veil.
“You were in Durian?” That little slip seems to have caught their interest. There’s no shame in playing it up. I need them to like me if I’m ever going to get a look at their book.
“Yep, quite a few years ago,” I hedge carefully, I certainly haven’t been to Durian recently, so I can’t act as though I might be able to know someone they might.
“What were you doing, if I may ask?” they counter, suspicion piqued.
The truth isn’t a problem, just a bit shameful if the right person got ahold of it. I doubt Lies is the kind of person to go around gossiping. Even still, it’s unlikely that the kind of person who would be anything less than perfectly presentable in the lab would run in the same circles as Genevive.
“If you can keep a secret, flipping burgers at a cute mom-and-pop diner,” I confess, unable to come up with any reasons that make Lies a bigger threat.
“You’re kidding me.” They laugh, and I feel somewhat relieved that my assumption was correct.
Anyone even remotely respectable would have backed away slowly like I was trash on the curbside.
“Nope, you can go just about anywhere so long as you know how to make a decent burger.” It’s mostly true anyways, made my way through nine countries on the concept at least.
“So… you went to have somewhere to go?” They sound exasperated, and for good reason, I suppose. I’ve pretty much blown off their home country.
“Nah, eccentric magic is pretty well accepted there. I wouldn’t have been able to learn half the stuff I know now if it hadn’t been for that little trip.” And that’s mostly true. I sure as hell didn’t choose Durian on a whim. The magic was a happy little accident, but I don’t have any other reason to be there that would make sense to them.
“Yeah, not everywhere in the whole world is as repressed as this place.”
I don’t have anything to say against that. They are right, especially considering Durian. Magic isn’t relegated to specific shows of power, high class accessories, or highly controlled projects. There’s nothing in Durian that keeps a new mage from being able to experiment and learn, hone their craft and better themselves.
“Did you finish your Hu-Anai, or do you just have a demon for school policy?” I try to force myself out of reflecting on the past. I didn’t get to ask before, but I remember some vague bits about the summoning ceremony. It’s a coming of age thing for mages that want to dedicate themselves to the craft. Technically, it’s blood magic, a call into other dimensions based on the signature of the magic.
“I… I didn’t do my Hu-Anai, I left home before I could, but my demon, he’s the kind my uncle had. I called out for it during the summoning, and got stuck with him.” They smile, apparently not too dismayed with the result.
“That’s amazing, I didn’t know you could do that.”
“What about yours? Where’s your familiar?” they ask.
“Oh, Blue is-” I turn behind me to introduce him, but he’s not there. I have a second-long heart attack before I find him on the other side of the room, kneeling in front of that skeleton cat.
“Blue, what are you doing!” I don’t know if it’s ok to touch the thing, let alone if it’s safe.
“I, I’m sorry, he was just confused.” Blue offers by way of an explanation, not that it helps. There’s no one here but us.
“Who?” Lies asks, apparently as bewildered as I am.
“Ankh. He was wondering if I got stuck in too big a body too.” Blue looks up at me with wide, honest eyes, and I’m sure at this point that I’ve just lost my mind.
“Wait, what?” Lies is just as confused as I am, but Blue just strokes a careful line down Ankh’s back, wary of his sharp spine.
“Blue, are you telling me that you can talk to that?” I point to the pile of bones that’s swishing its tail in a far too confident manner.
“Most, um… felines all have the same base in communications. It’s pretty simple to talk between us,” Blue explains
“Oh Stars!” Lies takes Blue’s face and squishes his cheeks between their hands. “Tell me what he says!” they demand.
“Oh, no, he was just complaining about the new bones. He was a... Corndian Rex, and he still hasn’t properly adjusted to the extra reach that his new form allows.”
Stars above, the thing’s soul isn’t even back in a familiar host. I feel my skin crawl at the very thought. My mind flashes through memories of incorrect sigils and misaligned runes. It’s dangerous to put souls into the wrong body, or call for too general a soul. The wrong body or soul can be agony for the being called into it. The being could be blinded or deafened to the world around them, in excruciating pain, trying to settle into a body that rejects it.
The animated pile of bones seems unbothered by this, however, and simply meows to Blue until his face goes pink.
“And, he says he needs more of the turkey treats…” Blue translates haltingly.
“Nebekanezer, get over here!” Lies calls before turning back to Blue. “Can you do it again?” they ask, voice firm, promising something bad should Blue lie.
“Um… yes…” Blue whispers, not quite so confident as he was before.
“Blue, it’s not a test. They just want to be sure.” I try to be reassuring. The fear is probably just some misplaced concern that what Lies wants, he cannot provide.
“This is groundbreaking!” Lies exclaims, picking up Ankh and spinning him around the room.
“Blue, do you feel comfortable playing translator?” Blue’s caught up in Lies’ little joy parade, but he doesn’t look too uncomfortable anymore. I just want to make sure he’s ok with being used as a translator. I just want him to know he has the option to say no.
“Yes, Master. I’ll try to be as helpful as possible,” he practically purrs, not taking his eyes off of the affection so obviously passed between Lies and their experiment.
“Seriously, this is perfect, I need this kind of data. You have no idea how hard this stuff is to find, there’s practically nothing on what kind of soul you pull forth in summonings, this data will be instrumental to my project, and you can look through that book you needed while you wait. Ok?” Lies is one bouncing pile of energy, as ready to make progress in their research as I am.
I don’t see any harm in it. Blue’s just going to do some talking, translating back and forth, it’s nothing dangerous. Still, I feel bad saying yes without even asking what Blue thinks of the whole situation. I can’t imagine talking to souls in the wrong bodies for an indeterminate length of time.
When I look, Blue simply nods, throwing a smile my way before turning back to… what I can only assume to be Nebekanezer. He is seemingly not as bothered by this whole turn of events as I am.
“Alright…” I relent. Blue doesn’t need me constantly babying him. If he says he’s ok with this then I have to trust him. I busy myself by going over to the desks to sort through piles of books, trying to find the data I need.
Notes:
The Tumblr:
https://adhoard.tumblr.com/
Chapter Text
Kara
Leaving Lies’ chamber is a lot easier than finding it, especially after they start cackling and moving through their papers babbling about their next experiment.
“Well, that went well,” I mutter to myself, ushering Blue out the door with as much stealth as I can muster. I’m pretty sure it’s a wasted effort in the end. Lies is so distracted that I could be banging cymbals all the way out the door and they still wouldn’t have noticed.
“You… got what you needed then?” Blue asks when we’ve stepped away from the door. I haven’t, not really, but then again I wasn’t exactly expecting to find a ‘cure blight’ poultice recipe in the index. It had been amazingly helpful, though. Many of the illustrations put the historical artistic interpretations into new contexts. The necrotic ones Lies had bookmarked were exceptionally precise, especially with all the notes on the loose leaf pages inside.
Lies had made note of the embellishments along the murals and actually linked them to more simple spell preparations. There were notes on where to place incense, how you draw the circlet liner, the time of year- all immeasurably important things that would have just been known back when the murals were put up. The common knowledge everyone was assumed to have was left without definition, and then we all managed to forget in a couple hundred years and we have to relearn it all again. It’s so simple an interpretation, it’s pretty ingenious.
“Yeah Blue, they had a lot of useful information. How did your… experiment with Lies go?” I don’t know any other way to phrase it. He had been basically acting as a lab assistant. I know I shouldn’t be worried but I’d been awfully distracted the entire time we’d been in there, and while I’m sure he would have called for help should the situation have reached that point, I still have to check.
Blue doesn’t seem disturbed or even truly nervous for that matter.
“It went well, I think. I was just asking and translating things…”
I can feel the hesitance in his voice. There’s something he wants to say, and it’s taking nearly all of his power not to say what he wants to. Stars, did I miss something in there? He didn’t seem this tense around Lies before. Did they do something to him?
“Blue, you know… you can tell me anything, right?” His cheeks color and his hands go down to play with the too-low hem of his shirt, but he says nothing, lips pressed into a hard line as he looks away.
I suppose I did promise we’d get some shopping done once the weekend rolled over.
“You want to go pick up some new clothes?” I ask, trying to ignore the warm and traitorously amorous feeling in my chest when his ears perk up and swivel in my direction.
“I… I already have-” He tries to answer, but I cut him off before he can say he’s fine.
“Blue, you have clothes that don’t fit your body type and barely fit you. I promised we’d get some clothes this weekend anyway. Plus, we need something to wear to Genevive’s little party,” I divulge a little dourly. I’m not excited for her party next week, but I do have to put my best foot forward. At the very least, I have to try to make a good impression on all of my other peers.
“I just, you want to go all the way down to the market now?” Blue bites his lip, hesitance spilling into his voice.
“Why not now?” I question. There’s no real difference between going now and going tomorrow morning, aside from the possibility of getting to sleep in.
“Well, the market… it’s different at night…” Blue hedges cautiously.
I don’t want to make him uncomfortable, and I sure as hell don’t want to put him in a dangerous situation.
“What do you mean, different?”
“The crowd is more… lively…” Blue offers, restrained but not scared, barely even nervous.
“I think we can survive an excited crowd, Blue.” I smile and throw my arm around him.
How bad could a crowd be?
As it turns out, what Blue meant by ‘lively’ was the enormous crowd that comes in for the night auction.
I remember that a few of the cages had been marked when Shauna and I had first come here. The higher profile items are only sold on the auction stage, and the show apparently attracts a lot of traffic.
Luckily, it’s pretty easy to dodge the excited customers and make our way down to the clothing and supply vendors on the other side of the market.
There are plenty of little shops that have outfits, but I try to use some of the tricks Shauna’s taught me to pick out a good place. I settle on a shop with wide swaths of fabric hanging in layers along the walls and a sign that boasts their tailoring services. There are plenty of premade outfits set aside by size, and even some fancier stuff in the back. It seems like a nice place, though we will have to go to another vendor in order to find some accessories, and perhaps some of the makeup that Blue’s so proficient with.
“Think this is a nice place?” I ask quietly, trying not to be overheard by the man tending the register.
“I believe so, Master,” Blue whispers back, taking darting glances up at the room around us.
I wonder if he’s ever been to a place like this, and if he’s ever picked out clothes for himself or if he was just given things to wear by his owners. The only thing I intend to have an input on is his outfit for the ball. We have to match, that much goes without question, but the better I can dress him up, the less painful the night will be.
There are all manner of accessories that come with different forms of dress. The idea of showing off accessories does not escape my comprehension, and I am rather painfully aware that Blue is my most visible accessory. People in fancy places will do all they can to show off bracelets and pearls and rings made of stones from all around the country, but they are all meant to do the same thing: impress and dazzle. Even in formal army wear the uniforms are all the same, but the highest generals all wear their ribbons and medals to show off in the language of their peers.
Blue moves slowly to the racks, sorting through the clothes to find things both made for him and in his size. None of the attendants bother him, and I do watch them for a while. Maybe it’s normal for familiars to get their clothes themselves. I just didn’t want a repeat of what happened at Mr. Hardale’s place.
He chooses a few things, and before he has a chance to speak I move over to the fitting rooms with a few extra choices of my own. Someone at the other side of the store snorts. Maybe it’s not normal for owners to be the ones carrying, but I could care less.
“Blue, you didn’t pick nearly enough,” I sigh once we’ve made it into one of the tight little rooms. He really hasn’t, there’s only a few hangers.
“I… I didn’t know what you… wanted,” he whispers, ducking his head and moving his hand to scratch at the inside of his wrist. It must still be tender, because his own flinch brings him out of it before I have a chance to interject.
“Blue, just everyday stuff. We have to get fancy stuff too, but I want you to pick out what you’re going to have to wear most of the time,” I try to explain. His ears give an acknowledging twitch, but he doesn’t say any more, and certainly doesn’t pick up his head.
He’s not this shy with me about most things anymore. And we’ve gone clothes shopping together before, with worse results, but something tells me that isn’t it. He’s been acting strange all day. Well, not all day, but ever since we left…
“There’s something bothering you. It’s been bugging you since Lies. What’s wrong?” My voice is hard, and it’s as close to a command as I think I can go without issuing an actual order.
“Well, I… um,” he stutters, interlacing his fingers and studying the process like he’s never seen it before.
“Blue.”
“Promise you won’t get mad?” he whispers back, biting his lip after he’s said it. He’s not quite looking me in the eyes, but at least he’s looking up at me.
“Blue, I won’t get mad, just tell me what’s on your mind.” I heave an exasperated sigh and sit down on the bench in the corner.
“Well, I… When you were talking to Lies, um, Ser Lies, was it true?” he asks, eyes bright with curiosity.
“What?” As sweet and brave he is for asking his question, I have no idea what he’s talking about.
“The part where you went to Durian and… flipped burgers,” he explains, ears drooping before he settles on the floor in front of me on his knees.
He looks like a child about to be told a story, but I know the move is one of self-preservation. Just in case he’s offended me, he’s already moved to a good groveling position.
Oh well, at least his question makes sense. He’s probably never had a Master who so casually admitted to lower dreg behaviors- especially work. I get why that would be confusing.
“Yeah, Blue, that’s true. Though it would probably be best if you didn’t go around saying that.”
“I understand that, Master, but-” Blue continues, shuffling closer before cutting himself off.
“But?” I prompt
“I… forgive me, but... you said you’d done it plenty of times,” he says cautiously, chewing his bottom lip as he does.
“Yup, worked my way through nearly the whole continent, and a few places off,” I admit, thumbing his lip away from the abuse he seems determined to put it through. His bottom lip is pink from his nervous habit, and sinfully soft.
“Why?” Blue’s question startles me out of a rather inopportunely timed reminiscence of his offer a few nights ago.
Now this is the tricky part. I don’t want to lie, but I really don’t want to tell the truth either. There are so many thousands of things that can go wrong, not the least of which is losing all the progress we’ve managed to make together.
“I needed it.” It’s not that much of a lie, and I try to comfort myself with that. “It was- well, at the time I just needed to… broaden my horizons. I grew up pretty sheltered and I needed to… get out.” I try to end that conversation there, but Blue continues.
“Your family didn’t attend with you?” he asks cautiously. I know a fishing question when I hear one. I’ve only let one thing slip about my family so far, and it’s plain to see that Blue is curious.
“No… my older brothers, they were… busy with different things and Dad had… a lot of work to do. The trip was kinda spur of the moment anyway.” My voice seems very far away from me the more I speak.
“Your, um-” Blue tries before I cut him off.
“My family doesn’t talk to me, Blue. They don’t want to, and they were really just waiting for me to fuck up big enough for them all to have an excuse not to ever again.” It comes out more harshly than I’d intended, but I haven’t been forced to think about them in a long time.
It’s not precisely true. Jet still wants to talk to me, and the others… well, they probably haven’t thought about me since I left. You can’t hate someone if you don’t ever think about them.
“I’m sorry,” Blue whispers, shoulders hunched and head down. I can practically see the thoughts in his head bouncing around, worry that he’s offended me and terrible calculations for the end times.
“I wasn’t the son they wanted, not really, and they had plenty of extras. They didn’t care to come looking for me and I didn’t care to be found.” I try to appease him. There really isn’t anything more to say, but I talk more to Blue than almost anyone else. A few extra words to make him feel safe aren’t going to hurt.
“Is that why you live… away from your family?” he asks, deftly avoiding the word ‘alone’, which would be accurate, or at least would have been.
“That would actually be my Aunt’s doing. Well, not my Aunt, she’s just… She’s not actually related to me, not really, but the house is hers. She doesn’t need it and didn’t want to sell it, so she’s letting me stay there.”
“Right…” he says, and nods to himself before going to the other side of the room and taking one of the outfits off the hanger to try on. I’m about to object to him stripping down in front of me, but there’s really no exterior to these rooms, no place for me to wait so he can come out when he’s done.
I try my damndest not to watch as he changes. I’ve seen him naked plenty of times, so I don’t know why it’s such a big deal now. Either way, I get pains in my chest over some of the slower healing bruises and Blue’s still painfully thin figure.
Blue gives a spin in the clothes and it’s only now that I realize that it’s an outfit that I picked. That, and Blue still looks a little uncertain after our whole chat.
“Blue, don’t look so glum. You like this one?” I ask with a wide and stupid grin on my face. I read somewhere that if you smile it’s more likely to make others around you smile. It’s always my last resort, but I’ll look goofy if it makes him smile.
“This one fits well,” he answers, not reacting to my silly face.
“But do you like it?” I try again, hoping he just misinterpreted the question.
“The color is nice.” He deftly avoids the question again and my smile droops.
“Blue…” I try to get a rise out of him, calling him with a lilting tone, but his eyes don’t budge from the floor.
I wonder if it’s something I’ve done. Perhaps it would have been better if we came in tomorrow, maybe this is just too much for him. Then again, a day won’t make much of a difference with the discomfort he’s in. His hands play with the soft trim at the bottom hem.
Even though he looks singularly uncomfortable he still started with my choices, not his own. I’m not different in his mind. It’s hard to remember that, but I’m not any different from the other bastards who’ve owned him in the past. He expects to be dressed up like a doll, dressed to please other people and have his own wishes ignored. There’s not much independence in having to clear every choice he makes with me. I suppose he doesn’t know that I’d move the stars and the land for him if he’d ask. He wouldn’t ask, he wouldn’t believe I’d do anything.
I take a pouch and fill it with coin before pressing it into his hands.
“What’s this for?” he asks, looking up at me, a bit startled.
“I will get anything you like, but if you feel uncomfortable asking me for something… Look, it’s your own personal fund, ok?” I explain badly, but I hope that at least some of the sentiment came across.
“I…” he begins, but I cut him off with a horrible realization.
“Will the people here be weird about you carrying coin?” I can’t believe I hadn’t thought about that! I don’t know if it’s improper to allow familiars to carry coin or conduct market trade.
“No, I doubt it. Not with this collar,” he says, watching me closely from the side of his eye.
“What does the collar have to do with anything?” I ask, sitting back down and motioning for him to try something else. I make a mental note not to take the outfit he’s wearing. If he liked it, he would have been able to come up with something better than ‘the color’s nice’.
“Well, it’s… It says that I’m important to you, that you trust me.” His voice is muffled by the shirt over his head, but I can still hear the words. Not that hearing clearly means it’ll make sense.
“What do you mean?” I let my enquiry hang in the air and put a hand over my eyes, trying to give Blue the barest semblance of privacy.
“Well, you know how all the other familiars have metallic collars, all those fancy little designs.” He begins slowly, as though he’s not sure exactly how much he needs to explain, but doesn’t want to offend.
“Yeah,” I offer, trying not to sound indignant about it. I had seen the pretty metal collars the other familiars had, though I have no idea where they got them. I hadn’t seen them at the market yet, though maybe I’m just looking in the wrong place.
“Some of them have soft insides and other embellishments, but they all… You go to a special shop and have them weld the outside down,” he explains in a tone too calm for what he’s describing.
“Wait, wait, the collars get welded? Isn’t that dangerous?” I can’t help but interrupt. The process can’t be safe… sounds like a nightmare.
“It really only gets you if you move…” he hedges, but that doesn’t calm me.
“That is not reassuring!” I dryly voice my concerns.
“Either way, my collar is entirely leather. It even has a buckle that I could take off without permission if I wanted. It’s you saying that you trust me,” Blue explains
“I didn’t…” I didn’t know what it meant, that it held such significance, but it doesn’t change anything, not really. “I do trust you, Blue. I’m glad you know that.”
I am certain I can feel my heart breaking from the sweet little smile he gives me in return. I give myself a mental shake and get to my feet.
“Now come on, we need to get you more clothes, and... um, how do you feel about make-up?”
As it turns out, Blue actually does know a lot about make-up and the many different kinds. The vendor is all too helpful in finding things that would suit Blue’s unique coloration, though I draw the line when he is being a little too eager while testing out some colored glosses. We go through a few vendors before we actually find one ready to not molest Blue in the beautician’s chair. We leave with a bigger bag than we should have for what we got before I realize that Blue must have actually taken my proposition seriously and bought something for himself while I was getting some cream. Now it’s off to the harder part.
Jewelry.
It’s only really an issue because I don’t know what to do. I figure it’s best to keep it simple and just get something pretty and versatile, but the issue is that there’s really no way I can leave it up to Blue.
Luckily, I see him admiring a set of earrings after I’ve picked out a set of gem inlaid hair pieces. I swipe them from where they sit.
“You have piercings?” I ask, far more amused at the discovery than I should be. I can’t believe I didn’t notice, though I do suppose it’s made a little more difficult by all the fur.
“Y-yes. Master, please, I-” He stutters but I ignore all protest as I make a beeline for the attendant.
I won’t let him try to convince me that he wasn’t looking at the piece or interested in them, as he plainly was. I’m just glad I could get something for him as well. Glad of that, and of the fact that we’re finally done here.
I can’t wait to go home.
Notes:
So, I'm going to post a picture on Tumblr... let's see who can figure out Kara's mistake first...
https://www.tumblr.com/blog/adhoardAlso, I' going to be moving into my dorm next week so the next chapter will probably be coming a little late, but don't lose heart, it is on it's way! :'(
Chapter 37
Summary:
Well, at least they got home safe...
Chapter Text
Blue
Master does nothing to hide his exuberance at being home. It’s not a whoop of joy as he runs through the door, it’s more subtle than that. He breathes easier once he’s walked through the doorway, setting the bags he’d insisted on carrying down by the stairs. There’s a weight that comes off him that only seems truly present when we’re out.
There is little fanfare in much of what Master does. The longer I’m around him the more clearly I can see that. He’s not like most mages, or even aspiring socialites. He’s most comfortable without an audience, doing the actual work that most only play at.
I can see the day’s wear on him, and I can see how hard he’s trying not to let it show.
“Blue, I cleared out a couple of drawers for your new things upstairs. You can put your stuff wherever you’d like. Change your clothes and come down when you’re ready, ok?” Master smiles, playing chipper, but there is something that’s been bothering me since the jewelry store.
“Master… is there anything, um… in particular that you’d like from me?” I stutter, trying to find the right words.
“I’m excited to see you in things that actually fit,” he says, mumbling something under his breath like it took longer than it should have as he turns away. He slides off his shoes and makes his way to the kitchen. He’s probably off making some tea. It affects me more than I think it should that I assume there will be a cup for me as well.
The bags aren’t all that heavy, but it is quite a bit more than I ever thought we were going to end up with. It’s more than I’ve had at other places. Clothes were more like costumes, especially in my later houses, things to wear for amusement, interchangeable between pets. Even still, Master has stayed away from the more traditional outfits I’m used to, the kinds with lots of lace and ruffles and not much else, the kind that Avery has.
Which makes Master’s words all the more confusing. I’m excited to see you in things that actually fit. I know that the clothes I’ve been wearing have been… unflattering at best. I don’t have many assets, but my striking coloration and body have long been my best traits. I haven’t been a very impressive familiar, barely even an impressive pet. Everything is still strange and new and despite myself, I find myself forgetting my place more frequently than I should.
What’s worse, Master doesn’t correct me. He doesn’t punish, he doesn’t get mad, he’ll barely even address my failings. I don’t think he understands what proper behaviour is supposed to be. Though I’m fairly certain this is his version of breaking me in, it’s gentler, slower… like breaking in a pair of shoes. The more I think about it, the more apt the analogy is. He doesn’t seem to have any intention of “breaking” or making any real changes to me or my training, he’s just pushing at the edges, moulding me slowly but constantly into the shape he wants.
I chuckle to myself, pulling out the pre-folded articles and recalling the heated debate he’d gotten into with the shop attendant over a pair of shorts. He’d argued that the shorts marked in my size couldn’t possibly be correct, given how short and tight they were. I couldn’t tell if he was being obtuse on purpose or not. Either way, the face the attendant made was priceless.
He’s cleared out the two bottom drawers of his dresser for me, more than enough room to stash all the new purchases. I lay down the clothes, easily identifying each article by the exposed fabric. It doesn’t seem like much, but I’ve never been so present in the process of picking out my clothing. Usually that’s something left for the steward, at my Master’s discretion. Most of the time I wouldn’t have a clue what I’d be wearing until I was handed a bundle with orders to change, but knowing… I can’t help the warm feeling that pools in my chest.
These aren’t just clothes, they’re my clothes. Clothes that I helped pick, that I’ll get to wear.
I set the glass makeup bottles on the top of the dresser to join a mostly empty jar of cream and some powders. I’m glad to have the familiar substances, but it leaves a somewhat unsettled feeling in my chest. The time I’ve spent with this Master is the longest I’ve gone without the protective mask of pigment, at least since my Masters had begun to expect that I wear it in their presence. It’s always left me fragmentally detached. No matter what was being done, what I was expected to do, the face I wore was never my own.
I wonder if it will feel the same again.
I rub away an unnoticeable smudge on the glass surface of one of the bottles. The whole scene feels weird before I realize what exactly is off: the bottles take up more space on the dresser than they should.
If I’m brutally honest with myself, I’m still amazed that Master hasn’t thrown me out. I’m constantly taking too much, too much of his space, time, resources. I don’t understand him. I don’t understand what he sees in me.
My bottles crowd the space on the dresser, no matter how many times I rearrange them. There’s more bottles than there should be taking too much space, especially against the only three jars that make up Master’s things.
It wasn’t like this at other houses.
For one thing, I would never have spent so much time in a master’s sleeping chamber, or been expected to keep personal effects there. Pets usually had a shared space full of mirrors and constant glittering lights with rows of these little bottles to share amongst ourselves. I’ve never had any of my own. My odd coloring meant that only a few others would use the same materials, but nothing was ever truly mine, ever exclusively for my own personal use.
It’s overwhelming.
Perhaps that’s why I got the extra bottle when Master was looking for some cream for himself. I feel childish trying to keep it a secret, but I hadn’t seen the shimmery powder in almost three years. The pure nostalgia for the gold tinted dust made me reach for it, though I wasn’t sure that Master would appreciate it as much as I did.
I know I shouldn’t, but I find myself applying the tiniest amount to my fingertips just to lap at the sweet powder. It’s supposed to go all over the body, make the skin soft and leave the tiniest bit of shimmer, leaving a sweet taste should anyone kiss or lick where it’s been applied. There’s no event happening today to warrant putting it on, I’m not even expected to service Master tonight. At least, I thought I wasn’t.
I wasn’t sure I’d ever get to use the treat until I saw Master sorting through the jewelry, taking the rings I’d been eyeing. The gems he’d chosen are a hard crystalline blue cut into geometric flowers, splayed out around thin, shifting pieces of silver filigree that I’m fairly certain are meant to be braided into the hair. It’s pretty and delicate and it’s all I can do to wrap it back up in the protective paper and store it in the drawer next to everything else.
I don’t know why we were in the jewelry shop. I haven’t been worthy of adornments for a number of years, but perhaps this party business has been really getting to him.
The other piece from the jewelry store is very different from the hair piece. Just holding them, I feel my face go red.
They are pretty and have the same delicate look as the hairpiece, but this piece is definitely more casual, clearly designed for everyday wear. The barbell is silver and glittery beads hanging down are the same deep, cool blue- at least the color scheme stayed consistent. It’s been a long time since I’ve had personal jewelry, but whenever I have been presented with a gift like this I was expected to show my appreciation and wear my new gifts.
Which makes Master’s words all the more confusing. I’m excited to see you in things that actually fit. He’s made himself clear that he doesn’t expect me to service him, but I don’t know where that really leaves us.
He’s had me in his bed ever since that, but he’s made no move to make use of me, even though I can feel his arousal most mornings. I wonder if I’ve done something to displease him, or if it’s just something I am. He feeds me more than he should, and has made no effort to adjust that. He’s put us on a mission to find my “favorite food”, going out of his way to cook everything from elaborate selections to simple dishes. But I didn’t miss the way he was watching my mouth when I tongued a little too enthusiastically at an olive, trying to force the colorful insides from the fruit. Maybe I’m too thin for his liking. I pinch at my side. I’ve put on flesh since I got here, but that isn’t saying much. My ribs still show through my skin, and I still bruise easily, though Master handles me like I’m glass.
I wonder if this is meant to change something about us. Things that actually fit. I wonder if he meant my position. I’m not doing… anything, really, to show off the status that Master’s awarded me. Maybe it’s to remind me of my place? To advertise to his peers that he really does know what I’m for?
It doesn’t matter what it means, what he meant or what I think it means. No matter what, Master wants me to wear these, he told me to.
The metal is cold, but not biting, and it’ll warm against my skin with time anyway. The piercings are still there, even after three months with nothing in them, and as the cool metal slides against my nipple, the flesh peaks and I have to stifle a groan. I’m thankful that I won't be sharing jewelry again. The beads rest cooly against my body. They aren’t weights or meant for anything more than to look pretty, and I am thankful. I’ve always been sensitive.
I hadn’t expected him to pick these. Hell, I didn’t expect him to take an interest in these at all. His mischievous smile as he snatched them from before my eyes proved me wrong.
Regardless of any implications, I like them. I know it’s not my place to decide that, but I take the time to check how they look in the mirror and I can’t deny their aesthetic value. My right nipple’s just a little pink from the struggle of finding the proper place to slide in the barbell, but aside from that I have no complaints.
There are no shirts that will actively display the new accessory, I wonder if that’s by design. If he’d rather not show off the piercings, and be the only one who knows about them. I choose some loose fitting fabric overtop. It will have to do as I pad back downstairs to find my Master.
As it turns out, Master hasn’t gone far. He’s settled into his chair in the living room, leafing through a book. I don’t want to disturb him, but I remind myself that I have orders to come down once I’ve changed, and presumably show him my new accessories.
“Um…” Master looks over before I have time to think of anything else to say. His eyes widen as he takes in the state of dress I’m in, or rather, the state of undress. He doesn’t look angry or even upset, and I thank the Stars that I was right to show off the new adornments that Master had gotten me.
“Do… do you like them?” Shoulders hitched high, voice wavering and uncertain, my whole body tense like a bowstring, I am most definitely not the attractive picture I was hoping to be.
Master, for what it’s worth, doesn’t seem to mind my internal struggle, ignoring it completely in favor of looking a fair bit shocked and concerned.
I’m just glad disgust isn’t apparent on his face as well. The decision to forego a shirt seemed a good idea at the time, if a bit shortsighted. Many of my less attractive features are on display along with the new accoutrement.
“Does that hurt?” Master asks, and I have to smile, ducking my chin to my chest, trying not to be a blathering idiot. Of course that would be the first thing he’d ask, my forever kind and considerate Master.
“N-no,” I stutter out eventually, once I’m sure I can speak without giggling, “they don’t hurt, they’re just -- hyn!” I’m taken by surprise when Master’s finger comes to touch the beads and graze the sensitive skin above. “… sensitive,” I try to explain, face going red as I try desperately not to think about the strange noise I’ve just made.
“Oh, sensitive, are they?” Master chuckles warmly, pressing his thumb and forefinger on opposite sides of the barbell, careless of the pebbling flesh they brush against.
Master’s hands are warm and the pads of his fingers are far too stimulating as they drag over my nipples to be fair.
“Aren’t you cold? The metal here’s chilly,” he drawls, mischievous grin fully in place as he pulls one arm around my waist, guiding me to sit straddling his lap while his other hand still incessantly plays with the piece of jewelry.
I go with him, following the gentle guidance until I’m settled on top of him. It’s improper and I really should say something, but I can’t bring myself to care. Not when he’s being so clever playing with my chest. It takes everything I have to stifle my pitiful moaning, though Master puts a stop to that with a sharp tug, making me cry out more in surprise than in pain. It makes me open my eyes though, and I see Master looking at me expectantly.
It takes me a second to cast my mind back and find that he had in fact asked me a question.
“Just a l-little bit,” I try to mumble as steadily as I can, because those clever fingers still haven’t stopped .
“Oh, we can’t have that now, that would be terribly irresponsible of me.” He grins, and before I can say that he’s doing just fine warming the metal in his hands, he takes the ring- peaked flesh and all- into his mouth. It’s hot and wet and when his tongue come to play with the bead and drag against my skin there’s a low keening noise that takes me a second to recognise as myself.
“M-master, please…” I don’t know how to finish the cry, if I’m asking for more or a reprieve, but before I can figure it out, Master has stopped.
“Blue, Blue, are you alright?” he asks, tone nowhere near as breathless as it should be.
“Yes, I’m-” I try to reassure him, but he cuts me off.
“Blue, wake up!”
I wake up floundering, every bit as disoriented as I think I have the right to be, given the circumstances. My mind is a messy haze as my head spins and I struggle to process exactly what’s happening and why it’s nighttime already. I’m on the wrong side of the bed, and achingly hard.
“Blue are you ok?” Master asks, concerned but not as angry as he should be considering I’m disturbing his sleep.
I want to go back, to sleep, to where we stood fifteen minutes ago, I’ll take anything really.
“Uh, y-yes. I-I’m fine, I just-” I mean to say more but I pitch forward instead. My head is not fully on my shoulders, but at least it’s calming its spin.
“Blue, your pupils are dilated. Did you eat anything weird?” Master’s hands are the only thing keeping me upright.
“I… er, I don’t....” I try to answer, or at least regain my bearings, but I haven’t eaten anything weird. We ate the same thing for dinner, and the only thing we didn’t both eat was. “The honey dust!” I nearly shout, forgetting both where and who I’m with.
“The what?” Master questions, clearly confused, and it’s a rather great effort to remember that I bought it behind his back.
“The, I bought some honey dust! It’s a sweet, um… body powder…” I try to explain through my rising mortification.
He goes over to the dresser and fiddles with the bottles until he finds the right one, examining it for a moment before raising a brow and turning back to me.
“And you just ate this?” he questions critically.
“I just had a little…” I try to defend myself, but even to my own ears it sounds weak.
“Blue, can you read the red print on the bottom for me?” He holds up the bottle so I can see the red etching near the bottom that I hadn’t seen before.
“Uh, cau- caut-” I fight with the letters, trying to pronounce all of them and still come up with something recognisable.
“Caution, the letters make a weird sound next to each other,” he explains slowly, pointing to the next word.
“Ap- aph -r- o - disi… um, apher-” I struggle biting out syllables until Master mercifully cuts me off.
“Aphrodisiac. Do you know what that is, Blue?” it doesn’t matter how calmly he says it, I feel my stomach drop as I force myself to nod.
I know that it means I drugged myself and then managed to make a bigger fool of myself than when I tried to be appealing. I’m fairly certain my soul is entirely done with this situation and trying its very best to boil its way out of my body. It’s the only way I can make sense of the immediate and unrelenting heat on my face.
Master’s a bit pale, but at least he isn’t as disgusted as I am with myself. I don’t deserve the space next to my Master.
It all comes crashing down just a little too fast. What’s the point in teaching me how to read if I’m going to ignore warning labels? What’s the point in using me as a familiar when I’m too fragile to make it through the semester? I’m too damaged, I’m old for my useage, too ugly, too stupid.
“I’m sorry,” I choke out, squirming until I fall backwards off the bed. It’s not far to the ground, but in a rush of humiliation-fueled frustration I’m disappointed it didn’t hurt more. He deserves so much more than me, he deserves better.
“Blue!” Master scrambles after me, pulling me against his chest as I try to crawl away. I can’t recall when I started crying like a fool. It would be easier if he just let me go, let me lick my wounds in peace and pretend that this never happened. Instead he holds me against his chest until my breathing calms to match the steady rise and fall of his chest.
It’s unfair. There’s nothing I can do about the hard line of his body against mine, but the dust can’t be held accountable for how much I want him. After a lifetime of being used and passed around, the one master I actually wouldn’t mind doesn’t want me in his bed. Or rather, he does want me in his bed, but for no other reason than to sleep.
I press my face to where his neck and shoulder meet and take a shaky inhale, reveling in his calming scent. He doesn’t want me, probably finds me disgusting. I don’t blame him. This is as close as I’m probably ever going to get.
“I’m sorry.” I say again, softly this time. I don’t want to rile this up any further, but I also don’t want to move. It’s taking every ounce of willpower to stay put and not engage in wildly inappropriate things.
“You don’t have to be sorry… What were you dreaming about?” Master asks, carding his hand through my hair, scratching under my ears until I’m drunk on the touch.
“You.” I say simply, pressing lazy kisses into his neck. I can blame it on the dust later, once I’ve fully come back to myself and can appropriately feel shame for my actions. For now, I’m just soaking up the warm feelings while I can.
“Blue... you don’t have to say that” his hand cards through my hair and I can hear the smile in his voice. He thinks I’m saying it for him, and I suppose he has the right, I’ve said similar things when asked. I’ve said these things when it pleases my master that I debase myself for their amusement, but this Master actually deserves it.
“I’m not.” I say bluntly, and then, because I realize I’ve never said it out loud, “You are better than anything I deserve. You’re kind and smart and so strong, you deserve so much better than me.” I try to push away the hard feelings settling in my chest as I admit it. It hasn’t changed anything, but for some reason acknowledging it out loud makes it so much worse.
“Blue , you’re not-” He starts, but I cut him off. It doesn’t matter what he’s going to end the statement with. I know it’s just a lie to try and make me feel better.
“Teach me,” I blurt out, entirely deserving the beating I know he won’t give. It’s important to him, consent . Being disobedient and selfish, more like.
“What?” He staggers for a moment, blindsided by the request. I wouldn’t be surprised if he finally wakes up from this stupor and finally hits me for my insolence.
“Teach me how to do it the way you like.” I repeat myself. I’m dooming myself to failure, but I want this, more than I realized. I’m being selfish and stupid, but I want it all the same.
I can’t understand why he’d want me to stop his fun and bother him with my concerns, but if it’s so important to him, I'm sure I can play along. It definitely wouldn’t be the worst I’ve been asked to do.
“It’s not the way I like, Blue, I just… you have to feel safe,” he says softly, his hand going back to pet behind my ears.
“I do feel safe around you.” I force myself to speak even though my heart is beating too fast. I can’t believe he isn’t angry with me. I can’t help but think I’m asking too much. Master’s already dismissed me out of hand once. There’s an uncomfortable anxiety that settles inside me and it’s all I can do to press closer to him in an effort to stave it off.
“But you wouldn’t stop me from doing anything to you,” he counters, like it’s an actual argument, tucking my head under his chin and drawing out calming patterns into my back.
I’m not disobedient and suicidal, my brain unhelpfully replies. I remain quiet, pressing as close to him as I can. I may not understand what he’s saying, but the tone is dismissal, and I don’t want to leave this embrace.
“If you want to play, then you need a safeword,” he sighs out, giving me a long-suffering look.
“A what?” I question softly. Master’s giving me a chance, and I don’t want to mess it up. I want to do right by him, but I have no idea what he’s talking about.
“It’s something you say when it’s too much, when you need me to stop, ok?” he explains.
“I… I can make a… safeword,” I say slowly. It’s not anything I’ve ever been asked to do before, nothing even close in function, and I can’t make myself believe that I’d ever use it, but I think I can do it.
“Look, I want you to give this some serious thought before you commit, ok? You aren’t deciding this here and now. I won’t accept an answer for another day. If you want to have this kind of relationship, and I mean really want it, then you come up with a safeword and we’ll talk.”
Master’s voice takes on a sterner tone, more commanding. He’s very serious about this. He rarely ever uses this tone otherwise. I understand, this is what he wants from me and I am sure I can satisfy him.
“So... I can make you stop…” I venture, wanting to make sure I’m interpreting it correctly.
“Yes, safewords are for when you get overwhelmed, when you can’t go on, or when you feel unsafe. With me you can use yours anywhere, not just the bedroom. Use it at school, in public, I swear that I will always respect it. Understand?” He smiles up at me, meeting my eyes.
I’m shocked he’d let it extend that far. Is this a test? I can’t imagine ever calling for him to stop in the bedroom, but being able to subtly ask for a reprieve in a social setting without it automatically reflecting poorly on Master is a boon beyond any I thought possible.
“Y-yeah” I respond, hoping dearly that I am not lying.
Notes:
Everyone please look at Sekiraku's new work Eggs and Shame, it is in attached works and it made me cry a little. Also, just read the whole of Bed Rest.
Also the Tumblr
https://www.tumblr.com/blog/adhoard
Chapter 38: The Garden Diversion
Summary:
The boys need some time to think, and Kara has a plan.
Notes:
Hey guys sorry I've been absent. I got really sick and then college was... unforgiving.
Very glad to be back to you all.<3<3<3
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
Winter is unyielding in its approach. The air is getting colder, the days are getting shorter, and I have put off prepping the garden for long enough.
The cold snap that set in last night has made it cold enough to start wearing a thicker outer layer. It makes me nervous enough that I pull out some thick woolen socks and gloves for Blue.
Blue takes my dressing docilely enough, firmly hiding his nerves behind obedience. He won’t meet my eyes and I feel like we’ve fallen back weeks in our relationship.
I have hope that it’s just nerves. It’s probably just some lingering embarrassment from last night. That at least is understandable, and much easier to work with than if I’ve actually harmed something irreparable between us.
I suppose I’d be embarrassed if I woke up grinding on the person I was sleeping next to. Then again, my take on the situation wouldn’t be the same anyway. As much as Blue has offered up sex in the past, reiterating his training and practice as assets, he doesn’t seem to have a grip on the process as I’m familiar with it.
Though, I guess that would be the crux of the issue. Blue is more used to being a toy than being in an actual relationship. He’s familiar with receiving anything his owner throws at him, but nothing more nuanced than that.
He’d panicked last night, convinced that when I said I wouldn’t accept a safeword for a day the same restriction didn’t apply for sex. He’d been deathly certain I was going to fuck him, hurt him at least for waking me up, or something equally as stupid. It had taken so long just to calm him down, let his eyes refocus, get him to remember where he was and who he was with.
Despite the insanity of the night the drug coursing through his system ensured that he remained frustratingly hard. He’d been horrified by the idea that he could take his pleasure into his own hands (literally), separate from me. Horrified to the point that I had to calm another series of shrieked promises, full body shaking, and morbid pleas.
I’d like to think what came next was good for Blue. In the moment I think I justified it as the only way to put Blue to sleep with no adverse reactions. There was no way his body could handle the high strain emotions for long, and definitely not after an orgasm.
The haziness of the night made it easier, too. In the moment there were no coherent actions, just my hand disappearing under the band keeping Blue’s pants up, a mess of jerky hips and, in the end, when Blue’d been spent and half dead to the world, rumbly purrs from the time I cleaned him up to the point he dropped off into unconsciousness.
At least, that’s all it was…
Now morning light’s casting all sorts of unflattering shadows on our actions.
There’s a deep-rooted anxiety that’s clawing away at the back of my mind as well, I’m just hiding it better. I don’t want to say anything and ruin the tentative peace we have, even though I know it’s a lost cause. I doubt I can outwait Blue’s trained fears, but I’m hoping that I can at least discredit them a little before we actually have to sit down and talk like adults about this.
I don’t like that Blue has trouble accepting his own pleasure, especially the reluctance to take when he knew I wouldn’t be receiving. Blue’s treating it like a rule he’s broken. At least that’s how I’m interpreting his skittishness. As much as I want to talk about what happened last night, as much as I want to apologize for what I did without direct consent, I don’t know how to bring it up without Blue melting down.
He seemed to think it was wrong for him to find release if it wasn’t while he was serving me. Maybe it’s just wishful thinking that he’ll take my lack of attention to the subject as an indication that it’s permissible behaviour, but either way it’s better than a panic attack before we make it to noon.
Besides, if all goes well today, I’ll be able to distract both of us.
I’ve been putting off fixing the garden for a long time now, but I can’t think of a better way to clear my mind than with elbow grease outside. If nothing else, Blue will be distracted.
Blue reacts to my garden with an appropriate amount of awe. I let him take it in on his own. It’s strange watching him weave his way between trees, taking in my varieties of herbs with wide eyes. I haven’t let anyone into my garden in a long time, and I’ve certainly never invited anyone to come here. It’s all very idyllic until Blue makes it around the pool and catches the attention of the Almacs.
They’ve been pretty territorial lately, more vocal in their chittering, but allowing me close despite it. The same leniency doesn’t seem to be extended to Blue. They squawk angrily, and Blue backs down before they really have a chance to escalate the situation.
“This place is very beautiful, Master. I see why you take great pride in it.” Blue makes his way back to me, a cautious smile breaking through the hard layers of anxiety within him.
“Yeah, it’s a great place to relax. I hope you’ll find it calming too, though this place is a lot prettier in the spring.” I can feel sleep clinging to the back of my throat as I try to put my ideas into words. This is what I’d been hoping for, and I can’t help the smile I share in return. The garden was built to be a place of healing. I’m glad that its effects are not limited to just me.
Whatever I’ve said triggers some sort of reaction in Blue. His ears and tail go all fidgety as he looks anywhere but directly at me. I have a half second to kick myself for turning a good moment bad before he’s speaking again.
“We will come out here often then?” he asks, trying (and failing) to sound disinterested. He at least seems excited, if a little unwilling to let it show. I thank my lucky stars, unwilling to imagine what I’d have to do if he didn’t like this space.
“Yeah. You can come out here whenever you like, really, though I will insist on proper clothing for the weather. I definitely won’t be much fun during exam season, and it’s probably not healthy to stay in as much as I do--”
“I’d be allowed out on my own?” Blue interrupts, puzzled. He immediately ducks his head again, looking bashful, but at least he’s not cowering like he used to when he’d interrupt.
“I mean, yeah…” I guess I haven’t given it much thought. There’s a gate to the front, but I’m fairly certain Blue is content with this place as his own personal paradise. His tail curls excitedly and I can tell he’s taking in the garden with new eyes, knowing he’ll be able to come back to it. My neighbors wouldn’t mind even if he did go into the front, though… Maybe Anthony would make a fuss, but he lives so far down that it’s a whole other issue if Blue’s made it all the way out there.
“Is that not normal?” I ask a little bluntly. I didn’t know that Blue was supposed to be collared, so it wouldn’t surprise me to find out that there’s some arbitrary rule I’m not privy to.
“My previous masters haven’t allowed such free roaming in their spaces,” Blue says absently, bending down to examine a bush that’s still in the process of losing its petals. Suddenly, something forces his stance rigid again and he fidgets around, trying desperately not to look at me. “Th-that is, I promise I’ll be on my best behavior. I won’t wreck anything, and I swear I wouldn’t try to run.”
“Blue.” I call for his attention and he takes the opportunity to press his lips together as firmly as he can. I could see him spiralling off, but I interrupted before thinking of anything to say.
What can I say to that?
He’s tense again, worried about keeping still and quiet, waiting for my response. Stars, I didn’t think he’d be so crazed over the prospect of going outside. Then again, I really should have expected it. In hindsight, Blue hasn’t spent much time outside and he shies away from time spent unsupervised unless it’s a direct order. I wonder if it’s been dangerous in his experience, if he could get in trouble for something so stupid.
“I trust you, Blue. You can come out here anytime you like, ok?” Blue deflates, anxiety draining from his form, lips turning up into a cautious smile.
I don’t understand how someone could keep him cooped up inside all the time. Isn’t that unhealthy? If not physically, then mentally? I know I could go mad without at least some time and space outside.
Have gone mad- my brain rushes to correct me.
As it turns out, Blue’s absolutely horrid with plants. He can’t tell herbs from weeds and it takes three reassignments before I realize it’s probably best for him to just hand me stuff while I work on the beds.
Our system works out pretty well and we settle into a nice rhythm before I send Blue for some mulch from the big bags that I picked up months ago. I’m so focused on the repetitive motions as I pull weeds and lay down the winter layer of fertilizer I almost don’t hear the yelp from the other side of the yard. I still might not have registered it without the resounding thump that followed it.
I really should have expected it. The one thing I know for certain about my familiar is that he pushes himself too far, too quickly. I didn’t need to take divination classes to forsee that Blue would try to move the entire mulch bag rather than fill a planter and bring it over piecemeal. Unfortunately, when Blue’s around, my brain tends to take a holiday.
One of the Almacs has managed to get on top of the mulch pile, flapping its wings and cooing as though I might miss the giant mulch pile with my familiar underneath it. Blue, for his part, seems reasonably occupied trying to crawl out of the mess with just the one free hand he has.
I know I shouldn’t laugh, and knowing that may be the only reason that I don’t, but it’s hard to contain myself when I’ve been presented with such an incredible scene.
“Go on, shoo, off of him,” I intone gently, waving my hand until the stubborn Almac dismounts the pile.
Blue’s stopped his struggling under the weight, so it’s not too much trouble to pull him up from the mess.
“I see the harvest is bountiful this year,” I can’t help but joke, watching the blush deepen and spread on Blue’s face.
“Sorry…” Blue’s ears go low in a show of guilt
“No, Blue. Don’t be sorry, I just needed a laugh. You’re doing fine.” I try to reassure him by ruffling his hair gently, pulling a few stray pieces of mulch out as I go.
It’s easier after that, with just a bucket of mulch at a time. My limbs are pleasantly sore and I can tell Blue’s feeling the strain too, even though I’ve deliberately kept him from the more rigorous activities.
“I can finish up here, Blue. How about you go explore? Just give the Almacs their space and you’ll be good,” I suggest as Blue hovers uncertainty at my side. He’s brought me more than enough to finish, but I can see the inactivity is resting poorly with him.
There’s not much of the garden left unexplored, but Blue’s enthusiasm obviously doesn’t see it that way. It is his first time seeing the place. The allure of newness seems to be enough for him.
He gives the Almacs more than enough room, not willing to repeat the experience of getting honked at and chased away. He sticks mostly to the fences, peeking through as much as he dares into the neighbor’s yard.
By the time I’ve finished, he’s screwed himself up in one corner of the fence with his face pressed up against the slats. For a moment I think he’s managed to fall asleep, but when I get closer I see his eyes open. He’s just...sniffing.
“Blue?” I gently prod. I have no idea what he’s doing, but this is some weird behavior. At least, I’ve never seen him act like a hunting hound.
“Master, you...um, none of your neighbors have familiars. Do they?” He speaks slowly, cautiously, pulling himself off the fence like it takes some great physical effort.
“I don’t think so.” It’s not something any of them have brought up, at least. I’m sure Jati wouldn’t have been able to keep it to himself if anyone on the street had one. Not after all of them fawned over Blue when I went on my delivery route.
Blue looks stricken, so whatever I’ve told him does not bode well.
“I, then I should warn you… I think there may be some ferals in the area…” he whispers cautiously, as thought the ferals that he speaks of may be lurking nearby. I doubt that. Besides the Almacs as a brilliant new security system, I’ve never seen anyone else out here, so if they do come by, they definitely leave by morning.
“What do you mean?” I ask, trying to understand. Blue’s only brought ferals up once before, and I don’t really know what they are.
“It’s just... I’m catching scents, days to weeks old, but some pass through here. They may have been using your garden… as a rest point,” Blue hedges carefully, obviously uncomfortable with the idea.
“That’s odd. Why would they do that?” I press. I haven’t found anything out of place or wrecked. And there’s certainly nothing missing, not that I keep much of value out here.
“Maybe for the food? A place to sleep for the night, perhaps?” Blue suggests.
That sounds… less nefarious than what I was thinking. If all they need is some food and a place to sleep, it really doesn’t sound that bad. I’d attributed most of the missing fruit to wild animals anyway, and I’m glad I wasn’t that far off.
“Blue, what are ferals?” I question him further. They don’t seem too bad. I might have to make a point of leaving out something for them in winter, but I’m not sure if I should encourage their presence if they are actually dangerous.
“Well… Sometimes people turn out their familiars or pets when they...aren’t good. Just...leave them behind or on the other side of town…” He looks up at me and curls his tail around himself before admitting, “Some run away from their homes. After a while they just… go mad. Something inside them just breaks.”
“That’s… that sounds horrifying,” I admit bluntly, but I wonder how true it is. Blue’s never tried to run. It’s listed in his file as a positive aspect of his disposition. He’s never actually had a run in with a “feral”, so I wonder where this information is coming from. I wonder how much of this is just stories he’s been told.
I can understand the drive to run away. Just from the stuff Blue’s been willing to speak about, I don’t understand how he hadn’t made any sort of attempt in the past. Horror stories of roving bands of ferals might do something to discourage the instinct to run, knowing there’d be no safety even if you did get away.
“It is,” Blue responds quietly, something sounding very far away in his voice, until he comes back to himself with a physical jerk. “They move around a bit, stay away from the trappers.”
“Trappers?” I prompt, a little confused.
“They go around if someone sees ferals in the area. In the best case scenario a trapper goes in and retrieves whatever’s left. Doesn’t matter how far gone they are, they’ll sell them wholesale to a trainer who can fix the damage, or at least put them down.” He looks around, considering, trying to puzzle out something before he starts again. “Trappers wouldn’t frequent a neighborhood like this without a special call. That’s probably why they’d risk coming through here in the first place.” He seems satisfied with his logic puzzle.
It’s probably more accurate than I’d like. I don’t doubt that some of them would go mad. When you’re cold, hungry and desperate to survive, it’s pretty easy to break. However, it’s unlikely that all the runaways end up that way. It seems more likely that they are all just desperate and acting in their own best interest above anything else. It doesn’t require any great leap in logic, it’s just people trying to put distance between themselves and their abusers, trying not to get caught and sold back into the same system.
“I’ll… keep an eye out, ok? But I really haven’t seen anything out of the ordinary in the garden,” I halfheartedly promise. Blue seems relieved by the words at least, though he does spend an extra moment rubbing his neck along the patch of fence that has offended him. I can only assume he’s putting down his scent to overlay the other smells.
It’s more likely that keeping an eye out will have me setting out food this winter than chasing “ferals” away, but I keep that to myself as I help Blue back inside.
As much as I’ve tried to prepare him for the cold snap, the thick socks and mittens have only done so much, and his cheeks and nose are a winter bitten red. Maybe I should have just wrapped him up in a bigger coat. He has enough trouble making his own body heat most of the time anyway. After a few minutes of trying to rub some warmth into his hands I send him up for a bath, hoping he’ll be able to leech heat from the water a little more easily.
Once there’s a natural pink in his face again, we settle into a nice routine. There’s activity, but it’s not overwhelming. I have homework and Blue goes through his workbook at an impressive pace. He’s driven not only to learn how to read, but also to show off that he’s capable. He’s making better progress with elemental than he is with written words, but that’s to be expected. He’s having to learn new rules, what the letters look like and the sounds they make next to each other. It’s more difficult than just translating what he already knows.
Blue remains neutral to dinner suggestions, but I’ve got something I’m pretty sure he’ll like on the backburner so I don’t have to force anything out of him tonight. Blue takes his usual seat at the table, but I catch the way he’s looking out the window. He does like the garden, I just hope his fears don’t keep him from exploring.
“I’ve thought about it,” Blue speaks up, and I’m pretty shocked. It’s rare that he’s actually initiated the conversation, but that doesn’t mean I’m less confused by what he’s said.
“About what?” I press, tossing some garlic into a pan, distracted by the popping and sizzling of the dish.
He stays quiet for a few minutes and I use the time to pull together some ingredients, buying him some time to come up with what he wants to say. He’s been getting better at this the past few days. I’m proud he’s learning to speak and ask questions without direct prompting.
“A safeword,” he says eventually, just as I’m reaching out for the cutting board, and I almost trip over my own feet. I’m lucky I don't drop anything.
Blue doesn’t even have the decency to look ashamed, just a little tense as he remains in the chair. On closer inspection, there’s an undeniable light blush spreading across his features, but that doesn’t really make me feel better.
Right.... We needed to have that adult conversation after all.
Notes:
Next chapter will be up by next Friday!
The Tumblr:
https://www.tumblr.com/blog/adhoard
Chapter 39: An Adult Conversation
Summary:
They have that conversation ;)
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
I put it off while we were eating dinner. I don’t know why I thought that would make this a somewhat less embarrassing topic to cover, but dinner passes and suddenly we are ready for bed, just sitting across from each other on the mattress. The tension that’s been following us has just compounded and I hope I’m not making a mistake.
Blue’s tense, anxious maybe, but he’s taking pains to make it seem as though he’s not affected by the situation.
It’s hard to breathe, but I know putting this off any longer is going to end in disaster. I sit down on the bed and pat the space next to me invitingly. We need to have this talk, but that doesn’t mean we have to make it awkward. We are going to discuss this like levelheaded, sane, and consenting adults.
Blue stumbles over his own legs, but climbs up on the bed nonetheless. He shifts into a more comfortable sitting position before he resumes his nervous fidgeting.
“Right, so what were you thinking?” I try for a calm and level tone, but whatever I’ve managed to produce seems to have the opposite effect. Blue jumps and presses his hands together to quell the nervous energy.
“Can it be more than a word?” he asks. I’m torn between whether I should be happy he’s jumped to the point or concerned about the lack of small talk.
“I mean, yeah…” I answer. It’s not my personal preference, but some people feel better about a string of words or a phrase.
“I just, if you want to use this in public… It’s, it isn’t uncommon for familiars to plead with their masters, or for their masters to be moved by it.” He says it in such a matter-of-fact way that I’m surprised I can keep the look of revulsion off my face.
His words turn my stomach. Then again, most everything that I learn about familiars seems to be doing that lately.
“That’s a good start Blue, but it’s gotta be specific. The whole point is that I need to know when you are saying your safeword so that I know to stop.” I try to sound encouraging, but I really have no idea how much the concepts are getting through to him.
“If I plead in a specific way, you’ll stop?” Blue counters, raking his eyes up and down my form.
It takes me a second to realize that he’s sizing me up, trying to distinguish any nervous tics that might tell him that I’m lying, that this whole scenario is nothing but a big test. I see confusion, but not distrust necessarily. I try to remember that one is critically worse than the other. None of this will work if he doesn’t trust me enough to actually call his safeword when he gets overwhelmed.
“That’s the point,” I reassure him.
“How about… ‘I beg your mercy’. It’s short, and rather to the point. I can say plenty of other things.” The last bit comes out in a rush, as if he thinks I don’t like his choice
He has a point. The phrase is short and not really noticeable enough that it would draw suspicion from other people. Plenty of familiars beg, it’s pretty commonplace. Though I’ve mostly avoided the scenes, I’m not the only one. People pass by encounters like that as if they’re blind to it. It wouldn’t stand out.
“Alright. That’s good, so long as you’re comfortable with it.” The shine in Blue’s eyes at my affirmation is just a little too much for my heart to take.
“Yes, Master,” he says easily, a small smile creeping onto his face.
“Alright, with that out of the way… What are your hard limits?” I hold out hope that he might understand what I’m talking about, but the blank and vaguely concerned look is back, and I brace myself for a nice long chat.
“Wh-what?” Blue’s answer comes predictably, and i just focus on projecting calm.
“Is there anything that you really don’t like, or feel unsafe doing?” I venture, hoping vainly that the concept at least will make sense.
“...I’ll do w-whatever you want, Master…” he whispers quietly, utterly fascinated by the pattern on the covers.
I’m not surprised, but there is a part of me that was hoping he’d have a different answer. Everyone has limits, and it doesn’t matter if he thinks he can trust me not to hurt him if I can’t actually know what would do damage.
“Blue, that’s the opposite of the point. If you are submitting to me, it is my responsibility to make sure that I don’t do any damage. Ideally this is fun, and good for both parties, and that starts with limits, ok?” I try to explain the concept in a new way, hoping that it makes a little more sense to him.
“I… um,” Blue stutters, but I can tell he’s just more confused.
“I’ll start. I don’t enjoy knifeplay, or really anything with blood,” I admit. It’s not something many people are into, but I’ve met my fair share.
Blue just keeps his head down, scrunching the comforter with his hands. Maybe the example was a bit too far. Blue had his share of carvings on his body when I got him. I thought maybe the reassurance that I didn’t like that sort of play would help, but it seems like all I’ve achieved is bringing up bad memories.
Blue’s quiet, but he’s not shaking yet. As much as I would have liked to go to sleep and handle this never, it would be worse to just stop in the middle. That being said, I don’t think Blue can handle much more.
“Do you enjoy touching?” I try to change tactics. Blue’s always been a cuddle bug, so I feel safe in assuming.
Blue raises his head and cautiously nods. Confused, not scared. I can work with that. I open my arms in an inviting gesture and Blue only hesitates a moment before he presses our bodies together. It feels natural, just like it always has. He fits in my arms.
“Did you like it when we kissed?” Blue nods against my chest and I press a quick little kiss to the top of his head. It was an easy one, but I need Blue to get comfortable talking about this like the consenting adult he should be. As much as I need to get him used to saying no, I need him to understand what saying yes means as well. Just getting him to answer, even to questions I already know the answers to, is progress. I just need to be sure he’s telling the truth, not just saying things that he thinks will make me happy with him.
Now I just have to get him to say no. I want him to know there will be no punishment for his opinion, that it matters more than what I might want.
I think of the scars Blue had when I first brought him home. The words that he understood, but couldn’t read.
Maybe it is cruel but I need to test him.
“Do you like knives Blue, you want me to hurt you?” I feel him tense in my arms but I wait out the several seconds where he says nothing. I’ve already told him it’s not something I’m into, and I’m hoping that’ll give him the confidence to say no.
It takes a few more seconds for his head to shake against my chest and another five before he croaks out an actual no, but at that point I’m ready to jump for joy. Instead I just pet him behind the ears and whisper out a soothing reassurance.
“Alright, you don’t like that, how do you feel about…”
We continue on for a while, Blue content to squirm around in my lap as I ask question after question, while he gains familiarity with the word no. He seems surprised, whether because he’s not in trouble for saying the forbidden syllable or maybe just at the detail I’m going into for this.
“Blue?” He looks up at me with such trust that I don’t think it’s necessary, but it would make me a little more comfortable. “Can you call me Kara?”
He flinches rather predictably, but rather than allow him out of my grasp when he starts wiggling to get free I hold him close. We need to have this talk.
“Blue?” I prompt, because even though his body is giving a fairly clear answer, tonight has been all about using words.
“It’s, I’m sorry Master… I j- that would… be disrespectful,” he stutters, whimpering. I feel the fight drain from him as he forces himself to go limp in my arms. I hadn’t meant to make him panic, I only wanted to make sure he answered.
“I just want you to know that you are choosing to enter this kind of relationship willingly. When you call me Master I want you to have a choice, ok? For me, that means that we have to be equals,” I try to continue, scratching behind his ears, and solidly ignoring the sinking feeling that comes with making Blue feel unsafe.
“Master, I would never presume,” he counters, making that unstable feeling worse.
“You’ve never been asked to call your master something else?” I try to sound nonchalant, as if that was the only goal I had in this.
“Yes…” Blue answers slowly, like he’s trying to figure out if there’s a trick question that he’s missed.
“It’s like that,” I answer, hoping this can be the end of it and I can tuck that conversation into the long list of conversations I’ve screwed up, but might try to come back to.
“... No, i-it isn’t” I’m surprised to hear Blue’s wary tone push back. Under any other circumstances I would dismiss this. I’m not getting anywhere with Blue on this topic, and using his owner’s real name is obviously something that he’s been trained not to do. But Blue’s actually disagreed with me. Not the passive ill-contented silence that makes me try to find out what’s wrong, he’s used his words and disagreed with me.
“How is that?” I fight unsuccessfully to keep the grin off my face. This might not end in a good place, but I’m too thrilled with Blue’s progress at the moment to see any distant consequences.
“Your name has no honorific, I’ve been asked to call masters other things, but they all have status signifiers attached to them,” Blue explains. His brow is scrunched up like the problem that’s been set in front of him is more than he bargained for.
“You’ve never had a master dislike his title?” I counter.
“Yes, but they give me something else to call them.” Blue pouts, leaning heavily into my chest as though he can make me see his point if he’s just close enough.
“Like what?” My voice wavers uncertainly. I had thought all familiars called their people “master”, at least that’s what it seemed like.
“Owner… sometimes, My Lord…” He struggles, trying to recall alternative names.
‘Owner’ leaves me with a sick feeling in my stomach, moreso because it’s a simple truth and nothing more. And ‘My Lord’… is somehow worse. Technically illegal, if you go around ordering your subordinates to call you by a title your position doesn’t grant.
“I… I get what you’re trying to say Blue, but … look, just humor me. I’m fine being called Master in the bedroom, stars know it’s not the first time, but you have a choice when you call me Master, ok?” I try to make myself sound sane, but I quite honestly don’t know if I’ve made the situation better or worse.
“I--” Blue starts, but I can see the propriety argument in his eyes before it starts.
“It’s ok if you can’t right now, but just… think it over. Put it in the back of your mind, just think of me as Kara, instead of Master, ok? Would you try it? It’s ok if you can’t say it, I just… it’s important to me, ok?” I rush to reassure him.
Blue nods along, mumbling something before pressing a soft kiss to my neck. I can’t tell if he’s taking the request seriously or not. I suppose I won’t know until we try this again later.
“W-will you, um- Can I ki- um,” Blue stammers, blushing furiously.
I realize somewhat belatedly that Blue is gorgeous. Not pretty, not beautiful, the light inside him is more than anything describable by those words. I don’t know how I’ve managed to be so ignorant. His eyes, I swear I can see the beginning of new galaxies in them. He’s looking at me with such trust, such open, expressive innocence, I can feel the heat rising in my own cheeks. It is absolutely no trouble to kiss him.
It’s not at all like the first time. Blue isn’t scared and I’m not desperate to snap him out of a panic attack. Our bodies are already tangled around each other, it’s nothing for me to tilt Blue’s head up and press of our lips against each other. For several seconds, it's just that, warm, soft kisses that explore the new tenuous relationship we’ve made. But it doesn’t take much to deepen it until it’s turned into a mess of panting and tongue, until neither of us can deny that we have to break for air.
Blue is gorgeous, with his hair mussed up, pupils dilated, flushed pink all over his face. He took initiative rather well, wasn’t concerned about where his body was or propriety for a solid minute at least. I wonder if it’s because of the talk we had or if it’s just that he feels more comfortable with his body in this context.
Either way, those are questions for the morning.
“Ready to get some sleep?” I ask teasingly. I stroke the good spot behind his ears, but Blue stiffens under my hands. I don’t have time to voice my confusion before he’s speaking.
“We aren’t having sex?” Blue asks, his ears twitching as though he’s trying to pick up on what exactly is going on here.
I realize that what we’ve been doing couldn’t be considered chaste exactly, but it wasn’t lead-up-to-sex material either. We’ve kept things pretty clearly above the waist, no bumping or grinding, just a little kissing. Stars, every kid’s probably done worse with their partners before they leave secondary. It’s not…
Then again, to Blue, it doesn’t look the same. The concept of a just a kiss with no sex at the end of the tunnel is probably a foreign concept.
“Not tonight.” I smile, trying to sound passive and tired. I’m hoping I can just get this little blunder overlooked.
“I thought that was the whole point of this!” Blue nearly yells back at me. I feel him shift beside me, more than half hard and seeming genuinely angry. It seems that my hard work to make Blue more comfortable with voicing his opinion and saying no have effectively come back to bite me. There’s some briefly entertained instinct in me to flee, something brought on by some combination of the anger in his voice and the lines between his brows. I feel immediately foolish for it. Blue wouldn’t, couldn’t hurt me.
“Blue, if you want to play that’s alright, but we are not having sex tonight.” There’s something hard in my voice and I feel at once more and less stable. I don’t raise my voice but I don’t back down either. If I’ve been cast as the Master then I need to play my part and actually take care of us.
“Why?” Blue counters somewhat petulantly. Half the reason I don’t raise my voice is so I don’t have to deal with Blue thinking he’s upset me, but it seems that my tone has gone entirely over his head.
“Because we need to be safe, sane, and consenting,” I quote dryly from some book about etiquette from too many years ago. I just want this conversation to be over.
“I already said I consent,” he says defensively, crossing his arms over his chest like he’s waiting for the next rebuttal in a debate.
“Blue it’s no that, I-” I start, but Blue cuts me off.
“I’m not as fragile as you think. I won’t shatter from just a touch, I swear!” I can hear the desperation in his voice and when I look closely, I do see too much white in his eyes. He’s not angry. He’s just scared and frustrated that nothing makes sense to him.
“It’s not you,” I breathe, trying to hold onto the even and self-assured tone that I’d been playing at earlier.
“Then why can’t we have sex?” He sets his jaw and climbs on top of me until he’s settled on my hips.
I have to remind myself that sex is transactional to him. It doesn’t mean the same thing, it never has. It’s a way to stay alive, to stay valuable. It’s up to me to show him intimacy from my perspective.
“Because I am not ready for that!” My voice is thousands of times calmer than I am internally.
Blue takes pause at that. I can see the confusion wash over his features and he stays frozen where he is until I start again.
“Blue, just because you are ready or want something, doesn’t mean your partner is as well. That’s why it’s so important that we talk this over.” I give him a weak smile. For all the lesson is important to learn, I can tell what I’ve said is uncomfortable for Blue. He’s used to going through with actions he feels uncomfortable with, used to shoving away what he wants in favor of what his master has ordered.
“I’m sorry,” Blue whispers, “I… I liked- just wanted t- It’s not-” he continues stuttering, trying to force out words that have him close to panic.
“It’s ok, Blue. It’s also good to know what you want.” I smile up at him. He’s come a long way, better progress than I’d ever expected of him, but Blue always seems to want instant change.
There’s no spectrum of getting better, just good and bad.
Even after the smile, Blue still looks a little too forlorn. I pull him down and press another quick kiss to his lips. That at least does the job of surprising the frown off his face. I feel bad, knowing I’ve pretty thoroughly ruined whatever Blue thought tonight was going to be.
He’s been expecting sex, hell, he’d even been hard. I smile as a recklessly stupid thought comes to my brain. Because tonight has been all about lessons… and Blue still has trouble taking pleasure…
I ease myself up, changing our positions and gently pushing Blue prone on the mattress, giving him ample time to object. He doesn’t have much experience simply taking pleasure, receiving the lavishing attention of someone who wants nothing more than their partner’s pleasure. It’s no trouble to claim another kiss and deepen it until Blue’s making the cutest little noises under me. When we part I can see his attention solely fixed on me, and I use it to my advantage.
“We are going to go slow and you are going to tell me if you feel uncomfortable at any point, understand?” I leave no room in my tone for negotiation. This isn’t going to turn into sex. It’s not a matter of being convincing, it’s a matter of being safe.
“What are you doing? You said no sex tonight.” Blue seems confused, but not disappointed.
“I’m not ready for sex, but if you want to play, there’s still plenty we can do.” I feel my smirk bleed into my words, and I know whatever smile is there would make ol’ cheshire jealous.
Notes:
The Tumblr:https://www.tumblr.com/blog/adhoard
Also, if you haven't seen it yet, please watch Sekiraku's wonderful vine compilation: https://youtu.be/Mtfa6Z60Qb0
Chapter 40: Fragile
Summary:
We get a look at what happened in the night, but the boys aren't out of the woods yet.
Notes:
This chapter gets a bit NSFW. Just to let you know ;)
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
“I’ve heard of getting fucked senseless, Blue, but this is ridiculous.” Avery pouts and I really should have the decency to address her, but even when she sits dangerously close to where i’ve got my head buried in the pillow, she can’t pull more than a strangled groan from me.
With my head buried firmly in the cushions provided by the care center I can almost ignore the heat in my face and the magnitude of my regret for having said anything about last night's activities -not that I would have been able to keep them a secret. According to the group I’ve had trouble focusing all morning.
“Come on, Blue! We’ve made no sense of you all morning, spill!” Marina whines and even though I can’t see her jumping around, I can feel the small windstorm her wings are churning up.
Maybe I should tell them. They are the first people I’ve ever had around me that wouldn’t benefit from giving me bad advice. I’m used to puzzling out these kinds of things on my own, but they all have different masters, so we’re in no way competing for usefulness or affection. It’s a novel concept.
Still, there’s a part of me that is certain that this is a bad idea. These people associate with me of their own volition. We don’t share a master, we aren’t forced to interact. There is nothing that keeps them tied to me. I’ve never been in danger of losing someone before. There’s some peace in knowing that the separations I’m used to living with, no matter how painful, are not my fault. Sometimes masters get bored and switch out staff or pets, but there was nothing I could do about that short of swaying the forever shifting and unpredictable whims of an owner.
Something icy settles at the base of my spine as I realize that they could reject me just as easily as they accepted me. They could just choose to stop talking to me, not allow me into their group. It’s not like I could stop them, or anyone would say anything. Familiars here are given a certain level of autonomy, but as a result handlers aren’t very keen to step into affairs so long as they aren’t obtrusive. The handlers wouldn’t help.
I’m not blind to how the others still react to my presence. I still have the predictable sneers and barbed words, but the group has kept me insulated from the more dangerous things.
I’m distracted from my spiralling thoughts by someone shaking my shoulder. A tentative peek from my pillowy prison reveals Sui. That… makes sense, the others are distracted talking amongst themselves, but Sui is a quiet being, even without her disability. She doesn’t sign much, or attract attention to herself unless it’s important.
“I’m sorry-” I start, concerned by what she must think. The idea that my place here is fragile is too fresh in my mind to start anywhere else, but then Sui is signing and it takes all of my attention to follow along.
Don’t be sorry, we’re worried. What happened?
I feel awful seeing the pain behind her eyes. She’s worried about me, same as the others, they’re just trying to make it less awkward by being loud.
“I’m…” I don’t even know how to begin to express the magnitude of the issue at hand. It’s not as bad as it could be. I could have come to them bloody and they’d only be able to do what they’re doing now. It occurs to me that that’s what they’re expecting to hear. That I finally fell from whatever good grace I had and the resulting night has left me like this.
“It’s… not bad,” I hedge carefully. “I ...am just a little embarrassed…” I’m mumbling to myself, but apparently it’s still loud enough for everyone to hear.
“Well, you have to spill now. We need details. Everyone knows my master’s dick isn’t half as interesting as yours if it can make your face go that red,” Avery says loudly, flopping down on the cushion next to me.
“Avery!” Nyc does his best to look like he’s reprimanding her, but his face is just as red as mine and Avery only sticks her tounge out.
“I just call it like I see it.” She smiles, far too mischevious for my liking.
“So, what happened?” Marina intones softly, approaching me like one wrong move will send me diving back under the pillows.
“I… made a fool out of myself.”
- - - - -
“We are going to go slow and you are going to tell me if you feel uncomfortable at any point, understand?” There’s no room in his tone for negotiation, but that doesn’t make sense.
“What are you doing? You said no sex tonight.” I try to say it as quietly as possible. I don’t understand what’s happening, but I don’t want it to stop either.
“I’m not ready for sex, but if you want to play, there’s still plenty we can do.” Master smiles down at me and I’m not sure what to think, but in the next few seconds he robs me of the indecision.
I don’t remember being asked to kiss much. It wasn’t particularly fashionable for masters or pets, and I'm more used to kissing my master’s boot than their lips. Right now it’s all I can do to hold on and hope I’m not as bad at it as I feel. Master doesn’t seem to have the same difficulties.
His hands worm their way under my shirt and start teasing the exposed skin. His mouth leaves mine and I don’t have a moment’s rest before he’s working his way back up my body, kissing every new inch of exposed skin as he works my shirt off my body.
I can’t suppress the whine that comes when he presses his lips to my neck and licks down my pulse point. I try to strengthen my resolve to keep quiet, but at the moment there’s just a bit too much brain power dedicated to not bucking my hips until I find friction. I don’t want whatever moment that’s happening to be broken. I want to stay like this. Lavished in attention, I can’t risk making bad noises that’ll make Master mad.
“Now, when were you going to tell me that you were wearing these to bed?” Master breathes over my neck and I’m so consumed by the heat of his words, chasing invisible sensations, that it takes me a second to realize he’s actually spoken to me.
“I-wha…” I try to will my mind into processing what’s just been said, before he’s rolling the beaded piercing between his fingers.
“Aaagh!” The noise as well as the squirming comes without my permission. My mind flashes through my dreams from the night before and I can feel my face going a mess of red. I don’t know how to reconcile what I’m feeling with my dreams. Luckily, Master takes pity on me and gives me a moment to collect myself. That is, until I’ve realized that the stop was a little more deliberate than that. He’s stopped completely above me.
“Is this alright?” Master speaks quietly. He’s so close to me I can feel his breath against my ear. There’s sincerity in his tone, though. He’s not continuing. I can feel the unofficial pause that’s been put over our activities. He’s waiting for my response.
I swallow, hoping the extra second will give me the confidence to speak, but by the time I meet his eyes I can’t trust my voice. I find myself nodding, hoping to the Stars that this isn’t a dream as well.
Whatever had stopped Master before goes away and his clever hands continue moving, settling low on my waist while his head stays up by my ears, whispering into them.
“Mmm, so are you going to tell me why you were wearing these to bed, or should I guess?” I can hear the smile in his words, but I can’t make myself respond. Why did I wear them to bed? I took them off the night before. I know I thought we were going to have sex. In a stupid moment I thought I might be able to influence my Master into some of the broader ideas dredged up by my dreams.
Master gives a little huff and withdraws. For a moment, really only a moment, I am sure that he is leaving. That he’s gotten bored with me and doesn’t want to waste his time anymore. I am ready to beg and plead, promise anything he wants if he’ll just stay, not give up on me. The fear is a palpable presence in my body, but he doesn’t leave. He’s still leaning over my, bracketing my body with his limbs, he’s just realigning himself.
“Well, I have to guess now.” He smiles up at me. “You wanted me to see them? Perhaps, you wanted me to play with them?” he questions, running his tongue along the warmed metal of the right piercing.
I shove my hand into my mouth before I can yelp again. His hands and mouth playing with me are so much more real than my dream ever seemed. It’s too much. He moves with too much confidence, working my body like he understands what makes it tick better than I ever did.
It’s hot and wet and when his tongue come to play with the bead and drag against my skin I bite down hard to keep my pathetic, pathetic noises inside, where they belong. Closing my eyes doesn’t have the effect that I wanted. Instead of taking away the visual of Kara playing my body like a finely tuned instrument and granting me some modicum of control over my reactions, it just makes all the stimulation that much harder to ignore.
It also has the distinct disadvantage of leaving me blind to my Master’s whims, something I don’t really register until Master’s hand is prying my fist from my mouth. I can’t keep my whimpering in, even though he’s stopped the rest of his movements. I can’t stay quiet without this. I’m holding onto my sanity by a thread. I can’t be good if he’s just burying me in pleasure like this.
I want to be good. I want to be so good. I don’t want to make him mad. But Master just pulls my hand from my mouth and begins kissing over the worst of the damage.
“Oh that won’t do, darling,” he whispers, loud enough for me to hear, but it seems more like a private admonishment.
“I c-can’t be q-quiet f-for you withou-” I try to say, stumbling over my words until Master cuts me off.
“I want to hear you.” He says it like it’s such an obvious fact, I should have never considered any other mode of thought. “Blue, I don’t want you to mask any sound you make. I want to hear you loud and clear.” He locks eyes with me, the burning intensity in them telling me without a doubt that this is what he wants.
He gathers my wrists in one hand and pulls them over my head. At once I’m vulnerable. I’ve been bound and held down in bed before, but this isn’t like that. Master’s purposefully put both my hands in only one of his, and while his hand’s big enough to encompass my wrists, he’s not being forceful. He’s strong enough that it wouldn’t be anything for him to force the delicate bones to grind together painfully, a silent warning not to move, but he’s just holding. He’s just holding my wrists above my head, his hold a reminder of his order, nothing more.
“Are you alright?” he asks again. He’s watching me carefully, but for what? Insanity? Disobedience?
I nod carefully and then as if he’s sealing some sort of deal his head dips and he takes my lips once again, no less passionate for all the time he’s spent on me.
He starts kissing and fondling his way down my body once again, just like before, but this time I do nothing to suppress my moaning. I’m barely restraining my bucking as he goes down to play with the rings again and then as he dips lower, playing with my hip bones. I can do nothing but whimper and hope he’ll take pity on me by the end of this and just fuck me.
It doesn’t help that he keeps whispering praise and encouragement.
“So sensitive, so ready for me. Such a good boy.”
Suddenly, his hands worm their way under my pants. I can’t help the yelp that comes from me when his hands rake over my hips. The stimulation is just a little too much, even with all the buildup that we’ve had.
“Blue, you alright?” Master whispers, his hands paused where they are, giving me a moment to come back into my body.
“Yes,” I whisper breathlessly, trying to get my heart rate back under control before I come in my pants like the fool I am.
“Is there something that you’d like to tell me?” He speaks a little more clearly, not demanding, but expecting an answer.
“I-I...um.” I don’t know how to respond to that. I’ve never had to explain this sort of thing to anyone before.
“Blue.” Master’s voice is more demanding now, and he hasn’t made a move to continue his ministrations.
“Every… um, breed has their... own soft spot.” I stumble, trying to get out the words under the implied threat that he’ll stop without an explanation.
“What?” Master chokes out, confused but not disgusted at least.
“Um…” I try to find words to continue, but Master’s nails are tracing down the sensitive patches of my hips.
“Blue, you have to explain this. I really don’t understand.” He might not understand but he’s not above taking full advantage of the new knowledge.
“It’s like…” I trail off, trying to find a good example while he continues to stroke my hips. “S-Shauna!”
“Like Shauna and Ande? But that was his ears?” He has the audacity to sound genuinely interested as he presses his hand flat down against my skin and drags the rough, calloused skin down my hips.
I grit my teeth and bite out, “As far as I know, lions, tigers, and bears share their sensitivity.”
“Oh, so theirs is their ears, while yours…” He plays his nails down my hips again, forcing an involuntary moan from me.
“Y-yes,” I stutter out, trying to maintain the illusion that I’m still somewhat capable of higher functions.
“That’s good to know.” Master smiles and I know that he’s going to continue experimenting with this new information.
When his leg presses between my thighs I can’t help but jerk, widening my legs to accommodate him, but also desperate for friction. I find myself whining, trying to keep my hips still against the mattress.
“Blue, I said we wouldn’t have sex tonight, but that doesn’t mean you have to deny yourself.”
- - - - -
“That doesn’t sound that bad,” Ande hedges carefully.
“It sounds fucking hot,” Avery interjects.
“Avery!” Nyc tries to quiet her, but she just barrels on.
“He can come rub against my hips anytime,” she says, swaying, a little too suggestive.
I’m surprised by how quickly I raise my hackles, growling deep in my throat before I fully understand what I’m doing. I feel my face heat as I sit back down with a huff. Avery… looks like she’s won something.
“You obviously want him, you have him, this is quite literally the best scenario!” She chides me like I’m a child in need of basic instruction.
“It’s not that! The evening was fucking amazing. I’ve never known that kind of… intimacy.” I stutter, because my body wanted to say sex, but true to his words we did just about everything but. Intimacy sounds like the wrong word too, but I’m too torn up inside to think more on the subject.
“So what are you so worried about?” Marina pipes up when no one else chimes in.
“I’m… worried about what happened after,” I whisper softly, but it’s obvious that they’ve all heard me.
I explain to them what happened. I tell them about how wonderful my Master was trying to make the night and how I was too broken to even take pleasure properly. I didn’t last too long, not with so much stimulation and actual permission to come.
- - - - -
Something’s wrong as I come down from my haze. Everything was too much in the lead up, but that doesn’t explain what’s happening in my mind. I’ve had masters who wanted to see me twitching, fucked out and nearly comatose as they tried to wring another orgasm from me by passing me around to their guests. I know what it feels like to come down from that kind of high, I know how to remain functional and not embarrass my masters in the process. In the moment, though, I really don’t understand what’s happening around me.
Everything feels weird and muffled and I can hear too much of my own heartbeat. I can’t hear what’s happening around me and my eyes refuse to focus. I need to get my head on straight before I’m needed. Before Master has to waste time on you. Before he sends you back down for misbehaving. For disappointing his guests. For disrupting his day.
The afterimages playing in my head aren’t right.
Master has been kind to me. I’m safe, tucked away in his bed. That doesn’t change the tricks my mind is playing on me. I couldn’t hear him, couldn’t see him as the world faded away, leaving nothing.
I feel the ghosts of hands, fingers pulling, arms holding, reminding me what my place is, where I belong. I’m not safe. I’m not with my Master. There’s nothing but the nameless faceless owner’s guests, the ghosting of hands and bodies pressed up against mine. They keep moving in, getting closer, suffocating me, until I can’t choke down my screaming anymore.
Idly, I’m sure that I never screamed for them. It’s not something that was allowed, and I’m not one to indulge in things that only bring trouble. But among the ghosts of the past, I’m weak. They remind me of what I am. How used and disgusting I’ve come to be. I deserve what they give me, I should be grateful they deign to waste their time on my pitiful excuse of an existence.
They give me a reason to exist. They allow me to continue living, even though it’s one struggle after another, obstacles that they put in front of me. I should be grateful. They give me a chance to entertain them. They give me a chance to try and plead my worthless body back into their good graces.
There are arms around me, more solid than the rest of them, and as the phantom touches fade, those arms do not.
It’s my Master, the current one, the one who’s been so kind to me, but given me so few chances to prove myself. He’s holding me, rocking me gently back and forth. Suddenly, I’m worried.
When I was lost to the place with my ghosts, how long did Master have to do this? How long did he have to hold me like a babe when I should have been thanking him, promising anything he wanted for the lavishing attention tonight?
“I-” My voice comes out hoarse and I wonder if the screaming was only in my mind. Surely, Master would have cast me aside if it wasn’t. He wouldn’t be holding me like I was worth something if I had proven myself that much of a mess. I wrap my heart around that shallow hope.
“Yeah, Blue?” Master answers me.
“I- I just… I haven’t h-held you here long, I hope.” I stutter without meaning to, but my tongue doesn’t seem to want to cooperate.
“It wasn’t that long.” He smiles and presses a kiss to my forehead and I feel heat prickle behind my eyes.
But that is beside the point , the voice inside me counters. I’ve made him play caretaker long enough. He shouldn’t have to deal with these antics. Sooner or later he’s going to get tired of them.
I had wanted to be able to offer something in return. Even limited as I am by Master’s ‘no sex’ rule I am certain that there must be something pleasurable Master might take from my body.
“I- I can do something for you.” I try to offer. It’s a pittance, I know, but hopefully somewhat alluring.
“What?” Master’s voice is soft, he’s not angry, just… perhaps that was not explicit enough?
“I- you shouldn’t be the o-only one to… let me take care of you.” I try to get out the words without breaking down. I can feel myself fraying at the edges. I need to do something, and then, maybe when this is all over and I have a moment, I can break down in peace.
“No, Blue. I’m good for tonight.” He smiles at me, but I can’t help but feel the sinking in my stomach.
I’ve managed to disgust him to the point that he doesn’t even want to take pleasure from my body. I wish he’d kick me to the floor, send me away so I can just go lick my wounds in peace, but Master just holds me and whispers nonsense platitudes at me until he sees fit to detangle himself from me and pulls me in the general direction of the bathroom.
I figured if I could get away long enough to let my emotions sort themselves out, everything would be alright and I could return to him a proper pet, clear of mind and ready to please.
But Master doesn’t leave me alone to clean myself. He fills the tub and coaxes me inside even as my mind slips into that fuzzy state where I can’t really control any of my actions.
“Y-you don’t… have to.” I force the words out haltingly. It needs to be said, but my brain isn’t really cooperating.
“Humor me,” he says tone light but serious as he lathers up a cloth.
I think it would be easier if he just left me alone, but he stays with me. He’s careful with my body where I want it to be rough. He moves slow, with projected motions meant to calm me, but my mind is too fractured to appreciate it. I want to rub my skin raw, I’m ready to take the fucking wire brush from under the cabinet and scrub until there’s no threat of ever feeling again. The pricking behind me eyes gets worse and I tilt my head away as I try to blink the tears out of my eyes.
Master washes my body with care I’m not due. The slow and caring motions worm their way into my heart and sit, an uncomfortable pressure on my chest until eventually, not halfway through this washing I can’t hold it back anymore. Tears, slow and unnoticeable at first, come until I’m sobbing in the tub like some kind of untrained child. He doesn’t deserve this. My kind and generous Master shouldn’t have to deal with this kind of behavior. Still it isn’t enough to drive him off. He just rubs my back, and assures me that it is normal to react this way.
He tucks me into a fluffy towel and, upon redressing me, into a larger blanket. He asked me again and again if there was anything I needed or wanted or if I felt comfortable sleeping in the bed tonight.
I woke up crying, in my Master’s arms, his eyes open as I still blinked sleep from mine. No way to hide my deeds.
- - - - -
“I freaked out on him,” I say numbly after the long string of my confessions. Too broken, too stupid, too much of a waste of time.
“I mean he didn’t seem to…” Nyc tries to speak, but I cut him off.
“Please, just tell me. Did I malfunction?” The question hangs there, nothing but dead air follows. I wasn’t expecting any different, but the silence still gets to me. There are no words for the moment, but I suppose that’s to be expected, they know just as well as I do what happens to malfunctioning pets who don’t serve a purpose. There’s no other way to describe my actions. Everything was set up to be good and I just malfunctioned. I’m too broken inside for any of the good coming my way.
“Blue, I don’t… your Master doesn’t seem to have any problem with your behavior,” Nyc hedges gently and I actually laugh at that, something too high and deranged to be good.
“He’s so new to this that he can’t recognize the problem you mean?” I bite out bitterly. I had hoped that it was just Master holding out hope before, but now…
“Is that such a bad thing?” Avery chimes in. She’s more cautious than she was and I attribute that to my deteriorated mental state. I don’t like that I’m making my friends walk on eggshells around me.
“It isn’t a bad thing,” Ande reasons.
“Until he comes to his senses,” I wail, having worked it out to this end already in my head. “Then the most I can hope for is a quick death.”
The others don’t try to come to any other conclusion.
I don’t have the heart to cuddle with them today, my skin is raw and every touch feels wrong. It isn’t that much longer until Master comes to collect me for Potions. It’s a lab day, so we won’t be leaving until well after most classes get out. I say goodbye. I’m not that heartless.
Master is quiet. He doesn’t try to make conversation as we walk. He only looked me over quickly as we left the Care Center. I wonder what for? Signs of insanity, threats of instability, or rather, more obvious threats of instability?
“Kara!” I flinch just as much as my Master does when Shauna runs into him.
“Shauna?” Master collects himself quickly.
“I just got out of Wand Crafts, I was hoping to run into you before potions. You remember the supplementary study guide?” she asks and already my mind is having a hard time wrapping around the tangent she’s going on about.
“Yeah? Here Blue, you can go in and put the stuff down, ok?” Master passes off the bag with a quick squeeze to my arm. For some reason the contact doesn’t burn as much as I expected it to.
I nod along and take his bag from him. I can’t muster the energy to leave with a smile and I just add that to an ever growing list of things I should be able to do better for my Master.
The potions room is colder and reeks more than usual, though at the moment it’s more preserving chemicals and something faintly rotten.
“Alright class, we are doing dissections today.”
Notes:
:)
Tumblr: https://adhoard.tumblr.com/
Chapter 41: Dissections
Summary:
"The only others who would take me now are those who would take me in pieces, for dissection. I wonder idly if I would go to the school my Master needs me for. I wonder if he would be the one to cut into my corpse for credit."- Blue Chapter 10
Chapter Text
Blue
“We’re doing dissections today, so we’re gonna see if any of you actually studied those handouts I gave you.”
There’s something in me that goes cold at that. That’s why it smells like death in here. The people in class shuffle around me, some eager and some annoyed at the impromptu nature of this project. There are groans, but no one’s miffed enough to say anything more. Instead they all start milling about their stations, getting ready for the assignment or ordering their familiars to get their things.
I don’t like being in here without my Master. I don’t really have orders except to go and put his stuff down for class, so I suppose I should be doing that. The caustic smell of chemicals is too potent to be ignored, but I try to choke it down.
I do my best not to seem affected by what’s happening here. I doubt there will be any pleasant interference should I react badly. I don’t see Tulla anywhere, but I can’t expect her to cover for me every time. I lock my knees and move until I’m over by the desk Master let me pick out and put down his bag. I slip to my knees once I’m behind the table and I just let my head rest against the wood.
I should start taking out his things or arranging the vials. Even if I’m just moving the stuff one side of the desk to the other, it’s better than being seen doing nothing. Even still, I can’t find it in me to move. It takes too much effort to do more than turn my head so I can observe the person on the other end of the room ordering their dog around. They seem excited. I wish I could share the sentiment.
I wonder how the familiar is doing that, staying still, being obedient. Dogs are supposed to have a better sense of smell. How the hell are they still functional? Maybe that’s the difference between us. I’m too weak to ignore little things and carry through with my Master’s wishes. I shouldn’t be here. I simply don’t measure up. Master deserves someone who’d be able to give him their best.
It’s not me.
I try to summon up my resolve, but all I manage to do is churn my stomach into knots. I’m not ready to be so close to a cadaver. It’s stupid and I should be able to handle myself better than this, but I can’t make myself get up and do something useful. I can’t even find the strength to pull my head from the desk.
I can only get away with being idle for so long, but my actions don’t look too suspicious. I’m just kneeling, waiting for my Master. Definitely not hiding, or letting the table in front of me take my weight because I’m not sure I can support it myself.
People are shuffling around, but it’s getting harder to focus on them. All the sound and movement blends together in one massive cacophony, and I have to shut my eyes against another bout of nausea. It’s too cold in this room. Everything’s turned so clinical that my mind is scrambling. The chemicals, the bodies, it’s all too much.
I should clean the tools. I should get Master’s stuff ready. I should try to stay valuable while he’ll still have me.
I should be able to do this.
I lever my weight up until I’m standing. I’m still mostly supported by the table, but if anyone’s looking that close then I’m screwed anyways. I start with the glass beakers. They are larger and have grips on them, and it won’t show my hands’ shaking that badly.
Stars, how did I get here? I’m not capable of ignoring the larger metallic implements, those used for sawing through bone, and the smaller, finer scalpels that some of my more adventurous owners have dabbled with before. I squash down the thought before it can grow any further. I’m not unique in this. Plenty of other familiars have a history and they are doing just fine, assisting their master and earning their place.
Maybe that’s what’s so wrong about all this. I’ve been taunted with this fate as a punishment before. Guards or guests, all saying that they could always just sell me on as a body for the labs if I’m not useful for anything else. I was always just a little too valuable for this, just the smallest fraction away from this fate. The labs don’t care if your face is bruised, they don’t need looks to use your body. The last beaker almost slips from my hand at the memory. It’s the natural end for most pleasure slaves. You get too damaged or weak or just plain old, and they always have the option to sell you on to the labs.
Master saved me from that fate. Whatever he saw in me that day got me away before the medical institute decided they needed more bodies for their students.
“Blue?” I nearly jump at my Master’s voice. I didn’t hear him come in, but I suppose I was in my own little world. There are people still moving around, so I doubt class has actually started without him.
“M-master, we-we’re doing di-dissections today.” I try to smile, but even I feel the shakiness of the gesture. I blink away the wetness in my eyes, hoping to the stars that he hasn’t noticed.
“Yeah Blue, I- that’s what Shauna was trying to tell me…” He speaks softly and I just turn back to my washing.
“Oh, good,” I reply, to say something if nothing else. Master’s not calling me out on my blatant misbehaviors, but he isn’t blind to them. He usually likes a verbal response.
“Blue, are you alright?” Master’s voice cuts through my attempts to conceal my state of mind.
“Yes, Master,” I respond with as level a tone as I can manage. Master’s hands come around me to remove the beaker from my hands and I can’t stop the way I lean into the solid shape of his body. I feel the fight drain from me before it even fully formed and I just lean into him for a moment, soaking in his warmth.
“I am functional,” I promise. It’s not much, but it’s better than nothing.
“A-alright. I’ll go get the stuff. You… you just get sorted, ok?” he whispers down to me, giving me a few more seconds of contact before he breaks away.
Only two other owners go up with him. Most of the others send their familiars to get the samples and I can’t help but feel a little guilty. I couldn't do that, so my Master’s doing it for me.
I pull myself together in the time it takes him to come back. I don’t like the way my emotions are spiraling. I want to be stable, reliable.
I should be doing this. I should be helping him. I should be doing these things for him. The other familiars are handling this for their masters. It isn’t affecting them and some part of me is screaming about how unfair that is.
I go over the remaining supplies with trembling hands. It’s not much, but I’m set on doing something useful, even if it’s just sanitizing the tools. My hands shake when I see the sharp metal edges, but I just shove it down with the rest of what I’m feeling. Don’t cry. Don’t fuck up. Master may be kind in private, but if you fuck up this badly in public, he wouldn’t have a choice.
The squeak of the wheels as the specimens are divided is too loud and no matter what I do the sound echoes across the inside of my mind until Master is back at the table and there is a cadaver in front of us.
The smell is so much worse up close. It takes a physical effort not to recoil.
“Here, Blue, let me help you with that.” Master speaks softly, approaching me slow like I might lash out at him.
He takes the things I’m washing from my trembling hands. I can’t fault him, any longer and I’m sure I would have cut myself on some of the finer implements. It has the negative side effect of removing the one thing that I was doing to aid my Master though. I stare at the figure obscured by the white length of cloth. There’s a toe tag peeking out from under the bottom, but I force my eyes away from it. It seems obscene or perhaps just too intimate. I don’t think the information on the tag could measure up to the life they lived, even if it was just short and miserable.
I wonder if they died naturally, if they had a good life, or if they were bred for this or something similar. Labs require bodies all the time, sometimes they need them alive. Maybe this was a reject, the effect of a bad experiment. It could be anything, really.
Sooner than I’d like, the entire class has assembled and the assignment is laid out in finer detail now that everyone has their bodies and are somewhat orderly. I wish I could listen, but whatever’s being said right now is just going over my head.
I’m shaking, I know that, and it’s shameful, but there’s nothing I can do to stop. I keep my head down and my arms pressed to my sides. I just need to make it through this. I just need to see this out. I can be well behaved, I won’t do anything I’m not told to do, I’ll help my Master and then we’ll go home and I’ll do whatever I can to convince him to hold me again. None of the other familiars are shaky messes, I need to be good, I need to be useful.
Master puts the tray of implements down in front of me, jarring me out of my daze.
“Blue, are you ok?” he whispers, and I almost flinch away from the gentle tone.
“Y-yes, Master. What can I do for you?” I can’t summon a smile, but I do incline my head, trying to give him the respect he deserves as I can’t seem to provide anything else.
The others are already assisting their masters. Most of the masters have put them to work cracking the chest open. The crude wet crunches filling the room are enough to make me certain I’m going to pass out.
“Here, just… I need you to pass me things when I ask, ok?” He smiles down at me and for once I can see the frailty of it. He’s giving me the easiest job. I don’t have to touch anything, I don’t need to remember anything, I just have to hand him things and let him do the work.
I don’t trust my voice so I just give a quick nod, which he seems to accept.
He pulls back the cloth and immediately I wish he hadn’t.
Everyone keeps working at their own tables and that is the only proof I have that I didn’t scream out loud. Master says something, but I can’t make out the words. I know that face, even scarred as it is. I know the body on the table.
Notes:
The Tumblr:
https://adhoard.tumblr.com/
Chapter 42: Responsibilities
Summary:
Blue's not doing so well...
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
I’m not an idiot. As much as I misinterpret what’s going on, I do know when something is wrong. It’s not a perfect system, I’m still getting used to it, but I am trying. Right now, though, I am certain of the issue before me. Blue is having a panic attack.
He’s shrinking back from the body on the table, trying to keep his breathing under control, but I can see the manic energy behind his eyes. I can almost hear the thundering of his heart in his chest.
“Blue?” I hear my voice come out as a whisper and though it wasn’t my intention, it seems that I may as well have yelled it in Blue’s ears given how he flinches back and stares up at me. Stars, his eyes are so much worse when they’re focused on me. I can practically see the flightiness in them, though his knees are locked to keep him from acting on the impulse. Distantly, I’m glad. I don’t know how I would explain that to the teacher.
Blue’s not any better for being broken out of whatever internal monologue he was caught in. There’s a haziness in his eyes that tells me he’s not all here. He’s being overwhelmed, and he’s not processing anything about the room he’s actually in. Still, his eyes are trained on me and I decide to press the advantage where I have it.
I motion for him to come closer, not quite willing to use my voice in case it actually does spook him into running. Blue sees me and at least understands what I’m asking for, because he whimpers but comes closer regardless, shaking his head and pressing his lips together to stave off any more noise.
I pull him closer and hold him in a loose hug. He’s trembling against me and I have no idea how to handle this, let alone in front of my classmates.
“Blue what’s wrong?” And isn’t that just a stupid thing to ask? What’s wrong? As though dissecting cadavers for a pop quiz is fine. It’s probably freaking Blue out that they are dead pets and familiars.
He won’t stop looking at the cadaver on the table. His eyes are blown wide and I can almost see him trying to retreat into his own mind.
“Yeah, I… don’t look at that.” It’s a weak protest but it’s all I can manage. I reach my hand up to turn his head, at least cover his eyes from the sight, but he just flinches away.
“Blue?” I try again. I’m worried I’ve misstepped, or maybe he’s just hit his limit and the contact is doing more harm than good, but Blue actually speaks.
“Please don’t.” His voice is so quiet and broken that my chest aches.
“Blue, I-” I don’t know what to say to that. I don’t even know how to begin to calm him or fix this scenario, as though it can be fixed.
“Please don’t sir, I’ll be good. I’m good.” He’s quiet still. Nobody has noticed anything strange at our table, even as Blue gets down on his knees and throws himself around my legs. He’s shaking so hard I think I can hear his teeth chattering.
I was hoping he could just… ignore what was happening in class. Just pass me things and pretend that what we are doing is normal, that this is ok, but it seems like it was too much to ask.
He’s shaking and I’m pretty sure that he’s not here right now. I don’t think he understands what he’s begging for. I’m not sure he knows where he is, or with whom.
“Blue, you’re ok, you’re ok.” It’s such a damn lie that it almost feels wrong to say, but Blue doesn’t really seem to respond to it anyway.
He flinches as I try to pet his hair, resuming his shaking, digging his fingers into my leg as though it will keep him more firmly anchored to the spot.
Stars, I need to get his nails clipped, my brain unhelpfully supplies.
“Blue, I need you to let go, ok? You… you’re hurting me.” I try to speak soothingly and pry his hands from my legs, but he throws himself off of me in a rush that sends him smacking his head against the desk with a resounding thump.
“I’m sorry, I’m sorry!” his hands rush behind his head, tending to the fresh wound but also curling in on himself.
There’s whispering behind me and I don’t have to look around the room to realize that people are starting to take notice. Apparently the noise was enough to attract their attention.
I go down to one knee and Blue doesn’t so much as let me touch him as not notice when I do. He’s not bleeding, but he’ll probably have a bruise. It’s nothing too bad yet, but it could get worse if I can’t distract my class from the spectacle we are making.
“Blue you are fine. Come on, you’re ok.” It doesn’t help. He’s too far gone to respond to anything I’m saying. His breathing is ragged and aside from the shaking he’s starting to break out in a sweat.
I need to get him out of here.
“What’s going on?” I nearly have a heart attack at Professor Rotan’s voice, because I don’t remember seeing him come over, but he’s standing above us.
“I’m…” Stars, what can I say to him? It’s not exactly acceptable to just say that Blue’s having a panic attack. No matter how loose he is with his own familiar, I can’t trust that that kind of an explanation wouldn’t be met with derision.
Blue’s in bad shape and needs to get out of here. That's the priority.
I look back at him. He’s squeezed himself into a tight ball against the desk, trembling and taking in every breath like it’s a physical effort. His eyes are squeezed shut against everything in the room and his face is starting to turn red. I say the only defensible thing that comes to mind.
“I think my familiar is having an allergic reaction.” I say it as calmly as I dare. Blue does his part, blind and deaf to the world, continuing to struggle for breath, only letting out the softest whimpering.
“Really?” Professor Rotan quirks his head, looking over Blue in a new light. He’s not convinced, but he doesn’t seem to think I’m lying.
“I don’t know what else to say sir. He’s very short of breath and he’s breaking out into a sweat. I’m pretty sure he’s allergic to the embalming fluid.” I double down on my lie. It’s a gamble, but I know that it’s not that uncommon. This chemical hasn’t been widely used for a few years because it causes allergic reactions in a lot of people.
“Huh, that’s too bad,” he says rather absently. At least he’s taken my excuse at face value. Some of the other students have started to mumble, bit and flashes of gossip that will be the talk of the school given a few hours, but I don’t have the mind to listen.
“Sir, if I could take Blue out of here, maybe some fresh air would clear this up.” I try to smile, as though Blue’s just being silly with this and all he really needs is a little time outside to clear the smell from his lungs.
“Oh, the exam’s already started… I can’t let you leave. Then again, Blue doesn’t quite look strong enough to make it down to the care center on his own…” He actually has the audacity to look torn up about this. If this were an actual reaction I wonder if he’d treat it with this much flippancy, or if it’s just because my familiar hasn’t started turning blue yet.
“Yes, sir. I just think it would be better to get him out of here,” I reiterate, and hope that I’m the only one who can hear the annoyance in my voice.
“It seems unfair that you don’t have an assistant. I can have Tulla assist you if you like, but that’s a…” He halts his own line of thought before I do it for him.
I don’t care about having a stars- forsaken assistant. I just want Blue to be taken out of the room and given at least the barest illusion of being safe.
“I actually think I’m alright doing this assignment without an assistant. If I could ask that you let Blue wait somewhere without… any of this smell?” I try again, smile stretched so tightly over my face I am genuinely surprised that something doesn’t break.
“I can’t let you leave, but Tulla can take him into my office,” he suggests halfheartedly. I jump on the offer.
Blue needs to get out of this room and it’s better for him to have another person with him to ground him, if not through this, then at least when he’s coming down. He shouldn’t have to deal with this alone.
“That would be… perfect.” It’s not, not really. I’d rather take him out of here myself and hold him until he can breathe easy again, until he comes back to the world around him, but it’s better than anything I can do for him here.
Tulla pops up out of nowhere, as seems to be her preferred method of travel. She takes Blue easily enough. Instead of trying to make him walk, she just pulls him up into her arms and carries him. I’m vaugly impressed that she’s so much stronger than she looks.
I follow, a little hesitant. I don’t want Blue dropped or mishandled. She’s not showing a lot of concern and I don’t really want to leave someone so stiff and reticent with Blue when he’s in such an elevated state. Then again, I’ve never seen her show any type of emotion.
Apparently Tulla’s got a little alcove in the professor’s office, just a natural curve in the wall that she seems to have claimed for herself. It’s got a short wall of books and a complex-looking set of chemical instruments. There’s a blanket laid down in between the two to mark the sovereign territory. She places Blue down in the middle of it all and when Blue does nothing more than grasp weakly at the soft material, she goes to her knees behind him and starts running a hand through his hair.
I can do nothing more than observe the scene for a solid minute. Tulla’s antennae start to flicker aggressively and though I can’t see her eyes, I know she’s looking directly at me. I can almost hear the questions on her lips.
Why are you here?
It is a valid question. I’ve contributed nothing to this. She’s good at this, and I’m curious if she’s done it before. The question remains, burning uncomfortable in my head. She’s taking care of Blue just fine on her own. She didn’t need my direction or input. I’m just drawing undue attention to them.
I’m doing your job, just go.
I feel it like a kick in the chest, because she’s right. I’m not helping. I’m not doing anything right. I had to rely on the off chance that my professor would offer up his own familiar to take mine from the room. I can’t protect him.
You can’t protect him. You put him in this position. Don’t you dare feel sorry for yourself.
That’s the real kicker, isn’t it. No matter what I do, no matter how nicely I change the packaging, I’m the reason Blue is in danger here. I put him in this position. He’s not trained for what he’s expected to do, he doesn’t know the rules or the standards, and I expected it all to be fine because I had good intentions.
I turn from the room, not willing to let my eyes stay on Blue’s trembling form for another second. I did this. This is my fault. It’s my responsibility to keep him safe.
Back in the main room people aren’t chattering amongst themselves anymore, but I can feel their questions and theories, oppressive in the back of my mind. I numb myself to it and go back to my station.
I’ve got a body to dissect.
Notes:
The Tumblr: https://adhoard.tumblr.com/
Chapter 43: Afterward
Summary:
Kara goes through with the dissection, Blue has to deal with getting cared for and we all get to see more of Tulla and Brendon actually interact.
Notes:
Hi guys! I am back! I am so sorry this took so long, but i tried to make this chapter a little longer than normal to compensate. I hope you enjoy!
Many fun things happening this chapter ;P
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
I feel numb.
Class is over. Almost everyone tried to pack up and finish early, but even the stragglers have shown themselves out. It doesn’t take much to keep looking busy, there is a fair amount of cleaning that needs to get done, but after a while it’s pretty clear I’ve just been running the water over my hands.
I can’t smell the blood on my hands anymore, or the chemicals that the body was preserved with, but I swear I can still feel it. It’s like there’s some caustic gloss that’s worked its way into my skin. I doubt I’ll ever really be clean of it.
I just hope that if there actually is anything left, Blue can’t smell it.
Stars, and that’s a thought I’ve been deliberately trying to keep out of my head. Over the past hour I’ve been doing my best to stop thinking about Blue, just erase him as an entity from my mind. Suddenly, I feel even more sick.
I splash some water on my face, but it doesn’t clear my thoughts. It doesn’t erase the image of Blue’s panic attack. It certainly doesn’t stop me from hearing his voice, pleading like the first day I had him, eyes so far away that I wonder who those words were for.
Professor Rotan waits until my eyes stray to him before motioning me up to his desk. I don’t want to go. Stars above, I can’t talk to anyone right now. I don’t think I can handle it. I don’t think I have enough energy to get home, let alone carry a conversation. There’s pressure in my chest, biting and remorseless.
I smile and walk up to his desk.
“Thank you so much, Professor, for giving me the extra time, I… I was having some trouble cleaning my equipment.” I try to be amiable. If I can bluff him enough, he may just let this whole thing slide and I can come back to this when I have the ability to actually lie.
“Kara, we both know that’s something coming out the wrong side of a minotaur.” He doesn’t hesitate to cut through my remark.
“I… I’m sorry, sir?” I stutter. This teacher hasn’t been the most formal, but he sure as hell doesn’t talk like this on the regular. I don’t know what to say to that.
“You handled that assignment beautifully, even without an assistant. You outpaced the students around you even with the handicap, and looking through your report…” he casually flips through my green-book, not even bothering to look at the samples I’ve collected and labeled out per instruction, “you did an excellent job.” He smiles up at me. His commendation seems genuine at the least.
Stars, I feel like he should be able to hear my heart going the way it’s trying to beat out of my chest.
“Thank you, Professor. Really, your study guide prepared us well, I can’t take all the credit.” My smile is watery, too weak in the face of genuine praise from these scrutinizing professors.
I suppose I would be ecstatic if I was any other student, but I’m just tired. It’s all I can do to shift the praise so that I don’t sound like some spoiled brat. I just need to get through this, grab Blue, and go home.
“I do have one question.” Professor Rotan smiles, looking through the green-book properly now. I feel myself slouch now that his focus isn’t solely on me. I’m not sure how much of this I can take. Hell, maybe I’ll get lucky and he’ll think it’s just the strain of this assignment and he’ll send me to the infirmary for exhaustion.
“Yes, sir?” I hope I’m the only one who can hear the weariness in my voice.
“Why did you perform carrion rites?” He says it so casually I have no warning.
My whole body goes cold and I feel a little sick. I have to repress the instinct to turn around and check the lab stations of my peers. Did they not?
Stars, they would finish their assignments without consecrating the dead. Is… is that not something that’s required? Immediatly, I feel stupid. I don’t know what I was expecting. I suppose it’s unreasonable for me to have expected these people to give their familiars a little dignity and honor even in death.
It’s not a complicated or particularly draining ritual. Hell, it doesn’t require much. Yet it seems that the simple little binding isn’t granted to most of the familiars. I suppose that it was too much to ask that he didn’t notice.
“Oh, I’m sorry sir, was I not supposed to?” I feign a look of concern that doesn’t quite touch my tone. I’m not sorry, not really. I think I still would have done it, even if I knew. Everyone deserves a little honor in death, even lab rats.
“No, it’s fine. I’ll have everything graded by the end of the week anyways, but it does seem odd.” He looks back at me. His tone isn’t accusatory but I feel his eyes on me.
I feel his gaze rake over me. I feel exposed. I try to be subtle about the way I straighten my stance and stop slouching, but whatever damage I’ve done with my substandard bearing is already done.
“It does, Professor?” I ask as innocently as I can. I really hadn’t known that it wasn’t something I was supposed to do. I’d pretty much tuned out everything during class time.
“Not many people do parting rites for their pets.” He outright states what I was hoping we wouldn’t have to address.
I suppose it would be pretty strange to these people. None of them would ever really think about having to put a body to its final rest. I just wanted her death to have honor. A sacrifice like that should at least be met with some solemn reverence. I don’t have her name, so Carrion rites are the best I can do.for the time.
But that answer isn't going to fly.
“I- Well, Professor. To be honest it’s just force of habit.” I blink my eyes wide in a parody of Blue’s expression when he tells me something absolutely horrific with a straight face.
“...habit?” Professor Rotan quirks a brow at me. He smiles to himself like he’s expecting a joke, but allows me to continue.
“I’m sure you’ve heard from the other students or faculty. I’m a little older than this University commonly accepts. I came into my powers very late, but I’ve already served my mandatory military service,” I explain haltingly. I don’t know how much he’s heard from others, but the rumor mill is more of a wildfire in these parts.
“Oh, I didn’t know that.” His expression goes a little shocked and I realize he genuinely must not have heard yet.
“You see, oftentimes when they ship us off the… hostile zones they have some interesting... attributes. I was part of a division sent to Pitaxi for a year. The locals there worshiped a demonic shade as a god of death.-” I try to explain, but he cuts me off.
“A demonic shade, but that-” he nearly screams, voice faltering in his shock.
I was there, I don’t need someone to gawk at the thought of the spectacle. I don’t let him finish the thought.
“Yeah, it had been there for several generations and its curse seeped into the land. When our soldiers died they would… come back in about five days. We got pretty used to just giving each other the rites every morning in case we lost someone behind enemy lines. I guess I was just operating on instinct at the end.” I give him a weak smile, hoping that he will… what? See the trauma on my face and let me go?
“There’s no harm in it. As I said, I’ll have all the samples graded by the end of the week.” He smiles gently down at me. There's hesitance in his eyes that I don’t know how to place, but eventually he continues. “There’s not much of a difference to me if it all gets stripped to its base elements after that.”
“Glad I haven’t caused you any trouble.” It’s all I can say to that.
Professor Rotan seems to get the sense that I’ve shut down for the day and abandons the empty well that is my conversational capacity.
“Let’s go get your familiar. Stars knows I wouldn’t wish anyone to be left this long with Tulla.” He snickers to himself.
Thank the Stars.
He leads us into his little back room office. Tulla looks just the same as when I left. In fact, it barely looks like she’s moved at all. She’s still in perfect posture, antennae giving faint twitches until we get closer and the stumbling movement of our bodies seems to set off that angry antenna movement.
Professor Rotan ignores her aggressive moves and goes right on ahead into the room, sitting rather informally on his desk. Tulla shuffles a little further into her manifested nest, pouting just the tiniest bit for the sake of being ignored.
Blue is mirroring Tulla’s posture, but not her attitude. It barely seems like there’s any actual thought behind the blank stare he’s giving the floor. He didn’t react to us coming in, though I suppose I should be happy he’s not still collapsed on his side. I can’t say how preferable perfect posture is, considering the braindead air that Blue’s giving off.
Stars, I wonder what happened here. I know I’m not in a place to judge, but I doubt Tulla’s exceptionally good at helping people through emotional episodes. The closest thing to an actual emotion I’ve seen her express was annoyance with me.
All the irritation I feel at this situation is grating on my nerves. I know she doesn’t deserve the crap I’m putting on her. I have to actually take a breath and clear my head. She isn’t the problem here, she did her best and made sure Blue wasn’t alone. I suppose that’s the root of all my frustration anyways.
I wanted to take care of him.
“Well, it looks like Blue’s doing a lot better. Suppose he just needed to get away from the smell.” Professor Rotan smiles and speaks lightly, and it very nearly causes my hair-thin composure to snap.
Tulla gives the distinct air that she’s not impressed with her owner’s deductive abilities, but Blue stiffens beside her. He’s trying very hard to be calm and while it is a valiant effort, I can see the way the struggle is wearing on him.
“Come on Blue, it’s time to go home.” I’m proud I don’t let my voice waver the way the ache in my throat threatens.
Blue rises quietly, inclining his head subtly to Tulla and Rotan before coming to my side. I want to apologise, I want to hold him, hell, I want to make everything bad go away so he can feel safe, but I can’t do anything until we get home.
“Again, thank you sir, for being so accommodating.” I barely have the presence of mind to pay some final respect to my professor.
“Not a problem, Kara. A teacher always wants to see his students succeed.” I try not to let his knowing smile linger in my mind as I head out.
-----
“What do you think?” Rotan speaks aloud. Both his smile and light tone from earlier are entirely gone.
“I think you are about as good at labeling your chemical compounds as you are making decisions.” Tulla moves to stand and stretch. As commonplace as the standard stances are, they don’t stay comfortable after the hour and a half lab. She doesn’t hesitate in moving outside of her little nest. Brendon had been brewing potions earlier in the day, so that means that none of the components got put back in the right places.
“You realize that in both cases you are the one who takes care of these issues, right?” he deadpans back at the bug currently going through his stuff, without the least bit of shame.
“The thought had occurred, yes.” She quirks a smile back at him before refiling the odd bottles into a system that actually makes sense.
“My question stands,” he shoots back.
“They are in over their heads. It was a public panic attack, not a stars-damned allergic reaction, as I’m sure you know.” Tulla’s intonation doesn’t change, but Brendon’s known her too long to ignore the other tells.
“...and…” he presses.
“Kara… he’s not a bad guy, he knows when to back off… I think he cares.” Tulla heaves an exasperated sigh. Really, how hard is it for this man to put the damn bottles back correctly… and not leave them next to the heated element to the point that the labels she’d made keep corroding.
“Still, we can’t go around making mistakes.” He gives a gentle reminder, more to himself than his familiar. Hell, he’d almost come out and told the boy the second he started drawing out the carrion rite. But that wouldn’t be fair. He has enough of a position that he can protect Tulla, but that can change. It always changes when people choose to trust the wrong folks. If it really was just habit…
“I don’t believe it would be a mistake. He’s got to be at least as soft as you if he’d rather get his familiar somewhere safe rather than trying to make him work as a lab assistant, even when he’d so obviously fail.” Tulla dismantles his disastrous train of thought.
“So we can trust him?” Brendon can’t help the way his voice almost shakes.
“I never said that, but at the very least you could introduce him to the idea that you don’t expect him to be as hard on the kitty cat as the other professors.” Tulla turns away from his collection and for the first time in a long time, they smile at each other.
-----
Blue
I try to be quiet. Quiet and calm and good. I can be good. I can be small and out of the way and-
None of that will make up for what I’ve done.
I can’t stop the way I cringe, following after my Master, hoping he doesn’t see more of my failings.
I didn’t have too firm a grasp on time while my mind was reeling, but at some point I was brought back to reality with Tulla in a small room I'd never been in before. She briefly explained what happened. I had a… bad reaction in class, and so my Master left me in there with her.
Stars, I’m furious with myself. I promised myself, I swore I’d do anything he wanted, that I could be whatever he needed, and here I am. The only correct thing I’ve been able to do today is to follow after his heels like some broken pet.
Though I suppose that is all I am, all I’ve ever been. I’ve been deluding myself this entire time. Dreaming of this life that I could never have, but want so desperately. I’m not suited for this, and there’s no more definitive proof than today.
I try desperately not to think of that face. I feel a chill setting into my bones that has nothing to do with the cold temperatures outside. There’s a slight tremor in my hands and I press them to my sides, trying desperately not to think.
I just want to be good. I just don’t want to get thrown away.
We’re at the house before I have much time to prepare myself. I don’t know what Master is going to do to me. I’ve messed up, but more than that it was in front of his teachers and peers. I’ve never been good at waiting for punishment, especially when I don't have a good idea of what’s coming for me.
I just hope that by the end he still chooses to keep me.
There’s an immensely upsetting image in my head of Master allowing me to beg for such a boon. One where he indulges my request, but refuses to keep something so worthless by his side at school. When he acquires something new, something better and properly trained, he’ll be disgusted by what I was. Disgusted at the fact that he ever saw me as worthy. Some broken part of me wants to laugh. He wouldn’t need to dump me on a street corner. All he’d need to do is leave me out at night and let the ferals get to me then.
“Hey, Blue…” He speaks softly, and just a bit slow. It sounds like he’s tired. I wonder if there’s anything I can do for him.
Yeah, you’ve already helped quite enough today, Blue.
“Yes, Master?” I respond with as much enthusiasm as I can. I’m ready for whatever is broken between us to be fixed.
“Are you… um.” He reaches out his hand, but for some reason hesitates just short of touching me. I feel my ears quirk in confusion at the odd gesture. I know I shouldn’t, but I lean into the touch before I can really think about it. His touch is warm and startlingly reassuring in a way I hadn’t realized I needed. Whatever Master was hoping to accomplish, he doesn’t seem bothered by my self-indulgence.
“Yeah…Blue, how about we go upstairs and take a bath, and maybe a nap, yeah…” He smiles down at me. I would almost say he looks anxious, but when I nod along with him the smile grows a bit more genuine and I can’t help but think I’ve imagined the whole thing.
It takes me too long to realise that the bath he’s drawing is for me. He takes care in setting up the bath, adding all sorts of colored salts to the mix before he gestures me close.
He doesn’t let me do anything, just pets his hand through my hair and tells me to sit and let him know if everything is ok.
Everything is certainly not ok. I deserve some kind of punishment for what I’ve done to him in class today. My skin feels uncomfortably tight and I don’t know how to rectify this situation without disturbing my Master. I don’t know why he’s doing this, I don’t deserve his gentle touch, I don’t deserve the care he’s putting into this.
I get the idea that I can get rid of the aching feeling in my chest if I just hurry this whole process up. I can take a bath and then do something nice for my Master, or maybe he’ll give me my punishment. When I reach for the soap and sponge, he just takes them from my hands with a gentle rebuke.
“Nah, Blue. Just relax, ok?” He says it like there’s nothing wrong with this scene, like he’s just rewarding a good pet after a long day, like it’s the natural order of things.
I don’t belong here. I don’t belong with this kind Master who overlooks such glaring flaws. I was never this bad with any of my other masters. Maybe they were right, I needed their discipline, I needed to get knocked around to be made better.
Master’s being careful with me, but every touch makes me want to escape, makes me want to tear myself away and punish myself if he won’t do it.
Before long I can feel my breath hitching, can feel the burn behind my eyes that tells me I’m about to cry, and it’s all I can do to slap my hand over my mouth in an attempt to hold it all in.
I can feel the tears run over my hand and I don’t think I’ve ever hated myself more than I do right now. Here I am getting pampered with non-violent, non-sexual contact, though the two usually conflate into one in my mind, and I have the audacity to sit here and cry.
“Blue? What’s wrong!” Master asks, though I can’t understand why. I can’t understand why he thinks this is ok.
“Why are you treating me like this?” The words tumble out of me without my control.
“Like what?” He speaks softly, removing his hands from where they were scrubbing soap into my hair as though that’s the offending factor here.
“ Like I’m something special, something precious!” I wail.
“Blue, you are very precious t --” Master seems surprised at my outburst, though I suppose I am as well, but I can’t let him finish that sentence. I can’t hear it said aloud, I don’t think I could handle it.
“No! No I’m not. I’m stupid and worthless and all I seem to be able to do is malfunction.” I throw the words back at him like they are a physical presence. It’s not until I hear them out loud that I realize how true they are. He can’t say something so wrong, so easily, it’s not true, it’s never true. In the past I’ve been cute, and sometimes I’m a fun toy to play with, but I’m not special. I’ve let the way he treats me go to my head. I’m just a cheap spoiled whore that does nothing but cause problems.
“Blue stop-” Master tries to say, but he and his voice feel very far away.
“I’m not worth this, I’m not worth your time-” I try to continue, but Master cuts me off.
“Blue listen to me!” He grabs me by the shoulders and forces me out of my spiraling thoughts. “You are more than anything you give yourself credit for. None of what happened today was your fault. I should have been able to protect you, I should have been able to prepare you for this. I’m the one who’s made mistakes today, ok. So just let me take care of you!”
He wants to take care of me. Still? Even after all that I am, even though I’m too broken to be worth anything.
“I… I’m sorry.” The words pale in comparison to what I want to say, to the promises I want to make, that I will never be able to fulfill.
He resumes his gentle washing, paying even closer attention to my body language, going slower than he strictly needs to in order to clearly read how his touch is being received. It’s a long moment before either of us speak, but eventually Master breaks the silence.
“You want to talk about it?” He speaks quietly, but the words sound unsettlingly loud in the silent room.
“Talk about it?” It’s all I can do to parrot back his words.
“Any of it,” he affirms, and it’s at that point I realize he probably means the freakout I had in class.
“I knew her.” The hands pause on me and there’s really no other reaction that I was expecting, but it still makes my chest clench painfully, new tears threatening to spill.
“Stars, Blue… I-” He stops himself short, and I wait for a few moments while he searches for his words. “I’m sorry, please continue.”
“I…” I stop short, what else can I say? “We served at the same house for a while.” I decide after the silence starts to grate on my nerves
“Tell me about her.” It’s a gentle request, but for some reason it turns my stomach.
I haven’t thought about her for years. I don’t know if it’s my recent emotional explosion, but when I open my mouth I can't stop the verbal upheaval.
“She was a lot older than me when we met. She was our master’s favorite, though I wouldn’t have guessed it from my first night there. As pets go, she was… difficult. She’d always make trouble for master, but she was incredibly charming. She...she kept us safe. There were times when that master would get angry and punish the whole of his pets, but she would take his mind off of us, she’d sneak us food and help us sleep. She prepared us for events if she had any foreknowledge. She was... a good person.” I realize belatedly that I’m crying again, the little ripples in the standing water is oddly soothing.
“What was her name?” Kara asks.
The question takes me by surprise. I hadn’t meant to ramble, but I didn’t imagine that my story was so interesting that he’d want to hear more.
“We all called her Opal. She always had first dibs on the gem whenever the Master would take us out or we’d have to get dressed up for a party. I think her actual name was something like Eighmey… nobody called her that but our master,” I confess. I smile even though tears continue to roll down my cheeks. Stars, that name was so stupid it actually has me grinning like an idiot. She never did like the name that came with her paperwork. Sharing that, it’s like a little piece of her is still here. Something that keeps her alive.
Eventually, Master pulls me from the tub and I sit numbly on the bed, wrapped up in the soft towel he’s given me. The water runs for a few minutes and then stops behind the door. I don’t know what to make of our situation as it stands- the concern Master has shown me, the tenderness, and the way he listened to Opal’s story. I can’t make heads or tails of any of this and I have a feeling it isn’t going to get any easier.
Master exits the bathroom in a set of fabric pants and a loose shirt. I realize belatedly that I probably should have taken the time he was in the shower to dress myself. I wonder if it’s just because I feel so drained that there’s no fear of reprisal.
Either way, the concern is rendered pointless as Master hands me a set of my boxers and one of his oversized hoodies.
“I- this is yours,” I say uselessly. It’s not as though he could have grabbed this by mistake, we don’t share drawers. He picked this out on purpose.
“Just... humor me, ok?” He smiles down at me. His eyes are so exhausted, I’m not sure I could argue back even if I wanted to.
I pull on the offered clothing while Master climbs into bed behind me. It’s soft and warm, but more than that it feels like his nightshirt from our first days together. It’s too big on me but it wraps me up in my Master’s scent. It feels like a warm hug, and there’s a part of me that immediately feels safe.
Master beckons me closer, and when I sink into the bed he circles me with his arms and pulls the blanket over us.
Master is out like a light, and I only waste a few moments, drunk on the warmth and closeness, before I follow.
Notes:
So, what did you think?
The Tumblr:
https://adhoard.tumblr.com/
Chapter 44: Dressing for the Occasion
Summary:
Blue and Kara get dressed up for the party, and have a little chat about etiquette...
Notes:
Guys I just wanted to say how much I appreciate all of your comments! Your support is incredible, and I am so proud to have you as my readers!<3
I am probably going to end up addressing a bunch of the wonderful story ideas in a set of shorts that I will link to this story, but I can't say which ones will be coming out first or when it will be coming out at all on the grounds that I do no know myself. But i do find myself very inspired by the interest you show in this story! So keep you eyes peeled for that!
and with that I am fairly certain that my announcements are done...
On to the Chapter!!!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
“Come on Blue, you can do it.” I don’t share Master's confidence, nor his cool tone. He’s much more collected than I am.
“I-I’m not sure I can. It’s so big.” And it is. I try to keep the whining out of my voice, but there’s nothing I can do against the rising uncertainty in my chest. There’s no exaggeration, this is bigger than anything I’ve tried to handle before.
I’m squirming backwards, unconsciously, but it doesn’t escape Master’s notice.
“Nope, no running away.” He pulls me close against him and I can feel the hard line of his body against mine.
I did ask for this. This whole situation is my fault. I wanted this, I don’t know why I’m panicking now.
Master settles into the seat I was using, pulling me down into his lap to sit with him. My hands are trembling, but I know I shouldn’t feel as nervous as I do. Master has prepared me thoroughly. I should be grateful. I should be excited to show him what I can do. Still, the anxiety pooling in my stomach is hard to quell.
I sneak a peak downwards and try not to squirm too much on his lap.
“Master, are you sure about this?” I can barely force my voice over a whisper.
“Oh, come on, Blue. You’ve got nothing to worry about. You’re the one who wanted to show me what you could do.” There’s something light and teasing in his voice, but there’s no threat behind it.
Even still, I feel the heat rising in my face in response. He’s right. I wanted this, I’m just… nervous.
“I-I do, but it’s t-too big. It’s so hard.” His body is an unrelenting block against me, and despite myself I can’t keep from squirming in his lap as he scooches me closer to the intimidating package that started this whole mess.
“Are you sure? We can go slow, I’ll ease you into it. It doesn’t have to be as painful as you’re making it.” There’s silence and I allow myself to press back against my Master’s chest, feeling his heartbeat thrum steady through his skin.
It’s different with him. He’ll wait for an answer. Silence isn’t ‘yes’ by default. He doesn’t expect me to say ‘yes’ because ‘no’ is always incorrect. It’s an actual question.
“I… I c-can do this.” The words are hard to force out, but more than anything I want this. It means too much to me to be able to do this for Master.
“Alright then, get started.” His voice is a command this time. The even, heavy intonation isn’t angry, isn’t anything really, just a tone that expects obedience.
He keeps his arm around my chest so I remain seated on his lap. It takes only a moment of wiggling before he answers my unspoken question.
“I’m going to hold you so you don’t try running away again, alright?” he whispers in my ear, forcing an involuntary twitch out of it.
Right, I’m proving myself to be a runner, so he’s going to keep his arms on me until he can be sure I’ll behave for him. There’s no way for me to get out. The solidity of his arm around me isn’t as constraining as I thought it would be. I like the way he’s holding me close, the way I fit in his arms.
It’s all I can do to keep the nervous whimper out of my throat as I reach forward to untie the lace bindings and open the book on the table. The whimper I’d been suppressing falls right out of my mouth as I take in the small print on the page.
“On second thought-” I breathe out in a rush. Cold fear seizes in my chest and suddenly I’m very sure I can’t breathe.
“Those aren’t the words on the page.” He prods gently, pulling me closer when neither my shaking stops, nor my reading starts.
“Please, I can’t do this.” I try to ignore the crack in my voice. How did this all get so out of hand? My breath is coming too quickly and I feel lightheaded.
“No, three pages. That was what we agreed to.” Master’s voice is firm and unchanged, though he does run a gentle hand down my side, drawing comforting circles into my skin.
I can’t back down. I want to do this, and sooner or later we are going to try to do this again. I can't make this an insurmountable challenge in my head. I can do this, I just… doubt I can do it well.
I bite my lip and squirm, trying to sneak a peek at the first few words, sounding them out in my head so I can at least come across as slightly less hopeless than I actually am.
“Blue you’ve been doing amazingly with your lessons. This exercise isn’t about memorization, it’s about reflex. It’s supposed to be hard. Just sound it out slow and I’ll help if you really need it,” he reassures me, continuing his soft, grounding stroking down my sides.
The struggle isn’t nearly as bad as I’ve built it up to be in my mind. Master doesn’t get angry like I thought he would. There’s not even the barest irritation ay my slow progression through the lines, sounding out most of the words in pieces before Master helpfully puts the sounds I’ve made together as a much more cohesive word.
Apparently I’ve chosen an old text about Agriculturists, the fruits of the “Random Book Hunt” that Master had tricked me with to find something to challenge me. It takes longer than I’d like, with more help than I’d enjoy, but eventually three pages are read and while I’m mulling over the possibility that I could have done a better job, Master is beaming.
“Blue, you understand that you are an incredibly fast learner? This is awesome work, you are catching up with at least a decade of knowledge at record speeds.” I can hear the smile in his voice as he commends me.
As much as the praise goes to my head- and it does, my cheeks feel like they’ve caught fire- I try to respond like I am unswayed by his praise.
“I just wish I was further along. I want to do justice to the time and effort you are putting into this. I-I’ll try to do better,” I promise solemnly.
I’ve come to enjoy our lessons. The writing on the other hand…
It’s been interesting, trying to learn letters and sounds together with a whole new language. It’s nothing like the training school. Though I try to push myself, the workbook allows me to go at my own pace. My handwriting is still shaky, as apparently writing is quite a bit different from drawing (the only other time I’ve ever actually held a pencil), but Master has been very patient with me, giving me practice sets to trace over.
It’s nice to have something we can do together. Master gets so caught up in his schoolwork sometimes that it’s nice to have a workbook that we can do together.
“Well, I suppose this is my fault.” Master lets out a sigh, pressing his head against my back.
He is still holding me, but I want to turn and comfort him. He seems exhausted. I’m not sure what I can do to help. Why would it be his fault? Is he blaming himself for my failings? No, I’m just stupid.
“What?” It’s all I can do to choke out the single syllable, but it’s enough for my Master to continue on.
“Well, I'm researching all these miracles and you’re over here trying to deliver me one.” He delivers a lazy smile.
Master hasn’t told me much about his project, but he’s staying up later and later. He is normally meticulous in the way he cares for his things, but at the moment his desk is in complete disarray for the first time since I’ve known him. He’s weeding through so many books and diagrams that make my head spin, I’m not sure I could help even though I want to.
“Master…” I chime softly, pulling his attention away from whatever thoughts are drawing on his mind.
It’s an awkward process, but I turn on his lap until we face each other and I can sink into his arms more fully, nuzzling into his neck. It takes him a few seconds to respond, but eventually he does encircle me with his arms again.
I know it’s not much, but his hugs always make me feel better.
“We have to get ready for the party,” I remind him, already dreading the shift in tone when I feel him tense under me.
“Ugh, do we have to go?” he whines as though he could get out of this event simply by being the child he’s pretending to be.
“We have to…” I respond less than enthusiastically, pressing my head into his shoulder as though it has become too heavy to keep up on its own anymore.
I don’t want to go, not really. I’d be more than content to spend another weekend at home, curled up with Master. At the rate things have been going I wonder if I’d be able to convince him to stay in bed a little later. There are no pressing concerns with the garden, aside from the angry mutants that Master keeps, and the more I can get him to breathe in between his work on the mystery project, the better.
Still, it would be rather disastrous if we didn’t at least show up. The whole grade was invited, so not making an appearance would be as good as spitting in our host’s face. Plus, I still feel a little guilty that she’s got a negative impression of Kara because of the things that I did.
“Fine, go get dressed,” he sighs, removing his arms and allowing me to climb off of him.
“Do you, um…” I start before I realize I really shouldn’t be asking these sorts of questions to my Master.
“What?” he presses. He saw the question form on my lips and not he’s not going to let it go until I talk to him.
“Well, I didn’t see you get anything for the…” I try to start, before I realize how rude it comes across. Though, really, what is the best way to address such a glaring issue?
“Come on Blue, don’t leave me wondering…” he prods, the lazy grin so prominent on his face that I can’t imagine it ever twisting into the enraged mask that I fear will come from my questioning.
“What are you going to wear?” I settle for directness over anything else.
We had picked out my clothing together when we last went to market, and while I’m appreciative that he went to such lengths for me, I didn’t see him get anything for himself. He doesn’t wear the same clothes as his peers, at least not often. I’ve been at his side almost every spare moment since the year started anyway, so I thought I would have seen the attire he chose for himself.
“Oh, I have something I can throw on. No matter what, they’re going to be trying to tear us apart, out there so…” He cuts himself off with a pained look. “Just forget I said anything. You are going to do great and I’m going to try and make sure that nothing goes wrong, ok?”
It’s all I can do to nod as I turn to climb the stairs. I hadn’t realized this was weighing so heavily on him, though I guess it should have been obvious. He’s always so painfully careful with me that it should be no surprise that the first time he’s taking me out in public is fraught with dangers that he’s determined not to clash with.
I’m used to being dressed in ruffles and lace and not much else. The whole point of those costumes was to show off more than they covered. Pretty things meant to accentuate better features. The outfit that Kara had helped me find is nothing like what I’m used to.
There isn’t much exposed skin, for one thing. Lots of sheer fabric, sure, but not much actual exposed skin. The pants are split down the sides, held together by long ribbons that stitch the sides together. The shirt is tight and fitted, cropped short, so that the soft, flowing overgarments have something to contrast with.
In my experience sheer materials tend to be scratchy, but whatever material this is sits cool on my skin. It doesn’t pinch or scratch and when I take a few practice twirls it flows behind me in the picture of effortless grace.
I apply the barest hints of makeup, just a dark line above my lashes, some powder, and a neutral stain for my lips. Though I am tempted to fully utilize the honey dust, I brush just a bit over my shoulders and on my cheeks where the tint might catch the light. It isn’t serving a purpose other than to be pretty, though I can’t say I’d mind if it did serve its more practical purpose.
Master hasn’t touched me since we had our little accident almost a week ago. We still sleep together, and he’s more than free with his affectionate touches, but there’s been nothing more than that. I don’t know what to make of that whole situation.
The crux of the issue is that I want it. Or maybe I just think I do and I’ll only be bothering Master by bringing it up. Truthfully, I don't know what to do. There have been times in the past when I tricked myself into believing that I liked my masters, that it was no great trouble to serve them when they ordered, but I've never been in a situation where I wanted to go further than my master would require. Either way, the disturbing thoughts that come to me are getting harder and harder to press to the back of my mind.
I barely recognize the reflection in the mirror. I certainly don’t look like the broken whore I feel like. It’s been a long time since I’ve been dressed up this fancy. More than that, I look a lot better than I have in a long while. There are no bruises to speak of, there’s a pink in my cheeks that didn’t have to be painted on, and my hair is actually regaining a little of its natural shine. There’s a layer of fresh lacquer on my nails after they’d been clipped short. The spa that Shauna had recommended was a very nice place, making quick work of me and my Master.
The only issue is the hairpiece that Master had picked out for me. I can’t hold the individual stems in place while I braid it into my hair. Every time I try it just turns into a tangled mess, or I fold the pieces wrong and the dangling flower get caught in my hair.
“Blue, you alright in there?” Master’s voice calls, concerned, through the door.
I have to place a hand over my chest to calm my heart. I didn’t hear him come up, but then again, I hadn’t realized how long I was taking either.
“Y-yes. I- you can come in…” It still seems a bit odd for me to say those words, but Master will not come in until I say them. I’m not used to having a lot of privacy when I’m in any state of undress, let alone when I change. Even if it wasn’t my master, I was usually somewhere where more people were coming in and out.
When Master comes in he stops by the door and stares. I have a moment to worry. Did I smudge my make-up? No, I couldn’t have, I just saw it in the mirror. Am I wearing something wrong?
Then whatever was blocking Master’s thoughts is cleared and he speaks with a smile.
“Blue, you look amazing.”
I can’t control the blush that spreads over my features. I feel the urge to duck my head and hide my smile like I’m some maiden being courted. I don’t know how to respond to that. I don’t know why my reaction is so absurd. I’ve heard it before, in more explicit terms. But something about the way he says it is… different.
“You having some trouble with the hairpiece?” he chuckles, moving towards me.
I look down at the offending item still clutched, forgotten, in my hand.
Yes, I need some help with this. Please run your hand through my hair. I startle as the thought comes to mind. Whoever said that is not me, I don’t have the capability to pull off such a line. Still, there’s a part of me, none too small, that wants the line to work.
“Y-yes… I need-” I start off pathetically, my voice wobbling and uncertain. Luckily, Master puts me out of my misery.
“No problem, I’ve got you.” He smiles without a care in the world while I try not to die where I stand.
He brushes my hair back where I’ve gotten it all tangled together before dividing it into even sections. At least he’s playing with my hair . Some bad part inside me is immensely pleased with this fact, and I just push it down so I can focus.
His hands are practiced. There’s no clumsy movement even as he maneuvers my short hair into his complicated weaving. This isn’t the first time he’s done this for someone.
“You are good at this.” I stare at the mirror, watching the way my hair gets pulled up into an artful design.
“Despite what Shauna says, I do actually know what to do with longer hair. It’s just usually too much effort. Thank my baby sisters, they’re the ones who trained me in the art of braids.” He smiles to himself, focused on letting the dangling flowers fall.
“Your sisters?” I prod. He seems happy, but so rarely brings up his family that I feel I should take advantage of the moments when he is forthcoming.
“Yeah, they were so cute when they were little, but the little devils learned how to pull their sad eyes any time they wanted and down went the kingdom, you know?”
In my experience, children are in fact the best manipulators in the land. They can get just about anything they want by batting their eyes. Especially the noble children who are used to it.
“All done, what do you think?” Master’s voice brings me out of my internal musings.
The crown he’s made for me is pretty impressive. All the little flowers arrange themselves in an intricate pattern, as though they were really a vine twined in my hair.
“It’s beautiful. Thank you very much for the help.” I move to play with one of the dangling flowers, but stop short of actually touching it. I’m not sure how genuinely stable this style is, and I don’t want to mess it up.
“No problem. Now out, I still have to change!” He chuckles and moves past me to get to his closet.
The next thing I know the door is closing behind me and I’m just standing in the middle of the hallway like an idiot. I’ve been putting off this conversation all week, but I can’t go into this party unprepared, or worse, with different expectations than my Master.
Staring at the door, I wonder how I am even supposed to breach this topic. Suddenly, I am very grateful for the door between us. Perhaps the physical separation will be helpful, a literal barrier between me and my mortification as I ask my stupid questions.
“I… um, Master?” I say, trying desperately to focus on the grain pattern on the door rather than the rising heat in my cheeks.
“Yeah, Blue?” he responds without pause.
“I… um.” Stars, even without seeing him it’s hard to force the words out. I feel my throat closing up around the words. It’s probably not something he wants to talk about, maybe it would be better if I just don’t ask.
“If you’ve got a question, go for it,” he calls out after my silence extends for longer than he seems to have expected.
“I was just wondering if you, um… have any... rules for the party.” I try to lay my question out in the most general, least objectionable terms.
“Rules? Blue, what are you talking about?” His confusion is evident. Even though I cannot see him, I can imagine the way his nose has scrunched up at my question, eyebrows quirking into the odd shape they often resort to around me.
“Well, I just… anything on how I should behave,” I try to clarify.
I don’t want to make him worry. It’s not my place to concern him with such trivial matters. I just want to know if he has any specific rules that I need to watch out for.
“Have you ever been to a party before?” he asks, and the question takes me off guard.
Have I been to a party before? Yes, countless ones, but there are different rules for different types of parties. There’s a broader set of rules on how to behave in public. Rules on showing proper respect and obedience to hosts are pretty universal. The loosest of those regulations are for casual dinner parties, but even then there are some behaviors that I’d rather be cleared for before I find myself in trouble.
“Yes.” Even to my own ears the answer rings hollow as I find myself coming to regret using the door as my blockade.
“Oh, well, just act like you’re used to. Just be on your best behavior, ok?” I can practically see the dismissive gesture that comes with his words.
“I… So, I’m free to initiate contact?” I ask as loudly as I dare. For a long moment the door does not answer.
“What?” I try not to flinch when Master’s voice finally does answer me, pouring all my nervousness into ploughing right along into my question.
“I just, am I allowed to kiss you in front of these people?” I don’t like that my voice cracks when I say it, or the fact that I can feel my chest constricting as I wait for an answer, but at least the question has been asked.
“Blue, what the hell are you talking about?” Master answers, apparently dumbfounded at the idea that this might be a pressing concern.
“I want to know how you want me to behave!” The heat in my cheeks drives me to raise my voice, but immediately afterwards I’m ashamed that I’ve been goaded so easily into something so reprehensible.
“Is.. is that something you usually are allowed to do?” Master asks tentatively.
“Yeah… It’s kinda expected,” I respond, much more subdued. I don’t want to make him mad before we’ve even left. Hell, I don’t want to make him mad at all.
“It’s probably not something that you’re going to have to worry about,” he tries to assure me, but I can hear the uncertainty in his voice.
He doesn’t know what to expect. He’s never been to a party with my kind before. I’m the one with experience in this sector, I’m supposed to help him.
“Forgive me Master, but there’s very few reasons to have my kind at a party.” I bite my lip and wait for a response as even the shuffling sounds of Master’s socks on the carpet are quiet.
I left the statement as open-ended as possible. I’d rather not be explicit about the tastes different parties catered to, but even the more bland affairs have basic expectations. There aren’t many reasons to bring a pet out and to a party if not to show off obedience or skill, oftentimes both. I know Master has caught my meaning when he responds.
“So this type of thing has happened before?” he asks, not sounding angry or even the slightest bit irritated.
“Yes, I just assumed that it wouldn’t likely go past kissing at this party.” I press my hands together in a nervous mockery of a placating gesture. Master doesn’t see me, it doesn’t matter what tics I use to keep myself from letting my nervousness show in my voice.
I hear him sigh for a long moment before he speaks again.
“So you’re saying that this is going to be a concern no matter what,” he concludes and I can’t help the way my mind takes it.
“Well, I-I” I immediately try to defend myself. I should have brought this up sooner, or perhaps not at all and just have taken what I got from my misbehavior.
“No, Blue, I’m glad you told me, but I would have liked a little more time to prepare. I’m going to keep you safe. Don’t worry.” He says it so simply, but the words are like a balm.
I thought it would be a bigger load off my chest, but it seems as though whatever’s weighing on me, my mind has already accepted that Kara’s going to keep me safe.
“You can come in, Blue,” he calls, and I can’t quite deny how excited I am to see him dressed up for the night.
The first thing I notice is that Master’s not dressed in the traditional robes of a mage. It’s not anything like the traditional stern-cut flowing robes that indicate proficiency and affluence afforded to the casting class. It’s not a conventional suit either, though it does borrow some of the broader elements. When it all clicks together I feel silly for ever having considered anything else. The cords over the shoulder and gleaming metallic buttons practically scream military.
“What do you think?” he asks, holding his hands at his sides and widening his stance just a bit, as though my comments will do such forceful damage he has to brace for the recoil.
“You look good,” I say quietly, not mentioning how flattering the cut of the garment is, or how glad I am that the uniform does not hide his figure away like most robes.
“I know I should dress in the… traditional robes, or some fancy suit, but I just… Stars, I can’t stand these people.” He rolls his eyes, brushing invisible dust from the blazer.
These people? They are his people. Why wouldn’t he like them?
“I don’t understand.” I try to voice my confusion as unobtrusively as possible.
“It takes so much to keep up a smile around these people. You get told something your entire life and eventually you start seeing it as truth.” He pauses for a moment as if recalling something much more pressing than the current moment before continuing on. “Plus, I dared Shauna to wear red, so this is the deal.”
“What?” Apparently, it’s my turn to be confused.
“Shauna had her awakening with fire as an element. Aside from the stigma that fire types can’t be seen in anything other than orange and red, she hates the color. She’s convinced it’s not a good color on her.” He speaks as though he’s simplifying the matter, but my head’s still trying to wrap around why he’d do such a thing.
“Oh, I see,” I say as though his explanation has cleared up anything.
“I made her a deal that I would wear this to the party if she wore red. So, if nothing else, we are going to have a little fun tonight.” Kara smiles to himself, a dangerous little grin that I’m not sure how to interpret.
Stars, what are we in for tonight?
Notes:
The Tumblr:
https://adhoard.tumblr.com/I will be posting pictures of Kara and Blue's outfits later in the weekend. :)
Chapter 45: Welcome to the Show
Summary:
Ok, guys the party has finally begun.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
“I can’t believe you aren’t wearing robes!” I can’t help whining loudly as we climb into Shauna’s carriage.
She’s wearing a dress in an intense shade of red, bright and almost overwhelming in its pigmentation. It’s cut short with a fading trail in the back, a sheer orange shawl complementing both the dress and her skin tone. When this is added to the way she’s tied her hair with similarly colored ornaments, she looks almost like a dancing flame. The visual effect is stunning, though she apparently does not share these thoughts.
“Can it, soldier boy!” she huffs, folding her arms over her chest with such violent frustration that I’m concerned about actually surviving the ride in.
“Come on, what was the whole point of this?” I continue, slumping in my seat, allowing my posture to go loose and unthreatening. I’m not really here to fight, and even though we’ve started with a screaming match, I’m smiling. I’m a bit too fond of the way we banter, squabbling like siblings. Nothing that we’ve ever said is meant to actually hurt, only to tease mercilessly.
On the plus side, Ande has started to accept this little teasing ritual. There’s no more defensive movement on behalf of his mistress, at least. Blue too has realized that we don’t really mean what we say; no more shielding and crouching away from our frenzied words.
“Not entirely obliterating your reputation,” she counters, and she has a point, though I try not to let her see it.
“I mean the important points!” I retaliate, waving my hand in a dismissive gesture as though the real impending threat on my reputation amongst my peers is not at issue.
“Look, I said I would wear red, nothing about wearing those stars forsaken elemental mage robes. Even if they are made up nicely for a party.” She lets out her tirade in one big huff.
“You are just scared you’re going to like it,” I tease
“I will end you!” Shauna screams throwing her hands in a wide gesture that might have been meant, in the broadest sense, to be an attempted slap. Her face is nearly as red as her dress.
I’ve gone too far.
Not for Shauna. Her face has fallen into a much more natural smile than the one she came here wearing. I’m more used to her genuine laughter, her real smile that reaches her eyes and that can only come when she doesn’t care about what the perfect angles of observation are.
I’ve gone too far for Blue. He’s gotten used to our banter, but the loudness that we can progress to is still too much for him.
The anxiety creeps into his shoulders and I let myself pet down his neck. Watching the tension bleed out of him is a relief, and quite endearing. I love knowing that I can have this effect on him. In a world of things that scar him, he does trust me.
“Come on, don’t be that way. Look how good the color looks on Ande - who I am entirely certain you did not dress in red solely to distract from your use of the color.” I add the last bit quickly, dodging the next slap that comes my way.
Ande does look good in his outfit. The outer layer conforms to the fire tone that Shauna is wearing but all the accent colors are a nice, muted burgundy. They look good together.
“You know, I would say something about what Blue’s wearing, but unlike you he has some taste.” She sticks her tongue out at me like she’s actually four years old before turning to address Blue as though I have ceased to exist. “You look very nice tonight, Blue.”
Blue colors under her praise and mumbles out some stuttering thanks before pressing more firmly into my leg.
Ande fumbles with his fingers for a moment before he mumbles “Mistress is very beautiful.”
Shauna couldn’t hold in the blush if she had tried. I get it, partially because there was no qualifier added to the statement, no “you look beautiful... in red, or with a different color palette,” simply beautiful.
She’s never been particularly vain, but she stands out in her family like a sore thumb. Her grandparents’ marriage had been arranged by the crown as an alliance between one of the territories and the Eshi people. The genetics mixed together oddly, to say the least. Eshi, or Oamenti de piatra (As their native tongue does not butcher the syllables to the point we have to make nicknames) have grey skin that is sometimes banded in the same way stones with mineral deposits are. The people hold fast to the legend that they were birthed from the great mountain, and as such, portray its likeness. The first generation to come from their pairing kept the Eshi traits, though some of the children had found spectacular bandings that their Eshi parents had described as lucky. The second generation… had much more mixed results. Most of Shauna’s cousins keep the grey tones and intricate banding, only one came out with standard Visali coloring, and Shauna came out with a complexion that would place her somewhere in Durian.
Though it’s not much of a problem in a city that’s such a mixed bag of marbles as the capital, I know it weighs on her. I doubt she’s had much opportunity to simply be called beautiful by someone with nothing to gain from it.
I force myself to let it go and just be glad that they seem to have worked out the earlier flaws in their relationship. They’ve grown pretty close, though I don’t really know how far this relationship extends.
Genivive’s estate is just as ostentatious as I assumed it would be. Rows of intricately cut shrubs complement the immaculately manicured estate, and rows of fairy lights illuminate the path up to the main house. They are beautiful, but a fairly outdated mode of lighting. As it turns out, people don’t like watching the little creatures bunch around in their glass containers. The merging of magic and mechanization is tender at best, but almost all streetlights in the city, at least, have made the shift to the alternative lighting.
The main house is a spectacle in and of itself. It’s all fine wood mouldings and copper fixtures that almost glow in the sunset. As large as the estate is, there’s something weird about how the house is structured. The area behind it is all picturesque agrarian landscape, rolling hills with only the barest hint of other people living anywhere near this area.
There’s a second structure behind the main house. I probably wouldn’t have noticed it if I wasn’t looking for it. Servant quarters are built to blend in, probably to be less disturbing to the guests. I wonder if they are just house servants, and if there’s another set of houses on the property for the people who are maintaining the vineyard.
This is not a primary residence, just a winery the family owns just outside the city.
Everything is one ostentatious presentation. The entryway is an imposing set of double doors swung wide open to beckon guests further into the house. Servants take away our coats, but despite the doors being wide open the rest of the house is protected from the chill of the outside.
I figure that this is probably a popular retreat in the spring. Wine tastings, beautiful landscapes, and opulent accommodations. In the winter though, the place is pretty shutdown. Must not have taken much to get permission to use the house.
The carvings and tapestries lining the halls scream riches.
The main hall seems to have been converted into a ballroom. There’s a long stretch of glistening tiles freshly polished to a shine for this event. There’s a line of tables down both sides with food and chairs built for reclining, not actually sitting. There’s a person in the corner serving drinks, but it’s the glass chandelier that dominates this room. It’s an incredibly large and intricate thing hanging over us, illuminated so it glows.
“Wow, that’s such a beautiful-” I stop myself when I realize that Shauna hasn’t stayed by me as I gawk at the fixtures.
She’s gone to mingle with the other guests, smiling and waving, accepting delicate hugs and giving and receiving casual banter. She’s good at this, I know. Still, every time I see this side of her it’s like I’m introduced to an entirely new person.
It’s important for a noble to develop a mask and develop it early, and this constantly smiling, friendly person is Shauna’s mask.
There aren’t a lot of people in the ballroom. We passed quite a few on the way in, in the halls and sitting rooms, and there are a couple milling about outside, but the ballroom seems to be a nice place to start. I see plenty of my classmates, and though I don’t really talk to them outside of class they are at least somewhat familiar with me. I need to bolster those positive associations before Genevive gets in anyway.
There’s waving and smiling and and it’s all so terribly fake that it makes my stomach turn. Not all of it is fake, I should say, but only a fraction of the class has genuinely decided where they stand on accepting me into the fold. Some seem to genuinely like me, though it’s probably the residual newness I radiate combined with the fact that I haven’t done anything to personally offend them.
I am surprised to see Ireshi amongst these ranks. I had thought of her as one of Genevive’s mindless followers, but she is going out of her way to be nice to me, pitching easy questions and not chasing me out of her group. I wonder what I’ve done to get on her good side. It’s probably nothing, I’ve just managed to strike some flight of fancy in her. Perhaps she finds it impressive, or funny, that I’ve made it this far with my lack of social standing.
I’m given to understand that a lot of scholarship students drop out, so I have some entertainment value as a novelty Though not everyone sees it that way.
I’m met with a predictable number of cold stares. I get it, not everyone here is a fan of mine. I’ve probably made more than just Genevive angry with my scholastic success.
Blue’s doing an amazing job as a pseudo mediator. Our familiars are a fair and neutral topic. It’s pretty safe to reduce all social action to just complimenting each others’ familiars. Even the people that hate me coo and gush over Blue, everything from his outfit to the flowers braided into his hair. Although they talk about how much they’d like to pet him, none of them make any active effort to do so. I’m thankful for that at the very least.
Without warning, the band in the corner begins to play, and people begin filtering into the main hall with renewed purpose.
It seems the main event has begun.
Genevive reveals herself, fine tailored mage robes done up in the newest style The emerald fabric contrasts finely with the golden stitching. She is a beautiful picture.
“Would you like to dance with me, Kara?” Derrun, one of Genevive’s closer friends, nearly pops out of the ether. I’m not sure when she managed to get that close.
She detests me. She’d rather see me trampled under a carriage than on her arm. Why the hell is she asking me to dance? The thought hits with such clarity that I actually have to bite back a laugh.
This is a test. An antiquated one, but a test nonetheless.
The first dance of the evening should always be offered to the host, if only to be polite and show respect.
“Derrun, I would love to dance with you, but I’m afraid I have to offer this dance to another,” I say evenly, smile plastered onto my face.
It’s almost worth coming all the way out here just to see the sick glee on her face sour as she realizes I won’t fall for her bullshit.
Genevive, too, seems surprised when I cross the floor to offer her my hand.
“Well, Kara, this is certainly unexpected.” She quirks her brow at me, but maintains her smile. Two can play at that game.
“How could I resist? You are stunning tonight and I simply must have the first dance.” I smirk, bringing her hand up to my mouth for a kiss.
The others are free to pair up with whoever they want now that our hostess is taken, and most of them do find themselves a nice space on the dancefloor while the rest stay on the sidelines or wander their way into other parts of this house. We’ve apparently got the whole place to ourselves, so that means a lot of people will be ducking in and out.
Inwardly, I’m thankful. I may need to find an empty room later in the night just to take a breath away from these folks.
“You can just follow my lead, darling.” She smiles up at me, the dainty and demure gesture hiding the heat I can see behind her eyes.
The music shifts once we are all settled on the dance floor. It’s a classic waltz now, and I have to exercise all of my restraint not to roll my eyes.
It’s a beginner’s waltz, one nearly anyone with any kind of training knows by heart. It’s basic with an even tempo and no theatrical shift I need to account for. She’s convinced I don’t know the first thing about her world, the manners or the dancing.
“No darling, how about you do your best to hold on.” I adjust her hold and begin to step in time with the music.
The fun thing about a beginner’s waltz, arguably the only thing that’s fun about it, is the amount of stuff a well-practiced dancer can incorporate.
It’s an interesting thing, dancing with someone you hate. On one hand, the urge is to pull against them, but any good dancer can recognise the skill of a good lead or follow. Together the flow is unstoppable. They’ve had their personal inclinations drilled out of them by teachers, by practice, by having to perform. So you find a good dancer, it’s genuinely hard to pull away and make yourself fumble, even if we weren’t in front of all these people. So all that energy, all that anger gets poured into the steps, gets poured into the way you move, and because onlookers are discouraged from calling it rage, they turn to more flowery terms- They call it passionate.
“Aren’t you just full of surprises?” she jokes, trying to rally some of her earlier loftiness once she overcomes her initial shock.
“Well, you were so kind as to invite me. I simply had to take on a few lessons in preparation.” It’s a lie. We both know it. I wouldn’t have been able to get this good if I had started my lessons the second she announced the party.
“This is a beautiful estate, the chandelier's glow is … enchanting.” I try to shift the conversation with a compliment.
She takes the opportunity to turn up her nose and pretend to be distant.
“Honestly, we’ve had the thing for so long it’s almost as though I don’t see it when I walk in the room anymore.”
“Would you like a closer look?” I offer, just the barest hint of a tease on my lips.
“What?” Her brow quirks somewhat predictably at my question. I suppose it would be better to show her what I mean.
“Just hold on,” I say, pulling her closer and casting.
And maybe I shouldn’t have. Maybe if I had been feeling a little less vindictive, I wouldn’t have done it, but at the time it was the best way to undermine her. It’s a show of both magic and regality as we twirl, dancing upwards on an easy platforming spell that I had memorized years ago.
I had never tried it in such a social setting, but it keeps something hard beneath our feet as we climb. The chandelier is even more intricate up close, beautiful fractals and flawless cuts of crystal. Genevive’s eyes sparkle in the light like they’ve been cut from another set of dyed crystal. The beauty of the moment is somehow unaffected by the way she clings to me like she’s worried I’ll drop her.
We’ve got another half of the song, so I take her for a spin around the whole crystalline structure, one long loop around the dancefloor. Unsurprisingly, there is no traffic up here, and with no concerns about bumping into others we’re free to make bigger strides.
“Beautiful, isn’t it?” I try to prompt her, but her eyes are lost looking up into the spun glass.
“Yes,” she replies simply, looking just a bit dazed from the whole experience.
We come down slow, and I give her a gentle warning before we touch down so that we don’t stumble. We spend just the last few bars with our companions on the ground.
“I thank you for the dance, Ser.” She glares up at me from her curtsy, seeming to have regained some of her composure after we touched down. The dig at my position is expected and I don’t rise to her heckling.
“The pleasure was all mine, my lady.” I smile and bow, leaving her to her own devices on the dancefloor.
The people on the dance floor were forced not to falter in their stepping to stare up at the spectacle we made. Unfortunately, our audience didn’t have the same restriction.
Eyes, envious, hateful, and sometimes both, sweep across me.
I get myself off the dance floor before anyone else can ask for a dance.
Places are switched as some people retire from the dance floor to continue in their mingling, while others move forward to take their places. It’s a fairly even switch and the low chattering of voices fills the room almost as much as the music does.
I search the crowd as covertly as I can for Blue. He isn’t where I left him, but almost everyone has moved and it’s not like I expected him to hold his ground against the request of… well, anyone.
I finally find Blue behind one of the tables, plainly staying away from the attention of the other students. Some of the more free-roaming familiars have taken up the same strategy, and there’s a rather short red panda who’s speaking animatedly with Blue before she notices my approach. Before I can weave my way through the people, the red panda slips away as Blue takes notice of my approach.
“That was incredible!” He beams, smile so bright and excited that it makes me want to smile as well.
“Blue, really it was nothing.” It really isn’t. It’s a pretty simple spell, just repurposed for something outside its intended use. It doesn’t even use up too much mana.
“No really, it was fantastic, where did you learn to do that?” His ears twitch in his excitement and it’s so cute I can’t resist putting my arm around his waist, pulling him close and administering a quick kiss to his cheek. It’s probably just my imagination that he tastes as sweet as he looks.
“You pick things up here and there,” I answer noncommittally. There are a few people standing around, none-too-discreetly awaiting my answer to this question. It’s not my fault if they can’t recognise the basic spell.
“Did you get the chance to say hi to your friend? I would have stayed up in the air if I knew she’d run away when I got close.” I try to change the subject as gently as I can.
“Oh, um… I can- There are a few people here that I know. I know most of their masters’ names too if you’d like to meet them,” Blue offers in a low mumble, as though he’s worried I’ll turn down this kind of an opportunity.
Honestly, I can’t imagine a better scenario. I’m getting two birds with one stone. Blue gets a chance to say ‘hi’ to his friends, and I get a chance to go up to people and talk like I know them.
“Sure, Blue, that sounds nice.” I gesture to the room encouragingly. I don’t know how many people he actually knows or wants to talk to, so I figure it’s better to let him pick.
“Ok, um…” Blue takes a sideways glance at our set of onlookers before he rearranges our position, straightening my already straight tie so I'm looking over his shoulder, “Xia’s master is over there. Their name is Nemma,” he introduces softly.
“Oh, they are in my battle magics class. Never really got the chance to talk to them properly,” I admit. They are pretty single minded, a good fighter and very inventive in practice.
I don’t mention the parody of a military outfit she’s wearing. The cords over her shoulders don’t have any meaning assigned, and though she’s got an officially pressed seal over her heart, the pins are there to be shiny and nothing more. I wonder if she’s applied to the service program, it wouldn’t surprise me. She has an excellent skill set, and provided she adapts to the lifestyle, she will have a successful career. Maybe she just got excited about passing the primaries and wanted to show off to hr peers.
“Marina is over there. Her owner’s name is Talor, I’m pretty sure.” He gestures with his ear as I take in the person he’s indicating. While the guy isn’t in any of my classes, he is a face that I recognise. That’s the blabbermouth that told on me to Shauna.
Before I have a second to even get miffed and think about walking over there, Blue turns me, brushing imaginary dust from my sleeve, pointing me at another set of people.
“Sui, she’s the one that… I was learning elemental for-”
“You said her mistress had a hearing problem, right? She’s in my Herbology class, actually. Not fantastic, but she’s pretty good with Ivy.”
We wander around a bit, introducing ourselves and cooing over how cute our familiars are. I see why Blue wanted to get the etiquette questions out of the way. There’s more PDA than I was expecting. People will be talking and just absently lean over and pull their familiars into a kiss or have them kneel up draped across their body. It’s a lot more intimate than I was expecting from this party.
Blue keeps the touches light and as natural looking as possible, and before the night is halfway done I’ve had my neck, cheeks and hands thoroughly kissed, really anywhere with exposed skin. I try to play the part well, pull Blue against me as he gives a playful squirm, a show at being active within the action as he settles against me.
Nemma is somehow more intimidating in this social scene than they are regularly, though their familiar is every bit the ball of fluff she looks to be. Xia seems to be the one thing that Nemma is soft for. Their hard eyes and expression soften a tiny, but oh so important, fraction when they sees the genuine glee on their familiar’s face.
Talor is predictably loud and nosy, especially considering my stunt. It’s nothing but a drill of questions as Blue gets a similar inspection from Marina, though in less words. If I had to guess, I’d bet it’s the shiny crystals braided into his hair that has the figity bird distracted.
I’m almost glad that we have to go to the entire opposite side of the ballroom to speak to Ecial and Sui.
The tables are tempting, and without much debate I grab a few of the light snacks that have been laid out for us. If I play the part, I'm going to commit.
I hold up little bites of food for Blue from time to time, brushing my hand down the back of his neck. I am sorely regretting putting his hair up, if only for the simple fact that I can’t run my hands through it like this. Blue takes the little bits without complaint, or rather mostly without complaint. He says there’s something strange in the scent of a few of them, and I trust his judgement more than my careless picking and set them aside. Aside from the snacks he seems not to like, Blue is eager and responsive to my attention. I'm almost certain I see a smile as I hold his drink for him and he tilts his head back
Shauna seems to be following the same approach, and Ande, big mass of a familiar that he is, is putty in her hands.
I wave an introduction to Ecial, making sure I have her attention before I try anything more complex. Having fun?
She quirks a sideways smile, but her eyes look tired.
I could use a break from the main hall. Be my escort?
It’s bold of her, and a hell of a lot more respectful than she needs to be in my presence, but I respect the effort. I hold out my hand and wait as she arranges herself into the perfectly poised and postured being that she’s supposed to be, though her steps come in jerky motions. Like she’s trying to overcompensate for something, but she’s in too much pain to do it well. It’s only then that I notice the brace hidden under her ruffled skirts. It’s a large and rather cumbersome thing, similar to what they use to set bones but keep the person moving.
We find an empty room rather easily. There are plenty to go around, but this one has a nice set of cushioned chairs and a large couch that I offer to her without much thought.
Thank you, she signs, giving me a halfhearted grin as she sits heavily on the couch. It was probably taking more out of her to act like everything was ok in front of all those people than she’d be willing to admit.
What happened? I try for idle curiosity, but some of my worry must show through because she smiles reassuringly at me before moving her hands.
I have weaker bones than I should, they break easily. It’s not pleasant. This happened a few days ago on a ride. She leans back fully on the cushioned couch, pulling up the large ruffled skirt to reveal a beautifully designed walking cast. The colors match her dress and I wonder how much of that is an effort to blend in, or to have a fun talking piece should her malady be discovered.
Sui goes through her mistress’ bag, handing her a smaller bottle with something rattling inside. It’s pain pills, I realize with a start. As much as I had been worked up about not missing this party or messing up any of these interactions, I realize that I’m not the only one who has to save face here. This is a serious social event, despite all my efforts to see it as something lighter.
Bad luck, I sign lamely.
She throws her hand over her mouth, and it takes me a second to realize that she’s laughing at what I’ve said.
That’s what my father said. Told me I shouldn’t come out tonight, but I’m having a rather good time. I’m glad to finally meet you. She smiles up at me again, only this time it seems more real with the mirth still playing behind her eyes.
Me? I can’t help the questioning gesture. I’m nothing special. Not to someone established like her.
Sui tells me about the man who’s teaching his familiar elemental so he can talk with her, she explains, and suddenly I feel my face go red.
Sui. Can you get me a drink?
“Can I get one for you too, Master?” The question is rather jarring before I realize that Blue had probably been trying to follow along with our conversation. I’d rather not have him go off without me, but I suppose that going off with Sui is good enough. He won’t be alone and he seems rather excited to get a chance to talk with her.
“Alright Blue, just be safe.”
What could go wrong?
Notes:
The Tumblr: https://adhoard.tumblr.com/
Chapter 46: Party Games
Chapter Text
Blue
The evening’s going great. As I walk out of the room with Sui I can’t help the way I want to jump up in the air. Nothing’s going wrong. Master danced beautifully with the woman who doesn’t like him. But what I love most is all the attention that Kara’s been lavishing me with.
I know one of the important parts of the night is to show how well-mannered and behaved I am with my Master, but still, I can’t help the way his actions are affecting me.
It makes me feel good to be pampered, treated like a fine pet who actually deserves all the attention. I want to be a good pet. All the instincts of previous masters are coming back in waves. Being treated like a good boy is more of an unachievable goal that my masters dangled above me than something I’ve regularly attained. Now that I’m being treated nicely. It’s getting harder to ignore the impulses. I want to sit in his lap, I want to be pet and praised while this good mood lasts.I don’t want him to stop.
He lets me get away with much more than he would at home, and I’m in no way sorry that I take advantage of that. I dress him in kisses, each one wholly too small and inexpressive to convey the full breadth of my meaning. He wouldn’t let me do such a thing if we were just at home, at least, not without taking me aside and forcing a conversation full of hard questions that I’m not sure I even understand, let alone know the correct answer to.
The ballroom is much more daunting without Kara here beside me, without him making it a safe place for me to act by his side. But I asked for this. I want to be good and show off how well-behaved I can be, even if it’s just for something as stupid as getting him a drink.
Sui and I stick to the edges of the ballroom where the servants stay glued to the walls, perpetually ready in case anyone needs something, but out of the way and unnoticeable until the moment you call for one. None of them look at us as we pass. We probably could get one of them to listen if we requested something on behalf of our masters, but we only outrank them because we are technically guests in this house.
The party is still lively in the main room. There’s people dancing and talking.
I had no idea that Kara could dance. I had no idea that he had any experience, but it seems like the more I learn of my Master, the more impressive I find the man. I don’t know why he knows half the things he knows. Hell, I don’t know why he does half the things he does.
He’s been perfectly cordial to all his classmates, acting with good courtly manners, but where the hell had he learned those things? He’s not some noble, and if he’s been getting lessons from Shauna then he certainly hasn’t said anything about etiquette lessons. I wonder why he wouldn’t come to me about this? Immediately I dismiss the thought. It’s not my place to be his instructor, but he had told me I was his resource among these people. I’m a little jealous if it actually was Shauna that helped him. I wonder how long those etiquette lessons took...
Sui nudges me, jolting me back into place when it is our turn to pick up drinks. The bartender isn’t too thrilled for us to be asking for things at his table, but we are very clearly on a task from our masters, so he mixes us something without complaint.
The people in the room are spinning in such graceful circles I can’t help the way I nod along with the beat. It’s hypnotic, the complex movements made to look easy on the dance floor. I was worried when that lady approached Kara for a dance. I was half a second from warning him about the breach of conduct before he sorted out the solution for himself. He holds himself differently around these people, acting more carefree and aloof even though I can see the tension in his shoulders. I can see the way he sets his shoulders and smiles with nothing behind his eyes for these people. But when he danced...
I wonder if he would dance with me that way?
I feel my face warm at the thought. It’s not that uncommon, I tell myself. There are a few people on the fringes of the dance floor dancing with their familiars rather than a partner. Xia’s dancing with her master, but I wonder if that’s more of an issue with the dancing at all rather than an actual choice. It seems that Nemma has either never danced before in their life, or they’re rather hopeless regardless. It’s a mess of steps, jerky limbs and the badges on their uniform jangle with every jolt of motion. Xia’s getting stepped on more than danced with, but she’s still laughing. There’s an undisguised glee on her face that makes me long for what she has. I almost wish Kara wasn’t as practiced, then we could come out on the dance floor without the threat that someone more respectable might ask him for a dance.
Still, Master had known I danced, and he didn’t show any interest in using me as a partner. Not that it’s the only way he hasn’t seen fit to use me as a partner.
I’m surprised by the genuine heat behind the thought. I shouldn’t be surprised that he’s treating me differently now that I’ve fucked up even under his gentle care. I still want to serve him, but I feel as though I’ve messed up too much for him to consider me as a real candidate in the bedroom.
Still, I can’t shake the affectionate touches that he lavished me with. I want more and I know I’m being greedy, or I should at least be content with what I have, but it doesn’t stop me from wanting more.
There are many people outside, embracing the cold for a few moments of privacy, dragging their familiars along with them. Kara had gotten me a thick cloak for winter, a well stitched and darkly colored thing that’s warm enough that I wasn’t bothered by our journey outside. But that’s not the case for everyone. I wince in sympathy looking over the people outside. It seems that a lot of people have gone outside to smoke or do... other things.
Most of the familiars outside are at least warmblooded, but it doesn’t seem to be helping them much. They are just attending to their masters, refilling drinks or grabbing the things their owners are asking for.
There’s one figure outside, apart from all the others, that draws attention solely for being unattended. She’s not drawing any attention to herself, nor is she surrounded by an entourage. She’s simply keeping to herself on the terrace. At first glance I thought she must have been a mistress without an attendant, but when I look closer, I recognize those ears and tail all too well.
There’s a glare on the windows as the last of the suns dips behind the rolling hills, but I can still make out her vague shape. She’s curled up, but in no way actually hiding. She’s just a few feet away from all the others on the terrace.
“Sui. You would tell me if I lost my mind, right?” I say hollowly before getting another, sharper nudge from Sui as she takes both the drinks that have been offered by the bartender in my place.
Is that Avery? I sign, not quite willing to let the words come out of my mouth, and trying desperately to think of any other explanation.
Avery isn’t supposed to be here tonight, she even told us how disappointed she was not to see us all dressed up for the party because she belongs to a third year. This was supposed to be an event for the entire first year class and their familiars. What is she doing here?
Sui looks in the direction I point, and I see from the shocked expression on her face that I am not the only one who recognizes the figure in the corner.
I take both the drinks from her without thinking. It’s not our problem, it really isn’t our place to get involved, even though I want to go out and talk to her, if nothing more than to warn her about her apparent ‘hiding’ place. I shouldn’t go over there. Sui and I have orders, get drinks and come right back.
Blue, stop , she signs when her hands are free. It’s probably nothing, I’ll take the drinks and you can go ask, how is that? She tries to placate me when she sees me go tense.
How can she be so casual about this? I’m holding the glasses too tightly, but it’s all I can do to keep my hands from shaking. We’d be disobeying orders…
Except we really wouldn’t be, would we? Our masters gave us permission to go out. I asked to leave, and Kara let me go. He didn’t say I had to come back immediately. He wouldn’t notice if I stole a couple extra minutes to say hi to a friend. He’s already derailed the night so that I could, it wouldn’t make that much of a difference…
“O-ok, just… I’ll be right back,” I waver, handing her back her mistress’ cup.
And … She gestures, holding out her hand and waiting for the other. I don’t want to give her my Master’s cup. As much as I am twisting his words, I would still like to be the one to give it to him.
“And I will let you know if anything is wrong,” I finish.
She sets her lips into a pout but waves me off, starting on her way back out of the ballroom.
There are a few doors outside, but I try to be at least a bit stealthy in my approach. I don’t pick the closest door, I pick the one with the fewest people clustered around it. I keep my head down, and for the most part, people ignore me.
“Avery,” I whisper, trying to get her attention and still slip under the notice of all the other guests around us.
“Hey, Blue.” Avery smiles up at me, reaching out and pulling me down until I am sitting with her on the floor. She isn’t as nervous as I am not to get caught, though I think that it is more an effect of what’s in her hand than anything else.
“Avery what are you doing out here?” I try not to let my voice sound as high and panicked as I feel.
“Trying not to freeze… and looking for some peace and quiet, I guess…” Even she’s not sure of her own assessment as she takes another drag from the cigarette in her hand.
“Y-you shouldn’t smoke.” I try to say it gently.
I remember the hacking fits it gave my first master, how they progressed until he started coughing up blood. The headaches and chest pain that came with it, until he had to stop his little habit and start seeing a healer more regularly. The older daughter developed asthma because of it, if I remember correctly, not that he would have ever admitted to being the cause of such a thing.
“Honey, I am going to be dead long before this becomes an issue,” she says bluntly. And there is really nothing I can say to that.
“Where did you even get that?” I can’t imagine why anyone would let her have drugs, especially when we are in public.
“...Found it.” She giggles in such a lilting tone it almost overshadows my horror.
“Did you steal that?” I try to keep my voice low even as I want to scream. Why would she steal drugs from her master? Or even worse, from anyone else at this party?
“Oh, they are never going to notice one missing,” she asserts. She takes another long drag and does a trick with the smoke to make rings, completely careless of the people nearby.
The people around us don’t actually seem that interested in the two familiars holed up in the corner, lacking owners or escorts. I understand what she means, the people here are all pretty lost in their own worlds. They are all distracted enough to make prime targets. They don’t pay any mind to the servants standing near them, waiting on orders, so why would they notice a familiar passing by a little too closely? They aren’t acting like my old master did when he smoked.
Then again, the terrace doesn’t smell like smoke, at least not what I remember the acrid and ashy smoke to smell like. It smells almost… herbal, and the people aren’t just loosely happy with the relief of stress that the drug brings, they seem to be getting less focused on their surroundings and more casual with their bodies and language. There’s more free laughter and a dazed expression on peoples’ faces as others join in. These aren’t the same effects that my first master experienced, if anything he got more energized from the experience of smoking. He didn’t turn into these sluggish things…
“I beg to differ.” I try to object and to be the only reasonable person here. Despite the looseness of the crowd, the mood can shift on a dime. If she gets caught, this could end very badly .
She barks out a laugh and the rest of the people on the terrace start giggling in some unspoken wave as the noise moves outward from its starting point.
Stars, what the hell are they smoking?
“You may be right, but if my owner doesn’t give me notice for an event like this, then he doesn’t get me sober.” She finishes her… whatever it is and turns to face me.
“You look good, Blue. I’m glad I got to see you in all your fancy stuff.” Her pupils are wide and I have no idea how she hopes to hide this from her master.
“Avery, why are you here?” I come out with my original question. She isn’t supposed to be here. She belongs to a third year, and this was clearly a first year party.
“Oh, come on Blue, you know every party needs some entertainment.” She has this faraway look that I have no idea how to place, but I am suddenly very glad she’s had the opportunity not to be sober for this.
I have no response to that. I couldn’t imagine Avery being called in as entertainment. I don’t know what they’ve asked of her master, if she even knows what she’s been called in to do. I don’t know how to comfort her and for some reason that stings more than anything.
“You look good, Avery.” I parrot back her words numbly.
It’s not a lie. Even with her pupils blown wide, and her mind not all there, she does at least look stunning. The patterned lace on her outfit is a sensational red with small sequins embedded in the stitching. It’s nothing more than a lacy bodice and some ruffles in the parody of a skirt, stocking going high up on her thighs to accentuate her shapely figure. She looks gorgeous, but similarly wrong. It’s not her style. It’s very easy to tell that someone else dressed her. As much as cats often get put in lacey outfits, she’d look better in leather, or black at the very least. The red she’s wearing is too close to pink for her.
“Avery, what have you found here?” I’m startled from my musings by a voice I don’t recognize, one that is most certainly not the pleasantly deadened tones of all of the other students who’ve come out on the terrace for their smoking.
“Oh stars, upperclassmen,” I hear Avery curse under her breath.
“No one Jay, did you find a room for all your little flunkies?” She grins wide and feral, standing to face the newcomers.
“Can it, kitty, or I’ll fuck that pretty little ass into next century.” The man, Jay, speaks harshly, in no mood to put up with Avery’s disrespectful disposition.
“Yeah, nice try, you’d have to find my Master first, and given just how far his nose is up Genevive’s ass, that might take a while,” she spits back, obviously unswayed by the man’s threats.
“You think Kalu’s going to give a shit when I tell him how disrespectful you’re being?” Jay taunts her with barbed words and I feel my stomach drop.
“Oh come on, Jay.” She smiles, leaning in until, from chest to hip, they have one solid line of contact. “This is how you like me.” She smirks, looking directly into his eyes.
I see her go down before I hear the slap that caused it. Immediately, I try to take a catalogue of what’s wrong without being able to go to her side. She didn’t land funny, and almost as soon as she hits the floor she’s moving again, just sluggish. There’s all manner of problems that can come with getting knocked unconscious, and while she can’t really do anything more than squirm a bit from where she dropped, I take a moment to be glad it’s nothing that serious.
“Well, isn’t this just the cutest little thing.” The taller one, the one that’s not Jay, coos at me, but I don’t even have the presence of mind to scream as my mind races. I was backed into the corner of the terrace space with Avery. I have no way out.
Even if I could get out, I have no way of making sure that Avery’s safe. They’ll give her more than a slap for that kind of back talk, and certainly more once they realize she’s not sober.
“I’m sorry sir, my Master-” I try to speak, hating how small and timid my voice sounds, but Jay has apparently moved on from Avery as he wraps one hand around the back of my neck, pulling me onto my feet.
I hate how easily I follow the motion. How, even if he wasn’t pressing down on the part of my body that makes me lose all real control of my motor function, I probably would have submitted to the motion anyways. I hate scruffing. Though, I hate most things that make me lose control of my body.
“Well aren’t you the pretty one? What do you think, Katherine?” Jay’s grin turns my stomach and even though I know it’s a pitiful effort I do try to squirm out of his grasp.
“Aww, Jay. He’s too cute to leave him behind. Though, it’s almost hard to tell with all that he’s hiding under here.” Katherine’s smile shows too many teeth as she pulls back the transparent shift, pawing at the newly exposed skin.
Her hands are cold. Even if it wasn’t freezing out, with the suns gone from the sky, I would still flinch away from her.
“Oh Rin, someone dressed him up like he’s allowed to hide things.” He says it like it is a tragedy he’s moved to action by, and I suppose that’s pretty close to the truth as his free hand plays threateningly with the waist of my pants. “Oh, I bet your owner is a very bad person, doesn’t use you at all like you need to be used,” he continues in such a sickly sweet, condescending tone that I wish the floor would open up and swallow me.
“Either way, I bet Kalu would agree two is better than one,” Katherine jokes, playing with the bell on my collar.
“You guys aren’t allowed to do that; his master didn’t allow it.” Avery slurs just a little, pulling herself back up to her full height.
“Listen, Molly, if his master has a problem with it, then he can object. But no one here’s coming forward with a claim, so shut your trap and get moving,” Jay barks, transferring me into his friend’s hold before grabbing Avery behind the neck before she just goes docilely with him.
“I could just eat you up.” Katherine licks up the side of my face as though she’s planning to make good on this threat right here and now.
I can see the look on her face when she tastes the honey dust I’ve applied. It’s all I can do not to scream as her nails dig harder into my neck and I stumble half-blind in the direction she’s dragging me.
The hallway seems impossibly long and all too short at the same time. I’m too aware of the ever-present press of her fingers in my neck. It’s not like there’s no one in the hallways. There are people talking and drinking like nothing’s happening. They take a glance and look away, not sparing another thought to the situation.
My mind is racing. How did this get so wrong so fast? I was just talking to my friends. I didn’t do anything wrong. I wasn’t- but I was disobeying my Master.
I left to get my Master a drink and I can’t even remember where the damn cup is. It’s probably out on the terrace somewhere, but fat load of good that does me. I shouldn’t have gone to talk to Avery. I should have just kept my head down and followed my orders like a good pet. Maybe then-
“Oh Jay, what did you find here?” A voice interrupts my spiraling thoughts.
The man in front of us is well dressed, obviously a noble ready for the occasion. While my Master and Shauna had chosen not to wear mage robes, he clearly doesn’t follow that fad. He’s dressed to the nines with a long trailing robe, a wide sash of delicate material forming a thick waistband, with so many embellishments that there is nothing left for subtlety. He’s dressed like he’s defined by his position as a mage. All his jewelry is designed to look otherworldly, as though he actually goes around wearing his magic items everywhere.
“You mean this little guy?” Jay speaks, throwing Avery into her Master’s arms, before coming over to take my face in his hands. His fingers dig into my cheek as they pull my face up to meet his eyes.
“Cute. right? And unattended right next to your little puss-puss,” the girl scruffing me breathes into my ear, and Avery actually growls at the nickname.
“Who does he belong to?” The man speaks as he circles me, sandwiched between his two friends.
I want to tell him. I desperately want to say who I belong to. They don’t have my Master’s permission for this. It’s unlawful to use me against my Master’s will. Still, the sharp nails digging into my neck force me to remain still. I can’t even imagine the sound that might come out of me should I try to speak. I barely have the strength to force out a pathetic ‘mew’. I’m almost certain that would only make this situation worse.
“No idea, but an absolute fool for letting him out of sight.” I can hear the smirk in Katherine’s voice as she throws me down onto the floor.
My knees crack on the hard stone and I have to swallow a yelp. It’s not that bad. There might be some bruising tomorrow, but I’ll be fine. I’ve had worse.
“I can’t tell his breed, his features are all over the pla- no…” Jay rambles before he cuts himself off with his own realization.
“What, man?” Katherine questions, just as confused as she should be. I’m not a normal familiar type.
“Dude, I think it’s a common cat.” The disbelief in his voice is plain to hear and for some reason, it cuts deeper than anything else he’s said.
I don’t belong in this world. I don’t belong. I can almost hear what’s going through their heads. My Master must be playing some kind of joke on everyone by bringing me here tonight, some washed-up pet posing as a familiar? Whatever it is, it’s at least funny to them.
“You’re kidding me, why the hell would one be at this party?” Kalu wonders aloud what I already know.
I don’t belong here.
“Maybe Gen needed something in case you didn’t follow through?” Jay suggests offhandedly, but offers nothing more. It seems he’s not interested enough to pursue the line of thought any further.
“True, true.” Kalu accepts this line of reasoning, stalking a few steps closer to me.
“P-please, I- my Master, he-” I try to speak, but all I get out are a few miserable stuttering sentences before he slaps me silent.
It’s been awhile since someone struck me. Master has been keeping me in such a kind and insulated manner that the sting on my skin genuinely surprises me.
“Come on now, you know the rules. No speaking until you’re spoken to,” Kalu continues, speaking slowly and calmly.
He wants me to correct my behavior more than he wants to beat me for it. It’s been a long time since I’ve had to think about people in those terms. It’s been a while since I would have recognized Kalu as one of the kindest types of masters.
There’s a tremble in my hands as I place them on top of my knees and correct my kneeling posture. I feel an impulse to just curl up. To simply protect my more vulnerable areas and wait it out. They have to get bored eventually. Sooner or later I will be allowed to leave, but then what of my Master?
I don’t want to come to him bloodied and beaten. We are starting to draw a crowd, people drawn to the shouting like moths to a flame. I don’t want to cause my Master any trouble with his classmates. I won’t have people saying that he’s left me some untrained beast.
“Master, he isn’t-” Avery tries to intercede again on my behalf when she sees there’s no more fight in me, but her master is too invested in this to let me go.
“You shut your trap Avery, you’ve brought me more than enough embarrassment tonight,” Kalu cuts her off. The unspoken threat that she’ll get what she has coming to her is there.
“As for you, well, you are covering just a little too much skin to be some proper entertainment, aren’t you?” Jay steps forward again, and I can see Katherine lick her lips from where she has perched herself to watch the scene that’s about to play out.
I am inordinately aware of the eyes on me. All these people who are watching, who are about to see what is about to happen. These people know who I came here with. I’m the only Common Cat here. Do they think my Master allowed this, do they think I got roped into this because of my own antics, or do they not care enough to even have an opinion? There are so many people who are just giving us a casual glance. Just a moment of attention to survey the situation before they are off thinking about something else, talking to their friends again.
Some of the familiars linger. I can see the pity on their faces, the relief that this time it wasn’t them. They have no way of helping me, I know that, but it doesn’t help me feel less alone.
Jay pulls off my tinted over-garment with little fanfare before he pulls up my cropped shirt to reveal just how far down my blush has traveled.
“That’s some sweet jewelry, pet.” He chuckles, and I want to do anything to hide myself.
“Very sweet. Now, beg for your treat, kitty,” he murmurs darkly, his hands playing with the waistband of his own pants.
I don’t say anything, but I can’t look away. Stars, how did this happen? Why is this happening? There’s a high, keening noise in my throat before I can stop it. I choke it down as quickly as I can, but I can see that they’ve heard it, just the same as me.
Jay steps closer, grabbing a fistful of my hair, careless of the intricately woven hairpiece, pulling me against his hips. I have to stifle a yelp as the movement causes the hairpiece to dig into my skull.
“That was good, little kitty, but I want you to use your words,” he drawls, pulling me against the rough starched pants before we are interrupted and Jay drops me from his hold.
“Blue!” I hear my Master’s voice and I nearly sob in relief.
“Master –” I call for him before my voice dies in my throat. Oh stars, if he thinks this was on purpose, that I had allowed this-
“Who the hell are you? Blue, put your clothes back on!” he orders with an even tone putting himself between the upperclassmen and myself.
“Oh, come on man, we were just having a little fun. Your familiar puts on a really nice show, so how about you step off our good time and let your seniors have some fun?”
I have to bite back a fearful gasp. Master didn’t know I was here, he didn’t give them permission. But now… they’re asking. I’m not brave enough to interject. I just pray he’s not angry enough with my behavior to think that this might be a suitable punishment.
Master wouldn’t allow this, would he? He had told me he had no intention of sharing me at this party. Then again, I’m clearly in the wrong here. My disobedience landed me in this spot. They are his upperclassmen, he’s meant to have a good relationship with them. They can help him through his career in ways I can’t. They are more valuable to keep happy, and I’m just a misbehaving pet that already needs correction.
“How about it? Mind if we borrow your fine piece right here? We’ll get him back to you in one piece, or you know, mostly.” Katherine smiles and bats her eyes at my Master, but when her gaze shifts to where I am still sitting on the floor, it leaves nothing to the imagination.
She’s out for violence. Her pupils are blown wide in naked desire and I know for a fact that I don't want to be the one on the other side of that.
“Yeah, how about no. Why are you here?” I almost don’t recognize my Master’s voice. After so much of the night spent in such a playfully light tone, it’s odd to hear him so irate.
“Yeah, I thought this was supposed to be a party for first years. I know you should have been held back a couple of times Kalu, but really, don’t you think this is a little much?” Shauna drawls, having pushed her way through the crowd that has gathered to watch our little spectacle.
“We had invites, who the hell let this clown in?” Kalu defends himself, pointing at my Master, infuriated at being provoked.
“Blue. Here. Now.” There is no room for argument in my Master’s voice and it’s all I can do to obey.
There’s anger now and pointed fingers. People are gathering to gawk at the spectacle could have avoided if I had just been good and brought my Master his drink. I know I haven’t been ordered to stand, I haven’t been ordered to do anything but come to my Master’s side, but I do anyways. I stumble over my own two feet as I stand and fall into my Master’s arms. I bury my head in my Master’s neck, breathing deeply for a few moments.
This scent is safe. I’m safe. It isn’t as bad as I think.
As if to prove my point he draws one arm around my waist, pulling me closer and drawing a reassuring pattern at the base of my neck. I breathe a relieved sigh and settle just a bit closer. If there was any doubt in my mind about my Master being angry with me for my actions, this simple reassurance has relieved them. He could have allowed them to use me. He could have thrown me to the floor. His orders weren’t to cling to him like a child, he’d just told me to come to him.
It’s ok. He’s safe. I’m safe.
“Aww... I’m going to puke,” I hear one of the upperclassmen jest, but I don’t lift my head to see who it was.
“Look, back off. Or you won’t like what happens next.” When my Master speaks I can hear the authority in his voice, I can feel the resonance of his words in his chest.
“What is going on here?” I tense against Master’s body.
Stars, how unlucky can one person be? It isn’t bad enough that I’ve caused a scene and made my Master argue with his upperclassmen, but I’ve also summoned our hostess with our little scene.
“We had a little case of lost and found. Little kitty over there was wandering around like a stray and I was just hoping to give him a good new home.” Kalu immediately makes his case, throwing my Master and me under the proverbial carriage.
“Kalu, I’m glad you could come to my little party, but please do try to keep it civil.” She addresses him coolly but with a smile on her face.
“Alright Gen, for you…” He acquiesces with little resistance, although his answering bow is more than a little sarcastic.
The steps of her high heeled shoes echo loudly as she makes her way to us.
“You coddle your familiar too much.” She’s speaking to my Master, but the words pierce me.
She’s right. I know that, even if my Master doesn’t. I should have at least gotten a smack for this whole incident, not a cuddling.
“Oh, you’re just mad that our familiars actually like us,” Shauna sneers, inserting herself into the conversation.
I shift just a bit in my Master’s arms to see the scene that is playing out in front of us. Shauna seems ready for a confrontation, and by the look on Genevive’s face it isn’t Shauna’s first time starting something with her. I try to give Ande a pitying look. He doesn't know what to do so he’s just standing there next to his mistress, trying to understand the situation. He looks ready to jump in between the two but unable to tell if that will be necessary.
Blanc flinches, and I can see by the way Genevive’s face colors that if there were no people here she would have taken her chances and slapped Shauna for the comment.
“Blanc is perfectly obedient,” she counters, her voice wavering just a bit out of the sheer irritation.
“I think what we have is a little more than that. Obedience will only get you so far, you have to inspire the dedication our familiars have to us.” Shauna smiles, batting her eyes innocently. She seems to be taking full advantage of the fact that Genevive won’t be able to make an aggressive move against her while surrounded by so many others.
Stars, why is she goading her?
“Ha! That’s insane. He’s a familiar, not a pet.” She gestures at Ande but then, almost as if she’s only just remembering that we are still here, she turns to us. “Your pampering is only hurting him,” she finishes, looking pointedly at my Master. It’s all I can do to hide back into my Master’s neck and hope he doesn’t shove me off.
“I bet your fear isn’t half as effective as the bond between us and our familiars.” Shauna continues provoking Genevive .
Why are we being brought into this?
It’s the only truly coherent thought running through my head. I don’t know why Shauna has such an active conflict with Genevive, but I know I don’t want to be in the middle of it!
“Huh, how about we test that.” I can hear the smile in Genevive’s voice.
I don’t like the sound of that.
Chapter 47: Obedience
Summary:
We get a look at that party game...
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
“Shauna, what the hell?” Master’s nearly yelling, and I get the idea that he would be yelling if there was more than a door separating him from the main ballroom.
“I can’t stand that bitch,” Shauna offers in lieu of an actual explanation as to why she’s signed us both up for whatever Genevive wants to do to us.
“Be that as it may, why did you bring us into it?” He voices the exact question on my mind.
I don’t know what she’s signed us up for, what kind of test Genevive has in mind for us, but I do know that she already doesn’t like us. I don’t enjoy tests that are designed for failure. I’ve been a part of too many in my life.
Ande doesn’t seem to have any sort of issue with his mistress’ actions. He stands cooly unaffected behind her as our masters talk. He’s been signed up for this unknown test as well, how can he be so calm about it?
“Because you need to wipe that smug smile off her face,” Shauna replies, and I have to play catch up from the last moment I got caught in my wandering thoughts.
“Ah, truly a master plan, and how am I supposed to do that?” Master’s voice drips with sarcasm.
“Well, we are going to show her up.” Shauna responds like it’s the simplest matter in the world, like she hasn’t considered the hell that will break loose on us for this.
“At her own party in front of the entire grade. This is a glorious plan, Shauna. Just one question: I thought we were trying to have her not want to kill me anymore?” Master’s barbed remark is sharp but not terribly acidic.
“Oh you know as well as I do that this kind of attention-grabbing stunt will go over fantastically with the class. Why else would you have taken her for a spin in the air?” Shauna shoots back unconcerned, turning away from her argument with him to face Ande.
“Forgive me, but that is not the primary concern,” Master huffs, sounding more than a little miffed at this whole situation.
“Oh, what are you so worried about?” Shauna dismisses his concerns without diverting any attention from her fiddling with Ande’s collar.
“Blue! Just like you should be worried about Ande!” Master practically explodes, and I have to hide a flinch as I go to move slightly behind him.
All this time and I’m still not good with loud noises. I’m not good with the way they are comfortable arguing. It’s still hard for me to reconcile in my mind that their anger won’t spill over to me. That Kara won’t hit me because he can’t hit Shauna. That I’m the more expendable of the two familiars here.
“I’m not worried about Ande because I know he’s perfectly obedient.” She smiles, ruffling her familiar’s hair until he croons, leaning into her touch.
“Yeah, well…” Master watches the scene with a pensive look on his face and I feel my heart drop to the floor. Does he not think I’ll obey him?
“Are you telling me you’re worried about Blue? Because we both know he would throw himself into the path of a carriage for you.” Shauna defends me when I can’t even find the mental capacity to make the argument myself.
I would. There’s a part of me that wants to throw myself to my knees and tell this man that I would. If he asked, I’d throw myself in front of a carriage. I’d do anything he asked.
“That really isn’t the issue-” Master hedges, and whatever doubt remains in his tone pushes me to finally speak.
“I’m obedient I will do whatever you require of me!” It comes out of me in one ungraceful rush, and there’s a deafening silence that follows as I realize I’ve cut my Master off. Everyone’s eyes are on me and I feel distinctly like a bug about to be pinned to a slide.
“See, there’s no problem!” Shauna breaks the silence without regard for the tense moment and as Master turns away from me to address his friend, I can’t help but breathe a sigh of relief.
“Shauna…” Master prods gently, looking ready to say something more, before the doors on the opposite side of the room are thrown open.
Genevive swings open the two overly large doors with far too much enthusiasm, leading a smaller group of people in beside her. There’s a group of students that I don’t recognise, but I notice Avery getting pulled along right away. I’ve seen these familiars before at the care center, but I haven’t had the chance to really interact with any of them. Xia and Sui are not here, and that’s my only consolation.
“We have some more volunteers!” She speaks far too animatedly for the situation we are in. “Oh this is going to be fun- everyone just leave your familiars here and we can discuss the rules!” She smiles and quickly leaves the room, not waiting to see if anyone is following her.
The familiars find a place to settle down. Some lean against the wall, while some just sit down on the floor around one another. They’re settling in for the long haul. They don’t know when they will be called back again.
I know I should just find a place to sit beside Ande or Avery. I should just sit down and keep my mouth shut and be a good familiar, but I am not a good familiar. As the people begin to filter out of the room, following their host, I catch the sleeve of my Master’s uniform, pulling him back.
I’m scared. I don’t want him to leave.
“...Master.” I can say nothing more than that, hoping that the entirety of my plea, the fullest extent of my need, is conveyed in the only word I can say.
Master gives me a weak smile, not unsympathetic to my plight, but not doing anything to fix the situation either.
“Don’t worry Blue, I’ll be right back.” He tries for a reassuring tone as he gives my hand a gentle squeeze, but even I feel how hollow the promise rings.
“Proving Genevive’s point there, aren’t you?” Kalu jeers, coming up behind my Master and throwing an arm around his shoulders in a mocking gesture of camaraderie, before almost literally dragging him out of the room.
The doors close and I feel my face flush red as nothing is distracting me from all the whispering behind me. I’ve made a scene, and everyone knows it. I might as well have announced myself as some weepy child still delusional enough to think his Master loves him. If there had been any doubt in their minds that I was just some spoiled, overindulged pet, there is none anymore. I’m the reason they’re in this mess. The reason their Masters decided to partake in a game that was not part of the original plans for the night. Without my interference, there would be no test and there would be no chance to disappoint their masters with their performance in front of the entire grade.
This is all my fault.
I don’t know all the people. If they’ve heard of me before this it probably wasn’t very flattering. My Master has a target painted on his back from his peers, I doubt I am any different. Just because I’m only his familiar doesn’t mean I’m saved from people’s distaste.
Avery waves me over from where I stand lost and desolate looking by the door where my Master has left me. She and Ande have made a little place for themselves by the far wall. Both of them look at me expectantly, and I can’t help the way I quirk a smile at that. They aren’t mad at least. I may be nervous, but I’m not alone.
“I-I’m sorry guys.” I stutter out a quiet apology as I rush to sit beside them, studiously avoiding the looks the others keep sending my way.
“What for?” Ande, uncharacteristically, speaks out first.
“I… I got you into this mess.” I try to explain myself without having a complete breakdown, like the raccoon-dog in the corner.
“Ah, so you control my mistress’ tongue?” He smiles down at me while I gape up at him. How could he think that?
“N-no, that’s not-” I try to defend myself, but he just sets a hand on my head and gives a reassuring, if somewhat awkward pat.
“Blue, this isn’t your fault.” His chuckle is a low rumbling noise, but no less soothing.
He’s created a pretty airtight case for how this isn’t my fault, but I still feel guilty. All those thoughts quickly fly from my mind as Avery drapes herself across both our laps.
“Yeah, if anything it’s my fault.” She sounds far away, but no less sincere, though I have no idea why.
“Avery, what are you-” I try to ask, but she cuts me off.
“I let Kalu get ahold of you. I shouldn’t have… I should have thought it through.” Her ears wilt and her tail flicks in frustration as she curls around us.
“Avery, that isn’t your burden to bear,” I say reassuringly. This wasn’t her fault, she couldn’t control her master’s whims.
“Then it isn’t yours either.” She speaks with such certainty that I’m actually taken aback.
I suppose she has a point, though. She couldn’t control her master’s gaze any more than I could avoid having attracted his attention. It wasn’t like I actively tried to get noticed, I was just… pulled along.
Though I can find no fault with the logic, there’s something in me that tells me I’m wrong. Some old bit of training that reminds me that this whole confrontation was my fault, that I shouldn’t be trying to pass the blame off on the masters, that they did nothing wrong.
I’m shaken out of those musings as the doors open and one of the familiars is called.
They tremble but go forward without complaint, leaving our temporary sanctuary. It seems that the rules have been decided on, and the games have begun.
We don’t talk about it. We don’t talk about how one by one we are getting led out. We don’t talk about how none of us knows what the game they’ve chosen is, or what the rules might be. We cuddle, hold each other and try not to dwell on those thoughts.
Ande and Avery go before me. Looking around at the only five or so left, I realize that I’m one of the last to go.
“Blue?” I hear my Master’s voice call for me and I immediately go to the door.
He gives me a weak smile and a look that tries to convey his apologies before he pulls out a strip of black cloth. My mouth goes dry as I realize what it is.
Blindfold.
My mind reels, trying to come up with a way to keep it from going over my eyes. But this has to be one of the rules for the game.
I force myself to go still. I can’t obey without it. I have to wear it, otherwise my Master will suffer for my actions again. I know the forced stillness looks unnatural, but it’s a hell of a lot better than bolting like I want to. I press my hands flat against my sides to stop them from shaking and clench my teeth together to stop my protests.
He wouldn’t do this if there was another way. He doesn’t want to hurt me.
I repeat it over and over again in my head as I stare, waiting for the strip of cloth to go over my head, but Master never moves.
“Blue, do you trust me?” He speaks so calmly, as though he doesn’t see the state the object is working me into.
“Yes, Master,” I reply without a second’s hesitation.
It’s the right answer. It’s the only answer I have.
Even after that the blindfold doesn’t move in my Master’s hands. He hooks two fingers under my chin until he pulls my gaze from the cloth in his hand to his face. He looks… resigned.
“Ok, I trust you.” There’s something in the simple matter-of-fact tone that he uses that settles me instantly. The weight on my chest is lessened and my body relaxes into his touch, but he doesn’t let my head drop down again.
“Tell me your safeword.” It’s an order, but spoken so firmly and without the pressure and insistence that demands answering that it takes me off guard. It’s the voice he’s only used on me a few times, commanding and so utterly sure he’ll get an answer that he doesn’t have to bother with useless intimidation.
“I beg your mercy.” I speak much more levelly than I feel, but it isn’t like his command is all that hard to comply with, though it is a bit confusing why he’d be bringing this up now.
“Do you need to use it?” He says it as though he’s asking if I want a coat before going out, and I have to fight not to gape up at him.
But his eyes don’t change. There is no mirth for his obvious joke, and I realize he’s not joking. He’d let me call it here, say ‘no’ and walk away from this game, taking the backlash from his peers to spare me some discomfort.
“N-no.” I wish I was as confident as I sounded in my head. I hate the little tremble my voice takes on. It’s not hesitance, I’m just overwhelmed.
“Good,” he says simply, moving slowly enough that I have time to realize that it’s time to put the blindfold on, and yet quickly enough that I don’t have the time to flinch back. He smooths the fabric so it’s not twisted over my skin. It’s tight but not painful, and I can see nothing.
“You know you can use it, right?” he whispers, and I’m a little taken aback by how close he is.
I doubt he’s more than an arm's length away. He seems to have remained by my side after tying the fabric.
“Y-yes.” I try to quiet the tremble in my voice with little success.
What does he mean? He’d let me use it even here, even with all the trouble I’ve caused him? I understand him offering me a chance to back out before we’ve gone into the main hall, but to say that I can object even surrounded by his peers is something else entirely. To back down from a challenge, even if it is just a simple game at a party, would cause him no small amount of shame and ridicule from his peers.
I don’t like how much I’m comforted by the thought that he’d step in if I claim that they are going too far. I don’t like how much I trust it.
“Alright. Just follow my instructions, I promise I will protect you. Tell me if it’s too much.” He presses a kiss to my temple and I curl my hand in the fabric of his uniform.
I’m only a bit off from where I thought he was. I catch his shoulder and correct myself accordingly. This is terrifying, but exhilarating. I don’t have many good memories of being cut off from my senses, but I trust he won’t hurt me. I just have to wrap myself around that belief and pray he doesn’t yank my tail.
“I will do my best, Master.” It’s not much, but it is the best I can promise.
“Excellent,” he says simply, pulling one arm around my waist and simply holding my hand with his free one as he leads me from the hallway we had stopped in.
I try my best to breathe deeply and evenly, to match my masters steps and move with him without concern for where I’m going.
I feel myself falling into that hazy state that starts to take over when I’ve been in a master’s presence far too long. When the whole of my body has cut ties with me and I’m just left as a vessel to be commanded. I don’t make too many mistakes when I just react with mindless obedience, and in that state it’s hard to think for myself, let alone panic. I can’t help but think how useful it will be for this party, how good I will be for my Master, even as I try to push away the thoughts of how jarring coming back to the real world was.
It’s odd, usually it takes a while to force myself into this mindset that my masters liked -pliant and submissive, ready for whatever they wanted to use me for. Master hasn’t done anything to me, he has inflicted no pain or threats, and yet, I find myself slipping into that malleable state. Because of what? His trust and a gentle, guiding hand?
His commands feel safe. I want to comply not because I have to, but because I want to be obedient. I want to be good. It’s not about me being able to do it or not, it’s about giving my Master what he wants. I feel like putty in his hands. If he didn’t have an arm around me, keeping us moving, I swear I might just fold in on myself and turn into a puddle at his feet.
I can’t see him anymore, or his expression, but the way he’s holding me close makes it so that I can scent him. He’s one solid mass, pressed against my side drowning me in his scent and his warmth. The whole scenario’s an intoxicating mess.
If I hadn’t felt this before I swear I would think it was a spell of some kind.
We take a turn and I hear some reserved giggling. I suppose I must make an odd sight being led carefully by my Master, leaning into him as though I really am melting. We’ve probably made our way back into the ballroom, or maybe just another room that’s got an audience.
I try to pull away fractionally so that I’m supporting my own weight again, but I’m not sure how successful I am in maintaining the illusion of propriety. My Master doesn’t comment on my squirming, choosing to ignore it entirely. I hope all of our observers do as well. I hope it’s less obvious than it feels. Every motion I make with this thing on feels comically overlarge, like I’m some flailing ungainly mess.
Eventually Master stops me in place, allowing me a chance to settle on my own two feet before stepping away from me.
No, don’t go . Something inside me is screaming and it’s entirely beyond my control. There’s nothing without his grounding presence. I don’t know where I am, I don’t know how many people are here watching, I don’t even know what I’m expected to do.
Losing him as a point of contact is horrifying. I can’t stop the squeak that passes my lips as I realize what he’s doing. I make a weak attempt to pat blindly at the air in front of me, making entirely futile grabbing gestures, hoping to the stars that he’s just stepped a half step away and I can still reach him.
There’s more giggling and some muttering that I can’t make out over the blood rushing in my ears as another pitiful little noise escapes me. I feel the heat rise in my cheeks as I try to stand up straight and hold my hands to my sides. I have to do better. I can’t be the laughingstock of these people again. Master deserves better.
I ignore the pain in my chest that desperately wants Master to comfort me, to hold me and praise me and tell me how proud he is of my behavior. I want more than anything to deserve it, so I press my lips together and wait for instruction.
I’ll be so good that he’ll have to praise me by the end.
“Blue, this is a lesson in obedience.” Genevive’s voice rings out, almost echoing through the room, making me think we have come back to the ballroom.
I don’t know what to think of that. I don’t know if all of the people have stayed or how many people have left or come in for the spectacle. Distantly there’s a part of me that’s upset with having disrupted the dancers, but it’s small enough to push aside.
Obedience is a simple enough thing in theory, but my stomach is twisting itself into knots. If it’s just plain obedience, does that mean I’ve been separated from my Master? Will Genevive be the one to administer this test?
My questions are answered almost immediately as my Master speaks. I have to hold myself in check to stop from perking up like some doe eyed child at the realization that he hasn’t left the room.
“You’re going to follow my instructions.” He speaks with a hard edge to his words that I don’t recognise.
The tone makes him sound much more menacing than he actually is. I wonder idly if it’s something he’s doing to provide a persuasive illusion to his peers, if he’s trying to convince them he actually does treat me properly.
“Yes, Master,” I reply, loud and clear, without hesitation.
“Do you know what you’re going to be asked to do?” he asks evenly, calm despite the turmoil the question sends my mind spiraling to.
Had he told me? I don’t remember him instructing me on what we’d be doing here. It certainly would have kept the anxiety at bay to know what was coming. I wrack my brain for hints he might have slipped me, but try as I might I come up with nothing. I stall as long as I dare, trying to come up with a plausible scenario, but in the end I answer with the truth.
“N-no, Master.” I tuck my chin to my chest as I confess my failure.
“Crystal says truth Gen,” Shauna pipes up not a moment after the words have left my mouth.
I can hear the smirk on her face with such clarity that for a moment I’m tempted to stick my tongue out at our hostess.
“Fine, check his blindfold and get on with it,” Genevive says with a sigh, too dramatically to be unaccompanied by pretentious hand gestures.
“With your permission, Ser Kara.” A man speaks next to me and I have to hold myself back from flinching. I hadn’t heard anyone move. How long had he been standing so close?
“Alright.” I hear Master give his permission, and that’s all the warning I have before the person is checking to make sure the blindfold is properly secured.
“All clear Ser, you may begin.” The attendant addresses my Master before I can actually hear his footsteps retreating. There’s a soft tapping on the hardwood of the ballroom, but it’s enough to reassure me. I like being able to tell he’s at least moved away…
“Blue, step forward. Nine steps.” Master gives the command in a sharp tone, but he certainly isn’t mad. I haven’t done anything yet. I succeeded in the first part of the test already, so this has to be something for the benefit of his peers.
Still, it’s hard to make myself move. I shuffle a hesitant half-step forward, raising my hands to try and make sense of my surroundings before my Master reprimands me.
“Blue, this won’t work if you don’t trust me. None of that shuffling, ok? I won’t be able to instruct you properly if you don’t walk normally.”
I hear the rebuke for what it is. For all that I’m claiming to trust him, I’m still forcing a lot of this on myself. I’m trying to have control where I don’t. What Master said to me in the hallway makes a little more sense now. I have to trust him.
My hands go down to my sides and I force myself to take a slow, steadying breath. I trust him. I wasn’t lying or trying to placate him or gain favor. He’s the first master who’s ever wanted a serious answer to that question, and in doing that he’s become the only one to earn the affirmative response.
I step forward, trying to pace myself as I normally would when walking. I take slow, confident steps as I count out exactly nine from where my Master had started me.
“Alright, stop,” Master calles unnecessarily.
Unless his true aim was to allow me to hear the smile in his voice. It’s almost enough to undo me right there. I want to bolt from my place in what I can only assume is an obstacle course and fall into his arms. Luckily, when the tiles shift underneath me it’s more than jarring enough to keep me from following through on that impulse.
“Walk forward, twelve steps.” The command comes again but this time I hesitate.
I’d like to think it was from the moving tiles beneath my feet, that I was still jarred by the movement and needed a second to collect myself, but my hesitation is less innocent. I don’t know what direction I’m headed. Not that I had before, or even known where I was, but this amount of disorientation is baffling. I have no idea how much of a turn I was forced to make, my mind reeling once the panel had started moving, more concerned with that new development that calculating how much of a turn I had made.
Forward is the only direction.
Master wouldn’t make me run into things… He doesn’t like this any more than I do. He’s going to keep me safe.
I repeat that to myself, stepping forward to follow his instructions to the best of my abilities. The tiles shift me around until I am well and truly lost, but my mind is calm and steady. It’s nothing but orders and actions and it’s too easy to fall back into the mindless obedience of it all.
“Five steps forward and then step up,” Master orders, and I allow myself to acknowledge that the last command is new before moving to complete the orders.
As I step up my foot comes down too hard, too suddenly, on something other than the ballroom floor. It feels unsteady, though not flimsy in any way. An incline made of wood perhaps?
I pause once my feet are firmly on the incline. I don’t like this. I can feel the eyes of the audience, but I remind myself that that is not my problem. I’m doing good and I refuse to let their prying eyes ruin that feeling.
“Walk forward until I tell you to stop.” The command is unexpected and I have to fight the urge to think about it too hard. I bite down on the inside of my cheek and just start walking.
I’m right about one thing, I am on an incline.
Each step takes me higher and higher, and I have to fight with myself not to consider the inevitable conclusion that this might have. But then the platform levels out and I try to breathe easy. I didn’t count my steps, but I doubt the way I’m feeling the need to double over and pant for air like a dog has much to do with the climb being too much of a physical drain.
I can’t say for certain how high I’ve climbed, but it can’t have been very far. Still, the climb messed with my head.
All thoughts flood from my mind as suddenly there is no more floor beneath me.
It’s pure instinct that makes me throw myself backwards, landing on my butt and finding out the hard way that this platform that I’m on isn’t too terribly wide. Stars, I almost walked right off that thing!
“I didn’t say stop.” Master’s reproach comes and I feel my blood run cold.
Right, he hasn’t said stop. He can see the obstacle course, I can’t. I don’t like the idea of walking over the edge, falling as far as I’ve climbed. I don’t even know how high up I am. But that’s the point of the exercise, right? Master’s voice was harsh when he reminded me that he hadn’t called for me to stop, but that’s just for show, right? Just like so much of tonight. A show that he has to put on for his peers. It was nothing like his plea for trust when he came to me before this event started. He asked for my trust and I gave it. I have to trust him. It’s my only choice.
I straighten my stance and force my feet to walk casually until there is no more floor to support me.
I taste blood as I bite down on the inside of my cheek to stop myself from crying out when I start to fall. Almost as soon as I start to fall however, I slow.
“Hey, no fair!” I hear Genevive give a strident protest.
“I forced him to jump, I can end this little test any way I’d like,” he rebuts and I can feel the grin on his face.
When I finally touch down there’s something soft and cushioned under me. I realize that it probably would have broken my fall even without the assistance of my Master’s spell. And I get the feeling it was the only reprieve the others got.
“I think the reward is due, he did so well after all…” Shauna butts in, playing peacekeeper between the two as I find my way to my feet.
My knees are wobbly and after a few seconds trying to get them to hold my weight, I just slump back down onto the cushion and slide down to the floor on my knees.
“I’ll admit he did better than I would have expected.” I hear Genevive’s reluctant confirmation of the facts.
“Blue is very well trained.” I feel my face heat as I hear my Master’s voice right next to me a second before his hands are working at the knot in the blindfold.
“Well, he did hesitate up there at the top.” Genevive tries to salvage a piece of her original argument, and I can’t help the way my ears twitch at that
I did all that I could to be obedient. What more did she want?
I look back over my Master’s shoulder at the obstacles that I actually faced. Many of the turning stones are bright and gaudy colors, standing out starkly against the soft tones of the wood floor, but much of the rest that needed to be avoided was cans and bottles. I assume they are an effort to make a noise should one of us fail, but what I had been imagining in my head had been so much worse.
My fifth master had done something like this when he was drunk. He’d accidentally smashed one of the empty bottles on the floor and had been somewhat amused by its shattering. At least, I assume he was amused by its shattering, because he repeated the process with all his empty bottles until he accidentally threw one with wine still in it. Apparently that was all the inspiration he needed for his game. He tied my hands behind my back and a strip of cloth over my eyes and led me in broken and slurred speech through his little maze, saying I was dismissed if I could just follow his directions well enough to reach the door of the study. The glass shard hurt, but even worse was the burn of the wine that had puddled on the ground.
“And yours didn’t?” Shauna baits her, and Genevive’s face goes an angry red as I’m thrust back into reality.
Apparently, in the time that’s elapsed while I cast my mind back, I’ve squirmed my way into my Master’s arms. I’m clinging to him around the waist, and damn do I feel like a child again. My legs aren’t working and I just want to be held and petted. Is it too much to ask that Master just strokes me head and calls me a good boy?
I cast my mind about, trying to rid myself of thoughts of the past. The present has so many things that need attention that it isn’t too hard pull myself from.
Judging by the way Shauna rebutted Genevive’s remark, she probably didn’t fare as well as my Master. And judging by the redded handprint on Blanc’s face, the punishment for that failure is still very much under-served in her mistress’ eyes.
All thoughts of how to address the situation immediately fly out of my head though, as Master takes advantage of the crowd’s distraction to press a quick kiss to my forehead.
“You did so good, Blue. So good for me. I’m going to get us out of here, and-” He says more, but I am already gone. Lost in the feather light daze of having done a good job, of Master being proud of me.
I don’t hear Master’s excuse, I’m barely conscious of how he gets me on my feet long enough to leave the room.
My knees are shaking, my chest hurts, and my mouth tastes like blood, but my Master is happy with me. I can’t help the dopey grin that spreads itself across my face.
I’m happy too.
Notes:
The Tumblr : Here
I added a lot of new things that I think you guys would like! Most of them are sketches because I haven't had much time to do more intricate or colored versions, but they are cute so give it a gander if you'd like.
Chapter 48: Aftercare
Summary:
There's a moment of decompression for our duo after that leap of faith
Notes:
Hey guys! I'm sorry this took so long. I've been buried by finals studying and essay writing. We will return to our regularly scheduled programing after this.
<3<3<3
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
I don’t hear the excuses my Master offers as we make our way out of the room. I’m not sure if the way I’m unable to do more than follow along in a daze helps or hinders his justifications. Before I know it we’re outside the main ballroom as another person is sent out to get their familiar.
“Did I do well?” I can’t keep my mouth shut, but I count it as a win.
My voice isn’t the pitiful little whine I was expecting. I manage to ask the question without throwing myself at him like I really want, though my hands have twisted into fists in the fabric of my pants as I physically repress the action.
“You did better than most of them, I think Genevive found it pretty maddening.” He smiles to himself and I find myself grinning to match.
He stops after the person disappears down the hallway and allows me to catch him up and stand by his side. I feel oddly exposed as he actually turns to look at me. His gaze isn’t piercing, there’s no judgement in his stare, but I still feel worn and frayed from it.
“She expected you to refuse me and not jump,” he says absently, and it’s only after a pause that I realize he wants a response.
I don’t know how to answer that. I don’t know what he wants to hear from me. Would he have preferred another outcome, was there another way to get out of that scenario? I trusted him and he did not betray that trust. He kept me safe.
“What did you think I would do?” I echo as softly as I can manage.
It seems more important than anything else at the moment.
“To be honest, I didn’t know what you’d do.” He smiles as I gape up at him.
Disobedience had never been an option in my mind. I don’t know how he could have thought for a moment that I would have refused him. Not when the stakes were so high, not in front of so many of his peers.
But my mind goes back to Blanc and the angry expression on Genevive’s face. That mentality did not go for everyone. I wonder how many were actually able to go through with their little leap of faith. I wonder if I would have been inclined to take the uncertainty over the certainty of the punishment disobedience would bring, if I had been with any other master.
“Why did you let me compete if you thought I would disappoint?” The words pour out of me without my consent.
“Well, Shauna had already signed us up for it, so it would have been worse to back out than to have you fail,” he explains, far more calculating than I had originally thought.
He is correct. It would look worse to back out of a competition like this rather than to go through with it with the uncertainty of my behavior. Especially considering that several people must have had their familiars hesitate or failed to get them to jump entirely, there must have been some leeway in this exercise.
Master’s about to say something when the ballroom door swings open again and he swallows whatever he was about to say and plasters on a smile.
“Very obedient.” Jay’s voice has my heart launching into my throat.
The urge to run into my Master’s arms is overwhelming now. I curl my tail around me in an effort to think of anything other than the implicit safety of being wrapped in my Master’s arms.
“If you ever get bored of him, please to make sure I’m the first one you call.” I listen to Jay’s soft footfalls as he saunters over to us for as long as I can before I give into the urge to look behind me.
My heart is in my throat as I force myself to face forward. He’s not alone. He’s brought the girl, Katherine, with him and she looks even more predatory than he does.
“I can assure you that’s not going to happen,” Master responds cooly, throwing his arm around me and pulling me just a bit closer.
“Yeah, Jay, step off. Why would he ever want to get rid of such a tempting thing?” Katherine playfully goads her friend, bumping him with her elbow as she continues forward towards us.
“Don’t you start.” Master’s grin pulls just a bit tighter as she doesn’t seem swayed, and he pulls me just a bit closer.
“Now now, no need to get all defensive. I wasn’t looking to take, I just wanted to have a little taste.” My blood runs cold as Katherine lays out her proposition.
He wouldn’t. Right? I force myself to turn away from the spectacle behind me and all but bury my nose in my Master’s chest.. My Master said he wouldn’t lend me out at this party. He wouldn’t let her take me… would he?
“What?” My Master’s tone is more confused than dismissive and I find that it doesn’t help my spiralling thoughts.
I’ve caused him trouble, and as much as the show might have helped his reputation, I was the reason such a display occurred. I still haven’t answered for the incident that led up to this event.
“You see, that sweet body powder he’s wearing’s got me real riled up, and I thought you could make nice and let me borrow him.”
Oh stars. My breath catches in my throat as I remember the way she’d licked up my cheek. The dust! The stars damned dust! It’s my fault she’s being worked up into such a state, not that I’d have much hope that she’d control herself without any of my help.
My whole body jerks as I feel the sharp points of her nails walk their way up my back, and a flurry of curses strings through my mind. I don’t have to turn to see the smile I’ve caused. The excitement that runs through her at my reaction.
I don’t want to go with her. I’ve had a few female masters in the past, but I haven’t seen any true difference in them. One so overtly enjoying my fright can not be a good sign. I shut my eyes and desperately try to scent my Master, forcing everything else out of my mind. I’ll be good if I have to, but for the moment I’d really like to just take in his comforting scent.
The thought is out of my mind a second later as her hands are knocked away.
“I’d thank you not to touch my familiar without my permission, and I don’t see how your situation is my problem.” Master’s tone is dismissive, bordering on harsh as he retorts.
“Well, he’s the one that’s got me so worked up, I was hoping that I could have a go at him,” she details much more explicitly.
She sounds a bit miffed that she has to spell it out for my Master, and I pray that the frustration doesn’t roll over. I don’t want to be caught in the middle of that.
“Again, I don’t see how your horniness is my problem?” Master counters, and she stomps off with an angry huff when she realizes that she’s gained no ground trying to reason with my Master.
“We should probably get out of the hallway. It’s just a bit too crowded for my taste.” He smirks down at me like I’m meant to get in on the joke.
“You’re really not mad?” There’s no way to keep the disbelief out of my voice.
“For what?” He quirks a brow as though he is truly confused.
“I… Well, I’m the reason that she-” I try to explain, but he cuts me off.
“Blue, being horny isn’t an excuse that lets someone have sex with you if you don’t want it.” He speaks slowly, as though he’s introducing a simple concept to a small child.
“But it’s my fault-” I try to make him understand. He has to understand. I’m not trying to get out of this. He can’t keep making excuses for me. He might have seriously offended her, and who knows what she’ll say to her friends? As much good as Master’s achieved, it would be just as easy to obliterate his reputation if others speak badly about him.
“No. You didn’t want to go with her, right?” he asks.
“N-no…” I answer truthfully, if a little wary of the new tone he’s taken. He doesn’t seem angry, but I wonder if I’ve tested his patience too much. Katherine has turned down another hall, but he wouldn’t call her back, would he?
“Then you don’t have to. You aren’t obligated to do anything you don’t want to,” he states simply.
He ruffles my hair gently before motioning for me to follow him.
“Where… Where are we going?” I question after we turn away from the other holding room.
“There’s a room downstairs that people are letting their familiars rest in, if you want to go ahead and take a rest. I wouldn’t blame you if you did.” He answers simply, as though he’s not suggesting leaving me alone at this party.
“I… I would like to stay by your side. I promise I’ll do better. I’ll try to make up for… this whole mess,” I try to apologize.
I don’t want to leave his side. I can’t be alone right now. Everything inside me is screaming to stay close. There’s too much uncertainty everywhere outside of the protective sphere my Master emits.
“There’s nothing to make up for, Blue. This whole mess is between Genevive and Shauna and you did beautifully even when we were pulled into the middle of it.” His praise goes straight through me and I feel as though I am a puddle of goo in his hands.
“R-right.” I try to hide my stutter behind a smile. He hasn’t taken back his desire to place me with the other familiars. I know there’s nothing I can do to change his mind, but I prefer to just focus on the warmth I’m leaching.
“I’d like to give you some time with your friends. Most of the competitors brought their familiars down already.” He tries to rouse a smile out of me.
I nod along, trying to be glad that I’ll at least not be alone. I bite my lip and try to smile for him, try to be glad that I’ll be among friends. But when Master lifts my head I know I’m crying.
“Oh, Blue,” I shut my eyes against the pity in his voice.
“I’m sorry, I… I’m sorry!” I try to speak through the pain in my throat.
Why can I not be functional? He’s trying to take care of me and I want nothing more than to make it hard for him. He doesn’t want me around. He doesn’t need me. I should just go along with the plan he’s made, but I’m still resistant. I don’t want to leave.
“No, no-” he whispers carefully, as though I’m some fragile thing that will break apart if he uses a stronger tone.
Though at the moment I am almost sure that I would break apart at the faintest provocation.
Master ducks into a room after he’s made sure that it’s free of people, pulling me along after him.
“...just one second, hold on, I’ll be right back.” He gives me a gentle pat before he leaves again.
I can’t help the cold panic that sets in as he leaves. I wonder if I’ve made him mad enough that he no longer wants to put me with my friends. There’s nothing I can do if he has, though I suppose there are worse places to be left behind.
The room itself has been done up in muted jewel tones, but the organic wood trim shows through. There’s a long set of bookshelves that are more decorative than book holders. They contain more baubles than books, in any case. There are a couple of low standing tables and a long reclining sofa that looks spectacularly soft.
I kneel by the sofa and press my forehead against the cushion. I try not to let my thoughts wander.
“What are you doing on the floor?” Master’s voice shocks me out of tracing the pattern in the tiles.
He’s got a cup of water and a plate of snacks with him. He pulls me up onto the sofa without a second thought, pressing a cool glass into my hands.
“What-” I look down into the clear water like it holds all the answers in the world.
“Drink.” He presses the glass to my lips and I have nothing else to do but drink.
“This exercise in trust took a lot out of you. Even if you’re not feeling it right now, it’s a big deal, and I’m very proud of you.” He pulls me close and I nearly sob in relief.
“There are some servants keeping watch over the room, so there shouldn’t be any more incidents like with Kalu…” He speaks haltingly, almost uncomfortable and tense.
“I don’t think… I...” I try to speak, but I can’t properly articulate myself.
I’m not thinking much of anything. Not now, not in the past few minutes. I’ve been reacting, but so much slower than I need to be.
“Come on, we don’t have to think about this now.” He brings the glass back up to my lips, a soft instruction to take another sip, before he allows me to settle against his side.
It takes no time to settle. I’m drunk on the contact. I breathe steadily and allow the seconds to trickle by until I feel stable enough to break the silence.
“Why are you doing this?” I ask the question aloud more than I direct it at my Master.
I’m not even sure why I’m asking it in the first place. I don’t want this to stop but… I’m just confused. I’m taking him away from this party. He should be socializing with his peers, not wasting time on me.
The gentle petting comforts and settles me even though the silence is a little disconcerting. He’s not mad. He could just shove me off if he was mad. Instead he pulls me closer, pulling out the larger pieces of the hairpiece so that he can run his fingers through my hair without obstruction.
“This is… well, this is aftercare, just not in an ideal situation,” he answers simply, rubbing comforting circles into my back.
“Aftercare?” I echo back at him.
“It’s… like bonding time, it’s for us to process what happened, and we can… come back down to the real world.”
“Why?” I hope my question does not convey my confusion.
“Because we need it,” he replies.
“I don’t... I don’t have to be coddled.” My point is only slightly undercut by the way I’m still squirming closer to him.
“You do, but even if you think you don’t need it, I certainly do. I like taking care of you,” he counters simply, allowing my constant press forward.
I enjoy the cuddling, and I don’t have anything else to say, so I just take it.
“You are getting so many rewards for that I can’t even count them all-” He continues talking but everything other than the contact fades pleasantly out of focus.
We’ve been trading those small favor rewards. Master awards me rewards at the oddest actions, and I’ve yet to truly find the overall correlation between them. I suppose it’s all behavior that he likes and would like to continue reinforcing, but it is hard to parse. I’ve used quite a few rewards as well, affording me countless luxuries beyond those which my Master provides. He hasn’t gotten mad either. No raging that all he provides should be more than enough to keep me contented. He’s almost excited when I ask for things, though I do try to keep it simple.
“Do you need any more water?” He’s speaking softly when everything comes into focus. I wonder if I’ve actually managed to go to sleep.
I shake my head against his chest, not quite willing to get up or use my voice. I want to stay right where I am, nice and warm in his embrace.
“Alright, here then, you need something sweet.” He keeps his voice quiet to the point that I’m certain I must have been asleep just before this.
He holds up a piece of cake in front of my face and I flinch back.
“What’s wrong?” he questions, and I have no response but to wish that I had been able to control my reaction.
“I-it just smells weird,” I hedge, turning away from the bite.
“You’ve said that about a lot of things tonight… what does it smell like?” he asks
“I-It smells like almonds,” I whisper.
It sounds so stupid aloud. I shouldn’t be scared of this pastry just because it smells like a bad memory.
“Almonds… do you not like almonds?” Master asks, and it sounds even more juvenile coming from him.
It’s not a matter of liking or not liking them, it’s just the powerful memory associated with them.
A few years ago I got sold to a traveling caravan. They would buy groups in bulk and then weed out who they actually wanted from the mess, train them up however they wanted, turn us into better stock.
It isn’t uncommon for people to fill bulk orders with harder sells or less prestigious items, but they got some older and injured folk in one of the last batches. Rather than try to sell them on or use them for anything else they’d given them almond smelling porridge that night. At first I was curious. The traders never used to give us any more than standard kibble.
I never thought I’d be able to get their dying gasps out of my head. I think I screamed until one of the guards beat me unconscious. I didn’t eat for days, horrified that some bit of the poison they’d used had made it into my bowl, that I couldn’t sniff it out.
“I… it smells like- a poison I know,” I admit.
“I doubt Genevive would be ballsy enough to actually put poison in her snacks, but I take your point… How are you feeling?” Master smiles down at me.
“I’m…” I’m feeling drained, feeling the tiredness and the stress actually start to affect me. I suppose he’s right about this whole thing. As much as I felt that I was fine moments ago, my full weight is resting against him as I feel my body go boneless. Apparently, I did need this.
It’s a little longer before I level out, before the heavy feeling in my limbs releases me and I feel stable again. Kara continues cuddling me, alternating between talking in soft tones and giving me sips of water.
“I think I do need to go to the rest area.” When I find my voice it is a quiet mumble.
“Alright, let’s get you there.” He chuckles before helping me to my feet.
Kara navigates as I follow along, more tired than floaty, behind him.
There are a number of small, low sitting couches on the floor and a nice fireplace already lit in the corner. The low chattering of speech dies down as we enter and though most of the familiars make a conscious effort not to look over, I do feel their eyes on us.
“Just take it easy, alright Blue?” Kara presses two fingers under my chin and tilts my head up so I meet his eyes, then presses a kiss to my forehead before he leaves.
I feel my face heat as I realize that now that he’s gone, no one has any qualms about staring at me. He knew exactly what he was doing, and he knew we had an audience! All the familiars are looking my way with at least a half a dozen questions in their minds. I wonder if it would have been better to go with him when Avery speaks up.
“Blue, spill!”
Notes:
The Tumblr: Here
Chapter 49: Backyard Conversations
Summary:
Kara wraps up at the party, but that doesn't mean that the evening is over.
Notes:
Hey guys! I am so sorry this took so long. I had my hands full just trying to get my finals done and traveling back out to my home for the pitifully short break. Either way, This chapter is a bit longer than usual to make up for the issue and I hope you guys enjoy!
<3<3<3
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
After I drop Blue off everything fades into a comfortingly normal game. I make people laugh, I get people to smile. It’s a numbers game more than anything, portraying the visage of someone who’s too dumb to be putting up a front, who’s just too genuine, too perfectly open and honest to be a threat. It’s fun for a while. There’s a general leeway that I get from being an outsider. It’s fun to get away with stupid flirtations and backhanded compliments and just pretend that I don’t understand what’s going on. I manage to get away with most of my pranks at the very least.
It’s not a hard disguise, but it is one that costs a lot of energy to keep up. The second others start to take their leave I wrap up any social activity I’m engaged in for the night and rush to pick up Blue. I don’t want to be rude, but I want to get out of here as soon as possible.
Shauna’s cut her social circuit short for me after witnessing the lovely bit of fuckery I’ve managed to manners myself into, and she offers to take us home.
The basement was surprisingly well furnished and the attendants there keeping watch over the familiars seemed nice enough, but I’ve been fooled before. As I go down the stairs and turn the hall to the underground chamber I’m worried that something’s happened in my absence.
All that worry melts away as I enter the chamber and take in the sight of the cuddle pile that the familiars have formed. They are a tangled mess of limbs, cuddled into each other as I try to look through the features to find Blue. When I do find him I have to work my way quietly through the tangled pile to the opposite side. He’s asleep under quite a few different limbs.
I don’t recognize any of the other familiars, but either way I’d rather wake him gently than with any kind of shock. I settle for petting down a bit of hair that’s sticking up, largely detached from the hairpiece. His ears twitch at the gentle touching and I can’t help the smile that spreads over my face as his nose scrunches up at the sensation.
“Huh…” There’s a rumbly, almost purr-like quality to his tone as he blinks about confusedly for the source of the disturbance.
“Hey, there sleepyhead.” I continue scratching just behind his ear as I wait for his eyes to find me.
“M-Master!” His voice jumps as he straightens up, throwing off a couple of the limbs thrown over him and in the process sending some familiars grumbling through the pile as they wake up just enough to shift over.
“Ready to go?” I ask, keeping my voice soft, trying not to disturb any of the other sleeping familiars
“Um, yes…” Blue nods along with his own words, beginning the process of extracting himself.
As he gets up he presses a quick hug to a couple of groggy familiars before he works his way out of the pile.
We meet Shauna back at the front door after I find our coats and tuck Blue into his winter cape. Ande never left her side, even after the whole mess of that weird game. The ride back with Shauna is quiet, but thankfully Blue doesn’t seem to notice anything.
Shauna drops us off back at home without a word and I count my blessings.
“You doing ok, Blue? One hell of an evening…” I try for a bit of levity before a loud crashing noise sounds from outside.
“What was that?” Blue squeaks, his ears are pulled back as he peers deeper into the house as though there is something that will jump out at him in the dark.
“That’s... I mean, it’s probably one of the Almacs in the garden,” I try to explain.
It didn’t sound like a squawk, but sometimes the funny little creatures make noises that surprise me. I had just put up some coverings over the larger trees and the ties that I used did make the ground below them a bit of a tanglefoot trap.
“I’ll just go out and check on them. Make sure they aren’t stuck, or hurt themselves.” I huff, shrugging off my blazer, hanging it up on the coat rack.
I can deal with it later. I hadn’t thought that I would be wearing my uniform again, but I might actually need it more than I thought. I wonder if I need to get actual dress robes. That would probably be a headache…
Blue follows behind me, pulling the twisted bits of the hairpiece from his hair as we walk. I pause halfway through the house to give him a curious look. He doesn’t need to come with me, and he seemed pretty tired before, but before I can ask what he’s doing, he takes the chance to explain himself.
“I’ll help you…” he explains quietly, picking the last of the flowers from his hair as he sets the hairpiece down on the counter.
“Sure, why not.” I give in easily.
It’s not like there’s anything secretive or dangerous in my backyard. I wouldn’t mind the company. I’m glad that Blue’s warming up to the Almacs anyway, I suppose it’s best to encourage that.
There’s hissing and honking as we get closer to the back door that gives me pause. The Almacs are angry, there’s no doubt about that, but it definitely sounds like more than one. It sounds more like they’re angry at something. Something that’s invading their space.
What the hell is outside?
I pull the door open, looking out into the yard to find a body, twisted and caught in the ties I’ve left. The two Almacs that have claimed a more permanent space in my yard have gathered around it, snapping and making their angry little squawking noises as the figure hisses back, unable to do more than struggle in the ties.
It takes a second for my eyes to adjust, and then another moment before my mind processes what I’m looking at. My brain is halfway through trying to match the body to one of my nosier neighbors before I recognize the ears and tail.
Blue seems to come to the same realization as I do, pulling me back inside the house.
“Woah, woah, what’s going on?” I ask as Blue pulls me back by the end of my shirt and ducks behind the kitchen island for a little more cover.
“Master, that’s a Feral!” he whispers, high and panicked.
I try to remind myself not to laugh, but it’s a near thing as I watch Blue hold a position against an enemy that can’t advance. I don’t want to make light of his fear, but whoever is outside doesn’t seem like much of a threat.
“You don’t know that, maybe on of my neighbors just got a pet and we just left them out there. We can’t do that!” I try to reassure him, but he doesn’t seem to take my encouragement to heart.
“This is dangerous! Master, you should probably call the-” His voice pitches up in hysterics before I step in to silence his spiraling train of thought.
I’m not calling the Trappers down on this thing.
“Blue, I don’t think it’s that big of a-” I try to give him a little bit of reassurance, but he cuts me off.
“This is dangerous!” he hisses.
I can see too much white in his eyes as he scoots back just a few inches more. Every bit of his body is vibrating with tension, his tail is curled tight around his body, and his ears are pressed to his skull.
“Maybe you should go wait upstairs and I’ll deal with this,” I offer.
I don’t want to put him through such a stressful event. He’s had to deal with more than enough for the night. If he’s not feeling safe, I won’t force him to go confront whoever’s outside.
“No!” he yelps, taking a second to chew on his bottom lip as his eyes find mine. “I… I don’t want to leave you alone…”
“You’re right, Blue, I need my back-up.” I smile and offer my hand to pull him back up.
We approach the door with perhaps more caution than the situation deserves, but if it helps Blue feel at ease, I don’t mind.
The scene outside is no less ridiculous when I see it again. The figure is still wrapped up in the tangled mess of the ropes. It’s not a proper trap, but it’s certainly doing the job of one. Originally I had been worried about messing with the Almacs, but they’ve done a fair job just avoiding the tied pieces of the tree. Still, it’s apparently enough to have tangled the wild-eyed creature.
Given the chance to properly look, there’s no way to mistake this creature for a pet. Their clothes are dirty and torn, they have no shoes, and their hair is dirty and unkempt. Their skin is scratched and grimy from days outside. And whoever they are, they certainly do not have the sweet disposition that most pets boast.
I’m not too familiar with all the different species, but they do seem to share some characteristics with Blue. Their nature is pretty feline, sharp pointed ears with tufts of black fur at the tips and a shorter flicking tail, but they are much bigger than Blue. They are built with a more muscular physique. They’ve got light sandy hair and large green eyes that are narrowed suspiciously as they bare their teeth.
Hissing and growling, Blue does his best to both shield himself behind me and make himself seem like something to be feared. There’s a little movement as he pokes his head out from behind me to show his teeth and growl at our new guest. Maybe this wasn’t the best idea…
“Well, hello there…” I try to be a little disarming.
It’s not the best start, but it doesn’t seem like that’s made much of a difference. As much as they can, their body shifts to face the newest threat and when it sees us, they bare their teeth in much the same manner.
I wonder if I should give some credence to what Blue said about half-mad, deranged beings. I wonder if they can understand me, if they can talk back. It would make the situation slightly more complicated if they can’t.
“...Alright… how about we get you out of there?” I try again, stepping away from Blue as I try to advance on the tangled mess they’ve gotten into.
The Almacs recognize me and begin to leave the individual alone. From a cursory glance the rope doesn’t seem to be doing any real damage. Thankfully.
“Don’t touch me!” they practically scream once I get close enough, and I back away on instinct.
At least I know they can talk to me. They seem terrified as well as angry, eyes wild as their body makes a last effort to try and pull free from the rope once again. They shift again, slipping just a bit as the rope tightens where it’s tangled around their wrist. Given the wince, I assume it’s hurting them quite a bit.
“I’ll just get you down from there, nothing more.” I try to keep my voice light, but when they fix me with an angry glare, I press. “Or you can struggle with that all night.”
I watch as they process that, continuing to struggle for a bit before they stop, going limp against the bindings and nodding.
“Master, this is a bad idea,” Blue pipes up from his position, sneaking closer incrementally towards the house.
I choose to ignore him, maneuvering the creature out of the snare.
“Ahh!” There’s a shout as they jolt to the side, curling around their midsection.
There’s blood dripping down the side of their clothing. I try to push my concern to the side as I let them hold onto the lower branches as I bend to pull their ankle from a similar snag.
“We should patch that up,” I say absently.
Injuries are dangerous, but I have no idea how long this has been a problem for them. We can deal with that after I get them out. Though it’s probably a secondary concern. I have no idea how to get this person to trust me enough to patch them up.
The second they are free enough to move, they take off. I have a second to worry before they crash into the ground. In the attempt, they haven’t been able to run very far, but perhaps more concerningly, they’re clutching at the wound.
“We definitely need to patch that up…”
They give me look of shock and fear at that. I can’t imagine it sounds too good to them in that state. The deer in storm-lights look on their face is a bit heartbreaking as they keep trying to move backwards, away from us.
“Master, I don’t think…” Blue’s whispering as though a low volume will keep the stranger’s focus from us.
“Come on Blue, give me a hand helping them up.” I heave an exasperated sigh as I watch our new guest shy away from my approach.
I go to one knee a good step and a half away, watching as their eyes widen in surprise at my actions. I suppose I shouldn’t be surprised, but truthfully I was just trying to avoid getting scratched. Blue’s nails are sharp even without the constant pampering that I now know they require. I’m not taking a chance with some cat I don’t know.
“What’s your name?” I ask quietly, trying to appear if not friendly, then at the very least non-threatening.
“Thana…” They fix me with a strange look, answering haltingly.
“Alright, Thana, I’m going to help you up, ok?” I hold my hands palms up, trying to show that I mean no harm.
Thana stares for a solid minute, judging, maybe just observing me as Blue gathers the courage to come towards us in the yard.
“Just one arm over here, Blue, you take the other…” We heft Thana up, balancing their weight between the two of us, walking them slowly towards the house.
They seem resistant initially, but the fight leaves them at the prospect of trying to balance their own weight. We sit them down in a chair and Blue just backs away to the other side of the room. He’s fixed Thana with a hard stare and his tail twitches angrily. He’s suspicious, but he doesn’t seem inclined to get in the middle of things at least.
“Alright, Blue, do you want to grab my medicine box from my workshop?” I ask, hoping that a little distance will help this tension.
I can see him process that. He doesn’t want to leave me alone, but it would be worse for him to be left alone. A little trust goes a long way. If I can show Blue that our new guest is not a threat, this will go a lot smoother.
He takes one last look between us before nodding and retreating further into the house.
“What do you want?” Thana chokes out through gritted teeth the moment we’re alone in the kitchen.
I’m taken aback for a second. They seemed rather subdued, a little nervous when we took them inside. I hadn’t noticed the level of low burning anger that seems to be brewing under their eyes.
“Testy aren’t you?” I roll my eyes and try to quiet the tremble in my hand.
As much as I want this to work out, I have no plan. As much as I want to help, it doesn’t escape my notice that this could end badly if they decide to become hostile. I don’t want to cause any more harm if I can help it. Maybe a little more information might help…
“I was just wondering what kind of…” I struggle to find an end to that question, but luckily they find an end for me.
“Tom,” he grinds out testily before quirking a sideways grin that has no humor behind it,
“You were wondering what kind of Tom would be caught wandering around your area?”
“I was wondering more your species, but…” I lie, letting the other question hang as I pull a mug out from one of the cabinets, slow and conscious of the eyes on me.
“I’m a caracal,” Thana answers quietly, short tail twitching in agitation, shifting his eyes over my form like I’m some kind of puzzle he finds particularly disgusting.
“Oh…” I nod to his answer, trying not to let it add to my uncertainty over the whole mess.
I’ve heard of caracals. There aren’t many this far north, but I’ve seen a lot of breeds outside their natural territory. Familiars handle geographic changes a lot better than their full blooded animal-types. From what I’ve heard though, caracals are bigger and more dangerous cats.
“What do you want from me? I won’t be the cowed little thing that you’ve made him.” His ears press against his skull and I can see the temptation to bare his teeth again.
I feel the beginnings of a migraine starting as I turn away to fill the mug with some water from my pitcher. As bad as it is for Blue to be seeing a feral, I hadn’t realized how bad it might be for a feral to see Blue. I suppose it makes sense in retrospect. Runaways know the life of pets or familiars intimately. They’ve rejected that life. They’re trying for something else. I didn’t think about how damaging it might be to see one of their kind still in the position they’ve left.
“I don’t expect you to be like him. You are two different creatures, one of whom I’ve spent a long time earning the trust of.” I try to speak gently. I don’t want to agitate him any more, but I am just a little miffed at Thana’s assumption.
“Earn his trust? What do you do, promise to feed him on an actual schedule? Oh wait, let me guess, you pet him after you fuck his lights out.” He speaks through gritted teeth.
I let out a deep sigh, and just stare at the water in the mug. It’s not a big spell that transmutes it to a boiling temperature, and I certainly don’t have the patience for a kettle today. Water set, I set a tea bag into the mug as I contemplate a response.
“I don’t need you to do anything. I don’t want anything from you, alright?” I try not to let my anger rise to the bait, but I am now very certain that this was a bad idea.
Thana’s not capable of being physically hostile at this point, but that doesn’t mean that he’s warming up to the idea of me. I want to help, but he does still have to let me into his space. Trust is important. Thana’s gone silent behind me but I can only guess how long that will last.
I turn, smile re-affixed to my face, ready to offer some tea to my stubborn guest, when I see the horrified look that’s twisted his face.
“Y-you’re a mage,” Thana stutters.
Fuck.
“Yes,” I answer bluntly.
There’s no point in lying. That would just make this whole situation even more complicated. I just have to take the obvious negative association that the title comes with.
“I -I... “ He stutters for a second, trying to find words before he just tries to stand and, presumably, bolt. But whatever wound is afflicting him forces him to falls back into his chair.
“Don’t try to move.” I rush to speak.
Thana shrinks back in his seat, curling protectively around himself even as he hides the wince from the movement. I realize a second too late that in my haste my voice raised a little too harshly.
“I’m sorry sir, I didn’t... I thought the house… I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to intrude on your...place.” He whispers out apology after apology, holding onto his composure by a thread.
“You don’t have to be sorry. What about the house?” I take a deep breath and just speak in what I hope is a calming even tone.
“I’m so sorry. I was just passing through and I heard from some other strays that this was a place that I could find some food and a safe place to stay for the night.” He offers up the information readily, and I’m thankful, though still confused.
“How did you get stuck in the tree?” I ask. It’s not like it would have been hard, but with how cautious he is, I can’t imagine him getting caught.
“I was trying to slip between the ties when one of your mutants bit me and I tripped,” he admits, pressing his hands together and looking down at the floor.
“Hmm…” I don’t mean anything by the noise, but I see him shrinking in on himself more.
Right, that’s probably an insult. Stars, I don’t have the mental energy for a social interaction. Instead of digging my hole any deeper I just place some tea in front of him.
“They aren’t wrong.” I try to sound more confident than I am, hoping that it will be at least reassuring. “Though I wish I would have known that my house was a rest stop,” I admit with a light edge of humor.
“I’m sorry, sir,” he mumbles down into his lap and I resist the urge to touch him.
He’s not Blue. He doesn’t know me. He doesn’t trust me.
“I’m not a sir, and you don’t have to be so formal.” I tap my finger on the table, making a noise that startles him into looking up. “Have a drink,” I offer, pressing the mug closer over to him.
“Forgive me,” he intones without emotion, wrapping his hands around the mug seemingly of his own volition.
“You’re forgiven,” I say quickly. I don’t like how he seems to have shut down. I don’t know if there’s something I can do about that. It’s probably best to just start with the basic needs. “You look like you’re in need of a good meal.” I speak like I’m thinking out loud.
Truthfully, he looks like he needs a meal, rest, a shower, and some medical attention, but I will start with what I know.
He twitches under my gaze, squirming, pulling his head lower and curling in to protect his center mass.
“I have no way to repay you,” he whispers as his whole body begins to tremble.
“Well, how about you tell me what’s gotten you here and we’ll call it even,” I offer up casually.
“How I’ve… What?” He looks up, confused.
“How did you end up tangled in my garden?” I clarify, moving back into the kitchen, pulling out a wide-bottomed pan.
“Oh… I… I’m a runaway.” He speaks absently, just watching me with confusion.
“Well, I gathered that,” I admit, pulling some things out of my icebox. I can start making a simple dish, though I doubt he’ll be too particular.
“I’m from Shaumnee. It’s a small-” He starts again, a little steadier, but I’m so glad to see him coming into himself, that I chime back in when I recognise what he’s saying.
“A small village just off Fayspire, I know it.” I let my tone show how impressed I am.
It’s quite a distance to travel, especially as someone who probably couldn't travel by traditional means.
“Yes. I’ve tried to stay hidden, best I can. I caught a few rides with some caravans when I thought they wouldn’t notice, but for the most part I’ve just been trying to stay off the main roads.” He fills in the image I have of his travel, with slowly vanishing hesitance.
I saute some vegetables as I set aside a bowl of rice. It’s nothing fancy, but it’s pretty easy to process given how far I am staying away from any more exotic spices. As the food gets added to the pan, Thana gets distracted by the popping, sizzling sound. I don’t blame him, I’ve gotten more than I thought I would out of his story. It’s fine if we stop there.
“Master, I found your box. Is everything alright?” Blue comes running back into the room, larger medical box clutched to his chest.
He does a double take, looking oddly at the food that I seem to be cooking, but does seem a bit more at ease about Thana now that he’s proven he won’t attack mindlessly.
I stir the rice into the mix and set the element lower.
“Food or medical attention first?” I look to Thana just in time to see whatever relaxed posture he’s relaxed into tense again.
“Umm...” He looks rapidly between me and Blue, giving voice to his confusion.
“I do recommend getting any stitching done before any food goes into you.” I don’t want to panic him, but I do have to err on the side of caution. I don’t know what wound he’s hiding and I don’t want to surprise him with the prospect of needles.
He pales rather predictably, stuttering “I-I don’t… You don’t think I need-”
“Well, it depends. How did you get hurt?’ I cut him off. I don’t want him getting it into his head that this is more of a problem than it really is, it’s best to cut those lines of thought short. Stars, for all I know he’s just scratched himself and the blood’s accumulated over a few days of reopening. It could be fine.
“I was running from a guard. Some people saw me rifling through their trash. I was, I was just looking for some food, but -” he explains in a rush, trying to get words out and suck air in at the same time. He needs to calm down, but at the same time he’s said something very concerning.
“A guard? Did the person have a spear?” I try to narrow down the possibilities.
“Yes.” He answers hastily, eyes staring up at me with a wild plea. He doesn’t know what he’s done, or where he’s been. He doesn’t know if the spears were the best possible scenario or the worst.
“Well, the good news is: they won’t be looking for you, but oh damn you wandered into the wrong place. Were there any large gates or weird looking houses where you were?” I try to describe as generally as possible, allowing for some interpretive error.
“Yes. Um… a set of tall gates with all sorts of different crests on it. I didn’t get a good look at the buildings though…” he answers haltingly.
“You wandered into the merchants’ embassy,” I explain slowly. I don’t expect that to mean anything to him, though. “Those guards were probably Mythrals. Nasty mercenaries, well trained and super expensive. Did you get any other injuries?”
“She knocked my head pretty good, but it was just with the blunt end…” He scrunches his eyes closed trying to recall every detail, but nothing else sounds too dangerous.
“Did you black out? Go to sleep? Any nausea?” I ask, more for formality’s sake than anything else. That would be a much bigger problem, but I feel like he would have brought it up before this if such issues had arisen.
“No, I… I didn’t black out, it just happened this afternoon… no sleep. I’m not overly nauseous…” He speaks haltingly, looking me over, seemingly confused about this line of questioning. I wonder if he knows that I’m looking for the warning signs of a concussion.
“Ok, that’s good. Probably too late for an ice pack to do much good, but I can get you one if you have any pain,” I offer, but he just shakes his head.
“I don’t… I don’t think I need one.” Thana seems to actually give it some thought, so I am inclined to believe him.
“Alright, how about you let me see that spear wound?” I offer, moving over to the medicine box to pull out some disinfectant.
He pulls up his shirt, haltingly peeling away the bundle of cloth he had pressed against the wound to start. I stop him when I see the skin start to pull, the dried blood adhering the cloth to the tender flesh underneath.
I run some water around the area, loosening it with as little pain as I can manage given the circumstances. He seems to have done his best to staunch the bleeding but the cloth isn’t clean, and I doubt he’s been in an optimally sterile place. The wound isn’t too bad, it’s not deep, just… long.
“We’re gonna clean that up real quick. It doesn’t look too bad. You shouldn’t need stitches, in any case,” I reassure him.
I can see the relief that falls over his face as he takes a deep breath and leans back into the chair. I give him a few seconds while I set up the disinfectant and gauze pads. As relieved as he is, this isn’t going to be pleasant regardless.
“Would you let me heal you?” I ask quietly, as though my volume might control the reaction that Thana has to the situation.
“You are using magic!” He immediately tenses, pulling away as much as he can, blood dripping out of the reopened wound, before I have a chance to settle him.
“Only if you will let me,” I counter, showing my palms in the least threatening gesture that I can manage.
“I… please don’t, I-” Thana stutters, but I just cut him off.
“Yeah, that’s fine, I’ll give you some cleaning supplies and extra gauze pads when we’re done. You just need to keep the area clean,” I reassure him.
Nothing is impossible without magic, but it is slightly less convenient.
“I….” He gapes up at me as I go down to one knee with the peroxide-soaked gauze in my hands.
“You are going to be fine, but this is going to hurt,” I warn.
I take my time cleaning and bandaging up the wound. I might have been able to go a little more efficiently, but I feel like it was better to talk Thana through the process of what was happening.
By the time it’s done, I can see the exhaustion in Thana’s eyes.
“Do you have any plans?” I ask, giving him a gentle rousing shake.
“What?” He quirks an ear to the side in an action that looks so much like Blue I have to stifle a laugh.
“Any specific plans on where you’re going?” I clarify, going over to the stove, fishing out a set of dishes.
“N-no. I just, I needed to get away. It’s been enough to just try to make it one day at a time,” Thana answers, and honestly I can find no fault with his logic. But it does get me thinking…
Blue’s just seated on the opposite chair, keeping a careful eye on our tentative new guest. He gives a confused little look as I start spooning out rice.
“You still hungry from the party? I made plenty and those little pastry squares really aren’t that filling,” I offer to Blue, hoping it’ll at least set him in a slightly less aggressive stance.
“You didn’t eat anything,” Blue counters a little defensively, glancing quickly between the two of us.
“Well… I wasn’t very hungry. Just a little?” I counteroffer, trying to speak through gritted teeth.
I don’t know why he’s still so defensive. Thana’s no threat, and he’s so out of it he couldn’t be even if he wanted to. Thana doesn’t match the stories that Blue’s been told, he barely matches up the description.
“I guess…” Blue acquiesces, subdued somewhat by my tone.
I go ahead and serve a large helping for our guest, and more moderate servings for us. Thana at least seems appreciative, taking the proffered utensils and digging in. Blue picks nervously at his own food. He’s not looking at me, chewing his own lip more than his food. I take a deep breath and just will myself to let it go. I regret my tone, but I promise myself I’ll make it up later and turn to grab some dried fruit out of the pantry.
There’s a scraping sound as the chairs shift a bit and I can just barely hear the whispering that’s started up over by the table.
“Is he serious?” Thana nearly hisses across the table.
“I don’t know what you’re talking about?” Blue’s answer is strained.
“Is… He just gave us normal food, is he being serious, or is this some elaborate ruse?” he clarifies.
“My Master put food in front of you, he expects you to eat it,” Blue insists, not unfriendly, but certainly not encouraging this chat.
I stop listening, my full attention turned to the pantry as I look through boxes.
That is, until I hear Blue screaming “NO!”, then the scraping of a chair against the floor.
That’s the only warning I get before Blue runs into the pantry, throws his arms around my waist, and gets behind me.
“What the hell?” I yelp in surprise.
Coming around the corner, nothing in the rest of the kitchen is disturbed, aside from our guest. Thana’s sitting tense in his chair, curled in on himself, scared.
“I’m sorry, sir,” he whispers, once again hunching in on himself.
“What happened?” I ask a little desperately as Blue continues squeezing me around the waist.
“He’s trying to steal me,” Blue keens, pressing his head against my back.
“I swear I wasn’t! I was just asking a ques-” Thana tries to defend himself, eyes wide and manic as he speaks, and I just can’t deal with the two of them screaming on either side of me.
“Both of you stop,” I interrupt, watching as they quiet, and while I can only really see Thana, I can feel the way that both of them have fixed their gazes on me. At the very least there is no more screaming. “Now, what happened?” I ask in a more collected tone as I pull Blue from where he has latched onto me.
“He told me he could take me away.” Blue speaks softly, standing off to the side where I’ve put him.
“I was… I was just... offering...” Thana defends half-heartedly
Oh, he was offering to help another of his kind run from a potentially dangerous master. It warms my heart a little that Blue wants to stay with me so strongly. Though it might still be heavily influenced by a misguided theory that all the ferals are cannibals.
Still, this one, whether he is a rarity or the norm, seems a little worse for wear, but doesn’t match the description that Blue gave.
I wonder if this is good for him, if seeing the truth about what ferals look and act like is a helpful notion. I wonder if it would draw his mind to thoughts of running away. Then again, he did just thoroughly refuse escape with the help of another with some experience.
“Right…” I whisper to myself, pinching at the bridge of my nose as though it will stave off my headache.
“No one is in trouble. Blue, he wasn’t trying to take you, you’re fine. How about you go upstairs?” I give him the order gently and I see him process. He doesn’t want to leave, but he’ll listen.
I wait until I don’t hear his footsteps anymore before I turn back to Thana.
“Finish up your food. I’ll throw a bag together for you with some extra stuff and gauze pads for you.” I wait a moment for Thana to acknowledge that, hesitating for a moment before I continue with my other offer. “I can give you a pain reliever…”
“Why does it sound like there’s a but coming.” Thana’s smiling through the nervousness in his eyes and I can appreciate the effort as much as anyone.
“It will make you quite sleepy,” I admit sheepishly, waiting for his reaction.
“You’re offering me drugs, with the negative side effect of drugging me.” He quirks a brow and I do admit I feel a little silly for the way I’ve phrased it.
“I want to offer you a bed for the night-” I hedge, but Thana cuts me off.
“But you know I wouldn’t touch that offer,” he completes my thought.
I’d be lying if I said I expected a different answer. Still, he responds better when it sounds like I at least want something. When he feels as though he’s outsmarting me, using me and reaping a benefit. I don’t mind manipulating that if it gets me the results I want.
“Yes, but as my patient, I couldn’t in good faith send you out with a histamine blocker and expect you to be fine. So I have another offer,” I explain.
“...Alright,” he whispers, nodding for me to continue with my proposition.
“I’m going to bring down some sheets and an extra blanket. You can stay out in the garden, but it’s cold tonight. I won’t have you undoing my hard work.” I hold my breath, waiting as he makes his choice.
“Ok. I’ll stay,” he acquiesces quietly, and I really can’t help the small smile that comes to me with the thought that he at least trusts me with that much.
It doesn’t take long to bring down a set of linens and find an old bag that I don’t mind losing. I pack more than he might strictly need, but I figure he might be able to help someone else down the line.
“I didn’t mean anything by it,” he whispers after I’ve helped him set up his little nest on the patio, just as I’m just about to walk back into the house.
“What?” I turn back, confused by his words.
“I… when I was talking to your pet.” His eyes go anywhere but my face “It… it really wasn’t- I just wanted to offer help in case-” he starts to ramble nervously, so I just cut him off.
“I know what you meant by it. It’s nice that you offered to take him away from someone who could hurt him.” I admit. Thana is hurt and obviously not in the best standing, but he still thought to help someone he thought was in need.
“You’re a good man. He trusts you. Either that or you’re one sadistic fuck who’s messed with his mind real good. So I suppose I’ll figure it out if I wake up tomorrow.” He smirks up at me, settling down into the makeshift bedding we’ve arranged together.
“I know it won’t convince you, but you really don’t have anything to fear from me.” I attempt to stifle my laughter and defend myself. Either way, he seems to take the reaction well.
I leave it at that and start focusing on my other problem.
When I go up to the bedroom, Blue is there. He hasn’t changed, nor has he gone to sleep.
He’s retaken the same stance that he was in at the party. I can’t imagine why he’d rather be in such a formal kneel when nobody’s around.
“Blue-” I cut myself off when I see him flinch at my voice.
I give him a moment to settle, pretending it’s for him when it’s really for me. It’s been awhile since he’s been actively scared of me. It’s been awhile since I’ve caused this reaction.
He doesn’t reply, doesn’t acknowledge the action. He’s barely reacts to my presence.
“Hey, let’s go take a bath and get changed,” I offer as quietly as I dare, hoping that he still hears me.
Blue rises without comment, nodding along and stripping out of his clothes with such detachment that it makes my chest hurt. The cleanup isn’t anything major, and I realize I could just leave him in the bathroom to take care of himself, but there’s a part of me that’s too desperate to regain where we had been previously in the night. So instead of doing the sensible thing and leaving him be, I do the selfish thing and stay after I’ve run the bath.
I’m careful with him, allowing myself the time and effort to just take care of him. It settles something inside me, and while I’m not sure how Blue feels about it, it is calming me quite a bit. It isn’t until I’m massaging shampoo into his hair that he breaks his self-imposed silence.
“I’m sorry,” he breathes out in such a low tone that I almost convince myself that I hadn’t heard anything.
“What?” I try to encourage, hoping that he’ll at least continue if not speak up.
“I’m sorry I’ve been so poorly behaved. I’m trying, I swear I am trying, but-” I can hear his voice tremble, and when his body starts getting overtaken by the trembling as well, I cut him off.
“Blue, you’ve been doing good,” I praise, but it falls on deaf ears.
“I was so scared.” He gulps and the small anguished noise that comes out of him is nearly enough to undo me. “I’m bad at this.” He whispers, like it’s a secret he doesn’t want to admit. As though saying it out loud makes it a sin.
“Blue… You know in Thana’s mind he was trying to help you, right? He just wanted to see if you needed help.” I introduce the idea slowly, wondering if the thought had indeed crossed his mind. While I’m glad he didn’t immediately jump at the opportunity to run, I wonder what he thought Thana’s intentions were.
“I-I know that now,” he whispers back, angry but with all the venom directed inwards, “but… Stars, in the moment…” he lets the point hang in dead air.
“Well, you were scared and you came to me. That’s good, Blue, you did good. I’m honored that you’d come to me when you’re scared. I’m glad you know I’ll protect you.” I try to praise him again, nearly missing the mournful moan that escapes him as I wash the suds out of his hair.
“And then there’s the party!” He throws his arms up in the air, and it’s only then that he raises his head to show the tears running down his face.
“What about the party?” I ask, genuinely confused. That has nothing to do with what we were talking about.
“I… I know you said it wasn’t my fault, but … I still want you to know that I’m sorry for the mess with Jay and Katherine.” He drops his head low once more, hiding his eyes from me like he knows I will want an answer.
“Why were you wearing the honey dust?” I ask.
It’s a question that’s been on my mind all night, though for obvious reasons it had been pushed to the back burner for some time. Blue didn’t seem to like the effects the last time he tried it. I certainly hadn’t asked him to wear it.
When he doesn’t answer I wrap him in a towel and pull him from the tub, setting him down on the counter next to the sink. It’s enough of a flurry of movement that he does look up, holding tight to my arms like he’s afraid I’ll drop him.
“I … I wanted to look good for you. I … I don’t know, it seems stupid now.” He looks away and I’m momentarily satisfied with what I can assume is the truth.
“Blue-” I start, but apparently Blue has more yet to say.
“I wanted to make a good impression!” he rushes to complete his thought, the wild blush painting his cheeks a bright scarlet.
“Blue, you did make a good impression on all those people,” I reassure him as best I can.
It’s no lie either, all through the night people were wondering when I would go fetch Blue again. They all wanted to know when they would next see my perfectly obedient and trusting little familiar. He’s caused quite a stir with them. I don’t doubt that he’ll have more friends crowding around him at the care center when I next go to pick him up, even if it is just at the behest of their master.
“But I made her… I made her-” Blue tries to explain his point, but I cut off the flawed argument.
“Blue, you know that I tasted that dust too this evening, right?” I query gently.
“What?” He looks back at me with wide, horrified eyes.
“I did give you quite a few kisses, and I thought it was just my imagination that you tasted so sweet.” I smile down at him, allowing for the thought to sink in.
I had tasted the dust and it didn’t turn me into a raging sex demon. The point I’m trying to make, however, gets entirely lost.
“Even an actual aphrodisiac doesn’t make you want me.” He puts his head in his hands and huffs out a broken-sounding laugh.
“Darling, what makes you think that I didn’t want you?” I wonder how he could have even gotten the idea in his head.
“You didn’t… but if you wanted me, why didn’t you take me?” He looks up at me, so genuinely confused that it hurts.
“Because I, granted unlike most of the people that you’ve experienced, have a modicum of restraint. Even when it comes to you,” I admit sheepishly.
“What?” Blue croaks.
“I wasn’t going to jump your bones in the middle of a party, Blue,” I clarify, unsure what part of this that he’s confused by.
“No one would have stopped you,” he says, watching me closely for a reaction.
“I...know-” I have to stop myself as some of the more intense scenes of other familiars after I’d dropped Blue off play in my mind. “I know, but-” I try to start again, but Blue cuts me off.
“I wouldn’t have stopped you,” he confesses. Everything in his stance and posture is just so open and honest that it hurts my chest.
“You know I wouldn’t make you?” I ask, concerned and more than a little curious.
“Yes,” he answers without hesitation, blushing and turning away.
“Well then. Blue, one thing you have to know about me is that I do prefer a slightly more intimate setting unless it’s been discussed before.” I quirk a brow and smile.
It has the intended effect of getting him to laugh at least. I go to help him down from the counter, but he leans closer, pressing a kiss low on my throat.
“We…” he blushes, turning away as much as he can in my arms, “we’re in a more intimate setting now.”
I give him a smirk and pick him up from the counter and move to carry him into the bedroom. If this is a major source of anxiety for him, I don’t mind thoroughly squashing it.
I lay him down gently on the bed, pressing him back down onto the mattress when he goes to sit back up. I want to make him feel good. Tonight, he’s my main focus, and for some reason that seems to make him blush.
Oh, this is going to be fun.
“You have to know that you are one of the most gorgeous people that I have had the privilege of meeting.” I smile, allowing my voice to slip into a lower tone, watching the blush spread further down his body.
I am far too entertained by watching him squirm under my careful gaze.
“Smart and kind,” I kiss my way down his neck, “and so many other things that make you so incredible.”
“M-Master...” Blue attempts to speak, but even with just one word, his voice trembles.
“Put your hands on the headboard, let go if you don’t want anymore, I’ll know to stop,” I whisper into his ear, watching him carefully as he nods, moving his hands up to grasp the headboard.
I press a kiss directly to lips, and it’s far too entertaining to watch him gasp and strain to find more, but unwilling to relinquish his hold on the headboard.
“And so beautifully obedient,” I chuckle.
I kiss my way down his body, revealing more of his body as I strip away his towel. I’m not above using my limited, but existing knowledge of what Blue likes. It doesn’t take much to coax arousal from him. There’s a wide array of muffled mews and bitten lips as Blue tries in vain to stifle his reactions to the best of his ability.
Eventually, I’m done with my playing and find a place lower on his hips. I give his cock a slow, delicate stroke and he bites down a yelp. He seems to like it, and that gives me an excellent idea.
I wait calmly, not doing any more to him until he looks down at me, dazed and a bit confused, before taking a long lick up his dick.
It’s an incredible sight as he arches off the bed in his struggle to contain himself and maintain his hold on the headboard.
“M-master! I -I-” He tries to speak, but I just swirl my tongue around the head of his dick allowing whatever protest was forming in his mind get fitfully buried under a moan.
I settle between his legs comfortably as he watches me with wide eyes. I’m not sure how long I’m going to be here, but I’m not one to do a job halfway.
Without any further introduction, I wrap my lips around his dick and suckle the head. Blue makes a choking sound and I am far more amused with his reaction than I should be. As confused as Blue seems to be, his dick is far more excited. I try to focus on that. I want this experience to be pleasurable for him. As much as sex has been something that he has had to do, I want him to have some good experiences.
“M-master” Blue squeaks before he goes back to biting his lip, trying to stifle any other noises.
“Blue, you know me better than that. I want to hear every little noise you make, don’t you try and keep them from me.” The strangled noise in his throat is definitely worth it.
I swallow his cock down, mindful to at least have the pretence of going slowly. I don’t want to overwhelm him, but I do want to show off a bit. I used to be fairly good at this. I haven’t done this in a while. I haven’t gotten the chance to have or maintain an actual relationship in a long time.
Blue’s knee jerks as my nose brushes his stomach. I give him a couple of seconds to adjust and when I’m sure he won’t kick me off, I start bobbing my head, keeping a hand on his hips, just to avoid any surprise jerkiness.
I let my other hand absently stroke down his hips, enjoying the rumbly purr that the combined stimulation pushes from his body.
I try not to be too inventive or surprising. I project my movements and any change of pace I try to introduce. I wrap one hand around the base of his cock and stroke in tandem with my movements until he’s entirely overwhelmed.
It’s been a while since I’ve been surprised by my partner’s orgasm, but not so long that I gag or choke myself. Overall I’m pretty happy with how the night’s gone. There’s a sense of accomplishment that washes over me, and Blue seems to have enjoyed himself as well.
“How was that?’ I ask confidently, watching Blue go nearly limp and starry eyed where he lays.
He looks up at me like I’ve hung the fucking stars for him.
I pull him closer to me, holding him against my chest as I pull the blankets over both of us. Blue snuggles close and the room fills with the sound of contented purrs. He’s warm and the rumble in his chest is an almost meditative lull that the noise and subtle vibrations pull me into. I’m glad that I didn’t tell Blue tonight.
Yeah, he doesn’t need to know just yet.
I’ll tell him about the mess I got into later. He doesn’t need to know about the accidental courtship.
Chapter 50: Gifts
Notes:
Merry Crimbo
I love you all! Please accept an extra chapter this week, a present for all.
<3<3<3
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
I come to consciousness with no other body in the bed, but my disappointment is easy to push down. I’m cuddled up in so many layers of blankets that I really don’t want to leave even though I can see the sun poking through the curtains to illuminate the room.
I didn’t mean to sleep so late, but I guess it does explain why Kara isn’t here.
I let myself revel in the soft cushions for a moment before I pull myself from the soft nest. I take my time rolling out my shoulders, stretching out until my back makes a satisfying crack.
What a night.
The whole party was a mess. Though I have to say that we did a good job considering how thoroughly the deck was stacked against us.
Then there were the messes that were waiting at home. I let my mind wander for a moment. Thana, the feral that visited us, wasn’t at all like I thought a feral would be. He didn’t act like the stories described. He was mostly coherent, didn’t seem at all bloodthirsty or ready to attack us. My face heats as I remember my overreaction last night. I didn’t mean to cause trouble, and I certainly didn’t mean to leave Kara alone.
He took a lot of time downstairs before he came up. I wonder what he did to Thana. I wonder what Thana did to him. There weren’t any sounds of skirmish, but magic can be quiet…
I feel guilt twist in my stomach. I didn’t mean to get Thana in trouble. Almost as soon as I was in a separate room I was able to see the error of my ways. Thana didn’t want to hurt me, he didn’t want to steal me away, he was just… offering a way out. And all I did was cause him trouble.
I wonder how Kara got the feral to leave. I wonder if I caused some undue trouble.
Either way, it’s more excitement than I’ve been a part of in a long time.
Especially considering how the night ends.
I feel my face heat as I remember the events of last night with a little more clarity. Stars, I shouldn’t act like some blushing virgin. I’ve done it… what must be thousands of times, but it is the first time someone’s done it to me. I have to say, I understand a little more why my masters were always so eager for my skill in that department. I didn’t know it felt like that. There’s a momentary twinge in my gut as I think of what that must have been like for my Master. There are times when I haven’t particularly enjoyed the act, when it’s been more a balance of waiting and suffocation than anything else, but if I caused him any pain he certainly seemed to hide it well. He seemed excited… enthusiastic in the moment… there’s probably a difference that I’m not recognizing.
I wonder if I could be that excited. If sex could be something that I focus on without thoughts of pain and reprocussions. Sex with Kara is different. That much I know for certain.
For a moment, I let myself imagine reciprocating last night’s experience. If he’d let me, I have a fair amount of skill. I’m sure I could make it good for him, and I’m certain he wouldn’t push too far.
It takes me a second to look around the room before I recognize the tray that’s been set on the desk.
There is a note draped over the covered dish and I feel a low chuckle start in my chest before I even recognise that I’m laughing. I’m reminded of the first time Kara left a note for me. I’m touched by his concern for me, but I’m also aware of how far I’ve come from that day. When I pick up the note, I’m able to make sense out of the curling letters.
Blue,
I’ve left you some breakfast. I don’t blame you if you want to just take another rest, it’s been a long night, but if you need me, I’m in the workshop.
There’s a perfectly made omelet under the covered dish. I have to suppress a smirk.
I’ve gotten used to reading, as much as I can in the day to day things I come across, from book spines on shelves to the print on boxes, but this is a letter addressed to me and I take my time reading over the short contents of the letter again and again, trying to make a decision.
Decisions, yet another thing I’m becoming increasingly used to.
He hasn’t ordered me to go to him when I woke up, it’s not even a condition for the food he’s left me. He’s in his workshop, which is his way of saying that he’s got to do work and he’s not going to be good company. He tries to give me other things to do in other parts of the house when he has to sit down and actually work in his workshop. Not to be malicious, but he does seem a little embarrassed about how deeply he becomes ingrained in his work. Though it is a concern that I don’t understand, I respect that he doesn’t always want to be seen in that state. Still, the letter doesn’t read like a warning to stay away. It would probably be fine to go and stay with him. I’m not really tired anymore and I would like to be by his side.
“Master?” I call cautiously once I reach the bottom landing coming into the workshop.
The place is never messy, but it’s pretty obvious that he’s been down here a while. Books have been strewn form their regular places and there are jars of incense and ink stacked up on the desk. Some large clunky thing is taking up a lot of space on the desk and Kara’s taking his time examining something on the other side of it.
“Oh, Blue! You’re up!” Kara startles away from the device, but smiles up at me as he looks over at me.
“Working hard, I see…” I have to hide my smirk behind my hand.
He’s got a long line of graphite up the side of his face. As chipper as he’s trying to be, I can see the signs of a bad night’s sleep on him. His hair is in disarray and whatever contraption he’s looking through has toppled onto its side.
“Yeah, I…” He turns perhaps too quickly, and it must cause a twinge because he grabs his neck before he continues. “Stars, I need a break. Would you like to come with me? I’m going to go out and pick up some troubling components,” he offers casually, stretching for a moment in his chair, before turning back to look at me.
“Component shopping?” I parrot back.
I realize I haven’t really gone out with him to pick up anything more than my clothes or to go to school. I wonder if he goes out more often than that, but just doesn’t take me. It’s been a long time since we went grocery shopping. Then again, I’ve been sleeping a lot, even considering how tired I get during winter. He might have just snuck out while I was conked out.
Apparently I’ve taken too long to reply, because Kara starts speaking again before I have a chance to clear my head.
“You can stay here if you prefer, that’s totally fine. It’s not too fun-” He backpedals quickly.
“No, I-I’d love to go,” I rush.
“We’ll make a stop for you and you can pick out anything you want, how about that?” he offers, packing up a satchel bag and pulling his hair back with a tie so it’s out of the way.
“I’d love that.”
- - - - -
The marketplace we go to is nowhere near the market I’m used to. It’s in an entirely different direction. There are large winding cobblestone streets that weave through the thoroughfare. Rows and rows of different shops line the streets decorated with all different kinds of symbols advertising their wares and specialties, and in the late morning, the place is pretty crowded.
There are all different types of shops done up in different colors. Some of them have the marking symbol of the Academia in the windows, others have the individual seals of different schools of magic. There are no individual carts hawking goods on the streets, everything’s a little more formal than other districts.
There’s a bunch of incense shops all boasting the best product, a dark colored building that seems to specialize in wands and staffs, and an artificer's show that seems like a slightly more organized hoarder’s den.
Kara seems to know where we are going. There’s not a lot of wasted time as we navigate the different storefronts, but I take as much time as I dare looking into windows. We pass by enchanters, and a shop specializing in precious gems, even a dealer that seems to specialize in bones, though the shop is oddly closed in the middle of the day.
As we walk there are plenty of different component stores, but it takes a while before Kara finds the stores that he likes, or at least is willing to go into. We must be looking for some very weird things.
As we wander our way in and out of the stores I realize that I’m not the only familiar that’s out today. There are all different types of familiars that are trailing behind their mages, carrying bags or boxes with intricate wrappings. It’s a reminder not to fall behind if nothing else. Most of the familiars have leashes, but Master’s never really been one to keep me on a tether.
There are a few familiars that are kept as assistants to the shopkeepers. The more loyal and bulky dog breeds are preferred for this line of work, but they don’t seem too aggressive or needlessly interested in the other familiars. Some even offer their help finding particular items when their owner is busy with another customer.
Either way there is plenty of shopping to be had. We have a strange collection of incense, glass beads, a thick pasty paint, and a motley collection of other things before we head into a bookshop.
The bookstore itself is one of the smaller stores compared to the others on the street, but it isn’t any less of a cozy little shop. The interior is lined with shelves, the rows of bookcases housing what must be thousands of books crowding for space. There’s a large desk in the front with an older woman behind it just flipping absently through her own book. She gives us a casual smile when she sees us come in, but whatever she’s reading must be more engrossing than it first appears because she goes right back into her book.
The whole shop is designed to look like a rustic cottage from the outside and the design comes through on the inside. The roof is a series of interwoven wooden pieces that curl into beautiful fixtures as they meet the walls. There are small orbs that float over and around the rafters bringing a calming glow that illuminates the entire store.
I spend far too long staring up at the ceiling, tracing individual slats as they weave back and forth into the patterning of the roof. The lights flicker and dance their way around the bookcases as I wonder what kind of enchantment that could be.
Apparently, I’m a little too distracted by the layout, so that by the time I look up again I nearly collide with another patron of the shop. I don’t see my Master, but I know he wouldn’t leave me here. I haven’t left the main corridor of the shop so it’s not like he could have missed me.
He’s probably just wandering the shelves. I suppose there wouldn’t be any problem with me doing the same thing.
I know I should stay put, but the shopkeeper isn’t watching and there is no one in the back. My fingers dance along the spines of all the differently colored volumes, for once understanding all the symbols that distinguish them. Many of them have illustrations winding around the front to the spines.
There’s one that catches my eye. Careful silver lettering and similarly metallic filigree dress the sides. The Voice of Dragon’s Song . I carefully pluck the volume from where it sits on the shelf to reveal the beautiful illustration of a dragon reared up on its hind legs in an icy mountain landscape. The detailed picture continues on to the back along with some darker, smaller lettering. I squint at the small text, piecing out a few words before I’m jerked out of my focus.
“Did you find something that you would like?” I jump at the sound of my Master’s voice, so thoroughly absorbed in the book that I hadn’t heard him creep up behind me.
“M-master!” I cry out as quietly as I can manage out of respect for the establishment we are occupying. I’m sure they wouldn’t appreciate the screaming. I’m glad for the fact that I was holding the book in my hands, otherwise I’m not sure I would have been able to repress the primal urge to scramble up the bookshelf in front of me.
“Sorry to spook you,” he apologizes gingerly, looking genuinely surprised at my reaction, and it’s all I can do to hold a hand over my heart.
“You don’t… I-” I try to speak and get my heart to stop racing, but it seems I’m only capable of one thing at a time. Kara gives me a moment, but when I don’t respond he continues on by himself.
“You found a book you like?” he questions, pushing a little closer to me to inspect the volume in my hands.
“I- I only just picked it up.” I know nothing more than the pretty cover and a few words from the story synopsis.
“But you find it interesting?” He continues to prod.
“Yes, but-” I admit, but he continues before I can voice my concern.
“What’s got you worried?” He cuts me off.
“I…” I stutter, confused, for a second before I realize that my concern must be more visible than I thought. “The book is bigger than I’m used to... and I’m still working on the longer words…” I hedge delicately.
“Blue, you realize that’s a reason to get it, right? You need to challenge yourself. It helps if you already like the material you’re reading.”
“Ok….” I hesitantly offer the book up to him and he takes it from my hands without hesitation, stacking it with the rest of his picks and checking out with the older woman.
It seems as though he’s saved the bookstore for last. We make a straight shot home after that stop. He hands off my book as he unpacks the rest of the items.
Master goes to work in the study and I sit at the table in the corner, not quite willing to relinquish his presence for the day, but I am fairly certain he doesn’t even recognise that I’m still in the room, he’s so dedicated to his project.
The paste goes onto a fine brush and he looks through that clunky machine as he paints intricate things along the inside of the flowerpot. He’s got several books splayed out in front of him, turned to different pages with fanciful illustrations that make no sense to me.
I try to focus on my book. At first the sheer number of pages is overwhelming, but it becomes much easier when I just focus on one page at a time. It doesn’t take long to get enraptured by the story, even though it does go slowly because I have to process many of the words that are foreign to me. It’s good, but by the time I’ve made it to the end of the first chapter I have a lot of questions. At first I was willing to dismiss the writing as a purely fanciful work, but they mentioned some things that sounded like things Kara had talked about.
I check the inside cover again, but it doesn’t fix any of my concerns. The story is so fanciful, why does it say on the front that it is historical fiction?
“Master, I don’t mean to be bothersome-” I try to get his attention but he cuts me off.
“You never are.” He turns away from his project, giving me his full attention.
“I…” He says it so dismissively,, as though it is such a well-established fact that he’s not even dignifying it with more consideration. It makes me feel warm inside. “I just had a question about this book
“A word you’re caught on?” He steps over to look over my shoulder at where I am in the book.
I’ve actually worked my way out of several word traps already. I feel a bubbly sense of pride at that.
“No, I was just curious... It says historical fantasy, but… did magic really come from dragons?” I ask.
I’ve never heard of magic coming from other creatures. I’ve heard of mages drawing power from other creatures or using naturally occurring powers present in plants or gems. Then again, I realize that I don’t know much about magic’s origins. I suppose I don’t really know anything about dragons. They don’t show up in any of the other stories I know. I’ve only heard about the mythical beasts in passing.
Still, their name does carry a lot of clout. Scales and bones are quite valuable from what I’d seen in the component shop. I know that familiars that carry any relative traits are very sought after. I’ve only seen a Wyvern breed once before. Genevive had been bragging that her brother had a Hydra breed while he was away on his research trip.
“Let me see that book? Oh, I’m actually pretty familiar with this myth…” He breaks my train of thought, pulling the book a little closer so he can read the inner cover more closely.
“What does it mean?” I ask, pointing specifically to the line that marks the story as ‘historical fantasy’.
“It’s a well-known myth that’s been dramatized by the author, that’s all,” he explains with a shrug.
A rewrite of a well-known myth? That doesn’t really help my understanding, but I suppose it does make a little more sense. Myths are always a bit more fanciful than the truths behind them.
“So… dragons…” I prod gently.
As much as I don’t want to take away from his project, I do want a bit more of an explanation. I don’t know much about magic beasts or mythic history.
“Well, there is a lot of debate on that. Most of the foundational texts from magic’s golden age were created and destroyed within the same era. What survived to be rewritten was all oral stories so… people had the chance to rewrite history how they wanted it. Magic wasn’t so much a great thing after that. People were scared of the power that some people held and… well some places still haven’t fully recovered. It is said that dragons did pass through what we’ve broken into different types of magic, and lots of the base runes that are learned date back to those practices, but there are alternative sources. Plus a lot of people really like the story of dragons amusing themselves with passing down magic to all the beings of the realms, finding pleasure in the creations that the ‘odd folk’ created from their process.” He explains in more detail, but it honestly gives me more questions than answers.
“What?” I try to make it sound less petulant than the question sounds in my head.
“Well, as far as I know, it used to be a hell of a lot easier. There was a whole school of magic dedicated to dragons back when they were dangerous, wise, formidable creatures that roamed the earth and sky. The Orencals.” He chuckles.
“Orencal?” I prompt him to explain further.
He doesn’t speak much on the different schools of magic. He’s only a first year, so he still hasn’t chosen a branch to study under and won’t have to for another two years, but Shauna does talk a lot about it with Andé. He’s told me all sorts of things, from which classes she likes to the different division heads. They’re both a bit worked up because the people who run elemental divisions have a more exclusive program than the other branches. Shauna’s worried she won’t be able to take the classes she wants if she starts studying under the elemental track.
Kara hasn’t said much about his plans. Not to me or anyone. I don’t know what he’s planning to study. Hell, I don’t even know what his awakening was, if he had one. I have no way of knowing what he’s more proficient in. He studies equally hard for every subject, there’s nothing that stands out.
“It used to be really easy to be a mage,” he continues, “all you had to do was be a person that could talk to a dragon and boast the record that nine times out of ten the dragon would talk back instead of trying to kill you.” He smiles, passing the book back in front of me.
“A dangerous profession,” I deadpan, not quite sure if he’s fucking with me or not.
“Yeah, primary danger is blowing yourself up now.” He sits down hard in the seat next to me, allowing his eyes to fall closed for a moment, taking a deep breath.
“I’ve never heard about dragons,” I murmur, tracing the inky picture at the end of the chapter over with my finger.
It’s mostly true, anyways. People haven’t really made a habit of talking to me about legend, lore, or mythic creatures.
“They… well, they aren’t around so much today. Most dragons don’t like the noise brought about by larger populations and so they’ve… retreated. I doubt you’d ever see one in the city.” He speaks in a dismissive tone.
“They… they still exist?” I ask, genuinely surprised.
“Yes, just… in fewer numbers, and with a great reluctance to get involved in the messes of the small folk.”
“Have you ever seen a dragon?” I smirk at him, fully intending the question to be a joke, when I see him flinch.
“Y-yeah, when I was really young…” He chuckles nervously and I can’t tell if he is kidding or not.
“So... Veth?” I move the conversation away from the odd subject I’ve breached and back to my book.
“Veth was one of the first mages to learn the paths from the dragons. She was forsaken by the gods, the world, and the people surrounding her. She couldn’t fight, but she could run. She ran, escaping the enemy incursion when her people had left her to die and she kept running until she couldn’t anymore and sought shelter in a cave for the night. A dragon happened upon her and, intrigued by the creature that had wandered into his den, took care of her wounds and wanted to hear a story.” He summarizes what I’d already read.
The first chapter had been from the dragon’s perspective, confused at the creature that had come into its home and then been so rude as to pass out. The next chapter has a marker over the number that tells me it will be from Veth’s perspective and I have to admit I am a little more excited about it given the new context.
“A story?” I ask.
It seems so little a boon for a creature that is known for greed. Unless that’s just another thing that only applies to this story. It had been mentioned in the introduction, but I have nothing that corroborates it so far. The dragon has been actually been fairly kind. It’s given the person a place to rest, and moved her further inside to shield her from the harsh winds. He didn’t attack or get angry at his invasion of space.
“Dragons are fascinated by stories. It’s all throughout their lore. Doesn’t matter what kind, doesn’t matter where you find them, they all love to hear a good tale,” Kara informs me, speaking like it's a fact and not conjecture or a detail that’s just necessary to make the myth work.
“Well what happens next?” I ask, scooting to the edge of my seat.
“I’m not going to tell you.” He looks back at me with a playful, though horrified expression, as though he is scandalized by the mere question.
“Why?” I whine, letting my ears drop dramatically, hopeful that it will make him spill.
“Because that’s a spoiler! If you’ve never heard the myth before, I want you to have the fun of reading it with fresh eyes.” He moves his hands dramatically, standing and stalking back over to his desk to make his point.
I suppose I can see the value of that. Any common story can be exciting to someone who’s never heard it.
“Ok…” I reply sullenly, flipping the page over to start the next chapter.
I look up at him from behind my bangs just in time to see the smile that passes over his face before he settles back into his chair.
“What are you working on?” I ask.
Whatever he’s doing must be important. He’s been working on it all day, but I can’t make heads or tails of the notes he’s spread across the room. I have no idea what a polished black flower pot, pasty paint, and a divination spinner have in common.
“I’m working on a stable planar gate,” he says calmly, lighting up incense and making the runes he’s etched out into the table glow.
“What?” I squeak out, sounding more confused than I’d like, though given the circumstances, I feel that my reaction is justified.
I don’t know much about the planes, but I know that they don’t overlap much for a reason. There’s all sorts of scary stories of gates collapsing and the charge drawing beasts from either side. I always assumed this was really dangerous, higher level magic. Magic that he shouldn’t be able to do, magic that can easily and dangerously backfire.
“I’m … have you ever heard of a fire lily?” He continues speaking to me though his eyes don’t move from the glow.
I wonder if I should be distracting him like this. I wonder if I’m making the situation worse than it could be. He’s moving his fingers, manipulating an increasingly visible glowing thread until a series of complicated knots starts to form. The gem from the divination spinner has been sitting in the dish with the burning incense, but it begins to move of its own volition, finding its way into the center of the knotted ties.
“A fire lily?” I echo, to myself more than anything.
I don’t expect him to answer. He seems too far away to hear me, far too focused on his project. The strings pull together into tighter rungs until he passes the strings off his fingers, holding them taut with his teeth so one hand is free.
He slaps his hand down, indicating one of the open books next to him.
“This right here,” he says through his teeth, passing off the ends back to his hand, when I realize that he’s intended to show me a picture.
I stumble from my table over to the book that he’s indicated. It’s open to a richly detailed colored ink rendition of a red and gold flower that appears to be on fire, growing at the lip of a volcano. It seems oddly delicate for the environment that it lives in, but the notes next to the illustration clear up any concern that the flower should perish easily in that environment.
I leave Kara to work in silence as I settle down with the book, reading the text from the other side of the book. Apparently, the flower is non-corporeal in its native realm. Anything that would try to feed off of it would be sorely disappointed as most anything other than a fire elemental would pass right through it, only being affected by the plant’s natural poisons.
I don’t know much about the planes, even less about the elemental plane of fire, and I have no idea why he’s trying to find one of these things.
“It’s beautiful.” I say the only safe fact that comes to mind.
“Yeah, beautiful and delicate, and not stable on this plane.” He reiterates the information that I’ve already picked up from the notes in the book.
“Not stable?” I look away from the book back to him in time to see the pieces of thread fall away. The entire centerpiece becomes a clear window, but instead of seeing through to the other side of the wall, it shows a very different landscape looking back at us.
“If you take one from its plane it’ll wither into ash within a few hours,” Kara explains, manipulating the outer knots of the still-glowing frame until the view starts to change directions.
“Oh,” I whisper simply, more to myself than anything.
I have no idea what he’s doing, but I’m fairly certain that we are looking at a tiny planar gate into the elemental plane of fire. I don’t know if this is something that he should be able to do, but the palm-sized gate seems stable enough. Kara certainly isn’t having any trouble maintaining it as he steers around the viewfinder.
“That’s where I got the idea for this little pot,” he continues, nodding over to the shallow-bottomed polished black pot.
The pot is lying on its side and I can just make out the runes that he’s painted on the inside, glowing lightly in the same colors as the gate edge.
“Oh, so it doesn’t need the pot.” I snicker for a moment before realizing how dumb it sounds.
Of course the magic flower wouldn’t need the flowerpot. The flower would be too big for the pot if there needed to be room for roots. That is assuming that the rules about plants that he taught me when we were tending the garden still apply here.
“No, I just needed something to hide the runes and keep the gate charged,” he admits sheepishly, looking intently over his little window.
“So what are you doing now?” I can’t help the confusion that leaks into my voice. He’s been manipulating the finer points of view on the gate for a while now.
“Now I just have to find one of the little buggers.” He tilts the viewfinder again and grits his teeth as the whole vision spins for a second before he can stabilize it.
He’s poked through the veil looking for flowers. There’s something in that that makes me want to break into laughter. The only thing that stops me is the fact that if I start, I know that I won’t be able to stop.
“Ah, there you are!” He exclaims, drawing new lines across the planar gate before he begins to manipulate it in space. He pulls the gate through the air, twisting it so that it turns the gate to a horizontal position. Then he pushes it down over the flower itself until the flower sticks up through the gate.
“Wow.” It’s all I can manage to say, but it’s definitely less than it deserves.
The flower is even prettier in person. It’s bigger than I thought it would be. It’s even radiating a slight bit of heat. With a little more finagling he brings the gate close to the flowerpot. With a flare, the seal adheres the gate to the inner lining of the flowerpot. The gate is bound to the very top of the pot, so visually it looks like it’s simply been planted.
“Why are you doing this?” I question absently, testing how close I can get my hand before the heat becomes too much and I have to pull my hand away.
I immediately recognise the tense atmosphere my question has left, though I don’t understand why my question has triggered this response. When I look back at Kara, his expression has darkened and he plays with the remnants of his components that are still in disarray on his desk to avoid looking me in the eye.
“Wh-what happened?” I try to smile and ask the question innocently, but I know my nervousness comes across more than anything.
“I… Blue, after you left… back at the party…” He speaks haltingly, dancing around an issue that I am becoming increasingly concerned about.
“What happened?” I ask, more concerned for him than anything else.
I wasn’t there for a lot of the party. There were a lot of people there that weren’t particularly friendly at that party and a lot of situations that could have ended very badly.
I should have been there. I shouldn’t have taken the rest. Stars, what could have happened that has him so nervous?
“I… I made a mistake.” He speaks very calmly, hands up as though he’s trying to quell my nerves.
“What?” I try not to sound panicked as I ask for a little more elaboration.
“I got into a tangled thing, alright. I was… it was just a case of bad timing with too many eyes on us-” He continues to backpedal, but I cut him off.
“What happened?” I demand with as gentle a voice as I can manage.
“I may or may not have rejected a gift from Genevive and in doing so inadvertently implied that I could do better.” He speaks in a rush, wincing as he finishes off his rendition of the events I had missed.
“That... doesn’t sound too bad…” I lie through my teeth.
It’s not the worst thing that could happen, but it certainly isn’t good. He seems well on his way to make it up to her with this if he really intends to give it to her. It’s a display of his proficiencies, as well as a very nice gift on top of anything else.
“Yeah …” he continues, looking nervously at the pot, continuing to avoid my eye, “and then one of her friends started telling everyone that the gift Genevive had offered was the start of a courtship process... and Gen just sort of jumped right on that.” He finishes in another rush of words, sliding a nail between his teeth and biting.
“What!” This time I very much mean to make the shrieking noise that comes out of me.
My heart races in my chest. Courtship is not a small matter, it’s not something that can be easily swept under the rug. It is a big commitment with thousands of pitfalls, not to mention the utter disaster of Kara not being part of a well-established family. Not only is she a big deal, but her family is as well. Anyone courting Genevive would face rigorous scrutiny. People get weeded out like they are nothing, and I don’t want to see that happen to Kara.
“Blue, everything’s alright, don’t worry.” He places his hands on my shoulders, holding me still, and it’s only then that I realize I’m hyperventilating.
“How can you say everything’s alright?” I speak in a rush.
I feel lightheaded and sick. How the hell is he so calm about this? I don’t even have anything on the line and I feel like the best course of action is getting as far away from this wreck as possible in an effort to escape the blast radius.
“Because, Genevive’s doing this to be an annoying thorn in my side. She wants to make me seem incompetent and out of place at school, but she doesn’t want to actually court me. If I play along she’ll get bored eventually. Neither of us really want a relationship,” he reassures me in that steady tone of his that is so certain that I have no other choice but to listen and calm my breathing in accordance to it.
He seems confident. He’s making a good start against some overwhelming odds, and as much as the whole situation worries me, he is calm. He isn’t panicking, he knows what he’s doing. He’s made a plan and he’s staying focused.
It’s probably nothing. My fears are probably unfounded.
Still, even as I slide back to my table and he finishes up the last touches on his pet project, my mind refuses to settle on the book again.
Notes:
Also, hey check it out! We hit 50 chapters!
Chapter 51: First Casting
Summary:
The boys go through their first casting. That 'weak constitution' marker on Blue's breed means more than you'd think, as much as the boys have been trying to ignore it.
Notes:
*Updates, pretending that this chapter isn't late*
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
“Alright, so you go-” Master begins anew, but I cut him off.
“Out into the middle of the casting circle and maintain a ‘sit’.” I finish what he would have said and the look of surprise on his face is definitely worth it.
I present a wide smile that’s almost as much for me as it is for him. He’s worried, that’s plain to see, but I wish there was something more I could to make him calm down. He’s a very talented mage. Even though this is a pretty big assignment, it’s nothing to him. He could probably do this with his eyes closed.
“Yeah, you just have to-” he starts, but I cut him off again.
“Act as a conduit,” I finish.
There’s a blush painting his cheeks that makes this whole scenario impossibly fantastic. What? Is he surprised I listen to him when he rambles?
“Just remember-” he mumbles, but I remember the next part of this speech.
“I can’t talk when I’m out there and it’s not safe if I move. Master, you’ve prepared me for this, please don’t worry. I won’t disappoint.” I smile up at him, hoping that I’m not bluffing.
I really want to do good for him. If all this worry stems from me then I don’t know any better way to relieve this tension. He’s determined not to leave me in the dark about anything, insisting that he’s learned from the other mishaps we’ve had.
Not to mention the more recent concerns regarding his ill considered courtship. There hasn’t been much of a development on that front. He gave her the flower and as much as she hated being shown up, she was forced to recognise Kara’s work. Fire lilies aren’t common as gifts, but they certainly don’t come with a means of keeping them fresh.
Apparently, the gift played into Genevive’s awakening too. She’s good at planar augmentation and poisons, has been ever since she was a kid. Her parents figured out he affinity for the school of magic when she’d pulled a briar toad through the veil in the sitting room.
Either way, she must have cracked a tooth turning her grimace into a smile while all the people came up to congratulate her. Nothing’s really changed, but now more and more people are suddenly invested in seeing how this “couple” develops.
“Blue, I’m not worried about you ‘disappointing’. I’m worried I’m not preparing you.” He’s been stressing this point for a while too.
No matter what he says, though, I just can’t stop seeing this as a result of my past failures. I’ve been unreliable as a familiar, but this time, I’m going to prove my worth. We’ve been doing these drills for almost three days leading up to this assignment. How much more prepared could I get?
“Master, I thank you for your concern, but please, calm down,” I try to reassure him.
“You’re right, Blue, I’m just being… crazy. Sorry if I’m worrying you,” he mumbles sheepishly.
“No, I- I thank you for your concern.” I try to express how much it means to me that he’s gone through so much trouble trying to prepare me for this event. Kara doesn’t seem to take notice as he breathes out a deep sigh.
“Let’s get this over with,” he huffs before leading us into the classroom.
We aren’t the first ones to go for once. The professor had finally decided to let go of his initial problems with the two of us after that first incident. I’m not blind to how hard Kara works in every class. He’d have to be a fool to ignore the effort Kara puts into his class, even if he doesn’t like me very much.
Soon enough it’s our turn.
I move without thought into the center of the room to where all of the other familiars had settled. Kara paints out the circle around me, pausing to ruffle my hair in a well disguised motion.
There’s a slow building of energy as the magic starts collecting before it starts to run through the circle. There’s just that pricking heat on my skin as the magic begins to charge the circle, creeping closer in undulating waves. I can understand the reason that we get instructed not to move. There is an instinct in me to move away from the energy. I can’t see any of the energy, but it looms around me threateningly. The urge to move is almost overwhelming.
Suddenly there is a ripping pain, cramping in my legs as I assume the magic works into me. It’s entirely overwhelming. I can feel the magic working its way into my form, pressing outwards, making room inside my body. It’s a discordant jumble.
It occurs to me that I have never actually been used for magic. Whatever my previous masters had used me for was just a cheap shot, running foreign mana through my body.
This is different. This is real magic.
I want to scream.
It’s manageable for a while. From what sloppy practice has been played on me, I had expected pain, but this is something very different. It builds, it doesn’t plateau like all the other times. The magic swirls inside me and it feels like my organs are churning around.
How did the others stay so quiet and still?
But I’m not moving, I’m not screaming. It hurts but I keep my position. It’s probably just their experience. It can’t be anything more. I’ve gotten used to magic that doesn’t hurt, but these folks are more familiar with the other type. The magic that hurts as it courses through their bodies is probably just too familiar to them to have it break their orders anymore.
There’s a plateau and the magic slows to a trickle as it’s building. It doesn’t feel like the spell is any closer to being complete, but I take the moment to pry my eyes open. I don’t remember shutting them, but as the pain recedes I do recognise the self-imposed darkness I’ve placed myself in. Kara is watching. The glowing runes around him are slowly floating and casting the shadowed planes of his face into an eerie light. He’s looking at me expectantly. He’s waiting for me. I do my best not to laugh at the utterly ridiculous scene. At the idea of a mage waiting for his familiar to let him know the ritual is ok enough to continue.
I do my best to nod without breaking position. I don’t know much about magic, but I do know timing is very important for ritual spells. I don’t want this to drop or for it to affect his performance in this class. He’s being too careful with me. He needs to focus on his magic.
The pressure redoubles, both inside and out. The pain and the heat burn inside my body until I start seeing dark spots dancing in front of my eyes.
I bite the inside of my cheek until I taste blood. I can’t scream, that would disrupt this ritual in a way that Kara couldn’t recover from. I can see the feverish look across his features as he pores over his books, mumbling things in the language that I’ve come to recognize goes with magic. He’s focused and all of this is going as it should.
I can’t move. I try to steel myself against that knowledge. As a conduit, it could be dangerous if I move. I could disrupt the spell Kara’s trying so hard to build.
I can do this , I try to reassure myself. All the others made it out of this. All of them were able to hold their position until the ritual was complete.
I focus on the sound of those strange words that Kara’s speaking. He’d walked me through the spell before, but for the life of me I can’t place where we are in this ritual.
My chest feels like something’s squeezing me into a little ball. The charge of the magic is working its way into my muscles.
No, I’m not going to move, I’m not going to fuck up.
I dig my nails into the flesh of my palms and I force an unnatural rigidness into my posture. I can’t stop the gasping. It’s a bit more like crying out than I’d like, but I hope that’s not too much. I hope it’s not wrong, I hope I haven’t fucked up.
I hope Kara hasn’t heard.
There’s some involuntary twitching as my muscles spasm. I’ve only moved a couple of centimeters. I hope it’s not too much. I hope I’m not messing up the spell.
As all-encompassing as the experience is, it’s nothing compared to what I feel when the energy drops me. For a moment I swear I’m deaf and blind. There’s a ringing in my ears, bright lights melding together so there’s no clear picture.
“-ue, Blue can you hear me?” Kara’s voice is the last thing that I hear before I black out.
- - - - -
I come to in bed, at home, body aching and head pounding. The curtains are drawn, the covers are pulled up to my chin, and there’s a square of solid cold on my forehead that I am absurdly grateful for.
There are voices outside, the quiet sound of them makes me nauseous. Close my eyes and try to remain as still as possible, try to make myself as quiet as the room around me. My heartbeat is too loud, chest hurt driving a spike into my head...
Can’t tell if time passes or how much, maybe I just pulled myself from my unconscious state, but the voices are back- too loud to ignore.
“Look Kara,” I recognise Shauna’s voice after a moment, though she sounds a little more disquieted than I’ve ever heard her before. “I know you care and that’s cool and all, but that was dangerous!”
“Shauna, I didn’t see the problem until it was too late! It was all I could do to stop-” Kara’s nearly shouting and the loud noise clangs around on the inside of my skull.
The feeling rolls around inside of me and I recognise the ailments of each part of my body in sequence. There’s a deep ache set into my body, sore like my body is one big bruise. My throat is dry and my stomach’s churning.
“It wasn’t safe and you know it.” Shauna’s voice pulls me away from the ailments of my body and back into their conversation.
“You saw what happened to Blue.” My throat feels tight as I realize that whatever they are arguing about involves me.
“Ok, I know you’ve gotten attached to your little kitty, but forgive me if I value your life a little more.” Shauna’s worried tone cuts me to the quick.
What happened while I was out? Was Kara in danger? I can’t remember us leaving the school. Hell, I can’t remember the end of class.
“Shauna, you can’t say-” Kara tries to speak, but he’s cut off again.
“Look, you won the bet. You did good, you took care of a weak constitution familiar for more than a freaking month, ok? You win!” Her agitation comes through in her words, but I’m more concerned with what she’s said.
I don’t understand what she’s saying. What bet? I’ve been here for more than a month…
“This isn’t about our bet” Kara speaks, low and threatening, but it is entirely overlooked by Shauna.
“I didn’t mean for this joke to go this far!” My breath catches as she continues in a high-pitched tone. What joke?
“It’s not a joke, Shauna!” Kara tries to calm her down.
“But I am the reason you picked him.” Her voice is quieter now, with a trembly, gasping quality that implies tears. “You would have made a better choice if you had gone without me. You have a good head on your shoulders, you wouldn’t have made my mistakes. You would have picked a great familiar and taken this whole school by storm.” Her voice ends with that same unstable wobble.
I feel tears burn in my eyes as well, though I doubt that we are crying for the same reasons.
“Shauna, it wasn’t-” Master starts to speak, but Shauna must feel the need to get her words out more.
“I’m sorry that I pushed you into this. Ok? I didn’t mean for you to keep him. It’s dangerous to have him as your familiar.” There’s a fair bit of sniffling as Shauna’s voice takes on a pleading tone that I haven’t heard from her before.
“I can’t believe we are having this conversation.” Master’s voice is quiet, the same carefully measured tone that he uses to calm me when I panic.
“I’m serious,” Shauna insists, trying to regain some of her original tone, “Look, most of us have secondaries. I… don’t, but I... went through a few when I was starting out…”
“I remember!” He allows his frustration to drain into his voice.
“Kara, stop. Please, just get a secondary for your magic. Please. I can’t see you hurt from this. Trying to cast like this will kill the both of you.” Her voice is lower now as both of them have seemed to drain themselves.
“Shauna…” His voice is a gentle warning not to prod at the issue.
“Promise me you’ll consider it,” she presses.
“...promise…” It’s a long moment before he responds, but when he does he seems sincere and I feel my stomach turn to lead.
There’s more talking beyond the door, but I can’t get my mind to focus. The voices are nothing more than just noise in the back of my mind making my head spin.
I have no idea how much time has passed before my Master comes in.
“Hey there Blue, you’re awake.” He speaks in the same soft tone he’s used to keep me calm in the past, but now it just grates on my nerves.
“I-I’m sorry-” My voice cracks, reminding me of how sore my throat is.
“No, no you don’t- look, it was my mistake.” He smiles a self-deprecating smile as he presses a ceramic cup before my face.
He always says that. There’s a burning behind my eyes as I try to smile and not cry. There’s tea in the cup. It’s steaming with a light, sweet smell that I recognize as his favored soothing blend.
He’s trying to be nice but the truth remains. He can lie to me all he wants, but this wasn’t his fault. I was weak. It’s as simple as that. I’m sorry for what happened, but there’s nothing I can do to fix anything. I’m not brave enough to say that, though I don’t know why. It’s just the truth. Nothing more, nothing less.
I knew this was coming. I’m weak and ill-suited to this life. It took longer than I thought for Master to realize this, but the truth faces him glaringly.
He’ll need to get a better familiar- something that can be there for him as he needs.
I wonder if he’ll keep me. I’ve been a good pet before. I’m stronger than I’ve been in a long while, I doubt I could be too much of a strain on him. I’ll try to be less demanding if that’s what it takes.
I don’t mind losing my place at Master’s right hand so long as I might remain by his side. But Master is not one for useless things. He keeps very little that is not immediately useful, his house reflects as much, but he does make space for things he loves. I think of the kitchen, how well worn the space is, how bright and full of light and life. I wonder if I’m worth enough to him to be kept like that. As something that brings joy even if has no other practical use.
Shauna’s words come back in a rush. I had wondered why my Master picked me that day from among all the others. It was a bet. A bet to see if I lived or died under his care.
I’m not special to him. I’ve been deluding myself just like I have with the others. I’m nothing to this man, even though he’s my everything. There’s some bitter part of me that wails at how unfair it all is.
I wish he hadn't reaffixed the cool towel on my forehead that chases away the worst of the pain. I want to wallow in that pain, allow it to ground me as I try to process everything that has happened. I wish he’d stop being gentle with me, throw me off the bed, yell, rage at the worthless being taking up his time and space that it doesn’t deserve.
I flinch away from his hands as they card through my hair. I hate that even now I’m taking comfort in the simple gesture. I feel a tear slide down my cheek, but I don’t remember summoning the emotional strength to cry. Master pulls away at that.
“Sorry, I’ll just… I’ll keep the curtains down and let you rest.”
He adjusts the covers, tucking me in just a little firmer, and there’s stinging, lancing pain that goes down the flesh he presses against. I can’t tell if it is genuine pain or if I just don’t want to accept his touch. He backs away slowly after that, closing the door quietly behind him, and I wonder if I’ve let my discomfort show on my face.
I want to stop him, confront him, scream at the injustice of it all, but I can’t do that. It’s not my place. I just turn over as the door closes and try to find my place in unconsciousness.
- - - - -
I dream of magic. Though perhaps it is misleading to say that I dream of it, rather it’s a nightmare. Pain and horror, laughter at my failings, knowing that there is no other way I could have done better. It’s a terrifying cacophony of scenes stitched together with only the barest coherency.
There is screaming. People that I know, people that I will never have the chance to see again. The other familiars that I’ve come to know. Masters, guards, instructors, all alike in their aspects to the point that I can barely discern who is the focus. It’s all swirling mayhem, and then I see my Master.
I see the man who had taken me out of all that. Who took me out of the cycle of pain and debasement that I had accepted as my lot. The man who healed me and treated me with care unlike any that I’d ever known.
I see the man that I’d been foolish enough to trust. Foolish enough to think he saw me as more than an object to his own ends.
I see him turn his back to me as he recognises my failings. I see him throw me away like the garbage I know I am.
I wake up screaming.
“Blue!” Master throws the door open.
He’s not in his night clothes. I have no idea how long I’ve been asleep, but apparently he’s either been working late downstairs, or I’ve only been down for a little bit.
I try to look around the room as I’m wrenched violently from my dream, trying to breathe through the racing in my heart. The faint light that had been coming through the window is gone now and I have no other frame of reference for how late it is. My vision is blurry and it takes me a second to understand that I’m crying.
“Blue, are you alright?” The concern in his voice is palpable.
There are tears running down my face and while I entertain the thought of playing this off as no big deal, reassuring him that I am fine and need no help in dealing with my internal panic.
The words that instead come out are a desperate and harried, “Please don’t throw me away!”
“What are you-” Master begins, but whatever shaking, frantic energy is possessing me forces me to continue.
“I’ll be good… better. I won’t ask much, I- I-” My hands are shaking and the whole of my body protests as I try to scramble up, tangled in the sheets.
“Blue, calm down. You’re here at my house. It’s Kara, remember? You’re having a bad dream,” he soothes gently, showing his open palms as he approaches me slowly, like I’m something dangerous.
I don’t know how to tell him that I know exactly where I am, I know who I’m talking to, being every bit the demanding little bint that I’m swearing I won’t be.
“I don’t- I don’t want to go-” My voice is a pitiful whine as I dig my hands into the sheets, desperate to ground myself.
“You don’t have to go anywhere, no one is making you go anywhere. Everything’s ok, Blue,” he placates me.
I’m amazed that he can lie so well. There’s no difference that I can tell between this and all of his other speeches.
Though I suppose he never was being truthful with me. I only know what his lies sound like. It was my own fault that I assumed it was the truth.
The thought makes me feel sick inside. The churning nausea within me is overwhelming to the point that I have to shut my eyes against the whirling of the room around me. I must have sat up too fast. The dizziness pitches the entire world on its side, but arms encircle me before I fall.
“Blue! Stars, are you ok?”
I struggle against his arms but I have to stop to catch my breath after just a few moments. Not only do I have nowhere to go if I get out of his grasp, but I doubt I can support myself without his help.
“I-I...er, I’m f-fine,” I stutter out as I’m catching my breath.
“You aren’t fine, you’re hurt and you need a rest.” He presses me back into the pillows, pulling the covers back around me as I settle back on the bed. “Look, it’s almost the weekend, I can just go and tell my teachers that I’m going to miss a couple classes.” He explains it like he’s worked this all out ahead of time, but fear seizes me.
“No!” I shout before I can truly think it through.
I can’t let him just stop functioning in his life and force him to take care of me. That’s a surefire way to get replaced by something less high maintenance.
“Blue, you need-” He tries to argue, but my goal is too clear in my mind.
“Please, let’s go right back to school. Please,” I beg, clutching his shirt, pulling him as close as I can.
I can’t be the reason he’s missing classes. I can’t cause him any more trouble. I can’t be even more of a burden.
“I… We’ll see tomorrow, alright?” he sighs.
“Tomorrow.” I agree, knowing that my answer won’t change.
It doesn’t change anything in him. He just gives me a smile that doesn’t quite reach his eyes. I don’t know what it is about his expression, but it makes me feel distinctly guilty. I don’t want to be the reason he’s sad, but there’s nothing I can do, and even less I can say.
I keep my mouth shut as he takes the cooling cloth from my forehead, dipping it in a water basin he’s left on the desk before sitting it back down on my head. I don’t like how much I lean into the touch, how desperate I am for it. He talks me through a variety of pain pills, each specialized to deal with certain things. He shows me the differences between them so that I can tell which ones are which, and then he lets me choose which ones I want to take.
It’s all so ridiculous that I’m having a hard time keeping it together. It doesn’t mean anything. Why is he still pretending? Why is he still acting like I’m worth his time or concern. I bite my lip and by the time Master leaves the room again I can’t hold back my tears anymore.
This whole mess has spiraled out of control, but I never had a realistic hold on it to begin with I suppose.
My body aches and there’s a nauseous churning in my gut that protests the thought of any movement. There’s not a lot I can do. I can’t get up, even lying down I understand I’m too weak for that. My knees won’t support my weight. I can’t go to sleep. Not after that nightmare, not when it’s too true for comfort.
I’ll be on my own for a bit, so I need to be able to distract myself.
It can’t be that hard. I try to remember what I wouldn’t have given for the chance to have time alone and unharried to sit and heal. I groan and turn onto my side until something catches me underneath the ribs.
I dig the hard shape out from under me, confused as to what would be in bed. The familiar image of the front cover of my book stares back at me.
It’s like the thing is mocking me. A pure symbol of my Master’s favor in a time when I’ve failed him so thoroughly. It’s almost enough to make me laugh.
The little ribbon sticks out of the side, reminding me that I’ve only made it through a small section of the whole book. The story calls to me. Where magic is only good, intent is all you need, and pain is only a figment. It offers escape.
Right
. Can’t sleep, can’t move, might as well read.
Notes:
The Tumblr: Here
So let me know what you think...
Chapter 52: convalescence
Summary:
The boys get a call from one of their least favorite teachers, and Kara's really struggling to put all of the things that have happened in the last week in perspective.
It's another one of those rare dual POV chapters...
Notes:
Hey guys! Just so you know, tomorrow will be this fic's birthday. I just wanted to take a moment and let you guys know how unbelievably awesome you all are. You guys inspire me to write and I never would have gotten this far without all of you.
You are the most amazing people and I just want you guys to know that.
<3<3<3
Also a shout out to Sekiraku, my wonderful beta who puts up with far too many of my shenanigans, and is responsible for making what I write legible to actual humans.
<3<3<3
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue:
Classes are a strain in a way I’m not used to. It’s a physical effort to keep my body moving through the day. I usually look forward to days like this. Today it’s mostly classes that I get to attend with my Master, but it’s just a mess as my body protests every motion.
I’m counting down the minutes in Wand Crafts. It’s the last class of the day before I get to just sleep in the Care Center and I’m looking forward to it. But the second that we come out of the classroom we are greeted by a… not unfamiliar face.
I recognize the Zenzi cub in front of us as the one that belongs to the Advanced Casting professor, but I’m not sure if my Master recognizes them. He’s just looking at the familiar in front of him in confusion.
Jewel passes an awkward moment just standing in front of us, waiting to be addressed. I can see the nervous look in their eyes as they keep their head respectfully bowed, watching our shoes with a with a fidgety energy. I don’t think I’ve seen them without their master before, but I suppose it isn’t uncommon to send a familiar as a messenger.
“Jewel, what are you doing here?” Master snaps out of his daze, addressing the familiar that’s come to block our way down the hall
.
Jewel, for their part, seems genuinely surprised that Kara remembered their name.
“My Master requires your presence Ser Ctor.” Jewel speaks in a clear and even tone that belies their skittishness.
Ser Ctor? Is that his last name? I realize that I don’t know a lot about my Master. Either way, I don’t like the image I’m receiving from Jewel.
To be honest, I was really hoping not to have to see the professor until class at the end of the week, or rather never again. In either case, Master can’t flat out refuse a summons from a teacher and he has a whole hour until his next class starts.
“Blue, would you rather go to the Care Center or come up with me?” Master offers me the choice as Jewel waits demurely.
The Herbology professor doesn’t allow familiars anyways, so there’s really no reason to keep me with him. I feel tired, I’d like to take a nap, but the churning in my stomach lets me know I’d never be able to sleep. I’d be wondering what was happening, if my Master was getting in trouble for my incompetence, or if the professor was convincing my Master of how little I am worth.
Master is offering me knowledge. I won’t be able to change anything that’s said, I can’t argue any of the points or even defend myself, but knowing what’s happening is a gift I’ve been denied too often not to see its value.
“Please Master, may I come with you?” I try to ask in the most proper, well-mannered way I can, but I don’t miss the little twitch Jewel makes.
Requests and preferences probably aren’t very high on Ryuki’s list of acceptable behaviors. I wonder what kind of punishment they’d face for voicing such a wish. Master, for his part, takes no notice of this and just presses on.
“Alright then,” he acknowledges before motioning for Jewel to lead the way.
Jewel looks back and forth for a second with wide eyes, but in the end seems relieved that the task they’ve been appointed to is being accomplished. As we climb the tower that leads up to Professor Burg’s classroom, I wonder if I’ve made the right choice.
We don’t go all the way up to the main classroom, instead stopping at the second floor and turning off at a large and rather ornate door at the end of the hall.
“Master, I’ve brought Ser Ctor.” Jewel speaks after giving a prim little knock on the door.
“Enter.” Professor Burg’s voice echoes through the door.
Jewel opens up the door, holding a slight bow as they gesture us in. The room seems to be a nice office. The smell of the incense coming from the room is intense. There’s dark wallpaper with intricate pattern set into the deep colors, only visible with careful examination. There are several ritual circles stained into the hardwood floor, though there is a wide circular rug that seems to cover most of the room. The walls are covered by bookshelves though the chamber walls that extend farther up have some larger tapestries to cover the bare stonework. There’s a tall window that brings in a little light, though it is a rather intricate piece of stained glass. I wonder if the piece was here originally or if the Professor had it commissioned. It looks like a rather artistic rendering of the world’s planar structure. Though to be fair, I’ve only seen the labeled diagram in my Master’s textbook. It could be anything, really.
The desk is an imposing block of dark stained wood with stacks of parchment and scrolls and a wide crystalline bottle of ink spread over it. Behind the wide structure of the desk sits Professor Burg, fingers steepled as he waits for us to come inside.
“Oh you brought that…” He exhales as his eyes flick over my form. The disappointment is palpable in his voice and I can’t help but look away, trying to shrink in on myself.
“He’s my familiar,” Master shoots back, matter-of-fact to the point that I think he’s missed the professor’s tone.
“Well, that’s what I wanted to talk to you about anyway. Please, sit.” He offers the high backed wooden chair to my Master, emphatically not looking at me.
“Why did you want to talk to me, professor?” Master speaks very frankly as he sits down in the chair across from his teacher.
I lag behind for a few seconds, watching as Jewel makes their way behind the desk to kneel by their Master. The furthest corner of the rug runs just past the chair, near the desk. I doubt it was by design, but I am thankful for the plush cushion as I go to my knees beside my own Master.
“I need to talk to you about your choices regarding your familiar.” Professor Burg takes my Master’s blunt start and answers in kind.
I feel my stomach drop. I’m glad at least that I am already kneeling.
“And why would we need to talk about that?” I’m sure my Master is playing dumb now.
“Kara, you are a bright student, you cannot be this blind,” he deadpans, leaning back and crossing his arms, staring at my Master as though he is faced with a particularly vexing problem.
“Regardless, I do believe this is my choice to make.” Master doesn’t yield ground, but the carefree composure that he came in with is gone.
“Yes, but I am worried about you. It’s not a matter of doing well in my class, unstable familiars are not safe.” He voices my anxieties as I do my best to curl up into a ball and disappear.
“I am doing strong work in your class-” Master shoots back, but Professor Burg cuts him off.
“It’s not about my class, Kara. This is about making bad choices as a mage,” he nearly shouts. He takes a moment to take a breath before continuing on with a much more sedate tone. “My sister got sentimental about her familiar and continued to use an unstable one long after she should have. Soon he wouldn’t stay still, he mislabeled jars, he caused all manner of mischief in her lab.” There’s a melancholy note in this voice that makes my chest twinge painfully.
“That doesn’t seem-” Master tries to speak, but Ryuki cuts him off again.
“He got her killed, Kara. I am looking out for your best interests. He disrupted her magic while she was channelling and she died in the resulting chaos.”
For a long moment Master doesn’t speak and my heart races.
I didn’t know that familiars could mess with the spells they were involved in. I thought we had to stay still for the ease of the caster. I had no idea that it could be dangerous for the person casting.
As much as I want to stay by his side, I remember the urge to run, the involuntary movement that was triggered in the magic’s flux. I don’t know if there’s anything I could do to fix that. It could be dangerous for me to remain as my Master’s familiar. I could cause problems with the finer magics.
I don’t want to be dangerous. I don’t want Kara to get hurt because of my failings.
There’s a loud sound as the chair scrapes against the hardwood floor that shocks me out of my musings. Master has stood up from where he was sitting. His body is tense, and he takes an additional second before he responds.
“I am sorry for your loss professor, but I know what I am doing.” Master’s voice is hard but not without sympathy as he holds eye contact with his teacher.
I turn to follow as Master storms out of the room.
“I hope so…” Ryuki huffs out under his breath. I’m almost certain I wasn’t meant to hear it, but I for once agree with the professor.
I hope my Master knows what he’s doing.
Kara:
School, for once, is an unwelcome distraction.
People actively want to talk to me for a change, and it’s not for the best of reasons. People have been congratulating me in a way that’s more of a condolence and I don’t care for it. The whole school’s abuzz with last week’s problems. Apparently the fire lily caught their interest, but they really started paying attention after the mess of our first casting. Especially given the fact that the day after, we got a private audience with Professor Burg.
I don’t know how to feel about that, about how fast news gets around, about how closely we’re being watched, about this while fucking situation. It’s certainly not helped by the fact that Blue is still bothered by… everything. The entirety of the events of the past few weeks, not to mention the lifetime of rampant abuses that I just casually keep forgetting to factor in because I am the worst person and entirely ill-suited for this.
I still can’t get the conversation Shauna and I had after we’d finished our screaming match out of my head. She’d waited until I calmed down before she even tried to talk.
“I understand you’re mad,” she starts cautiously, but I am so pissed I don’t let her finish.
“Blindingly so,” I grind out, trying to count to ten in my head and just breathe. I don’t like the way she was dismissing Blue like it was nothing. As if the concept of getting a new familiar was nothing more than picking out a paperweight. I had thought she was coming along to the idea that familiars were more than that. She’s been so nice with Ande... I suppose it was just wishful thinking.
“I’ll leave you to yours then...but,” she tries to continue, but I’m too wound up to listen.
“What?” I snap instead of just hearing her out. I immediately color at what I’ve just said, ducking so that I won’t have to meet her eyes.
“Kara.” She chastises me as lightly as she figures she can get away with before continuing. “On a lighter note, your birthday’s coming up…”
“Shauna, don’t.” I don’t know what she was going to say, but I really can’t handle it if she starts suggesting that we go out and get a new familiar for the occasion.
“I just wanted to get you out of the house. Come on, I’ll take you out to one of those little places that you like, make sure you get well and truly drunk. Try to forget Professor Burg’s face.” She bumps my shoulder casually, but I don’t miss the concern that crosses her face when I look up to her.
“Oh stars, don’t remind me.” I hide my head in my hands.
I had purposely put myself off thinking about any of that. About how I had practically run from the room after we finished our ritual. I try really hard not to think about the way Blue tried to stay upright, the glazed look that had fallen over his eyes when he tried to walk back to me after the casting. The way he went limp only a step or so outside of the circle.
“Hell, I think he’s just mad that you managed to build a stronger spell than any of his favorites even though you let it go early.” She tries to turn the whole situation around and make it a good thing.
I can’t stifle the groan that comes out of me. I wasn’t thinking about the spell. Hell, I’d forgotten about the assignment altogether. It’s just fuel on the fire that the magic went well. It’s just going to make this whole thing harder to sweep under the rug. It’s not as forgettable as I was hoping it would be.
“Just think about it? You need some time away. I haven’t got to hang out with my buddy in forever,” Shauna prods warmly, fishing for a smile, and I do want to indulge her but I can’t find it within me to produce one.
“I’ll think about it. Now please, I just need some space, ok?”I fix her with a very tired gaze and try to convey just how deeply I need space.
“Yeah, K. I’ll get out of your hair. But I am spiriting you away at the end of the week!” She’s said it quietly, but like no less of a promise.
It’s been rattling around in my mind all weekend. That ‘promise’ was just a little concerning.
Still, I don’t know what her plans are… it’ll probably be fine.
I do have some more pressing matters to attend to anyways. I never thought that I would be on the lookout for teachers and their familiars…
Ryuki scared me. Not in the normal way, because he is a teacher that already doesn’t like me and is a constant danger to my very tentative place here, but because when he called me into his office he genuinely believed that he was helping me. He was as rattled by what happened in our casting ritual as anyone.
I suppose it is fairly reasonable, given his history with castings going wrong. Losing someone close to you always does funny things to your perception. It’s not an excuse for his behavior, the way he treats Jewel, or how perpetually terrified he keeps his familiar, but it does provide some context at least.
I didn’t know that familiars could influence castings, by messing it up or otherwise. I suppose it should have been obvious. Why would there be such harsh restrictions on familiars otherwise? Why would there be a class that’s specifically designed to teach ‘proper care’ for familiars? Why would there be training manuals detailing how to break and abuse familiars all for the sake of keeping them in their place? I should have connected the dots before. It seems so obvious in retrospect.
I don’t really know anything about my magic. Academic magics are a lot different than I thought they would be, but I never had a realistic idea of what it would be anyways. I never did.
I want to kick myself for how foolish I was, thinking that all I needed was a few knowledgeable people and a classroom to study in. I know magic that I shouldn’t, magic that we aren’t going to touch on for years. At the same time, I don’t know some of the most fundamental basics. There are simple symbols, wand and staff tricks, even dueling postures that everyone seems to understand, but that make no sense to me.
It’s too much of a culture difference. I don’t know what these people know, what their entire upbringings have prepared them for. Everything that I know has been either trial and error or straight from the book.
There’s too much I don’t know. There’s too much I have to hide.
Maybe that’s why I’m avoiding thinking about Shauna spriting me away for a party. I’m turning into some paranoid hermit, though Shauna would argue that I’ve been a hermit for much longer. It’s not that I don’t want to go out, it’s that being a person is becoming a lot more of a taxing process as of late.
Especially so close to a national holiday.
Plenty of kids love sharing a birthday with a royal. It means a holiday and parties happening all over town. Even if it isn’t directly for you, you get the chance to revel in the entertainment. Then again, with so many royal children, there are more and more chances to share a birthday. Even with all the benefits, it’s always been too much attention.
And that just brings us right back around to the problems of school. Too many people that are too overly invested in things that don’t matter. As much as Genevive’s being an intentional pain in my ass, others are doing the same unintentionally, and it’s almost as bad.
Most of the students are torn into two groups. One wants me to fail, the other wants to see this upstart of a relationship succeed, though I’m pretty sure that’s just the group that wants to see Genevive have to publicly break off a relationship.
It’s not uncommon, but when a relationship ends you never want to be the reason it did, especially with so many eyes on you. There are a few amicable ends, but those have pretty much flown out the window. It’s a waiting game now. Either I fuck up bad enough that she can use it as a reason to break it off, or she fucks up in the public eye and I can break up with her. It’s a matter of honor to see how far we can go.
And that doesn’t even begin to cover Blue. As much as I came to school today at his insistence, I’m not sure how to handle him. He’s been distant, and that much is understandable, but it does unsettle me. I want to give him space. I want to give him whatever he needs to recover. Unfortunately, I don’t understand what he needs, what he’s thinking and feeling, and I’m worried he doesn’t either.
I don’t think coming back to school in such a rush was a good idea. It’s been a couple of days, but that clearly isn’t enough. I can see how much Blue is trying to keep up appearances, but just accompanying me to classes is sapping his energy fast. I would have liked him to take an extra day, but it was enough of a fight to get him to take pain meds this morning.
I don’t know how to convince him that taking pain meds doesn’t mean he’s weak, and I’ve nearly given up on trying to tell him that taking time for himself isn’t a sin. He’s… shaken.
Especially after we got called in to talk with Professor Burg. People notice a flubbed casting, but even more notice when there’s a personal request from the Professor and nobody gets in trouble afterwards.
Either way, people are far too invested and with that comes far too much attention.
Though that doesn’t explain the mob of people crowded around the potions room, peering in to get a glimpse of the classroom when it’s time for class. Too many people to remain hidden are crowded all around the entryway, halfheartedly hiding themselves behind the door and peeking in, whispering far too loudly to keep anything they say concealed. I push past them to get into my classroom when I see that this strange behavior continues on the interior of the room.
People are crowded into one big group around the front of the room with one figure scrabbling at the center of the mob.
Oh, right. The new student.
Notes:
A new student??? Wonder what that could be :/
The Tumblr: Here
Chapter 53: The New Student
Summary:
We get a chance to see the new student.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
The news of a mid semester student is not information that distributes slowly, even with my few contacts. We had gotten a few days of notice to prepare ourselves, three days as the administration has to set up a schedule for the poor kid. The student body is whipped up into a frenzy over the news. It’s rare that someone would even be allowed to join this late in the year. It speaks of a very powerful person, or at least their child.
Still, it feels kinda cruel dropping them into the lion’s den halfway through the semester and expecting them to be fine. There are whispers going around wondering who it might be, which noble lord or lady’s child has suddenly developed their magic, or perhaps someone else. I have my own theory, but for my own sake I don’t share it.
There’s a part of me that’s sad to see I’m right as the day finally comes and I meet our new student- in Potions class, of all places. His skin and eyes are distinctive, but in a place as diverse as this, you really can’t trust the regional markers. No, it’s the way he carries himself that gives him away. He is a stranger in a strange land, surrounded by strange customs, and strangers.
I don’t like the way my eyes follow him, as though I’m no better than all the others, gawking at him and treating him like he’s a toy for my amusement. Something new and shiny from far away designed solely to intrigue us with his presence.
This is the prince Jet had warned me about. The prince of Durian, right in my Potions class.
He’s got his yellow slip, his full schedule written out straight from the registrar, and he’s fighting, almost as hard as everyone else, for a chance to read it.
“Let me see!” One student crowds into his personal space and he has just enough time to move to one side as another ducks under his arm to get closer under the pretense of reading the paper more closely.
“Oh! You’re in my section of History! We’re going to have so much fun together!” she squeals, giving him a quick but telling hug.
Stars, they are already after the throne.
“You have Professor Jer?” One guy from my dueling magics class comes over and throws an arm over his shoulders, extracting him from the situation, though not putting him into a better one.
“Oh that’s such a good teacher, seriously you are in great hands.” She takes his hands in her own and gives a light tug, trying to pull him back to her.
I can see the panic rising in his eyes. It’s years of lessons and performing in front of the court and his own cabinet of nobles that keeps him from lashing out. He takes the prodding and praises as stoically as possible, a feat that is quite commendable given that everyone seems to be vying for this man’s attention.
I look away before this develops into a literal game of tug-of-war.
His demon is getting a similar treatment on the other side of the room. He’s pulled away from the prince, and as shameless as people were about invading the prince’s personal space, there are no greater qualms about laying hands on him. I’m not sure what kind of demon he is. He has some pretty significant facial tattoos that are fairly symmetrical as far as I can tell, and some horns peeking out of his rather long hair, but he doesn’t seem to belong to the small list of common demons I’m familiar with.
Blue seems intrigued by the ruckus that’s being caused over in the corner, but he has no drive to try and get a better look or interact. I don’t really know what to do with him. I can’t tell if he’s in pain or just processing the past couple of days. I don’t like that he’s forced the issue of going back to school, but it was his choice to make. It’s also getting harder to talk to him now, like the first few weeks we were together. It’s short quick answers, interspersed with tuning me out. When we were just starting out it was flashbacks, fear, and poisonous trains of thought, but now… It’s like he’s not in his own mind. Sometimes I’ll be talking to him for whole minutes before I realize he’s not actually there, he’s off in his own little world. I don’t know which is worse.
Blue simply kneels beside our lab area, content to stay still for another period.
That’s another problem with a new student, I realise. Potions is a popular class that is an instrumental prerequisite for a lot of different classes. All of the sections are full, up to the maximum amount of lab stations that are available. How the hell did the registrar think this wouldn’t be a problem?
It doesn’t take long before Genevive joins in with the rest of the crowd. She snakes her way into the group and finds her way to the struggling prince.
The crowd has made its way around the subject of classes and moved onto the subject of his clothing. He’s still dressed mostly in his own country’s vestments, but there’s an oversized sweater that’s been pulled over the ensemble, with the colors and crest of the Academia.
“Oh wow! You are so tall. Stars, I’d absolutely drown in your clothes.” She runs her hands over one arm of the sweater like it’s some kind of foreign material, not something anyone could pick up at the bookstore.
She’s not wrong. He is pretty tall, though not ungainly in any way, but whoever got the sweater for him obviously didn’t know his size. The cuffs fall nearly past his fingertips. As much as she would drown in his clothes, he also seems to be.
“I- um...” He looks almost as confused as he is concerned.
Her flirting is at least a bit more subtle than what’s coming from the others, but he’s still uncomfortable.
Eventually, Professor Rotan comes back into the classroom as our period starts and takes notice of the group crowded around our new student. With a few terse words from the professor, the students reluctantly drop their hold on their prey and retreat to their stations. As much as it helps him get out of being prodded like a prize horse, it does come with the unintended side effect of leaving him alone with no empty table to go to.
Brendon seems to recognize this at the same moment as the prince does, pinching the bridge of his nose and taking a deep breath.
“We don’t have any more lab tables,” he admits solemnly, looking over the prince with undisguised pity.
“I- um, yes professor…” He takes a long time to speak, finding only a series of stuttery words before the teacher cuts him off.
“I don’t want you to be behind for anything, and missing out on this course will put you pretty significantly behind. Still, I’m not going to go easy on you, you will have to work through the semester’s topics.” It’s pretty clear from his tone that Brendon’s trying to get the prince to drop the course.
It seems excessive, though not unheard of. It wouldn’t be impossible to work through this kind of setback, especially given that a magic education is much more common in Durian. Much of what we’re learning as first years would be a review for him.
“I am a hard worker. I will try...very hard... not to disappoint!” He speaks again, slowly and with a strange cadence, but very clearly nonetheless. A terrible thought shoots through my mind and I try to just push it down as I watch the scene in front of me.
“Alright then, it would probably be best for you to find someone willing to share their lab space with you and get settled in. I can help you get settled with everything else after class.” Brendon speaks like he hasn’t seen the entire class jump up like a bunch of meerkats.
Immediately after he’s suggested one of us share lab space, there are hands in the air.
I know I should just sit this one out and let the others fight it out, but seeing him up in front of the class with everyone calling for his attention, I can see how terrified he is. He doesn’t deserve this, he never even really had a choice.
“ You are welcome over here ,” I call, raising my hand in offering. Everyone else goes silent for a minute while the prince beams.
I’ve never understood it, but once people learn the trade language, they really stop trying to pick up other languages and dialects. Visaunra is a country that keeps the trade tongue as its national language. It’s what gets taught in schools and is generally seen as a mark of sophistication.
Someone who doesn’t know trade is marked as a hick, someone from an antisocial society that doesn’t bother making its people learn one of the most useful tongues. It’s a pretty bad system that doesn’t take into context the value that other places put on their traditional tongues. But every merchant learns the language, so it’s become something of an expectation, at least for the people of Visaunra.
The language of Durian isn’t overly complicated. But as much as the trade tongue borrows from every other language and rifles through their pockets for loose grammar, it doesn’t take much from the prince’s native tongue. I get why he’s having trouble with it, especially given the amount of time he was probably given to prep for his impromptu diplomatic move.
I don’t discount the value of a familiar set of syllables. As isolating as this whole move has probably been for him, the entire situation is exacerbated by the fact that he can’t even speak the common language of the country he’s moved to.
People have been saying he’s slow or boring, but he’s probably just been doing his best to try and keep up with the pace of those around him. I remember the first few months in Durian. Following along in conversations was hard, and when I spoke it was only simple sentences that made me feel so stupid that I would rather just keep my mouth shut.
He nearly runs to my desk while Professor Rotan finds a spare chair in one of the closets. HIs choice is clear, but not everyone is happy about that. I can feel everyone’s eyes on me. Genevive’s sink like daggers into my skin and I have to fight the urge not to straighten my posture under her gaze.
“ Please, sit. I’m Kara, by the way. ” I do my best to try and appear friendly and give him some encouragement to engage.
“ Delarian, please, just Dey. ” He gives me a shy smile.
“ Alright ,” I acknowledge, gesturing to the seat again.
I don’t doubt that there’s some comfort in a perceived familiarity. Any ally will do in enemy territory, and I can see that he’s ready to settle for the person who’s slightly less eager to tear him to shreds.
“Thank you.” He sits, letting his bag fall to the ground and staring forward for half a second while the teacher takes up his chalk, before turning immediately back to me. “ I’m sorry if I’m prying, but so few people here know the language of my country .”
“ Well, it’s a very beautiful language .” I smile back at him.
Yeah, it was just the language barrier that had people saying he wasn’t talkative. He’s practically vibrating in his seat now that he knows someone can understand what he’s saying.
“ It would be a shame not to know it. Just think, if I didn’t then we wouldn’t be able to talk, what a shame that would be ,” I continue, just to fill the space.
Also, it has the added benefit of showing off. I’m pretty versatile in Durish, though it has been some time since I had occasion to speak it. I want him to feel comfortable, that I’ll be able to understand whatever he throws at me.
He’s tense. His shoulders are drawn up even as he tries to settle into place to listen to the professor.
“ I’m grateful you feel such a way. I fear my lessons have left me rather ill-prepared for this journey, and — Enoki! ” He continues smiling until his eyes find the ground next to us.
His demon, who I can only assume is named Enoki, has stopped just shy of actually reaching Blue. When he knelt down beside his master I had assumed he would just keep the position like all the others, but it seems he’s curious about my familiar.
Though I can’t say Blue returns the curiosity.
Blue is leaning just about as far as he can from the approaching demon without breaking position. He hasn’t said anything yet, but I can see the signs of stress on him. He’s breathing fast and his face has gone white. I don’t know what he sees in the demon, but apparently he’s afraid.
“ Enoki, what are you doing? ” Dey whispers hastily, trying not to draw any undue attention while he chastises his familiar.
“ I can’t take it anymore, everyone’s just saying random syllables and I want to know what’s going on, ” his demon, Enoki, hisses back.
“ You know better than that! ” Dey’s cheeks go red as his lips set into a disapproving line.
Enoki gives a huff, but instead of backing down he grabs Blue’s face and pulls him into a deep kiss. I see the fear in Blue’s eyes turn to confusion, as he wasn’t expecting the rather gentle assault. It’s over before I have the chance to break out of my stupor and put a stop to it myself.
“Blue, are you alright?” I ask, pulling him away from the demon and keeping one hand between the two of them.
“ I am so sorry. ” Dey trips over himself trying to apologize for his familiar’s behavior, but I’m just confused as to what prompted this action.
“What are you sorry for? He should be thanking me. Come on, I’m a good kisser, right?” Enoki quirks a brow and sends a charming smile to Blue.
Blue is flustered, though I am more confused about the perfect trade tongue that the demon’s decided to transition to.
“You’re speaking-” I try to voice my confusion through my surprise, but the demon cuts me off.
“Yeah sweetcheeks, it’s a special trick I’ve got up my sleeves for situations as inopportune as this.” He gives me a slow wink with a smile that takes me an embarrassing amount of time to realize is supposed to be flirtatious.
“So… when you kissed-” I speak, processing what happened, when the demon cuts me off again.
“Kissed? Oh please, that was just a greeting, a little exchange of information, you want a kiss and I’ll have to-” As he speaks a wide smile crosses his face and he leans back over into Blue’s space, but I stop him, putting my hand between the two of them before he can get too close.
“Ok, ok, possessive. I can respect that,” he huffs, rolling his eyes before finding his way back to Dey’s side and falling dramatically over his lap.
“ Please forgive Enoki, he’s just… he’s just like that. ” Dey takes a second to just pat Enoki’s head.
At least Dey has the good grace to look ashamed. Enoki is just smiling wide, looking up at Dey with a mirth that I can’t place.
“ Come on, my prince, cut me some slack. I can transfer my gift if you so choose ,” he drawls, once again in his native tongue, as he bats his eyes innocently.
“ Enoki- ” I hear the warning in Dey’s tone, but apparently it’s not enough to discourage his demon.
“ You’d have to kiss me every hour on the hour. Can you handle that, my prince? ” He speaks in a lilting tone as he pulls himself just a little further onto his lap.
“ Or, you know, I could just… learn the freaking language and not be dependant on your escapades, ” Dey huffs back, utterly unaffected by his antics.
“You are no fun,” Enoki whines, hugging Dey tighter around the midsection.
Dey gives a sharp exhalation at the unexpected motion, but seems to be content to ignore the demon clinging to him, almost as if it’s a regular occurrence.
“ Quite a demon you’ve got there ,” I chuckle under my breath.
Their dynamic is… unique, if nothing else. I’m happy to find such a pair in this school. Dey seems to genuinely care for Enoki, even if that is just the warpings of being surrounded in a strange land with only one link to relative normality.
“ Quite a headache, you mean ,” he snorts back, running a casual hand though Enoki’s hair, watching as he snuggles closer at the action.
“If you boys would please quiet down in the back!” Professor Rotan calls us out for talking during his lecture and, like a pair of five-year-olds in time out, we shut our mouths and face forward, unwilling to incur any more of the wrath of the adult in the room
We sit through the rest of class doing our best to ignore the palpable tension from the other students.
I’m thankful that today a lot of the people in this block of Potions do have other classes to deal with right after. They don’t have the time to flank the prince like they’d done before class.
Dey waits for a solid moment before heaving a resigned sigh and pulling Enoki into a kiss right in the middle of the classroom. When he pulls away Enoki looks dazed for a second before he scrambles back to the floor, face bright red. I get the feeling that as much as Enoki puts on the act of confidence, he can’t quite back it up.
Dey just rolls his eyes before moving forward to go speak with our professor. Enoki stays with us, leaning against the solid back of the table. He’s curled himself into a tight ball, pressing his head into his legs to hide his blush.
I take a moment to pack up slowly. I’m not sure if I’m meant to watch over Enoki while Dey’s gone, but I don’t want to abandon him. I don’t have another class after this today,and if he’s free as well, I’d like to talk a little more to Dey.
Enoki doesn’t give me any trouble. He doesn’t even seem to move as we wait for the few minutes it takes for Dey to work out a plan with our professor to make up all the work he’s missed for this semester. Blue shifts on his knees. He seems confused the longer we stay, but I can’t tell if the motion is born out of agitation or impatience.
He seems wary about the demon sitting next to us, but given Enoki’s apparent lack of boundaries, I suppose that’s to be expected. I don’t mind sitting between the two of them. It gives me some peace of mind until Dey walks back to our table.
“I’d like to thank you again.” Dey speaks in perfect trade tongue and I’m certain that Enoki’s ‘gift’ was no exaggeration.
“Really, there is no problem. Are you free to talk?” I ask him gently. I don’t want to overwhelm him, but I would like the chance to talk with him.
“I… I think so…” He hedges.
“Do you have any other classes?” I offer. I don’t want to take him away from anything important.
“Ummm…” He flushes a deep red and I realize that he really never got the chance to go over his schedule fully with so many people pushing and prodding to see the slip.
I help him check his schedule, noting that we have a couple of other classes together before confirming that he has nothing else to worry about today. That is, aside from the massive amounts of busywork that he has to complete and the notes he has to catch up on. Apparently, giving in to his demon’s whims is too objectionable.
“If you don’t have anywhere else to be, I wouldn’t be opposed to having you over to my house. I can let you look over my notes,” I offer.
We share three classes, and I keep fairly good notes. He should be caught up in no time. Plus, I really want to know if Enoki’s kiss allows him to read in another language as well as speak it with near fluency.
“I wouldn’t want to impose… I don’t even- am I dressed well enough to see your family?” He runs a nervous hand down the oversized sweater and I have to suppress a snicker.
“You don’t have to worry about that, it’s just me and Blue at home.” I wave my hand to where Blue is walking, near soundlessly beside us.
There’s a tiny jingle as Blue flinches when my hand comes into his visual range and the bell on his collar responds to his sudden movement. I hide a wince as I realize that Blue might not be in the best state to receive company, but I was hoping that a little bit of socializing might help to break him from this new, frosty attitude.
“Oh, then I’d love to come. I shouldn’t have to be back with my host family until dark…” Dey responds, continuing like he hasn’t seen anything, and I sincerely hope that he just missed the action.
We walk home together, talking about teachers and magic and all the little things that I can remember from my stint in Durian versus his lifetime of accumulated knowledge. The time passes quickly and before I know it, I’m ushering in the prince and his demon into my house.
Blue looks distinctly uncomfortable. He keeps wringing his hands together, biting his lip and trying to put on a neutral face. I recognise the warning signs for what they are: Blue needs to do something or he’s going to snap. Maybe all this stimulation was too much?
“Blue, would you mind grabbing us some tea?” I ask, giving him a gentle squeeze on the shoulder.
He looks up at me at the contact. His eyes are so far away and forlorn that it sends a pain deep through my chest.
I very nearly can’t stop myself from pulling him into my arms. I want to offer comfort, but I don’t know if it would just set him more on edge, especially considering that it would be in front of two relative strangers. His eyes rise to about my chest as he gives a weak smile before making his way towards the kitchen.
“Enoki, why don’t you help our kind host out with that, hm?” Dey calls out.
Enoki just rolls his eyes, but follows Blue regardless.
I’m about to object when Dey pulls me back by my sleeve.
“Sorry if I’m overstepping, I just… Enoki hasn’t had the chance to bond with a lot of other familiars. But as you’ve seen he’s a bit of a different cut, you know?” he offers in lieu of an explanation.
I still have half a mind to call them both back. I don’t want to leave the two of them alone together, not when Blue is feeling so vulnerable and Enoki has such problems with boundaries, but I have the feeling it will do more harm than good to overregulate how and with whom Blue interacts.
As they vanish into the kitchen, I will myself to let go of the lost opportunity and get on with the rest of my life. There will be plenty of other moments to fuck up. I heave a short sigh and gesture to the open couches, leading Dey into the living room with what I hope is a warm smile.
“Not a problem at all,” I lie, hesitating for a second before I continue with a question I’ve been dying to ask since I saw the two of them. “What kind of demon is Enoki? I don’t mean to pry, I just don’t think I’ve ever seen one like him.”
“You probably won’t see another one like him. Believe it or not, he was a misguided assassination attempt,” Dey admits jovially, finding a seat on the couch and laying down his bookbag.
“Really? But you guys are so close…” I prod. There’s one hell of a story there if he’s willing to tell it.
“He didn’t really want to kill me anyway, he was a… well, he’s a cursed doll.” He shrugs away that explanation as though it actually explains anything.
Enoki has already shown more personality and fine movement than any kind of automata I have ever seen. He certainly isn’t bound or covered in the runes of a golem. He looks like a demon, though I have to admit he doesn’t quite act like any of the traditional seven archetypes I’ve ever seen.
“A doll?” I try to ask for clarification without seeming too nosy.
“Yeah, back home there’s a legend of “The Bloody Doll.” If the thing stays under your roof for more than three nights it will come to life and kill everything in the house. Someone believed that they had tracked down this doll and presented it to me when I was about fourteen or so,” he explains with a wave of his hand, very casual considering the literal attempt on his life that he’s describing.
The thought makes me smile. Nobles all the way up are pretty used to assasination attempts, no matter what country. Murder is a unifying force that brings us all together as people.
“Damn!” I can’t help the way I chuckle a little at his blase admission. “So, how did that go?”
“Well, I thought it was just a really pretty doll and I loved the thing. I put it in my room with a little canopy bed and a table.” It’s his turn to laugh at his own antics and I have to admit, the thought of him setting up a little landscape for his new doll is pretty over-the-top. “Imagine my surprise when I wake up to a full-grown person crawling around my room.”
“He didn’t attack you?” I quirk a brow at him. It seems like a pretty half-assed assassination attempt if he didn’t even try to attack.
“Nah, he was just confused as to where he was, who I was... everything, really,” he admits with a shrug.
“Confused?” I parrot back, quirking a brow.
Confused isn’t historically the best descriptor for an assassin.
“He wasn’t actually an assassin. People just put too much stock in the myth, assuming the doll would do its job when the days were up. But that… well, it didn’t work out that way.”
“But he didn’t kill you, didn’t even know that was what he was supposed to do?” I ask again.
I wish the assassination attempts in our little slice of hell were so half-assed. We’ve lost five actual children of the crown, not to mention the countless unreported victims that have been killed in petty power grabs from overly ambitious extended family. I wonder if Dey’s would-be assassin had been someone in his court. Probably not, if they relied on an untested magic object. I don’t remember much about the royal family in Durian, but I know for certain that they don’t have the same amount of spares that we do.
“Well, once I got him talking, he told me that he’s ‘beautiful by design’. He only gets to have an animated form when he is… loved by his host,” he admits hesitantly.
“Oh.” That’s all the response I can muster, hoping that my face isn’t the shade of red that I think it is.
I’ve never heard of a charm or curse that works exactly like that, but it’s not entirely outside the realm of possibilities. I’ve never seen an actual incubus, or seen them in service to an actual mage, but I suppose that sounds a little more in line with how Enoki acts. If I remember correctly, incubi do have a tendency to be a little more tactile by necessity. They feed off that kind of energy.
“He was a real prick, too, in the beginning. Still is, if I’m honest. Once he figured out I was his host, you know what he said to me? He said that I would have to tell him that I loved him five times a day!” He laughs, wiping the beginnings of a tear out of his eye before he continues. “But he just needed reassurance. He didn’t know how his enchantment worked any more than the stupid people that had made up his myth.”
“How did it work?” I find myself asking, as much to move the conversation away from the topics heating my face as from curiosity about the magic that animates Dey’s familiar.
“He’d be animated so long as someone ‘loved’ him. He was a really pretty doll, a couple of days and the people who bought him would adore him to the point that he could transform, but as a doll he didn’t give off a signature as a magic object. People would get scared and he’d lose his form as all their admiration turned to fear. All the legends had come from those who had witnessed him walking around and assumed they were in danger,” he explains with a sour expression, showing his distaste for the whole situation.
“That sucks,” I murmur.
What more can I say? Enoki had to be aware enough that his animation was dependant on loving attention. I can’t imagine the emotional damage that comes from knowing that every time he got passed around it was because the people who had initially loved him enough to animate him didn’t care for him anymore. I wouldn’t blame him if he actually did start to play into his reputation as ‘the bloody doll’.
I must be silent for too long, because Dey just clears his throat awkwardly before continuing on in a lighter tone.
“What about your familiar?” he asks.
There’s a clattering sound from the kitchen. Something must have dropped on the floor, but there’s no sound of glass or any distress from the room.
“Blue? Oh, well, he’s pretty common among these parts.” I chuckle nervously, trying to see past Dey into the kitchen. There’s no screaming or comical amounts of blood flooding the floors, so I have to assume it’s alright.
“I haven’t seen another like him,” Dey insists in a way that demands explanation.
“Yeah, he’s not that common in the magic community…” I hedge.
It’s not untrue, and about as much information as I’m willing to give him. I know how people here react to Blue as a familiar, but I don’t know if the same prejudices extend to Dey. Enoki isn’t a traditional choice of familiar for Dey, but I have no way of gauging whether he’s weaker or stronger than average.
This is already getting too close to the many conversations that people have tried to engage me in. Arguments like: Blue’s not strong enough , or not suited to the duties of a familiar . I’m not ready to have this debate again in my own home. It doesn’t help that I really don’t know what I’m doing. That I haven’t come up with a plan for the rest of the semester, especially with the threat of quals looming.
“That doesn’t seem to be stopping you,” Dey continues to press.
“I… They think his kind is too weak for casting, he’s not as special as all their other fancy breeds,” I explain loosely, hoping he’ll just accept that answer and let the matter go, but of course that would be too easy.
“Well that’s absolute minotaur manure, he’s certainly special, at least to you.” He smirks at me knowingly.
Stars, is it that obvious?
“You don’t act like the others do, especially considering your familiar.” He looks me up and down as he speaks, as though he’s looking right through me, making assessments on the deepest parts of my consciousness.
“We’ve… We’ve been through a lot together. He’s… well, I’m-” I stutter and stumble as Dey just watches with a smirk.
“Yeah,” he mercifully cuts me off as my face heats under his attention.
“You care for Enoki,” I shoot back, as though it is enough of a defense to negate everything he’s managed to dredge up in the past few minutes.
“Well, you know… he’s still up and about. He likes to remind me of that every fucking day, but I haven’t stopped loving him since the day we met.” Dey rolls his eyes, but there’s an irrepressible upward tilt to the corner of his lips.
“That’s fair,” I mumble.
Because what else can I say? He isn’t at all self conscious and it’s kind of refreshing. He’s not embarrassed or ashamed of his feelings. He’s confident and he knows what he wants.
“Blue’s been through a lot. He doesn’t deserve half the shit they try to put him through.” I speak without any real idea of what I’m talking about.
The mysterious ‘they’ in that statement takes on so many different faces at once. First the school, all the mages that expect me to put him through hell for my craft. Then the city, the laws in place that are set to make me put him through hell as a punishment for living. And then there’s me, who claims to care about him, but can’t do a damn thing to protect him when it really counts, when he really needs me. I’m just as trapped as he is, but he's the one who actually takes the damage.
“They’re both just desperate for a little loving, aren’t they?” Dey responds to the vagueness of my own words with an equally interpretable statement.
I give him a weak smile. He’s not wrong. I’d love nothing more than to wrap Blue up in a blanket and hide him away from the rest of the world where no harm could ever come to him. I wonder if that’s something that Dey feels for Enoki. If, when all the ‘bloody doll’ news came to light there was some public outcry and Dey had to step in and keep his demon from the harm the public would do to him.
“You are in no place to judge.” He raises a brow, crooked smile back in place, and I know that those eyes haven’t missed a thing.
“Yeah…” I admit. “You do have a point. I just… I can’t act on it, not the way you do.”
“Why not? You are two adults?” he counters, and when he says it like that it sounds so simple… and so ignorant of the bigger picture at hand.
“You aren’t blind to the way that they treat the familiars here.” I narrow my eyes at him, suddenly distinctly uncomfortable.
I feel bad making immediate assumptions. For all I know the man just got in today and only knows about familiars in the abstract sense, just like me at the beginning of the year. But I find it hard to convince myself of that particular excuse. Durian is a much more magic-saturated continent. Knowledge of magical practices and paraphernalia isn’t hoarded among the higher classes like it is here. Magic is part of the public sphere of education, something integrated early and repeated often.
“Familiars serve the same function across our borders, and as such there are always people who are more inclined towards… the stricter methods of control. I’m not blind to the way you treat him. I’m also not deaf to how people talk about that one weird scholarship kid who doesn’t treat his familiar quite right.” He bites his lip, horribly failing to repress a grin.
“So you’re telling me you would have come to talk to me even if we hadn’t become lab partners?” I groan, fighting a grin of my own as I hide my head in my hands.
I don’t mean to stand out so much, but I suppose there are worse reasons to be looked at.
“I admit that did help a bit. It might have taken me a little while to find you otherwise,” he admits with a levity that he shouldn’t be able to summon.
“Right…” I try to find the same positivity in his statement that he has.
“To be fair, it is pretty easy to find the one person who’s not actively trying to get in my face.” He continues his explanation casually while I try my best to be swallowed by the couch.
“What are you two idiots talking about?” Enoki barges into the room holding a tray with a teapot that balances precariously as he swings about without regard for it.
Blue follows behind, sputtering at the demon’s tactless remark. He’s got his own tray stacked with cups and a plate of cookies. I can’t help the way that I smile at the spectacle. It might seem like Blue’s letting Enoki help, but there is the literal bare minimum of trust here as he’s only letting the demon carry one thing. Though the demon seems none the wiser.
“We’re just comparing notes about how you are in the sack.” Dey speaks with complete sincerity, locking eyes with Enoki before shoving a cookie into his mouth.
Suddenly, I am sputtering just as badly as Blue, and Enoki’s face goes scarlet.
Stars, this is going to be a long day.
Notes:
The Tumblr Here
Chapter 54: Familiar Friends
Summary:
Blue and Enoki have a chance to speak alone in the kitchen while they are getting the tea ready.
Notes:
Hey guys! Sorry for the week long break between chapters, but I just got back to college and the start of the new semester has been rough. Anyways, glad to be back, and without further ado...
The chapter:
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
I try not to slump as Master takes his time getting his house guest settled in the living room while I go to the kitchen to make tea. I was hoping for some peace and quiet once we got home, but now there are people here and even the kitchen is not safe from outside eyes.
As I make my way into the kitchen, the demon is following me. Permission asked and given, there’s nothing I can do to get out of this. The most I can hope for is that the demon actually provides me with some help. My whole body aches and a headache has been brewing behind my eyes for the past few hours. I’m tempted to ignore the demon entirely and just dive into the medicine box in the cabinet and find some of the pain meds that my Master had pointed out for me, but I’m not sure how he’d take that. I don’t know if the demon would tell on me for popping pills without my Master present. I don’t even know if Master would be upset with me…
I go to the lower cabinets and pull out the kettle only to have it nearly fall out of my hands as I realize that the demon has followed, uncharacteristically silent, just inches behind me.
“Stars!” I press one hand to my chest, clutching the kettle close so that I don’t drop it, muttering the curse more to myself than anything.
He just blinks down at me strangely. His gaze is disconcerting to the point that I avert my eyes to try to escape it. I’m stuck between him and the cabinets, so I have no room to move.
I wait for a tense moment. He’s not closing the distance between us, but he’s also not letting me out of the corner.
I’m reminded of our impromptu kiss in the classroom. He had taken me off guard then, but I sincerely hope that this slow approach isn’t his version of fair warning. I didn’t think he meant anything by it at the time, just a way to provoke his master and use his innate abilities, but now I find myself reevaluating my assumptions. I try my best not to squirm under his gaze. I’m uncomfortable and if he wants more of the same, I'm not sure what I’m going to do.
“Your ears twitch a lot.” He speaks, thoroughly destroying the tension of the moment.
A shallow grin passes over my face as I let out a relieved breath. He just doesn’t have a sense of boundaries, that’s all. There’s nothing sinister to worry about.
“Thank you… Um, may I please pass by?” I try to smile through his odd behavior. Just because I’m not feeling well doesn’t mean I can be disrespectful to Master’s guests.
The words take a moment for him to process, but eventually he lets me go, backing away a few steps so that I can get around him. I watch him a little closer now that I know he can move so quietly. I try not to make it too obtrusive, and he doesn’t seem to notice my eyes tracking him as he moves throughout the kitchen.
I pour water into the kettle and watch his little self-guided tour through the kitchen. He doesn’t share the unsteadiness I feel at his proximity. His movements aren’t disguised, he’s snooping. He’s being deliberate and there’s nothing I can say as he makes his way through the room at a casual pace. He’s not being subtle, though at this point I doubt subtlety is something that he can accomplish.
He moves some fruits around from where they sit in the bowl and I have to repress my urge to snap at him. I force myself to stop tracking his progress in the room and focus on the task at hand. When the kettle is full, I allow myself to slam the top into the kettle just a little harder than is necessary. It doesn’t do much, but there is a release of some of the tension I’ve been holding onto. It’s unexpectedly satisfying.
When I look back up he’s pressed himself against the counter. He’s watching me closely and it’s a physical effort not to recoil. I didn't hear him move, but last I saw him he was halfway across the room, not two feet from my face. He presses closer, very blatantly searching my face for my reaction. My heart is in my throat for a moment before he speaks.
“Are you still upset about that kiss?” he asks, wide eyed as though that is the most genuine concern on his mind.
Either that is actually what he was going to ask all along or he’s trying to breach a less contentious topic first to warm me up to him. Either way it does the trick and relaxes me. The tension of the moment is lost and I can feel myself breathing again.
“I-I… That’s not-” I try to stutter through the nervous energy still bounding through my system. My hands are shaking even though any perceived danger has passed. Something about him makes it hard to look away, but I know it would settle me if I could take a few deep breaths and come back to this whole bizarre scenario.
“Well, if you aren’t caught up on that little thing-” Something about the way he rolls his eyes makes me cut him off.
“It’s not such a little thing,” I snap at him.
It really isn’t. That little stunt could have been a lot of trouble. It could have been a real problem if I didn’t have such an understanding master. When pets have a dalliance outside of their master’s permission it usually doesn’t end well. At best it’s an insult when one makes such a flagrant display as he did, kissing me in front of both our masters. We didn’t have permission. It could have ended really badly if either of them wanted to punish us for our behavior.
“Well, it is to me.” He quirks an eyebrow at me before a sly grin stretches across his face and he leans back into my personal space. “It’s just a part of my nature,” he drawls in a low husky tone, running his tongue over one of his more prominent, pointed canines.
His eyes narrow and assess me with a gaze that I’m all too familiar with. He’s trying to be alluring, that much I understand, but it’s difficult to reconcile the image of this demon with the sexy piece of sin that he’s trying to be. At the very least, the picture he presents is a very different one than was presented in the classroom.
“Really, your nature that includes falling to pieces when you get the barest hint of affection from your master?” I narrow my eyes and smirk back at him.
Almost immediately the facade drops and the intense, smouldering atmosphere around him drops with it.
“Cheeky bastard did not play fair. I wasn’t expecting it.” He grinds his teeth, whining as his eyes go unconsciously to the doorway where we’ve left our masters.
“Mmhmm…” I roll my eyes and try to ignore the squeezing in my heart.
It’s funny watching this from the outside. I don’t know everything about their situation, but it is almost nice to see a familiar who’s affectionate towards their master.
“Oh, like you’d do any better. You’re smitten!” he snaps with a pout on his lips.
Any trace of a smirk that had worked its way onto my face drops at his words.
“I don’t know what you are talking about.” The words fall like a bad lie before I can stop them. They are too fast, too high-pitched, it’s all wrong and obviously so if the light in the demon’s eyes means anything.
I busy myself pulling cookies out of the jar and setting them down on a nice plate.
“I can smell it on the two of you.” He crowds back into my personal space, leaning against the counter.
“Plenty of people find their familiars… attractive enough.” I stare straight ahead, speaking as tersely as I can.
I’m not wrong. Plenty of mages find their familiars attractive enough for a fling, something easy and available at any time. The sex doesn’t have to mean anything. The pounding in my head intensifies as I process that the only thing it really means is that you were there and available. It certainly doesn’t carry the weight that he’s trying to imply…
I don’t want to talk about this, and certainly not with this demon. I can’t even sort through it in my own mind, let alone explain it to someone else. It was a mistake to engage with him.
“You’re right, but I do know the difference between the types of attraction... There’s a difference between lust and love. You sir, are smitten.” He smirks, stealing a cookie from the plate and popping it into his mouth.
I stare up at him, my stomach turning as I try to process what’s happening around me. How can he say something like that so casually?
“What does that gain you?” I find myself whispering under my breath, desperately trying to keep the anger from my voice.
“What?” He has the audacity to sound innocent.
“What revelry do you get from rubbing it in?” I can’t keep the heat from my voice this time.
I feel tears forming at the corners of my eyes as my hands form a white-knuckled grip on the cookie jar. It can’t be that hard a question to answer. Why does he feel the need to aggravate the wound?
Is it fun for him? Does he get some enjoyment out of this, or is it just some extra piece of gossip that he can trade around? I feel my ears flatten and I have to physically hold myself back from showing my teeth. I don’t really care what he says about me, but all my failures reflect poorly on my Master and that’s not something I’ll tolerate.
“Whoa, whoa, dude, what the hell?” His hands go up in a placating gesture, but it does nothing to stop the burning anger that’s taken root inside of me.
“What do you want from me? Or is this just something funny for you and your Master?” I hiss with all the venom I can manage.
It has the desired effect. The demon moves away and I’m being quiet enough that I’m not causing a disturbance. His hands stay up in their defensive posture. He quirks a brow and I watch the confusion bloom on his face.
“Dude, I don’t care about your little romance.” He rolls his eyes like it’s nothing to be concerned about, like it’s nothing wrong, or foolish.
“It’s dangerous,” I respond numbly.
“What?” he chuckles, the uncertainty still apparent, reflected in his eyes.
He doesn’t know what I’m talking about, some hysterical and giddy part of my brain realizes, and it feels almost as crazy as it sounds. What part of an illicit romance would be fine in his head?
“It’s dangerous to think that way, to think that your owner has feelings for you, or you them… it is a… it’s a mistake that only little kids are supposed to make.”
I remember when I started my training. Some of the other kids had just been sold to a new owner, and it was always the hardest for them. In training we are encouraged to connect our masters with safety, with consistency and control in our lives. It’s easy to mistake the person who controls everything as the person who protects you. It hurt them, all the kids going through their first change of household. Kids can’t reconcile why the person they’d convinced themselves they loved didn’t actually care for them.
“Dude, that is fucked up.” Enoki says it like it’s a fact.
It’s too much to even try to respond to that, so I just shut my eyes against the pulse of pain in my head.
“My name is Blue.” I speak quietly, realizing that I never gave him my name.
Maybe that’s when everything started getting fucked up. My Master gave me a name and everything’s gone to shit. Nothing’s ever hurt like this. But something about this name makes me feel more attached, makes it feel more like I have one body, not just scattered parts that only matter from moment to moment.
I wonder if it would have been better to remain disparate pieces. It might have been better if I never had anything to attach me to the world, if I just kept moving around like vapor.
“Right, Blue. My name’s Enoki.” He smiles back at me weakly, likely concerned about my sedate tone after such an outburst.
“I heard your master. He named you after a mushroom?” I give him a shaky smile, hoping that my tantrum hasn’t caused some irreparable rift between us.
“Yeah, I told the dick to give me a name as pretty as my face and he immediately went to fungus.” He speaks, coming closer to the counter again, hand straying for another cookie.
“You speak very… casually of your master,” I note absently, checking the heat on the burner and replacing the empty spots on the cookie dish before I start looking for a tray that could hold them.
“We… well, I would say it’s a little easier when your ‘master’ is a prince, but really it’s a lot harder. Everyone’s watching always and it is honestly pretty shit, but Dey… he makes up for it. He keeps me out of the public eye when he can. I’m one of his closest friends by default. All the others that get close to him only do it for what he can do for them,” Enoki explains, munching lazily on a cookie while his eyes trace my movements through the kitchen.
It makes sense in a perverse way.
“Oh.” I know it’s not much of a response, but it seems to be all the acknowledgment of attention that the demon needs to continue.
“He’s quite literally stuck with me. I know way too much. Plus he’s spent too much time with me, I’m stupidly endearing.” He leans over, invading my personal space again and batting his eyes in some poor imitation of a demure action.
“...right.” I smile weakly, leaning away from his advance.
“Oh come on, your lot are such prudes, I swear.” He rolls his eyes and backs away but I can see his smirk.
Given his reaction to his master’s advance, I doubt he would have followed through anyways. He probably likes the reactions he gets from his behavior more than anything else.
“I’m not a prude, I just… I’m not used to....” I feel the blush rising to my cheeks as I struggle for the right words. “It’s been a while,” I eventually finish, setting for the truth.
I wonder what he would think of me if he knew? If he knew I’m not a proper familiar. They are new to the school. They didn’t see my abject failure, and as far as I know Enoki hasn’t had the chance to socialize properly with the other familiars. He probably hasn’t heard much about us... about me. He doesn’t know my history as a plaything. He doesn’t know anything about me.
It really has been a long time since a kiss was the start of a greeting. I haven’t had to think about it for a while. There was a time when I wouldn’t have blinked at the invasion of my personal space.
It’s a harsh reminder. I am a whore. I got painted up and shoved into a new set of clothes, but it didn’t change anything about the creature inside.
Except the name, I suppose. Blue. That’s the only thing that’s really changed. And somehow I’ve managed to fuck that up too. I’ve messed up this shining new chance and dirtied it with the sin from my old life. Blue is treated like a person, not a toy, and I will never deserve that.
I open the cabinets and run my hands over the ceramic mugs. We have several of the same color and shape, none of them will look out of place, but.... four cups or two? I usually get to eat and have tea with my Master, but I don’t know the rules when there’s a guest as well. Perhaps he wouldn’t want us to drink with them, or maybe Dey has different rules. I doubt Master would want to offend his guest.
“Dude, you alright?” I startle as Enoki reaches out and places a hand on my shoulder.
I hadn’t heard him come up and I was so lost in my own thoughts that it’s all I can do to jerk out of his grasp. Unfortunately, I lose my grip on the mug in the process.
There’s a loud crash as the mug shatters into dozens of little pieces and I feel my heart stop.
Fuck, there’s no way they didn’t hear that.
My hands start trembling and it’s all I can do to repress the whimper that wants to make its way to the surface. I don’t get to complain. This is my mess. I have to deal with it.
“Jumpy.” The demon sneers, but pulls back his hand.
“I’m, I’m sorry… Just a little out of it-” His words snap me out of my daze.
I fall to my knees, ignoring the twinge of pain that comes as I realize I’ve knelt on a couple of smaller pieces of ceramic, and begin picking up the pieces. My hands are shaking and a couple of the shards puncture my skin before Enoki pulls the pieces from my hands. He just holds them above the mess, not releasing me or allowing me to continue fixing my mess.
Suddenly, I’m back at my last master’s house, kneeling in the shards of a plate that I’d broken. I feel the same cold, roiling fear in my gut as I had when my master abandoned me. It was just another stupid little mistake in a long line of stupidity. But for her it had been the last straw. She punished me for the dish, but even after that I couldn’t convince her to keep me. I pleaded, I begged and cried, but nothing I could do could convince her that I was worth keeping.
It makes a little more sense now. We aren’t supposed to lie to our masters, and I certainly wasn’t worth keeping at the time and nothing has changed. I’m still making the same stupid mistakes. I’m still trying to be something I’m not. I’m still lying about what I am.
“Are you ok?” the demon asks.
Enoki’s voice pulls me straight out of the past. I can almost feel the tears streaking down my face, the stinging heat of the wounds on my back from the punishment I had taken at her hands. It’s a shock to get thrown back into the present, where I’m kneeling beside a demon in my new Master’s house.
“No…” I hedge, not daring to raise my voice above a whisper. I’m cold all over and my hands are still shaking. I don’t know why Enoki is still deigning to touch me.
“Are you hurt?” He matches my volume, voice tentative in mirror of my tone.
Hurt? There’s a dull pulse of pain in my hands, and the stinging in my knees lights back up as though it required my acknowledgement to make the wound ache. Still, I wouldn’t consider myself hurt. I’ve had much worse than all of this
.
I know it’s true, but my eyes still begin to water. I shouldn’t be this weak, especially in the face of everything that I’ve already faced. I’ve done it all before. I survived this far, it should be easier now. There’s only one answer for my behavior, but it scares me more than anything else.
“I’m- I’m, malfunctioning,” I admit quietly, more to myself than Enoki but he responds as though my answer was meant for him.
“What?” He quirks his head to one side confusedly.
“I-I,” I take a steadying breath and try to push past the flashing images and sensations that threaten to drown me in my memories.
“Just breathe,” he whispers, pulling me close and holding me against the solid mass of his body.
The warmth is unexpectedly settling. He’s patient with me, holds me until the shaking leaves my limbs and I can breathe within a stable pattern again. He mumbles nonsense, telling a story of some incident at the palace where he’d broken something or other. I get the sense halfway through his rambling that it’s more for him to say something than to have me listen to his tale. It’s unexpectedly kind of him. I’m glad for the distraction as I come back into my body. I’m even more thankful that he didn’t call our masters into the room to witness my breakdown.
I feel my stomach turn, that nauseous, sinking feeling returning to my body. I was able to ignore it for a long time, but it’s impossible to deny my condition anymore. It happens from time to time. I’ve heard about it in horror stories. It’s something that happens to older pets or when people get too injured and it starts to affect their head.
I’m malfunctioning. I’ve taken one too many blows to the head or maybe I’m just too old. Either way the effects are still the same. My brain’s playing tricks on me. Sometimes the world around me stops, becoming nothing more than a mess of jumbled stimuli. My mind wanders on its own, trapping and tripping me in mazes of my own thoughts. I’m a liability. Master has no reason to deal with me. I’m useless and I’ll do nothing but put Master at a disadvantage as he tries to advance in the world. Really, I should be glad for all the time I was allowed to spend with him. It’s been a fucking dream by this Master’s side. I’ve experienced things that I never thought could have been possible, but I guess it’s time for the dream to end. There’s a high-pitched sob that it takes me a moment to recognise is coming from my throat. It takes me another moment to smother out the noise, forcing a burning, stinging pain down my throat along with it.
“Are you alright?” Enoki asks softly, apparently having finished his story while my mind was elsewhere.
“No.” I answer honestly if a bit humorlessly.
Enoki’s silent for a moment. He goes utterly still underneath me and my breath catches. It’s pretty rude. The demon has done nothing but help, he doesn’t deserve my harsh words.
“I didn’t mean to offend.” The demon speaks up eventually. He’s talking slowly as though he’s dancing around a delicate subject. “Dey says I have to work on that.”
I can’t help but turn around in his grasp and stare at him. Is he serious? I’m the one who’s broken protocol, not him. He may be a little abrasive, but he’s done nothing wrong.
“Yeah, look, I know I am crass, but I am trying. Dey says we need friends. Especially since he can’t really step in and protect me like… like he usually does.” There’s a faint blush that colors his face and I have to smile at that. At least that makes a little sense.
“That’s a good plan actually…” I pipe up, forcing myself into a standing position. “If you’d like, I can introduce you to some of my friends.” I make the offer casually, picking up the largest pieces of the broken cup and picking the worst out of my hand.
“Really! That would be awesome. We haven’t been here long and our foster family is more content to keep us as little ornaments hanging in the house than actually let us socialize.” Enoki smiles at me, sweeping the last of the shrapnel off the floor.
I move the kettle off the stove just as it starts to whistle and pour the hot water out into a nice clay teapot along with a few spoons of a tea that I know my Master likes.
“Wait!” Enoki exclaims, nearly startling the kettle from my hands as I place it in the sink.
“What?” I ask, giving him a quick once over in case I’ve missed something crucial. The scratches on my hands are minimal and have already stopped bleeding, but my outburst forced Enoki on the ground with me as well.
“This is a favor. A really awesome one too, right?” He practically beams at me, his eyes wide and shining like they’re trying to become a new sun in our sky.
“Yeah… I guess,” I affirm cautiously. I’m not sure what exactly is happening, but I am certain that I don’t understand the full extent of my involvement. Even just the affirmation feels like an absurdly binding contract.
“That means we’re friends, right?” He smiles, halfway between a devilish smirk and the genuine wide, toothy grin of a child.
“I… I mean I guess.” I smile a bit as I follow his string of logic. I suppose that we are friends now.
“Yes!” He throws his hands in the air as if personally proclaiming his success before looking back at me. “Let me help, let me help!”
“Uh, ok…” I stutter, trying to keep my composure as he pulls out another tray, proclaiming a proficiency as an assistant that is greatly exaggerated.
He’s more of a bull in a china shop.
He’s only getting the teapot.
Notes:
The Tumblr: Here
Chapter 55: Checking In
Summary:
The boys check in with each other and someone else checks in with the boys ;>
Notes:
Oh boy this chapter was a wild ride to write, I hope you enjoy. I wanted to apologize for this taking so long again, I will try not to let this happen in the future.
Also, I am making my way through all of your wonderful comments. I love oh so much to read them, and I love ot respond to them it just takes me an ungodly amount of time :P
Also, please check out the wonderful fanart that shutupandhollar made! It is gorgeous and you can find it in the tumblr link below!
You guys are amazing<3<3<3
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
Dey and I study for the upcoming quals. I catch him up to where we are in the textbook, but thankfully there’s not much that he isn’t familiar with.
Eventually he does have to leave. His host family would probably be worried about him if he just disappeared from school and didn’t come back until after dark.
I go to clean up the cups and plates from the living room, but Blue’s already piling them up.
The scene gives me a little bit of pause. Stars, it’s absurd how used to sharing this space I’ve gotten. I’ve gotten used to having Blue around, and just this day and a half of distant attitude has me falling back on old isolationist habits. This is the first time I’ve actually had ‘guests’, people other than Shauna in the living room. It’s a little disturbing how much I was expecting to be alone after I closed the door. I had been resigned to the quiet and solitude as I ushered them out the door.
A smile comes to my face unbidden.
Blue’s still here. I don’t know why that wasn’t at the forefront of my mind, but I had fully expected an empty house. It’s funny, he’s usually at the forefront of my thoughts. I’ve gotten used to consuming worry being ever present in my head. It takes me a moment to remember why I wasn’t concerned.
Enoki had pulled Blue away from the study party developing in the living room. They never left the room, but they kept to themselves. Given the scene they had back at the lab, I was a bit worried about leaving them together, but it seems the fear was unfounded. They just sat together and talked, low hushed tones and sometimes stuttering giggles and pointed looks over to where we sat at the table, but nothing concerning. I’m glad that Blue seems to be finding some friends, and if not friends then at least people he feels safe enough around.
I’m finding it hard to predict Blue’s actions. I would have expected him to cling to me, sit over by the couch nearly catatonic based on the way he has reacted to others in the past, but he’s constantly surprising me
Especially right now. He’s not speaking to me, hasn’t looked up or made much of a sound through Dey’s and my improv study session. He hadn’t even acknowledged us after he delivered the tea. He and Enoki just split to the other side of the room. I had been rather excited at the prospect of Blue making friends, so I hadn’t thought anything of it. But Blue’s still being distant even though they’ve left. He’s just focuses on stacking the plates and cups into one pile, not paying me any mind, or perhaps deliberately trying to ignore me.
There’s something wrong. It’s been wrong for the past few days. As much as I’ve been trying to regain some of the closeness we’d shared before the whole casting nightmare, Blue remains distant. He’s healing up nicely, but the wounds that I’m more concerned about are not the easily healed physical ones.
“Blue, how are you doing?” I try to make my voice soft and make my approach as obvious as possible. I don’t want my presence to be a surprise.
“I’m fine,” he answers softly, keeping his focus on the dishes he’s stacking into a precarious pile.
Despite the hesitance Blue’s attitude has won from me, I can’t help the smile that pulls at my lips. Some things never change and it seems that Blue will always, withdrawn attitude or no, try to take on more than he should. I move to take the plates from him, but before I can scoop the pile up he flinches.
The sudden movement startles me, but it does force me to stop my approach.
“I-I’ve got it,” Blue stutters, pulling the pile closer and lifting the dishes without any of the hesitance or shakiness in his voice.
“Yeah, but you don’t have to,” I counter, keeping my palms visible and halting my advance, like I’m talking to a frightened animal. The second the comparison comes to mind I don’t know if I should be worried that it’s insulting or following that instinct further. “I’ve been just sitting here going over the textbook, I need to do something with my hands or I will go crazy.” I eventually come up with what I hope is a reasonable excuse.
Blue looks conflicted, but if he planned to say anything he bails on it quickly as he scoots aside, allowing me to take the dishes. It takes a bit of finesse to pick them all up without knocking them from their pile, but it’s not impossible. Blue just watches me, not looking angry or relieved when I take them. He doesn’t say anything, just follows along quietly by my side as I make my way to the kitchen. He’s clearly ready to step in in case I need any help.
“How about… I’ll wash, you want to dry?” I offer shakily.
I don’t know what to do with his silence. It puts me on edge. I’m trying to reclaim some of the calm that I’d felt with the others here, the comfort that we’ve been able to take in each other’s company, but there’s a tension that I can’t disperse.
Blue nods jerkily, “I-I can do that.”
“Alright,” I acquiesce.
I highly doubt that I should let him. There’s a part of me that wrestles with the idea of how useful it would be to get him to sit down and actually drink some of the tea he made for us. Enoki hadn’t had a problem taking from the plates... Either way I’m pretty sure I would have to make it an order, and that seems more harmful than helpful.
Either way, we don’t get anything done by avoiding each other. I’ve tried to give him his space and it’s gotten us nowhere. In fact, the space might have actually hindered us. If nothing else, Blue is trapped with me so long as we’re doing the dishes, so at least we can talk.
I pass off the dish towel, trying to figure out how to start asking questions without being overbearing, when I notice he takes the towel with a wince.
“Are you alright?” I ask.
“Yes, Master.” Blue answers quickly, twisting the towel in his hands.
His face flushes as he ducks his head in order to hide his eyes. He’s hiding something from me. Why and what can be handled later, but for the meantime I try to swallow the pain that wells up in my chest at the sight. I thought we had gotten past this. I thought we’d gotten to the point that he’d tell me if something was wrong, but obviously even that trust has been shattered.
I take his hand and pull the towel away from it. I see small reddened and inflamed puncture marks, the thin, fragile looking scabs pepper down his palms where the skin was broken.
“Blue, what is this?” I ghost my fingers over the inflamed area, feeling the radiating heat, but unwilling to put any pressure against the fragile skin.
“I… It’s-” He stutters, pulling weakly away from my hold.
For some reason that manages to hurt more than anything. That he’d feel safer away from me even though he’s obviously hurt and in need of medical attention. I know I should probably release his wrist, let him go so that he doesn’t feel trapped, but my grip tightens.
“What happened to you?” I ask, trying to keep my voice at a level state of calm.
“I… I broke a cup,” he whispers like it’s some grave sin.
“What?” Confusion colors my voice as I struggle to understand what exactly he’s talking about.
“When Enoki and I were here, we were getting tea and I… I dropped, I broke a cup,” he stutters out like it’s an explanation.
“But why… how did you get hurt?” I ask.
“I was trying to clean it up and… it was an accident,” he whimpers, tugging on my arm weakly, trying to get out of my hold.
“Why didn’t you tell me?” My voice dips into a whisper.
“I didn’t, I didn’t want to be a bother. You had your guest and I’m…” He stutters out, but even with the thoughts incomplete, I don’t like where he was going.
“Blue.” I don’t mean for the warning tone in my voice to be threatening, but Blue looks panicked nonetheless.
“You have more important things to do... I’m not worth your time.” He looks me in the eye for the first time since the channeling and I can see the tears that are gathering at the corners of his eyes.
“Blue, don’t say that. That is not true,” I say, but Blue’s eyes drop back down to the floor and I force a little more authority into my tone. “I don’t want to hear you say anything like that- ever again, understand?”
I’m not overly fond of orders. I don’t like how they’ve made Blue react in the past, and I don’t like to invoke the power that I do have over him. Even still, I try my best to make this sound like an order and the effect is immediate, though not exactly what I wanted. Blue’s whole body goes tense and there’s a faint trembling in his limbs that I might not have noticed if I wasn’t holding his arm.
“I-I…” He tries to speak, stuttering out syllables as he starts to cry.
“Blue,” I prompt, knowing he feels uncomfortable.
All he has to do is say the two little affirmation words that he’s said thousands of times before. Even if he doesn’t mean it now, I want him to at least have the idea in his head. I want him to know that I mean it.
“I’m not, I can’t,” he looks up at me, panicked, “Master I’m not supposed to lie to you.” His voice cracks.
“It’s not a lie.” I smile down at him, but even I know that it’s weak and shaky. This would be a lot easier if I could show him the smile I use on the students, but he knows what the real one looks like. I suppose that’s the downside of getting close to someone, they get the chance to really know when you’re lying.
“It isn’t?” His voice cracks to a shrill pitch as he tries to yank his arm out of my grip. “You’re really going to keep me as a familiar? I’m useless! I can’t be used for spellcasting, I could get you hurt.”
“Blue, you are important to me. You… I know the casting wasn’t- Look, I didn’t know what I was doing. I didn’t know how it would affect you.” I try to explain as evenly as I can, pulling him closer despite the whirlwind of limbs he’s using as his escape attempt.
It takes a moment for my words to sink in. I loop my other arm loosely around his waist, pulling him closer into my body. I can feel where I’ve squeezed him too hard, where his arm will have a bruise in the morning, but I’m not quite willing to give him the chance to run away just yet.
He nods, but I can see the caution in his eyes. He doesn’t believe me and I don’t blame him. I’ve provided a bunch of fanciful promises with absolutely no hard suggestions.
It’s partially my fault. I could feed him some lie about a position he’d fulfill in the house instead of being a familiar. There’s a part of me that’s scared of what he might take his new position to mean. As nightmarish as his assumptions are of his current position, it has become at least somewhat predictable. I don’t know if I’ll be able to handle… any of that. But aside from what nightmares my mind tries to cook up in relation to the duties of a housekeeper, I do need Blue to remain my familiar.
I haven’t thought of a way to get him out of the slot safely, and honestly, the more I look the less there is. The ‘Care and Keeping of Familiars’ course requires that we keep the one familiar for the entire semester, so even if I found someone else who could take Blue’s place, I doubt the school would allow it. My thoughts turn back to the Cages, the marketplace where I’d gotten Blue. It seems like so long ago, but I never want to see that place again. Just the memories of going inside to buy Blue make me sick inside. I’m not sure I’d be able to walk in and make an ‘informed choice’ with what I know now. I doubt I’d be able to walk in and not buy up as many as I could.
I close my eyes and take a deep breath, giving myself a second to find some fractal of peace before I try again.
“Blue, you are very important to me. I may not end up keeping you as a familiar, but we will cross that road when we come to it, alright? I’m not going to throw you away, or get angry because you need medical attention. You’re not a bother, you are my responsibility. Understand?”
“I-I, but I-” He stutters, giving me a fearful look.
“Come with me, sit down on the chair and I’m going to get you some ointment. How are you feeling? Does anything else hurt?” I ask as I settle him down in one of the kitchen chairs.
“I-, my head,” he admits sheepishly
“Alright, how did you feel after the pills yesterday? Did those work well for you, or did they make you feel sick?” I ask, pulling out my first aid box.
“They, they were fine.” Blue stutters out, and I find that when he’s not looking at me, he does actually smile.
“Alright,” I answer, pulling out the bottle of pain pills.
It’s not much, but it’s a start. We’ve been here before, when we were still new to each other and we weren’t sure what to expect. Fear and uncertainty clouded our judgement, and we made rash choices. We’d gotten past it before, we learned how to trust each other. I have faith we can do it again.
“You know the drill, only two and they might make you sleepy, but-” I try to fend off the uncomfortable silence by running my mouth when there’s a loud banging from the back door.
Both Blue and I startle at the sudden noise, but it doesn’t go away. It takes a second for my brain to translate the noise as rather insistent knocking. I feel my heart nearly stop in my chest, the whole world moving slow around me as I try to make sense of what anyone would be here this late, knocking on my back door.
“Kara, you better be fucking home right now!” Thana’s panicked voice carries into the kitchen and I have to remind myself to breathe.
Right, Thana. Thana knows where I live and would be more inclined to take the backdoor rather than the front .
He also wouldn’t be back unless he needed help, and judging by his overwrought tone, it’s probably an emergency. I rush over to the door, unlatching the lock, and throwing the door open.
“I’m here, I’m here, Stars, what the he-” the words die on my lips
Thana’s clothes are ripped, and there’s no sign of the outer jacket that he’d been using the last time we’d met. But most notably, there’s blood all down the side of his face that I suspect come from a wound on the side of his head. The hair around it is saturated in clotting blood and where it pools at the neck the blood has already begun drying.
Before I can even comment on that, ask how, or why, I see the wide eyed woman standing behind him. She’s dressed in the same style of shaggy and ruined clothing that Thana was, and as my gaze falls on her, she withdraws even further into her space. She isn’t a small person, but she’s doing the best she can, pulling her large wings in even as they tremble. She’s practiced at keeping her visual as small as possible, I note. I nearly missed the subtle action she’d taken, clutching a bundle of fabric closer to her body.
I feel my mouth gape at the scene before me, unable to summon words or even a truly coherent thought. My eyes find Thana again. He’s still standing, though using the door frame for support in a way that’s truly concerning, and though I can see the pain brimming in his eyes, he’s still conscious.
“We need your help.”
Notes:
The Tumblr: Here
Chapter 56: Taking Care (Part 1)
Summary:
Thana's bloody at the door and brings by a new guest. What will become of this.
Chapter Text
Kara
“We need your help.”
Thana’s words restarts my stunned mind. My face colors as I realize I’ve just been staring at the scene through my doorway. I throw open the door and step aside, just gawking as my brain still refuses to process what I am seeing.
Thana pushes up from where he’s leaned against the door frame and stumbles his way into the kitchen. The woman behind him moves with much more hesitance. She’s taller than him, would probably stand even to me if she straightened her shoulders and stood with any confidence. She enters the house on the balls of her feet, ready to turn and bolt at any moment. I watch as her wings pull in closer to her body and her arms tighten around the bundle of cloth, nearly shaking with the effort to take up as little space as possible.
Her eyes track me and I realize that I’m probably freaking her out. I pull my eyes from her and force myself to turn my body away, hoping that it will put her at ease. Unfortunately, that forces me to watch Thana’s gripping the kitchen counter so hard his knuckles turn white in the fight to stay upright.
“What happened to you, who is-” I fight the urge to turn and address the woman behind me, knowing that it will only make her uncomfortable. “What happened?”
“Don’t worry about me, I’m fine.” His smile looks more like he’s gritting his teeth and I can see the faint trembling in his body. It’s cold out and whatever warm scraps he’d managed to gather have been lost since the last time we met.
“I beg to differ.” There's something comedic in how high my voice manages to go in that moment, but I am far too distracted by the idea of having someone bleed out in my kitchen to laugh.
“I am fine!” he shouts. Then he scrunches up his eyes in pain, doubling over for a second before continuing a little quieter. “Ove needs your help more than me.”
I turn to the woman and look her over again. She’s managed to make it further inside, but she’s still eying the door. I take a deep breath and slap on my most unassuming smile.
“I assume you are Ove?” I try to speak as softly and gently as I can.
“I-I, I’m Dot, I-” She’s shaking now, looking back and forth between me and Thana. Finally, she comes to a decision and clutches the bundle of cloth a little closer before nodding to me. “ This is Ove.”
“Ahh… my mistake.” I smile and nod.
I take a slow step forward, but it seems that even that is too quick a move as her whole body flinches back. She takes a rapid few steps backwards and I don’t follow. I just show my palms and try to stand as openly and non-threatening as possible. Her wings flare in little aborted motions that seem like she’s fighting the instinct to puff up her wings and get big.
“Thana… Thana said y-you could... help us. I don’t have anything-” She continues to back away as she starts to ramble.
“Dot.” I cut her off before she can back herself against the wall.
“Yes Sir.” She snaps to attention, her whole body jerking as she locks her knees and faces me.
“You don’t-” I halt myself before I can get too deeply into the spiral of panic. Just telling her that she doesn’t need to address me formally won’t make her believe it. Trust is earned. “Thana’s right,” I continue, resummoning that smile. “I can help you… just tell me what’s wrong.”
She looks jerkily between the two of us, and I have just enough presence of mind to see Blue slip behind my field of vision to help Thana.
“Ove, he’s been having trouble lately, but… but he was trying to be brave. He was, he was crying and he said his stomach was hurting, but he was-” I hurry to stop her as tears begin gathering in her eyes.
“Ok, slow down. When did this all start?” I try to keep my tone measured and even, hoping that some of my projected calm will rub off if nothing else.
“It started, um, about three days ago.” Her eyebrows furrow as though recalling the exact events is a difficult task. “He didn’t say anything, but he was having trouble eating. He didn’t complain until yesterday.” She hugs the bundle closer to her body, and a sudden, disastrous question comes to mind as I realize that I will have to examine this child.
How am I supposed to get her to trust me with her child?
She doesn’t know me. She’s already distrustful and in a highly emotional state. I understand that I am the last resort, but I still don’t see her letting that kid out of her arms. Stars know she won’t just hand him over if I ask.
I take a second look at the bundle in her arms. I can’t even see the child hiding in the wrapped patches of blanket, but based on the size he can’t be much older than four or five years old. He’s certainly no newborn, but he is still plenty small enough to be carried around at his mother’s hip.
“I didn’t know what to do, I tried some natural soothers, but I didn’t have much at my disposal. He was sluggish all day today, but I-” her voice hitches in a choked sob as she continues, “I can’t wake him up.”
Can’t wake up. My mind races as I try to match symptoms to a diagnosis. Brief instances of unconsciousness can be caused by dehydration, low blood sugar, or it could be more serious heart or nervous system problems. I bite the inside of my cheek and pray it’s not anything too serious. I am not a medic. I cannot take care of advanced problems.
“Ok, does he have any other symptoms?” I ask, ignoring the painful butterflies in my stomach.
“Um, he’s sweaty and he has a fever.” She’s watching me closely, no doubt trying to figure out if I’m trying to hide something from her. My reaction speaks for itself. I’m out of my depth, but I am trying to be helpful.
“Alright, he doesn’t have any wounds? Any bites?” I ask. If it’s an infection that could be bad, especially since it’s been untreated for so long, but it shouldn’t be impossible, especially with a little arcane assistance.
“N-no.” She shakes her head along with her answer and it occurs that she had probably already considered the fact that it might be an infection and checked her son over.
I grit my teeth, not liking the collection of answers I’ve gotten, but having no more that could narrow down what I’m looking for without actually seeing the boy. Dot’s still tense where she stands, but at least she’s not backing up anymore. It’s best to lead with good news…
“Alright it doesn’t sound like an infection, so that’s good, but it also narrows down our possibilities. Can I see him?” I ask as gently as possible, still wincing at the predictable flinch that runs through Dot’s body at the suggestion.
She looks over at Thana, wide eyes and mouth half open with a started protest before Thana cuts her off.
“This is why we are here, Dot. He’s a good guy.” Thana smiles weakly, eyes no less intelligent and calculating as he’s been watching this exchange go down.
“I know it’s scary, but I need to check him over,” I pipe in, trying to be as reassuring as possible.
The combination of Thana’s endorsement and my calming words must be enough, because she takes a few cautious steps forward, unwinding the rough blanket that shrouds her child.
I wasn’t wrong, he’s only about three as far as I can tell, though he is tiny. He’s a little disheveled, hair sticking up in all directions. HIs cheeks are a flushed red, and there’s a bit of sweat gathering on his forehead. His breath is shallow and quick and I can feel the tension in the room build. I try to force away the feeling of all the eyes on me and focus on the kid.
He’s got a little bit of grime on the side of his face, down his neck, though I can see the obvious care that’s gone into trying to clean him up. Aside from the rapid breath, he’s remarkably still, and when I slot two fingers at his throat I’m a little surprised that his heartbeat is so high.
Whatever look passes over my face must clue Dot in to my concern. Without a word she allows me to scoop the child from her grasp. I didn’t expect her to be willing to hand her son over, though I suppose that desperate times make for unlikely allowances.
I give him a once over, checking for anything and everything, hoping that Dot’s just managed to miss something, but there is no easy answer. That is until I notice the discoloration by his fingertips. At first I thought it was just some grime, but the color continued even under the nail. The top of his mouth and the back of his throat has the same color and I almost laugh at myself for not considering the possibility earlier, it’s a pretty recognisable smell.
I know I don’t want an answer to this question, but I need to know.
“What have you guys been eating?”
“Whatever we could find, um… sometimes I could work out some trade, but… yeah, mostly what we could find.” Dot answers haltingly, concern rising in her eyes as she gnaws on her bottom lip.
“Right, ok…” I sigh, considering the options I have. It’s not a lot, not with what I have.
“it’s not,” bad, I was going to say, but that’s a lie. It could be bad. If this progresses any further it probably will be looking ‘bad’ about ten miles back. “Stars!”
“What?” I can hear the panic in her tone and I try my best to think of a way to phrase this that will not end catastrophically.
“There’s one thing I can do, but it’s probably going to hurt, so you have to trust me.”
“I-” Dot starts, but I cut her off.
“I know you have no reason to trust me, but this is the only thing that I can do to help at the moment,” I ramble, just trying to get out a clear thought.
I want to help, but I know the only thing I can do in the moment will look more like I’m trying to hurt.
“I-” Her voice cracks as she looks between me and her child. “Please help him.”
“Alright.” I nod, looking between the two of them for a moment before setting off.
I let my brain work on autopilot gathering all the components I’ll need and setting them out. I fill a glass with some water and mix the bonding agent. It takes a while for the tincture to fully integrate, but at least it is the newer developed powder we’d been going over in class. This one changes color so there isn’t any guesswork as to whether or not the mix has been incorporated. The tincture’s built to respond and charge to an active mana source. All I have to do is pulse it with magic until it glows.
I prop Ove’s head up and make him drink down the mixture. The whole thing moves more like a viscous jelly and having been on the other side of this, I’m glad the kid’s not conscious for this. Even if he could choke down the concoction, it still tastes bad enough to make anyone gag.
I give myself a second, just sitting the kid up, rubbing his back in what I hope is a relaxing motion. His wings are limp where they lie and I can see the obvious, practiced care that went into maintaining them. They make a stark contrast with Dot’s half-cared-for rumpled feathers.
She cares for him deeply. I just hope that my plan works.
I lever him up quickly, cradling him in a move I haven’t practiced since my own siblings were this age. Dot follows as I set Ove on the counter and lean him at a gentle angle over the sink, but it’s easier to block out the feeling of being watched. The rest of the world melts away and it’s easier to find a stable place within me when magic is on my mind.
My hand glows the same charged color and I wait until I can feel where the liquid has set into his stomach. The liquid is reactive now, and even through the barrier of tissue, it’s not hard to find or direct.
Now comes the unpleasantness.
I haven’t done this in a while and I certainly don’t want to mess up inside a body, so I start slow.
I roll the mass of liquid around slowly, encompassing and coating his insides and start forcing the contents of his stomach out.
The result is pretty instantaneous. It’s a mess of coughing and a colorful spew of bile along with that familiar, faintly rotted smell.
Ove’s eyes jerk open and I can see the fever-bright sheen to his eyes that has me doubting that he’s processing anything that’s going on.
“Mama, I-I don’t feel so-” His wavering, voice ekes out before he’s taken by a fit of dry heaving.
I wince in sympathy. This method isn’t the kindest, but I had hoped he’d be able to sleep through the worst of it. His body doesn’t appreciate what I’ve just put him through and it’s going to take a little bit before it settles down.
“Ove!” Dot cries out, smile bright as relief washes over her features.
She goes to take him back but I head her off, looping my arm under Ove and keeping him from tumbling into the sink as another round of heaving takes him.
“Be careful, he’s still fragile. It’s not better, he’s just got it all out of his system.” As if to prove my point he slumps over trembling, unconscious again.
I pull him up against me and settle him on my shoulder. Just because his body is in rebellion doesn’t mean he has to be uncomfortable. I can set up the couch for him so that his mom can keep watch. His wings shuffle in a frankly adorable twitch as he snuggles closer into my body.
“I-yes, what was wrong with him?” Dot asks, reverting back to that cautious, stilted way of speaking.
“It’s… well, he just a bad pastene.” The look of confusion I get tells me that I’m going to be answering a whole lot more questions.
“I’ve eaten pastene before, it tastes bad but it has never done that…” She counters, looking me up and down like she can visually detect the lie.
“You’ve probably had fresh pastene, when it goes bad it gets toxic real fast. Some people candy it with other diluents to make hallucinogens- it’s really not pretty.” I cut my own rambling short.
“Stars.” I can see the look on her face, not relief, but the slowly dawning horror.
She came really close. Her kid was poisoned and she didn’t know it. She didn’t know what was wrong and with much more time the effects would have been at least partially irreversible. She had probably never heard of it as a toxin before, just an exotic fruit.
“It’s ok, when pastene goes bad our stomachs can’t break it down anymore. It binds to stomach lining and slowly poisons you from the inside-” I shut my mouth before I can make Dot go any paler with my attempts to reassure her. “I’ll make him something to get some electrolytes in him, he’s not going to feel good when he wakes up, but at least he will wake up, and we can go from there.” I try to smile
She just nods but I can see her hands shaking.
I rock the kid side to side, enjoying the weight in my arms as he snuggles a little closer. I haven’t done this since my siblings were small enough to fit in my arms, and young enough not to mind being seen that way.
“How about we take some time and calm down a little... let’s have a talk, ok?”
The tense atmosphere that we’d just abandoned returns.
“I… I can’t thank you enough. I don’t have anything I can trade for what you’ve done, but if there’s something you want from me-” Dot rambles before I cut her off.
“You misunderstand me. How about we set your boy down, tuck him in on the couch and you let me know if there are any wounds that are bothering you. Thana’s got a bloody head wound so I definitely need to see that, but if you’ve got something bothering you, I can try to help.” I smile, hoping that the dopy show of teeth is more than enough to prove I’m harmless.
When I turn around to address Thana he’s sitting on the ground, back up against the wall, but slouched against Blue. HIs gaze settles weakly directed in my direction, but honestly I’m more impressed with Blue.
He wasn’t comfortable around Thana the first time they met. He was scared of ‘ferals’ from all the stories he’d heard growing up. Yet here he is actively comforting the person he’d been so scared of. I’m impressed with the competence he’s displayed while I dealt with our other guest. He kept Thana calm and comfortable, and that’s no easy task.
“Stars, you’re bleeding out!” I joke, making my way over to the two of them.
“You’re being dramatic.” He chuckles, but I don't miss the wince that comes with his words.
I am being just a little dramatic. There’s a lot of blood, but head wounds by their nature tend to bleed quite a lot. The blood on him is dry anyways, so the wound has probably clotted up by now, but that doesn’t mean it’s still not dangerous. Blue does his best to sit Thana up straighter as my approach, but I don’t miss how much he seems to protest the movement
“Can you even stand?” I ask, shifting Ove a little higher on my hip as I make my way over.
“I’m just dizzy is all, thought I’d wait here until you stopped shaking the damn floor.” He grins up at me, shutting his eyes against what must be a truly unsteady spinning.
“Alright, can I… Can I heal you, just something to make sure nothing gets worse until I get a look at you?” I offer.
He’s had a bad reaction to magical healing before, but this seems a little more severe. Blue takes Thana’s hand, giving it a gentle squeeze before Thana turns back to me
“...Yeah, that would probably be for the best,” he admits after a moment of consideration.
I’m not experienced with head wounds, but I heal him over until I’m convinced there’s no open wound. The area might still be a little tender and there’s no way i’m letting him sleep tonight on the off chance that he’s got a concussion. I am in no way qualified or capable of repairing brain tissue.
Ove mumbles into my collar, showing the first signs of wakefulness. I can’t help the smile it brings to my face, even though it’s followed by a mouthful of spit up. I turn to his mother, waving away the horrified look on her face.
“Why don’t we go tuck him in so he can have a rest? You can tell me if anything’s bothering you and Blue can help Thana get clean so I can see exactly how much brain leaked out of that wound.” I try to regain that nice calm and trusting headspace we had just a few minutes ago.
“Not cool, man.” Thana plays into it, acting just a little more familiar and at ease than he ever has around me.
Or at least I hope it’s an act. It might be the blood loss or brain damage.
“Master, are you sure you want me to-” Blue looks up at me with worry in his eyes as he points vaguely in the direction of the stairs and I realize his concern before he finishes the question.
“There’s a tub downstairs, just put things back where you find them and there shouldn’t be a problem. I’ve got some workshop clothes there, but I’ll see if I have anything to fit… any of our new guests.”
“Yes, Master.” Blue nods his head, before turning to help Thana down the stairs.
I can’t help the sigh that comes at the sight of Blue with one arm around Thana’s waist, the other draped over his shoulder in an attempt to keep the two of them upright as they go down the stairs. I slap on my best smile and prop Ove up a little higher on my hip.
“Let’s get him settled shall we?” I ask as brightly as I can manage as Dot seems to shrink into herself, a little more cautious than she was previously.
It’s going to be a long night.
Chapter 57: Taking Care (Part 2)
Summary:
Blue gets to help Thana out while Kara gets the two biries settled in the other room. What could possibly go wrong???
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
I can’t believe Master’s allowing a stray into his spell room- and by the look of it, Thana is equally disbelieving. There’s a few low burning lights in the room, some arcane flame that doesn’t consume material and can’t light other things on fire. Regardless, with the room lit, it’s not the threatening enclosed mage’s space that it could be. I thank the Stars for that. Thana and I are making a good pace down the stairs, but I doubt that I could support him if he decided to fight me.
The back room has running water and a larger stone basin that will function as a tub. I’m pretty sure it’s for brewing or disposing of components, but it should still be serviceable as a bathtub, right? Master would have told me if it was dangerous.
I let Thana uncurl from me and lean against the wall as I go over to the faucets and start filling the tub. There’s a few different sets of odd looking bottles and soaps, rags stained with all different colors and smells. It doesn’t take long to find a set of clean ones that will serve the purpose of a bath.
The soaps provide an entirely different challenge. The wrappings have their names, but none of them are safe to use on skin. I’m going through the tags on the bottles, trying to find something to use, when I notice the strained whimpering from behind me.
“I can’t, Blue-” Thana’s whispering more to himself than to me.
He’s following the wall, backing away, tail between his legs.
“I’m not getting in that tub.” I have a feeling that the words were supposed to sound strong but there’s the barest hints of wavering in his voice. He looks a half second away from running.
“I… I’m supposed to give you a bath.” I try to remind him why we are here, but he’s not looking at me.
“I can’t go in there, Blue.” He repeats himself, voice quiet and trembling.
“What’s wrong?” I ask. I notice the slight trembling that’s taken over his body, but I choose not to comment on that. He looks pale but sweaty, more like he’s seen a ghost and wants to throw up than anything else. Is there a smell in here that’s bothering him?
“Stars,” Thana curses and closes his eyes, buckling against the wall and sliding down gracelessly until he’s seated on the floor.
“Thana!” I shout, rushing over to his side.
The wound doesn’t look too much worse. It doesn’t even seem to be bleeding anymore, but he was hurt the last time he came in, too. I don’t know much about healing, or even what dangerous things to look out for. Something inside me surges. I want to help, I just don’t know what to do it. I’m worried if I try to fix anything it will probably hurt more than it helps.
I slide my arm under his and pull him back into the main room.
“I’m fine, fine, I’m just dizzy.” Thana hisses, shutting his eyes against the movement.
“Sit down in the chair, just sit.” I pull him up into the cushioned chair, my mind racing as I try to come up with a plan. Master’s helped me with this before. When the world spun around me he was there with kind words and gentle advice.
“I-” Thana starts to protest, but I finally remember how Master dealt with the dizzy spells and lean him forward in the chair.
“Just sit, put your head between your knees. It’s going to be fine, just wait for it to pass…” I mumble a collection of other, hopefully reassuring statements as Thana seems to take my advice and presses further into the position.
His ears flatten against his skull, and I recognize the pain response for what it is. I rub his back as comfortingly as I know how, hoping I’m doing a good job. He has no complaints at least.
Water! That was another thing, that’s supposed to be good for this, right?
It’s no trouble to produce a water bottle for him. Master keeps a bunch of bottles under the desk. With a little gentle instruction he takes the bottle and drinks.
“It’s probably the blood loss,” I mumble.
You can get dizzy if you lose too much blood, right? That’s a real thing.
There’s movement on the desk and the sand elemental pulls my attention away from Thana for a second. Zadik is just shifting around confusedly on the desk before rolling out an apple that he seems to have hidden somewhere on the desk. Food! Food is good too, right? That’s probably something good to give him, though it does make my face flush a little bit that I’m floundering so much that the elemental sees fit to provide me with help. Most of the time it just hides from attention or plays with the pencils in its little cup.
“Eat up.” I press the apple into Thana’s free hand.
Thana doesn’t look relieved. He looks a little more sick, pulling his legs closer to his body and holding the shreds of his shirt together with his hands.
“Are you sure I can… this is ok?” He whispers like someone might be listening to our conversation.
It dawns on me that he thinks he’ll get in trouble for taking something without my Master’s permission, and it takes me an equally long moment to realize that I hadn’t been worried about the same issue. In all my time with him, through all my failures and our misunderstandings, he’s never withheld anything that I needed. Even when he and I had different definitions of need.
He’s fed Thana before, though I suppose that was with explicit permission and in his presence. I can see how this could be seen as stealing. I don’t think I ever would have thought to chance this in another house. But here, it’s not even a question. Thana needs to eat something… and there’s food right there. It’s stupidly simple and yet I can’t help but feel warmed by the idea that I hadn’t considered the possibility that this could be a bad thing.
“My Master would be very upset to find you cracked your head open again on the floor because you passed out.” I try for a smile, but Thana doesn’t seem to take the statement as a joke.
He just nods seriously, alternating between taking bites of apple and sipping on the water. An uncomfortable silence settles on us, and try as I might, it is impossible to ignore.
“So... what was that all about?” I try to make it sound like I’m just making conversation, but I know I’ve failed when Thana’s whole body flinches.
“Look, I don’t have the fondest memories of grooming time alright?” He shoves the last piece of apple into his mouth before admitting, “I don’t like water.
“That’s… understandable.” I nod along.
The bath had been more of an escape for me. Especially in the big houses. My masters would never personally groom their pets, and only the favorites or exotics ever got special grooming privileges. I didn’t have anyone assist or oversee my bathing, so it was a pretty nice time for me. I liked being alone, or at least in the presence of other pets. It was good to get clean, especially down the road when masters grew less convinced that a simple bath would be enough to pretty me up.
“Is there something I can do to make this easier?” I ask.
I don’t understand why it’s hard, but I can understand that it is. The easier I can make this, the quicker I can get Thana back upstairs to proper medical care.
“I just… I can’t sit in a pool of water, alright? That sick bastard- he… he liked to hold me under. He said it was the only time I would ever really behave. Whenever I pissed him off he gave me a bath. Fucked with me until I begged, until I’d promise anything for him to let me out.”
“I-” I don’t know what to say to that, but luckily he doesn’t wait for me to respond.
“Sorry, I shouldn’t dump all this on you, I just… It’s fucking stupid, I shouldn’t be afraid of the bath-” He apologizes, trying to backtrack, but this time I cut him off.
“It’s not stupid. I… I get it. How about I empty the tub and we just run the water? I’ll give you a cloth and we just keep talking the whole time and you tell me if it’s too much?” I bite my lip, hoping my suggestion sounds a little better to him than it does to me.
“Y-yeah, so long as I don’t have to sit in the water… yeah, I think that’ll be fine…” Thana nods to himself, shooting me a weak smile.
“Ok.” I return the smile.
There’s a couple more power snacks stored around the room that I fetch. Thana looks at me curiously, but doesn’t try to protest again. He takes his time munching on the bars as I drain the tub and find a bottle of cleaner that will actually work on skin without melting it.
Thana handles the greater muck that has accumulated on his person while I dab delicately over his head wound. He claims it’s still tender, but there’s a fair amount of scrubbing that is required when clearing off dried blood. There’s a dark set of bruises down his body and while there’s no actual pattern there are a few that are quite new.
As much as I try to be respectful, I can’t keep my curiosity contained.
“What happened?” I wish it didn’t come out so harsh, but Thana doesn't seem to take offense.
“When Dot found me we were on the other side of the city. We cut our way through the Cages Market, but the night… festivities had already started…” He mumbles out his answer, pressing a little too roughly on some of the smaller scabs on his side.
“So how did you get slashed?” I ask, parting his hair where the wound would have been if my Master hadn’t healed it.
“Some dumbass mistook me for one of the whores at the market.” He laughs somewhat mirthlessly. “It made a decent distraction so Dot could get through, but they were a little more… agitated when I tried to leave.”
I know about the whores at the market. Usually it’s several pets that belong to one master who lets them out every night to turn a profit. I’ve wondered what that would be like, getting bought by a master that gives you such free reign, just the same nightly assignment. But it’s not like I’m any good at seduction or the more subtle arts that are necessary for picking a mark and actively seducing them for nightly gains. I’m good at doing what I’m told, but I've never really had to take a more active role than that. It’s easier sometimes in that headspace where you are just reacting, where everything’s just orders and responses…
“Apparently they were a guard or something, don’t know why they would be carrying a knife otherwise. Bastard stripped my jacket off me and cut my bandages like they were opening a present. They got a lucky hit when I was running,” he sneers, lathering the soap with extra ferocity.
That gives me pause. Bandages on his chest? There’s none left to see, but there’s also no wound on his chest that the bandages would have been- oh . It takes me a second to understand but when it finally registers, I’m a little ticked off that Thana would be playing so loosely with his safety like this.
“You can’t wear bandages around your chest as a bind, that’s not safe.” There’s a hard edge to my voice that I’m not sure I was even expecting.
“I know it’s not safe. I just, I want to feel right...” he whispers.
There’s nothing I can say to that and we descend into awkward silence as Thana finishes washing up. There’s not a lot of clothes down here, but I’d managed to find some loose-fitting articles that don't look like they’ve been used to clean up a chemical spill. Thana’s appreciative nonetheless.
“So… how’s your… Kara?” Thana asks quietly, and I barely contain a flinch.
“He’s… he used me for casting for the first time,” I admit as I rinse off the tub and try to tidy everything back to its original state.
“Are you alright?” His eyes go wide and he looks me up and down with new concern.
I can feel myself shrinking under his gaze. I want to square my shoulders, stand a little taller, but my body won’t cooperate. His concerned look doesn’t weaken as he steps closer and makes his investigation of my features a little harder to ignore.
“I’m… fine. A bit weak, but-” I feel the moment that my thin smile snaps. “I don’t know. He says he’s going to keep me, but I don’t know if that’s any better. I barely stayed conscious for the ritual.” I feel the shaky, nauseous feeling spread in my body and I have to fight the nervous giggles that rise in my throat.
“My offer still stands,” Thana reminds me quickly.
I can see the nervousness in his eyes, the genuine concern for my safety. I don’t know how to tell him that I’m less concerned about my safety in this. I just nod and smile, but stay silent.
“Your Master… He’s kind to us, but-” Thana bites his lip, trying to figure out how to word this. “Is this really how he is?”
I just give him a confused look.
“I haven’t seen a lot of…” Thana rapidly continues, changing tracks. “People want things in return. That’s just a fact of life. Nobody does something for nothing and he hasn’t asked anything of me, so…”
It occurs to me that he thinks Kara makes me do things for him in exchange for the kindnesses he bestows on Thana and the other strays. The thought almost makes me smile. As though that rationale was the only way that Thana could make sense of his behavior.
“He doesn’t hurt me,” I reassure him. “He doesn’t ask anything in exchange for the favors he grants, I certainly couldn’t offer something as valuable anyways.”
Thana shoots me a disbelieving look before crossing his arms over his chest and seeming to retreat further into himself.
“I don’t trust him.” His voice is hard and factual and alarming, it seems, even to his own ears.
He opens and closes his mouth in a few false starts, flicking his ears agitatedly as the words that he wants do not come to him. His tail flicks and curls and before I have the chance to intervene in case he becomes violent it all leaves him in a single breath. All the agitation and tension in his body bleed out as he squeezes his eyes closed against the soft light of the room. We sit like that in silence for a while as Thana seems to relearn how to breathe properly.
“I’m sorry, please don’t say anything, but I don’t-I can’t trust him.” His voice comes softer this time, subdued and with no small amount of pain behind it.
“Thana… why did you come here then? If you don’t trust… If you didn’t think he could help-” I try to ask, but he cuts me off.
“I brought them because I knew he could help.” Thana shakes his head, but not at me, as if trying to dislodge the concept of my Master being able to provide help. As if frightened by the concept that he could provide something that would have been impossible otherwise.
I can smell the salt in the air and I do my best to focus my eyes on any other baubble in the room. I’m not quite sure what would happen if I saw Thana cry, but if he didn’t kill me I have the feeling that something else would have been irrevocably lost. Maybe it is enough to know that it’s a spectacle that doesn’t want an audience. Stars know I never wanted an audience when I cried, though it always did seem to happen in the presence of one.
“I just…” Thana takes a moment as his voice cracks.
I’m familiar with fighting my own body like this. Trying to speak with even a little dignity when your body demands that you curl up in a ball and sob is quite a formidable task. It’s enough, I think to simply press my shoulder into his, allow for that solid point of contact as I examine a red glass bauble on the other side of the room and ignore the shaking in his body.
“It’s bad out there, especially in winter, especially for the little one. I didn't have any other place that I could send them. I didn’t have anyone else who could help. Most of the people who are ‘safe’, they let strays stay in their backyard for the night. Sometimes they’ll feed some of the cuter ones if they act docile and take it from their hands, but no one would have done what your master did tonight,” he eventually continues, leaning back into my solid presence.
“He’s a good person Thana.” I say it without thinking.
What does that even mean? A good person . There are plenty of good people in this world, and none of them would have done what my Master did tonight. It doesn’t mean a set of characteristics. It doesn’t mean a set of values. Hell, it doesn’t even mean safe, not for our kind, not always. It’s amorphous and meaningless, especially here. And yet it had sounded so correct in my head, so obvious.
“I- Blue, I can’t think that way. He’s done so much, at some point he is going to want something and it’s going to break me.” Thana’s voice shakes as he attempts to force a chuckle to punctuate the statement.
“Thana, I’ve been with him for two months now and he hasn’t done anything… anything to me. The man hasn’t even fucked me.” I feel a little lightheaded as I admit it outloud.
It’s unusual for an owner to restrain themselves, but it’s not unheard of. I had a mistress who thought herself a kind and gentle soul. She bought me from the market dregs, discounted twice over from so many past owners. She’d said she wouldn’t hurt me, she said she wanted to ‘take care of me’. She had said that she bought me because she thought used pets deserved a second chance, and my eyes were pitiful. I had thought she was the best owner I could have ever asked for. She wanted a sweet pet who knew that they owed her their life, who would serve her with a devoted heart. She waited nearly a whole week before she started using me, she let me get adjusted to the house and treated my more serious wounds. I thought it was good.
She liked the idea of caring for something broken more than she liked me. That mistress lost interest before my bruises had fully faded.
“The two of you haven’t had sex?” Thana looks at me, confused, eyes glistening but wiped free of tears.
I open my mouth to answer, but then shut it again as my cheeks heat. I was going to say no, but that isn’t quite true, is it? He hasn’t fucked me, but we have had sex.
“Technically… well, we’ve-” I stutter out, trying to ignore the heat in my face, but Thana cuts me off.
“Blue, this is what I’m talking about. You think he’s a good guy, but he’s manipulative- It’s easier that way and you don’t think you’re being forced, but -” It’s my turn to cut him off.
“Thana, he went down on me.” There’s no easier or gentler way to say it and I’m oddly relieved to be forced to say it all as a rush rather than being given the opportunity to stutter my way through it.
“What!” Thana practically screams in my ear.
“Quiet!” I wave my hand in a futile attempt to keep Thana’s volume down. They probably can’t hear anything upstairs anyway, I’ve certainly never heard anything when my Master experiments down here.
“You are fucking with me!” Thana points accusingly, but I can see the doubt in his eyes.
My face is thoroughly aflame. “Yeah, imagine how I felt!”
“How did that even happen?” Thana gets close, looking me over carefully for any sign of a lie.
“I- '' Stars, it’s a wonder there’s blood anywhere else in my body, my cheeks are so warm, “I was pressing him. I didn’t trust him and I wanted to feel safe, I wanted something familiar, so… Stars, if anyone pushed anything it was me.” There’s something in my throat and suddenly I can’t speak.
“You asked for sex and he went down on you?”
I simply nod, pressing my overheated face into my hands, trying to work up the courage to speak again. Thana waits patiently as I try to breathe and piece together coherency. It takes a minute to bury the embarrassment that’s clawed its way into my chest, but when I look up Thana’s just sitting there, seemingly still waiting for an explanation.
“He heals me and treats me with kindness, protects me like I’m made from glass. If there’s an angle he’s working, I’ve yet to find it.” Even to my own ears my voice sounds weak, but it’s the best I can do, and better yet, it’s all true.
“I have to admit, he seems really kind. He’s good with Ove,” Thana responds cautiously.
I smile, thinking of my Master’s dealing with the child. He was good with the child, but I suppose I shouldn’t be surprised. My Master had told me that he had younger siblings, and caring for them is obviously an experience that he looks back on with fondness.
“He likes kids…” Thana hedges delicately, “do you think he wants any, or at the very least some rolly little kits around the house?”
I open my mouth to say something, anything, when I realize I don’t have an answer to that. He hasn’t said anything about that. But he also hasn’t cast the familiar spell that suppresses my heat and ensures infertility.
“I-I don’t know. He hasn’t said anything about it, but… he hasn’t said anything against it. I…” I’m suddenly seized by a cloying fear- “I’ve never been- I’ve never-”
I’ve never carried a child before. My masters cared for me more as a toy than as a breeding tool. They never wanted to breed from me and thanks to their spell I never had to worry about accidents. It’s dangerous, that much I know. Dangerous and painful. Not to mention that it takes a long time, a frankly ridiculous amount of time to remain in favor with one master.
Then again, that would be a good explanation for all of his special care. He’s taken his time with me, healing my wounds and feeding me up to a safer weight. It’s not dissimilar to the methods taken with a newly selected breeding pair. Breeders like to make sure their stock are both in optimal position, otherwise the already dangerous process can have unforeseen complications. But my Master wouldn’t have used me in his class if he had those kinds of plans for me. It would have been too much of a risk… right?
“I get it.” Thana cuts in, dismissing my mental spiral. “Sorry to worry you. I doubt he would have kept it to himself if it was a goal. You’ve got nothing to worry about.” Thana smiles shakily and I can't help but think that he’s a terrible liar.
Thana doesn’t believe himself, but I do take a bit of solace in his words. My Master wouldn’t have kept this from me. He would have asked. If nothing else there would have been some questions about my fertility, and seeing as how much of an uphill battle it was to get him to have sex with me, I probably would have seen a few profiles for the studs he was considering.
“What about you? Have you ever… did you ever have a kit?” I ask, trying desperately to stop thinking about my Master going through profiles of candidates to fuck me until I was with child.
“They wanted more of me, but my body just… wouldn’t support it. There were a lot of failed attempts.” Thana shrugs with a weak smile.
“I’m sorry,” I whisper.
“Don’t be, I…” He takes a moment to chuckle at some unspoken joke before continuing. “I never really wanted kids. They’re cute and all, but that’s a nightmare that I would not wish upon my body.”
I watch the sand elemental on the desk play with food wrappers we’ve left behind. The grains all shifting and turning yet somehow making up a whole. The silence isn’t oppressive, but it is uncomfortable. I barely know what to say to Thana in the best of times.
“How about we get you upstairs? My Master will probably have food cooking and he can take a look at that hole in your head.” I stand, offering my hand to help Thana up.
“I don’t have a hole in my head-” Thana grumbles, but takes my hand and follows me up the stairs.
Notes:
The Tumblr: Here
Chapter 58: Stories
Summary:
Blue, Kara, Dot, Ove, and Thana all sit down to have a meal and a chat
Notes:
Sorry this one came out with a bit of delay guys. Midterms have been breathing down my neck :P
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
Kara has set up a round of pillows and blankets on the floor of the living room. There’s a steaming mug in the woman’s hands and the boy is tucked in on the couch with a heavy quilt and a steaming mug of his own. Judging from the smell in the kitchen, my prediction seems to be right. There is definitely food cooking. A fact made even more apparent as my Master comes into the room bearing a wide tray with several plates stacked on it.
“Oh, you’re back.” Master smiles at he realizes that we’ve come back. He’s got his hair precariously tied up, half falling down into his face as he sets the tray down and starts passing out plates. “You two sit down. Food’s cooking and I’ll get you some tea.”
He retrieves the empty tray, sauntering back into the kitchen before anyone can say a word. Thana’s nails press into my arm where he’s been using me to support himself.
“That shit ain’t normal,” he hisses low in my ear, and I honestly can’t tell if he’s joking or not.
I certainly wouldn’t have thought it was normal a couple of months ago. A couple of months ago I couldn’t have treated the thought of a mage practically bouncing up and down serving four pets as anything other than lunacy. Dot seems to be coming from the same headspace as she simply gapes openly, eyes fixed on the last place Kara had been before he disappeared into the kitchen.
“Definitely, not normal,” she says quietly, almost to herself, as she pulls her gaze back to her mug and takes a hesitant sip.
“It might not be normal behavior, but he wants to set you at ease in the house,” I try to explain.
It took a long time for me to understand that these actions were not the result of some great underlying motive. Kara just acts this way. Still, I know how unsettling it must seem for people not used to his...eccentricities.
“That makes it sound like he’s hiding something.” Thana pokes my shoulder as though the prodding will make me reveal all of my Master’s hidden plans for them.
“He’s not- Look, he just wants you to feel safe. He wants you to know that it’s different here.” I try to make it sound like I’m not coming up with that on the spot, but the look on Thana’s face tells me that I’ve missed the mark.
“That’s all well and good, but I don’t know shit about this man, so I will keep my healthy scepticism if you don’t mind!” Thana crosses his arms, giving me a skeptical look that would make me feel bad if I were hiding something from him like he thinks I am.
“Just sit down. He really does need to have a look at you, there’s definitely some brain missing from in there.” I acquiesce, unable to keep the small grin from my lips as Thana’s cheeks go red at the repeated jab at his injury.
“Laugh all you want but what do you really know about him?” He leans closer into my space, confident that he’s trapped me in some logic puzzle -that I don’t truly know the man that I’m placing so much trust in.
I know plenty. Well, maybe not plenty…
My mind rushes as I try to put together all that I know about my Master.
I know that he has a family that he doesn’t talk to. A larger one at that, he has younger siblings that he evidently cares for greatly, or at the very least looks back at fondly. I know his last name is Ctor, I know he’s 27 years old. I even know that it’s going to be his birthday this weekend and Shauna’s going to take him out for the occasion even though he claims he doesn’t want to do anything special.
I haven’t even begun to process that fear. I don’t want to be left alone again, but maybe it would do me some good, give me a chance to sort everything out in my head before I mess up even more.
All in all, it’s actually a lot more than I’m used to knowing about my masters. I open my mouth to say as much when Thana pulls me to the ground with him. We settle on our knees as Kara comes back out of the kitchen with another set of steaming dishes and mugs.
“Alright, I’ve got enough for everyone, so just dig in!” He smiles wide as he passes the plates and drinks out to each of us.
It’s almost entertaining to watch the familiar disbelief from the outside. The way their eyes widen at the bounty laid out before them and the jovial master who sees fit to sit on the floor and serve them.
“Thank you, Sir.” Dot bobs her head in as much of a bow as she can manage from her seated position.
“Oh please, don’t thank me.” Kara flushes. “It’s- I didn’t have a lot of notice so it’s probably not even very good.”
“I mean, it’s here and hot so it’s already better than I was expecting.” Thana cuts though any tension and draws Kara’s eyes away from the nervous looking bird. Unfortunately, the shift doesn’t have the effect Thana was going for as Dot just looks more nervous.
“We don’t mean to be a bother.” Dot rushes to soothe the situation, but Thana doesn’t seem to be on the same page.
“Yeah, surely you had other things to do tonight than take care of a couple of strays,” He drawls, popping a piece of fruit into his mouth.
I don’t know why he’s trying to provoke an argument. He wasn’t like this with me when we were downstairs. A part of me is worried that the head wound was more serious than he let on, but the bright shine and calculating look in his eyes make me think better of that theory. He’s testing the waters. He’s trying to make Kara mad to see what he’ll put up with.
It’s not uncommon to test your standing, but I’m confused as to why he’s doing it. It’s really only something you do within the first few days of having a new owner, testing boundaries to see just how much you can get away with. It’s dangerous and reckless. I only tried it once and I got my arm broken for my troubles.
“No, no plans… I’ve already cleared my audience with a foreign power so my evening was free for you guys,” Kara answers sarcastically, rolling his eyes and popping a grape into his mouth. I have to suppress my grin. Even though he said it like a joke, it is technically true.
Thana just narrows his eyes, short tail twitching in agitation. He’s obviously fishing, he wants Kara to give him the answer to a question he’s not answering. When he’s silenced by the apple slice in his mouth, it gives us all a moment where we can ignore the hostile intent behind his eyes.
Dot is giving the room half of her attention. She’s more focused on making sure that Ove drinks from his mug and takes small bites of the solid food. She’s still on edge, tense and ready to flee in case things go wrong, but there’s a hint of a smile that wasn’t there before as her child smiles up at her brightly.
Ove is taking all of this much better than anyone else. He’s been tucked into a fluffy throw blanket that nearly buries him with a wide pillow behind his back to help him sit up. His wings are puffed up like his hair and I can see Dot’s fingers twitch, probably wanting to smooth them back into place but not wanting to offend her host.
The toddler trills excitedly at his mother, not overly loud, but he can’t contain the way his wings shuffle and the feathers puff out even more in his excitement. The mug he holds seems almost comically oversized in his hands as Dot tries to get him to rest the mug on his lap and take the bits of food she passes to him.
I sneak a glance at my Master. He doesn’t seem perturbed by any of this, in fact he almost looks amused. No one’s really speaking, but there’s noise and movement, there’s a warmth that I hadn’t realized was missing from the house. I’m used to bigger households, the kind with teams of servants that handle things together, where there’s camaraderie and even playful competition sometimes. This house is nice and full of liberties that I’d never dreamed of, but I hadn’t realized until just now how quiet it could be. With all of us together it feels more… alive.
So of course Thana has to open his mouth and ruin the moment.
Thana shoves a big spoonful of the meal into his mouth and smiles wide and fake.
“Damn, you should open a restaurant, dude. This is really good.” Thana speaks, that same searching glint in his eyes.
“I feel like it helps that you are hungry, my mom used to say even rocks taste good when you’re hungry.” Kara gives Thana a crooked smile, thrown off, but not directly addressing his odd behavior.
“Well then, at least you’re going to be a great medic!” Thana smiles up from his plate.
I nearly glare over at him. I don’t mind him fishing for an answer, but he’s not even trying to be subtle about it. I’ve just gotten a chance to appreciate this peace, I don’t want Thana to ruin it with his questions. Kara doesn’t seem too put out by it though.
“I wouldn’t make it as a medic, though I can’t say I haven’t considered the path before…” He answers with no trace of deception in his voice.
I am surprised by that. I had thought he wanted to go into medicine, given how readily he’s helped me and every other stray that’s come to him with an issue. He’s skilled at the trade, though I suppose I had assumed that it was a passion of his that he was pursuing. There’s a little prickle of fear in the back of my head at that revelation. Maybe I don’t know my Master as well as I thought I did…
“You do a great job, what are you talking about?” Thana presses.
Kara just heaves a sigh like he’s about to explain something very simple to a toddler for the thousandth time, “I don’t have the mind for it, don’t have the math, or much of anything that’s required. I’m not exceptionally skilled at healing. I’m good at lighter magical healing, but a great deal more is required. The trick I did with Ove was a variation on a common storm mage spell, not healing. That’s why I was worried it would hurt him. A healer could have done it without any risk.” He says with a grimace, though it sounds more like it’s directed inward than anything else.
“You helped with the drink, with my head wound-” Thana says it like an accusation, but Dot cuts him off.
“And you helped me with my burn! You are very skilled, Ser.” Her voice is quiet, but it does nothing to disguise her gratitude.
“Those were all just first aid with a little bit of arcane assistance. That shit wouldn’t pass in academy.” Master shakes his head, choosing to stare into his cup rather than address anyone else.
“Well then, what is it that you want to be your focus?” Thana asks, just a shade away from the casual question he wants it to be.
“I… I haven’t picked one yet,” Master answers quickly, drawing up his shoulders and tone shifting immediately towards something less friendly and more defensive. “We don’t have to pick for another year,” he adds quietly after a moment or two of silence.
Unfortunately, these answers aren’t enough for Thana.
“Well, what was your awakening then?” he blurts in a fit of exasperation.
“Thana!” I can’t help the harshness of my voice.
“No, that’s fair. I had a quieter awakening than most. I…” he chuckles to himself, “I didn’t know it was magic for the longest time. I just kept getting sick when I went outside with my- with our gardener. I loved being outside and all the flowers and trees. I… Well, the gardener found a plot that wasn’t in direct view of the house so I could play in it and plant whatever I wanted. I loved the process of watching them grow, but every day I was tired and sore. Imagine my surprise when the gardener had to sit me down and tell me that plants weren’t supposed to germinate and flower in a day.”
“You sank magic into making plants grow?” Thana’s ears twitch, and I can hear the disbelief in his voice.
“It’s… Well, yeah. Nature is its own form of magic, it just takes some practice to not be overwhelmed. I didn’t have the best grasp on mana control as a child and I was sinking too much life energy into the natural process,” he explains with a shrug.
“I don’t get it.” Thana shakes his head, confusion and disbelief still plain to see on his face.
“Well-” Master cuts himself off, seemingly unable to find the right words.
He fishes through the fruit plate for a couple of seconds before he finds what he’s looking for. He holds up a seed that got left behind in all the cut pieces of fruit. Before I can ask, he closes his eyes and the seed begins to rapidly bloom.
A stem and leaves curl up from the small seed. The bloom happens rapidly, curling spindles of roots wrap around his hand and begin to curl down his arm. A small tree begins to bloom. It stays small even though it goes through the stages of maturity before our eyes. The bark of its trunk hardens and the leaves grow a darker green as tiny little flowers bud. They bloom and fall as fruit begins to form, growing to its natural size. The tree bows a little under the weight of the fruit as Kara opens his eyes, smiling at the product.
“Well, I still got it! It just takes a bit of energy.” He chuckles, eyes bright.
“Huh.” Thana clicks his tongue against the roof of his mouth and plucks an apple from the tiny tree. “That is pretty cool.”
Kara smirks at that, but moves his arm over to Dot and offers her an apple from his tree.
“What about you, Dot? What’s got you stuck hanging out with this one?” Kara nods over to Thana, but he’s got his mouth too full of apple to make a proper retort.
“My Mistress bought me as a novelty.” Dot blushes, looking away to help Ove heft the mug. “I’m a fairly uncommon avian breed, especially around here. She didn’t know I was pregnant at the time and either my seller didn’t know or he didn’t see it fit to tell her.”
“Oh, I’m- I’m sorry,” Kara mumbles, clearly ready to drop the subject alltogether, but Dot continues over his hesitance.
“It’s alright, she lost interest with me long before Ove was born, and after… well, I was more a nuisance to her than anything. Ove was taken with fever this summer. I tried to keep him out of sight most of the time, but I wasn’t free to watch over him at all times. In that haze he tried to find me in the house. He walked in on the Mistress having tea with a guest and… well, that was the last straw. Apparently it was someone really important, and they were very put out by the sight of a sick pet wandering into their tea time. She kicked us out of her house, gave me a good lashing for the offence too…” She chuckles a bit, though it’s humourless, and hugs her knees closer to her chest “We’ve been on our own since then.”
I hide my face in my mug as my Master says something encouraging that I miss, but it does have Dot looking a little bit brighter.
I can’t imagine what that must have been like. Turned out of your house with a child in tow and nowhere to go that would be safe. It’s a nightmare that’s trained into nearly every pet. Getting thrown out is meant to be a crueler form of being put down. It’s slow and painful, rather than clinical and supposedly painless.
“I’ve found a few things here and there,” Dot continues at my Master’s prompting. “Been able to rent out a few of my more skilled services, dive through the bins to keep us fed. You’d be surprised how many people don’t mind an exotic. I have an older collar I found in the trash, it’s enough to fool most. I tell them that my owner is a merchant who allow the household staff to do odd jobs while he’s traveling on contract,” she admits sheepishly.
“That’s really clever.” My Master chuckles, nodding his head along with her story.
“Well, it’s getting harder to pull off. The ripped clothes and the poor hygiene aren’t exactly markers of a pet who’s well kept by a wealthy merchant, but we make do… It's hard but there are a few safe places I have found where Ove can hide most of the day.” She gestures to her worn shirt and frayed jacket before patting her son’s knee where it’s buried in the blanket around him.
“Yes, mama.” Ove blinks tiredly into his half empty cup.
“Although now I realize that he might have been wandering around without my supervision during the day.” She quirks an eyebrow and turns her attention more fully towards him, waiting for an explanation.
Ove simply ducks his head and pulls up the blanket that’s been provided for him, pressing his face into the soft fabric as though he can hide from his mother if he just can’t see her.
“Ove…” Dot speaks in a warning tone and the little boy emerges from the blanket to reveal the dark blush that’s spread over his face.
“I’m sorry mama, I- was hungry, so I was looking for some food…” His lower lip wobbles dangerously as he looks away from his mother, plucking at the edges of the blanket.
I can’t help but feel bad for him. Aside from everything else, the public dressing down from his mother is not something to be envious of. Still, I can’t help but think he’s lucky to have such a good mother.
I’d never met mine, but there were plenty of ‘families’ that wouldn’t have protected their child like that. Pets who would have looked after their own safety before that of their child.
“Baby.” Dot brackets his face with her hands, forcing him to look up at her. “Why did you leave the safe alley that I left you in?”
“You were worried, I thought that if - I didn’t want you to worry, if I could find food then you wouldn’t have to worry.” He sniffles.
“Darling…” Dot opens her mouth to say something else, then closes it without adding anything.
Master’s managed to detangle the roots from his arm, watching the scene as it plays out. Thana’s deep in his cup, seemingly trying to keep himself out of this. I certainly have nothing to add.
I’m not unused to the concept of growing up fast. I’m no stranger to being forced into the intense calculus of what you have to do to survive. But seeing it from the outside is different than living it. Seeing all the same markers of the things that I’ve lived through as a child is… disturbing. I don’t like the thought of this small child having to dig through the trash for food. Worrying about his mother and trying to lessen the burden on her.
“Have you ever been to the port city, Peralya?” My Master’s voice startles me out of my thoughts.
“I actually did come through there, I was on a boat for a few months before a merchant thought he could do better with me than my ship.” She can’t keep the distaste for the man from showing on her face.
“You have your sea legs?” Master questions, seemingly genuinely surprised.
“My breed is at home on the ocean.” Dot smirks, but her eyes are distant. “Ove’s never seen the water though...”
“Did you like it?” Master questions.
“Did I like being in my breed’s natural habitat?” She repeats the question back, a little incredulously.
“I meant working on a boat,” Master clarifies.
“Why?” She regards my Master with cautious eyes.
I don’t blame her for suddenly wanting to clam up. Both Thana and I give my Master an odd look. He’s not usually one to press for answers, especially not for such oddly specific questions.
“I have a… friend, she has a ship, the Queen Lyria , and she owes me a favor. I’m sure she could find a place on her ship for you. It would be steady work…” He lets the idea settle for a moment, but Dot’s cautious expression doesn’t shift.
“That sounds lovely, but I can’t just leave Ove for months at a time for an expedition,” she answers, voice hard.
“I’m sure she wouldn’t mind such a sweet little boy, and it would be an incredible way for him to see the sea for the first time.” Master’s smile doesn’t dip at her hesitance.
“What favor does this friend owe you that she would accept a pet with a toddler in tow as a deckhand?” Thana cuts in, bringing up a fairly good question.
I’ve never heard of this ship. My Master’s never brought up any ties with the coast, or a ship and its captain.
“She’s never been able to refuse me, and I doubt she’d care that you have wings. Most of her papers don’t end up in the wharf master's office, if you know what I mean. I promise, you’d be safe with her, among her crew. They’re all one big family. Once you’re in- Stars save you, because you are in forever. To be honest, the wings might even make her like you more if it makes you a little more efficient than the rest of the riff-raff she keeps on her vessel,” Kara explains
“It’s been quite a while, but my wings did get me around pretty fast.” She rolls her shoulders, allowing her wings to flutter just a little bit with the movement.
“I’m sure she’d love you. I can write you a letter to give to her if you want,” Kara offers, “All you need to do is ask for her ship and they will be able to get you to her.”
“The Queen Lyria,” Dot parrots back, making sure she’s got the name right.
“That’s the one.” Kara nods along.
“What do you think, Ove?” Dot turns to her child, not quite able to keep the excitement out of her voice.
“The water is where the fish come from right?” Ove asks as though it is the only thing that is important about the ocean. Still, it’s impossible not to see his excitement rising at the prospect, his wings fluttering excitedly as he tries not to bounce up and down in his seat. “Can we go mama, can we go?”
“Alright,” she chuckles, flashing the first genuine smile I’ve seen on her since she’s gotten here, “I suppose we have our heading then, don’t we?”
“Yay!” Ove cheers raising his mug aloft with a bright smile on his face.
Settling that little issue, the rest of the meal passes without the tense atmosphere we had started with. Attention back firmly on the food, we switch to less contentious topics. It takes only a few minutes of stumbling before that bright and lively atmosphere is back. Thana continues to press, but it’s less overt now, something inside him probably settled or at least quieted by the offer that my Master has made. We eat and drink and too soon we find that it has become quite late in the evening.
I go to help Master with the plates, but he just waves me off and gestures for me to stay with the group in the living room.
“Your master… are you certain he’s real?” Dot speaks with a tone almost like she’s daydreaming.
“I can guarantee you that the first few weeks I was sure that I’d been hit in the head and was dreaming this all up. I might have believed it, too, but I am not this creative,” I admit.
Thana, for all his griping stays silent, just sipping at the remains of his drink. He’s already experienced my Master’s eccentricities once, but I can tell that it still hasn’t prepared him for what’s happened tonight.
“Do… do you think he’s telling the truth?” Ove startles me with the question.
He’d been boisterous throughout the night, taste testing all the little treats Kara made, and the wide grin that threatened to split his face never seemed to wane, but now he looks startlingly serious. Even Dot seems surprised, though not quite as worried as I am given the immediacy of his shift.
“What do you mean, dear?” My ears twitch.
“I’m not a deer, I’m a coromath!” he whines indignantly.
“Cormorant, darling. But that’s not what he was asking,” Dot corrects him gently.
“Is he telling the truth about his friend! Is he… is he really going to help my mama and I see the ocean?” He looks up at me with wide eyes that demand truth.
“I-” I don’t know about the ocean, the ship, or the friend my Master claimed to have, but I do know one thing. “My Master promised. He doesn’t break his promises.”
Ove nods solemnly, but dips his head to get at the last of the juice in his mug. The sweeter alternative to the medicinal grade tea had been swapped out halfway through the meal when he’d told Kara that he could stand no more of the bitter, almost salty medicine.
When Master comes back, he’s not empty handed. A series of boxes and books are stacked under one arm while his other hand simply holds a letter.
I’m at just the right angle to see his curly letters, Capitan June, and a wax seal I’m not familiar with before he hands it off to Dot.
“Do- you want us out?” Dot asks, her eyes flicking to where her son has managed to fall asleep tangled in the borrowed blanket.
“I think that wouldn’t be the best idea. It’s dark outside, and everyone knows that the streets are dangerous at night. I’ve even heard rumours that there have been some strays sighted in the neighborhood. Imagine that!” Kara drawls sarcastically.
Thana snorts, unable to contain himself despite the openly contentious relationship he seems to be forming with my Master.
“Besides, you-” Kara rounds on Thana, pointing a finger at his nose, “are not allowed to sleep!”
“What! Why?” Thana whines, the light of my Master’s joke gone from his eyes.
“Head injuries are delicate things. We have to keep you up in case you have a concussion, just as a precaution. I’ve got books and games, but we’ve got to keep you up.” He says it like a doctor detailing a prescription and Thana just nods sullenly, sorting through the boxes.
“The rest of you should get some rest, though. Especially the little one, it’s been a hell of a night on his system.” Kara smiles at the little lump on the couch.
“He does seem to have gotten ahead of me on that count.” Dot chuckles as Ove snuggles a little more into the pillow, in his own little world.
“Do you need any more pillows, blankets? Anybody cold?” he asks, gaze sweeping over each of us, giving us a chance to speak up.
“I’ll take a jacket if you’ve got it,” Thana pipes up after no one speaks up. “Not that your cast-offs aren’t incredibly comfortable and warm, but-”
“I can grab you a jacket, that’s no trouble.” Kara rolls his eyes at Thana’s barbs and, true to his word, comes back a few minutes later with a soft jacket with a hood. It almost looks like Thana’s old one, disregarding the wear and tear it had suffered with his lifestyle.
My Master takes a second with each of us. He checks over the patch of skin on Dot’s upper arm that had been burned but now shows no trace of the injury and, according to Master, no trace of ill effects from that healing. He takes a bit longer with Thana, consulting a couple of books about what the best course of action might be to further treat or diagnose a problem, but all the advice he can glean leads him to the same treatment plan. Seal up the exterior wound and make sure they don’t have a concussion.
When he turns to me I’m confused until he takes my hand, tracing his finger over the flecked damage that’s spread over my palm. That healing is something relatively simple, a spell he’s more than familiar with. A spell that he used quite a bit as a kid when he and his brother got into trouble. I wonder idly exactly how many times someone has to break glass and get cut before the spell becomes something of an essential. I wonder what he was like as a child, what his siblings are like...
Healings done, we are left to our own devices. Dot drops off first, curling up on the couch with her son and out like a light before the hour is up. I stay up for a while and participate in a couple of rounds of a simple board game, but it isn’t long before I catch my eyes slipping closed. The warmth of the little afgan that I’d pulled around me in combination with the lulling quiet is overpowering in a way that I hadn’t expected.
It’s soothing, and the game’s far too dull to keep my attention in any way that matters. My thoughts come slow. There’s just enough gentle activity around to provide a hum of background noise. It is nice, and far too easy to fall asleep to it.
I catch myself dozing, my head lolling to the side and nearly hitting my Master. I bite my cheek in frustration. He hasn’t given me any order to stay up with him, technically there’s nothing keeping me from falling asleep, but it does feel like failure in a way that I can’t articulate. There’s been so much this past week. So much that we’ve had to deal with, so much that we’ve had to overcome. Is it so bad that I ask for a simple win? All I want is to stay awake by my Master’s side, and yet that seems to be something that I will be denied by my own body’s failings.
I can feel the phantom ache in my body from the casting. It’s more present now that I’m trying to force myself not to think about it. My body is still trying to recover, and that means unless there’s something major that I need to accomplish, it wants to sleep.
“Blue…” Master’s voice breaks me out of my thoughts, and it takes far more effort than it should for me to blink and turn to face him.
His fingertips brush lightly through my hair, the touch so faint it’s like he’s not even there at all. I want to lean into it. I want to force him to run his fingers through my hair and pet me like he used to. Treat me like he used to before he realized I was this fragile little thing that couldn’t survive his casting.
I wonder if there's something else for me. If that’s what he’s planning. If he’s going through that secret list of people he knows and places he’s been and he’ll find something that vaguely fits my skillset and he’ll ship me off like Dot.
It’s far from the worst that could happen to me. But why does it make my stomach feel so unsteady?
Kara’s hand comes down on my head, not twining with my hair or scritching behind my ears, it’s just gently pressing downward until I’m using his thigh as a pillow.
“Master?” My voice is deep, scratchy in a way that I’m unfamiliar with except for in the early mornings.
“Get some rest, Blue.'' His voice is kind and soft as he pats my head and moves a piece on the board game.
I wish he’d pet me... but at least I know he’ll still tolerate me snuggling up to him.
Notes:
How did we like that?
I feel like we all needed something nice and cozy.The Tumblr:Here
There will be some new pictures of Ove and Dot going up in the next few days... as soon as I get around to it... as soon as I stop dying to my studies :P
Chapter 59: Birthday Shenanigans
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
The week passes without any more incidents. We don’t hear again from Thana, and aside from Dot’s check-in to pick up some things for the trek there have been no more knocks on the backdoor. The people at school have picked up on the newly formed bond between my Master and the prince. It has been a little chaotic as people keep trying to get close and rub shoulders with the prince, but it’s not unmanageable.
There are plenty of familiars that suddenly want to talk with me, and while my disastrous failure during the casting hasn’t been forgotten, it has been mostly buried by the new allure of my proximity to royalty. Most of the ‘new friends’ that want to talk are even worse at disguising their fishing questions than Thana. It’s not hard to play dumb, and it doesn’t take long for them to lose interest and leave me alone. That gives me plenty of time to worry about the event coming up.
Shauna’s taking my Master out this weekend. It’s something that has been impossible to forget as Ande keeps bringing it up.
“I don’t know, Ande,” I say for the millionth time, taking him in with a critical eye. “What’s the matter with you?”
The mass of a familiar is sprawled across a bean bag, curling around it like it’s a big pillow. It would look odd regardless, but he’s also been reluctant to let anyone come close or cuddle and sleep beside him, when he’s normally used to his body being used as a pillow. His eyes droop with fatigue, but he’s already fallen asleep twice today. All in all, he’s the picture of pure misery.
“It’s the winter, it’s getting to me,” he groans, rolling off of his beanbag but not bothering to catch himself as he tumbles on the carpet.
He doesn’t bother to correct his body after he rolls to an unceremonious stop, but he pulls in his limbs a little and shuts his eyes with what can only be described as a whine. I’ve never seen him act like this, it’s utterly antithetical to how I think of him. I see no wounds on his body and he’s not flush with fever, but even still I always pictured him as too strong to be moved by anything. Shauna isn’t like my Master, but she hasn’t hurt him, not in any way that I know of. Even considering how much of his body is obscured by his clothes, he’s not favoring one side or even complaining of anything.
Avery skirts around where Ande’s curled himself into a miserable pile and lets herself curl into the beanbag.
“Big bear over here wants to hibernate,” she answers, like that explains anything.
Unlike Ande, Avery is sporting a new injury- a purpling bruise just under her jaw and a matching one by her eye. It’s a surprise every time I see it. Nothing about her is changed, she’s not any meeker or quieter about her opinions for it. I know injuries like that. I’ve had my share. They are not painless, and they work as reminders of what you did to deserve them. The wound isn’t old, it hasn’t had time to yellow and fade... and yet she’s not suffering for it, she’s still the same as she always is. It’s impressive and more than a little awe inspiring.
Enoki approaches Ande’s fallen form on his hands and knees like he is capable of being stealthy and very, very slowly brushes his hand a hair's breadth away from his ears, smirking at the involuntary twitch it causes. Ande lets out a half-hearted growl and shifts away from him, but Enoki is far too fascinated by the twitch to let it go that easily. He does wait until the bear has settled into a new position before he creeps closer.
“So he wants to sleep for the winter? Maker, that must be so annoying.” Enoki speaks distractedly, moving his hands back into position over Ande’s ears.
“I wouldn’t know, I’ve never done it before,” Ande huffs, trying resolutely to ignore the involuntary twitching of his ear.
“What do you mean, never?” I can’t help the way the question comes out. Ande’s clearly been through more than one winter. How the hell has he never done this before?
“Well, I’ve never felt the urge to sleep through winter before, but earlier this month it was getting hard to ignore the body aches and the weariness. My Mistress was very understanding, giving me space and letting me rest more than normal, but when it didn’t get any better she took me to see someone.” Ande groans as he sits up, shooting Enoki a withering glare.
Enoki has the decency to look away, but clearly not enough to pretend to look remorseful.
“Apparently my old mistress kept me on a set of drugs. Vitamins and supplements and a stimulant that kept me from feeling the pull of my biology, obviously. I hadn’t thought anything of it at the time. We all had medications in that house. And with how far we are into winter there’s no time to get it fully back into my system.” Ande sighs and blinks tiredly.
Enoki raises his hand again, but this time Ande catches it in the air. Ande fixes him with a dead stare and for a moment the two of them are frozen. Ande gives a little huff and pulls the demon closer, knocking him off balance and sending him sprawling onto the floor. Enoki sputters from his place on the floor and Ande gives a tired yawn as he settles down on top of the demon like he’s Ande’s new beanbag chair.
“Let me out, let me out! You’re crushing me!” Enoki immediately starts kicking, but there’s not much he can do in that position and he’s not fighting with any real fire.
“No. You are a good pillow,” Ande mumbles into his hair and closes his eyes like he’s going to go to sleep again, but I can see the smirk that says he just wants to mess with the jittery demon.
Enoki for his part takes a minute, but he eventually stops struggling and just stays still under Ande’s bulk. He huffs and glares up at me, but I just shrug and try to contain my laughter. Avery has no such qualms and freely giggles from where she’s reclining behind them.
“Blue, explain this to me. I get why this guy can’t go, he’ll be asleep the whole time and be a drag at the party, but why don’t we get to go?” Enoki whines.
“As far as I know, they are going on a pub crawl and there aren’t a lot of establishments that will allow us in alongside our masters.” I answer simply, trying hard to avoid any kind of inflection in my voice.
Enoki has been the most disturbed out of all of us at the prospect of getting left out of the festivities. Ande’s understandably been a little preoccupied, I’ve been nervous, but Enoki’s more than perturbed, he’s almost mad at the prospect of being left behind.
At Kara’s insistence, Shauna’s kept this ‘party’ small, but they’ve picked up a couple of people nonetheless. Dey was among the first few invited, and once the news that a prince was coming to the party got out, suddenly the demand for the party skyrocketed.
I can’t help the smirk on my face as I remember Shauna’s curt words towards the throngs of students that suddenly wanted to be a part of this celebration. She’s good at the simple and straightforward rejection in a way that my Master is not. He’d turned frankly amusing shades of red at their prodding, and was only capable of directing them towards Shauna for rejection.
“It just seems stupid,” Enoki huffs, settling his head on his folded arms, getting comfortable in his new pinned position.
I don’t respond, but I can’t help but privately agree.
-----
“Are you sure you’re going to be ok?” Master repeats himself, pulling his hair up into a high tail.
“I’ll be fine, Master,” I say again, my hands going to straighten the wide fabric belt of his tunic almost absentmindedly.
He hasn’t dressed too differently than he usually does, but the outfit does have a different feel. He seems fancier, or maybe it just looks a bit more put together. There’s a new necklace that I’ve never seen before hanging from his neck. It’s a fairly simple thing, colored glass beads hanging on a leather thong. He’s making an effort for his friends, but it hasn’t changed anything about the way he is.
It certainly is different from when he’d donned the military uniform for Genivive’s party.
“Alright then…” Master speaks gently and moves my hands away from the outfit.
It makes my face flush. Right, he doesn’t like assistance dressing. I turn away from him and take back up the rag I’d been using to clean the table when he speaks again.
“I was looking through your file.” He speaks calmly, but my mind stutters at the words nonetheless.
My leg bumps the table and I drop the bottle of cleaning fluid that I’d been using. My mind races as I try to go through all the reasons he might have use for my file. He hasn’t mentioned my file since the beginning of my time with him. There’s a cloying fear in my stomach as I consider that he might have thought of selling me.
No, I can’t think like that. He’d said he wouldn’t sell me. Well, he hadn’t said it in as many words- Stars, I can’t remember what he’d said.
“W-what.” I wince at my voice. The tone isn’t at all the soft and disinterested curiosity that I was hoping it could be.
“I was looking through your paperwork and I finally found your birthday,” Master clarifies, an odd look passing over his face.
“Oh.” I bite my lip and try not to blurt out my next question.
My cheeks flush. There’s the instinct there to press my hands to the heated flesh, but I worry if I do so I’ll just draw attention to myself. I don’t deserve to ask my question, I don’t deserve an answer, but still I want to ask. There’a a rolling guilt inside me that I thought he was looking into ways to get rid of me, but is it really such a surprise? Even with all the new attention on the prince, everyone knows that I am not suitable for my Master’s purposes. I’m not what he needs and he’s still yet to find a place for me that’s not serving as his familiar.
“You were born around the third of Venra, the very beginning of Heshinda.” He speaks quietly and waits for a beat, just watching me.
I’m not sure how I feel about that. I’m not sure how I feel, finally having a date to orient myself. It’s something I never thought I would know, another piece of myself that I never thought I would have.
I suppose he was waiting for some kind of reaction, but after my silence extends too long he starts again.
“We’ll have to do something fun. Do you have anything special you want to do for your birthday?” he asks, looking me over like the answer might present itself if he just scrutinizes me hard enough.
“Um…” I know he expects words, but all of them fail on my tongue.
What would I like to do?
It’s such a foreign concept that I would have something to celebrate. I try to think of what I might have been doing in years past in the start of summer. The memories that come back to me are not quite activities that I want to repeat. The only birthdays that I’ve seen, I had been attending, and they were gaudy affairs that caused more trouble than they were worth. But there were large cakes and gifts done up in shiny tinsel wrappings that were thrown away and free to claim among the pets. That had been nice.
“How about we go out dancing? Would you like that? If you don’t it’s fine… we can do something else, just let me know what you want-” Kara starts to ramble as apparently I’ve stayed silent for too long.
“Thank you… I-I just, um… just a moment to think about it, but… yes. That sounds like a lot of fun,” I say quickly, trying to ignore my stutter as I try to take in what he’s just said.
Venra, the start of Heshinda. That’s four months away, when the heat of the season truly starts. I don’t know what to do with the idea that he plans to keep me for that long. The idea that he’s so casually certain that I’ll be around when my birthday arrives that he feels the need to plan for it. There’s an absurd impulse to drop to my knees and start weeping, but I ignore it in favor of giving a demure smile that my Master returns.
He’s already prepared me for this, but I still feel the nervous flop of my stomach as he bids me farewell at the door and leaves without me.
I stare for an unreasonable amount of time at the door. The shadow of his presence leaves me all the more aware of how alone I am in this house. I try to remind myself that not too long ago I would have relished the chance to be alone, without my Master in the house, but now it feels almost like a punishment. As much as I might have wished to be left alone in the past I’ve never done well with isolation. It’s a credit to my trainers that within a few hours I am jumping at shadows and using far too much of my mind to actively keep myself calm.
There’s food in the kitchen. Master made sure to leave things out and show me where I could find food if I didn’t want what he’d made, but in the end I just pack it away into small containers and stick it all in the icebox.
There’s little to do in the house so I settle for some light housework before turning in early for the night.
I’m ready to crawl into the bed and pray for the sweet release of unconsciousness when I see my book, resting on my Master’s desk. Now more than ever I need the distraction of someone else's life. I force myself to take a quick shower and take care of my body before I’m allowed to read.
The sheets hald the calming scent of my Master, the same scents of old leather and essential oils lulling me into a safe headspace like it had when I’d first scented them. There’s a bizarre impulse to press my face into the sheets and scent, but I shake it off before I can give it any real consideration. I settle for sitting my pillow in my lap and using it like a bookstand while I snuggle as far as I can between two of the larger pillows.
Fully buried in the scent of my Master, I feel calm, and I read.
-----
“Bluuuuuue!” I hear the singsong tone of his voice and the slam of his body as it crashes into the doorframe. I peek out from under the covers, just quick enough that I see Master stumbling and trying to right himself by clinging to the wall. I wonder just how badly the world is tilting on him for the white knuckled grip he has on the door to be justified.
I don’t need my senses to smell the alcohol on him. Apparently the good times he was promised by his friends came complete with enough liquor to fully saturate him.
I suppose I should be glad that tomorrow isn’t a school day, but it doesn’t eliminate the worry in my gut.
I’ve never seen my Master so much as tipsy before. Stars, what kind of drunk is he? He gave me permission to be on the bed, to go to sleep early, will he remember that in his intoxicated state? Does he hit? Harder now that he’s not able to properly monitor where and how he hits?
“Blue.” His eyes fix on me and he giggles, though I cannot find anything amusing about his intensity. “There you are,” he says in lieu of an explanation.
Was he looking for me? Should I have greeted him at the door? He told me that I could go to sleep early, but did he want me to wait up?
He takes a few large, heavy steps across the room, tripping a bit over his own two feet but not quite falling over. His hands puzzle with the blanket for a few seconds, seemingly confused when no opening presents itself for him to climb in, before he slides into bed with me. Though perhaps that is too generous, it is more of a barely controlled fall than a slide.
His arms go around me and I’m pulled back against his chest as his arms hold me close.
“Ah, Blue… I found you.” He mouths at my neck and while nothing has happened yet, I can’t help the way my mind is a blank slate of terror.
This is happening.
There’s none of the hot arousal in my blood like the times we’ve played together. Master is drunk and he wants a plaything. It’s not special, it’s routine. I didn’t realize how big a difference there was until just now. I might as well be a nameless faceless doll, just something warm and present.
There’s a part of me that wants to laugh. Of course it would come down to this, it makes sense. All he has to be is a little out of it and he forgets what he was trying to make me, or maybe he’s just seeing me for what I truly am.
Still, that cynical voice in my head chimes in, being a bedwarmer is a significant jump in position. As a whore I rarely got to the status where master would call me to his private bedchamber and take me on his sheets. Here I get to lounge in my Master’s bed so long as I remain well behaved.
Either way, I never thought it could hurt this much to be faced with something I’m good at.
The alcohol leaking off my Master’s breath is leaving a caustic burn in my nose, my eyes are watering, but that’s ok. Master can’t see from this position.
“Y-yes Master, you found me!” I try to force enthusiasm into my voice. I flick my tail against his legs and try to shimmy my hips against him in a bid to be alluring. It’s the most robotic movement of my life. There’s no allure in it, but Master’s drunk. He’s not going to notice, right?
Warm hands snake their way under my shirt, but then they twist around my waist and stay there, only pulling me closer until I’m flush against the hard planes of Master’s body.
“No Blue, I just… Hey, will you say it?” He speaks softly, but right behind my ears to the point that the sensation makes my ears twitch involuntarily.
It’s hard to keep up with this man’s train of thought when he’s sober, I can’t hope to follow it when he’s drunk.
“Say what?” I try to make it as endearing as possible, a silent promise that I’ll fulfill any request.
I feel his head come down between my shoulderblades as he nuzzles a little closer.
“I want you to say my name.” He says it so simply that I think I must have misheard.
“Master, I—” I try to speak, but he cuts me off.
“No! No ‘Master’, just my name. Please, Blue. For my birthday?” There’s a smile in his voice that I don't understand as the panic rises in my chest.
I only waste a few seconds trying to pull away or turn in his grasp.
He can’t mean what he’s saying. He can’t actually want me to call him by his name. It breaks one of the most fundamental rules of conduct. It’s one of the first lessons we learn. I feel his breath down my back, the movement as his head comes back up to the base of my neck.
“Come on Blue, just this once, nobody’s here. I won’t tell.” He mouths at the back of my neck.
My heart wants to pound out of my chest. Master told me to do it. I have orders. Orders that directly contradict basic training, but orders still. This isn’t the name game, and I’m not a kit. He’s not going to hurt me for this. For Stars sake, this isn’t the first time he’s asked this of me. I should be glad for the repetition. There’s no change in what he’s requested from then to now, so it’s a good sign that he’s not lying.
He’s not going to beat me for saying his name.
Even though he’s drunk and clearly out of his mind, his hands haven’t strayed. He’s just holding me against him like a pillow.
This Master is kind. He means it when he orders things. He’s not going to hurt me.
“K-Kara.” It’s little more than a squeak, but I hope it’s enough, because I will not be able to say it again.
My hands go over my mouth and my stomach churns inside my body, railing against my own stupidity. My mind races, and when Master stiffens behind me I’m sure that I’ve made a mistake. He sighs, quiet but no less despondent. For a moment I’m afraid he’s disappointed, that this has all been an act to test me. His hands unwind from their place around my hips and I have a momentary flash of panic.
No, no, no. Please don’t leave. I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to. I’ll never do it again. I’ll show you the respect you deserve.
Please don’t leave me alone!
But he just repositions himself and presses a gentle kiss on the top of my head.
“Right… Kara. That’s very good, Blue. You can use my name anytime we are alone, ok?”
It’s all I can do to stay still as he repositions me in bed. He pulls me against him, but this time he pulls me in and my head rests comfortably on his chest, right next to his steady heartbeat while our legs tangle together in the sheets.
“You want to know a secret, Blue?” Master’s voice is thick with sleep, but I nod against his chest.
I’m glad he’s here, grounding me. I don’t know if it’s a question he wants me to respond to, but I want him to keep going until he fades off into sleep. It’s been so long since we just talked, told stories and passively enjoyed each other's presence. Lately it feels like we’ve got a tension between us, keeping us from acting normally around each other. It’s nice to just hear Master’s voice and not have to be on edge at all times.
“It’s my birthday!” He says it like it’s some kind of surprise.
“Yes Master, I know.” I speak softly, wondering if he remembers telling me, if he remembers the start of the day.
“No, Blue.” He props his head up to see out the window. From my position I can barely make out the speckling of stars in the night sky.
“It’s got to be well past midnight by now,” he nuzzles his nose into the top of my head, “I’m celebrating my birthday with you, Blue! I’m officially 23.” His speech is still slurred, but there’s no mistaking his words.
“What’s this?” His voice startles me out of my shock, and he pulls my book from where he must have bumped his hand against it in bed.
My heart nearly stutters to a halt where it sits in my chest as I realize I must have fallen asleep with the book in the bed. He won’t be mad, right ? If anything he might like that I take such comfort in his gifts… right? Then again he doesn’t often bring books to bed, he might disapprove of that. Though he is quite practiced at falling asleep with his books when he’s at his desk.
“It’s the book you gave me, Master.” The response comes automatically, as though I have no control over my words with my mind elsewhere.
“Hmm…” he pulls me just a little bit closer and sets the book onto his desk. “Why don’t you tell me what you are reading about?”
“I just started on Veth’s start with magic as the dragon taught her to dance, how to manipulate the woven strings of the universe,” I say quickly, thinking back to the last major thing that had happened before my weariness overwhelmed me and I left the book in the bed.
I don’t want him to think me ungrateful, especially when he’s so clearly not himself. If I’m lucky he won’t remember anything of tonight once morning comes, so all I have to do is keep the skin on my back until then.
As Master nods along, gesturing for me to continue, I go over every scrap of the tale I’m familiar with, parroting back all that I can remember as I turn over these new facts in my mind. Words of the Jandi forces and their move into Veth’s village and the greater narrative of the text pour out of me like water. I talk until my Master is asleep beneath me, his heavy breaths and steady heartbeat a grounding reassurance that I desperately needed.
I know that sleep will not come again tonight. My Master is 23, not 28, and his birthday is a day later than he shared with his friends.
But the question remains, why did he lie ?
Notes:
Chapter 60: The Morning After
Summary:
It's Friday the 13th...
... and the boys have to deal with the aftermath of a night of festivities. It's not what you think...
... but nothing good could happen...
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
I wake up with a stinging headache, the dryness in my mouth distracting as my senses expand outwards and I realize that I’m curled around Blue. Our legs are intertwined and from where he’s nestled into my neck I can feel just as much as I can hear his quiet breathing. I have a two second heart attack before I realize that we both still have our clothes on. Last night as a whole is a little bit of a blur but I remember the somewhat detached feeling of my hands curling under his clothes, and him squirming but offering no words or movements against me.
There’s a sick feeling in my stomach at that. What did I expect? Him to say no? To smack me, tell me I was drunk and should sleep my buzz off in the guestroom? Or better yet on the couch…
No, he wouldn’t do that. He never would have thought he could. I’m glad it didn’t go any farther last night. I remember hazily pulling Blue to rest on my chest, the comforting weight of his body and his voice as he had talked about his book. The memory brings a smile to my face unbidden. Maybe not all is lost after all .
I carefully extract myself from the bed, untangling my limbs without disturbing Blue too much. I tuck the blanket back around him and move to the bathroom before I can give in to the urge to stay in bed with him.
My whole body aches as I move to the bathroom. Last night hadn’t exactly gone as planned, and I suspect it has a little something to do with Shauna bribing bartenders to keep bringing drinks around to our tables. I hold my head and try to fend off the harsh glare of the light and the mirrors as another wave of nausea rolls through me. There’s a dull pain in my chest that’s mirrored on the left side of my face and I realize with the faintest bit of relief that my necklace has stayed on through the night’s festivities. I brace myself as I slide off the glamour and with it goes any hope of concealing the disastrous state I’m in.
At some point in the night my shirt must have gotten torn, but I sure as hell don’t remember why. The two bruises, the one down my side and the one down my face I very much still remember at least, and they were bruises well earned. My hair is just a shade deeper blond than it was in the illusion, but it’s not something anybody would really notice. I’m almost amused to find that my hair has gotten a bit longer since last I made the glamour. The only thing that’s got me worried is the darkening bruise on my face. That’s something I certainly didn’t have yesterday and it is something that anyone would definitely notice.
It could be worse, I remind myself, it could always be worse. This is something fairly simple to explain away. A drunken brawl between two fools too full of drink… I just… take a while to bruise… There are stranger things in this world than a man coming home from a bar fight to be bruised the next morning.
I allow myself the indulgence of a long and blisteringly hot shower. I just stand in the spray as the pulses of heat nearly mirror the pounding in my head. Regardless, toothpaste gets the flavor of old liquors out of my mouth and the soap washes away any trace of the barrooms we’d paraded through last night.
I try my very best to dress and exit quietly, but before I can so much as get to the bathroom door I know I’ve woken the light sleeper in my bed.
“...Master?” Blue’s voice is still deep and crackly from sleep, but there’s no hope for me to sneak by undetected.
“Oh, Blue you’re up!” I peek out of the bathroom door, revealing my presence.
It’s almost worth the surprised little jump he makes at my entrance, the little sleepy twitch that his ears give in response to my voice. I can’t help the smile that comes to my face at the sight. It doesn’t last long as Blue’s relief is immediately overtaken and his face scrunches up in confusion.
“What happened to your face?” He speaks through a yawn, but his eyes are no less focused on me.
Why had I thought that I could get away with this for any period of time?
“Had a little run in with some people who thought I looked better with a bruise, luckily I was able to show them how much better they wore it. I was hoping the hit they got in on me wouldn’t bruise, but… well, I guess I was too distracted last night to notice…” I try to laugh it off, but I know that it falls short.
Blue cocks his head, one eyebrow quirked. He doesn’t believe me, and I don’t blame him. It’s a piss-poor lie and I would be ashamed of it if I wasn’t so busy trying to fight a hangover. It’s been one hell of a night and I am not prepared to have a productive morning.
Or… mid-day…
Looking out the window, I see that the suns are high in the sky and I feel another bit of pounding pressure in my head. I don’t sleep this late, and my head is spinning with all the stuff that I have to do. A thought that’s abruptly cut off by the sound of knocking at the door.
As used to visitors as I am rapidly becoming, knocking on the front door is still very uncommon.
I nearly rush out of the room smiling, saved by the bell , before a rush of memories and a half joking promise that I’d made the night before comes back to me all at once. I’d met someone I knew back in the old days. One of the old master sergeants that served under me: Laurel Kates. She was no noblewoman, in fact, if I remember correctly, her full-time enlistment was due to some financial troubles that her mother and sister had been having. But she was always a hard worker, and an incredible soldier to boot. She deserved to rank up into the knight’s circle, but she never would. She knew what it would mean for her and she just kept passing up the promotion.
We lost touch when we were called back in. I recognized her from the bar and after a few minutes, she seemed to recognise me in return. I distantly remember telling her where I live, telling her that we should catch up. Stars, why did I do that?
She wouldn’t have come by so quickly, right?
A quick peek through the peephole shows that to be false. Clear as day she stands before the door, hands tucked at her sides, holding perfect positioning despite there being no one around to reprimand her for it. I almost cringe at how put together she is, while I’ve only just started my day.
I pull my hair up into a bun that I hope imparts some semblance of competency on the bearer and brush my hands down the sides of my wrinkled shirt, willing the fabric to tame. It’s not much, but it’s the best that it’s going to be in such a short amount of time.
My hand is nearly shaking as I place it on the doorknob. I give myself a second to breathe. In, out, a simple concept, a steadying concept. I can’t just leave her outside forever…
I pull the door open gently, bracing myself against both her and the flood of light that comes with her.
If she has any judgement on my physical presentation she mercifully keeps it to herself.
“Kay…” She stares openly for a moment, stunned in much the same way I was in the bar last night when I’d seen her. Only she doesn’t have alcohol helping her to be social. Still, the shock passes and she eventually does get her thoughts back. “I have to be honest, part of me thought you were joking last night, or maybe that you were just a mirage.”
“Never a mirage, merely an illusion.” I smile back at her. “How have you been?”
“Well, I can say that I’ve never been more surprised.... All the way back in Capital City, never thought I’d see you here.”
“I was made an offer I couldn’t refuse,” I answer simply.
It’s basically the truth, and there’s no sense in lying to her. She could always tell when I lied, no matter what.
I offer to take her coat, and I don’t miss the wince as she slides the fabric off her shoulders. The guilt wells up in me with such intensity that it takes me by surprise. But she locks eyes with me, a thousand times stronger than I will ever be, and shakes her head, dismissing the whole event before it could begin. She doesn’t want to talk about it. I understand. She’s told me a thousand times that it wasn’t my fault, that I made the right call, and she’s more than willing to live with the consequences, but I still can’t stop the guilt from coating my insides and roiling around like something thick, dark, and cold.
I smile. I don’t bother to try and make it convincing, but she accepts it nonetheless. She’ll accept my acquiescence. She can’t ask any more than that.
She hides the scars well. I can’t help the way that the thought comes to mind without my prompting, the way my eyes slide over her form, looking for the remnants of my mistakes. She holds herself differently. She’s not as perfectly fearless as I knew her to be, and yet her presence is no smaller. She’s got to be in her mid-thirties now, but I doubt anyone would be able to tell by looking at her. Only the faintest hint of lines sit on her forehead, and it’s only when the light hits her just right. Her hair is still the same short-cropped mess that sticks up in all directions even with the help of gallons of product, though I do see that she’s stopped trying. I have to resist the urge to congratulate her for it. It does look better when it’s allowed to stick up and flow naturally. Not to mention the product had smelled worse than tar. She’s changed so much, and yet she’s still so eerily familiar. Her posture is still so perfect that even Plichar would have no corrections for her, and yet there is something off.
“Well, we all find ourselves in strange places…” She eyes me up and down, seemingly having accepted the line for what it is as she takes a casual look at what more of the house she can see from the entryway before turning back to me. “Even so, I don’t suppose I will see you outside today?” Her knowing smirk is contagious and without any thought of my own I can feel the corners of my mouth being pulled up.
“Not if I can help it. I’m fully prepared to seclude myself inside my home and wait for the festivities to pass.” I answer honestly, hanging her coat on the rack.
I have no desire to go out and see the parades and banners and get swept up in the crowds of people. Better to just stay in and get some work done.
“Just like always…” She speaks quietly, but makes no move to keep me from hearing her words.
There’s a jingling noise at the end of the hall and it takes me by surprise to see Blue stooping down into a very formal bow. Before I have the chance to react to that, Laurel beats me to it.
“Oh, you actually got one of those…” she mumbles, clearly interested, but not entirely surprised.
“You… you know about-” I stutter, not really sure exactly what I’m asking.
She’d known I was a mage, but I’d never needed a familiar before this. Then again, I keep forgetting that people seem to just have familiars as pets sometimes. Perhaps she grew up with a pet like him, or at least with some more exposure than I did.
“Yeah... some people have those in the army,” she explains, though it leaves me with more questions than answers.
“You are kidding me?” I can’t keep the incredulous tone from my voice.
How had I missed familiars in the army? Though I guess in retrospect it makes sense. There were mages, why wouldn’t there be familiars? Our division was never really supposed to have mages, why would we have ever run into any familiars?
“It’s quite common for well-stationed men and women to keep them or be gifted them, though it’s not uncommon for commanders to build regiments that forbid them.” She shrugs, bringing in a point that I hadn’t considered. “Some say it’s good to reward the soldiers, some say it’s a distraction. I’ve heard that some of the frontline runners use them for scouting missions where they wouldn’t send in their own. I suppose I wouldn’t know… How is it, having a kitty in the house?” She looks back at me, stopped halfway between me and Blue in the hallway, like I could still provide her with an answer with all that she’s dumped on me.
Blue doesn’t seem to be faring any better than me. He seems to have gotten stuck in the little bow he’s done for her, like he’s awaiting judgement. It takes me a second to sort my own thoughts away and realize that’s exactly what he’s doing.
“Blue.” It takes a physical effort not to react to his flinch at being addressed. I want nothing more than to comfort him, but right now, I’ll settle for getting him out of this tense atmosphere. “Blue, can you go grab us some tea?”
Blue simply nods and bows, slinking back down the hall to the kitchen while Laurel just quirks an eyebrow at me.
“Honestly, he’s been good for me…” I say quickly, trying to ignore the heat rising to my face under her gaze, “I don’t think I understood how deeply the silence ate away at me until he was there to break it... plus he's a great help around the house.” I finish lamely, but Laurel smiles regardless, seemingly pleased with my response.
“Perhaps I should find myself one. Stars know I’ve been needing help just to remember to put my head on in the morning.” She looks away consideringly, but I can’t tell whether she’s just messing with me or if she’s actually considering getting a pet.
“I can’t say you would be the worst to live with, though I still have to say that you snore like a hill beast.” I can’t resist the jab.
Like old times, yeah? Let it be like old times?
“Oh and I suppose you are just an angel in your sleep?” she snorts, and something deep in my chest unclenches as I lead her in to find a seat in the living room. “I suppose I should check out one of those little animal shelters or kennels…”
“What?” I can’t help the surprise in my voice.
I had known there were other places than the Cages Market to find a familiar, but… an animal shelter... Could you really find a familiar in one of those places? I figured those were more for actual animals, not… familiars. I feel foolish for a moment as I remember that public opinions on familiars have them ranked more closely to animals than to intelligent beings.
“Isn’t that where you got him?” She quirks a brow as her face screws up in confusion.
“I…” I don’t know how to answer that.
I should say I got him at the market, but then she’d start asking why I picked a mutt breed rather than a better familiar. It’s almost better having her think that he was my only option at some local kennel if it means I don’t have to defend my choices to her first thing in the… well, afternoon. Apparently I hesitate too long as she launches into an entirely new tirade.
“Oh, Kara. Please tell me you didn’t take him in off the streets. That’s stupid and dangerous, even for you.” She speaks with the tone of a disappointed mother, cross with her child for accepting sweets from a stranger, but still accepting that that’s the kind of idiot she raised. I don’t like it but there’s nothing I can do that will keep the embarrassment from rising in my chest like I owe her something.
I do owe her. And all of them. I owe them my life and it’s not a debt that can be repaid.
The nausea rolls around inside of me and my hands go white-knuckled as I hold onto the armrest of the couch for dear life. My whole body feels like the world’s found a new axis to spin on, but it just takes a few deep breaths before it all comes down. What’s worse is when I open my eyes again and she’s just looking at me with those open wounded eyes. Like she’s sorry, like she knows she went too far but isn’t sure what did it.
It’s not you. It was never you.
“I-I didn’t, I just… I went with a friend to get him.” I stutter through my explanation and the answer sinks like a rock in a pond. The whole conversation just drops out of view, unrecoverable, unless someone decides to go wading into the pool to retrieve it.
“...Alright. I won’t have you going and self destructing with stupid decisions.” She pauses before asking what I’ve been afraid she’d start with this whole time. “Do they know you are here?”
“Who?” I ask stupidly, hoping that she will at least give me a moment, a second to deny the possibility.
“Don’t play dumb, Kay.” It would be so easy for her to sound harsh, but she doesn’t. She doesn’t yell or scream, she doesn’t storm out of the house or throw things. She doesn’t threaten me, or leave to preach my location from the mountaintops. She just sounds tired, disappointed, and that hurts so much worse.
There’s a warning stinging in my eyes and I blink back the tears that I know I have no right to shed.
“No, they don’t.” I don’t recognise the sound of my own voice.
“And the boys?” she continues, and my stomach drops because, oh yes, our old little crew, of course that wasn’t what you were talking about in the first place…
“No, they don’t even know I’m back in the country…” I admit.
The silence hangs in the air and I can’t look at her, but I can feel her eyes boring into me. Digging into me, making room for her judgment.
“They’ll probably want to see you.” She says it like it’s a suggestion, like she doesn’t know.
“I don’t know if I can see them.” I admit, and it’s the closest to the truth I can get.
“I won’t force you… They miss you, Gothi probably wants to thank you for his life-” She keeps going like it’s the most casual thing in the world, like she’s a storm mage reading out the weather forecast, and I have to cut her off.
“I can’t, Laurel.” I dare to raise my eyes to hers and that’s when I feel the heated tears rolling down my face.
Right. Not as strong as you think you are, kid. It’s gonna get you hurt someday. It’s gonna get you killed.
I don’t have time to mourn my ability to keep a straight face. I just wipe my cheeks and utter a silent thanks to whatever Stars smiled down on me, sending Blue back into the room with our cups of tea.
“Yeah, I know, kid…” she whispers more to herself than to me and takes one of the cups from Blue.
“Thank you for the tea.” She acknowledges my familiar, tipping her head in the most casual gesture of thanks I have ever seen her offer.
Blue didn’t get himself a cup, but I’m far too nauseous to drink, so I just set the mug on the low table and gesture Blue closer.
I pull him so that his back is against my legs and I have full access to that fluffy mop of hair. I pet him until he leans back into my touch and only then do I allow myself to look back up at Laurel. She’s had nothing to say so far and I am very inclined to keep it that way. I almost wish I hadn’t recognised her at the bar, and I certainly wish I hadn’t been buzzed enough already to think talking with her was a good idea.
She’s watching me closely, something in her eyes that I just can’t pick apart.
I realize a little too late that I’ve constructed a little wall between me and her. It’s incredibly unfair that I’ve cast Blue in the role of my sentient shield, but either he doesn’t notice or he doesn’t object and I need him here right now, more than I realized.
“You’re not going to get me to change my mind,” I say a little defensively.
She hasn’t said anything, but I will be damned if I allow her to guilt me into doing anything else stupid.
“I know, you’re as stubborn as I am. As you should be, I taught you everything you know.” There’s a strained bit of levity there, and I realize that she’s trying to make a joke, trying to recapture some of the earlier levity that we’d shared.
“Then, what is this?” I ask, hoping the quietness I force into my voice hides just a bit of my desperation.
“Well, if you aren’t going to go back and see them I have to bring back the message that you are at least doing ok.” She forces a little half smile and drinks from her mug. “In any case, have you heard about this nonsense about the soldiers of Puaj blighting their soils?”
Notes:
The Tumblr: Here
Chapter 61: Late Night Research
Summary:
Kara reacts to Laurel's disturbing news... Tired is stupid, but he does his best to make it up to Blue
Notes:
I am so sorry that this is coming to you so late. I don't know If you guys saw my post on the Tumblr page, but I ran into some trouble with getting kicked out of school because of their Covid-19 evacuation plans.
I'm happy to be posting again, and even more excited to see all of you again.
Good news and bad news: Me and my family are under a fourteen day quarantine due to the number of state lines we drove through... So bad news, I'm not really allowed to leave home...
But good news, I'm not allowed to leave home....
more time for writing I guess!Seriously though, you guys are the best and I hope you all are safe!
<3<3<3
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
My pulse is pounding in my head in intense bursts that nearly threaten to blind me. I thank whatever stars keep me smiling and talking like I’m a normal person until I’m able to show Laurel out the door. I don’t remember what I’ve said to her. The entire time we’ve spent together is one big blur in my head and even afterwards, the hours blend together as I dive back into my research.
I go back to testing the prototype compounds, tending the blighted soil and desperately hoping that there is something in my past research that I overlooked. There’s no miracle compound no matter how much I hoped that I had simply missed something in my research.
I hadn’t expected Laurel to bring the news that the reports were starting to go public with the Blight problem in Puaj. For some reason I expected to have more time. I feel like bashing my head against my desk, but it’s almost more frustrating knowing that it’s not going to help.
There’s no sense of day and night in my workshop, but that was almost by design. There’s no disruptive light letting me know about my unhealthy working habits. Unfortunately there is still one other thing in this house that seems intent on reminding me of the time of day.
Blue comes down to check on me a couple of times throughout the day. Where I would normally enjoy his interruptions, his presence grates on me more than it helps. He doesn’t have the alchemical knowledge to be helpful with these experiments. More than anything he’s getting in the way and I can’t afford any more setbacks.
Not setbacks, just your own incompetence. You didn’t work hard enough to fix this problem. You were off playing around while people were dying.
The longer I’m at it the more frustrated I become. Poring over my results doesn’t provide me with answers and the soil samples that I had already tampered with are just as dead as they came to me. I can’t even make worms and plagads take to it. The only solution I’ve been able to come up with is a three to one mixing of fertile soil to blighted soil. It’s the only thing that changes the composition drastically enough to allow growth, but it’s not a feasible solution.
There’s a pain between my eyes as I try not to think about how long it took to get such few results.
“M-master…” Blue’s voice shocks me out of my stupor.
I hadn’t heard him come back in, since… I sent him out. How long ago was that? Long enough to warrant the worry on his face? He’s pressed himself close to the door, far enough away that he’s technically outside of the workshop. I wonder idly if that’s my fault. If I had told him to get out and he’d taken it to mean until he was welcomed back again.
He hasn’t come back empty handed. He’s carrying a tray with a simple meal, something steaming in a bowl, some cut fruit, and a mug of tea. A peace offering , my mind supplies unhelpfully. Something angry rears its ugly head and I close my eyes and take a deep breath to avoid snapping. I’m not at the stage of sleep deprivation where I’m numb yet. Right now I’m just angry. Angry at myself, my failed experiments, and the disruptions.
“What is it, Blue?” I try to keep the tiredness out of my voice, but at Blue’s flinch I can see that I’ve been unsuccessful. I wish I had the mind to care…
“W-well, I thought- I made some food… dinner for you,” Blue stutters in a quiet voice, cheeks lighting up a bright red as his ears press down flat against his skull.
“That’s nice, Blue.” I put a little more effort into sounding enthused.
Normally I would be ecstatic. That’s some fantastic personal progress for Blue. He’s taken some initiative and used the kitchen and came back to me even though he was nervous… but the smell of food just turns my stomach. “But I’m actually fine. Why don’t you just eat and go to bed? I’ll be there once I’ve finished up.”
“Master, I… it’s very late…” Blue hedges, toeing at the carpet just beside the door frame, refusing to look at me, or make his point any more explicitly.
“I understand that, Blue, but I am not ready to turn in,” I say, some of the irritation coming through in the moment.
“You… you have early classes tomorrow,” he mumbles, and that sends a flash of indignation through me.
I’m not a child. My mother hasn’t sent me to bed since I was four years old and I don’t need someone reminding me when bedtime is. Not when there’s so much on the line. Not when I’ve failed so many people already taking so much time indulging myself.
“Blue,” my voice is quiet but no less cold, and though I try there is no way to make my tone warmer as I continue, “I am an adult and I can choose when to go to bed. I don’t need you to tell me when it’s time to come or go. Alright?”
Blue looks for a second like he’s going to object, but whatever objection he has gets swallowed as he bows his head and turns to leave.
I close my eyes and count until I can think over my own thundering pulse. I shouldn’t have done that. I shouldn’t have gotten mad or let myself respond like that, but as much as I allow myself regret, I don’t let myself chase after him. If I leave now I know that he’ll be able to convince me to go to bed, leave my work and just cuddle with him until we are nothing but tangled limbs. He’d make it easy and that’s not something I deserve.
I have to stay here , I say in my mind like a mantra, I have to finish my work.
- - - - -
Morning comes eventually, even in my addled state I recognize that. I didn’t sleep, just entered a sort of fugue state where work continued and my brain tried to record as much as it could. The little bits and pieces come together to form an odd and half-realized picture that I still don’t understand.
When I go to leave my workshop I’m stopped at the door by the little tray of food that Blue had made and apparently left out for me to take in my own time last night. The reminder of what I’ve done comes back to me and I can’t stop the grimace that my face settles into. He didn’t deserve what I said and, unlike others, harsh words do wound him quite a bit.
I sigh and let my head rest against the door frame for a moment, letting my eyes fall blessedly closed. I’ll just have to make it up to him… somehow . I don’t know exactly how I’m going to do such a thing, but for right now breakfast seems like a nice start.
Without actually sleeping through the night it’s easy to be up at ungodly hours and make breakfast as the sun comes up. The thought of food is still making me sick- or rather, the thought of eating when my brother’s troops in Puaj are at the limits of their rations is nauseating on a level that I can’t handle. I shove an apple in my bag and hope that I’ll get hungry enough in the day that I’ll be able to ignore everything else.
Blue comes down in his own time and I give him the plate of food I’ve made. I wave off his questions and reassure him that I’ve already eaten.
He’d quiet and almost sullen as he picks at his food with less gusto than I’d imagined he would have. He’s probably still angry with me. I’ve treated him badly and he certainly didn’t deserve that, but I’m not really sure how to make it up to him.
As much as we have been trying to get to know each other over the past months, it has been slow going. There aren’t many things that I truly know about him. I know that his list of personal likes is drastically shorter than his list of dislikes, but he also believes that it isn’t his place to share those categories. All the bits and pieces that I’ve gotten out of him practically required a crowbar.
I move over to the counter and run a cloth over it, pretending that I’m cleaning while I take a look at my familiar. He’s hunching in on himself and taking delicate little bites of his food that suggest he’s more nervous than hungry. I’m not unfamiliar with this. He hasn’t been like this since I first got him, but it isn’t entirely new, just… more pronounced. He’s been doing this for the past week ever since… Stars.
Ever since the casting. Stars, I had been so focused on trying to heal his wounds I hadn’t even thought about how badly that would mess with him mentally. As unstable as his body’s been, I can't imagine how nervous the whole incident must have made him. Especially after the meeting with Professor Burg. Everyone’s been telling me to get rid of Blue, but as much as I know I would never abandon him, it probably isn’t much of a reassurance when his old owners didn’t keep to their word.
I wonder if it would be better to do something to get his mind off of the whole scenario. I’d been desperate to push my school concerns to the back of my mind after the disaster of our casting. I don’t need to bring Blue into Advanced Casting until next week and I don’t want to force Profesor Burg and Blue to interact before it is absolutely necessary. I’ll have to check the Care and Keeping syllabus to see if there’s anything that class will need Blue for, but the longer I can keep them apart the safer I feel. I don’t have a solution for the greater problem, Blue’s sensitivity and inherent weakness to the strain of casting. But for the moment, I’ll settle for making him feel safe again.
“Blue?” His head shoots up, his whole body tense despite the gentle tone I’m using. “You ready to head out?”
He nods, pressing his lips together in a tense line and sliding the bag that I’ve lent him over his shoulder. We walk in near silence. Just the birds and the light noises of others awake in this early morning surround us. It leaves me plenty of time to think… and fend off a headache.
I don’t know what to do. My immediate impulse is to do something fun, something he could interpret as a reward for his performance even if it’s a week late. I wonder what he would like? My mind flashes through the small list of things that he’s seemed to like… or at least respond well to. Maybe he’d like a new plushy? Blue’s kept the little cat toy close like it’s something precious and more than once I’ve caught him absently stroking the soft fabric. Would a new one be well received? Maybe some pastries? He liked the cookies that I’d given him, maybe now’s the time to introduce him to puff pastry…
As I debate ways to repair the rift that has come between us, the school comes into view. I wonder what Blue does in the care center. Blue’s got friends, I know, but not all of their masters have the same schedule so there are stretches of time that leave him alone. I can’t imagine that the children’s toys that lay scattered around the carpeted interior are very engaging. Then again, I’m not sure there’s any other place for him to go…
At least not without permission.
I let myself bask in the minor success of the moment. I had promised Blue a space to practice and dance back when we started up his schooling, but to be honest I had mostly forgotten about it. There is a gymnasium on the grounds of the school. It’s mostly used for transmutation experiments or testing summonings, but there are plenty of smaller rooms. It was built as a proper gym, so there should be a room suitable for his purposes.
There’s a surprising amount of paperwork required to get Blue a card that gives him permission to sign himself out of the care center. But it’s entirely worth it to see the look of surprise and awe that stretches over Blue’s face when I present him the shiny new card.
“You just have to keep that on you and you can sign yourself out of the care center wherever you want. There's a gym area over past the graduate’s building and there should be more than enough space for you if you want to go out and stretch your legs.” I smile down at him, explaining the limits of his new access card, though it does seem like Blue is more than a little preoccupied.
Blue’s holding the card in a nearly white knuckled grip. I thought he’d be a little more excited about this, but all he does is make a poor attempt to fake a smile. He stutters out thanks, but there’s something very wrong about his tone, like he’s only barely keeping it together. I want to pull him into my arms, but I don’t want to break whatever tenuous bit of control he seems to have over himself. I settle for ruffling his hair just a bit, leaning into the contact despite his flinch.
Obviously the casting has left a bit of a mess between us, and it is entirely my fault that I didn’t address that, but it’s nothing that can’t be taken care of. We just have to learn to trust each other. And I need to get to work on some solutions…
Notes:
The Tumblr: Here
Stay safe!!!
Chapter 62: Journey to the Gym
Summary:
Blue is very conflicted. Things haven't gone well the past few... well, it's been weird for a while, but the free pass to go to a practice space will definitely help him clear his head, right?
This can only go well... right?
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
I don’t know what I’m doing.
It’s not like I had a fucking hope in this world before the last 24 hours, but now it’s like the world’s spinning. My heart’s hammering in my throat and I feel like I’m going to be sick as Master gives me a smile and waves his goodbye. I smile back, but I can’t tell if it looks as strained as it feels.
Coming back to the school this morning… It shouldn’t have been bad. Master hasn’t gotten mad at me, and his favor hasn’t waned to the point that he’s starting to truly discipline me. Still, that doesn’t mean anything, especially after the disaster of last night.
There’s nobody here yet, nobody that I know anyway, just the same scary-looking jackal that’s chained up against the wall and someone I’ve never seen much less talked to sleeping in the back corner. We came in early, I shouldn’t be surprised. It’s the start of the week. Anyways, my friends and I almost never have overlapping time with all of us present. Someone’s always occupied, but two or three is better than no one.
Unfortunately, no one is exactly who I have right now.
I try not to make a big deal of it. I try not to let my hands shake as I pick out a spot, one of the colorful beanbags, and curl away from the attendant, pretending to take a nap.
Master should be furious with me. I don’t know what possessed me to invade his space like I did. He’d told me in no uncertain terms to leave, but I still came back, toeing the line where his door met the stairs like it was enough of a difference that he simply couldn’t be mad. It had been so stupid. I pressed too far. He didn’t yell, but for the first time I’m sure that he was really mad at me. I laid in bed for hours, tense as a bowstring, waiting for him to come up, my mind replaying all the horrible things that my masters have done with me in the past for causing them such annoyance. Somehow, it was almost more soul crushing that he didn’t come. He could have done anything to me, let his annoyance out in any way he chose. Instead I just lay there until the early morning sun started to peek through the window.
Everything’s wrong.
I feel the beginnings of tears stinging my eyes and I bury my head in the beanbag, desperate to chase away the thoughts that are bringing me to this.
He hadn’t even seemed to recall his anger in the morning. I’d been walking on eggshells around him. The same skittishness that he’d trained out of me with weeks of work came back overnight. The man’s done nothing but care for me. I don’t understand why I can’t simply trust it. He’s taken care of me, cleaned my wounds, never so much as raised an angry hand to me, and all I can do is sit with the ghosts of what’s been done to me.
It’s unfair. My mind circles angrily around that one point like the unfairness might expunge it from existence. It’s unfair that those memories should have such sway over me now. Those owners had enough of me when I was theirs. They shouldn’t get me when I’ve just started to… settle in.
Even if I hadn’t fucked up last night, he should still be mad about the casting. I’d been able to push it out of my mind as we finished out the week. I was weak and to be honest, it was a welcome distraction. But Master made quick work of that and without something to keep my mind off of it, the prospect of returning to school became more and more daunting.
And it makes my Master’s responses all the more confusing.
I turn over the little plasticy card in my hand again. Kara had explained what it was. Even if he hadn’t, I was there when he made the request and filled out all the paperwork. There’s a little description of me on the card, my Master’s signature, and bold print at the top that spells out my sanction for free, unaccompanied movement on the campus.
I read the card some fifty odd times before I can finally tear my eyes away. It seems like such an insignificant little thing. It’s no wider or heavier than a playing card, and yet it means so much. When Master first presented it to me I was scared. I’d been so sure that this was some kind of elaborate trick, designed to test whether I would stay put and be good, that I’d nearly frozen up. If not a test then maybe it was just a warning that he was done with me. Done with constantly having to ferry me around, at least. The thought that my presence might have been an annoyance that was beginning to grate on him was terrifying.
But that wouldn’t make much sense. Fear and old memories tangle up my brain like cobwebs in an attic. It makes it hard to see sometimes, and the only chance I really have is to sit still and clear the room. Kara went through a lot of paperwork to get this card for me. If he really wanted me out of his hair he’d leave me here all the time, not shuttle me out to the specific few classes that allow my presence.
I flip through the contents of my bag. I push the notebooks aside. There’s no way I have the focus for any of my homework. I find the warm thermos of tea and hold it to my chest, trying to force myself to be grounded by the emanating heat.
He doesn’t want to get rid of me, he said it himself. He won’t throw me away because I’m a bad familiar. He hasn’t even made me go to one of Professor Burg’s classes since our little disaster. It’s only a matter of time , some less than helpful part of my brain supplies. I know I’m right. Professor Burg teaches two of my Master’s classes and both of them do require my presence, at least on some days. We’re going to have to do other castings at some point. It’s my purpose. It’s the reason he bought me.
It could be worse , my mind supplies, at least he cares... somewhat about me.
My mind drifts back to Enoki’s claim to be able to smell the chemistry between us. I suppose it could be true. Only as much chemistry that has to develop from living together and sharing a bed for months. The man has certainly done more to learn about me than any of my other masters. He’s taught me how to read, let me pick out most of my own clothes, and now given me the opportunity to practice dancing. Not because he needs the skill, or thinks it might be entertaining, but simply because I admitted that I liked it.
The thought makes me giddy. I’ve seen the gymnasium before, but I’ve never been inside and suddenly the curiosity is overwhelming.
I hurriedly throw everything back into my bag and sling it over my shoulder, signing out of the care center and continuing out the doors alone for the first time. There’s some feeling that rises in me making me almost lightheaded as I walk through the empty halls. The closest thing I’ve ever done to running.
All too soon I see that the halls are not as empty as they had first appeared. There’s a man leaning against a desk at the great arch that marks the exit of the main building. My stride slows as I approach, feeling at once guilty and a bit fearful.
You have permission , I remind myself. You don’t need to be afraid.
The reassurance doesn’t do much when he spots me. He moves to block my path and it’s all I can do not to let my steps falter. I’m not doing anything wrong. I have permission to be out. But that doesn’t mean his stare doesn’t make me feel like an insect behind glass.
“Oh, and what’s a cute little thing like you doing outside its cage?” He halts me before I can get through the door.
He crowds into my personal space, looming over me. There’s an impulse there to run but I just let my eyes fall to the floor and make myself a little smaller. He doesn’t seem to be angry, and I have to force myself to breathe regularly. I have permission to be out, it’s fine.
“Run along now, else I might have to drag you back myself. Your Master wouldn’t like that pretty face of yours bruised, now would he?” He continues as apparently I’ve been quiet too long.
“I-I-” I try to speak. Try to tell him that I have permission to be out, that my Master would very much not like to find me bruised, anything that would get me out of here, but the words die in my throat.
The shaking in my hands has returned and suddenly I’m a little kid again, caught wandering the property after hours. I feel like I’m going to throw up. He probably isn’t allowed to punish other students' familiars. The reassurance comes hollowly as I realise that just means that he’d bring up my offenses to my Master.
“What’s this?” he asks. The feral grin spreading across his features is making me squirm. I want to get out of here. “Trying to give me an excuse, little kitty? You want me to drag you back?”
My pulse is racing in my ears as I shove the little plastic card forward so that it is between us. As though a little card can protect me. But it does put him off balance. He takes a step back to read the print on it before muttering a litany of curses.
“You’ve got permission to be out then? Well, what are you hiding it for, you trying to get me in trouble?” he accuses.
“N-no, Ser,” I stutter.
My head feels light with relief and it only hits me now that I wasn’t really expecting this to work.
“Well then make sure you keep it on you.” He pauses again before he grabs at the fabric of my shirt, pulling me with him as he goes behind his desk.
Stars, my pulse is pounding in my head. What the hell does he want with me? I’ve given him my card. He knows I have permission to be out. Isn’t that enough? Can’t I leave?
He takes my card and I have to suppress a whine. I just got that. Master went through a lot of trouble to get it and if I lost it the first day I tried to use it I doubt he’d get me another. But the guard turns back to me and returns my card along with a shiny little clip, not unlike the ones I’ve seen Master use to keep papers together.
I stare blankly at the two objects. It’s clear that he’s offering both of them to me, but I can’t figure out their purpose. In the end I must take too long because the man simply huffs impatiently.
“The pretty ones are always so dense,” I hear him whisper as he grabs me by the shirt again and pulls me forward.
The clip goes into the collar of my shirt and the card gets tucked neatly against that. The clip is cool, though it warms rapidly against my skin, but the weight of the card against my chest stays. The tiny card can’t weigh more than a few ounces, but for some reason the press of it into my chest is making it hard to breathe. I can feel my cheeks heat as the true humiliation of this moment begins to set in.
“Well I didn’t know you kitties could change colors like that…” he mumbles almost to himself, bringing his hands up to brush my heated cheeks.
I try to pull away as I feel tears begin to pool at the corners of my eyes, but he’s still holding me by the front of my shirt. Why am I even embarrassed anyway? I’ve had worse than this. I’ve lived through a lot worse than this.
“Hey now, don’t get all weepy,” he says with gentleness so fake that I almost flinch away when he pulls my gaze up to him. “We only have to do this with the stupid ones who don’t show their cards. I’m sure you’ll get used to it, or maybe your master will properly train you…”
I want to scream, bite him, or hell just run away from this man, but all I do is mumble a quick “Yes, Ser,” and he dismisses me.
The walk to the gym passes in a blur. I keep my head down and walk fast, trying to make it seem like I have a quite urgent purpose. I don’t want to get stopped again.
The gym building isn’t very impressive, though it is expansive. It’s a long two-story building done up in red brick with wide planes of glass. The brickwork hasn’t been redone in a while and some of the eastern side is being overgrown with ivy but it seems to serve its function. Not many people seem to come here…
There’s an attendant at the front desk, a very tired, older-looking Coati who’s stacking pencils in intricate patterns on her desk. She’s wearing a shirt with the school’s emblem on it. I haven’t seen many of those, but I’m not unfamiliar with what it means. She belongs to the school, not a student. I wonder if this is her usual post or if they shuffle their assets around the school over time. Either way, she’s bored enough to perk up at my entrance.
“Oh dearie, you by yourself then?” Her words come out in a rush that I wasn’t expecting as her relaxed demeanor becomes notably more excited.
“Yes, um…” I wrack my brain trying to remember if I’ve seen this familiar around the school before. If I have then I certainly haven’t gotten her name, but she seems to see the question on my face before I can ask.
“You can call me Coach, all the rest do. Some kind of joke that I couldn’t make out, but it stuck, so… What brings you to my neck of the woods?” she asks.
“I, um… well, I was looking for a place to train for a bit-” I start to explain, but I’m cut off by the flurry of movement.
She nearly flips around in her seat bringing up something from one of her drawers. It takes me a minute to recognise it as a book that she’s leafing through it at lightning speeds.
“What kinda room do you need, dearie?” She looks back up at me, her quirked little grin back in place.
“I… If you have a space that could be used for dance?” I offer sheepishly.
“Oh, I’ve got a big ol’ room with mirrors and those big stretching bars. Most of the students end up using it to try and contact ghosts like any looking glass will do.” She giggles into the back of her hand and I can’t help that her smile is contagious.
“That sounds wonderful.” I giggle with her.
“Alright, that’s 224, that’ll be up the stairs and down on the left. Here’s your key, you turn that back in to me and be sure to clean the space up when you’re done,” she explains, passing me a small silvery key with a little placard sticking to it.
I nod along with her instructions. If they don’t need any more from me than to clean up after myself, that’s more than fair.
I find the room with very little hassle. She was right, it’s the perfect dance space.
I close the door and lock it behind me. It’s helpful in more ways than one. The lock doesn’t make this room perfectly safe, but it gives me at least the illusion of security. It lets my mind numb into the familiar routine, the exercises, the stretch and burn of my body as I’m forced to exert myself in ways I haven’t for months. The distraction is good in any case, it keeps my mind off the brewing storm that I’ve left behind.
It keeps me from thinking about the fact that I haven’t got a clue what I’m doing.
Notes:
The tumblr: Here
Take care of yourselves!
<3<3<3
Chapter 63: Shauna's Potion
Summary:
Kara laments his problems to his friend, meanwhile Shauna just wants him to try the new potion she's been working on. Little do they know this might lead to more than they've bargained for.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
“I don’t know what I’m doing, Shauna,” I whine, my head half buried in one of the books on the desk as she continues stirring her cauldron.
Classes are over, but Shauna’s got some overtime practice work in the potions lab that she wanted my help with. Technically I could go home by now, but when I went to look for Blue at the care center I’d been informed that he had used his new license to check out. I want to give him a little more time. Dancing is one of the few things that he’s told me that he genuinely likes, and I certainly haven’t been giving him enough time to work on the skill.
My mind flashes to the few incidents where I’d tried to make him a little work-out area in the living room. He’s got impeccable form, and he’s incredibly flexible. I’d only once made the mistake of trying to keep up with him during one of his drills. My whole body ached for days.
Stars, my mind replays the memory over and over, the wide smile that Blue hadn’t been able to contain as he helped correct my posture as we worked through stretches together. He was so confident, so sure in himself. It’s hard to believe it was only weeks ago, but it gives me hope. No matter what we’ve gotten there once… there has to be a way back.
Though I wonder if that kind of confidence in his position is compatible with keeping him as my familiar.
“Look, it wasn’t a great casting, but it’s nothing to go crazy over. Almost no one’s still talking about it.” Shauna’s speaking like it’s only rumours and not someone’s life hanging in the balance.
She picks up some green nettle and stirs it into the pot. There’s a warm, almost mulchy scent coming from the pot now and I furrow my brow. She hasn’t told me what she’s making and it doesn’t look like anything that we need for class.
“I’m not worried about my grade, Shauna, Blue’s... not getting better,” I hedge.
I still don’t know exactly where Shauna stands. She treats her familiar well, at least in public. He isn’t some cowed figure waiting at her beck and call. He seems to have a fierce loyalty to her, almost actively wanting to be in the same room as her, craving her attention and praise. Still, I’m not sure how well she’d react to my concerns about Blue. Most sources say that this kind of behavior should be punished until it stops, or even suggest that familiars reating like this are simply too broken and need to be replaced.
It’s a harsh reminder. Familiars don’t get chronic health conditions… they get replaced.
“Oh, come on. He’s back on his feet.” She says it like that’s the main issue here, like she didn’t panic when Ande’s winter drive to sleep fully set in.
“But he’s not-” I feel the fight leave me as another layer of exhaustion settles over me. I don’t have the strength to argue about how Blue’s acting despondent. I barely feel like I have the strength to stay awake for this conversation.
As much as his body is healing from the experience, he’s not recovering mentally.
“Come on, it’ll get better with time. I promise. Ande took a couple of hours to get back up into good condition.” She says it like she’s just like any other mage, using her familiar as a conduit and that’s the only thing that concerns her.
As though she didn’t lose her mind trying to care for her familiar when he had started showing signs of fatigue. She hasn’t even called on him to assist her in the lab today, though I had seen him dosing in the care center when I dropped by earlier. She’s full of mixed signals and I don’t know what to trust.
Either way, her reassurance doesn’t make me feel better.
“Here,” she says triumphantly, passing me a glass potion bottle filled halfway with a murky, almost green-tinted silver liquid.
“What exactly is this?” I finally ask.
I’ve lost track of what she’s put in it, and I have no idea what the potion is even intended to do. This isn’t a potion that’s from our textbook.
“What use are you if you aren’t going to test my potion?” Shauna puts her hands on her hips and sighs dramatically.
I am reasonably certain that the potion won’t kill me… Shauna’s given me an excuse to loiter on campus and this is a fairly simple ask either way.
“Fine, fine, but what is it supposed to do?” The liquid is oddly warm as I swirl it around in the potion vial.
“It’s supposed to make it easier to connect to ley magic, but I switched out some of the components. It should make it a little stronger,” she reads out from her notebook.
The unnatural heat of the potion stays consistent to the point that I can almost feel the slide of it down my throat and into my stomach. Unsurprisingly, it tastes terrible, just like most properly made potions.
For a moment nothing happens but then my whole field of view turns on its side. It takes a second for my brain to catch up with my body as I realize I’ve fallen out of my chair. Everything’s beginning to swirl around me as the world changes colors, fluctuating at such a speed and intensity that I’m sure I’m going to throw up, but as suddenly as the overwhelming tide of sensory information takes me, it drops me.
I’m stuck there, gasping for my breath on the floor as Shauna tries to move me back into a sitting posture.
“Kara! Kara! Are you ok?” Her voice is strange, like she’s speaking through an echo.
I’m about to reassure her that I’m fine when I notice that the unnatural colors that have washed over the potions lab have not gone away. Shauna herself is glowing a wild orange as she stands before me and I have to force myself to repress a flinch as she offers me a hand.
“Are you ok?” she asks again, and it’s only then that I realize I’ve been staring.
“Y-yeah. I...I’m-” My voice falters and I take that as a sign to simply close my mouth as Fade entities that haven’t openly pestered me since childhood seem to take interest. Spectral fish float lazily along in the air, continuing on their way through the astral sea, entirely oblivious to the fact that they are being observed.
I look around, hoping that my vision might clear with a little extra blinking. My vision does clear, but the colors only settle further down.
“I think I’m going to puke,” I admit. The pinching pain in my head from the lost night of sleep does not help me and I’m left wondering if all of this is just one bad hallucination.
“No, no, no, just breathe, you’re fine…” Shauna kneels by my side, holding her hands outstretched as though she can banish the internal sickness with a wave of her hand.
A couple of sprites do dodge out of the way as she waves, moving into their space.
“I think…'' I try to speak, watching the orange brighten into a feverish white and I have to blink away from her. “Stars, how long does this take to wear off?” I ask instead.
“Should be gone in an hour.” She shrugs and I feel my stomach drop.
“Shauna!” My voice cracks, but I really can’t blame her. I should have asked before I drank some weird potion.
“Did it work?” she asks, cupping my face in her hands as though she could tell how potent her potion is based solely on my face.
“Shauna, you weren’t trying to strengthen a connection to ley magic, were you?” I accuse, but it lacks any real heat.
It’s something frankly incredible to have stumbled across. There are only a few substances that allow people to peer through the veil into other planes, and even fewer that are legal. None of them leave the user with this much coherency.
“I… was allergic to a lot of the things in the original potion and I used some substitutes that should have covered the same things…” she admits haltingly and I have to suppress a groan.
Even substituting one ingredient can mess with the overall chemistry of a potion. Even when they have the same effects, with some potions with finite effects, substitutions have to be closely weighed against all the other ingredients it might interact with. Doing multiple substitutions without calculating out what the effects might do is fairly reckless.
Shauna’s watching me closely, but I’m distracted as the colors seem to move and settle further. It takes me a moment to realize that she’s waiting for me to answer her first question.
“I think… I think I’m seeing magic, so- I think it worked… maybe…” I admit haltingly as I watch a spectral, glowing serpent go clean through my friend as though she’s not there.
If nothing else this is one hell of a trip, but then again, she hadn’t told me exactly what the potion was supposed to do. I guess seeing the ebb and flow of magic would make you more sensitive to it, but honestly it’s more of a headache than anything. The regular image of the classroom that my eyes see is almost entirely overtaken by the colorful swirls of latent magic, and the bits and pieces of information coming in from other planes.
“What, really? What’s it look like?” She looks up at me with the wide eyes of a child and for a moment I truly focus on exactly what I’m seeing, trying to find a good way to describe it.
“It’s a mess of color and sound, and… Stars, I don’t think we should have tested this at a magic school.” I have to shut my eyes against the brightness of the room. There’s too much going on in this school and it’s all coming in waves.
“Are you kidding me, it’s the perfect place to test it! Come on.” She levers me up into a standing position before dragging me out of the room.
“Where are we going?” I ask, trying hard to focus solely on her feet as she pulls me along.
“There’s a casting demonstration today, if we hurry we might just catch it!” she says excitedly as we nearly fly up the stairs of the primary tower.
“Shauna, I don’t-” I begin to protest before she cuts me off.
“I want to know what you see!” she counters, and I have nothing to say to that.
As much as I don’t want to see Ryuki again, I can’t say I’m not curious. Besides, we won’t be the only ones watching the demonstration. There’s no way that anyone would notice my addled state. There’s not much risk and an awful lot to gain so I allow myself to get pulled along into the casting room just as the proceedings are beginning.
Ryuki and Jewel take center stage, the circle on the ground is already drawn and the blackboard is full of scrawled calculations that speak of a rather lengthy lecture that we’ve missed. We aren’t the only ones here, most of the others have their noses stuck in their books taking extensive notes. I don’t even have the presence of mind to see if our entrance has been noted. The magic in the room is too distracting.
I’m used to the flow of magic. The fine manipulation of the universe and its matter based on the influences of personal energies and will. But this, this is on a whole different scale. The flow of the natural world is pulled and woven into a different form. All of the twisted energy is pushed into Jewel and for a moment it accommodates into this alternative form, settling, as energy does, into the new shape.
Jewel stays still, but the energy does not. As the spell continues, the pull from the caster draws the energy in swirling arcs. As Jewel remains in position it’s easier to see the tension building in their body than it would be without the potion’s aid. Jewel fights to stay still, their tense body nearly vibrating with being the conduit for this power. Far from calming the building energy, the stillness only makes the energy lash out.
The waves of color break as though against a dam, each time trying to force movement into the reluctant familiar. My mind reels as I realize that this method of casting is not efficient. Almost all of the energy that’s been built up is sent tumbling into the familiar, not the spell. It would be easier if the familiar were to move along with the flow of the spell, and were to move the way the caster would normally manipulate the energy on a smaller scale.
An idea strikes me as I watch the energy pull at the familiar again in an effort to move in its natural path. Blue’s book! The distorted memory of my drunken night comes back to me as I remember that he’d been talking about his book. About the dragon teaching magic to a mortal and teaching her to dance, and bend the strings of fate.
No, could it really be that simple…
“Shauna, can I borrow some of your potion?” I whisper under my breath, unable to draw my eyes from the casting as the energy swirls and swells.
“Yeah, sure.” She acquiesces quietly, a bit distracted by what must be an intense arcane spectacle.
The glass of the potion bottle is still warm in my hand as I go off to find Blue.
Next time we go into Ryuki’s class we are going to be prepared, and we are going to take them by storm.
Notes:
The tumblr:Here
Also, as I'm sure many of you are also realizing as you settle into quarantine, there is a lot of time in the day. I may have gotten carried away and started writing a little alternate start to the beginning of this fic. It won't be very long, only a few chapters, but I thought it was funny... though I did write it at about 3am...
Either way, you can find it: Here, and if anyone wants to request short things I will definitely be reading over the suggestions. I can make no promises as I am still in school, but I love hearing form you guys and getting the chance to really give you what you love.
Thanks you guys,
Stay healthy.
Chapter 64: The Test In The Garden
Summary:
Kara has a theory to test and Blue... well, Blue is anxious. But this just might turn out in a way that neither of them would have expected.
Notes:
*casually crawls out from under the shrapnel of what this week has been*
*posts chapter*
*crawls back under shrapnel to do penance for my sins*I am so sorry it took me so long guys. You all are the best, most wonderful audience. Thank you!
Chapter Text
Blue
There’s a pleasant soreness in my body as we make our way back home. The protest of my muscles lets me know that I’ve definitely overdone it today, especially considering it was my first real day back in… Stars, how long has it been since someone let me truly practice? Either way, I lost track of time in the familiar motions. A flush rises to my cheeks as I remember that my Master had to come collect me from the athletic building.
Kara had swept me away as soon as he’d come to pick me up. I’d been nervous at first, my heart nearly leapt out of my chest at the sudden knocking on the locked door of the studio. I’d have thought I was in trouble if he hadn’t been grinning from ear to ear. He said he’d explain once we got home, grabbing my bag for me and rambling nearly nonsensically about his day as we made our way back. I don’t know what has got him so happy, but he’s certainly got a pep in his step.
“Master, are you alright?” I can’t help the smile that works its way onto my face.
“Never better Blue, why are you asking?” he says without missing a beat.
“Because you’ve been trying to fit your key into the door for the past minute.” I try to say it gently, but the statement still has him flinching. “Do you want me to take it?” I offer, holding out my hand for the ring of keys.
“I- yeah, my hands are shaking pretty bad. Here, you take it.” He hands the keys over without any fuss, but the shaking in his hands doesn’t really stop.
I open the door without any flair or presentation, but Kara still thanks me like I’ve done something special. Kara dumps his bookbag just inside the door and throws his jacket over the railing of the stairs. I can only watch in confusion as I hang my coat on the little rack at the end of the hall. Something odd is going on. Kara’s almost never this… sloppy. He’s a creature of order and structure.
“Master, are you alright?” I press cautiously.
“...yeah, I’m just. I’m just coming down I think.” He sighs, pouring himself a glass of water and drinking the entire thing in one swig.
“Coming down?” I quirk my ears in a clear gesture of confusion. I don’t want to be too bothersome with my questions, but I also want some answers.
“It’s a long story, but it is going to help us,” he says like it’s an answer, like it doesn’t give me more questions than answers.
“Help us?” I try to prompt again, hoping that whatever’s sapping his focus gives way just long enough to give me a little more insight into what’s rattling around inside his head.
“Help us with our little magical mishaps, Blue.” He smiles at me and even though his eyes show nothing more than the friendly gaze he usually fixes me with, I can’t help but feel like I’ve been pinned like a bug on a slide.
I give myself a few seconds to concentrate on my breathing, the careful in and out that I’m hoping hides my panic rather than broadcasting it, as I follow my Master to where he’s taken a seat in the kitchen, rubbing his temples.
“W-what are you… I-” I try to speak but my voice is in my throat, unwilling to cooperate with the facade of calm that I’d been intent on projecting. “Is… um, is everything alright?” I try to force some confidence into my voice, but I know that it fails. I can’t even get myself to look at his face.
“Blue, you don’t have to be nervous.” He speaks in such a calming tone that I want to sob.
Oh that’s reassuring.
I want to scream, I want to cry, but more than anything I think I'd like a straight answer. Nothing to be nervous about . He doesn’t understand how terrifying it is. He doesn’t understand. I’m no stranger to pain I’m fairly experienced with it and with that comes a natural inclination to avoid it.
This whole thing is just a little mishap for him. It’s not life, it’s not something he has to live with every day.
Kara sets down a sludgy green liquid in a potion bottle. The glass is shiny, cut in this odd geometric design that makes it look like the liquid inside is shifting in the light. I don’t know much about potions, but I don’t remember Kara making this one or one that looked similar.
Kara motions for me to sit and I set my hands in my lap, hoping that it hides the way they are trembling.
“What… is that?” I try to sound curious, but I’m not sure how accurate I am.
“It’s a special potion that Shauna worked out. It has quite a few interesting effects. One of which might be just what we need to cast… safely together.” His eyes fix on me at those last two words and I feel my whole body freeze up.
I feel like a speck of dirt on glass. In the center of attention and yet so clearly out of place. I wish my Master’s gaze made me feel just a little less like a butterfly about to get pinned.
“I… I don’t understand.” I breathe out, locking my eyes on the potion because I can’t bring myself to raise my gaze to my Master.
“I went to go see Professor Burg’s demonstration after classes today and I learned some really interesting things-” Master keeps talking, but all of his words are muffled by the sound of my heart in my ears.
I don’t want him learning things from Burg. I don’t want that scary teacher influencing my Master. He told Kara to get rid of me. Is that what this is about? Burg made Kara an offer for a better familiar? Then what? Did Burg really want to finish off what his cousin started off all that time ago?
“Blue, Blue are you listening?” Master pulls me back into the real world.
“Yes, Master,” I whisper back, suddenly all too interested in the patterns of the tablecloth.
Master shifts in place, but remains where he is. He doesn’t believe me, but he doesn’t say anything more on the subject
“Yes, well… the casting, at least the forms that we learn, are really inefficient.” He says it like it’s the simplest fact about the weather today.
Stars, what does that mean?
“What does that mean?” I ask simply, hoping that my blunt questions don’t cause any more damage to an already unstable relationship.
“If I’m right, then this might be why casting hurts you.” He smiles up at me, eager in a way that makes his whole face light up.
I wish I could share in his excitement.
“I don’t understand. I thought that magic, that the energy in the casting gets pulled out of me.” I reiterate the lesson he’d been learning in Professor Burg’s class at the beginning of the semester.
“That’s true, but it’s not just pulling. At least, it doesn’t have to be,” he says with such finality that I don’t even know how to argue if I wanted to.
We sit still as silence takes over the room, an uneasy and obtrusive silence. I know that Master wants me to be happy. He’s waiting for some outburst of joy or at the very least excitement, but that’s just not something I can provide at the moment.
“Listen, magic doesn’t hurt me when I cast, right? So why should it hurt you? When I use magic I am manipulating the world around me. The magic ebbs and flows, sometimes it’s resistant, sometimes it needs specific patterns, but there are ways to do it safely.”
“That’s different!” I can’t help the whine that forces its way out of my throat. “You’re a mage, it’s in you to use magic, to pull energy from me for your spells…”
“No, I’m sorry Blue, but I can’t believe that. Doing magic wrong, being inexperienced with difficult spells, or taking on something that you aren’t prepared for can hurt the mages that attempt them. It’s no different. The magic backfires on you because you handle it wrong. Nothing more.”
“So what am I supposed to do?” I ask, feeling overwhelmed.
I’m going to do it wrong. I know it, I feel almost dizzy at the prospect. My Master is going crazy and all I can do is sit along for the ride knowing it was me that drove him to this point. It’s not going to work.
“Shauna made this potion earlier today,” he says tapping the little glass bottle on the table between us, “but there were some side effects that she didn’t intend. But that’s a good thing, it’s those effects that we’re going to be taking advantage of.”
“Side effects?” I can only numbly parrot back, doing my best to push down all those memories of threats of being turned into a lab animal.
“I wanted to make sure that we tried this at home so that we don’t have to worry about… ambient magics overwhelming you. Here we are pretty well isolated from any aberrant sources of magic. I’ve got a few things active around the house, but it will be nothing like the environment at the school,” he reassures me.
“So I drink this… and I get to see magic?” I quirk my eyebrow at him to make sure I’ve gotten that right.
“In the loosest sense of the words, yes.” He nods, seemingly satisfied by my summary.
I take the potion bottle from where it sits on the table. The glass of the vial allows me to see the greenish goop move inside the bottle as I roll it around in my hands. The liquid sludges back and forth slowly, warm in my palms, and I know that this is not going to be pleasant to drink. But is this really going to work?
I don’t understand how this is going to help. It doesn’t make sense that this little vial is going to stop the pain, the ripping, blinding pain that comes from casting. Does it really matter if I can see the magic coming at me? Will it make a difference? It has to cycle through me anyway. There’s no avoiding it.
“You don’t have to drink it.” Master’s voice is quiet, hesitant, just a fraction above a whisper. “If you’re uncomfortable with it you don’t have to do it.” He shifts uncomfortably in his chair, all the excitable, joyous energy gone.
Yeah, I don’t have to, this Master is very big on making sure that I’m a willing participant in whatever happens to me. I’m not required to do it, he isn’t going to order me or hold me down, he isn’t going to force the concoction down my throat, but drinking it does keep me useful. It ensures that my Master will still want to keep me. Even if he’s just using me for these experiments it means that I’m… helpful, useful in some way.
I don’t have to, but I don’t really have a choice.
I drink the potion.
For one brief moment I’m sure it’s poison. The nauseous, dizzy feeling is overwhelming, and for a second no matter how deeply I breathe there’s no air going to my lungs. My vision goes hazy and I have to shut my eyes. The darkness is comforting, grounding for a moment as the effects seem to level out. I let my head rest on the table and let out a tiny little groan as the pressure in my eyes goes away.
“It’s got a little bit of a kick… How do you feel?” Kara asks gently from the other side of the table.
I blink slowly allowing myself to just watch the floor for a few seconds. Nothing seems out of the ordinary, and my vision seems back to normal.
I look back up to tell Kara that the potion didn’t work when I notice the crystal in the center of the table is glowing. There’s a faint glow that takes me a moment to notice as it’s all around us. The different colors and textures swirling cause a momentary flash of vertigo and I have to close one eye against all the glowing.
Stars, had all this stuff been magical?
Magical items are… rare, and very difficult to procure. I’ve never seen so many. Magic items are things that masters flaunt. They tell everyone about them, showing off collections to anyone and everyone who had reason enough to listen. It’s odd that Kara’s been so quiet about his things.
It takes a minute to differentiate the colors, the strengths, it’s all different types and some things are so faint that it could only be latent magic. A couple of the hanging, dry plants have those latent signatures, but there’s no denying the potency in some of the everyday household objects that I’ve handled none the wiser.
“Are you doing alright? It can take some time to adjust. I hope you aren’t seeing anything too crazy...” he prods, some of that excitement back.
Kara must realize that the potion worked. There’s a blush that rises in my cheeks as I realize I’ve been openly gaping at the familiar surroundings of the kitchen.
“I’m fine, just a little bit-” I turn back to him, but my voice leaves me.
Looking Kara over is odd. I was expecting that same glowing that came off of the objects in the room, but he’s… normal. He looks just the same as he always does. There’s no aberrant glowing, no aura surrounding him… nothing.
“A little bit what, Blue?” he asks. He’s on the edge of his seat excited again.
“Just getting used to it, Master. What’s the plan?” I ask again, hoping that he ignores my momentary lapse in his excitement.
“Alright, we’re going to start small. I’m going to do a couple simple spells for you and we are going to pick one to try out together.” He lays his plan out slowly, pulling a handful of dried leaves and chalk from one of the glowing bowls.
Spell components, my mind supplies. Just how many of those are actually safe to eat? Over half the herbs on the window are glowing, but I’m sure he’s used all of them at some point in one dish or another. Some of them don’t look so safe. There’s nebulous energy curling around their roots and an almost sickly aura that surrounds them. It’s one of the things that goes into his tea. He’s been drinking that blend for a lot longer than I’ve been here. He must know, right?
“Try out together?” I parrot back weakly, trying to pull my eyes away from the plants.
I don’t really know anything about magic. I shouldn’t say anything. Things that look beautiful can often look dangerous, I don’t see why the reverse can’t be true.
“We’re going to do another channeling ritual, but instead of sitting still, I want you to move with how the magic pushes you. It shouldn’t be too hard. You’re going to try and keep the energy moving.” He gesticulates wildly as he speaks, as though directing the movement and providing instruction.
“I’m not sure I understand,” I mumble quietly.
There’s a tiny little sprite that flits across my field of view. It doesn’t seem too interested in us, but I can’t say it’s mutual. It stares at its reflection in the crystal, flitting around, enraptured by the glow. It’s distracting.
“It’s like the ocean. There is constant movement in the water, but you can only see the violence when it breaks against something stationary. You want to move with it, so there’s no chance it can hurt you,” he explains a little more simply, but my mind’s caught on seemingly the least important part.
“I’ve never seen the ocean,” I whisper.
I’m not entirely sure I mean to say it out loud. It’s not important, not really. I understand what he’s trying to say, I get the point he’s trying to make. It makes sense theoretically, even though there’s no real evidence in practice. Kara seems to realize this too.
“That’s fair, but do you understand the point I’m trying to make?” he asks, a little more subdued.
“I think so,” I nod, lying in a way that I hope is convincing. The part about the water makes a little sense to me. The energy still has to get pulled, though… won’t that hurt?
We move outside to start. Kara places a guiding hand on my back and I try not to sink into the touch like I want to. He sits me down so I can watch his casting, but it’s a little distracting. I don’t even have to look at all of the spells to get a reading on the magic in the area. The plants and the little hellspawn that share the garden glow pretty intensely, and that fog that covers the house seems to extend out here too, and there are soft glowing little totems that seem to line the gate.
Kara does all sorts of little spells, and even with my attention half on him it’s easy to identify the magic as it’s manipulated in his grasp.
It’s odd to watch magic happen. Especially coming from such a nebulous host. It’s like the energy gets manipulated point by point with no internal draw. But there is, there has to be. It’s one of the things they keep talking about in Master’s classes, it’s why he’s so focused when he’s casting, it’s why he’s doing the breathing and centering exercises they taught him... right?
“Alright, I think a fire channeling would be easiest for this. Something fairly simple to start us off, but with lots of movement, something that could tell us right away if my theory is right. What do you think, Blue?” He turns back to me, clearly waiting for a response.
He’s right about simple. Though the magic jumps around a bit, the movements aren’t too disruptive. It all moves in a fairly predictable pattern. It’s a low tier spell that he’s suggesting, basic of the basic. The slowest and least volatile elemental incarnation that fire seems to be capable of.
“That should work just fine. Just tell me what you need me to do.” I stand and try to ignore the shaking in my hands by wringing them together. You can’t notice shaking when there’s movement, can you?
“We are just testing it out, and tell me immediately if you are in any pain or if it starts to feel bad in any way. This is just an experiment, I don’t want to risk hurting you.” He takes me by the shoulders and forces me to look up at him. I can sense no falsehood in his gaze, nothing that he’s hiding. I can only hope it’s not just my wishful thinking.
I force my gaze back to the floor. It’s not my place to wish for such things. This is an experiment. If I get hurt it doesn’t matter.
“Thank you, Master,” I say, hating the glum way that it sounds. I should be grateful that he’s even considering the risks to my safety in this.
“You just stand there while I draw the circle, ok?” He speaks quietly, backing away without forcing any more interaction.
There’s an odd dread that settles in me as I’m watching the circle get drawn. There’s something weird too about standing while it’s getting done. I shift from one foot to the other, trying to quell some of that nervous energy There’s a part of me that wants to go to my knees and wait in the proper position, but I stop myself. There's no point. I’m not doing this casting normally. I’m not supposed to be kneeling this time. It would just be awkward if I kneel only to have to get right back up to move around for the ritual. It doesn’t stop me from feeling weird.
When Kara starts the spell, I can tell he’s going slowly. The swirling energy that pours in at his command moves even more sluggishly than his little demonstration and he’s only using enough to set the spell into motion. Idly, I’m touched that he’s so concerned.
It’s odd to watch the magic come towards me, a physical shape that's just as imposing as I remember from my first casting. I try to push away the tremble in my hands as the energy folds into me. There’s a familiar cracking sensation, that first little jolt and warmth that starts to fill me.
The jolt is the energy falling into place. The amber colored magic swells and that same instinct to move comes again, only this time I don’t suppress it. There’s not a lot of time in between the bursts of activity, but all of the motions are slow, circular. It takes a winding path and so I do as well, traveling to the boundaries of the summoning circle and turning, twirling, and the energy grows. The amber starts to bleed out of my body, too much force to be contained, but still caught in the motion, still willingly being led.
The energy bleeds into mine, mingling and feeding my own. It’s like touching something too free to be contained in any other way than letting it inside me. The sparking, glittering energy makes everything around me shine with new light. My whole body feels weightless and I can’t even feel the heat that’s building because of the spell.
It’s intoxicating.
I let my hand drag through the trail I’m leaving, the color swirling and flicking back into me with renewed interest. It’s not painful, in fact it’s kind of exhilarating. Idly I realize that some of the energy’s been transformed. Tiny little curls of flames conjured into the material plane because of my movements, and the fire follows my hands now. It burns off in a couple of seconds as there’s nothing to feed it, but it was still there. I made that happen. The magic stirs something up, making me feel giddy inside.
“Blue, what are you doing?” Kara asks, but my mind barely recognizes the words.
It’s different, I realize, when the magic is inside you. When you are a source of magic the potion can do nothing but show you where magical essences lay. It makes the whole area around me a glittery field. The darkening conjuration energy is like a lens.
I shift around slowly, not forcing, or making any jerky movements, but so long as I move before the energy has truly found a path it seems willing to take my suggestion, even when I start to move faster and my movements become a little more complex.
“Blue, I don’t know what you’re doing, I can’t control it from this side!” Kara calls again. His voice is scared and that makes me look up.
There is something wrong on his side. He’s not moving his hands to help the conjuration along, he’s moving to contain it, and the energy is lashing out against him. There’s raised red skin on his hands, lashing out in spirals down his arms.
He’s hurt.
The revelation shocks me still for a moment, and then there’s a whole new kind of shock. The pain burns, lancing up my spine and making my eyes water immediately. I’m moving without any conscious thought, keeping the flow going.
“Blue! Are you alright?” he yells, eyes wide and panicked when he sees me stumble.
“I’m f-fine, how do we stop?” I call back. The pain isn't as intense as last time, it even seems to be soothed when I keep moving.
“I’m going to take you through the motions and we are going to discharge the spell into the sky, alright?” he answers.
“O-ok,” I stutter, trying to move as slowly as I can while he enters the casting circle and makes his way over to me.
He takes my wrists, but he doesn’t stop me from moving, only guides me gently into a series of movements that have the now deep red magic pulsing as it rips its way into the material plane.
The spell is a comparatively weak one. It should only be a little more powerful given that we cast it as a ritual spell, but the spout of fire that should be released is far more intense than it was supposed to be.
The sky lights up as the gouts of flame shoot out, licking high enough to disrupt the low clouds and wide enough to just barely singe the outside of the house. I can feel the heat on my face, on my whole body as the torrent slowly closes off.
Kara started slow, he only pulled enough magic into the ritual to make it work, he certainly didn’t cause this sort of overcharge, which means… This was because of us.
All that was because of us.
I reel back, suddenly feeling the loss of my energy. Kara catches me, supporting my weight in a way that I am not quite sure I’m capable of at the moment.
“Are you alright? Are you hurt?” Kara asks, checking me over for any injuries even though I am sure that I have none.
“I-I’m fine, just a little tired. That… that was us?” I ask weakly, letting my head loll backwards so that I can look up at him.
“Yeah, yeah I think it was. We should get back inside, I’m sure everyone in the area saw that flame go up.” His eyes are wide, but there’s a smile painted on his face as he helps me back inside.
“Y-you got hurt,” I stutter out, trying to maintain my consciousness long enough to ask the question, but Kara just sits me in a chair and smiles at me.
“It’s just a tiny little thing. Some numbing cream and a healing spell should take care of it in less than a couple of days. I was trying to work against it, I know better than that, I shouldn’t have. It was my fault. You did perfectly. Let me get you something to eat, alright? You look a little pale,” he rambles, pulling his longer sleeves down, hiding any chance I had of getting a look at the damage.
Kara bustles around the kitchen, pressing a drink into my hands as he sets off to cook up something for dinner. I rest my head on the kitchen table, watching his movements distantly. I don’t have the energy to keep my eyes open, but I don’t seem to be needed for anything. The soft shuffling sounds that make up Kara in the kitchen are comforting enough to lull me into a light state of rest.
This isn’t what I’d expected. I had thought there was no way for me to function as a good familiar. But all this seems to cause is a little drowsiness. It has nothing to do with my constitution, and I’m sure with a little more practice I could figure out a way to let less of my energy get caught up in the discharge.
The next assigned casting is in two weeks. I can’t help the way I smile.
We are going to blow them away.
Chapter 65: A New Type of Casting
Summary:
It's time for the next assigned casting in Professor Burg's, and everything does not go as planned!
Notes:
I don't know if you guys noticed, but LurKingFisher just wrote a really awesome fic. Please go check it out you guys, it is linked in the related works section of this work.
You guys are amazing!
<3<3<3
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
I try not to panic as I’m led back into that dreaded classroom. The walk up those curling, perfect stairs seems more and more like the walk to the gallows.
Kara walks beside me. He should be walking in front of me, and I should be trailing three steps behind. The position should chafe, but I can’t help but be thankful for his presence at the moment. I feel safer with him beside me. Safer and less alone. I know it’s stupid, Kara can’t keep me perfectly safe, there are people here that he can’t argue with or go against, but… I know he’d try. For some reason that’s more than enough for me.
I slide my hand beside his, bumping lightly against his wrist to get his attention. He stiffens beside me, probably shocked that I’d be so bold in public. I don’t look at him, though I can tell he’s turned to look at me. I focus on where our skin meets. So warm and solid. Safe , my mind echoes again even as I try to shut the thoughts away.
I trust you.
My pinky curls around his and I have a second-long heart attack before he squeezes back. I’m not bold enough to try holding his hand, but for the moment, this is enough. That he’d walk beside me, allow this soft, casual touch, be warm and solid when I need him… That’s enough.
It’s been over a week since our little fire in the sky incident. Nobody came to check out the disturbance. We’d waited with bated breath for three days before we’d tried again. I’d been so nervous to try again. Magic feels so addictive, so alive inside you when you are a more compliant host. It makes you daring in a way you normally wouldn’t be. It’s like a high, but without the needles and sickness after as you try to piece together what happened from the stickiness on your clothes and the time you’re missing.
I at once feel my face heat, thinking of our first little experiment. It was certainly a different experience from drugs, I can remember everything with terrible clarity. I got overwhelmed and I allowed Kara’s own magic to lash out at him. He wouldn’t let me help care for his injuries, wouldn’t even let me see them, but he’d taken his time in his lab that night, coming in late smelling of the numbing salve I’m familiar with and missing all visual signs of his burns.
He’d said it was like my feet. It looked fine, but it would take another few days before the sensitivity went away.
I look back down at where our pinkies are intertwined. He forgave the incident like it was nothing. Perhaps it meant less to him than it does to me. To him it was only a few hours of healing, another day or so of heightened sensitivity, but to me…
Being dangerous to your master is the easiest way to get yourself killed. If you have a disease that your master decides not to treat, you could be dangerous and possibly infectious. Most traders wouldn’t hesitate to put you down. If you are malfunctioning, for any reason and it’s affecting the way you work or interact with others you could be dangerous to your master. It’s no great shame to see those pets get put down. But attacking your master, directly causing him bodily harm? He could have said anything to any Anvi and they would have dragged me in and put me down without question.
I owe you my life. I try to convey it to him. I have been trying for the past week. Little things, small favors that make his life a little easier but in no way make up for the magnitude of what he’s done.
I squeeze his pinky lightly again, hoping to get him to look at me. Hoping that he’ll see what I mean to tell him. He stiffens and looks over my head, back down the staircase, before doing another passive sweep up the stairs.
He’s keeping watch, making sure we’re safe, as always. I shouldn’t be touching him so flagrantly, not in public, not when his peers could see. I shouldn’t be so selfish.
I drop his hand as we reach the top of the stairs. There are too many other students milling about, too high a chance we’ll be seen.
I feel like a criminal as we walk through the wide double doors of the classroom. Even though we’re walking through the front door making no moves to conceal ourselves it feels like we’re spies or soldiers, sneaking into a hall under false pretenses. The whole thing is just ridiculous enough to make me giggle.
We shouldn’t be in any trouble. The flame throwing experiment in the garden didn’t go how I’d imagined, but we didn’t have any more incidents of overcharge in a residential area. It’s been over a week since then. They couldn’t trace that back to Kara and me. Especially when no incident was filed in the first place.
Professor Burg greets his students as they come in, dressed in his overly ornate blood mage robes. Jewel is there by his side, simply watching the flood of students come in. I don’t miss the haphazard drumming of their fingers against their thighs. It’s a well concealed gesture, but not from someone who’s looking for the tic. There’s a nervous buzz in the class that only a practical examination can bring.
All the students find their seats, passing forward their choices of spell and their reports on the functionality and personal addendums that they’ve supplemented. Different kinds of incense, candles, lunar cycle data that might affect the functionality of their spells. It’s a day for testing, but something tells me that we might just have something a little more stunning than Alerio using sage instead of thyme in his spell.
Kara doesn’t volunteer to go first. I’m surprised, but not overly disappointed. We’ll have to go at some point today, so I suppose it doesn’t matter.
It’s odd to watch the odd directions students go when they have free reign to change the traditional parameters of the spells. Some spells are a little unstable. Some are very unstable, refusing to find a grounding in the material plane no matter how much energy is summoned up from the caster.
I lean back against Kara, finding his knee and simply turning my head into the soft fabric of his trousers.
After the initial test in the garden we’d found a new routine, testing how far we could push this new style of casting that would keep us both safe. Practicing until Professor Burg’s in-class casting could no longer cast a heavy shadow over us. I have to turn into the soft fabric to hide my smile.
Kara passes me a small, discreet vial of Shauna’s potion. I pout even though I know he’s not looking at me, but take it without any more protest. I close my eyes and let myself find that nice comfortable place on his leg.
I don’t need the potion, not really. We practiced with it and without it. It’s fun to see the magic, but it is not necessary. It’s easier to watch its movements, but with as much practice as we’ve had I can feel the ebb and flow of the magic. I can follow it blindly if I need to, but Kara doesn’t seem to want to take that chance.
Opening my eyes within the school is entirely different from the muted magic of the garden. Everything is vibrant and… nearly caustic. There are so many auras brushing up against each other, causing clashes at their edges. I have to force myself to look away. It’s making me nauseous. Everyone’s glowing idly. The student doing their casting has their field extended in activity, the magic they’ve called forth swirling at their beck and call.
He’s doing it wrong. He’s not in sync with the magic he’s trying to conjure. It’s not going to work. But that doesn’t stop his magic from lashing out from him, licking at everyone’s fields.
Everyone except for Kara.
I look over him carefully again, but there is no change. He appears the same as he did when I’d first tried the potion. No aura, just the faint magical swell coming from his necklace. That gives me a second’s pause. I recognize the item, but I don’t understand its function.
Perhaps it’s his good luck charm , I muse to myself.
We get called up after the spell fizzles rather spectacularly.
I can see the confusion in everyone’s faces when I remain standing as my Master draws the sigil on the ground, burns his incense, and begins his spell. The magic rises, just like we practiced , I have to remind myself. There are so many eyes on me, questioning why I haven’t knelt, why Kara’s still bothering with a weak constitution familiar. I hear the warning Professor Burg shouts like it’s coming through a tunnel. No words, just emotion and sound. I fight the nervous feeling that rises in my belly, the claustrophobic sensation of the attention, and let my mind go blank.
Just like we practiced.
The first step is the hardest. Moving and hoping that the magic will follow, not choose another direction and rip through me with all the pain I know it’s capable of. But after that it’s easy. It’s natural, simple movements that are easy to follow. I didn’t need to see the magic, but having the advantage makes this almost too easy.
Faerie lights, it’s a simple but powerful spell. More flare and attractant than anything Kara usually does, but it is perfect for this pretentious crowd. Lights dance and blossom with an unnatural darkness surrounding them. It’s supposed to be a warding spell. Something to cover the caster in a false aura to make most manner of beasts ignore you. An excellent little spell for when you go camping, but it only really covers one person.
The faint lights burst into existence, pushing into the material plane. I can see the auras they emit, the darkness they exude around them to obscure anything close. They are overcharged, magnified in a way that I’m sure they’ve never seen before. It’s inexact, but I can almost direct where the globs end up. It’s fun, pitching the lights as far as I can manage, finding an outer limit and freaking out the students still sitting in the lecture hall.
It’s powerful and when it’s time to end the casting, it is dismissed without any trouble.
It all goes off without a hitch, more powerful than any expert could have done with the highest ranking familiar at their side. So of course that’s when all hell breaks loose.
For a moment or two after every casting, I’m left a little out of it. So much magic making its way cleanly through my body tends to do that, but this time it leaves me a little disoriented. I hear everything like I’ve got cotton stuffed into my ears and I can only watch as Professor Burg storms up to my Master, red faced and seething, screaming about something I will never know. Kara’s just as confused as I am, talking back in a way that’s got to be disrespectful.
I stumble forward, trying to get my Master’s attention before he says something that he really regrets, but I hit my knees. I stare at my knees beneath me, confused as to why I have been betrayed by a part of my body when I realize that I’ve actually lost sensation in my outer extremities. All this time and I still haven’t fully mastered exactly how much of my energy is taken with the castings.
I wait on my hands and knees for my hearing to return to normal, for feeling to return to my limbs as I just try to breathe slowly. We did everything right. Nobody got hurt. We did the spell right, so why are they arguing?
I’m shocked out of my own thoughts as my arm is grabbed. It’s not my Master and so my ears plaster themselves to my skull reflexively. It’s some larger guard, they have the crest of the school on their right pocket, but that doesn’t make me less afraid. Who they hell are they?
“Blue, calm down.” My head snaps to my Master. He’s only a few feet away, and for some reason that calms me enough that I stop trying to get my arm back from the guard.
“M-Master…” I don't have the words for the questions I want to ask. I don’t feel safe saying them out loud. Not here, not with everyone here.
“Blue, I am going to go sort this out. Just… go with him, alright? He's going to take you to wait at the care center,” he says in a voice that’s so close to a command that I almost miss the concern in his eyes.
I simply nod slowly, standing on wobbly limbs to follow the guard.
What did we do wrong? Sort out what? There’s a zing of pain as I realize I’ve scratched a little too harshly at my wrist. I haven’t done this in so long but my nerves have left me a bit frazzled.
The care center is mostly empty, but that doesn’t seem to matter much. In less than ten minutes another guard accompanied by a woman dressed like a teacher comes to pick me up.
I want to protest. Kara doesn’t know that they are taking me. I don’t even know where we’re going. What if he can’t find me? He’d look, right? He wouldn’t just leave me here now that I’ve caused him so much trouble.
I mewl pathetically, trying my best to retreat. But when the guard picks me up by the back of my collar I stop struggling. There’s no point. If they want to take me they are going to take me. I just have to try to be well behaved enough that they let me go before my Master realizes I’ve been gone.
We go to the second floor, to a tiny room with no windows or chairs, not that it matters much to me. The guard holds me down while he clips my collar to a leash that’s bolted to the wall like I’m going to run.
I’m willing, I’m cooperative, I want to plead, but I know it’s better that I stay silent. It’s better to show them I am well trained, not act like a scared little kit.
“Do you know why you are here?” she asks. Her voice is cold and immediately the dread sets in as I try to push myself into one of the corners furthest from the door.
I don’t want to be here. I want to go back to the care center. I want my Master. This lady scares me.
I’m so focused on her that it entirely escapes my attention that the guard is still here until he stalks forward, pulling me by the leash bolted into the wall before slapping me with such force that I’m sent into the wall.
“You answer her!” he yells, face drawn up in a sneer as though he believes that a pet plaything isn’t even capable of that much.
To be honest, after such a blow I’m not capable of much, and when I don’t immediately comply he goes to take my leash again. I’m ready for another blow, I’m set to brace myself even as I scramble to remember her question so that I can comply, but it doesn’t get that far. The woman stops him, placing a hand over his and motioning for him toward the door.
As he releases me my hands immediately go to the leash. I know it won’t protect me, but I hold onto the leash from where it’s bolted to the wall, pulling myself against it so that it’s all but hidden from anyone’s grasp. It’s automatic, a shameful display, but I can’t stop myself. I can’t stop hoping that it will stop them from reaching for it if it’s just a little more inconvenient.
“Do you know why you are here?” she asks again, and it takes me a second to realize she’s asking me.
“Um, n-no ma’am,” I answer, trying to control my trembling.
She looks oddly familiar. I’m sure I’ve seen her before, but I just can’t place it. She’s not a student, but I’ve met almost all of Kara’s teachers. She must be one of the ones that doesn’t allow familiars in her class, I’d only seen those at the beginning of the year. My mind races, trying to match her to the blurry images I have of those terrifying first days as she continues on her line of questioning.
“Well, we’re going to talk about… the little show you put on in Professor Burg’s Advanced Casting. Can you do that?” she asks in a quiet voice. Gentle, though not demeaning.
“Yes, ma’am.” I nod, not like it matters anyways.
She’ll get what she wants from me, it’s just a question of whether we do it with just her in the room or she needs to call back her friend. The position is not lost on me. She can stand there and pretend to be the good option, but she’s still towering over me and given the length of the leash, I couldn’t stand if I wanted to.
“Alright, is that the first time that you have done such a dangerous maneuver while your master was trying to cast from you?” she asks, pulling out a small pad of paper and a rather plain quill.
“No, ma’am,” I answer honestly. Did they think we were just trying this stuff out for the first time without considering the consequences?
“No? So you’ve done it before.” She scribbles on her page and looks back down to me.
“Y-yes, ma’am. Master and I had worked on a new style of casting. W-we were trying to make it-” i cut myself off. I can’t say what his true goal was. To make it easier for me. To make it possible for me to function as a familiar.
“Make it what?” She doesn’t miss my pause, pressing for me to pick up where I’ve left off.
“More efficient, ma’am. That’s what my Master said.” I look down at my own feet. It was what he had told me. The traditional way of casting isn’t efficient and that’s what is hurting you.
“Do you know how dangerous your actions were?” she asks, and my heart goes cold in my chest.
I hurt my Master. I’m dangerous. I deserve to be put down, but… Kara didn’t think so. He said he understood that it was an accident. Kara protected me, he kept me safe.
“Dangerous? No, Ma’am! We had practiced a lot to make sure that nobody could get hurt.” I say it like it’s the most obvious thing in the world, as though I’m scandalized by the idea that this could be harmful.
“You practiced?” she prompts, scribbling everything down on that little notepad of hers.
“Yes, s-several times a week to make sure that it would be entirely safe. I’m sorry Ma’am, but what we were doing… nobody was supposed to be able to get hurt. I-is my Master alright?” I let myself stutter and stumble twining my fingers together in a show of nervousness.
“Your Master is alright for the moment, but I’m going to sit with you for a bit to make sure that we have everything in order before I go talk with him, alright?” she responds with a sweet, patient smile and I know I’ve got her.
I can’t do much as I am to help my Master, but she really does seem to be listening to everything I’m saying. The short little scribbles in her notebook every time I speak prove that.
I draw myself into a curled little ball, tilting my head as though I am listening intently, hanging on each of her words. I bat my eyes, showing off my big eyelashes, and conjure up the sweetest expression I can manage despite the sick anxiety that’s rolling through my body.
If nothing else, I can convince her that we are completely innocent.
Notes:
The Tumblr: Here
Chapter 66: Disciplinary Committee
Summary:
Kara has a meeting with the school's disciplinary committee and gets an earful for his display in class. However as they hand down their verdict... not everything is as it seems.
Chapter Text
Kara
I try not to let my nerves show as I step through the double doors.
I’ve been waiting for a while. There is no chance that they have other pressing matters, they just want to make me nervous. It’s been over an hour and they haven’t let me talk to anyone. They took Blue away at the beginning of this, but he should be safe. He should have gone to the care center. I don’t let myself think about any other possibilities.
My shoes clack against the polished tile, the ornate inlaid stone covered in a shiny lacquer that makes me want to tiptoe around it. I feel like my shoes are going to scuff the perfect polish. It’s not important , I know that, but it doesn’t stop the nauseous roll in my stomach and the sweat that breaks out on the back of my neck.
The high desks of the committee sit in a half circle at the end of the room. The wide panel windows set behind them make it hard to look directly at them. I can only see silhouettes before it’s too much and I have to look away. There’s only five people on the committee, but that doesn’t make it any less imposing. They are the most powerful people in this school. They control everything that happens within these walls.
Stars, when did it get so hard to breathe?
They all sit in silence, each one of them pulling papers in front of themselves, books and files stacked up on their desks. It’s inane. The incident isn’t a day old, there’s no way there’s a written report yet. I’ve never been given an infraction by the school, so all those files are for show. They’ve got nothing on me. I’ve been a model student. No reports, no infractions, no trouble… until now that is.
The quiet sound of papers turning makes me want to fidget, but they are all watching me. All of them, but the imposing figure in the middle is the one being open about it. The one in the middle, the biggest desk…
“Sir, I believe there has been a misund-” I try to speak, but the dean cuts me off.
“Don’t ‘sir’ me, boy. Do you understand how much trouble you are in? Can you comprehend the magnitude of the terrible position you’ve put us in?” He speaks with composure, but I’m not blind to the anger that lurks just below the surface. They’ve cultivated their little sanctum over decades and I rush in making a mess. I understand it doesn’t endear me to them, but it isn’t my fault.
“With all due respect sir-” I try to find the right words to defuse the situation, but he just blows up in my face again.
“I do suggest that you hold your tongue there, boy, or I might not be able to fully control myself!” he roars. A red tint spreads to his cheeks.
I lock my eyes to a piece of inlaid marble, tracing its subtle curves with my eye. It’s hard to distract myself from all the people watching me, but I know when to yield. I know how important it is for him to feel like he’s winning. I don’t mind surrendering, I don’t mind a show of power if it will keep him away from more serious action. The silence extends for several more moments and though I don’t have the will to look up, I can hear the shifting of the committee around me.
“Good. Excellent. The first good choice you’ve made since coming here.” He settles back into his seat and I can just hear the sound of a quill scratching across paper. One of the other committee members probably. Someone who actually bothers with recordkeeping even when it’s a bullshit case.
“Sir-” I try to keep my voice reserved, but apparently it’s still too much for the moment.
“No! You disrespect our customs, our traditions with your every move and you expect the good people of this institution to simply take it. I took a chance on you Kara, a chance that you are starting to make me regret.” I have to hold back my flinch at the steel in his voice.
He is the one who interviewed me. He’d had his reservations about giving me the scholarship student position at the school, especially since I only had a record in this town for a couple of months at the time. He had taken a chance on me, and I promised him I wouldn’t make him regret it.
“I didn’t mean any disrespect-” I say it quietly, too quietly. Either he doesn’t hear me or he doesn’t acknowledge it.
“I was responsible for your induction into this school and I will be damned if you make me question my judgment.” His eyes narrow and I feel the need to curl away from his gaze.
I didn’t mean to cause any problems. Is it so wrong that I wanted to be able to cast safely with my familiar? I keep playing the scene over in my head. Nothing went wrong, it all went according to plan. Even with Professor Burg screaming at us, nothing went wrong. Blue kept his focus and everything went off without a hitch.
There’s a twinge of pain in my fingers at the thought. Blue had gone too far with our first casting, but that only makes me more glad that we practiced. It’s better to have problems go down in a controlled environment where there’s nobody to rat on you. I can’t even imagine how disastrous it would be if someone saw my magic in the control of my familiar. No doubt Burg would say he’s out of control, would recommend he be taken away from me.
I try not to reach for the illusion token hanging around my neck. I’ve been wearing it nearly all the time for the past couple of weeks. My hands are still pretty messed up from when we first tried to make this work. I tried to heal myself, but I’m not good with healing magic. Worse in recent years, but whatever happened to me seems to be resistant to the already limited effects. The numbing cream is enough. It helps quell the pain and stiffness, I just have to be careful with brushing up against things and keeping myself from touching… anything. They’ve been healing on their own. It shouldn’t be too much longer now before I regain full usage of my appendages.
Blue doesn’t even know. He’d been so nervous about the whole incident that I didn’t want to burden him with any other reason not to practice. When I told him there was nothing to worry about it was like a weight had been taken off him. It didn’t take much to get him back into practice, and soon all of the reluctance dropped away. It was worth the pain. I doubt he would have continued practicing with me if he thought he really hurt me.
Luckily when his concern dropped away, so did any desire to talk about it. It was like the whole incident had been pushed behind us. I don’t even think he brought it up to his friends. Which might work in our favor now. Less history of dangerous behavior is always better.
The woman at the furthest right desk clears her throat, jarring me back into reality as she stands up to address the committee. It takes me a second to recognise the woman as Professor Lonel, my herbology teacher.
Since when was she on this committee?
“Personal judgments aside, you need to understand that this is a rather unprecedented turn of events. You went directly against the orders of your teacher and made a high-risk scenario that could have harmed your classmates or yourself.” Her voice is just as stern as it usually is in the classroom, but it has none of the same heat as the headmaster.
“With all due respect Professor, I would never endanger my peers like that. My familiar and I had been practicing this style of casting for a while now. We were only going to attempt to use it when we had deemed the process safe. I got Professor Burg to sign off on an in-class experiment for the casting.” I try to keep the nervous quiver out of my voice, explaining in the slowest and most even tone I can manage at the moment.
“And that is the only reason that this disciplinary committee is hearing this case. If it were anything else we would have grounds for immediate expulsion,” she continues, speaking calmly even though her words make the whole world spin.
“I’m sorry for being rash, but… We practiced and perfected this. I got permission from the teacher whose class it would be affecting and I assumed that was all I needed to do. I’m sorry, but I truly didn't mean anything disruptive by it.” I try to clarify, while stopping myself from rambling too much, but she doesn’t seem moved by my words. She doesn’t even look up from her papers, simply flipping through the notebook as she continues speaking.
“We will take that into account as we review this case, along with the testimony of your familiar, and we will come to a decision about this.” It takes me a second to process her words.
“You interviewed Blue? When did-” A cold sense of dread washes over me. I’d been waiting for over an hour. Of course they could pull one first year student’s familiar from the care center. Why did I think he was safe? “Is he alright?” I blurt.
I know I shouldn’t ask. I should play it cool, as thought Blue’s safety is a low priority concern, but I can’t manage that right now. They can do a hell of a lot more to Blue than they can do to me and I can’t just stand here knowing that he could be in trouble.
“Mr. Ctor, I would advise that-” she starts, but I cut her off.
“Is Blue alright?” I ask desperately, hoping that she’ll answer me, or at least put some of my fears to rest.
“Mr. Ctor, if you do not stand down and allow Professor Her to speak I will personally see to it that you cannot get into a trade school with your academic record!” Tte dean bellows, and I press my nails into my palms to stop the retort on my lips.
I can’t say it. I can’t. Not when Blue is somewhere else and I have no confirmation on his status. He could be hurt. He could be somewhere off campus for all I know. The pain is worth it. It’s what I deserve for not thinking of this sooner.
“Your familiar is fine, Mr. Ctor. His story corroborates much of your own, but it is just a precaution we take.” Her gaze lingers for an uncomfortable moment before she abruptly draws away.
“Though I still don’t understand why we give much credence to the words of the pets of these students…” I hear one of the other men on the left mutter. It doesn’t provoke much of a response and as such it doesn’t really concern me.
“I have all I need for an incident investigation to start, if Kara would be so kind as to note an address to find him at,” Professor Lonel cedes, sitting down again in her high backed chair, entirely dismissive of the situation in front of her.
“Y-yes ma’am, I can put down my address,” I mumble out, hopefully loud enough for all of them to hear.
“Good, then mark it down and get out.” The dean speaks through clenched teeth, “You are suspended for five days.”
Ice settles in my chest and I have to fight to make myself take in a breath. I’m offered a blank notepad page where I quickly scrawl my address. No one speaks. That same oppressive silence settles over the room and as I pass the notebook back I have to ask.
“Sir, where is m-” I try to ask, but he cuts me off.
“Listen, you are on thin ice, boy,” he grinds out, the weight of his gaze far too intense for me to bear.
“Sir,-” I try again, but he seems even less willing to hear out my questions.
“No, listen to me. You are nobody, from nowhere. You stormed into here trying to change things that ought not be changed. Get out while you still can. Do you hear me?” He speaks in the quiet, even tone that lets me know that I am truly fucked.
Get out while you still can.
The voice echoes like some terrible joke, over and over in my head. I don’t have the strength to respond. I bow low and get the hell out of that room, collapsing against the first wall that can take my weight out of the direct eyeline of those doors.
It takes me a few minutes to catch my breath, to regain some clarity of mind. Once I’ve recovered, I go to Professor Lonel’s office. It isn’t much, but I at least know her. She wasn’t ever truly kind to me or Blue, but she’s the only one of the committee that I know. I have to ask where Blue is. The dean didn’t let me ask and I can’t leave without him.
It takes almost a half hour before she makes her way back to her office, and by then I am a vibrating pile of nerves once again.
“Professor!” I nearly shout, jumping to my feet.
“Mr. Ctor, I believe you were told to go home.” She responds curtly, but I try not to be discouraged. She’s never been the warm and fuzzy kind of teacher.
“Professor, I can’t leave without my familiar and I was hoping I could ask where he might be after being interrogated?” I don’t mean it as harshly as I’ve made it sound, but I can’t take back what’s already been said.
She regards me silently for a moment, simply looking me up and down before quirking her brow.
“We do have your address, we could have sent your familiar home to you at the end of the day.” She looks at me like my concern is the oddest behavior that she’s ever seen in her life.
“Well, this day took an unexpected turn. I know that Blue’s probably a little nervous, maybe even worried about why he’s been called into questioning and I haven’t been allowed to take him home yet. I… wouldn’t want to leave him in that flux.” I try not to ramble, but the words just pour out of me until I force my mouth closed.
“Yes, I can lead you to your familiar. I have to… run a little test anyways.” She motions for me to follow her down the hall.
“A test?” I parrot back, not sure if I should be worried or relived.
“Loc wants to ensure that your kitty isn’t harboring some other genetic marker, something that might make him magic sensitive or able to function outside of his constitution class.” She rolls her eyes, making clear what she thinks about the whole thing.
“Oh,” I say, though I really don’t understand. It must be obvious, because she continues on as though I had asked.
“It’s a simple blood test. Little prick on the finger and all is well.”
“That’s... that’s good,” I say, relief in my voice.
“Hey, I wouldn’t get ahead of yourself. I haven’t seen the Dean that pissed in years. It's a real talent, kid.”
“It’s a talent I wish I didn’t have,” I mutter, but she seems to take it as a joke.
“Well, he can’t do much. You had your files in order down to the letter. and nobody did get hurt. Even if you were being reckless.” The mirth in her voice is not wholly undeserved, but I wish she’d pretend to be a little more sensitive to the issue.
She sticks her key into one of the doors and holds it open. It’s a small room, more of a remodeled closet than anything. Blue’s leashed to the wall, half curled into the corner, facing the door. His ears perk up at our entrance and when he sees me his face lights up as well.
“Master!” He calls for me and I look over to Professor Lonel before unhooking the leash from his collar and wrapping him in a big hug.
“Blue, you’re alright?” I ask.
He only nods into my chest, and I give myself a couple of seconds to comfort him before I force myself to move.
“Thank you so much, Professor. I’m so sorry to bother you,” I apologize, gesturing for Blue to rise with me.
“Don’t worry about it.” She holds up a small sheet of ridged paper and a needle. “I still need a drop of blood, though.”
Blue offers his hand and gives the couple of drops freely. It’s odd. As harsh as Lonel had been with us in the past, she’s oddly gentle with Blue. She shows him the needle and paper before anything happens, and doesn't force him to hold out his hand. Hell, she even offers a bit of praise when the whole thing is over and done.
“Thank you, Professor,” I offer as we make our way to leave the room. “I hope I haven’t caused too much trouble. I can’t wait to get back to your class.”
“Oh, he’ll mark up your record as much as he can and force your participation in some activities to make a stink, but other than that, there isn’t much he can do.” She waves her hand dismissively but I stop in my tracks.
“Force my… has he already picked out my punishment?” I can’t help the question. I’m probably breaking some rule about when students in active investigations can ask about their punishments, but I’m too anxious to care at the moment.
“Well, in a way, yes. In addition to Qualls, you will be doing a little bit of extra credit.”
Oh, this sounds fun!
Chapter 67: The Day After Judgment
Summary:
Kara can't go to school and he's coming to terms with that. On the other hand, Blue's about to get a rude awakening to how valuable a commodity he is, and he's going to have to come to terms with that.
Notes:
We got a long one boys!
Seriously, I didn't set out to make this long a chapter, but there was a lot to cover. You guys get some extra this week <3
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
It’s odd not waking up in a rush. Master’s usually up well before me, and he’s such a light sleeper that even when I do wake up before him he’s usually awake before I can so much as make my way to the edge of the bed.
He’s not here today. The covers on his side of the bed remain disturbed from when he left, but it’s long since grown cold. Usually today is an early day, but the thought only serves to remind me of the mess my Master and I are in. Oh right, suspension . My mind chimes in late, but just in time for the rolling guilt to strike me so forcefully that I’m immediately left breathless.
Perhaps it’s weak of me, but I feel the urge to roll right back over and go back to sleep. That beautiful numb place where the outside world isn’t a factor and I can go back to the blissful ignorance of a minute ago, when the only thing that bothered me was the fact that my Master wasn’t still in bed with me.
My Master was so busy asking if I was all right and checking me over for any additional bruises on the way home that I couldn’t get in a single question. The second he saw the small bruise starting to form on my face he started fussing over me like he had after the disaster of our first casting. He’d made me tell him everything they’d done, every question they’d asked. His concern was touching, but I was more curious about what they’d done with him. I had no idea what was going on when I was in the little holding room, and I had waited there a long time.
But he just shoved food in my face and helped me wash up and then we were just tumbling into bed. We were so exhausted… I never got the chance to talk to him about what happened to him.
I press my face into the pillow and count to ten, tracing the shapes of the numbers in the bedsheet.
Today would have been an early day that somehow always manages to catch us by surprise. Kara usually shoves a quick breakfast in my mouth as we run out the door and nearly sprint the entire way to school. We have three long classes, but only the last two of them are in quick succession. Kara would come back to the care center after the first class smelling like whatever Professor Balt had his students working with. We’d talk, eat together and just burn time until his next class. He’s taken me all around campus, from the dueling courts to the stables. He’s even snuck me into the greenhouse a few times, careful to avoid Professor Lonel’s gaze.
I frown at that. I thought she hated familiars, or at least only saw their use in passing as a magic practitioner like Burg. I’ve never seen her with one. Of course, her magics don’t require the type of mana draws that would necessitate a familiar. If she found them to be distasteful then she really wouldn’t need to keep one around.
But she was kind. My mind completes the thought automatically and as much as I don’t want to think about it, the problem sits before me, unchained in the face of my unwillingness.
My act was good, but it doesn’t change her nature. You can be a pathetic simpering creature all you want, but pity and leniency exist at the whims of the other person in the room. If she hated familiars, she could have let her guard toss me around. I know I’m not the sturdiest, but I’ve been better fed and kept in the past months than most of my life. I could take a little beating. But she’d called him off. Her questions came without harshness and never once did she use rougher methods than a raised eyebrow and disbelieving inflection at my words. She actually seemed disturbed by the simpering act the longer it continued. She didn’t seem to like to see me afraid of her. The guard was sent away after a short round of questions but instead of some kind of painful channeling or some other method of divining the truth, she got down on the floor with me and continued asking her questions.
The questions were odd. She didn’t ask anything about the casting more than once, but she’d started to ask about Kara. Not about his magic, not about anything of consequence really. She started asking me about our schedule, what kind of things he required of me, if I was allowed enough rest or food, if I was ever left unsupervised. I tried my best to give the answers from the book. My third master, Master Trainer, he’d liked to read from the training book aloud so that I could understand what we would be working on. Sometimes we’d work on single passages for days. The words are still burned into my mind like a recitation. It wasn’t too hard to give the right answers
My hand stills beside me as I realize I’ve made the last line for ten. Numbers that have shape now because of my current Master. The one I should be focusing on. The one I’ve gotten into trouble yet again.
I want to stay in bed more than ever now. I’d thought that just a few seconds of wallowing might get it out of my system but remembering all the events of the past day is just leaving me with a bad taste in my mouth. I want to stay here, where it’s warm and I can pretend that nothing’s wrong. I have my Master’s calming scent and with that the reassuring knowledge that he will eventually return. It’s an entertaining thought, but I push myself out of bed, forcing my legs to take my weight even though my whole body is sluggish and reluctant to do so.
I gave myself exactly ten, and no more.
I let myself fumble with my clothes, trying to piece together something that approximates respectable even though we probably aren’t going to be leaving today. It doesn’t do to be sloppy , some part of my mind chimes in. The bright tone is far too chipper for me, but I try not to scowl at the voices in my own head.
The tired stuffy feeling is probably just something residual from either the casting yesterday or the potion I took before it. I’m probably just dehydrated. The inside of my mouth feels sticky and there’s something wrong with my head that’s still a shade too light to be called painful.
I wander downstairs, stepping lightly even though I know it doesn’t do me any good. The bell on my collar insists on announcing my presence and in this empty house the sound carries unnaturally well. Usually I like it. When I enter rooms Master already knows I’m on my way and most of the time that means a smile if nothing else is sent in my direction. But now…
Kara’s in the kitchen. It shouldn’t be surprising, but when I turn down the hall I see him sitting at the table, just sipping a cup of tea. There’s no way he hasn’t heard me, but perhaps he’s just deep in thought. At least I hope he is, otherwise he’s staring a little too intently at nothing.
“Master, are you all right?” I speak quietly, just short of an arm’s breadth away from him. He doesn’t deserve the caution, but even after I move to force noise from my little bell, he still isn’t acknowledging my presence.
“Yeah, I’m fine.” His voice is faraway for a moment, before he blinks and seems to come back into his body, startled by my presence. “Are you doing alright?” he asks, smile tight in a way that makes me wonder if it hurts.
“I’m all right, you didn’t have to… you could have woken me up…” I offer, reiterating a point that I’ve made countless times already.
“Nah, I was just… restless…” he replies, brow creased as he seems to be fighting with that distant vacant look that had possessed him earlier.
Restless I believe. There’s mixing bowls and towels strewn about the kitchen. A singular clean countertop still has a sponge resting on top of it. There’s a pile of baking dishes left in the corner and a cooling rack that’s set up despite not currently being in use. The sink’s not much better, half full of dirtied bowls.
He’s usually not this messy, but in the past few days I’ve caught him using magic to do relatively simple things, like getting glasses from high shelves and stirring batter. It’s odd, he’s not the type to use lazy magic, but when I ask he always gives me the excuse that he’s trying to learn to be more precise with his magic. Either way, it’s fairly obvious that the floury mess in the kitchen was a result of one of such experiments.
I don’t know when he left the bed, but it’s longer than I thought if it’s enough to have the kitchen cluttered up like this. I believe he’s restless, no matter how dodgy he’s being about the root cause.
He’s probably furious with me.
There are few things that Master attacks with the singlemindedness that he uses for school. It is not a great mystery that he loves it and because of our action he’s in trouble.
“Are… are you all right? I wasn’t sure what... um, what the school said to you.” I stumble, searching for a way to make him feel better, but he cuts me off.
“Oh, they just yelled at me, Blue. They’ll make me do some stuff for them, but you don’t have to worry about it. We were in the right and they knew it. They’re just frustrated.” He rolls his eyes as his lips pull into a smirk.
I’m not sure that’s true, at least not all of it. Are we in the right? Familiars shouldn’t be able to control magic. That’s dangerous and it can hurt our masters. Maybe it would be better if we just went back to the old style of casting. I’m being too selfish, wanting to stay with my master even though it might hurt him.
“It’s better to take what they’re giving now and let that frustration out before it begins to cool and fester while they have time to think about it. This annoyance is a flash in a pan for them. If I fought, then they’d stew in it for weeks until they found some kind of technicality to trap me in.” He shrugs as though the line of thought is obvious.
The problem is that it is. Usually when he explains himself, when he tries to explain things to me, I am certain that we are speaking different languages. But what he’s said… it’s so close to my own thinking that it scares me. He shouldn’t have to think like that, calculating how to draw as little effect from the amount of ire directed at him.
There’s a knock on the door before I find the words I need to explain my thoughts. Master only quirks his brows in confusion before he goes to see who’s at the door.
“Oh, Shauna… Ande, I wasn’t expecting you two.” He smiles, looking between the two. His voice sounds happy if a bit confused. Hell, I’m confused as to why they’ve stopped by.
“Well, you should be grateful I wasn’t waiting for you when you got home yesterday!” she huffs, crossing her arms and turning up her nose as though this whole interaction is something entirely unpleasant that she has to suffer through rather than something she instigated herself.
My Master only quirks a brow at her display before turning to her familiar.
“Thank you, Ande,” he says, even going so far as to bow his head just slightly in acknowledgment.
The whole thing is far too much for Ande. His expression doesn’t change, but his face colors brightly under direct attention.
“Hey, hey- I could have made that choice!” Shauna pouts, waving her arms in a dismissive gesture, but her voice is just a shade too loud to convince anyone of her professed levelheadedness.
“Come on Shauna, you hothead. You want me to believe that you thought up giving me space all on your own?” he prods, but opens the door in a clear invitation.
“You know the scorched fields exist because people like you taunt fire aligned mages like me.” She huffs dramatically, but steps into the house with Ande.
“Point taken. May I ply the resident firebug with sweets in the hopes that she will not rain down fire from the skies?” my master asks, voice candied with fake innocence.
“Don’t call her firebug and you might just get away with it.” Shauna rolls her eyes and motions for Ande to follow her inside.
Kara gives them a second to shed their winter layers before he leads them the short and familiar path back to the kitchen.
“They’re almost done, I’ll get you some tea.” He says the words like they are simply habit. The tiredness at the edge of his voice is not lost on me, nor Shauna apparently.
“How about you let Blue and Ande do that so you can explain to me just what the fuck I saw in class yesterday,” she says, her casual tone doing nothing to stop the bluntness of her words.
I can’t help the way I flinch. I had hoped the idea of Kara’s sweets had distracted her, at least to the point where she'd wait until after she’d received them to start asking questions. I can see the muscles in Kara’s body tense at her words and though I want to say something, to intervene, I can’t even begin to come up with the right words.
“You know Shauna, subtlety is a dying art.” Kara’s voice has none of its previous levity. It’s just the tired, deadened tone of someone who wants out of a situation.
“Tell me before I squash ‘subtlety’ into the dirt.” She huffs, finding an unoccupied spot at the table to sit at.
I see Kara cringe. The house isn’t up to its usual standards and the kitchen is particularly messy. The table still has a wide cutting board and a floured rolling pin that Kara tries his best to pick up and dump in the sink without drawing too much attention to the action. The flour actually makes an outline of where the board was. Kara’s hands twitch before they leave the washrag where it is before he joins Shauna at the table.
“Right, well… It’s really not that crazy, it all just started as an experiment. Remember when I borrowed your potion…” He starts explaining, going into a level of detail that I don’t understand.
There are terms peppered in that I’ve only heard from lecturers at the academy. I assume it’s something that is very specific in how it relates to magic. Either way, it might as well be gibberish for all the sense it makes to me.
I stop listening.
After all, I’ve got actual things to do now. Shauna set me and Ande on a task. There’s some part of me that wants to protest. She’s a guest in my Master’s home, she shouldn’t really be allowed to give orders like that. Still, it’s the closest thing to an order I’ve got, and it’s not like it directly contradicts any of my Master’s orders… not that there’s a lot of them.
I turn to take out a set of cups and the larger teapot that’s usually reserved for when we have guests. Ande is standing there, useless. It takes me a second to realize he’s sniffing at the door to the oven like it’s a safe he can crack.
“Ande, they aren’t done yet,” I inform him.
It’s not like it’s some grand revelation, but he nods gravely as though this information is incredibly important. The smell is pretty enticing, though I try not to let my mind linger on what exactly my Master was up cooking at the crack of dawn. Ande only looks longingly at the oven for another moment before he turns back to me and remembers he can speak.
“Yes, I… do you want some help?” He stumbles sheepishly over his words, then utilizes that extra height to pull down the cup that I’d been struggling with.
There’s not much skill needed to prepare tea, but I can see he needs something to do while his Master is engaged. As he cannot shove pastries into his face at this very moment, he needs something else.
“If you could fetch the tray and the cups on the high shelf…” I point at the rest of the matching set.
Ande gets to it right away, pulling the last two cups and the tray from the shelf while I set water to boil. I don’t really know what to do after that. I feel idle and I’ve never been good at handling that. Ande seems to be feeling the idleness too. His ear gives a twitch as he tries to find new ways to arrange four mugs and a teapot on a tray. At least he’s got something to do with his hands…
I glance over at our masters. They’re engaged, chatting animatedly about Stars know what. I still swear it’s a different language. They wouldn’t notice if I wasn’t here… the pantry is only a few steps away. I need to pick up tea anyway.
I move casually, though by the time I’ve gotten to the pantry I don’t know why I bothered. They don’t seem to notice my strategic retreat.
I slide to my knees and let my head fall into my hands as I try to pull myself together. I haven’t even been up for an hour, I should be more capable than this.
“Are you all right?” I jump at the sound of Ande’s voice. He asks it so casually, but I’m startled enough that he’s speaking without having the conversation pulled out of him with a prybar.
“I’m fine, what are you-” I don’t get to finish speaking before Ande pulls himself into the tiny pantry with me and closes the door.
The pantry isn’t large, we’d be brushing against each other if both of us were standing, but the uncomfortable space doesn’t seem to bother him. He slides down onto the floor in front of me and as he sits I find myself mirroring his posture. The oddly casual position has our legs interlocked even as we lean into opposite sides of the shelving units. It’s a small space, but it’s unexpectedly cozy.
“The magic that we saw yesterday… It was intense. and after last time-” He stops for a long moment, examining a jar of preserved fruit that’s brushing his ankle with far more focus than the activity deserves. “I was worried for you,” he eventually finishes, voice soft like he’s sharing a secret.
“Oh,” I respond. It’s all I can manage.
I hadn’t thought of it. For some reason the concept of being missed, of being mourned if something bad were to happen to me, had never occurred before. Especially here, where I was the only familiar serving my Master. I wonder idly if any of the pets I’d served with missed me, if they still remember me after so much time.
“But I see now that you’re fine. Better than last time.” He finishes quickly, though his eyes narrow as though he’s looking for some flaw that will disprove his assertion.
I am much better than last time, excepting the trouble my Master’s in. There’s no soreness and after a long night’s rest most of the residual exhaustion has cleared itself from my system. I get why he’s skeptical. Nobody goes from being as useless a familiar as I was to not suffering any ill effects from casting.
At least, they aren’t supposed to…
“Yeah.” I push the word out, though I can’t make myself say much more. It’s odd being the monosyllabic one when Ande is my conversational partner…
I pull a scuffed tin from the second shelf and simply hold it, willing myself to do anything useful, but I just continue to sit there, clutching it to my chest like it will protect me from this uncomfortable line of questioning. The tin is what I came in here for. It’s my Master’s favorite tea instead of one of the other blends that he uses when guests come over. He deserves the tea he likes best.
“Was it hard?” Ande asks. There’s no inflection, no judgement in his voice but still I stumble.
“What?” I ask, pulling in on myself the fraction that I can in this enclosed space.
“Was it hard?” he repeats in that Stars-damned permanently calm voice of his.
“No, I heard you…” I try not to snap, “I suppose not. It was really easy with the potion that your mistress made. Why do you ask?”
“Well, it’s what my Mistress is asking of your master.” He says it like it’s obvious, but my brain can’t make sense of it.
She’s asking Kara? For what? It’s her potion. There’s nothing that she should have to ask him for. Perhaps the answer lies in all that magic jargon that they were spouting. Maybe she wants some answers as to some of the specifics of her potion. I know I should just leave it be. My Master will handle it and I won’t have to worry about it, but the question is out of my mouth before I can convince myself to let it go.
“What? Why is she asking Kara?” I blurt out before I snap my mouth closed as my cheeks begin to burn.
It’s not really my place. I shouldn’t worry about it. It’s something that’s going down between our two masters and it doesn’t really have to involve us.
Ande’s just staring at me with wide eyes like I’ve grown a second head. I’m about to ask him if I have before I realize why he’s watching me like I’m some alien lifeform.
Fuck.
I can’t believe I’ve said his name aloud again. The first time it had been an order, I had to comply. It was an order straight from my Master’s mouth, but now… He wasn’t even around to see it. It’s such a casual level of disrespect that my stomach turns as I try not to think about all the potential repercussions. As I try not to think about all the punishments I have suffered in the past from masters who have caught me in this scenario.
It didn’t happen many times, and certainly never after master trainer, but I still shudder at the faraway memories. This isn’t the name game. Ande isn’t here to trick me and then rat me out to our master. We have two different masters, we only get to interact because our masters are friends. It has nothing to do with testing our loyalty and training. I feel like I'm drowning, but Ande is answering before I can lose myself entirely to the memories.
There’s a nudge at my thigh as Ande taps me with his toe, saving me from going down that line of thought. I’m not there. I’m here, in a slightly over capacity pantry with my… friend. Ande gives me a little smile, something that would seem insignificant for most, but on his stoic face, it speaks volumes. I have no choice but to return it as Ande barrels ahead with the conversation as though there was no interruption.
“She’s asking for you to teach me, just as she is going to learn from him. The magic that he used was stronger, more effective, and has less of an adverse effect on the familiar. I imagine she wants me in working condition faster than I was capable of last time,” he explains.
Or she just doesn’t want to hurt you . It takes unexpected force not to let those words tumble out of my mouth.
I don’t know why I hadn’t considered it before. Kara can teach her anything about how to control magic from his side of things, but the familiar is very important in Master’s style of casting. She’d need someone to help her familiar learn the new style.
I think about it. It’s not hard, but it might not be as easy a transition for Ande. He’s big, bulky and has a natural instinct to plant himself. He’s built to be sturdy and his training seems to have further developed those traits. It was an easy transition for me, but for him… The way that magic moves is so entirely antithetical to how Ande… lives. I can’t help but wonder if it will work for him.
I suppose it’s not my choice. It all depends on whether Kara wants me working with him or not… Perhaps it would be better if I just worked with him on some dance drills. Something to get him to loosen up. It might make it easier for him to move the way he needs to when the time comes… either way, I can worry about all that later.
The kettle whistles and I startle so bad that my foot almost goes through Ande’s chest.
It takes more time than I’d like to untangle ourselves and get out of the pantry. By the time I make it back to the stove I know there’s no way both our masters are still ignorant to our absence, but as I pour the water and sprinkle the tea into the strainer, no one seems to be upset that we were gone. Though the pastries have been taken out of the oven and are cooling on the wire grate now.
“Master. The tea is ready!” I call, bringing the tray over to the table.
Whatever they were talking about gets put on hold as I pour tea into their mugs and pass them around.
“Thank you, Bl- Wait!” Master cries, his eyes widening as his hand shoots out in Shauna’s direction.
I flinch at the loud sound, looking between the two as I try to steady the teapot with my other hand. I don’t see anything wrong, but then I wasn’t paying much attention.
“Stars Kara, you’re going to give me a heart attack. What the hell?” She jerks back, almost spilling the tea on herself.
“J-... don’t drink that,” he stutters for a second. I see his hand shake before he stands and balls his hands into fists at his side.
“Why?” Shauna questions, looking Kara over like he’s gone crazy.
I have to admit I don’t understand exactly what transpired here to make Kara look so worried, but then he blinks and the fear is gone from his eyes like it was never there in the first place.
“I saw a bug land in your cup. Sorry, I… I got startled. Here.” He takes her cup and pours it out, grabbing the rosehip and cinnamon tea that she seems to favor.
He heats the water in an instant with his magic and hands over the new cup. He settles into his seat with a huff that almost sounds like a laugh.
“I’m sorry, I just got... startled. Stars, I am tired.” He chuckles, a lazy grin spread over his face like it’s natural.
He says it with such sincerity, but it sounds just as fake to my ears. But then he drinks from his own cup, the same tea as always, and my ears give confused little twitches as I try to stop myself from thinking about why exactly this happened. Ande drinks from his mug and nothing happens except that he manages to look even more excited by the prospect of pastries in his imminent future.
I look down at the dark liquid in my own cup. It’s the same blend that Kara drinks almost every day. It smells the same, and as I bring the cup to my lips it’s the same heavy herbal flavor that’s cut by the barest traces of citrus.
“It’s fine Kara, I don’t want to be drinking bug tea either.” Shauna laughs it off and the jovial atmosphere returns to the table.
“So what do you think?” she asks, once we’ve got our sweetbread rolls and spice cakes in front of us and Ande is trying valiantly to not scarf everything down like a wild animal. “Can Blue tutor?”
My ears flick up at the mention of my name. Did they not come to a decision about that, yet?
“Well, Blue-” he turns to address me “-do you feel all right trying to give Ande some pointers on casting as we’ve been practicing it?”
I open my mouth to speak, but the words immediately catch in my throat.
Would there be a problem if I helped Ande? The school was so mad at Kara. I know he said that we were in the right, that there was nothing they could do, but… What if he’s wrong? They may be willing to let this go as a one-time thing. Just some terrible idea that some first year wanted to try out during the allowed experimental assignment. But if we spread this around… if more people started to use this style…
“I… I don’t want to get you into any more trouble.” I say the words into my cup, disappointed by how weak they sound.
Ande’s ears twitch as he turns to me, the confusion in his eyes speaking volumes. I want to help him. I really do, especially if I’m right and Shauna just wants to make sure that he doesn’t get hurt. But I also want to see my Master safe. I can’t be the reason more trouble comes down on his head.
“Oh, like they aren’t just as busy trying to crack the powerhouse that you guys have unleashed.” Shauna waves her hand dismissively as though there’s no real threat. “The only difference is that I went to the source for tips. What are they going to do? Your style of casting is far more powerful. Everyone recognises that. There are going to be all manner of copycats until they figure out how to replicate what you’ve done. Everyone capable of doing it will be casting that way. Do you really think they can kick so many noble families out of their school? The heads of those houses would drive the school into the ground just at the thought of the disrespect.”
Though her blase tone is somewhat disheartening, I can’t argue with her thought process. They can’t get mad at everyone. And if more socially influential students start to pick it up, there’s a serious limitation to what the school can do in response.
“As much as it is powerful, it is still pretty dangerous,” my Master chimes in. “There’s a bit of a learning curve with your familiar. It’s not impossible to be hurt. You have to… trust your familiar. You have to make sure that they wouldn’t try to take advantage of those kinds of things.”
My face feels like it’s on fire as I try not to squirm in my seat. It hadn’t been intentional, but still I want to apologize again. If he actually is mad at me for burning him it wouldn’t surprise me, but he’s stayed silent about the incident so far. I’d thought we were past it…
“I trust Ande with everything.” She says it so flatly that I have to force myself not to stare. She said it with the bland disinterest of the third year TA that subbed in last week. As though the question itself was too stupid to merit the effort of an answer.
I look over at Ande. He’s the flustered mess that I was expecting, unable to keep himself from squirming in his seat as his face goes a truly impressive shade of red. He’s mouthing words that he seems unable to speak aloud as he wrings his hands in a nervous gesture. My Mistress is my life, I would never hurt her. It’s nice, and somewhat reassuring to know that he holds her in such high regard.
“I do not mind trying,” I offer, “but the style of casting… Ande might benefit from learning a thing or two about dance. J-just the ranges of movement, learning how to move and shift weight easily.”
“Well then, I leave him in your care.” Shauna nods to me, and I can’t help but feel a little prideful. It has been some time since I was in charge of training someone else.
“Actually Shauna, I think it might be better if I leave Blue in yours,” my Master counters, and I feel my stomach drop.
“What! M-Master, what are you saying?” I stutter, trying not to betray the deep wounded feeling that’s left in my chest.
I don’t want to leave, I don’t want to be sold, Shauna seems nice, but I don’t want a new master.
“I mean just for the next week of school. I’m suspended, but Blue isn’t. He’s just gotten permission to work in a nice dance studio and he has all the papers. There’s nothing that says he can’t go to the school, just that I can't be on campus while the disciplinary committee reviews my case. If you get Ande a pass to move between buildings then they could train together in the studio,” Master explains.
He looks directly at me as he explains, though most of his words might be for Shauna. I try not to think of how easily I thought he would take the opportunity to get rid of me. Or of how easily he put me back at ease.
I’m scared you’re mad at me , I scream in my mind. I want reassurance, but I know that I shouldn’t be so whiny. He’s still keeping me. He could have gotten rid of me at any point, but he’s still keeping me. He hasn’t so much as raised an angry hand to me even though I got him kicked out of school.
“You have a good point…” Shauna taps her finger to her chin, considering for a moment before she turns back to me. “Blue?”
“Y-yes?” I answer, trying not to cringe at the break in my voice. It’s odd to be on the receiving end of so much attention from two different owners without hostilities involved.
“Would this be very hard training?” she asks, and the question catches me off guard.
I don’t want to lie to her. Usually people think that dancing is some frivolous throwaway skill, something that can be taken lightly because it isn’t too hard. But the truth is that it takes years to master the basic movements, to make the elegant, graceful steps look as though they are coming naturally. It takes more practice, more muscle, than most people would believe.
“It can be… I won’t lie to you, dance can force you to exert yourself more than many people think. It’s hard work, but it is well worth it.” I try to give her a truthful answer.
Ande isn’t going to a training facility, I’m teaching him some basic things. It’s not going to be years of work, but it still might be hard for him.
“Ande is still pretty under the weather with the winter, so I entrust him to you, but I ask that you don’t let him overexert himself,” she says.
Ande stiffens at my side. He looks like he wants to say something, but he just chews on his lip instead, seemingly distracted by trying to find a place to direct his gaze.
“I think I can manage that.” I accept, nodding along with her terms.
“Excellent, then I’m going to pack some of this stuff for lunch and you guys can go have fun,” Master says as he gets out of his chair and pulls a few things out of the icebox.
Maybe I should not have agreed to this so readily. Master doesn’t seem offended by it, and surely he’d have said something to his friend if he truly didn’t want me to go, but I can’t shake the idea that I shouldn’t have agreed to go and just leave him home alone.
“Master, are you going to… um, did you need me here?” I try to ask, but Master just waves a dismissive hand.
“Don’t worry about me, I’m just going to be doing some... work around the house,” he answers, taking a moment to look around the mess that’s still in the kitchen.
It’s odd riding in Shauna’s carriage without my Master. It’s even weirder watching him wave us off from the door. There’s some pain in my chest that I can’t identify, something that makes this whole experience feel wrong. I know I haven't been sold, at the very most I’ve been borrowed for a few hours. But I can’t shake the uncomfortable feeling that comes with being driven away from the house.
Shauna drops me off at the gym and gets Ande his papers in no time. Idly, I note that they give her significantly less trouble with the whole process than they gave my Master. I wonder if it’s because she is of higher rank or if they think her familiar is less liable to cause trouble.
I lead Ande through a warm-up. The smirk on his face slowly disappears as he realizes that I wasn’t kidding about dance being a lot more intense than people usually think. You probably didn’t even think there would be any cardio, did you? I bask in the momentary satisfaction of his concern before I adjust the regimen a little. I need him to respect the intensity, but I’m not trying to hurt him.
Unsurprisingly, he’s pretty tight. When I try to take him through a set of stretches he’s immediately whining about the pull in his muscles, complaining that his body can’t move the way I’m trying to force it. I almost agree. He’s not built to move this way, and he’s certainly never tried to work on building up these muscles, but he isn’t incapable.
Ande tires quickly, both because of his… condition and the unexpected intensity of our work. We break early, as I fully intend to keep my promise to Shauna. The room isn’t perfectly comfortable, but I make a small pillow out of my coat and let him curl up in his own oversized coat like it’s a blanket.
I settle down next to him with my back against the wall. As much as I hate to admit it, I am feeling the strain of the workout just as much as he is. It’s been a long time since I practiced.
I pull my primer out of my bag. I haven’t worked too much on it in the last few days, but I intend to make up for that. I’ve been finding it easier to go through the smaller books that Master provides me with. I’m even getting a little faster with my larger book too. But my handwriting is still lagging behind.
I work in silence for a few minutes before Ande starts speaking.
“They say it won’t clear up until after Candle Lights,” he rasps, sounding so much more exhausted than he did just a few minutes ago when he’d asked for the break. “Stars, I feel so useless like this,” he whispers, nuzzling further into the makeshift pillow.
“Don’t say that, it’s just your biology.” I try to reassure him just as much as I try to make my heart stop hammering. I had thought he was asleep! “Nothing you could do.”
“I’m tired all the time, but it feels like all I do is sleep. I eat more than I should, but I’m still hungry… it’s a mess,” he whines, and he does look like the very picture of misery when he squirms in his oversized coat and locks his sorrowful eyes with mine.
From what I’ve heard, what he’s describing isn’t that uncommon. In fact, I’d hazard to call it entirely natural. I pull out one of Master’s pastries and hold it in front of his face.
“Here you go,” I offer, holding the spice cake close enough that all he has to do is lean forward to get the treat.
“I’m going to get fat,” he huffs, the defeat clear in his voice as he leans forward to nibble on the pastry. “Mistress won’t like me if I get fat.”
“Your mistress is crazy about you! You could go back to her bright green and she wouldn’t care,” I deadpan.
Ande simply blushes.
“I… there is much that my Mistress accepts of me that I do not understand,” he says, furrowing his brows as if he’s seeing a problem that I cannot.
“What do you mean?” I ask, fetching another sweet from my bag.
“She… She saw me through my rut,” he says in a quiet voice, and I gape openly.
“She what?” I ask stupidly. I know what I heard, and yet I still don’t believe it.
“I- She saw the date marked on my papers and was making arrangements for my rut when I told her… when I told her what happened.at my last house. I… Stars, I was scared. I hadn’t though of sex since that place, but… but my rut was coming weither I liked it or not,” he explains, stuttering in a way that I don’t commonly associate with Ande.
I try not to think of what he’s told me of his last mistress, the botched breeding that led to his sale.
“What happened?” I hear myself ask.
“She… she didn’t force me. I told her the issues I’ve been having, the fear surrounding the acts and… well, she found a way to p-placate the... energies.” Ande’s face is so red that I'm surprised there’s blood anywhere left in his body.
I want to ask, but he’s had enough trouble stammering through the end of that sentence that he might just malfunction if I force him to continue. I just place the last of the pastry in his mouth as he looks anywhere but my direction.
“Have you spent a heat with your Master?” he asks quietly.
The question brings a blush to my face, but the innocent curiosity is hard to be mad at. He’s already shared with me, it would be… rude to ignore the question.
“N-no. I… I’ve had a spell on me most of my life suppressing it.” I answer honestly, trying to avoid the bizarre impulse to apologize for my answer. Sorry, you had some fun and freaky times with your Mistress, still a mostly dry well over here, pal.
“That can’t be healthy,” he says with a frown, and suddenly he’s got a whole lot more of my attention.
“It’s not?” I ask, the worry creeping into my voice more than I’d like.
“Well, I don’t think it is, but I don’t know much about heats…” he admits, and I have to will myself to let go of the fragmented anxiety that’s starting to take over my heart.
It’s fine. He doesn’t even know anything about heats. It could be fine, I’m sure they would have said something if there were any complications from putting off my heats so long. Though I’m not entirely sure that’s true. They didn’t even tell me when they were suppressing my heats, just a quick spell twice a year that nobody explained to me. Would they even have cared if it fucked up my body? If it had long term effects on my body?
“Master hasn’t redone the spell… is it strange to be scared?” I say in a rush. I’m not sure I meant to ask the question, but before I have the chance to think it through it’s already come out of me and there’s nothing I can do but wait for Ande to say something.
“No, it’s your body doing something that you can’t entirely control. It’s normal to be afraid,” he answers before going silent for a moment, brow furrowed in thought. “Do you… oh, well I guess you wouldn’t,” he murmurs to himself and I can’t help the flash of indignation.
You’re thinking something, I’d like to know what it is. It’s my body, you should tell me!
“What?” I ask, hoping the irritation in my voice isn’t as evident as I think it is.
“I was going to ask if you knew when it would come, but you’ve never had one before so you probably don’t know much about your own body cycle,” he says with a shrug.
“Won’t it just come once the spell wears off? I have a week at most, I’m not sure I remember exactly when they did the last one…” I try not to hear the childish pouting in my voice.
“That’s… not how it works. It’s all hormones, so your body will need time to get back to its natural production rate and then you will start your cycles based on that,” he explains, and I nod along like I understand what he’s saying.
He snuggles back into the makeshift pillow and I try my damndest to turn my attention back to my workbook, but it seems as though the universe just doesn’t have diligent make up work in the cards today.
“Um… excuse me?” The voice is too timid and polite to be some other student, or the nice Coati who runs the front desk.
When I look up, I’m fairly surprised to find that the voice belongs to a Viper familiar. She’s probably a little on the small side for her kind, but the scales down the side of her face are easy to identify, even though the rest of her body is obscured in her ridiculously puffy winter clothes. Then again, she probably does have a harder time retaining and producing body heat. Winter must be an exceptionally horrible time.
“Hello.” I try to greet her politely. “I’m sorry, did you need something?”
“I-I, my Mis-s-s-” she hisses. She’s stuttering so badly that I can’t understand a word she’s trying to say.
“Please, come in. You don’t have to be scared. It’s just the two of us in here.” I try to smile disarmingly, but she doesn't seem too affected by it. At least she moves away from where she’s standing in the door.
“I’m s-s-sorry to bother y-you. But my Mistress… She wanted m-me to find you,” she finishes, bringing her eyes to the floor.
It takes me a second to realize that she’s waiting for my reply. Though even when I realize it, I still don't know exactly what she’s talking about. I’ve never seen her before, what could her mistress want with me?
“Me?” I ask, just trying to make sure, but she starts violently.
Immediately, she pulls in on herself, raising her eyes to assess me, then the curled form of Ande in the corner, before shifting back to me.
“Y-you are B-Blue, right?” she asks hastily.
“I am,” I confirm, wanting her to stop wringing her hands before she accidently pulls them off in her fervor.
“She s-s-said to find you and s-s-see if you would um, show m-me your master’s… um, trick,” she explains.
Now that makes sense…
“She wants me to help you learn how to cast the way my Master trained me,” I correct, embellishing the truth because if this word spreads, it might help our case. It’s not some trick, it’s just a different way of doing things.
“Yes-s.” Her s’ roll on her overly long forked tongue.
“Well...” I pretend to think it over, running a quick calculation in my head. “My Master isn’t here, that’s the only way we’d get away with it. My Master’s technique is something that he learned from an ancient source and I’m sure he wouldn’t appreciate me just giving out the results of his hard work. But I think I can make an exception, you just can’t tell anyone that you got it from me or I’ll be in trouble.” I have to fight myself not to smile and give it away, but she takes in my story with wide eyes and I can tell she believes it. Why wouldn’t she? I have no reason to deceive her. Besides, people like stories. The more fun it is to tell the faster it spreads
“N-no! I don’t w-want to get you in trouble. D-don’t worry, my Mistres-s-s told me th-that n-no one could know she was s-s-sending me to get h-help from another person’s familiar. I think your s-s-secret’s safe.” She nods quickly as if agreeing with her own statement.
I thank my lucky stars for the poker face that I’ve had a lifetime to develop, else I might have sneered in her face. Yeah, her mistress doesn’t want it getting around that she not only had to ask for help, but she had to seek that help out in another mage’s familiar. I get why she wouldn’t want that getting out, it would be social death. I try not to let it sting. It’s working in our favor
“Alright then, let’s start again.”
Notes:
The tumblr: Here
Take care of yourselves!
Chapter 68: House Work
Summary:
Kara has a day at home with nobody else home. Absolutely nothing can go wrong... right?
Notes:
This chapter has been alternative titled "Kara and his no good very bad day"
-also, I seem to have also made this chapter ungodly long. I hope no one minds...
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
As soon as Blue leaves in Shauna’s carriage I’m alone in the house.
It’s oddly quiet as I walk back inside. I don’t remember it being this quiet or still in the years before I got Blue, but now I see his absence clearly etched into my existence. I let myself slouch, drag my feet, and try my damndest not to acknowledge how dead I feel. There’s no one here to judge, I shouldn’t have to care.
And yet, I still feel like I’m betraying… something. Maybe it’s just a sense of self that I’ve created.
The plates and cups go into the sink as I try to summon up the will to do some cleaning. The tea, stars, the tea… I shouldn’t let Blue handle that anymore, at least not what he’s affectionately referring to as my favorite blend.
It’s not hard to use the same little utility spells again, moving the bowls and cups. Nothing here weighs even close to the spell’s upper limit. Though it does leave me frustrated. I want to get better, I need to get better. I’m not used to being dependent on my magic. It’s not my style to use my magic rather than my hands.
I wasn’t lying, there’s tons of stuff to get done around the house. There are plenty of things that I’ve been slacking on since the semester started. Just normal stuff around the house… candles to replace and pipes to check. Even if it doesn’t usually snow around here, it does get cold enough to do damage... but that’s stuff for someone functional.
It’s not the worst weather we’ve had, but I’m doing worse than I ever have. Winter isn’t usually a good time for me. There’s a lack of the natural ambient magic that flows freely in the other seasons, and the plants… the earth is… less talkative. I always get a little sluggish, but this is something so much more than that.
I wonder if it’s something to do with the new casting, some kind of side effect that I overlooked, or if I’m just getting sick. Either way, school isn’t even there to distract me anymore. With nothing else to do it’s hard to stay motivated, or even just stay awake enough to clean the house. I throw the pastries into some tupperware boxes and do my best to wipe down the kitchen without letting my eyes fall shut. There’s a pain in my head, but I’m worried that if I take anything for it there’s no chance I would be able to stay awake. My impromptu baking session seems to have accomplished something at least. I haven’t been paying attention to the content of my icebox recently and I need to get groceries.
Well, I suppose I have time for that now. Time for grocery shopping and baking and those more time-consuming recipes that I was saving for semester break after Qualls.
The walk into town isn’t bad. Gloves aren’t out of the ordinary at this time of the year, and the puffy ones have the added benefit of providing some extra room. My spell isn’t perfectly precise, and while it’s incredibly helpful with mundane things, I’m coming to realize that the spell isn’t as good at maneuvering objects when I try to make it seem like I’m holding them. I keep bumping the objects into the sensitive skin of my hands, aggravating the wounds. It’s more helpful when I control something from across the room.
Either way, it’s nice to get out and see people going about their day. I usually don’t have too much free time at normal business hours so it’s rare for me to see so many people.
Nafe’s General Store is busy, but there’s no chance of that calming down any time soon, and I’m too far a walk from any other big store. I try to shake off the way my headache burns behind my eyes as I walk in. I need groceries. It’ll be just a short trip and then I can bake and cook all kinds of difficult, time-consuming recipes.
I wonder how Blue would like them…
I try not to wonder too hard how Blue’s doing at school. The place isn’t the best for him, and at the worst it’s not entirely safe, but I trust Shauna. Plus, Ande’s a pretty well respected breed. That will keep them out of trouble… won’t it?
It’s all I can do to push the thought of it out of my mind and get some fish that I can prepare for dinner. It’s not my favorite, especially given how tasteless this stuff is as opposed to the fresh caught stock from Peralya, but Blue likes it. He should have something he likes for dinner tonight, especially given how brave he was about going to school without me.
The price of flour has gone up. Not just that, but a few other staples as well. I bite the inside of my cheek as I remind myself that’s to be expected given the troubles we’re facing abroad. My experiments have yet to yield anything that would work, other than a 2:1 mixture of fertile soils, but that’s just as realistic as praying for one of those miracles of old. It’s not a viable option, and direct magic interference on blighted soil only harms the caster. No, the solution has to come from somewhere else. It has to either be an indirect magical effect or something that can be applied to the land.
“Kara!” I nearly jump out of my skin when I hear my name called. I spin around, and it’s not too hard to identify the person who yelled my name.
“Oh, hello…” I try to smile for Jati.
He is harmless after all, and I can’t imagine him being up to something nefarious. Though it is often those that don’t know they are causing trouble that are able to wreak the most havoc. It’s been a long time since I’ve seen my nosy neighbor, but it’s also been a while since I last had to make a set of deliveries. Winter is my dead season. My neighbors respect that, but they haven’t had to deal with me dropping off the map like I did for school. I’m a little touched. He seems so happy to see me.
“You didn’t bring your cute little kitty like last time?” he questions with a slight pout before actively looking around for Blue.
I have to hold back a laugh when he peeks behind my shoulder. Blue may have tried to hide behind me in the past, but there’s not so large a size difference between us that he could get away with that.
“No, he… I told him to stay home,” I answer plainly, waving my hand in what I hope is a placating gesture. I feel terribly out of practice at smalltalk.
“It’s just so odd seeing you without him. You two are usually joined at the hip.” He shrugs, giving up his search.
Stars, are we? I suppose there aren’t really any times where we’ve had to be apart. We like each other's company… Is it really that shocking that we should spend so much time together?
“Yes, well… there were some things he needed to attend to…” I try to explain, without going into too much detail.
Jati does not need to know the intricacies of how fucked I am. He’s too much of a blabbermouth anyways. He’d let the whole city know before sundown. He wouldn’t understand the delicate place I am in with the disciplinary committee, or even the rules that I was breaking with the new mode of casting. He’d just spread word around without context.
“I hope you aren’t being too hard on him. That cute little thing makes such a dedicated little pet, he needs you to play gently with him,” he chides, then his thoughts seem to turn to something else and his expression darkens. “Nothing like the pet my sister adopted a while back. Damn thing cries all the time, can’t even pour tea without making a mess.” He gives an annoyed huff as he picks up some fabric softener.
Right… he finds Blue cute, but his opinions aren’t all that different from the rest of the world. He sees Blue as more of an animal than an intelligent creature.
“Oh, I’m sorry about that…” I try to respond in some way that wouldn’t be considered an insult.
Anything that isn’t punching him in the face, really.
“I’m sure she’d like to get her pet just as sweet as yours. Do you have any tips for her?” he asks, the genuinely excited smile on his face making it all the more difficult not to shift gears and actually punch him.
Stars, why. Why are you asking me your horrible questions?
“Um… well, really there’s always going to be an adjustment period when someone new comes into the house. It would probably be best to give them a lot of space and very clear instructions on your expectations for them.” I flounder a bit, trying to find some other bit of advice that might help both his sister and her unfortunate addition. “Even so, it might take time so just let her know not to give up. It is very rewarding in the end,” I finish lamely, but Jati seems to take it in stride.
“Ah! Yes, I’ll let her know. That’s almost the same advice as Carmine’s.” He snickers, and though I wish I could walk away from this my curiosity gets the better of me.
“Carmine?” I ask, appealing to Jati’s inherent desire to gossip.
“Our new addition to the neighborhood. You know how the Reli family moved out a while ago? Well, the house finally sold,” he says, instantly taking to the question I’ve asked.
The Reli family… Stars, I haven’t seen them in months. All I really know about them is that they didn’t want to be on my delivery route. Their house is on a different street, so it’s no wonder I didn’t see the new people move in.
“New neighbors, that’s so exciting. I’ll have to bring him something later…” I say more to myself than anything, but Jati only sees it as an invitation.
“It is very exciting! He has a pet of his own you know, maybe you should go and get your Blue a friend!” he rambles, continuing until I’ve walked him back to his door and immediately eject myself from this uncomfortable social situation.
It’s only a few doors down from my house, but I feel like I need to sit down on the fucking lawn before I collapse. I feel like my boots are weighted as I trudge the last few steps back home when a rapid flash of movement catches my attention. There’s something darting around the side of the house, rounded ears but no fur at their tail... a rat familiar?
I want to go say ‘hi’, but I don’t want to freak them out. If it’s a stray then they probably have enough distrust of me as it is. I can give them time to get adjusted…
I’ve got some stuff to do anyway. I have to go say hello to the new neighbor. I could go down to the house with a welcome bag of pastries. That would buy some time for this…new…
Oh Stars, the new neighbor has a pet.
Blue could smell the presence of the strays that came through the area. I wonder if that’s a skill that they all share. If the new neighbor just moved in it makes sense that their pet might check up on the other smells in the neighborhood.
It makes me all the more excited to meet this new neighbor. If he gave the same advice to Jati that I did, maybe he shares my views on familiars. Or maybe it’s the fact that he doesn’t have to use his pet as a familiar that has made him more open to the ideas. He doesn’t have to focus on their abilities or usefulness in spellcraft, so perhaps that’s what made him less harsh.
Either way, I have to meet him to figure it out.
The renewed energy has me nearly sprinting into the house. The pastries are already in tupperware, so I don’t waste any time grabbing them before I head out. The Reli’s house is a grey brick building with a dark tile roof. Its black window shutters are something of an oddity on its block. Most of the neighbors have variations of red, but the Reli family were an odd bunch even before they picked up and left. The moving boxes outside do seem to support Jati’s point that someone new has moved in, though.
The knocker’s cast iron, and made up to look like some fearsome bird. I never had to look that closely at it before, but I can't help examining it as I wait for someone to answer.
“Hello. I’m sorry, did you need something?” the man that comes to the door calls distractedly.
He isn’t what I was expecting, though I can’t say I was expecting all that much. He looks to be in his late thirties, his hair a bright fiery red that I have a hard time seeing as natural. The longest bits would only brush his jaw if they weren’t pinned up as they are. It’s no artful design, just something that was probably meant to keep it out of his way while he was unpacking. Though he’s obviously no career soldier he does seem to have some muscle. He’s got personable laugh lines around his eyes that make me think he’s a good deal more charming than his current visage allows him to present. Though his eyes look something like dull amber, I can almost feel them cutting through me with a harshness I wasn’t expecting before he seems to think better of it and his gaze softens.
“Not at all,” I say, trying to regain some of the momentum that brought me to his door. Right, I was introducing myself to a new neighbor. “My name is Kara and I’m here welcoming you to the neighborhood.”
“Kara,” he says, testing the name on his tongue consideringly. Suddenly he seems to make a connection in his mind. “You’re the one with the cat!”
“I see rumours spread fast. I have the cat, yes. And I think I saw your pet over by my house already.” I smile up at him, but whatever friendliness he seems to have towards me immediately drains from his eyes.
“Jaja!” he calls, tone sharp. I flinch back my mind halfway through fourteen languages, trying to translate that into a curse that I know, when I notice the figure that comes to stand behind him.
The pet that he’s called for is a chipmunk. The unmistakable lines in their hair are too prominent for me not to notice. Their soft rounded ears look a little like what I had seen dart into my yard, but their tail is fluffy.
“Yes, Master?” they chirp, looking confused to be called to the door with a stranger.
“Did you go out? I told you we’d walk the neighborhood together. It can be dangerous if you go out alone.” His chiding is gentle, though no less stern.
“M-Master, I didn’t go out. You said to unpack, s-so I was in the-” they chitter, pointing vaguely further back into the house.
“Jaja, apologize to this man this instant. He saw you and I will not have you lying,” he interrupts, his voice tight with anger and disappointment. The chipmunk, Jaja, just shrinks in on themselves.
“Actually-” I try to speak up but my voice dies in my throat as suddenly all eyes are on me. “I am so sorry. I saw something else, it seems. Whoever it was certainly was not as adorable as your Jaja. I just thought… well, no one else has a pet so I assumed it was the new guy who just moved in. It was probably just a stray,” I try to explain, diffusing the tense situation that I seem to have caused.
“Oh, a stray? I guess I should tell the trappers to be on guard in this area.” He says it more to himself than anything else, but I still try to chime back in.
“You don’t have to go through so much trouble!” I try to say it without letting my voice waver... and I also try not to think too hard about how Thana and all his friends are going to start having trouble if the neighborhood is crawling with trappers.
“It’s really no trouble. It’s my duty. I used to work with them, but now I just inspect the animal shelter facilities,” he answers with a dismissive wave of his hand.
“Oh, that seems like a cool job…” I try to engage him.
“It’s tough, but I like making sure that unsafe facilities are shut down. Plus it lets me work with all kinds of interesting people. It’s how I found Jaja. I adopted them on sight.” He smiles, planting his hand on top of Jaja’s head. It’s somewhat reassuring to see the chipmunk nuzzle into the affectionate touch offered by their master.
I suppose I can’t fault him for thinking that he could make the lives of the strays better. If he helps facilities meet regulatory standards I suppose he might have a skewed view of the whole system. He seems to treat Jaja well, at least. The pet seems to enjoy his attention and though they are a little skittish, so is Blue when we meet new people. He might just be the type of person who’s come to share my views.
“So... your pet?” he asks, the question breaking me out of my thoughts.
“Yes, his name is Blue. He’s a common cat,” I inform him, just in case he sees him and thinks to call trappers before he checks in with me.
“We used to live in a small apartment building, so Jaja is used to more pets living close by. I hope we’ll be able to let them socialize with each other.” He explains his reasoning for bringing up his last residence. “Chipmunks are not social animals by nature, but you have to force them to develop and utilize those social skills, otherwise they won’t be properly adjusted if you ever have to take them out.”
Judging by the look on Jaja’s face it’s not the first time they’ve had playdates arranged for them, and while they don’t seem too excited about it, they do seem to be fine with it.
“I look forward to it, but I promise I’ll restrain myself until after you guys have finished unpacking your things,” I answer, trying to laugh off the uncomfortable situation.
“Oh yes,” he chuckles as he looks back. He seems almost embarrassed by the stacks of boxes behind them, still waiting to be unpacked and organized.
“Seriously though, it was very nice to meet you,” I add honestly as I pass over the tupperware full of pastries. “Enjoy the baked goods and welcome to the neighborhood!”
Jaja’s sniffing at the bag in his hands before he can utter out a quick ‘thank you’ and the door closes behind them.
As I walk away, I can’t help but hope I’m right about him. He seems to treat his pet well, and despite the way he scolded them he does seem to have their best interests at heart. Jaja could have gotten hurt, or if someone had found them in their yard, they might not have reacted as favorably. He was probably doing that to protect them… to make sure they stay safe. At least that’s what I’d hope. But as I make my way back into my own house, one thought still plays at the back of my mind.
Who was the rat?
If it wasn’t the new neighbor’s pet, then it had to be a stray. They don’t trust easily, but if I’ve gotten Thana to like me… well ‘like’ is a strong word, if I’ve gotten Thana to tolerate me, then it shouldn’t be too much trouble to weather the distrust of another stray.
I slink into the backyard, trying my best not to make it obvious that I’m looking for someone. There’s no one bleeding out, so that’s a good sign. Though it doesn’t look like there’s anyone in the backyard anyways. I try to play it off causally, pretending to do some yard work though there’s not much to do in the heart of winter. We probably won’t get snow this year, so that means that there’s not a lot more that I can do.
The Almacs honk happily in greeting.
They seem to be happy in their new home, and I am becoming more and more sure that it’s less of a temporary shelter and more of a permanent home. So I’d taken it upon myself to give them names. The Almacs had been taking turns around the nest in the beginning but now there’s one constant in the nest. I had named that one Fli.
In the past few days there was a change in Fli’s feathers. The mainly white feathers around the Almac’s head had grown into an almost ridged crest and the new tufts of feathers came in a deep blue, just like the feathers of their lower wings. I don’t know what it means but I’ve been keeping notes. It takes a really long time for an Almac to incubate, apparently, but I’m excited to see a baby.
They‘ve also gotten a hell of a lot more territorial, but that’s fine, we don’t have to come out too much and when we do we stay to one side of the yard. It’d be more troublesome if it were happening in spring, but as it is, there’s nothing I need to do in the garden daily. The timing worked out surprisingly well.
Right, they’ve been getting territorial. I suppose I shouldn’t be worried that the rat isn’t back here. Maybe they’re just hiding from what they see as scary birds.
“Hey, I know you're here.” It’s a lie, but I don’t want them to think that I’d be angry with their presence. “You can come out…” I call, trying to sound disarming.
For a minute I doubt it will work. I doubt it was less threatening to hear someone call out that they could see you in your hidden place in the shadows, but I am too far gone now. If it’s one of Thana’s then they know I’m safe, or they need help enough that it probably won’t matter one way or the other.
There’s movement at the corner of my vision as I see someone step out of the shadow. It only takes me a moment to turn to face them. It is the rat that I saw earlier, but seeing them more clearly I realize my mistake.
They aren’t a stray. They are far too well kept to be a stray. Their clothes are clean. They have nicely tailored winter boots and a fluffy scarf. There’s not a trace of muck on them that would suggest they’ve spent a single night outside. Though they do seem to be standing a little unevenly. It takes a second for my brain to catch up with my eyes as I realize that the familiar doesn’t have a right arm.
It’s not something that happened recently. There’s no blood and they seem well adjusted to the lack of weight, there’s no stuttery movement. It’s only the physical lack of a limb that draws my eye to it.
They bow. It’s not full but it is a sign of respect that I wasn’t expecting. After that, though, they seem to go a little bit fidgety. Their tail flicks with an emotion I’m not familiar with. Though I have to admit, they seem to have one hell of a poker face. If I didn’t see their tail I would have assumed that they weren’t at all bothered by me or my presence.
“Well, you certainly aren’t a stray. What are you doing here?” I say the first thing that comes to mind, but when their ear gives a flick I decide to shift tracks. “Got a name?” I ask instead, hoping that the easier question might yield a better result.
“Chuha… my name is Chuha.” They answer quickly, though they sound… angry.
“Alright, it’s a little uncomfortable out here, would you like to come inside?” I offer. I see no reason to amend my current strategy for dealing with strays.
“I...I don’t, um…” they stutter, staring forward at me like they are lost in thought.
It’s odd, though I suppose I don’t really have anything to compare it to. I’ve dealt with strays and I’ve dealt with familiars, but I haven’t really dealt with a familiar without their master present. For some reason it’s just not the same.
“Does your master know you’re here?” The question comes out without any direct thought and when I stop to think about it, I’m not sure if I’m going to regret the answer or not.
“Yes.” They answer with none of the hesitation they had been displaying earlier.
I’m not sure if I should be relieved or concerned. If they are out with permission then that means that I probably won’t get in trouble for interacting with them, but it also leaves me with a lot of questions. Who their master is, for one, that they would let them out to roam, or in this case… track me down. Why would they want their familiar to look into me anyways? I’m nothing special.
“Alright. Well if you’re not in trouble from them, you’re not in trouble from me.” I try to speak calmly, searching for something else to say. What do I usually do for strays? “I’ll fix you something to eat if you want,” I offer, grasping at straws.
It doesn’t put them at ease. In fact, my offer seems to only make them look distinctly uncomfortable.
“Or if you need something else…” I try again, thinking of anything else I can offer this familiar. “Do you need help getting back to your master?”
“N-no,” they answer calmly even as they shiver in place. It takes them a few more moments, but eventually they do respond. “I… I would like to go inside.”
“Alright, just this way, you don’t want to scare the… little creatures. They’ll bite,” I warn, gesturing them forward.
They probably don’t know what an Almac is. At least, Blue and Thana never did. I guess it shouldn’t be so surprising. They are immensely rare creatures, there are really only drawn references that exist in very detailed arcane texts.
It doesn’t take too much more coaxing to get Chuha inside. They follow, face blank, but the rest of their body is pretty honest. I can read the anxiety in the line of their body as I close the door behind them, the way they fidget, unsure exactly where to put their hands. They look rattled, though not enough to stop their questions from surfacing.
“How did you get Almacs to stay on your property?” they blurt, and I have to fight to keep the surprise off my face.
I knew they were no stray, but they seem to be a hell of a lot more educated than I thought. If they know what an Almac is, that means that they at the very least have access to the types of tomes that would reference such creatures. Either way, I can’t have them running around blurting out things like that, otherwise I’ll have the attention of the stars damned nation coming down on this house.
“I don’t know what you’re talking about.” I try to play dumb. “I just have a nice yard, I don’t control what comes in or out… obviously,” I finish, giving them a pointed look that has them ducking their head.
“I-I am sorry.” They stutter through the syllables like they are a foreign language. Then again, they don’t look too used to apologizing.
“I’m not angry, I’m just making a point.” I try to reassure them, but the tension doesn’t leave their body. If anything, it just seems to put them even more on edge.
“Yes, Ser,” they say solemnly, quietly, though through a clenched jaw. It thoroughly shatters any pretence of submissiveness that the lines could conjure.
I have to sigh at the familiar’s antics. I’m not so sure I can call it hostility, but they certainly are up to something.
“Ok… I’m not mad,” I remind them, “but why were you in my backyard?” I wave for them to sit in one of the kitchen chairs.
“I was watching you.” They respond quickly, honestly. Though they accept my offer to sit with much more reticence. I wonder if I should put on a little more of a show of treating this familiar like they must expect, but the thought just makes my stomach turn.
Like that’s not creepy.
“Why were you watching me?” I ask a little more specifically this time. This familiar may be blunt but I can’t sense any lies from them.
“I was ordered to check in on you and watch from afar,” they answer quickly.
That’s concerning.
They squirm in the chair that I’ve offered. They don’t seem particularly comfortable, and I can't help but wonder if they are allowed this privilege at home. I toss a couple of spice cakes onto a plate and set it in front of them. It’s almost amusing the way their eyes widen at the treat, though they don’t pick up the cakes until I’ve gestured for them to partake.
You are well trained, you just don’t like to use that training, do you?
“Who did you say your master was?” I ask absently, pouring a cup of juice as Chuha tucks into their snack.
“I didn’t.” They answer with all the bluntness that I’ve come to expect.
I make myself take a deep breath. Chuha is honest. If I am getting frustrated, that’s because I am asking the wrong questions.
“...well, can I ask where I can find your master?” I try again.
I’d like to know who I’m dealing with. Who would send their familiar over to spy on me? It’s not like most of my peers trust their familiars with anything important. Were they hoping I’d get mad at Chuha for trespassing? If nothing else, I’d like to escort them home. I want to at least try to sort out this whole thing before I really have to get involved, but Chuha’s answer leaves that option in the dirt.
“She’ll be here,” they remark blandly.
“What?” I ask reflexively.
“She wanted to talk with you.” They say it like that solves all my problems and answers all my questions, but before I can come up with any sort of counter, there’s a knock at the door.
The only people who know where I live have school right now, so the knocking is a little more frightening than I believe it should be. Still, I nearly jump out of my skin at the sound.
“They’re all talking about you...and arguing. They want to see if you would be good for them,” Chuha continues as though we haven’t been interrupted, before stuffing another one of the tiny round cakes into their mouth.
That’s not cryptic at all.
“Well, what do you think?” I can’t help but let some of my aggravation show through at this familiar’s deliberate vagueness.
I have no idea who their owner is. I have no idea why they were sent to spy on me, or why they seem so fine with being found out and invited into my home. The only things that I know for certain are that Chuha is a familiar, an educated one at that, and that their owner was fighting with someone about me.
“I think you make great cakes,” they answer, the blandness of their voice only serving to stoke the fires of my exasperation.
There’s some more insistent knocking at the door, and I realize that whoever’s there, I’ve already made them wait for a terribly long time.
If I had a thousand guesses over a thousand lifetimes, I don’t think I ever could have guessed that Professor Lonel would be at the door. Especially given how pissed she looks. I do my best to smile and look generally unassuming. She didn’t seem to have a bad opinion of me yesterday, but it seems that ship has since sailed. I wonder what I could have done that pissed her off when I wasn’t even at school.
“Professor! I wasn’t expecting you, did you need something?” I ask loudly, trying to let the familiar in the other room know that they should probably take this chance to run. The back door should still be unlocked, and given that she never saw them, it is unlikely that they could ever get in trouble.
“Kara, we’ve got some things to discuss,” she says curtly, doing nothing to disguise the disdain in her voice.
“I thought that the school would call me in when they reached a decision.” I try to dance around whatever subject she’d like to breach. I’m not sure that I like the idea of her confronting me here, in my home , when there are no witnesses.
“I am not here on official business,” she counters.
Well, that’s horrifying.
“Oh,” is as much of an answer as I can summon up for her. There’s not much else I can say, is there?
“Rotan thinks highly of you, though I can’t say I’m convinced. But I’m not here to make a judgment call. I’m just here to make sure you don’t talk, if it turns out that you’re not what we’re looking for.” She says it like it’s some kind of accusation, but I have no idea what she’s talking about.
What the hell does my potions teacher have to do with her opinion of me? I mean, potions has the slightest overlap with herbology, but I didn’t even think Brendon and Lonel were friends. Why the hell would they be discussing me of all people?
She brushes past me as she continues forward into the house. I haven’t heard the backdoor close so I rush to intercede. Lonel is a scary beast when she’s displeased, but I don’t think I’ve ever seen her so irate.
“Oh, Professor, where are my manners? Please, let me take your coat. Do you want some tea?” I try to offer casually, hoping that the rush of words comes out more as nervousness from having my Professor over at my house without warning than revealing my obvious stalling.
“Where is your familiar anyways? Did you lock him up for giving you trouble the other day?” she asks quietly as she taps her foot and glares into my soul.
She’s never been interested in Blue before. Not since the first time she almost kicked us both out of class. She wasn’t one of the teachers that asked about my low constitution familiar, and she was never interested in the rumours that circulated around us.
She’s waiting for something. As cold as she’s being, she’s making smalltalk. She radiates an intensity that makes me sure that she wants nothing more than to punch me in the face and leave, but she’s sticking around. She’s just tapping her foot impatiently as she tries to peer around me.
“B-Blue is… out.” I try not to flinch at how pathetic that sounds, but it technically isn’t a lie. I just don’t know how well she’d react to me immediately turning around and giving him the go ahead to continue teaching the forbidden technique to more people. “Why do you need him?” I counter feebly, but whatever reply would have come from that is mercifully cut off.
“Lonel, I swear to every star present in the night’s sky, you cannot follow directions!”
My eyes shoot to the door that I’ve left open as my brain tries to process why Professor Rotan is there- in my doorway.
Is this what a heart attack feels like?
“Brendon, just because I like results more than your tight pants doesn’t give you the right to order me around.” She turns on him the second he steps into the house. It seems more likely that she’d bite his head off than treat him like a friend who would casually talk about their students together, so I suppose the innocence option is out.
“I told you not to freak the kid out, and to wait for me before you walked in. Would two extra minutes have killed you?” He mumbles into his own hand as Tulla does her level best to just pretend the whole situation around her isn’t happening. I have to admit, aside from the angry little twitches of her antennae, she does seem rather serene about the screaming match taking place right in front of the stairs.
Well, at least the familiar in my kitchen can definitely hear this. So if nothing else, they’ll be safe from this nightmare.
“Well it might have killed the boy’s familiar, since he’s still not telling me where his cat is,” she counters, fixing me with another of her, assumedly patented, pointed glares.
Stars, is that what this is about? I could never hurt Blue, I would… But others don’t feel the same. It’s commonplace to punish bad familiars and with the disciplinary council cracking down on me, I guess it would be safe to assume that Blue might be in danger. I’m oddly relieved that someone comes out and checks in cases like these.
“Blue is at the school,” I rush to say, “He’s hanging out with Shau- with my friend’s familiar.” I try to put them at ease without really answering anything.
I’m not sure how much trouble I would get in if it got out that I was just teaching this new technique to anyone who asked. It probably doesn’t matter to them who my friend is. I’m pretty sure Shauna’s not even taking herbology. Professor Lonel would have no frame of reference for her anyways.
“Oh, how convenient,” she sneers, eyes narrowing as she looks me over again, as though she could discern lies from the flour on my shirt.
“Stop being so hostile,” Brendon sighs, rolling his eyes like a twelve-year-old and whatever tenuous calm has settled immediately fractures.
“I will be as hostile as I want! He may be your pet project, but I have yet to be convinced. Or do I need to remind you what happened the last time you-” She rants, but is cut off by a high-pitched whistle.
Tulla stands exactly where she was, in between them and a couple of steps behind, with two fingers still in her mouth. It’s not like her to draw attention to herself, but she seems to be well practiced in, if not exasperated by, her role as moderator. Her antennae twitch angrily as she points, signing something too fast for me to track before all focus shifts back to me.
“Kara, we are terribly sorry for the rude way that we barged into your home and started making accusations.” Brendon lowers his head, and though his apology sounds like something a six-year-old might use to placate their mother, it’s still surprising that I managed to get one.
“I’m not,” Lonel states flatly, crossing her arms and making no move to show herself even the slightest bit apologetic.
“Lonel! It’s not your call anymore.” Brendon calls through gritted teeth, but his radiating frustration doesn’t seem to have an effect on her.
“Well, I’m not convinced. I still don’t understand why you’re considering him!” She raises her voice again and all I can do is slink as far away as I dare. Brendon doesn’t seem to follow my lead as he squares up to her, seemingly prepared for this screaming match.
“Because Kara has demonstrated time and time again how different he is from the rest of his peers,” he defends.
“Oh, I’m sorry, ‘being weird’ isn’t really an amazing criteria, Brendon.” She laughs, eyes narrowing, as if daring him to come up with a better argument.
I cringe. I don’t know exactly what they are fighting over, but it seems to pretty clearly involve me. I’m not exactly sure what ‘being weird’ qualifies me for, but given how Lonel’s acting I have to assume the stakes are a little higher than their support for a grant proposal.
“Look, I’m not having this argument with you right now. You said that you would come with me to talk this out with him,” Brendon says, his tone a hair’s breadth away from whining.
“I am just making sure you aren’t making another mistake,” Lonel counters, his tone not softening hers in the slightest. “I’m just making sure that he knows how to keep his mouth shut.” She smiles sweetly up at me and I feel myself break out into a cold sweat.
There are two teachers, two high ranking mages, fighting in my home. I should be scared. Hell, I should be running, hoping that I’ll escape whatever blast this results in, but something keeps me rooted to the floor. I suppose Esma would be mad if I blew up her house, even if she doesn’t use it all that much anymore.
“I…” I speak, trying to ignore the way my stomach drops to the floor as both their heated gazes shift to me. “Would you guys like some tea?” I offer.
“You know, I would love some.” Brendon smiles and I can practically see the way he wants to stick out his tongue at her. It’s the only thing that could make this any more juvenile. “Unlike someone, I know how to enjoy things. Right Tulla?” He says smugly.
I’m not expecting a response from the notoriously silent familiar, but when I look over to where they were standing my heart freezes in my chest. They aren’t behind their master, or Lonel, or anywhere in the front entryway. The bug has vanished!
“Oh stars,” I mumble. Brendon seems to be quick on the uptake at least, immediately spinning around to look for his familiar.
“Where’s Tulla?” Lonel voices the question on all our minds when there’s a clattering in the kitchen.
We all rush into the kitchen and I have a momentary heart attack when I see that the rat is still there. But at least Tulla seems to be enjoying the company. There’s no aggressive action between the two familiars. Chuha’s sharing their treats with Tulla. It’s an odd gesture for two familiars that have never met before, but Tulla doesn’t seem to think so. They just take the offered pastries and idly nibble on the sides.
“Well, what do we have here?” Brendon questions, his voice amused as he takes in the scene before him.
I have to admit, the presence of a new familiar in my home when Blue is nowhere to be found does seem to support Lonel’s accusations. I can see how this looks from the outside. Blue got me in trouble and just like any other spoiled mage, I threw out last semester’s model in favor of something a little less troublesome.
“Oh, I just....Found this guy outside, their name is-” I try to say, but Lonel cuts me off before I can defend myself.
“Chuha, what the hell! I told you he was dangerous, I said not to let him so much as see you, not to stop in and have tea with him!” she shouts. Though the familiar’s ear flicks at the name, the only other sign of recognition they give is a roll of their eyes as they shove the last of their pastry into their mouth.
“Chuha’s… yours?” The question is out of my mouth before I realize I’ve decided to ask it.
It’s obvious the more I think about it, but the idea still makes my stomach turn. Why did Lonel have her familiar spying on me? What were Brendon and Lonel planning with me that would get Chuha involved? And why the hell is Brendon laughing?
“Oh yes, what a terrible keeper, he finds a familiar trespassing on his grounds and invites them in for snacks at the table. Truly a diabolical figure.” Brendon laughs. “Don’t worry about it Kara, she’s always been a little bit of a daredevil. Never listens to Lonel’s warnings anyways.”
Whatever joke he’s in on, I don’t get it, and judging by the way Lonel looks ready to stab me, she doesn’t seem to get it either.
“You treat Blue the same way all the others do,” she accuses, “you see him as nothing more than a tool! You’re using that torturer's guide they call a training book like it’s indisputable fact.”
“And how would you know how I treat Blue?” I shoot back.
I don’t like her accusation, but I’m more concerned about how hung up she is on it. I’m supposed to be using the book, right? That’s the framework that everyone is supposed to be working off of. If anything, I should be getting in trouble for how far I’ve deviated.
“I asked him,” she replies triumphantly, as though she’s the pioneer for a new path of study.
Is that how Blue feels? That I use him as a tool? But I haven’t used the training book, from the first day, I… I don’t even know where it is anymore. I meant to throw it away, but I don’t remember doing it. Either way, I certainly haven’t been doing anything by the book…
“Oh, well there’s your problem, Lonel,” Brendon laughs. “Blue’s never going to say anything that might reflect badly on Kara. He probably thought he was giving you the answers you wanted.”
Lonel looks as though she’s going to contest that, but whatever fire has been fueling her seems to have gone out.
“Why exactly did you guys come here?” I ask the four people that I was not planning to have over.
“Well, we wanted to formally introduce ourselves.” Brendon smiles, nudging Lonel forward. She looks so different when she looks at me without contempt that I’m actually taken aback.
“Not as your teachers, but as members of something a little more… radical.”
Notes:
The Tumblr: Here
Stay safe!!!
Chapter 69: Into The Woods
Summary:
Kara's had to make some difficult choices in the past week, but when the disciplinary committee lets him know the punishment they've picked out... well, things can't get much worse right?
Notes:
Hey guys, It's chapter 69... you know what that means...
*wink, wink*In all honesty, I am so sorry this took so long to get out to you all. there have been some stuff going on in life right now and... it's just difficult. Don't worry though, the story is definitely still happening (this story is -along with you guys- the majority of what's keeping me sane right now). I even made sure to make this chapter just a little longer than usual (as seems to be the norm as of late :P)
Also, if you guys haven't seen, we have another awesome fic, Of Clovers and Roses, that is linked at the end of the chapter and LurKingFisher's fic, You Can't Spell Knowledge Without an Owl, has updated quite a bit! So if you have some time and are interested, please check them out!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
Blue shuffles where he stands, wringing the strap of the backpack I’ve given him over and over again in a bid to fight back some of his nervous tension. I can’t blame him for being nervous. Everyone’s feeling the anxiety in the air.
We’ve all gathered in the field outside of the school, past where the manicured space of the back courtyard comes to an end, all the thirty or so students that have decided to take part in this. The field is a large swath of unmaintained no man's land where students, at least those without special responsibilities or permissions, are advised never to go. It provides a buffer zone for the forest on the property, a well maintained - if artificially stocked- area that holds just about every variety of magical animal, plant, or mineral that they could get ahold of.
Looking around, it’s not just first years gathered here. There are some second-years and a handful of grad students. They probably found the competition fun their first time around and decided to voluntarily take part in this whole thing again. We’ve all gathered here for a special extra credit assignment for Qualls. Of course the school can’t actually change points for the national exam, but this little practical would count towards school wide honors. It could probably help you get an internship, or maybe a recommendation for a grant or exclusive project.
When Lonel told me that this was the punishment the committee had decided on for me I was confused. It seemed like such an odd thing to force participation in. But looking over the records made it a little easier to understand. The records show an inordinately high percentage of injuries and accidents from these little ‘exams’. That, coupled with the printout of the lax rules and total lack of oversight, makes it all a little more understandable. A forest full of magical creatures is a dangerous place to be, even for someone who’s trained.
It’s meant to be a practical examination of skill. In the loosest possible sense, I suppose that makes sense. It’ll be a lot easier for people who studied their materials to identify and steer clear of dangerous creatures and poisonous plants. A trek through the woods would go more smoothly for someone who could protect themselves, who could utilize magic not only to keep themselves safe, but could put it to practical use and hide the signature of their magic. The older students all have some variety of the same sigil painted on them or an object they carry. A magical cloaker. There are plenty of things in this forest that would be attracted to a strong source of magic and feed from it until there’s nothing left.
The committee has to be aware of all the students that have taken an interest in my new style of casting. Blue’s ‘classes’ grow every day, from what he tells me. They need a way to show the students that I’m not all their little stories say that I am. If I think about it in those terms, making me participate in this exam actually makes sense. They must think that in a practical setting, without time to prepare, I will fail and make a fool of myself and my peers will think I just got lucky in class.
I should be worried about that. I really should be worried about scholastically planned public humiliation. I should be worrying about a potentially dangerous practical exam that I am being forced to take part in. Hell, I should be worried about Qualls at the end of this semester.
But no, that would be too easy for the Stars to ever let me get away with that!
I have too many other things on my mind. I haven’t even been fucking studying like I should because two of my teachers decided to come into my home and let me know that they have a little secret. A little secret that was actually more of a big secret that could get them kicked out of the school in the best case scenario, charged with petty treason and imprisoned at worst.
Blue pushes himself a little closer to me. I give him an absent pat as I try not to let the internal worrying become external. There are a few more people coming late, or perhaps on time given that our assignments haven’t been doled out yet. Either way, we seem to be approaching the limit for people in this school willing to sacrifice themselves for a letter of recommendation. I’m surprised to see that so many of them are bringing their familiars. If Lonel hadn’t told me to bring Blue, I would have left him at home so there was no chance he’d get hurt.
Genevive’s here. She’d come up to me earlier when she first saw me, gave me a hug and some motivational lines that were barely concealed barbs. It’s all for show, I reminded myself as I parroted back encouragement like some smitten farm boy who doesn’t know what he’s gotten into. No one else came to talk to me, but they have their fair share of words about me. They’ve broken off into little groups, whispering and pointing when they think I won’t notice.
I focus my attention on Blue. He’s dressed in the things I picked out for him and for that I’m glad, it’s one less thing I have to worry about. He’s got long, thick trousers with lemongrass oil sprinkled on them, a tall pair of thick soled boots with wolfsbane rubbed into the fabric lining that are perfect for this little jaunt through hell, and a long-sleeved shirt with cinnamon sewed into the pocket for protections of intent. That in addition to the iron chapel key to protect from… a surprising variety of things hanging outside of a thick winter coat to ward off the cold.
It’s easier to fuss about Blue rather than worry about the revolution that might be brewing just outside of class.
I gave them my answer, as sick as it made me feel. There’s no use feeling bad about it days later. I promised that I’d help them, or at least I promised I’d try, but it’s too big a risk for me and Blue.
The school is out for my head. Lonel knew that, even when she glared at me and called me a hypocrite. She’d said that ‘halfway in halfway out wasn’t a real option’, but Brendon understood. Or at least he had said he understood. All that really registered was the disappointment on his features. Lonel had yelled and raged the more I tried to explain. I think that if we had been alone she would have gotten physical, but Brendon was there, and Chuha… Chuha had calmed her down.
I grit my teeth at the memory. I don’t like feeling helpless. I don’t like not being able to do something. I want to help, I do, but the disciplinary committee, hell the whole school is already going over my actions with a fine-toothed comb. I can’t bring that kind of attention around if we aren’t careful. And I haven’t been careful. I’ve been sloppy and that’s why we’re in this predicament.
They gave me some paperwork then. There were all kinds of things they were trying to get established in school, and reforms in local legal courts, and regulations for testing labs. They’ve got a lot of plates spinning at once, they’ve got people in a lot of different places. It was something to prove themselves, they had said, things to look over in case I change my mind or have any ideas that might help. It’s not just them. It’s not just two faculty members at Majik’s Academia being crazy. They have people, others who share their ideals, all trying to make cautious steps so that they can remain in a place where they can effect change. People working in all different sectors.
I appreciate the kind of courage that it took to leave that with me. The papers alone could get them in trouble if they found their way into the wrong hands. This was a show of trust, or at least the rocky start of it.
Chuha came back everyday to check up on me during my suspension, presumably on Lonel’s orders. I feel like her orders had more to do with remaining unseen than Chuha cared to attempt. She’s a fairly stealthy one when she wants to be, but for some reason when it’s time for a tea break in the garden, she’s never too stealthy. I eventually had to start telling Blue that a new feral had stopped by, though no sign of Thana, odd…
And then there’s Blue…
My thoughts automatically shuttle back to the jittery little kitty by my side. I don’t know what to do about him. Every morning for the past week he’s gone off with Shauna and come back late after training with Ande. I try to do nice things. I make food, I listen, hell I even offer to give him a massage when he says he’s feeling sore, but Lonel’s words still haunt me.
You treat him like a tool.
Were those Blue’s words or hers? I have no idea what Blue told her, what questions she asked my familiar when they were alone. But whatever happened gave her a very unfavorable opinion of me, enough for her to warn her familiar that I was potentially dangerous. Blue doesn’t seem fazed by Lonel, even when I’d tried to bring her up a couple nights later. He didn’t seem at all shaken coming back from Lonel’s interrogation. Perhaps a little shaky and subdued, but all that was fixed in the next day.
Maybe that’s the problem ... Blue still smiles at me. He’s respectful, but not cowed. He doesn’t try to eat from the floor anymore and he takes my presence much more easily than he had before. I think of the way that he goes boneless in my arms, the soft purring noises that he makes when he’s half asleep against my chest. I’m not an idiot. I know that it’s not all sunshine and rainbows. I’m not blind to the fear in his eyes when he wakes up from a nightmare. The way he has to fight his instincts to keep from crumbling to the floor when he’s trying to apologize. I know how hard it is for him, I know it’s a process, but I thought I could at least trust him to tell me when something’s wrong. He laughs, he smiles, he sleeps in my bed every night, but I don’t know what I can trust anymore. Does he even like it when I pet him, or is he just pleasing his master?
Blue’s ears are twitching and I can’t believe it’s taken me so long to recognize the angry flicking of his tail. I press the heel of my hand to my forehead in a bid to stop the headache before it starts as I turn back to Blue and remove myself forcefully from my useless wallowing.
“Blue, what’s wrong?” I ask, trying for something of a comforting smile.
He deserves that much. I shouldn’t be worrying about things like this when my primary goal should be making sure we get through this safely. It’ll be enough of a challenge on its own and we can come back to everything else after we’ve survived.
“I’m not a black cat,” he says with a pout, and the entirety of my internal dialogue grinds to a halt.
“I… ok, what-” I’m halfway through trying to form a response to that when Blue takes pity on me and explains his statement himself.
“They are saying I’m a black cat. I’m not. I-I’m a tortoiseshell.” He says it so adamantly that it’s hard to argue, but I can’t help but feel I’m missing something here.
“Blue, that’s usually two colors other than white,” I remind him, playfully flicking at the tip of his ear to watch it twitch.
Blue has two colors, so he’s not a black cat, at least not a completely black cat. But the other color is white, not something that typically counts when you’re defining a tortoiseshell.
“I know, I have a…” He stops himself, a blush rising high in his cheeks as he brushes the long ends of his hair up. Sure enough, on the underside of his hair he does have specklings of orange. His hair is just so thick that it’s hard to see past the dominant color.
“Ok… so you’re a tortoiseshell,” I concede with a nod, stripping one of the charmed leather bands from my wrist as I move to tie his hair up. I fight with the piece of my brain that says any more charms and he will start to actively attract things and just focus on the question at hand. “Blue, what brought this on?”
Blue’s silent for a long moment, shoulders and back tense as I finish tying up the longest bits of his hair. I can’t help but think it’s very pretty this way. Blue usually hides behind the longer bits of his hair, and the extra layer of protection puts my mind at ease.
“I’m not a black cat, even though people are saying that I am. I… I don’t want to bring you bad luck,” he stutters out. The blush on his cheeks has spread to the rest of his face.
“You’re not bad luck, Blue.” My words come automatically, without much thought as I skritch him behind his ear in the place that makes him purr. “To be honest, you are probably the best thing that’s ever happened to me.”
Blues’s ears shoot up and it’s not until then that I realize I’ve said the last part aloud. Luckily, before he has the chance to respond, our Advisor has stepped up on his platform.
The advisor for this exam is a kindly looking middle aged man, soft around the edges but not overweight. He’s got a rounded hat with an oddly large feather in it, but other than his odd taste in headwear he seems to be dressed normally. His robes are simply designed, but they are of good quality. They are the simple white and green robes of a medical professional, but cut in a magister’s style. I find it odd that there’s such a highly ranked healer in this school who’s serving in medicine professionally. That kind of skill and dedication is rare, even among mages born with such affinities. Either way, I can’t help but be relieved that there’s at least a medic on site.
“Students!” he bellows, his voice carrying unnaturally loud in the space. “You have gathered here today to test yourselves against a real life scenario. You have come despite the dangers and the will of your teachers ,” he cocks a grin, looking at one particular group of students that all giggle and squirm under his direct gaze. “You’ve all gathered here bright and early, sacrificed your long weekend to this test. I applaud your dedication and valor. Now, come to the hat and receive your assignments!” He takes off his hat and with a puff of smoke it reappears at the base of his platform, within our reach, filled to the brim with folded little cards.
I don’t know him, but he has to be a teacher. Too many students seem to know him for it to be anything else. He certainly isn’t a member of any higher ranked council.
One by one the students go up to the hat and pull their assignments from the collection of cards. Some groan and others whoop for joy. Some don’t even bother to look at their cards with so many people around. There’s no cheating off of someone else in this exam. For one, there’s no written exam, but for another, we all have different answers.
You can’t let someone do all the work and then step in at the last moment to steal the glory. In this exam we all have to be more or less independent. Everyone’s looking for something different. Everyone’s got a different assignment.
I step up to the hat with none of the flourish of the rest of my classmates. I try not to let the anxious feeling rolling in my stomach sway me as I look over the cards. They all look the same, each one a perfectly identical piece of cardstock that will either be easy enough to accomplish or kill me and Blue in the process of retrieving it. I close my eyes and pull out one of the cards like I’m ripping off a bandage.
I back away without opening it, only daring to read it after another two people have gone up to get their assignments. The tinted cardstock unfolds without resistance and all too soon I am staring down at the neatly printed gold letters that almost seem to glow in the early morning light.
Locate and retrieve the binding object of an Imp.
I shove the piece of cardstock into my back pocket and try not to let my nerves show. Imps. Just my luck. At least it’s something I know.
It’s something of a ceremony as each student goes up and retrieves their assignment, going back to their standing place on the field.
“Oh! Retrieve the egg of a hippogriff…” Genevieve giggles to her flock and they laugh alongside her, congratulating her for getting an assignment worthy of her talents, getting something noteworthy while they were tasked with what they consider to be more trivial things.
We have fucking hippogriffs on this campus! My mind is a blank panic and I’m suddenly a lot less willing to go into this forest.
Eventually we’ve cycled through all the students and we’re all presented with a small stone marked with a sigil. The rules say we have three days to complete our assignments. Anything over that and it no longer counts for the challenge. After a few years of incidents, we also get these little geodes. They’re calling them rescue crystals. If we get hurt or stuck to a point that we cannot continue, we’re supposed to break the geodes open and it will send a flare to signal where we are so they’ll be able to find us. They should be able to get to us in ten minutes, but I can't help but wonder what else would be able to get to us in that time.
There’s an unnecessary countdown after that, where everybody goes sprinting into the woods like they’ll be able to find their objects and get back in an even 500 meter dash. I just hold Blue back until the echo of their footfalls has faded into the distance, then we make our way into the forest.
Even in the dead of winter this forest is beautiful. Many of the plants are too large to be really hurt by the temperate winters this region is used to having. That or the magical essences within them keep them safe from the frost. WInter settles over this place like a blanket, soothing and calm, but not strangling the life out of this place. The signs that people look for to indicate life and vibrance are moving at a crawling pace, but the forest is no less alive. Winter isn’t a death, it’s simply another type of life. It’s hard to remember that when I haven’t been able to connect with that alternate side of things, but the indisputable fact remains whether I acknowledge it or not.
Some things are quiet, some things are dormant, while others are very much not. The trees, though muted by their winter sleep, still house a variety of life, some sleepy as their home, others not. The forest has skyfoxes, probably brought in from a reserve in Durian. They are used to a much… snowier winter, so their white fluffy bodies are easy to spot in the still vastly brown underbrush. They come closer than they should, than they would if they were actually wild. This forest is protected, and as such very few people are ever in it, almost never without direct supervision. The only exceptions seem to be for these exams. They have no reason to fear us and so they trot along at our sides for a while, perhaps confused at the new large animals in their forest.
It’s Blue that breaks our comfortable silence first when I stop at the fallen base of a tree. There’s all kinds of mosses and berries that prefer the quiet time as their growing season. A handful that are edible, too, but when I start handing them off to Blue to try he only holds them hesitantly.
“What… um, what do we need to do?” he asks quietly, rolling a crabapple bud between his fingers.
Fuck, I’ve been so lost in the absolute wonder of wandering through a large forest that I let myself forget why we were here in the first place. I try to ignore my excitement at seeing a bush of rosehips over on the other side of the little brook and focus even as I wave Blue over.
“Well, we have to find an Imp bound to an object and bring back the object.” I sum it up as briefly as I can, trying to make it sound like less of a problem than it is.
Blue isn’t having it, and even as I hop up onto the log I can see the tell-tale narrowing of his eyes that shows me just how little he’s trusting my words. Still, he takes my offered hand and climbs up onto the log with me. It should feel good that he trusts me, but something inside me turns at the thought that he is obeying me because he thought it was an order even though it goes against what he wants.
“Is that bad?” he asks, quirking his brow.
It takes me a second to realize that he’s clutching my hand in his own. He’s not letting me turn away from him and lie. I can’t suppress the smile that curls across my face at that. It’s the behavior of a very bad familiar, bothering his master and calling him out. It’s very bad behavior and I couldn’t be happier.
“Well, it’s certainly no ‘disturb the nest of a hippogriff’, but it’s pretty bad.” I answer honestly, taking a step back on the log and pulling Blue along with me.
The log isn’t terribly unstable and it can’t have fallen long ago. There’s nearly no rot, though there is a little bit of moss growing up the side. I shift over, keeping my eyes forward, keeping one of Blue’s hands in mine. It shouldn’t be difficult to cross, but a little extra support never hurt anybody.
“I think we could get an egg if we wanted to,” Blue mumbles, more to himself than anything, but I have to fight back a laugh. I wonder if Blue knows what a hippogriff is, if he knows just how dangerous and territorial they are.
“We don’t want to, trust me. Besides, Imps are plenty challenging, those pranky little -” Bastards, my mind finishes what my mouth could not as I’m yanked backwards and feel myself go into a half-second freefall.
The water of the brooks are freezing, as Blue and I learn. Whether he misstepped or slipped on a piece of wet moss, he pulls me down with him. There is doubt it will get cold enough to freeze over, all of the storm mages keep reporting that there is a temperate winter in the works this year, but at the moment I can’t bring myself to agree.
“Stars, that’s cold!” I shout once I get my feet under me again, but that’s a battle that I quickly lose.
There’s not a lot of water and it’s not moving terribly fast, but it still takes a few seconds to right myself, and picking myself up in the middle of this stream seems impossible. My clothes are a weight that drags me down, and the supplies I’ve packed, even more so. My hands scrabble on the stone bottom of the bed, scraping my palms but my mind is blind to every sensation except for cold.
“Blue? Blue, are you alright?” I call.
I didn’t see him flailing, but this water isn’t deep enough to be dangerous. I heave myself out of the water with a wet splat and sit up on the bank, my eyes wide as I look for any sign of Blue struggling in the water, but there are none.
Blue’s not struggling in the water. He’s frozen right where he fell in the middle of the stream. He’s just sitting there on his hands and knees, letting the water run over him even though he’s trembling.
I strip off my backpack and outermost layer and wade back into the frigid water. I don’t know what’s wrong with Blue, but I am worried he might be going into shock or, based on how bad he is at regulating his temperature on his own, hypothermia. I just don’t understand why he’d freeze up like that, it’s like he’s-
I stop in the water only inches away from pulling him up. His eyes are wide. He’s looking at something. As soon as the admittedly obvious fact registers in my mind I feel my heart drop to my stomach. I follow Blue’s eyes and I look to where he’s looking.
A frankly enormous buck stands before us, just a few feet from the stream. Its long legs show off the well lined muscles of its body. It’s unnaturally large, with just the barest dappling of tan covering a primarily white coat. Long lines of black fur streak across the creature’s face and run down its back. I recognise the distinct shape of the antlers but only from the picture in my textbook.
There’s an extremely long brow tine, which forms the main beam. The two tines form a continuous curve at right angles to the closely set pedicels . I almost laugh as I recall the exacting terminology from the book. The antlers of the opposite sides are asymmetrical with respect to each other. The beams are unbranched initially whereas curvature increases as length increases and they get forked.
A San-gin.
The text said nothing about how beautiful it is, how elegant the lines of this creature are. It did nothing to describe how intimidating the creature is in real life. How small it makes you feel, how it practically oozes latent magic and makes the whole area around it smell like ozone. How the animal’s eyes see into your soul when it stares at you, or how its ears twitch like a common deer.
It snorts and takes a few steps forward, managing to make even the casual motion regal and full of grace. It snaps me out of my daze. I yank on the back of Blue’s backpack, pulling him up with me until we are out of the stream and sit safely on the other side of the bank.
It gives another little huff at that, halting its own motions until we stop our retreat. I suppose that makes sense, they are very skittish animals. That, along with their rarity, makes them an impossibly rare find anywhere but their native breeding grounds.
Blue’s still gaping openly at the creature and if fear weren’t preventing it, I would be too. San-gin aren’t known for their violence, but it isn’t unheard of. They are something of guardian spirits once they’ve adopted an area. If they determine their territory to be under threat, then they have been known to use their manipulation of magic for… the destructive.
The San-gin steps forward into the water, its gaze trained squarely on us. The water’s no problem for such a massive beast and it crosses with single-minded determination, only stopping once it’s directly in front of us. It bends its head, examining the two odd creatures that have wandered into its forest. My heart feels like it’s going to pound out of my chest as it considers us, measuring us against some unknowable metric before it snorts, the warm breath hitting my face and brushing Blue’s bangs out of his face. It takes me a moment to realize that’s only possible because Blue’s dry, and an even longer moment to realize that the cold has left my body entirely. We are dry and whatever interest the San-gin had in us is over as it walks away slowly, unconcerned with the scene it’s left behind in its wake.
I sit there for a long time, just staring at the place this beast stood, just holding Blue against my chest. Blue squirms after a minute, but I’m too shaky to even consider letting go. Stars, we could have died just then. If the San-gin decided he didn’t like the look of us he could have just as easily used his magic to burn us, could have trampled us underfoot, any number of things.
“K-Kara?” Blue squeaks after he presumably can take no more.
“Y-yeah,” I stutter as I release my grip on him. I shouldn’t force him, especially because I’m having the tiniest little mental breakdown and I probably don’t have the greatest control of my facultie- wait did he say Kara?
“Blue, Stars, I’m so sorry. Stars, I’m so proud of you.” I can’t help it. I pull him right back into my arms and pepper the top of his head with kisses. “Rewards, all the rewards, is there anything you want, anything at all, baby?”
He squirms in my arms, making a singularly disgruntled huffing sound even as he pushes himself back into my chest.
“We should move… We’re going to get all wet again and I don’t think he’ll come back just to dry us off again,” Blue mumbles as he squirms in earnest this time.
“Right, right, yes.” I agree at once, standing and going to find where exactly my coat and backpack ended up.
Blue’s waiting for me when I turn back around, pulling his hair back up into the tie I’ve given him. There’s a thrum of warmth that shoots through me at the sight. I keep expecting to be alone. I’ve been alone on this journey so long… I wasn’t sure what was going to happen when someone new was thrown into the mix. But with Blue there’s something so casual about the way he completely rewrites the way I’ve come to understand my life. He doesn’t even know he’s done it, but he’s wormed his way into my heart, into my home, into my bed...
I shake my head to stop that train of thought and join Blue on the path he thinks he’s found. I’ve wasted too much time already. We have to get down to business.
“What are Imps?” Blue asks as we pass through a clearing and I make him try crystal fruit for the first time.
“Well,” I stall, trying to dredge up all that knowledge that I touched exactly once in a textbook, “to be perfectly fair, I’ve never met a bound imp.”
“But you have met an Imp,” Blue gathers quickly, based on the wording of my answer. Always so smart.
“I have made the acquaintance of quite a few of those little buggers, yes.” I grimace, trying not to think too hard about the imps I’ve met.
“What are they like?” Blue asks, biting into the mostly clear fruit that I’ve picked for him. It’s a little overripe, but they’re a little sweeter that way, and their peels are much easier to get through. Blue seems to like it at least.
“Well, they are tricky, conniving little things, but I can’t say they are that bad.” I try to answer honestly.
Blue just squints at me as he chews his fruit. It shouldn’t be, but it is very funny to watch him call me out when I’m not making sense to him.
“They’re no- I suppose I’m not portraying them in the best light,” I admit sheepishly, trying to separate my own opinion of them from a more practical definition. “Imps don’t like to be bored. They are little creatures of chaos that like to mess with people and play pranks on them. They aren’t malicious, but they aren’t… human. They don’t know where to draw the line, or that a line even exists.”
“So they play pranks… like jokes?” Blue quirks his ears in confusion. I see where I messed up. Of course Blue’s mind would go to the more… innocent incarnation.
“Like leading people off the path and getting them lost in a big forest where they might die. Like stealing berries and painting up the sides of traveler’s bags. To them, there is no difference,” I explain, watching Blue go pale as he grasps the situation.
“I can see how that would be dangerous.” he says blandly, taking another bite of his fruit.
“Imps typically want attention and companionship,” I continue, trying to remember all that I can of the little creatures. “Like I said, they don’t like being alone or bored. They like people, pretty much any intelligent being, and if they find any they will try to make friends. But they will still prank and joke and that’s where a lot of the ‘evil’ stories of Imps come from.”
“Evil?” Blue looks up at me with wide eyes and I realize that even with the stories I’d been telling him, he hadn’t made the leap to assuming that the little buggers were classified as ‘evil’.
“Well, people will agree to be their friends, not knowing what that means, and they will… get tired of putting up with them. They’re more into entertaining themselves than helping someone, so they don’t fit into a common social moral structure. It’s the same for a lot of spirits or beasts. They don’t have rules to follow so when you measure them up against rules of your own, they don’t have the best results,” I explain, hoping that at least some of that made sense.
Blue jumps up, climbing onto a moss slick rock that’s forced a tree to grow around it. I almost stop him, but I can see no other signs of weirdness, no mushroom circles or sudden sweet smells. There’s another crystal fruit at the top of the mound where a set of climbing vines has managed to work its way up the tree.
I watch him go, a little surprised that he doesn’t trip when the log had caused so much trouble before. Though I suppose it helps that no mythical beasts are distracting him. He climbs with such grace and energy that I’m surprised that I didn’t notice it before. I wonder how terribly stir crazy I’ve made him, only just now letting him get his energy out in a studio.
He jumps down in one clean move, nearly giving me a heart attack in the process. Blue goes down to all fours, absorbing some of the shock of the fall. There’s no ominous cracking, and Blue doesn’t stay down, he rises just as gracefully as he fell. Either he doesn’t register the danger he was in or he just didn’t care, because his only reaction to hitting the ground is to smile up at me and offer the fruit.
“So what about a bound Imp? What’s so different about them?” Blue asks as though nothing has happened, and I just have to settle for a smile that I can't seem to wipe off my face. He’s always giving himself such little credit for all the things he accomplishes. All his talents and skills, he just sweeps under the rug and dismisses.
“Bound Imps are Imps that have been bound to objects.” I give the simple, obvious answer before shifting to something more specific. “Usually swords or necklaces, something noticeable. Those Imps were chosen because they were more powerful than average, or maybe they had a special talent that made them worth capturing.”
“So where would you usually find an Imp?” Blue turns a quick circle, looking closely at the trees and surrounding underbrush.
“Well, it depends on what kind you are looking for…” I hedge, enjoying the wide-eyed stare that Blue gives at that.
“There are multiple kinds?” he gasps.
“So many, though I assume they want us to find a more garden variety if they sent us out into the woods. No chance of finding a brownie out here,” I chuckle.
“Wait, what’s a-” Blue sputters, but I cut him off.
“It’s a different type of Imp, a household spirit. Pretty rare nowadays. At least in big cities. They don’t like large populations, it’s too easy to be seen,” I explain the joke.
Blue just nods, silently accepting what I’ve told him. I can almost see him filing that information away for later just in case it might be useful.
“So what are we looking for?” Blue’s voice goes hushed, as though the Imp could be listening to us right now and run away.
“Standard house grounds of a forest Imp? Well, we’re looking for mushroom rings or stone outcroppings covered in soft moss. The one we are looking for is too strong to be an attendant, so we don’t have to worry about that… All of that either near a water source or a place with high activity. Some place the animals of this forest visit regularly. This is a social spirit. It won’t want to be far from a source of activity.”
We look for a good spot. Having so many qualifiers does help narrow down the search. Water is a top priority and it doesn’t take long to find another little brook. This one’s only a few inches deep, moving nice and slow as it snakes its way through a section of densely packed trees. It’s not hard to follow it until we find a clearing, and then even further until we find the base of the artificial mountain that’s been constructed as a biome for some of the more particular species they house here.
We wander around there for a while, trying to pick up clues from the rockface. For the most part the little caverns are inhabited, something you recognise immediately when you are stupid enough to repeatedly stick your face into their spaces.
The sun’s dipping by the time we find an outcropping of stone that looks promising. It’s not like the dens of the other animals. It’s an open space that has all manner of trinkets and baubles, a little hoarder’s collection. It’s the perfect place for something bound to a particular object to hide. If you keep all the precious trinkets together, then you’re hiding in plain sight. It’s actually pretty smart. But more than anything else, it’s the fresh cluster of mushrooms encircling the area that makes me certain we’ve found our mark.
“There’s nothing here,” Blue whines, clearly unconvinced, but I just keep unpacking the sleeping bags and chalk for the protective circle.
We’ll have to set up camp soon and there’s far too many things that can get to us in this area for me to forgo this extra precautionary measure. Blue just pouts as he clears some space on the forest floor ensuring that we at least won’t have rocks poking us in the back all night.
“There’s no need to get frustrated. It probably isn’t home right now. You can’t fault it for wanting to go out for a walk.” I try to soothe him, but he seems more put off than comforted by my words.
“But you said it was bound to an object!” Blue whines, looking over his shoulder and around at the surrounding, rapidly darkening forest.
“Yes, bound,” I agree. “It has its radius, and there’s nothing that prevents it from picking up its own item and moving it.”
Blue just pouts, taking his sleeping bag from my back and tossing it to the ground, smoothing it out in jagged movements as he refuses to address me.
“Come on now, how terrible would you have felt if we lugged all this overnight stuff into the woods all day and we found what we were looking for before night fell?” I try to joke, but judging by the look on Blue’s face he doesn’t understand the joke.
“I… You want to stay out here in the forest?” he whispers hesitantly.
“Did you... not?” I ask back, trying to find better words and failing.
I shouldn’t be surprised. Blue didn’t get the choice to sign up for this extracurricular assignment, he got pulled into it. It’s my fault we’re both here in this dangerous situation.
“You- you said it was dangerous…” Blue hedges in such a soft voice that makes my chest ache.
“Yes, but when are we ever going to be allowed free rein of the forest without anyone looking over our shoulder? This place has been stocked with every kind of magic creature that could conceivably coexist on this plot of land, and a couple who really shouldn’t. Don’t you think that’s cool?” I offer hesitantly.
Blue was raised more as an indoor being than an outdoor one. He might just genuinely not like such an intense, and potentially dangerous, hike. The magic is exciting for me, but it might not be for Blue.
“The San-gin was beautiful.” He nods bashfully, like he’s ashamed to have found such a majestic animal fascinating.
I draw the chalk outline to circle Blue and the rest of the stuff we’ve set up. It’s not powerful atrophic magic, I don’t have time for that, but it is enough to ward our presence from anything aside from what crosses our path visually. It will have to do.
“I’ll go get water for us, and then I will ramble for uncomfortably long amounts of time about anything that you point at, ok?” I offer.
I don’t know what’s gotten into me. I don’t usually talk this much, and it’s not like I love the sound of my own voice, but something’s telling me that the silence isn’t good for Blue… So I keep talking. It’s weird. Mostly because I haven’t spoken this much since Blue was first recovering and I had to learn to fill every bit of silence to put him at ease. Blue just ducks his head and nods, deciding to take it upon himself to set up camp for the night. It’s probably just my imagination that I see a rosy blush dusting his cheeks.
I pick up our mostly empty water skins and head back down to where our little brook was. The water’s fresh. Even if I didn’t dip my finger in to test it first, there are plenty of little Lumenols coming out now that the sun is coming down. The little reed looking things are technically fish, and they require a steady source of moving freshwater to live. In any other situation I would love to watch them sprouting from the ground. I would marvel at them, captivated not only by their soft glow, but by the faint magical aura they produce to attract something to feed on. But right now, the waterskins won’t fill fast enough.
All I seem to be capable of is worry nowadays. Blue didn’t actually want to come on this little trip. This is something that got sprung on the both of us, but while it’s at least interesting to me it could get him hurt or worse. I’ve been so stuck up my own head all day, just spouting useless facts about things that I find exciting. Blue’s probably bored to tears, but he feels like he can’t say anything.
You see him as nothing but a tool.
My stomach turns as I remember Lonel’s words. I’m forcing Blue to get involved in this whole mess. It’s entirely my fault and he doesn’t even feel safe enough to tell me how he really feels. Blue’s good at telling people what they want to hear. He’d told me as much when I’d asked, whenever he’d talked about his previous masters. He’s probably just pretending, just hoping that what he’s puzzled out as the ‘correct’ answer is what I want to hear. And I haven’t really done anything to break him of those habits.
I am the worst.
I’m trudging back to camp, wallowing in my own little pity bucket, when I realize that Blue’s outside the circle. My mind swims for a second, confused as to why he would leave the circle when I’d explained it was the only thing keeping him safe, but then I hear him scream and all coherent thoughts fly out of my head.
I go into a dead sprint towards the campsite. I can feel my heart pounding out of my chest as I get a clearer picture of what’s happening. There’s no vicious animal, angry Imp, or even another student, but Blue’s tangled in vines from the forearm down. He’s struggling against the vines, but before I can go through the list of creatures that have the ability to control plants like that, I see the spotted bulb hanging just behind the treeline.
Oh Stars.
The pollen cloud is already dissipating and I can see the way the resistance leaves Blue’s form, the way he slows his struggling, the way his screaming quiets. I stretch out my conscious mind into the plants, into the forest in a way that I haven't in a long time. My senses blur for a moment until everything snaps back with unnatural clarity. The forest isn’t just what I can see, what I can feel is so much more than that. I can see the mushrooms, the fairy circles, but like this I can feel where they draw their energy, where they are conduits and how they drain off the power they produce. It’s nothing to choke the life out of that dangerous plant, first severing the flower and then forcing the roots to take in the cold. If the roots survive, it will not bloom again for at least two years. The flower’s bell slumps forward, its vines pulling it forward in stuttery jerks as the last of its energy is drained. It barely makes it to the barrier before it slumps over, unable to do anything more now that it’s been cut.
I wasn’t being very careful with my powers, but at the moment, I really don’t care.
I rush over to Blue’s side but he barely registers my presence. He’s slumped over on the ground, staring blankly forward at the vines that still loosely entangle his arms. The thorns have pushed into his flesh, and though there’s not much blood I know that it’s far too late already. I can see the rapid, shallow breathing as he looks up at me.
“Master!” he shouts as he finally notices my presence. He pulls himself up, only to slump over on me, a goofy grin pasted over his face.
“Blue-” I can’t help the way my voice wavers, but he just continues like he hasn’t heard me.
“Master, I feel weird,” he says, his voice a low whisper as he pokes at the inflamed skin on his arms like it’s someone else. “I f-feel hot and...” he giggles, interrupting his own statement as he looks back up to me, “...floaty.”
“Oh stars,” I whisper as I get a good look at him.
His pupils are blown so wide that I can barely see any of the blue of his iris. It’s clear that he’s not only gotten the toxins from the thorns in his system, but he’s inhaled some of the pollen cloud too. He’s high as a gryphon rider.
“Master, it’s too hot,” he whines, pulling at his coat, but his hands are fumbling with the buttons they’re so shaky. “Master, I…” he stutters, pressing his nose into my neck instead of finishing his sentence.
“Blue,” I say quietly, trying to mimic the calm, informative tone of a medical professional, trying to ignore the way he’s pressing himself against me, the way he’s practically burrowing into my chest. “You are going to be suffering from a variety of symptoms in the next few hours, ok? First is an internal fever. You don’t have to worry, it isn’t hazardous to your health, it is just uncomfortable. Then some muscular pain and body aches. You are probably going to feel congested, and have a headache when this is over-”
“Master,” he pants against my neck, laying his body flush against mine as he whines, “I want you to fuck me.”
“...and you are going to feel a significant increase in your sex drive,” I finish, wishing that I could ignore the sinking feeling in my chest.
My mind flashes useless facts, useless things that remind me that there are no common or particularly safe ways to treat this other than pulling out as much of the toxin as you can. But even that only affects the amount of time that the effects will hold. This is a situation where you treat symptoms and ride out the worst.
He’s not that far gone yet. Not considering how bad the worst reported cases had gotten. Plus, I got to him almost as soon as the thing had stuck him. If I can get everything out he should only have a half hour, an hour at most where he’s… under the influence of the toxin. I’m lucky he’s still coherent, but that concept is hard to reconcile with what he’s just said.
“You smell good,” Blue purrs, nuzzling into my neck. My stomach turns at the stricken whine that comes out of him when I push him away.
“Blue, you just breathed in the spores of the Rocatari. You’re going to want to have sex, but it’s not going to be you. It’s going to be the spores messing with your head. The toxin that coats the thorns is messing with your hormones,” I try to explain clinically, trying desperately not to think about how much worse it is to go through the withdrawal without someone… helping.
Blue whimpers as I start unwinding the vines from his arms. Nothing’s scratched too deep, but the honey tinted fluid welling up from the wound is promising. I press hard against the skin surrounding the puncture, forcing the blood and toxin to well up before I dip my head and hollow my cheeks, drawing out as much as I can.
Even with the iron tint of his blood, I can still taste the unmistakable cloying sweetness of the toxin. It takes two or three tries before I’m sure there’s nothing left in the wound and all that I’m spitting out is blood. The skin has purpled under my attention and I can’t help but run my thumb over it in a bid to be soothing as I move to another puncture.
“I think I want to have sex right now,” Blue blurts out, but then he squints, ducking his head as though he’s considering the validity of the statement he’s just given. “Yeah. I think we’d have really good sex.” He nods, agreeing with himself.
“...Blue,” I start with a warning in my tone, but I dismiss it, moving to the next puncture wound.
He’s coherent enough to keep a conversation, but there’s no use arguing with him. I’ve explained the effects of the toxin already. The best thing I can do is get it out of him.
“Do you not agree?” he asks, bringing his fingers to my cheek, stroking the skin there with loving care despite the discomfort I’m creating.
“Blue, you aren’t in control of yourself right now.” I state the obvious as he brushes some of his own blood from my lips.
“I think I am. I feel loopy, but I still feel like me,” he says, brow furrowing at my answer. “I want you, not the Roki plant.”
“Rocatari-” I correct before shaking my head. That isn’t the important part .
“Sure, that one too.” He tries to wave his hand flippantly, but I continue to hold his wrists where I have them.
“Blue, I can’t-” I start, but Blue cuts me off.
“What do you mean you can’t?” he nearly screams in my face, pulling away from me in earnest now. “W-when, when it was them,” he stutters, his voice catching in his throat, forcing him to stop and take a ragged breath. “When it was them, it was all I was good for.” My heart aches at the tears brimming in his eyes.
You treat him like a tool.
I’m just like every other one of them . He thinks of me in the same terms as all his other masters. As though he’s just some thing. As though I could only see him in terms of what he’s good for.
“Blue I am not going to... use you.” I hesitate to use the crass term, but the words are echoing in my head, eating away at my mind.
“When have you ever?” Blue’s ears quirk in confusion as he looks up at me with wide eyes.
He shifts forward, reaching hesitantly towards me until I open my arms for him. He pulls himself up into my lap, curling his fingers in the fabric of my shirt like he’s scared that I’m going to throw him off. I let him squirm until he’s settled, finding a comfortable place in my arms where he can hide his face in my shoulder.
“I… could have kept my mouth shut,” he whispers. “I could have said nothing… I have that much control. But I-” He stutters and I can feel that he’s starting to get hard, can hear the soft whimper that follows as he tries to restrain his hips and keep from rutting against me. “I’m not, I’m not lying, I do… want-” he gasps, trying to speak even through the distractions.
“Blue-” I try to interject, but he just barrels on like he didn’t even hear me.
“You never treated me like an- like… like you should. I was always… important. You make me important,” he finishes quietly, letting his face fall to my chest.
His hand is still fisted in my shirt, pulling me closer, and this time I don’t push him away.
Stars, was this the talk I was so dreading? Just a few simple sentences passed back and forth? A simple little check-in to see how we were doing? How could I have been so foolish as to let this insanity drag on for a week? A week of anxiety and insecurity when we just needed to sit and talk seriously, or at least without inhibitions.
Blue’s still in a rather problematic state. There’s still plenty of toxin to drain from his wounds and I see to that as quickly as I can, but the rapidly spreading flush tints Blue’s body. He’s hard, and for the next half-hour at least, he’s going to be very horny.
I give him a gentle kiss on the lips as I lay him down on the bedroll. It’s hard to back away from him, but I try to give him some space even as I lean over him. The last thing I want is to trigger any unpleasantness.
“You are sure about this? You can tell me to stop, anytime. I’ll stop, but you’re sure you want my help with this? It’s going to addle you, I don’t want to do something you might not want just because you aren’t thinking straight and I-” I ramble until Blue mercifully silences me by pulling me down to him for another kiss.
“You can use me.” He smiles at me so sweetly, like he doesn’t know how wrong what he’s just said is.
“Blue, I… I’m not going to do that,” I whisper as I stroke my fingers through his silky hair, trying desperately to backpedal without causing Blue any panic.
Was I too hasty? Is this simply too soon? Am I pushing too hard?
Blue was alright just a second ago. He’d acknowledged that I treat him differently from his past owners, but now… It’s like he’s falling back on old habits. He’d said that I treat him differently, so why does he think that this will be the same?
“I will be good for you.” He says it like a promise, like it’s his most solemn oath. “I’ll do my best to make you happy. I’m good at this when I want to be, I swear. I won’t fight, I promise, no matter what you want,” he pleads, pulling at my shirt, trying to pull me back down, closer to him.
“No, Blue.” I try to sound comforting, rubbing soothing little circles into his arms. I don’t know where this has gone so wrong, but the last thing I need is Blue thinking it’s his fault when he’s in such a sensitive state.
“You said… I want it,” he says in a quiet voice, almost to himself, before he refocuses his eyes on me. “Kara, I want to have sex with you.” He meets my eyes and speaks with such authority that I hesitate.
It’s different, he’s admitted as much. He’s said multiple times that I treat him differently than any of his other masters, but I’ve never thought of the other side of that. He’s never had to deal with a master like me. He’s used to the script he used for his other owners. It’s the only way he knows how to ask. It’s not that he thinks I’m going to hurt him, he just… has no context for anything else.
“Alright, sweetheart, you’re right,” I whisper, allowing myself to get closer, brushing the sweat slick hair out of his face.
I indulge myself, allowing myself to go slow even as Blue whines and squirms under me. For once Blue doesn't need to be told to let himself make noise. There’s something hypnotic about the process of stripping him down. I’m entirely captivated with each new stretch of skin that's revealed. I kiss every scar and Blue seems to appreciate the lavish attention.
“You want to know some fun things about the Rocatari?” I ask, even though Blue’s eyes have gone half lidded and distant. I’m not sure how present he is, but he does at least pretend to hear me, letting his ears flick at the sound of my voice. “The nectar specifically works very nicely as a lube.”
Blue gives a whine as I extract myself from his grasp and dip my fingers into the thick petals of the severed bulb. The thick amber liquid sticks to my fingers and though it does have the very sweet smell of the flower, I know that it has none of the sweetness. In fact, it’s supposed to be entirely flavorless, and it certainly has nothing dangerous in it.
Blue stares for a moment before he pushes himself to his elbows and slowly licks the sticky substance from my finger, entirely captivated by the mostly clear nectar. The rough drag of his tongue is sinful, but then he sucks my fingers into his mouth and the tight, slick heat has me hard in my pants.
“Well, aren’t you eager?” I joke even though it’s unfair. Blue’s pupils are so wide and I doubt he could restrain himself if he tried, but the unthinking, pliable way he’s yielding under my hands is doing things to me that are hard to describe. Especially knowing that this isn’t entirely the fault of the plant.
It’s odd. It’s my Blue and yet it’s not.
The Rocatari isn’t one of the more terrifying plants that can take over the body of its host. That’s reserved for a few too many horrifying fungal species. This is Blue, just… without any of the reservations. Nothing matters more to him than the sensations of the moment, and he has no ability to consider anything more than that.
No ability to consider repercussions.
Apparently the momentary distraction of being caught up in thought is more than enough for Blue to take advantage of. Before I know it he has my pants down, and I don’t miss the look of satisfaction that passes over Blue’s face at my state. He licks a confident stripe up the underside of my dick before suckling delicately on the head.
My fingers go to the back of his head, tangling in his hair with every intention of making him go slow, making sure that he doesn’t push himself, but when he takes me down to the root without hesitation it’s all I can do to hold on for the ride.
“I’m going to be so good for you,” he murmurs as he pulls back, pressing a kiss to the base of my cock before delivering a series of kitten licks back up the shaft.
I shut my eyes against those words. It’s hard enough to remember that he doesn’t mean those words the way I’m hearing them. It’s what he’s used to saying, he doesn’t have anything else that has ever provided good results. Even still, it reminds me of the delicate situation that Blue’s coming from. Something in my mind clicks as I realize something that I can do to make this different, separate me from Blue’s other owners. I’m almost glad for his addled state, otherwise this would probably never work.
I take advantage of the next time Blue comes up for air, pushing him back until he’s lying down again. I don’t waste any time, letting my fingers find the slick nectar of the Rocatari again as I kiss Blue. His lips are a little swollen from their recent use, but it doesn’t make him any less eager. His long eyelashes flutter as he parts his lips to allow my tongue entrance.
Seeing that he’s sufficiently distracted I slide my other hand behind me, prepping myself with my fingers as quickly as I can. It’s been a long time, but the motions are familiar.
I grab a little more slick for my palm once I’m done, giving Blue a slow, firm stroke that certainly catches his attention. His tail flicks as his hips jerk forward in an uncontrolled motion. An explosive purr rumbles in Blue’s chest and I can’t help the warmth that brings to my own chest. Well, I hope he’ll like this even better. I can’t help the smile that comes to my face as I straddle his hips.
“What are you doing?” Blue giggles as I shift position, though I can see the confusion on his face.
“Well, you said you wanted to have sex,” I say, pressing a kiss to Blue’s lips.
“But-” Whatever protest was on his lips dies behind a strangled whine as I guide his dick.
“I just want to show you, alright?” I whisper as I sink down on his cock, pressing another kiss to his lips. “It doesn’t have to be something that only one person enjoys. It doesn’t have to be about pleasing someone and just suffering through for their sake.”
The strangled gasp that Blue makes as I bottom out on his dick makes me chuckle low in my throat and roll my hips just to hear it again.
“Come on now Blue, aren’t you going to be gentle with me?” I joke, brushing his hair out of his face so he can’t hide like he usually does behind that curtain of hair.
“M-Master, this isn’t-” Blue’s voice wavers, but I can’t listen to him say that this is wrong, or worse, disrespectful.
“No, no, Blue, you have too fine a dick for nobody to enjoy,” I cut him off, letting my hips cant a little and pull another moan from him. “So how about you show me a good time?”
I don’t think it would have worked if the toxin weren’t well within his bloodstream at the time, if he weren’t so horny and his inhibitions weren’t being repressed. He would have made more of a fuss. He probably would have tried again to explain to me the impropriety of the situation, or maybe some misguided thoughts about how we shouldn’t be doing this.
Luckily for me, he doesn’t waste any time with useless arguing.
Blue goes slow, moving tentatively with a hesitance that I would describe as maddening if I thought for a moment that he was being a tease on purpose. I can read the anxiety in the tense line of his body. He thinks… Stars, he’s worried he’s going to hurt me. Even with the toxin making lust burn in his body, I can still see the concern in his eyes, the way he moves so slowly, with his hands at his side like he’s too afraid to touch me.
“Blue, you can touch me,” I say gently, taking his hands in my own.
I almost startle when I look down at my own body to place his hands. I bite my lip to stop an involuntary sound of shock at the smooth skin that doesn’t belong there. The scars are covered by the glamour, but Blue will feel them if he touches me. I try not to feel guilty as I guide his hands towards skin that will match what he sees. I know he’s not far enough gone that he would ignore the disparate feelings if he found them. He’s being careful with me, too careful to miss something like that. I don’t want to have to deal with this fallout right now, not when everything’s so fragile already.
Blue’s hands settle delicately where I’ve placed them and I rest my hands over his, if only to feel him press a little more firmly.
“Blue, you’re not hurting me. I like this. I-” love you “trust you, ok?” I ask, trying to ignore the way the words almost caught in my throat. Trying to figure out when the words I had wanted to say had become true.
Blue starts cautiously again, but at my… enthusiastic support and some extra help from my hips pushing for him to find a new speed, Blue settles himself into the rhythm.
Even with this as a wonderful distraction, my mind still wanders back to the Rocatari. How did the flower get there? They move, but very slowly. Maybe a mile in a month at the peak of their growing season unless they are actively chasing something. There’s no way that one could sneak up on us like that…
Unless we were being played with.
That sparks something in me, the idea that I’m getting played with and Blue is getting caught in the crossfire. It’s wrong and rude and the cruelest of pranks.
My eyes go to the forest, to the line of trees that surrounds this little clearing
We have an audience.
Notes:
Not what you expected... was it?
I started up a fan server so that we could have the chance to chat outside of the comments (not that I don't love your comments, they give me life and I swear I am replying to them, I am just slow and bad at things). I am also bad at technology - see how many chapters that I just posted a url to the tumblr page rather than a link- so I am worried about putting a link to the discord in this bottom set of notes, however I have a stable link on the tumblr page right now so...
Please, if you feel like it, come over and drop by the discord server and say hello, or joke around, or rant, or post theories... really anything that you want.
You can find the link to the tumblr: Here, and you will find the link to the discord there as well.
As always, take care of yourselves and be safe.
Love you guys <3
Chapter 70: Returning
Notes:
Heyo guys, I've been dealing with some personal stuff recently and I know it shouldn't be an excuse, but it is. I love you guys and this story so much and even if you guys don't know it, you are helping me through a really hard time.
Just be warned, as a little bit of a precaution the next chapter will be up next Friday and then the scheduled updates should continue on as normal. I'm sorry to have to skip a week, but... it's a little tough and this break is sorely needed.
Thank you all so much for your understanding.
I've made this chapter nice and extra long to try and make this easier to deal with :)
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
My head is pounding when I wake up. My eyes only give me a half conscious, fuzzy image to work with as I try to blink the sleep away. I can’t help but notice the light filtering through the trees in soft, broken rays. The birds aren’t too noisy, though at least the winter chill is keeping away most of the insects.
My mind grinds to a halt at that.
I know it’s winter, but why the hell am I outside? I have less than a second before I realize how distinctly warm I am. Something that doesn’t make sense when I can see my own breath in the cold morning air.
Slowly I become more aware of my own body. I’m trapped in a sleeping bag, wrapped up in layer after layer of clothing. There's a dull ache in my body as I try to move around, like I’m recovering from a bad cold. I sit myself up, reluctantly facing the chill in the air as I check around the campsite. There’s a rolled sleeping bag next to me and two matching backpacks within arm’s reach, and I fumble with the one my brain has assigned mine for a moment before pulling out my waterskin.
Stars, my mind wonders unprompted , why the hell am I here?
I don’t usually have this much trouble waking up, distantly I’m sure I don’t usually have the luxury, but my head is pounding and my throat is so dry…
Suddenly everything rushes back to me. The assignment, the forced jaunt through the woods, crashing into the river, looking for that imp…
The flower.
I feel my cheeks heat as I am momentarily sure that all the blood in my body has rushed to my face. How could I have forgotten about the flower, those thorny vines, the way the pollen had made my head feel light, and then…
There’s an absurd impulse to dive back into my sleeping back, zip it up from the inside, and just stay in there for the foreseeable future. It is much better than the alternative of facing the consequences of my actions. There’s a low keening sound that takes me a minute to recognize as myself.
My fingers tangle themselves into my hair as I try to keep myself from passing out. This is fine, this is ok, nothing's wrong I just… I fucked my Master. My mind replays the events of last night. How eager I had been, how forceful and unrepentant.
I had been so scared when he… Stars, when he slid himself down on my dick. It had felt so good, the hot tight clench of his body around me. I could understand why so many had enjoyed it, but that thought snapped unnatural clarity back into my mind. I didn’t want him to have to suffer through this like I did. He shouldn’t have to use his body. I didn’t want to hurt him.
But he had found his own pleasure in the act. More than just accidental stimulation, more than when my masters played with my body to make me cum. I'm sure I’m turning bright red with the amount of heat I can feel burning my cheeks. My mind won’t stop playing the events of last night in my head, and the memory of the arousal pulls at me, but there’s absolutely no way I could get hard right now.
My memories play in an odd order, only giving me the highlights of what I’ve missed. Stars, I fucked my Master, and not just once. Kara had to show me the ropes in the beginning, but the more that haze took over my mind, the less I was afraid. I lost count of how many times we actually fucked, how many ways. I’m not even confident I remember it all, whole minutes missing from my memory at a time, before the effects of the flower dropped me and Kara had tucked me into bed.
Stars, I fucked my Master!
I can’t stifle the sound I make though I can’t tell exactly what the noise was meant to be. It’s something of a choked moan, but far too high and whiny to be anything that dignified. I momentarily think I’m going blind when my eyes fill with tears.
I’m not sure what I’m crying for, not really. There’s no real sadness, no fear or pain, but the tears come regardless. Suddenly I’m sobbing like a child in the middle of the stars damned forest and there’s nothing I can do about it.
My head swims and I go lightheaded for a moment as I hold my breath in an attempt to get myself back under control. My mind comes back to me enough that I run a quick little checkup on myself, ticking off the most commonly affected things first. I’m really not hurt anywhere, the effects of the Roki- whatever plant has left my body for good, I’m just... feeling overwhelmed.
It doesn’t seem like much in the long run, not against everything I’ve held my own against, but that didn’t stop me from blathering like a child because of it. My chest hurts and my whole body aches as I remember those were some of the things that Kara had warned me about. He’d said that once the effects of the plant left me there would be a whole bunch of things to look out for.
Where is Kara?
My ears perk as I spin a quick circle around our campsite. He wasn’t here when I woke up, but his stuff was still here. He wouldn’t leave me, would he? Stars, I’ve made such a mess of things it wouldn’t even be wrong of him to leave me here. He hadn’t seemed like anything was wrong, in fact he’d quite enthusiastically said otherwise, but the harsh light of day has a way of changing people’s minds…
“Help! Help!” The sharp raspy voice breaks me out of my tumbling line of thought just before a small creature jumps onto me, climbing me like a ladder before it plants itself behind my head and uses my ears like they’re grasping points.
I’m trying to bat the creature away from my ears, mind racing, when I see Kara follow the little creature out of the brush.
“Come here you little sh- Oh, Blue, you’re awake?” The angry, tense lines of his body mould into something much kinder as he addresses me.
“I’m not an imp! He’s lost his mind!” the little thing in my hair chitters, pulling at my hair as though he could use me as a mount to get away.
“M-master?” I ask hesitantly, but Kara’s pulling on a pair of gloves, more or less ignoring me while the creature in my hair gets more and more frantic.
Eventually it gives up its place in my hair, making a break for the treeline, but it doesn’t get too far before Kara’s knocked the thing to the ground, picking it up by its stubby little wings as it can only jerk in his grasp.
The thing’s actually a little bigger than I thought it was. It’s a little jarring to see the imp’s protruding fangs and whipcord-like tail, but I never did ask for a description of what an imp looked like. It’s a pale green mottled with dark spots, but there's a shock of gold around its eyes. Gold swirly lines and dots coming out from its eyes, decorating an odd looking face. It takes me a minute to recognize the tattoo for what it is.
The tattoos presumably continue beneath the creature’s clothing, and as it struggles I do recognize the same curling lines turning into sigils further up on its head. I’m not quite sure what the sigils mean, but even I can see the large painted eye. It looks almost like there’s an inset emerald in the imp’s head with those tattooed lines ringing it in gold until it resembles something like the tattoos the imp has around its eyes.
“Master, what are-” I try to ask, but he cuts me off.
“Treated gloves. This way he can’t teleport around.” He responds in clipped sentences as he tries to wrestle the imp into submission before he can get away again.
“Oh!” I say, feeling rather foolish, “So, this is…” I leave the question open, hoping that Kara will just fill me in.
“Right,” he says brightly, turning to me as though he’s just realized that I wasn’t exactly conscious for the past however many hours and he has to explain what’s happened in that time, “this is Kyuin. He’s what we came out here looking for.”
“Oh, I was mistaken,” the little imp, Kyuin, says. His nasally voice grates on my ears, but something tells me he’s playing it up because he knows it’s bothersome. “See, I thought you two were just looking for some time alone in the woods, but if you were looking for little old me…”
Kara flicks at one of Kyuin’s elongated ears, forcing a yelp from the creature as it does its best to curl away from him.
“He also has something he wants to apologize for.” Kara speaks like he’s grinding his teeth as he kneels down and brings the imp to my eye level.
“I do?” The imp cranes his neck up to glance confusedly at Kara, before he flicks the imp’s other ear. “Ack, you’re right! I do!” he screeches as he tries to put his hands over his ears, but they are far too big to be covered by his hands.
“Wh-what is happening?” I feel my voice crack in my throat and I want nothing more than to just sit and drink my fill of a waterskin.
Kara’s acting kind of strangely too. I’ve never seen him like this. Even though the imp doesn’t seem to be in any real pain, Master is still purposefully tormenting it. I’ve never seen him in such a foul mood… or so ready to inflict a punishment, even one that is obviously mild.
The imp struggles for a few seconds more before he simply crosses his arms and pouts.
“I’m sorry I let the two of you get out of each other's way,” he grumbles out, before Kara flicks him again “Ack, fine, I’m sorry about the Rocatari! Ya happy?”
The rocatari? I can feel my heart speed as I process the imp’s words. He was responsible for the Rocatari? Oh stars, that wasn’t a coincidence?
“Not happy,” Kara grumbles. “What you did was risky and could have been really dangerous and gotten Blue hurt, and that doesn’t even begin to address the way the nature of this plant forced him to-” Kara tries to continue, but the imp cuts him off.
“Forced? I may not live by your rules, but I know what consent is, wizard boy.” He hisses, renewing his struggling against Kara’s hold.
“I…” Kara starts to protest, but whatever he was going to say dies on his lips.
My face is on fire. For a second it’s hard to breathe and it’s all I can do not to crawl right back into my sleeping bag. If the plant didn’t come upon us by accident then that means that this whole situation could have been avoided if I had just been paying attention, if I hadn’t gotten so distracted. My mind jumps to another terrible thought. If this was planned, then had the imp been… watching us?
Suddenly, I really don’t want an answer to that. The thought that both Kara and I had been spied upon makes me a little sick, but knowing that the imp might have witnessed us… together, makes me feel shaky inside.
Stars, when did I start having trouble saying that someone had sex with me, that my master and I fucked? I’m no blushing virgin, and yet this all feels so terribly new that I’m nearly frightened by it.
Perhaps because it is so new, at least to me anyways. I wasn’t lying to Kara last night. I did want to have sex, sort of… It isn’t the memory of the plant or the unbound lust running through my veins that gives me pause, more that I was confused by the way we’d gone about it. When Kara and I are together, fuck is simply the wrong word. I’ve lived most of my life getting fucked and what Kara does to me is certainly not that.
He’s always so hesitant with me. He treats me like I’ll break with the slightest pressure. I still don’t entirely understand why, but I can’t exactly bring myself to be upset about it. It feels wrong, like he shouldn’t be bothering with so much effort, but I want to be appreciative. I want to be grateful but the way the imp is giggling at me makes my skin crawl. As familiar as I am with sex, I’m not so well versed in the intimacy that Kara seems to expect. But I am learning. I’m learning about myself, my own preferences, how to feel comfortable in my own skin.
Right now, I know I don’t like this imp, and I want to get out of this forest.
“Master, we have the imp, are we done?” I wince at the forcefulness of my own voice, but I can’t bring myself to regret my words.
I want to get out of here. The woods are putting me on edge. Everything in this place seems to have the distinct desire to fuck with us, and I don’t want to spend any more time here than neccessary.
I feel a little bad at the way Kara shrinks back at my words. I know he likes it out here, for some reason that’s beyond my comprehension. Just another little thing I’ve learned about myself, I suppose. I like being indoors more than out. Though that may just be a side effect of all the shit that seems to go down in this forest. Even still, I’m not overly fond of Kara’s little backyard creatures and though he tries to be nice about it, I know I’m not really that much of a help in his garden.
“Not quite,” Kara pipes up, bringing me back to reality. “We need the binding object, and someone is being a little less than cooperative.”
“Well if I just gave you the answers what kinda test would that be?” the imp huffs impatiently, still struggling against the gloves.
“You know about the exam?” Kara asks, seemingly confused by the imp’s words.
“Yeah, you students come crashing through the forest at regular intervals and you think the intelligent beings don’t notice?” the imp questions, almost insulted by the insinuation.
“Huh...” Kara nods hesitantly, but the imp doesn’t seem convinced that he’s being genuine.
“What? You never thought we could piece things together?” he accuses, wiggling as much as he can in Kara’s hand, then resting his head on his hands and glaring at the two of us.
“Some quests are more repetitive than others, but we do prepare ourselves for these kinds of things. I plan out little tests so that even us little beasties can provide a good challenge.” The imp beams with pride, showing off his rows of sharp teeth as he smiles. “My test can be a lot of things, though most people don’t usually find me quite this soon. My little hunt has always been more about running out the clock than anything, but that doesn’t seem to be an option now, does it?” he pouts.
“Your test?” I can’t help but ask. The creature is so different from what I was expecting, and it certainly seems more intelligent.
“Well they do these things so regular, I have to switch it up! Gotta provide new and exciting content, otherwise people might think my quest is boring or easy.” He quirks a brow at me and I can’t help but shrink back against the judgemental look.
I don’t know much, I hadn’t really thought much of the ‘quest’ we’d been sent on. I don’t have a lot of knowledge about the things in this forest, but given how some of the other students had been reacting there was an obvious difficulty scale in the assignments. I thought that this one wouldn’t be too difficult, but how did the imp know that?
“How many people have succeeded in the past few years?” Kara asks the better question and I take advantage of the excuse to busy myself with folding up my sleeping bag and fiddling with my backpack to try and ignore the imp.
“Past few years? None, I run a tight ship here. But there was one girl, ‘bout seven years ago, she got me.” The imp gives a little squeal, seemingly very pleased with his track record, and I try to ignore the way my Master’s face darkens at the creature’s glee.
“A ship so tight you send a whore’s rosebush after us?” He pokes at the creature, but he doesn’t flick at its ears again.
“Hey, I’m allowed to have my fun!” the imp squeals as he tries to avoid Kara’s hand.
“M-master, how are we supposed to figure out which object is… the one we need?” I hesitate to bring more attention to myself, but we still have access to the imp’s treasure trove and I really want to get out of here.
“Well that depends,” the imp sneers. “I am forbidden from telling you all directly, and even if I wasn’t that wouldn’t be very fun. So it’s a test. Either you’re good at divination magic and you already know or you’re real good at getting information out of… unwilling participants.” His words make me cringe, but he doesn’t seem as worried about the prospect as I am. The imp's gaze finds mine and he gives a crooked little smile as his eyes flash with a light, like a predator in the darkness.
“You little-” Kara starts, but the imp cuts him off.
“Hey, don’t look at me so darkly, strangeling, you’ll scare your precious demi,” he sneers, expression going dark.
What?
I don’t have time to fully contemplate the imp’s odd words. Whatever he said freaks Kara out as well and his hold loosens on the creature just long enough for the imp to struggle free. Its bite must be very powerful even through the glove, because Kara gives a yelp as the thing darts away into the forest.
“What do we do now?” I ask, watching the space in the forest that the imp disappeared into. Kara doesn’t seem to be gearing up for a chase, but at his confused gaze I simply gesture vaguely to the forest and repeat what I’d thought was obvious. “He got away...”
“He wasn’t going to help us anyways.” Kara shrugs, stripping off the glove to examine the reddened skin underneath. “But we’ve still got his treasure hoard. It shouldn’t be too hard to figure this out on our own.”
I look back at the bunch of trinkets that wait in the little alcove we had found the night before. At least we know now that this really is the imp’s hoard instead of belonging to some pseudo-dragon. I may not be very well read in the realm of magical creatures but that particular species had come up in my book. They were supposed to be very small dragon kin that had all the hoarding instincts of their larger cousins, but not much of the same power or influence.
“So it’s something in here?” I clarify, looking Kara over for some semblance of the prickly creature he was when he talked to the imp, but all of that seems to have melted away with the imp’s hasty retreat.
“Yeah,” he nods along, confirming my assumption, “but you don’t want to go touching anything. Any piece of this hoard might be boobytrapped, or cursed…” I place my hands in my pockets like I wasn’t just about to reach into the pile of objects.
Kara goes back to his pack, rifling through his things and muttering to himself. I suppose he thought the imp would be able to tell him which object he was bound to. I wonder if he would have hurt the little creature to make it give him answers, but I don’t let my mind dwell too long on that. The creature got away and Master showed no desire to chase it, so there’s no point in letting those thoughts tear me up.
I focus on the collection of items instead. Kara’s pulling out some components behind me, so I don’t doubt there’s a plan, though it’s probably not something that I could help with. The little hoard seems pretty eclectic. There’s some tarnished, bent rings, a couple of stray, rough cut gems, a fine looking necklace on a thin chain, and what looks like a collection of acorns.
Perhaps not the most fantastical of hoards, but the objects obviously have some significance to this creature.
My mind flashes to the curled tattoos the imp had on his face. I wonder if that's a standard thing for imps or if this one is special. Of course this imp is different from others of its kind, I chuckle at myself, Kara had said that imps had to be special to be bound. Still, I’m not sure if the thing had managed to get those markings before or after it got bound.
My bet is on after, or at the very least around the same time as it was being bound, as I continue to examine the collection. The necklace is a simple cut emerald, but there have been some pains to disguise the gem. There’s mud caked over the setting, and one of the acorns has been pasted into the space where the gem should be. But the curling lines not disguised by the little twigs are too close to the markings on the imp’s face for me to ignore.
“Woah, Blue, the hell do you think you’re doing?” Kara’s hand is around my wrist before I realize I’d been reaching into the little alcove.
“I… I’m sorry.” I stumble on my own words as I try not to flinch.
It sounds weak, pitiful and in no way enough to make up for my error. He warned me explicitly not to touch anything. He said that it was dangerous and I just… ignored him. The idea leaves me feeling shaky and fearful, even more so because he hasn’t let go of my arm.
My mind flashes unwillingly to the way Master had treated the imp. Kyuin, who Master had obviously been angry with, didn’t receive the kindness that I thought came so naturally. Master had been cold and exacting and so much like a normal master that I could barely watch.
It’s so odd. I suppose I shouldn’t be surprised to see this side of him, even if it took so long for it to come out. He couldn’t simply lack the ability to get angry and act out in his frustration, though it does poke holes in my theory that this was the case. He was so kind to me, but in the back of my mind I always knew that it was only a matter of time. I should be glad that it takes so much to pull even this muted anger from him, but I feel too shaky inside to be relieved.
“Blue-” Master goes to speak, but I need to say my piece before he passes down his judgment.
“I d-didn’t-” I try to speak but my voice dies on me before I can finish the thought.
It’s a lie anyways, and I know better than to lie to my Master. It’s better that I don’t say anything. I didn’t mean anything bad , but that’s not true either. I meant to pick up the necklace. That was bad, because Master had told me not to. It wasn’t even some arbitrary rule, it was something to keep me safe. I can accept the punishment for my failures, but I’ll be damned if I add more offenses to the list.
I should be happy to belong to a Master like this. It’s a dream come true. The first time he’s truly angry and it’s with someone else. He doesn’t even lash out at me, doesn’t make it my fault when I’m the only one in reach. This should be the highlight of my fucking existence, a Master who’s hard to anger.
So why do I want to curl up and hide?
Maybe because he’s still angry and the imp is gone now. Kyuin’s not absorbing any of the anger from my Master, he’s gone but the tense line of Kara’s body has stayed. He’s still got my arm, and now it’s not Kyuin’s fault. It’s mine. He’s got to be angry with the imp, even still, and I’ve managed to associate my actions with something he hates so much...
“Blue, tell me what’s wrong.” Master orders, but funny thing it doesn’t sound much like the orders I’m used to. It sounds more like a request, it sounds like he’s concerned.
“I’m sorry.” It all comes out in a rush as suddenly my lungs cease to serve their only function.
At least that isn’t a lie.
“You don’t have to be sorry, Blue. Just tell me what’s wrong,” Kara murmurs.
I wait for his grip on me to become painful. In the beginning, I had thought his calm to be something fragile. That if I broke it, he would snap and the pain would come swiftly, fueled by anger with nothing to guide it. I had thought that the anger would run hot, but as soon as it was left to cool, the kind Master would be back. He’d treat my wounds and speak softly around me for days, worried that he’d scared me. In my more daring, imaginative mind, I’d take advantage of that regret. I’d had masters like that. Masters who liked to play at being calm and kind and once their anger cooled again, they’d go back to the act. Though he was the first to help me with my wounds. For some reason they had always locked me away after they’d snapped. I presumed they didn’t want to be reminded of their lapse.
Either way, I know better now. My Master is too well in control of himself to punish in a fit of anger. He wouldn’t be the kind to react in a fit of rage. No, he’s too careful for that, too exacting. He treats his body like it’s some kind of honed weapon, and worse, he knows more about the way my body ticks than I do.
He pulls me forward and all I can do is whimper before I realize I’m being slotted against his body. His arms encircle me loosely and he places one hand on my chest.
I wish it felt less good to be in his arms. There’s a preexisting connection in my brain that associates him with safety and I’d rather not feel comforted right now. Not if I’m right and I’m about to be punished. The fear in my mind still remains stubbornly disconnected from the comfort of his arms. There’s something in the warmth of his presence that almost works its way into me from the inside out, the strength in his arms that makes me want to go limp and press back into his body.
“Blue, Blue, I need you to listen to me, nod if you can listen.” He speaks with an inordinate amount of calm and I have just a second to be jealous before I process what he’s just said.
It’s not so much a nod as a sharp jerking of my head. It isn’t until I’m questioning why he would want a nod over words that I realize I’m gasping for breath. He gives me a second, until I’m finished nodding before he puts a little pressure on my chest, pressing down just enough for me to feel him even through the panic.
“Blue, I want you to focus, ok? I want you to try to breathe with me, understand?” His voice is a little higher than usual, his words coming in clipped little questions as he waits for me to nod again.
Given how often I breathe without thinking about it, it feels odd to have to focus so completely on the deceptively simple activity. I try desperately to focus on anything else, certain that if I’m doing something else, the natural skill of breathing will come back to me.
I turn myself to the side, burying my nose into my Master’s jacket, inhaling his scent. I don’t think I’ve ever needed it more than I do now. It’s like a message is sent to my whole body, reminding me where I am and who I’m with. This is Kara, and his scent means safety, it always has.
I take another deep breath, letting the complex combination roll through my body as Kara breathes with me. His chest is pressed into my back and he’s taking long, exaggerated breaths just to help me feel the proper motions. I wait for him to start again before I allow myself another breath. He’s going so slow it’s hard not to have my breathing even out.
I can feel my thundering heartbeat slow with another breath, the excess adrenaline leaving me limp and pliable against my Master. I barely have the energy to make a little mewl as I curl further into his coat, pressing my face into the scent as thoroughly as possible.
Kara waits, for far longer than he should. He waits for my breathing to even out, he waits for my hands to stop shaking, he waits for me. I would cry if I had the energy.
“Blue-” I hear Kara start, but I can’t, I just can’t hear him say what I already know, so I say it first.
“I’m broken.” My voice cracks under the strain of the words. I shouldn’t be surprised. Hell, I should be thankful that my throat still works at all after all that I’ve put it through.
“No, you’re not.” He says it so definitively, like he’s reading off a fact from a textbook. “You had a panic attack, that’s all, but if you can… I’d like to know what it was about.”
I hear the whimper before I realize I’m the one making it. What am I supposed to tell him? Sorry I panicked, I saw you being a little bit mean to an imp and I let myself forget months of your retraining. I forgot who I was with for a minute and I didn’t want to be hurt. I got caught up in a cluster of old memories and I forgot you ever existed.
I squirm in his arms halfheartedly. I wouldn’t be surprised if he wanted me out of his lap. He shouldn’t have to waste time with me, but he just levers me into a more stable position and wraps his arms more securely around me.
“It’s alright, don’t say anything. You don’t have to say anything,” he consoles me in a soft voice, gently petting my hair.
“You’re angry with me,” I mumble into his coat. It’s not a question, so I don’t bother asking, I know it’s a fact.
“No, I’m not…” Kara gives a little huff. “I’m just worried. I just told you how dangerous this was. I don’t want you getting hurt. Some magical objects are capable of thrall, I was… It doesn’t matter.”
“I just, I thought the markings... on the imp’s face, they looked a lot like the ones on the necklace,” I explain, folding my hands to my chest to keep myself from turning around and curling in Kara’s coat, pulling him closer until there’s no room for air between us.
Kara ends up making the decision for me, turning me until we’re chest to chest. I try to keep my hands to myself, but he just rubs those soothing circles into my back and suddenly I’m clinging to him like he’s the only stable point in the universe. He doesn’t say anything about the way my fingers bunch the fabric of his coat or my stuttery little gasps, he just holds me, continuing his soothing little motions.
“Really?” Kara continues like I’m not freaking out in his arms and I realize he didn’t get a good look at the imp while he was holding him, but he’d held the little creature up to my face.
“I saw these little gold tattoos, they look like the setting,” I gesture to the necklace, “and an emerald… right on his forehead.” I point, mirroring where I had seen the gem.
“Alright.” Kara nods along with my explanation, though the wariness doesn’t leave his eyes. “I’m not very good at divination magic, but I’ve got enough to check for a curse at least. If it’s not dangerous, how about we check out that one?”
He offers and I can’t help the warm feeling it leaves in my chest. He’s trusting me. Even though he’s wary, he’s still trusting my judgement.
Divination magic, apparently, takes a lot of time. It’s a lot of incense and candles and a polished crystal on a chain moving so repetitively that I can feel my mind going numb. There’s some chant to go along with it, but the words don’t make sense to me. I figure it’s got to be some other language, but it doesn’t sound like the type of words Kara uses when he usually does magic. Even the longest spells end, though, and Kara eventually comes back into his body with a jolt. He shakes his head like he’s trying to clear it, but when he looks back at me his eyes still look a little hazy.
“Well it’s got a magical aura, but nothing immediately harmful-” Kara says slowly, but I’m too eager to let him finish.
This assignment has already caused us enough trouble. This whole forest has caused us enough trouble. I want nothing more to be out of this forest and pretend like this whole day was nothing more than one bad dream.
I grab the necklace. There’s a flash of green tinted light and I swear I can taste pine sap at the back of my throat as my vision clears. Whatever precautions the imp had taken, the mud and twigs pressed into the necklace have cleared away, leaving a very beautiful, very intricate emerald necklace in my hands.
“Stars, Blue! I was going to grab it. It could still be dangerous!” Kara jolts, giving me a quick inspection before he starts manually checking me over for… I don’t know, a gaping wound perhaps?
“Oh you guys are no fun!” that sharp, nasally voice calls, and I have to force myself out of Kara’s hands to turn to face the imp.
He’s sitting right behind me with his legs crossed, sulking like a child. The image is so ridiculous that I couldn’t hold in my laughter if I wanted to.
“It’s not much of a challenge if you have the same markings as your object,” I chide, holding out the necklace to show just how perfectly the curling pattern matches up.
“Yeah, well, there’s not much I can do about that, but I disguised it as best I could!” he shrieks, his cheeks going dark, and I have exactly one moment to consider if I’ve actually managed to offend him before he darts forward.
He jumps on the necklace, flapping his wings frantically as he tries to pull it from my grasp, but I had a firm hold on it, and he doesn’t seem to have much actual strength. He makes an unhappy chittering sound as he lets go, slumping to the ground and spreading himself out on the forest floor dramatically.
“Oh, but the mighty, seeing, Kyuin has been outsmarted and his object taken custody. How will I ever recover!” he wails, kicking his feet in the air before going limp on the forest floor.
My hands hover above Kyuin’s body. He hadn’t seemed hurt, but he’s stopped moving. I haven’t hurt him on purpose, but maybe I shouldn’t have picked up his necklace without thinking of the potential ramifications.
I take the opportunity to look over the little creature. He doesn’t seem injured, but I don’t know much about these types of creatures. The imp is significantly smaller than I thought it would be. From head to toe he’s only a couple of inches taller than my hand from wrist to fingertips. His wings are leathery with two little gold rings pushed through the thinner bits of his left wing. I lean in close, giving him a cursory sniff. He smells kind of like the forest and mint, but before I have a chance to consider anything else, his whole body launches towards my face.
I yelp, but he does nothing more than press both of his tiny hands against my nose before he falls back, roaring with laughter. I’m not sure exactly what Kyuin finds so funny, but whatever it is he seems entirely occupied with it. Kara gives an exasperated little sigh, but chuckles along with the imp.
“Well, I suppose now that this whole thing is over with we can head back,” Kara says, rolling his shoulders as he ties his bedroll to his pack and throwing all of the little components that he’d used back into his bag. I join him, tying up my sleeping bag as I look over our campground.
“Master, where’s your jacket?” I ask.
He’s not wearing it, but I don’t see it anywhere around the camp either. He’s still got his big coat, but the fleecy soft material he’d been wearing underneath is gone. I’d liked that jacket. He let me wear it sometimes, right after it came out of the dryer and it was warm. All of his clothes drown me, but I can’t deny the comfort I take in it.
“I left it… at the campsite when I ran to find Kyuin.” Kara hesitates and something tells me he’s not giving me the full truth.
“But… it’s not here.” I speak hesitantly. Kara liked that jacket almost as much as I did.
“What?” Kara stops messing with his backpack, his entire body locking up as he looks up at me with wide, almost fearful eyes.
“It wasn’t there when I woke up,” I clarify, trying not to shrink in on myself as much as I want to.
“It must have been one of the vicious animals that did it.” Kyiun stares blankly ahead, that bizarre eyeshine ghosting over his features before he seems to shake it off.
“A vicious animal that just so happened to spare Blue?” Kara probes, disbelief coloring his voice as he watches the imp crawl over to me.
“Spare is sort of subjective in this case,” the imp confesses, though he’s not really paying any attention as he’s more focused on climbing up my coat than anything else.
It’s kind of cute the way he’s trying so hard to climb up when he’s got wings. There’s an easier way, but he doesn’t seem inclined to take it. It only takes him a few moments for him to perch himself on my shoulder. He seems content to simply sit there, tangling one hand in my hair, but he doesn’t pull, it just seems like he wants the stability.
“Blue, ask him if he stole my jacket,” Kara says, narrowing his eyes at the imp on my shoulder.
“Why me?” The question leaves my mouth before I have the chance to think about it. I don’t want to be causing him trouble, but I can’t ignore the way the imp pulls in close to me at Kara’s harsh tone.
“Because you are currently his object bearer.” Kara heaves a sigh like he’s explaining something very basic to a child. “He can’t lie to you,”
“Oh.” I nod along. I hadn’t realized I was his object bearer. Though I suppose I am the one holding his necklace, so it probably should have been obvious. “Did you steal his jacket?” I ask the imp who’s currently busy trying to burrow his way into my hair.
“No,” he answers quickly, “you’re the only one around here that can stand the strangeling’s smell. It’s like he’s marinating in poison. I’m surprised the San-gin didn’t kill you while he had the chance,” Kyuin continues, sticking his tongue out at Kara.
“Hey, don’t talk to him that way!” I chide, my tone slightly harsher than I meant it to be. Kyuin just clings to my hair, pouting.
“My deepest apologies demi. I didn’t mean to cause trouble.” I can hear the pouting frown in his voice, but I doubt he’s sincere.
“You saw the San-gin?” I ask, genuinely surprised. Given what Kara had told me, the San-gin is a very special type of magical beast that doesn’t often come out. “You were there when we ran into the San-gin?” I can't keep the excitement from my voice.
“Yeah…” Kyuin answers sheepishly, tangling a couple of strands of hair together in some kind of nervous movement. “I was there, but I thought the wizard boy here might do a little better if he took a dip in the water.”
Oh, he’s the reason we fell… He’s had his eyes on us since we entered the forest. I don’t know how he knew we were the ones that had his quest. We didn’t even start out looking for him. Kara was treating this whole assignment like a leisurely nature hike at the time.
“Blue, stop talking with him. Talking with imps only gets people into trouble,” Kara grumbles, shoving the rest of his things into his pack.
“Oh, and you would know, strangeling?” Kyuin goads him, practically bouncing on my shoulder.
“He’s going to say anything that will make you keep talking,” Kara continues like he hasn’t heard the imp. “Don’t trust a word that comes out of his mouth. I’m going to go try and find my coat. The two of you wait here, I’ll be right back.”
Kara buttons his pack, but leaves all his stuff behind as he trudges forward into the woods. I can’t help but wonder exactly how likely it is that he will actually find his jacket in the middle of the woods, but I really can’t argue. We’re done with our assignment so it’s not like we are under any time restraints, and the protective circle is still unbroken, so there shouldn’t be anything to worry about. Especially considering our main troublemaker seems to be with me.
“So...” Kyuin drawls, leaning casually against my neck.
“I’m not supposed to talk to you.” I remind him of Kara’s instructions, instructions that he’d given less than a minute ago.
“You hold my binding object. I can’t be hostile towards you and I can only use my powers in your defence. If your ‘master’ thought that I would be the least bit of a danger to you do you really think he would have left you alone with me?” The imp hops down from his perch and waves his hands incredulously.
“I… I suppose not,” I admit hesitantly.
I don’t see any real danger in it either. Kara had said that imps are considered evil, but Kyuin doesn’t seem that bad. If I’m being entirely honest with myself, I was pretty terrified to meet an imp. The way Kara had described them, the way they have no concept of the harm they do, or a particular reason for doing those actions, had reminded me of some of my masters. But Kyuin doesn’t seem like he’d hurt someone.
He nods along with my words before fluttering over to Kara’s backpack. The buttons are about as big as his face, but that doesn’t seem to stop him or even give him pause as he starts rifling through Kara’s things.
“Stars! Don’t… don’t make a mess, I-” There’s a whimper at the back of my throat seeing all of Kara’s stuff flung out of his backpack, a messy pile growing where he had carefully packed everything away.
Kyuin glares at me, fixing me with a dead stare as he slowly and carefully continues removing Kara’s things from his backpack, setting them in organized little stacks instead of just letting everything fall where it may. I don’t know what he’s looking for, but he doesn’t seem to be disturbing any of the more delicate components. I rifle through my own pack, pulling out the little crabapple buds and the cherry red rosefruits that Kara had been passing me through our little exploration.
Maybe the imp is just hungry. He doesn’t seem malicious, but he doesn’t like Kara for some reason. The imp probably sees invading his privacy as some kind of bizarre retribution. Either way, I pile up as many of the little fruits as I can. If nothing else it might get him to stop messing with Kara’s pack.
“You looking for some of these?” I call, hoping that my offer is tempting.
I’m not sure how appetizing all of this forest roughage is, but it seems to get the imp’s attention. He looks at my offering with wide eyes, seemingly shocked at what I’m holding out for him.
“Oh, do you not like fruit?” I ask as he continues to stare blankly at me. “I guess you eat this kind of stuff all the time. Here, try this.” I pull out some of the food that Kara had packed for me. I’m not sure exactly what would be the most enticing to an imp, but I figure bread isn’t something he can regularly get a hold of.
He pulls a wide mouthed vial from Kara’s pack, clutching it to himself like it’s a pillow. The vial is oddly large in his hands, nearly as big as his body. It’s almost amusing the way he has to waddle to bring it over before he sits in front of me, making grabby hands for the bread.
“You’re a strange one,” he says as he chomps into the bread, seemingly content to eat with his bottle right next to him.
“Why?” I chuckle. From my perspective, he’s the odd one. Maybe it’s an imp custom that you need a large glass vial next to you when you eat.
“Hmm, I guess the strangeling didn’t tell you about imps and food. We can’t take any on our own, it has to be presented to us. We don’t need food of course, but the textures and flavours are nice. I haven’t gotten any in awhile, so thanks, demi!” He beams up at me.
His fangs are still unsettling, but it is significantly less threatening when he’s just chomping on his little piece of bread. I offer everything else I’ve gathered as well and the little piece of the crystal fruit that I’d saved. He seems to appreciate it. The little fruits look hilariously large in his hands.
“Why do you keep calling me demi?” I ask. I don't want to disturb him from the first meal he’s had in… stars know how long, but it does seem a little odd.
“Same reason I call your king’s star, strangeling. It’s what you are, ain’t it?” he rasps, shoving the whole piece of crystal fruit into his mouth.
It’s cute, I have to admit. His cheeks are puffed out like a chipmunk and he seems happy, but that doesn’t make what he’s said make any more sense. I wait, and even though he seems more focused on his food than he is on elaborating, he does eventually see the confusion written on my features.
“He’s a humie, his girl with the stripes is an Oamenti, and you’re a…” He leaves the statement open ended and it takes me a moment to recognize that he wants me to finish the sentence.
“I’m a familiar.” I try not to let my voice waver. It’s true, but something is telling me that the answer is wrong.
“Demi, that’s not a…” The imp quirks a brow, his long ears twitching for a moment, before he tries to explain again. “Look, a dog could be a familiar, a demon could be a familiar, hell I could be a familiar. That has nothing to do with what type of being we are.”
He says it like it’s the simplest thing in the world. Like it doesn’t entirely shatter my worldview. Could anything act as a familiar? I suppose that makes sense, Dey uses Enoki as a familiar and he’s a demon, or a doll, or whatever, that whole mess is complicated.
“I have never heard the term Demi before.” I try again to get some clarification. It’s a struggle to ignore the shaky feeling in my hands and the urge to scratch at the insides of my wrist. It won’t do to bleed here. Stars only know what might come in this forest if it smells blood.
“Fuck, are they not using that anymore? It’s been a couple centuries since I’ve been out and about, I didn’t mean to be offensive.” The imp ducks his head, shuffling his feet in place like some chastised child.
“No, I just… I’ve only heard my kind called pets or familiars.” I try to explain without cringing at how wrong my words sound.
Why hadn’t I ever thought about that before? We’ve only ever been called pets, or familiars, sometimes strays or ferals, but that’s not specific, not in the way ‘human’ is. My head spins and I force myself to close my eyes and drink more from the waterskin.
“Demi, or rather demibeast. You share the traits of the beast of your typing and have a muted connection with them,” Kyuin explains slowly, watching me closely now to see if any of this is going over my head.
“Would it not be easier to call us beastfolk?” I joke half-heartedly.
I wonder if I didn’t know this because it is something that I simply didn’t know, or if this just isn’t something that’s well known. Kyuin had said he was well over two centuries old. Maybe the name did fall out of fashion… It’s not like I ever asked what my race was called.
“Beastfolk are a whole different thing, they’ve got their own island last I heard. They’re a whole different animal- no pun intended.” He chuckles at his own joke before he falls into a more contemplative posture. “Though they tended to call your kind demihumans…” he mutters more to himself than to me.
“What do dem-” I try to ask, but Kyuin cuts me off.
“You know, you sure do seem curious about this. How about we make a deal?” He smiles up at me, the innocent gesture looking so much more vicious with all the teeth it lays bare.
“What kind of deal?” I ask hesitantly. I’ve already given him all the berries Kara found for me, but it shouldn’t be too hard to find more if that’s what he wants.
“I tell you anything you want to know about your kind and you give me back my necklace,” he offers, his smile curling into something a little more sinister.
I open my mouth to reject his offer out of hand, but something stops me. What other chance would I have to ask, really ask someone who knows everything? We found him once, we still have another whole day, we could track him down again. It wouldn’t be that hard. We know what his binding object is now, so it’s not like he could trick us.
The necklace is light as I weigh it in my hand. It seems like such a small price to pay. The chain is so thin. Would Kara believe me if I told him it snapped? The dastardly imp pulled too harshly on the chain and ran off with his necklace. It seems believable to my own mind. Kyuin has already tried to run off with it once.
With every reason I come up with to simply give this imp what he wants, something pulls at the back of my mind. Kara said that I shouldn’t trust this imp, that talking to him can only lead to bad things. As badly as I want to take his offer I know I can’t. I can’t betray Kara like that. Not even for something this tempting.
Kyuin seems to realize my answer before I do, slumping back to the forest floor and shoving a crabapple between his teeth.
I just turn to put all of Kara’s stuff back in his pack, putting everything away as neatly as I can. Hopefully he won’t notice the difference, or at the very least we’ll be done with this stupid exam before he even notices. Kyuin huffs as I try to pick up the vial, hauling it over to my pack and shoving it into the outside pocket of my bag. I want to apologize, but really what can I say? He just looks so dejected… it’s so different from the animated way he was talking earlier.
“Does he actually smell bad to you?” I ask, partially to end the silence, but also in hopes that the unrelated question will perk him back up. I like it when the imp talks, even though he tried to lure me into making a deal.
“I mean, yeah. What does he smell like to you?” Kyuin huffs, hunching his shoulders as he tries so shift away from me.
“Leather…” I say, trying to remember the last time I scented him, the cozy feeling it caused in my chest as he let me cuddle up with him, “old leather, and essential oils.” An involuntary smile spreads across my face, only disturbed by the snort Kyuin gives.
“You demis are supposed to be good with ambient magic. What do you mean you only smell what’s on him?” He balks like he’s offended on my behalf.
I try not to let myself smile, certain that if he realized he was telling me more about my kind on his own, he’d shut himself up. But that doesn’t stop me from letting my ears twitch in confusion at what he’s said. How am I supposed to smell more than what’s on him? I suppose there are some subtler scents that make up Kara, the baser notes of earth and spice that make me feel so safe.
“Well, I mean, sometimes I smell things that aren’t necessarily there, but I figured that it was in his soap or something…” It’s a lie and I cringe at how bad it sounds.
I live with Kara. We share a bathroom. I know what soap he uses, I would be able to distinguish that scent from anything else on him. Judging by the look on Kyuin’s face, he doesn’t believe me either.
“I smell things, but it’s nothing bad. He…” I struggle to find my words, thinking about all the times that Kara’s let me scent him. How nice it feels to indulge in something so instinctual without getting pushed away or called weird. He lets me close when I feel bad, or sometimes even when he needs comfort.” It’s warm, and he smells safe,” I finish lamely, and Kyuin just throws up his hands.
“You cats are always sensitive to intention, but if you aren’t there when a shift happens you can’t sense shit!” he grumbles in exasperation and I wonder if it’s true.
“Hey, if there’s something weird going on with Kara, tell me and I’ll-” My voice dies as Kyuin fixes me with a glare, his eye lighting in that same predatory light as he growls.
“The hunters stalk your azure star, demi. When your prey is still in its danger’s den, contented and unafraid, you will have already met the hunter’s head, and you must guide the strangeling then.” He shifts his eyes, blinking rapidly until the pale glow is gone from them. “You will have a better view of the shadows, demi, a better view of the hunters,” he continues, his voice much more muted as he forces himself to look away from me
“What is that?” I ask, trying to ignore the waver in my voice.
“Why did you think I was bound, demi? It’s my ‘special’ talent.” He smiles without any humor, looking more pain than satisfied.
“Why are you telling me this?” I ask, but as soon as the question is out I can’t stop the words tumbling out of me. “Is this a warning? If I don’t know what I’m looking for, how can I keep him safe?”
“Oh kitty cat, no,” he says softly as he patters up to me, placing one of his tiny hands over mine in a consoling gesture. “Nothing in this world could keep him safe.” He smiles, showing off all his sharp teeth. “And besides, I don’t believe in fate.”
“Blue! Are you alright?” I hear Kara’s voice and every muscle in my body tenses as I watch Kara make his way back to camp, face red with the early morning exercise, but still lacking his jacket.
Kyuin doesn’t say anything as we pack up camp and neither do I. I’m surprised he doesn’t say something, provoke Kara into one of those screaming matches that he seems to love, but he acts well behaved. He perches himself on my shoulder without complaint and tangles his hand in my hair again for support.
The woods are quiet in the early morning. There aren’t many birds active in the middle of winter, but the skyfoxes seem to have taken their place seamlessly. They aren’t stable fliers, Kara told me that. Apparently they don’t have to carry themselves for long periods of time like birds do. Instead, they get themselves into trees and dive down on the small rodents and insects that make up their prey. I can’t help but feel they are obscenely cute. With their winter coats grown in they are grey speckled little balls of fluff.
I try not to hold us back, but I pick as much food as I can recognize to appease the imp. Kyuin hesitates to take it the first time, casting a worried glance between me and Kara, but whatever reaction he was expecting doesn’t happen. He goes back to stuffing his face in no time.
Even in the light of day the forest is terrifying. Now that I know just a fraction of what lurks in it, I can’t help but feel my skin crawl as I try to keep myself only a few steps away from Kara at any moment. I don’t want to get lost, I don’t want to get attacked, and I most certainly don’t want to get split from Kara. It takes me a second to realize exactly why the forest seems so much more foreboding even though there aren’t many shadows of things to lurk in.
Nobody’s talking.
When we first came through, Kara had been rambling, telling me the histories and properties of anything I’d asked about, but now he seems content to simply creep along in silence. I can’t help but move my hand to check on Kyuin. He’s still there, placing a tentative hand on my finger as I get close enough. It’s nice, comforting in a way that I didn’t know I needed. I hadn’t thought being successful in this assignment would affect my Master so much. He’s so stoic and… cold. It’s starting to freak me out.
There’s a shuffling in the woods and I press right into the small of Kara’s back. I know I’m not hidden, but it makes me feel just a fraction safer as we hold our ground. Whatever it is isn’t too terribly focused on being stealthy.
“Hello?” a voice calls out cautiously to us, though they are still obscured by the forest.
It sounds like some other student, but Kara’s still tense in front of me. I wonder if I should be as reassured by the sound as I am. I try not to think about the possibility of monsters that mimic people’s voices.
It doesn’t take too long before I see a flash of dark navy that stands out well against the milder colors of the forest. It’s one of the school’s cloaks, there’s a crest right on the clasp. None of the first years have them. It’s something reserved for the older students, something to mark the passage of their first year. Something that I see a lot more value in celebrating given how the last 24 hours have gone.
“Hello there, did you need something?” Kara offers haltingly, continuing to shield me with his body.
“Oh, no, don’t let me bother you,” she calls, waving her hands dismissively through the air. “I was just- trying to find my way back to the school.” Her voice is unnaturally high with the stress of the moment, and she’s breathing shallow and fast like she’s been running.
She must sense Kara’s distrust, even through her panicked state, because she pulls down the hood and reveals herself. She doesn’t look too good. The hem of the cloak has gotten ratty with mud, burrs and nettles collecting on the soft fabric. She’s got dark circles under her eyes that contrast wildly with her bright red hair. It only takes me a second to realize that it’s dyed, it’s not like anyone could have such vibrant color without some help. Her clothes are a little ripped, but it doesn’t seem too bad. She probably just got stuck on some bramble.
I realize belatedly that this test does more than force students to use their knowledge in a practical setting. It also forces all the mages, who’ve spent their lives indoors studying, to interact with the world. I wonder how many of the students have a harder time camping out than dealing with their assignments. At the very least I suppose it gives them a healthy respect for the scary things that they read about.
“You already finished your quest?” Kara asks, relaxing a little now that the other student has revealed herself.
“Yeah, got a Vadatja’s compass.” She smiles, holding up a flat, rounded piece of metal that’s tarnished around the edges.
I can’t say it looks anything like a compass. It looks more like a round token. The cardinal directions are carved into the piece, but the discolored rust is eating into the etching. You can barely see the cardinal stars, but I guess that doesn’t matter much. There’s no working arrow to provide a guide.
“Stars, we have those in these woods?” Kara chuckles, but when she doesn’t laugh with him he only gapes at her.
“Yeah, just about everything the great mages on high could get a hold of is in this place, plus everything the crown passes down. Doesn’t matter if it’s dangerous, they just want the prestige of possessing all the rare creatures.” She rolls her eyes, smiling shyly at Kara.
Kara smiles back and suddenly he’s not so tense. There’s something odd about that, the way the stiff set of his shoulders loosens as he waves her closer, the coy way she tucks her hair behind her ear as she approaches.
“If you have a compass, why are you having so much trouble getting back?” I ask, and it’s only then that I realize that I’ve stepped out from behind Kara to question the mage. I don’t have enough time to fully comprehend how stupid I’m being, how precarious a position I’m in, before she turns to me and answers.
“Vadatja’s compass, love.” She smiles at me, cocking her hip to one side as she shows off the piece of metal again. “All their magic centers around getting you more lost. The harder you focus on where you want to go, the more you get lost, so you just kinda have to pick the best direction and focus on moving rather than a destination.”
“Oh.” I force myself to speak as I move back behind my Master.
I don’t know why I’m being so stupid. I shouldn’t have acted so rudely. I probably would have gotten in trouble if anyone else were my Master. But Kara just raises an eyebrow at me as I slink back into place behind him.
I can’t help the way I grab the back of his shirt. I feel sick to my stomach right now and I need the anchor right now. I press my nose into the material, scenting him as deeply as I dare. I know I shouldn’t, but I want to feel stable, I want to feel safe. If I catch myself rubbing the end of the shirt over my own scent glands… well, that’s just instinct making me act oddly.
“You done with your quest?” she asks, looking over the two of us.
“Oh, yes, meet Kyuin-” Kara nods, pulling me out from behind him and gesturing to the creature on my shoulder. He doesn’t get the chance to finish his introductions as Kyuin cuts him off.
“Hi there!” the imp chimes, sweeter and more jovial than I’ve ever heard him.
“Oh, a bound imp!” She recognizes Kyuin immediately and for some reason it makes me angry. I don’t like that she knows exactly what Kyuin is, and I hate that I have no idea what a Vadatja is even more.
“What’s your power, little guy?” She comes closer, smiling sweetly in my face, and even though I know it’s to talk with Kyuin I don’t want her any closer.
“I can see the future,” the imp chitters, speaking with the enthusiasm of a toddler telling a secret, but his answer makes her frown.
“I am so sorry about that.” She says it with such genuine pain in her voice that it gives me pause.
I feel Kyuin shift on my shoulder. I don’t know if she’s making him as uncomfortable as me, but he definitely pulls himself a little closer to me. He tugs on my hair gently. I don’t know if the gesture is meant to comfort me or comfort him, but before I can figure it out she’s out of our faces.
She coughs, loudly, a dry raspy cough that makes me wonder if she got sick out here. She pulls away from us as she struggles to take in air and get her lungs to function properly. She doesn’t look sick, but there’s a sound in her lungs that feels bad. Kara moves to help her, but she only holds out her hand to stop him, reaching into the pocket of her cloak to pull out an odd looking vial.
The vial’s shaped almost like a teardrop. Clear multifaceted glass conceals the exact volume, but still shows off the opaque liquid inside. There’s two red crystals, one at the top and one in the center, and as she shoves the thin crystal at the top of the vial in her mouth I realize that the center crystal must act as some kind of activator.
When she presses it there’s a soft whooshing sound before her chest begins to rise and fall at a better pace. She takes one more puff before she pulls the thing out of her mouth and puts it back into her cloak.
“Sorry, I thought I could get away with not bringing it, but I guess it’s better that I did.” She gives a strained smile as she smoothes down her clothes. “That was terribly unattractive I suppose, coughing up a lung in front of you all?” she asks hesitantly.
“No, not at all. It’s why you have two, right?” Kara chuckles before he gives her a once over, his quirked smile betraying only a touch of his underlying seriousness. “Are you alright?”
“Yeah, my dad smoked too much though. I’ll be fine, just give me a moment. It’ll pass.” She stays still, leaning up against a tree and breathing deeply for a few moments.
“Would you like to travel with us?” Kara asks gently, “You can hold onto your compass and just focus on following us.”
When Kara offers I’m not surprised, but I do feel a little conflicted. It’s a sound plan, but that doesn’t set the odd, anxious feeling she gives me at ease.
“That would be lovely.” She nods along as her eyes flick to me. “This is your familiar, yes?” she asks. I can’t tell if she’s trying to sound casual, but if she is she’s failing.
“Yes,” Kara answers hesitantly, keeping himself between me and the girl. I can’t help the warm feeling it leaves in my chest or the smile it brings to my face. “Do you have a familiar I should be watching out for?” he asks, shifting the question back to her.
“Oh, no. I didn’t come with a familiar.” She waves her hand dismissively as a grin spreads across her face. “But...that would make you Kara then, right?”
I’m momentarily confused as to why she knows him. He’s a first year, so there’s no reason she would have taken a class with him. I sure as hell don’t recognise her, but then I realize why she was asking about me. Just about everybody had heard about the student who registered with a Common Cat as their familiar. I suppose I shouldn’t be surprised that people are looking a little bit closer given the scene we caused with our casting.
“I am Kara, and you’re Fliaria of House Lepritis, right?” Kara responds smoothly as I try not to gape at him.
He knows people? My mind reels as I try to process what’s happening in front of me. I had thought Kara was something of an outsider, given how the other students treated him and his lack of family backing. I assumed he didn’t know any of the highborn houses. I don’t even know the House of Lepritis, though I can’t deny it sounds familiar. They are probably a very important family for even Kara to have recognised her.
“Oh, I’m surprised you know me.” She chuckles, mirroring my own thoughts. “Please, everybody calls me Fli, have since I was a kid.”
“Nice to meet you, Fli.” He grins like he’s in on a joke, but I can’t for the life of me figure it out.
It’s easier traveling with Fli. Suddenly Kara doesn’t feel like traveling in silence, probably because we have to keep her distracted so she’s not focused on a destination. But that doesn’t explain the pleased smile that seems permanently affixed to his face. They talk about school and spells and weird things that they’ve found in the forest and I try to keep the odd bitter feeling in my chest to myself.
I wish I had a reason to hate her, but she’s perfectly nice. She doesn’t look down on me because I’m a weak constitution familiar, nor does she seem to have a poor opinion of my Master for his less than noble origins. She treats us cordially, as though we were guests of high esteem that she were responsible for entertaining. She even tries to pull me into the conversation when she notices I’m lagging behind or confused about the way they are talking about spellcraft. She asks before she touches me, and as if that isn’t ridiculous enough, when I don’t answer she simply puts her hand down. Kara doesn’t say anything to her, but neither does she demand an apology, and when he turns to me and fishes the leaf out of my hair himself, I can’t exactly bring myself to be resentful.
Either way, I take the opportunity to do something productive with myself and comb my hair out as best I can with just my fingers. It’s better than just seething and willing myself to understand what the mages are talking about. Eventually we get to a point that even I can see the trees growing less dense.
Finally, back to the school!
There’s a loud cracking sound behind us. It sounds something like a tree being rent apart, but it’s far too loud. I can hear the squawking of different animals, the breaking of branches and the crunch of fallen leaves as forest creatures run.
“Oh, that bitch!” Kyuin mumbles to himself, but before I can ask him what he means the ground is shaking beneath me.
There’s a deafening roar but it doesn’t sound feral so much as… old. Primal and dangerous in a way that I’ve felt before. There’s something in me that instinctually recoils at the sound and my whole body screams at me that I should be running.
“Oh, that is not good…” Fli points out unhelpfully, staring into the forest in slack jawed horror as though whatever horrifying entity that’s screaming is going to burst out of the forest any second now.
“Run!” Kara shouts, pulling us out of our own horror.
Fli’s faster than us, that much is obvious as we start our little sprint to safety, but she doesn’t have much to carry in terms of supplies.
“That’s not going to work…” Kyuin whispers in an almost dreamlike state before he seems to shock back into his body, pulling on my hair, screeching, “Stop!”
The lance of pain is enough to make my steps falter and Kara stops beside me just moments before a tree falls in our path. The force of the wide trunk slamming into the ground kicks up dirt and sends a tremble through the ground that weakens my knees.
If we hadn’t stopped…
“Don’t worry about your girl, she’s fast and with the amount of blind panic filling her, she probably won’t have any more trouble sprinting to school,” Kyuin says as he repositions himself on my shoulder, taking a new hold on my hair.
“How did you-” Kara’s voice trembles as he voices my own question, but Kyuin cuts him off before he can finish.
“King of foresight over here, very useful when things are raining down on your heads,” he chimes and though he’s still resting on my shoulder I swear I can see his smirk.
“Alright ‘King of foresight’, what are we supposed to do here?” Kara asks, forcing himself to look away from the tree that almost flattened us.
“Oh strangeling, you know how to fight big monsters, don’t you? What’s a little forest god?”
“I have to fight that thing?” Kara’s voice is low, but… not scared. As though the prospect of having to fight something that can throw fully grown trees as projectiles doesn’t disturb him as much as anything else that Kyuin’s said.
“It gives you what you want…” Kyuin hedges, sounding faraway again. “Though I can’t see if it is definitively the best option.”
“Keep Blue safe,” Kara damn near orders as he goes to one knee, stripping the clunkier supplies off his backpack.
“Wouldn’t dream of letting my bearer get hurt,” Kyuin answers in kind as Kara bolts further into the forest.
“What… What are we supposed to do?” I can’t help the way my voice wavers as I watch Kara disappear. “Do we go back to the school and wait for-” I try to think of the best course of action but Kyuin cuts me off.
“No! Come on, I’ll tell you where to go,” he says gently, patting the shoulder he’s riding on consolingly.
Apparently, ‘telling me’ is pulling on my hair for left or right like I really am his mount. Disturbingly, I do very much fit the part as Kyuin has to continue whispering encouragement and patting at my neck in an effort to be soothing, especially as the sounds of battle pick up. The loud roaring and snarling of a beast that I know well enough to fear instinctually starts to get interspersed with very human shouting. There’s lights shooting out above the canopy and I can’t tell which attacks are coming from the mages and which come from the beast.
Kyuin had said it was a… forest god. I’ve certainly never heard of such a creature before, but that just makes it one of, presumably, thousands of creatures. Whatever it is, it’s big, it’s angry, and it’s holding its own.
“Here, right here!” Kyuin stops me, but I can see no difference between this clearing and the stretch of trees that we had just left.
How is this safe? The imp has backed me into a corner with nothing but a wide open space in front of me. I would think that this would be dangerous. I’m very easy to see and whatever drops out of the sky will face no resistance before it strikes the ground. I go to tell Kyuin this, but he just jumps into my backpack.
“Quick, open your bottle!” he screeches, fumbling around in the pockets. It’s odd, all these abilities to see into the future and he can’t remember that I put the bottle in the outside pocket.
I get the vial in my hand just as there’s a deafening boom. Kyuin’s right there in front of my face, his mouth moving, but there’s no words coming out. My whole body feels almost detached as I realize that I’m on the ground and Kyuin is shouting at me, I’ve just been rendered deaf for a few seconds.
“Quick, quick! Put it in the glass!” the imp cries, pulling at my hand as much as he can with his tiny size.
It’s almost endearing how he thinks he can pull me up, but the way my head swims as I try to sit up makes me grateful for any help. My bones feel like they’re liquid, and my whole body is shaky because of it.
My fingers are sticking to something and I have to pull my hand closer to examine exactly what I’ve gotten on my fingers. I fully expect to see red, to have hurt myself so badly that my body isn’t even processing the pain, but the oddly warm goo sticking to my fingers is green. The viscous green liquid has splattered all over the clearing, leaking out of a long, wide tendril that seems to be mostly composed of other vines all woven together. Suddenly Kyuin’s words make a little more sense, though I don’t entirely understand why this is so important.
I can’t force my knees to take my weight so I drag myself forward on all fours, holding the bottle to one of the places where that sticky sap is leaking. It doesn’t take long to fill, not with how the wound is leaking almost like blood. There are more sounds of battle, explosions and weakening, garbled roars. I force myself to focus, filling the vial as much as I can and reaffixing the fitted top before any can come out.
“Put it away, put it away! We have to go!” Kyuin pulls at my hair, trying to pull me along with him.
I shove the vial into my bag, but my attention is far from the imp.
The green goo that I’ve been shoveling into that vial has seeped into the ground. Every place that it touched has sprung up with new plant growth, some of which I barely recognize. The tendril itself is rapidly decomposing, becoming a fresh mound of soft, crumbled topsoil that’s already teeming with moss.
I let myself watch for a moment. I might not be very good with plants, but Kara is. I don’t doubt that he would be able to identify this soil as very good, whether that’s nutrient rich or a comprehensive gardening mix… all the other things I’ve seen on his bags of potting soil…
Kyuin gets insistent, pulling on my ears until I start moving with him. He leads me through the forest until we find ourselves at the buffer zone where all the students had gathered the day before. I can see the school from here as it’s the only standing marker on the relatively flat space before us.
The odd man with the hat is there- waiting, I assume, for any student that comes out of the woods. He gives me an odd look. I suppose it must be strange to see a familiar come out of the woods unaccompanied, rather than the other way around. I tell him about the odd creature that my Master ran off to fight, the loud noises and scary lights that he no doubt could see from his vantage point, and the fact that he’d already completed his quest when he decided to help out.
He sends me back to the school to wait for my Master there, but I don’t miss the impressed look in his eyes or the smile that he seems unaware is on his lips. As excited as I am to be out of the forest, being back at school without Kara isn’t exactly what I’d had in mind. One of the assistants is assigned to escort me to wait for my Master at the care center, and though there’s no one around, I only briefly entertain the idea of signing myself out to wait for Kara somewhere else.
At the care center there’s someone watching, there are people employed specifically to monitor familiars, and that has the incredibly beneficial side effect of being somewhat protected. They had already tried to take Kyuin on the way in, insisting that they could process us and get us out as soon as my Master came back from the woods.
I let myself play dumb, shaking my head and pouting as I repeatedly tell them how specific my Master’s instructions were. That I was to run to safety while he dealt with the threat and I would be in big trouble if he didn’t find me with his assigned object. Truthfully, I didn’t want to give Kyuin up to anyone. I don’t want the imp getting ‘lost’ and there being no proof that we finished the assignment. It doesn’t take long before they stop trying to argue with the familiar that just keeps repeating his Master’s orders instead of giving them what they want.
It feels oddly good to watch them back away empty handed.
Eventually Kara does come back, with soot in his hair and his coat a little ripped, but he comes back. He doesn’t seem injured and he doesn’t even complain when the school makes him go through the longest debriefing known to man. In fact, he stays mostly tightlipped about everything that happened, much to the frustration of the person writing the report. He doesn’t say anything about the Rocatari, or Fli, or even the San-gin. I don’t understand why he’s not taking the opportunity to build on his reputation or gild his accolades, but there’s nothing I can do to argue with what he’s saying.
It isn’t until we’re in a carriage home that his calm and exacting facade drops. As soon as the door closes he pulls me into his arms, squeezing me until I’m sure that I’m going to need a puff of whatever Fli uses if I’m ever going to breathe right again.
“Blue, oh Stars, Blue, did you see that?” he mumbles into my hair. Even with my back pressed to him I can see his giddiness, the smile that must be stretching from ear to ear. “Even in the heart of winter, that thing made everything bloom! Stars, if I could get my hands on some of that stuff… I mean, so long as it’s unactivated-” He rambles until I force myself to use my voice.
“Kara,” I call, and predictably enough he stops what he's doing to listen.
I disentangle myself from his grasp and pull out my backpack, fumbling with the pockets for a second before I pull out the bottle. Kara quirks his brow as I pass it over to him, turning it around in his hands before understanding dawns on his face.
I have no chance getting out of his arms before the carriage drops us at home.
Notes:
if you need someone to talk to about this, try the fan server Here <= I have no idea if this link will work, I tried to do the invitation the same way I do the tumblr link, using the noon expiring discord link. let me know if it gives you trouble.
If nothing else, you can also find the link posted to the tumblr Here, so that should save you some headaches
Chapter 71: To Simply Rest
Summary:
Kara's a little more messed up than he appears, he tries not to acknowledge it, but it's always there, in the background, pressing at his mind. Sometimes people reach breaking points.
Notes:
I think both Kara and Blue want the same thing at the same moment, for a certain overworked human to come to bed already. Though that may be a little more fraught than we originally thought.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
My muscles burn as I sprint forward, further into this Stars forsaken forest. I try not to let myself dwell on it too much, by the sound of it I should be lucky if some sore muscles are all that comes from this encounter.
The thing lets loose another earsplitting roar. It makes my blood run cold. The screams are low. They echo through the air, through my body, like they’re passing through me. It makes my insides turn, as though the voice shakes at the very fabric of my core. The cries are so ancient and wrong that everything in me screams that I should be running in the other direction.
The worst part is that it feels almost familiar.
Kyuin had called it a forest god. I’ve never heard of anything like that before, not in mythology or my study of magical creatures. But then, we almost never call things gods anyways. Perhaps he’s just working off a different name. Either way, it is certainly not supposed to be here, that much is obvious. The mages wouldn’t put something so dangerous and uncontrollable in the forest right next to their school. They might be reckless with what they put in the forest, but they would never invite something that they don’t have the power to stop. However, that’s not the only reason that I don’t think the creature is meant to be in this forest. This thing doesn't belong here.
It shouldn’t be here. It feels so wrong. Its screeching vibrates on a different wavelength. It doesn’t belong here, it’s used to a different plane of existence. One where its presence doesn’t make the world around it shake, one where it doesn’t rip at the fabric of existence just by occupying space.
My heels dig into the soft dirt underneath me as a tree crashes down right in front of me, splintering into pieces and raining shrapnel down on me. I can’t hear anything but the pounding of my own heart as I see the massive foot that has crushed the path in front of me. I crane my neck to look up at the massive creature that stands before me.
A body made entirely of vines, bound together with large, wide leaves, stretches up before me. The leaves are thick and even as it turns and shifts, the widest of the leaves form a chestplate that I’m willing to bet is stronger than steel. Its shoulders and head are speckled with a phosphorescent moss. Plated bits of bark coat the lower arms and legs, a natural armor. Its face turns away, tracking something that I don’t see. I can see why Kyuin might call it a god, though I would have said king. Its head seems to be some elaborate split seed pod that is almost a crown. Its pupils glow faintly as they shift around in its dark eye sockets, a glow that’s mirrored in the sliver of exposed tissue under its pod.
It roars again and the sick, wrong feeling pierces my body, reminding me that I’m not here to admire it.
It swings its arms about like it’s trying to swat a fly when I realize that’s exactly what it’s trying to do. There’s a crackling, popping sound and it throws its head back as a handful of sparks burst out in its face. There’s an aerial fighter up there.
The forest god croons something low in its throat as it recoils. New bark grows into its body, an extra layer of protection against a foe that’s giving it more trouble than it anticipated.
It scares me how familiar this is, how reflexively my body moves. I dive behind the felled trees. Partial cover is better than nothing and it hasn’t noticed me yet.
The monster wraps its hand around a tree, ripping it from the ground as if it were nothing more than a flower. I shut my eyes against the screams, against the heat. It’s not real. It’s in my head. It’s winter. It’s cold. My body is drawn in a tense line and I have to actively think about my breathing.
I check again, space, angles, options flying through my head like it was only yesterday. Aerial mages make things so much more difficult, especially one flying so erratically. This probably isn’t their area of expertise, but I can’t fault them for their choice. It’s probably the only way they’ve stayed alive so long.
We have a man down, my mind screams at me.
I shake my head and check again, only this time it’s real. There’s a body out there, lying limp on the ground. It’s a miracle they haven’t been crushed yet.
The thing swats angrily at the fighter, but I force myself to take the opportunity to move unnoticed. There’s not much I can do anyways, not with the flier moving in such an erratic pattern. I can help more when there are fewer people in danger.
I’m shocked to find that the one unconscious is Blanc. She’s lying face down on the ground, and even with all the racket and the screaming and the footsteps of the giant beast above us rattling the forest, she seems to be entirely out of it. But if this is Blanc… my eyes go to the tiny figure, trying to put as much distance between them and the monster’s gnarled claws. Then that’s Genevive…
Stars, I don’t have the time to be thinking about this, I have to move them, I have to get them to safety. I go to pick up Blanc, but that voice in my head stops me.
You want to move them, K? Half their brain’s gonna spill out!
That’s not true. Not this time. There’s no evidence of a head injury to Blanc, I’m just… thinking about Carter. There isn’t even any blood, no evidence of a wound, but I wasn’t here when she went down. It could have been anything. Maybe it was blunt force trauma, maybe Genevive tried to use her for a casting. There doesn’t have to be much when there’s a spinal cord issue or swelling in the brain, and I don’t even know how to begin to look for the effects of magical misuse.
My hands shake as they go to my hip, finding nothing there. I can use magic . The revelation comes with a wave of lightheadedness. I feel sick even as I scream at myself. I came to help, why can’t I just use my fucking magic.
Bad soldier.
I dig my nails into the still tender palms of my hands until I bleed. This isn’t my choice. It isn’t about me. I feel my consciousness fray at the seams, the elemental forces so out of balance that I’m nearly dizzy. It’s so easy to pull at the strings, dip my fingers into the shimmering elements and…
No, wrong. Bad soldier.
I slam my hands into the ground, holding the feeling of the winter’s cold as closely as I can, the near sting of the air on my wind chapped cheeks. I need something to ground me. Something to make it less wrong, less painful. The ice dances out from my fingertips, spreading out through the blades of grass and cutting a straight line to the monster. Spiked bolts of frost stretch out from the forest floor in the wake of my magic.
I can’t help but think that the spell did well, a good plan if I had done it on purpose. I wasn’t conjuring ice, otherwise that would have been a rather pitiful display. I only altered the temperature a little more forcefully, freezing the water already present within the area. Looking at the way its leg has swelled, turning nearly white with how much ice has pushed its way to the surface, I can’t help but be relieved it worked.
Not you, dumbass, you didn’t even mean to do it. It’s a fluke that you didn’t get every one of you killed.
Pain lights up the side of my body as the forest god snaps the frozen leg clean off, sending thousands of tiny pieces of shrapnel at me. It screeches, enraged at the appearance of more foes, swinging its arm through the still frozen solid leg it’s left standing in the forest to send significantly larger chunks in my direction.
I duck back behind my fallen tree as much of the debris falls away in pieces around me. Only one jagged piece slams itself into my side, piercing the skin, but there’s no burn that signals something’s torn inside. There’s blood, but it’s fine.
It’s not that bad, at least it’s my own.
My mind lulls at the pain. It’s easier to focus, it’s easier to block out everything else. The flying mage provides ranged assistance, pelting down a series of lower tiered magic. The incantations for combat magic are fairly simple, short phrases of invocation, but the pure, undistracted intent that they require is a… difficult headspace to maintain.
I lose myself in the words. The sounds and phrases echo in my head, all sorts of wrong. I let myself manipulate the magic and simply divorce myself from the battle. Immersed in the spells, I don’t let myself think about the effects. Don’t let myself see what my mind wants to conjure. I just focus on the words, the spell, the battle.
It’s easier than it should be, I think. It shouldn’t be easy to do this. It shouldn’t be so clinical, so calculating. The flying mage isn't like me, isn’t crazy, isn’t ruined. They have the decency to be frightened, erratic. They use their spells inefficiently, consuming too much mana for how effective the attacks are.
Maybe that’s why I see it and she doesn't, why I know that she’s about to get knocked down before she can make a move against it. I hear the sickening crack as the thing literally slaps Genevive out of the sky, the snapping sound of her body as it is flung into the trunk of a tree. I wish I could just feel bad, just wince in sympathy, but my mind is alight with calculation.
She’s not dead, shouldn’t be even though it sounds bad. Though I bet she doesn’t agree with me at the moment. She falls forward onto the ground, barely catching herself on her hands. The line of her body is drawn tight, every muscle tense to the point of shaking even as her arms struggle to keep herself upright. I see the blood dripping from her lips, the abject fear in her eyes as she looks up at me.
“Run!” she screams in a voice I’ve never heard her use, high pitched and desperate.
My hands fly out in front of me and knock over the already empty mug and my pencil cup, just inches away from destroying my test tube stand and my delicate beakers.
I can’t help the frown that pulls at my features. The dream was so vivid. I can taste the blood in my mouth, the urge to spit it out and get back into position. I can feel the phantom sweat on the back of my neck, the cold, cloying feeling sticky even though it’s long been wiped away. My heart is racing in my chest like I’ve just gotten out of battle, my body thrumming with the adrenaline in my system that it no longer has an outlet for.
There’s no threat here, I remind myself. You’re in your workshop, you are at home.
It doesn’t make me feel less sick.
I let my head rest on the desk for a moment longer than I should. I lay my heated cheek against the wood. It’s not exactly cold, but there’s enough of a difference that it’s comforting. Something grounding as I try to force myself to stay in the moment, indulging in the comforting sensation until the weak feeling is gone. Though it doesn’t get the taste out of my mouth, or the dull ache out of my head.
The battle in the forest had been… intense, but Genevive had more fight in her than I think she realized. Even though she was using her magic a little too erratically, switching between spells she didn’t have proficiency in, she still did her fair share of damage. The thing lost an arm to her explosion magic. The blast was just a little more powerful than I think she meant it to be, sending a spray of its green goopy blood everywhere as I split the seedpod crown with an earthen lance. It’s not the most sophisticated of spells, but it gets the job done. There’s so many different rules and specifications that magic creatures live by, the very particular and almost arbitrarily exacting directions on how to kill them, but a shot straight through the head has almost never failed me. This time was no different, even though the seed pod had been rather heavily reinforced, making it difficult to get a clean shot.
Either way, we got out of there just fine. Everyone, Blanc included, though she had to be sent off for medical help while Genevieve and I were checked out by the mages. She wouldn’t use her crystal, but she did let me know that it was just an overdraw from her casting. It was still scary to pick her up and carry her.
It’s fine, I remind myself. The people who’d taken her said I hadn’t done any more damage by moving her. Though she hadn’t awakened by the end of our little trip, or shown up at school for the next several days…
My heartrate is still disturbingly high as I carefully right everything that my little outburst has ruined. Nothing’s gotten on my notes, or the record I’ve been meticulously keeping on my experiments. I should be glad, but my hands are still shaking.
I shouldn’t be having dreams.
I rub at my eyes. They feel dry and it’s almost painful to blink. Stars, when did I last get a full night’s sleep? When did I last leave the workshop? I should be focused on studying... Hell, I should be panicking at this point, but it’s taking everything I have to work on the sample that Blue managed to get from the forest god.
Blue . I can’t help the way I smile, the warmth in my chest as I think of my familiar.
The forest had been hard on him, that much was obvious, though it was something he tried to make even more explicitly clear after we’d gotten home. He’d scrubbed every remnant of the forest off of his skin and refused to so much as step outside into the backyard for days. I can’t blame him, he had a rather… intense first experience.
There’s a jacket around my shoulders and cold food on a tray that tells me that Blue’s been in here at some point after I’ve passed out. Though the folded little note along with it is surprising. His penmanship has been getting better, and he’s moved past the simple exercises and I’m struggling to make longer, more complex assignments that match his skill level.
I slip the jacket on, savoring the warmth. The heat doesn’t really work down in the basement and it’s always stayed a little cooler than the rest of the house, a blessing in the heated months of Heshinda, but not so comforting right now. Blue’s picked out a nice grey one that’s overly soft from being through the wash too many times. It’s a nice gesture, but it only serves to remind me that someone stole my favorite jacket.
Someone or something in that forest… Kyuin had said something about a vicious animal, but that wouldn’t have left Blue alone…
I suppose it’s a small price to pay for a cure to the blight. Or at least the starting components.
My back hurts as I straighten up. I shouldn’t have fallen asleep down here. It’s a bad habit, I know, but I can’t help but feel it’s worth it. It’s taken a few days, but I’ve got a working synthetic version. Same chemical structure, same effects, but no need to kill and drain a forest god every time you need more.
The synthetic version is more blue than green and not quite as thick, but it’s having the same effect so I’m inclined to call it a success. Or at least a partial success. I should have known that it wouldn’t be so simple.
The compound works great on the samples from my garden. There’s virtually no difference between the original goo and my synthetic. But the same cannot be said for the samples that Jet sent me. The sample that Blue collected makes the soil viable, but it doesn’t stay that way- with my magic I’m able to simulate the effects of multiple growing periods. The sample I tested turns to a grey, almost ashy substance after a full growing season, becoming somehow even more dead. It forces a development of mushrooms and fern shoots even though it’s not a part of the soil composition. There’s no way that it could have gotten into these samples unless they were contaminated, but Jet’s too careful for that.
So it’s got to be the goo. The blue compound is only a little better, it doesn’t try to stimulate growth for things not naturally found in the samples, but it still drains the viability of the soil. The seed samples of the regional staple crops that Jet sent don’t seem to be as affected and the forest floor was. The more I look at it the more the same answer keeps staring back at me. I’m trying to make this compound work for a biome it isn’t built for. I have to find an alteration that will work in a desert, something that will work with the crops that grow there, something that won’t turn the land into an ashen waste… and preferably, I’d like to do it before Jet and his soldiers all starve to death.
I’ll have to alter the chemical composition, make it something that’s capable of coping with the desert climate and soils. I’m reading up on the soil compositions, what exactly makes the two dirts so different, but there’s so much it’s hard to narrow it down to just a few things. It’s going to take a lot more testing. Thousands of chemical alterations that might make up for the difference without altering the regenerative effects of my compound.
I wish the damn forest god’s blood had just worked. Or at least grew something that could survive a desert environment. My sand elemental is certainly not happy with the compound. It’s still trying to grow flowers out of their head. It would look cute if they didn’t look so pissed, furiously scrubbing at the green shoot coming from their head every few minutes.
It’s their own fault. I told them not to touch the things I was working with.
Even though it’s less than a perfect situation, I suppose I should be grateful. The compound saved months, perhaps years of research. There are no chemical or magical accelerants that work on this level.
It helps to think about it that way. I try not to be bitter, but Genevive got a commendation for her advanced summons and I got told off for interfering with another student’s exam.
It’s certainly going better than everything else in my life.
I’m trying, truly I am, though I have pitifully little to show for it. The semester is winding down, so that brings a whole new set of challenges, the depths of which I have only barely begun to plumb. I should be worried about exams and papers and Qualls, but my attention is split elsewhere in what seems like a thousand directions.
Every day I try to act normal. I try to avoid staring at Lonel and Brendon, try to ignore the feeling of their eyes on me when my back is turned. I look away when the other students scatter when I enter the room or walk down the hallways, their whispered words too loud to fully tune out. They either aren’t trying or aren’t too concerned with being discrete. I imagine it’s a combination of both.
I’m not surprised. The stories of what Genevive and I did circulate like wildfire, each round of retellings getting further and further from the truth.
Blanc is still in the hospital,but it hasn’t escaped everyone’s notice that my own familiar was nowhere near the fight. How I was able to hold my own in that battle without a familiar. Especially when Blue is still accompanying me to school every day. It’s hard to shield him from them, the way they stare, or the way they talk. It’s easier to pretend like you don’t hear the things they’re saying. They want a reaction more than anything. Something to put fuel on the fire. I know that, but it’s still a struggle not to turn around and just deck one of the snot nosed third years that’s going around saying I need a better familiar. That I’m not being fair. That I’m hurting the cute little weak constitution grade by keeping him on as my familiar. That it would be kinder if I sold him on or kept him at home for activities more befitting his skills.
Genevive’s friends have circulated a worse theory among the first years. That I’m using a weak constitution familiar solely as an excuse to show off. That Blue’s lasted so long because I don’t actually use him when I cast and it’s all just a ruse to disguise an unnatural amount of mana production and control over my abilities.
What a laugh. If I had control I wouldn’t be putting myself through this hell. I wouldn’t bother with this school, with its constricting rules and rebelling teachers and the whole Stars damned board going over my actions with a fine toothed comb, breathing down my neck to see if I’ll nudge a toe out of line. The only consolation is that the rumors haven’t stopped the other students from trying to learn my style of casting. Before the week is out, there have been five more in class demonstrations using my technique, all from older students, but… it’s something.
The disciplinary committee can’t take any direct aggressive action against me now, or they’d have to take the same measures against those other students. It’s more trouble than it’s worth, and so long as I remain on the right side of that equation, Blue and I should be safe.
On the even worse side of things, a fine gradation that I’m learning to appreciate more and more, Genevive’s hanging out with me more. I don’t have a problem with her apparent desire that we appear more involved in public, except… well, I have a problem with it. I’m good enough at playing the part, but it grates on me. The way she treats me like some dumb farm boy who can’t understand subtext or the intricacies of high society… the way she dismisses Blue like she has any right...
It’s only temporary, I remind myself, just until I can find some way to break up with her that doesn’t close every door in this world. If it could just be her fault…
Even with all the reassurances I can muster, it’s still hard to face her every day. My only consolation is that Qualls is coming up quick and suddenly no one has time to simply hang out for a purely social benefit. Still, it’s hard to get away from people as a whole, even as Dey, Shauna, and I make a study group for Qualls and studiously do not even look in the direction of other student activities.
Stars, Qualls…
It’s only a few days away now. None of the students know much about the exam other than the categories. We’ve been doing reviews of material all week, but they change it up almost every year. Nobody knows exactly what’s going to be on the test until it’s in front of them. I suppose there's a good reason for the secrecy, for changing the test nearly every time it’s taken. The test is being administered all around the country. Some states in Durian have even taken the test up as a supplemental standardized metric.
And I haven’t been studying like I should…
I close my eyes as I stretch, waiting for the satisfying crack in my back. I let myself feel satisfied with the hollow sound and just try not to think about how much my joints hurt, or the pounding in my head, or the persistent tremble in my hands. It’s not bad. It’s not that bad. It’s all in my head.
I startle at the blood on my hands. It’s warm and the cloying iron scent fills my head before I can stop it. My heart stutters in my chest for a second and I can’t breathe. All I have to do is blink and the red goes away, but it doesn’t stop the rest of it. I can still still feel the phantom slickness on my hands. The smell of blood is like a physical sensation, stuffing my head with cotton fluff, making it harder to think. I swear I can smell charcoal and sulphur. There’s burnt ozone in the air and sand between my teeth, and suddenly my heartbeat is just too loud for me to take.
I drink the water Blue left me and hope it dissipates the pain behind my eyes. Even just the liquid makes my stomach turn and I can’t help but feel bad that Blue’s cooking will go to waste tonight. It’s hard enough to walk up the stairs without looking at the walls, without feeling like they’re going to close in on me.
It’s all right. It’s not real. Just a bad dream.
At the very least my hands are healing, so I’m having to work on my unreliable kinesis spells less. It’s gotten to the point that I can just rely on the pain cream. I let my fingers curl tighter around the handles of the tray. I have to press pretty hard before I can feel any pain.
The food goes into a set of tupperware and I push it to the back of the icebox in hopes that Blue won’t see it. I console myself with the plan to pack it for lunch tomorrow before he has the chance to see it.
I fumble for the note as I dump the rest of the tray into the sink. It’s just one of the pages from Blue’s workbook, but it’s folded with such care and intricacy that it warms my heart. The careful lettering and the eraser marks make it even more adorable as I scan the short clipped sentences that Blue had so meticulously crafted.
I made some food for you. Please be safe. Take care.
The short sentences were worked and reworked if the longer eraser-smudged fragments below and above are any indication. I can’t help but notice that the words have been specifically chosen to avoid an authoritative tone. It’s objective and though I know he must be concerned about me, given that he went through all the trouble to make me food and tuck me in with a jacket, he doesn’t say anything about that in his note. I wonder if he’s still a little hesitant to express those kinds of thoughts because of how I’d freaked out on him. I wasn’t in a good headspace, and I shouldn’t have snapped like that, but I’ve been trying to make up for it.
Though maybe the best way would be to actually show him that I’m ok with his concern, that he won’t be punished for it. As bizarre as it sounds to me I know I don’t have the luxury of assuming that Blue will see it the same way. I’ve finished as much work as I’ll be able to do tonight. Nothing even resembling productivity is going to come out of my addled mind at the moment. Plus, it will be nice to sleep in the actual bed tonight.
The decision is only partially assisted by the visceral terror that prevents me from even trying to go back down the narrow stairs to my workshop. The presence of another person might ease that terror. I don’t want to freak Blue out, but I can’t deny that Blue has an uncanny way of making me feel safe.
Blue’s still got a light on, just one of those little crystals that light up when activated. I shouldn’t be surprised he’s still up. Lately when I go to wake Blue up for school he’s tired in a way that speaks of staying up too late at night. Just as I expected, Blue's in bed, reading from his book half tucked up in bed with the pillows piled up behind him. He’s somewhere back in the middle which means that he’s either finished the whole thing and went back to his favorite part or he lost his place, which I find unlikely.
“Hey, you…” I start hesitantly, unwilling to break the tender peace of the moment.
Blue doesn’t startle, but I think that’s more for my benefit than anything else. He freezes up in place and despite the way he tries to stay calm his ears are twitchy, pressing back against his skull before he can stop himself. I thought that he had heard me coming, he usually has disturbingly adept hearing, but I suppose he was too engrossed in his book to hear me coming.
“Hey yourself…” Blue’s voice wavers as he tries to summon up a watery smile. “Are you alright?” He bites at his lip, hesitance coloring his words even as he forces himself to ask.
“ I… I’m fine,” I stutter trying to make it sound believable, trying to stop the shaky, unstable feeling in my bones. “I’m just tired and… I’ve just got so much work to do,” I continue at Blue’s unconvinced look.
“Qualls?” he asks, trying to keep the conversation going, and I try not to flinch.
I’ve told Blue about Qualls. Everyone’s been talking about it, I doubt the topic has stayed out of the familiars’ sphere. But it still makes me hesitate. I haven’t said anything about my brother’s project. I don’t want to put him in a position where he might have to lie if someone asks him about my activities. I feel bad, but I’m not technically lying. Qualls is also keeping me up at night, just… not in the same way.
“Oh Stars, don’t start me off again.” I sigh dramatically, allowing a smile to curl across my face like Blue’s told a really funny joke, like Qualls really is at the forefront of my mind.
That shaky unsteady feeling is back, or rather, it never truly left and I find myself examining just how terribly this room is situated. The window faces the exterior streets and with the light on it’s easy to tell when people are moving around. It makes me feel exposed even though I know there’s no reason for anyone to be looking into the house. With the curtains drawn it’s not like they could even see who was moving around inside, just shadows.
I force myself to sit on the desk, turn completely away from the windows, and count slowly in my head as I smile and talk with Blue. My heart’s thudding in my ears, but once I get past ten it helps me breathe easier. There’s no way that there’s anything dangerous out there, it’s all in my head.
Even a rookie sniper could have dropped me like a deer.
“Are you coming to bed?” Blue asks, the hesitance back in his voice as he splays his fingers on the blanket, pressing into the soft material.
He tries to ask the question as innocently as possible, as though it’s just an idle question meant to continue our conversation, but the anxious flick of his ears tells me just how worried he is. It makes me feel terrible. It’s not just me in this house anymore. I’m not alone and I can’t just do whatever I want. What I do affects other people and Blue doesn’t even get the option to leave if he gets fed up with me.
There’s a part of me that hates just how harsh a perspective those thoughts cast, but it doesn't stop it from being true. Even if I’m being a dick and not giving Blue the attention he deserves, he can’t leave. Hell, aside from the teachers that would look kindly upon him, there’s really no one he could go to… and he doesn’t even know who they are.
Still, the hopeful look in Blue’s eyes is more than enough to undo me. I’ve holed myself up in my lab and all but ignored his existence for a few days as I worked on the compound he’d gotten me but he’s still willing to welcome me into the bed. He’s… better than me. If I got ignored for days on end I’d feel jilted. Or maybe not, my schedule seems to revolve around intense days of work interspersed with days of offtime. Maybe me and my hypothetical friend would get along great so long as our work schedules lined up…
Stars, I’ve been awake too many consecutive hours. I’m starting to agree with my own hypothetical propositions.
“Yeah, Blue, yeah…” I agree before I let myself go any further down that particular rabbit hole.
Blue looks up at me in awe before he puts away his book and fluffs the pillows like my appearance in the bed is a rare occurrence. Well, I suppose it has been a rare occurrence in recent days…
I excuse myself as Blue continues to get the bed ready. I strip out of my day clothes and settle into the comfy elastic band pants that I wish were acceptable to wear out. I brush my teeth, put up my hair, and enjoy the temporary rush I get from succeeding at mundane things. It’s not much, but for the moment, it’s enough as I try to ignore the dark circles under my eyes, and the shaky dead feeling inside me.
Blue’s patting the bed invitingly when I come out of the bathroom, like I need to be enticed further to actually sleep in the bed with him. His eyes sparkle like I’ve hung the stars for him and him alone and reviewing everything I’ve done in my life, I can’t pinpoint anything that can explain why I am blessed enough to have him in it.
We slot together so easily. His head fits just under my chin so that every time he twitches his ears it tickles my face. Our legs tangle together, so solid a physical reminder of each other's presence that it’s difficult not to relax. It’s only a few seconds of wigging before Blue lets out a contented sigh, pulling the blanket over the both of us as his fingers curl in the excess fabric of my nightshirt.
“How are you doing?” I ask once his breathing has settled into a solid rhythm.
I can’t devalue the process of checking in with each other. I learned my lesson when I let my own insecurities run unchecked all the way into our little forest quest. And considering how distant I’ve been the past few days, I really am overdue. I’m trying to check in as much as I can remember, but half the time we’re at school when I ask. Even though I can usually find us a mostly empty corridor, it’s not exactly the most conducive environment to speaking freely. It is certainly a far cry from the private intimacy of lying tangled in each other's arms.
Blue goes tense and silent in my arms as he seems to sort it out for himself. He knows just how badly I want honesty from him, even if it means confessing that he’s uncomfortable or unwilling to do certain things. Still, he always responds with hesitancy, like I’m going to hurt him for speaking his mind. I assume it will get better with time, like most things. I have to assume it will get better. Still, there’s a part of me that hates that I’ve ruined such a good moment for him. He’d been so comfortable just a moment ago.
“I’m doing alright.” He answers quietly, hesitating only a moment more before he finishes, “I miss you.” He says the last part quickly, like the confession will hurt less if he does it fast, like a bandaid.
“I miss you too,” I answer honestly, nuzzling into his hair as I skritch between his ears in a gesture I know he likes. He rewards me with a little purr before he pulls even closer. “How about after all this is over I give you undivided attention?” I ask, pressing a little kiss to the top of his head. He deserves my undivided attention.
“I’d like that,” he mumbles into my chest, the rumbly purring making his voice sound very content.
“I wanted to thank you for the food,” I continue, brushing the stray curls out of his face, the worries of the day melting away from my mind like candyfloss. It’s hard to remember what I was ever so worried about with Blue, warm and purring, in my arms.
“You… it was just something simple,” he stutters, “you’ve been working so much and-” He cuts himself off before he finishes that sentence, choosing instead to bury his face in my neck and breathe deeply.
I can understand the gist of what he was trying to say. Most of the time he’s passed out when I come to wake him up for school, but these nights apart must have been doing more harm than I’d expected. I remember that back when I’d first gotten Blue he said that he didn’t like sleeping alone, that he had nightmares. I wonder if I’ve been making his situation worse by forcing him to sleep alone. He hasn’t had a bad episode in a while, but there’s still usually some whimpering or movement in the night.
Blue gives an angry little croon as I try to put my hand down, so I just let it go back to the mess of curls and continue to brush out his hair with my fingers.
“What did you do today?” I ask, trying to get my brain to wind down.
I expect to get some notes on the book. If I’m right, I’ll have to get something new for Blue pretty soon. As long and complicated as the epic is, Blue is just too smart. He seemed to like it though, perhaps I could get him something from the same genre. Durian’s mythology is a lot more dynamic than ours. I’m sure there’s no shortage of fictional interpretations of those stories. Maybe something on Spirit’s Crawl, that’s a fun holiday...
“I read and cooked, um… I cleaned a little.” He says it like he’s in trouble and if he weren’t pressed up against me I doubt I would have been able to feel the slight tremble that goes through his body.
“Blue, you’re not in trouble,” I remind him, though I struggle not to let my tone take on just how angry I am with the people who have made Blue so fearful of living his life.
“I…” His voice dies in his throat but I feel more than see his nod as he sures up his grip on my nightshirt, pulling me fractionally closer. “I know, you said I could, I just… I was- I remembered when I first came here and-” There’s a high pitched whine that cuts off his words and I rush to comfort him.
“It’s ok to be freaked out,” I whisper, petting soothing circles into his back. “I just want to make sure you know you aren’t in trouble. I don’t expect you to be ok with everything. Really, you are doing so good, I am so proud of you.”
There’s a noise low in the back of Blue’s throat as he squirms against me that warms my heart, but eventually he settles down and trades a grip on my nightshirt for running his fingers over the fabric as he smooths it out and his clipped noises eventually turn into words.
“It just feels so… stupid,” he whispers like it’s a confession.
“I understand that, but you can’t let yourself forget what a great job you’ve been doing. Sometimes it doesn’t feel like much, but you shouldn’t let yourself become discouraged.” I smile, scratching just below his jawline in a movement that never fails to draw a giggle.
Still, there’s some hesitance in the drawn line of his body as he again curls his fingers in my nightshirt. He curls and uncurls his tail in some kind of nervous habit and just before I’m about to demand that he come out with it already, he speaks.
“Someone came by the house today,” he whispers, fumbling with the fabric between his fingers.
“What?” I ask, trying to ignore the cold sweat that breaks out on the back of my neck, my pulse immediately skyrocketing.
“I… “ Blue stutters, but I cut him off.
“Blue did you open the door?” I ask, wincing at how harshly the words come out, but it's too late to take them back now.
My mind races as I try to think of why anyone would be dropping by the house. Since the disciplinary committee settled my case there’s no reason anyone from the school should have visited. Brendon and Lonel have both decided to give me a little space since dropping their bomb on me- Brendon out of respect and Lonel because ever since she figured out Chuha was stopping by for afternoon tea, she decided that I didn't need to get regular check-ins from her familiar. Shauna usually lets me know when she’s coming over and if she had, she certainly would have dragged me out of my workshop. I can’t think of anyone else who would come by the house.
“Yes, but-” Blue answers, but before he can defend himself I cut him off.
“Blue, who was it?” I demand, my pulse pounding in my chest. If I put Blue in danger and he didn’t even know it, I don’t think I could forgive myself.
“Jaja,” Blue answers and my mind grinds to a halt.
I stare blankly ahead for a couple seconds before my mind clicks. Oh, Jaja, of course.
“The chipmunk…” Blue continues hesitantly as I make no move to talk over him this time. “They said they knew you. I thought for a second it was the rodent-y smell I’d picked up all that time ago, but it was different. I didn’t notice until I’d already opened the door. Said something about Carmine-”
“Yeah, he’s our new neighbor,” I chime in, giving Blue the little bit of context he’s missing.
“That makes more sense.” Blue chuckles. “Apparently, he’s done moving in and is ready to host people.”
“Oh, maybe after Qualls,” I hedge. I wasn’t expecting the man to be ready so soon, but I suppose it has been almost two weeks…
“That’s what I told Jaja,” Blue answers hesitantly, as though unsure if his response had been the proper one. I put any thought of that to bed, scratching behind his ears until he’s purring again.
“What do you think of them?” I ask, not entirely sure what kind of response I’ll get. Blue always manages to see things from a different angle, so sometimes his view is surprising.
“I think Jaja is a well trained pet, obviously trusted to make a journey to a house they’ve never been to before in order to deliver a message.” Blue’s answer is oddly objective, and then as though he knows that’s not what I meant, he continues, “They seem nice… I’m afraid I can’t say anything for Carmine, he wasn’t there, I didn’t get a chance to see him.”
“Would you like to meet him, or at least meet Jaja again?” I ask.
“What?” Blue squirms, obviously confused, and I realize that might not have been the clearest way to ask.
“Well, I said we could introduce the two of you and if you hit it off you could be friends…” I try to explain without it sounding like Carmine and I are two parents trying to arrange a playdate. Blue doesn’t seem to take it badly though, just considering for a moment before he nods against my chest.
“I wouldn’t mind meeting Jaja again. They seem very sociable for a chipmunk,” Blue answers, and I wonder just how much of his agreement is brought about by the fact that this neighborhood doesn’t have a single pet or familiar outside the two of them.
“Well then, after Qualls,” I promise, petting Blue’s back as I reach for my sleeping pills.
I haven’t used them in a surprisingly long time. But ever since that battle my mind has been a bit fraught at the seams and that dream was the last straw. I can’t help the way my mind and body are freaking out, but I know that the pills will help me sleep without having to worry. Even with the weird side effects and the grogginess that will come tomorrow morning, it beats my odds of getting to sleep naturally tonight.
I’m scared that when I close my eyes I’ll dream again. That it’ll get out of hand and I’ll see the stars, hear that music again. It’s too much of a risk, especially with how well I’ve been able to manage it on my own.
I don’t mind the sleeping pills.
I want to sleep without worrying that I’m going to dream.
Chapter 72: Research in the Stacks
Summary:
Blue does a little detective work and winds up with more than he bargains for.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
We had been given some recovery time after the test in the forest. Some extra leniency in allowing excused absences for the participants. But since we finished a day before the deadline, we got the chance to relax without having to take a break from school. It could have been nice and relaxing if Kara had not insisted on the both of us taking some kind of cleansing bath before we could go into the house.
It was a stupidly elaborate affair with all sorts of herbs and vials of smelly ichor. The end result actually smelled something like Kyuin, all pine sap and damp moss, though with more flowers. It wasn’t all that terrible once the basin had been heated, but Kara had scrubbed every inch of me with the forest scented water, even working it into my hair along with some gritty, sticky mix. It wasn’t pleasant, but Kara had given himself the same treatment, so I couldn't even be mad.
He’d been very careful with me, checking me over for any injuries or residual soreness that might have resulted from anything we came into contact with in the forest. I pointed out everything that might have been trouble with an insistence that usually isn’t like me. Normally I wouldn’t bother my masters with anything so trivial, but I din’t doubt that the most ignorable things from the forest could have major unforeseen consequences.
The worst I had was a couple of scrapes, but Kara still treated them with unreasonable care, slathering them with an ointment that’s supposed to aid in healing minor abrasions. He’d fussed over me, cooked and tried to feed me something more substantial than the trail snacks he’d packed. As sweet as it was, I kept finding myself shying away from the attention. Kara had been tactile with me in the forest. A side effect, I assume, of not being capable of letting me wander farther than his arm’s length away from him for my own safety.
I’d be lying if I said I didn’t like it, but the constant holding and petting had eventually begun to grate on me. The way he wouldn’t let me go and held me close like I was incompetent, like I would get myself killed if left unsupervised for more than a second. I suppose I didn’t give him much evidence to the contrary, not with how disastrously I handled myself, but I suppose I learned a little more about myself. I’d rather stand next to him than be behind him.
It feels wrong to think like that. I should be grateful for the protections that he has afforded me, but I still… want to be strong for him. It’s wrong. I find myself pushing away from his hands, feeling too nauseous and odd to even eat the food he’d prepared for me.
It felt good when he left tasks for me to do, when he’d trusted me to clean the kitchen and put everything away. But then he’d gone to his workshop, where he’d stayed.
For the first few hours it had felt good. I’d had the run of the house and I could do what I needed to feel useful. But then my Master hadn’t come back. I fiddled around with my books, worked on my own assignments and when that was finished I turned to other things. I spent the newly freed time scrubbing the scents of the forest from my skin. Which amounted to a frankly abhorrent amount of time in the tub. Without Master there I didn’t have to feel bad about refilling the tub, but there was also no one to tell me that it was ok to keep filling the tub with hot water over and over again until everything smelled so strongly of the spiced lather of Kara’s soap that I could hardly determine anything else. It feels slimy and dishonest, but Kara’s never been one to complain about this kind of thing.
Either way… I didn’t want to disturb my Master in his workshop. He’d gotten pretty mad at me when I’d been there the last time, and this time it was my own actions that drove him to his sanctum. I wanted to be independent, I rejected his kind hands, I’m the reason he left. So I dealt with the consequences of my actions. I tucked myself into bed, forgoing food more so I didn’t have to go downstairs than to punish myself.
I tried to console myself. I buried myself in my book, in the bed that was my Master’s, and that I still had permission to sleep in for the time being. It didn’t matter that I’d already finished the story, it was words on paper and plenty occupying enough. Kyuin’s words replayed in my mind as I tried to get my thoughts to quiet. It was probably nothing. Just like Kara said, imps will say anything to get you interested… I decided it didn’t matter right then anyways. My biggest worry at the moment was Kara.
Even if he hadn’t come back to bed, it was still his house. There was no way he could leave me entirely alone. Though I waited until I couldn’t keep my eyes open.
When Kara shook me awake in the morning I was so glad to see him that I barely felt the panic of almost being late for classes.
I’d thought it was better after that. The casual kindness that he usually treated me with was back in full effect at school. I had been naive or hopeful enough to think that the night had been more than enough to prove his point, to prove that there was no point in the airs I was putting on, but once we’d gone back home it was the same story. The worst part was that he didn’t seem resentful. He was gentle and protective at school, even when it was just against the words of his peers, but at home... he was always occupied with something more important.
I’d spent days worried, embracing the moments at school when he’d give me attention and act as my protector, but so fearful of going home. I wasn’t sure why. I didn’t have the right to be upset. It was my fault, at least I was mostly sure it was anyway... I was the one who shied away from his touches. I was the one that pushed to have more space.
Nothing changed in the next few days, but I grew more and more sure that it was my own actions that caused this rift. It only took a few days before I was ready to break down. I’d forgotten what it was like to not have the gentle physical contact that my typing required. I hadn’t often had that need fulfilled in the past, but for some reason the withdrawal was much worse after I’d gotten used to regularized contact. I decided I would tell him that I wanted him. I would tell him anything he wanted to hear if he would just hold me close and talk to me.
But that proved to be a lot harder than I’d anticipated. I wanted to talk to him, I’d made up a script in my head with all the things I wanted to say, the apologies I wanted to make, but whenever I was about to speak the words got tangled up in my head. I cooked for him instead.
I knew I wasn’t supposed to be in his workspace. He’d gotten mad at me for intruding on the space before, and even more so for trying to tell him when to come to bed. I knew it wasn’t my place to give him instructions on how to be healthy, but part of me wished I had the training of a service pet. Then at least he might listen to me if I had the confidence to try to tell him to come to bed again. Then again, if I had the training maybe I’d know better. Maybe I was only thinking in my own best interests.
Either way, food was hardly something he could disagree with. He'd never told me I shouldn’t cook, and it at least gave me something to do, and then later something to clean, when the house was so quiet and still.
When the chipmunk stopped by, I’d nearly jumped at the door, I was so desperate to talk to someone. I knew I should have been cautious, and I might have been if it was someone who might have brought trouble. The little chipmunk had all the markings of a pet, and without an owner by their side I couldn’t help but feel at ease. They were very sociable for a chipmunk, well versed and trained in manners in a way that’s uncommon for the species, though very appreciated. They hadn’t made much sense, but they had enough social grace not to simply leave after their message was delivered.
The talk gave me some confidence. It forced me to make a decision, at least. I shouldn’t keep this kind of thing from my Master. I shouldn’t be answering the door without his permission, or interacting without his presence or approval beforehand. It made my decision easy. I had to talk to him. About the visitor, and what I’d been trying to gain enough confidence to do all week. I cooked the pasta salad Chef taught me to make and some chicken tossed with spices and those little green beans with the mellow, starchy flavor.
I couldn’t help the frustrated growl as I took his food down to him only to find him asleep over his books. Was this really better than coming to sleep with me? If he was really so set on punishing me he could have sent me out of his room and still claimed his bed for the night.
I wrote and rewrote a note for him, trying my damndest not to sound patronizing and not make him mad. I wasted a lot of time watching him sleep, watching his fingers twitch as he mumbled in his sleep. He was so different asleep, his expression lax and his body free of its usual tenseness. I eventually settled on a few simple sentences, something that I hoped wouldn’t make him mad, but perhaps enough to come and talk to me. There was a grey jacket on the table opposite him. I knew it wasn’t much, but the whole lab was colder than the rest of the house. I gave into the urge to tuck him in with a jacket.
I was so excited when he held me, when he came back to the bedroom and talked to me. I couldn’t help but give in to the shameful instinct to knead into his shirt. ‘Making biscuits’ as one owner had explained to me, trying to train the annoying habit out of me. Kara hadn’t thought it was annoying, he hadn’t said anything about it. He’d only reprimanded me for the predictable offence of answering the door without supervision, and even then he was only worried about me. The thought made me feel warm inside. A feeling that only grew when he promised to spend more time with me once Qualls are over.
I just wish I could talk to him about the things that Kyuin had told me. The things that I had found… or maybe not. I might be deluding myself, but the ideas keep playing over and over in my head. I know I’m ruining everything with my overthinking, but I can’t get my mind to quiet.
“Blue?” Enoki’s voice pulls me forcefully out of my own thoughts.
I’m digging my hands into the plush carpet of the Care Center. That’s right , I remind myself, we’re at the Care Center, we have been for the past few hours . Kara won’t need me for any other classes today, and usually I do enjoy the extended amount of time to hang out with my friends, but today’s schedule is messed up. Ande didn’t even come in today, though Shauna did. I’m sure it’s something to do with his hibernation instinct and Shauna’s need to take care of him. Avery’s not here. Neither is Nyc. Marina’s owner has a half day today, so she’s already left, and Enoki… is entirely useless for the physical affection I want.
I’m still feeling shaky, cold inside and out. Like my body’s punishing me for denying the gentle physical affections that my Master was offering. I want to be held, but I don’t want to have to deal with the stuttery mess that it’ll make. Plus, if I’m right about Dey’s schedule, Enoki will be out of here in less than five minutes.
“Blue, you alright? You’re spacing out like crazy today...” Enoki chimes in again, tilting his head to the side as he plays with his long braid.
“I’m… just thinking…” I hedge, trying not to reveal the full extent of my reminiscing.
“Well, does it have anything to do with all the familiars too chickenshit to come closer and actually talk to you.” Enoki smirks, making his voice an exaggerated stage whisper that does nothing to actually decrease his volume.
I’ve never understood that term. Chickens in my experience are rarely timid creatures, and there are usually rather intense duties assigned to the pets... their demi counterparts , I try. The substitution sits oddly in my mind, but it doesn’t make it any less true. They’re often put in positions where they have to care for children, something that puts their natural broodiness at ease. And Stars save you if they perceive a harmful act against their assigned child, they can get pretty violent if their instincts aren’t checked by training.
Of course, all the avoidance in the world doesn’t stop Enoki from being right. Of all the familiars here, there are only a few who aren’t outright staring at the two of us. Interest has drummed up around me, or rather around ‘Kara and his familiar’. It has nothing to do with me, not really. It is all about the odd circumstances, Kara’s odd abilities, all the attention on that kind of power in a student so young. The ability to survive the forest, complete his quest, and aid… the one he’s courting in a clearly outmatched battle, all without the aid of his familiar, is very impressive. So really, it has nothing to do with me.
The only thing that truly involves me is the effort of trying to avoid their whispers. All the students and mages wondering exactly why Kara’s so damned determined to keep me. They aren’t quiet and I have to assume they mean for him to hear when they talk about how useless I am to a mage like him. Perhaps good as an experiment for the new type of casting, but now that others with better familiars are able to replicate it, he’s better off getting a new familiar. A better one, something worthy of his accolades.
I’m not good enough. It’s something I’ve known from the beginning, but I’ve done my damndest to ignore it, to silence those rebellious parts of myself, or let Kara do it for me. But it’s not as easy with half the school practically falling over themselves to tell him what a worthless familiar I am.
“Will wonders never cease?” I deadpan.
It’s best to handle this the way Kara is: flatly ignoring all the eyes on our backs and pretending that no one is saying anything bad. Whether he knows it or not, pretending that nothing’s wrong is probably the best way to go. So long as we act like everything’s normal and we aren’t affected by anything they say, the attention will die down without anything to feed it. It doesn’t stop the familiars in the corner from whispering and pointing for now, but I just force myself to turn to Enoki and pretend that everything’s fine.
“Blue, you know they’re just jealous. Their masters want to be in the spotlight so bad they aren’t above sending their little spies to dig up dirt.” Enoki snickers into his palm like any of this is a laughing matter, but there’s a light in his eyes that makes me think it’s a more purposeful action than he’s letting on.
Enoki isn’t a complete airhead, despite his best efforts to present nothing more. I keep forgetting that he belongs to a prince, that these kinds of situations aren’t exactly a foreign concept to him. He knows how to play dumb, how to giggle and be likable and just generally deescalate a situation. We aren’t speaking loud enough for the other familiars to hear, but from the outside it must seem like we’re engaging in something funny rather than important. I can’t help but smile. Enoki really is a good friend, even if he can't handle more than a casual touch without turning into a pile of goo.
“I must admit, I’m not as used to being spied on as you must be.” I keep my voice low, almost enjoying the way our little crowd tries to lean forward without seeming too obtrusive.
“At least you didn’t go the same way as Blanc,” he whispers, his own smiley facade dropping for a moment of genuine concern.
“Have- have you heard anything?” I ask, trying to ignore the way my voice dies in my throat. I hadn’t known about Blanc until we’d come back to school the next day.
“I asked around,” he admits as he reclines casually on one of the beanbag cushions that Ande usually favors. Of course he did , it’s hard to fight the smile that tugs at my lips. Even given how cautious he knows to be, he still acts with so few reservations.
“...Apparently she got it bad,” he finishes dryly.
“And?” I press. The information that she got hurt is not an impressive discovery.
“And, her owner is a first year,” Enoki answers like that clarifies everything.
“Yeah?” I prompt him to keep talking. I’m obviously not picking up on whatever he’s expecting me to understand, but I try not to let my frustration show through.
“So, first years can’t replace their familiars in the first semester. It’s part of their Care and Keeping grade. They aren’t allowed to… If their familiar dies it would be really bad for their grade,” he finishes, leaving the other half of that argument unsaid.
Blanc has a lot of worth, but a damaged familiar, even one with a higher than average constitution, is still useless. Genevive has to keep Blanc alive for now, for the sake of her grade, but the semester is coming to an end... Blanc is living on borrowed time. It’ll be a race to see if she heals before the semester ends, if she’ll be able to prove her worth or get replaced.
Enoki leaves with Dey only moments later and I can barely summon up the words for a goodbye as I am suddenly alone. I can’t help but cringe as the eyes upon me become overbearing. There’s no one left here that I trust and every second that ticks by I’m undoing any good that might have come from Enoki’s effort to make me seem unaffected by the current state of affairs. My mind continues down this caustic spiral until I know there’s nothing else I can do but try to drown my overactive mind in some kind of activity.
I try to smile at the attendant, not let my hands shake as I sign myself out of the Care Center.
I clip my little card to the neck of my shirt, but it doesn’t quell the rapid pace of my heart. I’m not usually out when there are other students roaming the halls. I don’t like being out without Kara, without the protection his presence affords. They wouldn’t point or stare outright if I were with him... they would at least try to whisper…
I press my hands to my sides in an effort to stop them from shaking. It doesn’t matter what they’re saying. I’m not being bad, I’m not doing anything bad, not really. I have my permission to be out, I even put it in plain view to make sure I wouldn’t get in trouble. It doesn’t stop them from talking, from making all the not-so-thinly veiled comments about the school’s only weak constitution familiar.
I signed myself out of the care center, but not to go to the gym. I’ve set up semi-regular meetings for the familiars who want to train with me, but today is not one of those days, besides… I’m not going to the gym.
As I make my way down the halls I try to keep to the walls. At the very least it keeps me out of people’s way. They have to go out of their way if they want to interact with me. As much as they seem to like to talk, nobody’s willing to go that extra mile to actually mess with me. I can imagine that any marks they might leave would get them in trouble for messing with another’s familiar. It wouldn’t be too hard to contrive a story where it was my fault but I don’t doubt that Kara would defend me… though it might be a little strained given that I’m out when I’m not supposed to be.
I stop before the overly large double doors of the library. They are made of oak and carved intricately with the symbols of what I’ve come to understand are scenes of the library of knowledge. A little heavy handed if you ask me, but the results are pretty at least.
There’s a sharp zing of pain as I realize I’ve been scratching at the inside of my arm while I simply stare up at the doors. I’m not doing a good job of being inconspicuous, but then again I really shouldn’t be here. Familiars are often well trained and educated so they can help their Masters should those kinds of things be required of them. But I shouldn’t be here, not alone. It’s improper that I would be out on my own without my master’s supervision anyways, but in a place of study where I might interrupt and disturb others…
I cringe internally as I push the door open just enough to slip in. The doors are deceptively light, the effect, I assume, of some enchantment. It doesn’t matter how wrong it is, the questions are going to drive me crazy if I don’t get some answers. I need to do some research on what Kyuin told me.
There’s a pang in my chest as I realize I actually miss the little guy. We didn’t spend much time together, but he wasn’t as bad as I thought he would be. He was actually pretty fun to be around, and he’d talked to me when we’d had to wait for Kara to get back. He’d seemed uncommonly nervous once we were in the school building, but it wasn't until we were handing him over that I’d noticed how wide his eyes were, or how hard he was trying to keep that signature smirk on his face as he booped my nose again after I’d turned in his necklace.
Truthfully, I don’t know why I’m giving his words such credence. He’d told me a little story about a name for my race and I’d be stupid if I just believed him… right? I had no reason to listen, to think that he was doing anything more than telling me what I wanted to hear. But the more I think about it, the more it bothers me. The questions create a maddening tickle at the back of my mind.
Maybe it wouldn’t have triggered such a fixation if the story didn’t match up with the questions I already had. I’d never given much thought to pets or familiars not having a name for their race aside from their species names, but that doesn’t mean I hadn’t seen the odd lack of it. People rush to use designation in place of an actual name, anything but an actual name. The lack doesn’t seem to bother anyone- hell, it didn’t bother me until Kyuin pointed it out- but now I see it everywhere. And if that was all I think I might have been able to ignore it, just temper down the urge to think about it and let myself have some peace, but then I’d started rereading my book and all that came crashing down.
In the book, Veth had to go through all these different trials, but she never had to go alone. She built up a team, people she trusted, people who saved her life. But when Thistle was accosted by the mute fortune teller... she called him a beast. Thistle had been described as a larger man, a man who had all the markers of his physical lifestyle, but the way the fortune teller had reacted to him… the way it was described… she used the elemental letter for ‘d’ even as she called him a ‘beast’.
The more I tried to ignore it, the more I kept coming back to the passage. It’s not the last time Thistle is called a beast, or the first, but it was odd that she didn’t just call him a beast. From what Kara’s told me, elemental sign hasn’t changed much except to accommodate new words and terms, so I’m reluctant to just chalk it up to the evolution of language.
It isn’t much to go on. It’s not even something that the author ever circled back to. There’s nothing to indicate that it’s more important than just the oddity of a crazy woman, but it is something… and it’s all I have to go on.
Especially because Thistle wasn’t… Veth’s familiar, he wasn’t her slave or just some thing. He was strong, a warrior for his own tribe who joined her on her quest because he saw value in it. They were friends. They were equals.
He’d never been described as human, but… I had assumed. He wasn’t described with the traits of any other race. They talked a little about his tribe, his heritage, they had odd rituals, but there was certainly nothing to say that the warrior was… a demibeast.
My hand goes to the soft hair behind my ears, trying to find a good place to scratch that won't leave marks for Kara to fuss over later. He worries too much already and with Qualls looming overhead… I don’t want to be the burden that everyone’s saying I am.
The librarian looks at me oddly, but I just bow my head from across the room and continue on my way. I can’t turn back now. It would look a hell of a lot weirder for a familiar to go all the way to the library only to chicken out and leave before they got anything done. From what I’ve heard it’s not unbelievable that a familiar could make their way to the library to assist their owner, it’s just odd that their master wouldn’t be present with them.
There’s a set of tables in the back that are nearly always unoccupied. Kara favors them for setting up study sessions because they’re out of the way and most of the tables sit in front of a nice big window with pieces of stained glass that cast colorful shades of light in the late afternoon. But that’s not where I go.
Kara’s study patterns have been a little erratic lately and I ...haven’t told him I was working on this, that I was planning to work on this. As much as I doubt Kara would be angry with me for sneaking out, I don’t really want to test it. I hadn’t expected it to be today, but at least I’m prepared. I’m not sure that I could get myself to stop at this point. Not if I want to be able to think without this weighing on my mind until I take care of this.
There’s a little alcove past those tables in the back. It has a few bookshelves dedicated to archived newsprint and a couple of working cubicles. Absolutely no one comes back here. Not on purpose, at least. It’s the perfect place for an illicit research project.
I set my stuff down on one of the corner desks. It should be isolated enough that even if some historical documents enthusiast comes in I won’t be in the way. I pull out the notebook I pilfered from Kara’s room. I’m sure he won’t miss it, it was one of a half dozen empty ones that looked exactly like it. It doesn’t quell the nervousness in my belly. It’s just another thing that I haven’t asked permission for.
I would use my primer, but Kara still looks in there from time to time. I still have assignments, though they aren’t the same as they used to be. I’m recognizing that the work sets and projects he gives me are becoming steadily more complex though less frequent. I can’t help but wonder if that has more to do with Qualls than it does with my skill level.
I try to shake the distracting thoughts out of my head as I set up the more than half empty inkpot and turn the notebook to its first empty page before pulling out my book. The dragon artfully scrawled along its binding is still mesmerizing. I’m not familiar with the metallic inks it must have taken to make the outline of the scales shine, but Kara told me it was actually a fairly common decorative thing for collector’s editions, something so the books look extra pretty on your bookshelves. I marked the page I need, and I must have checked it about a dozen times last night, and the night before… and the night before.
I’m not sure if I was trying to convince myself that there was something there or that I was just imagining things, but I’ve read it over so many times that I’ve practically memorized this section.
Her eyes were the milky opalescent color that usually meant blindness, but the way her eyes locked onto Veth had her throwing that theory out the window. The seer could see her, there was no doubt about that. Her long fingers were boney and knobbed at the joints, though her fingernails were long where they weren’t split and broken. All aside from the singular talon like metallic claw on her index finger. The piece of jewelry sent little sparks flashing each time it scraped against the stone floor, entirely capturing Veth’s attention until the woman drew herself to her full height. On two legs, the woman was too tall to fully stand up in her den, forcing her to loom over her visitor.
“Madame Seer, I-”
The Seer’s hand flicked up, a clear and decisive gesture to stop. Veth knew the woman would not speak to her. The woman didn’t speak to anyone anymore. But her hands would still trace the symbols that could tell you your fate. If you could read the language.
Her left hand came to rest at her chest, the knobby joints making it impossible for the appendage to sit flatly as she clearly intended. Her right tapped gently, though no less decisively, on the back of her left as she pulled the hand back to her chest. Her hands curled until the pads of each finger touched, with only the index fingers still raised as she made a simple, slow motion outward from her heart to the outside of her chest.
The seer smiled then, her thin arms and gnarled hands dropping to her side as she stared through Veth with her piercing gaze. The message had come slow and clear enough that even if Veth wasn’t as practiced with elemental she would have been able to follow along.
Call the beast here…
I hadn’t thought much of it at the time. But the description… it’s not how you would sign ‘beast’ in elemental. That sign was the same gesture, but a different hand arrangement, something more like a loose thumbs-up. I was further along with elemental than I was with my reading at the time, so I had ignored it, didn’t ask Kara if it meant anything. Perhaps it was just a matter of the author not knowing elemental, or something to evidence just how old the story was…. But elemental doesn’t change. Not unless it’s to accommodate something new in the world, and the word for beast had to have been well established at the time. All fingertips touching with just the index finger pointed upwards was the sign for the letter ‘d’. So if the seer was signing ‘beast’ but with the letter ‘d’...
Could she have meant Demibeast?
Either way, I am not going to get any answers if I just keep reading the same section over and over again. I’ve never been in a library this big before, or really any library other than the simple private ones that decorated some of my previous masters’ studies. I’m not familiar with the filing system, but after a bit of wandering I realize the books seem to be arranged by genre. The Voice of Dragon’s Song is not a hard book to find. The difficult part is choosing which version to start with.
The titles vary but for the most part the book seems to stay the same. The Voice of Dragon’s Song, The Voice of the Dragon, The Dragon’s Song, The Tale of Dragon’s Song. The collection of works all seem to be different scholarly translations of my book, only varying in age.
Just flipping through the first few pages is enough to tell me that the theatrical version that I have is much better than the dry academic text. Some of the names have odd looking characters interspersed in them, letters that I don’t recognize, but must be relevant to the translation as the changes are repeated from text to text. The language may be different, stuffier and more formal, though some of the character from my novel still manages to shine through. Noxia is still insufferable and too smart for their own good, Prang still has all his casual disregard for the old gods and fate. It may be harder to detect through the lens of their ‘proper language’, but the cutting words and snark of the characters is all there, it’s just not broken down into the casual trade that I’d read it in.
I nearly jump out of my skin when I feel a hand on my shoulder. I automatically tighten my hold on the volume in my hand so that I don’t drop it as I spin around to face the librarian. I give a weak smile, fighting the urge to look down and make sure that I haven’t crinkled any pages in the book in my haste to keep ahold of it. The woman looks less than pleased with me already. I don’t need to draw any attention to anything that might make it worse.
“I’m sorry Miss, is there something I can help you with?” I ask cautiously, closing the book slowly in what I hope is a show of giving her my full attention.
“What are you doing here?” she counters sharply. Her eyes flicker down to the book in my hands.
I feel my fingers tighten instinctively over it. I don’t want her to take it away, even though I know I have no right to it. It’s an old and decorative volume as far as I can tell. At least, that’s what I gathered from the couple of minutes I had examined it. The borders are uncommonly wide with stenciled burnishing along the edges, and the leather binding’s cracked and dry. It can’t be the most rare or well preserved thing in this library, given that there are several volumes that are only visible through a plane of glass, but I don’t doubt it’s terribly expensive.
“I-” My voice catches in my throat and I let my eyes fall to her black polished shoes before I try to continue. “My Master sent me to do some research for a problem he’s been having. He’s terribly busy at this point in the semester you see,” I lie, trying not to bite my lip or let my leg bounce or allow any other jittery sign of my falsehood to show through.
“And he’s sent his familiar to do research for him?” she prods, shifting backwards on her heels. I can almost hear the way she rolls her eyes, feel her disbelief.
“Yes, he wanted to make sure that the books he requested had all the information he’d need, so he sent me to check the list he’d compiled,” I answer, doubling down on the lie.
According to one of the familiars that started coming to my training, it’s not that bad of a lie. It isn’t the most common thing, but she’d said her mistress had her going through all sorts of dry texts looking for information she needed. She’d even given her a reward for saving her all the time of reading through the wrong books.
And she wasn’t the only one. In fact, the more the other familiars got to talking the more normal the practice seemed to become. One had claimed that they started playing dumb to get out of it, even though it made his mistress send him down to scrub pots instead of being allowed to stay in the study.
“Ah.” The librarian nods once and I realize that the familiars were telling the truth as she loses the hostile look in her eyes. “Just be careful, that book is very old. Even though it’s not our best preserved copy we try to make these things last,” she chides gently and I just nod along.
“Yes, Miss. I’m sorry if I caused you distress.” I apologize as best I can, but I’m so terribly relieved by my narrow escape that I can’t imagine it sounds genuine.
“Let me know if you need any help finding something, alright?” She quirks an eyebrow at me like I would dare challenge her, but as soon as she makes the expression it’s gone, replaced by a jovial smile that tells me she was probably just joking.
“Of course Miss, thank you.” I nod again, giving her a hesitant smile of my own.
She leaves, probably to go back to her desk, but the second she’s out of eyesight it’s all I can do not to slump against the bookshelves. Even still I press a hand over my thundering heart, trying not to hear the way the pulse is racing, the thundering roar it’s causing in my ears.
I pull together a stack of books as randomly as I can, mixing new translations with old and all the ones in between, before I haul all of it back to my little study nook. Each one that I look through, regardless of age or translator or even what language the myth was translated from, if the translation includes the scene with the mountain witch, it includes the odd, incorrect elemental for ‘beast’.
Beast can mean any number of things… It could still be referring to his proficiency as a warrior, but at this point it feels like I’m grasping at straws to deny my theory. Still, no matter where I look, Demi doesn’t mean anything here except as a prefix. It has no meaning in association with a race, and there’s no evidence that it ever did. But Kyuin hadn’t been out and about in hundreds of years… could something like that really be forgotten in that time?
There’s no references in books from here, but the myths were all derived from translations. The library’s foreign literature department is woefully lacking. There are quite a few texts, but very few translating dictionaries, and even less books that have their translations next to them. Only a few shorter stories from Durian, a curly looking language called Suralzi and a blocky language called Tebrot have complete novels with individual pages of translation that go through the whole story. Though I doubt there would be any texts that directly addressed what the hell a Demi is, or was…
It feels odd reading things like this, learning about new people, their languages and ways of life, just from studying the scraps the library has. From the translations and the notes I understand, the texts we have are hardly more than writing samples. Sometimes they’re records or legal documents, but the actual books aren’t much better. The better part of the collection is fiction, leisure reading as far as I can tell. Though that doesn’t diminish my interest. The more I read the more curious I am about all the different places and all their strange customs.
There’s a couple of texts from Durian that detail the origins of demons and their contracts, though I suppose I shouldn’t have even bothered looking through their history. Durian seems to have always favored demons, so they wouldn’t have any records of Demis.
There are only a few texts from Puaj. They have a couple of books and a set of dusty scrolls behind glass. Of the pitiful little they have here, there’s even less that’s translated. Just the beginnings of some story referencing their monarchs or something…
I’m ready to give up when I start going through language samples like I’m some linguist who actually understands what I’m doing. If nothing else, the different mediums that are used as writing are interesting. The slates of the far north are the most fun. The wooden corners enclose and protect a wax tablet. The script is carved into the wax with a stylus and filled over with ink to provide additional legibility. The note from the collections says the wax was made harder and the ink was sealed in with the use of luster crystals, something mixed into the wax only after the scribing was complete.
I’m ready to put the collection of notes and slates away when my eyes find the abbreviation ‘DEM’ among the index of ‘untranslatable’ words. It’s buried among all the different words that are unique to the language, describing things that have no perfect equivalent in trade and need to be transliterated. It’s a phonetic representation of the language’s odd character system….and it’s the only reference I get for Demi in the whole pile.
The slates are numbered, and so are the reference charts. It seems that the whole slate details a merchant’s transaction. ‘DEM’ fits between a shipment of spices and something else called refined Melanesia. The slate is one of the only three in a book of imports and exports from... Heiv Merdian. The name doesn’t mean anything to me. The translator notes only reveal that Heiv is a city in the far east, something that seems far too obvious to even need to be put down in writing.
I slump against the chair, my head swimming and hand cramping from so much copying.
It isn’t much, but it proves that Kyuin wasn’t lying. And it might even prove that I wasn’t going crazy with my reading of the book. Demis exist, or at the very least existed. I can’t say if it means the same thing that Kyuin had remembered, if it still means the same thing in Heiv where they are still using the name. It may not seem like much, but it… it at least gives me something to go on.
The quiet buzz of activity in the library does not permeate to the little archive alcove that I’ve sequestered myself in, but as I make my way out to put the books back I recognize the din of activity even from my hidden place in the stacks. There’s plenty of people in the library, and given the way the sun is casting odd shadows...
Stars, I’ve spent too much time here already.
I rush to replace all the books I’ve taken, putting them back in their proper places while avoiding as much attention as I can. As many people as there are in the library, there are only a few picking things up from the stacks. It seems that the majority of the people here are sequestered in study groups, more caught up in the textbooks they’ve brought with them than trying to find new materials.
I start shoving everything back into my bag, only pausing to double check that the ink topper is properly stopped. I’ve already gotten a mess on my fingertips from the quill. Stars only know how long it will take to scrub the ink spots from my hands.
I feel my blood go cold as I tighten my grip on the ink. My hands are shaking, but that feels like the least of my problems. Stars, why do I have to be so stupid? I wasn’t even thinking of the most obvious signs of disobedience. I’d only just started with inks and I didn’t even do the assignment Kara had given me to work on. If he sees the ink stains I’m sure he’ll want to see the word I’ve done to get so messy. If Master finds out what I did…
He wouldn’t get mad, right?
I did keep this from him, but it wasn’t really anything bad. Just some work that I wanted to do. I did it on my own time and didn’t take any attention away from him. But I did lie to the librarian and take advantage of my Master’s name. And I did steal from him. And I never told him my intentions to come to the library…
My permission to sign out of the care center was meant to be used to go to and from the gym. I took advantage of the ambiguous nature of the allowance.
I button the clasps on my bag as fast as I can with trembling hands. All I have to do is get out of the library. If I can just make my way back to the care center before Kara gets there, then I can pretend like I never left. I can scrub off the worst of the ink and get to work on my actual assignments and Kara won’t have to know that I was ever on this little study trip. He’s taken to studying late after classes with his friends anyways. There’s no way he’d come to pick me up when he thinks I’m having fun with my friends at the Care Center.
The thought leaves me with a sour taste in my mouth. I don’t know what possessed me to work outside my Master’s allowances. He’d given me much more than anyone else and expected pitifully little in return. Now I’ve even managed to use the time he allows me to socialize with the others outside of his house against him. My friendship with other familiars gains him nothing, and yet he indulges me with the leisure time to socialize. As though the simple comfort of interacting with others is worth the inconvenience to his day. I should be grateful that I’m not being forced to spend the day alone because half of his classes don’t want me present. I should be grateful that he gave me the means to let myself leave the center because he trusts me not to misuse his gift.
And yet here I am… screwing with that for no other reason than that I was curious.
I’m halfway through the archway of my little alcove when my ears quirk up and I practically throw myself back against the wall. I will my heartrate to go down to a normal rate as my hair stands up on the back of my neck.
I can hear my Master’s voice.
“Dey, I love you, but you’re wrong,” I hear Kara chuckle, but it sounds far enough away that I risk peeking around the corner.
It’s not just Kara. Enoki, Shauna, and Dey are with him, all setting out their textbooks on their study table as they shuffle around and pick their chairs. They seem to be settling down for another study session. I have to suppress the urge to curse.
“Look, the force between two point charges is directly proportional to the magnitude of each charge, inversely proportional to square of the separation between their centers, and directed along the separation vector connecting their centers. That’s the whole point of the formula.” I assume Shauna has explained her point, but nothing about what she says makes any sense.
“Just because you say it in that definitive tone, doesn’t mean it means anything to me.” Dey leans over the table, giving Shauna a parody of his winning smile.
“No offense, but that’s kind of the reason we are here… We have two days to teach you the math behind how the world works, so...” Kara chuckles as Dey tries and fails to stay regal as he all but screams into his hands.
As amusing as the scene of Kara having to stop the prince from slamming his head into the table is, I can’t help but recognize that they seem pretty occupied. Their own study session is enough of a distraction for me to sneak out. No one should be looking at a familiar anyways. All I have to do is be casual and not call attention to myself.
I force myself to walk slowly and not bolt for the cover of the bookshelves like I want to. Trying to sneak out is a thousand times more stress inducing than trying to sneak in.
“Kara!” I jump as I hear someone calling his name and my pulse spikes as he lifts his head.
I risk the sprint to the bookshelves and hold my breath. There’s a thrum of adrenaline in my body that has me struggling to stay still. I don’t think he saw me, I don’t think any of them saw me. I press my back to the bookshelves allowing the solid structure to take my weight for a moment as I calm myself.
I can just barely hear Kara greet the woman who had gotten his attention. It’s Fli, the girl from the forest, who has, apparently, kept in contact with him since their chance meeting. I try my best not to feel bad that he didn’t tell me about this new friend, both because I was technically there when he met her, so it’s not really like he was keeping her a secret, and because I am not really in a position to be judging him for not disclosing every little detail of his actions.
Still… I can’t help but wonder what she wants to talk to him about... and why she insists on speaking to him alone.
Even though I know logically that their footsteps are quiet even against the polished stone floors, I can’t help but feel that the thud of each step thunders in my ears as they get closer and closer... before they turn into the row of shelves just before mine. I barely have the presence of mind to thank my lucky stars before my ears twitch at their whispered words.
I know I should leave. I should take the luck that’s come my way and just get out of the library while I remain undiscovered, but I can’t resist the curiosity that burns inside me. I want to know what they’re going to talk about.
“You’re making me nervous here, Fli…” Kara jokes, just a shade away from the casual jest he means it to be, and I can tell the resulting silence grates on him. “Did you need something from me?” he asks cautiously, regarding the silence between the two of them like some dangerous wild animal to be placated.
“Well, I wouldn’t- It’s not necessarily a need, it’s more of a request…” Fli hedges, stuttering over her words in a way that seems terribly unlike her. “It’s something I’d like to ask of you,”
I pick a book at random and make like I’m reading the most interesting thing in my life as I listen to the conversation happening only an aisle away. It wouldn’t do to be caught snooping, and even though there are only a few people out and about, a familiar gnawing at his lip while he eavesdrops on two other mages is bound to gain attention at some point.
“Alright, what do you need my help with, then? Surely you don’t expect me to believe a woman of your means can’t find someone better than me to get you what you want,” Kara counters.
I too am a bit confused. Not only because Kara hasn’t made a name for himself as a connected person who can find people the things that they’re looking for, but because the voices are getting closer. I only have a second to shove the book in my face and turn before I realize that they’ve turned down my aisle.
“That’s just the problem…” Fli does her best to hide a grimace as her fingers ghost over the spines of several of the books at her eye level.
I just do my best not to weep openly in thanks as her hurried forward motion forces Kara to follow closely behind. His features are drawn tight, anxiety present in the tense line of his body, and his wary expression is so focused on following her that he hardly even spares the librarian a second glance. However temporarily, it seems that I have remained unseen. They stop in the middle of the shelves, I’m still near the end.
“Fli, you’re scaring me again.” Kara does his best to keep the smile on his face but he doesn’t seem to bother even trying to hide the way his voice wavers.
“What are your plans with Blue?” she asks bluntly, brazenly, setting her shoulders like she’s ready for this to turn into a fight.
“What?” Kara asks softly and I can’t help that my mind screams his tentative question.
I nearly trip over the librarian’s cart. I bow in silent apology placing the book in my hands in her cart with as sorrowful an expression as I can manage with my mind racing. She seems to take my meaning, offering a small smile. I don't mind if she thinks I was unable to find where the book was supposed to go. I have more pressing matters at the moment.
I duck into the next row, trying not to run to the middle or make it obvious that I’m looking for a good place to spy on the conversation in the other row. It’s not something that’s helped by the fact that this row of shelves doesn’t have backings. I can look over the books and see clearly to the other side.
“I mean, after this semester, after you’re not required to keep him anymore. I- Look, you and I both know he’s not standard familiar stock, but even given what you’ve managed to accomplish with him, he doesn’t belong here,” Fli explains, and I have to do my best to ignore my rising insecurity at hearing the same argument the whole school’s been making for months now.
“So what do you suggest I do?” Kara responds patiently though I can’t say he sounds interested. I let myself slide to one knee and ghost my fingers over the titles of the books on the lower shelves. If I angle myself right I can just barely see their faces.
“I… I was hoping you would sell him to me,” she says sheepishly, pulling her fingers through her hair in some kind of nervous tic as she looks away from Kara as though she’s embarrassed by the request.
I swear I can feel my heart stop, or at the very least stutter as I’m pulled along through the passage of time unwillingly. Everything feels cold and the floor is shifting underneath me. She was hoping Kara would sell me to her? The thought of leaving Kara makes me want to throw up. I don’t want to change Masters again, I don't think I’d make it through. Even with all the loving effort Kara’s put forth to make me better, even though I eat regularly, even though I haven’t been hurt in months, I don’t think I could survive a transfer of ownership. I may be in a better condition physically than I was before, but I don’t think I could relearn how to be a proper pet. I don’t think I could let go of the name Kara’s given me.
“And what makes you think I would sell him to you?” Kara asks coldly, and I’m trembling with relief before I even realize that I’m happy that he doesn’t sound remotely interested. I’m not something he wants to get rid of.
“I… well, actually, he’d be a gift for my little brother.” She shrugs with a grin and I can’t help but let my ears quirk in confusion. Confusion that Kara seems to share with me as he simply waits for her to continue rambling on as she paces further down the aisle. “He’s, well- I’ve been looking for a common cat to replace the one our father sold when we were kids. Benie’s had a soft spot for them ever since he was little and he claimed to have seen one in his room when he was delirious with a high grade fever. Father tried to talk him into a more reasonable pet, even just a cat with a better pedigree, but the kid’s pretty insistent.” She shrugs, using her fingers like a comb as she pulls her fiery locks into something more presentable.
“What makes you think he’d accept Blue then?” Kara counters. He crosses his arms in front of himself, walking alongside her even as he stares her down with a gaze far less forgiving than I’m used to.
“Because he’s the closest I’ve ever seen to what my brother described,” she admits. “I’ve never seen eyes that blue before. Everything the best breeders in the city have shown us ended up having eyes of either a dull grey or a pale color when they come out with pale skin. Granted, he doesn’t have the little shock of orange down the back of his head, but… To be honest, I’m hoping it’s close enough to put this all to bed once and for all. He didn’t take the loss well when we were kids and it’s escalated in recent years. He wouldn’t talk to our parents…” It’s obviously an emotionally charged memory. Her voice dies in her throat and she casts her arms about like a few simple gestures might resolve everything. Her hands eventually settle, plucking a book from the end of the line, running it over in her hands without actually pausing to read the title. Kara simply waits for her to regain her composure, neither pressuring her to continue nor providing her with comfort.
“Blue wouldn’t be hurt.” She rushes to defend herself, like that’s what most people concern themselves with when they make a bid for me. “ He wouldn’t be in danger. Hell, he probably wouldn’t be in danger ever again. My brother would dote on him, make sure the little thing was never hurt ever again. He blames himself for how things happened, the guilt is eating him up inside. I just… I want my brother back, and if that means giving him an outlet to dote on so that he can feel like he’s making up for his past sins, then so be it.” She finishes with some defiant looking fire in her eyes, but whatever bravado has filled her immediately comes crashing down.
“Uhg, such a stupid sob story.” I feel my hackles rise at the sound of Avery’s owner.
For a split second I’m torn- should I prepare to flee, or to have blood on my hands? I’d been so caught up in trying to listen in on Kara and Fli that I didn’t even hear him or his lackeys creeping up. With Kalu, Jay, and Katherine around, I’m cornered. I have no chance of sneaking to the library doors unnoticed. I can only go back to where I was before and hope to get out at some other time, or try for the smaller service door that’s meant to blend into the wall.
It’s a risk. The ends of the bookshelves don’t meet the wall, so I’ll have to… hope I don’t get noticed. I want to make a run for it, but I know it will be less suspicious if I move slowly, like I know the way and it’s all part of my daily routine. They’re so caught up in their own little game that I can pass by unnoticed if I’m just lucky enough.
“Stay out of this, Kalu,” Fli hisses and I can hear the barely restrained rage in her voice.
I force myself to stand up straight and breathe deeply. It’s five steps if I time it right, just five steps and I’m sure that whatever servants’ passage the door opens up to has got to be a hell of a lot safer than this.
One
“Flea has a crazy brother and she can’t take over her family estates. There’s nothing else her parents can do except find a Stars damned stray to distract the crazy boy,” Kalu continues to taunt.
Two
Somewhere in the small, sequestered part of my brain that I'm allowing to panic I recognize that Kalu’s behaviour isn’t unlike that of a feral dog. His pack surrounds his prey and one by one they advance. It’s not immediate, but they all move together in a way that’s impossible to keep track of. Each one moves slow enough that it’s all too late by the time their target notices.
“I said stay out of this!” Fli has abandoned any pretence of maintaining her composure, but hasn’t resorted to all out screaming yet.
Three
I try not to feel the cold sweat on the back of my neck. I keep myself facing forward, my steps measured and even. I have to force myself to breathe. All the automatic actions of my body suddenly require more deliberate action on my part.
“You don’t have to be angry, darling,” I can hear the slimy grin Jay must have on his face, it seeps into his words like an ugly miasma, “but you can stop bothering our buddy Kay here.”
“Yeah,” the woman, Katherine, giggles. “After all, Kalu did already ask to be the first person Kara calls when he gets tired of his little kitty cat. First come, first serve, right?”
Four
I press my hands to my sides to stop the trembling. I’m close, so close I want to fling myself at the door, but that’ll only attract attention. My mouth is dry and the world swims before me. I can’t tell if I’m dizzy or nauseous, but the pounding in my head is making it difficult for me to think straight.
“I… I’m sorry for overstepping,” Fli responds, much more subdued this time. “I didn’t realize-”
Five
“Now you listen here-” Kara’s all but yelling, but my hands find the knob of the door and I tumble in.
I shut the door as quickly as I can and, mercifully, the voices turn into a soft, meaningless hum. I can tell there are words being said, but I can’t hear them anymore. I can barely hear who’s speaking over the whimpering. My fingers knot in my hair, twining around the soft hair behind my ears. I press my palms down, forcing my ears to bend towards my skull, shutting out every bit of noise possible. I repress the urge to pull as hard as I can, to feel something other than the jackrabbit pace of my heart and the sickness in my belly. Pain would be welcome in comparison.
There’s not much in this room. It’s not decorated like every other room in this school, but it’s not a room many people are supposed to be in. This isn’t a servants’ passage, it’s a trash room. This being the first floor, I bet this is one of the consolidation rooms. Someplace where all the trash is collected from all the classrooms and sorted before getting carted off to where it needs to go.
There are shelves full of cleaning solvents and mops and brooms. There’s some big rattling machine that takes up more space than it should, but at least it’s pressed into the corner of the room. It has a wide hole that’s plated with glass, but it’s still a few seconds before I recognize the industrial washing machine for what it is. I suppose it should have been obvious with the bags of linens lined up next to it, waiting to be washed. There’s two wide metal chutes that come in from the ceiling. I have to assume they connect with the different classrooms above them, that this room is one of many like it. I recognize the symbols for glass and parchment above one, but the other carries a symbol I’ve only seen in two of Master’s classes before.
Magic waste
I’m not sure what I’m expecting to find, but something pulls me towards the bin. Maybe it’s just for something to do that isn't tearing open my wrist with my little scratching habit. It hasn’t gotten this bad in a long time, but at the moment it’s like my mind is taking full minutes off and I only come into my body to see the wreckage later.
I want to be good. Master had told me that I wasn’t allowed to hurt myself. The scratching was bad, a bad habit that needed to be taken care of. I don’t want Master to get angry with me. I can’t have him deciding that I’m less than entertaining. I don’t want to go with Kalu. I don’t want to be sold. I like him, I like the life I have, the fragile peace I try to cling to.
I’ll never find someone as forgiving as him. I’m too stupid. When I have time, when I’m not being corrected, I do stupid things like these that could cause my Master trouble rather than sit in the safe place he’s provided for me. Stars, I don’t want to be sent away.
I don’t know I’m crying until I feel the hot tears searing their path down my cheeks. Suddenly my knees can’t handle my weight and buckle against the strain of keeping me upright. It’s all I can do to control my descent as I fall to my knees, leaning heavily against the wall and doing my best to stop the room from spinning around me.
I don’t know what’s wrong with me. All my thoughts are jumbled and I can barely breathe. Even with the shaky sick feeling still present and my head a mess of jumbled thoughts, some bits of logical clarity break through. I figure I can’t leave this room just yet. I’ll have to wait until the voices fade before I can try and make a break for the Care Center. Maybe it wouldn’t be so terrible to occupy my time with some broken potion bottles, or the tattered remains of a totem, or even one of those glass animal incense holders from the beginning of the year. I’m not entirely sure what makes magical waste special, though I figure it has to do with enchantments. After all, there’s no ‘magic waste’ specific disposal in the potions classroom, and I figure that would be one of the places where the teacher would need easy disposal when their students are still learning and brewing potions incorrectly.
The bin is coated with a lining of what looks like treated burlap, an almost shiny consistency. It looks like the material might be waterproof, but there’s no actual liquid in the bin. At the very least it lends some credibility to my theory that bad potions need to be disposed of in a special way. Mostly it seems the bin is half filled with broken pieces of enchanted items, or items that were never finished correctly. There’s a half-made statuette with the components still sticking out of it, but the face has been smushed and the clay is still wet. Probably some unfinished project or something of the like.
But it’s what’s gotten stuck to the wet clay that’s interesting to me. The warm metallic color catches my eye and it doesn’t take much to pull the piece from where it’s wedged into the statute. Even just the shard is beautiful, its curly gold filigree attached to a large chunk of green stone.
Stars!
I press my whole body against the door, straining to hear any hint of activity, but as soon as I’m convinced there’s nothing on the other side of that door I run back to the Care Center, trying my damndest not to start crying again.
Kyuin hadn’t done anything wrong but get caught by us. He was scared when we turned him in, but he didn’t say anything. The imp had boasted about his record, that it had been seven years since he got caught, but I’d never thought that it might come with a penalty. Kara had said some people at the school were mad at him and that was why we had to participate, but the idea that Kyuin would get punished for his failure to stay out of our grasp hadn’t occurred to me.
I don’t even care to find a beanbag. I just set myself up in a corner, away from anyone who will look too closely at me. My primer is more than halfway full, but it’s no trouble to find the assignment that my Master set out for me. I work on simple sentences and try to stop my hands from shaking, tracing the smooth shapes of my older letters. I’m pathetically glad when the ink spills. Not only will the splotches be explained, but Master won't have to read through the swill I’m writing to try and sort out what I was trying to say.
There’s nothing I can do but wait. Wait for Master to come pick me up from the Care Center just like he always does at the end of the day. I press my fingertips together and watch half-heartedly as the ink goes tacky. I promise myself that I’m going to be good and never mention the whole research project. I just want to be good and be kept, and for that to happen one thing is absolutely clear.
Master can never know about today.
Chapter 73: To be Anything Else
Summary:
Kara finally takes the damn test and finishes up with one of his bigger projects. Blue's acting weird, but that seems normal in some terrible way, after all he's hasn't been giving him the time and attention he deserves... that's all it is, right?
A night out is just what they need.
Notes:
Alternatively titled: Kara getting another thrashing from the idiot stick... or can he blame it on stress and sleep deprivation at this point
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
Qualls is short for The National Qualification and Grading Metric of Arcane Talent and Studies. I suppose that NQGMATS is the less charismatic title. It’s too long and the letters don’t fall together naturally. In every piece of test prep material that they tell you to use, the capital letters are forced into a smaller print so that it will all fit on one line of title space. It would be hilarious if the test itself wasn’t so foreboding and ominous. There are very few other standardized tests that use the word Qualification in their title, so calling the test Qualls doesn’t really confuse anyone, though the long scary initialism is the one that the teachers tend to use.
Though some have taken to calling it the NAG-MATS for short, it simultaneously demeans the test and drives the teachers crazy. Really it is the best of both worlds.
But a funny name and the casual disrespect doesn’t stop the test from being scary. It doesn’t stop the students from being remarkably quiet on the subject of silly names, trying to hide the prep books they bought either months too early or months too late. There’s never any in between. It doesn’t stop them from staying up late at night to cram information they already know, or buying those stupid luck totems.
This test is scary. Placements can mean a lot for your academic career, for the positions you are eligible to apply for later. It has the power to design futures, and the power to get me kicked out.
If I flub this bad enough… Well, I don’t have a family that will buy a new wing and have it all overlooked. Not that most of my classmates would be forced to leave the school because of a bad score. It’s a hard test. Not many people actually do well, and it’s hard enough to get a passing score that I’m scared I’m jinxing myself. Failing the test isn’t bad, especially not as a first year, usually it doesn’t even mean much, just a lot more study books and a clap on the back to try harder next time. It doesn’t mean you automatically scrub out of school. The test doesn’t mean anything for your grades, it’s an independent metric, something for the statisticians to analyze in this year’s crop of information.
It doesn’t stop the test from being scary. From the creeping sense of dread that settles in the back of my head. None of that stops the stipulation in my scholarship that says I need at least a passing score. Above all, it doesn't stop the test from being today.
There are no classes today, the whole school’s almost shut down for the event. Walking through the halls is like some bizarre horror story. Most of the doors are locked and there’s no evidence of life. But there are people here. They are gathered outside of their proctor rooms, speaking only in the hushed whispers of the damned.
The proctor rooms themselves aren’t that bad, they are the same lecture halls that we use every day... but they aren’t anymore. The large rooms are probably the only places in this whole school that could host exams of this magnitude. All the desks have been separated, each small wooden slat and single uncomfortable chair has a test booklet with the opaque sticker holding the exam closed.
This room, if I can remember correctly, is the second year’s evocation classroom. It’s all theoretical and concept work with the lecture classes, but the room is almost a perfect mirror of the room Xaras Neitch uses for Wand Crafts. The windows are along one side of the room, but the heavy curtains have been drawn to prevent any natural light from coming in. I suppose it might be helpful. This exam usually takes all day. I have to wonder if students do better without watching the suns move across the sky while they aren’t allowed to leave the room. It’s probably helpful, but all it does is make me feel claustrophobic.
The proctor is already here, another teacher that I don’t know. She’s an older woman, but she doesn’t turn to acknowledge the students as we come in, she just continues moving the chalk slowly across the board, making a column with the titles of the test sections, and then another of numbers, times. It’s kinda nice to know that we get warnings, each section has a half way and three quarter’s warning to let us know we need to speed up and finish the damn thing. We even get a break in the middle for a snack… isn’t that nice?
The proctor’s desk is up front, just in front of the blackboards. She doesn’t call for attention or even demand that students start taking their seats. She just opens her pocket watch and sets it beside her as she pulls out some kind of notebook and jots down some notes.
I suppose she has no need to order us about. We still have a good bit of time before the exam starts. Some are already sitting down, picking their places for the remainder of the day while others are milling about nervously. It’s all sort of eerie, like someone’s cast some kind of silencing spell. I’ve been with these people the entire semester, if you get this many in a room then they aren’t supposed to be this quiet.
My eyes find Dey across the room. He’s already sitting in front of a booklet, trying his damndest to ignore literally anyone that comes too close. He doesn’t seem too interested in mingling like Shauna. She’s got her little crowd around her. They’re all speaking in hushed tones like someone’s going to say something to them if they get caught. No one does, no one dares, they’re all too busy trying to find a little group of their own. Someone that will talk to them in the minutes they have left before the exam starts, doing anything to hear even the most pathetic platitudes.
Who knows, maybe I’m thinking about it the wrong way. Maybe it’s just that they need to talk to someone before having to shut up for a day. It makes me miss Blue more. I told him it would be better that he stays home today. I’d asked Shauna and Dey, they weren’t bringing their familiars to the test day. I’m not condemning Blue to sit alone in the Care Center for the entire day. He should get the chance to stay at home and sleep, walk around, hell, eat without someone judging him for it.
I pick a desk and sit, immediately wishing I hadn’t because it is so much worse. The whole of my perspective shifts and it is so much more intimidating to be sitting down than standing. I feel defenceless, so much smaller and more at risk as my knees brush against the top of the wooden desk. I wonder if there’s a way I can stretch out and not be bent like this for the entire day, but when I shift the whole seat makes a tortured creaking noise and I immediately stop any movement. I thank whatever luck the stars have deigned to give me that everyone’s so wrapped up in their own shit that they don’t seem to notice me, but suddenly I can’t muster the ability to stand back up.
I’ve resigned myself to my seating arrangement when Genevive perches herself on the back of the chair in front of me. I don’t see her usual crew with her and she does take a casual glance around before she turns to me. I don’t know whether I should be thankful or insulted that she doesn’t want her friends to see her talking with me.
“Hey Genevive,” I smile as sweetly as I can. “I’m so glad I got to see you before all this got started! I wanted to wish you luck.” It’s almost worth it to see the way that she grinds her teeth to smile back at me.
“I hope you feel lucky too, especially after the way your pet was mouthing off.” She says it with such a practiced saccharine tone I have to wonder if it’s ever actually made someone overlook the terrible things she says.
“What?” I ask, quirking my head to the side and letting my eyes go wide.
I don’t actually know what she’s talking about, but damned if I’m going to let her see how shocked I am by the news. There’s plenty of things that Blue could have said, even more that have come back to me as rumors and other, less tantalizing, pieces of gossip. Most of the time he sticks to the stories I want him to use, but my peers are getting desperate for good gossip. Just a few days ago some guy had come up to me with a story about how Blue said there was no special trick to my casting or how I survived in the forest battle. He’s spoken with such a scandalized tone that I think he wanted me to be genuinely mad that my familiar didn’t worship the ground I walk on and sing my praises with every breath.
“Oh, you didn’t know?” she asks with so much fake concern that I have to wonder who she thinks she’s fooling. She looks away demurely and taps a finger to her lips like she’s actually thinking hard about this. “I thought it was just one of the things you told him to say?”
It’s a pretty serious accusation, that I’m coaching my familiar on what to say so the rumor mill doesn’t grind him into little tiny pieces. It’s true, but that’s besides the point. Suddenly it makes a little more sense that she wanted to talk to me without her friends around. She can’t get away with being this overt with people around.
“Well, I suppose I never told him to keep quiet. I figured people didn’t hang around the Care Center listening to what familiars actually say.” I bite my lip as I look away from her like I’m embarrassed. I let my fingers drum against the desk in some kind of nervous gesture. I’m glad I’m biting my lip, because I doubt I would be able to keep the smile from curling across my face at the indignant blush that spreads across Genevive’s face.
“I was showing my parents around the school…” she rushes to defend herself, “we had some visitors, representatives of the Promenade initiative. Apparently your little kitty seems to have a lot of faith in you. Talked you up pretty good....”
I feel my blood go cold at that. The Promenade initiative, it’s one of the most basic governmental recruiting programs. It’s not super exclusive, but it is held in high regard. They deal with all kinds of people so it’s not very exclusive, but they are responsible for matching people to the internships and career opportunities that they wouldn’t be able to find on their own. There’s levels to its reach, but they have their fingers in a lot of pies. If someone was checking out the school... and just before Qualls… I don’t even want to know what they’re planning.
It probably is not as dangerous as I’m making it out to be, but I can’t ignore the very real possibility that someone might recognize me. There’re already too many people in this city that could.
Blue hadn’t said anything to me about this. About someone coming up to him or talking about me to any strangers that came into the care center. Then again he hasn’t been saying much of anything to me lately.
“He was probably just- I’ve been studying a lot around him. He probably hopes that means something...” I admit, trying to pull my thoughts back in line.
It’s not quite a lie. I’ve been busy. I have been studying,but more than that I’ve been using every waking moment to try and fix Jet’s problem. Something that’s only made worse by the fact that I know I could have gotten it if I just kept going last night. But no , stupid life-altering tests get in the way… I can’t aford to throw this semester, my whole school career, away by coming in and falling asleep on this exam.
“Yeah, well… good luck, Kara.” The words come out like they physically pain her. “Who knows, if you place well, you might just get some interested parties, wouldn’t that be fun?”
She leaves with a weak, humorless smile as she turns to find a desk. I smile back at her and try not to let myself take it too personally. It’s not like she knows how desperately I want to avoid the attention. She’s coming at it from the wrong angle. After all, why wouldn’t I be grateful to get noticed? It’s what everyone else wants.
The proctor calls for us all to find a seat before long. Everyone shuffles like they’re dead already, but after those sealing stickers break, it’s like the whole world melts away.
For all the headaches, all the prep, and late studying in the library, the actual exam passes in a haze. I have to wonder if it’s designed that way, some kind of occluding charm that makes you forget just as soon as you’re finished, to prevent students from conducting an autopsy of their performances.
By the end I can’t have said whether I did well or failed it outright and I can’t bring myself to care. It’s out of my hands now. I’ve done all I can and in the end it will either be enough or it won’t. I’m more concerned with the fragments of a song that’s stuck in my head. It’s playing on repeat like it’s trying to drive me mad. I didn’t think much of it, but the more I try to think about it the more I can taste blood at the back of my throat, feel sand in my shoes. It’s all one big ache until I just turn my attention away from the tune altogether.
By the time I get back home I want to collapse, but I don’t give myself that luxury. I’ve still got work to do. I still have to finish that compound. It feels like there’s a part of me that’s fractured in the testing room. It’s all so laughable in retrospect.
I have work to do, actual work that people’s lives depend on. How could I be so focused on a stupid little test? My mind flashes to the look of suffering that had painted the faces of my peers. Like they knew anything about pain, about suffering. I get a desperate and wretched urge to laugh. There’s a dull ache in the back of my neck and I feel my fingertips go numb for a second as I realize I’ve been humming along with the tune.
I have work to do. If nothing else, my work might be able to drive this wretched tune from my head.
I’ve set up a collection of growing jars with the samples of soil that Jet sent me. The seeds of the staple crops that he’d sent along with the samples are better indicators than anything I’ve got lying around. After all, I suppose it doesn’t matter much if I can make the soil grow something that can’t survive in the biome.
I cycle through years once I’m confident, sending the crop through a number of growing seasons until I make myself sick with all the mana I’m using. The blight isn’t fixed, not truly. But at least I have something.
The compound isn’t too terribly unstable, nor does it require someone of magic to activate it or put it together, just like the majority of potions. There are some components that would be harder to come by, definitely more expensive than it would be feasible for them to collect en masse. But it’s not hard to find some replacements that don’t utterly ruin the effectiveness. I can’t seem to extend the viability for more than three years, or rather, three growing seasons, but there doesn’t seem to be much of a side effect of using the same compound again in that time. Either way, it certainly buys enough time for better people to fix this problem.
The white paper is easy to write. It’s all the work that I’ve been carefully collecting, my notes and tests. The chemical recipe goes at the end, just after the instructions for effective use. They won’t have to use much per square acre, but it has to be well incorporated, otherwize the blighted pockets can still wreck a crop.
There’s an overwhelming sense of relief that goes through me as I cinch the binding clip over the report. It’s over, at least for now. I don’t have to worry about this any more. It’ll be someone else’s problem after I settle this and they can clear it all up better than I could, with a better facility and not so many sleepless nights. My little bandaid over the bullet wound doesn’t feel like much, but I know they wouldn’t even try to fix something like the blight. I hope it gives them hope, or at the very least a reason to investigate further. If there’s any way we can heal the land it’s our responsibility to look into it.
I stare down at the blank cover page. I need to fill it in, I know that. I need to fill it in and put it with the package of premade draught that I’ve already made and send it off before anyone else gets hurt, but... I can’t sign my name. I certainly can’t sign Kara, first year magic student with no background, who hasn’t even picked a focus yet.
Suddenly I’m engulfed by the overwhelming need to be somewhere else, anywhere else... but I catch myself before I let the fantasy go any further. I put down roots this time. People would notice if I suddenly go missing. I can’t even go out . As much as I crave the time away, pretending that none of the craziness that has become my life belongs to me, I can’t just leave Blue.
I’ve been doing enough of that lately.
It would be irresponsible and wrong to leave him behind, and I wouldn’t even be able to enjoy myself because I’d be worried about him the whole time. There’s an ache in my chest as I remember my promise from just a few days ago. I told him that we’d be spending time together once Qualls was over, and I’ve already broken that promise.
Stars, I wasn’t even thinking. Blue’s got to be pissed at me, after all that and having to sit through the testing day alone, and I just blew him off to do more work in my lab. I close my eyes and try to stave off the headache I can feel incoming.
Why do I have to be so bad with people?
It was like this with Shauna. When the school had made us mandated friends, I didn’t think she’d care if we were actually on friendly terms. I’d figured that she would be the usual mage-class stuck up, spoiled child. I’d been right on a few counts, but she’d always wanted us to be close. It took me a long time to warm up to her, and even longer to realize that she’d get hurt when I locked myself away for days at a time.
I don’t like making people hurt, I just happen to be very good at it.
Blue’s been odd these past few days. Despondent doesn’t cover it, though he has been low-spirited. Maybe it’s just because I didn’t have much time to spend with him, but it seems like more than that. He’s been jumpy, nervous. His smiles show too much teeth and his hands shake.
Maybe he’d do good with some time away from home as well. I can fulfill that burning desire within me and spend some time with him all in one fell swoop. I don’t know exactly what’s wrong, but I can’t imagine some time outside could make it any worse.
I fiddle with my illusion pendant, just letting my fingers roll over the cool beads. It could get worse. As much as I hate the thought, it actually could get worse for Blue outside. I’m lucky that Shauna helped me find the spa that allowed familiars. I don’t really know any other establishments that allow pets.
It would be so much easier if we could just really be two different people. If we could walk out of this house as two strangers this city had never seen. Just for a day... just for a few hours. We could be different people, without all our baggage, without all the responsibilities. Isn’t that an entertaining thought?
It would be so much easier…
I’m startled out of my thoughts by the soft knocking at my door. I hadn’t noticed Blue getting close, but suddenly he’s standing right by the doorframe, hand still raised from where he’d knocked. He’s tense, his whole body drawn into a tight line as he pulls his hand back to his chest. He’s not looking at me. His eyes are on the floor, brows furrowed like there’s something particularly interesting there.
“Blue?” I call as gently as I can. I try to ignore the flinch that comes with it, the way his ears fold back flat against his head, but he at least looks up at me.
I don’t like the fear in his eyes. He pulls both hands to his chest as he curls in on himself, his cheeks flushing like he wasn’t expecting to be acknowledged. I just give him a smile as I wave him into the room.
Blue moves quietly, as gracefully as always, but I can see the nervousness in the twitchy movements of his tail. I hate seeing him like this, but I know it’s my fault.
“I shouldn’t have disturbed you,” Blue says to the carpet, and I can’t help the twinge of guilt that comes at the sight.
“No, I’m glad you came in.” I stand up, ready to give him a hug and apologize for being an idiot this past week and a half, but the movement must have come too fast because he takes a step back before I can advance.
His hip knocks the table behind him and I know it has to hurt, but he just presses a hand to his hip and bites his lip. I pull my hand back, letting it fall uselessly by my side. Blue’s usually so much more comfortable in the house. He’s always been a bit of a homebody, but it's more than that. I’ve worked hard to let him know he’s safe here. That, if nothing else, in a world that doesn’t seem to care about him, he should feel safe at home. Hell, he’s the whole reason I started calling Lauraine’s house a home.
Maybe he needs the time away as much as I do…
“I… um, well, I was wondering if there was something specific that you want for dinner tonight…” Blue shifts, toeing at the carpet underfoot.
“No…” I answer cautiously.
I don’t want Blue to be puttering around like a servant. He’s done enough of that to himself in the past few days. As little time as I’ve spent upstairs, I can recognize the amount of cleaning he’s been doing. There’s not a speck of dust or a smudge on the window to be found in the whole house.
My fingers go to the pendant around my neck again. It took me months to make it, and that was when I had access to all the proper components. Plus I had a supervisor who actually knew what they were doing… It wouldn’t work . I will myself to let it go already.
I consider Blue for a moment. Of the familiars I’ve seen, and I have seen a lot of weird familiars, he’s definitely one of the more human-ish. He doesn’t have scales, or patches of fur, no wings to cover up or sensitive antennae that could be hurt… it wouldn’t work… Could it?
“Oh, you don’t…” Blue stammers, a soft pink flush coming to his cheeks as he stares down at his feet. “I just thought maybe you’d like something special given how big a day today was…”
“No, you’re right Blue,” I say absently as I close the distance between us. I want the excuse. I want to take him out, show him a good time and maybe leave just a fragment of this whole nightmare behind. “We should celebrate-”
I lay my hand over the flat of Blue’s stomach, near but not over the hip that he’s just injured, measuring as best I can with my hand width. Blue may be short and skinny, but we aren’t that different in size. If nothing else, I could probably-
“M-Master?” Blue’s stuttering voice makes me look up and it’s only then that I realize his whole face is flushed red.
I cup his cheek in my palm, halfway through checking for a fever before I realize how this must look.
“Oh, stars!” I yank my hands away and put them back at my side, the hell was I thinking? “Sorry Blue, I’m out of my mind and my brain hasn’t been functioning since the test this morning-”
“No, no,” he cuts me off, fumbling with the hem of his shirt, “I just -” He’s halfway through stripping when I press my hands to his, pulling his shirt back down.
“Blue, I was actually thinking of something else.” I can’t stop the chuckle that rises from me, but is it just my imagination that he wilts at the reassurance?
“Oh.” He keeps his hands fisted in his shirt as he goes back to examining the complex pattern of my single-color rug.
“I’m just about done in here. Why don’t you meet me upstairs?” I ask, “If you could find me that wide belt and some pants that would be great,” I add absently as I push the stuff on my desk into a more orderly arrangement.
Stars know I’ll have to do a thorough cleaning in here before the week is out. I can’t send the package for Jet tonight. By the time I’d gotten out of the test any office that could handle that would have been closed. I’ll have to wait for tomorrow no matter what. I just hope I’ll have a solution by then.
“Y-you’re changing, Master?” Blue asks, the question jolting me out of my thoughts.
“Well, maybe,” I answer. I definitely don’t look my best, and a shower would be nice too... “I thought it would be nice if we went out tonight.”
“Out?” Blue echoes, his ears quirking in the same way they always do when he’s confused.
“Just find me the clothes, I’ll explain everything when I get up there, ok?” I smile, and though Blue doesn’t smile back, he does nod as he starts making his way up the stairs.
I’m sure a night out is just what we need.
- - - - -
The test ended just an hour before the first sun slipped past the horizon. With all the time that I spent finishing the formula, it was very firmly night by the time we made it out of the house.
There aren’t many places open, but that just means it’s not hard to find the kind of place we’re looking for. I don’t have many requirements, but I’d prefer a place with music, a dancefloor, maybe even a functional kitchen.
“Master,” Blue’s voice pipes up, pitifully quiet behind me as he clutches onto the back of my shirt.
“Come on, Blue.” I pull him forward, not dislodging the hand from my shirt, but ensuring that he at least walks beside me instead of behind. “I told you to only use ‘Kara’ tonight, ok?” I remind him gently, pressing a quick kiss to the top of his head.
“Master this is very improper,” he whispers against my side for what must be the tenth time in as many minutes.
While I’m sure it’s not orthodox I don’t think anyone could say it’s outright improper. Blue’s fully covered, not that it’s stopped people from parading their pets around half naked. Really, that’s an indecency, Blue wearing my clothes shouldn’t even register on that scale.
The pants were too baggy and too long, but thank the Stars for that, otherwise I doubt he ever would have been able to fit his tail in there. He’s got one of my shirts too, a plain button-down, but he’d tucked it in so the resulting puffiness of the ensemble is not something I’d have ever expected from my clothes. Despite the fact that he should look drowned by my clothes I have to say he wears it rather well. He’s rolled up the pant legs so he isn’t constantly tripping, and the resulting buckle over is fairly cute. He looks like one of those art students, always too skinny wearing clothing that’s too big. All he’s missing is a brush tucked up in his hair.
I didn’t have many hats, but the overly large cap had filled the job just as well as anything else. Better because of all the floppy fabric. It was big enough to fit over Blue’s ears and thin enough to fit the pins I’d placed, just in case.
“You look something like Syna Crush, but that’s not too terrible,” I admit, only drawing the connection now. But Blue’s clothes are much cleaner, and he’ll get the option of changing out of them tonight.
“Syna Crush?” he asks, eyes wide as he searches my face for a clue as to what I’m trying to allude to.
“She’s a character from a book that's named after her.” It’s something that’s placed somewhere in every secondary school reading list, a classic, but I keep forgetting that Blue doesn’t exactly have a way to know that.
“M-maybe I should read it sometime.” He smiles weakly as he loosens his grip on me and shoves his hands in his pockets.
I don’t want to say no outright, but given the fact that Syna Crush is the story about an orphan who nearly starves to death and is taken advantage of by an archaic system, then essentially sold to into an apprenticeship, I don’t think I’m going to let him read it without supervision at least. It’s a hard enough subject for kids. I don’t need it triggering something for Blue.
“What’s the matter Blue, you don’t like my clothes?” I prod dramatically, and Blue’s cheeks go pink once again.
“They are very nice, but I don’t think I should be wearing them out like this, M-” He answers demurely, but I cut him off before he can finish.
“Kara.” I remind him, and he bites his lip as he glances away.
“K-Kara,” he agrees with a stutter as he brushes his hand against mine.
It’s a subtle motion, but it’s one I recognize so I let my pinky curl around his. He doesn’t acknowledge the contact, but he does look a little less afraid. At the very least he’s not looking down at the street anymore. Most of the shops are closed for the night, but the streetlights in this district are done up artfully and there are plenty of vendors out, so it should at least be a little more interesting than just staring at the ground.
Not many of the vendors will stay here, but they’ll do a final lap through their home territory at the end of the night, just a few hours before the first sun begins to rise. They’ll catch any stragglers working too late on their projects in the studio the school provides, but for now, they’re just barely setting out.
“Blue, have you ever tried candied hickory nuts?” I ask, a little giddy because I’m fairly certain I know the answer. When Blue predictably shakes his head I direct us over to the heavenly smell of burnt sugar coming from the cart.
The man’s cordial enough, very kindly ignoring the way Blue clings to the back of my shirt and only stares at the ground, never saying a word to him. He’s on his way before I can really worry he’s noticed something is up. It might have been easy to disguise Blue’s features, but if he keeps acting like this eventually someone’s going to say something. And it’s probably going to be reporting a possible kidnapping to the nearest Anvi.
I coax Blue to let up his death grip on my shirt with a patient hand and press the still warm wax paper bag into it before he can say anything. He only looks at me startled for a moment before seemingly realizing that the bag contains the snack I’d promised him.
We don’t look like a couple of friends out for the night. He looks like… well, to be frank, he looks like a victim who hasn’t been let outside in a few years. He looks like someone who’s been abused, forced to walk around with his captor. There’s a stinging pain in my eyes and I have to blink away the tears as I realize that it’s true. In the most literal sense, that is what’s happening here.
Blue wasn’t let outside much, and when he was he was a toy on display. He’s probably jumping at every shadow because he doesn’t fully realize how safe his disguise is keeping him. The cordial way people are greeting us, the way their gaze moves on instead of lingering on the familiar trailing behind. He probably doesn’t know that these people would call an Anvi for him. Not to put him in some pound, but to help get him away from someone dangerous.
Blue pops one of the sugar sticky treats in his mouth and I’m so caught up in my train of thought I almost miss the glorious moment the sugar hits his system. The look of unadulterated pleasure and surprise that comes over him and entirely melts away that fearful, distant look he’s had in his eyes since we left the house.
“So I take it you like them?” I chuckle, and it’s all Blue can do to nod vigorously.
“They made something like this almost every year… but it was a pastry. It had this soft golden crust and it was the best thing in the world,” Blue explains, the smile reaching his eyes as he shoves another piece in his mouth before offering the bag to me.
“No, no, that’s for you.” I wave off his offer, too enraptured by the sugar fueled joy that’s so contagious I can feel a smile coming across my face even without tasting it.
Blue gives a halfhearted whine, but it’s hard to believe that he’s actually upset when his cheeks are all puffed up with the sweets. Candied hickory nuts are something of a seasonal treat, however it is unusual that Blue would have heard about them.
“You’ve had hickory nut pie before?” I can't help the incredulity in my voice. Considering the fact that Blue hasn’t gotten regular access to good food, I’m a little surprised that this would be one of the things that Blue’s tried before.
“Yeah, Miss Borda was allergic, but they were always hosting parties, so she had to have it in the house. But after everyone went away Mr. Borda said I could have some of the leftovers if I was really careful and thanked him properly for the treat. It was the best!” Blue’s radiant smile doesn’t dim in the slightest, but I feel my smile die.
I look around at the other vendors still setting up their carts and try to find something else for Blue to try. It’s not fair for me to ruin a good moment for him just because I feel bad. I have him try carrow on a stick and yurga seeds in sweet cream. I take him to the tiny, barely acre long park with its fish pond and the copious amount of sculptures spread over too small a space.
Artist Alley is a fine place to visit, but not really a nice place to live. The district isn’t bad, but the residents have done their fair share to make it look better than it is. It’s helped by the fact that there are two different art institutes that operate in this area. As such it’s beautifully decorated even when the area itself is still pretty run down, but I chose it specifically so that we would have no chance of running into someone from the school.
The night after Qualls, I wouldn’t be surprised if most of my peers will be out drinking, but none of them would drag themselves down to where the commoners party. Unfortunately, none of them will ever know that it’s the commoners who know how to party. You could throw a stone on this street, and find a better party than those pompous nobles could ever throw. Thankfully, I don’t have to start slinging rocks. There’s a nice place not too far away from the park.
The sign’s actually glowing in the darkness. I have to assume it’s some kind of glow in the dark paint, but it seems nice enough. Leonine , or perhaps, The Leonine , is more of a pub than a club. There’s no dangerous looking bouncer outside, or wall to wall crowding on a night like this. But they seem to have live music and that glow in the dark theme. I don’t think I’ve ever seen so many neon gas cylinders in one place.
Leave it to the artists. Discover one thing for science and they’ll find a way to put it to better use. Hell, they’ll make it look like it was never meant for anything else. Just like the dichroic glass they’d made for deep sea explorations. It tempered in different patterns when exposed to certain types of magics. Low mana draws and control requirements, so that made it the perfect medium for low born mages trying to make something sellable. It made gorgeous jewelry, but to be fair, anything would be better than a mana croft.
“Kara, if we-” Blue clutches at the back of my shirt. He’s still whispering but I can hear the tinge of fear that’s coloring his voice.
“Blue, I promised you a good time. You don’t have to be scared.” I draw my arm around his shoulders and pull him forward until he’s standing next to me again.
I wonder if this was too much too fast. He’d been having fun, but nearly all the tension has come flooding back into his body in an instant. I certainly don’t want him to have a panic attack here, but this is a relatively low profile place. The colors might not be muted, but the clientele certainly are, and in a place this full of shadows it should be relatively easy to stay inconspicuous if we want to stay wallflowers tonight.
“I shouldn’t b-be dressed like this.” He stumbles over his words, his eyes flitting anxiously to the people in the room he can see.
It’s a fair point. He’s dressed specifically so that people don’t know he’s my familiar, but at the moment I just can’t bring myself to care. If no one noticed outside, then there’s nearly no chance of someone noticing in this room that’s mostly shadows. Blue had been having fun outside. He’d had the chance to walk around without being judged for who he is for the first time in his life. If a change of clothes is all it takes to earn that kind of respect then I think Blue’s looking at this the wrong way
“If nobody outright asks, then it’s not really a problem is it? What they don’t know won’t hurt them.” If they assume, that’s their mistake to make. I don’t mind Blue reaping the rewards of someone’s snap judgement for a change, but apparently Blue does.
Immediately his posture changes. He was nervous before but suddenly he’s tense like a bowstring. His hands shake so he presses them together so tightly that I can see his fingers going white. He turns to me, his eyes so wide and fearful that I’m surprised he hasn’t already collapsed into his usual rhetoric of pleas for forgiveness against some imagined slight. I don’t know what I’ve said this time to provoke this kind of a reaction, but I can’t have him freaking out like a familiar when he’s dressed like a human.
I take Blue’s hand in mine, pulling him towards… anywhere that’s even remotely private, but he pulls against me, stopping me in my tracks. When I look back I can see the tears gathering in his eyes as he struggles to raise his face to meet mine.
“I’m s-sorry for what I did. I know it- I was b-bad, but,” Blue starts, so quietly that I feel my heart break.
I don’t know what memory is playing in his head right now, but it makes my chest ache as he tries to curl in on himself a little more with each second that passes.
“No, no, Blue. We’re here to have fun, alright?” I whisper as I pull him close, planting a kiss to the top of his hat.
If I ever run into any of Blue’s old masters I don’t think I’ll be able to keep myself from throwing a punch.
Blue looks up at me with disbelief clear in his eyes, but at least he doesn’t advance to some of the really disquieting begging that he sometimes gets to. He’s not shaking anymore, but there’s a leftover tremble in his fingers that I don’t address as I take his hand. An act that he seems to find shocking despite just about everything we’ve been through together.
There’s a band playing, the music’s fast paced and happy and there seems to be no real style of dance required. Most of the patrons seem to be fine just jumping around wildly, swinging their arms to the beat. It’s a far cry from the ordered structure of Genevive’s ballroom, the rehearsed classical pieces that her band played and the line of dance that everyone knew to follow. This is messy and improvisational. There’s no defined genre, and sure as hell no proper dance that goes with this kind of music.
I couldn’t ask for anything more perfect.
I sit Blue down in one of the bar stools, thankfully too tall and too narrow a seat for him to risk sitting all curled up like he usually does. So he just sits there, finding a perch for his feet on one of the higher rungs of the stool and keeps his hands in his lap.
“How can I help you Sers?” the bartender asks, and I try my damndest not to notice the way Blue flinches at the title.
I have to wonder how far everyone’s taking this whole, neon/ blacklight theme, because even she has a stripe of fluorescent pink across the bridge of her nose like it’s warpaint. Then again, almost all the staff have some kind of paint on them, even some of the people dancing…
“We’ll have…” I stop as I realize that I can’t recognize anything on the menu. The place has taken its theme a little too far and renamed all the mixed drinks. “Whatever you recommend.”
“Not from around here, are you?” She quirks a little grin as she starts pouring different bottles of liquor into her cocktail shaker along with a scoop of ice without even looking.
“No, we’re new in town,” I lie, “just looking for a little fun.”
“Well you came to the right place.” She smiles, pulling out two matching vials of thick pink fluorescent liquid. “Your uniforms, should you choose to accept it.”
She slides one over to me, but falters as she places the vial in front of Blue. The movement startled him into looking up, and I doubt she was expecting the unease he’s still trying to shake off from one of her patrons.
“Don’t have to put it on if you don’t want to, but… it’s fun.” She smiles at him, tapping her finger to the corked top before she goes back to making our drinks.
Blue picks up the vial, swirling the liquid around, and I can’t help but feel relieved to see that he’s not entirely opposed to the idea. I wanted this to be fun for us. Just a night of… being someone else. I want him to have fun and I figured we could finally have that dance I’ve been promising. I don’t feel right making him wait until it’s his birthday.
We can call this a practice run.
I grab the drinks and slide the bartender a couple extra coins for her understanding as I find a nice table off to the side of the dance floor. Blue follows, still rolling the thick paste back and forth in the glass tube, seemingly entranced by the way the glowing liquid rolls.
“You want some help with that?” I ask, uncorking my own vial. It’s not a cosmetic that I’m familiar with, but I can see how it could be fun. The paste spreads slowly, but I can manipulate it to make some pretty drip effects down my arms, a couple of dots on my face that are more accident than design.
“Kara, w-why are we here?” Blue’s voice wavers for a moment, but he doesn’t take his eyes off the rolling liquid in the vial.
“Well…” I stumble over my own words. What the hell am I supposed to say to that? “I wanted to take you out, and I’ve never danced to this kind of music before,” I answer. It’s not like I planned this, but for all of tonight coming together at the last minute, it seems to be going fairly well.
I don’t recognize the drinks the bartender gave us, but one smells significantly more alcohol based than the other. I know I’m being overly cautious, but I still mutter the spell under my breath, feeling foolish when there’s nothing more dangerous than the booze in there.
“Neither have I…” Blue’s voice brings me back to the present. He says it like a secret, like it’s something to be ashamed of.
I’m not imagining the trepidation in his voice, but for once I think I actually know the cause. Blue is a very well trained dancer. Classically trained, for entertainment, but this is something very different. This is all well outside his established comfort zone.
“Good, we’ll be on equal footing.” I can’t help but laugh at the shocked look Blue gives me.
“I don’t know the steps,” Blue confesses as his eyes flit from dancer to dancer, as if he’s trying to discern the common steps in the moments he has, but I just pass him the less potent of the two drinks.
The observation is not going to help, but I don’t mind giving him a little time. He even sips at the drink and allows me to paint his face and wrists with the fluorescent paint. I may have a little more experience with this genre of music, but I’m absolutely hopeless when it comes to dancing to it. There is no order, only a madness and appreciation for chaos that I don’t think I’ll ever be able to truly master. Blue and I both come from classical training and that is worthless here.
There’s no perfect way to do it, but I have a feeling that’s the point. I think it’s just supposed to exhaust you, make you throw your body around until you don’t care that the steps are wrong, until you can feel the resonance of the music in your chest and all those little worries about doing things ‘right’ go away.
I’ve never gotten there, but it’s something I want Blue to experience. Not getting it right doesn’t mean failure, and who better to teach him that then a bunch of sleep deprived art students who are all doing their best to follow the same path? There could not be a lower stakes scenario. Literally no one knows us, and what’s more, nobody cares.
“Don’t worry, no matter what you do someone’s going to say that you’re doing it wrong,” I joke as I pull him out onto the dance floor.
Except that’s not really true. Blue might not know what he’s doing, but he has an impeccable sense of rhythm and a lifetime’s worth of training. He doesn’t have choreography to follow, but that doesn’t stop his movements from being graceful. It doesn’t stop him from being-
Stars, this is supposed to be a fun night, he doesn’t need this from you right now.
Individual songs fade in and out as we dance, but I can’t for the life of me keep them straight until the music starts to slow. It sounds like the closest the band will ever get to a foxtrot, and Blue finds his way into my arms. Moving back into territory we know is just as nice as the frenetic energy of the earlier dances. Better probably, because now Blue’s smiling. Happy and blessedly relaxed even though he’s covered in pink and in a room full of strangers.
So of course I have to go and ruin it.
There’s a sudden flare of pain in my hip and I know the moment it hits me that it wasn’t really all that sudden. I’d felt the ache, the warning I was overstressing the old injury, but I’d chosen not to acknowledge it. We were having fun, I didn’t want to stop that... And yet, the flare of white has me stumbling, my leg locking up as I fall into Blue. Before I have the chance to say anything, Blue’s already looking me over with worry in his eyes as I use him to stay upright.
“Are you alright?” he asks breathlessly.
I hate the worry there. I know I shouldn’t, it’s concern. I should be touched, but it’s just a reminder of the joy that had been there only moments ago.
“I’m fine, just…” I suck in a breath through my teeth before I force my leg to take my weight like it’s supposed to, “you want a drink?” I offer. It’s a sloppy cover, but I don’t want to ruin the whole night.
“Y-yeah.” Blue nods shyly, and I turn, forcing my leg to hold underneath me as I make my way back to the bar.
Blue’s right behind me, ready to offer me help, even if it’s just to get onto the barstool. I don’t need help, I just need a couple of minutes for the muscle to stop locking up, for the pain to dissipate. Blue just stays by my side with the same worried look that I’m betting would still have persisted even if I would have let him help me.
One of the waiters deposits a short stemmed glass in front of Blue. For a second I’m confused, we haven’t ordered yet, but before I can ask they must see the question on my face.
“From the man in the corner.” They nod to a far table before disappearing as quickly as they appeared.
I can see the guy in question. He seems alright, maybe a few too many empty cups on his table, but he’s there with friends. They don’t seem to be keeping that close an eye on him, though. He gives a little wave like Blue could see him across the room. Well… I can see the gesture, but I’m trying really hard. Blue’s not even turned in the right direction, he’s still facing the bartender.
I feel the jealousy resting heavy and ugly in my chest. It’s stupid, Blue’s not even looking, but that doesn’t do anything to quell the roiling emotions. My fingertips feel numb and I have the absurd urge to go turn the guy into a newt. I’m not even that great at transmutation… maybe I’ve had more drinks than I thought.
“Well, Blue, look who’s getting hit on…” I try to make my tone playful and bury the stupid jealousy as best I can.
Blue shouldn’t have to deal with that. He’s not used to positive attention. I should be encouraging him, not forcing him to stay away from these people.
I would have thought Blue would be embarrassed or maybe a little confused, but when I turn to look at him there’s no red on his cheeks. He looks pale as a ghost.
“I’m sorry,” he whispers, but I don’t let him finish whatever thought he’s having.
“No, don’t be sorry. I’m not-” There’s a strangled keening noise and I have to stop myself. “Blue, you are beautiful and every single person in this place should be making a pass at you, even with someone else on your arm.” I say it like the indisputable fact that it is.
At the very least it gets some color back in Blue’s cheeks.
“On an entirely separate note, never accept a drink… just, don’t. You don’t know what could be in it.” I stumble through the warning, but it seems to have landed.
Blue just nods solemnly. I figure I don’t have to go too far into detail. Blue knows the dangers of getting drugged, just… somehow I doubt he would have thought that regular people faced the same dangers.
Blue pushes the drink aside, pulling himself up onto the chair next to me. He takes a moment to scrub at the neon paint, somehow managing to smudge it more than remove any of it.
“I don’t actually mind setting off… Kara.” He lets his fingertips brush mine. The gesture is surprisingly intimate, just the light touch sending a jolt of warmth through me. “Without you the dancing’s not that entertaining.” He continues like nothing’s happened.
“Alright then,” I chuckle to myself, letting my fingers twine with his, “I don’t mind heading home.”
Blue hands the drink over to the bartender while I try to rub the ache out of my hip. It’s not too bad. It could have been a lot worse. The stiffness is mostly gone, but it will be sore for the next few hours. It shouldn’t be too much of a problem to walk on it, the real issue is tomorrow…
Outside it’s just as dark as when we’d left. I have no way of knowing how much time has passed, but I have to assume it’s been a number of hours. The air is colder than when we went in. I can see my breath. I wind my scarf around Blue. It’s not much, but he doesn’t have his bulky coat on him, and he’s never been good with the cold.
If Blue happens to look unbearably cute bundled up in my clothes, well… that’s really just a side benefit, isn’t it?
“Hey-” A voice calls, jerking me out of my thoughts.
Blue stumbles back a step or two and it takes me a second for my eyes to focus on the person who’s pulled him back. It’s the guy from the back corner, though he’s suspiciously lacking any of the friends he might have come in with. He’s got Blue by the arm, grinning like an idiot as he tries to wave Blue back into the building.
“If you’d excuse me, I’d like a dance.” He stumbles through his words, not drunk to the point that he’s actually slurring, but he’s certainly not sober.
He’s not thinking straight. It would be bad form to knock him on his ass , I remind myself. But that position gets steadily harder to defend when Blue just stares at him with wide, frightened eyes. Blue’s just getting used to the concept of ‘no’, and this whole situation is probably not the best way to start him off.
“He wouldn’t,” I answer sharply, as Blue tries to dislodge the drunk from his arm.
“Hey, he can speak for himself. Just ‘cause you can’t keep up doesn't mean he shouldn’t have a good time!” His glare is bleary and unfocused as he shifts to me, but Blue flinches beside him. It takes me a second to realize that the idiot’s tightened the hand he’s got on Blue and it’s all my familiar can do to try and loosen his grip.
“We were just leaving,” Blue says, just a shade away from a whimper, but the dick doesn’t seem to notice.
“What was that, baby?” he asks, pulling Blue closer even as Blue recoils.
“We were on our way out.” I say through gritted teeth, my resolve to not punch this man fading fast.
“Hey!” He turns to me, his face drawn up in an angry scowl. “You don’t get to talk to me like that. You might think you can control your little boytoy, but-” And suddenly I don’t care what he was going to say.
“Enough!” My voice crackles as I cut him off and I see white.
I won't have him saying anything rude to Blue. The whole point of tonight was to have a nice time together. Blue’s been having fun. He hasn’t had to deal with being anything more than a friend for the whole night. I won’t stand for some dickhead like this guy, who thinks he’s entitled to a dance, ruining our fun.
I just wanted a night that we could pretend to be nothing more than friends. Fuck trauma, fuck responibilities, and fuck propriety. We deserve a night to ourselves.
His eyes go wide as he drops Blue’s arm. He takes a couple of slow steps back before he turns and takes off in a full sprint. There’s something sick inside me that’s delighted by the turn of events, that wants me to go after him and-
“K-Kara-” I startle at the sound of Blue’s voice, turning to him without a second thought.
I’m surprised when the white haze is still there when my eyes find him. It takes me longer than I should to realize that the murky light is very much a real glow, by my feet. There’s a magic circle scorched into the brick walkway. I can see the blackened char just below the faint light.
It’s not a real magic circle. It’s almost something like a lotus, several tiny petals instead of a completed circle. There’s no traditional symbols, but it’s still glowing faintly, and when I look directly down at it I feel nauseous.
“We should go…” I mumble to myself more than anything.
I’m not entirely sure how to discharge the energy, but the shock it gives me for not doing it right isn’t so bad. The burn marks look something like projected radials. Maybe some new kind of art project that someone put up in the night. Either way, no one would look at that and think ‘magic’. So I just go along with it as Blue takes my hand and we walk as casually as we can away from the scene.
Stars, I haven’t had trouble with wild magic in a while. I thought I was getting better about that. It isn’t everyday that I perform summons in my sleep or evoke the elements when I’m stressed, but the exercises had detailed that wild magic isn’t really that rare of an issue for mages. Especially those who aren’t that far along in their training and lack control.
I might worry less if it was just standard branches, or related to specific emotions, but my magic doesn’t always follow a predictable pattern. What’s more, there's no weirdness when I cast regularly. Most mages that struggle with wild surges will have issues in one or more schools or magic types, but given the proper tools and enough prep time, I don’t have issues with any specific type of casting. I’m capable of casting without anything going wrong, but when I’m not thinking about it - the exact type of magic, the school, the specific spell- I wind up with weird things. Like using ice in a battle with a forest god when I didn’t evoke the element, or a casting circle without runes.
I’m so lost in thought that I don’t even notice when Blue stops moving, I just barrel right into his back and nearly knock the both of us over. I’m about to ask why he stopped when he presses a finger to his lips and pulls me into the tiny alley next to us.
“Do you hear those bells?” he whispers, biting his lip nervously like he might be the one going crazy.
I do hear the chanting, the rhythmic clanging of the string of bells, but there was some part of me that assumed it was all in my head . It takes a second, but by the time I can actually hear the words being said I can’t help but bark out laughing.
“It’s just the Stars-damned necromancers,” I manage to choke out in between breaths, as Blue starts to back away from me like I’m possessed.
“What?” His lip quivers and I have to fight for a sliver of composure, so I can explain better.
“This happens near the end of each semester, and around Spirit’s Crawl… it’s a thing they do,” I explain, wiping a tear from my eye. “They’re trying to commune with the spirits. We got a notice about it from the school- said it should be happening any day now.”
“And they can just... do that?” Blue asks incredulously, staring out at the narrow portion of the street that we can see from our alleway, as though they could be passing by at any time.
“What? Wave incense around and ring bells? No law against that…” I shrug. I suppose I could see how someone might try to call that public indecency, especially because there’s no actual set day except for Spirit’s Crawl.
“But, that really lets them… commune with spirits?” Blue speaks in a scandalized whisper and now that I know what he’s really asking I can’t help but fall into another fit of giggles.
“Oh, hell no,” I answer. As far as I know, these little walkabouts have never really been successful. It’s pretty much the worst way to try and talk with a spirit, certainly the least effective. “It’s a fun exercise and it really brings the small division together. It doesn’t hurt, so… no harm no foul.”
We go around the necromancers as much as we can. Not that I argue much against it. We’ve made it this far without someone from the school seeing us, I don’t know why we would go out of our way to ruin a perfect record. Even though their chanting and bone rattling doesn’t really do anything, Blue still seems unsettled. I have to remind him that there is still one necromancer he does actually like.
One necromancer we do like…
The neon body paint is a hell of a lot harder to take off than it was to put on, but it gives me time to think. As fun as it was to have a night off, it doesn’t exactly change the fact that I do still have work waiting for me. We still have the last of our actual finals for the semester, another week of classes that’ll mostly consist of teachers trying to wrangle students that have already mentally checked out.
I’ll have to deal with the magic surges coming back. I hold out hope that the resurgence was simply because of the high stress situation. I was drunk and not thinking very clearly. And I have been rather lax with my tea and meditations lately, I reprimand myself. Like any of that really worked, anyways.
If nothing else, I at least have the solution to Jet’s problem, and a solution to the self imposed one that stands in my way.
Blue’s already passed out on the bed. I don’t blame him, it’s been a hell of a night for him, I just hope it was fun. He’s switched out my clothes for yet more of my clothes, as the nightshirt that’s oversized on me fits him like a dress. I press a kiss to his head, freeing up one of the pins he’d missed when he pulled off the hat, and make myself a silent promise that I'll join him just as soon as I’m done.
It feels odd sneaking around inside my own house, but I don’t want to make the stairs creak and alert Blue to the fact that I’m going back down into the workshop. Everything’s exactly as I left it and I scoop up the report, filling out its cover page and setting up all the right attributions. I’ll be damned if all of this is dismissed on a technicality.
I double seal it in an envelope before I pack it in with the three samples and tape up the box. As I set it by the door I let out a breath I didn’t know I’d been holding in. I can’t believe this is over. That this solution, however slapdash and temporary, is going to help my brother. It took longer than I’d hoped, so I can only pray it’s not too late.
I drum my fingers over the packing tape.
It’ll be fine , I reassure myself.
No one really gets hurt over little white Lies.
Chapter 74: Making Good on a Promise
Summary:
Blue and Kara finally have a chance to sit down and talk to eachother... but that doesn't mean the plot just waits for them....
Notes:
I heard someone crying out for fluff
<3<3<3
I hope you enjoy!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
I wake up with a start, my arm aching from shoulder to wrist like it’s taken the brunt of a nasty fall. My sleep addled mind takes a minute to process the world around me. I blink, trying to clear the odd spots that dance in front of my eyes. I’m still in Kara’s bed. Though the sheets beside me are wrinkled, they are noticeably bereft of my Master. I try not to feel bitter about that and go back to trying to figure out what exactly just happened.
I’d been dreaming about… something.
I’m used to nightmares. I’m familiar with the broken versions of memories that my mind clips together just to see how quick it can pull me out of what little restful sleep I’d been able to manage before coming here. But I am quite unfamiliar with… whatever this was.
I can barely remember what happened, and while that’s usually a sign of some of my best dreams, I can’t help but feel that I’m missing something notable. I remember a white mist and a sky and ground that couldn’t be distinguished from each other… Kara, but drenched in a sticky black ichor, the fear in his eyes that had made my blood go cold when it looked at us. When it found its way through the mist. My stomach turns as I remember the sensation of falling, catching myself on my…
I must have slept wrong on my arm. The dull stinging pain still shines through. That's what must have come through in the dream. I wish it made the pain in my head go away too. I wish it calmed my heart back to a normal pace.
I hear the unmistakable sound of retching, and I realize the bathroom door is open.
“K-Kara…” I wince at the pitiful whisper that is all I am able to conjure up.
I’m being ridiculous. What exactly am I scared of? Of course it’s Kara. Who else could it be? People don’t break into houses to throw up in their bathrooms. It’s just Kara…
The reassurance doesn’t seem to do me much good. My knees shake as I slide out of bed, and I can’t help but go as slowly and quietly as I possibly can, even though I know I should be worried about him. He didn’t really eat much on our little adventure, and I didn’t see him fix anything for himself when we came home. I don’t know what he could be throwing up, we had the same number of drinks last night, and I can barely handle alcohol.
The first sun is just barely starting its rise, so while the sky isn’t completely dark, there’s no real light in the rooms. All it seems to do is animate the shadows. My heart’s pounding in my ears, so loud and forceful that it’s nauseating. I don’t know if it’s the vestiges of instability that came from that weird dream, but I’m jumping at everything, my mind conjuring shapes and entities out of the shadows, but when I blink… it’s all gone again.
There’s a bout of coughing from the bathroom quickly followed by a series of words I don’t know, and before I can lose my nerve I peek my head into the tiny room. It’s all gone quiet, but the faint light is more than enough to recognize the figure crouching beside the toilet.
Thank the Stars. It’s just Kara, just as I knew it would be. Even if my mind wouldn’t listen. I don’t know why he’s throwing up, if he ate something that doesn’t agree with him, or if he really did end up drinking too much, but for the moment I don’t care. Kara’s here, and that makes something inside me relax a small, yet oh-so significant amount.
Nothing’s wrong, at least nothing we can’t fix.
I can’t help but smile at the thought. It seems to childish and stupid, but it’s true. We’ve gotten through a lot together, and with the semester coming to an end, it’s like we can conquer anything. But for now I’d settle for a few more minutes in bed with him. It’s been a while since he got regular sleep in his own bed. Perhaps… he’s just feeling the after effects of working himself too hard.
He might be coming down with something , my mind supplies. Chef always said that if you work too hard you’d eventually come down with a fever if nothing else. It weakens your body, or something like that…
“Kara, are you ok?” I ask, loud enough now that he should hear me, especially since there are only a few feet between us, but he makes no move at the sound of my voice.
He just… sits there, his fingers knotted in the plush little rug outside the shower. His breathing’s gone ragged. I’m right next to him and yet it’s like I’m not even there. His eyes just stare blankly forward, hazy in a way I’ve never seen before. He has to be sick, it’s the only explanation that makes sense, but when I raise my hand to try and test the temperature of his forehead he flinches away from my hand.
“N-no, ‘m sor- I d-di-didn’t mean-” His eyes go wide and he cuts himself off with an odd high pitched sound that I’ve only really ever heard coming from me.
“K-Kara,” I try again, wincing as any words of comfort that might follow die in my throat.
He’s clearly not himself, but that’s not what concerns me. I have seen this kind of behavior before, hell, I know I get this way sometimes. I just… never thought a master could malfunction.
I wonder if it’s just as bad for them as it is for us. Kara hasn’t seemed to be the type to fall prey to his own mind, and I’ve never seen him like this before. I wonder if it really is the same, if he took too many blows to the head at some point, if someone hurt him… or rather, who.
I know the rest of his half finished sentences. I’ve said them more times than I can count, hell, I’ve said them in my sleep, and I don't doubt I’ve said them in the gaps of memory that I have from my old masters. I’ve heard plenty of pets say them, use them to beg. I know the words, they aren’t exclusive, I’ve just… never heard a master say them.
“K-Kara?” I hate the way my voice shakes.
I want to comfort him, like he always manages to do for me. He doesn’t look at me like I’m lesser than just because I’m messed up inside, but I can’t get myself to move forward. My hands are trembling and even though I want to, I can’t force them to uncurl from my chest. I’m scared. I don’t know what will happen if he flinches away from me again.
“Blue?” He asks more than he calls, his voice just a hair’s breadth above a whisper. There’s a certain amount of disbelief there as his eyes focus in on me, as though he’s just now noticed me standing beside him.
“Kara…” My voice dies in my throat. I’m not exactly sure what I wanted to say anyways, but somehow saying nothing hurts more. He shies away from me, lowering his eyes, hiding behind the curtain of his long hair. It’s wrong.
It’s all wrong.
I want to comfort him. I want to say something that will make him feel better, or at least make him tell me what’s wrong. I bite the inside of my cheek and practice the questions... Are you alright? Did something bad happen? Are you feeling sick? But all that comes out is “C-can we go back to bed?”
For once I want him to slap me. I’d do it myself if I didn’t think it would make the situation worse. Stars, could I sound like any more of an ass? It’s got to be bad if it’s affecting Kara this strongly. He’s usually so good at letting things go, not worrying about them or obsessing until there’s a dozen new problems like I do. And what do I say to the first real time he’s shown any true distress?
Well, I see you’re feeling like shit, you want to completely ignore that and get into bed?
“Y-yeah.” Kara’s voice startles me out of my own musings, but luckily he isn’t waiting for a response.
He picks himself up and uses the counter to stabilize himself. He tosses water on his face and uses some of that mint paste to wash out his mouth before he smiles at me in the reflection of the mirror. I make myself look away.
I don’t deserve that smile. He should be furious with me, I’m furious with myself. I want to comfort him. I want to touch him, put my hand on his shoulder, give him a hug, some kind of simple affection just like he’s offered me. I want to do as much for him as he’s done for me, but I can’t even force myself to move forward. I just stand there, paralyzed by fear and indecision, unable to even move my hands from my side.
Does he want to be touched? There are times when it’s the worst thing. When I want to be left alone and just sit in the dark until I’ve calmed. Is this one of those times? Or is it worse that it seems like I don’t want to touch him? Like I’d ever be so bold as to refuse giving a simple, comforting touch. The behavior’s not off putting, I just… it’s unexpected.
His fingers circle my wrist, the gentle touch more than enough to shock me out of my thoughts. I jerk back out of Kara’s gentle hold without thinking, the sharp motion bringing a renewed flash of pain down my arm. I can’t bring myself to look up at him, to see the disappointment, anger, shame, on his face. It’s hard enough just to watch as he withdraws his hand.
“I-” His voice cracks and I can’t stop the wince that comes automatically. I know what that feels like, the knotted pain that stops words in your throat, but he recovers faster than I ever did. “Just to bed then? We’ve got a few hours…”
I just hang my head and nod. It was my idea anyways, does he think I don’t want to anymore? Can I blame him? I’m being a less than standard comfort animal. I don’t know what to say, or what to do… I don’t think I’ve ever been so terribly conscious about where my hands are, and it’s making me a fidgety mess.
Kara walks stiffly and I can’t help but wonder if there actually is something wrong, or if he’s only slept weirdly like I did. He pulls himself back into bed. It’s all more a controlled slide than any purposeful motion, and I can see the wear of something unbelievably heavy on his face. Qualls are over, and he’d seemed plenty relieved last night, so I’m not sure what it is that has him looking so tired and worn.
I’m not a service pet. I’m not trained to recognise signs of emotional or physical distress, and I sure as hell don’t know what the proper response is to this kind of activity. Kara takes a second to just breathe before he rolls himself onto his back. The effort takes more out of him than it should. But when he looks over at me, I can see the heartwrenching hesitance he has on his face. As though he thinks that I really won’t join him.
I may not know exactly what to do, but I do know what’s worked in the past.
I know that I won’t be able to be this bold if I do any more thinking, so I let myself feign a confidence I don’t have as I climb onto the bed and straddle his hips. I can’t give either one of us the option to run away. Whatever may come of this, we need to talk about it. And if this is the only way to force us both to stay in the same place, so be it.
Kara’s face immediately colors, everything from his cheeks to the tops of his ears is dusted with a faint red blush, and I can’t help the absurd impulse to giggle. It feels like he makes me blush all the time, I’m glad I am still capable of returning the favor. This whole ordeal is almost worth it for the look on his face alone.
“B-Blue, what are you doing?” he asks. The concern in his voice doesn’t match the sweet looking smile he’s wearing.
I wonder how he does that. How he manages to achieve two entirely different states at the same time. He’s done it before, a lot of the time we’re in school, and especially in front of Genevive. It’s an impressive skill, wearing a different emotion than what you’re feeling. It’s not something that I even have that strong a grasp on.
The silence drifts and I can see the tension bleed back into him, though the smile remains. I don’t like it. I don’t like the look in his eyes, the way his body is tense under me, or the way he keeps smiling. I don’t want to be one of the people he has to lie to.
I wonder if the smile is as painful as it seems? My hand reaches out on its own, barely brushing the little dimple on his cheek, when he flinches back.
Kara looks away, putting his eyes anywhere that I am not. It doesn’t make the feeling any better, it just worsens the pain in my chest. I pull my hand away and twine my fingers in the bedsheets.
It was wrong of me to touch him. He’s not feeling good and he probably doesn’t want to be touched. I’m just making everything worse.
“I’m sorry-” I try to start, but Kara puts a hand behind my back and pulls me down until I’m resting on his chest.
I squirm there for a moment. He can’t really want me here. It can’t be comfortable. I know I don’t weigh much, but I’m literally resting on his chest. Kara just pets a hand down my back until I settle.
I press right into the crook of his neck and take a deep breath, trying to calm myself. Kara’s not mad that I’m touching him, and that odd tension has yet to return so I feel safe assuming that this is good. It’s relaxing for me at least. So much so that I have to stop myself from kneading my hands over the soft linen, making biscuits in the sheets. I feel so comfortable, I don’t want this moment to end.
I catch myself dozing off, so when I have to force my eyes open for the second time, I try to keep my mind occupied. I trace the lines of his face, the curve of his neck, the swirly pattern that his hair makes on the bedspread. It’s been too long since we’ve had a nice quiet moment.
Kara gives a little snort. The puff of warm air ruffles my hair and I lift my head up enough to find the dark grey dots of his eyes.
“Why do you always do that?” He chuckles warmly, but I have no idea what he’s talking about.
“What?” I whisper, my voice oddly deep and scratchy from sleep.
“Whenever I hold you close you’re always squinting or you close your eyes all the way…” he explains as I quirk my ears to the side as he pets just behind them.
“Well, I-” I find myself stuttering. Does he really not know?
I have to remind myself that he’s never really had a pet before, that there’s no way he would know these kinds of things. I let my hand leave its place on the sheets as I try to find his jaw. Predictably, I come into contact a lot later than I expected and give a slight wince as I try to run over the area a little more gently with my finger.
“I can’t really… see you up this close.” I whisper, but I can feel the stiffening in Kara’s body that tells me he’s heard me.
“What?” he asks, his fingers finding their way under my chin as he tilts my face up towards his.
I squint a little harder, trying to focus on his face, but I know it’s no use. I can barely make out his features at this distance.
“I- well, not a lot of cats can see well up close.” I feel an unreasonable urge to defend myself.
“Really?” I can tell Kara doesn’t believe me, but I try not to feel too disheartened.
“Y-yeah, that’s… well, you see how my pupil’s slitted?” I ask, blinking and trying to purposefully unfocus my eyes. I know my pupils get rounder when I focus, the last thing I need is for him to call me a liar.
“Yeah…” Kara mumbles, turning my head with just the lightest press of his fingers underneath my chin. I know I shouldn’t preen, but it feels kinda nice to have the attention when I know exactly what he’s looking for. At least I know I can’t mess anything up.
“Cats don’t see very well up close, but some of the different breeds have… bred out that trait.” I don’t mention that it’s most breeds that have any kind of pedigree.
Avery’s pupils are perfectly round. I bet she doesn’t have any trouble up close. Honestly, I don’t understand why the trait is still present. It’s a lot more effective for common house cats, or so they’ve told me. The trait helps increase the field of vision and better determine depth when they pounce. But it’s pretty much useless when height is added to the mix. The benefits diminish the taller you get… so on me it’s more of a burden than an advantage.
But people only really take the effort to fix traits in the breeds they want to see, so I guess I shouldn’t be too surprised.
“Does it bother you?” Kara’s question startles me out of my musings.
“What?” I can’t help but ask automatically.
I’m not sure what he’s asking me. I don’t like not being able to see up close, but it’s not like it’s the worst thing that’s ever happened to me. It doesn’t often bother me, and it doesn’t even come up that much… except when I fumble with things and my masters get mad at me.
“Not being able to…” He starts to explain, but then he cuts himself off, his arms tightening around me where they are. “Wait, how are you able to read?”
“I- no, it doesn’t get bad unless it’s right in front of my face…” I try to explain, doing my best to ignore the rising heat in my cheeks. I feel odd being the one to explain this to him, that and the genuine concern it seems to be soliciting. “So long as it’s eight or so inches away from my face, it’s fine.”
I can’t help but smile as I snuggle into Kara’s neck. The suns have started their rise in earnest, the bright rays filling the room with warmth. I don’t want to move, but I know it’s inevitable and I’d rather it be on my schedule rather than have to run after the hours we’ve lost.
“I suppose we should get going,” I mumble into Kara’s sleepshirt. I know we have to leave, but I can’t exactly bring myself to say it any louder.
“Ugh, I don’t want to move.” He huffs, wrapping his arms around me again, holding me so close that I don’t want to do anything to ruin this. “How about we just stay here all day?” he offers like he’s serious and I can’t help but giggle along with the joke.
“Kara, if we stay in we are going to be late.”
“How about we just skip,” he mumbles into my hair. “People skip the day after Qualls… sometimes, I’ve heard…”
I pull away from him, steadying myself on my arms, studying his face as closely as I can. He’s not kidding. He’s seriously considering not going in today.
“Don’t you have a test today?” I ask like I don’t already know. It’s one of the three he still has left... The other two are at the start of next week.
“It’s not until the afternoon…” he defends weakly, his fingers looping into my nightshirt as he feebly tries to tug me back down. “I can pop in for that…”
“We didn’t skip when you almost died from that forest monster,” I remind him, but I doubt he’s forgotten the episode.
“That’s different,” he says stubbornly. “I didn’t almost die.”
“And this was so much worse?” I ask incredulously.
“So much worse,” he huffs as he nuzzles into my hair once again. I can’t tell if he’s being serious.
I hadn’t imagined that Qualls had taken such a harsh toll on him. He’d seemed quiet and a little dazed when we’d been coming home, but he didn’t seem... that disturbed by the test.
“What’s wrong, you’ve never wanted to skip…” I trail off, hoping that it’ll prompt him into talking about what really happened.
“Maybe I’m turning into a rebel,” he mutters instead.
I can’t help the way I curl in on myself. It’s not that I don’t trust him, Stars know we’ve been through more than enough together that he deserves a little faith, but the words unnerve me.
The uncomfortable silence we descend into is cloying and even if I wanted to speak I doubt that I could get the words out now.
“I’m sorry,” Kara says eventually, but I doubt he’s looking at me. He’s thrown his hand over his face, pinching the bridge of his nose in a familiar gesture.
“Wh-what are you sorry for?” I can’t help the shakiness as I ask. I don’t want him to feel bad, but really he has nothing to be sorry for.
“I’m sorry about last night,” he says slowly, as though those few simple words convey the depth of his thoughts.
“You already regretting taking me out?” I try to smile and poke fun, but there’s no mirth in my voice.
It’s stupid anyways. What we did last night was dangerous and probably very illegal, but still… it had been nice. We’d been together for the entire night and we even danced together. The whole area was so pretty. Decorated, but in hundreds of different styles as though the streets had been claimed by an artists guild, but each professional had been given free rein to do with the space what they wished. It may not have been the type of thing I would have chosen, but it was something I didn’t even know existed. It was special and beautiful and now Kara regrets ever having shown me the place.
“No, I don’t-” Kara starts, halting his words until he’s carding his fingers through my hair, “I regret not listening to you, but I don’t regret taking you out.”
“I had fun…” I admit haltingly, trying to regain the levity that our conversation had previously held.
“You-” Kara cuts himself off as he searches for the right words. Instead, he simply pats the top of my head once but his fingers don’t return to my hair. “You don't have to lie. It’s ok, you were uncomfortable, I was just… being stupid.”
“You weren’t stupid, you wanted us to have a good time-” I try to reassure him, but he just cuts me off.
“Yeah, but I shouldn’t have pressured you. I made you walk around, and you were really uncomfortable and, oh Stars, did you even like those weird foods?” His words come out in a rush so quickly that I have to force myself to just focus on the last question he’d asked.
“I…” I start, about to reassure him, but I feel myself trail off.
He doesn’t know anything about cats, so is it possible that he just doesn’t know? By the time I resign myself to throw caution to the wind and just tell him, I’ve been quiet too long.
“Oh Stars,” he whimpers, covering his face with his hands, “well… I mean, at least you liked the candied hickory nuts, all the other sugary stuff, right?” He sounds so hopeful I almost want to agree and just drop everything, but… he deserves to know, right?
“Kara… most cats can’t taste ‘sweet’,” I admit, pressing my face as closely as I dare into the soft fabric of his nightshirt. It’s no use, he still hears me.
“What?” he asks, tone somewhere between mortified and offended, and I cringe even as I try to cling to his nightshirt, pressing myself as closely as I can to him.
“It’s another human alteration in D- um, pets. As far as I know only a few cat breeds that I’ve met can actually taste sweet things, and even then...it’s because of some selective genetic modification…” I explain haltingly, almost tripping up and spilling all the pitiful little that I know about Demis.
It weighs heavily on me that I still haven’t mentioned my discovery to him, but… he’s occupied enough as it is without an impromptu confession. One shock a day is more than enough, and for now I’ll settle on the brief lesson on cat types rather than tell him I’ve been running around without supervision.
I don’t know much, but I know my ability to taste sugar is pretty rare. It’s something the others were jealous of, even though the sensations were still muted in comparison. I doubt Thana could taste sweets.
“So you can’t even taste-” Kara starts, but I cut him off, seeing the confusion early.
“I got the weird trait that lets me taste it. Don’t get me wrong, it’s great and all, I just… it takes a lot for me to even taste it,” I confess, though I suppose something in the lackluster way that I say it must clue him in.
“Do you even like my pastries…” he asks and I’m so thrown by the genuine hurt in his voice that I immediately backtrack.
“Of course I do! They’re delicious, even if I can’t really taste sweet all that well, they are really good-” I try my best to retract my words and tell him how much I truly appreciate his pastries, but somewhere in the middle he cuts my ramblings short.
“So that’s why you like jam cookies? The sugar in the preserve is enough for you to taste the sweetness?” he asks hesitantly, as though he’s unsure he’s interpreting my words correctly.
“Foods with sugar concentrations that are high enough for me to taste them were pretty rare as treats.” I nod against his chest. “I like them, as a novelty. I didn’t get to try many things that I could actually taste the sugar in.”
I feel my face heat, I mean, it’s really all or nothing at this point. “F-for a really long time the only thing I got to taste that was sweet was honeydust…” I admit, trying really hard to simply ignore the way Kara stiffens beneath me.
I cling to him like I have no shame, but to be honest, I really don’t have any. I don’t care what he thinks of the way I stubbornly twine my fingers in his nightclothes like I have any right to. Not right now, not when the difference means that he’d push me away now that he knows just another one of my pitiful little secrets.
“So that’s why you like salty foods better?” The way he says it makes it less of a question, more of a statement.
“Y-yeah,” I admit cautiously.
We did the experiment a while ago. He knows I like salty foods, but I suppose I was never really truthful about why. I had just assumed he knew. I had no reason to think otherwise. And who was I to stop him when he was trying out all the different kinds of food he was capable of making, trying to find something that would be my favorite?
“I can taste the nuances better in salty food…” Even though I’m trying to be objective, it still makes my stomach turn to be admitting to this so late… especially because I know it’s caused my Master some distress.
“Stars, I am the worst person ever. I didn’t even know you couldn’t- hey, why didn’t you say something? Almost all the things I got you last night were sweet!” Kara wails, thumping his forehead with his hand, and I can’t help but smile into the soft fabric of his nightshirt.
“Almost all the carts were selling sweet things,” I remind him, but he seems to take my words the wrong way.
“You could have told me you weren’t having any fun, we could have done something else… I could have found-” He’s starting to ramble. The same nervous tension that I’ve come to recognize is slowly creeping back into his body so I just cut him off.
“I did have fun! I liked the…” I wave my hands around, trying to find the right words to stop him from feeling bad, “area… it was really pretty, and all of the weird foods, and the music was nice... I was just worried…” I finish rather lamely.
My voice goes quiet as I close my eyes and force one hand away from the soft material of Kara’s shirt so that I can draw patterns on the linen beneath us. I don’t know why the admission makes me feel so small. But out of all the fears that I’d had, of all the nightmarish scenarios my imagination had cooked up, nothing really bad happened last night. We weren’t discovered, no one saw through my disguise, and we didn’t even have to lie.
“Did you like it?” he asks, and I’m so caught up in my own thoughts that I’m wracking my brain to remember what we were talking about.
“What?” I ask, feeling more lost than ever.
Just thinking about it makes my head spin and my stomach hurt. I just want the anxiety to go away. Nothing bad happened, so why do I have to continue to fixate on it? There was no one there that would recognize us from our real lives. I should be happy.
“You dress in my clothes often enough, so I figure it’s not a problem with my clothes entirely.” I can hear the warm smile in Kara’s voice as he tugs halfheartedly at the nightshirt that I’m wearing, his nightshirt . “I figured you wouldn’t mind it for a night on the town.”
He says it with warmth, so I can't imagine it’s a veiled reproach. I wear his things from time to time, stealing some of his oversized articles for myself. For some reason they keep me warm better than my own clothes, and if they happen to smell like him, well then… that’s a fortuitous side effect. Still, it doesn’t explain why it’s being brought up now.
“I- I don’t under-” I try to articulate my confusion, but he cuts me off.
“Your… features, they’re easier to disguise than a lot of other familiars…” he explains, and I suppose in hindsight I can see how he might have thought he was being clear. “How was it?” he asks again after I’ve nodded my understanding.
“It was s-strange,” I admit, since there’s no point in lying. I’ve never done that before, never dreamed of doing it, or getting away with it. “I worry that we could have gotten in trouble.”
“Blue, I’m sorry I didn’t-” he cuts himself off with a curse, “I wasn’t thinking. I didn’t mean to put you in danger.” He holds me close and presses his lips to the top of my head.
The moment has become so serious that I feel obligated to let my ears twitch until they’re batting softly at his cheeks. The laugh that bubbles up warms me from the inside out. I can’t remember ever being so perfectly content.
As far as apologies go, it is one of the more heartfelt ones. I haven’t received many, but I honestly believe he’s being sincere, and that’s more than I can say for the ones I’m used to. I like the way he holds me, how warm he is, how special the closeness makes me feel. Even though he doesn’t have much of a choice as I’m the one draped over him.
Still, that’s not entirely true. I’m draped over him, but he could always push me aside. Even if he didn’t, he could always just lay there passively. There was a time that I would have seen such an allowance as the kindest, most lenient thing in the world. But he’s not just letting me cuddle next to him, he’s not just allowing my presence. He’s holding me. He holds me close like I’m something precious. Like I’m something that needs to be...loved.
Maybe I’m just reading too much into this, drunk on all the contact after more than a week of abstinence, but even just the thought is… nice.
“I was confident that we wouldn't get caught and… well, it seemed like a worthwhile risk at the time,” he mumbles into my hair.
I feel my cheeks heat at that. I could listen to his voice forever, but I don’t like the way his tone dips. I want this moment to be happy, even if it’s just for a little while.
“I just… thought it would be nice if you could walk around without getting glares.”
His voice is getting sad again. I don’t like it. I don’t want him to sound sad. I don’t like getting glares for existing either, but it’s never been a matter of trying to find a way to get people to be nice. Hell, half the time I can barely manage to get my master to care about me. I don’t often have the time to worry about what other people might think.
I let my fingers run over the soft material before allowing my hands to curl in Kara’s shirt. I want him to stop. I don’t really want to talk about this. As nice and… refreshing as his concern is, I don’t want to think about the bad things. I know it’s stupid, I know he’s appologizing, but still, it’s making me think about it, and that’s bad enough.
Please stop, just let me forget. Just hold me and keep me warm, alright? Please? I’m purring before I can articulate anything meaningful, but I hope it gets my point across. He likes my purring, and I feel safe asking for help from him. He pets a hand down my back and I let myself purr for him.
It’s odd, feeling another body against mine as my whole chest rumbles. I don’t think I’ve ever done this before. I remember purring, some people liked it, others didn’t, but I’ve never been held against someone when I do it. It makes me so much more aware of the body under me,of the incredible warmth, or the fact that there’s just two thin pieces of fabric that separate us…
“Well, I guess you got a little more than just ignored…” Kara chuckles as he tousles my hair, tickling the base of my neck, but my blood goes cold as I jerk away from his hands.
“I’m sorry.” The words are out of my mouth before I can cringe at their inadequacy.
I need something a hell of a lot better than that for the trouble I’m in. I can’t believe I’d let myself forget about the man at the bar. The man who’d tried to give me a drink and dance with me. The one who I’d managed to entice even though I’d been with my Master at the time.
I couldn’t believe it at the time. I wasn’t a pet anymore, I wasn’t some thing on display, something to gawk at and ogle. I was disguised as a person, a human, and yet even still... My face burns at the memory. I know the words, the way my masters have described me in the past.
Such a pretty little thing, tempting me are you?
Look at this little slut, can’t leave him empty for too long… it’d be a crime.
The people in a position to take what they wanted rarely restrained themselves after I’d been passed down, after I was used enough that they didn’t have to worry about serious repercussions. Each time they’d say something like that, I knew what they meant. It all blended together after a while. I was a whore, and it was what I was good for. Sometimes they’d wait for my current master to give permission, sometimes they said they couldn’t help themselves. It was always worse when I was tempting, too tempting for them to resist, though I was never quite sure what I did to be so alluring. But each time my master would rain down a punishment.
I almost preferred it. When someone took what was my master’s it came with a penalty, even if I had to serve some kind of punishment as well for being tempting. It was so much worse when nothing came of the acts.
Well, he’s just such a good little whore, how could I have expected any different? You’ll just bend over for anyone that walks your way, won’t you? I can’t even say I’m disappointed, should I invite him back here? Maybe I’ll ask if he’ll fuck my used little whore and you’ll actually be entertaining for once.
“You don’t have anything to be sorry about,” Kara says, his brow furrowing as though he doesn’t understand what I’m apologizing for.
He’s been terribly lenient with me, but I need him to know. He didn’t want a whore, and I’ve tried so hard not to be something he hates. He’s taken time with me. He’s trained me out of the old habits. For fuck’s sake, he’s told me that I’m not allowed to have sex with just anyone who asks. I have to tell them that it’s something my Master forbids and go find him . I let myself remember the rule, one of the first and few he’s given me.
“I don’t mean to be… alluring.” I hate the words so much I can feel the beginnings of tears prickle at the corners of my eyes.
“It wasn’t your fault, the guy had too much to drink and he got a little handsy.” He says it like it’s obvious, like it had nothing to do with me.
“But it was my fault-” I try to explain it to him again, but Kara just cuts me off.
“You are beautiful, but that doesn’t give anyone the right to make a move.” He says the words so simply, as though they are simple indisputable facts.
Right, that was what he said at Genevive’s party too. Just because Katherine had wanted to have me, just because she felt that I needed to take responsibility for her arousal, didn’t mean that my Master agreed with her. He’d said it wasn’t my fault then, too.
“You protected me,” I try instead. I hate the way my tail nearly wags at the memory, but with all of this apologising, I want to thank him.
“Yeah…” He frowns, letting his eyes fall closed and his head fall back onto the pillow behind him with a soft thud. “I think I had too many drinks as well…”
Oh. My ears lay flush against my skull and I immediately feel foolish. Of course he would feel that his defense of me was merely the by-product of too much liquor. I don’t know why I thought any differently. Surely, if he’d been perfectly sober he wouldn’t have attacked someone else on my behalf. He would have seen that the blame was-
“Oh, no, Blue. I just mean I shouldn’t have scared him off with magic,” Kara says in a rush, bracketing my cheeks in his hands as he forces me to look at him. “If I’d have been sober I would have punched him in the face,” he admits in a tone that’s so casual I can’t help but believe him.
His hands don’t leave my face, but he does let go of the guiding grip. Instead he simply brushes my hair out of my face, tracing tender lines over my cheeks, down my neck until I’m a blushing mess.
“Blue.” He speaks again, his whole demeanor more subdued. “I know I’m an idiot sometimes- and sometimes can be a lot of the time- but how have you been doing?”
“What?” I ask. The question catches me so off guard that I’m not even sure what he means for me to say.
“It’s been a crazy week and I haven’t been around like I should have, so I wanted to check in,” he reiterates, looking me over much more closely this time. I can’t help but squirm under the close eye he passes over me. Is there something wrong?
“I-I,” I try to speak, but all the words die in my mouth.
He wants to check in? What the hell does that mean?
“You can tell me anything. If anything’s bothering you, if you feel bad, if there’s something wrong that you want me to try and fix… even if you think there’s nothing I can do, I still want to know. I just may surprise you.” He smiles, brushing the curly bit of my bangs out of the way only to have it fall back into place. For some reason the gesture must bring him some measure of happiness. I’m just glad I can see him smile like that.
The feeling doesn’t last long as I lay back down so that he might play with my hair a little more closely. I make the mistake of resting my right cheek on his chest, as looking left only makes me face the bookshelves. Full of the many books and notebooks Kara’s accumulated in his time… and the one I replaced, at the end of the line of empty notebooks.
It seemed as good a place as any to hide the book at the time. A notebook alone might look out of place anywhere else, but among a good dozen of its kind… No one would notice a thing.
“There’s… nothing’s wrong,” I force myself to say. There really isn’t. All the troublesome activity has passed, now all that’s left is to make it so that no one ever has to know I did anything bad. “I just- I’ve missed this. You don’t have to worry about me.”
Kara considers this for a long second, so long that I find myself holding my breath.
He wouldn’t have let this charade go on so long if he knew, right? He would have given me the chance to fess up, but then he would have read out my infractions, would have let me know that he knew I lied to him. I would understand if he pet me, tried to lull me into a false sense of security, but all this? It seems like a tad much just to extract a confession.
“You’re very brave.” He says it without an ounce of hesitation, without any derision in his tone, without anything that sounds even the slightest bit threatening, and I can do nothing more but wonder why.
“‘M not…” I mumble as I try to snuggle further into his arms.
“I’m serious.” Kara starts up again, like I haven’t just dismissed his words/ “You are very brave, and smart, and beautiful, and the best heated compression blanket I could ever ask for,” he adds on with a grin and I can’t help but blush and squirm under so much direct attention.
Still, regardless of how inaccurate he is, it makes me want to deserve all the titles he’s given me.
“H-how are you doing?” I find myself asking, before I’ve truly thought it through.
Kara seems to be of the same mind as his only answer is a somewhat confused, “What?”
“It’s been hard for me,” it’s been agony, thinking I did wrong, but knowing that it’s only the nature of his coursework that had him separated from me so thoroughly that there might as well have been a brick wall in place makes it seem a little easier. I’m reassured. There’s really nothign we could have done differently and now that it’s all over, it’s going to be fine. But still, it couldn’t have been a cakewalk for him either, “but...have you been ok?” I eventually find the right words to ask.
Kara’s startled silent for a moment and if it weren’t for the continued pressure of his arms around me I would have launched into a fearful litany of apologies long ago.
“I’ve missed this,” he answers finally, giving me a little squeeze as he does so, as though I could have possibly been confused as to what ‘this’ was. Still, I want to hear him say it, so I feign ignorance.
“This?” I ask, quirking my ears in the way I know he finds so adorable.
“Cuddling, hanging out with you, talking,” Kara answers, much less reticent than I’d originally thought. “I’m just glad that nightmare is over,” he huffs out a breath and I can’t help but wonder if one little test was really so bad.
“How was Qualls?” I ask, trying and failing to sound casual.
Kara just rolls his eyes.
“I’m going to be kicked out of school when I fail,” he groans. I can’t parse the joke from his impersonation of a dying man, but I have to assume it’s there.
“Please, with all the studying you did you’re sure to take highest honors...high honors at least!” I don’t know much about the test, but I know the two metrics that mean you’ve done well, and with how much studying Kara’s done, he’s sure to do better than a simple passing grade.
“While I love your faith in me, I wish I could have your confidence…” He sighs, getting a sudden faraway look on his face.“It doesn’t really matter how much you’ve studied, not on the day anyways. Some people study their whole lives and freeze up, some people get lucky.. You never know…”
He trails off, but I’m far more distracted by the bright rays of sun coming in from the window. Slowly, regretfully, I dismount Kara’s prone form, removing myself from my heat source. As much as he may have joked in the beginning, I know he would end up regretting it if he didn’t go to class today. He’s not the kind of student that just ditches class on a whim, even when it’s one of the last classes of the semester.
I think Kara gets the idea of what I’m trying to do when he sees me picking out clothes from his drawer. At least, I assume he knows because there’s a groan that I’m truly impressed didn’t come from an eight-year-old as I pass him his clothes for the day.
“There’s nothing I can say to convince you to stay in bed with me?” he whines, pulling his lip in between his teeth as he opens the blanket just a little, trying to entice me in. I can’t help the way I snort, it’s just such a funny image.
“You know, I’m supposed to be the wild tempter,” I remind him, getting close only to throw the covers off of him.
“So we have an excuse…” Kara smirks, that mischievous light in his eyes again, and I only have a moment to register the guiding hand under my chin before I’m pulled into a kiss.
It’s chaste, no tongue or other fluids, no straying hands or lips, but somehow it’s unbearably intimate. When he pulls away and takes his pile of clothes I can still feel his warmth, can still feel the phantom pressure of his lips against mine. My fingers go to my lips, trying to mimic the pressure before I even know what I’m doing. I want another, I want more, but as I go to say something Kara’s already gone into the bathroom to change.
“Any reason why you’re so excited about school today?” he calls through the door and I almost flinch at the sound of his voice, I’m still so caught up in the odd dreamworld I’ve been shuttled off to.
“I-I’m teaching today,” I call back, pulling on my clothes as quickly as I can.
“Ugh, you’re so responsible, I love it!” He laughs and the warm sound rings out into my chest too.
It’s odd, getting ready for school has become such a rote set of motions it all passes in a daze, and before I know it we’re at school and Shauna’s waving us down.
The school’s always been divided in the past. There are well defined cliques as well as social groupings that closely imitate the standing of their families, but I don’t think I’ve ever seen it as present as it is today.
There’s usually a buzz of activity around the school, but now? It looks almost like the necromancers got their wish. It’s nothing but reanimated corpses all huddled together obeying the basest of their instincts. It’s almost disturbingly quiet, but there is activity… it’s all just quiet. You have to pass by really close to hear anyone talking. But we don’t even need to do that to understand exactly what they’re all talking about.
“How do you think you did?” Shauna asks as quietly as she can.
“Well, I couldn’t say either way,” Kara responds with no inflection, hell, he doesn’t even look up at her to answer.
“You know, I asked about that. One upperclassmen is sure there’s some kind of occlumency shit tied into the paper, at least it makes sense why you can’t take it more than three times!” Shauna does her best impression of a whisper, but it’s still plenty loud enough for some students to turn their heads as we walk by.
Occlumency… I’ve never heard of that…
“What makes you say that?” Kara quirks a brow as Shauna lowers herself and cups a hand over her mouth like she’s telling some great secret, not a theory she and some upperclassman have.
“Occlumency gets a little screwy if you get affected too many times- the shielding messes with you and if you aren’t the one doing it it can cause some weird things- sometimes old memories get unsealed and without training in the field yourself, you can run into some bad problems down the line,” she whispers.
“That seems dangerous,” Kara responds dryly, but I can tell that she has his attention, even though he doesn’t want to seem too interested in the theory in front of prying eyes.
“I think it’s why the occlumens track is only for post grads -after you don’t have to take the test anymore,” Shauna continues with her conspiracy theory and I just look away.
There's plenty of people watching us, so I play the ‘spot the familiar’ game and try to see if there’s anyone I recognize from my class. It doesn’t take me too long before my eyes settle on Genevive, standing in the corner of the green while the upperclassmen she usually hangs out with shake their heads.
As soon as they see us they smile and point us out and before I can warn anyone, Genevive’s coming over to talk to us. I don’t know what I’m expecting, some thinly veiled gibe or some kind of witty remark about how Kara’s probably failed what seems to be the biggest test of their lives, but she simply falls into step beside Kara. I don’t have permission to stare the way I want, or even ask what she’s doing… but then again, Shauna and Kara do, but they can’t seem to find their words either.
“My parents wanted to invite you over for dinner.” Genevive speaks eventually, but when she does she’s not looking at Kara, even though it’s plain to see that’s who she was addressing.
Honestly, I’m surprised it took so long for this to happen. With the disparity in their class rankings I’m not surprised that the invitation wasn’t immediate. Her parents probably thought this was some idle fascination that would be dropped once she’d grown bored, but with how long the little charade had dragged on… The parents needed to vet this little fascination of their daughter’s. No doubt her parents had heard some of the things that happened around the school. It’s not likely they’d consider Kara an actual suitor, but at the very least they should be aware that he is enough of a figure that they shouldn’t try and assassinate him.
Whatever they’ve been saying has been entirely tuned out by my own musings. I only try to listen again when Genevive turns her eyes to me and glares.
“No pets at this party, alright?” she says to Kara, but I can feel her eyes on me. It feels like I’m some kind of specimen pinned down between two pieces of glass.
“Y-yeah, Blue is capable of staying at home for the night…” Kara stumbles, seemingly confused, and I don't have the presence of mind to determine if that’s from his parody of ignorance or being genuinely thrown off.
“Don’t you need something better… I mean the semester’s nearly over, no one would judge you if you just-” Whatever she was going to say is lost as Kara cuts her off.
“I’ll take it under advisement, Gen,” he says it with a smile, but even I can hear the venom behind those words, “and I’ll get back to you on the dinner thing…”
“Well, just don’t wait too long,” she mumbles, apparently satisfied with the interaction, or perhaps just considering her obligation fulfilled.
We keep walking, but I can’t help the urge to look behind us. Sure enough, the group is still looking over at us. My skin crawls and I hurry to walk just a little bit closer to Kara. I don’t like the look in their eyes, the way they show far too many teeth when they smile. There’s something wrong with them. Something that screams how dangerous they are, how much they resemble predators.
Suddenly, Kyuin’s warning about the hunters flashes at the back of my mind. Is this what he really meant? The whole school’s full of dangerous people, but are these three specifically worthy of such concern?
Kalu’s smirk turns into a wide smile that’s just a hair’s breadth from being pleasant. My heart seizes when I realize that he’s looking at me. He’s caught me staring. He raises his hand and gives a short wave before turning away, but I can’t help but feel that I’m the one who lost. There’s something fishy going on, and though I don’t know what, I do know that those three are in the middle of it. I’m sure of it.
My mind flashes to their movements in the library, their predatory grins. I might not know what they’re up to just yet, but I know those are the ones Kyuin was warning about. I need to protect Kara. I need to find out what the danger is before it’s too late.
Kyuin said I’d have a better view of what happens than Kara. I can’t help but wonder if that’s because people don’t really care what they say in front of pets… in front of familiars. I usually don’t focus too hard on the idle gossip, but I find myself wracking my brain to try and find some causal thread that links all of us.
For now, I’ll just have to be satisfied having found the hunters… I can worry about everything else later, but at least now it’s not a directionless, formless enemy. I know what to look out for, and hell, maybe one of the familiars in my class knows something. There are always resources to tap.
Kara doesn’t even bother checking me in, just sees me to the center and waves me inside. I go straight to the little book and sign myself out for the day. The lesson doesn’t start for an hour, but it’ll be nice to stretch and get warmed up. The halls are nearly empty, and I can’t help but smile.
No one in the halls means no reason to hug the wall.
“Blue!” I spin around at the sound of Kara’s voice.
I’m surprised he’s still here, I’d thought he’d just dropped me off at the Care Center. And yet here he is, smiling that soul crushingly genuine smile that makes me feel so warm inside. His class is in the spire today, the opposite direction.
“Ka- um, Master… isn’t your class in the other direction?” I feel my cheeks heat at the near slip.
“Yeah, but I don’t get much of a break today with my test and I figured I should give you a proper goodbye,” he explains, and before I can ask what he means by that he takes a quick glance down either end of the hallway before he presses a chaste kiss to my lips.
“M-Master!” I croak, knowing that my face has gone a blotchy red color that cannot be attractive, but Kara just brushes his fingers over my heated cheek with a smile that reaches his eyes.
It’s all so unbearably intimate that I can’t help but squirm. Still, I never move my head away from those gentle touches, even though there’s nothing holding me there. I almost whine when he takes his hand away, pathetically grateful and yet needy for more.
“You’re going to do great today, Blue.” He smiles. The casual reassurance leaves me feeling warm, but as he turns to leave I find myself latching onto his wrist.
“Master…” I start before I really know what I’m going to say.
I realize that I’ve never told him about Kyuin’s prophecy. I wonder if he’d believe me, or if he’d say it was stupid that I took an imp’s words seriously. The fear is too great that he would simply dismiss the concerns, but if I don’t tell him-
“What is it, Blue?” Kara asks, his head quirked to the side as he glances down to where we are linked.
“I- Be careful… with Genevive and… her friends.” The warning comes out haltingly.
I don’t know exactly what I should be saying, or what warning he’ll take seriously. I know that I’m overstepping, but this was Kyuin’s warning. I don’t know anything about what they’re planning, how I’m supposed to get a better look at it than Kara will, but for now, there’s no harm in having him be cautious. I don’t know what I’d do if he got hurt and I could have prevented it.
“I’ll be careful, I swear…” He nods, still looking oddly at me, but the look passes in a moment as he takes my hand where I’m holding at his wrist. “I’ll make whatever you want for dinner tonight, so give it some thought?”
He gives my hand a squeeze and I feel that it’s a bit unfair that he gives a similar one to my heart as I watch him run off to his class. My heart shouldn’t be beating like this. I’ve had his undivided attention all morning, I shouldn’t be so greedy. It’s so silly, but even as I step out into the courtyard, into the sunlight, I can’t help but find myself missing his warmth.
I’m so caught up in the odd, unfamiliar feeling I almost knock into someone coming down the same path. I’ve gotten into the habit of walking with my head down. Most of us do, it helps cut down on accidental eye contact and ever so occasionally provides an excuse for having bumped into something. I’m just glad I saw the man’s shoes and stopped in time.
Whoever it is stops in their path as well, perhaps taken off guard that a familiar nearly knocked into him, or maybe that a familiar would be out during the day unattended. I force back the whine that starts in the back of my throat. I have no reason to be afraid. I’m out with permission, and this time I’m even using it as intended.
I move away, stepping to the side to let him go by, but he steps right back in front of me, blocking my path once again. I don’t know who this is, but at least I know now that this wasn’t a random occurrence. They want to stop me. I fold my hands demurely in front of me, hoping that pressing them together will hide the shaking, as I cautiously look up.
“Ah, I knew it was you.” The older, somewhat portly man in front of me smiles happily, like he’s just run into an old friend. I’m surprised he recognized me, and it takes me a lot longer to place where I’ve seen him before.
“Ollie, what the hell are you doing?” another voice grumbles from a few feet away as a much younger, taller figure hastens to catch up with his companion.
There’s two of them! I hadn't even noticed the other one. He was standing much further away, and by his general disinterest, I don’t doubt that this is something that he wanted to do. I’m inclined to believe that this is less of a scheduled stop and more of his partner getting sidetracked.
“No, no, this is the one I was telling you about, the other day, remember?” Ollie sounds giddy, like a little kid, though I can’t imagine why he would be, over me of all things.
“Oh Stars, were you talking? The drone just kind of melted into the background…” The barb doesn’t land with any of the intended venom as Ollie, the one standing in front of me, seems no less smiley for the other man’s bristling.
“Um… I’m sorry sirs, may I help you?” I try to ask as sweetly as possible. It wouldn’t do to get them mad at me...even though I don’t really know why they stopped me.
“Yes, do you remember me?” Ollie asks, pointing a finger at himself like I might get confused.
“Yes, Sir. I saw you a few days ago.” I say it as loud as I can force myself.
I saw him a few days ago in the Care Center. I thought he looked odd, not dressed in mage's robes, but far too old to be a student. He was picking up some records or something and had gotten quite turned around. They aren’t here with the school, but if they came all the way back I’m worried that someone might be in trouble.
“I’m terribly sorry if I caused you any trouble-” I start to apologise, halfway to a low bow when he stops me.
“No trouble at all, I told everyone in the office about you. Well-” His cheeks flush red as he seems to realize what he’s said, but his partner latches onto it.
“No, you’re right . Everybody in the office. Including a few interns that felt too weird about just telling you to shut the fuck up.” He drags his hand over his face in the single most exasperated motion I’ve ever seen, but Ollie just purses his lips.
“Well, familiars parroting what their masters want to hear isn’t new, but your candor was,” he says, turning to me with a renewed brightness in his eyes, “and when I asked around, apparently you two were at the center of the ‘new casting’ debacle and I just had to see if I could find you again. Imagine my surprise at finding you the second we got back on campus.” He does seem rather happy, but his smiling bubbly nature is undercut entirely by the menacing figure behind him.
“Very fortuitous, sir…” I try to keep the pleasant, docile smile on my face. “Is there anything you needed from me,” I ask hesitantly, and then because I have to, “or your friend?”
“We are not friends!” I duck my head as the other nearly screams as he jumps to defend himself, like it’s the worst possible label to be assigned.
“We are colleagues,” Ollie responds much more calmly.
“I apologize.” I say it because I have to. I’ve made a mistake because I assumed something, but privately I can’t help but think the tall one would be lucky to have Ollie as a friend.
“Don’t bother,” Ollie waves me off, “Reini here’s just a sourpuss.”
The corner of Reini’s mouth quirks up at that and it takes Ollie a second to realize what he’s just said, cheeks coloring as he tries to get back on track.
“He thought it was funny that you would preach so earnestly about your master’s power,” Reini chuckles derisively, like the whole situation had been made up to tell a story at the office.
“My Master is very smart,” I growl. The words are out of my mouth before I even think about it. I don’t like this Reini, but I suppose it’s not my place to like him.
“Smart has a lot of different metrics, boy. We have lots of different programs, I’d hate to see him thrown into one he’s ill suited for.” Reini sneers, using all his height to tower over me. I know I should, but I don’t feel scared of him.
“I’m sure he would excel given any opportunity afforded to him,” I answer, this time trying to maintain an air of docility. It wouldn’t do for them to complain. I might get my ‘free roam’ license revoked.
“You mean to say that your master would do equally well in any field he found work in?” He chuckles derisively. I can tell he doesn’t believe me and I can't help the way my ears twitch in agitation.
“I… he has yet to discuss a preference for any particular schools of magic, and yet he excels in any field he tries…” The words leave me in a rush, but immediately I regret them. Kara’s doing well, but that doesn’t mean he likes all his subjects equally… not to mention these official people probably don’t need the words of a familiar. I’m just some kind of novelty, some cat that praises his master without being commanded. “But I’m sure you don’t need my words of praise…”
“You have a lot of confidence in your master.” Ollie speaks with a smile and I’m thankful that he doesn’t think I need punishment for the way I was talking, but there is that layer of condescension that makes it sound like he’s talking to a four year old. “But you’re right. We are on our way to pick up some student records.”
“If his Qualls scores match what you’re spouting… well, I’m sure he’ll get into the programs we’re offering anyways.” Reini rolls his eyes, and I know I should count my blessings and just walk away, but I can't help the way he makes me bristle.
“My Master will take highest honors,” I growl through gritted teeth.
“Well, if that is so, you will definitely see us again, little one.” He has the audacity to pat me on the head, and it takes every fiber of restraint in my being not to bite him.
“Only a handful take that title,” Ollie says gravely, “only about fifty each year across the country. Usually about fifteen come from this school.”
I resist the urge to scratch at the inside of my wrist. I didn’t know that. I don’t really know about anything that I’m talking about. That’s why Kara was so hesitant to accept my admiration. He wasn’t being modest, he was being practical. I feel so stupid. I suppose I am just spouting useless flattery. Maybe they were right about me being little more than a novelty, parroting praises.
“I’m sure a commoner taking a rank like that would get a good deal of attention. Even better, because the Crown Prince Dasaran will be back in the state by next week.” Ollie smiles, bumping Reini with his elbow in a friendly gesture, but he only receives a growl for his trouble.
“Wow, the crown prince, that sounds… special.” I try to sound dumb, hoping they’ll just let me by if they find me anoying.
“He makes the rounds for public interest things- especially one like this.” Reini rolls his eyes, something I’m starting to realize is probably a favorite activity of his. That and his condescending smile. “Wouldn’t that be exciting, the crowned prince in these halls?” He says it like he’s offering a treat to a dog.
I nod along with wide eyes, pretending that the information is the most interesting thing in this world.
“You have to keep that a secret thought, alright little one? We aren’t supposed to let anyone know, it’s all a surprise! You wouldn’t want to ruin the surprise?” Ollie asks, his voice so full of concern that it actually takes me aback.
I nod along all the same, promising to keep the secret that they think is so valuable. It means nothing to me… besides, who would I tell anyways?
Chapter 75: A Choice of Reception
Summary:
Kara... you idiot... get some sleep, take care of yourself. You're not you when you're hungry.
and when you're not you... well, that leads to some pretty massive miscomunications
Notes:
Oh my gods... would you look at the time... I'm only... months late...
I am so sorry for the massive delay in these chapters. The only thing I can say is Thank You. Thank you for sticking with this and me this whole wreck of a time. Your support and kindness has been overwhelming, especially all of you who've joined the discord server. Your positivity and energy is incredible and I thank you for it. It's been a hell of a time back on this end, but hopefully we'll be able to get back to our regularly scheduled programing after this :P
I know you guys had a long wait, so I made an extra long chapter. But as much as I hope you enjoy this chapter, there's an even better surprise waiting for you at the bottom!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
I shove my hands into my pockets, trying to preserve what little warmth I can. I insisted we both bundle up before we left the house and while Blue griped and groaned when I kept piling layers on him, he seems quite content now. My heart can’t take the way he nestles into the puffy scarf around his neck or the low, contented purring that comes from the action. This winter isn’t shaping up to be the worst we’ve seen, but that doesn’t make the current cold any less bitter.
My whole body aches. I can feel the way my muscles are overtaxed. The burn that just isn’t going away and only makes the pain in my head all the sharper. I wish I could make it stop, but I know that the pain means it’s working, even if I’ve had to move to a much higher dose.
I’ll get used to it , I remind myself. Another couple of weeks and it’ll be just like the old stuff.
The reassurances don’t help me now. Not with my body aching and the exhaustion that naturally comes with the season. I’ve never been too susceptible to the cold, but now my bones feel like ice and my jacket is doing nothing. It was hard enough leaving the bed this morning, leaving the safety and relative comfort of lying down and not even considering motion with Blue tucked up against my side.
I’m cold, I’m tired, I’m miserable and I want nothing more than to crawl back into bed, but that’s not really an option now. I have to-
“M-Master, are you alright?” Blue’s voice breaks me out of my thoughts.
“Yeah, I just…” The words, the excuses, die on my lips.
I don’t want to lie, but more than that I don’t want to tell the truth. My hands find the strap of my bag as I do my best not to show how badly he’s startled me, but the worried look in his eyes tells me it’s a lost cause. I don’t want him to be worried over me. It’s not worth it. His worry isn’t going to change anything.
“Maybe we should have stayed home…” Blue mumbles.
Stars, do I look that bad?
I know I’m not doing the best job of actually hiding it, but I can field off most of the odd looks from students and teachers. I’ve taken to wearing my charm every day now, but it doesn’t disguise my movements. I’m still tired, I still walk like I’m half dead. It’s enough to make people look, and more than enough to have Blue concerned.
Blue is just watching the path in front of us, pointedly not looking at me. I wonder if I’m so far gone that I really imagined what he’d said, but Blue’s cheeks are starting to go pink. I figure it’s just that he didn’t mean to voice the thought.
I suppose I can understand why.
I force myself to smile, correcting my posture so I’m not slouched over.
“Are you kidding?” I put more effort than I should into sounding enthused. Like anyone would really be this ecstatic about the last few days of school. “My last two finals today and then I get to sleep for… eons…”
I try to end it like a joke. I try to smile and move like I’m excited, like I have energy for this, but all it does is remind me of the pain in my shoulders, my neck… my body. I want to lie down.
“You don’t look well,” Blue says as delicately as he can.
“You know just what to say to a guy…” I mumble, pretending to be more affected by the statement than I really am.
Maybe it’s mean, but I want to tease him just a little. I should probably feel bad, but it’s hard to. Especially when instead of going pale and shaky, a blush breaks out across his cheeks. Blue gives a quirked little smile as he looks me over once more.
“I was just worried that you’re getting sick…” Blue pouts, poking at my side until I give in and smile, scratching behind his ears until he gives a faint little purr, leaning into the ministrations. I can’t help the involuntary little puff of laughter. Blue is disarmingly cute like this, and the worry for my health sets off something warm in my chest.
“I’m not-” I pause, trying to search for the right words. I’m not technically sick, though I do see how it might look that way. The adjustment periods always leave me weak and sluggish for a couple of weeks while my body acclimates, but I’m not going to tell Blue that. “I’m not sick. I’m sure it’ll pass once things have calmed down.”
I smile in a way that I hope is reassuring. It’s not really lying. I really will be fine after a few weeks pass and everything fades into the uncomfortable blanket of normal chronic pain. I’m not sick, I’m not lying . The words sound weak even to my own ears, especially as I do my best not to stare at Blue’s left arm.
The arm that’s starting to bruise up.
Blue said it was an accident. He’d been teaching his class every day for the last week, letting everyone get in a little extra practice before the semester ended, and he’d fallen. Nothing serious, just a spill on the hardwood that was going to leave a nasty bruise, but even as Blue had told me the story I knew it wasn’t true.
I want to believe him. Stars above, I want to believe him, but there’s something in me that knows it’s wrong. He might have fallen in class, but a bruise like that would only come from a more significant height. Like if he fell from-
I stop myself before I can even let the thought take shape. It’s impossible anyway. I just had a bad dream, there’s no way it could be happening again.
“You have been very tense, perhaps you would benefit from a massage.” Blue’s voice shocks me out of that disastrous line of thought and I find myself clinging to his words.
“Is that an offer I’m hearing?” I prod, quirking a brow.
This isn’t a talent he’s talked about in the past, but there’s nothing in his posture that suggests that he’s being less than sincere. Either way, I can’t help but think about how nice that would be. I don’t really care if he’s particularly skilled. I don’t doubt Blue can list all the training he’s received, detailing all of his experience in a jargon that won’t make any sense to me, but I don’t care. I think we’re due for some time together and the thought of actual physical contact has me nearly lightheaded.
“Well, I may not be accustomed to your amount of tension, but I am certainly willing to try…” Blue hedges delicately, but I can still hear the smile in his voice.
“Well, aren’t you talented,” I chuckle more to myself than anything, but Blue smiles that sweet little smile and I swear my heart is melting.
It may not be entirely appropriate, but I take Blue’s hand in my own. We’ve stolen little moments together before, little scraps of affection, closeness, safety. It’s usually just our pinkies, something small, something that can be easily overlooked and easily disentangled if we need. That or quiet words of support, a stolen kiss when there’s no one else in the halls. We haven’t been this flagrant in public before, but I can’t bring myself to care. This weekend we’d spent time together like we did before everything went to hell. There’s no one to see us anyways, and I like the shade of pink that dots Blue’s cheeks too much to take my hand back now.
It’s odd. Even though my body’s a wreck at the moment and Blue’s usually not capable of pulling together his own body heat, the point of contact feels warm.
The sky is oddly clear. It’s a stupid thing to note, but I’m stuck craning my neck up like it’s the first time I’ve seen the sky in months. So maybe I shouldn’t be surprised that I see the bright colored tile tops of the floating towers before we’ve even made it past the gate. I can’t help the dread that comes over me as I watch the buildings get closer.
Blue calls it first, just as we’re reaching the gates. He bumps his head against my shoulder in a small affectionate gesture as he drops my hand. I try not to feel disappointed. It’s necessary, I know that, but the ugly feeling still rears its head. To be fair, it’s the only way it could have gone. I don’t think I would have been capable of letting go first today. I don’t care what the idiots I call my peers would have said behind my back, Blue’s warm and provides a stability that I cannot find in another source.
I can just see the tops of the grounded buildings through the cover of the tree tops. I stuff my hand back into my pocket and try to occupy myself with slightly more productive thoughts. My mind reels at the prospect of any more test prep so I settle for identifying the buildings as best I can. The flat plane of redbrick should be the central annex, the fading grey slate should be the Nordam Alley, which makes the mismatched peaks tipped with silver spires and a weather vane with too many moving pieces the graduates’ tower. The research branches extend below them. I can’t help but think it all looks so terribly small from here… though it doesn’t waste any time growing as we approach it.
The only thing that doesn’t get bigger is the number of students. There’s usually a few people at least loitering around the green. Even if we are a little early for my test, there are earlier ones. There should be a few people autopsying their performance with their friends, comparing answers and deciding exactly how fucked they are before they decide just how much they need to suck up to their parents before the grades go public.
It’s odd to see it so empty, but I wish my mind didn’t immediately jump to frustration as I realize no one would have been around to see Blue and I breaking protocol. We would have been perfectly fine.
I allow myself a half second to sulk before my attention is pulled back to those mismatched towers. I can’t help but feel like there was something I needed to do.
The graduates’ towers...fuck
“Hey, Blue?” My voice comes out too high and too loud and I have to do my best to just live with the discomfort of seeing Blue flinch at the sound of it.
I’d almost completely forgotten about Lies, about the research report I submitted in their name. I know it probably won’t make up for the chaos, but the least I can do is warn them, right? I’m sure the forewarning would be appreciated. Plus, it’s not like they can do anything. The report’s already sent, everything’s done already. I try to ignore the cold sweat forming on the back of my neck.
What am I so worried about? I’m giving them credit for an awesome discovery, I’m sure the pull they’ll gain from this will be well worth the momentary flash of attention. They’d probably be able to get anything published, any grant approved. It’s a dream come true, why would they be mad? It’s a sound argument, now I just wished I believed it.
“I’ve been pretty out of it,” I admit, doing nothing to disguise the weariness in my voice, “but with this being the last day we’ll have a pretty clear schedule after this, so can I ask you to remind me to tell-”
Blue cuts me off, his spine going rigid as my hand stops inches from brushing his shoulders.
“What is that?” Blue’s question sounds more like a demand, but the rest of my body is focused on reacting to his physical state before I even have the chance to process his words. There are apologies on my lips before I can process exactly what’s wrong, but thankfully some functional part of my brain alerts me that Blue doesn’t sound scared, or otherwise freaked out by our proximity.
It wasn’t me, so…
I follow Blue’s gaze. Sure enough, there’s a group of people all clamoring and piled together at the doors like they’re being pushed out of the school. There wasn’t anything on the school’s schedule, no events or anything that should be causing such a ruckus. I can’t help but wonder if this is where everyone’s gotten to. There’s only a couple of people that I recognize, but they usually run in different circles, yet they’re all trying to push through the crowd together.
Stars, it looks like a free for all. What the hell has them all going crazy like this?
I do my best to keep a safe distance from the crowd, but to be fair, none of them seem to notice me. So long as I stay outside of the striking distance of their elbows, all their attention is forward on the throngs of students filling the building.
The halls are filled with students tripping over each other, all their words blending together too tightly for me to pick out any individual conversation. I was hoping that we could just slip in and slip out once all of my exams were done for today. Dealing with a mob of students was not in my plans. I can’t make out any reason for the students to be acting this way. There’s no consistency and the whole mess is making my head spin. Some students are jubilant, but most others seem to be in various stages of grief.
There’s a tug on my sleeve as Blue draws my attention back to him. For some reason, the chaos is making him smile. He looks genuinely excited as he stares into the sea of students pushing and shoving, like it’s some kind of gift. Before I have much time to wonder if I managed to miss the signs of Blue becoming possessed he points at the far wall. He’s nearly bouncing on his heels, he’s having such difficulty containing himself.
“The scores are out!” Blue exclaims with a brightness that ignores the cold solid feeling that’s lodged itself in my chest.
That would explain it. The craziness that all the students are going through, the pushing to get the chance to see the scores. I was wondering what exactly those glass cases that hung so far above the posting board were used for. I wonder if people had actually tried to grab the results in the past, or otherwise destroy the list. Seeing the parchments locked up in those cases no, there’s no doubt in my mind that there’s some kind of enchantment on the glass to prevent unnecessary damage. The same protections haven’t been taken with the students.
Stars, why do we not have multiple boards? I wouldn’t be surprised if we actually lost a couple of students to the stampede.
Before I have another second to contemplate the absolute nightmare that trying to wade through this mass of highly emotionally charged students would be, Blue sets forward into the crowd. I reach my hand out to stop him, but by the time I do he’s already gone, my hand closing on empty air as I watch my familiar go headlong into the chaos. I’m prepared for Blue to get shoved, for him to get an elbow to the face or knocked to the floor, but he moves through the crowd like there’s no one there, identifying every little scrap of free space and using it to push himself forward without so much as brushing up against anyone else. I’m proud for a half second before I realize a secondary issue.
He’s really far away from me.
“Blue, stars… Blue,” My words are clipped as I try to get his attention without raising my voice, but the din of the crowd drowns me out.
Not that it means much. Blue isn’t looking back, he’s just wading through the people, waiting for them to push themselves out of place before he can take another step forward. There’s a cold and fearful emotion low in my belly as I watch him go forward. It’s so eerily familiar that I don’t even know what to make of it until the memory falls into place. It almost looks like Rickhoff’s training. The fluid movement, using the movement of other people against them- that psychopath had always had us doing drills like this.
I shake away the thought before it’s had a chance to fully form. It’s ridiculous. His stance is wrong. Rickhoff has killed for less. Not to mention, if he really had gotten proper training, Blue would never have been in a position where he was-
My head hurts. All at once there’s a sharp pain that pushes through the seemingly unending ache. It’s so strong that my vision blurs and I have to shut my eyes to avoid the vertigo that comes with it. I have to hold my breath and count so I don’t scream.
It all passes just as quickly as it came upon me and suddenly I’m capable of filling my lungs again. Though unsurprisingly Blue is not where he last was in the crowd, he’s much further than I expected and shows no signs of stopping. I’ve hesitated long enough.
I don’t go as gently as Blue did. I don’t know if it’s fear or frustration or if I just really want to spite Rickhoff in the moment, but I find myself pushing through people, getting shoved and prodded for my trouble.
“Blue!” I try to call again, louder this time, because I don’t really care if anyone stares at me at this point, but Blue just keeps moving forward like he doesn’t even hear me.
He forces himself forward until he’s right at the edge of the crowd, craning his neck up at the score sheets. It frustrates me that he’s just ignoring me. I don’t mind it usually, I don’t need him hanging on my every word or watching me like a hawk, but he all but ran off on his own. He knows how dangerous that is. Even in this school where people know his face, it’s still dangerous for him to go off on his own. There are people who would hurt him because they could, for any imagined slight, and I wouldn’t be able to do much about it. The thought of it has me grinding my teeth, pushing the last of the people out of my way.
“Blue, Blue you can’t run away from me like that!” I hiss as low as I can, but Blue doesn’t seem to mind my tone.
“I can’t find the-” Blue starts, his face still upturned as his eyes flit over the lines of names above us.
His voice sounds far away, like he knows he has to say something to the person prompting him, and yet the words aren’t meant for me. They’re an excuse, nothing more than useless platitudes. Something to occupy me while he finishes up what he wants. I know it’s irrational, the product of too little sleep and so much pain that I can’t think clearly, or maybe just the frustration of having to nearly throw all of my peers to the floor to get back to him, but I don’t let him finish.
“Blue!” It’s only when he immediately snaps to attention that I realize I've yelled.
His ears go down, shoulders go up in a defensive posture as those wide eyes watch me. His tail’s coiled around his leg and I can see the way his fingers twitch even as his arms remain at his sides. He wants to curl up, but he doesn’t want to move. Like moving could be the trigger that sets something in motion. Fear . It’s not a response I’ve triggered in a while. It’s not one I’d mean to trigger at all.
Blue flinches when I raise my hand, before I can even start trying to pull together some kind of reassuring gesture, and damn if it doesn’t sting.
It’s your fault asshole, if you hadn’t started yelling we wouldn’t be in this mess.
I think it’s worse because we’re around people. I can’t comfort Blue like I want. I can’t take him into my arms and apologise for being stupid. I can’t explain that the very people that surround us were the ones that had me fearing for his safety. I can’t remind him how different we have to be here, how the students and faculty will not be understanding of the allowances we have at home, how it could get us both into deep trouble... though he’s never needed much reminding in the past.
I settle for pulling him close. Just tugging on his shirt until he’s close enough for me to get an arm around his midsection and tuck him against my side. No one can say anything against this, right? My familiar got a little excited… now he’s forced to stay by my side… that’s not weird, other people have done weirder. Either way, making sure that Blue’s tucked safely against me satisfies the instinct to keep him safe. Blue doesn’t say anything against it or try to squirm away, though it takes him a few seconds before he relaxes into my grip.
Blue presses into me, nuzzling at my shoulder in some kind of silent apology, and I can only hope that our proximity comforts him like I want to. There are still students pushing and shoving, trying to move each other out of the way. I have no idea what possessed Blue to try and wade through this.
“Kara!” I can’t help the flinch that comes with hearing my name that loud, nearly directly in my ear.
“Shauna.” I turn, hoping the smile on my face is less strained than it feels. My only consolation is that Blue doesn’t immediately try to run off as soon as my attention is somewhere else.
“Did you find your name?” Shauna sidles up to me as soon as Ande clears a path, staring up at the list just like Blue had.
Stars, is that why he ran off? Was he trying to find my name? I’m touched by his interest, but I’m still a little confused as to why he was so inquisitive. I suppose he doesn’t really have anyone else to check the score on, but the curiosity is still more than I was expecting. He didn’t seem too captivated by the test when I’d taken it, but I suppose it makes sense that the intrigue would develop. It’s all the students were talking about for a few weeks.
“No, I just got-” I try to answer her, but she doesn’t let me finish. I suppose she’s already got the answer she needed.
“Well, come on then!” she exclaims, cutting me off entirely as she links her arm with mine, pulling me further into this chaos.
It’s only then that I realize she’s pulling me towards Dey. He’s making his way through the mass of students that seem to have abandoned all that sensational prince worship for the day, content to crush and bury him like any other.
“Dey! Did you-” Shauna starts but she doesn't need to finish.
“I got honors.” Dey responds before the question is asked, and though he gives a smile, I can see the underlying disappointment in his eyes.
“You deserve highest.” My mouth moves before I can really think it through. I know it sounds like an empty platitude, but it still seems to brighten his smile.
“Eh, tests have never really been my strong suit anyways, even with a fantastic teacher.” He chuckles, giving a quick shrug before he turns back to the boards. “I didn’t find your names yet though…”
“Good, then no spoilers!” Shauna stops him from saying any more, turning to squint at the sheets while Ande plays bouncer at her back so no one bumps into her.
I can’t help the chuckle that bubbles up at her excitement, a sentiment that seems to be shared by Dey. I’m not as high energy as Shauna, and Dey doesn’t seem to have the elated intensity, but we can both appreciate Shauna in this moment. She gives us back that… perspective that we seem to be lacking. Just students, just an exam, worried about normal things like they’re the best and worst extremes that our lives will ever reach.
I wonder what’s happening in his world. I wonder how much Jet would know, if I should even bother trying to ask. Is the treaty going well, the divisions of land, political unions, pacts to honor in the future… There haven’t been a lot of public stories about the progression of these delicate matters. Especially not with the turn in Puaj splattered all over the front pages.
It’s kind of jarring. Of course Dey doesn’t really care how he did on the exam, even if he did bother studying with us. Even if Durian is considering taking on the metric as a measure of scholastic achievement, he’s not really a student. He’s a prisoner.
He gets a pretty cage and the assurance that his country would retaliate if he met undue… pressures. He gets to stay in a house of nobles that will call themselves his hosts. It’s an honor for them and he knows it, but it doesn’t really change the situation. He is a set piece, a last line show of trust. There is peace in the future, and to make that a reality they have to leave one of their own behind. If this was happening naturally, then he would have been part of a pair.
Nobility in place of nobility, sent to live in the other’s house, learning the customs and culture of their neighbor. A gesture of trust, peace, understanding that any quarrel between houses would have to be resolved peacefully, given that they hold each other's children hostage. That’s the way it’s supposed to be, but as it stands now, he is the sacrifice his people have made themselves comfortable with.
I wonder if he gets briefings from his advisors regularly, or if it’s just the palace corresponding with the Council of Elders and he’s left entirely in the dark.
I look away before he has the chance to catch me staring. It’s bad enough to be in this kind of a situation. The last thing he needs is to feel like any more of a spectacle.
I join Shauna in the mostly silent search for our names. The honors list is a good fifty people strong, but that doesn’t take away the tension that sets into my body as I get further down the list. I check it twice, and then once more before I give up on seeing my name there. I try not to feel the sting. Dey’s had magical study as a part of his life for a hell of a lot longer than I have. Just because we studied together doesn’t mean I should expect us to score similarly.
That nervous, nauseous feeling doesn’t get better as I peruse the passing scores. My name’s not there either, and before I let myself look at the failures, I make myself go through the list one more time. I can only hope I overlooked my name. The list is significantly longer than the honors list… I was going through it too fast, that’s all, I’m sure my name’s up there.
I feel oddly empty. I should be mad. All this work, pulling myself through this hell, coming back to this Star's-damned city and all the danger that comes with it, settling down for two years while everything got sorted out, just to get kicked out when I didn’t make the cut... I should be pissed, but I just don’t have it in me.
I want to go back home. I want to crawl into bed and never leave. Hell, what’s the point of coming in today anyways? I don’t have to take my finals if I’m just going to get kicked out of the school.
Shauna grabs me by the arm, shaking me so hard that I can practically feel the thoughts being flung from my mind. Before I have the chance to be mad at her, she points up at the lists with a light in her eyes that I don’t believe I’ve ever seen before.
“Look, look! Oh Stars, Kara, we did it!” she screams in my ear, practically jumping up and down in her intensity.
The corners of my mouth tilt into a smile just watching her, but I obediently follow her finger to where she’s pointing before my heart stutters in my chest. It couldn’t be… could it? She’s pointing at the short list, highest honors.
“Stars,” I whisper more to myself than directly at anything else as I go through the names. Sure enough, hers is there... and so is mine.
“Well, we really must be smart.” Shauna tries to joke, but there’s some heavier tone in her voice that makes me look down.
She’s smiling, just about as wide as she can without breaking her face, but I can see the tears in her eyes, the way her whole face is going red and it’s getting harder for her to breathe. Stars, I hadn’t thought this was weighing too heavily on her, but I suppose that was my fault for not taking notice. Shauna realizes a half second after I do, dragging the back of her wrist over the tear tracks with an impeccable amount of grace. I know I would be on the floor sobbing right now if I was not literally surrounded by people.
“What does that make us? Two out of eighteen?” I smile, trying not to fumble over my words with the tightness in my throat.
“Two out of fifteen this year,” Shauna corrects.
Two out of fifteen. I say it over and over again in my head. I can’t believe it, and the whole situation is giving me this lightheaded, giddy feeling. I’m on the verge of hugging her, straight up picking her up and spinning her around, when whatever precarious spell that’s over us is broken and the crowd starts pushing again.
It’s less of a fight to get out than it was to get in. Still, I keep Blue close out of reflex. It’s just to make sure that no one pushes or shoves without looking. We don’t stop until we’re firmly in the halls beyond the disaster of the main foyer, the area just as deserted as the school’s green.
Shauna gives it about five seconds before a giggling fit takes over, the cheerful noises bleeding over into me before I even notice what’s happened. Ande must know something that I don’t, either that or those happy feelings are a lot more contagious than I thought. He and Shauna curl into each other, seeming to bask in each other's presence as that buoyant air radiates out from them. Blue’s got his own smile tugging at the corners of his mouth. He’s not tense like he was before, and actually presses back into me from where I’ve kept him glued to my side. I can’t stop myself from pressing a quick kiss to the top of his head, both in apology and because it seems like a good moment to give him a little affection.
I really shouldn’t have gotten my hopes up, because not a moment after I’ve relaxed, the good feelings are gone.
“Are you messing me? Was that supposed to be a joke?” Dey’s voice cuts through me like a knife.
“What are you talking about?” Shauna questions, sounding far from interested in the conversation that will drag her away from cuddling with her teddy bear.
“Your name is Kara Ctor, are you serious?” He turns on me, his voice hard even if the question is easy. The way he says my name stretches the syllables, and in his accent it’s even more damning where the word has come from.
I should have expected this. The realization catches me off guard no matter how predictable it is. I’m not really sure how I’ve gotten away with it for this long anyways, I shouldn’t be so surprised that Dey noticed what’s off the second he’s actually heard my full name… or seen my name printed. I thought I’d been at least cautious in my translation. There’s a lot that Trade can’t perfectly translate from other languages and the accents and exaggerated syllables of Durish is one of them. The letters and sounds don’t have perfect counterparts, so no matter what it would have sounded at least a little different. Not enough, apparently .
There’s a little flash of pain as I bite the inside of my cheek to school my face into a more neutral expression. I should have figured he would have known the origins. Hell, it’s practically all anyone called me while I was is Duiran… not my fault that it stuck.
“Dey, what’s wrong?” I ask calmly, pulling Blue a fraction closer to me in a show of genuine concern and confusion.
“Does that not…” Dey pauses, stopping himself as his eyes slide to Shauna, then back to me. Both Shauna and Ande look just as confused as I hope I’m looking right now. Either way, whatever deceit he was looking for, he doesn’t seem to find it. All the emotion that had animated him seems to leave in a moment and all he’s capable of muttering is a soft, “It’s nothing.”
There, that’s it, that’s the last of that and I never have to worry again.
“Oh, well, that means it is obviously something,” Shuana chimes in, undeterred by the intensity that everyone seems to be showing.
Oh fuckity, fuck.
“No it’s just… no, phonetically it is similar, but it’s not correct. It was my mistake.” Dey tries to wave off her insistence, but once Shauna sets her mind to something… he might as well tell her.
I occupy myself with running my fingers through Blue's curls and trying not to react. Even though there’s a part of me that wants to get it over with, the smarter part reminds me that I can’t just spout all the lore that Dey was just accusing me of knowing.
“Dey!” Shauna whines in that special way of hers that’s more of an entreaty than a wail, but will still have you agreeing to anything to get it to stop.
“I was simply mistaken, Shauna. ‘Character’ ” he pauses to enunciate the word correctly in his own language, “it sort of means… blank. Not blank literally, but… something of a placeholder would be the best way to explain it. It’s a part of a few folk tales.”
“Oh? That’s pretty cool, right Kara?” Shauna prods.
It is pretty cool... but not at all close to what I thought he was going to say.
“I used to think it was because of the lazy writers in my ancestor’s times. All the people in the recorded plays had literal translations as names, but… Well, ‘Character’ doesn’t actually mean blank, but it is the word we use for The Wanderer,” Dey continues, sensing her interest.
The wanderer? What the hell is that supposed to mean?
“What’s the wanderer?” Shauna prompts.
“Ok, so, ‘Character’ shows up in a lot of different stories, but I thought it was just a way of naming unnamed characters in the script. I mean, they never do anything drastic, but they always have a reason for being there. There’s never anything connecting them to the characters, but they have a subtle influence on all of the actual plots of any play. It’s nothing major. They do one thing, or bring about some lost artifact that happened to fall into their lap because of a lucky trade... They do their one thing and then leave, changing the course of events and popping up in every rendition like a bad weed.” Dey laughs at his own joke and I have to wonder if this ‘Character’ is often portrayed as a comedic figure.
I hadn’t known about any of that. The people in Durian had taken to calling me something like that, but I thought it was because I was still struggling with my letters, and it did match up to the shortened version of my name that I’d introduced myself with. Eventually I’d started using the moniker throughout my travels there, but I hadn’t realized the significance.
A wanderer, literally calling himself by the name of The Wanderer in folklore. Stars, those people must have thought I was insane. Not that I really needed much help convincing people of that.
“I mean, it doesn’t mean anything,” Dey continues, breaking me out of my own thoughts and reminding me that I’m still technically in the middle of a conversation, that I would do well to pay attention. “A character is also how we refer to the symbols in our writing style, both numbers and letters. They sound the same, I just… I guess I was a little spooked when I saw Kara’s name written out like that.”
“Why?” The puzzled look on Shauna’s face seems a little out of place, given how thoroughly Dey’s described the situation.
Though I suppose I can understand. We are a little different here. It’s perfectly normal for parents to name their children after the people in old stories. The history isn’t tied to those names like in Durian. It’s not a matter of sprits and fate for us, it has nothing to do with the temptation of a god who can be something of a bastard at times, or angering the ancestors who still have some pull on our fates. It’s a whole different world. But once again Dey’s answer is not what I expected.
“Well, there was an incident a few years back when people were convinced this ‘Character’ was an actual being, returned to this world by the Architect to set some great plan in motion. All the oracles were drooling over the concept.” Dey rolls his eyes like he couldn’t care less, but I can see the tension in his body.
“Why the hell would they think their wanderer was a real person?” Shauna asks and all I can do is hold my breath as I ask the same question.
“Well, there was this prophecy, ‘When the time comes that the sky burns with fire, and the monsters return to this land, the wanderer shall challenge the seekers and spirit away the eye of the demon and all shall be well.’ It wouldn’t mean anything except… well, we had been seeing a rather unexplained spike in the activity of beasts and a lot of the magical creatures that would have been categorized as monstrous. Then it all stopped and the only thing we could find was a ‘Character’ who’d gone through this little farming town, heard people complaining and disappeared three days later along with any hostile traces of the beasties.”
I feel my heart stop in my chest.
Stars, were the issues really that severe? The village had just said they were having some trouble with the creatures on the mountains coming down and wrecking their crop, and the neighbors had complained that their livestock was going crazy. It wasn’t anything special. Corrupted bloodstone can make animals crazy, violent and inordinately hostile within the affected radius.
It wasn’t anything special. I just had to take it out of the mountain and cleanse it.
“Whoa, that is really creepy…” Shauna smiles, looking more like she’s listening to a halfway decent ghost story than the reason my life is going to hell right now.
“Those oracles are always saying weird shit.” Dey dismisses her excitement with a wave of his hand. “The whole turning point was supposed to be ‘when the mixed blood sinensis comes into the house of the reigning star, stumbling to the right hand of the throne’ I mean, what kind of minotaur manure is that supposed to be? I can only speak for Durian here, but we don’t exactly allow tea in the Council of Elders.”
Suddenly I need to leave.
“Yeah, ok, that one seems a little far-fetched. Don’t they have any other good ones?” Shauna asks, tone so close to a child whining for another bedtime story that I actually have to do a double take.
“Eh, all of them are kinda screwy, but personally I’m pretty excited about the ‘age of sineth and an 'ra of fav'rable crop yields’, it’s supposed to have something to do with the son of the ‘son of something’, but prophecy was never something I studied too intensely...” Dey goes on as I quietly back out of the conversation.
I don’t even try to make conversation with Blue before I drop him at the Care Center. I’m only distantly aware of the people trying to talk with me. Some of them are students or maybe teachers, all giving me some variation of the same congratulation. Either way they all pass as faceless, nameless entities in my mind. Even when a pair present themselves as representatives of a grander group, I barely hear what they say to me, their voices translating into nothing more than blank noise. I nod along, accept the pamphlets and the invitation to whatever party they’re preaching about, and try to find a quieter path to the evocations room.
I check the date and time on the embossed stationery, letting myself feel proud that I’m still able to determine words in writing. There is another upside to accepting this invitation. It’s tomorrow night, the same day I should be meeting Genevive’s parents. They can’t exactly oppose me going to this glorified symposium instead of dinner, can they? After all, I’m not a real match for their daughter in their eyes. I’m just some commoner that managed to get into their prestigious school. If I have any hope of providing, I would need one of these jobs, and a socially ranked magister backing me… It makes sense, in its own twisted way, I think.
My head’s buzzing and it feels like everything outside is bearing down on me in an attempt to get inside. It feels like my skull is seconds away from collapsing under the pressure. I want to go back to the house, I want to cuddle with Blue, I want to go back to the wonderful state my life was in this morning, when everything was simple… simpler.
I push the thoughts of better times away with all the force and vehemence that is required as I make my way to an empty desk.
I have an exam.
And with any luck, after I’m done I can go home.
- - - - -
I am not lucky. I don’t know what even possessed me to believe that I might be able to take my tests and get on with my life free from the fear of getting kicked out of school. It was truly foolish of me.
For all the people that had tried to talk to me before I went in for my exam, there were more waiting at the other end of it. People, organization representatives, who got my schedule from the school, who knew which classes I took and where my exams were held.
I try. I really do, I smile and nod, I take their pamphlets and letters, but they want more. They keep bringing up research projects, new work being done in a dozen different fields that they think I might enjoy. Magisters that would love to have me in their labs are going on and on about all the opportunities I have... the potential I shouldn’t squander.
Soon it’s not enough to make a smiling, empty promise to meet with the people they’re preaching about, or look over the details of the projects. It’s not enough to turn down a less crowded hallway, or make an excuse and try to put some distance between myself and the mob. They just keep coming.
They don’t want to give me helpful ideas, or guide my future, they want me to sign my soul over to them.
Eventually I have to duck casually into an empty classroom and use the opposite door to get away from them, running until I find myself in the library. I feel just the slightest bit safer behind those overly large doors. The library is one of the few public spaces the school has. And on the plus side, it has rules about how people conduct themselves while inside. Even if they find me again, they won’t be able to crowd or shout…
I lean back against the heavy wooden door and close my eyes against the pounding in my temples. I’m breathing hard, like that little sprint was more than enough to leave me out of breath. My whole body aches and though I know it’s not technically my fault, it still leaves me with a bitter, unstable feeling roiling around in my chest.
Maybe I overdid it.
My sum’a doses are a little more art than science these days. I figure that as long as I’m forced to try and shut out the sound of my blood rushing through my veins lest I lose the content of my stomach, I need more practice at the art. Stars know I have no natural talent.
“What the hell happened to you?” I nearly jump out of my skin at Shauna’s voice, though it doesn’t stop me from biting the inside of my cheek so hard I taste copper.
It’s my only consolation that I didn’t scream. That probably would have gotten me kicked out, and I don’t need to get thrown to the wolves so soon after finding my safe space. I let myself catch my breath as I glance over to where Shauna is seated, reclining on her chair like she hasn’t just taken years off my life. Dey at least has the decency to look somewhat embarrassed at Shauna’s nonchalance.
I force myself off the door, even though leaning against it provides me with a damingly reassuring sense of stability. I fucked up the proportions… definitely fucked up the proportions. But Dey and Shauna are still there, still looking at me like I’ve grown another head, still waiting for my answer, and all I can do is wave my hands vaguely at the door I’ve just closed as I search for the right words.
“They won’t leave me alone,” is what I eventually come up with. Not my most eloquent, but the distress fades quick as Shauna all but giggles.
“Well, can you blame them?” she asks, looking at me like I’m crazy, then gazing conspiratorially behind me as though she can see through the door, see the people ready to pounce.
“You are not helping, Shauna!” I say in a huff, but I move away from the door. Suddenly it doesn’t feel so safe. Safe is something happening a lot further away.
“Oh, before I forget,” Dey chimes in, “some men in official looking vests came in asking for you.”
I very nearly snap my neck with the force I use to turn to face him. A quick scan of the area reveals no fliers or emissaries sent to sway me to a cause and I am so close to collapsing it is a wonder I make it to one of the empty chairs at their table.
“Yeah, Dey, I know!” My voice comes out too loud even for my own ears, so I take a breath and readjust. “I’ve been dodging the hunters all day.” I admit, trying to ignore the shame in my voice.
“The hunters?” Dey parrots back to me and I have a moment where I wonder if he’s being deliberately obtuse, if someone was actually asking for me or if he just wanted to see me have another heart attack, before Shauna’s explaining.
“The guys that come to aggressively recruit students into initiatives, we call them hunters… mostly.” She pauses delicately with all the prim sociability of the noble I keep forgetting her to be, as she allows the statement to draw on for a moment. “Sometimes we call them other choice things.”
Dey seems to take this in as new information, and I immediately feel bad about assuming he had any other motivation. I’ve already learned one lesson about how much trouble a culture gap can bring. I thought I’d at least get a break before I got another.
“Why aren’t they after you?” I can’t help the plaintive tone my voice takes on as I bring my attention back over to Shauna.
“Are you kidding? I took their pamphlets and told them I would have the matriarch of the Corallé family review them before I made a choice. Told them I’d be going to their little party too, since dad won’t move my little thanks-for-not-failing-out-of-school party up a couple weeks so I have a conflict.” Shauna rolls her eyes at that, the annoyance in her eyes real for once.
She’s always had a snappish form of humor, but this is more scathing, something deeper. Shauna might act before she thinks things all the way through, but she’s always kept her temper in check. Something about one too many ‘hothead’ jokes has turned her into the serene monk of the fire elementalist circles. Not that she looks much like that monk now, slouched in her chair, clothes far too casual for someone of her station, flicking two fingers to create little sparks of flame. She looks like she’s ready to burn the school to the ground.
I wonder idly if she’d light me on fire if I pried.
“Wow, just that easy?” I try for something neutral for the time being, at least until I’m sure the gold flecks in her eyes are more of an effect of the light coming from the windows and not her magic refusing to be quelled.
“They can’t keep pressing when the decision rests in the hands of someone above their pay grade. They just decided to go after some fresh, undecided people. Waste their energy there instead of on me.” Shauna turns to face me fully, stopping her little fire trick as she allows her face to rest in her hands, elbows fully on the table.
“Lucky.” I try my best to mean it, but it’s hard when she’s looking this down.
“Not really, I’m obligated to go to both parties in the end…” She sighs before apparently deciding that her hands are not doing a good enough job propping her up, and she just rests her forehead on the table.
Oh, is that what this is about? She’s never been one to shy away from parties. Her parents' estate might be a long way off, but that’s only because the main estate is seated in a very beautiful part of the country. I doubt she’s had the chance to go home all semester, and she hadn’t been back since Candle Lights of last year, after we’d been assigned as partners.
Are they in a fight? Such things aren’t strictly unusual, but they are very rarely commented on. The anger never used to go further than strongly worded letters back home, and they certainly never left the room they were written in.
I wonder what could have happened?
“Is this really such a bad thing? I mean, I’m sure a lot of students would really like to go…” Dey chimes in, trying his best to be diplomatic about the whole situation.
“You want it! You can go!” I say at once, pushing the invitations, summons, letters, and pamphlets describing research opportunities at him.
“It’s bad if you're as terrible as Kara at turning people down,” Shauna groans, but does not lift her head from the table.
“That’s not the primary concern.” I flounder for a moment, trying to come up with something to back up my claim, but Shauna’s already seized on the weak tails of my argument.
“But it won’t stop you from coming out of the meeting with five new projects and a new fiance.” She sends me a smile with no humor and I can feel my cheeks start to burn. Dey only frowns, his face screwed up in confusion as he looks between the two of us.
Sorry, princey, you had to be there.
“I am capable of saying ‘no’ to nobles in a way that does not get me executed, I will have you know,” I say, just short of sticking my tongue out at her to accentuate my point.
“But Stars help you if you’re in a social setting,” Shauna mumbles, nowhere near quiet enough if she had actually intended to say it under her breath.
“I-” I falter, thinking of all the craziness that’s befallen me over the past few years... “Yeah,” I admit, trying not to relay just how much my life flashed before my eyes.
“It’s alright.” Shauna’s tone softens at my admission. “They’ve got a whole bunch of people coming this year, trying to spice it up so it’s not just a bunch of crusty old mages trying to get people and funding for their projects. There’s this guy they’ve been trying to get from the Northern Isles, but I’m pretty sure he’s only confirmed for the Conference later this year. He’s got some project he’s working on, and he’s going to every bit of the known landscape to show off his results.” She shrugs, like that information isn’t something one of our more gossip prone peers might spread around to anyone that would listen, like that information could be given out casually.
I can’t imagine the kind of headache this kind of thing must be causing for… everyone. There’s no actual treaty with the Northern Isles, so arrangements have to be made with escorts, diplomatic officials, a translator if need be, temporary papers so that everything happens through proper channels. I shut my eyes against my own rapidly blooming headache as I try to just let my mind go blank. It’s not my problem, I don’t have to worry about it.
And then- like the Stars want to strike me down for my hubris- Shauna continues, because the news she shared already wasn’t sensational enough. “A better source has it that the crown prince is going to be there.”
Briefly, very briefly I am certain that Shauna is trying to kill me. Twice in less than ten minutes she’s stopped my heart, only this time, she’s made it impossible to breathe as well.
“Wh- what, where did you hear that? The royals don’t bother themselves with the issues of mages.” I know I’m sputtering like a wide-eyed idiot, but I think I am more than due my strong reaction.
“They do when it’s for publicity. Shaking hands and spreading out enough money to keep the mages occupied for a little while.” Shauna quirks a brow, studying me quizzically. “You really didn’t know the prince would be there?”
“How the hell would I have known?” I ask, ignoring the way my voice cracks.
“Well… Ande told me, and he only heard about it from Blue. I assumed you knew…” she explains gently, like she’s trying to talk me down from something.
I already know my sanity’s hanging by a thread, no need to remind me.
“I- Stars… I mean, I thought he would have told me.” The words are hard to force out, but I do my best to make myself sound normal. It’s pitiful how hard it is, but it puts me in the right headspace.
There’s nothing really wrong, I just need to calm down. The crown prince is visiting. It hasn’t even been made public that he’s returned to the Capital, let alone that he will be attending any functions. The prince coming to a party I’ve already been invited to... That would make anyone jumpy. That and having the news dropped with no warning. Usually there’s a parade, a week of prep, something! I’m entitled to shock, surprise… a nap. I should be entitled to a nap, on some other continent preferably.
“Guys is it really that big a deal?” Dey chimes in again, blessedly silent about how hard I’m pressing my hands together under the table to keep them from shaking.
“N-no, I mean, it just means there’s going to be a lot more nobles there, a thousand times more security, and… all that.” I try not to think about it, even as Dey nods along with my vague answers, clearly interested.
“And it’s going to be a lot more like a high society party than it will be a symposium,” Shauna finishes for me, becoming the new center of Dey’s attention. I say a silent thank you, but Shauna’s attention is focused on Dey.
“Really?” Dey asks, his tone wonderstruck like a child.
“It’s different from what you’re used to around here, Dey. Magic and true aristocracy don’t really mingle too well. It’s a big thing if one of them comes and mingles with us… even the highborn mages,” Shauna explains.
“That just seems stupid, what about mages born into high families?” Dey asks.
“There aren’t many,” Shauna begins slowly, gently, already anticipating that this explanation will receive a less enthusiastic response, “but it kinda sucks for those who are. There’s a lot of rules that high nobility have to work with and a lot of the systems they end up being responsible for are… well, it’s illegal for mages to be in charge of that kind of stuff.”
“What? That doesn’t make any sense.” Dey shakes his head, like his lack of understanding will change decades of precedent.
Shauna glances over at me. It only takes a second to recognise that she’s asking for backup.
“You know Fli?” I chime in with the first example I can think of. “She's a high noble. Or, at least, she was born as one. Based on the rules of succession she should be the one to inherit her family’s estate, but she’s got magic and she can’t hold the seat that her father does on the council. So the position falls to her younger brother and she’s pretty much forced out of the family. Her parents are assholes, but they haven’t given up on their public image just yet. They got her into this school and set aside a dowry for her. The best option she has is marrying into a lower noble family, but… she’s not all that interested in that kind of thing.”
“That’s ridiculous,” Dey starts, but Shauna cuts him off.
“It’s rare,” Shauna says like she’s correcting him, like he’s a child who used the wrong word and doesn’t know what he’s talking about, “even rarer in higher circles…”
“Yeah, the only member of the council to actually be a magic practitioner is the Fontaine family,” I add when it looks like Dey’s about to launch into a speech about injustice and nobility reform.
“Genevive?” He says her name like it’s a question, like he knows any other Fontaine family that happens to have a place on the council.
“Yeah, and that’s only because of a stipulation in the law code. It’s a very minor technicality that the Fontaines have been using for generations,” Shauna elaborates, biting her lip as Dey doesn’t seem to take much comfort in the detail.
“Look Kara, maybe it won’t be so bad,” Shauna says as she turns to me. “Some high nobles, an increased guard, they’ll definitely have better food now… and they won’t be so pushy on the students now that they have possible funding on the line. It’s the best thing that could happen.”
“Shauna-” I try to stop her, but she just continues on.
“That foreign guy, the one from the Northern Isles, maybe they’ll convince him to come for this party too. Apparently, he wasn’t at all swayed by the news the prince would be in attendance. They say that magisters rule in the isles. Could you imagine-” She tries to continue the new topic, but her voice dies as I get up and start moving towards the doors.
The silence makes me pause. I know I’m being a dick, leaving in the middle of a conversation like I wasn’t raised with manners. Both Dey and Shauna are staring at me, probably wondering what happened to make me startle like I’ve seen a ghost. They don’t know just how right they are.
“I’m sorry, I have to go take care of something.” The bland excuse rolls off my tongue before I can think of something better, and they’re nodding along like the polite people they are. “I’ll see you guys later.”
I hate that the promise sounds empty even though I fully intend to keep it.
Either way, I don’t have time to spend on niceties. I don’t have that much time until my last final and I have to go find the two who gave me that invitation.
I can’t go to their little party, not with the Deseran, not with so many high ranking nobles. It’s too risky. I just need some believable excuse…
Something better than ‘I don’t want to go’, at least.
That’s not a real excuse, not something that would be recognized. I might have had a chance to get out of it earlier if I’d known what I was getting into, if I’d had something close to a warning, or if I’d known that the party was going to be more than an atrium full of mages manning their booths and trying to sign up new recruits. It’s harder to get out of something than to refuse it outright.
I wish I’d know ahead of time . Something startlingly close to anger starts to bubble. Why would Blue keep this a secret? He had no problem telling other people, so why keep me in the dark?
I’m not thinking rationally, I know that, but rationality be damned for a moment. I’m tense, I’m tired, and more than anything I don’t want to deal with this. I want to march right into the Care Center and ask Blue why he thought keeping quiet was such a good idea, but I stop myself. He’s not even there. He’s teaching his class, probably one more semester of tutelage away from making sure that no more familiars have to die because of the drain of casting.
Doing good work because he’s smart and he thinks things through and doesn’t jump to conclusion and is far, far too good for me.
Everything’s too bright for a second so I let my eyes fall closed and slump against the wall.
The herbs have never made me emotional, but maybe it’s just me. I haven’t been taking care of myself. I need sleep, I need water, I need to stop putting off food just because I feel like shit. It’s no one's fault but my own. I shouldn’t have upped my dosage before making sure my body was fine. It had just felt like such a risk to put it off at the time…
My mind quiets that line of thought as I see the two I’ve been looking for. Stars, it might help if I remembered their names.
“Excuse me, Sir-” I try to start as polite and respectable as possible, but the shorter of the two just smiles warmly, inviting an informal air to our conversation that I hadn’t been expecting from a man of his station.
“Ah, Mr. Ctor, how are you?” he asks and I’m stunned as a flurry of obscenities flood my mind. Why the hell does he remember my name when I can’t even remember his?
“Did you need something?” the other asks, his entire nature seeming to contrast his smiling companion as he draws himself up to his full height, narrowing his eyes at me. He seems fully content to use the disparity between our ranks.
“Actually, yes…” I give myself a moment to take a breath, wondering exactly when my chest got so tight. “I regret to tell you that I won’t actually be able to make it to the party.”
“I don’t understand…” The short one- I think he introduced himself with an O... something- tilts his head in confusion, that warm smile disappearing.
“I can’t come to the ah… reception your organization will be hosting,” I try again, my face burning at my stumbling.
“But you already said you’d come,” the tall one insists, though I’m starting to realize his gruffness as more of a personality trait than a sign he doesn’t care for my presence.
I shouldn’t be backing out. He wants to tell me as much, I can see the look on his face. He wants to yell at someone and call it a lesson. I know the type. I wish he was wrong, but I really shouldn’t be backing out of an obligation. It’s dishonorable, no clearer sign that I don’t belong in their social strata.
At the moment I’ll take being an uneducated commoner over going to the party.
“Ser I really must insist, it is an excellent opportunity to get some recognition, your name out there. I shouldn’t be telling you this, but the Crown prince himself will be at the event to shake the hands of all the brilliant students who scored so well on their... Qualls.” He stammers, struggling with the vernacular in a way that makes me wonder just how recently he’s been assigned to a department where he has to deal with mages.
“I simply must insist. All the interesting proposals of every capable mage will be presented. Surely you want a project worthy of your talents. At least listen to the initiative proposals from the leaders themselves,” he persists, listing all the reasons I really should be going to this event.
Who cares if it’s good for my future? I go to that event and I’ll be dead.
“I’m afraid I’ll be drawn in by overly charismatic academics. If you want a true judgment and my involvement then I must humbly request that I receive these proposals in post so that I may go over them in my own time. I am sorry for the inconvenience, but this is the way the decisions must be made.” I stand my ground, smiling that courteous little well-mannered smile that even the tall one can’t say anything against.
“Then just the party Ser,” he tries again and I have to bite my tongue not to scream.
Why the fuck are they so hell bent on my presence there? They can’t actually want me to come to their prestigious event. Some little nobody from nowhere with no recorded family? Who cares if I scored well, I’ve got to be more of a security risk than an honored guest.
Then again, maybe that’s why they want me. People love their stories and ‘little nobody comes to the big city and goes to magic school, keeping pace with nobles and pulling off a top score’ is a story they might like to pass around.
I’m regretting rushing off to talk to them. My heart feels like it’s about to leap out of my chest. I’m starting to feel cornered, even though I’m pretty sure that’s not their intention… or at least it’s not the smaller one’s. I wish I’d asked Shauna to come along, or maybe Dey, but I instantly feel bad about that thought. I shouldn’t use my friends as a shield, not even if Dey’s rank might leave them much more interested in him than me.
I think the whole scenario is made just that much worse by the stunning lack of students in the halls. There's only a few people here today... some of the faculty members, proctors for exams, and only the students who have exams scheduled for today. Looking around I barely see anyone I recognize, let alone a friendly face. There’s a couple people in robes that denote upperclassmen, a teacher’s assistant scurrying under the weight of several pounds of papers, and… Genevive.
Stars, why hadn’t I thought of that in the first place?
“You see,” I say, all the little pieces falling together in my head as I struggle to keep a smile off my face, “I must ask that you excuse me and send my regards. I am meeting my girlfriend’s parents that night.”
“What?” The tall one looks like he’s going to kill me.
I have to admit, if I were on the other side of this it would sound just as crazy as I think it does to him. As it is, I sound like some lovestruck fool who’d really put his love life before his scholastic career.
“You see, the Fontaine family has graciously opened their home to me and I cannot break a prior engagement. It would be terribly rude.” I bat my eyes innocently, as though I didn’t just name drop the highest ranking mage family in this country.
Technically the family outranks just about any organization. A social event, particularly a private one, hosted by them would have infinitely more draw than a symposium that happens annually. The representatives know that, and they accept their defeat, nodding their understanding and making weak pushes to remind me about the more private events that are hosted by magisters trying to recruit for their projects. I nod with them, smiling and making empty promises to look into such events and projects when I am capable. We part ways amicably, though I can see in the set of their shoulders they wanted a different outcome. The tall one’s angry, but his partner… seems almost burdened.
I count my blessings as they are. I doubt I’ll get the honor of another.
I don’t waste any time after my last exam is done. I’m not staying in one place so that I can get cornered by any more of those damn hunters again. If I’m quick, I can get Blue before anyone has the chance to notice I’ve already left. Then I shouldn’t have to come back on campus until the start of next semester.
Stars, next semester… that’s going to be a whole new nightmare. But at least I won’t be asked to socialize. For the time being I’ll be holed up in the house, avoiding anything that even remotely looks like an official summons, and spoiling Blue rotten.
I’ve never actually been to the large, ivy covered building that is the athletic center, but the front double doors do give me somewhere to start. The woman, the coati Blue had mentioned a few times, that runs the front desk of the athletic center is less than helpful. She runs me in circles for a few minutes, talking me in rhetorical loops much better than the two representatives I’d spoken to earlier.
I have to grind my teeth to keep up a polite smile. I can’t help but think just how different it might have been if she was the one I had to convince I was unable to attend that party. I doubt she would have let me off the hook as easily as those men.
The headache behind my eyes has me demanding more than asking now, and though my tone has changed, hers has not. Why the fuck won’t you help me find my familiar? I want to scream, or do something similarly uncivilized, when it hits me that’s probably why she’s not being so helpful. I came in here mad, and she’s not going to let me track down my familiar in this state. Normally, I’d agree with her, I’d sit and take a couple of breaths or try and fail to meditate, but at this point I just don’t have the time. I have a right to be mad. A lot of shit just went down and I only barely pulled my ass out of the fire… and stuck it right into the frying pan.
I bite the sore spot on the inside of my cheek where I’ve already bitten myself once today. I was so ecstatic about not having to face a (in my case probably literal) death sentence, that I forgot what I’d actually agreed to in its stead.
Dinner with Genevive’s parents.
Dear Stars in the highest reaches of the universe above, I am an idiot.
Blue turns the corner at the front of a rather large group of familiars. They seem happy, giggly even, though it’s probably over the end of some story or joke they’ve told between them. I’m honestly surprised. Blue told me he thought the other familiars had been ordered to look in on him, learn what they could for their own masters and nothing more. He made it sound like the interest was purely one sided, professional… The bitter feeling stirs in my chest before I realize the emotion for what it is. Jealousy. It seems so childish, but acknowledging it doesn’t make it go away. What may have started out professional definitely hasn’t stayed that way. At least, they keep him much closer than at arms length.
There’s a hand on Blue’s arm, a light, friendly touch that’s mirrored on his other side as another familiar presses close. I shouldn’t care. I should be happy for him, but that doesn’t stop the angry, ugly beast inside my head.
I don’t have to worry about getting their attention. The laughter stops as they see me at the front desk. There’s a stoic silence that descends as all the familiars freeze up, the two crowding close to Blue retracting their hands in favor of tucking them to their sides, staring at the ground like I won’t see them if they don’t see me.
There’s a nervous energy. All of them fall quiet and still when confronted with a mage. Some of them have pulled themselves into a modified ‘stand’, falling into a pose that conveys attention and respect while also inviting the eye to skip over them so long as they are not needed. The rest are frozen where they stand, some halfway through a step, and I would laugh at the spectacle if the sight didn’t make me want to cry.
They don’t know me. All they see is a mage… and an angry one at that.
“Master-” Blue starts, but I don’t let him finish. I just take his hand and pull him out of the athletic center while all the gathered familiars are too frozen to say anything.
Blue gets over his surprise more quickly than the others, tripping over his steps at first until I notice and slow my pace. My grip hadn’t been tight, but I loosen it a bit more, making sure he has ample room to wiggle out of my grasp if he chooses. He takes advantage of the freedom by lacing our fingers together and that tight feeling in my chest loosens.
I didn’t mean to cause a scene or make him uncomfortable… I just wanted to get out of there. I understand why all the other familiars were so shocked. Though in retrospect I suppose it makes sense that Blue was surprised too. I’ve never picked him up from the gym before, or expressed any interest in doing so.
I try not to let the sharp pang of envy invade my mind again. Hell, I should be happy Blue’s got friends. People Blue feels safe around, people Blue doesn’t mind touching him. Blue finds comfort in touch, at least under most circumstances. It’s one of the easiest ways to get him to calm down. He’s enjoyed our closeness in the past, taken comfort in the simple affections I give him.
I just hadn’t realized that he took the same comforts in others…
I want to smack myself, but Blue’s still holding the hand that isn’t occupied by my mountain of pamphlets. Jealousy is such a stupid emotion. I hate how easy it is to let it grow. I witnessed nothing. Less than nothing, nothing’s distant cousin who hasn’t talked to the family in years and lives peacefully by the coast free of misunderstandings.
So what if there wasn’t anything going on? What little logic my brain is capable of after the burnout of two finals isn’t drawing the line at romance. I’m jealous. I’m jealous of all those familiars with their happy little grins and their giggling with all their little inside jokes, getting to spend whole days with Blue that I can’t. Unfortunately, the stupidity of the sentiment doesn’t stop it from being true.
I wanted to hang out with him like they’ve gotten the chance to. I wanted to spend time with him, make him giggle until that blush forms high on his cheeks. More than anything I want to exist outside of a hierarchy that puts him below me, that makes him constantly on edge. I want him to feel safe around me, to know he’s an equal without having to hear about how improper it is.
There’s a package on my doorstep, something that would have completely slipped my mind had Blue not picked it up for me and all but shoved it in my face when I was occupied with the overly complex puzzle of how to get my key into the door’s lock.
“What is it?” Blue’s ears quirk adorably to the side, just as they always do when he’s faced with something to puzzle over.
His guess is just as good as mine. While it’s not unusual for me to get a package, I don’t remember ordering anything. It’s not a name or address I’m familiar with, and the box is plain and unmarked. The packing tape splits easily enough, though there’s enough tissue paper to stock a craft store. I have no idea what someone could send me that could be cause for so much concern. That is, until I see it.
The clear wrapped black robe at the bottom of the box fits snugly between the massive sheets of crinkle tissue paper. It’s the robes that the upperclassmen wear, the outer layer anyway. The right breast pocket holds an intricate, colorful embroidered patch of the school’s crest, but around it are the azure and gold signifiers of highest honors. Even though the clear wrapping is still on it, I can’t stop myself. My fingers go to the uneven bumps and grooves created by the embroidery, by the flashy mark that shows I’ll last at least another semester at this school.
Suddenly the robes are blurry.
“Kara, are you alright?” Blue asks, a note of worry in his tone as I try to blink away the stinging in my eyes.
Stars, how long has it been since I’ve cried?
“I’m fine, I’ve just…”
I don’t know how to explain it to Blue. The hell of the past few hours… years, everything that’s given me a shot at this. The raging pain in my head, the dull throbbing of my hip that tells me I’ll be feeling the pain for days. What it means to be recognized like this, what I’ve had to do to get out of being recognized... Suddenly, it all crashes back down on me and all I can do is chuckle, hoping it doesn’t sound half as crazed to him as it does to me.
“Uhg- It’s been an absolute nightmare.” I answer Blue as honestly as I can, my words not quite matching the smile on my face.
“What?” Blue asks, so clearly worried for me that I am one less restrained bone away from cuddling him into an early grave.
As it is, I move to find a place I can store my newfound garment, box and all for the time being, going through the decorative chest of drawers I have opposite the stairs.
“These guys from the Promenade society... or something, they’ve been on my ass all day and-” I begin, figuring it would be easiest to start with the most recent wreck, when Blue cuts me off.
“That’s great!” He beams, smiling up at me like it’s the best news he’s ever heard, not the start of a very long tale of how screwy my life has become.
“What are you talking about?” I want to take it back the second the words leave my mouth. I didn’t mean to speak so harshly it just… came out.
I try not to make it obvious as I pinch the bridge of my nose in an effort to relieve some of the pressure in my head, or at least distract from it. I don’t really care which anymore, so long as something helps. My eyes shut reflexively against the burst of pain as I fight back a groan. I don’t want to be here right now. I don’t want to be having this discussion, whatever it is.
Blue’s ears pin back, but he doesn’t seem too distraught. Distantly, I’m proud of him. It’s not too long ago that me being the slightest bit snappish would send him cowering beneath whatever piece of furniture he could find. Now, he holds his ground. The excitement in his eyes dims to caution and the smile disappears, but he does find his voice again.
“Well, they have access to all the best opportunities, I thought you would like their attention. There’s a great deal that-” Blue starts, sounding so much like he’s a part of their recruitment poster that I have to cut him off.
“You thought I would-” I parrot back numbly, before his meaning clicks in my head. “Wait, are you saying they were so interested because of something you did?”
“I- well, yes. I mean, it was all your accomplishments, I just thought, I thought-” I can tell Blue’s getting nervous, that much is clear by how much he’s babbling, but the implications make me press on.
“Blue, what are you saying?” I ask carefully, as calmly as I can even as my voice is tight with the pain in my head flaring up.
“W-well, I ran into some representatives that were sneaking around looking at student files and… I told them how bright you were and how you would make an excellent choice for... a-and they looked you up, and they knew you were the one to make that new, new style of casting and they said if you scored well enough-” The box falls out of my unsteady grip and like the uncoordinated idiot that I am the only thing that I manage to do is knock the bowl I keep knicknacks in to the ground.
I hold my breath as the bowl clatters on the floor, spilling out a dozen or so small, relatively insignificant things. Really it’s the noise that concerned me above anything else. It does nothing to help the pounding in my head, though I am relieved to see that the bowl is still in one piece. Score one for thick ceramic , I cheer in the privacy of my mind as the breath I was holding leaves me in a heavy sigh.
It’s only then that I realize Blue’s fallen silent too. I can’t help but be grateful for the lack of noise. At the moment, I don’t think I could handle it if he tried to continue with his faltering explanation. The sudden silence is still a little alarming, but as I look back I realize it’s probably just because he realized he wasn’t getting anywhere. He’s picking at the trim of his cloak, looking down at the fabric like it’s something mystifying that he’s never seen before. I know that pose, the nervous energy that he tries not to acknowledge. He’s nervous. He’s probably going to wait for permission to speak. I grind my teeth, frustrated beyond words that we’re back to this once again.
“So it was you…” I say it more to myself than anything as I nod along with my own train of thought.
Blue’s explanation clears up a few things. It certainly makes a little more sense why those men wanted me to attend their event. It’s one thing to want to make sure that you have the full set of top scorers at your party, it’s another to try and ensure the presence of a student who’s known for making such a big stink over the effectiveness of the channelings that have been standard for centuries. Blue put me on their radar. He talked me up when most other familiars would have stayed silent and buried their heads.
Stars, I never thought all of that work to get Blue to come out of his shell would backfire on me so spectacularly.
“I-” Blue’s voice dies on him the second he’s made a sound. The full body cringe that comes with it has me scrambling to say something.
“Blue, that was…” I start, but my voice dies in my throat too.
What can I say? It was reckless for certain. Blue had no idea what kind of temperament those men could have had. He shouldn’t have inserted himself into their conversations, he could have gotten himself hurt.
I want to say that he shouldn’t go around telling people who I am and what I’ve done, but that seems equally useless. They would have looked into me eventually. No matter what, I scored highest honors, they were going to look into my record at some point. There was no real point in trying to hide something like that.
I can’t really blame him for any of the dangers of the party either. Even though he had known that the prince was coming, I’ve given him no reason to be wary of Deseran. He probably would have thought it a unique honor…
“Stars!” I curse at myself, shoving the heel of my hand against my forehead and letting the dull pressure ease some of the ache. “That was unbelievably stupid!”
It probably isn’t a great idea to pound on my head, liquifying whatever brains I have left, but I let myself go for a minute. The sharp pain is an almost soothing distraction.
“I- I didn’t mean to cause trouble.” Blue’s voice falters, his voice so thin and shaky that when I crack open my eyes I am not surprised in the slightest by the tears gathering at the corners of his eyes.
Right, it’s not his fault. He just didn’t know. Warnings are better late than never.
“Blue, those guys are a hell of a lot more than ‘trouble’,” I start, letting my aggravation pour out just a little as I give him a fuller picture of the current situation. “The party they invited me to was little more than a death charged showcase… and to get out of it I even agreed to go to Genevive’s parent’s place for their little getting-to-know-you party, I just- argh!” The nonsense syllable is pure frustration, but I leave my hands at my sides rather than start smacking at my head again. I’ve done enough damage for one day.
“I just, I wanted to be a good familiar.” Blue’s voice wavers, but I can’t help but feel annoyed at that statement.
“Yeah, well I don’t see anyone else’s familiar chatting up the selection committee.” I regret the words the second they come out of my mouth, but by the time I’ve said it there’s no taking it back.
Blue’s eyes widen just a fraction before he bows his head to the floor and doesn’t look back up.
I’ve gone too far. I didn’t mean it, not really. No other familiar would have gone and talked to two other people unsolicited, but I love Blue. I love that curiosity and adventurousness, the inquisitiveness that oftentimes gets the better of him, but has only come out of hiding because he feels safe. It was a moment of weakness that I’ve managed to hurt Blue with.
I know it won’t fix things, but I still go in for the hug. Physical contact, just like I’d promised at the start of today. The violence of his flinch takes me by surprise, though I’m not sure why. I was an insensitive dick. I deserve worse.
“Why don’t you go lie down?” My voice sounds foreign to me, but I can see Blue’s ears twitching in response. It seems that he’s at least heard me.
He nods and turns to the steps without a word, only pausing after he’s pulled himself up a few. It’s painful to see the way he hunches in on himself when he pauses on the stairs. He winces and looks over his shoulder, never moving his feet, his eyes turned to me while his body still points towards his destination. Those eyes shine with unspoken questions that remain silent until I realize that he’s waiting for me to give him permission. It’s been a while since he thought he’d be hurt for asking something.
I nod to him, a simple gesture of allowance that has him taking in a shaky breath.
“Wh- what was that t-thing you wanted me to do? To remind you of?” he whispers so low that I almost don’t hear.
I’ve been such an insensitive dick and he’s still worried about my requests? Stars, I feel like I’m going to start crying.
“Doesn't matter,” I whisper, gesturing with my hand that he should continue up the stairs.
He shouldn’t have to worry about something I put on him. Truth be told, I have no idea what he’s talking about. Still, he deserves some unfettered time away from me. He’s been working himself too hard. If he can get in a nap… it’s a lot easier to talk to someone when they’re fully rested and calm than straight out of a distressing situation.
It’s not his fault. It’s mine. I repeat the facts to myself as I make my way down into my study, locking the door behind me.
The frustration of the day burns brightly, an intensity of emotion that I try not to encourage. I wish I had my weighted bags, something more than drywall at least. My eyes flit over the dozens of tiny, delicate glass beakers and alchemical tools. It would be so easy to smash them into tiny, unrecognizable pieces…
But it really wouldn’t be satisfying.
Then I would just have all my problems and a mess of broken glass to clean up.
I let myself fall into my desk chair like a puppet cut from its strings. It’s been one hell of a long day and Blue’s not the only one who needs a mind clearing nap. I know it’s not actual magic, but there’s a part of me that wants it to be. Part of me that wants to wake up the same, functional version of myself that can ignore the chronic ache of my body and make at least passable efforts towards life. One that Blue doesn’t recoil from, but takes comfort in…
I’ll apologize when I go up… I promise myself as I fold my arms on the desk to make a pillow for myself, knowing that it would be so much better if I could have taken this nap with Blue in my arms.
Notes:
Hey, so I promised you a surprise, right?
Well, *drum roll* our very own Sekiraku, our amazing, wonderful, better than I deserve beta, has has been making an audiobook version of WCCC!!!
It's incredible, amazing,(and the voices, dear gods the voices! Might be just my personal preference, but I love the way Seki reads :P) and you guys should really check it out!
You can find the link to chapter 1: Here
- go give it a listen!
if you need someone to talk to about this, try the fan server: Here
and if you want to see the tumblr, you can find it: Here
Stay safe out there.
Chapter 76: The Dinner Party
Summary:
Kara goes over to that dinner party Genevive and her family planned for him... this can only go well, right?
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
I make mistakes.
Nobody’s perfect… and getting too wrapped up in trying to achieve perfection can end up being harmful. However, it seems that lately my ‘little mistakes’ are really starting to pile up in the ‘too much to casually overlook’ category.
I don’t know what possessed me to try and take a nap downstairs, or what convinced the little functioning corner of my brain that I would be able to get up again after a short rest. By the time Zadik is able to wake me I realize that it’s much, much later than I intended to stay down here. As I try to stand, my back protests and my knees buckle. I bite into my lip as the numbness starts to fade into pain. Fuck, how long have I been here?
I try to stay as still as possible as the pain ebbs. I slept in an uncomfortable position. Lately, I’ve been sleeping at the desk more frequently than I like to admit, but it is far from comfortable, nor is it spacious enough for me to actually spread out. Even when I’m not using this space as a bedroom my legs cramp up pretty easily. Or maybe it’s less that I cramp easily and more that my knees know that they should be protesting several hours of an unnatural position.
Still, no matter how much I rationalize the pain I’m in, it doesn’t change the situation. I slept in the study last night, and it was last night, because when I make my way upstairs I can see it is well past the second sun.
Blue’s probably pissed at me.
I don’t blame him. I’ve been such an idiot. I can only imagine how this must look to him. I told him I’d join him last night, though in my defense I really did think that I would be able to pry myself away from my uncomfortable desk in favor of my warm bed... with my warm familiar. The familiar that probably hates me right now and wants nothing to do with me.
There’s a dull throbbing in my head and just like that I want to sleep again. My body hurts in a deep, primal way that makes the aches from the desk seem like the tiniest little abrasion. My mouth is dry and the light from the windows is giving me the wildest sense of vertigo I’ve had in a long time. I have to lean against a wall to steady myself and rake in every fiber of self control that I have not to throw up on the floor.
I make tea. It’s all I can do. I could make a sedative, something mild, something that would ensure that I sleep uninterrupted, but that thought frightens me. What if there was an emergency, or an accident that needed my attention? The only things that would really touch these kinds of symptoms would have me drugging myself halfway to unconsciousness and I’m… I’m not ready to take pain medication for this.
Stars, it sounds so stupid. Especially when I add more of my ‘medicine’ to the tea. It’s not good to skip days, I remind myself, but it all seems so wrong. I hate that I’m brewing more of what’s turning me inside out and only adding things to try and assist with the side effects. It feels like I’m putting poison right in with my anti-inflammatory, anti-nausea medication.
It’s not bad, I remind myself. The brew helps me. It has since I was little, since my mother taught me how to make it. She’d shown me how to dry the leaves, how to grind and fire them until they could be turned into tea. It had always tasted bad, but she’d drunk it with me and let me feast on the sweets the servants brought after I’d drained my cup. Not that it ever really got the taste out of my mouth, but the memory is warm and precious just like my cup. Stars, my brothers had been so angry, but that time was special. It was ours.
The song comes again, unbidden and unclear, distorted like it’s coming from the far end of a cave. The acoustics are all wrong for the voices that clamor to sing, and only the base notes of the crude instruments can be heard. The melody is familiar, so familiar there’s a pull at my chest that makes me want to sing with them, no, scream at the top of my lungs. This wasn’t just a song, it was-
I jolt as my eyes fly open, quickly reacquainting myself with the sight of Rosie’s kitchen. My kitchen, I remind myself as I struggle to get my breathing under control.
Stars, did I really fall asleep here at the table? If I did, it wasn’t for very long. The light in the kitchen hasn’t changed, but the ache in my chest and my head have risen to a sickening high. It only takes a minute before the sensations begin to fade. It doesn’t get too bad if I can keep my heart rate down. If I can avoid physical and emotional stressors, I should be able to ride out the worst of the effects.
I have to suppress a sigh at that. No exercise, no gardening, no upsetting contact with the outside world. I’d be happy at the prospect if I thought it was remotely possible. Even if it does make me feel a little like how people describe the consorts at court. Stars, if they only knew! More state secrets and legislative pull passes through their silks than the empire’s steel…
My cup’s empty, and I realize that I must have finished my brew when I was… lost in my head.
I feel better, balanced, if not quite stable yet. At the very least, I don’t feel like I’m going to throw up on anything. The pulsing behind my eyes is still there, as is the ache of my body, the throb of wounds that refuse to be forgotten. I wonder just how much mint I can take before it starts to make me more nauseous instead of less. Distantly, I can’t wait for the numbness to kick in, that blissful state that occurs once I’ve fully adjusted to the sum’a dosage. But for now, the thought is a bitter memory that makes my pulsing headache worse. Maybe I should take some pain pills…
I don’t usually. I try to avoid them like the plague, and I haven’t really used them in the past few years unless I truly need them, but I’m pretty sure that the situation I’m in right now qualifies. I haven’t thought about pain meds since Thana, but I know the ones I used for him won’t work. I need to be alert. I can’t risk something that will make me even more sleepy. I think I have something one of my neighbors left me… Stars, at least a few months ago. Something for pain and inflammation, I think. We were moving a sofa into their house and they had convinced themselves that I hurt my back in the process. They’re just the cheap, over the counter, generic brand, but it’s better than nothing.
I can’t use anything stronger. It’s not really an option today. I have to meet Genevive’s parents tonight. I get to go to their villa in the capital, a prestigious honor even among the ranked nobility. I can’t afford to be dulled. Then again, I really can’t faint or throw up on their floors. I’ll take a few before I get there. Just something to make it through the night.
There’s still so much left to do and- Stars! I need clothes. This won’t be like Genevive’s party for the class. I can’t wear my military uniform again, it’ll seem like that’s the only suitable thing I have to wear. Though, I suppose it is true in this case…
I don’t have anything to wear to a fancy event like this. I’m lucky Rosie kept my uniform all this time. I don’t travel with expensive fabrics or rare materials. I’ve always preferred to live simply.
But that’s just not going to cut it tonight. If I’m going to play the part, I’m going to need to look the part.
My mind drifts to the more traditional mage garb. It’s what the Fontaines favor, even when they host high society. Their parties often turn into little dress up games for the high nobles who would never wear such items on their own, but wouldn’t insult the family by calling it beneath them to dress as a mage for the night.
I’ve just received a rather rare piece, the outer layer that marks my completion of Qualls… and my accolades. I breathe out a sigh of relief. Really, there’s nothing better to wear. If they haven’t heard about my score ( and there’s no chance of that ), it’s a way to make sure they notice. It’s the nice passive way to brag that nobles like. Just like wearing expensive silks or rare gems and pretending not to notice until someone asks.
I still need an actual outfit, since I can’t get away with just the outer robe. But at least I know that I’ll be somewhat satisfactory even if I have to play at dressing like a magister on such short notice. I try to rub away the dull pains on my brow. There’s no way any respectable establishment will take a rush order like this, so I have to hope there’s something nice in my size that will at least present the illusion that I’m not some low class yokel. At the very least, I want to appear as someone more troublesome to get rid of…
There’s a pounding on the door that has my heart leaping up into my throat as I rush to answer it.
“Shauna, what are you doing here?” I ask, trying not to show how flustered I am by her sudden arrival, or the prospect of having to interact with people. Ande’s ears give a tell-tale little flick that lets me know I’ve missed the mark.
“Love you too, big guy,” she answers dryly, crossing her arms over her chest.
“Oh, I didn’t mean it like that and you know it,” I huff, but the pout doesn’t go away.
“And here I was, coming all the way over here just to give you a ‘congrats’ and see if you got your commemorative robe yet, but you don’t even want to see me-” She continues like she’s presenting a case to an invisible jury, but I cut her off.
“Shauna.” I stop myself, waiting until I can stifle the irritation in my voice before I continue. It’s not her fault, it’s the pain behind my eyes... “It’s good to see you, no matter the occasion. I just thought you were busy with an exam today.”
“It’s later and I wanted to stop by and see you…” she mutters, absently twirling a lock of her hair that had come out of her bun.
When she wants something she’s usually a little more direct about it. I look over at Ande. Though he’s harder to read in general, he usually doesn’t have the same determination as Shuana to make a dramatic reveal. His expression seems pretty neutral, nothing obvious weighing on his mind, so I have to assume nothing nefarious is happening behind my back that Shauna’s trying to ease me into. At this point she usually would have given up on the misdirection anyways.
Something in my chest aches as I pull my gaze away from Ande, but at least this feeling is easier to identify. It’s guilt, plain and simple. I’m not sure if Ande was there yesterday, when I pulled Blue out of his class at the gym. I was too distracted to notice.
I shouldn’t have made him leave like that. It’s the last time they were going to see each other until next semester and I ruined it. Though maybe I could make it up to him…
“Shauna, so long as you’re still headed to the school today, could I ask you a favor?” I ask hesitantly.
There’s no real reason for her to say yes. It’s just a burden to her, especially on a day when she has her own exams to worry about. But if she’s taking Ande in anyway, then she’s going to have to leave him at the Care Center for a number of hours. Surely she wouldn’t object…
“Depends on what it is,” Shauna hedges even though her face betrays her interest.
“Would you, with the assistance of the prettiest of pleases, consider taking Blue for the day?” I try to say it as sweetly as possible, but she still looks at me like I’ve lost my mind.
“Ok, what the heck is going on here?” Her eyes narrow in suspicion and I do my best not to flinch at her tone. “I shouldn’t be able to pay you to take Blue away for the day.”
She’s right. And under normal circumstances I don’t think I would have given up this time, but… I’ve caused Blue a lot of trouble. I know it doesn’t make up for it, that I’ll probably spend the break making up for it, but I want to give him the chance to have a proper final day with his friends. At least, those that are still left. Plus, it might leave Blue in a more forgiving mood, given that I’m probably still in trouble for not joining him like I promised last night.
Besides, it’s not like I want to drag him around town today when he should get the chance to relax with friends. I have preparations to make for Genevive’s little family get-together, and as much as I’d prefer to have Blue with me, I don’t exactly want him by my side as I pick out what I’m going to wear in front of my fiance’s family. Stars, just the thought makes me want to shudder.
“Be that as it may, you’d be doing me an enormous favor here.” I bite my lip and do my best to project innocence, but Shauna seems unfazed.
“And?” she presses.
“And I’ll reward you with whatever you want?” I add confusedly, not quite sure exactly what she wants from me.
Whatever it is, my answer is clearly unsatisfactory as she sighs and shakes her head.
“Fine, I graciously accept. But I still want to know what the hell is going on here.”
“And I will tell you in the excruciating level of detail that you prefer from your gossip, but later… when I have time,” I assure her, but I must not be very convincing.
“Fine,” she grinds out, very clearly not happy. There’s nothing else I can do but fall back on old habits.
“There’s food in the kitchen,” I offer, waving them both inside.
Ande follows with predictably more enthusiasm than Shauna, but it’s enough to get her to stop frowning and sighing melodramatically at me. I have never been more thankful for second life quiche in my life. I haven’t had too much time to dedicate to baking, but this little treat just cannibalizes anything that’s left in the icebox. I have just enough time to serve tea and reheat the savory slices of the quince before Blue’s wandering downstairs, looking delightfully sleep ruffled.
His hair’s still askew from the way he must have been sleeping on the pillow and his eyes are still half glazed over with tiredness. Distantly, I think it’s unfair that he gets to look so cute in the morning. It has to be breaking some kind of rule.
That sleepy haziness drains out of him as he takes in the sight of our guests. He rubs a quick hand over his eyes as he straightens up his posture and flushes a frankly adorable shade of pink. Maybe it’s because he came down in my nightshirt…
“M-Miss Shauna, Ande…” Blue’s voice is still rough and deep from sleep, but the unspoken question of “What are you doing here?” still lingers even as he bows.
“Blue, how about you go get your bag and I’ll pack you a lunch?” I offer and Blue straightens at my words.
“Yes, was there a problem at school? Do we need to fix some paperwork, or-” he rambles, and I realize that my words were unclear.
“No, Blue… you’ll be going with Shauna and Ande today. I’ve got some things I need to attend to.” I don’t mean for it to sound mysterious, but what can I say?
‘Sorry, I’ve gotta go pick out some nice clothes, don’t want to make a bad impression on my fiance’s parents!’
“Only… us?” Blue asks hesitantly, looking between Ande and Shauna carefully before drawing his gaze back to me.
“Yeah, come on Blue, it’ll be just like that week Kara got suspended!” Shauna adds jovially, in an effort to improve the mood.
I pray that she misses the way we both flinch.
“J-just give me a moment.” Blue nods, exiting the room without any further comment, trying to keep that strained smile on his face.
I go to tell Shuana off, but her face is already in her hands, Ande patting her shoulder consolingly. I bite my lip and turn to follow Blue. It’s not her fault, it’s mine.
I wait patiently by the door watching Blue run around. He strips, getting dressed in more functional daily clothes before he pulls out his bag. He sees me, he obviously sees me, but he keeps his back to me as he shoves various things that he’s got stored about the room into his bag. I wait, but he doesn’t turn or try to address me.
Still in trouble, I see…
It shouldn’t hurt this bad. I fucked up. I deserve more than a little silent treatment.
“Blue…” I try to get his attention but he just keeps on stuffing his bag.
I should get him a new one . The thought comes to my mind without prompting. It was old when I gave it to him and now that it’s seeing actual use it’s starting to get a little frayed. Then again, maybe he’s gotten attached to it and a whole new bag won’t be well received.
Who do I think I am that a new bag will make this all go away? I know it’s stupid, but I just want this to go the way it had gone down in my head. I don’t have any more exams, I shouldn’t have any other pressing business. I just want to hold Blue. Spend the whole fucking day as lazily as possible in each other’s company. Screw the Hunters, and the Fontaines, fuck the nobles and the politics, I just want to hold him.
But I’ve got shit to do. I’ve got a party and a set of parents to survive. One last hurrah before I can close the doors and pretend that the rest of the world doesn’t exist. More than anything I need to be out of the public eye. I need to make sure that Blue is safe.
He can be pissed at me all he wants, but this needs to be said.
“Blue?” I watch as his ears twitch, indicating that he’s listening even though he looks terribly engrossed in folding something at the moment. “I am actively trying to avoid being in the public eye, so if any other opportunities present themselves-”
“Master, I am truly very sorry about what happened, I didn’t know,” Blue interrupts, bowing low and tucking his ears down. He doesn’t say more than that, just squeezes his eyes shut and holds his bow.
“I know, I…” my voice catches in my throat as I try to plan out my words better, “I didn’t warn you that I was trying to keep a low profile. How could I have expected you to know? Besides, it’s all taken care of… or, at least it will be...” I feel like I’m tripping over my own words.
Blue nods along with me, but I can tell he’s not reassured.
“You have a good day with Ande and all the people in your class, ok? I feel bad ripping you out of there so fast… so apologize to them for me?” I hear myself ask, and I nearly want to smack myself it sounds so stupid, but at least Blue’s shoulders have relaxed from their position by his ears.
“Thank you, Master,” he whispers softly, and it’s all I can do not to take him into my arms right there.
I want to hug him, I want to hold him, but the second my arm reaches out he flinches and I hesitate. I pull my hand back to my side and pick up the scarf I’d given Blue yesterday. My touch is a little better received through another object. He doesn’t startle as badly, just docilely accepts the way I wrap it around him. There’s so much I want to say, but I just can’t get my mouth to cooperate.
Blue gives me another quiet “Thank you,” and there’s really nothing left for me to do but pack up some food for him and see him off at the door.
It’s odd, being home alone. Knowing that as I watch Shauna’s carriage drive off that there’s no one else in the house. It’s not something that I ever thought would bother me, but now more than anything I want to cry.
This will be good for Blue. Spending the day (as crassly/accurately as Shauna had put it) as we had when I was suspended. It led to a transformative time for Blue. He came out of it a lot more confident, more sure of himself in a way that I wouldn’t have been able to achieve just holding his hand. His classes are what sparked that change in him, and I’m hoping that being in that atmosphere will help him realize that again.
At least, until he gets back home. I doubt I’ll be back by the time Shauna drops him off, but after that little misstep there should be nothing else to worry about. Blue’s had the run of the house before. He’s capable and smart… I shouldn’t worry.
I wash the dishes as I force myself not to think about the emotions, wipe the table as I try not to think about anything other than the tasks at hand. I need to go get a mage’s robe. I don’t burden my mind with the thought of useless accessories. The outer robe is a better status symbol than any jewel I could find, and it’ll serve me better too.
I’m unaccustomed to thinking about displays that nobles usually have at the forefront of their minds. I live pretty simply, and I’m proud of that. I don’t need rare fabrics or precious metals or gems. The pretty, petty things that nobles amuse themselves with have never held my attention. I suppose that it’s for the best. I don’t have a lot of money to work with, not like the budget of the Fontaine family, but I’ve worked hard for a number of years preparing for school. Even without the nice little boost from Jet, I saved enough to cover a good portion of my expenses. Nevertheless, those costs have steadily risen with the addition of a new person in my life and the extra credit I seem to be doing. I’m not in danger, but I do wonder how long I should wait before I start to look for a new job.
I have access to a whole new sector of the city this time around. With my credits I probably wouldn’t have too much trouble finding a mage who wants an assistant… if only I could find a project that doesn’t commit me to more than half my life.
Spring will bring a whole new batch of herb profits… I suppose I shouldn’t resign myself to being a magister’s lackey just yet.
It doesn’t take long to find a decent tailor in the mages district, even one that carries premade clothing to my specifications. There are plenty of options, although the outfits are much more complex than I’d imagined. Apparently there are a lot more layers to it than I’d thought, a lot more intricate twisted fabric that they really shouldn’t expect to stay still while a person moves in it.
I pick a design more suited to modesty than I normally would. The white underlayer covers me from neck to wrist and the second, colored layer goes down to my ankles. Apparently this layer is meant to be pleated and tied very particularly. I suppose that makes sense, as they tell me it’s only the centermost piece that is meant to be seen. There’s another layer after that. They offer patterns and solids, all complementary colors to what I’ve chosen so far. I pick the light one with grey, almost silver mountains rising from swirling clouds. The sleeves go down to my fingertips and the fabric is surprisingly light for how thick it feels. It’s quite soft too. The belt, they insist, should have some color. I nod along with them, picking a green one from the rack. It’s a pretty, deep color.
Green’s always been Genevive’s color. She’s my fiancee in this scenario, it would do me good to remember things like that.
They swap out the solid color for a green that will complement the colors I’ve chosen. I thank them more profusely than I believe any other mage has and they wave me out with smiles on their faces. I just hope I can remember half of the instructions they’d given me for putting the stuff on.
The mages district is surprisingly full of life. There’s people bustling around, crystal shops and supply stores open and beckoning people inside. There’s no terrible amount of rushing or clamoring, and not everyone here moves with purpose. Some people are just enjoying their day.
I wonder if there’s anything special I can do with Blue. He’d liked the trip to the artsy district of the city… and he’s technically already been here.
If this were the Heshindan break we would have a lot more time to play around with. I’d be able to arrange for a trip to the coast like I promised, have Blue taste actual seafood. Though that might spoil him… he’d never be satisfied with the stuff we get this far inland ever again. I can’t help but chuckle. Blue needs every ounce of spoiling I can spare. As it is, Quinium holds the coldest months of the year… hardly the appropriate time to visit the coast. That and all of the touristy things will be closed. Hell, most of the coast goes into hibernation mode.
Would he resent me for that?
I know he said he wanted to spend more time with me, but I’m not good company, not really. He deserves a lot better, so it’s my obligation to at least try. It’s disturbingly easy to relax around Blue, but… it’s also easy to forget. Easy to say the wrong thing and move too fast, too close and the fear in his eyes is almost more than I can take. I just don’t want to make things worse.
This is the first time we’ve had actual free time together without school or deadlines functioning as a massive part of our lives. The only time that we’ve been this unrestrained is when I first got him. There’s a pang in my heart at that thought.
Blue had been… I want to say ‘different’, but that’s not really true is it? Blue hasn’t changed, not really. He’s just the same as he always was. As he would have been getting proper care. He’s learned to be more vocal, take initiative, have some confidence in himself. I couldn’t be more proud, but it’s not because of me. That was all Blue, it was always a part of him, he’d just never gotten the chance to act on it.
I should be proud that he’s speaking up more, and I am, but I’d feel even better if it wasn’t constantly reminding me of all my incompetence at trying to take care of him. How the hell did I not know that cats have bad ‘up close’ vision, and can’t taste sweets? I’m proud he told me, I just… I just wish he would have told me sooner. It feels like I’ve made so many mistakes, like I’ll never be able to make up for them. Especially when I keep making them.
Would Blue even like a trip? He likes being at home, even though he sometimes gets a little uncomfortable with all the attention the Almanacs pay him. He’d like the fish, but when we went out last he wasn’t so good with the people. Though that was probably my fault. He’d performed spectacularly under pressure before and he’d shown he has no problems being around people at Genevive’s party.
Maybe I’m overthinking it. We don’t need to go anywhere. I have time to make actual plans. We don’t have to rush into anything. This will be Blue’s first actual Candle Lights. I don’t usually like going out on the night, the holiday itself, but the vigil is always a beautiful ceremony. I’m sure Blue would like it. And if he doesn’t then we can have our own little vigil at the house. I’m sure he’d like something for Opal, even if it’s small.
I can feel the corners of my mouth pulling upwards unconsciously.
I’ll have to find Blue a present.
It takes me far too long to try and recreate the arrangement the attendants at the shop had made, but eventually I have some measured success. Even if I spend far too long trying to make my hair presentable. It almost looks a shade darker and that worries me as I study my reflection closely in the mirror. It’s practically unnoticeable, but I still hope that it’s just my imagination. I don’t dare bring my charm into the den of magisters. They’d sniff it out before I even got through my introductions. My clothes do a good enough job at hiding my body anyway, I made sure of that.
Genevive sends a carriage, and while I have a minor heart attack at the thought of riding to the Fontaine estate with a constant back and forth of casual threats, or worse, unbearable silence, the worry quickly fades into nothing as I realize there’s no one in the carriage. They just sent one to pick me up. I down the pain meds and will myself not to think as the carriage starts on its way. I’m pretty sure we’re going to the manor, not the townhouse, so I have about an hour to breathe, meditate, and wait for my pills to kick in.
By the time the estate is in view, my headache has receded so much I can nearly think clearly and the pain in my body is just a distant hum.
The Fontaine Manor is a sprawling mansion located outside of Capital City. It sits on four hundred acres of beautifully manicured land and extends into the property’s forest, which is mainly used for game hunting. The structure itself is only three stories tall, but it more than makes up for it by how far out they built. It’s made of a white limestone that almost manages to look delicate against the deep grey roofing tiles. I recognize the vanes on the roof: though I can’t identify exactly what they measure, they look just like the ones at the school.
There’s a scary looking gate that I have no doubt is cursed should any robber be unfortunate enough to even attempt a break in. Though for us it swings open without anyone even having to touch it. I have to wonder if that’s an enchantment on the gate or on the carriage. Hell, maybe it’s both. I’ve never been to a magister’s house.
Even past the gate it takes several minutes to get to the actual house. There’s a set of polished white stairs that lead to the frankly ridiculously sized oak doors where a receiving line is waiting for me with just a portion of the complex’s staff.
Genevive’s parents aren’t there, but that’s to be expected. More surprising is the fact that Genevive isn’t there. The servants bow as I make my way past them, trying to maintain a somewhat presentable image and make it up the stairs without tripping on my robe.
I’m shown inside by one of the house stewards. The man is old, but very dignified. He’s probably served the Fontaines his entire life. I wonder what he thinks of me? The odd upstart nobody dating his young mistress. I dismiss the thought as soon as it comes. He’s far too proper to express is distaste. I’m a guest, lowborn or not. He’ll treat me with respect for tonight, even if he’d turn his nose up at me if we met on the streets.
Surprisingly, I’m not shown to a sitting room or anything like that. Instead I’m shown to another set of big doors that are opened with far too much ease for their size. They’ve got to be enchanted, but any other thoughts fly out of my mind as I take in what had been hiding behind them.
It takes me a second to recognize exactly what I’m looking at, the immense vivariums behind the wide planes of glass. It all looks like it’s one big tank curling around the room, but the pillar-like supporting columns seem to cut through the tanks and separate them into individual biomes for different types of life. Some of the water is treated, seemingly colored in different hues, and I have no doubt that some tool is painstakingly monitoring the levels of acidity, ammonia, and general nitrates to keep the water chemistry within a functionable range. This place is incredible with all the different coral and brightly colored fish living right next to each other, each in their own little biomes. Especially considering the shadows that flit around, hinting at larger creatures.
My mind clicks with a sudden clarity and I’m startled out of my shocked daze.
Genevie’s brother, the one who was studying abroad. The marine researcher.
This is the brother’s aquarium.
A fact that really should be obvious given the man standing in front of the main display, looking far too pleased with himself.
I shut my mouth with what I hope isn’t an audible click, trying to control myself as I feel my face flush. So much for not looking like some country bumpkin.
The parents are here. Alphinius and Regina Fontaine. Stars, they look like they’re sitting for a portrait. They’re reclining, looking every bit the impressive, imposing nobles that they are, on one of a half dozen embroidered settees while the son is still standing by the central floor to ceiling tanks. They’re much too regal for this to be unplanned… though I suppose I don’t know enough about them to say such a thing. They’ve certainly never been caught slouching at a public event.
Stars, this feels like an ambush.
Genevive’s brother smiles at me somewhat pityingly, as though he’s about to bear witness to a slaughter, yet he’s the only one who knows it. “Ah, you must be this Kara we’ve heard so much about. To think I could meet you so shortly after returning home.”
Yeah right, I’d put money down that he left his post early so that he could be a part of this .
“All good things I hope,” I reply with a smile of my own.
My only asset is the way they don’t perceive me as a threat, and I plan to play on that as long as I possibly can. Still, that doesn’t mean I have to fall into obvious traps. I turn to the parents respectfully, and fold myself into the correct bow.
“Lord and Lady Fontaine, I am so incredibly honored to be in your presence. I cannot thank you enough for the invitation into your home.” I don’t lift my head to see, but the fact that there’s hesitation tells me I’ve succeeded in throwing them off their rhythm.
Oh, you weren’t expecting an educated boy, now were you?
“The pleasure is all ours. Imagine our surprise when the man Genevive’s been speaking of turns out… faithful to the stories,” the lady of the house drawls, talking so cleverly around the specifics that I wonder if I should thank them or be insulted.
Thankfully, Lord Fontaine continues his wife’s thoughts without allowing me to remark upon the statement.
“And dedicated, not only to his studies, but to our Genevie as well.” He nods to himself like he’s agreeing with what he just said and his wife giggles behind her hand with the demure refinement that the act should not have.
What?
“Truthfully we did not believe you existed as anything more than a fanciful story in our daughter’s mind,” he continues. “She kept putting off a formal meeting, as you must have known, but even the most vivid of imaginations cannot sit for the national exam.”
I think I’m starting to get a picture of what he’s talking about. They watched the scores come out, and when they saw my name they realized they couldn’t put off a formal meeting anymore. My score on the exam is probably the social duress that forced his hand. He had to invite me.
“And to turn down the honors symposium, just to meet with us,” the mother continues, spinning some version of my accolades that I know is going to end up as a dig against my character, so I tune it out.
I’m not surprised that they knew what I turned down to meet them tonight. I don’t know how they know, I don’t know who told them, but I am not surprised. When people like this want to know something about someone, they have all kinds of ways of digging up all kinds of things. Suddenly it makes a little more sense that they’d have this get-together the same night as the symposium.
I don’t remember seeing Genevive’s name among the highest honors rankers, and as far as I could tell, those were the only people asked to the event. It’s a point of family pride. They are the highest ranked family that boasts mages. If they publicly acknowledged that their daughter didn’t get invited to a prestigious mage-centric event, solely because she didn’t score high enough… it’s enough to make any family capable of the feat have an event the same night to save face. She couldn’t have possibly gone to that event, we had something else to do that took precedence . I mean, it’s exactly the excuse I used to get out of the event. I suppose I can understand the reasoning…
“I could never have missed the chance to finally meet the lovely people responsible for…” Stars, it hurts to say, “my Genevive. I fear I’ve built it up in my heart so much it just might burst.”
I speak carefully, keeping my mind focused on my posture and tone. They would probably like to see my heart burst. Though maybe not. Maybe they would rather it happen outside and save the servants an afternoon of scrubbing to try and get the bloodstains out of the floor.
“Yes, well I hope it doesn’t detract from your studies too much.” The father purses his lips and I clench my teeth together, smiling despite the dig.
“Oh, I just got out of a long term project. I thought hastily rushing into a new one might be a little bit negligent of me,” I answer evenly, dipping my head respectfully and doing my damndest not to allow my fingers to fidget, even under the covering of the sleeves. They’d notice, I know it.
“Negligent?” the mother parrots back, like she’s never heard the word before.
“Well, I want to give my best work to my every project, and as it stands now I do need a bit of time to recover. Especially considering how closely the project’s end date ran with the end of the semester. Besides, I’ve barely had the proper time to spend with your daughter. I think my side of our courtship has been rather lacking because of the circumstances,” I add, turning my face away like I’m torn up about it, too ashamed of my inadequacies to even meet the eyes of my fiance's parents.
That shuts them up.
Idly, I think I might have just managed to do more than those two goons ever could to further my career as a mage. I have no doubt the Fontaines would send all the internship opportunities they could to me in order to keep me away from their daughter.
Alphinius recovers first, clearing his throat before even attempting to speak again.
“I hope you do forgive us for our appearance, we were just listening to Aidan speak on some of the specimens he’s collected from his trip and his preliminary findings”
Aidan, the marine specialist. I don’t know a lot about him, just that Genevive mentioned once that he had a hydra familiar, though they are nowhere to be seen now. It doesn’t surprise me. Gen had said this would be a familiar free party. Though apparently the definition of ‘familiar’ is only extended to those who are trained. Aidan has no qualms about showing off a number of the oddities he’s personally collected. Species that are rather rare or ones that are still being studied for their potential line his aquarium. I’m not quite sure how I feel about it.
They’re being cared for… their tanks receive quite a lot of maintenance and cleaning, that much is obvious at a glance. But I still don’t know what to make of the creatures in the tanks themselves.
They weren’t raised for this, if the stories that Aiden tells are to be believed. He found or trapped all of the types he managed to collect. I have to wonder just how different it is for them than it is for Blue. Blue was raised knowing his position, whereas these things were not. They don’t even have the ability to run, they’re hundreds of miles away from the oceans they came from.
The tour goes on, Aiden insisting that he likes the freakish ones the most. Though he does have a sweet spot for the Atolla jellyfish he caught almost a year ago, his mother’s favorite, he explains.
I have to actively fight my body’s instinctual urge to flee as he shows me his ‘treasures of the deep’, including a cookiecutter shark, a fangtooth, and an anglerfish type of familiar that I will be seeing in my nightmares. The parents simply nod along, watching their son passively as he exposits about their habits and natural properties and activities. I have to wonder if they’re actually numb to it or if they’re putting on a good front. Hell, I like the ocean. I know there’s a lot of fucked up shit that lives in there, but I hadn’t thought that there would be… corresponding species of familiars.
“My personal favorite for this round was this little gem,” Aiden says, leaning in close and pulling me in front of one of the bigger, taller tanks closer to the center of the room, “the Bastard Moray.”
He says it like I should be impressed by the name alone. I guess I am, I’m impressed that the scientist who named it still has a job.
The creature inside looks vaguely normal, in the crude, relative way that I seem to be comfortable using the term nowadays. Their skin is a bright yellow dappled with brown spots. Their fingers are webbed with a delicate looking mesh. They don't have legs, rather they have a powerful looking tail that is not being utilized as it floats, dreamily slow in the water before us. It’s almost disturbing how cute the creature looks. Aquatic familiars do have a tendency to be more fragile looking, but the effect is only enhanced by their wide, dark eyes and a cute little mouth that I realize only as it drifts past us is not its actual mouth. Its maw seems to be just under its jaw where I can see a half dozen sharp, pointed teeth protruding.
“Bastard from the Urit?” I ask numbly. “As in ‘biting the hand that feeds you?’” Suddenly, the nutjob scientist doesn’t seem so crazy.
I gather from the inexpertly hidden glare Aiden fixes me with that I wasn’t supposed to know that.
“Well, yes… such an odd language, did you know-” He continues, and many of the facts he seems proud to rattle off I actually do know. Much to his frustration.
He shows off several more specimens and we’ve made our way through almost the whole exhibition when I finally have to ask. I don’t want this to be some grand reveal at the end, I don’t think I could handle it.
“What, no mermaids?”
“Everyone knows mermaids don’t actually exist,” he answers, quirking a brow.
“Well yeah… no,” I fluster, but Aiden loves to hear himself talk so much he cuts me off.
“But my collection is so extensive it does seem to border into the realms of myth, doesn’t it?” He takes my moment of confusion and turns it into a compliment for himself. I don’t mind giving it to him. He seems to need it.
“Absolutely.” I nod along, doing my best to look starstruck as he pulls me to the next area.
“Oh dear, it’s nearly time for dinner and Genevive still isn’t back yet.” Regina places a finger to her temple and shuts her eyes like it’s the worst thing that has ever happened to anyone and deserves a moment of silent meditation.
“Back?” I can’t help but ask when it seems no one is going to elaborate.
“Our dear daughter just insisted on getting a moment of riding in today,” Alphinius explains, putting a comforting hand over one of his wife’s like he’s trying to support her through her grieving.
“Ah, I’ve heard just how talented Genevive is at the sport. It is most impressive,” I lie.
I haven’t heard anything about Genevive’s skills, not that I’ve cared much to listen, but if it’s a skill her parents are willing to bring up then it’s a safe bet that she’s fairly accomplished in the field.
The parents preen and I know I’ve struck the nail on the head.
“We’ll send for her,” the father says and is halfway through motioning for a servant when I step in.
“Oh no, Sir. Please, let me go. I would love to be the one to greet her when she returns.” I’m playing the lovestruck fool. I might as well commit. And if it gets me out of this showroom, well then, that’s really just an added bonus now isn’t it?
The stables require very little navigational talent to find. And that’s saying something on this large of an estate. In fact I need more help finding my way out of the main house than I do finding the stables, though the servants point it out to me like I’m blind anyways. Apparently the building off to the side of the main house had been the stables all along, even though it was large and lavish enough that I had assumed that it was a detached servants quarters.
Regardless, the building is blessedly empty once I find my way in. There’s only the horses here and I can’t help but feel relieved to have a moment to collect myself. I’m glad for the pain medication. I wouldn’t have been able to get this far without it. I doubt I would have made it through any of this.
Score one for foresight!
The robes are not as comfortable as they were when I’d arrived. So much movement has made the fabric pull and come loose from the tentative way the sash had held everything in place. I take a moment to readjust my clothes, untying the sash and restacking the layered garments. It feels so odd on my skin, the way these clothes hang, the way they’re meant to be worn… it’s strange. Still, I suppose I have to get used to wearing them. I am a mage, after all. This should hardly be the last time I ever dress like one.
Or maybe it will be . The panicked thought races through my mind as I tie the sash back into place only for everything to fall right back out of order. Stars, did I do something wrong? The sash felt wrong, but that was the easiest part of the whole process, right?
I’m reexamining the folded plaits when the door slams open and I freeze in my tracks. It’s not Genevive, and for that I thank every star in the sky. Imagine what kind of scene that would be, with me half undressed....
Instead the person in the doorway is taller, scruffier, and a damn sight plumper than Genevive. The dappling of oddly colored freckles takes a moment to translate in my mind. She’s an Eshi, though that much should probably have been clear from the soft grey of her skin. Her hair’s cut short and kept out of the way with a piece of braided leather. She’s well muscled, dressed in a pair or well worn coveralls and thick mud caked boots. There’s a grain bag in her arms that must weigh fifty pounds, but she doesn’t seem at all fazed by the weight.
“Oh, I’m so terribly sorry, I didn’t expect anyone else to be in here,” she apologizes as she makes her way inside. The odd twang in her voice is readily apparent.
“You don’t have to mind me, I’m just-” I try to introduce myself, but she just barrels right on.
“You’re that Kara fella, ain’t cha?” Her words make it a question, but her tone confirms it’s a fact, even without my input.
“Yes, that would be me.” It’s all I can do to nod and stuff myself back into my robes and try to look somewhat presentable.
“I figured as much.” She gives a little smile as she looks me over, then- “You want some help with that?”- she gestures to my sash far too casually for someone who’s got a fifty pound bag of grain in her other hand.
“I… well-” She seems to take that as a yes as she dumps the bag where it needs to go and comes over to me.
“Oh don’t you worry, this ain’t my first time pulling a mage’s outfit together and it sure as Salt ain’t gonna be the last,” she says as she pulls my clothes back into their proper state, batting away my hands when I try to help. There’s nothing else I can do but stand with my arms outstretched like a mannequin for dressing, but she’s obviously practiced. There’s no way I can turn down her help.
“You’ve tied mages robes before?” I ask, more to say something than out of actual curiosity. I’m feeling oddly flustered as she fixes my clothing with absolutely no shame. I can feel her hands everywhere, but it’s all practiced, professional movements. So much so I feel foolish for asking the question.
“Just about ten thousand times, but you know, they keep adding patterns and fancy stitching that you’re not supposed to cover up, so… at least it’s interesting.” She answers with more attention and warmth than I’ve managed to get from anyone else on the premises.
“Have you worked for the Fontaines long?” I can’t help it as the question tumbles out. It’s pretty personal, and probably something servants are not supposed to talk with guests about, but she continues like it’s nothing.
“Well, I’d say so, just about damn near my entire life. I was very lucky to be taken in by them, my folks were only really working here part time when they died. Probably would have been nothing left for me if they hadn’t done what they did.” She answers so openly that I feel wrong even suspecting that she might be lying.
“Well, that sounds… very nice of them.” I try for neutral ground in case she’s exaggerating and she’s not really allowed to speak on her truer feelings, but my sash just gets pulled until it’s too tight as she narrows her eyes.
“And what were you expecting?” she asks. She’s not quite threatening me, but her tone is a fair bit more angry than confused.
“No, no, I just… do you know the family well?” I ask, deciding to change directions.
She purses her lips, but seems to accept the change in topic. She hooks a finger under the sash and pulls it back out to a workable length. I take a deep breath and try not to give into the urge to rub the sore area on my stomach that just got crushed.
“Well sure, damn near grew up right next to the little miss of the estate,” she answers, tying off the sash in a better knot than I managed at home.
“Really?” I ask incredulously. I cannot imagine this bubbly, open person growing up with Genevive.
“Of course, why do you think I learned how to tie those damn fancy robes?” She chuckles to herself like she’s reliving a particularly funny scene. “She tried to get me in the house so many times, tried to take me as a personal assistant…” she shakes her head at that, “boy, I was not built to sit and fan.” A sentiment that she seems to demonstrate as she picks up the bag of grain again to set in in a pile of others just like it.
The Genevive that I know wouldn’t mind forcing someone into a position they were uncomfortable in.
“So you like it… here?” I hedge. I don’t know why I’m pressing, I know the answer I’m going to get, but still… hearing it seems so strange.
“Course I do. I’ve always been just a little better with the beasts than with people anyhow. Besides, Miss Clarabell is much prettier than any painted up debutante ‘waiting in chambers’, wouldn’t you agree?” She hums, patting the horse to her left on the neck as it huffs and whinnies at her antics.
“Honestly, I’m lucky the little miss of the house took such an interest in horse rearing.” She says it more to herself than to me as she strokes gently down Clarabell’s mane.
Suddenly, I’m not so sure that the horse rearing is what the little miss of the house is interested in.
“Listen Sir,” she turns away from the horse, but keeps her hand on it like she needs the stable presence, “I know it’s not my place to say, but do take care of Miss Gene-” Whatever she was going to have me promise gets cut off as Genevive rides into the stable.
“Cori! Cori,” she calls, continuing on as she rides her horse right into the stable, “I think Jubilee needs her shoes reset, the whole-” Her voice cuts off as she sees me.
She’s in her riding clothes. Her hair’s ruffled, her boots are muddy and with her eyes blown wide in shock, she looks so much more... human than she usually does.
“What are you doing here?” She barely regains enough composure not to hiss at me.
“I’m terribly sorry, your parents had sent me to collect you for dinner.” I smile up at her and try not to feel too pleased at the two spots of color that have rapidly bloomed on her cheeks.
“Alright just… give me a moment.” She straightens up in her saddle, trying to recover some of that noble air she’d been missing when she came galloping in.
I stand there, willing myself not to smirk as the tips of her ears grow red and she snaps “Alone, please! Wait outside.”
I oblige, leaving the stable through the wide open doors, but going right to the open window of one of the pens. I have no idea which horse lives here aside from the fact that he is too friendly. He trots immediately up to the human by his window and keeps trying to solicit pets. I oblige him as it’s still the best vantage point to hear what exactly is going on inside the walls.
“Hey, did he do anything to you?” Genevieve asks, startling me with the genuine concern I hear in her voice.
“No miss, very kind man you’ve brought home,” the stable hand, Cori, remarks without much of the enthusiasm she’s been displaying with me. She doesn't sound like she’s disapproving, just that she’s being more formal… less expressive.
“I didn’t- I…” I never thought I’d see the day Genevive stuttered, but the moment is over almost as quickly as it had begun. “Cori, the horseshoe. It needs to be replaced,” Genevive orders in a clipped tone that’s making me feel like I’ve done something wrong, despite having nothing to do with her horse.
It doesn’t affect Cori, though. She just responds with a respectful, “As you wish,” and a silence falls over the stable.
“Well, if that’s all-” Genevive sighs, but apparently, that is not all because Cori speaks up again.
“My lady, the saddles… there’s- I need more of the treating oil you like to keep them maintained.” Cori says it with a practiced ease that makes me feel like the line is rehearsed, but Genevive doesn’t call her out.
“Well, it can’t be helped.” She sighs. “If Mother and Father insist on dragging their feet then I’ll have to accompany you myself.”
“As you wish.” Cori’s tone is just as respectful, but I swear I can hear her smiling.
Genevive comes out a moment later, but it’s more than enough time for me to pretend I haven’t been listening. Though it is harder to keep my face in that pleasantly disinterested neutral state.
“You!” She says it like an accusation.
“Yes, my lady,” I answer and she bristles, but regains some of her haughtiness.
“They could have sent any servant for me,” she huffs, coming to stand nose to nose with me. I suppose if I was in my right mind I would find the situation terrifying like she wants me to, but at the moment I can only smile.
“Oh, but, my lady, you were late for my arrival and I was so worried that something might have happened to you.” I smile and I can hear the tenuous fibers of control holding Genevive’s temper growing taut.
“I will not be hearing anything that you’ve seen repeated, will I?” She asks it like a threat.
“I did not know you wanted so many in the dark about your riding skills. But if you don’t want anyone to know, I’ll keep your secret.” I look at her, trying my best to conjure up that lost, confused expression that Blue does so much better than me.
Whatever facsimile I manage to reproduce, Genevive’s burning glare falters and I realize belatedly as she backs down that she actually thinks I didn’t eavesdrop on her. I mean, it doesn’t change the facts. I won’t tell on her. This kind of infatuation with a servant can lead to bad things, but given how flagrant they are I have to imagine a large portion of the staff know and are committed to keeping the secret, or tonight was a very off night.
“Yes, I don’t want to have to show off. The horses are mine and while they are a respectable hobby… I don’t really want to have to enter competitions and things like that.”
“Don’t you think it’s funny how they tell us how to live?” The words are out of my mouth before I can stop them, but they feel so good to say I can’t stop myself.
“What?” she asks, probably, suitably surprised with my words.
“Which hobbies are suitable, what kind of fun is honorable enough to have… how we’re all delinquent kids until we’ve turned into their clones?”
She knows what I’m talking about. She can look at me with those wide eyes all she wants but she knows what it means to be a failure in her parents’ eyes. Whether they know it or not, whether it’s just been implied or actively threatened. She knows what it is to want and to be told it’s wrong. I just can’t believe it took me so long to notice it.
I wave my hand in some noncommittal gesture. I have no idea where the sudden angry questions came from, but I want to take it back. This was supposed to be me proving I’m docile as a lamb, not… anything else.
“Kara?” I can hear the hesitance in her voice, so I drop all my thoughts and backtrack, slapping that oblivious smile back on my face like we’ve been talking about nothing at all.
“It’s nothing, I was reading a log of the most common hobbies of the nobility. In the log it was just funny, children did what their parents did, nine times out of ten. I thought it was interesting, don’t you?”
The corner of Genevive’s mouth quirks in a tilted half-smile. “My mum wanted to breed horses, you know, back in the day.”
I nod, as though that had been the whole point of this.
I walk Genevive back to the house, she changes, and we are escorted to the dining room by another attendant. I think it’s because we’re both horribly familiar with the games that the night goes so well. We talk for hours and hours about nothing of substance, debate things that don’t matter, and listen to facts and trivia that will never mean what it means to the person spouting it. I didn’t expect it to be so… familiar.
I led a spirited conversation with two of the most influential mages in the country and I swear that if my life depended on it I couldn’t come up with a single thing that I actually said at that table.
The evening’s only remarkable in that nothing goes wrong. I was so prepared for something catastrophic that by the time Genevive’s escorting me back to the carriage that will take me home there’s a nervous trembling in my hands that won’t accept the success of the night.
“I don’t think I’ve ever seen a better look on my parent’s faces!” Genevive manages around a burst of what sounds like genuine laughter, wiping the beginnings of a tear from the corner of her eye.
“I’m just glad you found that as enjoyable as I did,” I answer mildly, enjoying this new side of her that I’ve never seen.
“Stars, I was sure my brother was going to turn you into a puffer fish.” She gasps and tries frantically to stop her giggling. Idly, I’m curious what has her so unrestrained. There was no alcohol at the table, was there?
“Well that’s what he gets for trying to pull trivia facts on me to sound smart,” I defend myself, not quite able to keep the smile off my own face.
“I don’t think you understand what you’ve done.” She quiets herself to a conspiratorial whisper. “The man will be memorizing manuals for days for new information that you might not know.”
“Well, if you would have warned me he was such a sore loser I would have pretended not to understand the difference between zooplankton and phytoplankton.”
“No, no then I would have gotten the patented ‘dead to us’ stare from my parents for the next two moths for picking an uneducated bumpkin.”
I laugh with her, but her chuckle dies off first.
“What’s wrong?” I ask.
I’m surprised at the genuine concern I’m feeling. I like this Genevive more than the one I’m used to. I like her honesty, the way she’s alive, speaking without calculation or consequence.
“All of this, all of it. I’m sorry, I didn’t mean-” She starts rambling so I cut her off.
“I’m not offended,” I reassure her.
“No, not just that, all of it. I was born into it. I’m stuck here and I figured I might as well reap the benefits where I could, but…” She stops herself, but we can both hear the unspoken ‘why are you here’.
“Don’t worry about it.” I pat her on the shoulder and shoot her a lazy grin as I pull myself up into the carriage. “I’m just glad you got to laugh tonight.”
“Kara, wait-” she calls out, but cuts herself off. I pause with one foot on the running board of the carriage as I wait for her to speak.
“Yes, Gen?” I prompt, hoping that it will help spark her desire to speak.
She looks at me. Those piercing green eyes that had been so threatening when we met are now so full of emotions I can’t read that my head swims. She bites her lip and shakes her head.
“It’s… it’s nothing,” she says eventually, “I’ll see you next semester.”
The ride back is a nauseating blur, more than enough to make me certain that there was alcohol at dinner that I’ve somehow managed to forget about. It’s a miracle that I get into the house.
The pills have long since worn off, the heavy ache returning to all the parts of my body in intervals. By the time I get to the couch in the living room it’s all I can do to hope that I pass out in its general proximity.
I’m out before I can tell if I’ve been successful.
- - - - -
Morning comes just as harshly as any other day, uncaring of the facts of my life and unkind in the way it shines light in my eyes. Stars, my head is pounding, my whole body is aching, cramping in protest of the terrible position it slept in last night.
Huh, deja vu.
Just like last night, I’ve made the same mistake again. Blue’s upstairs and I, local idiot, have decided to sleep in the decidedly Blue-bereft downstairs. The worst choice of this lifetime. One that angers not only me, but leaves Blue in a bad mood as well.
I let Blue go back to school yesterday, a nice little trip with Shauna to see his friends and have a proper farewell. Was it a good idea? Did he have a nice time or did all those other familiars give him trouble? I don’t doubt I made a scene last time, with our exit as hasty as it was. I don’t doubt I was the subject of speculation…
Come to think of it, I don’t really know many of the familiars in Blue’s class. He hasn’t told me much about them, or given me any specifics that I didn’t ask for. Still, I feel terrible not knowing much about something that Blue’s so dedicated to. I suppose it’ll be a good conversation starter, at least while I feel so nervous at just the thought of being in the same room as him.
I try not to cringe as I remember the disaster of talking with Blue yesterday. I just wanted to apologize and make him feel better. I wanted to give him the chance to go and talk to his friends without his dumbass ‘owner’ stepping in on his sacred territory. But I’ve made the same mistake the second night in a row and left him to sleep alone. Any goodwill I had accumulated with the back to school stunt has been promptly demolished.
I wonder if Shauna stopped for food on her way back from school last night. There’s pitiful little in the icebox, so I doubt he’d be able to scrounge up anything that would have passed as a meal otherwise. I wonder if the day out gave him the reprieve I had hoped for, if he’d been able to relax or if I caused too much trouble among his students for that. I hope he got to relax at home at least. Stars, I wasn’t being delicate when I came home last night. I hope I didn’t wake him when I came crashing in.
I bite my lip as I try to control my breathing and force away the stress headache I can feel blooming. I might not like it, but I need to talk to him. I’ve put it off long enough. I can’t let it fester like this.
Right… I need to face the music.
“Blue!” I call, hearing my voice echo uncomfortably loud in the house.
There’s no answer. Blue doesn't usually just ignore me, but I suppose I deserve it. I basically pawned him off on my friend the other day so I could go meet my fiance's parents. He has every right to be mad. And instead of spending a nice night with him, I passed out on the couch. Like the wonderful person I am…
I trudge up the stairs, ignoring the burn in my legs, the pounding in my head. I’ve put this off too long already. We need to have this talk.
The door is closed and I try to convince myself that it is not adult behavior to bang my head against the wall until it feels better.
The second sun is already in the sky. Blue should be up by now, but even though he’s not the lightest of sleepers, he doesn’t sleep through yelling. I call for him again, knocking on the door just to be sure. He doesn’t respond and I try not to feel bad.
“Blue, I know we’ve been having a little bit of a rough time, and I know I haven’t been doing my best, but we need to talk. I wanted to make sure you were doing alright. Did you have a good time with your friends?” The question bounces around in the silence that follows, hammering home just how stupid it was. My face heats and suddenly I’m glad that I’m on the other side of the door. “I know I’m kind of a dumbass, but I swear on all the stars in the sky, Blue… I care about you. More than you will ever believe. I want us to be better, ok, I need us to be better.”
The silence bears down on me, caustic and suffocating. I can feel my heart thundering in my chest and it’s all I can do not to scream. It only takes a second but the urge is stamped down entirely. Screaming is useless. It’ll scare Blue and hurt my throat, and it’ll probably make my headache that much worse.
“Ok, yeah, I… I guess that’s what I can expect. I mean why would you believe me? I’m just a crazy guy who picked you up one day. You don’t have to reciprocate my feelings, you know that right? I won’t force you to do anything, and I won’t act on my idiocy. I swear. You’ll be safe. You shouldn’t have to fear everything and me on top of it.”
I press myself up against the door, but I hear nothing, just that same bone chilling silence. I hate the sound of blood rushing in my ears. If I could quiet that then maybe I could pick up what the hell’s going on with Blue.
“Blue, say something…” I offer cautiously, but when he does nothing my voice hitches in desperation. “Blue, let me know you’re ok!”
I try the door handle, so relieved when it turns, when I realize Blue hasn’t locked me out, that I just about start sobbing in the doorway. I stop myself before I can turn it all the way and toss the door open.
“Blue, last chance,” I warn as sternly as my trembling voice allows. “If you want to be alone just say so, otherwise I’m coming in.”
Nothing.
My heart’s hammering in my chest as I swing the door open. The bed’s not made, but even with the sheets strewn about there’s no doubt.
Blue’s gone.
Notes:
Oh no!!!
Who's ready for some Blue POV next time?\(*w*)/
-if you need someone to talk to about this, try the fan server: Here
-if you want to see the tumblr, you can find it: Here
-if you want to take a listen to the incredible audiobook version (which is not something I ever thought I would have the ability to say) that Sekiraku, our incredible Beta reader who is amazing and talented and quite literally a god, has made then you can find the link to chapter 1: Here
- go give it a listen!
Stay safe out there.
Chapter 77: Catnap
Summary:
Here's what was happening to Blue while Kara was busy last chapter
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
I try not to fidget as I sit on the floor of Shauna’s carriage. I have to put both hands over my knees to keep myself from scratching, but even that doesn’t feel like enough. I feel jittery, but I don’t know why. It’s not like drumming my fingers against the floor will help anything. I’m just glad that I’m sitting on my heels so there’s no way I can bounce my leg.
“Well, this is going to be exciting…” Shauna starts, obviously trying to make conversation, though I’m not sure why.
Worse, I have no real response. I just smile and nod, hoping to whatever will listen that it seems natural. What’s normally enough of a passive response to get Shauna talking isn’t cutting it. Her look hardens and though she isn’t actually looking at me I still feel responsible. The odd half glare Shauna seems to be sending the floor ends a half second later as Ande just puts his head in her lap.
She rises to the bait, stroking her hand through his hair. It’s so different from how it was only months ago. So very different… and the thought makes my heart ache.
Ande and Shauna are different. On paper they might as well be polar opposites. They shouldn’t have gotten along, and yet here they are. Looking at each other as if they’ve been together their whole lives, like nothing could separate them, as though every known thing in this universe would be wrong if they weren’t together. I suppose the world would look wrong if they weren’t together, at least for me. I haven’t known any other familiar under Shauna, nor would I care to.
Ande’s always been kind to me, even when we really didn’t know each other. He let me copy his behaviors when I was out of my depth. He spoke to me as an equal, even though he should have known he outranked me by several leagues. He’s become one of my closest friends.
And Shauna… Shauna’s the only reason I know Ande. She’s Master’s friend, so I would have seen a lot of her regardless. I can’t say we’ve always been close. I remember her harsh words when my Master had picked me out from the market, but I like to think that we’d gotten past that. She was kind when she didn’t have to be... a product (I like to imagine) of her familiar’s influence. Her nature has been giving over to something else in Ande’s presence. She’s learning to be reserved when the situation called for it, patient and tempered.
“So what was that all about?” Shauna asks evenly, her hand still running through Ande’s hair.
It’s as if she’s actively trying to make my point. There’s this softer side of her that she’s still learning about, that she still has trouble with when Ande isn’t around.
“I don’t know.” It’s the best answer I can come up with, the only honest one, and though I know Shauna usually likes something a little more definitive, the lost look on my face must tell her something.
“Well, he said something about going to see your friends, something about being sorry about last time and wanted to give you a proper sendoff,” she rambles, something so uncharacteristic of Shauna as a whole that I don’t know what to do.
It’s not like I can help much. I don’t know why I’m going with them today. I don’t know why Kara doesn’t want me at the house. I wasn’t expecting to go back. Kara’s last exam was yesterday, there was nothing left to do, Kara isn’t even coming with us. There’s nothing for him to do so he’s just dumped me on his friend… so he doesn’t have to deal with me?
It seems so unlike him, and yet I feel like I don’t know what to expect anymore. But something in her words mirrors what Kara had been telling me earlier this morning.
“Oh.” I really shouldn’t be interrupting her, but the rambling… it just seems so wrong coming from her. “M-Master came to pick me up a little early and I guess he startled some of the familiars.” I parrot back what Kara had told me, even though it doesn’t really make much sense to me either.
At least it seems to be enough for Shauna. She nods along with what I’ve said and goes on for a bit about the proper apology that Kara seems to owe me.
I have to bite my lip to keep from laughing. She thinks he owes me an apology? The tightness in my throat doesn’t go away, and it only takes me a few seconds before the impulse to laugh shifts over to tears. I shouldn’t cry. Though the thought doesn’t help how blurry the floor becomes.
It’s not his fault. It was mine. I was bad, and it’s been so long since I’ve had to confront that thought in my mind that it hurts all the more. Maybe that’s why this stings so bad… Kara had always been so kind, so accepting. Even when I failed him, when I wasn’t enough, he never said it was my fault.
There’s an impulse to just curl up and cry, present company be damned. I wonder if Shauna would let me stay in the carriage until her tests were done and I could go back home without ever having to step into the school. It feels so wrong without Kara by my side. I don’t feel safe.
My hands are shaking so badly that I have to press them together so hard that my knuckles turn white in order to get them to stop. It was never this bad before. When Shauna took me to school, for that week that Kara had been suspended, I never got like this. It was uncomfortable being at the school without my Master, but I still felt safe. Shauna was entrusted with my safety and Ande made sure that no one would even try to bother me, but best of all I always knew that Kara would be at home when I got back. He’d have dinner on the table or in the oven, table set, and greet me with a smile, and we’d eat and pretend to talk when all I could do was bask in the safety he seemed to radiate. We’d be with each other, comfortable and content. We’d snuggle, and drink tea, and read, do anything that would keep us together until we had to part ways the next morning.
As our carriage rolls to a stop there’s a stinging in my throat and I have to blink quickly to get the tears out of my eyes. I revisit my earlier plan.
Shauna isn’t terribly cruel. If I really cried, if I curled up and cried and refused to leave the carriage, she might let me stay here. On the other hand, I wouldn’t fit under the seats like that disastrous time I’d injured my feet. Shauna’s seats aren’t bench style. They’ve got little cubbies underneath them. There’s no room to squeeze under, no matter how determined I am.
I shouldn’t make a scene. She’d probably take me back to Kara if I did, and he’d get mad that he didn’t get his day away from me like he’d planned. It’s better to just go into the school. I can stay at the Care Center or maybe just sit in the quiet peace of the gym.
I had no plans to come back until next semester. I told all the familiars that come to my little ‘training’ sessions that yesterday would be my last day. I just don’t know what I’m going to do.
I follow quietly after Ande, my body moving on its own until I realize we’ve made it to the Care Center.
“Alright. What’s wrong with you?” Ande asks with a tired groan as he snuggles into one of the bean bag cushions.
I can’t help the way I look around. I can only attribute it to my fraying mental state that I don’t disguise the nervous motion. It doesn’t really matter anyways. There’s only a few people here. The attendant seems to be putting actual effort into his disinterest, absorbed into whatever book he’s reading and physically turned away from us. Not that the other familiars are much better. There’s only two here. One’s already asleep and the other is that same scary-looking jackal that’s been here since my first day. He’s still tethered to the wall, but he shows no sign of interest in us. Still, I can’t shake the feeling of prying eyes.
“What’s wrong? I never said something was wrong…” Even as I speak I know I’m not making a good case.
It doesn’t help that I have to physically pry my hand away from my wrist. The attempt to hide the reddened mark behind my back is pathetic.
I can’t help but feel that this is all a little unfair. I expected to be allowed to just… sit with my thoughts today, at least until I could go back home. Ande never starts these conversations. Not without some sort of cue from the group. I guess Shauna’s rubbing off on him just as much as he rubs off on her.
Ande quirks his brow and fixes me with a pointed look that all but confirms Shauna’s influence. It’s incredible how many words he’s implying, how strongly he’s calling minotaur manure even though he’s not saying anything.
I bite the inside of my cheek, wrestling with myself. I don’t want to keep it a secret, even though Kara told me how much he values his privacy. It’s not like it’s something that affects him, though. And he’s had a long time to object to my friendship with Ande. He hadn’t set any limits on what I could talk with him about, and with what we’ve already shared with each other… a little more won’t be what tips the scales.
I tuck my feet underneath me and try to will the tension out of my body as I search for the right words.
“Master’s pissed,” is what I eventually say.
I bite my lip and start studying the pattern of the carpet underneath me so I don’t have to look at Ande. There’s really nothing else to say. Master’s mad and I am screwed. I don’t know what I can do to make up for my mistake, but I want to be forgiven. I want to get past this. I want this whole thing to be no more than a distant memory.
It’s not like it’s impossible. Master’s already forgiven so many different things. Stars, when we first came together he should have gotten rid of me so many thousands of times over, but he’s always forgiven me. He’s always treated me gently, with more kindness, with more respect than I deserve.
Then again he’s never been this angry… angry at all, really. Maybe that’s why all this feels so wrong. All my failings were treated like they didn’t matter, and I suppose to him, they didn’t. He always held me to some other, unnamed standard. It didn’t matter how bad I was at being a proper pet, at being a good familiar, that wasn’t what he wanted.
I want to go back to how things were
“Oh, so it’s ‘Master’ now?” Ande chuckles.
“Don’t do this to me Ande, not today.” I don’t like the whiny tone my voice takes, but there’s nothing I can do to stop it.
Why does he have to tease like this? Why did I ever make such a stupid mistake and use Kara’s name like that in front of him? He’s teased me like this every chance he can get since then, so long as there’s no one around that might get us in trouble. Normally I don’t mind too much, but right now it’s just a bitter reminder of the warmth that used to exist between me and my master. The warmth that I’ve lost.
“Alright, alright…” Ande shifts on his beanbag so that he’s looking at me, but his expression does not turn solemn or contemplative like I’m used to. He’s got that same lopsided grin fixed to his face, like he doesn’t believe he’s really going to be talking through something serious with me. “And what exactly happened to make him so ‘pissed’ at you, the light of his life, the shine of his stars-”
I swat at Ande, but he just fixes me with a pointed stare that has me curling my hands into fists. I’m not going to swing at him, but it doesn’t stop the annoyance that builds in my chest. Even if we were to have a spat, Ande would probably hold me at arm’s length with one hand like I was some angry, sputtering child. Still, I find it frustrating that he doesn’t even pretend like I’ve done damage. He doesn’t even have the decency to look hurt by my actions.
All at once, whatever fight was in me drains out. What the hell am I doing? I don’t want Ande to hurt, not in any way, I just wanted him to take me seriously. Stars, I’m a mess. I shouldn’t be like this. Feeling bad isn’t an excuse, if I did something like this with anyone else, they would have been well within their rights to-
Maybe it’s not Kara. Maybe it’s me that’s changed. I keep doing things that I shouldn’t, taking action when I normally would have stayed quiet. Since when did I think that was ok? Kara put up with it, but that was when it wasn’t bothering him. Now that I’ve officially thrown myself off the deep end I can’t imagine that the nonchalance will continue. There will be repercussions. I can’t tell if it’s better or worse that my punishment seems to be a low priority for my Master.
Taking in breath is suddenly the hardest thing in the world. My mind and my lungs can’t seem to agree and the result is a choked weezing that makes me wish I could just forget about breathing altogether. There’s so many things that I shouldn’t have done, but there’s no taking them back now.
Ande does look worried now, but I try not to let myself think as I bow my head in silent apology. Ande, great big softie that he is, doesn’t pry, doesn’t ask or prod at my distress. He just brushes some of my hair out of my face, gentle even though he doesn’t have to be.
“I fucked up.” The words come without my prompting, without any thought behind them, but it doesn’t stop them from being true.
“You’re fine,” Ande says. The lilting tone from before is gone now.
Stars, the relief is a palpable sensation for me, the guilty weight lifting from my shoulders at Ande’s words. Still…
“F-fine then,” I start again, ignoring the crack in my voice that completely negates the nonchalant tone I’m trying to capture. “I fucked up with Master.”
“And-” Ande quirks a brow like the confession confuses him.
Stars, did he think this was such a frequent occurrence that I shouldn’t be worried? While my relationship with Kara is rather unorthodox, I could say the same thing about Ande and Shauna.
“Ande, I fucked up bad!” I persist, forcing my voice to stay low lest we attract unwanted attention.
“He threw a bowl. He never gets mad, never… I think I crossed a line.”
“He threw something at you?” Ande tilts his head to the side as a look of shock and confusion spreads across his features.
“No, not at me. We were… talking and it was all getting out of hand and I was trying to say… something and he threw the bowl.”
Stars, I can’t even remember what I was trying to say. It was probably something stupid to get myself into more trouble.
The whole of my mind recoils as I try to piece together more coherent thoughts of that night. Honestly, I’d love nothing more than to get those memories out of my head, put them in a box and never look at them again, but the rest of me seems to be against it. In fact my mind seems obsessed with dredging up the memory any time I have even the slightest reprieve. It’s a bad memory. It’s not productive, and it doesn’t help me with anything, and yet it demands to be watched, played over and over again until I’m sick to my stomach at the spiraling thoughts it causes.
The argument is so out of place. I think that more than anything is what draws so much of my attention to it. We’d gotten so far without this kind of disagreement that I’m sure if I can just piece together the way to make up for it then forgiveness might be attainable.
My master is very kind. He’s generous with his foolish pet, even when I’m too stupid to know how to make things better. He helps when it hurts, and he chases away all these bad thoughts.
I bite the inside of my cheek so hard I taste blood. The thoughts are the stupid ramblings of a pet that doesn’t know any better, but that just makes it all the more terrifying. I thought those statements were true, complete truths that I could anchor myself to when considering how to deal with my Master and yet…
Last night… it all just goes against everything that I know about Kara. Everything that I thought I knew. It shakes the foundations of who he is as a person in my mind. The new information refuses to integrate with the image I had constructed and now I have to face the fact that I might have been wrong all along.
Kara’s not violent, he would never hurt me. Kara is kind and generous, he forgives all types of failings. Kara gave me choices, Kara told me to use his name.
I feel the beginning of tears sting my eyes. All of that is wrong… isn’t it? If I’d been wrong about something like this… well, how right could I have been about any assessment of my Master.
“That… doesn’t sound like him.” I nearly flinch at the sound of Ande’s voice, somehow so lost in thought that I managed to forget that my friend was right there in front of me. “Do you want me to ask my Mistress about it?” he asks, and I feel my cheeks burn.
“Stars, no! The fewer people in this the better.” I mumble, trying to be discreet about the way I rub my hand over my eyes. Master probably wouldn’t appreciate his friend coming to him with personal details because his familiar couldn’t keep his mouth shut… again. “Besides, what would she even be able to do?” It takes me a second to realize that I’ve spoken the question out loud.
“Well, I suppose she could always burn his house down…” Ande answers, hand to his chin like he’s considering the logistics of that particular plan.
“Ande, be serious,” I pout, but I’m not entirely sure that he’s joking with me.
It doesn’t help that his expression remains the same even as he nods in my direction.
“Alright… She could ask him point blank what’s wrong. That might be helpful,” Ande posits, and I struggle to find a place to put my hands as the irrepressible urge to squirm overcomes me.
“Stars, you think she would do that?” I mumble to the floor, but Ande doesn’t appear to be disheartened.
“Well, yes. And if this morning was any indication, she will be doing it regardless, but I think it would actually be a course of action best served through you,” he answers, and I feel my heart stutter in my chest.
“What?” I can’t help but gape at him.
“Talk to him.” He says it more insistently now, as though I am a child who’s not getting his point.
“No, I got that-” I try to backtrack, but Ande cuts me off.
“Then what’s the trouble?” he asks and suddenly it feels like I’ve backed myself into a corner.
“I can’t do that!” I all but yelp. The sound is not dignified, but I’m well past worrying about dignity at this point.
“And why not?” Ande asks with such deliberate obtuseness that I think for a moment he’s making fun of me again.
Why not?
My mind goes blank as all the excuses fly out of my head. It’s not proper, it’s not my place, but if I’m going to find what is my place, what is proper, what Kara wants from me, and how we can heal from this then we are going to have to have a conversation. Even though it’s not my place to initiate it, even though I could get into trouble, it will be better to get this stuff out into the open rather than have us tiptoe around each other for the rest of our lives.
“When did you get to be so wise?” I mumble, trying not to think too hard about the way Ande fixed my problem in two minutes while looking more hopelessly tired than Kara has these past few days.
“Shauna,” Ande answers without hesitation, following it up with a yawn as he snuggles back into the beanbag. “I was utterly hopeless at this kind of stuff before. Honestly I think if this had dragged out any longer she might have tied the two of you up and not let you go until you’d poured your hearts out to each other.”
He used her name. I can’t stop the smile from blooming on my face, but I keep the fact to myself. Ande’s tired, I can rub it in more thoroughly later when he will be more conscious of it.
“And this is a tactic she’s used on you?” I prod, poking at his cheeks even as he squirms away.
Like this, he’s cuter than a man more than twice my weight has any right to be. And the way he puffs out his cheeks like a frustrated squirrel is far too endearing, even as he fixes me with his deadest stare. I blame Enoki. He’s the one who started the whole ‘poke the sleeping bear’ ritual.
“No, just one she threatens a lot…” he chuckles, waving off my hand and closing his eyes.
He snuggles back into the cushion but those words leave me a little disquieted. Shauna’s been odd the past few times I’ve seen her. It’s more significant than just a shift in attitude dependent on whether Ande’s present or not. She was relieved beyond what seemed reasonable when she received her Qualls score, and yet she looked so frustrated by the end of the day. Like there was something bothering her.
I shudder at the thought of someone purposefully antagonizing Shauna. Whatever it is, I doubt it’ll be standing for long. Still, the melancholy had been affecting Ande as well…
“Your mistress, she’s been… upset the past few days?” I hazard a guess.
I don’t know why I’m pushing. It’s none of my business, and even though Ande and I are quite open with each other we don’t usually go prying into each other's lives. We talk things through with each other, but that’s always been based on what we’re willing to talk about. It’s always been our choice what to reveal.
“Yes,” Ande answers, the monosyllabic response only serving to highlight that I’m overstepping. He’s suddenly more of the tight-lipped bear that I know him to be.
“Are you having any trouble with that?” I try to keep my tone even.
I shouldn’t be prying, but checking in isn’t inherently bad. I just want to make sure he’s all right. I don’t need to know the details of what’s making Shauna so... distressed.
“It’s not… it’s not at me. Not really.” he says quietly and it’s only after he clears his throat that I recognise the misty eyed look that he’s trying not to let me see. “She doesn’t like situations that she’s not in control of, and traveling back to her family… She made a promise and she wants to honor it. It’s just hard on her,” he whispers, tugging at the green ribbon around his wrist as though to remind himself that it's there.
It’s an odd accessory. Its pale hue doesn’t match his eyes, and I don’t think I’ve seen him with it before. Though Shauna might have been wearing something similar. I would probably have a better idea if I’d been paying any attention in the cabin. Green’s not Shauna’s color, and yet Ande’s wearing it like it’s something incredibly precious. And if Shauna’s wearing the same…
Well, really all that I can say for certain is that it means something to them. It’s pointless to speculate without any other information.
“Oh-” I say intelligently, but it’s more to give a response than anything else. There’s not really much else to say without prying.
Ande’s allowed to keep his secrets. He has his own life outside of me. It just frustrates me that I can’t be of help to him when he’s helped me with my problems.
Just talk to the man.
Stars . I drag my hand over my face as I replay our conversation. Is this what I’d been avoiding? A simple talk? That’s all that we’d need to settle the issues between us? Probably not, but it’s the easiest, and fastest, way to start us off. It all seems so simple, so stupidly simple when he put it like that. Will it really be that easy?
I suppose there’s nothing I can do but try.
Ande sleeps on and off, offering the warm place next to him as we wait. I figure he and Shauna must have plans after her tests are done today. Otherwise she probably wouldn’t have brought him to school like this. He said that the symptoms should clear up after Candle Lights and I can’t imagine that she’d put him in an uncomfortable position for anything less than a necessity. Either way, even if I have trouble actually falling asleep, it’s nice to just sit and snuggle and engage in that casual physical contact that I’ve been lacking lately.
It’s odd to think the semester’s over. The school has taken over so much of my life that I find it a little unsettling to know that I won’t have to think about it for a while. I won’t have to worry about professors or classes or behaving like a familiar. I can’t help the smile that comes at the thought of not having to worry about upsetting the mages with my continued existence. There’s only a two month break, but it’s better than nothing. And after next semester...Heshinda should be nice.
Heshinda, the season with the longer break of the scholastic year.
I press my face into the soft material of Ande’s shirt. He’s so deeply asleep that he doesn’t even shift at my movements and I can’t help but feel relieved. I don’t need him to comment on the state of my face. The blush across my features surprises even me.
Look at me, making plans for the future.
For the start of Venra… For my birthday.
Kara had been the one to start me on that. My birthday… he said we’d do something together. I hadn’t said that I wanted anything, but I still don’t know what’s reasonable. It’s never been a celebration before, I’d never even really thought about it, but I suppose I still have time. There’s a lot to do before Venra is upon us.
Candle Lights is coming up, for one thing. It’s another celebration that I’ve never quite participated in before. As pets we had our own little acknowledgment of the holiday, much in the same way that other holidays played out. Masters were occupied and sometimes that meant we didn’t have to worry about anything. The whole rest of the household would have responsibilities, especially if we had to host the parties.
There was always a lot to handle. Food, guests...presents.
Presents. Candle Lights has an exchange of presents. At least I’m pretty sure. It’s been a part of the celebration as many times as I’ve seen it.
I wonder what I could get for Kara. I’ve never really had much luck presenting things. Even among the other pets that I’d managed to get along with, we traded favors rather than presenting gifts. It was more helpful than anything we could actually get hold of. It wouldn’t do to take something and bring unnecessary trouble just for a present.
My mind wanders as I try to imagine what Kara would like. Maybe one of those odd plants that he had loved so much in our jaunt through the woods. There were plenty of things that interested him then. Maybe he’d like something like that… one of the berries or flowers. I fight the wave of melancholy that comes with the memory.
Kyuin . I’d never asked what happens to bound creatures when their objects are destroyed. I wasn't brave enough. Not only am I reluctant to admit to my snooping, but if I don’t know for sure then I can pretend like the little imp is still fine. I can pretend that it just means that he’s not stuck to the object anymore, or it just hurt him a little and he could get away. With his foresight I can’t imagine he would have taken his destruction lightly. He would have fought harder. He would have stopped Kara from handing him over.
I’m not entirely sure what we could have done. He was property of the school that got used for an examination. We couldn't have kept him. He probably knew that too, but I feel like we could have done something. I can pretend that he didn’t fight because he knew something I didn’t, he knew it would be fine, and not because he knew better than to fight the inevitable.
Still, Kara had seemed just as enamored by the nuts and berries of the forest as Kyuin had been. Perhaps that would be something he’d like…
I dismiss the idea before it fully forms. It’s dangerous and stupid. The two of us together nearly got killed in the forest. Though, looking back, a lot of that did seem to be my own inadequacy. I wasn’t used to the outdoor adventure. I wasn’t helpful. I got drugged by a plant and forced him to deal with... that.
My cheeks are on fire as I remember the bits and pieces that I retained from the experience. Stars, why did that happen? I can barely believe it and I lived through it.
Going to the forest is a dangerous and stupid idea, but maybe the greenhouse…
It’s the school’s forest of horrors. It would make sense that they would have some samples. They probably have all manner of rare magical plants. If I could get in there…
I can’t tell which idea is more dangerous.
I don’t need to steal a whole flower , I try to rationalize it to myself. What’s the likelihood they would notice a missing flower anyways? No, if it’s a rare or magical plant like I’d want, a whole flower would surely be noticed, but would they notice a seed gone? With Kara’s skill he could make his own as long as he has that seed, no matter how hard it is to grow.
They wouldn’t notice just one seed. Even if they did, why would someone steal just one seed? It would be more believable that one of the students misplaced it and didn’t bother to note it. I could sign myself out. He already expected me to spend the day at the gym, and with all the students more or less busy with their finals…
No, I can’t do that. I’ll get caught, I just know I will. And if I don’t, then Kara will still be holding something that is stolen property. I don’t need to get him into any more trouble, and I need to stop thinking there will be no consequences for sneaking around without my Master’s permission.. My mind flashes to the near heart attack I’d had when we went out, when I’d dressed up and played at being human. When he’d said it didn’t matter what people didn’t know I thought he had found out about my little excursion to the library. Even though it would have been so unlike him my mind couldn’t let go of the fear that the whole night was just some elaborate way to make a scene and show me what happened when his familiar didn’t know his place.
I had a mistress who was fond of the more public variety of discipline, but that was something I was at least familiar with. I couldn’t begin to imagine the punishment for hiding my ears, what the people at that establishment might have done to me if they knew I was only fooling them. It would have been so easy. Unlike mistress, Kara would have had no need to list out my infractions. He could have just knocked my hat off and let everything unfold without him having to do anything to influence the crowd. The perfect punishment for a stupid familiar who went around lying about having his master’s permission. It would have been so easy, but he hadn’t, he hadn’t…
I shift away from Ande, blinking away the tears in my eyes. It would have been easy, but it also would have been terribly unlike Kara. He wouldn’t have concocted such an elaborate scheme to hurt me. He’s never wanted to hurt me, even when I’m bad.
But that was an assumption I’d had about him before last night. It was something I had in my mind when I still thought him incapable of harsh words and punishments, before he threw things and sent me away so he wouldn’t have to deal with me.
I don’t really know him .
I try to shake the thought out of my head. I can find some other gift. There’s plenty of things that Kara likes that won’t have me risking the wrath of the mages. I still have the coins that he gave me. They’re stashed away under the wrapping in the box with my hair piece. I could use those to find something he likes.
Maybe a book, or a journal… some cooking implements? I try not to feel hopeless as Shauna picks us up. I’m tempted to ask her to keep me for the night. Even though I know I need to talk to my Master, it still doesn’t make the thought any easier, or less intimidating. He won't be back until late tonight anyways, so it’s not like anything productive is going to happen. But I recognize how unfair that is. Shauna has a party tonight too and asking her to let me stay over when I’ve yet to even see her house, when Ande is still a sleepy ball of fluff who couldn’t attend a guest, is far too much.
I wave goodbye to Shauna from the door, waiting until I see the carriage disappear down the road before pushing open the door.
“I’m home!” I call out, but even before it resonates through the empty house I know I won’t be getting a response.
The house is still clean, but I can see a number of things out of place, moved or put away. The robe he’d gotten yesterday is missing and that just cements what I already know. Kara’s already gone. I just wish it didn’t feel like something inside me is missing.
I can’t bring myself to cook anything and while I go through the motions of opening the icebox and staring blankly into the pantry I can find nothing that changes those thoughts. I resign myself to an early night.
I fold my clothes for lack of anything better to do rather than out of a sense of personal neatness, changing into one of my nightshirts because reaching for one of Kara’s is doing bad things to my heart.
His smell is all over this room, even though it seems like an eternity since he’s been here. His smell is in the sheets, the pillows, and I try not to be any more pitiful by shoving my face into either of those like I need his scent to breathe. I miss him. So much it’s a near physical ache.
I can’t help but wonder what he's doing right now. Is he dancing with Genevive? Laughing with her parents? Forgetting about his lonely little common cat back home…
I throw away that scrap of pride I’ve been clinging to and jump into the bed, shoving my face into one of the pillows and breathing deeply before I can start crying.
It could be worse , I remind myself. It could be a lot worse.
Still, it doesn’t seem to stop the emotion welling up in my chest or the choked feeling at the back of my throat. Is it so wrong to want things to go back to the way they were? Even though I know it’s not my place, I want him here instead of at her house. I want him to hold me and tell me all manner of lies that will make me feel better.
I’m so caught up in my spiraling thoughts I almost miss the sound of the door closing downstairs.
My heart stutters in my chest. I didn’t hear any knocking. I’d been so consumed in my own musings that I wasn’t paying any attention. I bite the inside of my cheek to keep myself quiet. Who could be downstairs? There’s no way Kara’s back yet. Even though I wasn’t exactly keeping track of time as I was lost in my own head, it’s still light outside. There’s no way he’s back yet, so who the fuck is downstairs?
I didn’t lock the door. The thought comes and I have to bite back a curse. It could be anyone downstairs! We have plenty of neighbors, but Kara’s not really close with any of them. Certainly none of them would have a reason to pop over and come in.
“Are you sure?” I can hear voices downstairs, muffled and quiet.
I slip out of bed, padding as close as I dare to the door of the bedroom. It’s more than one person, otherwise they wouldn’t be asking questions out loud. They aren’t trying to be quiet, so when the other one speaks up it’s easy to hear from the more advantageous position.
“Yeah, he left for Gen’s already.” The voices sound so familiar, but…
“Where do you think the kitty cat is?”
Stars! I lurch back, away from the doorframe as my heart seizes in my chest. It’s Kalu, Kalu and I’m betting his two friends. Why would they be here? Kara isn’t home, but it sounds like they already know that. Why do they even know where he lives? He's not a public figure, he’s not someone with a big estate that would be easy to find. This is a residential neighborhood. Why are they here?
And why are they looking for me?
There's an impulse to run. Adrenaline has my heart leaping into my throat and I’m suddenly terribly claustrophobic. I want to run, but there’s nowhere to run, and the longer I stay still the more it seems like these walls are closing in on me. I’m on the second floor, so there’s no way to get out without going past them. I really only have one option.
I get down onto the floor, squeezing myself under the bed. It’s all I can do to try to control my breathing. I’m just glad that Kara doesn’t have a ton of clutter. I don’t have to compete for space. The only other thing under the bed is a collection of dust bunnies.
I can’t hear them from down here, but I have to imagine they are still creeping around downstairs. I’m scared. The situation is so far beyond anything that I am equipped to handle. I have no idea what to do. I suppose I should tell them to leave. If I was braver or if Kara was here I might have dared. They’ve invaded my Master’s house, he didn’t allow them entry and he isn’t even home, something that they apparently know. They shouldn’t be here, they don’t have the right to be… but I don’t have a death wish. I stay where I am.
The quiet extends and eventually the adrenaline in my system starts to dissipate. But that sinking feeling in my gut returns in time with the sound of footsteps on the stairs. I shouldn’t be surprised, not when Kara’s room is the first door coming up from the landing, but I still startle when they push the door open.
“Oh wow, nerd alert,” Jay chuckles and while I can only see their feet I’m a little troubled that I was right. All three of them are here.
“Like you didn’t fucking know that already,” Katherine giggles.
She makes her way to the far wall, seemingly engaged with something as she stops there for a while. I try to remember if there’s anything there, anything out, but my mind is such a blank slate of terror that I can’t remember anything in the room to save my life.
“Still, this guy…” Jay continues, making his way to the bookshelves.
They seem content to wander. I don’t plan to interrupt them, or bring any kind of attention to my presence.
“Where the fuck is his familiar?” Kalu snarls, all but slamming the door behind him.
“You think he’d have the thing properly trained given how highly he spoke of it.” Jay hums noncommittally, sitting himself down on the bed as the others move.
I bite down on the inside of my cheek to keep from making any noise. My ears press flat against my skull and it feels like my body is drawn in such a tense line that it wouldn’t take much to make me snap.
“Oh, he’s not the first person to oversell…” Katherine says. I don’t like that I can hear the smile in her voice, like she knows something she shouldn’t.
I’m not prepared when she peeks under the bed. I don’t even have the presence of mind to scream when she smiles, unkind and dangerous. I’m frozen under her gaze. I feel like some bug trapped under a slide of glass.
“There you are!” she exclaims, and that smile grows impossibly larger.
She reaches out and grabs me by the wrist. Even though I know it’s going to make it worse, I can’t stop myself from struggling as she tries to pull me out. My strength is no match for her, even given the awkward angle that she finds herself in. All she has to do is yank and my shoulder lights up with pain. It’s more than enough of a distraction to halt my squirming, and she takes advantage of that, dragging me out from my hiding place.
“Oh, come on now, why don’t you stop squirming?” she asks like I’m some petulant little creature that has no reason to act as I am. As though she is being very kind and not crushing my arm in her bruising grip.
I don’t have a response for her. My mind seems to be well beyond the state of terror that allows for words to form. I feel so much more vulnerable, so much more claustrophobic than I had underneath the bed. Though perhaps that is more from the combined effect of the three sets of eyes on me and the fact that they all tower over me, even as Katherine pulls me up from the floor.
There’s nothing I can do. I feel like I can’t breathe. They found me and there’s no one else in this house. My hands are shaking and there’s a low keening sound that takes me a minute to recognise as my own. Katherine seems to find the action amusing. She pulls me closer, stroking my head in an action I’m fairly certain is meant to be soothing, but it’s undercut by the way her nails dig into my skin.
“P-please,” I start, hating how high and shaky my voice is. Hating just how little my protest will mean. I can really only hope to claim Kara’s protection, but if they cared about that then they wouldn’t have come in here without his permission. Still, it’s my only avenue for an objection. “My M-Master will be v-very displeased i-if he knows you h-harmed me.”
I close my eyes, forcing myself to breathe. Just because my objection isn’t technically wrong doesn’t mean I won’t still be hit for it. It wouldn’t be the first time and I'm expecting at least that much for my audacity here. But I don't hear the crack of one of their hands on my skin, all I hear is Jay’s voice.
“Oh, that’s just cruel, he didn’t even tell the poor thing?”
What?
“He’s always been too soft on him, that was what started all these problems in the first place.” Katherine speaks with a pouty tone as she brings herself even closer, nuzzling gently where her cheek is touching mine.
My heart is beating so loudly in my chest that I’m surprised none of them can hear it. I steel myself before taking a peek around me, but neither Katherine nor Jay seem too concerned with my propriety. It’s only Kalu who’s studying my face with a directness that makes me avert my gaze.
He looked like he was considering something, he looked pleased.
What the hell are they talking about?
“Darling.” It’s not Kalu’s voice that startles me, it’s the odd emotion in his words.
His tone is sad, but nearly affectionate. Pity , my mind supplies, just a half second too late as I try to keep myself from flinching away from his hand. Pity… it’s surprising, just as jarring as the term of endearment he used.
It only takes a half hearted dismissive gesture from Kalu for Jay takes a half step back and Katherine reluctantly peels herself off of me. Still, I can’t say I feel too much better as the man closes the distance between us himself.
There’s a part of me that wants to dive back under the bed. Squirm and fuss, and dig my nails- blunt as they are- into the carpet and refuse to let go. But something keeps me anchored to the spot, unable to so much as breathe as the man closes in, because if what I’m hearing is right…
“Your Master isn’t your Master anymore, I am,” he says very simply, and the floor goes out from under me.
His words seem so terribly mundane. And yet, flourishes aren’t necessary for a fact.
There’s a dry feeling in my throat as the whole of my being seems to stop. The spot I’m staring into the carpet underneath me blurs, but in the moment I can’t tell if it’s just me or if I’m actually getting sucked into the floor. I’d settle for passing out. Some part of my mind lets me know where my standards are for exiting this situation and I can’t even bring myself to be embarrassed.
Unfortunately, neither situation manifests because when my stubborn lungs start to burn I give in without so much as a fight.
Reality returns far too soon for my liking and I find that none of this is a dream. It’s not some wild elaborate scenario that my mind concocted to torture myself with in Kara’s absence. When I open my eyes all three of them are still there. They’re still in Kara’s bedroom, still surrounding me, and their words are still echoing in my head.
“W-what?” I croak out. What little of my mental faculties that are still functioning demand that I clarify, no matter how impertinent it is.
“Insolent little thing!” Katherine’s voice is high and angry and idly I realize that I've already discovered a threshold for the actions they’ll find tolerable.
Now if only my mind was working well enough that I could file that kind of information away…
“No, no, if Kara didn’t tell him then it isn’t his fault. He shouldn’t have to face as strict a punishment when he thought he was obeying orders,” Kalu says, uncharacteristically tolerant for what I’ve heard from Avery.
I’m not mentally present enough to hear her response but I do see the way she huffs and crosses her arms.
My head spins and suddenly a million little things all crash together. Suddenly the distance we had since Qualls takes on a new meaning. Kalu hadn’t set limitations on when Kara could call him back. He’d said he'd be willing to take me whenever Kara was bored of me.
When he got bored, or when he realized how truly useless I was. I’d failed him so many thousands of times, but Qualls must have set the nail in the coffin. I’d talked about him behind his back, I’d interfered with him academically and if that wasn’t bad enough I’d violated Kara’s privacy, something I knew he valued from the moment he brought me into this house.
I’d been so stupid. So irrevocably stupid, but was that it? Was that really the reason? Was that why Kara had finally decided to abandon me?
My teeth grind together even as I try to arrange my features in careful neutrality. I have to give him credit. He didn’t just turn me out onto the streets. It would have been bad, especially at this time of year. I’m no longer so broken and starved that my body would give out on me at the slightest difficulty, but the cold is hard to bear.
I try not to think of the warmth of his touch. Of the way he wrapped me up in his own scarf when I’d not heeded his warnings about the frost. Was it really only a day ago? He’d been so careful then. I had seen the affectionate glint in his eyes. The way he held my hand, the melancholy when we had to part. He treated me like I mattered, like I was precious, something he held dear.
I try desperately to pull my mind away from the scent that’s still in the bed, clinging to the thick warm sheets. Those sheets are among the many things that had so scared me when I first came here. Being allowed to touch and use my master’s things. At first because I had been ill, but then the strange privilege had never been revoked.
We used the space together, he’d let me cuddle next to him and warm myself at his side. I’m always cold, but he’d never complained, never once denied me the simple affections when I’d asked and-
I stop myself before I can get any further down this train of thought. He found me a new owner, even made sure I would be with someone I already knew. Maybe I’m giving him too much credit, but I am thankful to at least know one other familiar in my new house, if that had indeed been his reasoning.
There’s some hysterical part of my mind that wants to laugh, that wants to cry and scream about how it’s unfair. How this shouldn’t be happening, how this is all wrong, how Kara should have at least given me some warning for this. But he had, hadn’t he? The distance, the way he pushed me away, a dozen little things fall into place in my head and the sudden clarity is baffling.
My mind flashes to the moment yesterday when I’d asked what he wanted me to remind him of, when he’d said it didn’t matter. Was that it? Had he decided then that he would be rid of me, that I wouldn’t be around to remind him when the time came?
I bite into my lip. He’d been so affectionate that morning, so willing to put up with my inadequacies, with my casual disobediences. He hadn’t even tried to punish me for the trouble I’d caused, or the way I’d flat out ignored his orders, actions, requests. Suddenly I feel sick. Had it been me? Had I tipped the scales?
“As I told you, I am your new Master. Kara called me after Qualls and told me that if I still wanted you, we could make a deal.” Kalu explains in that same casual tone, and I have to pull together every scrap of my mental power to remember the situation I’m in as he leans in close and ever so gently brushes his thumb against my trembling lips.
It all makes sense. It does. It wasn’t just a lack of propriety, Kara wouldn’t be that petty. He’s ignored far greater problems in the past, even if this was something of a personal rule and preference.
He only called after the results of Qualls came in. It was after the tests came in that his treatment changed, too. I’m just amazed that it took me so long to see it. After everything, the retraining, the new style of casting, and the thousands of little things that Kara’s done for me... I’m still a low ranked familiar.
“I guess he needed a better familiar to get through the next few years.” Kalu’s words match my own thoughts, and I’m halfway through nodding before I realize that my input probably wouldn’t be appreciated.
I’m still a Common Cat, still unsuitable for any mage, let alone one that’s taken highest honors in Qualls.
I understand that. It makes sense. I was never a good fit, I was never supposed to last here, especially when-
“No.” My ears are ringing from the slap before I even realize that I’ve spoken out loud.
“Now that was uncalled for,” Kalu says.
His tone is still so casual, devoid of anger and only implying the faintest irritation at my actions, that I have to wonder if it was really necessary to hit me. It’s a stupid, unnecessary thought that only reminds me how spoiled I am. He can hit me all he wants, he doesn’t need a reason, or to justify it to me.
“What do you say, Blue?” he asks, sounding ever so faintly amused.
I know the right answer.
I need to apologize. It was uncalled for. I shouldn’t have dared to question my Master. I shouldn’t have gone against him. I need to tell him that I am sorry for my actions, that I will never do it again. That I will curb this behavior myself and offer myself up for punishment if he so desires, if it will help me atone for my behavior in his eyes. I have to-
“Kara didn’t sell me,” I hear myself say instead.
He didn’t. He couldn’t have. All the things we’ve done, the life we created together. He made me think about the future like I had one.
“Why this uppity little bitc-” Katherine’s cut off with a wave of Kalu's hand.
I’m surprised that she would stop at his demand, even if he is higher ranked… she seems unhinged.
“And Kara actually said this little whore was smart.” Jay chuckles, and I feel my face heat.
Stars, I’m surprised that such an easy insult actually stings. It’s been so long since I’ve had to listen to those kinds of words that the natural tolerance I’ve built up over a lifetime seems to have worn away. I don’t get to feel disgusted. It’s true, it’s a waste of time to feel disturbed.
“What, he gets off on you calling him by his name?” Jay taunts, and the grin that stretches across his face would make my stomach drop if his words hadn’t already accomplished the task.
Fuck, I said his name again!
All I can do is shake my head, trying and failing to push past the pain in my throat, trying to make my mouth work.
“Oh, he didn’t?” Kalu asks in a way that makes it very clear that he’s not really asking. “Well, then, do you? Because where I stand, you should be treating your masters with a little more respect, even if he was a sorry excuse for one.”
He backhands me. Pain makes my vision a momentary flash of white and I’m on the ground.
“I mean, really, now I get why he was so eager. The man must know he needs something better to get him through the next few years. I can’t believe the little toy got him this far.” Kalu laughs and the others laugh with them.
I feel my face heat.
They're wrong, Master chose me. He chose me. Only, that’s not right either. I was a dare, it had nothing to do with me. He would have walked right past me if he hadn’t made that stupid bet with Shauna. I don’t mean anything to him. Not really. Not beyond a first familiar that really should have died already anyways.
“Listen,” Kalu says, moving so close to where I’ve fallen that I think he’s actually going to step on me for a second, “this little show of loyalty? It’s cute. The token resistance is fun, but it gets old real quick, kitty. You’re mine now, so if you want to fight, that’s fine. There’s plenty of ways for me to have my fun and I’m not picky.”
I feel my heart jump to my throat.
Living with Kara had been like a dream, a dream that I’d been stuck in so long that I actually forgot that I would have to wake up. I’ve deluded myself for long enough. I shouldn’t be so eager to dig my own grave.
Still, I can’t help but be bitter as I think about it. Kara should have given me some warning... but he did, didn’t he?
It explains what he needed to do today so early. Of course he needed me out of the house while he set up this deal before going to meet with the in-laws. And it explains why Kalu and his little gang knew which house was Kara’s despite not having been invited out here before. If he’d really decided on this yesterday, there would have been a lot to do…
I wonder if I’m meant to be grateful. He sent me off with Shauna and Ande today for one last day to say goodbye to everyone. I guess he thought I was smart enough to take his meaning.
My chest burns at the thought. Because I really was stupid. I thought it was just a little something that we could work out. Something that might be fixed if I could just get in the same room with him and talk it out like Ande had suggested. Why would he waste his time? How could I have ever thought it would be any different?
When did I stop fearing this as an inevitability?
There’ve been masters that claimed to love me, masters who could hardly go full days without setting hands on me, masters that showed me off to their friends, but eventually novelty wears off. Whatever attractive qualities started their infatuation grew dull as they witnessed them every day. It was a crippling cycle, but a cycle I was familiar with.
My breath turns to ice in my lungs as I realize why I never really expected to leave this house. I didn’t have any delusions of my being ‘special’, but I knew he wouldn’t sell me. I didn’t expect to stay here all that long, but I never thought it would be because of the sale of my papers. When I came to him I was damaged beyond all reasonable thoughts of repair. No one would have accepted my papers.
I thought that I’d die as a member of this house.
Tears sting at the corners of my eyes but I do my best to blink them back. Kara took so much time and energy. He healed me, tried to retrain me as it suited him, but in the end...
My body’s not a bag of bones anymore. I’m at a more respectable weight now, I’m back in practice with my dancing skill, and while my body is still marked, he took care of the more egregious scars.
I should be grateful, but all I feel is betrayed.
What did he fix me for anyways? So another few can have their fun before I’m at death’s door again?
I want to be angry, I want to, but all I can feel is the coiling fear in my belly. Because that’s it, isn’t it? Kalu and his friends, they’ll get bored eventually, and then it’s off down the line. The market for scarred pets is not pretty. It won’t take long for me to get back to how I was when Kara found me. Only this time there won’t be a rescue. There won’t be a kind mage who got tricked into taking a less than worthless pet and training him for a life he isn’t suited for. There will be none of that and it will be all the worse because no matter what I will still have the memory.
This is so much worse than Trainer.
I can feel my world crumbling around me, but there’s nothing I can do about it. Stars burn it all, I just want to feel safe. I just want a place in this world, is that really such a terrible thing to ask for?
“Hey, lil’ tiger, you listening?” Kalu pulls me back to reality as his hand fists my hair and I have to stifle a yelp at the sudden pressure.
“Y-yes,” I respond automatically, trying to keep myself from shaking and babbling out apologies like a child.
“Yes, what?” he asks coolly and this time I don't fight it.
“Yes, Master,” I answer.
I will myself to let go of the feeling of betrayal. I don’t have room for it anymore and all of my attention should be going to my new Master anyways. The world of strange rules and privileges that I’d lived in with Kara is melting away before my eyes, but I can’t bring myself to mourn it.
It was all just a dream anyways.
Notes:
Hey, you get the title now? 'cause it's a literal... 'catnapping'
I am so sorry. I couldn't resist
-if you need someone to talk to about this, try the fan server: Here
-if you want to see the tumblr, you can find it: Here
-if you want to take a listen to the incredible audiobook version (which is not something I ever thought I would have the ability to say) that Sekiraku, our incredible Beta reader who is amazing and talented and quite literally a god, has made then you can find the link to chapter 1: Here
- go give it a listen!
Stay safe out there.
Chapter 78: Absence
Summary:
Kara finds out that Blue is gone and... tries not to panic. But the Kara finds out that Blue is missing and nearly flips a table in this Chill's tonight
Notes:
hey guys... guess who's... alive... technically... I think...
It's been a nice little hellscape this past while but I just wanted to thank all of you guys for sticking with this story and sticking with me. I can not tell you in words how much your support and your words mean to me. Everyone checking in to see if I was still alive or if the story was still going you cannot fathom the immensity of my gratitude for your sentiment and also the fact that you reached out.
Thank you guys so much.
Now lets see if I can stick with the update schedule...
(I presume it will be a bit bumpy, but I will try to be more consistent and tell you guys if I plan on taking another leave of absence like that ever again)
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
I do my best not to panic.
Blue’s not here , my mind supplies a little bit late as I fight the rising blush on my face. The realization that I was confessing to an empty room doesn’t help the way the heat goes to my cheeks and it’s all I can do to just press my lips together and not rely on the wall for support.
Blue’s not here. He didn’t get back last night, and some absurd part of me is glad that he isn’t here. Not only because the entirety of my little confession has my heart beating out of my chest, cursing my innate lack of eloquence, but also because that means he didn’t have to suffer my drunkenness last night. I don’t remember exactly what happened the last time I’d gotten a little more than tipsy. I’m just glad that whatever happened seemed to stop with some intense cuddling. It was odd waking up tangled around Blue, but it was probably better than the alternatives... Especially when I still don’t exactly trust that he’ll tell me to ship my sorry ass out when he’s feeling uncomfortable.
Still, I can’t deny how fast my pulse is… or the little shred of doubt that’s creeping into my mind.
Blue’s not here… so he must be at Shauna’s.
I told her to take him with her yesterday, but I never actually told her that she needed to bring him back after school. I just assumed that she would have kept the arrangement we had when I was suspended. She had her last exam yesterday, there would have been no reason to go back. No other assignments or deadlines, but… there are other reasons to keep Blue overnight. This is the start of the longest break our familiars have ever experienced, and Ande is quite fond of Blue. And Shauna hasn’t ever really been able to deny a request from Ande. He might have been worried about how much time it would be before he saw his friend again, requesting a sleepover because his mistress would be busy attending another function anyways. It doesn’t seem entirely outside the realm of possibility.
Shauna had to go to the party last night, so she wouldn’t have been able to bring him. At least, I don’t think so. There’s so many rules about what kind of formal allows for familiars that it’s hard to keep it all straight in my head. It’s entirely possible that she would have had to leave Ande at home, so it might have made sense to her to give him the chance to have a friend over. Plus she probably guessed that I wouldn’t get back until late from my own little party. I guess she figured that it would have been better to have Blue with someone attentive. I slept the sleep of the dead yesterday. I don’t think I would have woken up if the house was on fire, let alone if Blue needed me.
I try not to let it hurt when I think about how much I’ve failed Blue lately…
Suddenly, I really don’t want to be in the bedroom.
It feels wrong to be in there without Blue. Funny enough, it’s turned into more Blue’s room than mine. We’ve come to share a lot of the burdens of domestic maintenance, we clean and cook for each other, but with the amount of time I’ve been sinking into my research… I feel like more of a ghost in this house.
Stars, I’ve been such a dick.
I don’t know what possessed me. I always get like this when I work on projects. I throw myself into work and I push away… fucking everything. My body hurts and I know I’ve been neglecting myself just as much as Blue, just as much as Shauna and all the other people in my life. It’s not fair to the people around me. It isn’t, and it’s something I need to get better at , but I can’t help the lightness in my chest at the thought of being done.
The overwhelming sense of relief that always follows these more intense projects is pretty nice. Only this time it comes with the added benefit of a break in all aspects. Most of the time as soon as I’ve finished one project another problem rears its ugly head and demands my attention. Luckily, the end of this project managed to coincide nicely with the end of the semester. A nice little break that will allow for some much needed decompression.
Best to come out of these projects with a light heart and a light head.
Light headed
There’s a moment where the world around me swirls and the light and colors all blend together to the point that I have to lean against the wall. There’s a pounding in my temples and a dryness at the back of my throat. It’s my body’s way of oh-so-subtly telling me that I’ve gone too far. I feel sick, but all it does remind me of just how behind I am with all the things I need to do around the house. Blue goes outside, but he doesn’t like to stay out there for too long. I don’t know why the Almacs seem not to like him, but they get antsy when Blue’s in their space too long. I need to check on them, make sure the garden is still fine, clean the kitchen and the workshop given how much I’ve been neglecting that… There’s plenty of things to do, but the pulse of pain in my head reminds me that I’m probably overdue for my tea. That and probably some food, Stars know an empty stomach makes the nausea worse.
I need to go shopping. I haven’t had too much time to engage in any remotely human activities. I don’t have a lot to work with, but it’s more than enough to shove something in my face to stave off the worst of the nausea while I settle into my cup of tea.
There’s not a lot to do. The kitchen isn’t a mess, not like I thought it would be. I’m so used to being alone for these… workaholic periods. I’m used to finishing up and finally coming to terms with the hellhole that I’ve accustomed myself to living in while I finished. I keep forgetting just how much Blue takes upon himself. Especially when no one is there to help him set reasonable limits.
It’s probably good that Blue got the chance to get out of the house. He needed a break and I’ve been so caught up in… everything that I haven’t really had the chance to give him the time he deserves. He needs his friends. I’m just glad that he has people he can rely on.
The regularized tasks, the cleaning and the organizing, should help, but all it does is make me even more antsy. I can’t bring myself to go into the bedroom. I try to reason with myself. Blue’s good at upkeep, I'm sure he would have changed out the sheets on his own, I’m sure he would have cleaned up after himself. Stars know he’s been cleaning up after me for the last few weeks.
I try not to feel too guilty. As bad as I’ve been, I try to comfort myself with the knowledge that it’s over now. We’ve got time now and Stars know I’ll be spoiling the hell out of him for the entirety of break.
That gives me some resolve as I waste time scrubbing imaginary grime out of the tiles. If nothing else, Blue deserves to know that he isn’t expected to do all the cleaning.
Eventually my hands are stinking and I smell like cleaning fluid, but the house looks better. That. and my workshop doesn’t look like a warzone anymore. Zadik tolerated as much of my cleaning as he could and all but chased me off of my own desk when I tried to go over it again with some woodpolish. Still, even with his frantic little protest there’s still something… off.
It’s unsettling.
As I go through my daily tasks, it feels strange and wrong. It’s uncomfortable, like there’s something at the back of my mind that demands attention. Something important that I’ve forgotten. It takes more energy than it should to go through the mundane actions I’m trying to force from my body and it’s only once I’ve finished cleaning the house that I actually understand why.
It’s weird cooking for one.
It’s something that I had gotten used to but there’s a pain in my chest as I have to put away some of what I’ve retrieved from the ice box. It is weird having no one else home. I’d gotten used to the company, the noise, the sight and sound and warmth that comes with sharing a living space with someone. I’d had years getting used to my self-imposed isolation, but stars know it only took one semester of someone living with me and I’m going into fucking withdrawl the second they’re out.
I can’t be home right now. I just can’t. I have no idea when Shauna’s going to feel like bringing Blue back, or rather, when Ande is going to feel like giving Blue up, but I can’t be here any longer. The silence is starting to play on my nerves and I need to do something to at least provide the illusion of productivity.
We need groceries anyways.
I scribble out a quick note and tuck it into the door. It’s still not quite midday and I don’t want to be a dick. I certainly don’t want to recreate that little scene I made when I tried to pick Blue up from his lessons. Shauna’s a good host and a hell of a lot more receptive than I’ve been in the past few weeks, and Ande has become a really close friend of Blue’s. I don’t want to force them apart. I’ll just wait until they’re done saying their goodbyes. I’m sure Shauna will take Blue home when they’re done.
The walk does me some good.
It’s nice to get out, to let myself think about anything else. It’s cold but the bite of the air stays neatly confined to my nose and cheeks in a way that makes me feel like a child. It makes me crave sugar and soft things, warm drinks and company. There’s an odd, stupid glee that comes from snuggling further into the soft fabric of my scarf, warm breath reheating chilled skin. It’s nice to be outside and not constantly have the impending deadline anxiety I have been carrying everywhere lately. So nice that I go a little further than I mean to. There’s a bigger grocery in the Un’ district, so I just pretend that it was on purpose as I start going through the aisles. There’s an added benefit of not knowing anyone in this district. No one’s going to stop me and engage me in conversation, or ask me about Blue. It’s almost peaceful.
There’s a collection of vigil candles in an elaborate stack. Different colors and sizes make up an almost gaudy display as the glossy images of the people in the advertisement stare out into the shop. It’s a little unsettling, and more than a little unnecessary. Even without the little advertising placard it’s obvious they’re for Candle Lights, something that I’d honestly forgotten about until this point. I can’t help but chuckle at the thought. Sariah’s general store is pretty small, they don’t usually carry any holiday stuff aside from their normal items that have been recolored and packaged.
The candles are beautiful. Even as simply made as they are, these are nearly mage quality.
I’m not as consistent as some, but I don’t mind the lighting ceremony. It’s pretty nice and it gets people together. Even if we don’t go to one of the gatherings it would be nice to light candles. Bue has someone to mourn this year, at least one… officially, that I know of. I doubt he’s ever had the opportunity to actually participate. One of the candles finds its way into my basket and my thoughts turn to the other tradition of the season.
If I really want to celebrate Candle Lights right with Blue then he needs a gift. I think it helps that I’ve been looking for an outlet to spoil Blue. His favorite foods make their way into my basket, that and some of the things that we haven’t tried yet. Things I hope he might like.
I feel like a blushing pre-teen, but Stars if it doesn’t make me grin like an idiot in the middle of the grocer’s.
There’s a little stand with colored handmade wax glosses and creams, scented bath salts that are packaged up in the colorful wrappings of the season. It’s not the store’s brand, probably some seasonal partnership with some other supplier. I nearly bust out laughing in the middle of the store as I look over the newest product that they seem to be pushing.
Stars, I know exactly what I’m getting Blue for Candle Lights.
It’s well past midday by the time I get back to the house, which makes it all the more concerning that the note is still on the door. It’s not that they didn’t see it, just that they seem to not have actually gotten back yet.
They should have been back by now… right?
I try not to think too hard about it as I put away the groceries and find a good hiding place for my presents for Blue. It’s probably fine. There’s nothing to worry about. Blue’s with friends, I shouldn’t be worried. I shouldn’t be breathing down his neck while he’s having a good time. But as the hours pass I can’t help but worry.
I make a mess, and clean the kitchen while I let it bake. Cinnamon sugar buns are nice. They’re sticky and require time to rise. It’s a natural exercise in patience. Still, the second they are in the oven my mind goes right back to worrying.
Was Shauna actually planning on bringing Blue back? I mean, I get Ande being attached, but she really should have told me if she was planning on keeping Blue this long. Then again, maybe this is my fault. Shauna had said she had to get going for a party her father was throwing. I don’t know how long it will take her to travel, but she’s probably going to get going fairly soon. Maybe she wanted me to pick him up…
The buns make a nice peace offering, if this was really my mistake. And if not, then a little extra sugar never hurt anyone. I’m still used to making sweets when I’m stressed, but knowing that Blue doesn’t favor them doesn’t really motivate me to keep them in the house. If nothing else, it will keep Shauna from biting my head off for leaving Blue with her.
The trip to Shauna's house isn’t any longer than usual but every Stars damned second is agony.
This was a bad idea. I shouldn’t have come, or rather I shouldn’t have left Blue alone for so long. There’s the beginnings of a headache pulsing across my temples, slow and rhythmic as the worry begins to consume me, as the wrongness of the day settles in. I should have been more explicit with Shauna, I should have told her to bring him home after school, fucking anything that would make this less of a waking mightmare.
Will Blue be happy to see me? Probably not when I’ve let it get this far. I should be happy that he hasn't taken Thana up on his offer to spirit him away. I’ve been such a dick that I shouldn’t be surprised if Blue doesn’t smile and leap into my arms like one of those bad plays.
I need to make it up to him. I have time now, I just need the chance.
I stare up at the doors of Shauna’s building for longer than I should. I don’t know what I was expecting. Maybe that Nalla would come out to get me, chastising me for making the mistake of assuming the little miss would drop off my familiar, but she doesn’t come out. The banister light, which is always lit by this point in the afternoon, is out. There’s no note on the door like there had been on mine. I stand in muted shock for far too long. Shauna’s not me, I shouldn’t be surprised that she didn’t leave a note. And if the house is so concerned with packing for the upcoming trip, then it makes sense that some of the normal household things wouldn’t be upheld and the staff would be busy.
It’s stupid anyways. I came this far, I can’t just stand outside the door.
I hold my breath as I knock at Shauna’s door.
For a moment, no one answers the door. I don’t hear Nalla’s voice calling for a moment as she rushes down, or the shifting of trunks to allow her a path to the door, and my heart almost freezes at the thought that they’ve already left. But the half second is over, the latch clicks and the door handle turns.
It’s not the quick, practiced, purposeful moves of the head servant. The door creaks open hesitantly, giving only a crack of space so that the individual on the other side of the door can peer out. It isn’t Nalla, it’s Shauna on the other side of the door. And that is almost as shocking as the state she’s in.
Her eyes are red and puffy, her cheeks burning with a high red that has me stopping in my tracks.
Shauna’s not always perfectly composed; no one is. But I have never seen her cry. I’ve seen her rage, laugh until she falls out of her seat, hell, I’ve seen the rare days when all professional training and natural noble grace fails and she has a bad hair day and glares at everyone like it’s their fault. I’ve seen her shed theatric, demure tears when the situation calls for it, but I have never seen her cry.
“Kara? What are-” She pauses as her voice cracks and takes a moment to collect herself. “Come in, come in.”
She waves me inside, opening the door more now that she’s seen who stands on the other side. There’s no bags or trunks on the ground in the entranceway, and no sign of Nalla. Not a single candle in this place is lit, though all of them seem to have been freshly replaced. Most interestingly, there’s no scorched earth mark that’s leveled this place to the ground.
There’s a ruffling sound of fabric and a short, soft sniffling sound as I do my best not to look, to give her time to compose herself and not draw attention to something she might end up hating me for. Still, I am her friend… It would be wrong if I just ignored this whole event. It would be wrong.
“Shauna, are you alright?” I end up asking. I hate myself the moment the words have left my mouth, but I know they were necessary.
It sounds so weak in comparison, so weak and useless. I want to ask her what’s wrong and if she needs help hiding the body, but… if I could have helped she would have asked. She knows I’m here for her, even if I am a little dense sometimes. It was somewhere along the three month mark that we sat down and hashed this out. That I told her that my not reaching out wasn’t a personal slight, but just a personality defect. That if she did slight me in some way she couldn’t understand, I would tell her, not employ the backhanded curses of the nobility. That I would come when she called, that all she needed to do was ask.
She knows I’m here for her.
It’s the chuckle that makes me look. The sound is dry and humorless and wrong, but she’s smiling. Not the smile of the parties, but the soft, graceless upturn of her lips that doesn’t show her teeth. She dabs the imaginary remains of something out of her eye with her long sleeve and shakes her head.
“I’m fine,” she says.
Her voice is rough and low and I wonder how long she was crying before I got here. She says she’s fine and while I don’t believe her, I know that if it was something I could help with then she would tell me. If it turns into something I could help with, she will tell me.
“A-alright.” I nod along and try to get myself back on track. If she doesn’t want me in her business then I have to respect it, but that doesn’t mean I have to stop trying to make her feel better…
“I’ve got sweets.” I hold up my peace offering between us and nearly fall back in relief as the tension in Shauna’s body seems to sooth all at once.
“You are a blessed man, but I assume you aren’t here just to deliver sweets,” she says taking my package from me and opening it right at the lowtable in the entryway.
I’ve never really seen her down here. This is more of a mingling parlor, but her preferred area for that is her rooms upstairs. It’s so odd to see her down here, sitting on the reclining couches as she unwraps the sweets. I suppose she can do whatever she wants. It’s her place and there’s no one here to call her on propriety.
Or manners, as she all but shoves the whole bun in her mouth.
It takes a second for my mind to get back on track and remind me of the reason I came here in the first place.
“Well, you do have something of mine…” I chuckle as Shauna tucks into her sweets.
There’s a chair with an ornately done backing and trim that sits right next to Shauna’s couch. I sit myself on the cushioned armrest like a proper heathen and try to make sure I don’t let my back touch the backrest. As pretty as it is, I know it hurts to lean on. Which kinda defeats the purpose of a chair with a backrest if you ask me…
Shauna doesn’t, but she does look up at me with a question in her eyes as her cheeks seem to be stuffed with sweets.
“Blue.” I remind her more bluntly, but it doesn’t clear the confusion in her eyes.
“What about him?” she asks, and suddenly it’s my turn to wear the confusion.
“I would like him back, please.”
“What are you talking about? I dropped him off last night.” She looks at me like I’m crazy.
“What? No you didn’t…” I try to respond, but I lose my sentence as a fear that I didn’t want to acknowledge pools in my stomach.
“Um, yeah, I’m actually very sure that I did,” Shauna responds, oblivious to the personal meltdown that’s happening right across from her.
“No, I mean Blue wasn’t at home when I got there-” The words tumble out of me before I can even think, my mind spiraling.
Stars! Blue wasn’t here. Blue wasn’t with Shauna or Ande, Blue wasn’t at home. Blue wasn’t at home and now he’s missing. Now I have no idea where he might be and- Stars, I wasted a whole day. I wasted time, feeling good, feeling fucking relieved while Blue was fucking missing. Where could he have gone? Stars, had he been there last night?
“Kara!” I flinch away from Shauna’s hand as she cups my jaw and forces me to look at her. I have no idea what I was saying to her in my absence of thought. “You need to calm down. Tell me what happened.”
“Blue’s not at home.” I say it again like it’s the only thing I’m capable of thinking, but Shuana nods along like it’s new information.
“Ok, do you have any idea when this went down?” she asks calmly, slowly, and I can feel the way my breaths are cooling to be in time with hers.
“I-I went to go check on him this morning, but he wasn’t in the room.” I answer completely, as though if I give her enough detail she’ll be able to pinpoint where in this Stars forsaken city my familiar is.
“Ok, you didn’t see him last night?” she asks, and I can’t help the way the guilt and shame pools in my stomach.
“I… I was out of it and they... I didn’t, I didn’t-” Shauna doesn’t make me finish, but it doesn’t stop the feeling that I’m going to cry.
I should have checked on Blue. Fuck how shitty I was feeling, I should have checked on him. The dizzy feeling was nothing. I would have deserved it if I fell on my head.
“Ok, I dropped him off as soon as I was done with my exams, but that was still pretty late in the day. Probably after you left, so we’ve got some time to account for,” she says, taking her hand back, and I have to supress the urge to follow her.
I press my hands together until my knuckles are whitening. It was just a hand, just a simple platonic touch. Something I’ve been lacking in the past weeks, but that’s entirely my own fault. I shouldn’t need someone’s presence for stability. I should be fine. There are bigger problems to worry about.
“Does anybody else know where you live?” She asks the question calmly, but the words have my heart rate skyrocketing.
It’s too similar to what Laurel had asked.
It’s too similar.
They don’t know I’m here, none of them do. And if they did they sure as hell wouldn’t have broken in just to take my familiar. I can count the number of people who know where I live on one hand. Shauna, Laurel, and two teachers, ok so technically more if I count their familiars, but it still doesn’t seem likely. Shauna was the one who dropped him off, Laurel had no interest, and I convinced Brendon and Lonel that I was an… ok person… I think. They sure as hell wouldn’t have broken into my house to get to Blue, not after all the informal teas they sent their familiar in for to test me.
“No, no one who would do this,” I answer hollowly.
“Alright, then this gets a little harder.” She stands. And I’m so deep in my own head that it takes a few seconds to register that the hand in front of my face has been offered to me as instruction to rise.
“We have to find him.” The words echo in my head. I feel like I’m going to start hyperventilating or pass out. Either way, my heart is thundering so loud in my chest that I’m surprised Shauna can’t hear it.
“We will, but we can't do anything in here.” Shauna’s voice is gentle, counseling in a way that really shouldn’t surprise me, but even still it makes me smile.
When did Shauna become so reasonable?
We go through the registry book. There’s no real lead as to where Blue might be, but there are few enough places for lost familiars. We make a list, all the places that Blue might have ended up. The horror stories of the trappers play in my mind, but Blue had his collar. He’d said that it marked him as special, that it showed that his master trusted him. Surely that would be enough to keep people from calling trappers on him.
Did he go out on his own? He must have known how dangerous that was, but thinking back I did tell him that he was allowed outside. Maybe he just got a little stir crazy,and figured that since he couldn’t go out in the backyard, he might take a little walk outside. I haven’t taken him out very often, and I didn’t really take the opportunity to familiarize him with the neighborhood. Maybe he got lost. With the collar people would have known he wasn’t a stray, so he might have been able to ask someone for… I don’t know, guidance. They might have shown him to one of these places for lost familiars. Blue probably didn’t know my address, so it might have taken a little longer to track me down than he’d realize.
It’s the most I can hope for.
I want to believe that this was all just some wonky coincidence, that Blue wandered off and couldn’t find his way back, that he’d made it to one of the places on the list uninjured if a little scared.
Shauna doesn’t leave me alone, she comes with me and brings Ande as we find our way. It’s late in the day, I shouldn’t be surprised that the person tending the counter is starting to clean up, but it makes my heart clench. If they’re closing up then that means the other places will probably be following in the same fashion. I hate the thought of leaving Blue overnight in one of these places.
I shouldn’t say that. I can’t see where the familiars are kept, but the establishment itself seems rather... uppercrust. The building isn’t opulent by any means, but they seem to understand the clients they serve.
“Excuse me, Ser, we were wondering if we could trouble you for just a minute before you head off for the evening.” Shauna speaks first, employing that blessedly innate tone that makes people want to accommodate her.
The person at the desk, a rather lanky man with a uniform-like set of pressed black pants and white button down, nods and makes his way back to his reception desk, doing his best to put away his duster as subtly as possible.
“Yes, I… What can I help you with?” He stutters over his words before he rights himself, painting a generic if palatable simile on his face.
“We are looking for a familiar, a Common Cat with dark hair and light colored eyes.” Shauna describes Blue in the loosest possible terms and I have to wonder if this is how it’s done.
I suppose mages are petty. If they came in and saw one of their competitors' familiars they might be inclined to take them, just for the hell of it. It would be better to force them to describe their own familiar. Though there’s something a little more concerning in Shauna’s description.
I keep forgetting that Blue is an uncommon breed for mages. Surely that’s a benefit now, when trying to select by simple description out of a lineup. Blue’s breed is so uncommon that they couldn’t have confused him with anyone else. But I got into a lot of trouble for taking Blue around and calling him a familiar. It took a long time for my peers and teachers to recognise Blue as a legitimate familiar. What if people didn’t believe him when he told them he was a lost familiar?
But the attendants' eyes don’t darken, he doesn’t laugh at us and tell us the way to a common shelter to look for our lost pet. He just gives a halfhearted chuckle and says, “Pft, aren’t we all,” under his breath as he looks over the big book that must hold all of the familiar descriptions.
That is… odd. A month ago anyone even remotely respectable would have turned their nose up at the thought of a Common Cat as a familiar.
“I don’t see any entries of the likeness you’ve described in our books for the past week. I’m afraid I must suggest that you check at another location for your missing familiar, and perhaps keep it on a better leash next time.” He sighs, closing the book, and before I can jump over the desk and throttle him Shauna has her hand on my arm, holding me back.
“Would you be able to suggest where we might have better luck?” she asks, just as cordially as when we first entered
“I would suggest that you start closest to wherever you last saw your familiar, however I do suggest that you start that search tomorrow. Most of our establishments will be closing soon, and even smaller facilities keep similar hours.”
It’s not the answer I want, but it seems to be the answer we are going to have as Shauna pulls me from the shop and the man continues to close up.
“We’ll find him.” Shauna doesn’t look at me as we walk back, but the promise doesn’t seem any less sincere.
Shauna doesn’t let me go home.
I don’t know if I’m angry or grateful. I want to be there if Blue magically turns up, but Shuana’s right. The chances of that are astronomically small, especially if he’s already spent a night outside. He’s more than likely gotten picked up by now. He’s smart and resourceful. She correctly assumes that I’ve left a note at my door anyways, and while it was in case Shauna came by while I picked up groceries the sentiment will suffice.
I can’t be in that house today, not for another night, not when I know Blue is out there, somewhere. He could be in danger and it might as well have been me who put him there.
Shauna needs to pack, and it’s a worthy distraction.
Nalla comes back with groceries and the way her back’s acting up, she needs help cooking.
It’s a worthy distraction.
Four days pass in a blur as we go to every establishment in the city that might hold a lost familiar. We cross the names off our list, but the only thing we accomplish is the list growing shorter, and shorter, until eventually there’s nowhere left to go. So we report it to the school.
Apparently, as common as it is for someone to kill their familiar in their first year, it is also something of a regularity for newer students to lose their familiars. Though I sense that it might be because of a slightly different situation. The first things they ask me are to retrace my steps and make sure I didn’t leave my familiar at any establishments that require a familiar’s leash be bolted to the wall. Because apperently people just fucking leave and forget they came in with their familiar quite often.
The school posts notices on the bulletin boards all across campus. I don’t know how much it helps, but I suppose every little bit counts. If any students see anything, the notice lists the ways to contact the school, which can find me just as easily. It feels frustrating that there are so few people on campus, that there aren’t more people that I can spread the word to, but when I try to take this to the Anvi they don’t have anything they can do.
They give me paperwork. Even as I try to explain the situation to them, even as I emphasize the necessity of timely response, the fact of the matter is that this isn’t being treated like a missing person.
Blue isn’t a missing person. Blue is a thing, he’s my property.
If I want to do anything I need to fill out a lost item and reclamation form. I can report him stolen if I think there’s substantial evidence, but all that means is that an officer is actually going to look at the papers before it gets filed away.
I know how important it is to be quick about this, to find Blue before anything bad happens, that the first few days, the first hours are so critical, but it feels more and more hopeless. And as the days drag on, the week ends and Shauna can no longer put off her trip.
I walk the streets that night. I don’t know what I’m looking for. I jump every time I see movement in an alley. I want Thana. I need him. The strays won’t talk to me otherwise, they all just run the second they hear footsteps. Instincts hard won that I shouldn’t be judging so harshly, but even still. I want Thana to jump out and ask me why I’ve dragged my sorry ass out here, or better yet, I want him to tell me to leave Blue alone. I think anything would be better than this hell of not knowing one way or the other if Blue was safe.
If he wanted to leave, I wouldn’t stop him. Ok, there would probably be some crying, and I would ask him to at least stay for the worst of winter, but if he really wanted to leave I wouldn’t stop him. I’d rather see him protected, though. I’d rather know he was safe. Thana has to know that. Even if Blue ran away, Thana… we didn’t get off on a great foot, but I like to think that we came to at least be able to tolerate each other’s presence.
I give up when I can’t feel my face anymore, no angry snarl or full body tackle from the caracal of the hour in sight.
The house is like a plane entirely removed from the rest of the world. It is exactly as I left it and yet, so much different, so much colder, so much more empty. My footsteps seem to echo on the tile as I crumple up the note I’d left for Shuana so many days ago.
I don’t even bother with tea, I don’t think I could bring myself to if I tried. I have a little of the Sum’a root left that I haven’t made into the tea. It tastes bitter and terrible, tacky and wrong as I grind it between my teeth and swallow. I deserve nothing more.
My bag feels too heavy as I dump it on the table to rid myself of its weight. It’s full of papers, what few I had left of the missing notices I got from the school after posting them in every conceivable location, and the forms from the Anvi.
There’s a flash of rage that courses through me as I look at the papers. Oh yes, I’m missing my familiar, just the same as a missing lamp or collection of books. There’s no urgency there, none at all. Stars forbid that they should have to waste time and their stretched budgets to look into cases like this. And don’t forget to note if there’s any evidence of foul play, because those are the cases they actually read.
It’s not productive, but I want to punch something. Blue deserves better than this. He deserves better than a few posters that some distracted students at the end of the semester might see and an object claims case that’s just looking to get filed away, never to see the light of day again.
Stars, it would be so much easier if he was an object, then I could just-
No
Stars, no, It couldn’t be that simple.
I all but run to my workshop, diving through the shelves and books until I have all the supplies I need, including the files from Blue’s sale.
Blue is classified as an object, as a possession. He always has been. It may be petty of me but I hope to all the stars in the sky that just this once, that classification will serve him instead of hindering.
I set the circle, drawing the sigil straight from the book with enough precision to make Burg proud. I’m already riding a fine line with this shit as it is. I’m twisting the words and the rules of the spell further than it seems to allow. I don’t want it to fail because I made a mistake.
The incense is lit and it takes very little time before the thick scent covers the room. The candles are lit in order, a mirrored image of the particular cardinal lights I want to draw from. The spaces of plasma that look directly down from this night’s sky. The lights that have the best view of the area I am searching.
The incantation is simple, it is the concentration that’s not. It’s one of the easiest spells to teach, one that we studied extensively, learned how to tweak for our own ends. The particularly powerful teaching moment is the concentration. We had to learn how to make a conductive space in our minds, how to focus, how to meditate. It’s hard for people to meditate wholeheartedly, to clear all thoughts from your mind by the one specific thing that you need.
Divination is tricky.
It is fraught with complexities and logical fallacies, but this spell is simple. The lights, the incense, the incantation calling upon the seeker, and ten minutes of concentration. It’s simple, it’s been trial tested thousands of times, perfected over the past hundred years. Ten minutes of concentration is nothing.
I haven’t been able to stop thinking about Blue for days.
The haziness of the spell takes me and my vision departs from my body. I’m somewhere else, somewhere in the ether, and as much as it horrifies me I don’t back away. There shouldn’t be any other sensations, not when I’ve set up the spell to let me see the object I am trying to locate, but I can’t help but feel cold. A tremor takes me over as the spell continues, the cold seeping into my fingers, into my bones, the ringing in my head so sharp that it is nearly a distraction.
My stomach lurges as my vision comes back to me, but all I see is my workshop, the candles burning low and the incense burned out. It didn’t work. And suddenly my vision goes blurry again.
I should have known.
I should have known it wouldn’t work, but it doesn’t stop the way the sob gets caught in my throat. The tears still roll down my face.
Blue’s not a thing. He’s his own person, a living being that the spell can’t look in on like that. It can only locate an object or scry its location. There are reasons that spells don’t exist that allow that for living beings.
Blue’s not a possession.
He never was.
It makes me mad that I ever tricked myself into thinking this spell might have worked. It makes me mad at everyone who ever said familiars were objects, that pets could be possessions. It’s wrong, it’s just wrong that-
Someone who thought Blue was just an object to be traded around, someone who expressed a clear interest in getting me to sell Blue to them like he was just a fucking mug that she could regift.
“I… well, actually, he’d be a gift for my little brother.”
“He’s, well- I’ve been looking for a common cat to replace the one our father sold when we were kids.”
I know who has Blue.
Notes:
Kara: I've connected the dots... I've connected them
I am so sorry guys, he just found the idiot stick and he is not emotionally prepared to lose anything else.
-if you need someone to talk to about this, try the fan server: Here
-if you want to see the tumblr, you can find it: Here
-if you want to take a listen to the incredible audiobook version (which is not something I ever thought I would have the ability to say) that Sekiraku, our incredible Beta reader who is amazing and talented and quite literally a god, has made then you can find the link to chapter 1: Here
- go give it a listen!
Chapter 79: A New Home
Summary:
Oh, another Blue chapter? Oh this can only go well.
Notes:
Oh my god Guys I am so sorry in so many ways.
1) I didn't mean for this to take so long. it has been way too long, but with finals and life... It's been crazy over here. Anyways, I'm trying. I can't tell you how much your comments support me. They give me life and I thank you. Also, shout out to all the people in the discord server talking and reminding me that people exist in the outside world. I love you all!
2) I'm really sorry for what you're about to read. I'm sorry this is going up on Christmas and you guys have to read all the terrible things that are happening to poor Blue.
- As a side note: Lots of things happen in this chapter. Lots of bad things. I hope no one will be under the delusion that I condone any of the acts that are depicted. Nothing is sexy if it's not safe, sane, and consensual.
I have tried to keep it as non-graphic as possible, but if you have any problems please read at your own risk- especially the second half.
You have been warned.if you want something fluffy, might I suggest this fic that I just put up: Making Biscuits
1 million thank yous to Sekiraku who edited this on such short notice and did such an amazing job turning my garbled mess into something vaguely legible.it is new and full of fluff and a wonderful alternative (or maybe just a palate cleanser).
Love you guys!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
It takes a minute for me to realize I’m awake. It’s dark and cold and there’s something pressing into my shoulder hard enough to make me wonder exactly what book I left in the bed.
It takes a few seconds for my mind to come back to me. A few seconds of me squirming around searching blindly for the blanket I must have crawled out of before I’m able to interpret the things around me correctly. Too much time, before I stop and I pull my hands back to my body, pressing my chilled fingers to my chest in a bid to preserve whatever measure of warmth I can generate.
I’m not in bed.
I didn’t misplace my blanket, I don’t have one. My shoulder hurts because I’ve rolled onto an uneven spot on the ground. It’s not dark because I've woken up in the middle of the night… there’s just no windows here.
I’m not in bed.
There’s a clinking of metal as I try to roll over onto my side. The chains are loose, they allow for a measure of movement in the space, but… I haven’t earned the right to run around unfettered. Not yet… maybe not ever again.
Idly, I’m amazed that the metal can still be cold.
I’ve been wearing the chains for a long time, but I seem to only be able to warm the contact points for a few seconds. Whenever I shift it’s always cold. It’s always uncomfortable.
It’s a stupid problem. The chains are at a good length, they aren’t tight and I’m allowed space to move. I’ve had worse…
I have more immediate problems anyway. My mouth is dry… too dry. Did I sleep too long? I wonder if that’s possible, to sleep so long you start causing your body problems. It feels like my tongue is stuck to the roof of my mouth and the more I blink the more I recognise the pain pounding in my temples.
Why am I here?
The question comes to my mind unbidden and my addled brain swims with a fog like it’s been steeped in a syrup. I understand the pieces, in an abstract way. What I see makes sense, even if I don’t really understand the greater context. I’ve seen it before and I know what it means, but there’s nothing there when I try to think of an explanation. When I try to think about a ’why’, my mind drifts away from me. Slow like cotton fluff as some detached part of me reminds me that I’m cold… and thirsty
My skin feels tight and itchy- my brain continues to make a little list of things that are wrong when I feel the shooting pain in my back as I sit up.
I press my lips together to stop the noise before I remember there’s no point in stifling the whimper. There’s no one here. I could cry and scream and I wouldn’t disturb anyone. And they wouldn’t hear me , some part of me corrects.
The pain is jarring. So much so that it pushes the clouds out of my head. It clears my mind as I look over the room with new eyes.
I remember now. I remember what happened.
-----
“Yes, Master.” I say it as clearly as I can, as loud as I can force myself.
It feels wrong. It feels wrong and it makes me feel slimy inside. As though I’m doing something wrong, calling my new Master by his title in the bedroom of my old one.
Old master . Something about that makes me shudder, an action I do my best to disguise. I never thought that I’d be calling Kara that.
“Alright, good.” Kalu smiles.
I can’t help the way my stomach turns at the praise. The words are right. I should be happy. I should be glad that my Master sees fit to praise me so early and yet, all I feel is nauseous.
“Now, let’s go.” Kalu speaks and once again my heart drops to my stomach.
I don’t want to leave. I don’t want to go, but I have no place here anymore. Kara’s sold me, I don’t belong to him anymore. I don’t belong here.
I try to ignore the stinging behind my eyes. It would be unseemly to cry here, now, in front of my new Master and his friends. It wouldn’t be right to press my face into the sheets and breathe in the scent of my old master. It would be incredibly rude and undignified… Still, the temptation is there. I press my hands together so tightly that I can see my knuckles turn white, but I keep my feet planted where they are.
This will be the last time I’m in this room. I try not to make it feel as sudden or as final as it does, but there’s nothing I can do about reality. I doubt that Kara would want to share me. He’s had plenty of time on his own to make a move, there’s no way he’d contact them again just for me. Kalu and his friends don’t seem like the type to make house calls. No, they seem more the ‘share at a party’ type.
My eyes dart around the room like it will matter. Like it’s important to take in the sight one last time. As though the space between the door and the line of bookshelves is relevant, like the desk matters or the pillows and the sheets will-
My heart stops for a second as I register the little yellow triangle sticking out from under the covers. My plushie from what seems like so long ago. It’s stupid, childish, but I want it. If nothing else I want it because it will be soft. It will smell something like Kara. It will be proof that this whole episode wasn’t just some incredibly vivid fever dream.
Master said it was mine, back when that meant Kara. He said it wasn’t his, it wasn’t something he was letting me use, it was something that he was trusting me to have. He said he wouldn’t take it away and I could do whatever I wanted with it. He couldn’t get mad if I took it. It was mine.
“Y-yes, Master… Um, ” I stutter, the response long overdue as I try to think up some kind of way to bring up the matter without sounding terribly rude.
“What is it?” Kalu questions, one eyebrow arching as he cocks his head to the side, looking me over like a particularly interesting problem.
My throat gives an uncomfortable squeeze. It’s not just him. The other two are looking at me. I can feel their eyes on me.
It’s now or never.
“May I… um, take some of my things?” I say quietly, wringing my hands together as subtly as I can.
I’m not prepared for the giggling. The quiet little bout of laughter Jay falls into before my Master is speaking again.
“They’re not your things,” Kalu says, speaking slowly, like he’s trying to explain something to a particularly slow child, “they’re your master’s things, and personally I find that a little insulting.”
“Wha-” The question isn’t even out of my mouth before he cuts me off again.
“You want so badly to come to me bearing the mark of another person?” he asks, low and accusatory.
“I didn’t mean to offend,” I answer quickly, tucking my chin to my chest and looking down at my feet.
It was stupid. I phrased it wrong. I want to take back the words, the last few seconds, so that we can go back to the praise that had sounded so wrong in my ears. I’m new, so very new, and I am sorely out of practice. I can’t have my Master mad at me before we even get to his house.
“But you did.” Kalu says it slowly again, like he needs to explain it to someone too dumb to understand it any other way.
There’s a harsh edge to his voice that I don’t like. It sounds dangerous. I have the uncomfortable thought that this Master is the type to calculate punishments rather than strike in the heat of the moment like I’d previously thought.
Then again, he had hit me when he was mad too...
I have to suppress a flinch as I see the tips of his shoes enter my field of vision. I don’t want to look up, I don’t want to see if he wears his anger plainly on his face or if it will just be a cold, indifferent mask.
“Give me that collar.”
The demand has my hand jumping to my throat. The painful constricting feeling has nothing to do with the loose treated leather around my throat.
I should have known that I wouldn’t be allowed to keep it. I would have had to give it up at some point. It’s another master’s collar. It’s demeaning, and a new master would never keep the old symbol, but still… I didn’t think I’d have to give it up so soon.
I still remember finding this collar, before Kara had ever presented it to me. Back when I thought I’d never be able to earn it, back when the thought of being given a trust collar was the greatest freedom I could ever dream of. It wasn’t made out of some precious material, but I still liked the treated leather more than something pretty that needed to be welded on. It meant something that with this collar my master would have trusted me if he ever fixed it too tightly, that I could take it off completely if the skin underneath rubbed raw, or just adjust it without my master’s direct involvement. It was something for good pets, something for trusted pets.
That wasn’t me, not anymore.
Not with this Master.
It will take time to earn that kind of trust. On the other hand, it’s not something that Avery’s been able to manage with all her time under this man. That doesn’t give me much hope.
My hands shake as I find my way to the clasp. It’s more effort than I’ve ever expended in a simple task. I can feel my heartbeat pounding in my ears as my fingers slip over the smooth leather and I fumble. I’m taking too much time. I can tell because Kalu gives a huff at my movements, but makes no move to stop me or help.
No, this is my task. I’ll remove the remnants of my last master’s ownership myself so I don’t come into my new Master’s care transgressing.
Eventually it comes undone. The buckle is designed to be undone quickly, and without any other intricate decorative bits the process isn’t overly complicated, even in my unsteady hands. The bell jingles noisily, free to swing about as it pleases now that it’s no longer around my neck. I don’t know why, but the sound makes my heart ache. Perhaps because the noise had become something to announce my presence, something that always made Kara stop what he was doing to look over at me, to smile and wave me closer.
Kalu stretches out his hand, palm up, expectantly.
I press my lips together and force myself to breathe through my nose. This man is my Master now. I have to obey. I have to be good . My hands shake as I hand over the collar. It’s not mine anymore, and I try not to feel the ache in my chest as Kalu throws it aside.
The bell jingles as it lands, and I’m fairly certain that it landed somewhere on the bed, but it’s a conscious effort not to look over at it.
I risk raising my head a fraction. I took too long, but I did what he said. I followed orders. I was good, right?
My Master’s face is impassive. He doesn’t betray any kind of emotion as he looks down at me. His eyes are cold and there’s no hint of the warm, teasing emotion that had been there when they’d pulled me from under the bed. I don’t understand what i’ve done wrong, but that’s the only conclusion that I can draw from the tense atmosphere.
I must have done something wrong. Kalu would have said something. He wouldn’t be looking at me in such a way otherwise. There must be something I did wrong, I've offended him again. Did he really find it that disrespectful that I took so long to give him my collar or is it something-
“Strip.”
The order comes harshly and I can’t help the way I flinch.
I look up at my Master before I can even think about the impropriety of the action. Master’s face remains impassive, but his eyes bore into me like he’s studying me for something I can’t see.
I force my head down before I can dig my grave any deeper.
This man is not Kara. He will not provide the same leniencies when it comes to matters of proper etiquette. He is not likely to be as tolerant.
Either way, I have orders.
I try to push away the uncomfortable feeling that settles in my chest as I bunch up the loose fabric at the bottom of my shirt. I’m not wearing anything particularly fancy. I’ve gotten used to the plain, comfortable night clothes that Mas- that my old master allowed me. Kara didn’t require fancy, ornamental things be worn for his amusement. It’ll be odd to strip like this, in front of my Master without any real plan for seduction.
Maybe that’s why this feels so wrong.
The shirt goes over my head, and while I’m not making a show, I go about it slowly. I don’t know if Master was anticipating a show when he made his order, so I will give him time to make himself more clear if that was what he truly wanted.
He doesn’t stop me, so I let myself continue. Slow, but not exactly sensual.
I can’t help the way the blush rises high on my cheeks when Kat starts giggling. I know it’s not the standard for felines, or the standard all around, but the plain, solid fabric underthings are comfortable. They aren’t pretty, they don’t have any fancy lace or ribbon, just a simple elastic band. Most of the ones that came in the set are a flat singular color, so there’s not a lot of variation, but apparently Kara went through a lot of trouble to track down a set like this for my kind. It was something I had trouble adjusting to.
I let my face fall to the floor again as I force the tension out of my shoulders, letting my hands hang limply at my sides.
There’s an urge to cover up, there always was, but it’s gotten easier to put those thoughts away. They can look, it’s their right. They get to decide.
“Well, this is certainly interesting.” Kalu chuckles along with his friend as he steps closer, two fingers finding their way under the elastic band.
He pulls, lightly, like he’s trying to coax me closer with just his touch.
I’m about to move when he releases it, letting the elastic snap back against my skin with a harsh smack. I flinch away from it before I can think. It didn’t hurt too badly. A little worse because it was right against my stomach, but it didn’t truly hurt. I know what they could do and this barely counted as a correction.
“I hadn’t realized that I gave you this pair,” Kalu continues, the smile in his voice unchanged by his actions.
“I… wha- um…” I stutter and stumble, trying to piece together some kind of coherent thought.
It might have helped if I understood in any way what I was in trouble for. Master’s voice is harsh once again and I don’t even understand what I did wrong this time.
“I believe I ordered you to strip. I did mean for you to remove all the articles that belong to another master…” Kalu lets the statement hang there as I feel my face heat.
Right… of course.
I have no right to feel so bashful. Experience alone should have cooled the flush in my face, and yet when I stand bare before them I can’t help the way I bite at my lip or the conscious effort it takes to keep my hands from covering myself..
“Aww,” Kat’s voice is so loud, so close behind me that it’s a struggle not to jump at her words, “those scars kinda ruin the picture, don’t you think?”
She says it like it’s my fault. Ruined, pretty, interesting , the words bounce around in my head so much that I’m starting to think they don’t actually have a meaning. The more they are used the less sense they make, the more it all becomes jumbled sounds. Like it was my choice that my masters beat me so hard they left marks, or decided they wanted marks on me in the first place.
I’m trembling as she runs a finger over my hip and up my back, tracing a straight line through the criss-crossed lines that I know are there.
There’s nothing I can do so I simply hold still and wait for the verdict. Pretty, Ugly, what’ll it be this time? Something treasured to break cleanly into pretty pieces, or something smashed into so many pieces the only fun left would be to grind it into dust?
“Oh, don’t be such a snob.” It’s Jay's voice this time as I blink myself out of these thoughts. They are bad, they are dangerous, I only need to please my Master. That’s the only thing I need to remember.
“I think the scars actually enhance his looks… Come on, Kat, you look at him and tell me that you don’t think a little more creatively.”
Kat’s quiet for a moment, and though she’s behind me I can almost hear wayshe purses her lips as the suggestion. She traces over some of the worst with the tip of her nail, running over the areas with a careful precision that I don’t know how to interpret.
“Well, I guess I can see a world where you’re right,” Kat murmurs, almost under her breath, and I don’t want to know what she means by that.
I don’t want to think.
A shiver runs through my body before I can suppress it.
“You cold, baby?” Kalu intones sweetly, and it’s all I can do to pull my thoughts from the nails tracing over my back and remember how to speak.
“Yes,” I answer honestly, barely remembering the “Master” that now needs to be tacked on to those simple responses.
“Alright, alright…” Kat says, sounding resigned as she takes her hands away from me.
I try not to fidget, but the curiosity is a bit overwhelming. They won’t let me wear my old master’s clothes, but I don’t see a bag on any of them. They can’t make me walk out of here naked… well, I suppose they could. But this is a residential neighborhood. One of my old masters got a fine for that once. I’m pretty sure you aren’t supposed to do it.
It seems they come to the same conclusion as Kalu heaves a sigh and unties the front knot of his cloak.
“I suppose it can’t be helped,” he sighs dramatically as he drapes the coak over me.
I try not to get lost in the overwhelming folds of fabric. It’s an aristocrat’s cloak, and it’s winter. The thing is surprisingly heavy, but also, blissfully warm. And with all likelihood, the only offer of clothing that I’m going to get. It takes no coaxing to make me wrap myself in the garment.
I’m taken aback by the scent it carries. I’ve never been close to Kalu, and I’ve certainly never had the desire to scent him. But wrapped up in his coat it’s not so much a conscious decision as the only choice I have if I want to breathe.
Kalu’s scent reminds me of a tea Kara had made me try, something dark with very bold flavors. Malts and cinnamon, something that might have been flowers drowned out in the background. I’d almost choked the first time I drank it. I wasn’t prepared for the powerful astringency that had followed such a pleasant aroma.
I hate the way my eyes sting at the memory, the way I swallow reflexively. It doesn’t help stave off the choked feeling at the back of my throat. I’m not sure why I thought it would.
I do my best to follow docilely, to not look up from my Master’s shoes as we make our way out. They have a carriage waiting for them, of course they do. There’s some part of me that feels ashamed. I hadn’t known why they were coming over and so I’d hid like a child. I’d made them wait.
I tuck my chin to my chest and resolve to do better. I have to do better. I can’t let that infraction dictate how this will end. I need to be good.
There’s no praise for it, but Kalu and Jay seem appreciative when I hold the carriage door open for them with the hand that’s not holding my cloak closed. Kat takes the door from me and waves me to go ahead. I try not to jump when she takes the opportunity to pinch my ass through the heavy cloth, it’s the most I can do, but the carriage occupants don’t seem too disappointed about that.
I do my best not to think as I settle on my knees and the carriage jerks into motion. The movement causes me to stumble a little, but I quickly right myself.
It’s happened before, with Kara. I’m clumsy in a carriage, I know that. The constant movement makes me sick if we’re traveling for too long and the bumping from the uneven road will make me wobble like a fawn taking its first steps. I’ve bumped into Kara almost every time we’ve ridden together, but… he had helped me to my feet, insisted that I sit beside him or at least let me lean into his legs so that I could close my eyes and pretend that the motions weren’t making me nauseous.
There’s a hand on my head before I know what’s happening and my hands clench into fists so tightly that I'm sure I’ve left little crescent indentations in my skin. I didn’t flinch, I didn’t try to get away. There’s a horribly proud part of myself that’s happy about that.
It would do me better to forget it. Forget all about it and the master that’s joined the list of all the other masters who never made sense. It was all a dream anyways. Every day it was more and more unbelievable, Kara and all the weird stuff that came with him. All the little rules that never made sense, all the privileges that I’d never even asked for… It was better if it was all a dream.
“Oh come now, there’s no need to be so distant…” It’s Master’s voice, and while I incline my head, I know that I haven’t been allowed to look at this man.
The order comes without words as Master spends a lazy second dragging his fingers through my hair. I don’t know what he’s like, I don’t know how much of this attention I’m going to get, so I trace the pattern on the carpet below me as he indulges me with this soft touching.
Eventually his fingers go to my chin and I follow as docilely as I can, letting my eyes fall to one side so I’m not looking directly at him, but raising my head like he’s directing.
“So pretty.” He says it almost to himself, so quietly that I’m not sure I was meant to hear.
I don’t think I could respond even if he allowed it. I don’t think the compliment was meant for me. It was more objective than that, not unlike someone praising a painted vase. Pretty, but that didn’t mean he was trying to compliment the porcelain.
“How about we put that mouth to use…” It comes in that same low tone.
It’s not a question, so I don’t even bother with a response.
Something in my chest clenches, but I do my best to ignore it. I didn’t expect any different and yet… I hadn’t thought it would come so soon. I thought I would have a little time to collect myself, to push the annoying, rapid thoughts out of my head or the sick, churning feeling out of my gut…
It’s nothing that I haven’t dealt with before, nothing that should get in the way of going through with my Master’s orders.
I let a smile come over my face. It’s harder than I thought it would be to force the corners of my mouth to quirk into something shy and demure, to settle myself between my Master’s legs and nuzzle into his inner thigh. He allows the casual touch as I make quick work of the laces and ignore the way my hands are shaking.
I can be good. I know how to be good.
It’s different with orders. My body moves by itself, like it has taken my mind right out of the equation. I have enough experience to do this with my eyes closed, but most don’t like it that way.
I keep my eyes open and try to make it enjoyable. I don’t know much about my new Master, but I know what makes people feel good. Personal preferences change little things, but the basics usually stay the same. It’s a little difficult, if only because my tongue is naturally a little rougher than I’d like, than they’d like , the bad part of my mind chimes in and I can feel some deadend impulse to flinch away, to tense and pull away, but there’s a hand on my head, stroking through my hair softly. A reminder that this is where I am meant to be. A reminder that I shouldn’t squirm, that it would be so easy to bite down and that would end very poorly.
Kar- my old master had done this for me. The memory comes back too quickly, when I desperately didn’t want to see it in the first place. That was the first time I’d ever been on the receiving end of this. The first time I’d understood why this felt so good, why my masters had requested these kinds of things so often.
I thought it would be different. The next time this happened. I thought it would have been… my old master and we’d find a way for this not to hurt so much. We’d do one of those long talks that he so favored and it would be easier.
Master’s nails drag gently over my skin as his fingers pull free of my hair to trace down my neck. That’s fine. I try to bring my mind back to my body but it’s no help. I should be focused, I should be attentive, but it’s so much easier to let myself pull away.
Master’s hand traces further down my body, running over my collarbone and then down my shoulder. Absently, I’m aware that the cloak has slipped, just down the one shoulder, but the way the heavy fabric falls, it’s only clinging to where it’s been draped over the other shoulder. It’s cold, the chill immediately setting into my exposed skin.
I don’t move to correct it. Even though it exposes more than a tasteful amount of my back, I don’t have the energy to even think about it. I focus on the motions, done in rote so many times that my mind immediately pulls away the more I try to focus.
Master coos something in a gentle voice and it takes everything I have to listen.
“He didn’t deserve you,” he says, more warmly than I thought he was capable of. “Not a place at that school or a proper familiar.”
I try not to feel the sting of the words. I was being stupid, thinking that he could have meant something else. That I might find myself treasured. I wasn’t a proper familiar, but I was enough to get Kara through the semester, more than enough for Master to say I was worth something.
It’s an odd thing to praise, especially when voicing contempt for another, but I try to take it in a good way. Master thought Kara hadn’t deserved me, but that had nothing to do with me at all. It was just that Master thought a commoner shouldn’t be at his school, taking up a familiar that might have gone to another skilled mage. It’s not for me. The thought hurts more than it ought to. Just because this Master happened to hate K- my old master did not mean that he’d have any affection for me.
“I guess he knew that too,” Master coos softly as his hand goes back to my hair, petting softly before he tangles his fingers in the longer bits at the back of my head.
Without meaning to, I can feel my eyebrows pull together as I try to puzzle through the words he’s saying. My mind’s working so slowly that it’s all I can do to remember the motions, to stay focused on the task I’ve been given. But my mind circles back, confused as to why my Master would give Kara any kind of warm acknowledgment.
“After all,” he continues, “even after all you did as a familiar, you’re a much better whore.”
It’s all the warning I get before my head is pulled forward into my Master’s lap. It’s too quick, too much, and there are tears in my eyes as I push away the impulse to thrash. It’ll do me no good, not with the iron grip Master has on my hair, the way he’s still pulling me closer despite how my nose is pressed into his shirt.
I focus on trying not to gag, on breathing through my nose. I blink away the wetness in my eyes. It wouldn’t do to cry at just a little bit of rough treatment. I can take it, I have taken so much more, this shouldn’t be a problem.
I used to be good at this.
I used to be good.
The carriage ride isn’t too long. Or maybe it was and my mind went away again. I wasn’t all there, I don’t think. It was easy to fade into that place where my body wasn’t my own, where my mind stayed separate even with the… task I’ve been given to distract me.
I hate the nauseous feeling in my gut, the way my knees hurt and my legs feel numb. It didn’t used to be this bad. Kara didn’t have anywhere to go, didn’t require the use of carriages very often, but it never got like this. Maybe we did go farther than I’d thought.
The memory comes back to me before I can force myself to think of something else. Kara had let me lean on him, had let me sit on the chair or lie across his lap. He’d describe what he saw out the window, he’d explain things and take up all the awkward moments with the sound of his voice.
I shut the memory out, bury it as deeply as it will go. The windows in this carriage are higher and narrower than most. And with how occupied I am, I doubt any of the occupants would take it upon themselves to narrate our journey.
Eventually, blessedly, we arrive at the servant’s entrance. There’s a rough jerking as the carriage has to be turned around because the driver went too far, but when the carriage stops rolling I am ready to press my head to the ground and kiss it for being solid and immovable.
There’s no one around. It’s a bit odd that the house is so deserted, but it’s not unheard of. It’s late in the day, everyone might be busy. Either way, I try not to look the blessing over too carefully as I remind myself to readjust my Master’s cloak to cover me.
I keep my eyes on the floor and try to ignore the blush that rises on my face. It’s a stupid thing to get embarassed about. It’ll probably go away with time. I’d just gotten used to wearing clothes… often. It’ll take a bit of time to adjust, but I will manage.
There’s a moment of worry that I won’t adapt quickly enough, that I’ll annoy my Master with my impertinence and things will go poorly. I shiver in the wake of the open door, the cold air forcing me to drape the cape over my shoulders quickly, holding it closed as much as I can from the inside. I hate the unsteady feeling it causes in me, how quickly it snaps my mind back into my body. The new calculations that enter my head, how many steps it will take before I am inside… how much that’s going to hurt my bare feet.
It’s not bad. It’s not too bad. I’ve had worse.
They don’t have any interest in lingering in the entryway or making me wait out in the cold.
Stars know I’ve had worse than a little cold from the outside path.
We’re inside the house before I know it.
I don’t know why we are using the servant’s entrance. I don’t know why my Master would use the side entryway in his own house, let alone with two of his friends. It’s probably because of me. The thoughts come unbidden. I doubt they would have used the service entrance if they weren’t bringing in a familiar- pet, I’m a pet now... again. My head hurts as I try to rationalize it. I doubt I’ll be used as a familiar, they seemed a little more interested in my other skills.
I wonder if Avery got to come in through the front entrance.
It’s a stupid thought, one that I quickly try to push from my mind. There’s really no comparison between us. She’s a purebred, I’m a mutt. She’s a familiar, well trained and important, and I’m… not. I have little enough value as something ornamental, there’s no need to go through the motions to pretend I might be more significant.
I follow as quietly as I can, ignoring the way I can feel Kat’s eyes on me, the devious glint in her gaze as I try to hold the cloak as tightly shut as I can. Modesty has little place in my life, but Kat seems to find it amusing. I don’t know if that’s a good thing or not.
Eventually we find our way into a little sitting area. It’s got a plush rug and a long, soft sofa and two cushioned chairs with a short table between them. The windows are covered, but I doubt they are hiding any great view. We didn’t climb any stairs on our path here. This room doesn’t look too well used. Perhaps the curtains are a bid to stave off the cold that comes from such large windows.
I have to shake the thoughts out of my head. I don’t know why I’m putting so much effort into thinking when it would be so much safer to just keep my head down and let my mind go blank. I shouldn’t be thinking, or rather I should at least have the decency to think about my new Master and his friends.
I don’t know what they want with me here. It is fairly obvious that this is not a personal room. It doesn’t seem well used, so I can’t imagine there’s a good reason to be using it just for me. It certainly isn’t going to be my new sleeping place. There’s nothing here for me anyways.
Why am I here?
I force the tension out of my body and stare blankly at the low table. It does me no good to question my Master, it only brings trouble. His friends are here and more than anything that means that I should be on my best behavior. I can’t ask what’s going on, speaking before my Master addresses me would be disrespectful.
Kat takes off her coat and throws it at one of the chairs. There’s a tray in the corner that I didn’t see, a little maid’s cart with wheels that has artful bottles and cut crystal glasses. Kalu makes his way over, only sparing me a backwards glance as he makes some indecipherable motion with his hand and says,
“Sit down.”
There’s movement in the room, the sound of the two other people shedding their heavy layers, but neither of them sit. Instead, the sounds quiet and I can feel eyes focus on me.
He… he couldn’t have meant me, right? Before Kara I’d almost never been allowed to sit in my Master’s presence, especially not when they remained standing. I’d been told to kneel, to stand, to present right on the floor before them, but I’d never been told to sit.
I pull my lip between my teeth as I risk raising my head and, sure enough, they are looking at me. Waiting expectantly for… something. For me , my mind supplies, they are waiting for me to sit .
For a second I’m sure the floor is unsteady below me, but the sense of vertigo passes quickly. The clipped order didn’t sound like a drill command. Even still I doubt they want me sitting on my heels when I’m still not a foot from the entryway. Though it was a command he probably didn’t mean for it to be immediate, not when he’d said it so casually. So further into the room then… But that doesn’t help me either, because while there’s a fair bit of furniture in this small room there aren’t really any good places for a pet to sit. The low table takes up the central space and that means that I would have to pick a side without knowing where Master intends to sit. It would be disrespectful to sit at the side of one of his guests when he hadn’t ordered it.
I let my eyes trace the outer edge of the carpet. I want that. My knees are sore and my legs feel like jelly after the ride in the carriage. I want to have a place on the carpet. Something soft if not exactly warm. The room is too cold as it is, I don’t need hardwood floors to remind me of what I already know.
As much as I crave the boon I can’t imagine I’ll get it. Most of the space at the side of the chairs is uncovered. I’ll only get it if I’m allowed to be directly in front of Master… or one of his guests. And that will only happen if I please him, if I’m given the opportunity to please him , I remind myself.
I’m taking too long, every heartbeat reminds me that I should have chosen, that I should have complied by now, but my knees are locked under me. I don’t think I could have moved if I wanted to.
The back of my mouth is dry and I struggle to swallow, struggle to breathe and find a way to phrase my question in a way that will not get me into any more trouble.
“...um, whe-” The question isn’t even out of my mouth before Kalu’s snapping.
“Stars, I said ‘sit’, didn’t I? What Kara never asked you to sit down?” he prods with a sneer in his voice that has me shuddering.
Jay clicks his tongue at me, waiting for my head to come up before motioning me over and patting at the soft cushion on one of the high backed chairs. I’m pathetically grateful for the instruction, but as I go to kneel beside it he catches me by the arm and directs me into the chair. I bite the inside of my cheek as I force myself to move with him, follow the directing push of his hands. There’s no mistaking our destination, but I still flinch when I’m finally seated.
Kara had tried this. He’d said it was more comfortable to sit this way, he’d asked me over and over again if I felt comfortable doing this. I didn’t, I wasn’t, I’m still not.
Jay’s hand on my shoulder, holding me, reminding me that this is where he put me, is the only thing that stops me from trying to correct this. I shouldn’t be sitting here, like this, like a person, in a chair with my Master and his friends still standing around me. It’s wrong. When I’m on furniture I am on display, but this is not any kind of display that would be appealing.
I’m still draped in my Master’s cloak, my feet are planted on the ground and despite my best efforts, and my shoulders are quickly regaining their position next to my ears, something that’s made a hell of a lot easier given how flatly they are pressed against my skull. There’s a tremor in my hands, but I try not to feel it, I try not to acknowledge it and just take some comfort in the grounding hand on my shoulder.
I whimper as the hand goes away, but I try not to move. He took his hand away because I wasn't moving, he trusts me to keep myself where they want me. I try to take pride in that. I try to let it feel good that I'm doing something right. That I’m doing what they want.
There’s a hand under my chin a second later, and I can feel the faint prickling of Kat’s nails press with a threatening, though not yet painful, pressure on my cheeks. She directs my gaze, correcting me. I shouldn’t be staring at my knees, my focus should be Master. I have to suppress the whine that comes with the thought. It’s too late anyways. Master is upset with me and I don’t even know what I’ve done wrong.
I’m not sure what does it, whether it’s something in the way I must look like I’m about to cry or some other impulse that sets upon him, but he takes pity on me. He only makes me hold this uncomfortable gaze for a few seconds before he tells me what I’ve done wrong.
“Answer me,” Master commands, dully, as though it was obvious.
I feel my face color as I realize that it was probably meant to be obvious. It’s such a stupid thing to get wrong, being uattentive to your Master. I should be glad that he told me, that he took the time to make sure his pet understood what he was doing wrong. I’ve had others who would beat me until I got it right . Master is good and kind, he doesn’t beat his pets for every little mistake. He gives them a chance to make things right.
There’s a tightness in my throat as I realize there’s more than one similarity between my old Master and the newest one.
Master likes verbal responses.
“Y-yes Master, Kara asked me to sit sometimes.” I respond just as soon as I can get my voice to come out without the pain I feel in my throat.
Master swirls the dark colored liquid he’s poured into his glass as he makes his way over. I can’t help the way my body starts to tremble, something that isn’t helped by the interest Kat seems to have in this new expression. Kalu stops right in front of me, his face devoid of all emotion as he seems to study me like a bug on a slide. I let my eyes fall to his left as I try to force tension from my body. It should be easy. Even though I’m in an unfamiliar position, Kat still hasn’t let go of my head so I can’t possibly be at fault for my posture. Still, there’s nothing wrong with trying to be respectful.
“Really?” His voice is full of feigned surprise. I’m not sure why he’s bothering to put up an act when it’s just me he’s performing for but he takes a pause, takes a drink from his glass and allows himself to tower over me for a moment before he continues. I hate this, the unfamiliar position I’m in, the odd question he’s asking, the dark look in his eyes as he leans down to my eye level. “You wouldn’t lie to me, would you, little one?”
My heart catches in my throat. Is that what he thinks? Does he really think I would lie over something like this, something so inconsequential, and directly to his face? Did he find my initial disobedience so severe that he thought I might actually be compelled to lie?
“I-I would never-” I stumble over my own words in a rush to defend myself, but then Master is speaking and my voice dies in my throat.
“You seem oddly comfortable saying his name. I was kidding before, but did he really get off on you calling his name?” There’s a humor to the question, but the hard set of his eyes reminds me of the danger lurking behind the question.
I open my mouth to tell him that he’s wrong. That my stupidity means nothing and I should have remembered my place and not used his name, but something stops me.
It is odd. Out of all the allowances Kara had made, that one was particularly odd. It wasn’t about kindness, it wasn’t something to make me more comfortable, it was something for him. It was so easy to use his name, it guaranteed that he’d go along with anything I said. He let me call him by his name whenever I wanted. As wrong as it was, whenever I used the privilege he would always try to be extra accommodating. Something more than simply rewarding me for my decision. It seems odd that he would have given me such a powerful thing to use against him.
It wasn’t sexual. It wasn’t. If it were that easy maybe Kara would have actually let me share his bed. In a more traditional way than I already was.
Why would they be curious though?
My head snaps to one side as I hear the sharp crack of skin against skin. The pain comes almost a whole second later, stinging and hot as I try to repress the urge to press my hand to my face. Idly, I wonder what my Master’s tell is. Whether it was something in his eyes or his hands that let Kat get her hand out of the way in time.
“You will answer me when I speak to you.” His voice is dark, strained with a barely repressed anger that has my heart stuttering in my chest.
Fuck.
I don’t know how I’ve managed to make the same mistake twice in a row. I know I’m stupid, but Master had just told me what he required of me. He’d just let me off with a warning about this preference. This is my second infraction in as many minutes and the thought is nearly drowned out by the way my heart is beating in my ears. How the fuck did I forget? Master had just told me and yet I let myself cause him trouble. I let myself make stupid mistakes and forced him to punish me.
I force myself to take a breath, ignoring the shaky sound I make when I inhale. It wouldn’t be there if I was better. I wouldn’t be in pain if I was better. I wouldn’t cause trouble if I could just be good.
“I-I…” I stumble, trying to piece together a sentence that won’t dig my grave any deeper. “My previous master allowed many things, though I wouldn’t say-”
“Aww, did he like you calling out his name when he fucked you?” Kat cuts in. Her crude words slice into me. It’s so much worse out loud. As humiliating as the insinuation was, hearing it all laid bare is so much worse.
I can’t control the heat rising on my cheeks or the way I squirm in my seat. I don’t like this. I don’t like being on the chair, surrounded. I can feel their eyes on me, I can feel their closeness, the way they encircle me. It’s a wonder I can breathe.
When I see Kat’s hand circle around me from behind, I can’t help the way I flinch away. My breath is coming too quickly, too shallowly, to the point that everything around me is a blur. I don’t have much room to maneuver. Pretty immediately I bump up against the chair’s armrest, then the back as I try to squeeze myself as tightly as I can into the manufactured corner. It’s wrong, I know it is. I shouldn’t be doing this. I shouldn’t be causing trouble for my Master, for his friends, but I can’t stop myself.
I press my heated face into the material of the cloak. It’s stupid, but I feel better. I feel better when I can’t see them, when I can pretend I’m alone in the room. That if I can’t see them they can’t see me.
The illusion is shattered not a moment after I construct it. I shouldn’t be surprised. Just because I can pretend to hide doesn’t mean they can’t see, doesn’t mean that they can’t just reach out and touch what’s theirs.
There’s a hand on the other side of the cloak. I feel it and while there’s no room to flinch away I still do my best to squirm. I don’t like it. Even through the barrier of Kal- of Master’s cloak it is too much. I hate that I can’t tell who it is brushing over my ribs and stroking down my side. I bite at the inside of my cheek and hold my breath, there’s nothing else I can do.
“Stars, am I right?” Kat asks, her voice tinged with a humor that I am failing to see at the moment.
Why does she sound so excited?
It takes more effort than I expected to pry my face from the soft material of the cloak. The heat in my cheeks hasn’t receded, something Kat seems to enjoy as she pats my cheek, encouraging me to lift my face just a little more. She is the one petting me, though the devious glint in her eye removes any of the soothing qualities of the action. I tense up under her hand and before I can curse myself for shunning the kind, non-violent contact, she smiles down at me. As though the action was exactly what she was expecting, as though she was pleased.
“W-why are you asking me this?” I can’t help the way my voice shakes, but the moment the words are out of my mouth I know that I shouldn’t have spoken them.
It’s impertinent and I pay for it rather immediately.
Kat’s hand comes back up to my chin, but there’s none of the restraint of last time. There’s no feigned gentleness when she allows her nails to dig into my cheeks as she pulls my head to the side. The move exposes my neck, something I only recognise a moment later when she pulls back at the cloak until it’s exposed a nice column of skin.
She presses a kiss to my neck, right over my thudding pulsepoint. It’s soft and gentle, but it could so easily be exchanged for something else that I can’t help the pathetic keening sound that blooms in the back of my throat without my permission. My eyes sting, but I do my best to blink away the worst of the blurred mess without letting any tears fall. It would be bad if I cried. They aren’t even doing anything bad. They probably don’t want to see my tears. It’s not pretty. Even the ones who like me crying, gasping, and begging have told me so. It spoils the picture, even when it’s what they want. I haven’t been given permission to cry.
It doesn’t keep my eyes from watering, or Kat from noticing the hitching of my breath or the way the tears are still stubbornly gathering. I don’t like it. I don’t like the way it makes her smile.
“Aww, are you a loyal little bitch?” she asks, her cheery tone contrasting with her words.
I hate that the tone means something to me before the words do. I hate the pathetic, pathetic way I almost lean into the hold she has on my face. The words came out almost like praise, and it would have been so easy to treat them as such if I could only ignore the words and just be grateful that she didn’t seem to be mad or take offence.
But I do understand the words. The tone does nothing to make them sting any less or temper the red on my face. I don’t know why I’m surprised. It’s only been a few months, but I hadn’t thought that it was enough time for me to forget what I’d been trained for, what I’d been used for, for so much of my life.
Funny enough, I don’t think loyalty is meant to be a compliment. It wasn’t really required of me at any other point and the way Kat says it, the derision coloring her voice at the word… I wonder if I’m in trouble.
“It’s cute.” Jay speaks up. He has his finger pressed to his mouth, his brow furrowed as he looks down consideringly, like I’m some problem to be solved. “...but we could always just find out another way.”
He goes to stand in front of me and it’s only when he’s reached forward to tug at the collar of my cloak that I finally realize what he means to do.
I shouldn’t make it worse for myself. Master is right here. He is right here in the room and he would tell them if this wasn’t what he wanted, if this went against his wishes, if they were using his pet wrong. Still, I can’t stop the instinctive way I pull away from Jay’s hands, the pitiful little resistance I put up trying to tug the cloth back over my body. It’s stupid. I’ve been beaten for less, but Jay pins one knee against the armrest with his leg and Kat digs her nails into me once again, pulling me into the position I ought to be maintaining.
My eyes are desperate and wild when they find my Master. Kalu has wandered a couple of steps away, taking sips from his dark colored drink. There’s no emotion on his face. He watches impassively, as though what’s happening in front of him doesn’t really concern him.
I suppose it doesn’t. If he wanted them off, he could say something, anything. I should stop. It’s not my place to resist, it’s not right. Still, I can’t force myself to let go of the cloak. There’s no excuse, though I try to conjure one. It’s still cold in this room, the cloak is my only covering.
I hate the high, warbly noise that comes out of my throat. I hate the way that they don’t seem to notice my final defence. That they don’t recognise the desperate noise as proof that I’m frightened, that I’m scared to the point of going against my conditioning.
More than anything I hate the brief flicker of interest that passes over Master’s features.
Kalu puts a hand on Jay’s shoulder, making some motion that I can’t correctly interpret with my mind pulling in every direction as it is. His eyes lift to mine, or rather directly to my side as he acknowledges Kat. His movements are slow, but the whole world is stuttering around me as I fight for every single one of my quick, short breaths. He doesn’t take the cloak from me, but his hand slides inside the folds before I’m ready. I can’t help the way I jerk when I feel his fingers, their light press against my side as he finds my right hand and pulls it out.
Kat’s allowed to take over, her grip unsurprisingly hard as she holds my wrist above my head. I whimper. I pull my lip between my teeth and risk looking up at where Master stands above me. I don’t want this. See, see how scared I am? I don’t like this, please stop . I can’t beg out loud so I settle for keening, for looking pitiful and squirming. There’s only so much of this that they should be willing to take. If I prove myself to be troublesome enough then… then…
They might beat me. They might have their fun that way. I think I might prefer it at this point. I don’t understand why this is so different. Plenty of owners have had me. Almost all of them on the first night. Frequently with friends or people that they’re trying to impress. I don’t know why I’m jeopardizing this. This is my first interaction with my new owner. I should be trying to please. I should be promising to do whatever they want and at least trying to fulfill those desires. And yet…
Kalu taps at Kat’s hand and she releases her iron grip on my chin. There’s a moment of stiffness as I try not to work it back and forth so obviously under the direct scrutiny of my Master. It hurts, but not too terribly. It will probably be a little sore tomorrow, but that is awefully presumptuous of me.
He allows my chin to rest upon his palm, fingers lightly curled so that he’s touching my face, but not actually exerting any pressure. I hate that it feels nice. That his soft skin and gentle hold feel so blissfully like a reward after Kat’s rough treatment.
I whimper when he finds my other hand under the cloak. I resist, as much as I can, but there’s no way to pull out of his hold. Jay’s got my legs pinned, Kat has my arm, all I can do is struggle in vain and try to ignore the way my stomach turns at my Master’s eyes.
He gives the other wrist to Kat as well, and while I give a token pull, a little wiggle to test her hold, I know there’s no way out of this. There’s nothing stopping my Master as he unwraps my body like a present, laying me bare for all his friends. He takes his hand away from my chin and presses my face, somewhat sternly, into the fabric backing of the chair.
“Stay.” Master says it gently, like the admonishment is something too trivial to take his attention.
I obey. I keep my cheeks pressed to the fabric, keep my ears damn near pressed to my skull.
He turns away from me, as though he could dismiss the whole of my existence with a whim. “What were you thinking, Jay?”
“I heard it’s real hard to train pets with weak constitutions, but what gets taught tends to stick.” I don’t like the smirk in his voice. “He’s probably used to calling out that idiot’s name when he gets fucked.”
I jerk. I shouldn’t, I know I shouldn’t. Master and his friends went through a lot of personal trouble to get me into the position that they liked. I should at least have the decency to be a good pet and stay where they fucking want me, but I can’t. I can’t.
I know it’s useless. Kat has no mercy in her hold and Jay’s using his whole stars-damned body to pin my legs. There’s no way out of this. There’s no way out.
I hate the humorous little chuckle that bubbles in the back of my new Master's throat. I hate how the levity is mirrored in his friend’s eyes when they see my distress.
“Oh, did I hit the nail on the head kitty? Or do I have to test my theory…” Jay’s smirk tinges his words with an undue humor.
I can’t help the way my leg spasms, the way I try to twist and squirm, though it’s just making my situation worse.
This can’t be happening.
Jay’s careful when he spreads my legs. Careful that I don’t have the opportunity or the leverage to squirm out of his hold. Careful to ensure that I can’t kick out at him.
“How long do you think it took him to train it into him?” Kalu questions casually, taking the opportunity to press his glass to Jay’s mouth waiting for a nod before he tilts the drink back.
I’m not prepared for the closeness of Kat’s voice when she responds, right by my ear. “Oh, who knows, but I’m sure this delicious little kitty never made it feel like a chore…”
There’s not much I can do. The squirming fascinates her, that I’m fairly certain, but it doesn’t stop the impulse. I want out. I don’t want to listen to this, I don’t want to hear it. It’s all I can do to press my lips together and not scream. That would be worse , some terribly incoherent part of my brain informs me, though I can’t pull together the actual reason why.
Master drags his fingertips against the inside of my thigh and my hands jerk, curling into fists automatically before I can even remember that I’m restrained. Nothing’s changed, it hasn’t even been that long since Kat’s taken it upon herself to hold my arms out of the way. My head hurts and there’s a nauseous sick feeling that comes with it. I can’t be malfunctioning. Not here, not now. Not in front of a Master who wouldn’t make allowances for me.
I force myself to breathe.
It’s more effort than should be used for such a basic task. My head’s a mess, thousands of things seemingly demanding my attention, memories starting up before being overtaken by others. There’s some obsessive instinct to cover myself, to turn away and put as much distance and as many layers between me and any other person, but there’s no way out.
Master’s hand is on my face, steadying me, forcing me to look at him. He looks angry. I bite at the inside of my cheek as I can feel the tears welling up again. Stars, why the fuck is he angry? What did I do?
“Am I going to have to fuck you for my answer, or are you still loyal to your old master?” The question comes out harshly, and I have to wonder if I’ve been gone for longer than I thought, if he’s been trying to get my attention while I malfunctioned.
“I-I wasn’t,” I stutter. I hate the frenetic energy in my body, the way I know even as I continue to defend myself that I won’t be able to stop it. “I wasn’t t-trained to- to call out his name w-whe-”
“Aww, he’s all stuttery,” Kat cuts me off, pressing a little kiss to the side of my face, “that’s just too cute.”
“You’re a carrier, right?” Jay’s voice has me flinching. It’s not really a question and he doesn’t wait for my reply. “You’ll slick up even without lube.”
I can’t stop myself from squirming. In the time my head’s been away Jay has settled between my thighs, and even though it’s nothing more than a jerky motion as my muscles spasm it earns me a pinch on the soft inside of my thigh. It’s not enough to discourage Jay from continuing.
True to his word they don’t use lube. They don’t have any around, or probably didn’t want to bother with fetching any. I try not to let it hurt. He’s right, technically. I produce my own slick… I should be fine. I should be fine.
Knowing doesn’t help. It doesn’t make it better, or easier or whatever he was trying to do by telling me what was going to happen. I’m not prepared for Jay’s fingers. I’m not ready when I can feel him touching me.
Most surprisingly, I’m not ready for my own body’s tightness.
Somehow, in the chaos, I had entirely forgotten about the prolonged stretch of celibacy I’d experienced in my last Master’s care. Kara and I had gotten up to mischief, but I had been left entirely alone.
“He’s… I mean, he’s actually pretty tight, Kal,” Jay says, suddenly more subdued, though it doesn’t stop the searching, prodding motion of his fingers.
“What do you mean?” Master asks, quirking an eyebrow as he looks at his friend, and then more closely at me, like I’m a problem he can solve by adding his assistance.
“I mean he’s way too tight to be used on the reg, and it’s not like Kara has a less suited familiar lying around.” I wonder if I should be insulted, but right now I have bigger problems than Jay’s words.
“How often did your old master fuck you?” Kalu asks absently as Jay redoubles his efforts to work his finger inside me.
It’s rough. It’s rough and I’m out of practice and there’s no slick and my head hurts as I try to buck instinctually away. It’s wrong and I don’t want it, but the more I try to move the more painful I’m making it on myself. Jay will keep doing whatever he wants with me and… and my only chance is my Master.
“He doesn’t! He doesn’t-” I all but scream hoping it’ll make them stop, make them go slower, or use lube. It’s surprise that cuts off my words.
Because they do stop.
The prodding fingers withdraw and I’m left trying to force myself to breathe, force myself to ignore the rattling of my chest and the pounding of my heartbeat in my ears. I want to leave. I want to be put away, shown to the new space they’ll allow me and left alone. I want to have the little breakdown my mind is demanding in peace. I want more time before I’m called upon to do my duties. I want the freedom or instruction to prep myself. But even through the cacophony in my head I can still hear the words Master speaks.
“What do you mean he doesn’t?” The question is quiet. Not hesitant or sheepish, he’s not angry, it’s just… quiet.
He leans forward and I flinch, babbling before he can make any threat or tell his friend to continue.
“H-he doesn’t,” I answer, praying to the Stars that the direct reply to his question was enough.
“Asshat doesn’t even know what his famili-” Whatever insult Kat’s planning to bring to the discussion gets swallowed up by the angry look on Master’s face.
I can feel the excuses, the half-formed ill-considered begging, everything that might make my Master take pity on me, but he speaks before I can force any of the words out of my throat.
“You’re telling me that big man on campus, who you’ve been with for the whole semester, didn’t fuck you once? The man doesn’t have a girlfriend, boyfriend, fucking anything?” Master nearly growls.
“N-no,” I say a half second before I consider the full implications of that question.
I am right, just not entirely. Kara doesn’t have a girlfriend, boyfriend or- as Master has so eloquently put it- ‘fucking anything’, but he does still have a fiancee. There’s no way these three don’t know about that, though. They are close friends with Genevive.
I feel like I answered their question in spirit… just not to the letter. Kara certainly wasn’t fucking Genevive. Still, I didn’t answer truthfully and they know it.
I’m shaking when Master leans in close, allowing himself to use his larger frame to his advantage as he looms over me
“Don’t lie to me. This fucking orphan commoner wonder doesn’t fuck you and there’s no reason for it?” Master grinds out.
The question is the only reason why I don't devolve into a useless litany of pleas.
Master likes verbal responses and he asked a direct question.
“He’s not an orphan.” I don’t know why it’s that I choose to shout, but it does get rid of the angry look on his face, if only to replace it with confusion.
“What?” Kalu starts and it’s all I can do to jump on the opportunity to explain myself before Master can get angry again.
“He- he has a f-family they just don’t… talk.” My teeth click as I close my mouth. It’s stupid, an extranious little detail that Master won’t care about. It’s not an explanation as to why I’ve brought up such an odd topic.
Master doesn’t seem to think it’s too odd. He quirks a brow and accepts this change of pace.
“Well, yeah, you have a kid like that, you kick him to the curb and pretend that you never had a kid at all.” He huffs, that stupid, stupid grin plastered over his face that makes me want to smack it off.
“He had siblings,” I snarl, but the second the words are out I know that I’ve crossed a line.
I’ve said too much. I shouldn’t be bringing up my old master. Not when I haven’t been asked, not while I’m busy trying to entertain, failing to control myself in front of, Master’s guests. I shouldn’t have. I know it’s wrong when I can see the glimmer in Master’s eyes, the smirk on Jay’s lips.
“Oh really, and he talked to you about these siblings?” The question comes out teasingly and it’s all I can do to tuck my chin to my chest and try not to squirm under their gaze.
“N-never specifically,” I stutter, trying to find the right words to get myself out of this. “I-I… please, Sir, I shouldn’t talk about my Master’s affairs-”
“Yeah, we shouldn’t have been so distracted either, so sorry to make you wait.” Jay pats my hip consolingly before he moves to continue...playing with me.
“I-” my voice catches in my throat. There’s not much I can offer, nothing I can promise but a willingness that I am unwilling to offer. Still, “Sir, please-” I whimper, but Master continues like he doesn’t hear me.
“Yeah, why waste time talking about that old dude who only just got into the first year’s program,” Kat chimes in, reveling in the ripple of snickers that it causes.
“He tell you why he waited so long?” Master chuckles, running a hand through my hair as he asks.
The contact is almost nice, almost comforting, though I don’t understand why he’s asking me this. Why he would want an answer from me.
Truthfully I don’t know why I brought my old master up, I could only register the primal angry feeling that came with Master’s words. I don’t know where this urge to protect the image of my old master came from. It’s odd and it will only get me into trouble. Master might be interested in it for now, but sooner or later it will get me in trouble.
I open my mouth to... tell him to stop, that I shouldn’t be saying these things about a previous master, that I don’t know he answers he’s asking for, when Jay seems to find a new angle, encouraged by the little bit of slick my body’s been able to produce, and all I can end up making is a high pitched whine.
“I heard he did his military service and then he presented with magic. What a waste, am I right?” Master chuckles, scratching at my head in a way that should be soothing.
I should take what I can get. I should be grateful that my Master is taking the pains to comfort me. I should be happy, but it’s all I can do not to cry. Master winds his hand around my head, providing a point of stability as he directs my gaze back up towards him.
“Aww, come on baby why won’t you speak for us?” Master says with a pout.
The drag of Jay’s fingers inside me is too much. The addition of new digits is too fast, too rough. It’s been so long since… since I’ve had to worry about things like this.
Jay stopped last time when I answered. When my response was entertaining enough to distract him from what he was doing.
“I-I heard, I-” I’m speaking before I’ve decided on what I’m going to say. My breath is coming in little hiccupy gasps that make it hard to breathe let alone think straight.
The fingers slow, though they still work inside me for my non-answer.
Is this really right? Am I allowed to do this? Kara isn’t my Master anymore, I don't technically owe him my loyalty. It’s not bad, it’s not wrong. They could find all the information they want if they just asked. They are nobles, mages, they have their sources. They aren’t asking me for anything in depth, it’s not even anything too revealing. They aren’t asking for scandal material, or something that could be used against him. I wouldn’t give them that.
I just need a little more time. I just need them to go slow and pretend I’m worth something. Not that I know anything that Kar- my old master would have guarded. I don’t really know anything about him.
Jay presses forward and my body protests at the strain of the stretch, making the decision for me.
“He s-said he was, that he l-lied-” I say it as quickly as I can force the words out of my mouth, leaving no time to question it further.
“Oh,” Jay hums at that.
I’m sickened by the slick drag of his fingers as he removes them. I hate that I’m the reason for that, that physical stimulation can force its production, but I should be glad. It’s saved me more times than I can count. It doesn’t make me hate it any less, or make me any less desperate to keep him away from me.
“H-he said he was y-younger,” I stutter out, trying to ignore the feeling of tears gathering in my eyes as Jay pets at the inside of my thighs, “b-but he didn’t s-say why.” I spill in a rush, desperate to get the words out.
“Well, how old is he?” Kat asks curiously, reminding me of her presence as she pipes up.
The question is so simple. It wouldn’t be a problem…
“T-twenty three.”
Kat whistles low.
“Well, baby that explains it.” Master quirks a grin, explaining like I’m too stupid to understand... I suppose he’s right. “The bastard isn’t allowed to apply for The Academia until he’s older.”
Before I can say anything, the fingers are back inside me, and I can't take it. I just need a little more time, I just, I need to prepare myself mentally or I won’t be able to handle what’s in front of me.
What’s a few useless pieces of information? What is loyalty to someone who sold me on? It’s nothing dangerous. It’s nothing that can get him in trouble. I don’t have names, I don’t have specifics. Even with the age thing, there’s no way anyone could prove it. If it’s marked on his ID then it’s marked on his ID. Not even Master could just go around contesting that.
There’s no harm in stalling, in pursuing every advantage I have to delay the inevitable.
Except that it is inevitable. Eventually there’s no distracting them.
It hurts in a familiar way, being shared like this, among friends.
It’s hard to serve a group. Inevitably they all want different things, and when they try to have them all at once together it gets difficult.
Kat likes to see me red, likes me blushing and crying and babbling like an idiot. She likes to hit and rake her nails down my hips and hear me scream. Jay seems to prefer my mouth above anything else. He doesn’t seem too interested in anything else, even though he was the one to work me open. He must have liked the odd sensations that my tongue provided. It’s Kalu that’s the trickiest. For all he likes to watch Kat make me scream, or the sight of me stretched between his friends, he doesn’t seem to like anything about me in particular. He uses me, rather undemandingly, puts his fingers in my mouth to keep my words at bay, but requires nothing else.
It’s odd, to be just a body.
It doesn’t take long for the overdrive my brain has kicked into to fade. For me to start losing my hold on my mind and body as they drift steadily further apart. It’s easier this way, I tell myself. It’s easier. They can do whatever they want with me and there will be no mistakes.
“He’s boring for such a pretty little thing,” Kat says eventually, once I’ve stopped screaming for her. Once she can barely wring any kind of reaction from me. “Come on now, put your heart into it!” she teases, but I don’t move. I’m too tired to even try to give her what she wants.
Master seems to have taken notice of my little predicament. He works his hand into my hair, scratching at the base of my skull and working his fingers through the longer strands. It’s all I can do to whine. I don’t have the will or the energy to press into his touch.
“Well, then how about I call you over when he’s more entertaining?” Master offers with some humor in his voice.
“What! You’re making us leave already?” Kat has the audacity to sound offended as she sticks out her bottom lip and pouts. “But we just started playing with the cutie!”
Just started my ass, my jaw is going numb.
They eventually say their goodbyes and I only have a few moments to wipe the back of my hand over my mouth before I’m being instructed to follow. I don’t fight. I don’t have the strength for it. The house is big and confusing anyways, and even if I were in my right mind I don’t think I could catalogue all the turns.
Eventually we go through a door, down a set of stairs. I don’t think about it- don’t think about the chill of the air, the lack of windows. I try very hard not to smell the musty scent of this place and the metal. I don’t look anywhere but at my feet, tracking the irregular shaped stones that have at least been smoothed.
It reminds me of my time with master Trainer, and as soon as the thought comes I have to bite at the inside of my cheek to keep quiet. It’s not the same place. It isn’t. There were cells there. This has nothing but open space. There were windows there. This place has nothing but a little firelight.
It’s not the same but I can still feel the walls closing in on me. There’s no one else here. This can’t be a place for pets. This isn't where Avery sleeps.
There’s a rattling of chain and suddenly it’s a lot harder to keep quiet.
“M-Master-” I’m somewhat shocked by the soreness of my throat. The resulting raspy sound it forces my voice to take.
“What?” Master asks, flippant as he sets up a space next to the light on the wall.
“I-I, please f-forgive the imp-propriety, but I am to sleep here?” I phrase it as innocuously as I can.
The way I said it I might have been asking for permission rather than an explanation.
“Yeah,” Master answers tersely and I bite at my lip, fighting the urge to scratch at my wrist.
There’s no good way to phrase this next one, but I need to ask. It’s eating up at me and I know I’ll go crazy if I’m left in the dark.
“A-are there any… others?” Despite my best efforts I still cringe at the bluntness of my words.
Not that my Master seems to mind, he just continues on with a simple “No” as though my asking demanding questions hadn’t even registered.
It’s the ‘no’ that’s more troubling anyways.
I can’t do this. I can’t be down here without others. I do very poorly alone, and alone without tasks, with only time in the dark in a room… that sounds too much like one of master Trainer’s lessons. There’s no way to tell time down here, no way to understand how long Master will keep me waiting. He’s not telling me how long I’ll be down here, how long he expects me to stay put in the basement and pay penance.
My heart stutters as I remind myself that there’s no guarantee even if he did present me with a timetable. He might just as easily forget me down here. There’s no way of knowing where the room, with its staircase down into the basement, resides in this maze of a house. What if over the course of the days my Master simply forgot? Forgot or decided that I’d need more time.
I’m on my knees before I can give it any more thought.
Luckily Master notices my odd behavior so that I don’t have to interrupt him again with my impertinence.
“What are you doing?” he asks, and that’s all the excuse that I need to start.
He asked a question. Master likes verbal responses.
“P-please Master, I beg of you. Please d-don’t leave me down h-here,” I plead, without shame or pretence.
I don’t care where else he might put me, I just don’t want to be shut away. If he’s this displeased I know that I will not be attending to him in his room, but I’m confident that in a house like this, a maid or steward would find me just about anywhere else in the course of a few days.
“And why would I do that?” he asks, an angry tone bleeding into his voice.
Because I’m scared. Because this is a worse punishment than you think it is. I don’t understand how to beg for leniency from this man, but he seems to get more frustrated when I beg without thinking.
A moment passes, then two, and Master seems to chuckle despite himself.
“Oh, what? Nothing to say now? Because you sure did cause a big stink for my friends. Are you saying that it’s not my place to punish you?”
Ice sets itself in my chest and I have to force myself to breathe.
“N-no, Master, p-please punish me as you see fit.” I say the words I’ve been trained to give, but Master doesn’t seem impressed.
“I ‘see fit’ to not have to look at you for a little bit. So you’ll be staying down here, understand?” he says. There’s no room for argument in his voice.
“Yes, Master.” It’s not necessary, but I answer. This Master likes verbal responses.
“Then get over here.”
The whole affair is dispassionate. My Master doesn’t seem to have any interest in me now that his friends have left. There’s no lingering touches, he doesn’t pet me. He doesn’t attempt to put me to use again. He doesn’t even look at me as he fixes the shackles, turning away the second he’s done.
This bodes very poorly.
He fiddles with something, and then looks like he’s about to say something before he pushes a water basin my way and leaves without so much as a backwards glance.
It’s dark, too dark to see the whole place, but what I’d mistaken for faint firelight seems to be a magical stone. It glows when I move, growing fainter as I stay still. I suppose it’s something so I don’t go crazy.
I feel absurdly grateful for the water. There’s nothing presented with it, so I doubt it’s for washing, and with his demeanor I doubt he’ll be back very soon. Really I should be thankful for the consideration
I drink some of the water, trying to ignore the tight, itchy sensation in my throat at the oddly bitter flavor.
It was a hell of a first day, but it’s what comes next that is worrying me.
No one comes in, at least, no one that I see, but after I rest there’s a bowl of food. It’s just kibble, but it’s a lot more than a single serving, so I suspect that I am meant to make it last.
-----
I press my face into the water basin, allowing myself to simply suck in the water without any thoughts of propriety. My hair is wet in the action, as is most of my face, but I try not to mind it. The water still tastes odd, bitter and halfway stale, but it’s water and I’m grateful. I’m grateful, I remind myself, as though if I just say it enough it will be true.
Down here it’s a little hard to tell how much time has passed. There’s no suns to tell the time let alone the day, but it feels like it’s been at least more than a day. Perhaps two before my body started demanding rest more sporadically, since the odd itchiness in my skin started.
My head pounds and I feel a heat rising in my cheeks.
Even as I curl on my side there’s an uncomfortable clenching in my gut. There’s a moment where I’m sure I drank too fast, that’s where the sick empty feeling inside me is coming from, but it’s more than that. I feel dizzy and confused and even though I just woke up I want to lie down again.
It’s only when I curl on my side, arranging myself in some halfway decent position that preserves warmth, that I feel it.
Slick, I’m slick. The surprise isn’t quite enough to pierce the foggy haze. My mind moves too sluggishly to pull together all the pieces before I’m shaking for an entirely different reason. This has never happened to me before. I feel warm and tired, pliant and… empty.
The whole world spins and time passes in jumps. Even I’m not sure what happens in between. The only constant is the warmth, the want growing more and more intense in my core. I cry and whimper, try my best to solve this newly presented problem myself, but there’s nothing I can do. It’s too powerful and sooner rather than later time stutters and it all starts up again.
I don’t know how long I have to wait, but eventually time stutters once more and I can see Master standing over me. His scent washes over me even through the delirium that my body is forcing upon me.
Oh...am I more entertaining now?
Notes:
-if you need someone to talk to about this, try the fan server: Here
-if you want to see the tumblr, you can find it: Here
-if you want to take a listen to the incredible audiobook version (which is not something I ever thought I would have the ability to say) that Sekiraku, our incredible Beta reader who is amazing and talented and quite literally a god, has made then you can find the link to chapter 1: Here
- go give it a listen!
Chapter 80: One Final Lead
Summary:
In today's news, Area man is now too tired to contain both his sadness and his rage.
Kara follows up on the last of his leads and gains a little help along the way.
Notes:
Wow guys, It's been a bit. I can't believe it took me so long to get this chapter out to you guys. As a slight benefit, it is much longer than usual, so please, enjoy that. It probably wouldn't have taken so long if me and my family weren't trying to play this pandemic in hardcore mode. There's been some absolute craziness going down in real life. :P But, as a nod to that, I've also taken the liberty of giving us a moment of Kara so we can all pan away from the living nightmare that is Blue's life right now.
I mean really, why should Blue get to hog all of the panic attacks and dissociative episodes. Share the wealth!
But we will be back with our favorite little catboi next chapter. Just let me know (either in the comments or in our lovely discord) what kind of fluffy scene you want accompanying that chapter's release.
As always, I love you all! Thank you so much for your love and support through all of this, I don't know what I would do without it.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
“You have exactly three seconds before I burn this fucking place to the ground!”
There’s a twinge of pain in my jaw at how tightly I’m grinding my teeth together, but it’s more than enough to distract me from the echoing of my voice.
It’s an otherwise quiet night, but that’s not really registering at the moment. It probably should though... I’m making a scene. I’m screaming outside the dorm apartment that’s been assigned to Fli. I didn’t stop by with anyone to check about… anything. She could not be home, hell, she might be spending the holiday break with her family, though frankly, I doubt it.
Still, I shouldn’t be here, not like this. I should have made a meeting, or sent over a letter, some kind of intermediary step before we came to this.
I wish I could make myself care.
Except that’s not entirely true. I don’t care about the scene I’m making, I don’t care about my tone, and I don’t care about what the remainder of the students here might be thinking about the crazy kid they’ve probably never seen before who’s screaming outside someone’s door. They can think whatever they want, I don’t care what they’ll say when I’m gone. The only thing I really care about right now is Blue.
I pound on the door for another second for good measure. If there is anyone in this place then I’m sure they can hear it. I feel unstable, but I’ve acknowledged it and done absolutely nothing to address it. This isn’t like me. It isn’t, but I am very studiously not thinking about the way I have to curl my hands into fists to keep them from shaking, the way my chest feels like it’s shrinking in on me, squeezing everything in its wake.
Idly, I wonder if I’ll make good on my promise.
I can feel the heat at my fingertips, the call of my fire. But I haven’t summoned it. It isn’t me. I haven’t wanted something to burn in so long, not since Nerial changed the form of my fire. I haven’t wanted to see the flames since then, I haven't wanted to show them to anyone.
Except Blue.
Except I’d already made up my mind to show Blue when we were learning to cast together. I’d been willing to try it again. I’d been willing to let him see that part of me, I’d been willing to explain. But then the fire hadn’t been mine. It had been Blue’s entirely, I had no control and the signature had all but been scrubbed away.
It was a product of our own, something entirely unique. Something that I’m still not entirely sure we were ever supposed to do, to make, to bring into this world. But I could live with the backfire that had hurt me and there didn’t seem to be any lasting after effects. Nothing wrong with the magic we made and, Stars it was so simple. It was so simple and Blue had trusted me not to let my magic hurt him again.
Blue trusted me not to let him get hurt again.
So suddenly the heat at my fingertips doesn’t feel so out of place. It doesn’t feel like I’m overreacting… no, it really doesn’t.
I’m spared the potential arson, by the voice on the other side of the door, thick with sleep and concern.
“Who’s there?” It’s Fli, It’s definitely Fli and that’s all I let myself acknowledge.
“Who do you think?” I can’t stop the bitterness on my tongue.
I shouldn’t, but it’s so easy. It’s so, so easy to let it out like this. My body hurts and my head is pounding. The only thing keeping me from collapsing right here, right now is the thought of getting Blue home. Of getting Blue safe and promising him that no matter what lies she told him, they were all fake.
That I wouldn’t let him go, that I’d never do that to him.
Except that’s not right. I know it’s not but the voice that perks up at the dangerous line of thought is so thoroughly drowned out by my pulse in my ears that it’s hard to even breathe past it.
Because, I wouldn’t do that. Not really, not if he wanted to go. He’s been denied the right to choose for himself far too often, he shouldn’t have to go through it again with me. Even if it’s already too late.
Even if the thought of him not in my life tears me apart, I know that I’d keep my mouth shut if it came time for him to choose. He doesn’t deserve the pressure, he doesn’t deserve how thoroughly I’ve etched him into the fragile pieces of myself that I’ve managed to pull together. He’s a member of a very exclusive rank in that way. A bond so much worse than family.
It’s a stupid thought, but it’s followed by a familiar prickling of tears at the corners of my eyes.
He never got to meet them. The others that have made their place at my heart, dug in and refused to let go. The ones that made life worth living, the ones that showed me when I was wrong.
I want them to know. I want them to meet Blue, I want them to talk and smile and I need them to know the incredible existence and be so fucking grateful that we all just so happened to be lucky enough to live in the same time.
I force myself to take a ragged breath.
I can feel the way my fingernails are cutting into my palms as I’m practically shaking to stay still.
She’s here. She’s here so I don’t have to go hunting for her, I don’t have to take her down. She’s here and that means that this will all be over soon and I can have Blue back and this whole nightmare will be over.
“I… Kara?” Fli’s voice falters as she recognizes my voice at the other side of the door.
There’s confusion there, but not regret, not fear…
Not yet.
“Give the girl a prize, now let me in!” My teeth grind painfully and there’s an ache in my cheeks at the forced smiling.
Guests are supposed to smile. A smile carries in the voice, so you should always take the extra measure lest they think you less than tactful.
“Why?”the question plucks at the last of my nerves and suddenly there’s no holding me back.
“Why, because if you don’t I will set this entire place on fire.” or raze it, or do any manner of things to permanently wipe it off this plane.
“Stars, Kara, what the fuck?” she asks as she pulls open the door, but I push in before she has a chance to rethink that particular mistake.
She’s only got her night robe on as well as some ridiculously fluffy socks that make her feet look twice as big as they are. She certainly doesn’t look like a mastermind, nor does she look particularly guilty. Though I suppose I can’t trust that. I don’t even know what guilt would look like on her face.
She just looks tired and confused, but I have to wonder if she even thinks that she’s done anything wrong. If she’s even equipped to understand the mistake. I have to wonder what changed.
She used to have morals. She used to believe in things so strongly, she worked for what she wanted and she fought for what she believed in, even when it wasn’t always the most stylish of opinions. She used to be a good person…
Then again, it’s been a very long time since I last saw her.
“Where is he?” It’s all I can do to tear my eyes away from her as the question grinds its way out from between my teeth.
It’s not proper, but I’m not here to be proper. I’m not here to attack her principals, or criticize the way a mind can change. I just want Blue back. I just want him safe.
“What the hell are you talking about?” She turns away reattaching the latch above the door and it takes everything in me not to scream.
“I think you know what I’m talking about.” I huff, closing the difference as I wait to see just how long this stalling is going to drag out for.
“No, I’m very, extra sure that I-” her face drops as she looks at me and I have to wonder if I cut enough of an intimidating presence in the low light that we can jump straight over any of the token protests. But the fear in her eyes isn’t directed at me and before I have a moment to process what she’s talking about there’s a hand on my shoulder, pulling me back.
It’s a flurry of movement then, a yank that has the colors all spinning together. But I’ve never needed color and I’ve rarely needed to see my opponent.
I’m off balance, so my first move is more of a flailing of limbs that puts a measure of space between me and the person in the dark.
Unsurprisingly, I hit something. The person had been right behind me, they sure as shit didn’t have time to move before my elbow meets something soft in their midsection and my palm makes contact with what might be a nose. There’s a puff of air, but no cry of pain, there’s barely even an acknowledgement of surprise.
Though there wouldn’t be. Despite my contact points the person doesn’t move. They are a fighter, maybe not a good one if they let me hit at all, but at least one good enough to know not to yield the ground my flailing had been fishing for. They take advantage of the lack of planted stance, the fumbling momentum and throw their arms around me, pinning my arms to my sides.
My body moves automatically as I plant a foot on the wall and throw all of my weight back before I have the chance to think about it. The arms around me are thin but wiry. Definitely a fighter, but one I’ve got a significant amount of weight on at the very least.
They go down hard.
Something that’s not exactly helped by the way I come down on top of them. There’s a strangled little gasp, but they’re not stunned. They’re still struggling to find a good hold, digging their nails into my arm. It burns, but it’s something negligible now that I know I’m fighting.
It’s almost too easy to throw my elbow back and force them to yield. They bring their arms up to protect themselves so I have the space to maneuver and pin.
“Get away from her!” Fli’s all but screaming in my ear, tugging at the back of my shirt from where she’s trying to pry the two of us appart.
Fli knows her. It’s redundant, but it takes more than a solid second for the fact to settle in. Fli knows her , it’s enough to make me stop struggling with the girl beneath me though not enough to make me release my hold. She’s a familiar, though one I’ve never seen before, and certainly never with Fli. She’s some kind of dog, but somehow that seems like the least important thing in the world right now. Fli’s already completed her undergraduate work and her focus doesn’t require a familiar.
Though, from the way her familiar is growling and glaring at me, I have to wonder if it’s by design that no one’s seen her.
She’s pinned, but no less a threat.
“Who the hell is this?” I’m surprised my voice doesn’t break.
I can feel the tremor running through my body as the wave of adrenaline passes. All at once the sensations become overwhelming, my ears are ringing and pain drives through to my skull like a rusted nail. It’s all I can do to keep breathing evenly. I’m doing no good by keeping the familiar pinned so I, very slowly, very deliberately, loosen my hold.
She doesn’t hesitate for a second, seizing the moment she has enough room to wriggle free, all but sprinting from my grasp.
“That’s my…” Fli pauses, clearly having misstepped in her words, but unable to do anything to rectify what’s already been said, “...Louisa.”
“Away!” Louisa barks like sheer volume will be enough to drive me away.
She’s scrambled away from me as quickly as she could, but she didn’t leave. Instead she’d gone to stand in front of Fli. Through perhaps stand is the wrong word. She crouches, baring her teeth in some instinctive show that she can still put up a fight. Idly, I wonder how she managed to put up such a fight in the first place. She’s injured, and while I don’t know the extent of it, I’m also not blind. She’s bandaged and bruised, but she’s a fighter. The way she stands with her ‘mistress’ behind her is obviously a protective gesture and, if the warm gaze Fli spares for her in the moment is anything to go by, I know I’m not the only one affected by it.
“Kara, why are you here?” Fli asks once she’s had a second to collect herself, though Louisa is still acting as a barrier between us.I doubt she’s convinced that I’m not a threat.
“I’m here for my familiar.” I answer bluntly, sore and tired and so fucking done with this. I just want this to be over, I can’t stand it anymore.
“I’m sorry, what?” She asks and it’s all I can do to bite my lip and desperately cast my mind away from the brewing ache in my head, in my bones.
“Blue.” I clarify, though I’m not sure why.
I’m so fucking stupid.
“What about Blue?” She asks the obvious question and I feel my heart wither at the honest confusion in her voice.
I’m so fucking stupid .
“He’s missing.” The words come out, but I don’t feel like it’s me saying them, like it’s someone else here and it’s all I can do to watch.
“What do you mean ‘he’s missing’, what are you-” her words stop short and I can practically hear the clinking of the gears in her head.
She looks at me, expression tinted with horror, pain, and then finally a muted sorrow.
“What did you- Stars, you thought I took him?” She asks incredulously and it’s all I can do not to flinch away.
I’m so fucking stupid.
“You didn’t, r-right?” I hate the way my voice wobbles, the way I have to push myself to ask. I just have to confirm it. I just have to hear her say the words.
“No, I didn’t fucking take him, Stars, what are you thinking?” I deserve the heated anger in her tone, I deserve a hell of a lot worse, but she asked me a question and apparently my filter has long since been decided as an unnecessary material.
“I was thinking that he’s been missing” I tell her, “and someone was talking about how much they’d like to take him.”
“Yeah, but I wouldn’t have…” I don’t know what else she’d been going to say, because the world shifts, the whole floor moving underneath me as the whole of my vision goes blurry.
It’s not the world, I realize belatedly. My knee went out under me. I’m surprised my hip has put up with so much of my abuse, but there’s nothing else I can do but force it straight as I lean against the wall.
“Stars, Kara, are you ok?” Fli asks, but her voice sounds so far away that I can’t be sure what I heard.
“I’m f-fine” I huff, just in time to see the hand coming for me.
It’s stupid. It’s involuntary, but I flinch away as her hand goes to my forehead.
“Are… are you on something?” The delicate pause does nothing to gentle the question and I have to grit my teeth not to throw some kind of offensive retort in her face.
“What? No!” I spit with all the vehemence I can summon, but Fli doesn’t seem too impressed with my answer.
“Could have fooled me.” She leaves the barb open ended, but it still has me bristling.
“I’m not, I don’t do… any of that.” It’s true for the most part.
I’ve tried a whole lot of things in my travels, but drugs have never really had a place in my heart. I like to be aware of the things that happen around me and most side effects are far too altering for my tastes… not to mention my...penchant for peculiar side effects. Still, Fli doesn’t know that, and I’ve given her no reason to believe me.
“Then why are you at my home, in the middle of the night, waking up my neighbors?” She huffs, crossing her arms in front of her like she’s someone who gets to be disappointed in me.
“Because I thought you stole my familiar.” I hiss, but there’s no anger behind it now.
“Which we have already established that I did not do.” She counters and I feel another wave of bitterness swell.
We didn’t firmly establish this. I just asked her and she said no. She could be lying. I doubt it, but it is a possibility.
“Where were you a week ago?” the words are out before I can even regret opening my mouth.
Fli’s face colors at that, her eyes dropping to her hands as she wrings out a section of fabric from her night robe. Her mouth opens and closes for a moment before she seems to settle on words.
“I… Well, I was helping my brother with… um,” she stutters and stumbles until it’s Louisa that cuts her off.
“Mistress got me.” she answers bluntly, a resolute set to her jaw that tells me she’s grinding her teeth. I suppose I should be thankful that she’s acting somewhat subdued now that I haven’t made another aggressive move.
“...Louisa,” Fli tries, but her familiar just repeats herself.
“Mistress bought me.” She averts her eyes, suddenly very interested in the little picture of a flowerpot on the wall.
The silence that descends is deafening. Both Fli and Louisa seem to be having problems raising their gaze, and Stars forbid they actually look at each other.
I don’t understand it. As abominable as it is, Fli could go down to the market and grab a familiar anytime she wanted. I don’t get why they’re being so weird about this.
“My brother…” Fli’s voice startles me out of my thoughts as even she struggles to find the proper words for what she’s trying to say. “I was helping him investigate what he’d thought was an illegal ring of….” She pauses, but it’s not delicate. It’s not the way ladies of higher birth pause to insinuate something worse than they should ever be caught saying. She pauses because she doesn’t want to say it, as though saying it will somehow track the filth into her home.
“Well, he was right. And I bought Louisa, before the raid the next day. We’ve been up to our necks in paperwork, getting things done to put some very bad people away for a very long time.” She finishes and it’s all I can do to nod.
“Oh, was that answer satisfactory enough?” I’m not prepared for the bitterness in her tone, but I’m not sure why. I deserve a lot worse.
Still, I can feel my face color at her question, at the glare her familiar gives me.
I shouldn’t have pried .
It wasn’t my place to know, or force them to tell me. It’s none of my business and I can imagine that this is the kind of thing that they’d rather stay quiet. They shouldn’t have to go around explaining themselves to me, to anyone.
“I… I’m sorry.” I say it even knowing that it’s pitifully weak for what I mean, but it’s all I can say at the moment.
Neither are impressed.
“So, your familiar ran away and you came to blame me?” She snorts, the derision in her tone making it clear just how ridiculous the narrative is that I’ve constructed.
“Blue didn’t run away.” I counter immediately, because, no, he didn’t run away, he didn’t.
“Sure he didn’t.” Louisa rolls her eyes, but her stance doesn’t lose the tense readiness. She’s still on high alert. She’s ready in case I make another move.
I suppose that I’m not making the most compelling picture.
The actions of the past ten minutes have not shone favorably on me.
“He didn’t, I…” I stop and force myself to think logically, look at it from their perspective and find something that they can’t argue against. “He had stuff that he would have taken with him if he left on his own.”
“Yeah?” Fli hums, curiosity peaked now that she’s probably letting herself consider the possibility that I’m not just an insane asshole who storms into places, throwing my weight around.
“Yeah.” I nod along, biting at the inside of my cheek as I try to decide whether I should tell her or not. It’s not as though she could actually get me into trouble for it. It’s private property and I’m a private citizen. And it is the most damning piece of evidence that shows Blue had no reason to run.
I look over at Louisa. She’s still tense, but even in so few days she’s made a bond with Fli. She’d thought to protect her against a stranger and it’s no secret that Fli’s treating Louisa’s wounds. It’s not impossible that Fli could be in the same boat as me. After all, she did take a familiar from an illegal ring. It probably saved Louisa. I doubt she’d have found someone else who’d put up with the outbursts.
“But more than that,” I say lowly, “if he wanted to leave he knows I could help him.”
“What?” Fli has every right to be confused. I try to remind myself of that and not feel hurt at the incredulity in her voice.
“He’s seen it before.” I clarify, “Strays tend to frequent my neighborhood, he knows I would help if I could… if he’d ask.”
“Strays…” Fli pauses like she’s turning over the term in her head, “you make a habit of helping ferals?”
“Only when they need it.” and given the way Fli almost gives a puff of laughter at that I realize that it might have been a stupid answer, but it’s the truth.
“Hmf, and you think Blue didn’t run away?” She asks again, finger to her lip like she’s in deep thought as she paces further into the house.
“Yeah, actually, I’m fairly fucking certain.” I answer, trying not to let the two of them both out of my sight at once as Louisa stands back, watching me.
“Then...why don’t you tell me what happened?” She waves her hand at where I seem to have gotten stuck in the entryway and beacons me further into the apartment.
We talk until all the suns have finally entered the sky and there’s no way to deny the day that’s enforcing itself upon us. I give her every last detail that I remember, praying that something sparks some kernel of knowledge, something, anything that she might have seen or heard that might lead to some kind of information on Blue and where he might be. She quizzes me as well, asking for details that seem innocuous at the surface, but it only takes a couple of minutes for me to recognize what she’s fishing for. She wants the unvarnished truth about how Blue had been treated. She wants to know why and how we came into the arrangements we kept and if there was anything that pointed to any kind of abuse. Even the things that would have been entirely sanctioned by our… field of study.
It’s easy to be honest with her. She’s already outed herself to me as well as her position through her own familiar and it’s so nice not to hear about how familiars ought to be treated from those who should never be given the platform to promote their ideas.
Louisa remains wary of me. I can’t blame her. It’s not the best introduction that I’ve ever received and I doubt we’ll be able to overcome this hurdle with just a few kind words exchanged back and forth. She’s a pitbull apparently, though she clams up at the prospect of any more personal details. I don’t need to ask to know that she’s not been treated well in a very long time, and I really would rather not think about her skill for close combat, unrefined as it is.
Eventually though, there’s nothing more to tell and while Fli’s tried to keep an air of positivity, I can tell that she’s troubled at the thought of being unable to help.
“There’s not much I can do for you, but… I might know some people that could.” She offers hesitantly.
It’s not much and, given the way she cringes away from her own words ,she knows it, but it’s the best I’ve got. More people on the search means more people and I will take what I can get if she knows someone that she truly believes is trustworthy.
“I’ll take anything at this point. I need to find him. I don’t know-” my voice cracks and I have to take a moment to swallow and breathe. “If something bad happened to him I just…”
I don’t want to think about it. I know it’s impossible at this point for everything to be ok. It’s been too long. It rained last night. I don’t know where he is or who he’s with or even if he’s got proper shelter or food… The possibilities are dizzying and I can feel the nausea thrumming through my body as possibilities pile up on themselves. Each one more daunting than the last.
“Yeah, you aren’t the asshole I thought you were when you were banging on my door in the middle of the night.” She says it with humor in her voice, but I still cringe away.
“I’m… still sorry about that. I thought you had-” the pathetic apology isn’t even fully out of my mouth before Fli’s cutting me off.
“Yeah, you thought I had taken away your precious familiar. I get it. Just, come with me.” She huffs, throwing on her coat and a pair of gloves before turning back.
“Louisa, are you alright to stay here?” She asks brightly, but I can see the hesitance in her eyes.
Her familiar is still so very new. I remember those first few disastrous days with Blue. Was her experience anything like that? They’ve only had a week in each other's company and given the paperwork described and strewn about the house, I doubt that had included much time apart.
Louisa just huffs, looking me over once more as if daring me to make another move. Still, she comes up to her mistress’ side as docile as she seems capable of and takes the corner of her sleeve between two fingers before mumbling a quiet “be safe”.
There’s no acknowledgement of the awkwardness of having another person here for this seemingly incredibly intimate interaction, so I say nothing. I look away and pretend not to hear Fli’s “Of course. You be safe as well,”.
Louisa looks as though she’s wishing Fli off before a war, but I try not to let myself judge it as overdramatic. When I find Blue again I’m not letting him out of my sight for weeks, that is, if he can pry me off.
The intimate moment ends and Fli gently reminds her familiar of their audience by speaking a little louder and glancing over in my direction.
“I’m trusting you to watch the house, alright?” The question is entirely unnecessary, but Louisa must find something settling in the words.
She gives a stiff, solemn nod and moves out of the entryway to allow us to pass.
I don’t turn to see what’s going on behind me. I don’t need to know what kind of a face she’s making as she closes the door, but that doesn’t stop me from seeing the grief on Fli’s face as she forces herself to look away and walk beside me.
Stars, I know I’m missing something. I know I’m missing something big, but I am just too tired to make sense of it. It’s all too intimate. I feel like I shouldn't be here, like I'm interfering with something sacred.
But Fli had agreed to come with me, even though when she’d first mentioned outside help she couldn’t have missed the wide eyed look that Louisa had given. It’s not something that she’d been comfortable with, but I suppose I do understand Fli’s insistence on showing me herself. First there’s the practical matter, I’d need someone who knew who exactly to talk to and who to trust with this. But secondly… they’d have to get used to being apart at some point. This is the kind of practice they need, with a safe place for the anxious familiar and a reason to leave for Fli.
Even though it’s necessary, it is still readily apparent that Fli would much rather have put this whole thing off just a little longer.
I don’t know if reassurance would be helpful at the moment and I don't trust myself in this state enough to try. I’m more likely to accidentally call her character into question rather than comfort her at the moment. She’s on the razor’s edge as it is. She’d need no help from me to tip one way or the other.
We walk in silence. I feel like it might be grating if I had the energy or nerves left to process such a thing, but I don’t and so it is fine. If Fli’s off-put she makes no note of it. She’s much more interested in slipping a nail between her teeth and prying up the uneven coat of polish there.
It’s not like there’s much to distract us. There’s a couple of individuals milling about, but there’s no gatherings on campus like there had been before finals. It’s quiet and grey and cold and I can think of no other reason for anyone not part of a study grant to want to remain here. Though it does lead to some disturbing possibilities. We don’t turn towards the main gate, we don’t leave and I can’t help the nervous thrum that plays its way up my spine.
“Where are we going?” it feels odd to be the one to break the silence, but Fli doesn’t seem to mind too much.
“To the people who can help.” she mutters, attention mostly diverted to the nail between her teeth.
Which, ok , not the most helpful answer. I had kind of assumed that that was the whole point of what we were doing here. What I want to know is why we’re taking the turn to go back into the general studies building and not leaving campus. I want to know who it is that can help me find Blue, who here Fli would deem trustworthy enough in residence here.
I’d been playing with such thin ice for so long with so many of the people from the school that I suppose I don’t exactly have the most objective gaze at the moment. This is just about my last hope, so it’s ont like I have much of an option here. Still, a little more information wouldn’t kill her.
We pass through one of the main corridors and through a door that I had assumed was a janitor’s closet that opens into a secondary set of halls. I have to physically suppress the urge to apply pressure to my temples in the vain, fruitless attempt to massage away some of the headache that’s already started there. This campus makes little sense at the best of times, but I had assumed that I was getting a little better at it’s navigation before all this.
I have to wonder if it takes all five years of the magister’s course before you’re good at navigating this place, or hell, it they’ll just give you a map with graduation. Fli’s doesn’t even look like she’s paying attention to the turns we make and I have to wonder how long it took to train her proficiency up to this point. That or if she simply travels this path to her ‘reliable person’ so much that it’s become
“Yeah, but…” I stop myself, pausing as I hold the door for another student walking past. “who exactly would that be?”
Their familiar is with them. I don’t bother trying to hide my wince. The familiar is carrying a stack of books that they definitely can’t see over. They aren’t dressed for the cold, but it seems that Fli and I are the only ones who notice., or perhaps we are the only ones who care.
She pulls me inside and it’s not until then that I realize I’ve been standing in the doorway simply staring after them.
Stars, I’m not usually this transparent.
I feel like I’m fraying at the seams.
“They are… well, they’re part of a group that’s committed to…” She trips over her own words before she ends up gesturing wildly down the empty hallway at the sight we’ve left behind, “protecting the whole lot of them, familiars and pets…they do their best and-” She cuts herself off before she can find an end, pressing her lips together in a gesture of frustration that I haven’t seen in a long while.
I understand why she doesn’t say the words that fit so naturally into place there. Even still, she can’t bring herself to knowingly tell a lie. She’s let people assume. Fli learned how to use empty words without ever falling into a lie, just as well as her father could, but she’d always hated it. She never liked misleading people and she’s always hated the wishy-washy ‘everything is going to be ok’, not when she couldn’t back it up. Not when it’s a lie.
She can't promise that they’ll be safe, that everything’s going to be better now.
She knows, more than most how harmful that lie can be.
I wait for her to continue, but she only turns away from me. We’ve arrived at a door, and while I’d thought I’d learned the corridors and secret hallways of the main building quite well this place has an uncanny ability to seemingly spawn new areas. I don’t even recognize the hallway, let alone have any clue where this passage might lead.
“Yeah, but…” I feel my mouth go dry as I struggle for words, “who exactly are ‘they’ in this scenario?”
I don’t know why I’m so hesitant. I don’t know why I haven’t marched in there already. I’d already made up my mind. I’d needed help and this was quite literally my last and probably only option. I’d even forced a friend to come with me.
I try not to let my mind dwell on the question of who, but that does little to calm me. The real question is will they help me. Or rather, will they even be able to help. I don’t have much to go on and no realistic leads. I’m not even sure why they would help me. I’m not Fli, I’m not a trusted ally, I haven’t done anything for them. They have no reason to trust me and even less of a reason to help.
Fli only gives a half amused little snort as she seems to acknowledge my hesitance but does absolutely nothing to help rectify the dialogue in my head. Instead she pushes open the wide double doors calling out and announcing our presence to the room like we’re at a crowded bar.
“Alright crew, we got a live one!”
I don’t know what I was expecting, but it sure as hell wasn’t this.
I definitely don’t know this part of our building and it’s a large enough space that the simple fact alone confuses me. It’s a large circular chamber, though the center’s open to the second floor. It gives the space an unnatural sense of volume, but it also means that I can see all the people that are running around on both floors.
It doesn’t look like the den of rebels. Though to be fair, those have always been a little varried by their nature.
This looks more like an overactive study group than anything.
There are people of all sorts, some of them students and mages whose faces I recognize from the halls, though most of them aren’t. I don’t recognize half the faces and I have to wonder if it’s just because I’ve kept to myself this semester or if this group just has regular citizens coming onto campus grounds.
I don’t know what’s going on, but despite Fli’s rather brash entrance, we’ve only attracted a couple of hurried, curious glances. These people are busy, though I couldn’t say with what. It seems like everyone has their own set of tasks. There’s books stacked up on desks, papers strewn about, half organized files cluttering the limited surface space there is and what little space isn’t covered in that mess holds the half-filled, half-forgotten cups that might have once contained tea… or something less savory.
There are familiars here too. I don’t know why that shocks me, but for a moment I can’t help but stare. There aren’t many familiars here, but they are an undeniable presence. There’s no difference in their stance, they all have things to do, just like everyone else. They’re running around with their own stacks of files, grumbling about desk space or lack thereof.
It’s not until I see the familiar flickering of annoyed antennae that I’m snapped out of my daze.
“Tulla?” I wince at the way my voice cracks, the unseemly noise is just a symptom of the painful spasm in my throat.
Because, I could totally understand if Tulla runs off here to facilitate a revolution on her own time, but it seems far more likely that, the person Tulla’s currently either burying in paperwork or trying to excavate out of that mess is definitely-
“Professor Ritan!” my voice wavers in a way that I hope can be mistaken for nervous excitement, but it seems I don’t have to worry much about how my tone is taken.
Brendon jumps up like he’s been struck by lightning. He stumbles over his chair for a second as he plants himself between me and the desk as though he can hide them behind him. It also functions as something of a half-shield for Tulla, though she seems more annoyed by the protective gesture than appreciative. The bags under his eyes tell me that he’s probably been at this for long enough that he’s not thinking it all the way through.
“Ah, Kara, how lovely to see you again.” Brendon smiles like it’s something painful, and I’m not sure exactly how far he intends to go pretending that I’m not in the middle of his little operation.
The dull pounding in my head is not making this any easier to listen to. It’s warm in here, warmer than it ought to be, but the way people are running around without another thought has me wondering if it’s something internal. I’m used to the sporadic ache in my body, I’m used to the occasional nausea and headaches, but this… this dizzy hot sensation isn’t something that I’ve had to deal with in a long time. Not since my days had more of the suns in them.
I bite at the inside of my cheek to bring myself back to Brendon’s rambling, his terrible attempt to be casual and ignore why and how I’m here.
I don’t have the patience for this.
I don’t even try to figure out what he’s been rambling about for the past minute. Whatever it was it was fluffy slatting material that doesn’t matter anyways. I came here with a purpose, I need to find Blue. If this is my best option… Stars help me.
“So, Brendon’s supposed to be able to help me?” I groan,turning to address Fli and just ignore the utter chaos that is my potion’s professor trying out improv for the first time.
Though it doesn’t look like Fli’s doing much better. I suppose it’s not so surprising. I’d probably be floundering too if someone started acting like the most suspicious man in the world.
“Fli, is there a particular reason that you’ve brought Kara here when we’re going through...documents?” Brendon stumbles, continuing to make it look like something shady’s going down.
I don’t know why he’s bothering.
I understand being cautious, but he’s already shown his hand. Or maybe that’s why he’s so flustered to see me here. I already knew that he was in this stuff in the abstract, but I never knew where he operated. I didn’t know the people he worked with outside of Professor Her. I guess this is more dangerous for him than just showing up randomly at my home, but it doesn’t stop the little flare of irritation at the back of my mind.
I could have turned him in already. Did he really think that little of me?
“I-wait, you know each other?” Fli stumbles, still trying to pull herself out of her own confusion.
“Yeah, he was my teacher.” I answer blandly.
I shouldn’t be like this. I shouldn't, but something has me on edge. It’s something consuming, some gross, cloying sensation that seems like it’s coming from every direction
“No, not like that, you know… what he gets up to…” Fli continues, gesturing to the room as a whole rather than actually explaining any of what she actually meant.
Stars, now everyone’s doing bad improv.
Though I suppose that makes a little more sense. She shouldn’t be surprised that a student is acquainted with a teacher. Her confusion stems more from the fact that I’m less than surprised to see him in this context. I know I shouldn’t, but the flare of irritation makes the snark so much easier.
“I assure you I have no planer knowledge of the variety of things that my professor does with his own time.”
The exasperated little chuckle that comes out of Brendon is comforting at least. He doesn’t seem angry and it’s driven the tenseness from his body. I hate the way something in me automatically responds to that. Happy, despite the sourness of my mood and the anxiety playing at the back of my mind, that my presence is being better received.
It’s easier this way, I can almost hear my mother’s voice in my mind. She’s right. She was always right, but I don’t have the luxury of time. I need their help right now, I don’t have the time to lay groundwork like this.
Still, I feel myself smile along with Brendon’s chuckling. It’s automatic, like an old reflex that I can’t stop.
See, I’m not a threat.
I’m a pleasure to be around, just a silly little innocent.
I hate the automatic calculation in my mind. What it would take to get Brendon’s time on this, what he might want in exchange… what I’d be willing to live with. I don’t have the time to plant the idea in the back of his mind. What I need is expediency and with that comes showing my hand.
It’s dangerous, there’s a tremble in my hand as the thought bolts through me.
Because, it’s not. It really isn’t. He’s my teacher, he shouldn’t be dangerous. I have dirt on him, even if he has the same kind on me. That makes us safe, in the mutually assured destruction kind of way. He has a position. He has more to lose.
I hate myself for thinking like this, but it’s the only way I can rationalize my heartrate back to a steady pace and try to keep up with the conversation happening around me.
“Yes, Fli, he knows.” Brendon answers with a casualness that I hadn’t been expecting, but at least Fli doesn’t seem to give it a second thought.
“Oh, then there’s really no need for secrecy.” she huffs at herself like she'd been being needlessly paranoid with me earlier.
Only that’s not right, or rather it is.
She shouldn’t have truested me with this, taken me to the heart of their operation, it’s stupid and disorganized and if it’s a play at purposfully being sloppy then I really should have picked up n it earlier, but that’s just me being stupid
Stupid, so fucking stupid.
I shouldn’t be here. This negotiation should have taken place outside of the school, so the illusion that they shared no realtor to the academia and its staff could be better maintained. I should have been cut off from seeing anyone other than those known, on;y dealing with Fli until I could be trusted. Until I could prove I could be trusted.
I shouldn’t be here.
I shouldn’t be trusting the mages. Because that’s what this is, that cloying sensation, the caustic tang at the back of my throat. It’s magic and I shouldn’t be here.
And I swear I can hear her voice so clearly in my head that I swear she’s standing right behind me. It’s dangerous for you to be in a place of magic for so long. You are lucky that you can feel it, you know that you’re going to have to protect-
“Kara here needs some help.” I hear Fli go in, but I can’t force myself to focus on her words.
That dizzy feeling is back. There’s so much magic here, I'm straining to keep track of it all. Some’s old, smoe is very recent and it’s making my head spin trying to track each of the sources.There’s so many, over such a long stretch of time that it’s pointless, but it’s like I'm under compulsion. I can’t stop myself.
It’s all I can do to hold my breath and pretend that my breath is still coming regularly.
“Help?” Brendon echos with confusion, looking me over like I’m the biggest problem right now.
“Yeah, he came around last-” Fli starts, but I cut her off.
“Blue’s missing.” I say, unwilling to go through the whole story again.
I can’t stand that this is going so slow. Either they can help or they can’t and I can get out of here and the magic can stop making me want to scratch all my skin off.
If they can really help then there’s no need to beat around the bush.
“Missing?” Brendon echos and this time I can’t help the irritation that comes with my words.
“Yes, missing, why is no one able to hear anything the first time?”
“Settle down there firebug, we-” She starts, but I don’t need another lecture and I’ll be damned if I sit through one while someone is deliberately tilting the floor underneath me.
“I would, except Blue is fucking missing,” and I seem to be the only one that seems to be panicing here.
“What happened?” Brendon asks, like what I’ve already told him isn’t enough to be concerned about, but some tiny shred of rationality forces me to confront the fact that for him it’s true. He doesn’t know it’s been days. He doesn’t know how long I’ve been looking for him, how much it looked like he just vanished into thin air.
“I came home a couple of days ago and Blue wasn’t at home, and none of his stuff went missing and-” I try to hit the basics as quickly as I can when my voice dies in my throat and my knee buckles.
Damn bastard moving the floor.
I catch myself, just barely on the edge of a desk. I lock my good leg and try not to think about the tremble that goes through my arms at the strain of keeping me upright. I’m still dizzy, and it’s hotter than it has any right to be in the middle of Quinium.
“Kara are you alright?”The sharp worry in Brendon’s voice has a bolt of pain lancing it’s way through my head.
And isn’t that a stupid question?
“How the fuck could I be alright? Blue’s gone and I have no stars-damned idea where he could be. He could be in trouble, he could have gotten hurt-” my voice dies in my throat as I confront the possibility, the very real possibilities that I’ve been trying to keep at bay.
I’m still so fucking new to this. I don’t know anything about familiars or pets or whatever cryptic line separates them in people’s minds. I don’t know what might have happened. It could be worse than I thought, it could be a whole different brand of nightmare. I don’t know where Blue is, who he might be with, if he has shelter, if he found food…
It’s been too long to believe that Blue might be perfectly safe. Something happened.
I just can’t keep myself functioning long enough to see what I’m missing.
“Alright, breathe.” I hear someone mumbling platitudes over my shoulder and I just can’t-
“Don’t tell me to fucking breathe!” my self-righteous tone is only slightly undercut by the way it’s actually gotten a little hard to breath right. “I am not an asthmatic nor am I a woman in labor, I don’t need you telling me to breathe”
They’re too close. There are too many of them.
It’s too much. There’s spots coming over my vision and I can’t- I can’t live with that. I have to see who’s coming otherwise I have no chance. I have to know where I am, I have to be able to move. I need to be able to fucking function otherwise-
I’m not safe.
There’s magic here.
I can feel the thrum of it, unlike anything on the battlefield or off. It’s coarse and the stench of active magic is alive in my head, rolling around in there like that alone will be able to pull me down with it. But that’s wrong. There’s magic everywhere here, stale to fresh it’s more refined. It’s right. professional.
This smells like wild magic.
It smells like my magic.
I can feel the pinprick of tears gathering in my eyes. This is dangerous. It’s stupid and dangerous and I haven’t had problems with wild magic since… Well, I’d had a good two year streak before the incident at the artists district.
I feel lightheaded.
It’s not easy for me to push out so much mana, no fuel, nothing but ambient magic. It doesn’t have a cause, it doesn’t have a destination. I’m just tainting a space, replacing the charge and royally fucking up any spell that might need a clean room free of cross-contamination. It’s helping though. I can breathe.
It’s not healthy, but I can breathe.
“Then… sit down.” Brendon offers quietly, but even his even tone rakes over my nerves. “Sit down and we can talk this all out and we’ll see how we can help.”
Right, I came here for help.
My head hurts and I can’t tell if the floaty feeling I’m getting is actually helping or hurting the whole scenario in the long run. I should sit though. The wild magic's pooling around me, but it’s ok. It’s ok. So long as I can keep from activating it in any way, it'll be fine.
Stars, I’m acting like a dick
I need sleep. Sleep and something to-
I can taste the magic at the back of my throat. It’s not ambient anymore. It’s not old and it’s not passive. It’ s abjuration. S ealing. They want to put me away.
They will not capture me here.
“No!” I hate the way the word tears out of my throat. I hate the way it sounds. I don’t get to sound terrified, not here, not in front of them. They’ll put me away. They’ll seize upon any weakness and they’ll-
“Kara” I can hear them calling, but it’s all such a distorted mess that I can’t tell where it’s coming from.
“No!” I say it right this time.
I lock my knees, pretend like it’s not the last thing keeping me standing. My voice is hard and flat. A demand, not a plea. I can leave. I won’t be trapped here. I won’t.
“Ok, ok, I didn’t mean anything by it. I just wanted to help you get under control.”
Wanted to put me away.
“You are ok, you’re ok. No magic, no...anything. It’s just… you are making me feel unsafe.” the gentle tone brings me back.
I hadn’t quiet noticed the way my vision had tunneled until it starts going back to normal. Until the adrenaline drops me into the thudding pain in my head. The voice had stayed soft and quiet. They didn’t try to grab me, not even with so many heartbeats around. I’m outnumbered, but I’m not…
Unsafe?
The voice had said that. Said that was my fault. They felt unsafe.
Because of me.
It’s Brendon.
He’s still standing, one hand on the back of the chair he’d tried to guide me to. I can’t feel the magic anymore, the magic he was going to use on me, but I’m not in danger. Not with so many people. They’re witnesses. Not all of them belong to the Academy.
I’m not in danger.
I’m at the academy.
It’s not like that anymore.
“I-I” my voice breaks and I can’t help the way the pain in my throat has my eyes watering. “I’m sorry, I didn’t… I really didn’t-” I don’t know what I’m apologizing for. It’s all I can do to keep Brendon in my sights and remember who I’m apologizing to.
It’s not them. It’s not. I’m not in danger. they wouldn’t,I wish it sounded like less of a hollow promise in my own mind. It’s all I can do to make myself repeat it. To breath force myself to keep my eyes on my professor.
They wouldn't
“It’s ok, It’s ok,” Brendon soothes me like I’m a child, but I can’t really muster up the energy to be insulted at the moment. “can you ground yourself?”
It’s a fair question.
I’m still a raw conduit. The magic around me has slowed, but it hasn’t stopped. And the stagnance is causing agitation.
I close my eyes and force myself to concentrate on the wild magic. It shouldn’t be out. I should be able to keep it in check. Even still, it stings when I find my center. Like nails raking across particularly tender skin.
Traditional control techniques fail rather spectacularly with wild magic. It’s something to do with the way the energy is routed, the designed functionality of a spell versus the chaos of something brought by a literal lack of control. So centering is more about pinching off the energy at the source, stabilizing the pathways in your own body and then dissipating the remainder as efficiently as possible.
It stings, but it’s nothing I’m unfamiliar with.
“You feel better?” Brendon questions, one hand still poise at the back of his chair, like he’s still offering me a seat.
No
“Yes,” I lie, “I’m… I’m sorry, I haven’t been… well.”
“You look like you’re dying,” Fli cuts in and I’d think she was being humorous, but there’s no levity in her voice.
“When was the last time you slept?” Brendon asks, in that same slow and even tone that makes me think he’s trying to approach a rapid animal.
“I… It’s been hard.” I answer, not quite a lie, not quite honest.
I can’t sleep. I know if I sleep I’ll dream.
“Alright… that’s, It’s gonna be ok.” Brendon soothes.
Idly, I think that the man should at least have the decency to look convinced when he’s outright lying to me. I want to feel the little flash of irritation, I want to, but whatever had been fueling that little flame inside me had gone out.
It’s not like me to let it take control. Not to this extent. If I raise my voice I usually have a purpose. If someone is afraid of me then they more than have their reasons. Whatever flash of emotion has possessed me it’s long gone now. I can’t even feel the vestiges of where it once remained.
It feels dark and cold inside of me, but there isn’t even enough left within me to mourn the loss.
“It’s not, it’s really not,” my voice is a painful croak but I can’t bring myself to care. Blue is gone and I don’t know where the hell he could be. I don’t know what to do. I feel so fucking useless.
“Kara, Kara stop,” he says it too quick and my brain automatically makes the connection that I don’t want to see.
For an entirely incomprehensible moment I wonder what I’ve done to offend him, but that’s not right. He’s not the- it doesn’t mean anything to him. He’s just calling my name over again. I’m being less than cooperative at keeping my attention focused.
No one gets to call me cara cara.
“Look, if what you’re saying is true then we-” Brendon looks stricken as he takes a moment to rub at the back of his neck and avert his gaze. “We might be able to help, but…”
“But what?” and it’s not until Brendon bites his lip and takes a moment to consider the person before him that I realize I’ve asked the question out loud.
“Kara, if we help you, you’re going to see a lot of our people. You’ll know us and… and that’s a little much when you…”Brendon speaks like he’s walking through a minefield, but it’s the voice behind me that makes his point as quickly as possible.
“When you haven’t committed to anything.”
Lonel.
I shouldn’t be surprised. I’d known they worked together, even if they didn’t seem all that close. But even still I feel my muscles lock up as I listen to her shoes click on the worn wooden floor.
It’s not a threat, I repeat over and over in my mind. It’s not. She just never really liked me.
It’s not until she’s rounded the desk to stand beside Brendon, staring down at me like I’m something dirty that’s been tracked into her home, that I realize Brendon’s still averting his gaze. He’s fiddling with his thumbs and doing his level best not to look directly at me, lest he be swayed by something not entirely rational, and I can’t help the way my heart aches.
They think I’m going to turn them in.
I want to point out that I’ve seen quite a lot already. I’ve seen the place they work. The misuse of school resources and spaces. Hell, I’ve even seen the people that they would expect me to keep secret. Though, I suppose that’s awfully presumptuous of me. I’ve barely scanned the faces here and there’s no way their group consists of only these people, nor do I have any evidence that this is a designated meeting place. This little work session might have been brought about by necessity or convenience and I certainly couldn’t bring anything against them with just my words.
Plus, if they’re smart they wouldn’t use this place for the next good long while to make certain that my claims seem fabricated.
“I wouldn’t- I…” I struggle to put together the words, to string together a simple fucking sentence while my brain’s busy drawing useless conclusions.
I wouldn’t turn them in. Our interests align, it does nothing for me, and while I had my doubts about the validity of their operation before it does seem to be fairly structured. Even moreso considering the secrecy under which they operate. It wouldn’t be bad to agree, I can feel myself loosing the argument against myself.
Despite my efforts at anonymity, to avoid trouble and ensure some manner of normalcy, it’s not as hard as I thought it would be to convince myself to get involved. This could be a disaster if we get discovered. It could be a disaster if they find themselves in a tough spot and decide to turn me in to save their own asses. It could be worse if any of this actually leads back to me…
But none of the old arguments are working. It’s far easier than it should be to say yes. Though I suppose I shouldn’t be surprised…
I had come here ready to agree to pretty much anything.
“I can commit to this. So long as I am consistently treated to as much secrecy as you seem to give all your members.” My words are solemn, but I’m not capable of anything else at the moment. And I doubt they’d want to hear false cheer from me. That would be unsettling at the best and perhaps evidence towards my lack of sincerity at the worst.
Surprisingly it’s Brendon who recovers first.
“Alright,” he speaks softly, moving deliberately between Lonel and I to pick up some of the pages at his desk. “We can split up the searching. We have people behind us, I’ve got some friends who work with the trappers, they’ll be able to tell us if anyone Blue-adjacent comes through. We can start going through the different shelters, and… and we can break up a few people to do some street sweeping.”
It’s a sound plan, and much more reliable with more eyes. I sure as hell wouldn’t have been able to search all the different shelters, and all I know of the trappers comes from the stories that Blue told me. I have to wonder if this has happened before. Brendon’s very calm about it, as though he’s been through this and the plan has remained the same.
I try not to feel the singing at the corners of my eyes. It does me no good to break down in the middle of this and blather like a child, but it’s such an immense relief that it’s a wonder that I can remain standing.
“Alright, where do you want me?” I do my best to smile and ignore the dry feeling at the back of my throat.
I’m so relieved to have someone else with me on this, I have to curl my hands into fists to keep them from trembling. I hadn’t realized just how profoundly I’d missed Shauna’s help, how horrifying this had been to take on alone.
“Here.” Brendon answers so quickly that I almost miss it.
“Here?” I parrot back uselessly, “what do you mean?”
“You aren’t coming.” He answers back like his explanation fixes everything.
“What do you mean, ‘not coming’?” Even I hear the disrespectful waver in my voice, but there’s nothing in this world that could make me care about it.
I’m not going to aid in the search for my own familiar? What kind of minotaur manure is he spouting?
“You are… compromised.” Brendon says it gently, but he’s not subtle about the way he looks me up and down. The way his eyes linger on my disheveled appearance, the way I’m clearly favoring one side, the dark circles that are definitely under my eyes. “So you’re going to stay here, ok. We’ve got plenty of files and documents that need attention. Paperwork may not be as glamorous as fieldwork, but it’s every bit as important. You can start with this desk and… we’ll see how suited you are for… these kinds of things.”
I don’t imagine the grimace that passes over his features as he throws his selected documents into a bag and pulls Lonel out along with a few others. I have to wonder if my professors are trying to scare me with this. Giving me so much work upfront the literal minute that I join up with them, or if it’s just unlucky to have caught them in a busy moment. Perhaps this is some kind of reflection task or a chance to bond with the others gathered here. Though I doubt that.
This is probably some kind of punishment. Something to check my ego and curb my disrespectful attitude. Or it’s all just meant to keep me busy so that I can’t panic while they’re looking for Blue.
I sit myself down at the desk Brendon vacated. There’s certainly enough work here to keep me busy… and that won’t change until I start.
----
“Why did you leave Kara with all the paperwork?” Lonel nags and it’s all Brendon can do not to throw his hands over his ears in protest.
She’d been on him ever since they’d left the school and while he’d had an excuse not to answer her while they were out and about, now that they were back in the relative peace and seclusion provided by the Academia.
“Because I needed a break and so did Kara.” he can’t help the way he snaps out his answer.
Really, his fellow professor had been so unreasonable the entire day, insisting that this was a waste of time, of resources. That they’d need the anvi reports filed for the illegal traders they’d apprehended just days ago,- the witness statements and the personal reports, the oath signatures… really was it so bad to have left? There would still be plenty left to do by the time they got back.
“So, you push off all your work on him to give him a break?” She chuckles and it’s all Brendon can do not to bang his head against the nearest wall at the thought of all the shit he still has to do.
“Look, paperwork is the best sedative.” he huffs and leaves it at that.
Because it’s true. It really is. Tulla’s had to pinch him awake so many times that he’s genuinely certain that he’s found some kind of hidden panacea for insomnia. Just the thought of his paperwork has him wanting a nap.
“You are such an ass.” Lonel shakes her head as though it’s only just occurred to her now that she’s getting nowhere with her friend and Brendon’s so bone deep exhausted that he can’t help but poke a little fun.
“It’s mind numbing, monotonous, and fucking endless.” He sighs dramatically, dragging his feet as they fumble forward to their secret hideout. “I’ll be surprised if he made it through one page before he conked out on the desk.”
Lonel opens the door and Brendon has one second to contemplate making another joke before he realizes what he’s walked in on.
At first he’s sure that this just wasn’t the right room. That they’ve interrupted some intrepid grad students that got permission to use some of the study rooms during the break. There’s groups of three at the larger tables and almost all of them have abandoned their individual desks, but what’s more startling is that most of the papers have already been neatly packed away into the little office boxes they’d set aside when this whole mess had begun. Dea, one of the women who had been with them for quite a long time, is just milling about with a notebook, while the last of the mugs and trash get cleared away.
And Kara, dear, sweet, should-be-fucking-asleep Kara is still sitting at Brendon’s desk with the audacity to clean up the space!
“Kara what the fuck?” Brendon’s voice squeaks as he rounds on the desk. Tulla, stars-damn-her has the audacity to look fucking happy about this regime change.
“I should be asking you that! You’ve been filing like this voluntarily?” his student bites back as he makes a sweeping gesture to the stack of field that have been sorted and neatly stacked at the corner of his desk. Presumably, the organized version of the document hell that had previously covered his workplace.
“What are you talking about?” Brendon asks
Kara sighs, and Brendon can’t help but notice that his student looks so many years older with the stern look schooling his features, the dark circles still marring his face.
“This ‘organization’” and something in the way Kara says that tells them just how loosely he thinks he’s using the word, “is a Stars forsaken mess and I’m surprised that you’ve managed to keep it going this long. You know that you’re just counting on misunderstandings, right? That’s literally the only reason that you haven’t been discovered, despite making the weirdest and most suspicious set of filings and personal investments. You do know that they still keep your information when you make witness statements to compare your credibility over time. Just because you apply to have it anonymously, just means the official report redacts your name. This is not sustainable and it is not safe.”
“Well, what else are we supposed to do? This protects the rest of our organization by creating a distance between us as separately acting individuals.” Lonel huffs, bringing up the central point they’d all agreed upon once they’d started this whole mess.
They could rage against any one person, but there could be nothing proving that they were functioning as a group. Individual owners have a lot of leeway in the rights afforded to them. It’s hard to crack down on someone unless they’re directly violating the law. It was easier, safer to keep a distance. To pretend to be unrelated and try their damndest to keep it that way.
“That’s the whole problem, this system puts nearly everything on the individual.” Kara continues, bringing the files he’d so meticulously stacked on the desk front and center.
“What are you talking about?” Brendon asks, seeing the barely concealed rage brewing in Lonel’s general direction.
He’d rather get an explanation before the bloodbath.
“Look, I know that a lot of these people are just people, normal, nice people, but you have got to know how suspicious it looks. You’ve got a handful of donors, that’s great and a lot of people need the support for big ticket medical expenses or even to finance … property transfers and provide safe accommodations-” Kara goes on patting the files as he comes to their subjects in line until Lonel cuts him off.
“Your point.” Lonel bites out.
“You have to understand how wonky it looks to get large sums of money deposited to seemingly random people. Your donors are very kind, just not very smart. Or rather, you’d probably have more support if there was any way to protect the smarter investors who realize that all of this can be traced back to them.” Kara finishes and it’s all Brendon can do not to stumble back like he’s been punched in the gut.
Stars, this kids been here less than a day.
It’s not that the potions professor didn’t know about the itty-bitty gaping hole in their arrangements with their wealthier partners. In fact, the particular scenario that Kara described had been plaguing Brendon’s nightmares just about every time he let himself wander down that road. Still, they ran a tight ship. They were careful. They had to keep things small enough that it didn’t attract any unwanted attention. It kept things limited, made it feel like no matter what Brendon or one of the older members was always playing damage control.
It’s Lonel who recovers first.
“It’s… Well, it’s not like we have many avenues for funding.” Lonel admits.
And Brendon just nods along mutely, can’t exactly have a bake sale for Familiar’s rights, and some deranged part of his brain has the audacity to spit out the memory of Tulla’s first experience with cupcakes.
“You get money from donors and that’s all well and good, but you should at least be scamming money from the government.” Kara huffs like he’s not suggesting felony familiar tax-evasion.
“What are you saying?” Brendon asks hesitantly.
He’s not sure exactly what’s going on, but most of the papers that he’d had to do were filing copy indexes for the evidence reports. Kara really shouldn’t have had access to this. He should have just been matching id numbers and copying the statements down into the proper
documents. What the hell was this turning into?
“Professor,” Kara starts, with an oddly knowing smile, “I have a hobby garden that makes the government give me comprehensive healthcare benefits year round. There’s plenty of legislation that takes care of little independents, you just need to know how to take advantage of it.”
It’s all Brendon ca do not to break down into deranged laughter as he breaks into a cold sweat.
“So what, we become a little independent shopkeeper?” Lonel asks, making her position on the matter perfectly clear with her tone.
It wouldn’t work. They wouldn’t be able to touch the business because of the contracts with the school, and even if they set it up with some of the older members it would still look an awful lot like a money laundering scheme.
“Oh hell no,” Kara smiles, bending to one of the prepackaged boxes and depositing it on the desk.“I set you up as a Maverik non-profit.”
Brendon had heard of those before, in passing. Very few of them were actually popular, but they did good work. Though, usually they had some pretty significant backers. People to promote the causes that they advocated. Usually mavericks were restricted to education and lifestyle things, seminars, public outreach… things like that.
It was perfect actually. Technically, it was exactly what they preached. It was the perfect cover, because it’s actually the truth. Though it does still technically still rely on misunderstandings. If anyone looked too closely… Well, unless they actually set up public seminars they could minimize damage. And without publicly preaching a discordant message it would be hard to make a case against them.
There’s just one problem.
“Don’t those have to have fully public records?” Lonel huffs.
Because that is the one little wrench in Kara’s perfect little plan. If it ever came down to it, they couldn’t have a registry of all their supporters. There were too many mages involved in this. It forced an extra layer of surveillance and scrutiny. They’d never get away with it.
“You’re thinking of an SA- Maverik, Spectrum and RW Mavericks require a list of positions that are held, operating cities and a number of active members to the closest tens. Your financials will be public material, but there’s nothing inherently illegal or even questionable about where you’re putting your money. You can just say you’re being particular. It keeps your donors safe so long as they keep wanting to donate anonymously.” Kara smiles, and after a moment of consideration, “Or yeah, they could use their full name and home address and they still wouldn’t be implicated in anything technically illegal.”
“That’s… that’s really impressive.” Lonel admits, looking pleasantly surprised, though she sounds like the words physically hurt her.
“Yeah,” Kara continues, opening his little box of surprises to show the month and year tabbed date that he’s compiled, “plus once you’ve been registered for five years you can have access to some pretty massive grants that you are in no way held accountable to repay. And they go up once you’ve been around for ten.”
“I thought… I thought there were regulations for expenditures that related to mage based groups.” Brendon’s almost hesitant to cut in. He doesn’t want to ruin this perfect fantasy, but reality has to come in at some point.
“Well, yeah, there are, but that’s why you’re not going to file under this school or with any other mage affiliate. I mean, take a look at your group composition.” Kara nods, gesturing to the people who remain just in this room.
Brendon can’t stop the chuckle that bubbles up in his throat. He and Lonel usually handled the majority of student recruitment. Not that there were too many too often, but their perspective on group composition was just a little skewed. There were plenty of regular folks, devoid of magic sensitivity and status who contributed to their efforts.
“This is…” Brendon starts but the words die in his mouth. “I’m amazed, Kara. I never would have... wow, just five years.” He mumbles lost and nearly dizzy in the amount of thoughts going through his head.
Oh Stars, how am I supposed to explain this to Ivy?
“You’ve already been in operation for more than long enough, though your documents are a fucking mess the further I go back.” Kara continues, his fingers ghosting distractedly over the freshly made labels and tabs.
“Yeah-” Lonel mumbles, seemingly in a similar state, “our bad.”
“I put together the past six years of the documents,” Kara admits, patting the shorts stack of similar cardboard boxes that have pilled pu at the side of the desk. “I tried to make it as thorough as possible, but… well, you know.” He finishes sheepishly.
Brendon does now. They’d tried to keep things off the record at first. For a long time that meant destroying as much documentation as they could until they’d realized that it could be useful to the Anvi when they tried to construct better cases.
“I took the liberty to make copies and redact personal information, so if you present these when you go to file you should be able to grandfather yourself into the benefits.” Kara finishes, but his smile seems strained and it certainly doesn’t reach his eyes.
“Wow, that’s incredible, I can’t belie-” Brendon says, before he’s cut off by Lonel’s not so subtle elbow in his ribs.
Right… now comes the hard part.
“Um, Kara-” He starts, trying to find a nice and gentle way to explain this, but this time it’s Kara that cuts him off.
“Yeah, it’ll actually give you a lot more reach and it makes monetary support a lot less suspicious. Especially when it’s filed as a commonfolk benefit plan. Your ‘education seminars’ can be kept as private as you’d like and that will definitely-”
“Kara-” Lonel tries to cut in, but Kara just keeps rambling.
“And you wouldn’t have to cut down on the personal work you do. You could appoint community heads and let people keep working with the people they trust. All you have to do is make sure they keep some kind of a count for membership filing at the end of each quarter.”
“Kara-” Brendon cuts in again, but he’s entirely ignored.
“Yeah, and the work that you do with the Anvi will probably go a lot smoother too. You won’t have so many direct involvements building up on your personal records. You’d have the right to make your involvement entirely anonymous given you make sure you’re under the Maverik. It would only be able to reference your organization name, not point fingers to the people in-”
“Kara!” Brendon shouts and that seems to be enough to get the kid to stop talking. He just looks down at the desk, hands fidgeting.
Brendon opens his mouth only to find that there are no words. Really he should have thought them through while the kid was rambling, but there’s no good way to say this and-
“We…” Lonel continues for him, knowing full well how much her friend hates this part, “we didn’t fi-”
“I know.” Kara says before he lets her finish, and all is quiet for a second before Kara seems to right himself, squares his shoulders and tilts his head back. He blinks rapidly by that doesn’t change the redness Brendon sees there. It doesn’t change the tears he sees gathering. “I know” Kara says again, so quietly, so lost that Brendon wants nothing more than to offer his shoulder.
“But at least this…” The words come out like a whisper as he closes the box once more, laying his hand over the top in a motion that makes it seem like it’s taking his entire weight. “at least I can do something here.”
It makes sense. Even in Brendon’s mind. It’s a coping mechanism, one that time has proven decidedly unhealthy given Kara’s general palor and… personal health at the moment. But it is understandable. It seems sorting through tax law would be more preferable than letting his mind continue on torturing himself with the possibilities.
“Kara-” Brendon tries to start, but Kara only smiles as he cuts his professor off.
“I’m gonna go, you should have everything you need… it’s getting late.” He mumbles, pulling his bag over one shoulder.
“Are you going home?” Brendon can’t help but ask.
The silence is not exactly promising, nor is Kara’s unnatural stillness at the question.
“You can take a break,” Brendon says, half in a panic because, he knows that, right? That had to have been at least a part of what he’d come to them, why he’d asked for there help. The kid looks like he’s drying and that kind of thing doesn’t just go away. “we have people on this, you aren’t alone.” it’s true, but somehow the assurance sounds empty. “You should go home and rest..”
“Y-yeah, I guess you’re right…” Kara nods, readjusting the strap of his bag, “home...yeah.”
Brendon isn’t exactly reassured by his words. They seem empty and absent, or, hell maybe it’s just that the kid’s so unstable on his feet as he shuffles towards the door. It probably isn’t safe to send him home like that. Brendon has his doubts that the boy’s stable enough to even remain upright the entire way there, but he brushes off any offer Brendon makes to be accompanied
The rest of the team likes him well enough. A bit of an overworker, but it had saved them mountains of redundant paperwork so they aren’t complaining.
Lonel stays behind and they close up together, locking down the door to their little secret sanctum. She doesn’t tell him he’s done good in so many words, and he doesn’t gloat about being right about the kid he’d advocated for. They’ve both got shit to do, and a lost familiar to find. Lonel can act like she thinks it’s a waste of resources all she wants, but Brendon knows for a fact that she’ll be up late drafting letters to everyone she knows in a position to keep an eye out for one particular little common cat.
Still, it doesn’t stop the worry eating away at his chest for the student he’d sent home. For the very concerned student who seems to be fraying at the seams with his own worry and guilt. It could be worse, Brendon reminds himself.
He’s concerned, but at least Kara went home.
-----
Kara
I’m not going home.
I couldn’t even if I wanted to . And I don’t want to. I can't be at that house. Nights have become something of their own nightmare.
I’ve been alone before. It shouldn’t be hitting me this hard. I’ve lived half my life like this. When the best I could have asked for was the life I’d been living. A house, in the middle of an average neighborhood. Alone, without any obligations... a peaceful life.
Except it wasn’t quite peaceful now, was it?
Two years.
I’ve lived here for two years, alone. I’d thought it was perfect. Peaceful, pretty… perfect. I’d thought I liked being alone. I thought I’d loved the house. It was full of warm memories, the remnants of a life long since past. It was a place of healing. A place of calm.
Except it wasn’t that. Not anymore.
Now it was quiet and dead and every second I spend there only makes me more aware of how empty it’s become.
How could I go back home?
My stomach feels like it’s twisting around inside of me with a mind of it’s own and once I reach the entryway, the fresh air has me a little lightheaded.
Maybe it wasn’t so much a question of ‘should go home’ and rather a statement of need. I feel sick. My brain’s not working right. Or maybe it’s just my body. I’ve neglected it enough at this point that it’s bound to start taking it’s revenge.
Too little too late, sucker.
My hands are shaking as I fumble through my pockets. It’s my old winter coat. I’ve been using it forever and all sorts of shit that I mean to throw away always ends up accumulating in my pockets.
I hiss when I prick my finger on the sharp corner that I’m looking for. It’s a little individual dose E-capsule. It’s found a box of it back at the house, along with plenty of things from the olden days. The creature comforts of my military days.
Stars, I used to take these like candy.
I’d put all that stuff away. I’d hidden all of it in a box under the sink, kept a sleeve of them out, or rather tucked away in my bags and the extra one, from a nearly finished box in the pocket of the coat I’d been wearing.
Rosie was right. I really do need to change up my wardrobe .
The writing on the packet’s long since rubbed away. It’s just the half muted grey of paper that used to hold ink left. But I know what it says. Limit one every 20 hours, do not use for more than three days in a row. Do not use if you suffer from arrhythmia, heart rate… heart problems and all that shit. The corner that’s supposed to bend back and make it easier to open has already snapped off, but that’s fine. Far from the worst problem I’ve had today. It’s easy enough to puncture with my nail.
It’s small and pale, unassuming, just like I remember it. It’s got the little pink ‘e’ stamped into one side like they all do. I don’t let myself think as I toss it into my mouth.
I try to swallow it down fast, but it doesn’t have a coating and it starts dissolving the second it touches my mouth leaving that awful chalky orange flavor on my tongue, the roof of my mouth, the back of my throat long after it’s gone down. It lingers and the texture is so close to dust that it makes me want to gag.
I close my mouth and try my best to swallow around the sensation.
Technically these should either be fully dissolved on the tongue or dissolved in water first, but it’s fine. It will get the job done.
My heartbeat’s pounding behind my eyes, and it’s almost painful to blink. I suppose it’s what I deserve. I spent way too long with those documents for my head not to be swimming.
It’s late. That much I realized the second I stepped outside. It’s dark, but the last of the warmth from the suns hasn’t entirely faded. Even though it’s still fucking cold out. It’s just going to get colder.
I can’t stop myself from thinking about Blue. I hope he’s warm. Wherever he is.
I don't really have any leads. No where to go now that my last idea just blew up in my face. I’ve got others now. That gives me some relief. There are other people who know, who are looking. Who care.
He has someone looking.
I force myself to take a breath, long and slow, hold for five, out for ten. It makes me dizzy so I do it again, and again until I can finish without spots in my vision and it feels like my hearts not going to pound it’s way out of my chest.
It’s fine. I’ve checked the streets, hung up posters, and gone to every place that might have had and contact with any lost familiars. But something Brendon said has been playing at the back of my mind. It would just be one last place to check.
One last thing before I go home and crash. I’d never be able to forgive myself if I was right and I wasted a day. A night , I correct myself. A cold night .
It’s not like I don’t have faith in Brendon’s find familiar squad, it’s just… they are new. New to me, new to the sense of urgency. I don’t know them and it’s not like there was a comprehensive report at the end of the night. They didn’t really tell me anything aside form their plans before they left. They didn’t give me a rundown of where they hit, the places that have already fail… It’s just, when they came back without Blue-
I need to get my head on strait.
Shauna and I had checked in with just about every place that a familiar might end up, but Blue’s not really the model familiar type. If something happened and he tried to get help or ran into someone who didn’t believe he was lost… The way he’d talked about trappers and retraining has my stomach turning.
I don’t know where they’d bring him. I don’t fucking know anything. I don’t know much about shelters or where they might train or retrain a familiar. But they’d have to take him somewhere eventually. Eventually they’d have to take him back to the market.
Right?
The chill sets in without mercy and it makes it harder to keep going at a steady pace. Even now that I’m not dragging my feet anymore and my head isn’t splitting. More than anything it’s my damn hip. It’s starting to ache, something exacerbated by the temperature shift. Quinum has always been a little bit of a bitch that way.
It’s not until I actually get to the Cages that I remember Blue’s warning. The liveliness that comes across the Market at night. The bustling, the lights… the auction drawing in all kinds of attention and excitement. It’s not until I’m there, standing at a distance from the crowds that I realize that I don’t have a plan. Though I am fairly certain that I will not be successful pushing through the crowd.
There’s a discordant clang, metal against stone, but when I turn to face it there’s nothing there. No one there, just a storefront without lights, a closed shop, and the alleyway in between them.
I swallow involuntarily.
I shouldn’t. I really shouldn’t. I can’t get involved. It would be bad, and if it’s something bad then it could always get worse, I try to win the argument with myself, but my feet are already moving.
The clamoring voices fade as I step away from the crowd. I don’t know why I bother pretending to meander instead of making a beeline for the alley. They don’t seem to notice anything wrong. Didn’t hear the clattering or think it worth their time and attention.
It’s dark, as any good alley ought to be, but it makes it hard to make out anything. It’s someone, to someones rather.
“I… Please, ser, if you could-” the voice is smothered out before whatever plea they were trying to make can fully develop.
There’s a round flat pan, laying on the ground. It probably fell out of the stack of deliveries that had been made to one of the building. It had probably fallen out when they’d bumped it. There’s another crate that seems to have fallen out of the stack too, though that one’s a little better sealed.
It’s not rage. It’s not the heat of the moment, in fact there’s very little heat at all. It’s all cold, clear headed… extremely premeditated when I pick up the pan and smash it down on the guy’s head. It’s not the subtlest I’ve ever been, but that’s not exactly my priority right now. There’s a tiny little wisp of a familiar under the man, and they squeak when he falls unconscious. Their thin robe had been mostly pushed aside in whatever this had been and they bite their lip as they look from me to the newly unconscious man that had been pinning them to the wall.
I don’t really know what kind of familiar they are. Something with a soft looking bushy tail and rounded ears, but I don’t really have it in me to puzzle it out right now. Their shoulders twitch as they finally decide to look up at me. Their eyes are a soft brown, but there’s no shortage of fear in them.
“I-I’m sorry, ser, if you’d wait your turn I-” their voice comes in a panicked burst, but I don’t let them finish.
“I’m not waiting.” Disgust thick in my voice, even though the one that I want to hear it is unconscious at our feet.
I wave off the words, but it doesn’t seem to make them any more relaxed. They just sigh, looking down at the ground. Quiet, resigned.
“Y-yes, ser.” They whisper, pulling at the remains of their robe as hastily as they can.
It’s not until then that my idiot brain shifts into gear and I realize what I’ve just said.
“No, I mean, I’m not here for… you.” I correct myself hurriedly, looking away and pretending for all that I have that I didn’t see anything.
“Ah.” they whisper and I wait until I hear the rustling of cloth before I look back.
They’ve corrected their clothes, pulling the robe as high as it will go on their shoulders, tying the waist with a thick band of darkly colored fabric. They don’t squirm, but they don’t have to in order for me to see the tension in their body. I wonder if they think I’m blocking their way and are just too polite to ask me to move.
Not polite, just too well trained.
“Do you have somewhere you should be?” I ask, because if they got separated from their owner and got dragged into an alley… It’s just too close to home. I don’t know how, but I feel like I’d have to get them home safe.
“Not,” they hesitate, looking over at the unconscious man, their tail flicking, with untold nervousness “not here… not anymore.”
They take the half step over to the unconscious man and kneel down. For a second I’m nervous, but the kid just pats at his sides in what looks like a consoling gesture until they stick their hand into one of the man’s vest pockets and pulls out his coin purse.
I check the mouth of the alley, more for a reason to look away than anything else. There’s no one interested in what’s going on over here. No one’s got any clue.
They only take two coins, and while I don’t know quite what they took, there’s something that releases in my chest when I see them put everything else back. They must see the odd look I send their way, because they smile, tucking the coins into a pocket that I didn’t see.
“It’s… not good to be short.” They say, like it explains everything, and in a way it does.
Thana had told me about this. The… whores at the market. How he’d been mistaken for one when he’d gotten hurt. I’d just never seen it.
They nod, pushing back up to their feet. They’re quiet for a second, just shifting their weight back and forth for a second before, they seem to come to some agreement with themselves and start moving. Probably to find some new place to find marks, someplace that doesn’t have an unconscious body in the alleyway. I want to warn him about the crowd, but there’s really nothing to say. They’re loud and distracted. This familiar...pet?, is probably really good at slipping around this place unnoticed. They probably know all the best spots and every way to get to there without arousing suspicion. They probably know just about everything that goes on here, and everything that stays unseen.
“Wait!” I call, just as they pass me and the fluffy tail does an unsurprisingly frustrated flick.
“Yes, ser? I’m sorry, would you like some of my time?” They ask mildly, head down and quiet. I try not to take it personally. There’s really not a lot of space for fluttering your eyelashes when a guy just smashed another’s head in right in front of you.
I fish out a gold piece and watch as their face lights up. More than enough then. It soothes something in me that got ruffled when they said it wasn’t good to be short.
“Yes, I need your help.” I answer, hoping to the stars that there’s even the slightest chance that this might work.
“Yes, ser.” They nod, slipping the shoulders of their robe off and it’s all I can do not to curse myself out loud.
“Not with that, I just-” I answer quickly, closing his robe for him this time. “Have you seen a Common Cat around the marketplace? He’d have dark hair with little white spots and-” I stop myself, he’s already nodding.
“I know someone who matches your description, ser.” They answer, looking somewhat wary, almost disappointed, but that quickly disappears when I press the coin into their palm.
“Do you know where they are?” I ask, not letting myself drop to my knees like I’d like to.
I can’t fucking believe it.
“I…” the kid hesitates, looking up at me confused, “yes.”
They lead me through the marketplace, twists and turns that seem random and arbitrary, but we’re going down back streets. The main thoroughfare is meant to keep redirecting you inward, making it hard to leave even when that’s what you want. It’s far from intuitive design, but little brown eyes seems to know where we’re going and that’s all I let myself think.
We go until we’re at a building that I don’t recognize. A horrendous, sprawling, two floored affair with drapes of multicolored fabric hanging down the sides and the smell of incense perfuming nearly the whole street. A wide archway with no doors shows off the lit interior and advertises a warm and dry space, to… indulge in. But the image is somewhat wrecked by the man yelling outside, a red faced man dressed in some finer clothes. There is a pet there too, getting yelled at it seems.
Brown-eyes hesitates before taking my wrist and pulling me around to the back of the structure where, I can only presume, his owner won’t see us. There’s a much humbler back door with two latches and a narrow window. They don’t hesitate, ushering me in with a wave before closing and resealing the door.
How the hell did Blue end up here , I can’t help but wonder, but I’m soon jarred out of my thoughts by brown-eyes again- I should really get this kid’s name - as they take my arm again and take me upstairs and all the way down a long hall until I’m at the corner room. He hesitates there for a moment before nodding to me and running off the way he came.
Ah, so here then.
I try to breathe evenly, but there’s really nothing I can do to calm my nerves. We snuck in the back way too, so I really shouldn’t be caught lingering in the hallway.
I open the door and it’s… not what I was expecting. It’s a nice room. It’s clean and there’s some nondescript piece of art on the wall. A table with a pretty bowl and an intricate incense burner with nothing in it, bolts of colored fabric hanging down the walls and just barely brushing the floors. And the center space of the room has… less a bed and more a collection of brightly colored pillows with a red tinted nearly see-through canopy that drapes down from the ceiling.
There’s someone there, curled up on the pillows, perfectly at home and content snuggled into the softness when I see their ears twitch. I can feel my heart in my throat, because it looks like Blue, it does. He’s got the lighter skin, the darker hair, but the little tufts of white, the dappling on his ears is wrong.
All at once he seems to come alive, stretching out in one slow languid motion that shows off his legs, hips, the long, pale expanse of his neck. He moves like he hasn’t realized I’m there and makes no move to turn to me as he pulls himself from his little nest arching his back and allowing the soft looking robe he’s in to slip off one shoulder. He keeps his eyes down as he brushes his hand outwards, a gentle, graceful sweeping motion that hides the way he searches for the seam in the canopy. He settles one foot outside, both for stability and I assume for the visual delight seeing his thighs spread must cause the average customer, and it’s only then when he’s halfway stepping out of his space already that he pretends like I’ve caught his attention.
He stiffens for a moment. Lets his ears flick up and twitch in a way that reminds me so much of Blue that I think I might cry. And when he finally lifts his eyes, I see the most striking difference between him and my Blue.
Stars, his eyes are fucking red.
“My, my dear Ser, I’m sorry to have kept you waiting, but I hadn’t realized I had a customer.” he drawls, pulling himself forward in a way that makes me take an automatic half-step back.
That’s another difference between him and my Blue. Their voices. His sounds lower, more… seductive.
“I’m sorry, I think I’m in the wrong place.” I babble trying very hard to ignore the way the Common Cat arches a brow and looks me up and down before levering himself up and stalking forward.
“I wouldn’t say I’m ever the wrong place to come to.” He smiles, less at me though. I think he's more proud of the line than anything else.
“No, of course no, I’m sure you’re… very nice, but I was looking for, um, someone-” I can’t help but jerk away as he tries to lean forward and drape his arms over my shoulders. “Anyone else that looks like you.” I hastily correct.
“Oh, I can assure you, there is no one like me.” He smiles and I go to take another step backwards when I find that I have run out of room as my back hits the wall.
Right, now we’re here.
Fuck.
He’s still got his brow arched, he looks at me like he's weighing his options, deciding the best way to put together a puzzle. Something's going on in his head and I’m so preoccupied with the flurry of curses flying through mine that I can’t really pin it down.
Except, yeah, that probably sounded harsh. Maybe even a little insulting to be honest.
“I, I mean, literally you, but with blue eyes.”
The Common Cat furrows his brow and stiffens at the suggestion. If anything I think I’ve actually managed to make him mad now. But he just backs off, letting me regain some personal space as he crosses his arms and bundles himself up in his robe again.
“No.” he huffs, but there was far too much hesitation for me to let it go that quickly.
“Are you sure?” I ask, and when that gets a dirty look, I try again. “If you know anything helpful… anything at all-”
“No!” He says again, through gritted teeth and then, after a moment of contemplation, “anything that I might have known is… at least years out of date anyways.”
“I… I’m sorry.” I try, because there’s really nothing else I can say and he knows it.
He rolls his eyes and shuffles his feet, not really sure what to do now that I’ve shown my hand and he’s given me his best info.
There’s shouting outside, at least, I assume it was outside as a door slams and quiet once again falls. The Common Cat just flicks his tail back and forth as he purses his lips, but he doesn't seem anxious. If anything his eyes are bored.
I have to wonder if it’s a common occurrence here. I their...provider is usually so… irate. If it’s something that they’ve just gotten used to, that they’ve had to get used to.
“Are you alright,” I ask, feeling the stupidity of the question as I say it, but unable to stop myself, “do you need...help… an out?” I don’t know exactly what I'm offering, but thankfully He knows it too. He has to bite back a snicker just so he can answer me.
“Dude, I don’t actually work here, work here. The asshole outside isn’t my pimp. I’m… privately owned.” He explains as though that explained anything.
“Privately…” I echo dumbly and thankfully he decides to take pity on my poor malfunctioning brain.
“I have my own Master. He’s plenty good to me… this was actually my idea.” he admits sheepishly.
“This was your idea?” I echo, finding that even harder to believe.
“Yeah, I don’t… I’m not great at this” he gestures around wildly to the room in lieu of an explanation, “and the guy who does the lease for this place is one of my Master’s friends. It’s a practical way to train up.. Plus you don’t have to wade through trainer bullshit there’s plenty of pets that will actually explain things without the fucking filters.”
“That’s…” I don’t have words
“Pragmatic?” he suggests and I just nod along dumbly.
“Yeah, that’s what he said too. Only he said it like an insult. I looked it up, it’s not like it’s anything bad.” he huffs and I can’t help but chuckle at his antics.
“And he’s good?” I ask, but it’s not really a question. Even more so when he looks at me like I’ve grown another head.
“Yeah, the only thing I'd say is a tragedy is what he decided to name me. I mean come on, ‘Red’? I know what I look like, genius. I swear, no creativity.”
I bite my tongue and nod, finding the doorknob behind my back as discreetly as possible while I say a quick goodbye.
Well that was my last fucking idea… nowhere else to go but home.
-----
When I get back home there are two familiars there, none of whom are the ones that I want to see.
When I first noticed that the door was unlocked, my mind immediately went to Blue and my heart had done a happy little excited flip thinking that he was home. But that thought was pretty thoroughly crushed once I’d actually stepped inside.
And out of the two, one didn’t even have the decency to be Thana, who I would like to know where in all of Capital City he might take as a safe-house at this point. He’s Stars-damned impossible to track down when you need him.
But no, just a grumbly little cockroach and a quiet little rat. Brendon and Lonel’s familiars...Here… in my house… in the dead of night…
“Who the fuck let you into my house?” I cry in exasperation. Because, yeah, I hadn’t been planning to go directly to bed, but this is a whole other level of miniature manure to throw on the pile today …tonight… today…
I’ve been up for too fucking long for time to be a reliable construct.
“Your backdoor was open.” Tulla deadpans from her position reading my books, sprawled out along my loveseat.
“No, it wasn’t.” I correct, but she seems content to simply shrug her shoulders and let us have differing opinions.
“Well, it is now.” she offers.
I let my fingertips grind into my temples and pretend it does something to quell the oncoming headache. I don’t want to go to the kitchen. I don’t want to see the damage she’s managed to wreck on the back door.
“Do your...people know you’re here?” I almost hesitate to ask, but Chuha nods furiously, where Tulla doesn’t even take her eyes off the page.
“They’re worried,” Tulla answers again, “where were you?”
“I was out.” my answer is clipped but I can’t help but think that my lack of hosting skills are more than deserved in this context.
“You smell like a market whore” Tulla remarks dryly, and I suppose she was expecting some kind of reaction to that.
Some kind of guilt, or a flinch. Stars, I am far too done for that. Besides… she’s right.
“I went to the market.” I confirm, setting down my coat, on my own damn couch, thank you very much.
“Oh, any luck?” She asks absently, flipping a page and that actually does make me stop.
Apparently she’s aware when the silence drags on for too long and she looks up, regarding me for the first time since I've gotten here.
“Sorry, stupid question. Just trying to get the info to the guys who do their magic.” she shrugs and there’s really nothing I can say to that.
I need help. I need eyes and ears and people in as many places as I can manage. I need-
My brain grinds to a halt.
I need someone in a position of power. Someone who knows me, and would indulge a selfish request. I throw open the door to my lab and practically run to my desk. Papers spill out of all different kinds, but i’m blind to all of it as I search for- Jet’s letter. I’d used his contact info when I sent my work off. I’d gone through official channels so there wouldn’t be anything shady, but that meant that I still had a stamp. A stamp that would go directly to Jet, no paperwork, no screeners, nothing that would keep him from getting this.
My hands are shaking as I uncap my inkwell. I need him here. I need my brother.
-----
I thought I would feel better after the letter was sent. After it disappeared into the air and went straight to where it needed to go, but instead it only made the restless feelings inside me grow. I twiddle my thumbs until I can hardly stand to be still anymore and from there it’s asy. I’m in my spell lab. There’s always been plenty to do here.
Item at the top of the agenda tonight… today...tonight…
Divination
The ins and outs of the ‘can you see it’ magic and how exactly to break the rules that limit it. It sounds funny in my head and I can’t tell if that’s because I should write a book on it or if it’s just another sign that I really need a nap.
It’s easy. It’s so, so easy to get lost in the cycle of casting, tweaking, changing the recipe, the formula. Another reference from another tome to change a reagent to change the effect. It’s so easy to spiral. And then suddenly there’s not enough room in the lab anymore.
There’s not enough free space on the floor.
So of course, there’s only one thing to do from there, right?
The next best circle is interrupted by Tulla, who, in all honesty, I’d entirely forgotten was there.
“What are you doing?” She asks, and I just barely have the good sense not to snap at her.
“I’m going to try some magic things.” I answer as quickly as possible, trying to finish my runes before they fly out of my head and I have to go hunting through the book to find them again.
“Oh, some magic…” she hums and the prayer that she’d take the explanation and go back to her book, or better yet, to Brendon, is lost when she speaks again.
“Don’t you wanna pass out?” She asks, like that’s an option right now.
“What?” I can’t help the confusion in my tone.
“You’ve been awake for literal days.” She prods.
Oh yeah… that…
“I’m fine.” I shrug, finishing off the last of the chalk, reaching blindly for the box that I’d brought up with me.
“I don’t believe you.” she deadpans and it’s not until i look up that i realize she’s holding my chalks hostage.
“When’s the last time you ate?” She asks and as much as I’m prepared to answer her with a lie, the words catch in my throat.
I’m tired and I’m not on my game, so I deflect.
“Do you want food? You can take whatever you want from the kitchen.” I gesture in the general direction of the kitchen and hold my hand out for my chalks.
“Really?” Tulla huffs, but Chuha seems to be a little more preoccupied with what I’ve said.
“What are we allowed to take?” She asks, craning her neck, like she’ll be able to see into the pantry from the living room just because she wants to.
“You can take whatever you want.” I answer with a sigh. I get that it’s not a standard answer, but… I mean, come on. These familiars literally sat at the heart of the treat your familiars good committee with the board members as owners.
“Don’t your people feed you?” I can’t help but ask.
“Oh yeah, they feed us, but a cockroach and a rat? Yeah, we’re always the most popular guests in the kitchens.” Chuha’s smile is something more of a grimace and I suppose that makes sense. It can be daunting, especially when you don’t have experience or know exactly what to do.
“Alright, any allergies?” I huff dragging myself and everyone else into the kitchen.
The familiars actually behave for once while I’m at the stove. They sit and wait, after fetching plates and silverware. It’s oddly surreal cooking a meal again, for people in the house. Still, I can see the light peaking through the windows better now that I'm actually paying attention and that tired feeling in my bones is back with a vengeance.
It’s nothing to slip my way under the sink, to the box hidden behind the cleaning supplies. I shouldn't take another pill, but luckily there’s something better than that.
Technically I should have a drip boiler for this, if I wanted to brew it right and take full advantage of the effects. As it is, I’m fine steeping it in hot water and running it through a strainer until I have my concoction.
It’s familiar, so goddamned familiar that it actually gives me a second’s pause.
I hated this stuff when I first joined up. I kept you functional, got you through the rough shit. It gave you a pep in the mornings that would burn slow and long and when it was made right it was basically a meal supplement.
I thought it was nasty, but my fellow officers told me that it would grow on me, and it did, just like it had for all the rest of them. I thought there might be something of a readjustment period, but apparently not. It’s gone straight back to comforting, even after my abstinence…
“What are you making?” Tulla asks from the other side of the kitchen and I don’t have the brain to explain it to her, not right now.
“It’s a very special drink.” I answer honestly.
“Can I have some?” She asks, and… wouldn’t that be a disaster
“Definitely not.” I chuckle, sticking my tongue out when she glares at me.
“Can… can I have some of your tea?” Chuha asks hesitantly.
I don’t know what’s changed between us in the time that she’s been away. She was always quiet, but she was never this reserved. I have to wonder if Lonel said something to her. For some reason she still didn’t see me as a ‘safe’ person, I suppose it’s far too much for her to trust me with her precious familiar without a stern warning.
“Yeah, you can have some. Most people don’t like it though.” I joke, but the quiet that fills the room tells me that my joke didn’t land. That or I’m missing something massive.
“It made it hurt a little less.” She answers eventually when the silence has dragged on for a beat too long.
I… don’t know what to do with that. Because she’s talking about her arm, she runs her hand over her shoulder and traces what’s left of it. If the Sum’a helped… I can’t imagine what used to be in there, to leave such an echo.
“Yeah, Chuha. You can come get tea whenever you want.” I nod, throwing the kettle onto the back burner.
“Do I get special tea?” Tulla pouts, like I’d deny her this solely to spite her.
“Yeah, Tulla you get the special tea too.”
The meal is quick, but functional. It’s something that the familiars both seem to like, but soon enough it’s over and I’m back to my circles until it’s time for Tulla to interrupt me again.
“Ok, I am genuinely scared.” Tulla says, sounding anything but, and I can’t help but huff as I sit back up to look at her.
The motion is apparently too much for me as my whole head swims. I have to sit on my heels to wait for the world to stop spinning. A dark world, given the lack of light streaming from the windows.
Stars, did they go home? Did they stay here the whole time?
“Did your people say anything about Blue or are you specifically here just to babysit me?” I ask, but it lacks the heat I think I intended.
“Actually we’re here to make sure that you don’t go outside until you somewhat resemble a human.” Tulla answers as she gestures to… all of me.
“And what does that mean?” I huff, but I really should have recognized the trap for what it was.
“That means food and sleep,” she answers, before scrunching up her nose and adding, “maybe a shower too.”
I can’t sleep
“You need it.” And it’s not until she’s answered me that I realize I’ve said it out loud.
Stars, this is getting bad .
“I just, I can go talk to Brendon or… or maybe-” I try to reason with myself, but Tulla cuts me off.
“They’ll tell you when they learn something. It’s ok to stay here. It might be best if you’re here.” She shrugs, like her reasoning is entirely sound. And then, at my own slack expression “If Blue can find his way home then, then it’s best someone’s here, yeah?”
“Yeah,” I mumble doing my best to keep my head down.
She’s right. There are people outside now. I’ve followed every lead that I could. I tried everything I could think of and some that I had to turn my brain off to come up with.
I just don’t know what to do.
I was not built to sit down and do nothing. It isn’t healthy for me. It makes me sick and anxious and even though nothing that I’m doing right now is actually helping I have to believe that there’s a chance. That there might be a way to get this wonky magic to work. Even though I know that it probably won’t. Magic’s never been my cure all, it’s always been the last ditch alternative. And it’s not as though it’s ever functioned as a certainty.
“Alright, big boy, you look like you’re gonna cry.” Tulla huffs as she presents a mug and shoves it in my face. “I can keep going, sure, but you’ll drink your fucking danger juice first.”
Oh, she actually brewed it for me. I can’t help the smile that creeps up on my face at the thought of her stumbling around the kitchen trying to pull together my ‘danger juice’.
“Do you actually know how to make this?” I ask, plucking the mug from her hand.
It doesn’t matter if she does. It's pretty hard to mess up, and it’s only those experienced enough with it that can really tell the difference. It’s the thought that counts anyways.
Normally, I’d turn it away.
I don’t eat anything that I didn’t cook myself. Except that’s not really true anymore. Blue started cooking, and while I’d packed up the first few meals he’d tried and hid them in the recesses of the icebox, I’d started to actually try the things that he had made.
The thought makes me feel hollow.
I should have told him how much it meant to me. How special it was. I should have spoiled him more, thanked him a thousand times a day.
“I was watching you yesterday. How about you tell me if I did it right?” Tulla prods and I have to wonder if that rough exterior has anything to do with a shred of personal pride that’s been attached to this.
Tulla hadn’t been able to tell a saucepan from a frying pan and I could tell that it grated on her. Well, with her pride as a chef on the line I can think of no better place to start than with a dish that pulls on my heartstrings.
It’s nice and hot, though, not properly strained as a little grittiness is still there, floating at the top. I’m halfway though saying that it’s not actually half bad when I feel it.
The drug rolls over me hard and fast, blanketing me like a thick fog. It takes so much effort to breathe, to move my head, to fucking blink. Tulla takes back the mug as I sway in place, a tremor running through my body as I’m not able to react, to open my mouth, to scream.
The second wave hits harder than the first and it’s so hard to keep upright. My muscles give out without my permission and suddenly I’m on the floor. I can see Tulla, a fuzzy unfocused version of her anyways as she moves, gets closer to me. I think she’s trying to say something but I can’t hear her. I can’t even follow along as her lips move.
My brain feels like syrup and soon it becomes a herculean task to blink, so I don’t bother.
I let the darkness overtake me.
Notes:
Oh, no! What will happen to Blue now that Kara is incapacitated???
-if you need someone to talk to about this, try the fan server: Here
-if you need someone to talk to about this, try the fan server: Here
-if you want to see the tumblr, you can find it: Here
-if you want to take a listen to the incredible audiobook version (which is not something I ever thought I would have the ability to say) that Sekiraku, our incredible Beta reader who is amazing and talented and quite literally a god, has made then you can find the link to chapter 1: Here
- go give it a listen!
Stay safe out there.
Chapter 81: Blue
Summary:
Blue hits a breaking point in Kalu's tender care and finds something very important.
Notes:
Hey guys,
This chapter has all the warnings. All of them. Please, read with caution. We've got sexual assault, drugs, graphic depictions of violence and all sorts of other really crazy shit. Please, if you do not feel comfortable reading this then listen to yourself. Take solace in knowing that things are nearly over for poor Blue and this hurt/comfort story is going to end in comfort. I can promise you that.
For those of you that do not wish to go on, let me congratulate you for knowing your limits and instead redirect you to a piece of fluffiness that has been obtained specifically for you =>Reassurance
, which is both an apt title and fitting for what it's meant to serve as.
Alright, I think I've taken up enough of your time now...
on with the chapter!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
I can’t say for certain if I come back to myself. My memories aren’t taken from me, but I don’t remember exactly what’s happened here. There are memories, tinged and hazy, distorted as though being viewed through a lens. They jump and stutter through time, even though I have no real marker for its passage anyways.
I move in and out of the muddled awareness. It’s easy to ignore what’s happening. It’s instinctual. My body’s moving on its own and the people, there are people out there, are doing what they want. I’m not in trouble. There’s no one punishing me, I don't think.
Pain doesn’t really mean the same thing anymore inside my head. All the sensations are muted and muddled. I don’t know what I’m feeling. Not with the haze weighing on my brain like a wet towel. Or maybe it’s cotton that’s been stuffed up there to keep all of the thoughts away. It might as well be.
It feels like everything else has taken a turn inside me.
I find that I like the spaces in between more. Even though I’m more tired when I come to, when the blankness comes I can pretend I’m resting. I can pretend that I want this, that I’m wiggling my hips like a good little whore for a reason that isn’t the unrelenting heat stirring up my guts.
I wonder how long it’s been like this. Even if I wanted to, there's no way to ask. I certainly don’t have that much control. I’m more interesting now anyways. I should be happy with that. I should be thankful, grateful.
The world spins every time I turn my head, or whenever it’s turned for me. I can’t believe I’m in control of anything that’s happening to my body right now. I can’t remember the last time my body listened to me, the last time I responded to anything without the needy little moans that keep the people laughing.
Because there are people here.
My hands and knees ache from the uneven cut of the floors so I know that I’m still in the basement. I’m still here, I haven’t earned the right to go up, to be allowed up and serve, but that’s alright. They came down here. There’s a tiny rebellious part of me that fights that, that says their presence isn’t a good thing, but I can’t believe that. I can’t.
Going through this alone would be… impossible.
My body is already… it’s almost painful.
Low in my gut, high in my chest, the whole of my jaw. The more I think, the more it hurts. So I empty my mind. I don’t need it. It’s fine. They don’t need my mind, only my body
It’s easier than it was , I can't help but think distantly. Apparently, I’m giving them what they want now. The thought comes, before I can push it away. They all wanted different things before , but now… Now they are all satisfied with me. I’m dizzy and half blind, but apparently I am enough.
It’s easier to let go, to be whimpery and needy. To beg with words I don’t remember for things that I’m glad I immediately forgot. It’s better that I don’t have the presence of mind to count, to try and remember the hands or catalogue the voices. It’s easy without my head in the way. When it’s just blind need and I don't need to do anything but spread my legs.
It’s better, but I can’t help but think that the length between the stutters is increasing. The time I'm allowed is filled with dizziness, a bone deep fatigue that isn’t getting any better. I can’t stay focused. - I can't think straight and I can’t keep up- losing the war with myself- I can’t
Time doesn’t stutter
It stops
- - - - -
When I wake up I feel cold.
It’s jarring and I immediately want to go back to the nothingness. I want to go back to the blank where I can’t feel anything, where I don’t have to feel.
Because that’s the next thing that comes to me. The pain. There’s more than I remember. My back is thrumming with its own heartbeat. My head feels like it’s been split open and roasted over a fire. There’s a hundred little nicks and scrapes all along my body and I suppose I should be glad for their hazy ache. It could be worse. I could feel each of them as their own wound. I should be happy that it probably just amounted to a rather unattractive series of bruises and nail tracts.
Then smell.
The cloying, sticky smell of blood and sex and people. It’s so much, so fast that I’m instantly dizzy with it. There’s so much that my mind blanks it out as one monstrous scent on its own before I can force my eyes open.
I’m still in the basement. The glow of the light crystal is at once familiar and comforting even though I know what it really means. I’ve failed. Pretty spectacularly at that, though I can’t actually find the memory that tells me how.
I wasn’t able to gain my Master's favor. Not even after all the chances I’ve gotten. It’s only right that he leave me here to reflect on what I’ve done wrong.
I can still see the way my hand lies slack next to my face. The light’s still on, so it must not have been long since they left. I certainly doubt that I was the one responsible for the movement that triggered such brightness.
As my heartbeat slows to a more gentle beat, I can feel my body more acutely.
I’m lying on my stomach. I’m faced away from the door. My shoulders ache and my throat’s on fire, but I’m fine.
I’m fine.
It takes longer than it should to find the part of me that’s responsible for movement, and when I do there’s a fluttering of anxiety as it doesn’t respond immediately. But I go through every piece of myself meticulously.
I can wiggle my toes, and my fingers all tap against the stone when I tell them to. While trying to move my right leg causes a painful spasm up my back, I know that my knee and my hip still work, even though I lack the confidence to go through with the other side. It’s functional. It’s just a little bit of pain. I shouldn’t be scared. But something in me demands to stay still.
It hurts and even though I could push through it, that doesn’t mean that I want to.
I have enough. I don’t need more pain. I can still feel my extremities, and as more of myself comes back to me, I’m satisfied knowing that I’m not in any real danger. Not now, at least. I can try and test my range of motion later. When I’m feeling better.
Although that’s wishful thinking. I’m of no use broken, so I have to be sure that I don’t appear before Master advertising my pitiful state.
I’ll test it later.
When I’ll need it.
“He’s just no fun.” I hear the voice like it’s faraway, but it still snaps me to attention.
Someone else is here.
My heart lodges itself in my throat and it’s all I can do to stay still. I wasn’t moving around too much before, right? So long as I keep my eyes closed and keep my breathing even, there’s no way they should know that I’m awake.
The reassurance feels hollow.
It doesn’t matter. I don’t matter. What they want, they are going to take. The only thing that I can change is how enjoyable they find it. How difficult I make it for them to have what they want.
It’s not good to be difficult. That only leads to pain .
Suddenly, there’s a hand carding through my hair and I don’t have the presence of mind to stop myself from flinching. But the soft motion continues for a moment and it’s all I can do to part my lips and let the soft pitiful noise thrumming at the back of my throat be made.
I want this. It’s pitiful, but the desire is all consuming. I want this , even though my mind screams at me for rest and my whole body aches. I want this gentleness. I want him to pet me and chuckle when I nuzzle into him. Not high and hateful, but amused, peppered with some kind of affection. I want the soft words and the hushed tones as he tries not to wake me up as he leaves the bed. I want to pretend to be asleep while he tucks the covers around me and presses a kiss to my forehead. I want-
The grip tightens as Master yanks my head up so that I meet his eyes.
The pain from his rough gesture makes me cry out. The broken, wounded noise tears from my throat reflexively, but the tears that gather at the corners of my eyes aren’t related to the pain or the blood that I can taste at the back of my throat.
It’s fine. It’s not like Master could have known what his stupid little pet was thinking. He doesn’t need to know the disloyal thoughts.
It’s not my place to want.
“Aww, come on you little whore, tired already?” he chides like it’s something funny, but I don’t understand.
I am.
I am tired and sore and my head is aching with memories that feel like a fantasy, memories that make it so much harder to survive and be good. My throat is dry and when I swallow, it feels like the sides are being rubbed raw with sandpaper.
I wonder if that’s why it’s bleeding…
Everything’s becoming a little clearer now, even though the dialogue inside my head seems to be wandering.
I can breathe a little more clearly, though I’m not quite sure why I wanted to.
It still smells like sex and blood, but now I can smell the scent of my own slick in the air, so thick that I almost choke on it. There were people here . I can’t recognize everything, hell, I can’t pinpoint half of it, but at least there are some familiar smells. There’s the scent of my Master, heavy and cloying in the air between us, but also the other two, strong enough to make me believe that they're still here. That and some other scents that I don’t quite-
Avery.
It’s faint, nearly buried with how densely the other scents linger, but it’s one of the few scents I recognize in this place. I can’t help the way it burrows itself into my mind and refuses to be ignored.
Avery was here, but I have no memory of her. Did she get dragged into all this because of me? Was she forced to entertain because I wasn’t good enough? I don’t remember much from when I was out of my mind, but she was here. Did she see my shame when I was like this? Was she there when I was being used by our Master or was it just the… others?
I was half out of my mind at the time. I can only imagine what she saw.
Did I beg? Was it shameful?
Would she still deign to sit with me like we did at the Care Center?
It’s selfish, but it is a need, and one that I had gotten rather used to being fulfilled. The gentle, non-violent contact that my typing requires. The sociality.
My hands curl into fists under me as I try to take my mind away from the pain of being held upright by my hair, the cramping in my neck and shoulders, the way I can barely stand to breathe. I shouldn’t engage in such a - habit right now. I shouldn’t dare take attention away from my Master. I don’t even have anything soft to make it worth it, but the quick kneading motions help.
They help, and at the moment I will take anything I can get.
I don’t know how long we’ve been at this, but eventually the fog in my brain and the neediness in my bones just wasn’t enough for me to keep squirming for them. I’m still slick. Still dripping, really, though it’s hard to tell exactly what the stickiness that’s coating my thighs is.
I don’t feel anything. It’s like I’ve been cut off from my body. The energetic frenzy has passed, but the heat that was burning inside my body has left it little more than a hollowed out shell. Everything hurts and the way Master has his hand fisted in my hair is leaving me dizzy.
I swear that I only blink, just a second, just trying to figure out if the little dark spots on the wall are me or an actual pattern that I’d somehow missed. But then my heart’s in my throat and it feels like I’ve been violently slammed back into my body. There’s nothing new here, I’m still in the basement, there’s still a hand in my hair.
What’s happening to me?
It’s got to have been a few days, I rationalize. I’ve never been so weak before. I’m tired and my throat is so dry. I feel nauseous and I can’t remember the last time I ate. Though, I doubt I would be able to keep something down at the moment. I doubt I would be able to swallow.
No. A good, well trained pet swallows.
I feel nauseous.
There’s nails on my cheeks and I only have a second before my chin’s pulled up to face Kat.
“Suddenly quiet, honey? You screamed so nice for us earlier.” She pouts, voice tinged with concern, but I have to wonder for who.
I feel myself trembling, my lips bumping against each other as I try to force them apart.
“I-I’m sorry.” It’s shaky and high, fearful when I should be full of remorse. When I should be thankful for the chance to correct myself.
“Oh, baby, don’t you want to try and be good?” she asks, and it’s all I can do to nod as Master lets go of my hair.
I’m good.
I can be good.
“You have to be a little more fun to play with or no one's going to want to play with you,” she scolds, explaining my failings to me like I’m a child.
There’s someone behind me, a hand between my legs at least. They run their fingers through the slick on my inner thigh.
I close my eyes and try not to think. At least they’re collecting slick. Not that it’s too big a concern with how thoroughly I’ve been stretched out. Not that I think I could handle being worked over first. As kind as preparation is, I'm sore enough and the internal irritation… it’s going to make this a nightmare.
But it’s ok. I can be good.
There’s another hand and my legs are spread, but I don’t protest. I’m good. I even suppress my shudder when the hands go for the slick on my thighs again.
Funny enough, even these delicate touches hurt. There’s got to be some bad bruising if just the ghosting of fingers is making me flinch. I suppose I’ll have time to check it out when they -
My whole brain stutters as my head is snapped to the side.
I hear the crack before I feel the pain. She slapped me. The burning, tingling pain spreads with a vengeance, seemingly only interested in causing hardship after it had been acknowledged.
She’s not holding me up anymore. I crash to the floor before I can even think to get my hands under me.
What did I do wrong?
“Don’t you think you should make a little noise, baby?” Kalu whispers into my ear, and it’s all I can do not to jerk up. “You should let us know that you like it.”
He’s right there, right behind me, right next to my ear. My heart pounds erratically in my chest. It’s not a correction. Not yet. I’m in the wrong, but there’s so much worse that he could do to me. It’s not a punishment for failure yet. He’s giving me another chance.
Whatever words I was trying to say die in my throat. I can only manage a half strangled croaking noise that doesn’t sound at all sexy, so I press my lips together and force a pleased little humming noise at the back of my throat, pressing my head back until I feel the solid wall of my Master behind me. It takes a moment to find where his neck meets his shoulder, but I press close and nuzzle as cutely as possible. It doesn't matter how much it makes my throat feel like it’s tearing me apart. I don’t taste the blood anymore and no one's asking for my mouth. I’ve had worse.
I blink again and I’m being shoved into the ground.
Something in my chest aches and there’s a sharp pain in my shoulder, but there’s no pop, only pain. It’s ok. It’s ok.
I feel my eyelids droop as I get used to the slightly uneven texture of the floor.
It’s cool. Not cold, but it might as well be. I can’t help but think that it feels good. That’s not right, is it? I thought I was cold already…
“You sleeping on the job, slut?”
I wasn’t. I wouldn’t dare. I was just. I just…
I remind myself that it’s not considered highly attractive to throw up in front of a Master.
“Come on, Kal, you’re obviously boring him,” Kat tuts.
That’s really bad. I’ve been beaten for less, but I can’t even summon the energy to shake my head. It’s insulting, both to my training and my Master’s skill, but the accusation has already left her lips and I can’t imagine the consequences I will face.
No Master would stand for such an accusation, but this is coming from his friend. He can’t hit her, so it’s just me left. I brace myself for a hit, but nothing comes. Instead, there’s just a half amused chuckle from my Master that has my head spinning.
“Well, I think I’ve still got something that could make him squeal.”
I don’t like the sound of that.
To be perfectly honest, there’s plenty that they could do to make me scream. Half the work is done. I’m already in pain. They’ve told me that it’s what they want from me. It’s really just that I’m too tired to give it to them convincingly. Otherwise we wouldn’t be having this problem.
“Oh, you aren’t seriously going to trust him, are you?” Kat sounds disgusted by the mere concept.
The only thing that I can follow in this conversation is that the ‘him’ in this situation probably isn’t me.
“I don’t have to trust him,” Kalu says, and I can almost hear the way he rolls his eyes, “I just thought you wanted to have some fun.”
“Uhg, fine,” Kat concedes, sounding very put out by the whole affair. “Jay, if you could?”
I don’t understand what she’s talking about until I’m suddenly thrust into darkness.
I can’t help but yelp at the sudden dark, but there’s someone behind me. Someone, fumbling with something at the back of my head, trying to brush some of my hair out of the way so that the knot they’re making doesn’t cause a tangle. It’s an absurd kindness, but I remind myself to be thankful.
It makes more sense now. The darkness is because of the cloth that’s covering my eyes. It’s a blindfold, just a blindfold.
It’s worse, so much worse than I thought it would be.
I’ve been blindfolded before. It’s never been my favorite, but it’s familiar at least. I can’t tell where anything is, I couldn’t even before they put it on. It seems that only half of my mind is functioning at a time.
I can still hear, though, even with the odd echo that the room provides. And I can still smell. It’s easier than any other sense right now, even though there’s plenty of distraction in the room. I can focus on what’s in front of me. The most prominent scents. The ones that are still active in the room rather than the… multitude of others.
I can smell the three of them. I don’t know exactly where they are, but I can get a general sense of direction and where they are in relation to each other.
I just wish my head worked.
I’d thought that at least the dizziness would be better with the blindfold. If I didn’t move or have to see the world twisting on the wrong axis, I thought maybe it would be easier. But it just makes me feel more unsteady. I can feel my head spinning and even though I'm planted firmly on the ground I swear I can feel the world warping under my hands.
Then, all too fast, we’re moving. Someone picks me up. It smells something like Jay, but Kat and he are standing so close that I can’t tell. Someone holds me under my arms while the other goes to my legs as I kick out. I don’t mean to. I know that I’m just causing trouble, but I can’t fight against the impulse.
I don’t know where we’re going. Why would they try to carry me?
I’m good, I’m a good boy.
I’d move if they ordered.
Though the sentiment feels hollow when I can’t keep myself from kicking out. When I can’t even keep my body under control while they’re giving me this chance to give them what they want. To prove I’m good. To prove that I’m worth something. Entertaining enough to be kept... and maybe be taken upstairs.
I’m not proving myself.
I’m barely keeping myself awake servicing Master’s friends.
My wrist is taken in someone’s hand and guided into a set of restraints. I feel my heart sink as I hear the click, but I don't fight it. I don’t pull or try and twist out of their hold. I don’t fight as they take my other hand.
I need to be good. I need to prove I’m good so they let me out. I can’t be down here anymore. I don’t know how much time has really passed, how long I’ve only known this dark, cold space, but I can’t stay down here. I won’t be able to take it.
At once I’m almost thankful for the intensity of my heat. Because I'm fairly certain that’s what it was that took my mind from me as I dissolved into the haze of lust. I don’t think I could have survived if my head had been working right. And I’m fairly sure I wouldn’t have seen such vigorous use without it either.
Apparently, my heat made me very good. Obedient, or at least gave them what they wanted from me. It’s the only thing that I can think of that makes sense of why they’re still here, why they’re still giving me their time.
I need this opportunity.
They took pity on me for my heat. I don’t think I would have survived it if they hadn’t helped me. But now… maybe they don’t know that it’s already over. It will end and the attention will go away and then they will forget about me down here if I can’t be good enough to convince them to let me out.
I just need to be good.
I just need to cooperate. A task that might be a little easier if I actually knew what they wanted from me, but as soon as the cuffs close, they put me down. The person handling my legs lets go first, but as soon as I’m touching the ground they don’t bother supporting me anymore. I can’t imagine my flop to the ground is graceful in any way, but I can’t exactly see the disgust on their faces. All I know is that none of them bother to comment on it.
My back aches, something that’s not made any easier by the uneven ground underneath me. I don’t think this is the same place I was in when Master last left me in the basement. The chain is shorter and even without my aches I feel like it would be hard to turn over to rest on my stomach.
I feel exposed.
I don’t know why. Stars know this is far from the most compromising position I've been in for the past days, but still. It unsettles something in me to be belly up in front of these people.
Except, they’re probably not even in front of me. I can hear the creaking of the door, the slow opening and the dull thud it makes when it shuts.
I tug at the chains if only to hear the clinking noise again.
It’s quiet.
They have to have left for something. Something… I try not to let my mind wander. It’s not good to make myself worry about things that I can’t control. I can be good for them. I should just content myself with that.
Still, I can’t suppress the shiver that runs through my body. I can’t help but hope that it won’t take them long. I don’t like the dark. It’s never been kind to me.
I don’t like it down here. I don’t like it. But the absolute darkness with the blindfold, it’s driving up my heartrate to an unnatural high. I don’t want to be alone like this. I don’t want to be left behind and forgotten while I wait, while I hope they remember to come back for me.
I do my best to remain still. They put effort into putting me in this position. They probably wouldn’t like all their work to be undone because I couldn’t be obedient. Still, it’s hard not to try and find an angle that will allow me to nudge the blindfold from where it’s been meticulously tied.
“Aww, don’t worry, baby, don’t be scared.” I jerk at the voice in the darkness.
They're close to me. How did I miss that? I force myself to think, to match the voice to the memories in my head. It’s Jay, just… Jay. He’s always had a fairly neutral scent, one that disappears behind others. I shouldn’t be surprised I couldn’t pick it up in the mess that had occurred down here.
Jay stayed behind with me while his friends went to get their surprise. I should be grateful. They might forget about me, but their friend is here. They wouldn’t forget about him for too long. They’d come back to check on him.
I nearly flinch when Jay strokes his hand through my hair, but I correct myself. Grateful , I remind myself, I should be grateful. I lean into the touch. Apparently the action amuses Jay, but he only shushes me. I can’t tell if it’s meant to be soothing of condescending, but at the moment I can’t bring myself to care.
“You don’t have anything to worry about.” While I would like to disagree with him, I hold my tongue as he continues. “You had plenty of guests already. Though you were a little better behaved for them… certainly more appreciative.”
I cast my mind back, but I don't bother feeling disappointed when I can’t pull any memories.
It’s just someone new to impress. I’ve done it before. I should be glad that they’ve given me such a simple task. That they are generously giving me another chance to prove myself to be well behaved.
Jay doesn’t stop with the delicate petting. He seems enchanted by this time alone together. He doesn’t bother speaking to me, just continues the delicate movements as though I weren’t even there at all. I have to wonder what he’s thinking, though he doesn’t bother offering any insight into the situation. He’s just tracing my features. It makes me feel like some kind of doll that he’s examining. I suppose it isn’t the worst thing I’ve ever had to deal with, so I try not to be bothered by the way his fingers run across my chest, ghost at the undersides of my arms, and trace at the delicate shape of my throat.
It feels dangerous, but really it’s the lightest touch that I’ve had for a good long while.
I should be happy.
I should be grateful.
I’m shaken out of my thoughts by the tortured squeak of the door, so much louder now that I've gotten used to the silence.
“Aww, are you starting your fun early?” Kat says, feigning hurt too insincerely for it not to be some kind of joke between them. A position made all the more concrete by the way Jay chuckles low in his throat at her antics.
“I’m being patient, good to see you.” Jay responds politely enough and I have to wonder why he bothers.
It hasn’t been so long since they saw each other. Even with my odd relation to time at the moment, I can’t have been more than a handful of minutes.
“We really have to thank you.” Master speaks, answering my question before I have the chance to wonder. Of course he’s not just greeting his friend. They brought someone new. A guest to entertain. “He’s been fun for a good long while, though he’s being a little finicky now, stubborn little thing. Doesn’t want to moan and do the work like the pretty little slut he is.”
I try to hear the compliment in the words.
I’m misbehaving now and I shouldn’t feel good about any of this, but I’m so tired that I let the indirect praise wash over me. I need to improve my behavior, I need to be better, I need to be good. But for a moment I let myself be still and try to pull some energy from my Master’s words.
He said I was pretty, at least.
I turn my head as I listen to their footsteps coming closer. I wonder if I make good on the sight promised? The way my ears flick is cute to some, others find it odd and annoying… but either way, I hope that it at least is showing interest. Showing some kind of energy that they seem to want from me.
They’re close closer now, I can almost smell each of-
No.
I pull at the chains holding my wrists instinctively. They’re just as immobile as before, but now I have reason to struggle.
Kara.
It’s Kara.
Why, why is my Master here?
No , I stop myself trying to ignore the buzzing flurry of my heartbeat and the dry, ashen taste at the back of my throat. Because it’s ‘Kara’ not ‘master’. Not anymore. Not since he sold me on.
Funny enough, the correction doesn’t change anything.
I can’t breathe.
“Oh, see, I knew you just had a way with him,” Master, my current master, the Master I’ve been ‘given’ to, drawls, “didn’t you? He won’t be good with us, but you walk in and he’s already squirming.”
His voice his low and I can almost hear the curl of a smile in his voice. Unfortunately, I can’t really reciprocate as it finally dawns on me what’s happening here. Because it doesn’t- it shouldn’t matter who they brought here. They’ve brought a guest that I need to satisfy. Someone they brought specifically because of me.
Someone who’s supposed to know how to handle me because of my less than perfect behavior.
I should be on my best behavior. I should smile and submit and show my new Master that I am worth his time and all the trouble he’s put into me. I need to show him that I will follow his orders, that I can be what he wants me to be, but all rational thought has entirely fled my body.
I jerk against the chains keeping me in place.
The metal bites into my skin and I know I’m just making the bruises, the all consuming ache in my back, worse with my thrashing but I can’t make myself stop.
Because no.
No, no, no nono-
This is wrong.
This is wrong.
Why would Kara be here?
It doesn’t make any sense. He sold me to them. He’s the reason I’m here. He gave me to his friends, just like he promised, once he was bored with me. I was bad, I was bad and he didn’t want me anymore.
So why is he here?
Someone touches me and I jerk.
It’s just a gentle touch to my side, but I can’t stop myself. I practically throw myself out of the way. I can’t see them. I don’t know where they are. I might have just thrown myself closer to the next pair of hands, but I can’t- I can’t. My brain isn’t working anymore.
I don’t want to be here. I don’t want this.
“Oh, well look at him, nice and responsive now.” Kat sounds appreciative, but the only thing that I register is distance. She sounds distant. She sounds like she’s far enough away.
Stay there . I can’t help the frantic, impudent thoughts spilling from my mind.
“See, I knew you could do better.” Kal- Master says, and I have just enough time to bite at the inside of my mouth so I don’t cry out when he pets me.
Because I can’t see it in front of me but I know what’s waiting for me. I know what they want. What they brought him and me together again to see.
No
“Well, just like I promised,” Master says flippantly while he… well, I assume he tries to fluff my hair, but all he manages to do is pull on the tangles. “It’s really the least that I can do to let you have a turn. As generous as you were with us…”
No
I can’t
“Yeah,” Kat says before dissolving into another fit of giggles. “Show us how you make him scream.”
I am wholly unprepared for the touch of his fingertips ghosting over my hips. My leg jerks, an entirely involuntary movement which makes my little audience laugh. The sound is behind me, around me, but there’s nothing I can do to stop the panicked yelp that slips past my lips.
Because this is Kara. It’s the same comforting scent that I had gotten used to. The one who helped me, who was kind when I didn’t deserve it. Who kept me until he finally couldn’t stand me anymore.
Why would he be here? Why would they let him come in to use me? Why would he even want to have me?
He didn’t want me. Not the entire time I was with him. I would have given him anything he’d asked for, but he never asked. It was always me pestering this relationship forward, always pushing him to take me into his bed.
I wanted to feel safe. I wanted to be reassured that I had a place. But he just gave me away and now…
Why now, why here?
I would have done anything. I would have let him tie me down. I would have accepted his friend’s use. I wouldn’t have fought him. I knew my place.
His hand’s on the inside of my knee and as much as I know that I should stay still and take this like a good boy, I can’t stop myself from kicking out.
Why?
Why would he do this? Why would he want me now? Now that I’m not his, now that I’m dirty with the scents of so many others? Why is he here for me, just to have his turn?
I can’t
I can’t do this
“You little bitch.” I hear my Master, so much less amused now. “Get his legs.”
There are many hands now. So many so fast that I can’t even tell who is who. It’s just the nauseous cloying sensation of people holding me down. I don’t have time to protest as my legs are pulled up and apart, as I feel the bite of cold metal at my ankles.
I can thrash, but there’s no protecting myself. This is happening.
I can feel the uneven rising of my chest. It’s hurting my back as it drives me into the floor with an uneven pace
I can’t do this.
Not when Master’s smell is here. Not when I can smell Kara and it still makes me feel safe. I can’t do this . It’s too much.
We had words for that.
We had words for this. Kara promised me. He made me take so long to come up with them, and learn the right time and place to use them. I never understood. I never thought he could do something that would make me use them.
I feel hands on the insides of my thighs, playing with the slick that’s already there.
“I- Please, please, Master, I beg your mercy.” I stumble, choking out the words.
My throat hurts. It hurts so badly, but more than anything I’m not prepared for the way the hands continue.
Distantly, I can hear Kalu. He’s angry, something that’s not entirely unrelated to the way he fists a handful of my hair.
“This little whore thinks he can get away with calling another man Master in front of me.”
I should be scared. I should panic and apologize. I should swear to be better, that I would never again make such a stupid mistake, but I don’t.
“Please, Master, I beg your mercy.”
I don’t feel the pain as someone slaps me across the face. I only vaguely understand that I’ve been hit. I have to assume it’s Master, he probably isn’t too satisfied that I’m calling another by his title right in front of him, but I can’t bring myself to care.
Because those are the right words, in the right order. I swear they are . I made them up myself.
I can’t see him, but I know where he is, because those hands haven’t left me and the way things are going I doubt they will.
I can’t do this, please. Please. You said you’d stop. You said those words would mean something and you would stop. You would get me out of wherever I was and make me safe.
I want to leave. I want Kara to take me back. I want to be safe and warm by his side. I can’t be here. I can’t. I won’t survive like this.
Because he’s not stopping. He’s not and I feel my mind tearing at the seams as I throw my mind back, try to find the memory again in the haze of my panic. I can’t understand what I'm doing wrong.
“Please Master I- I be-” My voice dies in my throat.
I can feel Kara’s pushing himself through the slick that’s collected on my thighs, collecting my natural lubricant while he gives me a little preview as to what I have in store. I can feel him, hot and hard between my legs.
“Mercy-” I beg, brokenly as I try to remember the right words.
But he pushes into me anyways.
It hurts more than it ought to. Yes, it stings. I’m raw and irritated inside and the press of yet another partner into my body is not helping any, but it’s almost negligible in comparison. I had wanted this. I had. Back when I thought it would make me desirable. Back when I thought it would solidify my place. When I thought it would make Kara keep me.
I thought this would make me wanted. That this would give me some worth, make me valuable to him. I couldn’t imagine how wrong I was.
I feel used and dirty and worthless.
“Shit, you actually have him crying!” I can’t tell who’s talking. I just barely have the presence of mind to acknowledge that I am in fact crying.
I’m gasping for breath. My chest is shaking with the forcefulness of my sobs. I won’t be pretty for hours. It’s a hollow thought, but it’s where my mind automatically goes. My eyes will be red and swollen and the way my tears are collecting behind the blindfold certainly isn’t helping anything. It’s turning into a mess with the damp cloth rubbing across my already irritated skin. I imagine it’ll be red and puffy forever.
“Awww, who’s a weepy little bitch?” Master taunts, his tone full of sweetness even as I recoil from the harsh words. “Don’t you love this? Don’t you love getting attention from your Master? Or do you only like it when it’s the other way around?”
I jerk at that, the question catching me entirely off guard.
Why would he-
“You know, I didn’t want to believe you, Simion.” Master chuckles. “It was almost too crazy.”
Someone’s tugging at the knot on my blindfold and it’s all I can do to whimper. I don’t have the strength to pull away. I can’t do anything, but I don’t want this. I don’t want to see. I don’t-
“Oh, come on now, don’t you want to see whose cock’s got you crying?” Kalu teases as he pulls the cloth from my eyes.
It takes a second to adjust. The light’s never been bright down here, but after the complete darkness everything seems like it’s too much in comparison.
There’s a man between my thighs. A man who’s not my master, who’s not Kara. He’s got glasses, freckles, and a hand over his mouth that he slowly peels away to let himself laugh as he continues to thrust into me. He’s wearing Kara’s jacket. Kara’s missing jacket, the one he’d lost in the forest. He must have seen us, he must have been watching and when he saw the opportunity to ingratiate himself to some high ranked people he hadn’t hesitated to cash in on the moment.
They’re all laughing as the pieces come together so slowly, my mind half drunk on my own internal sick.
This man- Simion, my mind unhelpfully supplies- had been there. He must have taken that jacket when we were still in the forest. He must have seen us, seen what we’d done.
I wonder how long he held out. If he ran to these people immediately or if this was just a moment that came together nicely.
Either way, it’s worse, and I can’t stop the tears in my eyes.
It’s so much worse. So much worse, because Kara’s scent still clings to the stars damned fabric and I smell him. I smell him with every brutal thrust, with every harsh tweak to my skin, the pulling at my hair. I don’t want him here. I don’t want him in this place.
But it was never my choice.
He didn’t want to be here either, that’s why he sold me.
Eventually my tears dry and no amount of kicking, screaming, or water poured over my head forces me to pick my head up from where it lays on the stone. If they want fun from me they can take it on their own. I’m not helping. I’m not using any energy on them. I can’t fight, but there’s plenty I can do to make sure this isn’t a good experience.
They leave, with grumbles of disappointment. They think they broke me, like an old toy missing a button eye.
I wonder if they’re right.
Something is draped over me, momentarily making me go blind again and I flail as the intense rush of Kara and warm is too much for me and my whole head spins.
“To keep you company, whore.” There’s disappointment there, maybe some kind of twisted amusement, but I can’t for the life of me identify a speaker.
I don’t want it. I can’t stop myself from scenting it and I certainly have no right to it. All it does is remind me of what I lost. But it is warm and likely the only covering I’m going to get. I just wish it didn’t force me to think about Master, about Kara.
Why can I never get that right?
It’s not healthy. It’s only broken pets that can’t let go.
My eyes blur as I sob into the fabric.
Is this really me ? Have I become one of those pitiful little pets who thought the world of their master and convinced themselves that they also had some significance in their eyes? I can’t be like that. That’s a surefire way to get punished, it’s a guarantee to be hurt.
But I’m already hurt, aren’t I?
I’m not pleasing to my new Master because I can’t let go of the old one.
Is it really all because Kara treated me a little bit differently?
I was never a pet with him, at least not a very good one. He didn’t use me as a personal whore. He did allow me to warm his bed, even though I struggle so much to produce body heat that more often than not he was the one who would eventually warm me. I wasn’t something pretty at his side to boost his reputation. He didn’t demean me for his entertainment.
But neither was I a familiar. I wasn’t a study companion. I had forced him to take time from his own activities to teach me what I wanted to know. And he gave it to me, the words and letters, the stories that I had so craved. He’d allowed it without thought. He didn’t get rid of me when I wasn’t good enough as a casting familiar. When I was laid up in bed, he didn’t chase me out of the house, fake a death report or buy another familiar that could better serve him like his friend had begged him to do. No, we’d created a new magic together. He’d let me hurt him. He didn’t turn me in.
He held me when I cried.
He doesn’t want you, some angry part of my brain reminds me. I’ve spent too much time on this. My body hurts. Everything hurts. I want food and rest and water and Kara was the one who sent me away so he shouldn’t have any place in my head.
But he was the one who changed me. So slowly, in increments so fine only he could see what he was sculpting me into. I still don’t see it, can’t see the bigger picture, what he wanted, who he wanted me to be. He’d always treated me like-
Blue.
Stars, it’s not a revelation that should shock me, but something in me jumps. It’s tender, painful, like an exposed nerve, but so warm. So deliciously warm that I can’t help the way I circle the thought, testing how close I can get myself to the warm fire before I’m burned.
The hearth in my heart that I’d forgotten was there.
My name.
It’s been so long since I was called by it. Kalu certainly hasn’t changed it. He and his friends seem perfectly content to pretend I’m yet another nameless whore, passed around until I’m not worth keeping
I have no paper, no ink pot or charcoal pencil, but suddenly the need is overwhelming. There’s not much available to me in my tether’s range, but even I’m surprised by the forcefulness of my hand slamming into my water basin. It’s all dark stone beneath me, but the shine of the water in the light is enough. It’s enough. It’ll have to be.
My hands shake as I trace out the curls, the lines that Kara went through with me at an excruciatingly slow pace.
We’d started with letters. We had to, it was important to know the shapes and sounds, Kara had said. It was important, but when I couldn’t. When there were too many, too difficult to tell apart from each other. When I couldn’t pick them out of a line, or trace new copies into my book with my shameful lack of skill, we’d done this. Kara had shown me.
Curls and lines, a pattern.
My name.
It hadn’t made any sense to me at first. I’d thought it looked ugly, plain, but Kara had shown me. He’d had his hand over mine while I learned how to hold the pen. He’d traced the letters with me.
Solid, real, my name.
Me.
I trace it again, larger, trying to catch as much of the stone’s glow as possible, and then again closer to me. Again, but the watering trough where I wet my hand. Again and again, and again until I’m pressing it into my skin with my nails.
Blue. I am Blue
It’s my name.
It’s a part of me that I can’t forget.
Only, that’s not really true is it? My Master hasn’t named me, and I don't think he means to. Technically I’ve already lost Blue. it’s not mine anymore, dissolved with Kara’s ownership.
But it’s still a part of me. As wrong as it is, the name is still etched into my being. One of the larger bits responsible for holding me together.
It’s Mine.
Mine.
The name Kara gave me. The name that let me touch the sky.
I settle on the ground and pull my hands to my chest. It’s still cool down here, not dangerously cold, but cool enough to be uncomfortable. It’s still a fight to slide on Kara’s jacket, but once it’s on I can’t imagine taking it off. It’s deliciously warm inside and it’s making the inside of my head fluffy. Or maybe that’s just me, maybe it’s just the passing frenetic frenzy.
My thigh is aching where I’ve pressed my nails in hard enough to write out my name. I hate how sure I am that it’s worth it. That Master doesn’t want me anymore. What am I thinking with this kind of craziness?
I move to roll over, but something sharp pinches at my chest. It’s one of Kara’s pins. I’d missed it, the color nearly blends into the jacket.
I’d asked him about this before. The image had looked odd to me.
‘Wreathed lion rampant’ he’d called it, apparently a marriage of the images portrayed. The lion, on its back legs, claws extended as it roared at whatever might dare to cross its path, and the wreath, a thin band of embellished cruelly shaped metal leaves. It holds the pin to it pretty well anyways.
I pinch at the clasp, pulling the pin from where it sits over the breast pocket. The needle is sharp.
I startle at myself, but even as I banish the thought, I can’t pull my eyes from the pin. I stare at the gleaming point for a while longer. It’s so simple and yet I think it might just be perfect. At any rate. I’m not going to get anything better in here.
I belong to Kara. Even if he doesn’t want me, that doesn’t mean I can be passed to someone else.
I know that it won’t end well, but I have a plan. I have a plan and for all that I’m sure the rational part of my brain would protest, it is blissfully silent.
This isn’t about logic. This is for myself.
I wait for a long time. Long enough for the water that I'd spilled on the ground to spell out my name to evaporate, even in this cellar. Long enough for me to take notice of the odd looking dust that it leaves behind. Just another one of Kalu’s little tricks.
This wasn’t my heat, or maybe not entirely. He’d drugged me, and he’d been so cowardly as to throw it into my water and hide it from me. The thought makes me laugh. That he couldn’t come at me from the front when he literally holds my life in his hands. That he could still hold his head high in the presence of his friends. Though who am I to judge? They all seem to be of the same caliber.
Birds with the same wings fly the same paths, as it were.
Eventually the waiting comes to an end and I can nearly feel myself trembling as I try and school my features into neutrality. As I kneel and bow my head and wait with slack in my tether, like I’m a perfect little pet.
There’s only one set of footsteps and I can’t help it as a smile drifts onto my lips. It’s perfect . I might have done it anyways, but it would have been so much harder with the other two.
“Master.” I greet him with a small bow, the thrum of anxiety burning in my gut as I wonder if he can hear the smile in my voice. If I can count on him hearing what he wants to hear.
“Oh, is my pet up and looking for me?” he asks in that candied demeaning tone he seems to so favor with me.
And it is only me. I don’t believe I’ve ever seen him talk to Avery that way. I can’t imagine she’d ever let him.
“Master, I am so happy,” I answer, not bothering with neutrality anymore.
If he’s allowed to take that tone with me, then I get to smile and pretend to be happy at being treated with gentleness.
“And why’s that, pet?” he asks, and I have to curl my fist tighter around the pin in my hand before I can answer with the appropriate amount of liveliness.
“You’ve graced me with your presence, Master. What pet wouldn’t be happy to see his master?”
I ask, like it’s the obvious answer. Because it is the only answer, the answer I’d been taught all those years ago.
“You’re right, pet.” He chuckles and I wonder if he finds it amusing. If he really thinks that I’m happy to see him or if he figures it has something to do with the fact that it’s only him. “I’ve missed you quite a bit. Do you think you know how to greet me properly?”
I smile wide, like this is just what I’ve been hoping for. I suppose in a way it is.
“It is my honor to serve you.” I beam, clenching my fist so tightly around the pin that I can feel the edges of it biting into my skin.
I wonder if there will be a little outline of a lion later…
A lion rampant.
He comes closer, stopping right in front of me and undoing the laces to his own trousers.
I smile and lick a long slow stripe up the bottom of Kalu’s dick, pretending for all that I’m worth that I am about to give this man the best blowjob that he’s ever had.
He presses me forward, forcing me to take a little too much of his length too soon, but that’s fine. It’s all fine. I needed to be close.
He’s not even paying attention as I draw my arm back, the bastard even closes his eyes.
I stab the pin into his thigh. I don’t wait for him to react.
I can’t imagine how fucked I would be if I actually waited for the howl of pain, if I distracted myself with how fucking happy it would make me to see his face contort. I just drag it through his skin to pull it out and stab back into him as fast as possible.
“What the fu-” His voice is high and pained, but it’s not enough.
I bite down.
He was already pulling back, but I’m glad I got the shot in, even if it didn't do as much damage as I wanted. Even if my timing was off, I still feel the blood dribble down my chin, feel the drag of my teeth along it as he pulls out of me. It makes me smile. I want to know what it looks like to him. What my teeth look like with his blood in them.
I force the pin back into him again. There’s more resistance than I’d expected, the needle’s bent, but that’s fine. It’s supposed to be painful.
His leg falters and it’s all I need to shove my whole body into him to knock him to the ground. He goes down easier than I thought he would, but I’m not exactly disappointed.
I scramble on top of him. My whole body’s shaking with adrenaline. I can feel my heart thudding distractedly loud in my chest as I fight to stay on top.
My whole body is still aching, protesting violently at all of this sudden movement. The adrenaline’s making me feel nauseous, but I don’t stop. Even as the world swirls around me, I shove the pin forward.
I’m almost disappointed that I only get his shoulder. But then he screams and it’s all fine again. It’s harder to force it up, through the flesh and back out of his shoulder. The pin’s slick, too. It’s covered in blood, and the moment of faltering is all Kalu needs.
He rears back and punches me in the face. The blow knocks me to the side, off of him as my head slams into the water basin. There’s a dull thudding sound from the metal as my head bounces off of it and it’s all I can do to close my hand around the pin as my vision swims.
Kalu’s on top of me a moment later. His face is drawn up into a nasty snarl as blood drips down onto his shirt.
Wow, I didn't think you could get uglier!
I don’t think I say the words out loud, but they make me smile anyways. I’ll tell him later, when my head stops ringing.
“Where’d you get this, you little bitch?” he yells, trying to pull the pin from my hand, but I curl my fist around it and it’s small enough that the maneuver almost entirely conceals it. It’s just the needle sticking out and I swipe carelessly forward. There’s a hiss and Kalu draws his arm back. I don’t know if it’s some miracle that I’ve managed to hit him or if he’s still underestimating me.
Serves you right.
Kalu’s face sets into hard lines and I’m about to tell him that it just makes him look ugly, not serious, when he grabs me by the wrist and shoves my closed fist so that it’s two inches from my face like I didn’t know the pin was in there.
I don’t answer. Really, it’s not until he slaps me again, one side of my face smashing into the stone floor, that I realize he was waiting for an answer.
The sting on my face is satisfying.
I don’t have to obey. This man is not my master. I haven’t acknowledged him.
I belong to Kara.
No matter how many times he fucks me, no matter what kind of tricks he plays, the beatings, the isolation, he can’t change that. The decision is etched in my heart. Kara might not want me, but that doesn’t mean someone else is allowed to have me.
I smile, wide and crazy, hoping to the stars that his blood is still there. Well, there's one way to check. I spit in his face
Red’s still there.
It makes me smile wider.
Kalu’s face scrunches up and his rage just makes it more disgusting, paints his face a thoroughly unattractive shade of red as he snarls down at me.
He takes the wrist that he’s holding and slams my arm out to the side. It’s not until my arm smacks against the lip of the water basin that I recognize what he was trying to do. He wants me to drop the pin.
“Answer me you useless whore!” He screams like that’s the worst of his problems, but I don’t answer.
That’s not my name.
I press my lips together. It’s not my name so I don’t have to respond. He’s not talking to me.
He grinds my arm against the sharp corner of the trough. It hurts and I close my eyes against the pain.
“Drop it slut, or I’ll make you,” he threatens, but I have nothing to say.
It’s not my name.
He draws my arm back and slams it down again. I have to choke back a scream as the pain explodes down my arm all the way into my shoulder. It’s all I can do to clench my fist and not give in. He does it again, and again, until my neck’s cramping with the referred pain, my muscles twitching from the focused abuse. He keeps going, faster now that he doesn’t see immediate results until I hear the-
Snap
My fingertips go numb.
I remember this feeling. I’ve had it before and the distant, cloudy memory comes back with such clarity that I'm overwhelmed. It was this arm too, I’m fairly certain. Though it was so many years ago, it almost feels as though the new break has cleanly followed the old one.
There’s nothing I can do to keep my fist closed. I hear the sound of my failure, the metal clinking against the floor.
Kalu swipes it up immediately, rising into a stand and putting a satisfying amount of distance between us. I just wish I could appreciate it. I smile for him. I know he’s looking. Even though I can’t help the way I automatically curl onto my side, the way I instinctively draw my knees up to my chest and cradle my arm to my chest.
He’ll see me smile. He’ll see me with his blood painting me and that feels good.
“I’m going to make you regret this, you little bitch. You understand me? You’ll beg,” he promises, storming off and shutting the door with an enraged bang.
He’s not wrong.
I don’t know how long it takes, not in real time. Everything moves forward for me in stutters as the pain and the delirium set in. I get confused easily and with the way I’ve been depriving myself of the tainted water, I’m really not surprised that I start to lose my awareness.
They set to work with single-minded determination.
Though the worst thing is really the most simple. They don't take Kara's jacket from me. They leave it with me at the end of ever session and while I thought that a peculiar mercy in the beginning it doesn't take me long to recognize why they truly did it. It doesn't take long for the smell to dissipate. The scent that I'd thought so deeply entrenched in the fibers of the cloth are replaced with the smells of this place, of me, and them.
Soon enough there's not even a single corner that retains the scent that had brought me such clarity. Such strength. And just like that, the one comforting presence I had in this place is gone.
They break me, in every way they know how, in every creative fashion they can come up with. They break me until I know what I did wrong, until I understand that they wouldn’t need my mistakes .
Until I’m broken enough to stop, until I can't even see them without trembling.
They say that I'm ruined.
They say it right in front of me, because they know that they taught me better than to listen in on the conversations of my betters, but it’s something different when they’re just speaking loud enough for me to hear. I’m not listening. Their voices wash over me like water, it drains through me like I’m a sieve.
I’m not listening. How dare I try and understand the words of my betters?
Kalu says he doesn’t want me here anymore, he can’t house me, and I wonder if I’ve really become that disgusting in their eyes.
Preparations take time and I watch as a cage is prepared. I don’t fight when they load me, when they knock me against the sides as they try to load me.
It’s all I can do to hold myself, cradle my arm and try to remember the old things that the doctor of the trading caravan told me. Something about stillness and keeping the weight off. It’s hard, especially with what’s been required of me. I have to wonder if it’s gotten worse. It certainly hurts more than it did at the beginning of all this, and the bruises on my arm are still nearly black.
A sheet goes over my cage and I can’t help but wonder if it was supposed to be disorienting. I can’t see anything, but the sheet is fairly thick. No one would be able to see into the cage unless they were really trying. It’s soothing, so I say nothing. Good things are taken away and where I'm going is something I am fine not knowing. It's not my choice anyway. It’s not my place to complain.
It’s nighttime.
That much I glean from the chill and the darkness outside. It actually takes me a moment to pick out the sounds of the little night animals. I nealy startle into the side of my cage when I first hear an owl.
I don’t get to ride in the carriage this time. I don’t deserve that. I haven’t earned that. Instead I’m fitted into the rear boot on the outside of the carriage. They affix a set of long flat bands over the cage and I have to wonder how invested they actually are in my not-falling-off during transit.
I lay at the bottom of the cage. I don’t bother trying to find a wall for support. The thrashing of the carriage will undoubtedly make this an unstable ride. I need stability. That was another thing the doctor said, right? I’m fairly certain it was.
My arm hurts to touch, it’s hot and inflamed nearly up to my fingers. I need to fix it, to find someone willing to try and fix it for me. I wonder if it can get infected like this. There was a pet who didn’t want any help with her wounds once. She didn’t clean them properly, especially the ones at the back of her legs where she couldn’t reach. They'd had to take the whole thing off.
Surely it wasn’t that bad yet… right?
I don’t know how long we travel. Long enough for me to be lulled into sleep a handful of times before the carriage comes to a complete stop. I’m unloaded, and while it doesn’t get a whole lot warmer, I can definitely tell that we are indoors now.
“Ah, and what brings you kind folk into this place this fine night?” asks a voice that I do not recognize.
I hold my breath. I don’t know if it's worse to be seen or to go unnoticed, but I’m not willing to take that chance right now.
“We found this poor little creature and we didn’t know where else we could bring him,” Kalu lies.
Found me? Why would he lie? He bought me. Where is he bringing me that this was his ‘only option’?
The blanket over my cage is lifted and I shuffle as quickly as I can to the wall furthest away from the new person. Because it is a new person. One that I’ve certainly never seen before. He has darker skin and a bunch of long braids. He smells like animal and metal and I can’t decide if it’s good or bad.
“Oh stars, poor thing’s been through the wringer.” The pity in the man’s voice sounds real, but I have no way to confirm that, so I just stare, unblinking, as he opens the clasp on his side of the cage and opens the door.
“Be careful, we think he’s feral,” Kalu cautions, but the man reaches a hand into the cage and stops just short of touching my face.
It’s a long moment before I realize that he’s waiting, offering his palm, and it’s all I can do to just press my cheek into his hand. I don’t dare not to nuzzle into the warmth.
“Sweet little thing, must have been difficult on the streets,” he mumbles to himself, and I don’t bother correcting him. I like that he’s somewhat warm. It feels so good I could just about cry.
“Of course you can surrender him here,” the man continues, “but as you know we do have limitations and our policy states-”
Kalu doesn’t listen for the rest. “Yes, I know. I’m sorry that I couldn’t keep him. Truly.” I wonder if that’s true.
I don’t see why he’s getting rid of me, but I suppose that makes sense in its own right. How could I ever understand something complex like that? That’s something left to my masters. I wouldn’t get it no matter how hard I try.
“Well, then, take this,” the man says, handing something I can’t see over the counter, and pushing a clipboard full of papers over to Kalu’s side, “and if you come to reconsider, I’m sure he’d be glad to have a home.”
“Of course,” Kalu remarks dryly, looking at the proffered clipboard with disdain.
The other man coaxes me out of the cage, and that and the blanket go back to Kalu as I get one of those itchy plastic collars fitted onto my neck.
“Well, then, please have a good night, sir.” He nods, giving a halfhearted little bow as Kalu murmurs a quick “thank you” and leaves.
The man slumps on the desk as though all of his energy’s spent just from that one conversation.
“Stars, what do you think that was?” he says, and I have a split second where I’m worried that he’s asking me when I hear another voice sound from what must be the back office.
“Danny, you can’t go jumping at every kid that comes in here,” he chides, as thought the whole festival of nerves was Danny’s fault.
I keep my gaze respectfully on the floor, but after a moment it’s clear that no one’s really looking at me. I risk a glance up at the other man. He’s got shorter hair, something that was definitely damaged by excessive dyeing or something similar. The tips are a fragile, dry white while his roots are dark. He’s taller than Danny, a good bit wider too.
“He… he didn’t sign any of the paperwork.” Danny groans, pulling the clipboard back and stuffing it into one of the drawers.
“When’s the last time someone did?” The other man seems amused by his own question and I have to wonder how important the paperwork really is if so many have gotten away without doing it.
“If we attract any attention-” Danny starts again, but the other one cuts him off.
“We aren’t going to.” He says it like a fact.
“Stars how can you be so positive?” Danny huffs, moving away from the other man like it’s contagious.
“How can you be such a worrywart?” he snorts, in what seems to be a familiar argument.
“You want to put him up or shall I?” Danny asks, pulling the other man’s attention back to me.
“Oh, give him to me, you doof. I don’t need any more of your blathering.” He rolls his eyes and makes his way to me.
He stops just in front of me, looking me over I can feel the judgement looming over me. Determining worth against my weaknesses. I know I shouldn’t, but there might be a chance. If this is a place that takes in strays and tries to re-home them like Danny had been talking about, then there might be a chance for my arm.
“S-ser-” I try to speak, stuttering against the pain in my throat when he slaps me.
My head snaps to the side and my eyes water. It’s all I can do to try and wet my lips and press them together, looking suitably chastised.
“Don’t speak, honey, it drives your price down.” He huffs the instruction like I should have known better. I should have.
I deserved it. They didn’t say I could speak.
He curls his finger and gives a sharp whistle. I know that one, it’s ‘follow’.
I stay on my knees. I haven’t been told I can get up. I haven’t been allowed yet and I doubt he’s willing to give me any more chances. I follow as best I can. His strides are bigger than mine and I only have one arm to hobble around with. It’s fine, though. A little bruising to my knees never hurt anyone.
It’s fine.
He holds the door open to a room. A room filled with cages. There are all kinds of different breeds here, though most of them are mixed in some way. Mutts, strays… the picture’s coming together a little more clearly in my mind.
This isn’t a large place. It probably only holds thirty, thirty-five cages at the maximum, but from what I see it is overcrowded. Some breeds are sharing cages, some aren’t. It seems almost random.
The man stops in front of me again, stroking over one bruised cheek with delicate fingers. I try my best not to flinch as he observes. I don’t know what he’s looking for, but I know I can’t disappoint.
“You’re a pretty little thing, even with the bruising. Are you well trained or do you need to be broken in?”
I rise from all fours and sit back on my heels. I have a good idea of what he wants.
“Ah, good boy,” he praises and I try not to feel dirty as I open my mouth.
I should be thankful. I should be grateful to be given this chance to obey . Instead, despite all the effort of my retraining, it feels hollow.
I hate it. Even though I have no right to.
He finishes quickly and I try not to think about the taste in my mouth.
Or the eyes of the others in the cages.
“Right here, baby.” He smiles, opening one of the only empty cages in the block. I wonder if he thinks he’s giving me special treatment. If he thinks he’s rewarding me for a job well done.
I crawl inside without protest.
“Hope you get adopted out soon, baby... even though you’re skilled,” he says and I have to wonder if that’s some kind of compliment or… oh-
He wants me to find a home even though that means he won’t get to sample me… Well, that’s kind of a compliment.
I ignore that little conundrum as the lights go out in the holding area.
There’s a little rabbit water feeder attached to the door. It takes me a few tries to get the hang of it, but it’s worth it. The water’s stale and it kind of tastes like the discolored plastic that’s holding it, but it’s the best stuff I’ve had in days. I know better than to look for flaws in a gift.
I wonder if I’ll get food...
“H...hey.” A quiet voice sounds next to me, and I can’t help the way I jerk.
There’s a girl next to me. A type of common cat, I’d hazard a guess. She’s staring at me and it’s not until then that I realize that she’s only got one of her eyes. The missing one is hidden expertly behind her bangs. Subtle enough to draw attention away, but not actively hiding it.
It doesn’t look too bad, there’s just a little bit of discoloration where the scar is. It probably saw professional help.
I bite at my lip. Is she talking to me?
I risk a glance, but the one at my other side is asleep already, entirely dead to the world. It seems I’m the only one she could be talking to.
“Hi,” I answer back.
I don’t like how low and rumbly my voice is, but it’s the only way I can speak right now without hurting myself.
“You’re new here, but don’t worry, they… have to keep us for a while,” she informs me with a smile, and I have to wonder why exactly that’s a good thing.
What do I say to that?
“Oh…” Her eyes widen as she looks at me in an entirely new light. “Oh, are you really a feral?”
I feel like it, but all the ferals I met were nice people.
“Are you?” I ask instead.
She seems pretty well taken care of. I wonder if she knows Thana.
“No! No… I- I have a Mistress,” she explains, face going beet red at my question. “We just, we got separated. Any- anytime now she’ll find me. She’ll find me.”
I wonder if this is a regular assurance that she gives herself. I wonder how long she’s been lost.
I wonder what it’s like to have someone looking
“I’m... I’m sure you’re right.” I nod, hoping that I’m not lying.
She nods to herself, rocking back and forth a little bit in a self soothing gesture.
“Tell me about her?” I ask for lack of anything else to say. I don’t want to leave her wallowing in the recesses of her own mind.
It’s odd speaking, being expected to speak again, but it’s worth it when she lights up .
She talks throughout the night, every time that the pain has me awake and unable to fall back into a couple of hours of quiet rest. I don’t have all that much to say, but Queenie doesn’t mind. I don’t have to say much to keep her chattering on. She has a good mistress, one who is very kind, who took care of her after the accident that lost her eye.
A good and kind mistress, who loves her very much and is probably heartbroken by her absence.
Morning comes eventually, all too soon, heralded by the lights overhead coming to life. Danny and… the other man go down the rows spooning a little cup of kibble into each of the cages, except Queenie’s.
When Danny gets to Queenie’s cage he opens the door instead, and far from the well trained pet that I’ve come to know her as, she backs against the far wall and stays there.
“Alright, come on baby…” Danny coaxes her gently, but she’s not having any of it.
“N-no, please, I-I...my Mistress-” Whatever she’s trying to say is lost behind a wall of stutters even before Danny cuts her off.
“I’m sorry honey, we can’t wait any longer. It’s just the rules…” Danny coos, trying to be reassuring.
“Oh, and you know the rules are what Danny here lives for,” The other man huffs, mostly to himself as he spoons a portion into my other neighbor’s cage.
“You make me sound bad. There’s nothing I can do about it,” Danny protests
It’s not until I look away from the scene they’re creating that I see it. Over on the far wall, next to the clutter of posters, I see the ruleboard.
The other man unlocks my cage as well and my heart stutters in my chest. It hasn’t been that long. It can’t-
“Hey Danny, check this out. This one’s already trained.” He puts his hand in the cage and gestures at me to follow. “Come on, come out here and show Danny how well trained you are.”
Oh, probably just looking for a repeat experience then.
I force myself to breathe slowly, in and out, before I start to make my way out. I try to hold my bad arm as close to me as I can. If I do well, then I might be able to speak. I might get someone to listen to me.
I might get the chance to be healed.
The other man makes the motion for me to stand, and while it’s tentative and I move very slowly so as not to jostle my arm, he still smiles when I stand.
Queenie’s yelling. Danny has a hand fisted in her hair and though she’s fighting with all she has, he’s still pulling her out.
I shouldn’t. It’s not my business. I don’t know her and she doesn’t know me. We were strangers up until last night and we have no obligation towards each other…
Except that’s not true.
She was kind to me. She talked when I couldn’t sleep. She was the first person to talk me through the dark. It wasn’t because she had anything to gain, she was just good. She was kind and she had a kind mistress who’s out there looking for her. Probably worried sick.
“Present.” The man’s smiling and Queenie’s crying and suddenly it’s not even a choice anymore.
I don’t have a lot of space, but the other guy’s standing back to watch because I’ve already proven myself more than obedient. It’s hard to run, but I need all the speed I can muster as I throw myself at Danny. I twist so it’s mostly my shoulder taking the impact, but as he goes down we roll and I jar my arm so badly that spots start appearing in my vision.
Either way, it’s done. He’s lost his hold on her.
“Run!” I scream, and she doesn’t need to be told twice.
She breaks for the door, still halfway open. It’s just the area right before the front door beyond that. She’ll get to it. She’ll make it.
The other man goes to grab her, to follow, but I pull myself out of the mangled pile of Danny and wrap my arms around his leg.
He falls hard, breaking the fall with his face, but I’m not in a state to properly enjoy the sight. My arm has a heartbeat, although I’ve never felt a heartbeat quite so painful.
“Fucking hell, I thought you said he was trained!” Danny’s yelling, but he’s too late by the time he gets up.
Queenie’s gone.
She has a chance to get back to her mistress. She’ll be taken back. She belongs to someone who loves her.
They aren’t as happy as I am with Queenie’s escape, although they are a little more miffed about my lack of etiquette than my role in things. They change out the card that sits on top of my cage. Apparently it lists my vital statistics and needs to be changed to ‘untrained’ in case anyone else complains.
I don’t mind.
No one’s coming for me.
I wasn’t expecting any different.
They fit me with a gag and throw me back into my cage. I don’t get any food, but that’s fine. The punishment for this was a hell of a lot less than I expected. Or rather, they probably don’t care enough about me to see me properly punished.
My arm is still throbbing. There’s a sickly heat radiating from it, but it’s all I can do to pull it to my chest and ignore it.
I lie against the side of the bars, allowing myself to embrace the sensation of the cool grate against my forehead. It doesn’t really matter what I do now.
I lift my eyes to read the sign behind the desk again, pasted in clear view among the flurry of posters.
We can only hold your pets for 72 hours. If not sold or reclaimed by this time we will be forced to put them down.
Notes:
-if you need someone to talk to about this, try the fan server: Here
-if you need someone to talk to about this, try the fan server: Here
-if you want to see the tumblr, you can find it: Here
-if you want to take a listen to the incredible audiobook version (which is not something I ever thought I would have the ability to say) that Sekiraku, our incredible Beta reader who is amazing and talented and quite literally a god, has made then you can find the link to chapter 1: Here
- go give it a listen!
Stay safe out there.
Chapter 82: Connecting the Dots
Summary:
Kara has some help and finally, finally puts down the idiot stick he's been hitting himself with, and we get to hear from some friends that we haven't heard from in a while...
Notes:
Ok, so the thing about this chapter that made it so complicated is that part of it was actually supposed to be attached to the last Kara chapter. But that was way too long and so I didn't include it... and then I futzed around trying to figure out if I should try and make this it's own chapter or slide it into the progression of events and this whole thing became a massive mess.
Anyways, I got way too into my own head about this and didn't post anything for a while. Please thank Charlylimph for talking me off the edge and Sekiraku for beta-ing and turning this sludge into readable content. Also, shout out to all the wonderful people in the discord server for being absolutely wonderful and giving me the will to keep writing.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
Consciousness doesn’t come back to me so much as it slaps me in the face.
It’s immediate and jarring and so close to painful that I’m pretty sure I scream. But in that moment I really doubt that I could tell. Everything’s wrong and it feels like I’ve been shoved back into the wrong existence.
It’s disorienting, too. Dizziness combines with the fact that I feel like I can’t even open my eyes. I swear there’s glue under my eyelids. No matter how hard I fight against it the sticky mess is going to find a way to keep my eyes closed permanently.
Propanone. That reliable and frustratingly loud part of my brain pipes up at the sense memory. Not exactly safe, but better than leaving the glue there or trying to pull it off… all because one absolute genius decided that the eyedropper bottle was the perfect applicator shape for glue.
But that’s not right.
It wasn’t me, and it sure as hell couldn’t make me feel like this.
Because this is different. As the confusion fades I can feel everything so much more clearly. Every sensation from the littlest aches at the pull of my muscles to the bone deep soreness that seems to snake its way through my body. It’s not the first thing that comes to mind, but it is one of the only things that stays as I’m overwhelmed by… everything. The light, the sounds, everything feels real. Too real, like it’s been dampened with something else for too long.
Something brushes my arm and I jerk away from it reflexively. My whole body jolts as I try to pull myself as far away as I can manage from these new sensations, but I can’t.
I’m tied up.
The thought alone has my heart rate skyrocketing. I don’t have enough control over myself to stop from fighting against the sensations. I can’t help the way I kick out, the way I thrash. The adrenaline bleeding into me has my head pounding with my heart. It feels like bindings, just for the briefest instant, but whatever it is has too much slack for it to be called a binding and when I stop struggling I realize that it’s all around me. It’s a blanket. I’m tangled up in a blanket.
In my blanket.
In my bed.
There’s a hand on my shoulder and it’s not a conscious choice to keep myself from screaming. My voice curdles into something painful, the sting killing all the sound in my throat as I try to breathe. Because there’s someone here.
Even if I’m not trapped, there’s still someone-
“Kara.” It takes a second for the voice to click with what I know in my mind, long enough that the voice comes again. “Kara?”
It’s Fliaria. Fli , my mind corrects before anything else, sharp like a warning. She always said to call her Fli.
Fli is here.
Shaking me like the one point she has on my shoulder will be enough to jar sense back into my body. Hell, maybe she’s right. It all certainly seems clearer.
I’m on my bed, tangled up in my blankets, in clothes I don’t remember putting on. There’s light coming from my window, not bright like the center of the day, but it isn’t night yet. I can force my eyes apart for long enough to uncover that.
Fli’s pulling at me and it’s not until then that I realize that I’m stumbling, that my arm nearly gives out under my weight as I try to lean forward, as I try to get away.
I don’t need to. I don’t. It was just muscle memory. Fli’s not dangerous. She wouldn’t… she has no reason to be, and she’s not for senseless action. It doesn’t help. My heart is still in my throat and I don’t remember, why don’t I-
The tugging is forceful now, but it’s a physical effort to go along with it.
I can feel myself tense against the pressure, but it’s ok. It’s fine. She’s not dangerous. She wouldn’t-
“Kara, look at me, are you alright?” Her hand comes up to my face before I have any chance to keep her away, but she only turns my head towards her.
It’s all blurry for a second. The light is too strong, the movement too fast, and I swear that my head has popped clean off my neck to go spinning into the next room, but she steadies me. Her hand doesn’t move from its place. The longer I’m steady, the better I can focus.
Fli is there, but there’s also someone else, and I have to blink out the blurriness in my vision before I can see Tulla.
It takes a second for my brain to process what I’m seeing, to truly understand what’s in front of me and find the reason for the angry heat that courses through my veins at the sight. It takes too long. Too many seconds between the misfires before I remember, before I understand what’s going on. Too long before I’m able to push off the shaking in my hands as I feel my pulse kick up.
“Get out!” My throat hurts and my voice is uncommonly low, still thick with my forced sleep.
I feel my pulse thudding in my throat, a blinding heated sensation in my head. She was here. She was here when-
“Get the fuck out of here!” I feel my throat burn as I try to scream.
She was here. I know she was.
Tulla doesn’t even argue. She doesn’t fight my words, but she doesn’t even have the decency to look sorry.
She’s only just turned away when Fli rises, planting herself between the two of us with some horrified expression that I can’t place.
“Kara, I need you to calm down.” She says it like it’s a problem with me, like I’m the one who’s being unreasonable.
She doesn’t know. How could she? It clicks together in my brain like pieces of a rusted misshapen machine.
“She drugged me,” I say in a rush, because she has to know. She has to.
I wouldn’t have done this on my own. It wouldn’t have been-
Stars, it feels exactly like it used to... pointing fingers without any proof.
Who’s going to believe me?
“Kara-” Fli starts, but I can’t- I can’t take hearing the quiet cajoling condescension. I can’t hear it, not now, not from her.
“No, no.” I can feel my body trembling as I try to force the words together into something compelling. Something believable. “She drugged me. I went to sleep I wasn’t supposed to go to sleep, I know that , I’m -”
“Kara!” Fli cuts me off, grabbing me by my shoulders so that I can stop shifting around. “Get a hold of yourself. You’re back now. Everything’s going to be alright.”
Back.
I was gone. I don’t remember being gone, but that’s probably a good thing. I’m back now anyway. It’s probably Fli who’s responsible for that, considering all the equipment around her…
Stars, what happened to me?
“You had a bad reaction. It’s ok now. Everything was looking fine, but then you weren’t waking up and Tulla came to get me,” Fli explains.
A bad reaction. That’s not exactly surprising. I have weird reactions to all kinds of things. But that still means I got drugged in my own home. It still means I went under for… for as long as it took to concern Tulla.
“How-” My voice stutters in my throat. I don’t want to know, but it’s important. “How long have I been out?”
Fli looks uncomfortable and I immediately regret asking. I don’t want to think about how long I’ve been under. The only real peace of mind comes from the fact that it seems to have been a dreamless sleep.
“It’s been a few days,” she answers eventually.
I fight to keep my face neutral, to keep forcing myself to breathe. A few days, not hours, days unconscious. My heart thuds dangerously in my chest, with such a fervor I’m convinced that it wants out. I don’t blame it.
Days.
“A-and…” I stop myself, inexpertly hiding the way my voice breaks by clearing my throat and starting again. “And B-”
I don’t even get to finish the question.
“Nothing yet, we haven’t seen a whisper of him,” Fli answers.
Right.
If they had found something no doubt she would have led with that. It would have taken the edge off of… everything else
I can see the guilt in her posture, in the way she lowers her eyes and starts putting back all of her components like she needs something to do with her hands. It’s not her fault, but it sure as hell isn’t the answer that I wanted. There’s nothing she could have done.
And certainly nothing that I could have done, drugged unconscious.
Useless.
I’m not prepared for the tears running down my face, but once they start there’s no stopping them.
I was so stupid. So fucking stupid to let this happen. It was my fault. Everything from coming back to this Stars forsaken city. I never should have thought that any part of this plan could be safe. And now Blue…
But then again, I never would have met him.
I never would have come across him if I hadn’t come back. If I hadn't applied to the Academia. If I hadn’t needed a familiar…
“Kara.” Fli’s talking but for the longest moment the noise sounds like it’s so far away i’m comfortable ignoring it. “Kara, breathe.”
“I’m fine.” I mumble, because it’s the lie I come equipped with. Because it’s the only thing that comes to mind before Fli’s hands come to either side of my face and force me to look at her.
“You’re not, and that’s ok,” she says quietly, “It’s ok, but…” Her voice drifts off as she averts her gaze once again.
“What?” I can’t help but press, but she backs away, shaking her head.
“Go…” Sshe wavers for a moment looking between me and the door. “Go take a shower, dress yourself, and when you start resembling a human, then we can… we can have a little talk.”
There’s something on her mind. Something she seems reluctant to tell me. I can’t imagine it’s any good. Then again, it’s actually hard to imagine anything worse that she could surprise me with. Either way I don’t want to think about it.
And she’s right, I need to change and bathe myself. She shouldn’t be the one telling me. I’m an adult, I can take care of myself… or can I? I have for years. I’ve taken care of myself for so long without familiar faces, in new and dangerous places, and yet I feel like I’m falling apart. Though I suppose I have been ever since I noticed Blue was missing.
Noticed.
Some hateful part of myself reminds me of all the time I wasted, how stupid I was not to check on him immediatly. It took me so long to notice. So long to act.
This is my fault. There’s no way around it. Anything that happens, that has happened, I correct myself, rests entirely on me. The school, the magic, the dangers. It was my fault. And I had been so stupid that I couldn’t protect him.
There’s a zing of pain as I step into the water. Puncture marks, my mind supplies as I take in the pinpricks of blood that have welled up along my arms, the bruises that are starting to form underneath.
Eugenol.
I don’t use the component often, but I can still recognize the smell. I’d seen Fli’s tools laid out on the bed, but I couldn’t say that I was familiar with any of them. I wonder if this was a part of trying to wake me up or a last ditch effort. It’s not unheard of… just surprising.
I let the water take what’s beaded up on my skin. I can’t help the morbid fascination as I watch the red bleed into the water, diluting until it can’t be seen on its path to the drain. It’s there. It’s still there, it’s just… lost. Beyond what the eye can see.
I need the shower, but more than anything I need to breathe and fucking think things through clearly. But for the moment I satisfy myself with the thought of just turning my brain off for the rote tasks. I move like I’m possessed, running on the muscle memory of the simple day to day undertakings. But as much as I’d like to turn absolutely everything off, I can’t stop the thoughts from creeping in.
The worry, the fear presses up against my sides until I turn my face into the water’s spray to feel some other kind of drowning.
I shouldn’t be like this.
I don’t deserve to be like this .
I’m not the one in danger. I’m not the one who needs help. I was supposed to keep Blue safe. I’d promised him so many Stars-damned times that I can’t even remember. I was supposed to protect him and yet I’ve done nothing but fail. Over and over I've put him into dangerous situations, forced him to be a part of a world that hurt him.
I can’t stop thinking about that day. How much time I’d lost thinking that he was safe with Shauna, upset that he was taking so much time to say goodbye to his friend.
What kind of asshole am I?
This is all my fault. I’m the one who let the trail go cold. There’s only so much that having eyes on a situation helps… I had taken too long and now, it might be too late.
Idly I wonder if that’s what Fli doesn’t want to tell me. If she’s trying to find a tactful way to tell me to give up.
I hate the thought as it comes.
I’ll find him. There’s no backing down from that point in my mind. I won’t, I can’t give up. I just- there’s nothing else. I tried everything, I chased every lead I could think of. There’s nothing left to do but follow the search pattern and hope we get lucky. Hope that Blue can outrun the clock…
It’s a futile hope.
I want him to be safe. I want him to be alive and unhurt, but it’s just not practical. I’ve tried so hard to keep myself from the realities, to keep Blue away from the things he’s already experienced. But I know it’s bad. I know it can be so much worse than bad.
I throw on my clothes and do my damndest not to think about how I’d grabbed one of Blue’s favorite hoodies by sheer habit.
Fli’s waiting for me when I get out. Unsettling as that is, I suppose it’s better than having to trek through the house to go find her. Even though she’d been the one to send me away, she certainly hasn’t used her time to get her own nervousness under control. In fact, it seems to have magnified in the time we spent apart. She doesn’t even look at me, though she does look over at the creaking of my door. She’s biting at her nail again, the same nervous habit that she’s been trying to kick for years.
“What is it?” I ask.
I just want to get this over with. Even with the mandatory self care I feel like death warmed over.
“You know how you came after me, when you thought Blue had been stolen?” Fli cuts straight to the point and I can’t help the heat that rises in my cheeks.
“Yeah, kinda hard to forget,” I mumble.
I still can’t believe I let myself be convinced that Fli might have had anything to do with this.
“Well there is someone else who really wanted him…” she prods gently.
It’s more deliberate than I’m used to seeing her… more noble. Speaking without saying anything, even if I grasp her meaning immediately. And though it’s not really the focus of her words I still feel a wave of relief that she hasn’t given up.
At least I'm not the only one grasping at straws.
“Kalu couldn’t have done this,” I say with a huff.
Because I had thought about that before. Of course I had, it would have been stupid not to. He’d been blindingly hostile from day one.
“What makes you so sure?” Fli all but snaps, and I suppose that makes sense.
I didn’t hesitate to go all the way to her dorm in the middle of the night with my accusation. It makes sense that my hesitance would be a little weird. It’s not because of favorability or any kind of personal incentive that I thought Fli could have been capable and not Kalu. I’m not afraid of him or the status he sees fit to flaunt around every time he gets into a discussion. It’s just-
“Oh, come on Fli, don’t pretend you don’t know his whole… situation.” There’s no way Fli doesn’t know. She would have been around ten at the time and she definitely still had her invitation to the circle of gossiping nobles at that age.
“What are you talking about?” Fli asks with a huff, and I have to keep myself from rolling my eyes.
“Don’t you remember? Big happy family in charge of a little county out in Lornetz, the revolt… the public execution.”
It was more than that. So much more than that, but I can’t believe that such an event could have ever left Fli’s mind. Even though the county was small, Lornetz had incredible strategic importance. When the king gave the post over to the secondary branch of the Senras family it was already contentious… and with Entle’s foreign wife and her new son... It was never meant to succeed, though I’m sure the old man is kicking himself that it didn’t permanently cripple the Senras tree.
“Just because something happened to his parents years ago doesn’t change the fact that he wanted to get his hands on Blue. He even barged in on our conversation, how can you say he’s not even worth looking into?” Fli counters, and she’s not wrong… it’s just-
“No, I’m not saying he’s not a creeper, just that he couldn’t have done it,” I answer, trying to keep my tone in check. I don’t want her to think I’m ungrateful for the help, it’s just that the chances are so low. It would have been too much of a risk.
“I don’t understand how you can be so sure. The man was unhinged!”
“Just think about it.” I urge, trying to quell the fervor that she has worked herself into. “As big as Kalu talks he's still just a ward of the Senras estate. And Aster… he’s always been obsessed with honor and reputation. There’s no way he’d allow for such a thing under his roof. It would be a scandal and it’s not like the man gave his nephew a long leash to begin with. Everything Kalu does, from expenditures, to school, to after hours activities filters through his uncle. Kalu has a million eyes on him. He wouldn’t risk something like this, it doesn’t make sense.”
I’d thought about it dozens of times, but it doesn’t change the facts. It is too much of a risk. His uncle would never allow such a thing, and he already cares little enough for the inner workings of the magic caste. There’s no way that he would get involved. And Kalu… just from a risk/reward standpoint there’s not much to gain from this. If he were going to use Blue as a bargaining chip then I would have already received some kind of demand, but I have nothing that he would want.
It doesn’t make sense.
I don’t realize that I’ve lost myself to the quiet that settles in the room until Fli speaks again.
“Why do you know that?” The question comes quiet and low and dangerous.
“The Senras are lawmakers,” I mumble, giving in to the impulse to avert my eyes. “Citizens should always know who’s fucking with the rules.”
It’s a pitiful excuse, but I’ve been pretty pitiful these past few days. I can’t tell if Fli is convinced. I don’t have it in me to raise my eyes to hers, but despite whatever reservations she might have she does not immediately call me out on my lie. Instead she only sighs, letting herself fall so that her back rests comfortably on the wall and she no longer has to make an effort to keep posture.
“How can you be so smart and so dumb,” she chuckles to herself and I can’t help but bristle at the comment.
“There’s no way he could have done it,” I remind her. No matter how incriminating, my evidence is still there.
“I don’t understand how you can be so sure.”
“He wouldn’t risk his uncle’s wrath just to mess with me.” Even if that had been his true goal all along there’s still no way he could have known just how crippling this would have been to me. He lives in a world where familiars are replaceable, disposable facets that individually have little meaning. He couldn’t have known just how much Blue meant to me, how profoundly his absence would affect me. And that’s only if his true target was me in the first place, which… I can’t even begin to reconcile with what I know of the man.
He has his status to worry about, a place in his own family that he needs to carve for himself, an uncle that despises him, but is obligated to host him for the sake of his late brother. There’s so much more going on in his life. He shouldn’t have time to mess around with-
Oh Stars.
“Ok, ok,” Fli soothes as I come to terms with the connection I’ve missed, before she continues, “but have you considered: He hates you.”
My heart stutters.
Because she’s right. I’ve been looking at this all wrong. It’s not motive and opportunity. It’s not a cold calculation. It’s not risk versus benefit. It’s hate, fiery and passionate, because I am everything wrong in his world.
It’s not rational anymore. It likely never was.
He never had to worry about his uncle, because this was never a discussion. It was revenge by proxy. An outlet for the hostility, the rage burning in his veins at what he saw when he looked at me.
I’m a peasant rising above my station and if he couldn’t attack me directly, then he’d have to do the next best thing.
“I have made a horrible mistake.”
-----
Avery
There’s a bow in my hair.
It’s not the most coherent first thought, but I’ve learned to take what I can get.
It’s satin I think, shimmery and soft even through green is not a color I would choose for myself. It’s more care than I take with myself and a special kind of sophisticated braid that tells me that the Mistress of the house has been here. It’s not really anything special, she’s always like this with me. At least whenever Kallie decides to lend me out.
I can feel the tail end of the drugs working their way out of me. I feel sluggish, and there’s the same terrible taste at the back of my throat that I’ve come to associate with my evenings attending the lady.
I don’t know why she likes me drugged up to the ears. She could just order me not to speak. It’s not like she enjoys my fumbling when I do manage to cobble together two brain cells to rub together. It doesn’t make much sense in my mind, but then again, I suppose that wouldn’t make much difference.
What is unfamiliar, though, is the ache in my back. The drugs don’t usually make me sore and the Mistress is always gentle. She treats me like a pet. Like an actual little pet, the kinds that are fully animal and get the kinds of protections that I would kill for. Half of what I remember is just laying over her knees being petted. Which just makes it all the more confusing that she insists on drugs every time.
It doesn’t matter.
If I’m awake enough to be having thoughts then that means I’m very near overstaying my welcome.
It doesn’t take much to sneak out of the rooms. I can hear the water running in the bathing chambers. She’s done with me. I’m sure her attending maid is happy for the good mood I've put the Mistress in. There’s not even any instruction, when usually the whole house can hear just how inept every maid is at pouring the bath oils.
I’ve only been in her tub once. Though I don’t remember much of it, it’s not an experience that she’s ever tried to replicate.
It must not have gone as well as she planned.
I’ve wondered more than once if being her favorite is a good thing. If Kalu would have given up on me at some point if I wasn’t able to keep her happy for him. If that’s worth anything to me at this point…
The ache in my back is more pronounced as I trek back through the house. My legs ache too but I ignore it. I have a soft cushion waiting for me and Stars be damned if they think I’ll focus on anything else. The feeling is familiar, though the intensity is not. Kalu doesn’t usually drug me for party activities. No, that kind of inebriation is more my responsibility.
But… I hadn’t prepared anything because I wasn’t aware there was going to be a party, or that Kalu was going to invite his more gullible, or at the very least, malleable, friends to the house. I don’t remember such a gathering being approved. I know the kinds of favors I’m worth, the people who would be incensed by such a trade, and I can't think of anything that would be happening soon enough that Kallie would need to do something with such little warning.
There’s got to be something more…
I push open the door to Kalu’s room. It’s just one of the guest bedrooms on the first floor. Even after all these years, the old man still doesn’t like us here. Not that I’m surprised. With all the shit Aster talks about Kalu’s mom I’m surprised they haven’t killed each other already.
Still, it’s a nice enough place. There’s a window and a bed, a comfortable chair and a big cushion on the floor that I all but fall into. It’s cozy enough and I can still pretend that the warmth from the fireplace in Mistress’ room seeped far enough into me that I’m not actually cold. I tuck my hands under my head and try to find a comfortable space. I don’t know what Kallie is doing today… I didn’t know I was going to the mistress today. I’ll need all the sleep I can get if I want-
My thoughts grind to a halt as I pick up a familiar scent.
I sit up, nearly losing my balance with how quickly I swing myself around, but every corner of the room is just as empty as when I first arrived. Still, the scent plays at my nose. Cloying, present, familiar. It’s there, here in this place with me. Except it shouldn’t be, except it can’t be.
Blue.
It takes all my resolve to put my wrists to my nose again, but the scent remains. Blue, ground into my scent glands, to make sure I’d never be able to miss it. Except it makes no sense. Because that’s definitely Blue’s smell, it’s just…
It’s been weeks since the end of the semester and Kara isn’t exactly one for Kalu’s version of playdates… and it’s not as though the commoner has anything to offer that Kalu would actually want. Kallie hates the man. He’s made it plenty clear that he’s rather see him destroyed than-
Oh Stars.
No . My mind races. I pull myself from the floor and scramble for the door. Because, no. He wouldn’t be so stupid. He wouldn’t.
He wouldn’t.
I race to the auxiliary study, one of the only studies in the house that doesn't directly link to the library in any way. It’s where Aster set Kalu up, and where he spends most of his time when we’re forced to stay inside the house. It’s meant to keep them apart, to keep them from bumping into each other on accident, or perhaps just spare a maid from having to mop blood from a carpet.
It’s not like it matters now. All that matters is my fevered climb up the stairs that leaves me directly outside the door.
“What did you do!” I hiss the second I throw open the doors and confirm that Kalu is indeed present.
He’s just sitting at his desk, a pile of letters to both sides. He’s replying to his contacts, I'd bet. In any other situation I’d be happy that he’s buckling down and doing this himself, but at the moment it’s all I can do to keep myself from screaming at him.
Kalu looks over me calmly, brow quirking as he takes in my appearance. As used as he is to seeing me… unhinged, he does hate seeing me directly after the Mistress has had her turn with me. To be fair, I don’t usually like the way she leaves me either.
“You talk to your Master with that mouth?” Kalu says with an amused snort as he glances back down at the pages in his hand and I'm struck by the absolute absurdity of it.
We used to joke about this.
We used to laugh.
He doesn’t look up as I stomp over to the desk, nor does he address me as I stand before him, but there’s a glass of water on his desk… big mistake. It’s not impulse, it’s not the intrusive, instinctual thoughts that have me guiding the glass to the edge and over. This time I swing, so hard I have to suppress the smile as I hear the glass shatter against the wall, but Kallie looks up at me with a huff.
“What did you do?” I hiss again, because he’s already given his hand even if I don’t want to believe it.
“You’re going to have to be more specific, he drawls, rolling his eyes at me as he picks up the next letter and that tacky brass letter opener that Arnold gave him a year ago. It’s weighted and sharp for exactly no reason and the hilt is so obnoxiously garish that I have no idea why he’s kept it. Not that it matters now anyways.
“I smell Blue,” I tell him.
There’s no use beating around the bush. I know what I’m smelling, who I’m smelling. I won’t let him try to talk me out of it. I know that Blue was here with me. I don’t remember all of it, but I know the walls, the stones and the lights. I know he was there. And I know that he shouldn’t have been.
“Colors now,” Kalu chuckles, “I’m going to have to notify the scientific community of this new development.”
“Stop it, would you, could you just for one fucking moment stop?” I can’t stop the anger that surges in my core. “I smell him. He was here, down in the storeroom. What the fuck did you do?”
Kalu smiles like I’m being silly, like he’s going to have to take his time explaining something very basic to a child, but can’t fault them anyways because how could they ever possibly know any better. I hate it. I hate it so much, but the amusement on his lips is not fake and the warmth in his eyes is so very real that it has me faltering.
Just like it used to be, right Kallie?
“Kara sold him to me,” Kalu says simply, as though there’s simply nothing more to this story.
“Oh, you think I’m going to buy the minotaur manure that you’re hawking?” I know I shouldn't but I raise my voice. I don’t care if the maids talk. This could be so much worse.
“Well, in the end I suppose it doesn’t matter if you believe me.” He shrugs like it’s a terrible burden that’s been put on him.
But-no. It’s fucking impossible. Kara... I mean, he practically worships the ground Blue walks on, he’d never sell him. It has to be a lie. There’s no way it could be anything but.
“Where is he?” I growl through the grinding of my teeth, but Kalu only quirks a grin.
“What? Are you so desperate for another round? I’m going to start feeling all sad with my Avie being such a whore.”
It cuts deeper than it should. Harsh words mean very little to me. I’m used to hearing things, I'm used to it. I’d told him I was fine with it when it all started, but that name... He hasn’t called me by that name in so many years it almost hurts.
But two can play at that game.
“Kallie, I swear-” He doesn’t let me finish.
“I mean really, I know you’re an animal, but I was expecting a little better, Avery. I mean, I doubt your little friend is in any condition to go another round with you. I’d be surprised if he could ever be in a room with you again.”
I can feel my nails cutting into my palms with the effort to not spring across the desk. I recognize the drug now. It simulates a heat or rut pattern, coaxes hormone production into overdrive and carries just enough dissociative anesthetic to make events cloudy… to make it easy to give in to the natural urges.
“Kalu, I swear to fuck if you don’t tell me what you did-” I can’t help the way my voice wavers, but Kalu takes advantage of the weakness and cuts me off.
“Aww, it doesn’t matter now.” He smiles, like he’s taken care of the problem so there’s nothing to worry about. “You weren’t as compatible as I thought… it’s fine, you’ll never have to see each other again.”
Never…
“Kalu, where is Blue?” I ask, heart high in my throat.
I could smell him on me, the faint traces of where the scent had pressed itself onto me, but I didn't smell him anywhere else in the house. I remember the walls, the stones, the lights. It was the storage room down below. Kalu couldn’t have really thought to keep him there?
“It doesn’t matter,” Kalu parries with a wave of his hand and though I want to reach right across the desk and throttle him, I stop myself.
“You think Aster will stand for this?” I ask, even though it’s not really a question.
The man would never sign off on such a thing, even if it was only a commoner whose property was seized and damaged. There’s not a chance in this world that Kalu got permission for this endeavour, which means he’s hiding a very dangerous secret.
“He won’t have anything to say about this,” Kalu replies slowly, standing to replace one of the books that lay open on his desk. “It doesn’t concern him.”
“You really want to make that bet?” I chuckle, because even if it doesn’t concern the master of the house, that man has a habit of making everything his business. He won’t allow anything to reflect poorly on the house. And in the years we’ve lived here, I’ve come to realize that that can have a much wider meaning that anyone could anticipate.
“Let me be more clear, it doesn’t concern him anymore,” Kalu says with finality as he holds up a slip of paper.
It takes more than a second for me to recognize. Too long for Kalu to be bothered to hold it up, so he just sets it back down on the desk and picks up that obnoxious letter opener. My heart’s pounding in my throat as I reach out for the slip. It doesn’t change what I see, no matter how much I wish it would.
Alley Pet Allies. It’s a kill shelter in a bad part of town. We’ve only been there a couple of times, but I remember it. I don’t think I could ever forget. But the piece of paper…
It’s a surrender form. A surrender form for a stray, feral common cat.
Yesterday.
“What did you do?” I hate the way my voice wavers, but I can’t fight down my horror to correct myself.
“It doesn’t matter,” Kalu answers. The silence between us is only interrupted by the sound of that damned letter opener tearing through the paper.
How did this happen? I feel the tremors in my shoulders, but there’s nothing I can do to hold it back any longer. How the fuck did it go so wrong so fast? Blue… he never deserved to be in the crossfire, he never should have been involved. If I'd stayed away from him that day, told the group that I didn’t want him in our corner…
Would it have been the same?
Would he have been taken all the same, thinking himself friendless in this world?
Would he still be willing to face me?
I reach forward and snatch the paper off the desk. It crinkles in my hands but that doesn’t matter, the ink’s dry already, there’ll be no disturbing the writing there. It’s only when I turn to leave that Kalu speaks up again.
“What are you doing?” he demands as he snaps forward to catch my hand.
“I’m going to find Kara.” The words leave me in a rush, surprising me as well as him. I hadn’t had a plan. I grabbed the papers and I knew I needed to leave, but at least some part of me is still capable of making a half decent plan.
“Avery, he sold Blue to me, there’s nothing you can do,” Kalu says, losing the calm edge to his voice as he tries to wrestle the piece of paper from my grip.
“You expect me to believe anything you’re saying, you piece of shit? Or did you think I’d really believe that Kara would give up Blue for some quick coin?” I hiss, anger heavy in my heart as I try to wrestle out of the hand that’s holding me, taking him by the wrist with my other hand.
I can’t let him take the page away from me. It’s my only evidence and I need Kara to trust me if we are going to find Blue in time.
Kalu doesn’t seem dissuaded..
“Wow, it seems like you know him pretty well. Keep this going and I’m going to think I have to go have a talk with him to try and defend your honor.” I can hear the sarcasm dripping from his tone and I hate him for it. I hate him so much.
“I don’t need to fuck him behind your back to see with my eyes, now give me the paper!” I all but scream as I yank at his wrist.
“What do you care if Kara squirms without his kitty cat? Is this really something you want to catch attention for?” Kalu hisses low, and I almost laugh as the pieces fall together in my mind.
“Oh Kallie,” I fake a pout, “you worried you’re going to get in trouble?”
I taunt him like the child he is, but all it does is make that dark heated emotion that’s usually buried beneath his eyes rush to the surface.
“Between me and that commoner, who do you think they are going to believe?” he asks sharply.
Is that… really all it was? His fucking obsession with commoners?
I pull away. The page in my hand rips, but I don’t care about that anymore. It’s enough. It’s proof. Kara will believe me. Kara will want Blue back so badly he won’t have a choice.
“It doesn’t stop you from being wrong,” I answer him, not for the first time absolutely sure that I am looking into the eyes of a stranger. “It doesn’t mean you can do whatever you want.” I take a step back, I'm close to the door. If I can get out, if I can just get out. “Remember what happened last time Kallie?”
Maybe it wasn’t the best plan. Maybe there was some way I could have done it differently, been able to handle it better, quelled the dangerous emotion in his eyes instead of stoking it, but it’s too late. I can see the moment the one tenuous thread of restraint snaps as he lunges blindly at me.
I’m already scrambling back when he reaches me and our momentum combined has us rolling over each other, a mess of tangled limbs. I press my hand behind me, afraid he’ll take the one piece of evidence that I have, when the force of both our body weights combined slams me into the railing. My arm jars, contorted as it is in the awkward position I’ve forced it into behind me, but as I open my mouth to yell there’s another sensation, one that’s entirely new.
It’s cold and for one instant, really only a single moment it stays that way before the pain rises up and pulses in time with my heart. I can feel my body trembling as my breath comes in quick shallow gasps in an effort to not jarr the object causing the blinding agony.
I can hear Kalu. He’s saying something, shouting at me, still riding the emotional momentum from our fight, but I can’t hear any of it. I can only hear the thudding of my own heart in my ears, so loud and deafening that I almost miss when Kalu notices my silence and looks down himself.
He backs away almost immediately and unfortunately for me, the pressure of his body was the only reason that I had remained upright at all. Still, my hands flail outward as I feel myself beginning to drop. I clutch at the banister for all I’m worth but my hands aren’t working, I can’t make my body listen to me anymore. The flailing forces me to the side, just off balance enough that I lose the protective guard rail. And I have just enough momentum to send me tumbling down the stairs.
I’m blind and deaf to the world, the ringing lights in my eyes so much more powerful than any drug as I tumble, head over heels, with no hope of landing gracefully on my feet. It only stops at the landing. At the floor beneath the stairs where somehow I have the luck to land on my back instead of forcing the letter opener any further into my stomach.
The pain is unbearable. It’s hot, but perhaps that is just the blood that’s welled up from the wound, doing its damndest, it appears, to cover my entire body. It burns. It burns so badly and it’s left every other part of me so blindingly hypersensitive that I can feel every bump and bruise from the fall.
I whimper as I look up at the ceiling, the fine crown mouldings and brilliant colors of the walls serving as no form of distraction before I fight myself into leaning up and getting my feet underneath me
I can see Kalu. He’s still standing there at the top of the stairs. Still frozen in the position that our fight had left him in as he backed away. I can see his hand still gripping for something that’s no longer there, with just the slightest trace of my blood at his fingertips. I can see the way he’s trembling. Nothing about the way he presents himself, the way he still dresses himself up like a noble, like Aster will finally find him pleasing, hides the shaking. But more than anything I can see his eyes.
He looks scared.
He looks scared, but there’s blood on his hands and as he realizes that there’s a resignation that comes over him. A dead, empty look that Aster would be proud of as he takes the first step down the stairs.
My body moves before my mind catches up to me and though it burns, though my wounds scream in protest, I throw myself at the door. We’re at the back of the estate. This door only leads to the gardens, but outside is away and that’s the best I’m going to get at the moment.
Because Kallie is going to kill me.
We joked about it before, back when it was something that we could joke about, but it was never like this. But this is how it’s going to happen if I can’t get away. He can’t trust me. He can’t take me to his uncle and take me to a hospital. Aster would ask questions, questions that Kalu couldn’t answer. And I wouldn’t be silent. I’d tell him everything. I’d tell that bastard everything that Kalu had done and all it might earn him is a beating. They’d kill me off quietly, drag me back in the house and find a way to sneak my body out with the trash. Aster would never take the risk to let something so shameful trace back to him. Blue would stay in that kennel until his time was up and that would be the end.
The gardens stretch out before me, somehow bigger, more daunting now that I know it’s a fight for my life. The shadows cut mesmerizing patterns into the grasses and the dying light of the suns reflect a ghoulish glow onto the placid little pond that sits at the center of the manicured space. It looks like amber. A perfect plane of unbroken surface with just the fading bits of the deeper red glow. Everything is perfectly set, exactly as the Mistress oversees it, exactly as Aster approves.
It’s beautiful and perfect.
But it is not a place I’d like to die.
It’s impossible to run, so I hobble, doing my best to hold my breath and keep the knife from causing any more damage. The topiary and flower beds are useless to me, so instead I hug the outer wall of the house, hoping that I’m quiet enough to turn the corner without drawing every eye in my direction. There are large sculpted bushes at the sides and front of the house. A perfect place for hiding, at least, for children.
It’s the only thing that comes to mind and frankly the only plan I seem to be capable of concocting, so the moment I see the familiar shapes I dive for the bushes. It’s harder than I ever thought it would be to push myself under the bulk of the leaves and pull my legs in close so that I might go unnoticed. I don’t know how much longer I can keep this up but I can already feel the shakiness of the adrenaline leaving me.
I need to take it out, that’s the only way I’ll be able to run. But there’s another part of me that’s horrified at the prospect. It’s impossible to even touch the thing, even the gentlest movement causes radial pain that brings new meaning to excruciating. Plus I swear that I read somewhere that you aren’t supposed to take a weapon embedded in an injury out. Something about it acting like a plug. Fat load of actual good it’s doing. It’s letting plenty of blood through.
Fuck, I need to get out of here. I pinch at my side, the sluggish thought coming into clarity. I can’t afford to pass out.
There’s a shuffling in the leaves and my heart nearly stops as I hold myself absolutely still. My spine tenses like a bowstring as I force my eyes open to take in absolutely everything. There’s no one there. No guards, no Kalu, there’s no one on this path yet, and though I count my blessings I know it can’t last.
There’s a dull thudding in my mind and I wonder if this is what it’s like to die from blood loss when I smell… something odd. Something I’ve never smelled before. It’s overwhelming, almost as though someone were holding the scent directly under my nose for me to breathe in, the smell of forest and mint. It’s calming, soothing and before I know what’s happened I’ve lost the feeling in my extremities. My legs won’t listen to me anymore and the heavy, lead feeling spreads, though surprisingly panic doesn’t.
This feels right.
Safe, at the very least.
“It’s ok, Princess,” the voice calls, sharp and raspy as I feel my resistance draining away, “I’ll handle the driver’s seat for a minute.”
-----
Kara
I promised Fli that I wouldn’t make any rash decisions. We talked it out, had a very thorough conversation on our own suspicious minds and decided that the whole House Senras thing was worth another pass and definitely worth bringing up to Professor Rotan. Something she would bring up because I still needed rest after that whole ordeal and should definitely not do anything that might stress my capabilities. So I promised her that I would let her speak to them on my behalf, and that I would keep myself from running down to the Senras estate and pulling the same maneuver that brought me to her dorm apartment in the middle of the night.
In other words, I lied.
I try not to feel too bad about that.
I was never in the running to be a saint anyways.
The Senras Estate is at the edge of the Rutilar district, just inside the outermost wards of the city. It’s further than I would have liked. Annoyingly far, in fact. It’s past the final sun’s setting by the time I actually manage to get to the property. Like the estates of most nobles residing within the capital city, space is limited, but it still manages to look like a sprawling little world of its own.
I wonder if it’s because I’m angry that I don’t find it the least bit impressive.
Though it may just be the absolutely pathetic security.
For all that the Senras employ their own guard within their complex, it is disturbingly easy to find points in the gate where there’s no line of sight for any of the people on duty. The filigree pressed and moulded into the gate makes for wonderful handholds and there’s no one checking the perimeter. It’s disturbingly easy to climb my way up the gate and find one of the natural alcoves of the house to tuck myself into.
It's so easy that I don’t trust it. I waste time checking around corners that I’ve already clocked, searching for the hidden post that I’ve missed or the servant’s passageway that would justify such lax measures, but I find nothing. Nothing but the silence of the outer courtyard.
I shouldn’t be unhappy with such a miracle, but I can’t deny it sets me on edge. Perhaps it’s simply because it is the estate in the city that they are so relaxed. There are few who don’t know the Senras name, or at the very least, the weight that rests behind it.
I back myself into the niche in the wall and drop to my knees.
There really is no divination magic that could find a person. It’s not something that’s allowed by the way the school of magic functions. But I’ve been working at it. Chipping away at the base of the rules, the exacting runecraft that allows for more malleability to be set into the spellwork. I can’t go against the rules. I can’t force it to do something it was never designed for, but I can identify the pieces.
I doubt divination magic is ever used with such a thorough understanding of the subject. Usually it is just a name or some kind of artifact that can be tied to them, but I know Blue. I know everything from his blood type down to the placements of his scars and if I can track down even the slightest shred of evidence that Blue was near this place…
It’s not an easy spell. But it’s not pure divination, at the very least. I don’t need to draw on the ground and I don’t need to burn buckets of incense. Divination is only the framework for this spell. I’ve had to cobble together so many pieces from so many different schools I have to wonder if this would ever work for any other circumstances. I have a radius to work with. A pitiful radius, but it should be able to manage through solid walls and floors so long as there’s no magical means of occlusion.
Aster was never fond of those.
Still I can’t help the way my heart picks up as the spell is cast. The arcane energy rolls out in a wave, spreading a fine mist that only I can see. It’s dizzying, disorienting, as the spell spreads to the edges of its radius. My head reels both from the energy that it costs and the way everything becomes just a little transparent.
Walls and floors come back with varying degrees of translucency for every angle that I turn my head and I have to set my hands on the stone to keep myself from bumping right into it. But it turns out I don’t need to strain my eyes. The spell tells me, creates a little blip at the edges of my consciousness.
It’s not Blue, but it is his blood.
I can’t see anything else. It’s at the very edge of the extrasensory perception. If I want a better look, I’m going to have to go inside that house.
I find the nearest guard that I can.
“Hello there.” I smile, but it feels like the sides of my face are cracking with the effort as I do my very best to keep myself from just blowing a hole in the wall. “Sir Aster Senras would very much like to see me now.”
The guard damn near jumps out of his skin as I speak, and though I was being cautious I have to wonder how much of a blow off position this has become to have such inexperienced people at the gate.
“I’m sorry sir, do you have an appointment?” he asks uncertainly.
There’s a tension in the air, though it is fairly obvious that he has no idea what to do with it. I almost feel bad for him, but it does bring the amusing thought of alighting the same flash of panic on Aster’s face. Probably not, he’s too well practiced as a noble . There is very little in this world that will shake that almighty veneer. But the thought is entertaining.
That and the thought of burning this whole place to the ground.
That makes my smile almost natural.
“No,” I respond immediately with a chipper tone that has him stumbling.
“Oh, I… I-um, I’ll announce you ser…” He stumbles, leaving the question open in the air.
“Kara,” I answer as I walk up the main path to the front doors of the estate. The fool doesn’t even have the good sense to stop me. “I’m one of his… I’m a friend of his ward and have some information that he would be very interested in.”
One of the maids sees me into the house, though walking through a structure while this magic is up was most definitely not one of my best plans. It shouldn’t last longer than ten minutes, but it’s still horribly disorienting. Especially with the arcane little bursts at the edges of my vision telling me exactly what I am seeing.
There’s blood here, but there’s no Blue.
Not here, not now.
At least, not anymore.
But Fli was right and I had been stupid. It’s honestly hard to keep putting one foot in front of the other and not fly into some kind of rage. Blut Blue’s not here and I need answers. So I hold my tongue. I smile at the maid and do my best not to bump into anything as the last of the spell wears off before I am ushered to Aster’s study.
It’s big, imposing, just like it should be. The curtains are drawn and the thick fabric gives a frankly unnecessary air of suffocation. Aster sits at his grand desk, shuffling two papers within his hands in a poor effort to act like he’s working hard and that I have disturbed him. I thought I would be uneasy in the home of a vassal. I thought I would have given anything to ensure that I didn’t interact with them personally ever again. Instead, I find myself oddly expectant.
“Ah, ser Kara,” he starts, glancing up at me from his pages, “you wanted to speak with me?”
I don’t understand what he’s doing. The guard just told him my name. We've never met before. I can’t imagine why he’d want to appear like he actually knows the people who claim to know his ward. Still, the tone is light. Respectful but dismissive.
“I can assure you that it is not usually my method to come into someone’s presence with such little warning, but this is something that could not wait.” I hate how naturally the language comes back to me, but I know what needs to be done. Aster loves formality.
“And what is this issue that needs tending, even in the middle of the night?”
It’s not the middle of the night. It’s barely an hour after sundown, but I am glad to see the fragile politeness slipping. That might be all it takes to scare most people off. Stars forbid they ever earn a reproachful word from Lord Senras.
How unfortunate that he has to deal with a commoner.
“It has come to my attention that your ward is the primary suspect in my familiar’s disappearance.” I skip straight to the meat of the matter.
Aster’s upset already, so there’s no need to beat around the bush. And Blue isn’t here, so that means I have no reason to be either. Still, it is rather fun to see the grave expression settle over his features. The pronounced frown lines deepening as his expression darkens.
“These are very strong words, ser Kara.”
“And yet I say them with no reservations, Sir Senras.” I smile as he twitches. I know I’m using the wrong title. I know it eats him up inside, but it is oh, so satisfying to watch him squirm. “I would not bring this before you so boldly without reason, sir.”
“So you say,” he huffs, giving no ground as he stares back at me.
His blood is in your basement and you still deny it.
It can't be a point of pride. Even if Kalu wasn’t thinking rationally, it’s not like Aster has ever had any trouble in that department. Aster does things with purpose and no matter how I look at it, Blue and I should not be pieces that are valuable enough to be on his board. Even if he were covering for Kalu, which I strongly doubt, he wouldn’t go this far. He’s always liked to keep his name perfectly unattached to everything but the most decisive of victories. So much so that he has even stricken his name from the development of advantageous compromises and concessions.
He wouldn’t risk this.
He’d be more likely to exchange my familiar for my silence.
“I assure you sir, if there is truth to this it will come to light in a most foul manner. It might be in your best interest to settle this quietly before anything… uncouth can happen.”
“Are you threatening me? In my own home!” he bellows
And… yes. I am. It would be charitable to call it a loosely veiled threat, but we are being polite here.
“Oh no sir, I am simply stating facts.”
“Well, let me state to you some simple facts.” I can hear the ugly sneer in his voice. “Neither I nor my ward have anything to do with your little ‘familiar’ nor would we ever stoop to such a level. Kalu is a good and clever boy. He does his work, fulfils his responsibilities, and I assure you Ser Kara, he is capable of taking out the trash.”
I can feel my heart stutter, the wild thrumming in my ears as I fight for composure. Because I might get something out of throttling this man, but Blue wouldn’t. It wouldn’t help anything if they found him dead in the morning. And he has certainly already proved that he has nothing useful to say.
“Well then, I should hope that I never have to see you again.” For once, my words to him are fully genuine.
“Pray that you do not,” he grumbles, making a dismissive gesture with a flick of his wrist.
I don’t want to be in his presence a moment longer than I have to.
I bow halfheartedly, more out of habit than anything else, and turn back into the hallway. I don’t need the maid to escort me, but she follows regardless. I don’t look back. Blue’s not there. Or at least, not anymore.
My mind is spinning and the journey home does me very little good. It’s not until I’m sitting in my kitchen, trembling, that I recognise the effects of my exorbitant mana usage. While it didn’t consume all of my mana, that spell took a lot out of me. Or rather, I abused my reserves, forcing the magic to bend unnaturally to my whim. Though I can’t say that it wasn’t worth it.
I try to breathe through the worst of the tremors. The ache is setting in and I know from experience that it’s going to get worse before it gets better. There is very little testing for the efficacy of my new spell, but I am nearly certain that that was Blue’s blood. He was at the Senras estate and he was hurt. But now he’s gone and while I’m not quite back to square one I still don’t know where he’s gone.
I know who moved him, but that doesn’t tell me where he went.
I’m jarred out of my thoughts by the frantic knocking at the backdoor. For a moment everything inside me freezes up, but no. Aster couldn’t have arranged something in so little time. Plus, assassins rarely knock. My mind jumps back to the one other person who actually knocks like that.
Thana!
Better late than fucking never.
“You better be dying.” I can’t help the hysterical pitch of my voice as I swing open the door.
In my mind it was a clever joke. Really the only explanation as to why he’d been impossible to find through the past days and yet still readily show up at my door. I think he might have even appreciated it too. Except it’s not Thana at my door. It’s Avery.
Avery with blood all down her front, pale as a ghost, her eyes alight with an unnatural fervor.
She speaks with a voice that is not her own and it’s only then that I recognize the green ring around her iris.
“Oh, come on now, Starlight. I’m dying to see you if that counts…”
Notes:
-if you need someone to talk to about this, try the fan server: Here
-if you need someone to talk to about this, try the fan server: Here
-if you want to see the tumblr, you can find it: Here
-if you want to take a listen to the incredible audiobook version (which is not something I ever thought I would have the ability to say) that Sekiraku, our incredible Beta reader who is amazing and talented and quite literally a god, has made then you can find the link to chapter 1: Here
- go give it a listen!
Stay safe out there.
Chapter 83: Alley Pet Allies
Summary:
Avery gets that message to Kara and Blue is found. All is not as it seems and there is a great deal more ahead for our friends.
Notes:
Oh, my god, what is this??? an update on time?????
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
Avery’s bleeding out.
My mind goes into overdrive as I take in the dark stain down the front of her clothes. The freshly gleaming, slick spot at her side that tells me exactly where the injury is. It tells me she’s still hemorrhaging blood. I want to help. I want to ask her how the hell this happened, how she made it to my house when I know for a fact she has never been here before.
But it’s not Avery that’s standing in front of me.
The fever-bright eyes and distorted smile tell me that much. It’s something else puppeting her. If not for the rapid rise and fall of her chest that tells me her body is still breathing I doubt I would believe she’s still alive in there. In possession, the entities taking over very rarely take the physical needs of their host into account.
Very rarely do they even know they need to be careful.
But Avery is at least breathing, even though it looks forced. She’s got to be in pain, and though the thing piloting doesn’t have to share the sensation it still leans heavily on the doorframe, pressing the already soaked through cloth against the wound like it knows it is in danger. Like it knows it needs to keep her breathing.
I take a breath as I force myself not to back away.
“What are you doing in there?” I hear myself ask quietly, gently.
I don’t know what’s in there. And there are precious few things that would come looking for me. Even fewer that would know to track down a face that I met, if that is indeed what happened and it wasn’t just a sin of convenience.
Avery’s body tenses as it pushes away from the wall. It should be accompanied by a sound of pain, but it’s not. Avery’s ears and tail twitch just out of time with each other. Annoyance, my mind flashes, something the host had to translate into an unfamiliar body.
“You really want to waste time, Strangeling?” the voice comes with a familiar hiss.
Kyuin.
The imp from the woods, from the test in the forest, my mind corrects as I look at this situation with new eyes. Because this is absolutely fucked no matter how I look at it. There’s no way in any version of hell that these two should have met up. Kalu wasn’t even at the extra curricular gathering, let alone Avery.
“How-” I try to put some semblance of coherency to my thoughts, but the imp in Avery’s body cuts me off.
“I’d be less concerned with how and more concerned with ‘sew’ at the moment.” Kyuin grimaces as Avery’s body stumbles in.
Kyuin fumbles with the crumpled up piece of cloth that’s pressed against the freshest signs of blood. Kyuin’s surprise rings through, even on Avery’s face, as though the imp wasn’t expecting to see so much blood.
“What did you do to her?” I growl, lowly as I try to rein in my anger.
It doesn’t make any sense for him to have hurt her. Hell, he really shouldn’t be able to. Imps hurting people by accident is one thing, but their malicious behavior almost never manifests as violence. And a bound creature is more often than not forced into a state of contractual non-aggression. But this… it would be hard to see this as an accident.
It could have been to make possession easier. The weaker the target the more susceptible, but I can’t fathom why he’d want a body this wrecked. Not to mention that he shouldn’t be able to possess anything since he was already magically bound to the amulet. He shouldn’t be able to use himself as a conduit or jump into any creature without some kind of arcane assistance.
“You know, you say shit like that, it hurts my feelings.” Kyuin huffs and I might feel bad if he weren’t saying it with Avery’s mouth.
Neither do I miss the specific phrasing of his words. Ever a bound creature... he can get creative with his truths, but he can’t lie.
“You don’t deny it.” I hedge.
I need answers from the thing that’s walked Avery’s body into my house. If this is a dangerous situation, I need to know how to call it. He hasn’t made any moves yet, but it will be hard enough to end this confrontation with Avery intact.
I ready myself for any actions. Deceit, attack, or otherwise, but Kyuin just sighs and shrugs Avery’s shoulders.
“Well, I pulled the knife out once I was in the driver’s seat. So I can’t say I did nothing.” He admits with a quirked smile.
“You shouldn’t have, it would have been better to-” I start, but Kyuin cuts me off again.
“Look, when I leave it, you yell at me, when I pull it out, you yell at me. But I usually have better odds of making it here when it’s out.” he huffs with a long suffering tone that has nothing to do with the state of the body he’s inhabiting.
“Making it here?” I can't help the way I echo his words.
“It’s a long fucking trek from good ol’ Senras.” Kyuin explains and I can just feel him rolling his eyes at me under the Avery suit.
“You were-” I feel my voice catch in my throat, “I was just there, why the hell didn’t you wait, we could have avoided some of this traumatic injury.”
“Sorry Sunny, but there are only two places on the grounds where someone wouldn’t have finished the job. And you would never have found us there. These were the best odds-” the whole of him falters, Avery’s eyes going wide as he stumbles for a moment.
“Get out of her.”
It’s not a command. It’s not a request either, but I don’t mean the harsh tone that comes with it. I’m on edge. What if he fights it? What if he doesn’t want to let go? I’m not ready for a fight and there’s so very little I could do that wouldn’t be endangering Avery that I don’t think I could-
“With pleasure.” It’s Kyuin, but the words are distorted and the pained look in Avery’s eyes doesn’t go away until she drops.
I move, just barely quick enough with my reflexes to catch her as her eyes fall shut and her body goes limp. She’s not conscious, though I’m not surprised. The heavy labored breathing had apparently been an effort on Kyuin’s behalf to keep everything functioning as her breathing goes stilted and shallow as I lay her down gently on the table. There’s no pressure being kept on the wound, but Avery’s hand is still grasping at the bundled cloth even though there’s no strength in her left to keep it pressed against her body.
She’s bleeding very badly, the dark stains snaking their way down her clothing prove that, just as well as the dark, fresh blood welling up from under her shirt. I don’t know what happened, but it seems acute enough. A sharp stab, single entry.
How long has it been like this? The trail down her clothes gives me some hint, volume over time, the amount that’s dried, versus what is still pouring out and clotting in the fabric, but I can’t help the way my eyes track back up to her face.
She’s so pale.
“What’s the prognosis doc?” I hear Kyuin in my ear and I reflexively bat him out of the way like any other flying bug pestering me.
“Shut up.” I snap, trying to focus.
I pull up her shirt to get a better look at the area to assess the damage. I wish I wasn’t deadened to the sight. I wish I could still be horrified instead of diving straight into analysis. It’s probably better for Avery, but it reminds me what I am, no matter how hard I try to run away from it.
Force. It’s the first thought that comes into my mind, because while the wound was made by something long and thin it sure as hell was never meant to be used as an actual blade. It’s small too, considering the amount of damage it did. It’s more than a weapon that fell into disrepair. Entry wasn’t clean and given the amount of damage at the entry site it was probably something dull.
Dull always did manage to hurt more.
It’s deep. It’s deep and even with the tools around me, even with Rosa’s not-quite-surprisingly deep medicine box, I know that it’s bad. I’d need an antibiotic drip, or at the very least the equipment necessary to start an abdominal drain. Even if I stabilize her, and that is an enormous ‘if’ at this point, I don’t know if she could hold on that long. Even if I patch up every bit of the physical damage, and that means trying to check for organ perforation and find some way to stop this internal bleed before it does any more damage...
There’s no way. If her organs have been injured, which is looking more and more likely by the second, then there’s no time. She’s bled so much she’s freezing. Her blood pressure’s going to be volatile at best and there’s no chance in predicting how she’s going to react to what I would have to do. Avery could go into cardiac arrest at any moment and any unnecessary jostling could sever the already weak ties that are tying her to this body.
“What are you staring at? Get to work!” I hear Kyuin screeching from behind me, but that along with everything else is muted in my head.
My hands are covered in blood.
I want to scream. Stars, I want so badly for my body to be shaking. I want to feel the need to throw up, but it’s been so long I wonder if it was ever a natural impulse. I wish I could think of it less analytically, but I know what she needs and it doesn’t matter that it’s a friend on that table. It’s just a body.
Just someone I can’t save.
“I can’t.” I say the words like an apology, so softly I worry that no one will hear.
“What?” Kyuin’s voice startles me out of my own self reflection.
“I can’t fix this. This is-” beyond what I can deal with, something that you never should have brought to my door, absolutely insane . But none of those properly convey anything of use for Avery.
“She needs a hospital,” I say instead, because it’s the truth and I just can’t understand why the Imp would choose to bring her here. “She needs doctors, professionals she needs a miri-”
She needed me.
The revelation takes longer than it probably should have. Kyuin is a seer. He’d told us as much when we walked through the woods together. That was why he’d been bound. That’s what he’d brought her to me.
Just the wrong me... the me that was better.
A seer doesn’t actually see the future. That opens a whole mess of doors into predestination that have long since been debunked. Some events change, but the people… Stars. The people are all full of such absolute potential, such fucking chaos that it’s impossible to truely know anything until a situation has passed. The thousands of millions of compounding events that lead up to a single moment… It’s impossible to predict. Some go insane running through the possibilities, or they never really find their way out of their simulations. It’s a difficult life, and most of the reason that no one would ever really wish to be a seer.
Still, it doesn’t take a genius to see what Kyuin had come in here expecting. He wasn’t looking for me, or rather he was, just not…
The me that wasn’t a fucking idiot , my mind screams. Or at the very least one who had gotten lucky. One who had picked the right transfer, or maybe the one who had just a little bit more power to choose.
One that Dad had valued a little more.
“That’s going to be a problem, Strangeling.” Kyuin sighs, jarring me out of my thoughts.
I hadn’t forgotten that he was there, but I was… distracted. I’m surprised I could be so off guard with an imp in the house.
“What’s going to-” I turn to address him, but the words die in my throat.
The imp is wavering.
It’s obvious to anyone that is capable of telling. He’s hurt, but more than the damage sustained to his physical shell. He’s already starting to fade. Whatever spell held him to his binding wasn’t undone, but there has to be something wrong with it. I’ve never seen a case this pronounced.
“You’re…” I stop myself, trying very hard to pick the right words, but my brain is absolutely failing me. “Injured” I settle on the word with a wince. It’s not quite right either, but at least it’s not insulting.
Kyuin doesn’t seem to really care at the moment.
“Not injured, just-” he winces dropping three or so inches until he sits himself on my counter with a weight that should be impossible for a creature that weighs a few ounces at most. “I lost my tether see,” he continues, looking like he’s going to be sick, “such a shame, that…”
He says it all casually, but I can see the unconscious emotion behind his eyes. It’s honestly more concerning than the rest of it. Very few Imps are capable of even registering emotional cues. Mimicking them is a whole other story.
Still, if his binding object was broken, then that means his soul should have fragmented with it. With no formal severing, he shouldn’t have been stable enough to make it this far. And even if the item had been broken the magic still wouldn’t have allowed him to move beyond the radius of the pieces.
I know it’s the least important thing in all of this but I still can’t stop myself from asking.
“How did you-” I start, but Kyuin cuts me off.
“She carried me.” he says, looking over my shoulder like he has to be any more explicit about who exactly the ‘she in this scenario is. “I made sure there was something I could hold onto, something that would keep me focused.”
He smiles at that, like he expects praise for being so clever as he taps along his own leg.
I turn back to Avery and indeed there is a tiny bit of dried blood on her leg, invisible in the chaos of everything else. Entirely non-life threatening, but there it is…
A shard of dark emerald.
“How did you-” Kyuin cuts me off again.
I don’t know why I should expect being allowed to finish any question in the presence of a seer.
“Oh, officially, it was an accident.” he smiles wide, showing off the double set of those sharp, pointed canines. “Truthfully, I had to piss someone off. You know how it is, right, Starlight? Gotta do what you gotta do, to be in the right place at the right time.”
I want to know what he means. I want to ask, but the question dies on my lips as he seizes in front of me. His whole body jerking before abruptly going limp. He only just comes back to his senses in time to catch himself from falling off the edge he’s sat himself on.
Though he can’t suppress the painful shudder that comes with it.
“You’re unraveling.” I don’t think I mean to say it, but the words come out of my mouth before I can stop them.
“Yeah? Tell me something I don’t know, genius!” Kyuin roars, a surprising amount of sound coming from such a small creature, but his little lashing out seems to cost him just about everything he has left.
Kyuin falls back, huffing and wheezing like he’s dying. Well, I suppose he is, not in the most traditional way, though this might actually be worse. Death on the primaterial plane for a non-native entity would actually be preferred. He might have the chance to go home, but like this…
There’s nothing I can say, so I stay silent. Kyuin’s breathing like it matters to him, forcing himself in a way that’s unnatural. I want to do something. Stars, I want to be able to do something but-
“No, no, you’re right, pain makes people lash out, but fading out of existence is making me a little fucking hysterical, ok?” his voice pitches upwards at the end, before dissolving into a giggle. I don’t know if it actually is something like pain or if he’s just delirious. Though there is one more possibility that crosses my mind.
“Did you,” I stop myself trying to find some more tactful way of saying this, but there really is none. “Did you take a fucking hit while you were in there?”
While not exactly common the old mythos of Imps tricking people to trade away their emotions aren’t entirely unfounded. They aren’t the only species of magical beast that doesn’t come pre-equipped with emotions. They find them fascinating, but eventually poisonous. Not unlike drugs.
Though most faery kin can’t take anything without explicit consent it apparently wasn’t that hard to find someone who was willing to trade their emotions away. Probably still wouldn’t be if they asked the right people. Though it’s not permanent it is rather disorienting for the few hours it takes to regain them.
“Don’t blame me,” he chuckles, gasping for breath that he does not need “it was important.”
And while I don’t see that being strictly true there’s nothing I can say against it. He was already possessing Avery. It couldn’t have done any more damage. I have to wonder if removing those emotions affected her body’s stress response, if it could lessen or at the very least help ameliorate the onset of shock.
“How could you say that to-” but whatever I’m saying apparently isn’t important enough to be finished as all the laughing stops at once and Kyuin rights himself.
“This is the last stop on this trail Strangeling, and you’re holding the last roll of the dice.”
There’s a dead certainty in his words, but I don’t want to believe him. If he’s right, if I am his last hope, then that means all his powers have failed him.
“I can’t, you’d never survive adherence. It’s-” Impossible , I know it’s right, but I can’t bring myself to say it. There’s no time to find another object or set up the rituals needed. And even if it was just sending him home, somewhere where he could draw on the ambient magic and maybe, hopefully hide for long enough to stitch himself back together… he’d never survive the planer shift. Even if I could, he’s still an object bound imp. Even though his object is gone, the underlying structure that’s been carved into his very life essence hasn’t been undone. He would be utterly destroyed.
Another pulse shoots through him, but this time Kyuin has the good sense to lean backwards instead of having to try and catch himself before he falls over the edge.
“You need to fix her.” He says through gritted teeth as the last of the shaking stops.
“I can’t.” That's all I planned to say, but looking at Kyuin the dam breaks and I can’t stop myself. “I don’t know what you saw, but that wasn’t me, that wasn’t the right me. I’m worthless for this. I can’t make a miracle any more than I can stitch you back together. Her organs are perforated, she’s lost too much blood, she’s going to go into cardiac arrest any fucking minute, and Stars only know what kind of infection you managed to pick up on the way here-”
I slap my hand over my mouth because it's the only thing that makes sure that I stop and I know I’ve already said too much. Kyuin tried. He tried. He probably went through this so many times with his powers that he can’t even tell one way or the other if this is even real, but it wasn’t in his hands.
Life is so terribly fragile, and trying to keep a soul bound to its vessel is even more so. Without being able to pluck those strings, no manually reinforce and directly influence those ties… She’d need the power of another soul fueling her until she could hope to find a natural stability. She’d need someone with that fine a point on that kind of manipulation.
“I got a soul noone’s using at the moment.” Kyuin’s voice startles me out of my thoughts and for a moment I worry that I’ve spoken my words out loud, but my hand still covers my mouth.
“What?” I croak, my throat feels dry and dead, but there’s no chance that I misheard him.
“I have got a soul that no one is using at the moment.” Kyuin repeats, louder this time, enunciating each word clearly.
And just like that what he’s suggesting clicks into place.
“No, you’d you wouldn’t.” I hear myself say the words, but even I don’t believe myself.
He came in here with a mission. I have no idea how strong his drive is to see this to the end, or at the very least… whatever end he wants to see.
“It’s not like it’d be the same as unraveling.” he says it casually, but some part of me wonders if he’s trying to convince me or himself. “You gotta tie all my strings up in knots to keep her together, right?”
“You knew.” It’s probably not the most tactful thing in the world, but it’s all that comes out of my mouth.
“It was a possibility.” he corrects, “it was always a possibility, I had just hoped…”
Hoped it wouldn’t come to this.
Is that what he meant then? By taking her emotions. The ritual to attune two creatures is not easy or painless. Neither one of them would have been able to survive it, but he’s already riding high, incorporated with some of Avery’s essence. It’s just about as good as it’s going to get.
“There’s-” I stop myself trying to find the right words, trying to fight the giddy rush that surges to my head and nearly sends me stumbling. “It might not work.”
“Aww, come on, you know you healers aren’t supposed to say that shit.” Kyuin huffs, but I can tell it’s a front, either that or Avery’s emotions have really taken their toll.
“I’m serious.” I say trying to ignore the flurry of possibilities that are running through my head. “It might not work at all, this would be-” so stupid, untested, incredibly dangerous-
“Our only chance.” Kyuin finishes.
He’s right. This is very likely the only way that we are going to be able to make this work. Though it does beg the question ‘why’. I don’t understand why he’d be bothered with this, why under any circumstance an imp would ever insert himself into a situation like this, because no matter how it seems I know he is not doing this out of the goodness of his heart.
“Even if it’s her only chance, why would you pull yourself into this orbit. This could end a hell of a lot worse than just ceasing to be, you know that right?” I ask because he has to know. He has to.
“I know that.” Kyuin confirms, looking down at where his hands rest on his knees like he’s being scolded.
“And if it is successful then you’re going to be stuck there, a piece woven into her. You won’t be you, you’ll just be feeding her soul.” I explain like it matters, like he needs to understand before we can go any further than this, but he just smiles at me. I wonder how many times he’s listened to me give the same speech.
“It’s a two way street. She’ll let me cultivate a stability if she makes it. I’ll be stuck as a piece of her, but I can handle a few decades. She dies naturally and I get the pieces I’ve stabilized.” He pauses and maybe he admits it because he thinks I’m hesitating, or maybe it’s just for the sake of telling someone, anyone who might understand exactly how deeply the desire burns within him.
“I’ll get to go home.”
It’s all I can do to nod as I start a mental tally of all that I’m going to need to fix the physical damage after we get the stabilization in place.
“You’re sure about this?” I ask, once more. He’s probably heard it so many times that he’s sick of it, but I need to know that I’m giving him this out.
“I already promised her that you’d save her, so we are both fucked if you screw this up.”
A promise. That’s not something to be taken lightly by any faery race, though I’m not sure if I should be flattered or insulted.
“I’m not a healer.” I remind him.
There would be little to no guarantee of success even if I was, but as it stands…
“No,” Kyuin admits, shrugging his shoulders, “but you’re a fighter… that’s what I’m depending on.”
It’s unfair.
I can’t help the thought as Avery’s heart stops on my kitchen table.
It was so fucking unfair for him to think it could turn out any different.
There’s more to do when it’s over than there ever should be. Once all the crying and dry heaving has passed and I’m left with the slowly numbing agony of mana over-exertion, and there’s still more to do. I’m going to have to throw out the tablecloth. I know that it’s the stupidest take away from all this, but it’s where my mind keeps bringing me.
The red stains aren’t going to come out.
I’ve sterilized just about everything else.
It’s only now that everything’s done that I allow myself to slide down against the wall to sit on the floor. There’s a crinkling in my pocket, but I know what it is. Avery’d had something in her hand. A little piece of paper balled up in her fist. I hadn’t had time to check it, but now…
I fish out the scrap out of my pocket, unfolding and smoothing it against my knee.
My heart catches in my throat as I read it.
It’s just a scrap, but from what fragments that remain I know what it is.
‘Shelter’, in big bold letters at the top. The words common cat and yesterday's date printed below along with a whole lot of words that make little sense without the rest of the page.
I read it again, and again and again until the words start to blur on the page and I’m weeping again in the middle of my kitchen. I don’t have the full name of the shelter, but there’s a symbol at the edge of the page that seems unique enough. If that’s the shelter’s logo then it isn’t impossible to track it down, all I have to do is…
I have to match this to a shelter…
I don’t know anything about the shelters in this area. Hell, I know next to nothing about shelters in general. I don’t think I even know anyone who has any knowledge about them anyways. Though I suppose I do have my teachers. They’ve been working with their friends to check every shelter in the city for Blue, but if he just came in yesterday then it makes sense that they wouldn’t have found him.
Would I be able to find them?
If I trek all the way to school would they be there? It’s past the middle of the night. I can’t imagine they would still be at school, but I don’t know where they live. I wouldn’t be able to reach them with this information. If only there was someone that i knew who at least had some experience with…
Oh Stars, Carmine.
It’s been so long since I’ve thought about my new neighbor, but he’d said he was an inspector or something. He worked really closely with shelters in the past if I’m remembering correctly. He should be able to figure out what shelter this icon comes from.
I don’t think about how late it is, I barely remember to change into a different set of clothing so I don’t show up on his door looking like an axe murderer. I can’t imagine the paralyzing indecision that would possess me in any other situation, but I have absolutely no reservations about pounding on his door at this Stars forsaken time of night.
It’s important.
And I am sure as hell not waiting to check this lead.
“Carmine!” I all but shout the moment he opens the door.
It must be quite jarring, considering how he flinches back. I’m almost sorry.
“It’s late.” He says slowly, like he’s not sure if it’s a fact I’m aware of yet.
I smile, a little too strained as I try to sooth over what must be some pretty ruffled feathers. I really wish I had time to play nice, but if he can help me get Blue back then I’ll give him whatever he fucking wants. I bake him all the welcome-to-the-neighborhood classics, I’ll set up those fucking playdates with his pet, hell I’ll even field Felicity when she inevitably tries to push her daughter on him at the neighborhood cookouts later in the year.
“It’s important.” I assure him and he must see the intensity in my eyes because the bothered, put upon glare fades into curiosity.
“Can you identify this?” I ask, holding out the scrap of paper with both hands.
He takes it from me and I have to fight the flood of adrenaline in my body that tells me I needed the answer yesterday.
Carmine looks it over slowly, turning the page over in his hands as he squints at the logo again.
“Yeah... yeah, I know this place.” he confirms and it’s all I can do to stop myself from picking him up and twirling him around right here, right now.
“Where is it?” I ask, doing my best to ignore the... complicated facial expression that Carmine’s making.
“It’s… it’s over in the schlam district.” he admits with hesitation.
I suppose I could understand. The schlam district isn’t the nicest sect of the city. It was designated as a slum around fifty or so years ago during some outbreak to contain the larger influx of foreign nationals that had come as refugees. The region has made some serious improvements since then, but the stigma still carries. It’s a little dangerous to be walking alone there, and even more so at night.
Not that it matters.
If that’s where Blue is then that’s where I’m going to go.
“Thank you.” I’m lightheaded and dizzy enough with mana excursion that I don’t even hate myself for the curt manner, but Carmine doesn’t let me turn and run away.
“Where are you going?” He asks, and I have to wonder if he’s being intentionally dull or if he actually thinks that I could be going anywhere else.
“I have to go, my familiar-” I stop myself, before I can make the story any more complicated, “he might have been taken there.”
“Wait!” He all but shouts, pulling on his coat as he rushes to close the door behind him.
“What are you-” I try to ask, but he doesn’t let me finish the question.
“They shouldn’t be operating,” he says, like that means anything to me, “their license was rescinded about 6 months ago because of all sorts of violations, if they’re still operating then there might be something that I can do.” He smiles, buttoning up his coat and throwing a scarf around his neck “plus I’m not having you go there alone at this time of night.”
I’m grateful to have someone beside me, even more so because he already knows where we’re going. It does away with my useless fumbling or trying to get some garbled instructions out of a drunk.
Alley Pet Allies is apparently a nondescript door on the backside of a bunch of buildings. Quite appropriately, facing outward into an alley. There’s nothing remarkable about it aside from the fact that it would be impossible to find without someone who had already been here. The inside is somehow even less than what I was expecting.
There’s a cheap faded rug on the floor that’s fraying. A stack of old zines in a pile next to a set of chairs that have seen their share of wear. The walls are covered with old discolored posters. It’s hard to breath given the musty air and the cloying, stale smell of pet dander has me wondering exactly how many even find their way here.
There’s a short guy behind the desk, peeking up from a rather thick book as he hears the door open. Carmine goes to him so I give up on trying to have any kind of chat before immediately scanning the back wall.
There are two doors, one unlabeled, but the other has a big window with the word kennel painted in bubble letters. It’s not locked so I let myself in, letting the rush of blood pounding in my ears down out whatever protest the guy at the desk is trying to make.
Blue has to be here.
I flip on the lights and the immediate, harsh glare of the bulbs give the small space an unnatural sense of horror.
There’s a lot of pets. A surprising amount given how tiny this place is and how poorly situated. I can’t imagine a lot of people coming in here looking to take home a stray. The kennels reflect that. There are two rows of cages, stacked up on top of each other, but a lot of the cages themselves house more than one pet. They’re crowded in with each other, but there don’t seem to be any issues coming from the overcrowding. At least not from the pets themselves. They’re cuddled in with each other, even if they don’t share a base species.
Turning on the lights may have been a bad idea. A few of them startle awake, eyes wide as they watch me. Some scramble to the back of their cages while some slink closer. I’d like to think it’s some idle curiosity, but knowing what I know from Blue they probably just want to be taken home. It can’t be good living here, it can’t be easy. Weighing the risks, it might not be as bad to get taken away by some unknown person than stay here.
The cages have labels and while most of them don’t have names, there are some that do. It lists sex, age, weight, and training status. It means next to nothing to me, though my heart does ache a bit looking at the faces that I do see.
I wonder if Carmine can make a difference here. He said that this place was supposed to be shut down months ago, but I know next to nothing about shelters. Is this a particularly bad one, or did it come down to one or two points on the scale? If Carmine can get these guys out of here, does anything better await them at the other end?
There’s a short almost muffled clang from down the way, like weight shifting onto the cage door in a rush. I still myself, but the noise doesn’t come again. I don’t think it was a regular occurrence. All the other pets look suitably horrified as their eyes dart to the direction of the offending creature, but they make no noise.
It’s got to be a trained response.
There’s no other reason that I can come up with to explain the eerily similar responses. The way they all look away and grow still, as though they could be overlooked if they were just still and quiet enough. The way one curls behind another in their cage holding their hand over their mouth to keep themselves silent, compliant.
Good.
No, they’ve probably been trained not to make noise or kick up a fuss when there’s someone looking at them. I just wish there was something that I could do to make them all stop looking at me like that.
Noise comes again from that same corner, not the rattling of the cage door, but a high pitched keening that makes my heart seize in my chest. Because I know that sound. I know it well enough for it to appear in my nightmares.
It’s Blue .
And it is. After weeks of not being able to do a Stars damned thing. There’s Blue, near the end of the row on the bottom layer. He’s not sharing a cage, but that’s the least of my worries. He’s been gagged, some odd, torturous looking device with thick straps that looks like it’s rubbed his skin raw. His chest is heaving like even the little noise is an impossible excretion and I want to tell him he’s ok, that he’s safe now and I’ll never let anything hurt him ever again. I want to promise him the world, anything, anything he’s ever wanted if he can just stop that Stars forsaken noise, but I’m not sure he’d even hear me.
There’s something wrong with him. It’s more than just struggling for breath, his eyes are glassy and he’s sweating like mad even though he’s trembling. It’s cold in this room. Not quite freezing, but far enough from Blue's comfortable level of being slow-roasted alive by the blankets that I’m immediately worried for his health.
There’s no lock on the cages, just a latch system that would be hard to operate from the inside, so I make quick work of it. But as the door opens Blue comes with it, flopping forward with a groan like he can’t hold his own weight. There’s a strangled little moan that comes out of him as he lays his cheek flush against the tile floor. He doesn’t seem to mind how dirty it is, crooning at the sensation. My hand jerks back as I brush my fingers against his cheeks.
He’s burning up!
My mind races as I try to think of a solution, try to work it out in my head what exactly the best course of action would be. There aren’t any clinics that would take Blue at this time of night, but I need to have him treated. He’s sick. At the very least he’ll need a fever reducer and depending on what it is he might need a lot more.
My heart lurches as a wave of nausea passes over me as I try to reach out with my magic. I shouldn’t have, but when has that ever stopped me before. I can feel the latent ache in my body, the pain coursing through my overdraw meridians. I’m still fucking tapped from all the magic I tried to pull today. There’s nothing left in me to even begin to check Blue over right now.
There’s nothing I can do, but still… I found him.
The thought alone has me tearing up and it’s all I can do to fall to my knees and scoop Blue up.
I’m not prepared for his screaming. The painful choking sound as the gag covers and drowns out the sounds, the wet rattling sound as Blue tries to clear his throat, tries to get rid of the obstruction in his mouth so he can fucking breathe.
My hands scrabble for the clasp, combing my way through Blue’s unruly mop of dark curls as I search for the thing that’s keeping this thing on him. It’s a little bundle of plastic with a roller lock and I don’t think I’ve ever hated anything in this world more than the frustrating amount of time that it took to get it undone.
Though the sounds Blue made while I tried are a close second.
The gag eventually comes free and I wait as Blue coughs, hacking and spitting right onto the floor he’d so affectionately nuzzled earlier. He breathes, deeper now, great whooping breaths like he’s never been able to take a full breath in his life. I wonder how long he’s had to wear the thing.
No, wondering that is not good for the prolonged health of those who run this little shelter.
I sit on the ground next to Blue. I’m almost scared to touch him again, I don’t think I could handle another scream, but for now this is enough. Knowing that I found him. Knowing that he’s safe, that I’ll be able to take him home and… not fix this, but at the very least help with some of the damage.
He won’t believe he’s safe. I didn’t. But he doesn’t need to believe me. I can show him.
Suddenly it’s unbearably intimate, like I'm looking on to something that should be a private affair. Blue’s not gasping anymore, but he is wheezing, trying to clear the last little bit of something that’s caught in his throat. I look away, trying to find something, anything to occupy my thoughts when the notice on the wall draws my attention.
I try very hard not to think about what might have happened to Blue if I had taken any longer in finding him.
Blue whimpers like he can sense my thoughts and I wish i had something more for him. I wish I had brought water, a painkiller, something, but he’s just lying on the floor again, weakly stretching a hand in my direction.
Stars, he looks so fragile.
I hadn’t noticed until now that he’s dressed only in an old dirty jacket that’s far too big on him. I drape my coat over him, hoping that it will help the warring heat and chill inside him, but he just yelps, and though he has no strength to do so, he still tries to scoot away, pulling his arms back to his chest as tears pool in his eyes.
“No, no, you’re ok, you’re-” the words die in my mouth as I see the dark, purpling bruise that’s peeking out from under his sleeve.
I move slowly. I try, I try so hard not to jostle him or make him suffer any unnecessary pain, but I have nothing left in me to fix even the most basic of contusions, or numb even the most mild of pain. I flinch as he yelps, those tears spilling across his cheeks freely once he’s realized that there’s no way to yank his arm back without more pain. I do my best to be gentle as I ease the sleeve up, but the line of bruises that greet me let me know that it’s a fool's errand.
There’s an angry flush to the wound, and his whole arm is hot to the touch.
I can imagine, but I can’t know for sure, not without screening equipment. It might be something I’m overlooking, something I’m just not considering, but either way it doesn’t matter. Blue needs a diagnosis for someone who is very firmly not me.
I release my hold gently, but Blue just brings his arm back to his chest protectively. His eyes are dilated and so fever bright that I can’t believe that he’d understand anything if I tried to explain. I have to wonder if he’s even processing anything at the moment.
“Ok, Blue… we’re going to get you some help, ok? You’re going to come with me and-” I try to speak slowly and calmly, hoping against everything that at the very least my calming tone will come through in his mind, but Blue screams again as I try to bring him into my arms. I can’t pick him up like this. Not when he’s struggling against me. I’m going to jostle him, it’s unavoidable, but the pain response is going to have Blue screwing himself into a corner and I just can’t live with that.
“Hey, Blue…” I call as sweetly as I can.
Blue’s ears are pressed down so close to his skull that I almost can’t see them in the utter floof pile that his hair has turned into, but at least he reacts. He turns to me, and though he’s not quite coherent he’s at least cognizant as he ducks his head and does, what I assume is his best job hiding his arm at his chest.
“Down.” I order patting at the ground right beside me.
I wasn’t sure if he’d be able to understand, if he’d be willing to follow orders, but Blue goes, without complaint to the ground next to me. He holds his arm to his chest and while that makes his movements rather stiff and slow he doesn’t let it stop him. It’s not the proper posture, but I wouldn’t have thought to bring that up on a good day. He’s laying on his side next to me as near as he could be to where I had patted on the ground.
He hums happily, quiet and content with the new patch of cool ground below him and I can’t help the way I want to cry.
Blue needs help. He needs a doctor. He needs emergency care. He needs antibiotics and a screening to see if there really is something wrong with his bones and I can’t think of anything that could possibly…
There’s a cold point on my wrist.
It’s so sudden that I almost jerk away from it, but I stop myself. It’s Blue. I know that it’s Blue, and when the warm little puff of his breath washes over my skin a moment later there’s something in my body that unclenches. He’s pressed his face into my hand, snuggling up to me where he could. His eyes are still cloudy, blind to the world for all I know, but he’s still here… nosing at my wrist.
There’s another door at the end of this hall. It doesn’t have a window, instead it has a warning label.
‘Authorized Personnel Only. Treatment Area’
“You’re going to be alright, Blue.” I whisper. I don’t know if he can hear me, so I press a kiss to the top of his head and hope for all that the small moment can convey that he understands.
I’ll be back. I’ll never let anything hurt you ever again. You are special and precious to me.
I love you.
I hate myself for all of the four steps it takes to get back into the main room. Blue is bewildered by my hand’s sudden absence and though he reaches out to pat at the space that it was, it doesn’t change that it’s no longer there.
I need to get him medical treatment.
“What the fuck are you doing back here?” It is a man, a taller one than the one who had been tending the desk, but I don’t doubt that he works here.
“What did you do to him?” The question is out of my mouth before I can stop myself, but for once I don’t really mind.
The man takes a glance down the hall behind me, no doubt seeing the one pet that’s laying on the floor instead of in his cage.
“He came to us like that, don’t get all uppity about some pretty little feral. Fucker bites.” he huffs, like that’s all the explanation in the world.
‘ Fucker bites ’ my mind echos. Is that what earned Blue the muzzle? Is that what had them ignoring his symptoms and leaving him to rot in his cage?
I want to bite.
“You know you aren’t allowed to still be running as an entity associated with the Capital City Shelter Association.” Carmine says with such authority I have to wonder what kind of sway he thinks he holds over these people.
“What’s it to you?” The man chuckles like Carmine’s told a particularly funny joke.
“My job.” Carmine answers with the utmost seriousness as he shows his badge.
I don’t even bother to look. It’s not going to work. If these guys have been running this place illegally for six months, then exactly how much credence did Carmine think his badge was going to buy him?
“I think you should leave.” The man huffs, drawing himself up to his full height like that’s supposed to be scary in some way.
“You need to fix him.” I cut in, savoring the way his rather pointless display loses all its energy.
“What?” He asks like it’s a threat, but I just don’t have time for him.
“There’s something wrong with my familiar, with his arm,” I explain, “I think there’s some kind of infection he needs to be screened and given antibiotics. I can’t tell if it’s a soft muscle thing, if it’s some kind of bite I’m not seeing, if he’s broken something-”
“Yeah,” the man cuts me off, “you and your little Anvi friend can move your ass out of the building.”
I can feel my blood boiling. The sick, unsteady feeling of my mana exhaustion coming in waves now that is making it harder to keep myself in check. I need them , I remind myself. I need some cooperation here or this isn’t going to work. I need their treatment room, because I sure as hell won’t be able to find another one tonight. Not with someone that will operate it for my familiar.
“Take your stupid little feral with you if you want, but get the hell out.” he bellows, voice louder now that he can see we aren’t giving any ground.
“Carmine,” I turn away from him, making sure that I made eye contact with my friend.
“Yeah,” Carmine answers shakily.
He’s scared. He probably hadn’t thought it would turn out this way. He’d thought his status might have afforded him some amount of respect in this place and I can’t help but smile at that naive way of thinking.
“Get an Anvi.” I instruct, letting a false internal calm bleed into my voice.
“What?” He asks, nearly stumbling over the question, so I repeat my instructions again. Calm so as not to cause any more undue fright for this man.
“Go, and find an Anvi.”
The closest station is twenty, twenty five minutes away. It will take time to get there, find someone on duty and drag them back to this little alley, but that’s what I’m counting on. I need Carmine out of my way. He’s a civilian.
He doesn’t need to see this.
“Kara are you-”
“Go.” I cut him off.
I’m very sure.
There’s a tortured ceramic clanking noise as the door closes, some kind of chime that I'd missed on the way in, but once the door closes I know that I’ve made the right choice. The other one is still here. He’s just cowering behind the counter, still looking down at a slip of colored paper that hadn’t been there when we walked in. He seems genuinely horrified by its presence, and probably of the one who had left it there.
That’s good.
He’s the one I need.
“Now that was a very dumb thing that you did, kid.” The taller one snarls and I wonder if that should be insulting.
If he’s trying to imply something more with the implication that I am younger than him, but even as I watch him pull out a knife I can’t help but feel relieved. There’s no audience anymore. I can get right down to business.
“Now how about you just, go on your way and no one has to-” the tall one starts, but I just don’t care. At the moment, his presence is irrelevant.
“You’re the doctor right?” I ask, turning to the shorter one, cowering even further still as his partner has pulled a weapon from his belt.
“W-what?” he stutters, looking back and forth between myself and his companion, fear so present on his features that I worry he truly hasn’t heard my question.
“You’re the one who operates in the treatment room right?” I clarify, even though I already know the answer.
He’d had his nose deep in a medical preparatory textbook when we’d come in. A half dozen more behind him on the desk. He probably only took this crap position because he could do nights like this and get at some hands on experience before his residency came through.
“I… yeah.” he confirms, and it’s all I can do to smile.
“Oh, good.” I acknowledge as his friend seems to finally snap after being ignored.
He yells, giving away entirely too much of his position and mental state as he lunges blindly forward. It’s almost easy to sidestep out of the way as he goes charging pat, nearly slamming into the door like a bull as he fights to slow himself down.
It occurs to me that he’s probably never been in a fight. He’s only ever had to look tough, puff out his chest and make some noise.
He comes for me again, this time putting both hands on his blade like support will make a difference for a knife like that. He’s leaving his friend in his rampage path and it’s all so stupid that I grab forward for his arm and snap as hard as I can upwards. Unsurprisingly, he loses his grip, but my hand’s on the pommel before it can make it to the ground and as he falls onto the desk, I drive it down hard.
It’s not bad. It really isn’t. I got him between the metacarpals. I wasn’t aiming to cause any significant damage. It’s a clean hit, through one side out the other. No major veins or arteries. It really isn’t worth all the screaming.
The only good thing is that the knife went an inch or so into the wood beneath him so that means that he at least won’t be lunging around the room like he was trying to earlier.
“I was worried he’d be needing functionality.” I had meant it more for myself but all too late I realize that I’ve said it out loud.
“What the fuck? Are you crazy!” he all but screams looking down at where his hand is pinned to the welcome desk in horror, but I’m done with him.
I focus on his friend.
“You’re going to take my familiar and you are going to screen him and find out what’s wrong with him. You’re going to fix it to the best of your abilities and you are going to tell me exactly what you find so that I can continue treatment when we leave. Do you understand?” I ask, a little worried he’ll need more coercion, but it looks like he’s only a bit distracted by the display before him. “Don’t worry. I’ll keep your friend company out here while you're busy.”
“Don’t listen to him he’s fucking craz-” his friend starts, but really I’ve had more than enough of him.
It’s pathetically easy to wind my fingers into his hair and slam him down onto the table.
I’m not being cruel . I didn’t break his nose, but it will bleed for a while. I can’t help the satisfaction that comes with that. He gave Blue a reason to bite . This seems more than fair as consolation.
“Oh, now that’s uncalled for wouldn’t you say?” I ask with a fake sweetness in my voice that makes me want to gag. “Really, all this rude language when we are having a very nice conversation.”
Shorty just stares at us, blinking wide eyes and slack jawed without understanding.
“I wouldn’t keep him waiting.” I remind him, allowing that little smile to curl back on my lips and that does the trick.
The second he’s snapped out of his daze he scrambles forward grabbing the supplies he needs from this room before b-lining it to the door.
“Oh,” I call after him, oddly proud of the way he immediately stops in his tracks and turns back to me, “if you should harm one hair on his head…” I pull the knife out and let his friend fall to the ground, curling up around himself and backing away until they hit the back wall. “I’ll make sure you never have the capacity to get any further in this field.”
“Y-yes, sir.” He stutters, actually attempting a bow as he turns to leave.
It’s enough. It will have to be enough. I need him to treat Blue, make sure there’s nothing that needs emergency treatment before we can get him to a proper doctor. I have to have faith that he will value the life of his friend. Or at the very least, hope that he’s smart enough to understand that it is a matter of valuing his own.
I force myself to take a deep breath. It’s out of my hands now.
I turn the knife over in my hands. It’s a nondescript six inch hunting knife. It’s versatile and not flashy. Probably something he picked up for cheap somewhere so that he’d have something on him just in case.
“Now, how about we just get along.” I speak slowly, passing the knife back and forth between my hands, making a show of getting used to the weight. “You know, while your friend does the work digging you out of your own grave… kid.”
Notes:
-if you need someone to talk to about this, try the fan server: Here
-if you need someone to talk to about this, try the fan server: Here
-if you want to see the tumblr, you can find it: Here
-if you want to take a listen to the incredible audiobook version (which is not something I ever thought I would have the ability to say) that Sekiraku, our incredible Beta reader who is amazing and talented and quite literally a god, has made then you can find the link to chapter 1: Here
- go give it a listen!
Stay safe out there.
Chapter 84: Found
Summary:
Blue's perspective on the last day or so... this can only be good.
Notes:
Hey guys, don't kill me this is the last bit of Blue has an absolutely bad time. There's heavy angst in this one but no actual harm... technically. TECHNICALLY...
Blue is in a bad mental state.
If you would like a nice fluffy palate cleanser. Might I recommend : Sedentary Activities
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
I hate the shelter. At least, I think I do. The thoughts strike with such feverish intensity that I have to wonder if this kind of emotion has always been inside of me. But the longer I am here the more it grows. I hate this place.
I hate the drafty building, I hate the cramped cages, I hate Danny and his friend and they way they both look at me. I hate it here.
There are waves to it. I don’t think my body is strong enough to hold such an intense emotion for long, but I am soon introduced to the different flavors of hate. First the hot-blooded pure anger that has me wanting to beat my fists against the cage and scream like it would matter. Then the hate that comes with disgust. First at the cages, the dirty floor and the building, but then it turns inward. I’m not any better. I’m just as dirty and scuffed as everything else here.
I belong here.
I deserve it.
But eventually there’s a hate that I didn’t know existed. It doesn’t come with acid or vitriol, it’s just weathered and sad. I hate this place. But instead of trying to kick up a fuss it takes everything in me not to break down into tears.
I wonder if it has anything to do with my injuries. My arm doesn’t get better. Though to be fair, I hadn’t really expected anything else. Stars know I tried at first. But there wasn’t really anything I could do. Or maybe there was... maybe I was just remembering the words of the doctor wrong. I might be. It had been years since I last got injured like this and my mind isn’t working like it should.
I tried to give it rest. I make sure not to do anything strenuous and try to make sure it rests steadily most of the day. That was what he had told me to do, but that was after he’d felt along my arm to check for abnormalities. I’m pretty sure he’d wrapped it too, making it imobile like I couldn’t be trusted to take care of my own body. Like I wouldn’t have kept it still after being ordered.
Then again, maybe that had been for the best.
It isn’t so bad in the beginning. It is painful. Extraordinarily so. I don’t really remember the pain all that well from the first time. I just remember the hysteria. I remember crying to the doctor of the caravan, making a trade with the one thing that I could for an examination away from the eyes of my keepers. When he’d told me that I'd broken my bone, I thought I was dying. I had only ever seen the type of break that sees bone jutting through skin.
But he’d helped me. He couldn’t keep it from the caravan. It would take time to heal, he said. Time and restricted mobility. They’d had me doing stuff within their little organization for weeks. I couldn’t be displayed for sale with the others, but I could still be of use within their group. The doctor had traded me medicines when he had them, and while I couldn't be sold, I couldn’t be beaten too harshly either.
I think this time I’ll remember the pain, for as long as ‘remember’ will actually mean something in my situation. It hurts, to the point that even the rise and fall of my chest causes it to ache from the motions. But there’s nowhere else to rest my arm than on my chest. Anywhere else would force me into an odd contortion within my little cage.
The two keepers aren’t of any help. No, after they’d changed the little slip over my cage they seemed content to ignore me.
There are others. When a natural light filters into the kennel area along with the harsh glare of the ones overhead, Danny and his friend are nowhere to be seen and after a few hours their smells grow stale. New attendants come in the morning, making rounds and checking on each one of the cages. They fill the feeders with new water and spoon out small servings of kibble to everyone.
Well… everyone but me.
Apparently, it isn’t worth the risk to try to feed me.
I don’t know what Danny put on my information card, but the attendants skip over me like it’s the most natural thing in the world, like I’m not even there. They refill my water feeder, but no one comes to undo my gag.
I try.
I try to make what little noise I can behind the gag. I rub my face against the bars when they pass. I keen and whine, but they don’t stop for me. They only bang their fists against the cage bars, letting it rattle as an ominous little preview of what might happen if I don't take their little hints and be quiet.
The terrified looks of the others across from me help me understand. It’s a rule here.
We aren’t supposed to make noise.
Still, that doesn’t mean I have to be good for them.
My jaw aches and with no one coming to fix the situation I turn around and sulk at the back of my cage. I try not to feel childish about it, but it really is the only thing that I can do. At the very least, I don’t have to pretend to be presentable for the people coming in.
There’s a surprising amount of traffic for how poorly situated I'd imagined this place to be. It sure as hell doesn’t look pretty on the inside. It’s not a place where you would find a good pet of proper breeding. But that’s not really what any of these people are looking for. They’re normal. Or as close to normal as I could ever expect any citizen to be. They’re just… people.
The pet they choose probably won’t be pampered or anything. They will probably be expected to take on a fair amount of household responsibilities, whatever their owner deems them fit for. I wonder if it’s better that way.
It’s where I always belonged: somewhere between maid and live-in stress relief. I’m not some exceptional breeding stock to be hoarded by the aristocracy. I’m not something strong or special to be kept by a mage. I’m just a common cat that happened to be pretty enough to catch attention.
So I sit, the perfect picture of a gloomy mess that’s not worth the time anyone might deign to waste on me. For the most part they ignore me, only one child foolhardy or perhaps just too interested to leave my cage alone. They bang their hands on the front part of my cage. It makes a terrible noise and, aside from the uncomfortable reverberations in the metal, it scares the hell out of the strays in the spaces next to me.
I try not to react and eventually the mother or perhaps older sister finds the toddler she’s let loose in the shelter. No one tries anything after that. There are no kind or harsh words in this place, just… apathy. There are plenty of pets that want to go, that want to be taken home. I don't know if they fully understand their situation, but I don’t want to ask. It seems sociability is interesting here and I don’t want to generate any undue interest.
I don’t want to be taken home by any of these people.
I don’t want to go through this mess again, and again, and again, until someone finds me just a little too much trouble to pass along and puts me down. This is the most control I’ve ever had and I can’t bring myself to try and act cute. I can’t bring myself to try. Not when one look at my gag tells them something’s wrong with me, not when one look at my card will have them murmuring to themselves, wondering if I’m safe enough to bring into their homes.
I don’t want to go with them.
There’s only one person who I want to go home with… and he’s the one that threw me out.
I let myself pant against the gag, trying for the upteenth time today not to panic at the pressure holding my tongue down. I’m not choking, it’s not moving, it’s just staying there . It’s just painful. I let myself whimper. I let those little noises of pain out as softly as I can, because I really don’t want to test the new attendants, but I swear upon all the stars in the sky that if this doesn’t come out some way then soon I will be screaming.
So I whimper and I cry and I try my damndest to convince myself that it’s because it hurts, because the gag is cinched too tight and it’s been on too long and no one is even thinking about taking a look at my arm. I try . I try so hard to focus on my body. On what’s wrong, on what I could even begin to do to improve my situation, but it’s no use. The ache in my heart doesn’t go away.
It’s a stupid, pathetic want, but it doesn’t go away. It only gets worse as I’m stuck here alone with my thoughts. My thoughts and my wounds.
I feel sick in a way that usually only comes with the changing of the seasons. That hot, injured feeling spreads until I can feel it everywhere and it starts getting hard to breathe. It’s not like the gag makes that any easier. I swear the thing’s getting tighter, but I can only scratch at where the straps are biting into my skin. I’m drooling, I have been for a while. There’s no way to preserve any sense of dignity with a gag in, but at least I’m not tempted to talk.
Every time I get up the nerve to try and voice my situation it is there, an immediate and harsh reminder. A heavy weight pressing down on my tongue.
Hours feel like days as I try to stay as still as possible. It’s hard to keep my head on straight. I can feel my mind going numb at the edges. It’s hard to stay focused, and then after the heat of my fever has made it all the way to my head it’s hard to even keep my own mind intact. My thoughts are scattered at best and, though I keep myself curled at the back of my cage, I don’t really have control over myself anymore.
I know that I shouldn’t make noise. I know it’s against the rules, but it only clicks back into place when they smack the cage walls and the loud clanging rings out. I must be making noise, that’s why my throat is sore. It’s why they keep bothering me.
I don’t realize how much the lights are straining my eyes until they go out. I swear it’s almost easier to breathe in the dark. I feel damp and though nothing has really changed the absence of light sends a shiver down my body, like it’s actually grown cool in just a moment. At the very least the light is no longer burning behind my eyes, making the pounding in my head that much worse.
It actually takes me a few minutes to realize that the initial tremor hasn’t really ceased. I’m still shaking, even though the heat in my body is going straight to my head. Funny enough, I think it’s the warmest I’ve ever been, though I swear my extremities are still icy to the touch. I’ve always been like that, I suppose. Sometimes I swear my body isn’t right. I shouldn’t be cold all the time, but it’s never been any different. I’ve always been grasping at straws, pilfering the barest means of warmth and safety that I can scap together.
I’ve always needed someone else.
Which, really, isn’t surprising. I should know better by now. I should be able to understand the pitiful creature that I've become. I’ve always craved warmth. Even now I can’t bring myself to take off the jacket that Kalu left me. I tell myself it’s for protection, but I don’t know who exactly I’m hoping to fool with my lies. It’s less than worthless. It’s dirty. There’s blood and grime and a whole slew of other messes that I've been dragged through coating it. It should be classified as a biohazard before being recognized as clothing. It’s dirty and bad and I’ve ripped the sleeve and I don’t even know why I’m bothering with it anymore.
It doesn’t smell like Kara.
Not anymore. It doesn’t even cover my whole body. That’s not such a pressing concern given that it’s currently helping me boil myself alive, but I do count my blessings that it was made for Kara. The cloth still makes it all the way to my upper thigh. It still provides some illusion of decency. I’m thankful for that at least as I lay my head against the back of the cage. I know it’s going to leave impressions on my face, but the lines of cold are too much to resist.
I can’t tell if I’m sleeping. Time is already a hazy blurry mess, so I can’t tell whether I’m able to really sleep or if it’s just time skipping ahead before I’m jerked out of the moment and prevented any restful sleep because I can’t breathe properly.
I shouldn’t really be surprised. It was a problem during the day as well. I needed to keep shifting around, giving real attention to the gag in my mouth if I wanted to make sure I could keep breathing without choking on my spit.
The door doesn’t creak, but there is a definitive noise that comes with its opening. I don’t think much of it. In truth, I don’t really know what to think about it. It’s been a while since anyone came back here and the scent of Danny and his friend passing out the evening batch of kibble has long since gone stale. I got brought in here at night, so I don’t really know the routine. Do they actually interact with us? Do we have to be good?
My stomach aches as a rolling pulse of nausea assaults me. Is it worth it? I wonder if they would let me make up for my mistakes. I wonder if they would be fooled by my pleading. Probably not, the attendants during the day had seemed strict and it’s not like Danny had listened to Queenie when she was here, but it’s still my best shot…
That’s pretty sad, isn’t it?
I shouldn’t cry. I know that I shouldn’t. It will take too much out of me. My head is already aching and I need water, but I can’t stop the way the tears gather in my eyes.
Stars, I’m pathetic.
The lights come on again but I don’t smell Danny. That can’t be right, though, it hasn’t been a night, has it ? I can’t have been, but the lights are on and… oh, that smell…
The smell is familiar. I swear it is, no matter how much I try to trick my brain into thinking it’s anything else. It’s muted but it still stubbornly clings to the air. Traces of essential oils, the smell of treated leather from all those old books.
I swear it smells like Kara.
It’s impossible , I chide myself. But it’s also impossible for the smell to still be on my jacket.
I’d scoured the thing when I still thought I could hold some of those shattered pieces of myself together. I’d tried. I’d pressed my face into every little scrap of this jacket and I'd cried like it would bring anything back. I’d begged like it would matter. Like the jacket would listen to me, like it could be swayed because I wanted it badly enough.
My eyes are watering before I can even process why it feels like I’m about to start crying. But I know why. If I take a moment to stop and think, I know . Because it smells like Kara. I swear upon every star I’ve ever seen that it smells like Kara. Even though I know that it’s impossible, that he would have no reason to be here, it smells like him.
I can hear the shuffling, the clicking of his shoes against the floor, but he stops. He stops too far away. He’s still over by the door to the kennels and that’s not anywhere near me.
He’s looking around. The others , my mind clicks, the others in the cages . He’s looking at them. He stopped to look at them. Something burns in my chest, because he’s mine, damnit . He’s mine. And even if he’s not then at the very least I am his.
It takes all my strength to fling myself at the cage door. I don’t know what I was expecting, but the door doesn’t come free. I don’t even know if that was an outcome that I wanted, if it was something I was expecting, but I have no strength. I should be glad that I had enough power to make the frame rattle with my antics. I’m not getting out of here on my own. There are probably hundreds before me who tried the same thing, a hundred before me in better condition. It’s such a pathetic failure that I want to just crawl back to the corner of my cage and cry, but I’ve spent just about all my energy. I’m panting, breathing carefully through my nose to try and fill my lungs without choking. I want to be alone, I want to pretend that nothing happened, but as my breathing slows I can feel the dead silence around me.
We aren’t supposed to make noise.
But I did. I made a ruckus, I banged myself against the front of my cage. So he has to come over here right? He has to, someone does. Someone’s got to bang on my cage and give me another warning. Someone’s got to come over here and tell me to quiet down and behave. I want it. Stars, I want it so bad, but I don’t hear him anymore.
I can still smell him. It’s so vivid I swear it’s like he’s still here, but I don’t hear him. It’s all just one wonderful terrible memory of his scent.
Suddenly, I can’t control myself. I want to cry so I cry. I want to scream, so I make any noise that I can. I don’t care if it will make the keepers come. I want to get put out of my misery. If my brain’s going to start playing tricks on me then it should at least have the decency to play me a memory that won’t hurt.
But I hear those shoes again, louder now, louder until they come to a stop right in front of my cage. It’s hard to breathe, but I lean in and force myself to take breaths as long and slow as I can to catch the wisps of that scent.
Oddly enough, it reminds me of the first time we met.
I was so scared, so confused as to why my handler had brought someone over to me. I was broken and beaten and on the tail end of a punishment that had lasted far too long. I was sure he’d skip over me. I was sure he’d be insulted that the woman had even brought him to see me. I thought he’d pass over me without a second thought, but he’d stopped. He’d stopped in front of my cage and I’d been huddled up in the back so tightly I wasn’t sure I would ever be able to move.
But he didn’t move on. The long moment that he simply stood there had me shaking. I didn’t have the confidence to look up at him. I was sure that at any moment he’d be done with me, that he wouldn’t want to see me, that the handler would blame me for her customer’s rotten mood later.
I’d tried to beg. I’d so thoroughly disgraced myself that I’d tried to fucking beg to someone who didn’t have the authority to fix anything. He wasn’t my Master then, but it already felt like he was. And so I begged, like a child, clinging to someone who had no reason to care about me. I was so lost in my own head that the handler had been forced to remind me of my greeting.
Nineteen.
I’d told the truth even though the attendant had told me to lie. It didn’t really matter much anyways. Too old, from what I understood. At least for what most masters wanted me for. Too big. I wasn’t cute anymore. I knew that and I wasn’t supposed to lie.
Common Cat.
I wasn’t rare. I hadn’t known anything, but I had heard the word ‘familiar’ thrown around a few times. I wouldn’t be good for that, either. I wasn’t rare or special. I wasn’t strong or magically inclined. I had wondered why the hell he was looking for a familiar down with the dregs anyways.
I’m very happy to be of service to you Master, in any way you see fit.
It was a line they taught. Something I had to say... but it did make me wonder. I wasn’t sure what he wanted me for. I was useless to him, in every way. There were better choices, surely there were better choices, but he’d-
Oh, right. Shauna . He’d made a bet with her. Something about a weak constitution familiar, something about making it last. I never really figured out the specifics there. I’d never really wanted to ask. No, that was a lie. I wanted to ask. I wanted to ask, but I was scared. I was so scared that it would draw attention to the bet, the bet Shauna had said he had already won.
He won, so there was no reason to keep me. He won and if I told him, if I asked and reminded him that the last of his obligation was over, then…
What? I’d be right where I am now? I’d have been thrown away, cast out or sold off just like I was?
I’m so caught up in my old memories that I’m entirely unprepared for the way my cage door comes open. I was leaning against it, all my weight resting against it after my half-cocked idea to try and ram the thing open. There’s nothing to stop me from going through the new opening as I fall out onto the floor.
It’s not that bad. My head spins and my stomach lurches, but once all the motion stops I’m resting on the floor which is nice. I’m still unbearably hot, but the floor is cool and solid and if I cling to it then I can pretend that the world around me isn’t spinning.
I’m unprepared for the sensation of finger brushing forehead. I don’t know why. In my mind I knew that someone had to have undone the cage. Someone had to be there, but in the moment I'd let myself forget. The floor feels too nice. It feels so solid and cool against my heated skin, but this… I know there should be warmth in his hand but the heat in my head makes it feel cold. But the temperature doesn’t disguise the gentleness.
The guy is talking to me. I’m fairly certain that it’s not an attendant. None of them let me out, or even bothered with me beyond a simple reminder to behave myself. I can hear the noise, but I can't for the life of me make out what he’s trying to say. The noise washes over me in gentle waves. I like the noise. The sound of his voice is comforting… If only I knew what he was trying to say to me…
I wonder if it would be good. Getting taken in by a master with a similar scent. If he was gentle and kind, just like Kara was… or would that be too cruel? I’d be living off the memory of Kara forever. If he was the same I’d only be living in the past and if he was different… I’d be resentful.
It’s not fair.
His arms come around me, and I swear it’s the same scent. But before I have the chance to appreciate the familiar scent or the gentle way he’s handling me he jars my bad arm as he pulls me into his.
I know it’s probably an accident. I know he must not have seen. But in the moment, none of that really matters. The pain is the same as the shock spreads its way through my body. I try to scream but the gag is in the way. I regret it almost the same instant that instinct takes over. I can feel the way my breath is stifled by the gag, the tickle that’s forming in my throat. I hadn’t really noticed before, hadn’t really taken the time to notice, but it’s there along with the instinctual urge to cough. I try. I really try, but it’s hard. My muscles feel too weak to truly clear my lungs. It’s all I can do to force the stubborn little half coughs from my throat and whimper as I drool against the gag.
It’s unsightly. I should have had better control over myself. I should have tried harder to stop myself from coughing, from sputtering all over myself like an idiot. I’ve probably thoroughly disgusted my audience. He’ll probably never want to see me again. For a moment I mourn the loss of that nice scent before I feel hands on me.
For one single, insane moment I think he’s going to punish me. It might be his right. I’ve messed up so many times today it’s a miracle that the handlers haven’t done it themselves, but… I don’t know, I’d thought that the people weren’t allowed to punish us.
I hadn’t heard anyone get smacked around today, not even by the handlers… though they had been on their best behavior. It hadn’t been so much of a rule at the Cages, but it was fairly rare and frowned upon.
He pulls my head down until I swear he’s going to press it into the floor, but he stops once I’m in the position he must have wanted. His hands are on me but he’s not punishing... his fingers are fumbling through my hair, tracing the straps of the gag
No. I want to stop him, but he soldiers on, like it’s his job and I have no way to tell him any different. It’s all I can do to whine and whimper so I try. I try to tell him how wrong this is, that he shouldn’t do this. That my hair is oily and tangled and I haven’t been able to take care of it, but it feels so good. It feels so sinfully good, because if I close my eyes and pretend that the desperation isn’t there, it feels like I’m getting pet.
He finds the strap of the gag and cinces it tighter for a few moments, making me sputter and drool as I try to hold my mouth open even wider to accommodate the pressure. I want to be good. I want it so badly. If this is what it takes then so be it. But he undoes the gag. He just needed all the slack needed to get the clasp undone.
So I cough and clear my throat to my heart’s content.
It feels good, even though my jaw is burning and my chest aches. It feels so good to breathe deep and clear my throat. I’m nearly lost to the sensation when something warm and soft covers me. And that’s good, so good at first. Sometime in the transition from my cage to the floor my body has gone from fire to ice. The coat is so stars-damned warm and soft that I almost can’t stop myself from nuzzling into it. But it comes with that smell, the same smell, and as it drapes over me I can’t help but remember the last time this happened.
I won’t lose myself. This isn’t Kara, it’s just someone who happens to share a little bit of his scent and I’m too out of my mind to be able to tell the difference.
None of it matters when the weight of the garment settles on the rest of my frame. The simple contact sends a blinding jolt of pain down my arm, even from where I’ve tried to keep it safe and protected inside the jacket.
I scream because I can. I scream and the noise actually shocks me. I’m loud. I’m really loud, or at least my head got used to the quiet. Almost immediately I feel out of breath, the sick, dull pounding returning to my head as I pull my bad arm close to my chest as if I can protect it better if it’s just close to me.
I see his hand brushing my own. His hands that had been so gentle when they pet my hair, the ones that had taken the gag off and let me cough. I can't stop my mind from cataloging the rather useless information. His hands are bigger than I thought. He’s got calluses and his nails are trimmed short. This is not some idle person. They do things with their hands. They work.
I’m fixated on this point as he takes my hand, gently curling his fingers under mine as he pulls my hand away from my chest. It’s too late by the time I realize. I try to pull away, but the movement stops before it can even fully start. If I try to jerk away… I can’t. I can’t fight this. I can’t fight him, I'll only hurt myself.
I can’t do anything against him and yet this man works slowly, as though he’s giving me a choice. He extends my arm, slowly pulling my hand further and further from my body until it’s straight out in front of me. It hurts. Not as badly as fighting would, but there’s an ache that is undeniable. It hurts to stay like this, to keep my arm steady and try not to fight away from his grip, but we aren’t done here.
He runs his thumb over my knuckles like it’s some kind of soothing gesture. I wish it didn’t work. I wish my body didn’t automatically understand the gesture. But I feel myself relax as he forces my sleeve up.
I wish I could resent him, but he’s so gentle about it. He’s careful with me, like I'm fragile and important. He keeps my arm steady as he moves, trying so carefully not to bump my bruises or aggravate my wounds any further.
He lets me go just as easily and though I couldn’t stop myself if I wanted to, he doesn’t get angry when I pull my hand back.
His tone stays gentle. He doesn’t try to force me back into his arms. I swear he’s talking to me, but my head is swimming and it’s so hard to focus. Stars, his voice is so quiet and kind, I have to strain to listen to his words.
“Down.”
It’s all that I recognize, but that’s alright, I know what that means. I’m trained, despite what it might say on my card. I am trained and I will make you happy if you give me the chance . I can’t stop the thoughts that spiral out of me. I can’t stop it and I’m not sure that I’d want to. I just thank the stars that my tongue feels like lead and I can’t voice any of these thoughts as I lie down.
It’s wrong. Some small part of me knows that. The command was down, but here I am, curled up like I’m going to be allowed to sleep. I am tired, though. And this person is so nice. He’s warm and he smells so good I-
I want more.
It doesn’t take much to stretch out just a little bit. My nose finds contact before anything else, but I can’t say I’m disappointed. I find the smell and he doesn’t push me away so I nuzzle into his hand.
All too soon it’s gone, both the smell and his warmth.
I sniff for it, I stretch myself out as much as I dare, but it doesn’t come back. I shouldn’t stay, but something has me rooted to the spot. He’d told me to be here. There’s some futile hope in me that says if I behave he’ll come back. I can still smell him on the air, but it’s different, it’s not here. It’s just an echo, a memory.
I try not to let myself feel bad. I’m going crazy. Crazy people get to have these kinds of delusions, right? But no matter how hard I try, the scent doesn’t come back. Those gentle hands or that soothing voice... it’s all gone.
I wonder if it’s my fault. Have I squandered my chances with my illusion, or was it a real person? It had to be real, or at least someone must have actually been here. I’d been trying all day, but I couldn't get my gag off. Someone has to have done that.
But the rest…
The door screeches open again. It’s not the hesitant, slow squeaking from before. Instead, the fast movement brings forth a more tortured wail and although it doesn’t slam against the opposite wall, I know that there is anger in the movement. It’s enough to send an involuntary shiver through my body.
It’s not him, right? It wouldn’t be. It couldn’t be. No, the man before was so gentle and kind. He moved slowly and gave me time to adjust even though I was afraid. He wouldn’t-
My heart stutters in my chest as I finally process the new scent.
Danny.
It scares the hell out of me. I’ve never seen Danny like this before. Out of all the attendants I’ve met, Danny is the calmest. At least, I’ve never seen him mad. His friend is quick to act, to yell and make demands. He takes advantage of his position like I’d thought he would, but I haven’t seen any of the same behaviors in Danny. I can’t even begin to imagine what kind of thing sets him off.
The possibilities that flit through my head don’t make me feel any better. It’s not like it really matters anyway. Whatever made him mad, the only important thing now is what he’s going to do with that frustration.
It’s not good to stand out. I know that. Drawing too much attention is a short recipe for trouble, especially when there are people who are mad. Especially when they can take that out on people like me.
I curl in on myself even though I want nothing more than to scramble back into my cage. I shouldn’t be out. I shouldn’t, I don’t think it’s allowed. Some of the strays got taken out to be looked at, but they were never out without someone else in the room. I’m pretty obviously unattended.
It wasn’t my mistake . I don’t know if it’s worth it to beg. Maybe the person looking at me just didn’t know the rules, didn’t know he needed to put me back, but I know I’ll be in trouble for it regardless . Still, I want to plead, I was good, right? I didn’t run. I didn’t. I’m being good. I stayed right where I was placed. I’m not causing any trouble. It doesn't matter that I couldn’t move even if I wanted to. They don’t know that, and I’d much rather reap the rewards for being well behaved if there’s a chance to sway Danny’s mood.
It doesn’t seem like it will help.
Danny stomps forward and there is a moment, really only a moment where I pray that he goes for someone else. It’s stupid and shameful and I immediately regret it, but I don’t have to worry about my wish being granted. His boots come to rest right next to my face.
I suppose I won’t have to worry about having to atone, either.
Danny’s fingers thread into my hair. He’s not one for petting or physical affection. He doesn’t have a favorite, doesn't bother with us much. I doubt he gives us much thought aside from when he pulls the ones who have run out of time into the back room. He scares me more than his friend.
He’s one of the hardest types of people to anticipate. He doesn’t say what he wants from me, or more likely, there’s just nothing that he wants from me, no way to prove my worth or get on his good side.
I only have a moment to prepare myself as he yanks me forward.
I want to ask why. I want to beg, do or say something. I know I shouldn't be out. I know that. But I don’t know what else it is. I don’t know the countless other wrongs I must be committing to make him this way, but my voice catches in my throat and for once I do the sensible thing and keep my mouth shut as his face comes so close that my vision goes blurry.
He looks me over. His gaze is far more critical now than when he’d taken me in at Kalu’s behest. He lets me gather myself, seemingly disinterested in my pain. I can’t tell if that’s good or bad. He lets me get my knees under me so he’s not just holding me up by my hair, but he certainly doesn’t let me go. He keeps his grip tight, ensuring that I won’t run off. Like I would.
Like I could.
Danny says something. I’m so addled that at the start I’m not paying attention to his actual words, just the warm puff of his breath as it comes over my face. I only barely hear the words ‘fucking trouble’ before I realize that he’s talking about me.
It still doesn’t really make sense.
I don’t know what I did to make Danny mad at me. This can’t just be over a guest leaving me out of my cage. It can’t. He seems more upset about me in general. I try not to jump when I feel his other hand patting me down. For a moment my heart stutters, but he was never like that. He had his pick, just like his friend. He wasn’t interested.
It doesn’t take long for me to adjust. There’s nothing sensual about his touch. It’s methodical as he works his way across my body. It’s a somewhat rushed inspection that ends none too glamorously when he finally finds my injured arm.
I go to scream, but before I can make a sound his hand slaps over my mouth, silencing my cry. I’m dizzy with the jolt of pain his cursory examination has left, but I know he’s talking. I know he’s probably talking to me. The thought would have tears springing to my eyes if they hadn’t already come with the pain.
I can’t for the life of me make out the words. It may just cost me my life anyways. However, I know the tone well. First a rebuke and then orders.
Orders . My body shudders and it’s all I can do to hope that he doesn’t find that offensive. Not that it matters. He’s giving me orders, orders that I can’t follow. Orders that I have no hope to obey.
I squint, but it does nothing to force his face into focus, not this close to my own. I can’t tell what he’s saying. The noise is just noise rattling around in warped echoes in my head. I can’t hear him and I can’t even begin to try reading his lips. The noise drags on until I can pull together fragments. ‘Behave,’ ‘absolutely crazy,’ ‘you understand.’ That last one isn’t said as a question, it’s an order. It’s an expectation that I can’t fulfill. I feel my heartrate pick up, my breath quick in my chest as I fight myself for some better understanding of what’s happening here. I won’t be good. I won’t. It’s not even my fault, I just… won’t.
My mouth opens and closes but no words come to me. I want to ask, I want to, but I just can’t find a way. I need to be respectful. I need to be obedient. What is it that you were asking me? What was it that you needed from me? Instead of anything useful the only noise I seem capable of is a whimper as I try to shrink away from him.
I don’t know why I even bother. It doesn’t do anything except probably make him even angrier. He doesn’t hit me for it at least. He knows where it would hurt most, but he steers clear of my injury as he pulls me up. He’s not gentle, but he’s not as bad as he could be. He doesn’t drag me by my hair, but once it becomes clear that I won’t be able to force my legs to hold my weight he does take to dragging me.
I can’t properly identify the emotion that overtakes me. It’s somewhere between hope and dread, but my head is too fuzzy to properly process anything at the moment. It’s fine, it’s going to be fine . I hate that I can’t even convince myself, but as we pass the still-open door of my cage, something cold settles into my chest and I can’t even summon the false little encouragements in my mind anymore.
We’re going into the back room.
There’s no other place that he could be taking me. My kennel is already by the back and all the ones further back are filled. They wouldn’t put me with any of the other strays. They think I’m dangerous, especially after my stunt with Queenie. That’s why they had ignored me all day, right? They wouldn’t just put me in with another stray.
I’m right. Danny doesn’t show any sign of stopping, and by the time we’ve reached the back door I’m out of possible explanations. I shouldn’t be here. I shouldn’t be going to the back room.
My time isn’t up yet.
It hasn’t been that long. It can’t have been. I know time has been slipping away from me, but it’s only been a day… maybe two. I came in at night, I don’t know if that changes things.
Or maybe I’m just being troublesome . I can’t come up with any other reasons as Danny pushes me forward.
The room is dark and I can just barely pick out the basic shapes in front of me before Danny follows. There’s a tiny click and, before my mind can even begin to process it, the room is filled with bright glaring lights.
It’s a small room. There are some weathered posters on the wall, a large sink with a basin that seems absurdly large, a cabinet that’s filled with all kinds of vials kept behind glass. And there, nearly dead center in the room, is a metal table with a mounted light. There are other things in the room, I swear there are, but my vision tunnels as I take it all in.
I don’t want to be here.
My legs feel like lead even though Danny is holding up most of my weight. I can do nothing but jerk in his grasp. I know it’s worthless, less than worthless. He doesn’t care. I’m only making him angrier. I’m putting up a fight when I should just lie down and accept it, but I can’t force myself to stay still.
“No.” It takes me a second to recognize my own voice, as hoarse and timid as it’s become, but I can’t make myself stop. “Please... no.”
I don’t know why I’m begging. That kind of thing doesn’t work on Danny. He isn’t someone who is willing to be reasoned with. I know that. It will only get worse from here. My only option is to be obedient, hope that as the calmer of the night guards he will be more reluctant to turn to violence.
Though that’s not exactly right. He doesn’t have to hold back. He’s not obligated to act in any way that isn’t directly tied to his personal preference. If I cause enough trouble then it won’t matter how this usually goes.
And this time there’s no one to save me.
Tears pool in my eyes, making the whole room a blurry mess as I struggle to pull away. Because, yeah, of course that was what this was about. Some stupid little delusion that’s eaten it’s way into my head. Some silly little fantasy. I’m pathetic. I can’t even get my feet under me, but I want to run. I want to get out of here with such a manic fervor that it’s hard to think of anything else. I want out.
I want out and I blame my stupid little malfunctioning head for playing me a memory that made me dream, that made me remember, that forced the fucking will to live back on me like some unwanted housewarming present.
I don’t want this.
“Please.” I hate how high my voice comes out, how it dies in my throat on the burning sensation that I know comes with my tears. “Please, I-”
“Shut up.” Danny doesn’t listen.
He doesn’t wait, he doesn’t hesitate. I doubt there’s much that I’m actually doing to him. My struggling is weak at best, but still he lifts me clean off my feet and before I can protest my body jolts at the cold sensation beneath me.
“Lie down.” The sharp command jolts me out of the flurry of curses that come to mind.
Danny presses a hand to my chest and pushes me flat against the table. The hard surface immediately digs into my shoulders. My back aches, and the forced straightening of my posture tells me just how much damage I've been doing to my body. Or maybe it’s just always been like that and a straight spine is the natural enemy.
It’s fucking cold.
Danny hasn’t tried to take my jacket, but I don’t know if that’s a good thing or not. It’s the only thing that reeks in this otherwise fairly sterile little room. I don’t like it. I hate the smells coming off of it, the grime and filth and the memories of how it all got there, but it is my only protection. Without it I swear that my whole body would go numb. The whole table is icy against my heated skin. It doesn’t take long before I can feel myself start to shake. I don’t like to think about what it would feel like without any protection for my back.
Danny’s fumbling with something, or rather there are probably a few things. There’s the rattling and wheel creak of a tray so I have to imagine there’s a variety of things that he wants at his fingertips.
I try not to think about it, try not to overanalyze. It’s not like I’ve ever done this before. I don’t know what he’ll need… what he’ll want. I’d thought it would be pretty simple. At least, that was always the way it was described. I wrack my brain for any of the particulars that might have been mentioned to me, but I’m drawing a blank.
I always thought it would be clinical and painless. Quick and… merciful.
It doesn’t feel like that.
I can feel the painful tick of every second as Danny fumbles. I think this was what I had been afraid of, all that time ago. I’d been scared to be alone. I’d been scared that when the time came my Master would dump me at a doctor’s place and leave. No, that had only been a concern recently… only with Kara.
It’s stupid to think about it now. It’s so stupid, but I can’t bring myself around to anything else. He’s not here. He doesn’t care about me. I know that, but my mind is a mess right now and all I can think about is how close this all is to the first few days. Back when I’d thought Kara had taken me nearly through the entire city to find someone to put me down.
What’s terrible is that I still want the same thing. I still want to hope that if I beg and plead just right he won’t get mad at me. He won’t storm out and make me bear this alone. He’ll hold me and stay and I can pretend for once in my life that someone loves me without any consequences.
Something touches my hand and my heart stutters in my chest before I realize that it’s just Danny. He’s not holding my hand, he's just moving me. I feel stupid. More stupid. Of course it’s just Danny. There’s no one else here.
“Keep that there.” It’s not quite a command. I don’t know what it is. It’s absentminded orders, he’s focused on something else.
It’s an odd position. The stretch causes an odd ache in my arm, but I know what I need to do. I need to stay still. I need to be good. I just need to stay like he’d told me. I just need to lie down and be good and this whole nightmare will be over.
I was right about the tray. He slides it over as he preps something in the corner. I try not to think, but my gaze is drawn to the tray again. There’s a squishy bag filled with something, but the label is facing away from me, a glass vial, some kind of tubing… it’s all a lot more complicated than I thought it would be. I don’t like the shiny needle sets. There’s one that’s connected to the tubing, another that looks the same as when I got my blood drawn before I could be admitted into the Care Center, one that looks… big.
I’m not good with needles. I never have been, even when they really aren’t there to hurt me.
Kara held me for my tests. He gave me his hand and told me to bite down if I felt any pain. He hadn’t cared how the vet had rolled his eyes. He held me like I was something irreplaceable, something he never wanted to see hurt, even for a moment. He held me.
And I swear I did smell his scent while I was out in the kennels.
Suddenly I can’t keep still. I can’t wait here and stay like I should. I know it’s wrong. I was given an order. I know it’s bad, but I can’t.
I can’t.
I need Kara.
It takes more energy than it should to roll over onto my side, to squirm pathetically and try to find a handhold on the unbroken slab. Everything aches. I swear my whole body has turned into one unbroken bruise, but I can’t stay still for this. Even if it’s stupid, I want to find that scent again. I need to, if only to prove to myself that it wasn’t a delusion.
“Where the fuck do you think you’re going?” I’m not even fully upright before Danny’s wrapping an arm around my waist and pulling me back to the middle of the table.
I can’t stop the pathetic little whimper that comes as I’m dragged back from the edge. Would it be so bad, really? I just need a minute, just a minute and I won’t be bothersome. I just… don’t want to be alone.
“Come on now, you’re just going to hurt yourself if you keep this up.” Danny sighs as he pulls me back into the position that he wanted.
“N-no, no!” It’s the wrong thing to say. It’s not something I should be allowed to say, but I have lost the ability to make a more coherent argument.
I don’t want to be here. I don’t want to be cooperative. I want out and even though it hurts to struggle against him I’m going to keep it up for as long as I have strength.
It must make sense to Danny, too.
I feel the thick strap tightening over my chest before I see it. Danny works methodically, binding me up as much as he can to force immobility, but for some reason he keeps my bad arm free. He walks around me, adjusting things as he goes, and it’s all I can do to try and keep breathing. I can feel myself going lightheaded as my breath speeds in frightened little gasps, as it becomes harder to take deep breaths with the way my bonds are fastened.
“Be still!” Danny huffs, the frustration bleeding through in his voice as I try to wrestle my bad arm away from him.
I don’t know why he’s messing with it. He’d put it in a specific position before, but I just don’t understand why it would be so important. I can’t stop myself from fighting it, from fighting him. I don’t want this pain.
Maybe it’s taking too long or maybe I’m just giving him too much trouble, but eventually Danny releases my hand with a hushed string of curses. I try not to slump with relief. It’s not over, but I can’t stop the tears that come to my eyes as he looks down at me.
“Please, please, I-” My voice dies in my throat even though I want to beg.
I want to, but I don’t have anything to offer.
Danny just huffs, fumbling with something from a drawer under the table I’m on before he stands again, his voice more soothing and calm than he has any right to in this situation.
“All you have to do is breathe, little one.”
I don’t understand, but suddenly there's something pressing down on my face. It’s soft, some kind of squishy material that worms around my nose and mouth. A mask.
The air inside is warm. It’s wrong, something’s wrong about the oddly sticky feeling, like being outside on a really humid day. I press my lips into a tight line and try, with all that I have, to shake my head. Like it matters . It won’t, but either way I can’t stop the tears that are rolling down my face.
I thought it would be a shot and it would be over with. I can’t, I don't want to be forced to participate.
“Please-” I try not to breathe in, but I can taste the sticky air in the back of my throat. It’s almost sweet, but I hold my breath. If I just don’t breathe then it will be fine. I just wish my chest didn’t feel so tight as I try again to dislodge the mask.
“Everything will be fine, just breathe.” Danny’s voice comes again, soft and calm as ever, and I hate him for it. I hate him so much. He shouldn’t get to chide me like this is a fool’s errand. I already know that it is.
I want to cough, I want to get every little bit of that strange stickiness out of me, but I’m too scared to open my mouth. I feel dizzy already and I can’t tell if it’s because I’m not breathing or if the medicine is already taking effect.
My fingers dig into the fabric of my jacket as my hand flexes on reflex. I don’t want to be alone. I want someone to hold me. I’d asked that of Kara once, at least I had in my mind. I’d thought about getting put down so much. I’d been so scared of all the failings that he’d overlooked. I wish I could have just enjoyed our time together, back when it was good, when he liked me, or at least saw fit to give me his time. Back when he probably would have held my hand for this.
The blinding, screaming pain has me jolting out of the memories. It was Danny, he’s got his hand on my arm, his fingers squeezing into the bruises. I gasp, hiccuping and coughing before I realize my mistake.
I tug weakly against the straps, but I can’t stop myself from breathing deeply again.
“There you go, deep breaths. You’re good, little one.” Danny’s voice washes over me again, but when I focus he’s not even looking at me. He’s preoccupied with something that he’s brought on the tray.
“Please-” I hear my own voice like it’s not a part of me, just something tiny and hollow in the distance. I don’t know what I’m begging for anymore.
“Just breathe,” he repeats softly, or maybe that’s just me. Maybe I really can’t hear him anymore.
It’s easier than I thought it would be... giving in, giving up. The darkness creeps in around the edges, but it’s not bad. It’s not anything.
It’s just… over.
Notes:
-if you need someone to talk to about this, try the fan server: Here
-if you need someone to talk to about this, try the fan server: Here
-if you want to see the tumblr, you can find it: Here
-if you want to take a listen to the incredible audiobook version (which is not something I ever thought I would have the ability to say) that Sekiraku, our incredible Beta reader who is amazing and talented and quite literally a god, has made then you can find the link to chapter 1: Here
- go give it a listen!
Stay safe out there.
Chapter 85: Sweet like a Dream
Summary:
Blue and Kara get home so surely all the bad things are behind them... right... right?
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
I don’t think the dead dream, but I don’t have any other explanation for what I’m experiencing.
I don’t know how far time stutters after Danny. After the backroom with the mask and my racing pulse, after all the useless begging. It doesn’t feel like very long, though. In fact, it feels like only a second has passed by the time the world starts to swirl around me once more.
It’s a lot of things that don’t make sense at first, a neutral, non-affective dizziness that feels almost like it’s happening to someone else, voices that I can’t for the life of me pick coherent words out of… and then warmth, like I’m being held in someone’s arms.
There are jumps to it. It seems like every time I manage to get one sense focused, it uses up whatever pitiful reserves I have and I get dragged right back down under. It’s always different, too.
Disorienting.
First the voices, then the arms, then a knocking, rolling nausea that usually only accompanies carriages. Sounds are a garbled incoherent mess at the best, so eventually I give up. My body feels weird and if I can’t focus on anything that’s happening outside, then I might as well let myself focus on the damage.
It doesn’t help.
Everything stutters just as badly when I try to feel. When I try to listen for the sound of my heart, when I try to make sense of what’s touching my skin. Time chips away, falling to pieces before I can have the chance to look around.
I wonder if this is what it’s supposed to feel like. It feels kinda like falling.
When the next sensation rolls around I grab for it, my desperation turning an almost violent shade. I think the glimpses into sensation have been driving me crazy. I want more, I want to… I don’t know what I want, but of all the things to grab onto, the warmth isn’t bad.
It’s not perfectly warm, not everything at least. There are pieces of me left out. It takes me a moment, a long awaited moment, as consciousness doesn’t immediately pull away from me, before I figure out what’s causing the warmth.
It’s water. I’m in water, in a bath. That connection comes just a bit later as I take in the steamy colored water. I’ve seen it before, with bath salts and certain types of soaps. I can barely see the two little bumps of my knees where they sit just under the water.
It doesn’t really make sense, but as time wavers and I find myself in the same space I’m forced to confront the issue. There’s water around me. I’m being bathed. I just don’t understand why so much effort is being put into it. The water is still blissfully warm. I wonder if it’s been reheated or if it really hasn’t been that long, but there’s something more this time.
There’s soap, a fluffy layer of bubbles, and a sponge going over my shoulder. It doesn’t have to be, but it’s slow and though I know it should hurt, it doesn’t. I can’t blame the grogginess for this one as the moment stretches on and on without being interrupted.
It’s good. It feels good. Sitting here in the warm water with all the special care put into the bath, the gentle washing with no pain. It feels good, too good .
I know it’s fake.
I can’t smell anything.
Or rather I can only smell the odd stringent chemical scent that doesn’t seem to change no matter how long I stay conscious. It burns my nose and I wait until my eyes water, but no matter how deeply I breathe it’s all I can smell. It doesn’t change even as I dip my head into the bubbles at my shoulder, though the motion does take a lot more effort than it should. There’s a lot here. I should be able to smell the soap, the different scents applied to the water. I know it should smell, but there’s nothing.
This is like Kara’s bathroom. I hate the part of my mind that jumps on the point, but I can’t stop myself after I’ve made the connection. It all feels so familiar. The tub and the walls, even the faucet, even though it’s a little hard to see with my vision so blurred. It’s like I’m waking up, still groggy from sleeping in too late. At least that’s what it feels like. The exhaustion rolling bone deep in my body is making my limbs feel heavy and movement impossible. I can’t even pick my head up from where it’s resting on my shoulder.
I can’t help but wonder what kind of memory space this is. How it got picked out of all the other little bits and pieces flying through my head. I’m appreciative. It’s nice, and I don't think I would have appreciated any other bathing as much… at least, not one from any other master.
There’s a hand on me, pulling my head back up. Steadying me so that I don’t dip below the water. I shouldn’t be surprised. There was someone washing me in this memory. There had to have been someone moving the sponge, there had to have been someone there.
My head feels heavy, but even still I force myself to turn. I don’t want to be surprised again. I want to see what’s happening. It seems I move just a little too fast, or maybe at the wrong moment. The person is there, right there, nearly brushing my nose against theirs as I try to face them.
It’s blurry, it’s all blurry. I’m dizzy and the face is too close, but even still, the colors, the shapes... It looks so familiar. It looks just the same. I could almost swear that it’s him. There are spots in my vision, little bits of light interrupting the colors already present, but I’m almost sure. It’s the same little dots of grey in his eyes, and the same soft yellow hair tied back, it’s the same-
No smell.
It’s just the chemical irritant that I can almost blame for the way my eyes water. There’s none of his smell. None of his true comfort.
I can’t believe I almost lost myself to this illusion.
“You’re good, you’re good.” The words settle like a balm over me as he presses his hand to my cheek and settles me once again so I won’t slip.
It’s nice, sweet, and even though my head spins a bit, the voice settles into a familiar cadence soon enough. It sounds like Kara, or at least a good enough copy to fool me.
His hand slides into my hair, rubbing soft circles into my scalp until I’m closing my eyes and crooning at the sensation. My hair is wet already. Did he already wash it? It feels nice, and it’s only once his hand is tangled in my hair that I even notice that my damp hair is keeping my head just a touch cooler than the rest of my body. I don’t mind the slight chill, especially when he’s taken it upon himself to fix the situation. I like the clean feeling more than anything, but it’s no trouble to nuzzle into the warmth.
“Hey,” the voice comes again, “hey there…” It’s still soft, but there’s something expectant in it that has me curious.
The pleasant petting continues and I let myself lean into it. The noise I make in response is largely involuntary, but I don’t really care. This is my memory, or delusion, or whatever it is. I don’t need to be perfect.
“Are you... are you awake?” There’s some hesitance in his voice as he twirls some of the longer bits of my hair around his fingers.
I like it. I like it more than I should. It’s the simple, gentle contact that comes so naturally with Kara. It’s stupid, but I want to stay like this. I know I need to respond. I should tell him I’m awake, but this is my delusion and I don’t want to be awake just yet.
“No.” My voice doesn’t sound like I want it to.
Idly, I can’t help but think that it’s not fair. Shouldn’t I get to pick how it sounds? It’s my delusion, my voice shouldn’t be so hoarse and pained.
“Alright, then.” Imaginary Kara backs up far enough for me to be able to pick out his smile in the shapes before his hand dips back into the water for his sponge. “You just stay asleep and I’ll take care of this.”
The ‘this’ in question is apparently me.
He continues to wash me, scrubbing away every imaginary piece of dirt. He’s so gentle, so careful with me that I start to actually pay attention. I wonder why I still have bruises in this dream, why I still feel sick and nauseous. It doesn’t really make sense, but I almost like it. I’m too weak to do it myself, but my Master handles it all with such skill and generosity that I don’t even have to think about it.
I just wish I could smell.
I suppose that’s greedy of me. I got my wish already. I got to smell him before I was taken into the backroom. I already had the chance I’m asking for. I shouldn’t want more.
But I’m greedy.
I don’t care if it’s some panicked break from my mind, if this is all fake. I like it here .
I don’t know how much I can impact the illusion. I don’t remember getting bathed like this, not even when I was with Kara. He’d always been gentle, mindful and kind, but I can’t remember a time when I was this badly hurt, or when the water was this color.
I wonder if it is a memory, just bits and pieces pasted together in a way that will bring me the most comfort. There were very few masters who let me into their personal bathing chambers, but I vaguely remember getting assigned a box of differently colored salts and herbs. I had been in charge of preparing the bath even though I needed to be long gone before they ever got to their chambers. I wonder if the color is from that… I remember the scents better. Too many of them had made me dizzy, the heady aromas too strong for me to handle. It smelled nice afterwards, after it got stirred in properly so that the scent turned mild.
I wonder what this is supposed to smell like, if my mind remembers the color more than the scent now that I can’t actually tell.
If it’s a memory, then there’s probably little I can do to change what’s being done. I don’t know how much I can alter what’s being presented, but so long as it’s a memory it shouldn’t be too hard…
I go to move my hands to the water but Kara stops me. Right, there’s something wrong with my arm . It wasn’t a part of the memory, but I know my body. I know what happened to it before I got dragged into the shelter. If the bruises managed to make their way in here, then I don't doubt that my broken bone would as well. I should be happy that this dream let me take away the pain.
It’s more than that, though. It’s different. As Kara pulls my arm back into place, I get a better idea of what I had been content to ignore. He has that arm sticking out of the bath. It’s not allowed into the water, but as I look at it, I can understand why. There are these bunky bandages all over it, but they don't feel like bandages. It feels heavy and hard and I don’t like it, but it’s a small price to pay for letting the illusion continue.
I watch as Kara fusses, pulling me back into place before continuing on. He seems worried about it so I force my eyes away and resign myself to just the single good hand.
It’s more difficult with one hand, but I scoop at the water all the same. It doesn’t change. It’s still just as warm and blissful as ever, even though I still can’t smell the scent that must be in it. I stare at it long and hard as I watch it slowly trickle out of my palm. I don’t know what I’m supposed to be focusing on. And maybe that might have been a better place to start before I jumped right into this mess.
I can’t help it as the frustration seeps into me. I want it to work, but I don’t know how to do it. Is there some other kind of trick to it? There was a pet who knew how to control his dreams. He couldn’t do it all the time but it came to a point where he could make all kinds of crazy things happen. He swore that as soon as he knew he was dreaming he could do things, change where he was or even what he was. He said that he could fly in his dreams, something I’m sure he never actually saw, so why can’t I just-
“What are you doing there Blue?” Kara’s voice comes again, but I don’t take my eyes away from the slowly diminishing puddle in my palm.
“‘M washing,” I answer halfheartedly, because it’s true if I could figure out just how to make it work.
“You’re washing?” he echoes, and I can’t help the flash of irritation that comes at the confusion in his voice.
If he’s in my head then he should know what I’m trying to say without making me stumble over my own tongue. Hell, I should be able to work my own body any way I want in my delusions, so why the hell does everything have to feel so heavy?
“Want the..” I stumble, trying to find the words as I scoop for more water. Why do I feel so uncoordinated? Why are my words slurring? “Globs.”
“The globs?” Kara asks again, amusement coloring his voice this time.
I huff and continue to stare at my little puddle. He doesn’t have to laugh at me. I’m not doing anything funny. He’s not even real.
“I want the little globs,” I mumble. I don’t know what to do, but my forehead hurts from how much I must have scrunched my face when I tried to focus. “The ones for my hair.”
I don’t know what I’m doing wrong. I’m thinking about it really hard, but it’s not working. I have to be missing something here.
Maybe it’s because of Kara. He was the one who did it for me last time, so he might have to be the one to do it this time too. If my memory is trying to stay as close as it can to what I know, then so long as my mage is here then he’ll have to do it.
I let my hand drop back into the water and turn my head as much as I can towards my imaginary Kara. I have to wonder what pieces of my memory put him together. He looks strange. His eyes look red and he seems just a bit paler than he should be even though he’s smiling.
“Please,” I ask.
I don’t bow or incline my head, I don’t even bother trying to make some promise in exchange for this treat. It’s probably the least respectful I’ve ever been, but I don’t care. All I have to do is ask. It’s not him, it’s not real . We’re free in the little back corner of my mind, so I don’t need the rules.
“What?” Kara cocks his head to the side, just a touch, stopping himself before the action goes any further. It’s a tic I’d noticed before, but I don’t know why it’s being used here. It usually only happens when he’s nervous.
“I wanna wash with the globs y’ used for m’ hair,” I answer, hating the way it feels like I have to fight my tongue.
There’s a moment of silence as I swallow and try to blink the image of Kara into better focus. I feel more awake and yet somehow much more sluggish for it. It’s weird, but at least I don’t have to wait long.
“Yeah, Blue. I can do that.”
The little bit of water that I’ve managed to gather in my palm fights itself to stay in my hand while more syphons off from what sits in the tub. It slides around, solidifying into the bubbles that Kara used to wash my hair that first time. I always liked that part of the memory. I’d always wanted to try it again, but I couldn’t find the right words.
I never would have.
It’s too much of a bother.
But the bubble whirls around, nearly bouncing as it swirls over my arms, tickling at my neck and down my sides, clearing all of the suds that had been painstakingly placed there.
I can’t help but giggle. It feels playful. I suppose it is. It’s entirely unnecessary for the task. I don’t need the magical assistance. I was already being helped, it’s too much to ask when the only thing to be gained is my own pleasure. But it’s warm and fun and it feels so nice that I just can’t bring myself to care.
There’s a towel after all that, after the bubbles pass over me, swirling in nonsensical little patterns over me again and again until it reaches some kind of end. It’s a familiar towel. The same fluffy ones that Kara always spares for me, spared? I try not to linger on the thoughts, it’s cozy and it gets rid of the wet without making me cold.
I know it’s supposed to smell like something, I know it is . I’ve used the detergent too many times not to know the scent that’s been pressed into the granules, but it’s still just that chemical haze, astringent even as I press my face into the softness.
There’s a laugh as another one is draped over me. Kara rubs gently at my hair, mindful of my ears even though they have reflexively pressed themselves into my hair. It’s a practiced touch that makes me feel safe. He’s gentle and slow even though it would be so easy to get this part done fast.
This is so nice.
“I like being dead.”
I don’t realize that I’ve said it out loud until the hands stop. Until the palpable silence descends in the room and I have to push the towel off my face to make sure that this little delusion hasn’t shifted.
“What?” Kara’s voice cracks as he speaks.
Oh, was that too much? I sure as hell would have never said that to the actual Kara, how could I ever have an idea of how he would react? Too much to shatter the illusion?
“I like it here,” I say instead, because that’s nice and neutral and it’s not even a lie, but not-Kara doesn’t let it go.
“Blue, what did you say?”
“It doesn’t matter,” I mumble, more to myself than him.
It’s all in my head anyways. Why is he so focused on it?
His fingers go under my chin, lifting my head until I’m eye to eye with him. It’s easier to see him now. Everything’s a little clearer, though I don’t understand why he looks so concerned.
I wonder how many times I saw that face that it would be what I see in this memory amalgamation. It feels new, but maybe that’s just because I never really looked too carefully when he was like this.
He’s warm.
My hands find his and it’s surprisingly easy to pull him away. His hand is warm, so warm as I pull it closer to my cheek. It’s all blurry this close to my eyes, but I don’t really mind that. I wasn’t expecting any different. I can still feel, though. I can feel the calluses, the sharp line of his short nails, the crack in the cuticle of his index finger that never seems to heal. I feel him, all the little bits that make him up and, Stars , the warmth. It’s frankly rude that he’s able to produce so much body heat, even down to the tips of his fingers.
I didn’t get the chance to indulge.
I never would have asked.
It feels so nice, even though I just got out of the hot bath. It’s a different kind of heat as I rub my face against his hand. I’m no less starved for it.
“Blue… what are you doing?”
That chemical smell is making my head spin, but I feel more awake. I hate it.
“Just let me have this,” I huff.
Is it that hard? I don’t know how much longer I get to be in this delusion, is it that hard to just let me enjoy this?
I press my nose into his wrist, but there's still no smell. I get his warmth and his hands, I get his gentleness... I don’t understand why I don’t get his scent. Why can’t I just have it? Would it be so wrong? Just a little bit, right at the end. Is that so much to ask?
“Please, I just, I want this,” I say again, like speaking aloud is the key to all of it.
That was something this Master liked a lot, right? He always liked it when I used my voice, so if I ask... If I beg...
I can feel the beginnings of tears blooming in my eyes. I shouldn’t be crying. It’s stupid. It’s so stupid, I already got my wish once. This is more than I could have hoped for and yet here I am, struggling to breathe.
My breath comes in hiccups and I don’t want to cry. I don’t want to ruin this wonderful little moment my brain made for me, but I can’t even find it in me to control myself. The hiccups turn to coughs and Kara pulls his hand away as I struggle to force my lungs to do what I want.
My meltdown doesn’t stop Kara from pulling my head back up to his. I know that face, I’d tentatively called it ‘abject horror’ in the privacy of my own mind. I’d gotten it a lot when I talked about random things, though mostly it was other households. I feel like I’m choking on my own spit even thought there’s nothing wrong.
“Hey, hey,” he calls, patting at my back as he sits me up straighter, and it’s surprising how the little change makes it so much easier to breathe. “Are you ok?”
I’m not, my head hurts and my tongue feels heavy, but this is an illusion anyways and he’s petting those circles into my back like he does when I’m not feeling well and I can’t bring myself to complain, so I just lean into his embrace.
It doesn’t take long for Kara to understand that he’s not getting an answer out of me, but that doesn’t stop him from continuing on like I might become a chatty conversation partner any moment now.
“Here, you’re awake enough. I don’t think you need this anymore.”
Before I have the chance to ask him what the hell he’s talking about, his fingers go to a spot under my nose, plucking at my skin. But it’s not my skin, there’s something there, just above my lips, something sticky. Adhesive . My mind makes the connection at the sharp sting pulling across my skin.
I don’t understand. It doesn’t make any more sense the longer I look at the little inch-long white strip.
Something cold settles around me as the last of the chemical scent leaves me, because I can smell the towel. I can smell the detergent and the clean linen, I can smell the soap from the bath, the fruit oil that Kara had got me used to using for my hair, and Kara’s-
I can smell my-
This is wrong.
This is wrong.
“Blue,” Kara starts, but he stops himself as I flinch.
It’s not my memory, that’s Kara’s voice. It’s him. Of fucking course it’s him . What the hell was I thinking?
“Blue, what’s wrong?”
What’s wrong? I can’t think straight. I’m breathing, I know I’m breathing, my chest is going up and down, but I swear I’m not getting any air. I can’t hear anything over the sound of my own heart, thundering away in my chest.
This is wrong. I can’t be here, I don’t understand. If I’m here, if by any chance this is real...
No, it can’t be, it’s a trick, just some kind of trick. I know it is, it has to be.
But suddenly there are hands on me and I can’t control the instinct to bolt. There’s nothing holding me in place, and there’s enough of a clear path for me to throw myself off of the counter without a second thought. My legs nearly give out under me in the same moment. I stumble as I lock my knees. I know if I go down now, I’m not getting back up. I won’t be able to. My heart’s going a million miles an hour and I’m all too familiar with the feeling of adrenaline coursing through my veins. I know the strength I have right now is temporary.
My stumbling launches me into the opposite wall, just one of the many things I hadn’t seen in my need for escape. The dull thud is followed by a dull pain. The pain is at least reassuring. It’s real. It’s grounding. So long as I can feel the pain, then that means-
But this can’t be real. It’s ‘the’ bathroom. It looks exactly like Kara’s house. It’s just the same, the bathroom, the wallpaper, everything.
It can’t be real.
“Blue, you don’t look so good, how about we just go to bed and-” There’s more, I’m sure there’s more, but I can’t hear him anymore.
I can’t be here. I can’t- I’m not going with him. But the bathroom only has two doors. One that goes to Kara’s room and the other... we’ve never used. Kara never said anything about it, but I knew it was there. It wasn’t like he was hiding it, nothing blocked the path to it anyways. I found it when I was exploring... rather, when I was cleaning. It was simply locked. Locked from the bathroom door and from the external door at the very end of the upstairs hallway. I don’t know what’s in there, but in my addled state I am certain that it’s the only way out.
“Blue, where are you-” I don’t wait for the rest of Kara’s words.
My heart nearly stops when the handle turns. It doesn’t catch on the lock, but I don’t understand why. It was never open, not in all the months that I was here, but it’s a little too late to be considering that. I don’t have enough time to stop. I can’t change my momentum, I’d already thrown all my weight forward onto the door. I thought it would be locked. I thought I would need to try and break it down. It’s only in retrospect that I realize how insane that is. I don’t have the strength for it. I don’t think I’d be capable of it at my best.
So instead of crashing I go flying, with no chance to get my feet under me before I smack into the ground. I’m greeted by dust. The whole room seems coated in it and the scent has my hair standing up on end. It looks like it hasn’t been touched in ages.
There are boxes stacked up around an old bed. A crib, things covered with cloth that make even more nightmarish shapes poke out of the dark. It’s a life. The remnants of a family shoved into the corner of a locked back room. I don’t understand why any of this is here. Why would Kara have this or have any reason to keep it?
Who the hell is he?
“Blue, what are you-” The question dies on his lips as I hear his footsteps grow louder. He’s following me. I haven’t put nearly enough distance between us. “You’re going to get yourself hurt,” he chides, the gentle tone that comes when he’s not sure if I’m actually paying attention.
Like he can’t do any harm if he keeps his tone level. Like I’d be fooled by that.
It’s hard to get my limbs to listen to me. My legs feel like lead and I only have one usable arm, but still I scramble for all I’m worth as I hear him grow closer. It smells like dust and old, stale air back here, but the other smells are leaching in. I can smell him. I can smell him and the scent is so familiar, but I know that it has to be fake.
“Blue!”
It’s not Kara, it’s not, just because it’s his scent-
I feel arms around me, around my waist. I can feel them tugging me close and it’s all I can do to swipe out blindly. I don’t have my claws anymore, Master had kept them trimmed once he’d realized there was a problem. He'd trimmed them because I was dangerous to myself.
I could make myself bleed.
I almost have better luck with the heel of my hand, but there’s only so much that pushing and squirming can do. He pulls me close until I can feel him against me. He’s turned me, throwing my useless arm over his shoulder so that he has more leverage to pick me up and I can’t, I won’t-
I bite down hard at whatever my lips are touching.
There’s fabric and skin and a half-second later, blood. The taste has me freezing up. I’ve only ever had one other person’s blood in my mouth. That ended very poorly.
He was so mad.
“Ah, fuck.” I hear him curse, but he doesn’t kick me off. In fact he takes advantage of my newfound sedentism to rise with me in his arms.
His hand cups the back of my head but he doesn’t coax me off the wound. He doesn’t say anything about it, doesn’t even seem to acknowledge its presence as he rises, taking me with him.
I don’t know what to do. As my heart calms to a more temperate beat I’m frozen with indecision. I can’t force myself to move and my hands find a hold, however tentative, in his shirt.
The panic isn’t going away. I fucked up. I can taste the blood in my mouth to prove it.
I whimper, but I can’t make myself let go. I can’t work myself back from where I’ve bitten into his shoulder. Even as I feel the wet spot where my tongue is pressed into the soft fabric.
I don’t know what to do.
“It’s ok, it’s ok.” The words come quietly, almost conscious of the silence they are breaking.
He’s consoling me. He’s trying to make me feel better. It would make me laugh if I weren’t so focused on not moving my mouth.
But he’s nothing but considerate as he rewraps me in my towel and walks me all the way back to the room I know.
I can feel the center of my weight change, but he doesn’t drop me. He just shifts as he lowers me down, getting me used to the position as my back comes to rest on the bed. He doesn’t let go, he doesn’t drop me, even though it’s not really a threat anymore. I’m already resting on the bed. He just… stays there, bracketing my body with his. He isn’t moving. It can’t be for fear of my teeth. There’s no strength in my bite anymore, I just lack the resolve to pull myself away from the reddened flesh.
“Blue.” It does not come as an admonishment, but it’s not until he speaks that I realize I’m the one clinging to him. His arms are still around me, boxing me in, but he hasn’t pulled away because my hands are still tangled in his shirt .
It’s a physical effort to let go. He moves slowly, like he’s not sure if it was really a choice I made. I wonder if he thinks I might regret it, If I’m going to scream or try to call him back. I can feel myself begin to tremble.
I wonder what I look like to him...
“Oh, Blue-” I want to know what he’s thinking, but he keeps that to himself. Whatever end he had planned for that sentence goes unsaid.
I close my eyes. Perhaps it’s not the best choice, but they’ve been a blurry unreliable mess this whole time. Though the scent could be a lie, the voice sounds like his and his long hair tickled my face when he was carrying me. He’s being so gentle, so patient, as only he was…
Is it him? Is it really him? My mind feels so frayed, and the- I can’t trust my sense of smell, can barely trust my eyes. My heart feels like it’s leaping up into my throat every other moment. It smells like Kara here. Everything smells like Kara.
There’s so much of it, so much of the scent that it has me jumping every time I turn my head. It’s not, it’s too much to be fake. It’s too much effort. I don’t understand what they would get out of it. They’ve already had me crying. They had me beg, they had me crying out for the Master that had abandoned me. I don’t understand why they would want to do it again when they said they were done.
It’s so much effort. Is there really enough of a reward? Am I enough of a reward? Why would they even bother?
The feather light touch of his fingers shocks me from my thoughts. He ghosts his thumb over my cheek, being so careful not to touch. - I'm bruised there . I’m bruised most places actually, but I remember that one in particular.
He must lose interest in the discoloration as he looks me over. I can feel his eyes on me even before I lose patience and raise mine to meet his. I hate it. I hate it more than a physical examination. It hurts more than if he were digging into my bruises.
There’s nothing I can do to get away from his gaze. I feel like a bug on a slide. Like all I’m waiting for is the pin. I don’t want to be here.
I turn my head away until I’m pressed into the pillow underneath me. It’s childish, I know, but I don’t want to see his face. I don’t want to see him and whatever emotion will taint his gaze. I can pretend like this. I can pretend that I don’t see him so he can’t see me. I wonder what I even look like. I haven’t been paying attention to my own body lately.
All I know is that I am a mess.
There’s someone touching my foot. There’s someone there, someone grabbing me and my mind blanks as I scream and jerk. I don’t want to be here. I don’t want this . My body aches as I try to force myself to move, blind in my terror for a second. I don’t want to be here. I don’t want this.
“Blue.” The voice comes again. It’s Kara's voice.
I could almost swear it’s him. It’s his voice and he’s not mad. Even though I’m being nothing but trouble for him. He’s not mad, even as he has to get out of the path of my instinct driven kick.
I don’t want him touching me, though. I honestly don’t think I could handle it at the moment. It’s not him, I just feel like I’ll break if I so much as brush up against another person. It’s never really been up to me, but I don’t want him touching me.
I don’t deserve it. I haven’t been good. I don’t have the right to ask for these allowances. I don’t get to choose to be alone. If the Master wants me now then they will have me now. There’s nothing I can do. I’ve been bad. I’ve been so bad. I can only imagine how much worse it will get.
I can still taste blood in my mouth. What happens when a pet bites? I don’t remember, or at least, I never thought to remember. It was certainly never me being punished. It wasn’t me. I wouldn’t have dared.
My body feels wrong, sluggish and sick. I don’t want to be a part of this. I won’t be good. I won't be any fun.
But the hands still wrestle for my feet. I’m too weak, I can’t fight back. I’m too slow and all it takes is a steadying hand on my leg to press me down into the mattress. I wonder if I should be grateful. It’s an honor to get called to the Master's bed . I know it is, so why am I fighting this?
Why am I being so bad?
And why does this place feel so familiar?
“No.” I can’t stop the word from coming out of my mouth.
I know that word is bad, I know it’s wrong, but I can’t stop myself. I don’t want this. I don’t- I can’t be here. I can’t do it.
“Blue, just stay still for a-” He’s speaking, but I can’t focus. I can’t make myself listen to his words so I try to scratch, but my nails are blunted.
It wouldn’t help anyways. I barely have the coordination to solidly land the hit on his arm. He doesn’t even notice.
Stars, why am I so dizzy?
“No, I-I’m n-not.” I hear my voice slur as I try to piece together why I’m trying so hard.
I feel like this was a rule. I wasn’t supposed to do something. Or rather, there was something important that I needed to do when I felt like this. When I felt like my heart was going to beat out of my chest and I couldn’t breathe. When I got overwhelmed, in any situation when I needed help.
Even in public , we had agreed.
“I’m just-” The voice comes again but I cut it off, like stopping the words will help stop the actions.
He’s already got my legs pinned and it’s all I can do to clutch at my towel.
“Please, please-” because for a moment that’s all I can get my tongue around, “I-I don’t-”
I don’t want this. Please stop. Even though the memory means that everything is a mess of contradictions, I know that I’m remembering right. You’re supposed to stop if I ask, you’re supposed to listen.
“You’re going to catch a-” The voice goes on. He’s not listening to me.
There’s something else touching my leg now and I can’t, I can't- I don’t want to be tied .
We had words for this. Words that don’t work, but I said them anyway because we agreed. We agreed and you promised. You promised even though it means less than nothing to make a promise to me, even though there would be no consequence.
“Please Master I beg your mercy.” My stomach knots as I say the familiar words.
I’m not sure why I said it. It doesn’t work. I know it doesn’t, but it’s still where my mind jumped with the desperation bubbling up inside of me. I’m prepared to fight, or rather to keep squirming, but the hands leave me like my body is on fire.
I take the opening, scrambling as far away as I can manage as fast as I can, curling into a little ball at the edge of the mattress as I pull my towel back around me, trying to force it to cover more than it can. It’s a physical effort to get myself to breathe into the sheets. The stubbornly familiar scent becomes more and more clear as my heartrate slowly falls back down. I can feel the adrenaline leaving me. It’s gradual, but it feeds into a steady woozy feeling until I have to press my face into the mattress in an effort to stop the whole room from spinning. I feel so tired.
No, fuck tired.
I feel dead.
It gets better after the moment passes and all that’s left is the sick feeling in my gut and the tremble in my hands. I count that as better . It’s not all blurry anymore. It’s not fragments, stuttery jumping fragments. I can look around the room and see the room, not… not whatever… wherever I was.
“Blue.”
The voice makes me jump, but it’s not just a voice. It’s Kara. It’s Kara’s voice. And that’s Kara standing at the opposite side of the mattress, looking at me. Watching me for… I don’t know why he’s watching me.
He’s got fabric bundled up in his hands and it takes a moment for it all to click into place in my head. It’s clothes. It’s… my clothes and one of his soft jumpers . The fabric looks so soft and clean. He’s… he was trying to dress me.
“Blue, are you alright?” Kara asks slowly, gently, like his tone can stop another malfunction from happening.
Fucking, do I look alright?
Tears well up in my eyes but there’s nothing I can do to stop the shameful behavior. I’m bad. I’m bad and I’m broken and there’s nothing I can do about it.
“Blue?” Kara’s voice comes again and I can’t stop myself from looking up in his direction. He hasn’t moved. Hasn’t even tried to get any closer.
I don’t blame him. I freaked out on him. I can’t imagine how I’m even going to begin to explain that to him. Not when I still can’t force myself to uncurl from my little ball at the edge of the mattress. Not when I can’t stop myself from crying.
I must look like a fucking mess. I’ve never been a pretty crier. My eyes have to be so red right now. It never took much to make a mess out of myself.
“Blue, can I come closer?” Kara asks slowly, holding up the clothes between us like it’s some kind of peace offering.
I don’t trust myself to speak so I just nod and watch him carefully as he makes his way over to my side of the bed.
“Do you want me to help, or do you want to put your clothes on yourself?” The offer comes lightly, no hint as to which is the right answer. Or maybe there is, maybe there’s a hint hidden, but I’m far too gone to see it.
I don’t want help. I’d like to believe that I don't need it. That I can dress myself and just be alone for a little bit. I want to cry in peace, but the further I go down that fantasy the more hollow it rings. I don’t want to be alone. Not really. Alone scares me. I’m bad at being alone. I need people, I need someone with me... I just wish that I could feel safe like that.
I make him wait as my overworked mind puzzles this out, but he doesn’t say anything more. He doesn’t try to talk to me one way or the other, though it would be easy to influence my decision . I feel so fucking fragile.
Eventually I err on the side of practicality. My hands are still shaking and I know I don't have the strength to stand. I can wiggle around on the bed for a half an hour trying to pull clothes onto myself, or...
“H-help.” My throat hurts, but at least everything else cooperates long enough for me to make my request.
Kara doesn’t say anything. In his true Kara fashion he doesn’t tell me if I’ve picked right or wrong. He just smiles and nods, picking up one article of clothing after the other, showing it to me and helping me into it. It’s slow going. A pace that I can keep up with, if not understand. I’ve been so bad. He didn’t even want to keep me. I don’t understand why he’s being so kind.
The clothes are comfortable. They’re soft and unconstraining, a mixture of my clothes and his. It’s him. It has to be. These are clothes that we’d never wear in public. Clothes that no one else would know that we have. He’s reserved his softest jumper for me, the one he knows I love, and it still has the little rip I’d accidentally made when I was doing the laundry. He knows my words, he knows what they mean. He stopped, just like he promised, and he made it better afterwards. It’s really him, though that doesn’t answer my biggest question.
Why?
“H-hey, Blue-” The words startle me as I jolt awake.
I hadn’t realized my head was lolling out onto the pillows. I don’t remember being so tired, but I must have nodded off for a moment. I find Kara’s gaze quickly enough, he’s close to me, just at my side standing at the bed. There’s concern in Kara’s eyes as I realize he’s stroking the soft fur behind my ears.
“No, it’s nothing.” He corrects himself quickly, even though I can see the lie for what it is. “You must be tired, I- here.” He stops himself, pressing something into my arms.
When did I get on my back?
It’s soft and round and I automatically tuck it up under my chin as I roll onto my side. It’s squishy and fits so perfectly into my arms. It’s... it’s my plushy . It took me a second to recognize it in my sleep-addled state, but it’s my little yellow plushy.
Why does he have it? It just doesn’t make any sense. Why did he keep it?
Because he did keep it . He couldn’t have gone out and gotten a new one. Well, I suppose he could have, but this one already smells like me, smells like the laundry detergent we use and the older stale scents of Kara that I had rubbed it against. It wasn’t a new one. He had kept the old one, I just can’t figure out-
“Why?” I croak out and now that I’m fairly certain that this isn’t a dream I know why my throat is fucked up, why I can’t talk right, but the question is out there and I wish I had the strength to push the thing away from me.
But it’s soft and wonderful and I know I can’t. It’s not the plushy’s fault that I have bad memories. It’s not my fault that I couldn’t take it with me, that I'd genuinely missed it. That I had, in some moments of lucidity, wondered what happened to it, if it had gotten thrown away or given to someone else. I don’t have the strength to push it away so I bury my face in the soft yellow fur instead.
“Why what, darling?” he asks, petting me so gently as my rage boils.
He doesn’t get to call me darling. He doesn’t, not after all this, not after everything. I can’t pretend it was all some bad dream.
“Why d-did you, I-” My voice catches and suddenly I’m coughing up a lung.
Why are you here? Why now? I just don’t understand. Why after all of that, after you sold me, after you cut all ties with me... why do you care? Why did you keep it? Why did you keep something that I never even told you was so precious to me?
“Hey, no, it’s ok,” Kara stumbles as he helps me sit up, patting my back as I try to rid myself of whatever is obstructing my lungs. “We can talk about this when you get up.”
“No!”
I know that I shouldn’t. I know that it’s not a word that I get to say often, I know that it’s not good. It doesn't show that I'm well behaved or docile like I should be, but I don’t care. I’m bad. I know I’m bad already and he does too. I know that I have no business saying that word, but I can’t bring myself to care anymore.
I don’t want to wait. He’s too good at… at all of it. He’s gentle and kind and when he pets me I melt and I just want to stay in the moment forever and I know that I will just hurt myself. I don’t want to let myself get comfortable. I don’t think I’ll survive if I get caught off guard by this again.
He already gave me away once. I don’t understand why he would come back, why he would ever work to come find me.
I don’t understand why he would save me again when he’s already done with me .
“Why, the k-kennel?” I hear myself asking.
I wanted to know why he would go all the way there to save me . Why would he have bothered? If he was still interested in me then why did he sell me to his friends? If he wanted me back then why didn’t he just lend me out like they’d asked?
“The kennel? I-” Kara stops himself, looking almost confused. “We were looking for you.”
And yeah, ok. That makes sense . In all the time that I’d known him, run-down little pet shelters didn’t really seem like the kind of place he would hang out on a regular night.
“Why w-were you…” I struggle to find the right words, but Kara finds them for me.
“Why was I looking?” he asks, and it’s only after I’m nodding that I hear the affronted tone in his voice.
“Blue, what are you talking about? We’ve been looking for you for ages!” Kara exclaims.
And that... doesn’t make sense. I wasn’t gone for ages. It couldn’t have been more than two days since I left Kalu’s place. I would have been put down if it was. I was with Kalu. Kara was the one who sold me to him. He should have known where I was.
Why would he lie?
“I don’t u-understand.” I stumble, trying to piece together something that makes sense in my mind.
Does he think that lying would make me feel better? Does he think I didn’t know? I’ve known those that enjoy playing the kind and gentle master, but even they wouldn’t keep something around that had already bored them.
“What do you mean you don’t understand, you were gone.” He says it like that’s the end of it. Like that’s the only thing that mattered. “Of course I would look for you.”
“Why would you care?”
The silence that greets me is palpable and it’s in that moment that I realize I’ve spoken out loud. I hadn’t meant to. I really hadn’t meant to say it out loud. The look on his face makes me want to take it back. It’s the wrong reaction. That much I can tell.
Maybe he wanted me to be grateful. Maybe he wanted to be praised for having been my savior twice now. Maybe he wanted… I don’t know, some kind of undying loyalty that comes from being brought back from the brink. But the more I think about it, the less sense it makes. I’m not something valuable to have. I’m just not. Even if my Master thinks that loyalty is hard earned, I’m not worth such an elaborate production.
Kara… I can’t tell what he’s thinking, and when I look up to ask he looks… For a second he looks really, genuinely mad. I realize I’ve never actually seen that kind of expression on his face before, but in the moment he looked terrifying.
“Blue, I-” He stops, forcing himself to take a breath as his eyes go from angry to... pained. “I love you.”
The words take a moment to process. There’s another moment as the chill sets into my bones and I turn the words over and over in my head, but they remain unchanged. I can’t pretend I didn’t hear him clearly. It wasn’t a rushed misspeaking. He was looking at me, right at me. He stopped and waited like he hadn’t already had my full attention. There was no stutter.
It can’t be true.
It can’t. He can be kind, he can be gentle and treat me above my station all he likes. I can thank him for it, I can be grateful, but love is something different. I know that. It’s supposed to be something different. Love is something special and sacred and not for the likes of me.
Something that will never be for me.
“No, you don’t.” I’m speaking before I can really think about it, before I register the tremble in my hands and the blood rushing past my ears.
He doesn’t love me. That’s- It’s not right. It can’t be right. It has to be a lie, but for what? To comfort me? To keep me docile, does he think I’m stupid? He doesn’t have to lie to me. I know I’ll never be worth… this.
My whole life, I will never be worthy of those words from him.
“B-Blue.” The stutter takes me by surprise.
Maybe it’s just because I’m not thinking straight that I immediately look up at him. It’s an automatic reaction. He’s allowed for so much in the past that I let myself forget that it’s improper. I shouldn’t count on the allowances he’s given me, but at the moment it’s the furthest thing from my mind.
Kara looks… bad. I hadn’t really taken the chance to look him over, my mind as addled as it was… is, but even I can tell there’s something wrong. He looks pale and sick and there’s just the faintest hint of a sheen of sweat across his brow that has me concerned. His eyes don’t look feverish though, just… distraught.
Did he really believe that… No . He might not have known much about pets and familiars and everything that comes with our proper handling when he first got me, but… but he has to know better by now. He does. I know he does. He looked objectively and saw that I was a wasteful asset. I brought him nothing that a stronger familiar, a more respectable one, couldn’t do better. He’d made a better tie with a friend by selling me off.
It has to be some kind of game or… something, anything . Because if it isn’t, then it’s my fault. If he let himself fall into these kinds of thoughts, then-
No. It’s not real. He doesn’t love me. He can’t.
Masters don’t love. That’s something for naive children to believe in.
“You don’t-” I hate my own desperation as I pull at the sheets in a pitiful scramble to pull myself away from him. I hate how it sounds like I'm lying to myself. “You don’t!”
I don’t have that much room, but I’m not paying attention. It doesn’t take long before I fall off the bed. I tumble gracelessly, my bad arm smacking the ground first before I even have a chance to knock my head. It’s so much heavier now that it’s covered in the casing that I don’t have the chance to stop it.
It hurts.
First a quick burst of pain, but then a deep aching that has me curling up in some vain bid to protect it from any more damage.
I hate the thing. It’s heavy and bulky and it makes me feel like it’s not even my arm anymore. The more I think about it, the more certain I am that I didn’t have to wear one of these things the first time I broke something. More than anything I don’t like the smell. It smells like glue and paste and that fucking shelter.
I hate it.
I don’t want the reminder. I can’t stand the way my heartrate ticks up at every little reminder, at every little phantom presence. But more than that, I hate that I can’t relax with so much of Kara’s scent around me.
It used to be good.
I used to like it. I must have. I wore his clothes. I rubbed my face into his pillows. I used to look around the house and search for things that retained that little piece of his presence when he was busy and needed time alone. It brought me so much comfort, but now… now I can’t even be sure that it’s real anymore. Every time I smell him, I jump and try so hard not to think of that basement.
I can hear him coming. I can hear his footsteps on the carpet and maybe he’s making an effort to make noise, but I can’t really bring myself to care one way or the other. I don’t want him here. I can’t have him here. Not with his delusions, not with his kindness, not with his scent.
I will lose my mind.
What little I have left of it .
“Blue, I-” He starts, but I don’t want to hear him say it again.
“I hate you!” I scream, scrambling until I find my back against the wall and there’s nowhere else to run.
Worst of all, for a single moment, it’s true. I do hate him. I hate him for toying with me, for thinking it would be so easy to throw me back into his bed, for giving me up and then … what ? Regretting the decision? I don’t understand why he would. He could get anything, take a shot in the dark and choose at random and come out with a better pet than me.
But it isn’t really about him. No, I hate him for what he did to me. Not my sale and whatever perceived betrayal comes with that in my mind, but I hate him because I can. It’s another one of those brand new sensations that I only get to have because Kara gave it to me.
He gave it to me when he didn’t demand my worship for having saved me, when he taught me to think for myself and make choices that suited me, even when they didn’t always work out. I hate him because of how kind he was. How he taught me to read and gave me books when I asked. I hate that he gave me permission to train in a skill that had no real use for him well before he even had an inkling that it would help his academic career. I hate his food, all of it, from his trying to hunt out my favorites like a bloodhound all the way down to him not realizing that I can’t taste sugars.
Because it wouldn’t have been bad if I hadn’t known it could be better.
“I h-hate you so much.” And maybe it would be more convincing if I hadn’t driven myself halfway to tears already.
“Blue...” He goes to speak again, but I can’t- I can’t let him. He’s mistaken and he just doesn’t know.
He‘s wrong. He doesn’t love me. No one does. I’m not supposed to have that and I had already contented myself with that kind of life. I’d already made my peace. I was happy just making it through another day, getting enough to eat and a few warm words here and there. I was okay with that. I had to be.
“My eyes had adjusted, Master.” Because that’s what happens when you sit in the dark. Your eyes adjust and it stops being a problem.
But it doesn’t take long to ruin that. Just a flash is enough to ruin a lifetime of adjustment, of careful, incremental change. It doesn’t take much to be sent stumbling blind once again… once you have to go back.
And I hated it. Being in that basement, trying to remember how to behave and be good after I’d been allowed to know all that I was missing.
“I hate-” My voice dies in my throat, the sharp painful noise cutting off before I can do any more damage, but still I force my tortured throat for more, damned if it’s quieter. “I hate-” I try to force the words out, my ears pressing against my skull because I shouldn’t be screamin g. I know I shouldn’t be screaming, but I don't even know the rules anymore.
I can’t think, I can’t breathe with you...with you . Because it’s true. I learned so early, so fucking early not to be greedy. I’ve become dependent, and he’s the one who fucked it up. I want to speak, but I force myself to swallow instead and give myself some time to breathe because I’m starting to feel lightheaded.
It hurts. It hurts and I taste blood, but that’s fine. At least it’s my own this time. At least it’s familiar.
“M-my eyes h-had adjusted, I w-was fine.” And it’s only part of a lie.
I didn't get used to it, I didn’t deal with it. I was dying when he found me . One stop away from a less than clinical death by neglect. I was less than worthless in a place where they just didn’t care. They just wanted one more little scrap of value to be squeezed out of me. They couldn’t have cared less who I was going with.
He wormed his way into the careful barriers I had set for myself. He made me regret them, the laws that had been trained into me, but they were there for a reason. They kept me safe.
Some might have affection for their pets, but they don’t love them. They would never love me. No matter how much of myself I dedicated to them, that was only their due. Whatever price that sacred feeling came at… I’d never be able to pay it.
Not with my life.
“Blue.” The voice comes again, calm and clean, and it frustrates me how instinctively I respond to that . My name.
How easy it is to pick apart the careful plating I’ve set around myself and get at something deep inside of me. Something that doesn’t know about rules or training or anything at all because it just yearns. Because that was him too, right? He gave me that, too... the name that kept me sane, or drove me to the breaking point. It’s all him, the shards that he’s pulled together to fill in the broken pieces of me, and now I feel like I’m falling apart without him.
“Y-you can’t.” I stutter as I try to speak through my tears, reminding him, reminding myself.
But he gets down on the floor to be near me, far enough away, showing his palms like that’s all it will take to stop this. Like it would be enough to take back everything. Like he could simply say ‘I won’t hurt you’ and I would just… believe him.
It’s not realistic.
It’s impossible.
He’s not getting any closer, but that’s just a silly little fact that my mind can’t believe. I know I’m in trouble. I know I’ve been bad.
I know I’m going to be punished for it.
I’m halfway through trying to find the right words before the door slams open and my heart jumps into my throat. Not because of the noise, but because-
“Would you two shut the fuck up, some people are trying to sleep!”
Avery is in the doorway.
Notes:
-if you need someone to talk to about this, try the fan server: Here
-if you need someone to talk to about this, try the fan server: Here
-if you want to see the tumblr, you can find it: Here
-if you want to take a listen to the incredible audiobook version (which is not something I ever thought I would have the ability to say) that Sekiraku, our incredible Beta reader who is amazing and talented and quite literally a god, has made then you can find the link to chapter 1: Here
- go give it a listen!
Stay safe out there.
Chapter 86: Friends
Summary:
Kara has to do damage control. There's a lot of things wrong and he's trying to make the right decisions... even though he has no idea what exactly what is truly right. Everyone has problems and there's a lot to do.
And now there are deadlines closing in.
Notes:
Hey guys. I know it's been a while and I just want to thank you all for being here. For reading this and loving these idiots as much as I do. I've been in a really bad place for a really long time but you guys are incredible. You make me smile and laugh and want to keep writing.
I just wanted to thank you for that.
Now on to the pain! >:]
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Kara
“Would you two shut the fuck up, some people are trying to sleep!”
My heart nearly stops in my chest at the sound of the screaming, so much so that it actually takes me a moment to realize exactly who it is that’s yelling at me. It’s not-
It’s Avery. That much should have been obvious. She’s the only other person in this house. It would have to be her. Still, there’s a burning sensation that collects behind my eyes as I try to puzzle out when exactly she got here. Because I am almost certain that I closed that door.
How much of this mess has she been watching?
I’m not the only one who jumps. Blue also startles at the new voice, pressing himself harder into the wall like if he goes far enough it will actually give and hide him. He’s going to hurt himself if he keeps this up.
He’s going to hurt himself and it’s going to be my fault.
Again.
“What the fuck is going on here?” Avery asks, but there’s no anticipation of an answer. She just leans against the doorframe casually, like she’s always belonged here.
I know what she’s doing. She’s being loud, she’s drawing attention. She’s trying to look casual when I know that she’s doing her best to keep her weight and stress away from her injury. She shouldn’t be up and about right now. She shouldn’t. If I had it my way the anesthesia would have held until morning and then we could try to start her on walking around.
If I had it my way I could still fix her, quick and clean... without the fucked up parody of propper stitches.
“Avery, it’s…” my voice dies as I try to stand only to go right back down on my knees again.
It’s been a long time since I’ve felt like this. Hollowed out and sickly as I try to work myself through mana exhaustion. It’s been a long fucking day spent on largely untested, experimental magics. I just wish the lightheadedness was the end of it.
“It’s ok,” I try to get myself back on track. It’s not important, not with Blue on the floor and Avery… fucking up my very, very improvized stitches.
I can’t imagine it’s very reassuring when I have to pinch at the bridge of my nose like it’s doing something to relieve the pressure, but at least I can close my eyes against the light flooding in from the hallway that’s just making this whole thing so much worse.
“You really shouldn’t be up right now so if you could go back to-” I try to diffuse the situation with as little additional stress as possible, but Blue cuts me off.
“A-Avery! Avery, p-please” he whimpers, unwilling to peel himself off the wall even though he clearly wants to go to her.
“Avery you don’t have to-” my voice dies in my throat when I see her face.
She looks like she’d try to kill me if she could. She looks like she’s still willing to try.
For a second I’m dumbfounded. I’ve only really seen Avery a few times, but she didn’t seem like the aggressive kind. At least not without provocation. She seemed fine when I checked on her before Blue’s bath, so… I mean she was a little surprised to see me but she wasn’t aggressive even though she was fairly lucid. I don’t understand what triggered this kind of reaction.
“Av-Avery?” Blue’s voice drags my gaze back to him.
Blue’s shaking and pale and the tear tracts don’t exactly help the picture as his voice wavers. He’s still clumsy with his cast and definitely not used to the weight but even still he’s still trying to reach out to her. Begging without words, looking like he doesn’t want to be abandoned. Like he doesn’t want to be left alone in a dangerous place. And it’s only then that it clicks together in my mind.
Because, yeah, that makes sense actually. This looks pretty bad at the face of it.
I know that I’m trying to give Blue space, trying to let him come back to himself and work through the panic without touching him like he seems to need. But Avery doesn’t.
I don’t know Avery that well, but she really doesn’t know me. She might be one of Blue’s friends but all she’s heard of me has probably come from either Blue or Kalu and I can’t believe she’d ever trust that kind of profile.
There’s no trust between us.
All she sees is Blue, crying on the floor and me cornering him.
“Hey, Blue…I’m here” Avery calls out, her gentle tone directly contrasting with the way she continues to stare me down as she moves over to Blue, like she’s daring me to try and stop her.
Blue all but throws himself at her and there’s some part of me that’s irrationally jealous of the way he folds into her arms so easily. The way he clings to her as he cries. For a single frustrated second, I hate that it's so easy for Avery… for Blue, but this is a good thing.
It’s a good thing.
It just seems natural, the way they curl around each other, the way Blue pulls her close and the way she runs her fingers through his hair. It seems natural, but it isn't. I can see the way Avery’s trembling, the stilted movements that she tries to disguise by pretending to pick at tangles that aren’t there.
“I’m here, I’m here…” Avery speaks with a soothing tone that I’ve not heard from her in all the time that I’ve known her.
She shouldn’t be here.
She’s in pain.
She has to be. As much as I’ve done to try and make this improvised surgery non-fatal there wasn’t much I could do for pain. Not beyond what would stabilize her, not when I wasn’t sure any more might mean she wouldn’t wake up.
“You should be in bed,” I huff as a sharp pain starts behind my eyes, and my whole face screws up into what I can only assume is some kind of very unattractive mess. “No strenuous movement… you should be resting.” I remind her of the conditions that I had given her when I’d checked on her when we got home.
She really shouldn’t be up. I hadn’t even gotten the chance to bring her any more painkillers, not that it would really help the core of the issue. The problem is that her wounds are so vascular. It’s so easy to fuck it up and start some truly disastrous internal bleeding.
I want to check her bandages but that would mean getting closer and that would spook Blue.
Avery for her part doesn’t seem all that concerned. In fact, the only emotion in her seems to be contempt for me as she glares over Blue’s shoulder.
“Yeah, well maybe I would be better at staying put if my neighbors weren’t screaming their heads off when I was trying to sleep this shit off.”
‘This shit’ is the best topical anesthetic that I had on hand, interacting rather poorly with some anti-inflammatories and my general pain pills. I feel bad but it was all I had on hand. I never thought I’d been turning my kitchen table into a surgery station.
“If you’re feeling so terrible then maybe we should just get you back to bed, huh?” I chide gently, hoping to coax her back into the guestroom that I've made up for her. Or at the very least something that will cause less damage than sitting on the floor.
Blue whimpers at my words, hugging closer to Avery like he doesn’t want to let her go.
“Blue,” I try to start gently, but Blue doesn’t let me finish.
“No!” He shouts, unexpectedly loud, looking up for just a moment before tucking himself back into the crook of Avery’s neck.
I can’t blame him for not being the most situationally aware at the moment, but he’s pressing too close and squeezing too hard. That much I can tell by the way Avery’s death glare wavers.
He’s going to hurt her if he keeps clinging like this.
“Blue, you need to let go.” I try to keep my tone slow and calm, but that doesn’t seem to do anything to put Blue at ease.
“No.” Blue says again, but this time it’s quieter. I can hear the way his voice shakes even though he tries to be resolute.
“No, I’m not, you’re-” his voice dies in his throat as he tries not to choke on the forcefulness of his sobbing.
Blue’s quiet for a few seconds as he tries to get his breathing under control and as much as I want to go and soothe him I know I’m not welcome. It stings more than I think it should. I hate knowing that Blue doesn’t feel safe in our home. That he’s scared and crying and hurting and it’s my fault.
“Please don’t leave me here.” Blue whimpers low and scared as he turns further into Avery’s neck. It’s quiet enough that I shouldn’t have heard it, I wish I didn’t. The words are for Avery, not for me.
And she’s more than ready to kill me.
I kind of agree with her. This looks bad. I can’t even begin to imagine how bad it looks to her. I don’t know how long she’d been watching before she decided to intervene, but at the minimum, It looks like I backed him into a corner and I’m trying to remove the one other witness.
“I…” the words die in my throat before I can come up with anything to defend myself. There’s nothing she would believe anyway. I take a second to breathe and imagine that the headache brewing behind my eyes doesn’t really exist before I change tracks entirely. It doesn’t matter what they think. I need to make sure they’re both in a safe and stable situation first before I start worrying about all this extraneous stuff.
“You don’t have to leave Avery…” I speak slowly, trying for the life of me to smile and make it come through in my voice.
Blue doesn’t believe me.
My voice makes him flinch and tremble and he tucks himself closer to his friend as if he can hide from me by hiding his face. As if he can disappear through will alone.
“You don’t,” I say it again, hoping it’s just the slightest bit convincing with repetition before I lay down the conditions. “Blue, you just have to be… careful. Avery’s hurt right now and you need to be gentle”
I can actually see the words sink in. The way Blue goes tense and then lax all at once, so horribly unnatural as confusion dawns on his face. The hesitance etched into every little movement as he pushes himself back just a fraction, like one wrong move, and the person he’s clinging to will shatter. And Avery…
Avery looks pissed.
“It’s ok Blue, I’m tough, I can take it.” She huffs, flicking her tail in annoyance as she pulls him back to squish him in a hug. I’m surprised that she’s able to make it sound so friendly when the words are for Blue given how much open hostility is pouring off of her.
I can’t stop the way I grit my teeth. It’s actually a worse position than they were in earlier, now that Blue’s actually on the little bump of padding I was able to make by layering some thicker gauze pads. Nothing should be touching or rubbing that area. And yet Avery’s glaring at me like it’s my fault.
It is technically. It is.
It wouldn’t have happened if I could still fix this.
Avery thinks she’s slick hiding the way her hand is shaking by pressing Blue closer. She doesn’t have the strength for what I figure she’s trying to do. The pressure might feel good, but that’s only for as much as it can keep still. Blue’s going to shift and move, he’s alive, even if he just breathes there will be a variance in pressure.
It’s painful.
It has nothing to do with your strength, you’re being held together by some improvised stitches right now.
Still, she just glares at me, holding Blue closer like she can stop him from shifting, just by holding him tightly enough.
Yeah, thanks for making me the bad guy here…
“As strong as she is, she does need to go back to bed.” I try to ease them both into the concept, but I can see the distress my words cause.
Avery’s tense and twitchy in a uniquely dangerous way and Blue… He doesn’t say anything, but his hands tighten in her shirt, clinging to Avery but unwilling to press any further forward as he had before. I told him that she’s injured but it’s unlikely that he can tell where or even what the actual cause is in his addled state. He just stays still and all but shrinks in his space, his shoulders hitching up by his cheeks as he tries to control his trembling and be smaller, less noticeable. Like he would be allowed to stay if he can just make sure he goes unnoticed if he doesn’t do anything to make it worse.
“Blue-” I try to be soothing, but Blue’s body locks up in a full-body flinch at the sound of my voice and suddenly my voice dies as well.
“I-I don’t...” there’s no end to the statement, Blue just shuts his mouth and shakes his head ‘no’.
He’s not letting go, but they’re so tangled around each other that I wonder if he could if he wanted to. Their hands are tangled in each other’s clothes and from where Blue’s plastered against Avery’s side I can see his ears twitching under her wild curls.
“She doesn’t have to leave,” I try my best to de-escalate this as much as I can. “You can stay together if you want.”
Neither of them answers me, but Avery looks at me with suspicion as Blue continues to cling to her shirt.
“Alright…” I start hesitantly as I grasp that neither of them are going to object to this course of action. I pull myself up and give the bed a once over before I realize that it’s just going to have to do. “The bed’s right here, so you don’t have to worry about anything. Avery, I can get you set up here if you just-”
Blue’s shoulders hunch back up to his ears and I stop myself from making my way forward. He’s not giving me much to work with. I don’t know what’s wrong anymore. It could be too many different things. Is it Avery’s injury? Is it the thought of moving her now that he knows she’s in a delicate state? Is it that I was talking about getting back on the bed where Blue started this whole little freakout… is it?
Fuck, is this about me? Is it because it’s my room? I thought Blue might be comfortable if he was with his friend, but if it’s the room then it really won’t matter much.
Honestly, It’s still kind of hard to really think of this space as my room. Hell, Blue’s spent more time in here than I have since I brought him home… doesn’t that make it his?
Did I really manage to ruin this whole space?
It doesn’t matter. It doesn’t, and that’s the lie I’m sticking with.
For the moment it really doesn’t matter. Blue’s not comfortable here, so he doesn’t have to stay and there’s a whole other room already set up with a bed and every comforter that I could drag out of the closet. It will be fine.
It will be fine. So long as I don’t think about what’s going to have to happen after tonight.
So I go with the plan of least resistance.
“Or we put you back in the guest room if you want?” I offer as gently as I can, trying so hard not to let any of the complicated feelings I’m having taint the question for Avery.
I don’t think it helps. She’s still fixing me with her glare, watching me like a second of distraction will see me pouncing on them. In the end, it’s not even her who makes the choice.
In the dim light, it’s harder to see, but I can still make out the shape of Blue’s ears twitching, even tangled and half-hidden as they are in her hair. The way he nods in a single jerky motion into Avery’s shoulder that has her nodding to me like it was her decision all along.
“We’ll just get out of your hair, so-” She starts, flippant tone trying to force an air of informality into the tense moment. Like I’d let her go alone even if I thought she was making this decision trivially.
“No,” I interrupt, pretending the way I don’t see her jaw set in a stubborn line. “Let me help you at least.”
My head hurts and I can feel the sickly ache seeping into my bones, but I’m not at my limit yet.
I do my best to help Avery up, but the process is slow and awkward and not helped by the way Blue’s just kinda clinging onto the edge of her pajamas. It’s better than nothing I suppose. Better than him clinging to her body and nudging the wound into opening again, and certainly better than him booking it to the other side of the room once I get close. I wonder if I can count this as a small victory. If this is healing or necessity.
Either way, I force the thoughts out of my head. I cannot let them be my priority right now. It doesn’t matter if Blue doesn’t want to look at me. There’s a patient in front of me who is critically wounded and very much not in a state to look after themselves.
Blue doesn’t seem all that surprised when we head into the guestroom, which is surprising in its own right because I sure as hell don’t remember there ever being a reason for him to come in here. But no, he doesn’t look around, doesn’t let his ears twitch as his eyes sneak little glances at the new scenery. He’s still, eyes down, enraptured by the floor as he’s forced to let go of the hem of Avery’s sleepshirt so that I can help her into the bed.
I do my best to make my once-over quick. Avery hadn’t liked the fussing when I stopped in before and she hates it even more now, but I attribute most of that to the adrenaline reserves burning off. Now she’s left with the consequences of being reckless without any of the nice natural numbing agents that come with it.
I check the wound, quickly pleased by the immediate fact that she hasn’t managed to bleed through her bandages, but immediately concerned by the taunt and angry red of the suturing site. I slather a new layer of topical anesthetic and replace the bandaging quickly like it will help her forget it’s there if she can’t see it, but there’s nothing catastrophic happening and that’s enough to please me.
It isn’t until I’m pulling the sleepshirt back down that I notice that Blue’s perched on the other side of the bed, sitting back on his heels with his eyes wide. Right… probably should have said something… anything… should have prepared him for what he was about to see or at the very least asked if Avery wanted privacy for this, it just-
“Stop fussing.” Avery hisses, pushing my hand off from where it was still folding the bottom of her sleep shirt down.
Well, isn’t that easy for you to say?
“Aww, I think I’m gonna fuss just a little bit more…” I taunt. I can’t tell if it lands well, but she doesn’t bite me when I tuck the blankets over her and Blue... Blue lets me pull the blanket back for him before he crawls in but he pulls the blanket up to his nose himself.
I try to tell myself that it doesn’t hurt.
“Alright,” I speak once it feels like I can make it through my words without my voice dying partway through, “anyone need anything?”
I affix a neutral and hopefully undemanding smile on my face. I can’t tell if I hit the mark. Avery’s staring a hole in my chest anyways and Blue’s refusing to look at me. The moment of silence stretches on for an uncomfortable amount of time and I’m about to call it when a loud grumble stops the thought.
Blue’s cheeks turn a shade of pink as he tries to hide once more in the blankets and I can’t help but smile. Even with all he’s been through today, he can still be so unbearably cute.
“Ok, so I’m gonna be back with some food,” I do my best to tamper down the smile that’s trying to stretch across my face. “Anything else?” I offer one last time.
“Something for the sting.” Avery grunts and I have to wonder if it’s because Blue ‘asked’ for something before her or if it’s to distract from the other being the only request.
“Nothing that’s not the same shit,” I answer back, using her own poetic language, “but I’ll go grab something better, I have to pick up something for-” for Blue’s arm my mind supplies as I remind myself of the pink paper script that’s in my jacket pocket. Antibiotics for the infection, pain pills in any dose I see fit. Because Stars forbid Blue should have a standard of care that doesn’t circle around an owner’s whims.
“I’ll be back.” I smile, making my way to the door and closing it behind me.
I hate myself for the rush of longing that immediately creeps up in my chest, the worry, the doubt. I want to be in there. I want to check on them. I need to make sure that Blue is safe, that Avery isn’t going to destabilize at any second. I need to be in there.
And I know I’m not welcome.
I can practically feel the breath of relief that came when I left the room. I don’t judge them for it. I understand. It’s different trying to work this out with me. The doubt, the trauma doesn’t go away just because I’m nice. It will probably always be easier to talk between themselves than it ever will to try and have the same conversations with me.
They deserve easy right now. It isn’t fair to them to make this time any harder just to make it easier on myself. They deserve this moment undisturbed, together without the human inserting himself into their business.
Besides, I have a job to do.
I busy myself with food prep. Even though I want to cook… everything, I limit myself. They are both not in the best condition. Avery’s recovering from a substantial operation and Blue is coming down from general anesthesia.
I still don’t understand why the hell the dick at the shelter had to put Blue under. He’d given me a copy of the negatives. The bone didn’t need realignment and it sure as hell hadn’t required surgery, which he assured me he hadn’t attempted. As far as I can tell there was no reason for it. No reason other than desperately wanting a black eye to match his friend’s when he rolled Blue out.
New cast set but pale as a ghost and so still that I couldn’t see him breathing, couldn’t feel the shallow breaths until I’d had him in my arms. He’d looked-
The metallic clanging jars me out of my thoughts as I realize I’ve dropped my pan.
I want to be happy that I didn’t crack the tile. I want to be happy that they probably didn’t hear that but the sound is ringing in my head and everything in front of me goes blurry.
I have maybe ten seconds.
I try not to rely on that as I count backwards in my head.
I back up until I smack into the edge of one of the counters and I can feel my knees giving out as I try to lower myself with any semblance of control. Everything’s swimming around me. I smell iron, but I can’t tell why. I think it’s a nosebleed. I hope it’s a nosebleed.
If I tilt my head back and taste blood I can pretend that it’s a nosebleed, so I do that and ignore the immediate sense of vertigo that accompanies the motion.
It’s fine.
It’s fine.
it will pass.
I taste blood and I take it as a good sign. The world spins around me but I’ve got my back against the counters and my ass firmly on the floor. It’s fine.
I feel my arm lock up, it’s not me, it’s not me, but it is my nails driving into the tender bits of my palms as the painful spasms start and work their way down to my fingertips. I feel it all over my body, the reverberations of the jerking, sparking sensations, but I know it’s localized. It always is. Not always in the same place, in fact, it’s almost never in the same place, but I feel it across my whole body until I’m covered in sweat and can’t breathe.
And then, as suddenly as it takes me it leaves
I wait, count to ten, then thirty before I try to move, before I even try to open my eyes.
It hurts, but it’s not unbearable. I’m stiff and sick inside, but it’s not the worst it could have been. My head aches, but it’s a dull pounding that thrums just out of tune with my heartbeat to make it annoying… noticeable.
Frustrating.
It could have been worse. It’s been a long time since I pushed myself like this.
Mana exhaustion can come in all forms, and I feel like I’ve experienced almost all of them. Slow sickness that comes in and doesn’t leave for weeks. Seizures, full body ones, not like this. Those can get dangerous. Drawing in wild, natural magic when you can’t even try to incorporate it. Vomiting, nausea… really the localized shit isn’t all that bad. I take the win for what it is and get back to my feet ignoring the twinge that comes in my hip and the weakness in my legs that forces me to lock my knees for a second and I try to find balance with my hands spread on the counter for support.
I have food to make. They have to be hungry. I shouldn’t keep them waiting.
I don't have anything to throw up but still my stomach rolls as I fold myself back down to the floor and go for the cabinet under the sink. There are some old ERN tablets that I’d put away with everything else from the old days and I swallow it down dry and rest my head on the wood as I wait. It doesn’t take five minutes before I’m feeling better. It’s not designed to deal with this but it is a happy little side effect. I also won’t have to eat anything for the rest of the day, and that’s probably a good thing.
I don’t think I could have choked down anything at this point anyways.
The light peeking through the kitchen window by the time I stand. It makes my head swim with some bastardized calculation as I try to make sense of the hours that have passed.
I can’t believe it’s so late that it’s early.
I cook something simple, something light, soup and toast and some butter baked vegetables if they think they can handle it. I try to keep it all simple…gentle on the stomach.
I feel better than I have in days as I climb the stairs. They’re talking, but it all goes quiet when my foot hits the the one spot on the floor that always creaks. I try not to feel bad about that. I come bearing food… they can’t be that mad at me…
I should be happy. I should be, Blue needs someone to talk to. He needs someone to go through this with. Someone he can talk this out candidly with, someone that makes him feel safe enough to speak without holding anything back. I try not to feel the burn in my chest as I realize that is no longer me.
But that’s fine… it will be fine. Blue’s back and he’s alive. I can fix just about everything else…
I hope.
It feels like I'm starting over from scratch though.
I knock on the door and wait a couple of seconds before I open the door as I call out a quick “hey, I’m back”.
It’s entirely unnecessary. They already know I’m here. They quieted themselves on my way up and when I open the door they’re sitting side by side with a more than respectable distance apart. Perfectly poised and so unnatural that it’s a physical struggle to keep the neutral smile on my face.
“Guess who’s got the grub?” I try to break the tension as I settle the tray between them.
There’s plenty to go around, and more downstairs if they manage to finish it. But it is best that they go slow and don’t push themselves. Otherwise they might get sick and I don’t have the-
“You’re fucking with me!” Avery startles me out of my own thoughts.
I wait for her to elaborate, but she just stares at the tray and blinks like she can’t believe what she’s seeing. I wrack my brain, but there’s nothing I can come up with to explain the confusion. It’s all fairly standard. I didn’t try to make anything fancy or disguise any of the ingredients. It’s just normal food.
Unless…
Thana had also reacted like that. He’d been rather concerned the first time I fed him. I heard him asking Blue all kinds of questions about what was right and allowed in this house. I know that it’s not exactly textbook to allow familiars to eat regular human food on a plate, so I rush to correct myself before this gets out of hand.
“No,” I offer quickly, trying to be as reassuring as I possibly can. I don’t want her to think this is some trick. “This is all for you guys.”
I open my mouth to add something more, to try and reassure her that everything’s alright, that she won’t be punished for taking human food or even from taking it off a plate, but she fixes me with such a horrified stare that the words die on my lips.
“Oh Stars, please tell me that your head isn’t just there for decoration.” It’s the closest I’ve heard to a whine come past Avery’s lips.
“What?” I can’t stop the question from tumbling out of my mouth, but Avery doesn’t seem to mind.
“I- is this really what you’ve been feeding him?” She clarifies, gesturing wildly at the tray with all the food I’d laid out for them.
“I… what? What’s wrong with it?” I ask, still feeling hopelessly lost as Avery grinds her teeth in a way that I hope satisfies the urge without having her sink her teeth into me instead.
“You familiar with the term “obligate carnivore”?” she bites out and for a moment I’m still confused.
Of course I know what an obligate carnivore is. It’s any carnivore that cannot obtain all the nutrients that they need from the plants and bacteria. Typically the diet of a creature in that category would consist of at least seventy percent meat as they can’t properly break down vegetation for all of its nutrients. It’s not rare or unheard of. Tigers and lions and just about any member of the feli-
Oh fuck.
Avery must see the dawning realization wash over me because she barrels right on.
“You know that out of all the breeds, cat kibble will actually cause liver damage for others because it’s so protein rich.”
“I-I,” my voice dies in my throat as I try to find some explanation for my actions, but really there are none.
Blue’s been living off of my diet since I’d gotten him and I’m practically a vegetarian half the time. Stars, how long had he been suffering from the diet I forced on him. No wonder he’s tired all the time. No wonder he stopped putting on weight despite the consistent meals.
“Yeah,” Avery huffs, nowhere near as amused as her tone is trying to imply. “I thought you were just going for an aesthetic, but cats usually have, you know” she pauses dramatically to pinch high on her thighs at the soft curves of her body, “some jiggle. No wonder he’s so fucking cold all the time.”
I didn’t know.
How the fuck could I have ignored the clear signs? It was right there in front of me. Blue was suffering and I didn’t even know that I was actively making it worse.
“You… Blue, you never-” I babble incoherently, hating the way that Blue avoids my gaze, pulls back into the covers and hides as much of his features as he can by curling up small.
I’m not mad. I could never be mad at him for something like this, but I know this. I know what he’s doing. He’s making himself a smaller target. He’s making it so that it seems like it’s more trouble than it’s worth to hit him.
“Blue never what?” Avery all but hisses and I know that she’s right.
Blue never complained. Of course he never complained. I was the one who had to coax him into eating human food, into believing he had the Stars Damned right to eat off a plate.
When the fuck would he have complained?
I take back the tray, curling my hands around the handles so tightly that it’s almost like they aren’t shaking, but I can’t move. I can’t force myself to leave them alone which would be better for everyone because clearly Avery’s more competent than I could ever hope to be. Instead I stare down at the bowls, at the dishes that I’d thought so full of care and consideration just minutes ago.
“Is it supposed to be-” My voice cracks as I try to find the right words. Is it just meat? Certain types of meat? Should I cook it, or bother with any of the spices? “I don’t know how to make a properly balanced meal.”
“We can process a little of the veggies. We’re better than regular cats like that. Otherwise he never would have made it this far… it’s just, it’s inefficient.”
He never would have made it this far.
The words echo in my head, but it’s true isn’t it? It wasn’t me, it was Blue, looking out for himself, keeping himself going despite the odds. Just like it’s always been. I haven’t been helping. I’ve been actively making it worse.
Stars, I’ve been killing him haven’t I?
I look over at Blue, but he’s staring at Avery with all the shock that I was just moments ago. When he does turn, he quickly averts his gaze, refusing to meet my eyes as a soft pink blush bursts across his cheeks.
I don’t think he knew either.
I’m not sure if that makes this better or worse,but for now… for now this is something that I can fix.
“I- I’ll be right back.” I croak, dipping my head as I push the door open with my hip and all but runn back down the stairs.
I toss the tray bowls and all into the sink. My eyes are stinging and I let it happen. I let myself have a private moment of personal breakdown before I start sorting through the icebox. It feels good. It feels good to cry, to breathe through it an acknowledge all the fucked up things that have happened, that I’ve just learned and just move on.
There are plenty of things to do. Things that matter. Things that will fix the errors that I seem so content to cry about.
There’s not a ton in the icebox. We have meat, just not a lot of it. I’ll need to go shopping soon, but I don’t want to think about that.
I have to, I just… I don’t want to.
I make new food. A whole course that actually gets Avery’s seal of approval. A wry grin and a halfhearted word of praise as a new and uniquely uncomfortable tension asserts itself in the room.
I tell myself it doesn’t matter.
Whatever other shoe Avery seems to be expecting to drop isn’t going to happen. I’m not mad. I’m not. I’m frustrated, but I’d never take it out on her, not when she’s helped me so much by pointing out what I’ve been doing wrong. She’s hesitant and quiet now, but I know it can’t last. It’s not in her nature, she’s just worried that she’s stepped on someone’s toes. It’ll all sort itself out. I don’t have the capabilities to think any other way.
It’s going to work out.
It’s going to be fine.
No matter what, it’s a relief to see them eating. Even though it’s accompanied by the atmosphere of a funeral.
I know what would fix it. I know, but I hate the idea so much that I don’t act on it right away. I stay and refill water cups, try to coax more than a one word answer out of either of them, until my handy pile of safe and neutral conversation starters is depleted and it’s been several minutes since one of them has taken a bite.
Still, I hesitate.
I don’t want to leave them. I don’t want to let Blue out of my sight but… he doesn’t want me here. I’ve made him scared, made him feel uncomfortable. I need to give them both space. They need each other a hell of a lot more than they need me hanging over them.
“Alright,” I start eventually, trying so hard not to notice the flinch that comes from the two of them as I start speaking. “I’m just going to… I’m going to go pick up some medications for both of you and… and I guess I can also go pick up some more groceries if anyone has a request?”
Avery just blinks at me. Eyes uncomprehending, but mouth puppeted by something else entirely as she puts on a showman’s smile and requests more of my chicken.
I nod and try not to think about that. Try not to think about how long it took for her to get like that. How long before her body remembered how to be charming and funny before her mind caught up.
I try not to think about how familiar that all is.
I give her a watery smile and look over at Blue. He’s staring down at his plate, refusing to lift his eyes, but his hands are white knuckled around his water glass. He wants to say something… he just-
“Blue?” I call quietly, watching as he takes a steadying breath before he raises his gaze to meet mine.
I can see the fear painted there, thick and acidic. I hate it. It’s wrong. So wrong and yet too familiar.
He looks away before I have the chance to.
“F-fish?”
The tentative request is so quiet I almost don’t hear it. It’s only when I look over at Avery and she’s looking just as confused as I am that I realize that it was real. Blue’s ears twitch anxiously, but I can’t stop the stupid grin off my face.
“Yeah, ok. Chicken and Fish. I’ll make sure to pick some up.”
There’s no reply. Blue’s carefully examining the bedcover and Avery’s got her mouth too full to even contemplate words so I let myself out, closing the door as gently as I can before warding it like mad.
I’d gone over it again and again in my head when I was remaking the food. Because I have to leave the house. It will happen eventually. I need to leave. But this place isn’t as safe as I let myself believe. It might be safe from scrying, but I let myself get too complacent.
I’d let myself fall into the trap of trusting my anonymity. I’d figured since nobody knew me, since nobody had any reason to know me that they wouldn’t know… wouldn’t care to know where I lived. I’d only told less than a handful of people where my home was. Only the people I knew, the ones that needed to be able to find me…and now-
Stars, I’d been so stupid.
I should have caught on when Brendon and Launel found me. Because of course they could find me. I’m their student. I’d had to list an address with the school for all kinds of notices. There must have been some kind of central book. Something that had all the information all in one place. Something Kalu, or someone willing to do his dirty work must have gotten their hands on.
Either way, I’m done taking chances.
I ward every entrance and exit. All the windows and set alarms and traps not quite caring about the legal limitations on the lethality of such spells. It won’t matter.
And if we find ourselves in a situation where it does matter, well… then I will be very glad for my precautions anyway.
I check and recheck everything again before I muster up the courage to open the front door.
I don’t like it. I don’t want to leave. I don’t want to leave them alone, but I need to pick up food and their medications and …
And address the familiar that is rather boldly hidden in my bushes.
I can’t help the way I huff as I sit down on the steps and if it helps to hide the way my heart wanted to jump out of my chest when I first spotted her, then that’s purely a coincidence.
It’s too soon, some part of me screams, angry and irrational that someone, anyone would come back here and prove my point again to me. Too many people know this place. It’s not safe anymore.
It’s only a matter of time.
It’s not her fault, though. It isn’t and she doesn’t deserve to be on the other end of my stupid fears. So I sit and breathe and wait until I can speak like a normal person again before I address her.
“Yeah… Ok, this doesn’t look shady at all.” I try for a joke, but the tone just isn’t right. It’s too harsh, too much. I wince as I hear it and I can only hope that she can see my regret.
This isn’t about her. I’m trying to fix it. It’s me, not her. I can’t control it.
Chuha looks chastised, but not fearful and I can only hope that’s for the best as she fumbles her way out of my shrubbery.
“I’m not usually the one who goes out for this.” She answers bluntly, taking a moment to brush herself off before sitting on the steps with me.
“And this is…” I leave it open ended because I really don’t know what this housecall is about.
“I…” She hesitates for a moment before thinking better of her words and starts again. “You’ve been quiet for the past day and didn’t attempt to contact anyone.” She stays quiet for a moment, letting the words sink in or perhaps just trying to pick her next ones carefully. “we were worried about you.”
The stupid anger is back. The stupid, directionless anger. Except there’s a direction now. Because they put a spy in my house and drugged me. They’re only sorry that the got kicked out so they couldn’t monitor their little-
I force myself to breathe and close my eyes, count backwards, do something, anything to slow my heart rate and work myself back down. I wasn’t wrong, but I was out of control. It doesn’t make their actions better, it doesn’t make me righteous. It just… it leaves me feeling hollow inside.
They made a choice. I made one too. Maybe one of us was right, but neither of us have the perspective that we’d need to make that call.
I can imagine how scary it must have been from the outside. Walking around downstairs looks like some kind of magic themed spark den. With all kinds of manic scribbling and experimental magic circles on every free surface. I was out of control looking for some kind of loophole in the magic that would help me, that would fix… everything. I don’t blame Chuha or Tulla for thinking I was dangerous.
I just… I’m not ready to forgive Tulla. I’m not.
Not when it’s still my choice.
I look over at Chuha but she’s not… she’s not scared of me. There’s a respectful distance between us, but she’s not crincing away or looking at me with any kind of apprehension, like I’m just one second from a dangerous meltdown. She’s not looking at me, instead she’s got her gaze fixed somewhere down the street, looking at all the little houses on my block like they actually interest her, but she’s turned towards me. Calm, open, ready to talk if that’s what’s going to happen, but she’s not forcing the first move.
I guess that’s why they sent Chuha instead. It makes sense. She’s skilled at this, or perhaps it’s just her natural reactions tempered by all her time cooling Lonel’s… reactions. I bet she’d sit with me. Just sit with me and let the silence sit with us as the only companion we’d need. Present enough that I know I’m not alone, but quiet and out of the way while I work through whatever I need before I’m ready.
“Yeah, I’m… I’m sorry if I worried you guys with the… I actually was out yesterday, I found, well actually-” I find myself speaking before that long has passed, she keeps her face neutral, but gives me her full attention as I apologize and ramble my way through a couple false starts before I settle on something simpler. “I think I… it might be better to just tell everyone all at once, you know?”
She nods and stands, brushing herself off once more before she offers me her hand when she sees that I’m still sitting. I can’t meet her gaze. I can’t do anything.
I press my hands together, uncaring of the way my nails bite into my skin.
This is wrong.
It’s too easy. I can’t let go of the thoughts inside me. That this is all inside my head. I’m going to come back and Blue will be gone or worse this is all just some wild dream. That I'm wasting time, that I’m not doing the right thing. It’s wrong.
“I found Blue.” I offer weakly.
I don’t think I’m talking to Chuha. I certainly don’t look up to see if she’s heard me. Saying it outloud. It does something inside me. It makes it worse. It makes it better. There’s an influx of emotions that I can’t process and they’re gone before I have the chance.
It’s wrong.
Everything feels wrong.
I don’t think I can leave. I’m not sure I’m ready to go see people, to talk to them or tell them… any version of what’s happened. It’s all wrong.
Chuha’s hand covers mine. It’s a light touch, but it’s enough to startle me, to break me out of the spiraling thoughts.
“I found Blue.” Except now it sounds wrong. Everything sounds wrong.
I can feel my heartbeat in my ears, my eyes burn and I can feel the tears down my face. My throat hurts so much and it’s hard to swallow and everything is-
“That’s good.” Chuha’s voice cuts through everything, grounding as I try to find any stable piece that’s left of me to balance on.
“It’s good that you found him. We were getting worried.”
There’s nothing else I can do but nod and try to keep my little breakdown to myself. I want to cry. I want to scream and sob and more than anything I want to go back inside and check on Blue. I want to hold him and cuddle him and promise him that everything is going to be alright, that nothing bad will ever happen to him again… that I’ll protect him. That I’ll never fail him again.
But he doesn’t want me there. He’s scared and in pain and I’ve done something… and he’s scared. I don’t know what it is, but I hope whatever it is hasn’t irreparably changed things between us. I can only hope that it’ll get better with time… somehow.
It can’t just be my confession, even though I’m not dumb enough not to realize that was the trigger for it. I know it wasn't the best time, but I thought… I don’t know what I thought. I promised myself that I’d tell him. I promised that as soon as I found him, as soon as I got the chance I’d tell him. No more beating around the bush, just straight words.
I hadn’t expected him to reciprocate. I’m not shallow enough to think that he’d immediately launch into his own confession, nor am I that desperate to hear the words parroted back. I’d just… I needed to say it. I needed to let him know.
I didn’t think it would tip him over whatever delicate edge he’d balanced himself on.
I didn’t think he’d scream.
I didn’t think he hated me…
I don’t remember the walk to the Academia. Nor the puzzle-like maze that takes us to a different waiting room. It’s not an intricate operation tonight, just a few of the people from last time, turning in the blocks of forms I’d sent them away with and Lonel and Brendon there accepting them, readying them for filing I hope.
Everything gets quiet when we enter and I try my best not to cringe at that. I don’t like the feeling of eyes on me, but I can deal with it. It’s not the end of the world.
“Kara… It’s good to see you. Are you doing alright?” Brendon asks with a calm and even tone that is so forced that it makes my stomach turn.
“I’m fine.” it’s the right answer, regardless of how my insides feel like they’ve been twisted up inside me.
“That’s…good…” he answers, similarly stilted and it feels like I have to manually turn my brain on before I realize why I came here in the first place.
“I found Blue.” I supply quickly
“That’s wonderful news, I was beginning to-”
I don’t want to hear the rest of it.
“There was an illegally operating shelter that he was dropped at after-” I catch myself, the words dying in my mouth. It’s not my place to say. They know the important part. I found Blue. I have Blue back. They don’t need to know what happened. That’s Blue’s choice to make, not mine.
“I thought you all might want to know that first.” I start again, trying to parse down the details but give them what they need to know. The only reason I thought it necessary to actually come out here and tell them myself rather than just send Chuha. “They were still processing all of the illegally held pets when we left, it was only…” Stars “Only a few hours ago. If you can find them… safe p-places to be that-”
“Kara,” Brendon interrupts me, but I’m thankful.
I can hear the warble in my voice and there was nothing I could do to stop it as the memories flood back. Carmine had dealt with that, most… all of the other shelter pets. I feel kind of sick that I can’t remember their faces. I don’t think I looked.
There are hands reaching out in my field of vision and my head snaps up to assess the threat but it’s Brendon. It’s just Brendon and he stops when he sees… something I don’t know what it is, but he thinks better of what might have been a comforting action and pulls his hands back to his sides.
“Thank you very much for informing us. With newly filed pets they like to get them out of the system as quickly as possible when there’s no actual destination for them. It will be very easy for us to help them out.”
I nod, numb.
“Carmine helped, I-I don’t know if you know him or if he’s one of you, but he’s an inspector. He recognized the shape of the logo, he knew they shouldn’t have been operating. It led me straight to Blue.”
Brendon shoots a look over at Lonel and though she looks contemplative for a moment she shakes her head all the same.
“I don’t know a Carmine, but I’m glad he was there. It sounds like he was a big help.”
It’s all I can do to nod.
I don’t know what else to say. I wanted to tell them about the shelter. I needed to tell them about the shelter, but they already said they could help with the placements… I don’t know. I think I expected that to be more of a fight. More work… something.
Lonel’s voice pulls me back to the present.
“You filed a missing familiar report with the school? They let you hang the posters here right?”
“Yes.” I answer, still kind of numb, trying to sort through the worst of the clutter in my head so that I can think straight… or at least respond with some energy. Something! I just want it all to go back to normal.
“Alright, you should probably tell the school that Blue’s been found. You have to take down all the posters and-” she cuts herself off. I know it’s me. I know she’s responding to me, but I can’t for the life of me place exactly what has her trying to take on a soothing tone. “Hey, this is good. This is so good. You have Blue back before the new semester starts, you were cutting it close too. Any longer and-” Lonel stops thanks to Chuha’s well placed elbow to the abdomen.
I know what she’s talking about. I just hadn’t let myself think about it. I actually hadn’t known at the beginning. I hadn’t paid attention to anything in my manic search for Blue. Apparently the school had sent out the letter as soon as I’d registered Blue missing.
Tulla was the one that found it. She’d been going through all of my unopened mail and when they’d had me take a break to cook for them I’d read it. It had been left out skillfully, covered with other debris so the only thing I could see was the school’s seal and the letterhead.
When students register familiars as missing, the familiar is removed from the student’s record and because of the classes I was registered for… well, I required a registered familiar on my student profile. What had followed read like a thinly veiled threat. ‘Pick up a new familiar or you’re not fulfilling your scholastic requirements’, that along with the deadline for registry.
The new semester starts at the end of the week. I had days before they wanted me to just give up on my familiar and get another one.
“You should tell the school that Blue’s been found, have them take down all the posters.”
Yeah, like that did anything to start with . But I can tell what she’s trying very hard not to say.
“Yeah… yeah I will.” I answer before I think about it. It’s a good plan. I’m already here. I don’t want to come back here before I have to.
It’s so late at night that it’s almost mid day.
“Will there be anyone there?” I ask, not to anyone in particular.
I’m trying to pull myself together. I need to be… stable or at least some approximation of it before I go in to see registrar staff. I don’t want to think about what I'd be capable of doing if I don’t properly reign myself in.
“It’s almost time for the year to start again, there’s a skeleton crew of staff, it should be everyone you need to get this taken care of.”
The unspoken warning hangs in the air between us.
If Blue is coming back with me next semester we are on a time crunch. He needs to be reregistered if I want to keep him as my familiar.
I wish I actually cared.
I almost ask for one of them to come with me.
I don’t feel right. I’m still a little loopy and when I turn too fast I get dizzy, but I stop myself. They have no reason to come with me. Moreover, I wasn't particularly close with either of them during the year, if they come in even as my moral support then we might get questions. I don’t even know if they’re supposed to be on campus yet. It would draw undue scrutiny to them, their actions here…
It’s better to go alone.
There is someone in the office. A woman I've never seen before who’s just doing her nails, surprised to see a student on campus this early in the morning before school even starts. She has me run around, getting a copy of Blue’s old file and double checking everything before she’s comfortable reregistering him as my familiar.
It’s a whole new nightmare when I tell her that I need to take him off of the notice boards.
“Oh, he was missing for quite a while.” she says to herself, looking over the form I had to submit to get the fliers put up.
Maybe that would sting less if I hadn’t had to run to find one of the existing posters to prove that he was on the missing list in the first place. Because I swear she had told me there was no way for her to look up which familiars were missing from her end and I needed to present verified proof that he was missing, that there had been a search for him, and that he was my original familiar… the same one I'd spent the morning I’d spent resubmitting a file for.
I don’t want to imagine how this could have gone down if I’d done this in the opposite order. Then there would be no record of him attached to my file and she might actually have had the audacity to say something that might have me throwing hands.
As it is she just crosschecks the numbers on the bottom of the sheet and purses her lips for a second before giving me the all clear and handing over a stamped copy and another paper.
“What is this?” I do not whine. I very heroically do not whine as I try not to imagine what other hoop she might have invented for me to jump through.
“You need to submit a new GYT form.”
“What?” My brain grinds to a halt.
“Well, your familiar was gone for a fair bit of time, you never know what these silly little creatures get up to when they’re alone. All you high mage types love to think your familiars are a whole other breed, but I have a pet at home that’s got the same breeding specs and I swear they’ll get into anything with just about any neighbor-pet if you leave ‘em unsupervised. You should get him tested for your own safety as well.”
I want to hurt someone.
It’s not on Blue. It’s not his fault. But that doesn’t matter to them. He’s the lustful little creature that might have gotten into something bad ‘fooling around’.
I don’t say anything, but I stuff the page into my bag. I don’t know why I hadn’t thought of it. Not for the school, but for his own safety. I had seen the damage when I bathed him… all of it. If he’s sick, if there’s a chance, I should help get him tested. Early screening can count for a lot for these things.
I try not to think about how long it will take to get Blue feeling safe enough to go to the vet.
I pop into the grocery store instead, loading up on food staples and truly surprising amount of meats. I force myself to go to the Midnight clinic, even though it’s the middle of the day and I don’t want to. It’s the same kid behind the desk as the last time and I can’t even begin to summon the brainpower to remember his name.
I drop off Blue’s antibiotic prescription and peer over the desk for the clock-in sheet pasted onto the wall while he fiddles with the medications in back.
Jesse… yeah, because learning this kid’s name is real fucking important right now.
It’ll be thirty minutes so I start walking the aisles. I fumble around with topical anesthetics and high strength pain pills and anti inflammatories for Avery, some supplements and balms for Blue and another bottle of that medicated bath soap that he’ll have to use for at least the next week, but soon my basket’s overflowing. There’s things here I don’t need. Things that I’ll never need so long as Avery doesn’t decide to go off and die on me again, but I can’t bring myself to care.
Apperently, the asperation for the week is to turn my home into a fucking feild hospital.
I know It’s probably never going to happen again. I can rationalize it in my mind. This is an insane set of circumstances that could never, would never happen again, but I just can’t get myself to believe it. I can’t imagine ever having to turn my kitchen table into an operating room ever again, but I hadn’t imagined it before either. I’m on edge and there’s nothing else I can do but soothe the nauseating voice in my head that tells me I need this. That I want this in my home.
I walk myself over to Jesse’s counter and wait as he detangles the mess of supplies in my basket and starts writing me up a receipt. There’s all kinds of things on the shelf behind him, most of which I assume are different people’s pills, but the cotton white boxes with bars of color stand out as odd. Too uniform to be individual packaging at a small compounding pharmacy like this.
“Oh, those are little STI kits.” Jesse pipes up, must have noticed me staring. “We just got them in last week. It’s supposed to be a revolution in at home personalized care.”
STI kits… I look over the boxes again, and yeah, sure enough, the logo hidden in the embossing is familiar. It’s a reputable medical lab that mass produces all kinds of equipment. A shiny clear patch of tape holds two boxes bound together.
“Really?” I ask, not having to feign my interest like I had when he’s first tried to start up a conversation with me.
“Yeah, you mail it in and we test and send the results back out. It’s just a tad bit more discreet than a hospital, but you know, you have to do all the swabbing and stabbing yourself, which, I mean… could be a plus. If you’re with the right person.” He very pointedly does not say anymore, just continues to go through the contents of my little hospital in a basket.
Yeah. I get what he’s driving at. I’m this product’s target audience, probably overqualified for what they’ll expect for the test.
“Why are there two?” I ask, not really caring. It’s perfect, just what I need. A test without a trip to the vet.
“Well…” Jesse goes quiet for a moment, confused, “usually you take the test with someone.”
I don’t know why but the words hurt. Because yeah, this isn’t the intended function. It shouldn’t be an emergency tool. This should be something used between consenting partners, to double check their health for their own safety.
Blue should be in the hospital. He should be getting care from professionals. Ones that would be able to correctly triage his injuries and wouldn’t forget this kind of thing. Wouldn’t have to be reminded of it by some lady who thought he’d been off on a whim who thought he’d been fucking around for his own pleasure. Who probably couldn’t be convinced otherwise because Blue was a pet. A dumb little kitty who doesn’t know what’s good for him.
“Right, thanks. Can you add one of those?” I ask, smiling so that I can let my teeth grind together. A GYT test is the same exact thing.
I’m not making Blue go through a vet visit if I can help it.
Notes:
If you want something painful but with a definitely sweet ending, may I suggest yet another short story Here
It's got Enoki and Dey and depression and anxiety! But also some sweet caretaking too :)
Chapter 87: Fears
Summary:
This is Blue's side of the events of last chapter.
Blue is home now, safe... taken care of. Avery's there and his Master is kindly giving them space. Everything is better now. Everything should be better now, right? For however long he can keep this.
Notes:
Hey Guys!
I know it's been way too long since you have seen me here, but I am back. I am making it my new year's resolution to be as consistent as possible with writing and updates so that I never leave you guys hanging like that again.
I just want to say thank you to all the people who are in the Discord server and all those who came into this while the long dry spell occurred. I want you to know just how much every single one of you means to me and how much your presence has helped me. There is no way I can put the magnitude of my feelings into words so instead we'll just move onto the story...
Still, thank you.
<3<3<3
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
“What the fuck is going on here?” Avery’s voice pierces the thick fog of panic and fear that has wound its way into my veins.
cen
My head snaps to the sound before I can think and my body automatically tries to back away further from the loud angry voice, but she’s there. She’s standing in the doorway, leaning up against the frame like it’s the most natural thing in the world, and it’s all I can do not to sob with relief.
Because it’s selfish and bad of me but at least Kara’s not looking at me anymore. He’s staring at her, seemingly just as confused as I am as to how she’s gotten into the house.
“Avery it’s… it’s ok.” Kara starts haltingly, pinching at the bridge of his nose before he turns back to me.
I’m frozen, rooted to the fucking spot. Pinned to the wall like some kind of bug on a slide. I can feel my heart in my throat, but there’s nothing I can do. I can’t make my brain work, can’t tell if I’ll be in more trouble if I move or if I stay here and do nothing.
I can’t run. He’ll find me again. There’s no place to hide in this house. He’ll find me and he’ll be mad. It’ll be worse than it is now. But if I stay, then there’s not even the feeble protection of some kind of space between us.
He’s distracted at least, with Avery here. He’s not as shocked as I was about her sudden appearance. He must have known she was in the house, but still. His attention had been diverted for a small bit. He looks angry but he’s not getting closer anymore.
“You really shouldn’t be up right now,” Kara huffs, turning back to Avery while she continues to lean up against the doorpost, “so if you could go back to-”
“A-Avery!” My voice tears out of me before I can think to stop myself. I can’t let him finish. It’s an order, no matter how gently he phrased it.
It was always like that, wasn’t it? He always made it seem so gentle. Like there ever was a real choice. I can’t let Avery leave. If she leaves it will just be me and him again and it will start over right where we left off. I need her here. I need her to get me out, to distract him, to not leave me alone with him.
But there’s nothing I can offer.
She’s been kind to me before, but it’s not as though she owes me anything. Nothing that would warrant getting in front of an angry owner. And yet I can’t seem to stop myself.
“Avery p-please…” I whimper, pitifully close to tears as reality sets in and the fragile hope that came when she showed up in the doorway crumbles in my hands.
There’s no reason for her to help me. I’ve dug myself into this mess. I’ll need to get myself out.
“Avery, you don’t have to-” Kara stops himself but I can’t make myself look to see why. My gaze is fixed on Avery.
There’s nothing I can do except try my luck.
“Av-Avery?” I call again, and this time she looks right at me. Her face shows confusion, fear, frustration, and probably a million other things I just can’t decipher in my state.
I feel the tears running down my face but I try not to think too hard about it. Everything in me feels wrong. I feel shaky, like I've been hollowed out and refilled with something else and I still haven’t really adjusted. My body’s achey, sore, and my movements are all wrong. The stupid wrappings on my arm weigh too much. It’s making me clumsy.
She turns away, looking back over to Kara. I shouldn’t feel hurt. I know just as well as she does how much our continued survival hinges on him. On his mood, on his allowances… I’ve made him mad.
I bit him, I struggled when I should have been still. I- Why did he have to say that?
“Hey, Blue… I’m here.” Avery calls me back to the land of the living.
I hear nothing but her gentle tone, feel nothing but the closeness of her body, and I throw myself into her with every last remaining ounce of my strength. I don’t have anything left in me to be embarrassed as I cling to her, as I cry and curl close while she runs her fingers through my hair.
“I’m here, I’m here.” Her voice is soft, just loud enough for me to hear over the rapid thudding of my pulse in my ears. I press close and breathe in the comforting and familiar scent.
She was there . I can feel my whole body trembling at the thought. I have no memory of her, of her seeing me in the basement when I was too deep in my heat to stay fully conscious, but her smell was there. When I came to the smell was there, buried under a dozen others. She’d been there somehow, but then, so had Kara.
His scent was there and a body that wasn’t his and they’d held me down and-
“You should be in bed,” Kara huffs, frustration bleeding into his voice in a way that makes me huddle ever closer into Avery. “No strenuous movement… you should be resting,” he goes on, and I can feel the tension in Avery’s body at the rebuke.
“Yeah, well, maybe I would be better at staying put if my neighbors weren’t screaming their heads off when I was trying to sleep this shit off.”
My brain’s working slowly, but I can piece together the little things. She’s on something, or was on something. Something bad, something that made her feel bad, made it so that she should be sleeping.
“If you’re feeling so terrible then maybe we should just get you back to bed, huh?” Kara chides gently, like she knows the right answer already and she’s just being stubborn. It makes sense, even in my addled brain. She needs to go back to bed… which means she needs to leave me behind.
I don't even recognize the pained noise that comes out of me.
“Blue,” Kara starts and I know the end of that sentence.
“No!” I very nearly scream my answer before Kara can ask the question.
I already know what he’s going to say. It will come as a request that can’t be argued with. He wants me to let go. To untangle myself from Avery and let her go back to bed. And she will because it’s the right choice. Because she needs to go back to bed and sleep and recover from whatever she was on. It’s the best choice for her and I’ll be here alone and Kara can do whatever he likes so long as he doesn’t wake Avery again… if he even cares that much.
“Blue, you need to let go.” Kara’s voice comes again, harsher this time and I squeeze my eyes shut and tuck my face into Avery’s shoulder.
I can’t be here with him .
“No.” My voice is too quiet but I can’t seem to get enough air. “No, I’m not, you’re–” My voice shakes as I focus myself on Avery’s solid presence. “Please don’t leave me here.”
“I… you don’t have to leave Avery.” His voice sounds like a fake smile, but he keeps going like it’s important that I believe him. “You don’t. Blue, you just have to be… careful. Avery’s hurt right now and you need to be gentle.”
My mind goes blank and I feel myself stiffen up. Almost immediately I’m fighting with myself to go slack again. I can’t… Avery’s hurt?
When did that happen? How did that happen? It has to be bad if he’s bringing it up, if it’s a problem that can be made worse by the way I’m hugging her.
I push myself back, trying to sit up a little, take some of my own weight, but Avery’s arms circle around my back and press me close once more.
“It’s okay Blue, I’m tough, I can take it,” she huffs, her long curly tresses falling over my face and we jostle together.
She’s right. She’s tough. She’s strong, so much stronger than me, but if she’s hurt-
How the hell did she get hurt?
“As strong as she is, she does need to go back to bed.” Kara’s voice comes again, nauseatingly directionless this time as hidden as I am in Avery’s curls. I can’t… I don’t see him, I don’t know where he’s coming from.
“Blue…” His voice comes for me this time, and there’s nothing I can do to keep my trembling at bay.
“I -I don’t…” There’s no end to those words. There’s nothing I can say, no argument that would hold up against his order.
If he wants her out, he’ll take her away.
If he wants me alone, he’ll have it.
“She doesn’t have to leave, you can stay together if you want.”
It doesn’t sound like it. It sounds like there’s a right choice here and I don’t want to make it. I can hear the smile in his voice, fake and disarming, but if there’s a chance…
If I can go with Avery and– It doesn’t even have to be much. It doesn’t have to be that long, just… enough. Just some time away from him. Something, anything where I can just get my head on straight and…
Survive this.
I can be good.
I can be so good. I can give him what he wants, whatever he wants, I just… I just need to understand what it is he fucking wants. I need my stupid little brain to stop panicking and just think about it logically. Masters are never too complex. When it boils down, they want rather simple things. It’s just a matter of actually… figuring it out.
Kara… he hadn’t been bad, just a little confusing around the end there… Though that was probably when he started losing interest. When he started considering the trade Kalu had offered in the library. He’d probably gotten bored. I wasn’t giving him what he wanted and so he’d gotten bored…
It was my fault.
If I could just stay on top of it a little bit better, not get so complacent, so greedy, then he never would have…
“Alright… The bed’s right here, so you don’t have to worry about anything. Avery, I can get you set up here if you just-” I feel my whole body tense at his words.
Stars, I can’t be here.
Not with the smell of him everywhere, permeating down to every last fiber. Not here where my own stale scents are. This is his room, he’ll come back- he always does and I’ll have to see him, talk to him- I can’t. I need time. I need to regroup, calm down and breathe and figure out exactly what he wanted, what went wrong.
My shoulders hunch up to my ears and I can feel Avery flinch underneath me from the sudden tightening of my arms. I can feel myself trembling even as her careful fingers trace soothing shapes into my back.
She’s kinder than I deserve.
But then Kara goes quiet and I can’t breathe.
I can’t-
Did we do something wrong?
He hadn’t stopped us from seeing each other or taking comfort in each other's presence. We hadn’t done anything offensive… right? I didn’t want to stay here, but I stayed quiet.
I didn’t say anything. I didn’t complain, didn’t try to get away. I was being bad, but he’d allowed that so far. He hadn’t said anything directly against that. I can only pray that it’s not enough for him to pull us apart.
I don’t think I could handle it if we were separated.
“Or we put you back in the guest room if you want?”
For a moment the words make no sense to me, but then it clicks. There is another bedroom upstairs. I’ve seen it, it’s just… I never used it. No one did. It’s on the other side of the hall. It’s not far enough, but it’s as far as we’re getting. It’s a whole other room, with a door and a lock.
Not that I’d- Stars, he’d kill me. He’d really kill me.
I can’t be here anymore. I need the distance. Even if it’s not permanent, even if it’s just pretend. I choke on the thick feeling in my throat. I can’t even tell what it is, fear or just plain simple frenzy. There’s something wrong with me. In my head. I know there is, and I’m spiraling. I want to answer, but there’s nothing there. It’s just a mad, racing desire that refuses to verbalize and then I tuck my head into Avery’s shoulder.
I don’t feel safe.
But Avery answers for the both of us. She’s calm and collected and so perfectly casual, as though there’s nothing wrong with anything happening here.
“We’ll just get out of your hair, so-”
But Kara doesn’t let her finish. “No, let me help you at least.”
It’s not an offer, no matter how gently it’s phrased, but Avery seems to know that.
I scoot away as much as I dare when Kara comes closer, but I can’t make myself leave. Avery protected me, and while I can’t do the same I can at least afford her the illusion that she’s not alone in this.
My help isn’t really all that much. I try to help her up, but I’m still dizzy and weak and off-balance with the brick of bandages encasing my arm. Kara has no trouble doing what I can’t. He hooks his hands under Avery’s arms carefully and helps her up slowly. She’s glaring, but even the harsh look doesn’t hide the pained wince that crosses over her face.
She’s hurt .
Whatever it is, it must be serious.
I stay close, pinch the fabric of her nightshirt between two fingers so that she can feel the stretch of the fabric, so that she can know that I’m here with her.
The second bedroom is different from what I remember. But then again, it’s not as though the room had ever been set up for anyone before. Whenever I cleaned I just changed the sheets and picked at the carpet. Of course it looks different with messy sheets, clothes and towels strewn about, and Kara’s big first aid box sitting there like it’s a step stool to get onto the bed.
I’m forced to let go of her when Kara rounds the bed. He’s already doing the job and I’m little enough help as it is, I don’t want to get in the way.
He pulls back the covers, lays her down, and with clinical detachment pulls up her shirt. There’s gauze there, a big wad that’s been taped. I don’t see anything wrong, but Kara doesn’t share that sentiment. He peels back the white medical tape and gently eases back the first layers of gauze. Then there’s red.
Blood that’s welled up, soaked into the fabric, but not through all of the layers… that’s good right? That has to be good. I don’t-
Avery can’t die.
She’s so much stronger than me. What hope would that leave for the rest of us? But she’s hurt and Kara doesn’t stop there. The grim expression stays as he pulls back the next layers and exposes the taught and angry red skin… and the stitches. They aren’t small, like the ones I’d gotten close to my hairline when Mistress Anne threw her wine glass at me and the bleeding wouldn’t stop. Those were small, thin, less than the length of my thumb across all of it.
This was worse.
Though the stitches are even it doesn’t stop the whole of it from looking like a train wreck. The wound itself has got to be at least the length of my index finger. The stitches are clear, but the skin on either side is straining against the only thing keeping it together. There’s little tears already and my stomach flips knowing that at least some of that is my fault.
Kara’s words echo in my head
She’s hurt right now. You need to be gentle.
I squeezed her, I was the one that pressed too close, too fast, too much for her body to handle. I was the one who wouldn’t let go, who couldn’t make myself let go.
I hurt her.
“Stop fussing!” Avery’s hiss brings me back into my body.
My nails burn and I have to look down at myself to figure out why. I was scratching myself, probably bad enough that I would have bled, but I couldn’t get at my skin. The hard wrappings covering my arms saw to that. There’s little white flecks under my nails from where I dug in too hard.
It’s odd. As I look down at my body something’s not right. I feel floaty, nigh hysterical, but my body doesn’t move. It takes all of my focus to stare down at my wrapped arm, the fingers- my fingers- small and pale sticking out of the wrappings. All that and I can barely get them to twitch.
I can’t make a fist or even touch my fingertips to my palms. I feel like I’m going to vomit, like I’m going to scream, but I don’t do anything. It feels like I’m suffocating, but I can feel my body taking regular breaths, slow and even despite how I feel I should be throwing myself against the wall and I know there’s something wrong with me.
Maybe that’s what Master saw when he decided to get rid of me.
I drag my mind away from that thought violently. It’s not new, but somehow it manages to sting every time.
“Aww, I think I’m gonna fuss a little bit more…”
I find myself unable to look away as Master tucks the blanket over Avery. She glares, looks ready to bite him actually, but he just smiles and fusses and something inside me aches. Vicious, jealous, cold and alone as I can’t bring myself to look away. But he turns to me and all thoughts flood out of my mind leaving nothing but a cold flash of terror.
My teeth chatter for no fucking reason, but I duck my chin to my chest because no one needs to know. Master peels back the covers on the bed and I absolutely do not wrap my arms around myself like a child. The chill feels like it’s working its way into my bones. I feel dizzy and hungry and nauseous, but I don’t want to wait for it to turn into an order.
My body moves automatically. I can feel his eyes on me. I put myself into the bed and use the moment of surprise on Master’s face to pull the covers over myself. It doesn’t feel like enough. I let my hands wander and play with the sheets. I do my best to look occupied…
Is it enough? Until he requests my presence outside anyways?
I don’t want to leave. I want to stay here with Avery. I want to be alone.
So greedy.
It doesn’t feel safe, but it’s warm, and while it’s only a couple layers of fabric, it’s still distance. It’s something between us. Something I can use to cover my body.
“Alright,” Master says after a long moment, but I can’t tell what emotion his voice is thick with. Disappointment, probably. Frustration? Regret?
I force myself to look at the sheets. I’ve tucked myself in, up to my nose, so it’s almost difficult, but it gives me something to look at that is not Master. Something that’s not his odd smile pasted on top of a pained expression.
He should have left me at the pound.
I’m bad. I don’t know what he wants. How in the hell did I ever think I could please him?
Why did I want a second chance so badly ?
“Anyone need anything?”
There’s silence. Not quite silence. Avery’s breathing is kind of loud, rough, but strong and it’s oddly comforting as the quiet stretches. So of course I have to go and ruin it. My stomach makes an impressively loud noise, making its displeasure at being empty known to the entire room.
My heart hikes up to my throat and furiously pumps every last drop of blood into my cheeks as I do the only thing I can think of to hide the red staining my face. It’s not dignified but I left dignified behind a long time ago.
I hide under the covers.
“Okay, so I’m gonna be back with some food. Anything else?” Master’s voice comes gently, but I stay hidden in the sheets. The heat pouring off my cheeks is distracting enough as I try to force myself to take slow, calming breaths.
“Something for the sting?” I hear Avery beside me.
She’s better at this than I am. I don’t understand how she can keep her head on straight, keep bantering, keep him occupied… I guess there really is a difference between our constitutions.
It’s a morbid thought. One that’s not helped by the way Master laughs. He lets himself be distracted, swept up in whatever she’s created for him. I remind myself again that it’s irrational to be jealous. I should just count my blessings that she’s being so kind. That she’s taking on the risks and responsibilities that should be mine.
I’m shaking. My whole body’s cold and numb and my joints feel loose, like they might just give up and let my bones fall out. It doesn’t feel real. I don’t feel real, like any moment my body really will shake apart and I’ll figure out this was all some kind of nightmare. Dream, it would be a dream… Nothing bad happened.
Why was I thinking it would be a nightmare?
Everything fades out into a pleasant background hum that holds me by the barest tether to the present.
It was better in her arms.
I liked being able to hide myself, but it isn’t the same in the sheets. It just isn’t. I was able to hide my face in her hair and I was so keyed into her heartbeat that I could pretend that I wasn’t really there. What I couldn’t see couldn’t see me.
It’s stupid and childish, but for a moment with my pulse pounding in my throat it had felt safe...safer.
Avery was solid, and real, and someone who had already thrown herself in the middle of… whatever it might have been turning into. But that was bad. Worse than just throwing herself in the path of an angry Master set on the path to punish another pet.
I’m the one who was bad. I hadn’t noticed there was anything wrong. I’d just thought about myself. I’d thrown my arms around her and I hadn’t even let myself think about anything else aside from getting away.
Stupid.
Selfish.
I hurt her.
“Nothing that’s not the same shit, but I'll go grab something better,” Master parrots back, the bright mirth in his voice makes me ache.
He speaks so gently, putting up with her barbed words. That along with the promise. There will be a later for her.
“I have to pick up something for-” He catches himself on his words. I can almost feel his thoughts shifting. “I’ll be back.”
Another promise…
So why does it feel so different ?
I peek out from under the covers just in time to watch the door close gently and he’s gone, quietly, no fanfare. I wait until I hear the soft click, before I let myself breathe.
The moment of respite is short lived. I’m caught looking at the door for another few seconds thinking about just how unfair that is when Avery’s hand squeezes mine with such fierceness that it’s actually causing pain.
I open my mouth to say something, to ask her to stop, to tell her she’s hurting me, but the words die in my mouth.
Avery is a deathly pale. It scares me. Almost as much as the shaky, hazy look in her eyes. It’s stuttery, unfocused. It’s like she can’t really see me in front of her.
“B-Blue, I’m sorry. I’m so, so sorry.” I don’t understand the quiet tone, the frantic desperation in her voice.
I don’t think I’ve ever heard Avery stutter…
“Blue, Blue, talk to me. Are you hurt? Are you okay? Are we…” I can almost hear the question that she bites back. Are we safe? We’ll never be safe. “I thought you’d be okay. Did he hurt you? Did that bastard hurt you?”
I blink down at her, my brain working too slow to keep up with her words.
I don’t understand.
“A-Avery, what are you doing here?” My voice cracks, my throat burns, but I don’t let that stop me.
The question stops her in her tracks. She goes still, down to the trembling in her hands. She’s not looking at me, she’s looking through me. It’s like she’s pulling through her own memories, piecing together her answer…
I’m scared of what she’s seeing.
“I don’t… I don’t remember.” Her voice is faint and wispy and it’s the closest I think I’ve ever heard to tears. There’s a faint shine in her eyes and she doesn’t blink, she refuses. Her eyes focus back on me and she’s holding everything back by sheer force of will.
“I… Kalu, he… he drugged me and then there was… you were- You were at a kennel!” She looks up at me, shaken, eyes wide and pupils tiny as she looks back over me, eyes darting up and down over my body like she can’t believe I'm there in front of her.
Yeah… I didn’t quite believe it either.
“Y-yeah, I was…” I try to smile for her but if it looks anything as painful as it feels I doubt it helps. Still, that odd tickle forms at the back of my mind and as she starts to look a little less manic I can’t keep it off my tongue. “Why do you kn-”
“Kara got you! He got you back, right?” She lurches forward, her face contorting at the pain the movement must cause as she scrabbles for purchase on my arm, no longer content with simply crushing my hand. She doesn’t squeeze this time, she strokes her hands down my arms.
It’s not soothing, it’s frantic, like she doesn’t really believe I’m there. Like she can’t believe what she’s seeing.
“I’m here, Avery. I’m here.” I try to reassure her. It’s hard to catch her eyes so I just let my good hand pat at one of hers until the movement stops… until it’s just her shaking under my hand.
“Good… Good, that’s good…” She smiles, perhaps the only one capable of providing a smile more painful than the one I had just showed her. She forces herself to breathe more slowly.
It’s another two breaths before the tears pooling at the corners of her eyes start to look out of place.
Uncomfortable silence descends on us both as she stares forward at the foot of the bed, just… breathing, face blank.
“Avery…”
“Did he hurt you?” She cuts me off. The haunted look is back on her face even before she turns to look at me again. “He was supposed to be safe. Did that bastard hurt you?” Anger, bright and vivid, burns in her eyes. Righteous and immoble. I’m shaking my head even before I can summon words.
I’m not… I know what she sees. An arm in a cast and bruising that even his overly large clothing can’t hide. But…
“No. He didn’t- He didn’t hurt me.”
As far as I can think back, it’s true. He was gentle in the bath and he didn’t even punish me. Not for being bad, not for displeasing him, not even for hurting him.
Cold washes over me at that. Stars. What had I been thinking? What had I been doing? He… I attacked him. He could put me down for that. Lesser offenses have carried worse punishments. He could put me down whenever he wanted anyway . It’s not a helpful thought, but that doesn’t make it any less true.
I just… I don’t want to think about it. He could do whatever he wanted with me.
Why did he say he loved me?
“ Blue, I heard screaming. I couldn’t… what happened?”
I scared you so bad that you almost killed yourself with a gut wound because I couldn’t handle a few words.
“He didn’t do anything.”
“What happened?” She’s too keen not to recognize the avoidance.
“He didn’t touch me, n-nothing happened.” My voice shakes even as I realize that it’s true.
He didn’t even touch me. Not after he helped me with my clothes. I can’t remember if I asked, everything a hazy blur, but he hadn’t. I didn’t want him to come close, I didn’t want him to touch me, and he hadn’t. He stopped when I used my words. He remembered them. He said he’d stop and he did.
“Blue.” There’s a fierceness in her eyes that has me instinctually lowering my head, my ears pressing against my skull of their own accord. “What happened?”
“H-he told me he loves me.” The words burst out in a rush doing nothing to dull the fiery sensation in my cheeks. But a moment passes, and then another time measured in the uncomfortable space in between my heartbeats. It doesn’t change anything.
Avery only looks at me blankly.
“He’s- He’s insane. I don’t… I mean, I don’t understand the game he’s trying to play. He’s my Master. He doesn’t- He can’t love me.” I don’t like the high, needy tone my voice takes on as my thoughts fall apart.
Everything’s coming out in a huge jumbled mess, one thought not quite fully attached to the other as my mind races. The words come faster than I can think about them and soon I’m mumbling nonsense, but she knows, right? She has to know.
I feel shaky. The renewed trembling sets in as a new, plaintive tone overtakes my words.
“H-he can’t, I don’t, I-” I didn’t notice I’d started crying until I feel it on my hands. The steady drip down my cheeks, my chin.
I can’t lift my hands from the blankets. They’re frozen in the tight grasping motion as I grip the cloth beneath me. I can’t wipe my face, I don’t even have the decency to look away. I stare at Avery’s blank look with fear, with desperation. Begging. Begging to be told this is normal.
This was such an old trick, a lesson taught to children. Of course I couldn’t be loved by my Master. That’s something that’s simply not for pets. But one day, if I were truly, truly good then I might be able to earn my way into my Master’s affections. Simple affections… like the way someone might like an old mug given to them by someone they love. Right?
That’s the best I could hope for…
“Fucking idiot.” I flinch away from Avery, the words hitting me like a physical thing. My apology is on my lips as Avery squeezes my hand.
“No. Not you, kitty cat. Not you.”
I let myself be soothed by her words.
“Can I- can I be close to you?” I stutter over my words. “I’ll be careful, just-” I need this .
For a second she’s quiet, and my heart drops as her answer becomes less and less of a certainty in my mind. Why did I think- Just because she was nice doesn’t mean she’d want me cuddling up with her. Just because I crave some kind of contact doesn’t mean she does, doesn’t mean she’d be willing to mess up her gut wound again if I get clumsy or too demanding, doesn’t –
“Get over here,” she huffs, a smile touching at the corners of her mouth. She fluffed up the pillow and pulled back the blanket for me and I could just about start crying again.
I scooch in closer and twine our fingers together as she rolls onto her good side and settles into the pillows. She makes it easy to follow. I pull up the covers and we curl together like it’s the most natural thing in the world, even though I can’t remember a time that we’ve ever cuddled alone before.
It’s nice, though. Warm and close, held like something precious with the feeling of her breath on my hair. She’s not… she’s here, she’s real. We’re both here. Relatively safe, relatively whole… she’s alive.
I smell mint on her breath. It’s faint, but it doesn’t smell like it’s fading.
I can’t help but wonder if it’s the drugs or if Master made up a special cup of tea for her, if it's supposed to help with whatever’s wrong with her… the pain, infection, swelling. All the fun things that come from a stab wound that I’m too stupid to remember. She’s… she must have been here a while…
Why is she here?
“Avery-” I start without really knowing what I’m going to say, but Avery doesn’t let me speak.
“He shouldn’t have done that,” she offers, voice solemn and far away, and when I look up at her she’s not looking at me. Her eyes are fixed somewhere behind me. No, she’s probably staring at something that’s not there.
“What?” The response is automatic as I try to pinpoint exactly what she’s talking about. I don’t… she’s never acted like this before. I don’t know what’s wrong. I don’t know how I can help… if I can help.
“He shouldn’t have done that to you.” Her voice sounds distant, like she’s thinking about something else.
I wonder if she’s been tricked like this before. But she’s so smart… no, she wouldn’t have fallen for it.
I nuzzle closer, pressing into Avery’s soft curly hair and her ears flick, but I can’t tell if it’s amusement or annoyance. She doesn’t tell me off though, and for now, that’s enough for me.
“Avery…” My fingers ghost over her nightshirt where the gauze pad makes a little bump in the fabric. “Are you okay?”
She looks far away. Her eyes are on me and yet they’re not. Her gaze passes through me like I'm not really there, like she can’t see me even though she’s holding onto me.
“Avery, are you okay?” The second try seems to jolt her out of whatever strange moment took her.
“Oh, this? I’m fine and dandy. Gimme a couple days and I’ll be running around and causing trouble again.” She laughs, but it sounds strained. She sounds tired.
She pets behind my ears and a curl of warmth jolts to my spine. It tingles uncomfortably for a moment before it dies down. My ear twitches, but Avery’s too distracted to notice so she just keeps on with the soft motion.
“Really, I feel a little weird. I guess that’s to be expected though… I’ve never been stabbed before.” She’s silent for a moment, a soft placid smile tilting along the corners of her mouth.
“What… what happened to you?”
“I don’t, I… I don’t remember, but I-” she stutters. Her brows scrunch up as she stares at the far wall. I recognize the searching expression on her face. I can almost see the way she’s trying to piece the shreds of memory together firmly enough for a coherent response.
“Kalu stabbed me.”
I don’t say anything to that. I can’t, not with how wrecked she sounds, not against the way tears pool in her eyes.
“I-I think-” Her voice cracks, “Fuck! I think he really-” Her breath has turned ragged as her nails dig into the soft skin at the base of my ears. “I think he w-wanted-”
“Avery, d-don’t-” My hand finds hers in my hair as I try to pry her off.
Don’t go down this road. It’s okay, you’re here now .
“Why did he do that? He would have never done this before- he wouldn’t-” She’s hyperventilating. I know the signs from myself, but I never thought I would see it in Avery.
“Avery, you need to calm down.” I pet the hand in my hair, trying to soothe and maybe help ground her, but her nails keep digging into my skin.
“He was such a good boy when he was little, kind and goofy and- and-” She sucks in breath with a wet sound and tears are streaming down her face.
“I don’t understand what went wrong. I knew it was bad, he told me it was bad, but it was just five years. We would have been in the capital anyway, it was supposed to be- it wasn’t supposed to be like this- it was never supposed to be like this!” She slaps her hand over her mouth and chokes down the noise, looking at me with big terrified eyes.
There’s blood on her nails.
“Oh Stars, Blue I’m sorry, I’m so, so, so sorry. I don’t know how that happened- I don’t- He wouldn’t-”
“Avery-” I call for her and, unlike before, she seems to hear me. She goes deathly still and levels me with her shaky gaze
“Avery, you have to calm down, all right? Take a deep breath and breathe out slow, okay?” I try to project calm, something I’m fairly sure I fail at as I scoot just the slightest bit further from her.
My head was aching already. The new little bursts of pain when I move my ears isn’t the worst thing that’s ever happened to me.
“I’m sorry,” she says again, staring at me like she’s seen a ghost.
“Breathe,” I remind her, breathing slow and deep as an example that promptly goes ignored.
“I’m so, so sorry.”
“It’s not your fault-” I start, but she doesn’t let me finish.
“It was.”
She doesn’t say it like she’s placating me, she says it like she’s correcting a misunderstanding.
“W-what?”
She’s looking through me again but her hand comes to tap at her chest.
“I’m- I am rayut. He was, he was mine, my little uli. I have to- it was my responsibility. I should have protected him. I never should have let it get this far.”
“Avery, you’re not making any sense. You aren’t responsible for what he did, you never were.” I try to insist, but she’s not having any of it.
“I should have stopped this.” Avery pulls in on herself like the rebuke comes from somewhere else, like the harsh words are not her own, but someone else’s raining down on her. “He went with those assholes and I- I didn’t stop him. I lied for him. We were supposed to be able to protect each other.”
“Y-you couldn’t have gone against him like that.” I try to console her but she only laughs, high and mad, her wild eyes coming back to me once more.
“That child couldn’t walk outside without me when he was younger. He hung on my every word and when I let him go to that fucking school everything went to shit.”
I don’t answer her and the stunned silence fills the air between us as Avery gasps for breath.
“F-fuck, I- I’m sorry, Blue,” she says at last, breaking the odd silence almost painfully. “I didn’t- I… there’s nothing but nonsense in my head right now, d-don’t-”
“How long have you been Kalu’s?”
I don’t mean for it to sound like an accusation. I don’t mean for a lot of things, but she has to notice the way I look at her. I can’t help it. Not with the odd picture I’ve created in my mind. The odd way the pieces are coming together. I want to be wrong. More than that, I don’t want to think about it. I don’t want to hear about him, I don’t want to think about him. I don’t want any part of him in my life. I want to pretend he was never in it to begin with.
“Avery, you are the first one to tell us not to – with whatever our Masters are doing, that it has nothing to do with us, that it’s not on us, not our fault- What’s so special about Kalu? Why is he your responsibility?”
There are tears in her eyes as she shakes her head, lips pressed into a line like the truth will fall from her lips if she doesn’t mind herself.
“Avery…”
“I’m sorry, I’m sorry, my head- I’m a little- I’m a mess right now- I’m sorry- I’m not making sense.”
“Avery-” I want to press her, but it’s not the right time. Not for either of us. “L-lie down?”
She follows obediently, pressing herself into the pillows, and we stay quiet for a while simply breathing in each other's presence. It’s oddly soothing, just being nearby as I do my best to forget everything Avery’s just said. There’s something dangerous there, something I probably don’t want to know.
“Avery-” I whisper, and I feel her body flinch under me. I try for something that’s not too harmful, nothing too strained. “How, um… how did you get here?”
She gulps audibly, though her face has smoothed out into the neutral that I’m used to.
“Blue, I-”
The floor by the stairs creaks and she goes quiet, schooling her features, her whole body going tense and then purposefully loose.I pull away and straighten the blankets around us like we’ve been waiting perfectly all this time.
There’s a soft knock on the door and some part of me is glad for the warning.
“Hey, I’m back,” Master calls gently, letting us know that it really is him behind the door.
I can’t fight the swell of fear and anxiety that rolls in my body, but I temper it down. I don’t know if it’s time or distance, but it’s not as shocking as the first time I’d seen him. Now that I know this is real it doesn’t make me so instantly nauseous. It’s easier.
“Guess who’s got the grub.” He lifts the tray just a touch to draw attention to it, not that he’d needed to. The amazing smell did that all itself.
He’s got food. I can feel myself go starry eyed at the prospect. Stars, I’m so hungry, I don’t know how long it’s been since I ate, longer since I ate Kara’s cooking… since I ate real food.
I practice my thankful words in my head. The right words. Proper and respectful, just right for what a good pet should be. I pull it together in my head, all in the right order, just how I’m going to say them. I’d fucked up before, but he’s given me a second chance that I still need to prove myself worthy of. I breathe in deep and try to steady myself. I don’t remember speaking being so hard, but I can do this… I could, but Avery beats me to it.
“You’re fucking with me!”
I’m so contused that all the practiced words of thanks fly out of my mind and I just stare at her, horrified.
“No.” Master seems just as confused as I am, but he only smiles through it and brings the tray closer. “This is all for you guys.”
Ah, it was the same with Thana. Avery gets fed kibble at the Care Center. She might have thought it just some cruel joke. I did in the beginning, too.
“Oh Stars, please tell me that your head isn’t just for decoration.” I can only stare as Avery seems determined to dig her grave deeper.
“What?” The question tumbles out of him, but it’s too far from offended to be of any real concern. I’m more worried about Avery.
“I-” She looks over at me as though she wants some backup on how crazy he is, seeming dumbfounded by my expression until something akin to clarity sparkles in her eye.
“Is this really what you’ve been feeding him?” she asks, and if that was supposed to get us on the same page she’s failed miserably.
“I… what? What’s wrong with it?”
I’m just as lost as Kara sounds.
“You are familiar with the term ‘obligate carnivore?’” she bites out, and no the hell I am not. But it seems to mean something to the two of them. Something bad I recognize as horror dawns on his face.
“You know that out of all the breeds, cat kibble will actually cause liver damage for others because it’s so protein rich.”
“I-I-” But Kara doesn’t have anything else to say.
I try to think back. Is that really true ? I’ve not very often gotten meat, but I have gotten sick when I ate standard kibble. When they didn’t bother getting the one for my kind… I did feel better when I got to eat the one specifically for cats regularly. I had more energy and my stomach would hurt less. Is that… was that really the reason?
“Yeah,” Avery huffs, nowhere near as amused as her tone is trying to imply. “I thought you were just going for an aesthetic, but cats usually have, you know-” She pauses dramatically to pinch high on her thigh at the soft curves of her body, “some jiggle. No wonder he’s so fucking cold all the time.”
Is that why? She’d complained about it before, how cold my feet or hands could get when we all sat together in a pile at the Center. Is it really that simple? I’m cold all the time because of what I’ve been eating, really?
“You… Blue, you never-” He cuts himself off, but not before I pull back into the covers, almost immediately terrified by the prospect of having my Master’s attention on me again.
“Blue never what?” Avery hisses, just the right side of aggressive that they call her problematic and moody rather than dangerous and in need of correction.
I can’t help but agree. What did I never do? I didn’t even know. It’s not my fault right? It can’t be my fault. It’s not Master’s either, not when he fed me so much.
“Is it supposed to be-” His voice cracks and I watch as he shrinks a little, pulling the tray close and hunching his shoulders as he chooses his words carefully. “I don’t know how to make a properly balanced meal…” ‘for a cat’ goes unsaid, but I hear it rather loudly.
“We can process a little of the veggies. We’re better than regular cats like that.” It almost sounds like a peace offering. “Otherwise he never would have made it this far… it’s just, it’s inefficient” Almost.
I hear the rebuke for what it is, but I doubt she’s being serious. Plenty of other pets weren’t fed exactly what they were supposed to get. It’s not like it was the end of the world. We were all lucky to be fed at all. She’s only being dramatic, right?
I mean… if it was killing me I would have known. I feel like I should have known, but nothing like that ever registered. Food was always such a problem at my old house. If I was fed at all I was happy, and Kara made sure I ate as much as I could. He filled me up with every meal, just on the wrong things. I should have paid more attention. It should have made sense. All the signs were there. And when my weight plateaued despite everything Kara was doing to get my weight up, I should have put two and two together. How could I be so stupid?
“I-I’ll be right back.” It doesn’t sound right, it doesn’t sound like Kara, it sounds dead and hopeless, but he leaves and the door closes with a soft thump.
“Have you really been eating that? Just-” She trails off, staring at the door. “Only that.”
“I- Is it really bad for me?” My voice wavers and I’m not sure I want the answer.
“Blue…” She looks at me with such pity in her eyes I can’t bear it.
“I’ve never heard of that before, Avery, I’ve always just been lucky to be fed at all. I’ve never had the chance to be picky like that.” The words tumble out of me before I have a chance to stop them. It does nothing to cure the look that Avery’s giving me.
“Blue.” She takes my hands in hers and rubs some warmth into me. I can’t help but stare at her. I feel detached from my body, like I’m floating and I’m not really here.
Am I really supposed to look like her?
But so many masters liked me small, liked me thin and small and… there were other cats, they must have known. They had to have known. My head spins as I realize I don’t even know what my own body is supposed to look like.
“Your guy is fucking weird.” Avery interrupts my spiraling thoughts, but I’m too deep to understand what she’s talking about.
“What?”
“I thought I’d at least get smacked around a little for that, but- I mean, I guess he really wouldn’t want to undo all his hard work.”
I nod, even though I can’t stop thinking about how wrong she is. He never smacked me around… not ever. Not even when I’d given him a good reason.
“I’m sorry,” she offers, more sedately this time, but I can’t for the life of me figure out what she’s talking about.
She flicks her eyes to the door and then back to me.
“Is he, I mean, is he really going to come back or did I just fuck you over for food for the night?”
I open my mouth to tell her that it’s fine, that he’ll come back with something else, that he won’t leave us to go hungry, when I realize how big of an assumption I’ve made.
She told him off, insulted him, accused him of not taking proper care of me like it’s a crime he could ever be charged with. He could just leave us here. It would be very merciful if he just left us here, together, warm, in a bed. I should be more concerned, but it’s Kara… I didn’t doubt there would be food.
“I- I think we’ll still be fed,” I answer instead, and I don’t doubt she’s seen the complicated journey my face made to come to that conclusion.
“Alright, good…” I don’t miss the pity in her eyes.
“We… really need all that meat?” I ask, a hot flush running through my body from god knows where. I know what embarrassment feels like. This feels different. I feel sick.
“Yeah, or at least the kibble for cats that we get at the Care Center,” she answers. “That’s why… I mean, I was a little testy when you didn’t get fed with the rest of us. The people at the Care Centers know better than to feed the familiars the wrong type of kibble.”
Yeah, she always got these darker looking pellets, Ande’s always looked more red…
She ate the kibble at the Care Center, but… she wasn’t surprised to see regular food. She didn’t jump up or get defensive like Thana. She…
My head swims and I feel myself spinning, my body running hot and cold all at the same time.
“Are you alright? Do you need to lie down?” Avery’s voice washes over me, but I don’t really hear it.
I need to go. I need to get out of here. I need-
Fuck, I’m gonna be sick.
I scramble out of the covers and hit the floor rather ungracefully, but I keep going. I pull myself into the little bathroom this room has, retching into the toilet, but nothing comes up. I had nothing in my stomach, but for some reason the rest of my body is not convinced. I sit there heaving, fighting for a chance to breathe until I run out of energy. Until it’s just my head pressed against the cool seat of the toilet and I’m left feeling worse, somehow.
“Blue…” Avery calls from the other room and my stomach twists again, but I fight down the rolling sense of nausea.
“I-I’m okay,” I call back to her. “I’m fine.”
I run the water in the sink and dip my face under the tap to get the taste out of my mouth. And then once more because I’m suddenly thirsty and the water fills my aching stomach.
“Blue,” she calls again, and I hobble out to see she’s sitting up again. It’s probably more movement than she should be trying for, but I don’t really know that. Her wounds scared me, seeing her bleed scared me. I don’t really know anything.
“Blue, it didn’t sound all right.” She levels me with her gaze and I can’t hold it. I look away pressing my hands together in front of me and try to find my words.
“I don’t feel good, but I’m all right.” It’s not a lie. I hope it satisfies her.
“When was the last time you ate anything?”
I honestly can’t remember, but they hadn’t fed me at all at the kennel, and before then… I really don’t remember. I can’t say that, not when I know how she’ll look at me, not when I know what she’ll think. She’s going to blame herself again and I-
Everything goes a bit blurry and it takes me a second to realize that I’ve started crying.
I didn’t mean to. I didn’t want to, I just…
I shake my head, trying to answer her question the only way I can. I don’t want to answer. My throat burns and suddenly it is impossible to speak.
“C-come here, lie down.” She gestures by her side and I crawl back into bed.
“I’m sorry, I should have let you eat. I didn’t think-”
“N-No,” I croak, trying to find something to say that will stop her from taking responsibility. “I… I never would have known if you didn’t-”
“Yeah, okay,” she interrupts, her hand in my hair gentle this time as she lays me against her shoulder. “Just lie down and take a rest. I’ll wake you when he comes back.”
When he gets back? Yeah… I have to thank him. I have to start being good…
It’s not until she’s shaking me awake that I realize I’d fallen asleep like that, but we hurry into our positions.
Master does come back with more food, so much, and it’s almost all some kind of meat. He stays with us, which puts me on edge and by default puts Avery on edge too. Which means it’s not as productive as he might have wanted, but he’s taking what he can get from our one word answers to neutral, nothing questions.
I don’t understand why, but for now it seems to be enough.
“All right.” He stands up with a huff and I think he’s had enough of our shit, enough of being almost summarily ignored for all the effort he’s put into us, but he keeps his voice a flat, even tone. “I’m just going to… I’m going to go pick up some medications for both of you and… and I guess I can also go pick up some more groceries if anyone has a request.”
Avery looks like she’s examining some kind of magic lab experiment that’s just gained the ability to talk back, but it disappears as soon as I blink, a showman’s smile in its place.
“Well, I wouldn’t say no to more of that chicken. I don’t know what you did to it, but man, that was good.”
He looks over at me and my eyes snap down to my mostly empty plate, knuckles white around my water glass. I want to speak. I practiced so many things in my head. Why is it so hard now?
“Blue?” Fear sets in as I respond automatically to my name and lock eyes with him and something… something about him looks defeated. He looks away first.
“F-fish?” It’s nowhere near the elegant response I’d crafted. The thanks for the meal, for all the indulgence he’s allowed in recovery, for not being upset when I was so ungrateful, but my voice cracks. My throat feels like it’s closed up, swollen and painful like I’m going to start crying again and I know there’s no chance that anything else is coming out of me.
But it’s enough. It must have been enough. For some reason he seems pleased.
“Yeah, okay. Chicken and fish. I’ll make sure to pick some up.” He smiles and I play with the pattern on the bedcover until the soft click of the door sliding shut tells me he’s gone.
“You know,” Avery says, eyes locked on the door Kara’s just left through, “in all the time you were talking to us about him, about how you were nervous and you kept fucking up and kept worrying about getting thrown out or put down, you could have casually mentioned that you’ve got him wrapped so tightly around your little finger that he would probably kill for you.”
“What? What are you talking about?”
“Blue.” She looks at me like I’ve said something stupid before she rolls her eyes and throws herself back onto the pillows. “Oh fucking- nevermind! Everyone in this Stars-damned house is blind!”
She sets her plate down so that it’s on the tray before pushing the whole thing to the corner of the bed so she can press her whole body back into the pillows with a deep, contented purr.
I put my water on the windowsill and move my plate to the tray as well. I don’t really understand what she’s talking about, but I do appreciate how valiantly she fought to stay awake so the two of us were never alone together. She talked when I couldn’t force myself to answer. It’s only right that she should have the chance to sleep now.
The quiet is… unsettling.
Even though I know Avery’s here, even though I hear her breathing, the quiet grates on me like it never has before. It’s dark out and the curtains are drawn and there’s only the bar of light from the gap in the door to tell me what’s going on outside. It feels wrong.
There’s this hovering uncertainty that’s making my skin tingle, making some uncomfortable point at the back of my mind itch. I’m claustrophobic and too exposed all at once.
I try to calm myself down. It’s a small room, but there’s only one door. Well, only one door outside. There’s a door for the bathroom and a door for a tiny closet, but I force myself to look at it once and move on. I never went in there. I don’t know what’s inside. Still, it can’t be anything close to what my head is dreaming up.
It’s fine. It’s just a tiny room.
Three doors, a window with the shades pulled tight, four corners and a chest of drawers. There’s nothing here that can hurt me. There’s nothing fucking here.
Three doors, a window, four dark corners and spots in my vision because I can’t breathe, I can’t-
I pull a pillow from the bed and put it over my face. Deep breaths, feel the rhythm, feel the resistance. I hear Kara’s voice in my head and there’s nothing I can do about the tears that spring to my eyes.
I want to scream, but Avery’s sleeping. I can’t- I shouldn’t do that to her. She deserves a good rest. She deserves to not be woken up by her stupid friend screaming bloody murder.
Why is it that I can’t make up my fucking mind? I’m terrified of my Master. I always have been. As far back as I remember, it’s always been true. But they are the only ones in my world who would ever- who could protect me. They were everything. They held my life in their fucking hands and yet…
I don’t ever remember feeling as safe as I was with Kara, as cared for. But now-
I close my eyes so that I can’t jump at shadows.
Three doors, a window, one malfunctioning little pet curling into a ball in the bed, pulling up the blankets so he’s an indistinguishable lump in the mattress.
I still don’t feel safe. It feels like this is some dream, like this is all one nightmare that I’ll never escape from… that I’ll escape too soon. If this is a dream, I don’t… I can’t wake up. I can’t go back to that hell. I’d rather stay here, even if every moment I’m terrified that I might really wake up.
Even if it is all a dream, it’s better now, right? I’m warm and safe. I should be appreciative. I should be happy.
I’m crying, sobbing into the sheets with a high ugly noise that makes me hate myself more than I already did.
I don’t want to be this way. I want to enjoy this. I want to sleep, if only the prospect didn’t make me feel so sick.
There’s a hand on my shoulder and I jolt away before I can stop myself, kicking away in a violent motion that only serves to tangle my limbs in the blanket.
“Blue.”
It’s Avery. Of course it’s Avery.
“I-I’m sorry.” I stutter out my apology. “Y-you can g-go back to sleep.”
Everything’s fine. You don’t need to watch this.
“Yeah.” She nods, patting the bed between us. “Come up here, kitty cat. I’m not sleeping too well. Let me hold you?”
She’s too kind for me.
I scramble closer, like some lost little kit clinging to the first person to offer them a hand. I’m not proud of the way I cling to her, but I’ve left pride behind long ago. She holds me, petting me as I tremble and whispering nothing until it just turns into tuneless humming to let me know that she’s still there.
I’m safe. There are only three doors. Only one leads outside, it’s the furthest one from us. I am not alone.
I’m safe.
I hold that lie close to my heart as I fall into an uneasy sleep.
Notes:
-if you need someone to talk to about this, try the fan server: Here
We'd love to have you ;D
-if you want to see the tumblr, you can find it: Here
-if you want to take a listen to the incredible audiobook version (which is not something I ever thought I would have the ability to say) that Sekiraku, our incredible Beta reader who is amazing and talented and quite literally a god, has made then you can find the link to chapter 1: Here
- go give it a listen!
Stay safe out there.
Chapter 88: Take a Breath
Summary:
Blue and Avery are stuck in the sickbed together and Kara is there just trying to make sure everything is just as close to fine as he can get it. Everyone is trying to get through everything that they've been through and I think we can all agree that they all need some room to breathe.
Notes:
I think we can all agree that this took a lot longer than we thought it would.
I just want to let you guys know I am so grateful to all of you for sticking with me on this one.
And a special shout out to Sekiraku who is the most wonderful beta reader anyone could ask for.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Blue
I shoot awake at the sound of the door opening.
It’s not our door. That’s still closed. The curtains are still cinched tight over the window, keeping the whole room dark, and I can’t tell how much time has passed. I can’t tell if I fell asleep at all or if I was out for hours. There’s no accounting for the time in between and anything could have happened.
I thought I was a heavier sleeper. My mind flashes over the past few months. Kara always seemed to be up before me and out the door before I woke, and none of that noise did the trick, but I can’t remember. Everything feels strange, like I can't think straight. All my memories are cloudy, like something half remembered passages from a book read long ago, but I know that’s not right either.
I only just learned how to read.
And yet even those memories feel so quiet and small, like they are from a different lifetime altogether. But it can only be from a month ago at most… no, a few weeks, less? More?
The gaps in time spread themselves out before me and I can’t help the way fear catches my breath. It was dark and there were no windows and there were people but there were also drugs and quiet and all the time in the world and yet no time at all-
It’s not the first time I’ve lost time like this, but… I’d blamed it on the drugs then. I blamed it on exhaustion. I blamed it on the steady thump of my palm to my head when I cried, begging my own body not to remember when I woke up.
If I woke up.
There are sheets under me, around me. There’s something covering me and soft, loose clothes tangled around my body. It’s all so foreign to me that I can feel the ice clawing its way into my lungs.
It’s a game. It has to be. Some new way of playing. They want to hear me scream, they all do.
They aren’t here yet, but they will be. I heard the door, even though it sounds different from the great heavy one in the cellar. It’s all the same. They’ll come to play, they want me to scream.
They get what they want.
I feel the ache behind my ribs before I realize that I’ve squeezed myself into a tight ball.
It’s ridiculous.
I’m not safe under the covers. It’s a flimsy shield at best. It will only annoy them that they have to come searching for me, but I can’t stop myself. My head is blank as I squeeze myself tighter, just trying to breathe..
They’re coming. They’re all coming back and I -
There’s a hand around my wrist and I know I shouldn’t fight, but my leg kicks out without my permission and I’m scrambling away. I’m at the edge of the bed before I recognize the sounds around me. It’s Avery, she’s speaking softly, evenly as she motions for me to come closer, to join her under the covers again. She sounds calm but I can see the fear bleeding into her posture.
She heard the door too.
I bite the inside of my cheek and move back to her, tucking into the covers once again, carefully, like we’d be at all capable of going back to sleep. There’s a desperate voice screaming at the back of my head to run, hide, do something, anything, but I can’t. It would be useless, and even if it wasn’t, Avery can’t follow. She’s hurt. Sitting up in bed is almost too much for her. She won’t be able to run… and it’s not as though I could just leave her behind.
There’s no clock in the room, so we make do counting time by the frantic beating of our hearts. It’s an unsteady rhythm, slowing before hiking up once more as panic sets in anew. There’s not much sound that we can hear and whoever it is seems to be staying downstairs… or they are just very quiet.
It’s not until the sharp scream of the kettle sounds that I dare to hope.
Because… really? What kind of home invader would set about making tea? It has to be Kara, right? It has to be.
Avery holds my hand, doing her best not to crush mine as she stares down at the door. She doesn’t know that it’s him… I don’t either. Not really.
I can’t make myself say it, even as an empty reassurance. I can’t be wrong here. I can’t be the one to instill false hope like that.
Why is it hope?
My brain is fuzzy on the details, but- Master isn’t any less dangerous. He isn’t. It could just as well be a bad thing. I have no idea what he could ask of us.
I’d gotten used to being an only pet.
It goes differently in bigger households. There are different responsibilities, different expectations, there are…
Avery is staying, right?
The thought comes out of nowhere and I’m blindsided by it as I realize I have no answer. Because… she hadn’t really been able to answer that for me, had she? She didn’t say why she was here, why Master had taken her in, why he fixed her up and gave her a room of her own.
I can’t bring myself to ask.
Even if I could find the words, I can’t make my mouth open, I can’t force my throat to make the sounds. We just stare at the door together, listening to the sounds of our heartbeats.
I…
Master took me back, right?
I get to stay? I get to live with him again? I get another chance?
I can’t-
Memories dance, taunting me, just out of range. Something important that I can’t see. Though if it was something important, I guess it wasn’t my place to see it. Master didn’t have to explain it to me. He could have come to the decisions in his head. But still…
He took me back, right?
Why would he waste all this time trying to fix me up? I’m just another damaged, broken little pet. He could have gotten a better deal anywhere else. He could have gotten a healthy, whole pet, one who would appreciate belonging to a Master like him for as long as he allowed it.
Why is Avery here? With a gut wound, healing in Master’s bed… Is she being given a similar chance?
I don’t understand.
I can’t understand. I have nothing to go on.
Did I fuck it up already? Have I already wrecked this chance for myself? I remember the taste of blood, Master still pretending to be sweet even though he surely wanted to throw me to the floor. I remember being carried and set down like something precious, I remember crying. I’m an ugly crier. Master could put me down whenever he liked…
“Hey guys.” Master speaks softly with a knock at our door before he opens it, as though he were afraid of waking us. “I have medications and more food.”
There’s a tray and a multitude of colorful pills in the little dishes he usually uses for sauces. My heart is pounding in my throat as he lifts one of the bowls, carefully plucking each tablet out, showing it off to Avery before placing it in her hand.
“This one is going to be a very potent painkiller. I normally wouldn’t recommend this, but you are under careful observation, alright? You have to tell me if you feel strange in any way, and you absolutely have to take this one with food.” He hands off the large white pill at her stoic nod.
“This one's for infection and inflammation. Now technically you are clear given the- It doesn’t matter. The inflammation will bother you a lot longer than anything else, especially if I can get enough charge going to seal up your gut wound for you. I won’t be any help with much else, but at the very least we’d be able to get those stitches out of you sooner rather than later.” He follows this with a laugh that doesn’t sound at all humorous, but he drops the bright yellow pill in her palm when she nods.
The little white one is for her blood, an overly cautious precaution, and the oblong pill is for acids, though I don’t quite understand why that’s something to be worried about. Neither does Avery by the look of it, but she accepts the pill into her hands, and when she’s presented with her water cup she takes them all dutifully, swallowing quickly before returning the cup to the tray.
“I know you just had some food, but it has been a few hours, so I’d rather be safe than sorry.” Kara gives a lopsided apologetic smile as he passes her a lidded bowl and a fork. “Just see if you can eat something, alright?”
There’s another bowl for me on the tray. At least, I think it’s for me. It would stand to reason the rewards would be the same. Food for taking the pills.
It’s the chicken dish Avery praised before, steaming with a generous helping of sauce and a layer of rice underneath it, just in case she feels the need to mop up the goodness. It- that makes sense. It was probably easier to make.
It does something weird to the inside of my chest, but all that is quickly gone as Master fixes his gaze on me.
“Alright Blue, this one is for your infection, and this one is for inflammation. You have a course to take for the infection and then I’ll be able to help you out, but until then… you just have to tell me if anything feels off, okay? Tell me about any changes in anything, alright? I’m serious.”
I nod, looking at the two pills in his hand. The red flat one is for my infection. I have to tell him if I feel different, if anything changes. Repeating the rules to myself gives me some kind of stability, but I can’t help but feel like I’m missing something.
“Ok, this one is for pain. Have you been in any pain since you woke up? In the past few hours?”
Yes.
If I answered honestly, if I wanted to answer honestly, I’d say I was in pain. My chest hurts, my body hurts, my head hurts. I can’t do anything without my whole body aching. I’m tired and even the subtle pains that I’m more likely to ignore are flaring out of control, but I know that’s not what he’s asking.
I see the way he looks at me, the way his eyes dart from my face to my arm. It aches, perhaps more fully now that I turn my attention to it, but it doesn’t hurt yet. I don’t know what they put in me to make it stop, but it is nothing like it was when it snapped… nothing like what it was in the days that followed.
No. There’s no pain yet.
Instead of the big white one he places a flat round pill in my hand.
I don’t know why I’m getting a different one than Avery, but it’s not my place to ask.
He holds up another little cup of water, just the same as Avery’s, and I stare at it for a long moment before I realize what I’m doing.
I’m resisting, simple as that. I am being disobedient. I am being troublesome. The proper pet beside me took her medicine when prompted, quickly and without fuss, and I can only stare at the water, at my open palm with the pills that Master took the time to explain to me rather than simply passing them over or shoving them down my throat.
Everything goes blurry and my eyes burn as tears drip down my face, so far beyond my control I can’t even force myself to move to wipe them away.
I need to stop this foolishness. I need to be better. I need to be good. If I could just be even the slightest bit like Avery and just-
“Hey, hey, no- It’s, it’s ok, Blue.” Master’s voice comes quiet, calm, gentle, everything I don’t deserve.
He reaches out, but he doesn’t touch me. He doesn’t even get close enough for me to flinch away. He rests his hands on the bed, slowly explaining each pill to me again, telling me what they do, how many I need to take, how often I’ll need to take them until it gets better. Until he can help me get better. It sounds like a lie, but I so desperately want to believe it.
I can’t stop myself from letting eyes trace his features. He doesn’t look right. He’s got bags under his eyes so dark they’d be better described as bruises. His hair hasn’t been brushed in Stars only know how long… the normally straight, flat tresses look tangled and frizzy.
He looks as unsteady as I feel.
“It’s safe Blue, I promise.” He offers a smile that’s pained and unconvincing.
I take the water and swallow the pills.
“Yeah? Okay…” He smiles and nods, almost to himself, as he turns back to the tray. “Do you want some more food, anything to drink?”
There’s tea on the tray for both Avery and me, and the other bowl. Master must see the way I look at it because he moves the whole tray over onto my lap, pushing the fork and spoon from the corner that much closer to my hand.
“Eat, Blue, anything you want. If you don’t like anything, you- just tell me, you don’t have to eat it, I’ll get you something else.”
I don’t understand. He made chicken for us before. Avery even asked for the exact same kind and that is exactly what she got. It’s more than I deserve, more than I expected, but when I lift the lid on my bowl I feel ready to cry all over again.
It’s fish. I’d… I asked him for fish and he made fish for me.
Plump and juicy-looking flakey whitefish. He’s only made it a couple of times. We’d had too many different types to try to repeat dishes too often, but this had been one of my favorites. There's butter sauce and noodles. The same noodles he made when I was sick… the ones he made my first week at this house. It’s soft and hot, and just pressing my fork against it has the fish flaking apart, steam rising in an appetizing waft of the buttery flavors.
It’s the best thing I’ve ever eaten.
Avery gets her tea and I try not to sob into my food.
I eat slowly, but I don’t let anything stay on the plate. My body doesn’t love my determination, protesting the overly full feeling of my gut as I debate whether to give in to the impulse to lick the bowl.
“There’s more, Blue.” Kara interrupts my thoughts, but he doesn’t move to take the plate from me. “Whenever you want it, there’s more.”
His fingers run anxiously over the covers. He doesn’t touch me, not even through the fabric, but the longer I look, the easier it is to recognize the pattern he’s drawing. It’s the one he traces into my skin when he wants to soothe me.
It’s so easy to lose myself in the memories. His hands were always warm, and the patterns… when I got antsy it was always better than just being held. Movement helped. I could make myself feel the patterns. It was too much of a sensation to be brought out of easily.
Still, he seems distracted by the movements and it’s enough to set me at ease.
I should know better. My Master isn’t one to turn his attention away so easily. He’s smart and capable of incredible focus…capable of being convincing when he pretends.
But something in my heart calms without his eyes on me. Without feeling the unspoken weight of that expectation that I can’t read.
I move slowly, my hand brushing the mug for a few seconds as I wait, but he doesn’t move to stop me, doesn’t do anything, and I pull the mug into my hands.
It’s more mechanical than I think it ought to be, but I sip at the tea. It’s the only thing here that lets me know just how much time has passed. The tea is only barely warm, but I could have sworn it was steaming when it first came.
All the memories are foggy, but I think I can pick that one out.
I stare into the cup, watching as the liquid slowly grows lower each time I take a sip. It’s my favorite tea. The summer one with dried pink and white petals and some kind of fruit rind and, though I can barely taste it, a generous portion of honey that I can feel in my throat more than I taste it.
“Blue.”
I startle badly at the whisper, but it’s just Ka- Master. It’s only Master. He’s not angry, nor does it seem like he was trying to get my attention for some time. He only…
My heart thuds in my chest as I realize how close he is, how he’s leaned over the bed, the way he’d quietly gotten my attention. My head snaps to the side and I realize that Avery is asleep next to me. More passed out than asleep. I’d thought she was only capable of composed elegance, but seeing her sprawled out on the cushion and tangled in a twisted blanket makes her seem… more real.
The bowl and tea mug have been cleaned up around her and I can’t believe I hadn’t noticed. Master had been cleaning up after us. At some point I had been so distracted by my tea that I just didn’t notice when the man got up and moved about the room. My hands feel unsteady, but I grip the mug tightly in my hands before it can truly be called shaking.
Master was being quiet. He got my attention after the other pet had already gone to sleep, but he’d done so quietly. Was this supposed to be a secret? Was I expected to-
All at once I can feel the blood rushing to my face as I realize my bowl is still in my lap, my mug still in my hands.
Master was cleaning and I was impeding him.
I try to give my mug and bowl back. I try to be quick, but not desperate. I can’t imagine I’d be punished for it, but I’ve been wrong before. Still, there should be nothing wrong with at least attempting to appear well-trained… cordial.
Master accepts the offering without a word, setting them both on the tray which had moved at some point to rest on the dresser behind him, but he doesn’t pick it up and leave like I expect. Instead he turns back to me, sitting once again on that low stool he’d used before.
We sit in silence for a moment, me not daring to move and him seeming not to breathe.
“Do you need another blanket or maybe another pillow?” he asks after that long pause. The gentle smile on his face looks fragile, jagged. It speaks more of danger than of any true comfort.
Why is he acting like this?
“Master-” I try to speak, but he barrels right on like he hasn’t heard me.
“Maybe some tea, or if you’re still hungry I could-” he rambles on, staring down at the blanket… refusing to look at me.
“Master-”
“Don’t.”
My words die in my throat at his harsh tone.
He’s angry. A wave of cold terror flushes through me as I snap my chin down to my chest and try to look properly chastised.
I’d interrupted him. That was bad. It was always bad, though somewhere in the back of my head there are memories that it hadn’t mattered with this Master. He really didn’t mind when I talked back, when I answered without permission… but those fuzzy recollections are buried as my mind works overtime to try and make this right.
This Master really hadn’t been prone to anger when he’d had me. At least, not frequently, not within the memory I was able to draw from. I’d never gotten him in such a mood, but some things are universal. Harsh words meant anger. Pets don’t want an angry Master.
It’s bad for their health.
“Blue.” It comes softer this time, watery like he’s about to cry, but that’s not right. Why would he?
At least he doesn’t sound angry anymore.
“Please don’t call me that, Blue. Please.”
He’d been angry at the way I addressed him? But not so much so that he stayed incensed. More an annoyance, then, than true anger. That made sense. How many owners had simply gotten bored with me, annoyed by my little habits?
I nod carefully, raising my head again to see my Master still there, still seated awkwardly on his stool, watery eyes locked on me as he waits for something.
Oh, right. This Master liked verbal responses, and he had asked me a question… more than that, he seemed to want to know what would make me more comfortable.
“M-maybe…” I curse myself for the hesitant start, but the way he leans forward to catch my soft words makes me think I’m on the right track. “Maybe, s-some time to sleep?”
I very carefully bite my tongue to keep myself from calling him Master at the end. For some reason he’s annoyed by it and I won’t contribute to his poor mood if I know I can avoid it.
“Yes, of course,.” he answers, nodding along, but he doesn’t stand to go. He seems almost stuck to the seat, like he couldn’t move if he wanted to. He just looks at the door and then back to me.
“I know I’ve fucked up,” he starts, and I’m not exactly sure what he’s talking about, but he seems disturbed enough by it that I don’t want to risk asking. “I know you don’t want to see me right now, and I should just give you space, but-” His voice breaks and those watery eyes are back on me. It makes something ache in my chest.
“Blue, can I stay here?”
I suck in a breath, stunned and confused, but before I can think of words to answer him he rushes to defend himself.
“Please, Blue,” he begs. “When you were gone I couldn’t sleep, I couldn’t- I couldn’t do anything and if I take my eyes off you right now-” He breathes in slowly through his nose and out through his mouth, calming his frantic words before he starts again. “I need to know this is real.”
He’s asking permission to stay.
The realization hits me as the tears spill over and he hides his face in the blanket, head bowed before me like he’s begging. Like he doesn’t have the right to pull me from this bed and force me into his if it would really make him feel better.
He’s giving me a choice. A choice with a right answer, but it’s a choice. A choice with a chance to stay here a little bit longer.
I touch my hand to the top of his head. It’s easy with his face pressed into the blankets just inches from my hand. His hair is usually so soft, but it’s full of knots, frizzy, oily like he hasn’t bathed in days. He looks up, red-eyed and miserable.
“Blue?” he croaks, and I nod. I can’t even think to stop myself.
“Yeah?” he whispers, keeping himself quiet, like he’s afraid to break this moment. “Do you want another blanket? Something warm to drink? Or-”
I silence him with more petting. Dragging my hand over his hair to avoid the issue of getting caught in the tangles and snags.
“Just sleep,” I answer.
It’s only after he closes his eyes that I realize it sounded like an order. It wasn’t. It was less than an order, more a fervent desire than anything else, but within moments his breath evens out and his whole body goes limp.
He’s less terrifying like this. It’s easier to draw upon older memories where we curled around each other in our sleep, the ways he held me, soothed me… for a moment he’s that man again.
He's asleep.
I follow soon after.
I startle awake to the feeling of someone grabbing my arm. There’s a second of fight in me, slow and uncoordinated with sleep, but I struggle, confused as to why my legs feel like lead and everything is slow like I’ve fallen into a deep sleep.
I haven’t slept deeply in a long time. I couldn’t- why couldn’t I-
“Blue.” It’s Avery. Avery’s hand, her voice. She’s beside me in bed.
“I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to fall asleep,” she hisses, low but frantic.
Is that what happened?
I can feel her hand over mine, strong and present, but she’s not crushing me like she was before. There’s a forced quiet in her voice and I can’t for the life of me remember why she would have to be quiet.
“Avery.” I hear my voice thick with sleep as I answer. I try to regain some control, grasping out for her even though I’m still uncoordinated and sleep drunk. Everything feels fuzzy, my head… my body… I still feel confused.
She looks over to me, no, she looks beside me and then her eyes flick back up to mine. I don’t understand until I look. Kara’s there, that’s why my legs are heavy. He fell asleep here, with us. He’s sleeping on my legs, hands loosely clutching at the blanket.
I feel my breath catch, the bed swaying under me unnaturally as I look.
He’s still asleep. Somehow we haven’t woken him, but Stars, I never thought-
“I-” My voice drops to a whisper as I look at Avery. “What do I do?”
There’s no way to extract myself without waking him up, but she doesn’t share my panic. She takes a moment, looking between the two of us, but she does nothing. Instead she reclines back into the pillows, looking on with something suspiciously like amusement painted on her face.
“There’s nothing to do,” she says with a shrug.
“What-” My voice pitches up for a moment and Master sirs at the sudden sharp sound. I press my lips together to stifle any more noise and thankfully he settles back into a deeper sleep.
There’s nothing to do. How can she say that?
“Are you hungry?” she asks, mindful of her volume as we both watch for any stirring from the man draped over my legs.
It takes a moment for her question to register, for me to realize that she actually asked and I’ve not lost my mind… though I worry about her.
“No, but-” I try to answer, but she cuts me off.
“Are you in pain?”
I stop myself, considering for a moment as I let myself sit in what my body is feeling.
“...no.” Everything has settled into a dull ache at the worst. Whatever pain meds I’ve taken are doing their magic.
“Are you cold?”
“No.” Kara’s warm, he always has been. No matter what, he runs hot like he was made for me.
At least, that’s the way it felt. He never begrudged my clinging, always tolerated my icy feet and hands, insisting on warming them himself when I would have settled for having a place beside him where I could leach the heat in a less bothersome way.
“Are you tired?”
Am I tired? How long did I sleep? Why does it feel like it’s not enough, like my body wants to lie down and not be moved for the next week?
“Blue?” Avery calls once more, and it’s only then that I realize I haven't given my answer.
“I’m tired.” My voice sounds smaller than I think it should. I feel young… whiny and stupid the way I say it.
“Then it’s time for sleep,” she says, nuzzling further into the pillows and closing her eyes.
She makes it sound so easy.
“Come on.” She pats the pillow behind me. She does it without even opening her eyes and I don’t know how she doesn’t straight-up smack me. I lie down, but I can’t make myself close my eyes. I stare up, tracing the seams of the room, where the walls become ceiling.
I’m a mess. I know it, but it doesn’t really help. A part of me loves the weight of Kara against my legs, the feel of him, a safe, reassuring presence, but… I don’t trust myself anymore. It doesn't- he can’t be safe.
Avery brushes her fingers through my hair and though it’s a soft and gentle motion, I can’t relax.
“What’s happening in that head of yours?” she asks gently, cracking one eye open as she’s apparently scented in the air that I’m not cooperating with her whim.
“I don’t- I .. I know I should-” My words are just as incoherent as my thoughts, and I stumble forward on half-formed ideas. “Things are good, right now.” I finally settle on that. It’s a fact, one both of us can agree on. It should be easier to accept. “I know that, but I c-can’t-” My voice dies in my throat as I look down at Kara, dead to the world for all he’s stirring at my noise.
“It’s okay, Kitty, just tell me what’s wrong,” Avery presses gently.
If only it were that simple, if only it was just something wrong . I stare at my lap, trying my best not to look at my Master. He looks so soft, so warm. He’s everything my memory wants from him, just care and compassion, and I know at least some of it has to be a lie made up by me, by my desperation, by the way I’d chosen to take his small mercies and trick myself into thinking he cared for me.
“I don’t understand.” The words come out quieter than I meant them to, but for some reason it feels right, like this is only meant to be something for myself. I feel a tear roll down my face before I realize how badly my eyes were stinging.
“What don’t you understand?” Avery reaches out to me, her fingers coming to rest lightly at the bend of my arm as I still can’t pull my gaze from Kara.
“I don’t…” My throat hurts. I feel hoarse, the whole of my flesh painfully tight as I try to push the words out. “I don’t understand why he took me back.”
And I don’t. Not really. I’d so convinced myself that what happened in the pound was a dream, was my mind breaking down and giving me whatever the hell I wanted just to keep me alive for another few hours, that I really hadn’t looked at it any other way. I don’t understand how he came to be there, how we ended up back at ho- back at his home, and more than that, I don’t understand why.
When Avery doesn’t say anything I turn to face her, but whatever I’d steeled myself to see, it wasn’t the look of confusion plastered on her face.
I’m not sure what would be confusing. I don’t know why she can’t understand. She’s been by my side for all my blunders as I tried to make myself his familiar. She knows better than… maybe it was my fault. She was always so quick to defend me when I confessed to my mistakes. She would reassure me, talk me through the things I didn’t understand. She was one of my first friends. Maybe I’d deluded her, too, into thinking that I could do better. Into thinking that I was better, that all that mess was the temporary blunders of an off day when in reality that was my best. I was killing myself just to scrape by.
My Master knew. He’d seen better than anyone. I hadn’t fixed myself. I hadn’t repented. I didn’t do anything good since getting sold off. I hadn’t proved myself with good behavior, hadn’t improved or done anything that might let him think I was holding out on him. That I had even a shred more potential than I’d let on. I hadn’t done anything to warrant getting taken back.
I don’t understand what he wants from me now.
“He… he found you at the shelter.” Avery speaks haltingly, like she’s trying to follow a train of thought that she just can’t understand. “Why wouldn’t he take you back?”
Right, why would she know?
“He sold me,” I answer quietly.
It’s deeply shameful, but she doesn’t pull away, doesn’t distance herself from me, she doesn’t even speak. As the quiet descends between us, she looks away, face screwing up into a configuration that is none too flattering as she looks between Kara’s sleeping form and me.
There’s an almost comical amount of eyebrow movement and squinting before I have to interrupt her. I can’t figure what about this is so funny to her.
“Avery-” I try, but she doesn’t let me speak.
“I’m sorry, I’m just trying to find a world where that makes sense.”
I’m so stunned that I can’t even speak. Did she not- was she even listening to what I said?
“Blue, this man, fool that he is, is crazy about you. Why would he sell you?” she asks, but it’s more than that. There’s something in her voice,a bite that’s bitter and frustrated, like she’s fighting some old battle with someone that refuses to see the light.
“No, I was sold- H-he said…” I can feel my voice shaking like the rest of me, it feels like I'll fall apart at any moment. “He said I was-”
“Who is ‘he’?” Avery’s eyes narrow.
Master .
“K-Kalu,” I stutter, hating myself for where my mind went, but I didn’t say it out loud. I caught myself before I did.
So why does Avery glare at me like I said it out loud?
“Oh yeah, Kalu never lies,” Avery offers, sarcasm dripping from her words.
But… she seems so sure. The sentiment seems so genuine…
Was it me, did I fuck this up? But then how did they get into the house? Why did they… mages don’t touch each other's things without permission. Kara and Kalu rarely ever spoke. They weren’t rivals. Kalu would gain nothing from messing with Kara’s things. They weren’t even in the same year. Besides… they’d talked about it, that Kalu would be the one to be called if ever Kara grew tired of putting up with me.
Kara flinches against my legs and my heart jumps into my throat for a moment before I realize he’s not waking up. He’s still asleep, he’s just… twitching. His face is drawn up like he’s having a bad dream. I… it feels wrong to leave him like that. He shouldn’t have to suffer in his own mind, but I can’t make myself call out to him.
He would do that for me.
He had done that for me. I had nightmares... It feels foggy, but I know it’s true. I remember waking up dizzy and confused, coming out of old distorted memories with tears in my eyes before I could even think about what happened in my mind. But in those memories there are also soft words, warm arms pressing me close and holding me until we both were sure that I would be okay. Until the last phantom bit of those fears faded away.
He did it for me.
I can’t just let him suffer.
My hand is reaching out before I can stop myself… and once I realize what I’m doing, I can’t stop myself. My fingers ghost over his messy hair, petting at his head. My touch is barely there. If our positions were reversed I can’t imagine I could even feel it.
Apparently he can.
His eyes almost immediately shoot open and I snap my hand back just as quick.
He looks about the room, panicked and confused, delirious with sleep, before his eyes focus and he looks between me and Avery.
“Uhh…” Kara’s voice is deep and rough with sleep as he rubs at his eyes and squints at the covered windows. “How late did we sleep? Oh, shit- your medicines!” Kara jumps up with a speed that has me flinching back.
“K-Kara-” My voice wavers, but Kara doesn’t share any of my hesitancy. He freezes immediately, turning back and looking at me with such rapt attention that I can’t help but feel like he’s waiting for orders. It’s such an absurd idea that any other thought dies in my head and I’m left scrambling. “Um…”
“Anything, Blue,” Kara says.
There’s such simplicity there, but I know it goes deeper. I know there’s more. It’s almost like he really means it, like I could ask for anything and he would do it. At once I’m overwhelmed by how infinite ‘anything’ really is.
“Oh come on now, Blue, you heard the man, anything …” Avery teases relentlessly, like she can hear what’s going on inside my head.
I can’t speak.
I can’t remember how to use my words for the life of me and I just stare at him, at the space between us as I try to find something, anything, say something -
“Think about it. When you know, tell me. I’ll go see how long we slept and what medicines I need you both to take.” Kara pats at the bed after a long moment of consideration and I can’t help but feel that it was meant to be a kiss pressed to my forehead.
I don’t stop him from leaving this time. I don’t do anything and the door closes with a soft noise and there’s nothing more.
“You fuckers are so Stars-damned sweet that I think I can taste it.” Avery bursts the quiet, reverent silence and all at once I feel my cheeks flush.
“Oh, he hates me, I’m not good enough!” Avery puts her hand to her head in mock distress, her voice high and whiny just to mock me. “Kitty, the only thing you have to worry about is how you’re going to walk around after that man finishes blowing your back out.” For a brief moment I pray that she’s done and I can wallow in the heat spreading across my face, but she thinks better of her words and smirks. “Nah, he’d probably carry you around for days and give you massages. Anything for his precious Blue.”
I can’t force myself to say anything, and really there’s nothing that I can say to that. I want to bite back, tell her what it was really like, how wrong she is. But… I mean- hell, we never really got that far.
There’s bumbling down the hall long before Kara makes it to the door. Plenty of warning for two jumpy familiars
“We’ve been out for a while, so everyone’s medicines are due again,” Kara announces as he hands out the same paper cups with the same tablets inside.
“Blue, your infection is already a problem, so I can’t do anything until you finish the antibiotics course, but Avery, if you are up for it, I do have my charge back…” He wiggles his fingers and it takes me a second to realize he means magic.
Healing.
Kara can heal.
I’d forgotten about that in my delirium… the question of why he didn’t just fix it up for her in the first place weighs on my mind, but it’s pretty easily dismissed. He’d waited to heal a lot of my injuries when he first got me. Something about reasons to delay healing, something about being strong enough to take the backlash the magic will have on your body. He’d told me that once…
“Yeah… you don’t just need someone to play lab rat, right?” Avery chuckles nervously, her smile thin and fake. “Because, there’s probably a few better candidates if you need–”
“You don’t have to let me seal you up.” Kara cuts her off with a lazy wave of his hand. “The drugs and the rest will take care of it eventually, but it will take longer for the skin to naturally stitch itself together without my help.”
Avery looks like she’s going to laugh that offer off too, but she stops. She’s silent and simply stares forward, not really looking at Kara anymore, just through him… watching something else entirely until she snaps back into herself.
“Well, fuck...” Avery blinks, turns her head away, then rights herself, only to do it again. She sighs, tilting her head back into the pillows and laying her arms at her side. “Don’t fuck me up anymore than I already am.”
“Wouldn’t dream of it,” Kara answers, but the cheery quip doesn’t have the right tone.
He pulls the blanket down and her borrowed shirt up to reveal the same patch of gauze taped down to her skin. It’s all cotton white and it’s easy to look at it and think there’s nothing wrong. It’s a big strip of gauze, but there’s no way what’s under it is all that bad.
Kara’s gentle about picking off the tape. He goes as slow as he can, trying to take everything off in one clean strip. Avery’s hand finds mine under the covers and she squeezes. I don’t need to look to know there are tears beading up in her eyes.
It has to hurt.
The gauze comes up after that. Three mesh sheets of white before the red starts seeping through.
It’s worse after that. So much more real. Avery starts squeezing my hand. The closer the gauze comes to the actual wound, the more the bloodied material sticks and pulls at her torn flesh, the tighter she squeezes.
Her breathing turns erratic, and it’s not until the final layer is gently pried from the tacky flesh that I realize I’m staring at the real wound. It’s so much worse than I thought, than I let myself remember… or maybe I’m just giving myself permission to look, to truly look.
There are even, clear stitches pulling the flesh together, but even that looks…
I don’t understand how she’s alive right now.
“Alright, ready?” Kara asks, shattering the moment of silence that I hadn’t realized descended upon us. “This is going to hurt.”
“W-why?”
My heart breaks for the soft, wounded way the word sounds coming from her.
“It might look like everything just magically fixes itself, but there are rules that even magic follows. It’s still skin stitching itself back together. We are just speeding the process along. You are going to feel months of this injury slowly healing all at once.”
“But then it will be over, right?” Avery asks, the nervous hope in her eyes dying as she watches regret bloom across Kara’s face.
“There will be some tenderness and sensitivity…” Kara hedges, gently. “It’ll probably sting like a bitch if you move around too much or jerk around, but the injury itself will be healed. It’s not like it can reopen or anything like that.”
“Well… I suppose there’s always a trade-off.” She chuckles, but the sound is wrong. All of her words come out half-strangled and weak.
Her hand finds mine under the blanket and she gives me a faint squeeze, though her eyes never leave Kara. I wish there were something I could do. I have nothing I can offer her, nothing more than empty words. My voice dies in my throat before I can even think of what I want to say.
I squeeze her hand back. There’s nothing else I can do but let her know that I am here. That I will be here, with her… for as long as she’ll have me.
“What do you want to do?” Kara’s voice breaks me out of my musings.
There’s no right answer. There’s no lilt in his voice, no tone that betrays what the correct response is.
He is asking.
Not for permission to continue, not for a chance to try out his skills. This is a choice that he has removed himself from.
It’s Avery’s decision.
“I-um, I-” Avery stutters, eyes locked on the man like she’s never seen him before. She snaps her mouth closed to look down at the comforter, looking lost and confused. She breathes deep, long and slow and though we are all silent, it’s not uncomfortable. Eventually Avery nods to herself, a sideways grin working its way across her face. “Y-yeah, no... Gimmie whatever special sauce you got, magic man.”
She lies back down, arms at her sides, and waits as Kara nods, accepting her decision.
There’s a flash of white, but the shimmer doesn’t fade. There’s light suspended in the air above Avery, a soft white that grows harsher until it burns blue and Kara is wringing his hands in the air around it.
The light stays suspended as though the light in the room isn’t enough. It makes everything look harsh and crooked. Avery’s blood looks black and her pale skin looks so, so wrong. Like none of it is real, just an illustration from someone’s overactive imagination. Someone who’s never really seen anything like it and was just filling in the gaps in their knowledge with nonsense. Kara, too, is wrong in this light. More than the unnatural colors painted on his skin, he looks hardened. He looks different.
This is a side of him that I’ve never seen before.
It’s clinical and detached, like his eyes aren’t seeing anything but what’s in front of him… not even the person, just the wound. He presses two fingers against the sides of the wound and squeezes the split flesh together.
Avery flinches back with her whole body, head hitting the pillow and hands fisted in the blankets. She doesn’t scream, but I can tell it’s a near thing. Her teeth are clenched and she’s wheezing in a feeble attempt to keep breathing as tears pool in her eyes.
It happens again and again as Master goes bit by bit down the length of the wound, healing each section of flesh until it can bear the natural tension of the muscles without splitting again.
It’s quick. I know it’s quick. I keep telling myself that he is going as fast as he can. He makes mistakes. He stops when it’s too soon and the flesh peels apart with too few connections between them and he has to start anew.
It only happens twice, but it’s twice too many. I can see it in the deepening creases of Kara’s face, in the fact that Avery brings up her shirt to bite on as the healing continues.
The moments drag on forever, Kara working with single-minded focus as I am torn between watching the display of healing and gently coaching Avery to remember to breathe, watching for safe moments for her to gulp air before we have to start again and I have to watch Avery go red in the face once more.
And then, all at once, it’s over.
Kara pulls out a pair of scissors that are so small that, even with the adrenaline coursing through my veins, I can’t take them as a threat. He begins clipping at the stitches. He plucks each one gently, rubbing a finger over the drop of blood that wells up in its wake, and soon even those punctures are gone.
Everyone takes a breath- Avery takes several- and everything calms down for a moment.
I sneak a peek as Kara cleans the area, my nose wrinkling at the astringent chemical smell of antiseptic and salve. Avery’s skin is pink and flushed where the wound was, but it is whole and completely unblemished where her wound sat earlier.
“It’s all healed up,” Kara says. His voice sounds deeper, scratchy… almost like it does in the mornings.
“It doesn’t feel better,” Avery pushes out.
I have a feeling that it’s supposed to be quippier, something to lighten the mood and ease tensions, but when she pushes the words through gritted teeth it doesn’t really have the same effect.
“That’s because it’s not better,” Kara answers seriously. “The tissue is still heavily inflamed and your body is dealing with the aftermath of a pretty serious bleeding event and… probably a whole bunch else.” He says that last part like he doesn’t want to say anything further, like he wasn’t supposed to bring it up. “All I did was reconnect tissue. Everything has healed together, which means you aren’t going to hurt yourself anymore pulling on stitches or anything like that.”
She nods, looking over his work, but there’s something… off about the way her eyes glaze over the healed stretch of skin on her stomach. She’s smiling, but it doesn’t reach any other part of her face. I’m worried until her hand meets mine under the covers and she latches onto me with a fierceness that is not displayed anywhere else.
Her hand squeezes mine, hard. She’s trembling.
She’s scared.
“I would have liked it if you left a scar.” She giggles, but it comes out flat. She keeps going like she doesn’t notice. “I feel like it would have been pretty badass.”
“Next time, Avery.” Kara meets her in the middle with an off-sounding chuckle of his own, shaking his head at her antics.
Avery’s nails dig into me and I try my best to keep any reaction off my face. There has to be a reason she’s scared. She’s not shaken easily. She’s strong and brave and smart and everything I ever wanted to be. So there has to be a reason she’s so desperate to keep her panic off her face. There has to be a reason that Kara is scaring her.
Kara turns to me and I feel my stomach drop. For a moment I’m sure he knows. I'm sure I’ve given it away or tipped him off and I’ve ruined the trust Avery is putting in me, but then he speaks.
“As soon as you’re done with your antibiotics round I’ll get to work mending the bone, but for right now it’s safer to leave it as it is.” Kara looks at me, some of that warmth driving back into his gaze.
He just wanted to talk to me. No reason to panic. He doesn’t… he doesn’t need to know what’s going on below the blankets.
As the panic passes, I try to suppress the warm feeling that blooms in my chest as I nod along to what he is saying. His words pull a memory forward of when I’d first come home with him. He’d healed some wounds and not others, and he’d said something similar. Though I was nearly delirious at the time, he’d taken the time to explain it all to me.
Kara slinks back from the bed. His eyes still have a tired, haunted look to them.
“I’m gonna… I'm just gonna go wash my hands.” He says it so low that I have to strain to hear, but as he steps into the bathroom I am reminded of Avery’s claws in me.
It’s like a switch has flipped and Avery is fighting for breath, taking in ragged lungfuls like she’s been held underwater. Her other hand claws at the blanket to get closer to me and it’s only when I look at her face, at the pink dusting her cheeks, that I realize she’s been holding her breath.
Her eyes are blown wide as she shakes her head at me. There are no words but I can read the fear and desperation.
The water shuts off in the other room and I do the only thing I can think of. I pull up the covers further up, tucking Avery into the blankets as I motion to her to stay quiet.
Avery’s fingers claw at my arm under the blankets as she fights for breath like there’s someone strangling her. Her other hand comes to her chest, nails raking over the thin fabric of her shirt. She does it again and again and I can almost feel the raised red furrows of skin she’s digging into her body.
“Avery-”
Her eyes snap to me and it’s like she doesn’t recognize me. It’s as though she is staring right through me and sees something there in my place.
“Avery-” I try again, but her eyes snap to the door. The door which Kara will come out of any moment now. Her mouth opens and closes like a dying fish but she is silent, even though it looks like she wants to scream.
She’s scared, or… maybe overwhelmed, something in that range.
I know that look
I pull the covers over her head. It’s not the most dignified plan, but it’s the only one I have at the moment.
Kara steps out of the bathroom, wringing a towel in his hands. He looks curiously at the lump in the sheets next to me, but there’s no real question in his gaze. There’s a sheepish smile on his lips as our eyes meet, like it’s something he expected.
“I- um…” My voice dies in my throat. I wanted to be a little more of a distraction and give Avery some privacy for this critical moment, whatever it is… but my mind goes blank as I look at him.
I thought it was me, but he still looks different. A night of sleep really hasn’t done all that much. Kara looks… bad. He looks sick, tired… Hell, he looks weak. I’ve never seen him like this before. No matter how consumed he was in projects, skipping meals or rest, he never deteriorated like this.
What the hell happened to him?
“Yeah, Blue?” Kara perks up, looking right at me, and I wrack my brain for a plausible excuse.
“Can I h-have some tea?” It’s bizarre, but I’m not surprised when he jumps up and pulls away from the doorframe he’d been leaning against with a goofy smile plastered on his face as he realizes what I’ve said, what I’ve asked for.
“Yeah, I’ll go get some tea for you both, is that good?” He keeps his voice quiet, like Avery is only hiding under the covers so that she can get to sleep.
“Perfect,” I answer for the both of us, and Kara leaves.
I catch his eye darting back over the two of us as the door closes, but he doesn’t say anything. He doesn’t do anything. He lets us be.
Avery’s hand is still white-knuckled around my wrist and I can't help but hope I can be of some help before I lose my hand to her.
I wish I had a better idea of what freaked her out. What danger it is that she’s seeing that I’m too stupid to realize. Avery has always been so strong in my mind. It’s terrifying to see her like this. To see her hurt, to know that she’s just as fragile as the rest of us… to know that there’s something here that sets her off just like me when I-
No .
She is a good familiar. She is strong and smart and she is not malfunctioning. Malfunctioning is what used-up old whores like me do when we’ve been hit too many times in the head or something like that. It’s what happens when you’re too stupid to put together what really is a danger.
Avery is not malfunctioning.
Which might just be worse… that means there’s something to fear.
“Avery, are you alrig-” I don’t even get the words out before Avery all but drags me under the covers with her.
“He’s wrong,” she whispers, her eyes wide and manic. “He shouldn’t be here, this is all wrong.”
“Avery-”
“He shouldn’t-” She grunts and her jaw clicks like she’s chewing on the words. Like they won’t come out the way she wants them to. “He can’t be able to do that!”
“I-I don’t- Avery, I don’t understand. What are you talking abou-” and I’m almost thankful I don’t get to finish stringing my thoughts together.
“Things like him don’t just exist!” she hisses. “Not… not without consequences.”
“W-what are you talking about.”
It’s not a question. It comes out like a whine. Like a plea. I don’t want to hear this. I don’t like where this is going.
“What do you know about him?” Avery’s nails are always blunted, well groomed and expertly kept, but they dig into me anyway. It’s like she’s trying to hold me in place. Like she wants me pinned. Her eyes bore into me and I have to fight to look away. It isn’t her. It’s something else. Something terrifying that can pick apart my being at some level that I can’t even understand.
“I know a lot of things about h-him.” The words catch in my mouth as I stumble over my lie.
I don’t know all that much.
Even less about him.
The moment passes, the manic fervor drains from her eyes, but she’s still there, still holding me still, but her grip is not iron anymore, she trembles with exertion, drained, overwhelmed, she’s Avery again. The moment passes so quickly that I… I must have imagined it. Of course it was Avery. It was always Avery. She was just scared. I’m not used to seeing Avery so intense, so keyed up… I’m overreacting.
“W-why do you ask?”
“I don’t-” She looks at me, really looks. She squints like she can’t see me in front of her and then all at once her features smooth and she’s just watching me again. She heaves deep and quiet breaths and the smell of mint is back. Old and musty, like it’s been stored improperly.
“I don’t remember everything, not about how I got here or what- what happened.” Her hand goes to her side, fingers ghosting over her shirt, over the pink newly healed skin. “But something happened and there was someone… You know Hallie?”
“The jackal from the Care Center?” It takes me more than a moment to make the connection, but Avery nods and I can’t for the life of me understand what Hallie has to do with her other questions.
“It was like I couldn't look at them.” Avery’s back to staring through me, not at me, and for a moment I’m certain that she can’t see me in front of her, can’t feel my hand in hers. “My eyes wouldn’t see, but they smelled like Hallie. Like Hallie, but not. It wasn’t them, I know it wasn’t them, everything was wrong and Kara was there and there was screaming and I-”
The words die on her lips and the only thing left is her stare. Her eyes are on me but something inside me is screaming that she doesn’t see. That she’s not here.
It’s as though her words have slipped like water through her fingers and she can’t even tell where to pick up now that they’re gone.
She’s empty.
There’s nothing left.
“What happened?” The words feel just as distant as she is, and for a moment fear seizes me as I wonder if she’ll hear me at all. But she starts. Her whole body flinches back as she takes me in. She looks at me like I’m the first person she’s ever seen.
“I don’t know where we were, but it wasn’t here and… it wasn’t anywhere I’d ever been before. I don’t- It felt like a place I wasn’t supposed to remember-”
“What happened?” The question comes out harder than I mean it to, but I can’t let her stray. I need to know.
“They fought. They were screaming at each other, but I couldn’t hear it and then they were fighting, really fighting.” She pulls her hands away, curling into herself like a child trying to hide.
“Avery-” I start, but she doesn’t let me finish.
“They, it wasn’t screaming, they were fighting, Blue. Real magic, blood and death fighting.” She gags on her words but she doesn’t look sick. She’s not pale or flushed or anything else I can think of that goes together with nausea. She looks…confused, scared. Like she wasn’t supposed to say it, like she said something wrong.
“It had something to do with me, I know it had something… I shouldn’t have been there. I shouldn’t remember.” Her hands tangle in her hair and I can see the glint of tears in her eyes.
I don’t know what she’s talking about and I don’t know what to say to her, so I try for physical comfort. I’ve only just made up my mind when she flinches back.
“I- I don’t, wanna. N-not right now.”
I force myself to lean back. I hadn’t even raised my hands.
Was I being that obvious ?
“Everything feels weird now,” she whines, knuckles white as her fingers tangle in her own curls.
“Bad?” I ask. There’s nothing much I could do, but if this is some bad reaction to the medications, the magic… Kara could help, right?
“No?” She moans, uncurling just slightly. The tears in her eyes are bright, but unshed. “I don’t… not entirely. It’s different. Like when you have to remember to breathe and-” Her hands come down to the sheets, making fists in the fabric instead of her hair. “Like it was natural and you never noticed it until it stops.”
“I-”
“It’s so loud!” she cries.
She presses her hands over her ears, making fists in her hair again, but it’s her wide, frantic eyes that worry me. It’s like she can’t bear to close them even as the tears stream down her face.
“It’s so loud,” she whimpers.
“I’m… “ I have no idea what I can do. “If it’s like a migraine, I’m sure Kara has-”
“It’s not, it’s-” She fixes her gaze on me and something soft settles over her. She stops shaking and her shoulders relax. She pulls her hands from where they’ve tangled in her hair once more. “It just feels like something else... Like it’s natural. Like I’m going to have to deal with it until it fades back into the background and I can go back to not remembering it’s even happening.” She stares down at her own hands.
I’m about to ask her if there’s anything I can do, anything that she even thinks might make her feel better, when she looks up. There’s a weary but warm smile stretched over her lips.
“No, kitty cat, stop that. You don’t have to worry about me. I am not your responsibility.” And that sounds so much like her that I want to cry. Her, Avery, my Avery. The one who made friends with me at the Care Center, put up with me through so much and taught me more than I care to know. Not this manic creature that slips into her skin and wears her thin.
“We’re still friends?” It’s stupid. Even as the words pass from my lips I know it’s stupid. I know the answer, but it hangs there in the air half a moment more than I’d care for as the gentle tilt of her smile slackens.
“Yeah? Yeah, we’re still friends.” She doesn’t say it like an answer. It’s more like she’s confirming it to herself.
“Don’t we make a fucked-up little pair, the two of us…” she chuckles, and I bump her shoulder with my head, taking a moment to just sit there and bask in her presence, her warmth, the weird, cloying mint smell that’s clinging to her skin. It wasn’t the medicines, it must have been the tea.
“I’m sorry I scared you,” she whispers, just soft enough for me to hear in the quiet room.
“What?” I can’t for the life of me begin to comprehend why she would feel the need to apologize, especially when none of it was her fault, but she just continues on like she hasn’t heard me.
“I’ve been scaring myself a little bit recently.” She puts her arms around me and I’m confused, but it certainly isn’t any hardship to sit here and be talked at. Not when it’s Avery. Not when she’s holding me so preciously. “I’m really glad I met you.”
I want to ask her what set her off, why Kara seemed to be the trigger, why his healing seemed to have pulled some primordial terror out of her, what she thinks really happened in the time she’s missing. I know she’s holding back on me, probably to spare me, but what I don’t know is how much. She might have nothing but her theories, or she might have a little bit of her memory… I can’t believe she has anything more than that. Her reactions, her fear, her confusion… it’s all too genuine. But why Kara? Why had she asked-
Her arms tighten around me and she goes very still. It’s a couple seconds before I realize that she’s not breathing.
“Fuck,” she curses, sounding oddly like she’s going to cry.
“Avery, Avery what’s wrong?”
She’s so pale, but she’s staring out beyond me like she doesn’t even see me.
“This is gonna suck.”
The doorbell rings and my blood goes cold.
I stop breathing too.
Notes:
Well... who could that be?
Chapter 89: Knock on the Door
Summary:
We back. Oh, we so back.
Chapter Text
Kara
I’m in the kitchen, kettle half full, when the doorbell rings.
It stops me in my tracks and I can’t help but turn to the backdoor in my kitchen. It’s been so long since I’ve had any visitors come to the front door that it seems wrong to look through the window and see that there’s no one there.
The familiars that visit me don’t really have a reason to hide. Even though it has been a while since I've seen Thana, I try to think of that as a good thing. Hell, it probably means he’s safe and keeping himself out of trouble.
Tulla hasn’t come over since the… well, since she drugged me in my own home. I try to think of that as a good thing too. I don’t think I was in the right mind, but neither do I think that she did the right thing. I like to think she’s respecting the space I’ve put between us and not that she’s scared of me or never wants to see me again after the way I blew up at her.
The pounding on my door pulls me from my thoughts. That’s not familiar behavior.
Thana pounds on the door, but he always goes through the backyard. The other familiars were patient and only rang the bell the one and only time they came through the front door. Carmine said he'd come over to see how we were doing later, but… I can’t imagine he’d be the type to pound on the door for a simple check-in, especially not after all that he saw the other day. My professors? I can’t think of a reason for them to contact me like this when they could just as easily wait a week and see me on campus without drawing any unnecessary eyes.
The trek from the kitchen to the front door seems longer in the quiet, longer in the dark as I’d left the lights in all the rooms but the kitchen off. It’s eerie and foreboding and I can't help but hope that this can be over quietly before Blue or Avery have the chance to worry over it.
I open the door and immediately wish that I hadn’t.
It’s Kalu.
And the only thing that narrowly keeps me from charging into him and tearing his head from his shoulders right here in my doorway is the two Anvi that he’s brought with him.
Still… the impulse is there. It burns beneath my skin and I'm not sure how long I can truly rein it in. My hand curls into a fist around the doorknob and it’s all I can do to keep my face from screwing up into something twisted. My teeth grind together and he must not see the twinge in my jaw or the fire in my eyes, or perhaps he simply has no regard for his own odds of survival, because he steps forward and gets right up in my face.
“You stole my familiar!” he accuses, and that actually throws me for a moment.
Out of all the things I might have expected him to say… that is nowhere on the list. And perhaps it is what he’s decided to lead with because he really does want to be murdered with two witnesses, but there’s very little in me that is capable of calculating that likelihood as my mind is consumed with rage.
“What?” I can’t help but echo back to him. The Anvi aren’t advancing, so I tentatively accept that my face is somewhere between confused and concerned rather than ready-to-commit-a-murder.
“Avery, she’s not at home and I know you took her.” He says it slowly, but the words don’t make any more sense than they had before.
“What the actual fuck are you saying right now?” And I pray that whatever outrage is threading itself into my voice is seen as a reaction to the accusation.
“Ser, do you consent to a search of the premises?” One of the Anvi moves forward like she wants to step between us, but it’s just too late in the night for her to get involved without us coming to actual blows first.
I respect that… now if she could just be convinced to let me get in a few punches…
The question registers not a half second before that and my eyes flicker between Kalu, the two Anvi he’s brought with him.
“What? No!” I sputter.
My mind is turning over, trying to figure out how to get these people out of my house, or at least buy some time to help move Avery out the back. There are no immediate ideas that seem attractive. I’ve only just healed her. She might be able to handle movement but the medic in me screams that she really shouldn’t test it.
“Ser, we have a warrant.” My blood goes cold and I’m absently aware that my mouth is moving even though no sound comes out.
There’s nothing I can do here.
There’s no other way out of the second floor than the stairs right in front of the Anvi- at least, aside from jumping out the window- and my brain is white noise as I try to force it to come up with a solution that doesn't exist. The Anvi isn’t privy to my mental breakdown and she continues on in the measured tone of someone who has said these words a thousand times before.
“So if you could just-” but she’s cut off by another voice.
“Master?”
My heart stops in my chest and cold flushes over my skin.
Avery.
I can’t help the way my head snaps up to the railing where Avery stands. I want to scream. I want to dart up the stairs. I want to throw myself in front of the Anvi and make sure she gets a head start. But when I look, when I actually see her, everything grinds to a halt.
She’s standing at the second floor landing, hip cocked and leaning heavily against the banister. The gentle sway of the borrowed nightclothes makes it look more like she’s lounging, like this is a casual meeting between old friends. Like we’d run into each other at the store. Her hair is loose and tousled with sleep, the bright flush of her cheeks make her seem… healthy.
It’s unnatural.
She pinched the blush into her face. She chose the way she arranged herself. She set the scene.
She’s telling a story.
She has a plan.
“A-Avery.” Kalu echoes my thoughts, but his voice is hesitant.
The catch in his voice isn’t faked. He’s surprised to see her. Surprised- and a little bit scared, if the way the blood drains out of his face means anything.
Suddenly the picture of what’s going on here clicks together. He hadn’t actually known I had her. He just wanted to bring some charges, have Anvi in and out of my house, and try to get me held in jail for a night, if possible.
“Master?” Avery pulls all the attention in the room as she descends the stairs slowly. She gives herself a moment, a sleepy yawn and a gentle twitch of her ears to build the scene. There’s nothing wrong here, she says with her whole body, why would she be concerned?
“I thought you were coming tomorrow.” She gives a lazy stretch against the stair post. I don’t know how she’s tucked her clothing so that the gentle movements show off the low buttoning of her shirt. From the shuffling behind me it seems to be plenty distracting for the guards.
“Avery,” Kalu repeats dumbly, staring at her with wide, uncomprehending eyes.
“Oh.” Her tone turns soft and concerned, almost hushed as she makes a show of looking at the two Anvi that flank him. “Did you forget your medications again?”
“W-what?” He stumbles over himself, backing a half step away as she takes the last few steps down the stairs.
“Remember?” She looks so concerned as she walks out in front of me that even I nearly believe her.
Avery gets close, pulls into Kalu’s space with the practiced grace of someone who’s done it their whole lives. She takes Kalu's hand in her own and squeezes it.
“You lent me out to your friend for a few days. Did you forget your meds? Oh, and now you’ve gotten the Anvi involved-” She shakes her head and purses her lips, flashing those doe eyes as she apologizes to the Anvi in a cowed, soft, remorseful tone that I don’t think I’ve ever heard from Avery before.
“Well, I mean...” The Anvi coughs, cheeks red as he tries to look away from where Avery is pressing her whole body against his side. She bats her eyes and purses her lips and I haven’t seen such masterful work in a long time. “She is here… you… I mean, you aren’t holding her, her owner can take her back at any time.”
Like fuck he can.
I open my mouth to say as much when Avery’s eyes catch mine. Her stare bores into me and I feel pinned.
“Y-yeah. Anytime.” I can hear myself saying the words but it doesn’t feel like me. I’m her prop here. This is her stage.
“I’m taking her back now!” Kalu all but screams. He yanks on her arm, pulling her away from the Anvi, and I very nearly can’t hold myself in check.
I only just wrestled her away from death,. The patch on her side is so new that I’m sure I can still feel the thrum of my own magic in her flesh.
“Of course, Master.” She’s smiling so wide it’s a wonder her face doesn't crack open. “I’ll say my goodbye right now.” Kalu’s hand jerks away and his cheeks go red and it takes a second for me to realize that she must have pinched him or something to make him let go.
She wraps her arms around my neck and leans in close and I can’t let this happen. I can’t just let her do this.
My arms circle her as I pull her in close. I try to make it as natural as possible as I crouch, pressing my head into the crook of her neck in a parody for something more intimate.
“Don’t go with him. It isn’t worth it, I can make it so you don’t have to go with him.”
I don’t know how, but I know that I would. All higher brain function is beyond me and every plan stops not two steps in as I can see the abysmal odds dip lower and lower. It doesn’t change anything. She doesn’t have to go with him. It’s not right. There has to be a way out of this. If there is no way out then what was the point? Why should he get to win? Why?
I brought her back from the dead.
I restarted her heart. I won her soul and stitched it back together with fragments from another Stars-damned plane. I’ve broken laws that govern the structure of the universe. There has to be a way out of this.
“Don’t you worry. You’re gonna get your chance, but not here. Not now,” she whispers back to me. Her fingers slide into my hair and I know it’s for the benefit of our audience but I still lean into the gentle touch. I need this to be real. This can’t be the last time we see each other. This can’t be how this ends.
“Promise me that you’re going to be okay.”
It’s unfair. She won’t be, I know that she won’t be. It’s selfish, but I want to hear her say the words. Or at least make her realize that this is not the right choice, that I’ll fight for her. That it’s the last thing I have left.
“For a little bit,” she concedes. “You’re going to have to save me, big boy, but I’ll be alright for a little while.” She pulls back with a smile, and then after a heartbeat, adds, “Take care of Blue. You both need this.”
She steps away and waves, ditsy little smile back on her face as she goes back to Kalu’s side.
The Anvi apologizes and Kalu’s red in the face, but they all leave without fuss.
I stare too long at the empty corridor. The quiet that settles over the space does something to me and it’s all I can do to put one foot in front of the other and climb the stairs.
I don’t even know how I am going to tell Blue.
As I reach the landing I realize that I don’t have to. He knows.
Blue is at the top of the stairs. He’s pressed himself into the back wall but it’s obvious that he’d probably been looking down at the entryway as the whole thing happened. He knew Avery was gone. Knew who took her, too.
He’s crying. Fat tears that are impossible to hide, though he tries. He scrubs at his face and presses his lips closed and holds his breath until his face is red and he’s gasping, choking on his tears but trying to be quiet.
Now’s not the time to be feeling sorry for myself.
“Hey Blue, it’s- it’s all okay now…” I don’t even bother to try and finish that. It’s not okay. It’s not, not even close.
He shakes his head, unable to find the words to tell me to go fuck myself. I shouldn’t lie like that, not when it’s so obvious… is it wrong that I do hope that it’s alright now? That everything will be fine and I will find the solution that lets as many people come out of this unscathed?
The plans come to mind again, shallow half-formed ideas that are dismissed just as easily as they are conjured, the list of failures climbing as nothing gets me any closer to stopping what just happened. How could I have kept Kalu from taking Avery? Not without killing two innocent guards along with him. But then there had to be a formal complaint lodged to get the Anvi here in the first place, to get a warrant issued by the magistrate, and so even if I’d killed all three of them, more would have come. We would have needed to pick up and leave, and then-
Useless.
The condemnation is as helpful as all the plans that fail a half step in, though no less true.
But I can at least keep my promise to Avery. I can take care of Blue.
“H-how about we go and l-lie down, yeah?” I try for something calm, nonchalant, but I don’t know if the words even reach him.
Blue’s hyperventilating, pressing further and further into the wall, scrambling to get away from me. He’s shaking so bad he can’t stand, can’t do anything more than dig his nails into the carpet and pull.
He’s going to hurt himself, especially with the broken stars-damned arm that he’s still trying to use.
“Y-yeah. I’m not going to leave you out here.” I speak mostly to myself at this point. It doesn’t help anyway.
Blue’s eyes are wide but he doesn’t see me, not really. His hands push at me, but there's no strength in them. I’m not surprised. He can’t even breathe right. He’s only capable of blind flailing as I get close.
“Do you want to go back to the guest room or do you want our room?” I ask out loud, but I don’t know what I’m expecting. He’s not responsive. He’s hyperventilating, staring unblinking into my soul as I’m crouched in front of him.
He doesn’t answer and I try not to feel too bad.
There’s no way he’s capable of making any kind of choices right now.
Come on, Kara, make good choices.
Blue had liked being in the guest room. Of course, that was with Avery. He hadn’t taken any comfort in being alone, not in all the time I’ve known him and not in the short convalescence that he’d had with Avery. They’d clung to each other and cuddled and whispered words between themselves that I hadn’t listened in on.
I can’t imagine the guest room would bring the same kind of comfort now…
Now that Avery’s gone.
Yeah, Blue doesn’t need that reminder spelled out any more than it already is.
“Ok, I’m going to take you to the bedroom, alright?” I smile and try to project calm into my voice but it just sets Blue off even more.
He’s hysterical. Screaming incoherent things when I touch him, kicking, clawing at my shirt, my hair, anything he can get to when I pick him up, but I’ve had worse. I steady him in my hands as I walk. I can’t drop him.
“You’re fine, you’re ok.” I whisper empty platitudes as he kicks. I can’t tell if he’s trying to hit me or if he’s trying to get free, but it almost doesn’t matter. He’s too weak to do anything and his hands spasm like he doesn't have any control over himself.
I nudge the door open with my hip and find the room spread out just as I’d left it. The thought occurs that this is how Blue left it as well. I slept in the guest room with them. Without Blue there really wasn't any reason to use this room over the other.
It’s more difficult than I’d care to admit to set Blue down gently. In reality, it’s more of a barely controlled descent as Blue struggles, pulls at the covers to get away as they come into view.
He manages to get himself onto his stomach, but after that it’s like he’s stuck.
He’s not breathing right. He bunches up the covers under him and just holds on with everything he has. Blue’s trembling, shaking as his limbs still, octopused around the ball of fabric like it is the only thing keeping him from floating away.
“Blue-” I try, but that just starts the screaming again.
He sobs and screams and hides his head in the sheets and I don’t know how the fuck to get through to him… how I’m going to get away with murder is a whole other line of thought that I really don’t have time for right now, but the plan remains very much alive.
“Blue-” I keep my voice softer this time and I lay my hand between his shaking shoulders, petting gently down his back and making soothing noises..
It doesn’t help. It only makes him more tense. I can feel it now, just below my palm, the wet heaving of his breath and the violent thudding of his heart.
He sounds like he’s choking on his own spit and his breathing has yet to level out. As much as I’d rather he work through this on his own, I’m not sure how much more of this his body can take.
I climb into the bed and Blue scrambles away. He tries to run, but it's not hard to stop him, to pull him back, pull him close.
It’s not a good idea to cover him, close him in, so I pull Blue on top of me, against my chest. I don’t pin his arms, but I hold him close. One arm over his stomach, the other keeping his shoulders pressed against me. I don't want to constrict his chest- he’s already doing that to himself- but I need him still. I need him to calm down.
“Okay, Blue, breathe with me.”
He sucks in a breath like he’s dying, but he can’t match my measured breaths. He’s sobbing and it’s all I can do to spread a hand over his chest and try to help him find the right rhythm. His hands scrabble against mine, blunted nails clawing at my skin. He wrenches his head back to try and knock me off.
This isn’t going to work. I need to get through to him. I need him to listen to me.
We need to listen to each other.
There’s really only one other thing that pops into my mind.
I take his hands in mine and slowly pry them away from his body. I allow mana to pool at my fingertips, finding the right channels within my familiar.
I can feel when Blue feels it. He goes still all at once as the feeling pours into him and he whimpers. There’s a soft, keening sound, and it takes me a few seconds to hear it for what it is.
“No, I’m sorry. I didn’t- I’m sorry, n-no…” It’s just the fumbling beginnings of words, but it settles something cold and heavy in my chest.
He thinks I’m going to hurt him.
It’s the furthest thing from my mind. If this backfires, it backfires on me, and I will be the one with burns down my hands… again.
I trace his veins, feeling the slow trickle pick up momentum under his skin. I trace the points within him, feeling the static heat lick at my own fingers. We have to work together. We have to listen to each other.
“Come on, Blue. Just breathe, you know what to do.”
It’s not that I think he can move right now, it’s not like I would have bothered with a whole spell. This is easier than that, smaller. Base and elemental.
Blue works well with fire. Theorists claim that elemental persuasions are based on where you grow up, what month and day you were born, even under what star… but even without any of that, I know Blue is fire. He always has been. He is bright and pure and strong. And yet, volatile, fragile, so easily snuffed out.
“Breathe with me.”
I take a deep breath, feeling his back against my chest as my chest rises and falls.
We practiced like this. Directing energy. It’s an exercise for young mages to make sure they don’t destroy their own bodies with the energies they summon up. Certain places in the body are conductive and ungrounded, allowing the energy to flow and swell without harm. It helped Blue learn what to feel for, learn how to move with the energy.
Blue can’t move it on his own. I’m the one directing the force that surges within him, and so it’s as much an exercise of trust as it is of skill.
Down past the crook of his elbow, up to his collar bone, into his chest, swirling and gathering strength as he inhales deeply, too afraid to move any more than the action takes. To the other side, up to his collar bone, down past the bruises that spread under his cast, into his wrist.
It’s an easy, practiced motion and it has another effect of slowly warming Blue. It should be comfortable. A slow, almost liquid heat rolling around inside of him. At least, that’s what it feels like for me.
“Alright, again.” Blue is trembling, but his limbs are still and he seems focused on the exercise.
We go back and forth until his breathing is stable if stilted.
“In through the nose, out through the mouth,” I coach gently
As he exhales there’s a burst of flame on his breath. He goes rigid against me. Clearly, he wasn’t expecting that.
“Just breathe, Blue,” I whisper behind him, and he relaxes just a fraction against me.
We keep going. I’ve long since stopped actually adding energy to the exercise, but we continue until the flame is fully out of Blue’s breath. Until it’s only us in the room, breathing against each other.
Then the silence sets in. We were already being quiet, we weren’t talking, but at least we were mesmerized by the light in the room. Now it’s dark and cold and I’m forced to look at just how little this exercise actually fixed.
I start to get up and Blue whimpers, circling my wrist with his hands. I stop, waiting, but Blue just opens and closes his mouth for a moment.
“I- I um…can, um–” he croaks out. His voice is rough, no doubt from the havoc he’s wrought on his throat, aggravating whatever damage was already there.
“Blue? Just ask.” I try to keep my voice quiet, try to project calm, but the words still make him flinch.
“Can- can I stay?” His voice comes out so gentle and hoarse that it’s a physical effort not to squeeze him.
This is good. He’s more coherent, he knows he can ask for things, knows how to articulate his desires. It warms my heart that he wants to come back to our room, even though I know in the back of my head it’s probably just to avoid being face to face with the empty space the Avery has left in our home.
“Yeah, Blue, of course. You can stay in my room,” I say, trying to keep my voice level. I don’t mind. I will never mind. You can stay wherever you want, all I want is the chance to be next to you, make sure you're safe. If I can’t do that I think I might lose my mind.
I keep the rest of that inside. He doesn’t need to know that checking on him, making sure he’s safe, stable, home, is becoming an all-consuming need.
He looks up at me with those sad, tired eyes, then down at the covers and with a slow, sedated nod.
“Okay?”
Blue doesn’t answer but I can read the exhaustion in his limbs, the little tremble working its way through his body as he tries to take on a little more of his own weight and not just melt against me.
“How about we go to sleep? That was… you need rest,” I try to offer diplomatically. I reach for the bundled comforter and shake it out, spreading it back over the bed.
He continues to nod, but it feels… off. His ears droop and his eyes aren’t tracking anything. It’s like he’s just staring into dead space as he lets me tuck him back into bed. He looks… wrong. The whole of his body is lax against the mattress. He’s just… quiet, still. He turns his head away from me, gaze settling on the far wall for a moment before his eyes slip closed.
I can’t help but feel like I’m missing something. I play it over in my head again. Was it the magic, was it something we were talking about, was it the adrenaline leaving his system and sapping all precious remnants of his energy? I let my nails bite into my palms and bustle around, getting ready for bed. I can live with the discomfort. Blue is exhausted. He’s been through so much and hasn’t had nearly enough time to adjust. I can’t expect him to articulate every little thing to me. And I certainly can’t shake him awake to tell me what’s wrong.
He needs rest.
For all I know, he’s just exhausted and I need to cut the man some slack.
Blue
It’s all hazy. That floaty, soupy mess that only happens in a dream, keeping still but nevertheless rolling, unmoored through space.
It takes a long time for me to understand that I'm dreaming. The melty, shifting space should have been a dead giveaway but… well, at least I have the excuse that I’m not working at my best. It’s not until I realize that I’m staring at the floor, that there is a floor to stare at, that the floor has a familiar patterned tile, that it really comes together. It’s Kalu’s house.
Why do I have to dream of this place? I’ve seen enough of this place already, I’m done with it. I don’t want to be here anymore.
There’s a flash of movement, just at the corner of my eyes, but the walls move too, the stairs gently undulate like they’re being viewed underwater. I don’t know what caught my eye, but it wasn't this subtle ‘natural’ movement.
Something else was here.
I hate myself for the way my brain fills in with what it likely was, who it likely was. I need to wake up. I don’t want to be here. I never wanted to be here. Why in all the grace that has ever fallen from the stars would my mind bring me back here?
The space moves all at once and it’s another part of the house. Like the house is moving around me rather than waiting for me to walk. I really hadn’t spent that much time in the house proper. They’d had their fun in that one drawing room, but then I’d been in the basement. The tiles are familiar, but the paintings on the walls, the decorative curtains over the windows… this is upstairs. I only caught a glimpse of it when they’d taken me through the halls before-
Wake up, wake up!
There’s nothing here. Empty halls and shifting walls, but I can’t stay. Even the distorted memory has my heart racing, my breath catching, and I turn around. If I can leave, if I can just walk out of here and wake up-
There are walls around me that I don't recognize, but it’s all in the same style, the same kind of art on the walls, a set of flower vases that match the colors. I never went upstairs. I don’t, I shouldn’t know where anything is. But dreams don’t need to be precise. Memories cloud together and create spaces of their own with the scraps of what jangles loose from the head. This could be any of my Masters’ manors.
I keep one hand on the wall. It’s something I’ve always done when I don’t know where I am. At least, when I didn’t know how to get around and there was no overseer to watch. It means that I can always at least find my way back, all the turns and doors and corridors be damned.
I walk. Simply pick a direction and keep my hand on the wall. There doesn’t seem to be anyone else in this dream, at least, not yet. I’m determined to make the most of that, however long it lasts.
I don’t usually dream like this. It feels off, odd. Both more and less real.
I’m clothed, at least. Surprising because I certainly wasn’t in my memories of this place. It’s even the clothes Kara had given to me. Soft clothes for sleeping, clothes that covered, kept the chill at bay.
No shoes, though. But perhaps that’s a boon. Though the floors swell and swirl, they still feel plenty solid. No shoes mean my footsteps make less noise and I pad down the halls.
Apparently, I’ve picked the right direction. The next jittering leap only sends me a little further down the hall. Only now… the door the dream set me in front of hadn’t been open before.
The doorframe holds my weight as I lean against it, peering inside. It’s a bedroom, a hearth, a couch, a desk, a bed.
It’s Kalu’s room. Why? Why do I know that? Why am I so sure? I don’t know what it looks like. I was never here and yet, here I am. Shimmery, wrong, in the land of dreams, sleeping.
There’s movement on the other side of the room. A figure cutting through the air with purpose, not quite walking, like they’d known that it was an inefficient way to travel in dreams. It’s a glitchy, stuttery movement, but the figure stalks to Kalu’s bedside and I don’t realize I’m moving until I’m so close to the figure that I realize I can reach out and touch it. Somehow I’ve made it to the middle of the room. I don’t remember taking a step but suddenly there’s no door keeping me upright anymore.
I flail in this space that probably has no need for gravity anyway, arms reaching out to stop myself from falling. I’m halfway surprised that I don’t slip through the thing in the middle of the room, that it has weight and presence as it spins around to face me.
And then suddenly it’s not surprising, it’s not amusing, it’s not anything.
It’s Kara.
He looks-
He looks like I’ve only ever seen him look in my nightmares.
He looks murderous.
He looks like he’s going to kill.
He looks like every other overseer who felt slighted and had the permission to render a punishment that would put someone out of commission for days.
Blind fear shoots through me and I stumble back, desperate to put as much space between us as possible. I’m ready to beg, plead, bargain with whatever I have to in order to come out of this alive, to come out of this whole, and yet I can’t speak, I can’t breathe in this space and Kara is there and he is angry and those eyes..
The whole of the dreamworld feels like it’s collapsing on me, the weight of an impossible space crushing me, squeezing, because- those eyes-
Ready to rend, ready to cause suffering, ready to kill.
My vision swims and the glittery half-translucent set pieces blur and shift/ I can feel Kara, I can feel the man getting closer and those eyes-
He’s going to kill me.
I shoot awake, choking on nothing at all, scrambling against the blankets, the heavy, cloying heat that’s stealing air, the body.
Kara- Stars, the murder in his eyes- I never thought he could look like that, be capable of that. He’s always been a healer in my mind. Gentle, kind, soothing. I never thought… Well, I suppose I never thought he’d be capable of a lot of things.
My fingers close against the corner of the mattress before his voice sounds, making my heart stutter in my chest.
“Blue, what’s… are you okay?”
Right, in all that I didn’t know about him I’d forgotten the one thing I knew as a certainty.
Kara’s a light sleeper.
There’s no chance I can get away.

Pages Navigation
ges_who on Chapter 1 Sat 05 Jan 2019 02:06AM UTC
Comment Actions
Invested (Guest) on Chapter 1 Sat 05 Jan 2019 06:27AM UTC
Comment Actions
madrastic on Chapter 1 Sun 05 May 2019 12:49AM UTC
Comment Actions
Awkward_Dragon on Chapter 1 Wed 08 May 2019 06:49AM UTC
Comment Actions
JFC on Chapter 1 Sun 02 Feb 2020 06:57PM UTC
Comment Actions
Chelly_cd on Chapter 1 Thu 02 Jul 2020 09:20PM UTC
Comment Actions
MainBitch on Chapter 1 Mon 04 Apr 2022 07:57PM UTC
Comment Actions
twentygoldberries on Chapter 2 Sun 06 Jan 2019 12:29AM UTC
Comment Actions
xanzs on Chapter 2 Sun 03 Nov 2019 06:08PM UTC
Comment Actions
JFC on Chapter 2 Sun 02 Feb 2020 07:17PM UTC
Comment Actions
Yes (Guest) on Chapter 2 Tue 23 Jun 2020 05:05AM UTC
Comment Actions
MainBitch on Chapter 2 Tue 05 Apr 2022 05:55PM UTC
Comment Actions
mae343 on Chapter 2 Sun 26 Mar 2023 12:00AM UTC
Comment Actions
Azzy_Asz on Chapter 2 Mon 10 Apr 2023 06:39PM UTC
Comment Actions
DarkWalker667 on Chapter 3 Sat 12 Jan 2019 01:35AM UTC
Comment Actions
madrastic on Chapter 3 Sun 05 May 2019 01:12AM UTC
Comment Actions
Awkward_Dragon on Chapter 3 Wed 08 May 2019 06:49AM UTC
Comment Actions
FriendlyPoltergeist on Chapter 3 Sat 20 Jul 2019 06:19AM UTC
Comment Actions
JFC on Chapter 3 Sun 02 Feb 2020 07:28PM UTC
Comment Actions
Sekiraku on Chapter 3 Mon 24 Feb 2020 02:13AM UTC
Comment Actions
MainBitch on Chapter 3 Tue 05 Apr 2022 06:05PM UTC
Comment Actions
mae343 on Chapter 3 Sun 26 Mar 2023 12:06AM UTC
Comment Actions
Pages Navigation